812 files changed, 164563 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/lib/_Noreturn.h b/lib/_Noreturn.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e914627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/_Noreturn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* A C macro for declaring that a function does not return.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _Noreturn
+# if (defined __cplusplus \
+      && ((201103 <= __cplusplus && !(__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 7)) \
+          || (defined _MSC_VER && 1900 <= _MSC_VER)) \
+      && 0)
+    /* [[noreturn]] is not practically usable, because with it the syntax
+         extern _Noreturn void func (...);
+       would not be valid; such a declaration would only be valid with 'extern'
+       and '_Noreturn' swapped, or without the 'extern' keyword.  However, some
+       AIX system header files and several gnulib header files use precisely
+       this syntax with 'extern'.  */
+#  define _Noreturn [[noreturn]]
+# elif ((!defined __cplusplus || defined __clang__) \
+        && (201112 <= (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) \
+            || (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
+                && (4 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+                    || (defined __apple_build_version__ \
+                        ? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
+                        : 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))))
+   /* _Noreturn works as-is.  */
+# elif (2 < __GNUC__ + (8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || defined __clang__ \
+        || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C)
+#  define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# elif 1200 <= (defined _MSC_VER ? _MSC_VER : 0)
+#  define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
+# else
+#  define _Noreturn
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/acl-errno-valid.c b/lib/acl-errno-valid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a364e41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/acl-errno-valid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Test whether ACLs are well supported on this system.
+
+   Copyright 2013-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <acl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Return true if errno value ERRNUM indicates that ACLs are well
+   supported on this system.  ERRNUM should be an errno value obtained
+   after an ACL-related system call fails.  */
+bool
+acl_errno_valid (int errnum)
+{
+  /* Recognize some common errors such as from an NFS mount that does
+     not support ACLs, even when local drives do.  */
+  switch (errnum)
+    {
+    case EBUSY: return false;
+    case EINVAL: return false;
+#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+    case ENOENT: return false;
+#endif
+    case ENOSYS: return false;
+
+#if defined ENOTSUP && ENOTSUP != EOPNOTSUPP
+# if ENOTSUP != ENOSYS /* Needed for the MS-Windows port of GNU Emacs.  */
+    case ENOTSUP: return false;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+    case EOPNOTSUPP: return false;
+    default: return true;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/acl-internal.c b/lib/acl-internal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be244c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/acl-internal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+/* Test whether a file has a nontrivial ACL.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+#if USE_ACL && HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
+
+/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial.  */
+int
+acl_extended_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
+{
+  /* acl is non-trivial if it is non-empty.  */
+  return (acl_entries (acl) > 0);
+}
+
+# else /* Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
+   Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it.  */
+int
+acl_access_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
+{
+  /* acl is non-trivial if it has some entries other than for "user::",
+     "group::", and "other::".  Normally these three should be present
+     at least, allowing us to write
+        return (3 < acl_entries (acl));
+     but the following code is more robust.  */
+#  if HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY /* Linux, FreeBSD, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+  acl_entry_t ace;
+  int got_one;
+
+  for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
+       got_one > 0;
+       got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
+    {
+      acl_tag_t tag;
+      if (acl_get_tag_type (ace, &tag) < 0)
+        return -1;
+      if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ || tag == ACL_OTHER))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return got_one;
+
+#  elif HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT /* IRIX */
+  /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it is undocumented.  */
+
+  int count = acl->acl_cnt;
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      acl_entry_t ace = &acl->acl_entry[i];
+      acl_tag_t tag = ace->ae_tag;
+
+      if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ
+            || tag == ACL_OTHER_OBJ))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+
+#  elif HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
+  /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it takes only one argument and does not work.  */
+
+  int count = acl->acl_num;
+  acl_entry_t ace;
+
+  for (ace = acl->acl_first; count > 0; ace = ace->next, count--)
+    {
+      acl_tag_t tag;
+      acl_perm_t perm;
+
+      tag = ace->entry->acl_type;
+      if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ || tag == ACL_OTHER))
+        return 1;
+
+      perm = ace->entry->acl_perm;
+      /* On Tru64, perm can also contain non-standard bits such as
+         PERM_INSERT, PERM_DELETE, PERM_MODIFY, PERM_LOOKUP, ... */
+      if ((perm & ~(ACL_READ | ACL_WRITE | ACL_EXECUTE)) != 0)
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+
+#  else
+
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+#  endif
+}
+
+int
+acl_default_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
+{
+  /* acl is non-trivial if it is non-empty.  */
+  return (acl_entries (acl) > 0);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
+
+/* Test an ACL retrieved with GETACL.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_nontrivial (int count, aclent_t *entries)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      aclent_t *ace = &entries[i];
+
+      /* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
+         If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
+         We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases.  */
+      if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ
+            || ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ
+            || ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ
+            /* Note: Cygwin does not return a CLASS_OBJ ("mask:") entry
+               sometimes.  */
+            || ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# ifdef ACE_GETACL
+
+/* A shortcut for a bitmask.  */
+#  define NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA (NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA)
+
+/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACE_GETACL.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_ace_nontrivial (int count, ace_t *entries)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* The flags in the ace_t structure changed in a binary incompatible way
+     when ACL_NO_TRIVIAL etc. were introduced in <sys/acl.h> version 1.15.
+     How to distinguish the two conventions at runtime?
+     In the old convention, usually three ACEs have a_flags = ACE_OWNER /
+     ACE_GROUP / ACE_OTHER, in the range 0x0100..0x0400.  In the new
+     convention, these values are not used.  */
+  int old_convention = 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    if (entries[i].a_flags & (OLD_ACE_OWNER | OLD_ACE_GROUP | OLD_ACE_OTHER))
+      {
+        old_convention = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+
+  if (old_convention)
+    /* Running on Solaris 10.  */
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      {
+        ace_t *ace = &entries[i];
+
+        /* Note:
+           If ace->a_flags = ACE_OWNER, ace->a_who is the st_uid from stat().
+           If ace->a_flags = ACE_GROUP, ace->a_who is the st_gid from stat().
+           We don't need to check ace->a_who in these cases.  */
+        if (!(ace->a_type == OLD_ALLOW
+              && (ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_OWNER
+                  || ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_GROUP
+                  || ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_OTHER)))
+          return 1;
+      }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Running on Solaris 10 (newer version) or Solaris 11.  */
+      unsigned int access_masks[6] =
+        {
+          0, /* owner@ deny */
+          0, /* owner@ allow */
+          0, /* group@ deny */
+          0, /* group@ allow */
+          0, /* everyone@ deny */
+          0  /* everyone@ allow */
+        };
+
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+        {
+          ace_t *ace = &entries[i];
+          unsigned int index1;
+          unsigned int index2;
+
+          if (ace->a_type == NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE)
+            index1 = 1;
+          else if (ace->a_type == NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE)
+            index1 = 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+
+          if (ace->a_flags == NEW_ACE_OWNER)
+            index2 = 0;
+          else if (ace->a_flags == (NEW_ACE_GROUP | NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP))
+            index2 = 2;
+          else if (ace->a_flags == NEW_ACE_EVERYONE)
+            index2 = 4;
+          else
+            return 1;
+
+          access_masks[index1 + index2] |= ace->a_access_mask;
+        }
+
+      /* The same bit shouldn't be both allowed and denied.  */
+      if (access_masks[0] & access_masks[1])
+        return 1;
+      if (access_masks[2] & access_masks[3])
+        return 1;
+      if (access_masks[4] & access_masks[5])
+        return 1;
+
+      /* Check minimum masks.  */
+      if ((NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
+           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
+           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
+           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER)
+          & ~ access_masks[1])
+        return 1;
+      access_masks[1] &= ~(NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
+                           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
+                           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
+                           | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER);
+      if ((NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
+           | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
+           | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
+           | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE)
+          & ~ access_masks[5])
+        return 1;
+      access_masks[5] &= ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
+                           | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
+                           | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
+                           | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE);
+
+      /* Check the allowed or denied bits.  */
+      switch ((access_masks[0] | access_masks[1])
+              & ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
+                  | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
+                  | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
+                  | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE))
+        {
+        case 0:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case                                           NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA |                       NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+          break;
+        default:
+          return 1;
+        }
+      switch ((access_masks[2] | access_masks[3])
+              & ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
+                  | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
+                  | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
+                  | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE))
+        {
+        case 0:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case                                           NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA |                       NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+          break;
+        default:
+          return 1;
+        }
+      switch ((access_masks[4] | access_masks[5])
+              & ~(NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
+                  | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
+                  | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
+                  | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER))
+        {
+        case 0:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
+        case                                           NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA |                       NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case                     NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+        case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
+          break;
+        default:
+          return 1;
+        }
+
+      /* Check that the NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA and NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA bits are
+         either both allowed or both denied.  */
+      if (((access_masks[0] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
+          != ((access_masks[0] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
+        return 1;
+      if (((access_masks[2] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
+          != ((access_masks[2] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
+        return 1;
+      if (((access_masks[4] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
+          != ((access_masks[4] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl_entry *entries)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (count > 3)
+    return 1;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      struct acl_entry *ace = &entries[i];
+
+      if (ace->uid != ACL_NSUSER && ace->gid != ACL_NSGROUP)
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+aclv_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      struct acl *ace = &entries[i];
+
+      /* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
+         If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
+         We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases.  */
+      if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
+            || ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
+            || ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ
+            || ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#elif USE_ACL && (HAVE_ACLX_GET || HAVE_STATACL) /* AIX */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_nontrivial (struct acl *a)
+{
+  /* The normal way to iterate through an ACL is like this:
+       struct acl_entry *ace;
+       for (ace = a->acl_ext; ace != acl_last (a); ace = acl_nxt (ace))
+         {
+           struct ace_id *aei;
+           switch (ace->ace_type)
+             {
+             case ACC_PERMIT:
+             case ACC_DENY:
+             case ACC_SPECIFY:
+               ...;
+             }
+           for (aei = ace->ace_id; aei != id_last (ace); aei = id_nxt (aei))
+             ...
+         }
+   */
+  return (acl_last (a) != a->acl_ext ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+# if HAVE_ACLX_GET && defined ACL_AIX_WIP /* newer AIX */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_nfs4_nontrivial (nfs4_acl_int_t *a)
+{
+#  if 1 /* let's try this first */
+  return (a->aclEntryN > 0 ? 1 : 0);
+#  else
+  int count = a->aclEntryN;
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      nfs4_ace_int_t *ace = &a->aclEntry[i];
+
+      if (!((ace->flags & ACE4_ID_SPECIAL) != 0
+            && (ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_OWNER
+                || ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_GROUP
+                || ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_EVERYONE)
+            && ace->aceType == ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE
+            && ace->aceFlags == 0
+            && (ace->aceMask & ~(ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY
+                                 | ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE
+                                 | ACE4_EXECUTE)) == 0))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+#  endif
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACL_GET.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+int
+acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      struct acl *ace = &entries[i];
+
+      /* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
+         If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
+         We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases.  */
+      if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
+            || ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
+            || ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ
+            || ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+void
+free_permission_context (struct permission_context *ctx)
+{
+#if USE_ACL
+# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+  if (ctx->acl)
+    acl_free (ctx->acl);
+#  if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+  if (ctx->default_acl)
+    acl_free (ctx->default_acl);
+#  endif
+
+# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5 */
+  free (ctx->entries);
+#  ifdef ACE_GETACL
+  free (ctx->ace_entries);
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+# endif
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/acl-internal.h b/lib/acl-internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9353376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/acl-internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/* Internal implementation of access control lists.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* All systems define the ACL related API in <sys/acl.h>.  */
+#if HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
+# include <sys/acl.h>
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_FACL && ! defined GETACLCNT && defined ACL_CNT
+# define GETACLCNT ACL_CNT
+#endif
+
+/* On Linux and Cygwin >= 2.5, additional ACL related API is available in
+   <acl/libacl.h>.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ACL_LIBACL_H
+# include <acl/libacl.h>
+#endif
+
+/* On HP-UX >= 11.11, additional ACL API is available in <aclv.h>.  */
+#if HAVE_ACLV_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <aclv.h>
+/* HP-UX 11.11 lacks these declarations.  */
+extern int acl (char *, int, int, struct acl *);
+extern int aclsort (int, int, struct acl *);
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_FCHMOD
+# define HAVE_FCHMOD false
+# define fchmod(fd, mode) (-1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE
+# define ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#if USE_ACL
+
+# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
+/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version.  */
+/* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+#  ifndef MIN_ACL_ENTRIES
+#   define MIN_ACL_ENTRIES 4
+#  endif
+
+/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17) */
+#  ifdef HAVE_ACL_GET_FD
+/* Most platforms have a 1-argument acl_get_fd, only OSF/1 has a 2-argument
+   macro(!).  */
+#   if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* OSF/1 */
+ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE acl_t
+rpl_acl_get_fd (int fd)
+{
+  return acl_get_fd (fd, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
+}
+#    undef acl_get_fd
+#    define acl_get_fd rpl_acl_get_fd
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define HAVE_ACL_GET_FD false
+#   undef acl_get_fd
+#   define acl_get_fd(fd) (NULL)
+#  endif
+
+/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17) */
+#  ifdef HAVE_ACL_SET_FD
+/* Most platforms have a 2-argument acl_set_fd, only OSF/1 has a 3-argument
+   macro(!).  */
+#   if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* OSF/1 */
+ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE int
+rpl_acl_set_fd (int fd, acl_t acl)
+{
+  return acl_set_fd (fd, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, acl);
+}
+#    undef acl_set_fd
+#    define acl_set_fd rpl_acl_set_fd
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define HAVE_ACL_SET_FD false
+#   undef acl_set_fd
+#   define acl_set_fd(fd, acl) (-1)
+#  endif
+
+/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 13) */
+#  if ! HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT
+#   define acl_free_text(buf) acl_free (buf)
+#  endif
+
+/* Linux-specific */
+/* Cygwin >= 2.5 implements this function, but it returns 1 for all
+   directories, thus is unusable.  */
+#  if !defined HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE || defined __CYGWIN__
+#   undef HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE
+#   define HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE false
+#   define acl_extended_file(name) (-1)
+#  endif
+
+#  if ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_MODE && ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_TEXT
+#   define acl_from_mode (NULL)
+#  endif
+
+/* Set to 0 if a file's mode is stored independently from the ACL.  */
+#  if (HAVE_ACL_COPY_EXT_NATIVE && HAVE_ACL_CREATE_ENTRY_NP) || defined __sgi /* Mac OS X, IRIX */
+#   define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 0
+#  endif
+
+/* Return the number of entries in ACL.
+   Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it.  */
+/* Define a replacement for acl_entries if needed. (Only Linux has it.)  */
+#  if !HAVE_ACL_ENTRIES
+#   define acl_entries rpl_acl_entries
+extern int acl_entries (acl_t);
+#  endif
+
+#  if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
+/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial.  */
+extern int acl_extended_nontrivial (acl_t);
+#  else
+/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
+   Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it.  */
+extern int acl_access_nontrivial (acl_t);
+
+/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
+   Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it.  */
+extern int acl_default_nontrivial (acl_t);
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
+
+/* Set to 0 if a file's mode is stored independently from the ACL.  */
+#  if defined __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin */
+#   define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 0
+#  endif
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, aclent_t *entries) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+#  ifdef ACE_GETACL /* Solaris 10 */
+
+/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACE_GETACL.
+   Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int acl_ace_nontrivial (int count, ace_t *entries) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Definitions for when the built executable is executed on Solaris 10
+   (newer version) or Solaris 11.  */
+/* For a_type.  */
+#   define OLD_ALLOW 0
+#   define OLD_DENY  1
+#   define NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE 0 /* replaces ALLOW */
+#   define NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE  1 /* replaces DENY */
+/* For a_flags.  */
+#   define OLD_ACE_OWNER            0x0100
+#   define OLD_ACE_GROUP            0x0200
+#   define OLD_ACE_OTHER            0x0400
+#   define NEW_ACE_OWNER            0x1000
+#   define NEW_ACE_GROUP            0x2000
+#   define NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP 0x0040
+#   define NEW_ACE_EVERYONE         0x4000
+/* For a_access_mask.  */
+#   define NEW_ACE_READ_DATA         0x001 /* corresponds to 'r' */
+#   define NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA        0x002 /* corresponds to 'w' */
+#   define NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA       0x004
+#   define NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS  0x008
+#   define NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS 0x010
+#   define NEW_ACE_EXECUTE           0x020
+#   define NEW_ACE_DELETE_CHILD      0x040
+#   define NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES   0x080
+#   define NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES  0x100
+#   define NEW_ACE_DELETE          0x10000
+#   define NEW_ACE_READ_ACL        0x20000
+#   define NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL       0x40000
+#   define NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER     0x80000
+#   define NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE    0x100000
+
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl_entry *entries);
+
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int aclv_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries);
+
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && 0 /* AIX */
+
+/* TODO */
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int acl_nontrivial (struct acl *a);
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
+   Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.  */
+extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries);
+
+# endif
+
+/* Set to 1 if a file's mode is implicit by the ACL.  */
+# ifndef MODE_INSIDE_ACL
+#  define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 1
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+struct permission_context {
+  mode_t mode;
+#if USE_ACL
+# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+  acl_t acl;
+#  if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+  acl_t default_acl;
+#  endif
+  bool acls_not_supported;
+
+# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5 */
+  int count;
+  aclent_t *entries;
+#  ifdef ACE_GETACL
+  int ace_count;
+  ace_t *ace_entries;
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+  struct acl_entry entries[NACLENTRIES];
+  int count;
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H
+  struct acl aclv_entries[NACLVENTRIES];
+  int aclv_count;
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+  union { struct acl a; char room[4096]; } u;
+  bool have_u;
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+  struct acl entries[NACLENTRIES];
+  int count;
+
+# endif
+#endif
+};
+
+int get_permissions (const char *, int, mode_t, struct permission_context *);
+int set_permissions (struct permission_context *, const char *, int);
+void free_permission_context (struct permission_context *);
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
diff --git a/lib/acl.h b/lib/acl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4d0df8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/acl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* acl.c - access control lists
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_ACL_H
+#define _GL_ACL_H 1
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+bool acl_errno_valid (int) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+int file_has_acl (char const *, struct stat const *);
+int qset_acl (char const *, int, mode_t);
+int set_acl (char const *, int, mode_t);
+int qcopy_acl (char const *, int, char const *, int, mode_t);
+int copy_acl (char const *, int, char const *, int, mode_t);
+int chmod_or_fchmod (char const *, int, mode_t);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/acl_entries.c b/lib/acl_entries.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..677de23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/acl_entries.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* Return the number of entries in an ACL.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert and Andreas Gruenbacher.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+/* This file assumes POSIX-draft like ACLs
+   (Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5).  */
+
+/* Return the number of entries in ACL.
+   Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it.  */
+
+int
+acl_entries (acl_t acl)
+{
+  int count = 0;
+
+  if (acl != NULL)
+    {
+#if HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
+      /* acl_get_entry returns 0 when it successfully fetches an entry,
+         and -1/EINVAL at the end.  */
+      acl_entry_t ace;
+      int got_one;
+
+      for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
+           got_one >= 0;
+           got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
+        count++;
+# else /* Linux, FreeBSD, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+      /* acl_get_entry returns 1 when it successfully fetches an entry,
+         and 0 at the end.  */
+      acl_entry_t ace;
+      int got_one;
+
+      for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
+           got_one > 0;
+           got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
+        count++;
+      if (got_one < 0)
+        return -1;
+# endif
+#else /* IRIX, Tru64 */
+# if HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT /* IRIX */
+      /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it is undocumented.  */
+      count = acl->acl_cnt;
+# endif
+# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
+      /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it takes only one argument and does not
+         work.  */
+      count = acl->acl_num;
+# endif
+#endif
+    }
+
+  return count;
+}
diff --git a/lib/af_alg.c b/lib/af_alg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..084bff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/af_alg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* af_alg.c - Compute message digests from file streams and buffers.
+   Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>, 2018.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "af_alg.h"
+
+#if USE_LINUX_CRYPTO_API
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <linux/if_alg.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/sendfile.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+#include "sys-limits.h"
+
+#define BLOCKSIZE 32768
+
+/* Return a newly created socket for ALG.
+   On error, return a negative error number.  */
+static int
+alg_socket (char const *alg)
+{
+  struct sockaddr_alg salg = {
+    .salg_family = AF_ALG,
+    .salg_type = "hash",
+  };
+  /* Copy alg into salg.salg_name, without calling strcpy nor strlen.  */
+  for (size_t i = 0; (salg.salg_name[i] = alg[i]) != '\0'; i++)
+    if (i == sizeof salg.salg_name - 1)
+      /* alg is too long.  */
+      return -EINVAL;
+
+  int cfd = socket (AF_ALG, SOCK_SEQPACKET | SOCK_CLOEXEC, 0);
+  if (cfd < 0)
+    return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+  int ofd = (bind (cfd, (struct sockaddr *) &salg, sizeof salg) == 0
+             ? accept4 (cfd, NULL, 0, SOCK_CLOEXEC)
+             : -1);
+  close (cfd);
+  return ofd < 0 ? -EAFNOSUPPORT : ofd;
+}
+
+int
+afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
+              void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
+{
+  /* On Linux < 4.9, the value for an empty stream is wrong (all zeroes).
+     See <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9308641/>.
+     This was not fixed properly until November 2016,
+     see <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9434741/>.  */
+  if (len == 0)
+    return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+
+  int ofd = alg_socket (alg);
+  if (ofd < 0)
+    return ofd;
+
+  int result;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      ssize_t size = (len > BLOCKSIZE ? BLOCKSIZE : len);
+      if (send (ofd, buffer, size, MSG_MORE) != size)
+        {
+          result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+          break;
+        }
+      buffer += size;
+      len -= size;
+      if (len == 0)
+        {
+          result = read (ofd, resblock, hashlen) == hashlen ? 0 : -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  close (ofd);
+  return result;
+}
+
+int
+afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
+              void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
+{
+  int ofd = alg_socket (alg);
+  if (ofd < 0)
+    return ofd;
+
+  /* If STREAM's size is known and nonzero and not too large, attempt
+     sendfile to pipe the data.  The nonzero restriction avoids issues
+     with /proc files that pretend to be empty, and lets the classic
+     read-write loop work around an empty-input bug noted below.  */
+  int fd = fileno (stream);
+  int result;
+  struct stat st;
+  off_t off = ftello (stream);
+  if (0 <= off && fstat (fd, &st) == 0
+      && (S_ISREG (st.st_mode) || S_TYPEISSHM (&st) || S_TYPEISTMO (&st))
+      && off < st.st_size && st.st_size - off < SYS_BUFSIZE_MAX)
+    {
+      /* Make sure the offset of fileno (stream) reflects how many bytes
+         have been read from stream before this function got invoked.
+         Note: fflush on an input stream after ungetc does not work as expected
+         on some platforms.  Therefore this situation is not supported here.  */
+      if (fflush (stream))
+        result = -EIO;
+      else
+        {
+          off_t nbytes = st.st_size - off;
+          if (sendfile (ofd, fd, &off, nbytes) == nbytes)
+            {
+              if (read (ofd, resblock, hashlen) == hashlen)
+                {
+                  /* The input buffers of stream are no longer valid.  */
+                  if (lseek (fd, off, SEEK_SET) != (off_t)-1)
+                    result = 0;
+                  else
+                    /* The file position of fd has not changed.  */
+                    result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+                }
+              else
+                /* The file position of fd has not changed.  */
+                result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+            }
+          else
+            /* The file position of fd has not changed.  */
+            result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+       }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* sendfile not possible, do a classic read-write loop.  */
+
+      /* Number of bytes to seek (backwards) in case of error.  */
+      off_t nseek = 0;
+
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          char buf[BLOCKSIZE];
+          /* When the stream is not seekable, start with a single-byte block,
+             so that we can use ungetc() in the case that send() fails.  */
+          size_t blocksize = (nseek == 0 && off < 0 ? 1 : BLOCKSIZE);
+          ssize_t size = fread (buf, 1, blocksize, stream);
+          if (size == 0)
+            {
+              /* On Linux < 4.9, the value for an empty stream is wrong (all 0).
+                 See <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9308641/>.
+                 This was not fixed properly until November 2016,
+                 see <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9434741/>.  */
+              result = ferror (stream) ? -EIO : nseek == 0 ? -EAFNOSUPPORT : 0;
+              break;
+            }
+          nseek -= size;
+          if (send (ofd, buf, size, MSG_MORE) != size)
+            {
+              if (nseek == -1)
+                {
+                  /* 1 byte of pushback buffer is guaranteed on stream, even
+                     if stream is not seekable.  */
+                  ungetc ((unsigned char) buf[0], stream);
+                  result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+                }
+              else if (fseeko (stream, nseek, SEEK_CUR) == 0)
+                /* The position of stream has been restored.  */
+                result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+              else
+                result = -EIO;
+              break;
+            }
+
+          /* Don't assume that EOF is sticky. See:
+             <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19476>.  */
+          if (feof (stream))
+            {
+              result = 0;
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (result == 0 && read (ofd, resblock, hashlen) != hashlen)
+        {
+          if (nseek == 0 || fseeko (stream, nseek, SEEK_CUR) == 0)
+            /* The position of stream has been restored.  */
+            result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+          else
+            result = -EIO;
+        }
+    }
+  close (ofd);
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/af_alg.h b/lib/af_alg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddd6568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/af_alg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* af_alg.h - Compute message digests from file streams and buffers.
+   Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>, 2018.
+   Documentation by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2018.  */
+
+/* Declare specific functions for computing message digests
+   using the Linux kernel crypto API, if available.  This kernel API gives
+   access to specialized crypto instructions (that would also be available
+   in user space) or to crypto devices (not directly available in user space).
+
+   For a more complete set of facilities that use the Linux kernel crypto API,
+   look at libkcapi.  */
+
+#ifndef AF_ALG_H
+# define AF_ALG_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <errno.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if USE_LINUX_CRYPTO_API
+
+/* Compute a message digest of a memory region.
+
+   The memory region starts at BUFFER and is LEN bytes long.
+
+   ALG is the message digest algorithm; see the file /proc/crypto.
+
+   RESBLOCK points to a block of HASHLEN bytes, for the result.
+   HASHLEN must be the length of the message digest, in bytes, in particular:
+
+      alg    | hashlen
+      -------+--------
+      md5    | 16
+      sha1   | 20
+      sha224 | 28
+      sha256 | 32
+      sha384 | 48
+      sha512 | 64
+
+   If successful, fill RESBLOCK and return 0.
+   Upon failure, return a negated error number.  */
+int
+afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
+              void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen);
+
+/* Compute a message digest of data read from STREAM.
+
+   STREAM is an open file stream.  The last operation on STREAM should
+   not be 'ungetc', and if STREAM is also open for writing it should
+   have been fflushed since its last write.  Read from the current
+   position to the end of STREAM.  Handle regular files efficiently.
+
+   ALG is the message digest algorithm; see the file /proc/crypto.
+
+   RESBLOCK points to a block of HASHLEN bytes, for the result.
+   HASHLEN must be the length of the message digest, in bytes, in particular:
+
+      alg    | hashlen
+      -------+--------
+      md5    | 16
+      sha1   | 20
+      sha224 | 28
+      sha256 | 32
+      sha384 | 48
+      sha512 | 64
+
+   If successful, fill RESBLOCK and return 0.
+   Upon failure, return a negated error number.
+   Unless returning 0 or -EIO, restore STREAM's file position so that
+   the caller can fall back on some other method.  */
+int
+afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
+              void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen);
+
+# else
+
+static inline int
+afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
+              void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
+{
+  return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+}
+
+static inline int
+afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
+              void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
+{
+  return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif /* AF_ALG_H */
diff --git a/lib/alignalloc.c b/lib/alignalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03988f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/alignalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* aligned memory allocation
+
+   Copyright 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define ALIGNALLOC_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "alignalloc.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdalign.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#if !ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC
+# if HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN
+
+/* posix_memalign requires the alignment to be a power-of-two multiple of
+   sizeof (void *), whereas alignalloc requires it to be a power of two.
+   To make it OK for the latter to call the former, check that
+   sizeof (void *) is a power of two, which is true on all known platforms.
+   This check is here rather than in alignalloc.h to save the compiler
+   the trouble of checking it each time alignalloc.h is included.  */
+verify (! (sizeof (void *) & (sizeof (void *) - 1)));
+
+# else /* !HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN */
+
+/* Return P aligned down to ALIGNMENT, which should be a power of two.  */
+
+static void *
+align_down (void *p, idx_t alignment)
+{
+  char *c = p;
+  return c - ((uintptr_t) p & (alignment - 1));
+}
+
+/* If alignalloc returned R and the base of the originally-allocated
+   storage is less than R - UCHAR_MAX, return the address of a pointer
+   holding the base of the originally-allocated storage.  */
+
+static void **
+address_of_pointer_to_malloced (unsigned char *r)
+{
+  /* The pointer P is located at the highest address A such that A is
+     aligned for pointers, and A + sizeof P < R so that there is room
+     for a 0 byte at R - 1.  This approach assumes UCHAR_MAX is large
+     enough so that there is room for P; although true on all
+     plausible platforms, check the assumption to be safe.  */
+  verify (sizeof (void *) + alignof (void *) - 1 <= UCHAR_MAX);
+
+  return align_down (r - 1 - sizeof (void *), alignof (void *));
+}
+
+/* Return an ALIGNMENT-aligned pointer to new storage of size SIZE,
+   or a null pointer (setting errno) if memory is exhausted.
+   ALIGNMENT must be a power of two.
+   If SIZE is zero, on success return a unique pointer each time.
+   To free storage later, call alignfree.  */
+
+void *
+alignalloc (idx_t alignment, idx_t size)
+{
+  /* malloc (ALIGNMENT + SIZE); if it succeeds, there must be at least
+     one byte available before the returned pointer.  It's OK if
+     ALIGNMENT + SIZE fits in size_t but not idx_t.  */
+
+  size_t malloc_size;
+  unsigned char *q;
+  if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (size, alignment, &malloc_size)
+      || ! (q = malloc (malloc_size)))
+    {
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  unsigned char *r = align_down (q + alignment, alignment);
+  idx_t offset = r - q;
+
+  if (offset <= UCHAR_MAX)
+    r[-1] = offset;
+  else
+    {
+      r[-1] = 0;
+      *address_of_pointer_to_malloced (r) = q;
+    }
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Free storage allocated via alignalloc.  Do nothing if PTR is null.  */
+
+void
+alignfree (void *ptr)
+{
+  if (ptr)
+    {
+      unsigned char *r = ptr;
+      unsigned char offset = r[-1];
+      void *q = offset ? r - offset : *address_of_pointer_to_malloced (r);
+      free (q);
+    }
+}
+
+# endif /* ! HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN */
+#endif /* ! ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC */
diff --git a/lib/alignalloc.h b/lib/alignalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f47aa86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/alignalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* aligned memory allocation
+
+   Copyright 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef ALIGNALLOC_H_
+#define ALIGNALLOC_H_
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "idx.h"
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef ALIGNALLOC_INLINE
+# define ALIGNALLOC_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Whether aligned_alloc supports any power-of-two alignment,
+   returns a nonnull pointer for size-zero allocations,
+   and sets errno on failure.  */
+#if 2 < __GLIBC__ + (15 <= __GLIBC_MINOR__)
+# define ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC 1
+#else
+# define ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC 0
+#endif
+
+/* Work around AddressSanitizer bug.
+   https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=104262
+   https://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/llvm-commits/Week-of-Mon-20220124/1001910.html
+   */
+#ifdef __SANITIZE_ADDRESS__
+# undef ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC
+# define ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC 0
+#endif
+#ifdef __has_feature
+# if __has_feature (address_sanitizer)
+#  undef ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC
+#  define ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC || HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN
+
+/* Free storage allocated via alignalloc.  Do nothing if PTR is null.  */
+
+ALIGNALLOC_INLINE void
+alignfree (void *ptr)
+{
+  free (ptr);
+}
+
+/* Return an ALIGNMENT-aligned pointer to new storage of size SIZE,
+   or a null pointer (setting errno) if memory is exhausted.
+   ALIGNMENT must be a power of two.
+   If SIZE is zero, on success return a unique pointer each time.
+   To free storage later, call alignfree.  */
+
+ALIGNALLOC_INLINE
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2))
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (alignfree, 1) */
+void *
+alignalloc (idx_t alignment, idx_t size)
+{
+  if ((size_t) -1 < alignment)
+    alignment = (size_t) -1;
+  if ((size_t) -1 < size)
+    size = (size_t) -1;
+
+# if ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC
+  return aligned_alloc (alignment, size);
+# else
+  void *ptr = NULL;
+  if (alignment < sizeof (void *))
+    alignment = sizeof (void *);
+  errno = posix_memalign (&ptr, alignment, size | !size);
+  return ptr;
+# endif
+}
+
+#else /* ! (ALIGNALLOC_VIA_ALIGNED_ALLOC || HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN) */
+
+void alignfree (void *);
+void *alignalloc (idx_t, idx_t)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2))
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (alignfree, 1);
+
+#endif
+
+/* Like alignalloc, but die instead of returning a null pointer.  */
+void *xalignalloc (idx_t, idx_t)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2))
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL /* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (alignfree, 1) */;
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* !ALIGNALLOC_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/alignof.h b/lib/alignof.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f4a542
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/alignof.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Determine alignment of types.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _ALIGNOF_H
+#define _ALIGNOF_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* alignof_slot (TYPE)
+   Determine the alignment of a structure slot (field) of a given type,
+   at compile time.  Note that the result depends on the ABI.
+   This is the same as alignof (TYPE) and _Alignof (TYPE), defined in
+   <stdalign.h> if __alignof_is_defined is 1.
+   Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant,
+   due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+  template <class type> struct alignof_helper { char __slot1; type __slot2; };
+# define alignof_slot(type) offsetof (alignof_helper<type>, __slot2)
+#else
+# define alignof_slot(type) offsetof (struct { char __slot1; type __slot2; }, __slot2)
+#endif
+
+/* alignof_type (TYPE)
+   Determine the good alignment of an object of the given type at compile time.
+   Note that this is not necessarily the same as alignof_slot(type).
+   For example, with GNU C on x86 platforms and with clang on Linux/x86:
+   alignof_type(long long) = 8, but alignof_slot(long long) = 4.
+   And alignof_type(double) = 8, but
+   - when -malign-double is not specified:  alignof_slot(double) = 4,
+   - when -malign-double is specified:      alignof_slot(double) = 8.
+   Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant,
+   due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__ || defined __IBM__ALIGNOF__
+# define alignof_type __alignof__
+#else
+# define alignof_type alignof_slot
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _ALIGNOF_H */
diff --git a/lib/alloca.c b/lib/alloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4880283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/alloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   This file is in the public domain.  */
+
+/* (Mostly) portable implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
+
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef emacs
+# include "lisp.h"
+# include "blockinput.h"
+# ifdef EMACS_FREE
+#  undef free
+#  define free EMACS_FREE
+# endif
+#else
+# define memory_full() abort ()
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC or clang, this file is not needed.  */
+#if !(defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__)
+
+/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
+   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
+# ifndef alloca
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+   in order to make unexec workable
+   */
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
+   old and obscure compilers.  */
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
+
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION      0       /* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#   define STACK_DIR    STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time.  */
+
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+
+static int stack_dir;           /* 1 or -1 once known.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR    stack_dir
+
+static int
+find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
+{
+  int dir, dummy = 0;
+  if (! addr)
+    addr = &dummy;
+  *addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
+  dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
+  return dir + dummy;
+}
+
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
+
+#  ifndef       ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE   sizeof(double)
+#  endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];       /* To force sizeof(header).  */
+  struct
+    {
+      union hdr *next;          /* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;               /* For stack depth measure.  */
+    } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;       /* -> last alloca header.  */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
+
+void *
+alloca (size_t size)
+{
+  auto char probe;              /* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = &probe;
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)           /* Unknown growth direction.  */
+    STACK_DIR = find_stack_direction (NULL, (size & 1) + 20);
+#  endif
+
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
+
+  {
+    register header *hp;        /* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    BLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+
+    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+          || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+        {
+          register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+          free (hp);            /* Collect garbage.  */
+
+          hp = np;              /* -> next header.  */
+        }
+      else
+        break;                  /* Rest are not deeper.  */
+
+    last_alloca_header = hp;    /* -> last valid storage.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+  }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;                /* No allocation required.  */
+
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
+
+  {
+    /* Address of header.  */
+    register header *new;
+
+    size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
+    if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
+      memory_full ();
+
+    new = malloc (combined_size);
+
+    if (! new)
+      memory_full ();
+
+    new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    new->h.deep = depth;
+
+    last_alloca_header = new;
+
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
+
+    return (void *) (new + 1);
+  }
+}
+
+# endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* not GCC || clang */
diff --git a/lib/alloca.in.h b/lib/alloca.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2b1461
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/alloca.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Memory allocation on the stack.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
+   means there is a real alloca function.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
+#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
+   allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
+   Use of alloca should be avoided:
+     - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
+     - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
+       calling function returns,
+     - for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
+       the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
+       request, the program just crashes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef alloca
+  /* Some version of mingw have an <alloca.h> that causes trouble when
+     included after 'alloca' gets defined as a macro.  As a workaround,
+     include this <alloca.h> first and define 'alloca' as a macro afterwards
+     if needed.  */
+# if defined __GNUC__ && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && @HAVE_ALLOCA_H@
+#  include_next <alloca.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef alloca
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+#  define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# elif defined _AIX
+#  define alloca __alloca
+# elif defined _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
+#  define alloca __ALLOCA
+# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
+#  ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#  endif
+void *_alloca (unsigned short);
+#  pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# elif defined __MVS__
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# else
+#  include <stddef.h>
+#  ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#  endif
+void *alloca (size_t);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/lib/allocator.c b/lib/allocator.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42c8918
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/allocator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Memory allocators such as malloc+free.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
+#include <config.h>
+#include "allocator.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+struct allocator const stdlib_allocator = { malloc, realloc, free, NULL };
diff --git a/lib/allocator.h b/lib/allocator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e698ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/allocator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Memory allocators such as malloc+free.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_ALLOCATOR_H
+#define _GL_ALLOCATOR_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* An object describing a memory allocator family.  */
+
+struct allocator
+{
+  /* Do not use GCC attributes such as __attribute__ ((malloc)) with
+     the function types pointed at by these members, because these
+     attributes do not work with pointers to functions.  See
+     <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2011-04/msg00007.html>.  */
+
+  /* Call ALLOCATE to allocate memory, like 'malloc'.  On failure ALLOCATE
+     should return NULL, though not necessarily set errno.  When given
+     a zero size it may return NULL even if successful.  */
+  void *(*allocate) (size_t);
+
+  /* If nonnull, call REALLOCATE to reallocate memory, like 'realloc'.
+     On failure REALLOCATE should return NULL, though not necessarily set
+     errno.  When given a zero size it may return NULL even if
+     successful.  */
+  void *(*reallocate) (void *, size_t);
+
+  /* Call FREE to free memory, like 'free'.  */
+  void (*free) (void *);
+
+  /* If nonnull, call DIE (SIZE) if MALLOC (SIZE) or REALLOC (...,
+     SIZE) fails.  DIE should not return.  SIZE should equal SIZE_MAX
+     if size_t overflow was detected while calculating sizes to be
+     passed to MALLOC or REALLOC.  */
+  void (*die) (size_t);
+};
+
+/* An allocator using the stdlib functions and a null DIE function.  */
+extern struct allocator const stdlib_allocator;
+
+#endif /* _GL_ALLOCATOR_H */
diff --git a/lib/anytostr.c b/lib/anytostr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1382700
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/anytostr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* anytostr.c -- convert integers to printable strings
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert */
+
+/* Tell gcc not to warn about the (i < 0) test, below.  */
+#if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"
+#elif defined __clang__
+# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wtautological-compare"
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "inttostr.h"
+
+/* Convert I to a printable string in BUF, which must be at least
+   INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (INTTYPE) bytes long.  Return the address of the
+   printable string, which need not start at BUF.  */
+
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD char *
+anytostr (inttype i, char *buf)
+{
+  char *p = buf + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (inttype);
+  *p = 0;
+
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      do
+        *--p = '0' - i % 10;
+      while ((i /= 10) != 0);
+
+      *--p = '-';
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      do
+        *--p = '0' + i % 10;
+      while ((i /= 10) != 0);
+    }
+
+  return p;
+}
diff --git a/lib/areadlink-with-size.c b/lib/areadlink-with-size.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c50e6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/areadlink-with-size.c
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* readlink wrapper to return the link name in malloc'd storage.
+   Unlike xreadlink and xreadlink_with_size, don't ever call exit.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "areadlink.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
+#endif
+
+/* SYMLINK_MAX is used only for an initial memory-allocation sanity
+   check, so it's OK to guess too small on hosts where there is no
+   arbitrary limit to symbolic link length.  */
+#ifndef SYMLINK_MAX
+# define SYMLINK_MAX 1024
+#endif
+
+#define MAXSIZE (SIZE_MAX < SSIZE_MAX ? SIZE_MAX : SSIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Call readlink to get the symbolic link value of FILE.
+   SIZE is a hint as to how long the link is expected to be;
+   typically it is taken from st_size.  It need not be correct.
+   Return a pointer to that NUL-terminated string in malloc'd storage.
+   If readlink fails, malloc fails, or if the link value is longer
+   than SSIZE_MAX, return NULL (caller may use errno to diagnose).  */
+
+char *
+areadlink_with_size (char const *file, size_t size)
+{
+  /* Some buggy file systems report garbage in st_size.  Defend
+     against them by ignoring outlandish st_size values in the initial
+     memory allocation.  */
+  size_t symlink_max = SYMLINK_MAX;
+  size_t INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND = 8 * 1024;
+  size_t initial_limit = (symlink_max < INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND
+                          ? symlink_max + 1
+                          : INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND);
+
+  enum { stackbuf_size = 128 };
+
+  /* The initial buffer size for the link value.  */
+  size_t buf_size = (size == 0 ? stackbuf_size
+                     : size < initial_limit ? size + 1 : initial_limit);
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      ssize_t r;
+      size_t link_length;
+      char stackbuf[stackbuf_size];
+      char *buf = stackbuf;
+      char *buffer = NULL;
+
+      if (! (size == 0 && buf_size == stackbuf_size))
+        {
+          buf = buffer = malloc (buf_size);
+          if (!buffer)
+            {
+              errno = ENOMEM;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+
+      r = readlink (file, buf, buf_size);
+      link_length = r;
+
+      if (r < 0)
+        {
+          free (buffer);
+          return NULL;
+        }
+
+      if (link_length < buf_size)
+        {
+          buf[link_length] = 0;
+          if (!buffer)
+            {
+              buffer = malloc (link_length + 1);
+              if (buffer)
+                return memcpy (buffer, buf, link_length + 1);
+            }
+          else if (link_length + 1 < buf_size)
+            {
+              /* Shrink BUFFER before returning it.  */
+              char *shrinked_buffer = realloc (buffer, link_length + 1);
+              if (shrinked_buffer != NULL)
+                buffer = shrinked_buffer;
+            }
+          return buffer;
+        }
+
+      free (buffer);
+      if (buf_size <= MAXSIZE / 2)
+        buf_size *= 2;
+      else if (buf_size < MAXSIZE)
+        buf_size = MAXSIZE;
+      else
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/areadlink.c b/lib/areadlink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bff4a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/areadlink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* areadlink.c -- readlink wrapper to return the link name in malloc'd storage
+   Unlike xreadlink and xreadlink_with_size, don't ever call exit.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
+   and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "areadlink.h"
+
+#include "careadlinkat.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Get the symbolic link value of FILENAME and put it into BUFFER, with
+   size BUFFER_SIZE.  This function acts like readlink but has
+   readlinkat's signature.  */
+static ssize_t
+careadlinkatcwd (int fd, char const *filename, char *buffer,
+                 size_t buffer_size)
+{
+  /* FD must be AT_FDCWD here, otherwise the caller is using this
+     function in contexts it was not meant for.  */
+  if (fd != AT_FDCWD)
+    abort ();
+  return readlink (filename, buffer, buffer_size);
+}
+
+/* Call readlink to get the symbolic link value of FILENAME.
+   Return a pointer to that NUL-terminated string in malloc'd storage.
+   If readlink fails, return NULL and set errno.
+   If allocation fails, or if the link value is longer than SIZE_MAX :-),
+   return NULL and set errno to ENOMEM.  */
+
+char *
+areadlink (char const *filename)
+{
+  return careadlinkat (AT_FDCWD, filename, NULL, 0, NULL, careadlinkatcwd);
+}
diff --git a/lib/areadlink.h b/lib/areadlink.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1518d74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/areadlink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Read symbolic links without size limitation.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>  */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+extern char *areadlink (char const *filename)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+extern char *areadlink_with_size (char const *filename, size_t size_hint)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+#if GNULIB_AREADLINKAT
+extern char *areadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_AREADLINKAT_WITH_SIZE
+extern char *areadlinkat_with_size (int fd, char const *filename,
+                                    size_t size_hint)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/areadlinkat-with-size.c b/lib/areadlinkat-with-size.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f015b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/areadlinkat-with-size.c
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/* readlinkat wrapper to return the link name in malloc'd storage.
+   Unlike xreadlinkat, only call exit on failure to change directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
+   and Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "areadlink.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if HAVE_READLINKAT
+
+# ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+#  define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
+# endif
+
+/* SYMLINK_MAX is used only for an initial memory-allocation sanity
+   check, so it's OK to guess too small on hosts where there is no
+   arbitrary limit to symbolic link length.  */
+# ifndef SYMLINK_MAX
+#  define SYMLINK_MAX 1024
+# endif
+
+# define MAXSIZE (SIZE_MAX < SSIZE_MAX ? SIZE_MAX : SSIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Call readlinkat to get the symbolic link value of FILE, relative to FD.
+   SIZE is a hint as to how long the link is expected to be;
+   typically it is taken from st_size.  It need not be correct.
+   Return a pointer to that NUL-terminated string in malloc'd storage.
+   If readlinkat fails, malloc fails, or if the link value is longer
+   than SSIZE_MAX, return NULL (caller may use errno to diagnose).
+   However, failure to change directory during readlinkat will issue
+   a diagnostic and exit.  */
+
+char *
+areadlinkat_with_size (int fd, char const *file, size_t size)
+{
+  /* Some buggy file systems report garbage in st_size.  Defend
+     against them by ignoring outlandish st_size values in the initial
+     memory allocation.  */
+  size_t symlink_max = SYMLINK_MAX;
+  size_t INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND = 8 * 1024;
+  size_t initial_limit = (symlink_max < INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND
+                          ? symlink_max + 1
+                          : INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND);
+
+  enum { stackbuf_size = 128 };
+
+  /* The initial buffer size for the link value.  */
+  size_t buf_size = (size == 0 ? stackbuf_size
+                     : size < initial_limit ? size + 1 : initial_limit);
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      ssize_t r;
+      size_t link_length;
+      char stackbuf[stackbuf_size];
+      char *buf = stackbuf;
+      char *buffer = NULL;
+
+      if (! (size == 0 && buf_size == stackbuf_size))
+        {
+          buf = buffer = malloc (buf_size);
+          if (!buffer)
+            /* We can assume errno == ENOMEM here, since all platforms that have
+               readlinkat() have a POSIX compliant malloc().  */
+            return NULL;
+        }
+
+      r = readlinkat (fd, file, buf, buf_size);
+      link_length = r;
+
+      if (r < 0)
+        {
+          free (buffer);
+          return NULL;
+        }
+
+      if (link_length < buf_size)
+        {
+          buf[link_length] = 0;
+          if (!buffer)
+            {
+              buffer = malloc (link_length + 1);
+              if (buffer)
+                return memcpy (buffer, buf, link_length + 1);
+            }
+          else if (link_length + 1 < buf_size)
+            {
+              /* Shrink BUFFER before returning it.  */
+              char *shrinked_buffer = realloc (buffer, link_length + 1);
+              if (shrinked_buffer != NULL)
+                buffer = shrinked_buffer;
+            }
+          return buffer;
+        }
+
+      free (buffer);
+      if (buf_size <= MAXSIZE / 2)
+        buf_size *= 2;
+      else if (buf_size < MAXSIZE)
+        buf_size = MAXSIZE;
+      else
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_READLINKAT */
+
+
+/* It is more efficient to change directories only once and call
+   areadlink_with_size, rather than repeatedly call the replacement
+   readlinkat.  */
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME areadlinkat_with_size
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 areadlink_with_size
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , size_t size
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , size
+# define AT_FUNC_RESULT char *
+# define AT_FUNC_FAIL NULL
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+# undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
+# undef AT_FUNC_FAIL
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_READLINKAT */
diff --git a/lib/areadlinkat.c b/lib/areadlinkat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a7fc89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/areadlinkat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* areadlinkat.c -- readlinkat wrapper to return malloc'd link name
+   Unlike xreadlinkat, only call exit on failure to change directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>,
+   and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>,
+   and Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "areadlink.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "careadlinkat.h"
+
+#if HAVE_READLINKAT
+
+/* Call readlinkat to get the symbolic link value of FILENAME relative to FD.
+   Return a pointer to that NUL-terminated string in malloc'd storage.
+   If readlinkat fails, return NULL and set errno (although failure to
+   change directory will issue a diagnostic and exit).
+   If allocation fails, or if the link value is longer than SIZE_MAX :-),
+   return NULL and set errno to ENOMEM.  */
+
+char *
+areadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename)
+{
+  return careadlinkat (fd, filename, NULL, 0, NULL, readlinkat);
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_READLINKAT */
+
+/* It is more efficient to change directories only once and call
+   areadlink, rather than repeatedly call the replacement
+   readlinkat.  */
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME areadlinkat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 areadlink
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS /* empty */
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        /* empty */
+# define AT_FUNC_RESULT char *
+# define AT_FUNC_FAIL NULL
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+# undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
+# undef AT_FUNC_FAIL
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_READLINKAT */
diff --git a/lib/arg-nonnull.h b/lib/arg-nonnull.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4513ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/arg-nonnull.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argmatch.c b/lib/argmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a28900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-1999, 2001-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "argmatch.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "getprogname.h"
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# include "exitfail.h"
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (exit_failure)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
+{
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   NULL-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for 0, and "n" for 1.  */
+
+ptrdiff_t
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+          const void *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  size_t i;                     /* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
+  size_t arglen;                /* Length of ARG.  */
+  ptrdiff_t matchind = -1;      /* Index of first nonexact match.  */
+  bool ambiguous = false;       /* If true, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
+
+  arglen = strlen (arg);
+
+  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (!strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
+        {
+          if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
+            /* Exact match found.  */
+            return i;
+          else if (matchind == -1)
+            /* First nonexact match found.  */
+            matchind = i;
+          else
+            {
+              /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+              if (vallist == NULL
+                  || memcmp ((char const *) vallist + valsize * matchind,
+                             (char const *) vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+                {
+                  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+                     disambiguate. */
+                  ambiguous = true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  if (ambiguous)
+    return -2;
+  else
+    return matchind;
+}
+
+ptrdiff_t
+argmatch_exact (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist)
+{
+  size_t i;
+
+  /* Test elements for exact match.  */
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (!strcmp (arglist[i], arg))
+        return i;
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Error reporting for argmatch.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
+   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
+
+void
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, ptrdiff_t problem)
+{
+  char const *format = (problem == -1
+                        ? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
+                        : _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
+         quote_n (1, context));
+}
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+                const void *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fputs (_("Valid arguments are:"), stderr);
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+        || memcmp (last_val, (char const *) vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+        fprintf (stderr, "\n  - %s", quote (arglist[i]));
+        last_val = (char const *) vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        fprintf (stderr, ", %s", quote (arglist[i]));
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+ptrdiff_t
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+                      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+                      const void *vallist, size_t valsize,
+                      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn,
+                      bool allow_abbreviation)
+{
+  ptrdiff_t res;
+
+  if (allow_abbreviation)
+    res = argmatch (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  else
+    res = argmatch_exact (arg, arglist);
+
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const void *value,
+                      const char *const *arglist,
+                      const void *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  size_t i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, (char const *) vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+ */
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  no_backups,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple_backups,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing_backups,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered_backups
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  no_backups, no_backups, no_backups,
+  simple_backups, simple_backups,
+  numbered_existing_backups, numbered_existing_backups,
+  numbered_backups, numbered_backups
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = no_backups;
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", getprogname ());
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+                             backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGMATCH (getprogname (), argv[1],
+                             backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is '%s'\n",
+          ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (&backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argmatch.h b/lib/argmatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52f2bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argmatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-1999, 2001-2002, 2004-2005, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <string.h> /* memcmp */
+
+# include "gettext.h"
+# include "quote.h"
+# include "verify.h"
+
+# ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof (Array) / sizeof *(Array))
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  */
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VERIFY(Arglist, Vallist) \
+    verify (ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Arglist) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Vallist) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+ptrdiff_t argmatch (char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
+                    void const *vallist, size_t valsize) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+ptrdiff_t argmatch_exact (char const *arg, char const *const *arglist)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch (Arg, Arglist, (void const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_EXACT(Arg, Arglist) \
+  argmatch_exact (Arg, Arglist)
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to 'exit (exit_failure)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) (void);
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid (char const *context, char const *value,
+                       ptrdiff_t problem);
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid (Context, Value, Problem)
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid (char const *const *arglist,
+                     void const *vallist, size_t valsize);
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (void const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
+
+
+
+/* Like argmatch/argmatch_exact, but upon failure, report an explanation
+   of the failure, and exit using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+ptrdiff_t __xargmatch_internal (char const *context,
+                                char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
+                                void const *vallist, size_t valsize,
+                                argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn,
+                                bool allow_abbreviation);
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)              \
+  ((Vallist) [__xargmatch_internal (Context, Arg, Arglist,      \
+                                    (void const *) (Vallist),   \
+                                    sizeof *(Vallist),          \
+                                    argmatch_die,               \
+                                    true)])
+
+# define XARGMATCH_EXACT(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)        \
+  ((Vallist) [__xargmatch_internal (Context, Arg, Arglist,      \
+                                    (void const *) (Vallist),   \
+                                    sizeof *(Vallist),          \
+                                    argmatch_die,               \
+                                    false)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+char const *argmatch_to_argument (void const *value,
+                                  char const *const *arglist,
+                                  void const *vallist, size_t valsize)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)                  \
+  argmatch_to_argument (Value, Arglist,                                 \
+                        (void const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_DEFINE_GROUP(Name, Type)                              \
+  /* The type of the values of this group.  */                          \
+  typedef Type argmatch_##Name##_type;                                  \
+                                                                        \
+  /* The size of the type of the values of this group. */               \
+  enum argmatch_##Name##_size_enum                                      \
+  {                                                                     \
+    argmatch_##Name##_size = sizeof (argmatch_##Name##_type)            \
+  };                                                                    \
+                                                                        \
+  /* Argument mapping of this group.  */                                \
+  typedef struct                                                        \
+  {                                                                     \
+    /* Argument (e.g., "simple").  */                                   \
+    const char *arg;                                                    \
+    /* Value (e.g., simple_backups).  */                                \
+    const argmatch_##Name##_type val;                                   \
+  } argmatch_##Name##_arg;                                              \
+                                                                        \
+  /* Documentation of this group.  */                                   \
+  typedef struct                                                        \
+  {                                                                     \
+    /* Argument (e.g., "simple").  */                                   \
+    const char *arg;                                                    \
+    /* Documentation (e.g., N_("always make simple backups")).  */      \
+    const char *doc;                                                    \
+  } argmatch_##Name##_doc;                                              \
+                                                                        \
+  /* All the features of an argmatch group.  */                         \
+  typedef struct                                                        \
+  {                                                                     \
+    const argmatch_##Name##_arg* args;                                  \
+    const argmatch_##Name##_doc* docs;                                  \
+                                                                        \
+    /* Printed before the usage message.  */                            \
+    const char *doc_pre;                                                \
+    /* Printed after the usage message.  */                             \
+    const char *doc_post;                                               \
+  } argmatch_##Name##_group_type;                                       \
+                                                                        \
+  /* The structure the user must build.  */                             \
+  extern const argmatch_##Name##_group_type argmatch_##Name##_group;    \
+                                                                        \
+  /* Print the documentation of this group.  */                         \
+  void argmatch_##Name##_usage (FILE *out);                             \
+                                                                        \
+  /* If nonnegative, the index I of ARG in ARGS, i.e,                   \
+     ARGS[I] == ARG.                                                    \
+     Return -1 for invalid argument, -2 for ambiguous argument. */      \
+  ptrdiff_t argmatch_##Name##_choice (const char *arg);                 \
+                                                                        \
+  /* A pointer to the corresponding value if it exists, or              \
+     report an error and exit with failure if the argument was          \
+     not recognized. */                                                 \
+  const argmatch_##Name##_type*                                         \
+  argmatch_##Name##_value (const char *context, const char *arg);       \
+                                                                        \
+  /* The first argument in ARGS that matches this value, or NULL.  */   \
+  const char *                                                          \
+  argmatch_##Name##_argument (const argmatch_##Name##_type *val);       \
+                                                                        \
+  ptrdiff_t                                                             \
+  argmatch_##Name##_choice (const char *arg)                            \
+  {                                                                     \
+    const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group;   \
+    size_t size = argmatch_##Name##_size;                               \
+    ptrdiff_t res = -1;      /* Index of first nonexact match.  */      \
+    bool ambiguous = false;  /* Whether multiple nonexact match(es). */ \
+    size_t arglen = strlen (arg);                                       \
+                                                                        \
+    /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated          \
+       matches.  */                                                     \
+    for (size_t i = 0; g->args[i].arg; i++)                             \
+      if (!strncmp (g->args[i].arg, arg, arglen))                       \
+        {                                                               \
+          if (strlen (g->args[i].arg) == arglen)                        \
+            /* Exact match found.  */                                   \
+            return i;                                                   \
+          else if (res == -1)                                           \
+            /* First nonexact match found.  */                          \
+            res = i;                                                    \
+          else if (memcmp (&g->args[res].val, &g->args[i].val, size))   \
+            /* Second nonexact match found.  */                         \
+            /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not               \
+               disambiguate. */                                         \
+            ambiguous = true;                                           \
+        }                                                               \
+    return ambiguous ? -2 : res;                                        \
+  }                                                                     \
+                                                                        \
+  const char *                                                          \
+  argmatch_##Name##_argument (const argmatch_##Name##_type *val)        \
+  {                                                                     \
+    const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group;   \
+    size_t size = argmatch_##Name##_size;                               \
+    for (size_t i = 0; g->args[i].arg; i++)                             \
+      if (!memcmp (val, &g->args[i].val, size))                         \
+        return g->args[i].arg;                                          \
+    return NULL;                                                        \
+  }                                                                     \
+                                                                        \
+  /* List the valid values of this group. */                            \
+  static void                                                           \
+  argmatch_##Name##_valid (FILE *out)                                   \
+  {                                                                     \
+    const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group;   \
+    size_t size = argmatch_##Name##_size;                               \
+                                                                        \
+    /* Try to put synonyms on the same line.  Synonyms are expected     \
+       to follow each other. */                                         \
+    fputs (gettext ("Valid arguments are:"), out);                      \
+    for (int i = 0; g->args[i].arg; i++)                                \
+      if (i == 0                                                        \
+          || memcmp (&g->args[i-1].val, &g->args[i].val, size))         \
+        fprintf (out, "\n  - %s", quote (g->args[i].arg));              \
+      else                                                              \
+        fprintf (out, ", %s", quote (g->args[i].arg));                  \
+    putc ('\n', out);                                                   \
+  }                                                                     \
+                                                                        \
+  const argmatch_##Name##_type*                                         \
+  argmatch_##Name##_value (const char *context, const char *arg)        \
+  {                                                                     \
+    const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group;   \
+    ptrdiff_t res = argmatch_##Name##_choice (arg);                     \
+    if (res < 0)                                                        \
+      {                                                                 \
+        argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);                           \
+        argmatch_##Name##_valid (stderr);                               \
+        argmatch_die ();                                                \
+      }                                                                 \
+    return &g->args[res].val;                                           \
+  }                                                                     \
+                                                                        \
+  /* The column in which the documentation is displayed.                \
+     The leftmost possible, but no more than 20. */                     \
+  static int                                                            \
+  argmatch_##Name##_doc_col (void)                                      \
+  {                                                                     \
+    const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group;   \
+    size_t size = argmatch_##Name##_size;                               \
+    int res = 0;                                                        \
+    for (int i = 0; g->docs[i].arg; ++i)                                \
+      {                                                                 \
+        int col = 4;                                                    \
+        int ival = argmatch_##Name##_choice (g->docs[i].arg);           \
+        if (ival < 0)                                                   \
+          /* Pseudo argument, display it. */                            \
+          col += strlen (g->docs[i].arg);                               \
+        else                                                            \
+          /* Genuine argument, display it with its synonyms. */         \
+          for (int j = 0; g->args[j].arg; ++j)                          \
+            if (! memcmp (&g->args[ival].val, &g->args[j].val, size))   \
+              col += (col == 4 ? 0 : 2) + strlen (g->args[j].arg);      \
+        if (res <= col)                                                 \
+          res = col <= 20 ? col : 20;                                   \
+      }                                                                 \
+    return res ? res : 20;                                              \
+  }                                                                     \
+                                                                        \
+  void                                                                  \
+  argmatch_##Name##_usage (FILE *out)                                   \
+  {                                                                     \
+    const argmatch_##Name##_group_type *g = &argmatch_##Name##_group;   \
+    size_t size = argmatch_##Name##_size;                               \
+    /* Width of the screen.  Help2man does not seem to support          \
+       arguments on several lines, so in that case pretend a very       \
+       large width. */                                                  \
+    const int screen_width = getenv ("HELP2MAN") ? INT_MAX : 80;        \
+    if (g->doc_pre)                                                     \
+      fprintf (out, "%s\n", gettext (g->doc_pre));                      \
+    int doc_col = argmatch_##Name##_doc_col ();                         \
+    for (int i = 0; g->docs[i].arg; ++i)                                \
+      {                                                                 \
+        int col = 0;                                                    \
+        bool first = true;                                              \
+        int ival = argmatch_##Name##_choice (g->docs[i].arg);           \
+        if (ival < 0)                                                   \
+          /* Pseudo argument, display it. */                            \
+          col += fprintf (out,  "  %s", g->docs[i].arg);                \
+        else                                                            \
+          /* Genuine argument, display it with its synonyms. */         \
+          for (int j = 0; g->args[j].arg; ++j)                          \
+            if (! memcmp (&g->args[ival].val, &g->args[j].val, size))   \
+              {                                                         \
+                if (!first                                              \
+                    && screen_width < col + 2 + strlen (g->args[j].arg)) \
+                  {                                                     \
+                    fprintf (out, ",\n");                               \
+                    col = 0;                                            \
+                    first = true;                                       \
+                  }                                                     \
+                if (first)                                              \
+                  {                                                     \
+                    col += fprintf (out, " ");                          \
+                    first = false;                                      \
+                  }                                                     \
+                else                                                    \
+                  col += fprintf (out, ",");                            \
+                col += fprintf (out,  " %s", g->args[j].arg);           \
+              }                                                         \
+        /* The doc.  Separated by at least two spaces. */               \
+        if (doc_col < col + 2)                                          \
+          {                                                             \
+            fprintf (out, "\n");                                        \
+            col = 0;                                                    \
+          }                                                             \
+        fprintf (out, "%*s%s\n",                                        \
+                 doc_col - col, "", gettext (g->docs[i].doc));          \
+      }                                                                 \
+    if (g->doc_post)                                                    \
+      fprintf (out, "%s\n", gettext (g->doc_post));                     \
+  }
+
+# ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/argv-iter.c b/lib/argv-iter.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc259a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argv-iter.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* Iterate over arguments from argv or --files0-from=FILE
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "argv-iter.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct argv_iterator
+{
+  /* Test FP to determine whether in read-mode or argv-mode. */
+  /* file-mode: fp records position */
+  FILE *fp;
+  size_t item_idx;
+  char *tok;
+  size_t buf_len;
+
+  /* argv-mode: record just argv and current pointer */
+  char **arg_list;
+  char **p;
+};
+
+struct argv_iterator *
+argv_iter_init_argv (char **argv)
+{
+  struct argv_iterator *ai = malloc (sizeof *ai);
+  if (!ai)
+    return NULL;
+  ai->fp = NULL;
+  ai->arg_list = argv;
+  ai->p = argv;
+  return ai;
+}
+
+/* Initialize to read from the stream, FP.
+   The input is expected to contain a list of NUL-delimited tokens.  */
+struct argv_iterator *
+argv_iter_init_stream (FILE *fp)
+{
+  struct argv_iterator *ai = malloc (sizeof *ai);
+  if (!ai)
+    return NULL;
+  ai->fp = fp;
+  ai->tok = NULL;
+  ai->buf_len = 0;
+
+  ai->item_idx = 0;
+  ai->arg_list = NULL;
+  return ai;
+}
+
+char *
+argv_iter (struct argv_iterator *ai, enum argv_iter_err *err)
+{
+  if (ai->fp)
+    {
+      ssize_t len = getdelim (&ai->tok, &ai->buf_len, '\0', ai->fp);
+      if (len < 0)
+        {
+          *err = feof (ai->fp) ? AI_ERR_EOF : AI_ERR_READ;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+
+      *err = AI_ERR_OK;
+      ai->item_idx++;
+      return ai->tok;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (*(ai->p) == NULL)
+        {
+          *err = AI_ERR_EOF;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          *err = AI_ERR_OK;
+          return *(ai->p++);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+size_t
+argv_iter_n_args (struct argv_iterator const *ai)
+{
+  return ai->fp ? ai->item_idx : ai->p - ai->arg_list;
+}
+
+void
+argv_iter_free (struct argv_iterator *ai)
+{
+  if (ai->fp)
+    free (ai->tok);
+  free (ai);
+}
diff --git a/lib/argv-iter.h b/lib/argv-iter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6ad113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argv-iter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Iterate over arguments from argv or --files0-from=FILE
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL.  */
+#include "arg-nonnull.h"
+
+struct argv_iterator;
+
+enum argv_iter_err
+{
+  AI_ERR_OK = 1,
+  AI_ERR_EOF,
+  AI_ERR_MEM,
+  AI_ERR_READ
+};
+
+void argv_iter_free (struct argv_iterator *)
+  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
+
+struct argv_iterator *argv_iter_init_argv (char **argv)
+  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (argv_iter_free, 1);
+struct argv_iterator *argv_iter_init_stream (FILE *fp)
+  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (argv_iter_free, 1);
+char *argv_iter (struct argv_iterator *, enum argv_iter_err *)
+  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+size_t argv_iter_n_args (struct argv_iterator const *)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
diff --git a/lib/arpa_inet.in.h b/lib/arpa_inet.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5d7db2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/arpa_inet.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* A GNU-like <arpa/inet.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if @HAVE_FEATURES_H@
+# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__ */
+#endif
+
+/* Gnulib's sys/socket.h is responsible for defining socklen_t (used below) and
+   for pulling in winsock2.h etc. under MinGW.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#ifndef __GLIBC__
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+
+/* On NonStop Kernel, inet_ntop and inet_pton are declared in <netdb.h>.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if defined __TANDEM && !defined __GLIBC__
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+#if @HAVE_ARPA_INET_H@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ARPA_INET_H@
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
+
+/* Get all possible declarations of inet_ntop() and inet_pton().  */
+#if (@GNULIB_INET_NTOP@ || @GNULIB_INET_PTON@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && @HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H@
+# include <ws2tcpip.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_INET_NTOP@
+/* Converts an internet address from internal format to a printable,
+   presentable format.
+   AF is an internet address family, such as AF_INET or AF_INET6.
+   SRC points to a 'struct in_addr' (for AF_INET) or 'struct in6_addr'
+   (for AF_INET6).
+   DST points to a buffer having room for CNT bytes.
+   The printable representation of the address (in numeric form, not
+   surrounded by [...], no reverse DNS is done) is placed in DST, and
+   DST is returned.  If an error occurs, the return value is NULL and
+   errno is set.  If CNT bytes are not sufficient to hold the result,
+   the return value is NULL and errno is set to ENOSPC.  A good value
+   for CNT is 46.
+
+   For more details, see the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/inet_ntop.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_INET_NTOP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef inet_ntop
+#   define inet_ntop rpl_inet_ntop
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (inet_ntop, const char *,
+                  (int af, const void *restrict src,
+                   char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (inet_ntop, const char *,
+                  (int af, const void *restrict src,
+                   char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (inet_ntop, const char *,
+                  (int af, const void *restrict src,
+                   char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on NonStop Kernel, the fourth parameter is
+                                            size_t cnt.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (inet_ntop, const char *,
+                       (int af, const void *restrict src,
+                        char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (inet_ntop);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef inet_ntop
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INET_NTOP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (inet_ntop, "inet_ntop is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module inet_ntop for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_INET_PTON@
+# if @REPLACE_INET_PTON@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef inet_pton
+#   define inet_pton rpl_inet_pton
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (inet_pton, int,
+                  (int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (inet_pton, int,
+                  (int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_INET_PTON@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (inet_pton, int,
+                  (int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (inet_pton, int,
+                  (int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (inet_pton);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef inet_pton
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INET_PTON
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (inet_pton, "inet_pton is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module inet_pton for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H */
diff --git a/lib/asnprintf.c b/lib/asnprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c5c76e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/asnprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+char *
+asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char *result;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/asprintf.c b/lib/asprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c163f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/asprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef IN_LIBASPRINTF
+# include "vasprintf.h"
+#else
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+int
+asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int result;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  result = vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/assure.h b/lib/assure.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20e806a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/assure.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Run-time assert-like macros.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2014-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_ASSURE_H
+#define _GL_ASSURE_H
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "verify.h"
+
+/* Evaluate an assertion E that is guaranteed to be true.
+   If NDEBUG is not defined, abort the program if E is false.
+   If NDEBUG is defined, the compiler can assume E and behavior is
+   undefined if E is false, fails to evaluate, or has side effects.
+
+   Unlike standard 'assert', this macro evaluates E even when NDEBUG
+   is defined, so as to catch typos, avoid some GCC warnings, and
+   improve performance when E is simple enough.
+
+   Also see the documentation for 'assume' in verify.h.  */
+
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+# define affirm(E) assume (E)
+#else
+# define affirm(E) assert (E)
+#endif
+
+/* Check E's value at runtime, and report an error and abort if not.
+   However, do nothing if NDEBUG is defined.
+
+   Unlike standard 'assert', this macro compiles E even when NDEBUG
+   is defined, so as to catch typos and avoid some GCC warnings.
+   Unlike 'affirm', it is OK for E to use hard-to-optimize features,
+   since E is not executed if NDEBUG is defined.  */
+
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+# define assure(E) ((void) (0 && (E)))
+#else
+# define assure(E) assert (E)
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/at-func.c b/lib/at-func.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afcc819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/at-func.c
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/* Define at-style functions like fstatat, unlinkat, fchownat, etc.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include "filename.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
+
+#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
+# include <errno.h>
+# ifndef ENOTSUP
+#  define ENOTSUP EINVAL
+# endif
+#else
+# include "openat.h"
+# include "openat-priv.h"
+# include "save-cwd.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
+# define CALL_FUNC(F)                           \
+  (flag == AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND                  \
+    ? AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS)     \
+    : AT_FUNC_F2 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
+# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F)                       \
+  if (flag & ~AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND)              \
+    {                                           \
+      errno = EINVAL;                           \
+      return FUNC_FAIL;                         \
+    }
+#else
+# define CALL_FUNC(F) (AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
+# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AT_FUNC_RESULT
+# define FUNC_RESULT AT_FUNC_RESULT
+#else
+# define FUNC_RESULT int
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AT_FUNC_FAIL
+# define FUNC_FAIL AT_FUNC_FAIL
+#else
+# define FUNC_FAIL -1
+#endif
+
+/* Call AT_FUNC_F1 to operate on FILE, which is in the directory
+   open on descriptor FD.  If AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND is defined to a value,
+   AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS must include a parameter named flag;
+   call AT_FUNC_F2 if FLAG is 0 or fail if FLAG contains more bits than
+   AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND.  Return int and fail with -1 unless AT_FUNC_RESULT
+   or AT_FUNC_FAIL are defined.  If possible, do it without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then AT_FUNC_F?/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
+   fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+FUNC_RESULT
+AT_FUNC_NAME (int fd, char const *file AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS)
+{
+  VALIDATE_FLAG (flag);
+
+  if (fd == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file))
+    return CALL_FUNC (file);
+
+#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
+  errno = ENOTSUP;
+  return FUNC_FAIL;
+#else
+  {
+  /* Be careful to choose names unlikely to conflict with
+     AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS.  */
+  struct saved_cwd saved_cwd;
+  int saved_errno;
+  FUNC_RESULT err;
+
+  {
+    char proc_buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+    char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (proc_buf, fd, file);
+    if (proc_file)
+      {
+        FUNC_RESULT proc_result = CALL_FUNC (proc_file);
+        int proc_errno = errno;
+        if (proc_file != proc_buf)
+          free (proc_file);
+        /* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected
+           errno value, then return right away.  Otherwise, fall through
+           and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd.  */
+        if (FUNC_FAIL != proc_result)
+          return proc_result;
+        if (! EXPECTED_ERRNO (proc_errno))
+          {
+            errno = proc_errno;
+            return proc_result;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+
+  if (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
+    openat_save_fail (errno);
+  if (0 <= fd && fd == saved_cwd.desc)
+    {
+      /* If saving the working directory collides with the user's
+         requested fd, then the user's fd must have been closed to
+         begin with.  */
+      free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return FUNC_FAIL;
+    }
+
+  if (fchdir (fd) != 0)
+    {
+      saved_errno = errno;
+      free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return FUNC_FAIL;
+    }
+
+  err = CALL_FUNC (file);
+  saved_errno = (err == FUNC_FAIL ? errno : 0);
+
+  if (restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
+    openat_restore_fail (errno);
+
+  free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+
+  if (saved_errno)
+    errno = saved_errno;
+  return err;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+#undef CALL_FUNC
+#undef FUNC_RESULT
+#undef FUNC_FAIL
diff --git a/lib/at-func2.c b/lib/at-func2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a0882e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/at-func2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/* Define 2-FD at-style functions like linkat or renameat.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "openat-priv.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "filename.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
+#include "filenamecat.h"
+#include "openat.h"
+#include "same-inode.h"
+#include "save-cwd.h"
+
+/* Call FUNC to operate on a pair of files, where FILE1 is relative to FD1,
+   and FILE2 is relative to FD2.  If possible, do it without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   FUNC, restore_cwd (up to two times).  If either the save_cwd or the
+   restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+int
+at_func2 (int fd1, char const *file1,
+          int fd2, char const *file2,
+          int (*func) (char const *file1, char const *file2))
+{
+  struct saved_cwd saved_cwd;
+  int saved_errno;
+  int err;
+  char *file1_alt;
+  char *file2_alt;
+  struct stat st1;
+  struct stat st2;
+
+  /* There are 16 possible scenarios, based on whether an fd is
+     AT_FDCWD or real, and whether a file is absolute or relative:
+
+         fd1  file1 fd2  file2  action
+     0   cwd  abs   cwd  abs    direct call
+     1   cwd  abs   cwd  rel    direct call
+     2   cwd  abs   fd   abs    direct call
+     3   cwd  abs   fd   rel    chdir to fd2
+     4   cwd  rel   cwd  abs    direct call
+     5   cwd  rel   cwd  rel    direct call
+     6   cwd  rel   fd   abs    direct call
+     7   cwd  rel   fd   rel    convert file1 to abs, then case 3
+     8   fd   abs   cwd  abs    direct call
+     9   fd   abs   cwd  rel    direct call
+     10  fd   abs   fd   abs    direct call
+     11  fd   abs   fd   rel    chdir to fd2
+     12  fd   rel   cwd  abs    chdir to fd1
+     13  fd   rel   cwd  rel    convert file2 to abs, then case 12
+     14  fd   rel   fd   abs    chdir to fd1
+     15a fd1  rel   fd1  rel    chdir to fd1
+     15b fd1  rel   fd2  rel    chdir to fd1, then case 7
+
+     Try some optimizations to reduce fd to AT_FDCWD, or to at least
+     avoid converting an absolute name or doing a double chdir.  */
+
+  if ((fd1 == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file1))
+      && (fd2 == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file2)))
+    return func (file1, file2); /* Case 0-2, 4-6, 8-10.  */
+
+  /* If /proc/self/fd works, we don't need any stat or chdir.  */
+  {
+    char proc_buf1[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+    char *proc_file1 = ((fd1 == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file1))
+                        ? (char *) file1
+                        : openat_proc_name (proc_buf1, fd1, file1));
+    if (proc_file1)
+      {
+        char proc_buf2[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+        char *proc_file2 = ((fd2 == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file2))
+                            ? (char *) file2
+                            : openat_proc_name (proc_buf2, fd2, file2));
+        if (proc_file2)
+          {
+            int proc_result = func (proc_file1, proc_file2);
+            int proc_errno = errno;
+            if (proc_file1 != proc_buf1 && proc_file1 != file1)
+              free (proc_file1);
+            if (proc_file2 != proc_buf2 && proc_file2 != file2)
+              free (proc_file2);
+            /* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected
+               errno value, then return right away.  Otherwise, fall through
+               and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd.  */
+            if (0 <= proc_result)
+              return proc_result;
+            if (! EXPECTED_ERRNO (proc_errno))
+              {
+                errno = proc_errno;
+                return proc_result;
+              }
+          }
+        else if (proc_file1 != proc_buf1 && proc_file1 != file1)
+          free (proc_file1);
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* Cases 3, 7, 11-15 remain.  Time to normalize directory fds, if
+     possible.  */
+  if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file1))
+    fd1 = AT_FDCWD; /* Case 11 reduced to 3.  */
+  else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file2))
+    fd2 = AT_FDCWD; /* Case 14 reduced to 12.  */
+
+  /* Cases 3, 7, 12, 13, 15 remain.  */
+
+  if (fd1 == AT_FDCWD) /* Cases 3, 7.  */
+    {
+      if (stat (".", &st1) == -1 || fstat (fd2, &st2) == -1)
+        return -1;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st2.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (SAME_INODE (st1, st2)) /* Reduced to cases 1, 5.  */
+        return func (file1, file2);
+    }
+  else if (fd2 == AT_FDCWD) /* Cases 12, 13.  */
+    {
+      if (stat (".", &st2) == -1 || fstat (fd1, &st1) == -1)
+        return -1;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st1.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (SAME_INODE (st1, st2)) /* Reduced to cases 4, 5.  */
+        return func (file1, file2);
+    }
+  else if (fd1 != fd2) /* Case 15b.  */
+    {
+      if (fstat (fd1, &st1) == -1 || fstat (fd2, &st2) == -1)
+        return -1;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st1.st_mode) || !S_ISDIR (st2.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (SAME_INODE (st1, st2)) /* Reduced to case 15a.  */
+        {
+          fd2 = fd1;
+          if (stat (".", &st1) == 0 && SAME_INODE (st1, st2))
+            return func (file1, file2); /* Further reduced to case 5.  */
+        }
+    }
+  else /* Case 15a.  */
+    {
+      if (fstat (fd1, &st1) == -1)
+        return -1;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st1.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (stat (".", &st2) == 0 && SAME_INODE (st1, st2))
+        return func (file1, file2); /* Reduced to case 5.  */
+    }
+
+  /* Catch invalid arguments before changing directories.  */
+  if (file1[0] == '\0' || file2[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Cases 3, 7, 12, 13, 15a, 15b remain.  With all reductions in
+     place, it is time to start changing directories.  */
+
+  if (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
+    openat_save_fail (errno);
+
+  if (fd1 != AT_FDCWD && fd2 != AT_FDCWD && fd1 != fd2) /* Case 15b.  */
+    {
+      if (fchdir (fd1) != 0)
+        {
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      fd1 = AT_FDCWD; /* Reduced to case 7.  */
+    }
+
+  /* Cases 3, 7, 12, 13, 15a remain.  Convert one relative name to
+     absolute, if necessary.  */
+
+  file1_alt = (char *) file1;
+  file2_alt = (char *) file2;
+
+  if (fd1 == AT_FDCWD && !IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file1)) /* Case 7.  */
+    {
+      /* It would be nicer to use:
+         file1_alt = file_name_concat (xgetcwd (), file1, NULL);
+         but libraries should not call xalloc_die.  */
+      char *cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0);
+      if (!cwd)
+        {
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      file1_alt = mfile_name_concat (cwd, file1, NULL);
+      if (!file1_alt)
+        {
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          free (cwd);
+          free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      free (cwd); /* Reduced to case 3.  */
+    }
+  else if (fd2 == AT_FDCWD && !IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file2)) /* Case 13.  */
+    {
+      char *cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0);
+      if (!cwd)
+        {
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      file2_alt = mfile_name_concat (cwd, file2, NULL);
+      if (!file2_alt)
+        {
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          free (cwd);
+          free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      free (cwd); /* Reduced to case 12.  */
+    }
+
+  /* Cases 3, 12, 15a remain.  Change to the correct directory.  */
+  if (fchdir (fd1 == AT_FDCWD ? fd2 : fd1) != 0)
+    {
+      saved_errno = errno;
+      free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+      if (file1 != file1_alt)
+        free (file1_alt);
+      else if (file2 != file2_alt)
+        free (file2_alt);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Finally safe to perform the user's function, then clean up.  */
+
+  err = func (file1_alt, file2_alt);
+  saved_errno = (err < 0 ? errno : 0);
+
+  if (file1 != file1_alt)
+    free (file1_alt);
+  else if (file2 != file2_alt)
+    free (file2_alt);
+
+  if (restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
+    openat_restore_fail (errno);
+
+  free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+
+  if (saved_errno)
+    errno = saved_errno;
+  return err;
+}
+#undef CALL_FUNC
+#undef FUNC_RESULT
diff --git a/lib/attribute.h b/lib/attribute.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..378d4f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/attribute.h
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* ATTRIBUTE_* macros for using attributes in GCC and similar compilers
+
+   Copyright 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* Provide public ATTRIBUTE_* names for the private _GL_ATTRIBUTE_*
+   macros used within Gnulib.  */
+
+/* These attributes can be placed in two ways:
+     - At the start of a declaration (i.e. even before storage-class
+       specifiers!); then they apply to all entities that are declared
+       by the declaration.
+     - Immediately after the name of an entity being declared by the
+       declaration; then they apply to that entity only.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
+#define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
+
+
+/* This file defines two types of attributes:
+   * C2x standard attributes.  These have macro names that do not begin with
+     'ATTRIBUTE_'.
+   * Selected GCC attributes; see:
+     https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html
+     https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Variable-Attributes.html
+     https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Type-Attributes.html
+     These names begin with 'ATTRIBUTE_' to avoid name clashes.  */
+
+
+/* =============== Attributes for specific kinds of functions =============== */
+
+/* Attributes for functions that should not be used.  */
+
+/* Warn if the entity is used.  */
+/* Applies to:
+     - function, variable,
+     - struct, union, struct/union member,
+     - enumeration, enumeration item,
+     - typedef,
+   in C++ also: namespace, class, template specialization.  */
+#define DEPRECATED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
+
+/* If a function call is not optimized way, warn with MSG.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_WARNING(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WARNING (msg)
+
+/* If a function call is not optimized way, report an error with MSG.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_ERROR(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR (msg)
+
+
+/* Attributes for memory-allocating functions.  */
+
+/* The function returns a pointer to freshly allocated memory.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+
+/* ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((N)) - The Nth argument of the function
+   is the size of the returned memory block.
+   ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((M, N)) - Multiply the Mth and Nth arguments
+   to determine the size of the returned memory block.  */
+/* Applies to: function, pointer to function, function types.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE (args)
+
+/* ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
+   that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
+   function F.
+   ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
+   can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  Cannot be used on inline functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
+#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+
+/* Attributes for variadic functions.  */
+
+/* The variadic function expects a trailing NULL argument.
+   ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL () - The last argument is NULL (requires C99).
+   ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL ((N)) - The (N+1)st argument from the end is NULL.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(pos) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL (pos)
+
+
+/* ================== Attributes for compiler diagnostics ================== */
+
+/* Attributes that help the compiler diagnose programmer mistakes.
+   Some of them may also help for some compiler optimizations.  */
+
+/* ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((ARCHETYPE, STRING-INDEX, FIRST-TO-CHECK)) -
+   The STRING-INDEXth function argument is a format string of style
+   ARCHETYPE, which is one of:
+     printf, gnu_printf
+     scanf, gnu_scanf,
+     strftime, gnu_strftime,
+     strfmon,
+   or the same thing prefixed and suffixed with '__'.
+   If FIRST-TO-CHECK is not 0, arguments starting at FIRST-TO_CHECK
+   are suitable for the format string.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT (spec)
+
+/* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((N1, N2,...)) - Arguments N1, N2,... must not be NULL.
+   ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () - All pointer arguments must not be null.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL (args)
+
+/* The function's return value is a non-NULL pointer.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL
+
+/* Warn if the caller does not use the return value,
+   unless the caller uses something like ignore_value.  */
+/* Applies to: function, enumeration, class.  */
+#define NODISCARD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+
+
+/* Attributes that disable false alarms when the compiler diagnoses
+   programmer "mistakes".  */
+
+/* Do not warn if the entity is not used.  */
+/* Applies to:
+     - function, variable,
+     - struct, union, struct/union member,
+     - enumeration, enumeration item,
+     - typedef,
+   in C++ also: class.  */
+#define MAYBE_UNUSED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
+
+/* The contents of a character array is not meant to be NUL-terminated.  */
+/* Applies to: struct/union members and variables that are arrays of element
+   type '[[un]signed] char'.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
+
+/* Do not warn if control flow falls through to the immediately
+   following 'case' or 'default' label.  */
+/* Applies to: Empty statement (;), inside a 'switch' statement.  */
+#define FALLTHROUGH _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FALLTHROUGH
+
+
+/* ================== Attributes for debugging information ================== */
+
+/* Attributes regarding debugging information emitted by the compiler.  */
+
+/* Omit the function from stack traces when debugging.  */
+/* Applies to: function.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL
+
+/* Make the entity visible to debuggers etc., even with '-fwhole-program'.  */
+/* Applies to: functions, variables.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE
+
+
+/* ========== Attributes that mainly direct compiler optimizations ========== */
+
+/* The function does not throw exceptions.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW
+
+/* Do not inline the function.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE
+
+/* Always inline the function, and report an error if the compiler
+   cannot inline.  */
+/* Applies to: function.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE
+
+/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same arguments.
+   This attribute is safe for a function that neither depends on
+   nor affects observable state, and always returns exactly once -
+   e.g., does not loop forever, and does not call longjmp.
+   (This attribute is stricter than ATTRIBUTE_PURE.)  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_CONST _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+
+/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same
+   arguments if observable state is not changed between calls.
+   This attribute is safe for a function that does not affect
+   observable state, and always returns exactly once.
+   (This attribute is looser than ATTRIBUTE_CONST.)  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_PURE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+
+/* The function is rarely executed.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_COLD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD
+
+/* If called from some other compilation unit, the function executes
+   code from that unit only by return or by exception handling,
+   letting the compiler optimize that unit more aggressively.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_LEAF _GL_ATTRIBUTE_LEAF
+
+/* For struct members: The member has the smallest possible alignment.
+   For struct, union, class: All members have the smallest possible alignment,
+   minimizing the memory required.  */
+/* Applies to: struct members, struct, union,
+   in C++ also: class.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
+
+
+/* ================ Attributes that make invalid code valid ================ */
+
+/* Attributes that prevent fatal compiler optimizations for code that is not
+   fully ISO C compliant.  */
+
+/* Pointers to the type may point to the same storage as pointers to
+   other types, thus disabling strict aliasing optimization.  */
+/* Applies to: types.  */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H */
diff --git a/lib/backup-find.c b/lib/backup-find.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5af21f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/backup-find.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
+
+   Copyright 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "backup-internal.h"
+
+#include "argmatch.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Relative to DIR_FD, return the name of a backup file for the
+   existing file FILE, allocated with malloc.  Report an error and
+   exit if out of memory.  Do not call this function if
+   backup_type == no_backups.  */
+
+char *
+find_backup_file_name (int dir_fd, char const *file,
+                       enum backup_type backup_type)
+{
+  char *result = backupfile_internal (dir_fd, file, backup_type, false);
+  if (!result)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+static char const *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  /* In a series of synonyms, present the most meaningful first, so
+     that argmatch_valid be more readable. */
+  "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  NULL
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
+{
+  no_backups, no_backups,
+  simple_backups, simple_backups,
+  numbered_existing_backups, numbered_existing_backups,
+  numbered_backups, numbered_backups
+};
+
+/* Ensure that these two vectors have the same number of elements,
+   not counting the final NULL in the first one.  */
+ARGMATCH_VERIFY (backup_args, backup_types);
+
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL or the empty string, return numbered_existing_backups.
+   If VERSION is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic appropriate
+   for the specified CONTEXT.  Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
+
+enum backup_type
+get_version (char const *context, char const *version)
+{
+  if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
+    return numbered_existing_backups;
+  else
+    return XARGMATCH (context, version, backup_args, backup_types);
+}
+
+
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL, use the value of the envvar VERSION_CONTROL.
+   If the specified string is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic
+   appropriate for the specified CONTEXT.
+   Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
+
+enum backup_type
+xget_version (char const *context, char const *version)
+{
+  if (version && *version)
+    return get_version (context, version);
+  else
+    return get_version ("$VERSION_CONTROL", getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL"));
+}
diff --git a/lib/backup-internal.h b/lib/backup-internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..039c232
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/backup-internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Backup files.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include "backupfile.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+extern char *backupfile_internal (int, char const *, enum backup_type, bool)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
diff --git a/lib/backup-rename.c b/lib/backup-rename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e90579e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/backup-rename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Rename a file to a backup name, Emacs style.
+
+   Copyright 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "backup-internal.h"
+
+/* Relative to DIR_FD, rename the existing file FILE to a backup name,
+   allocated with malloc, and return the backup name.  On failure
+   return a null pointer, setting errno.  Do not call this function if
+   backup_type == no_backups.  */
+
+char *
+backup_file_rename (int dir_fd, char const *file, enum backup_type backup_type)
+{
+  return backupfile_internal (dir_fd, file, backup_type, true);
+}
diff --git a/lib/backupfile.c b/lib/backupfile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e9290a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/backupfile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and David MacKenzie.
+   Some algorithms adapted from GNU Emacs.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "backup-internal.h"
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "attribute.h"
+#include "basename-lgpl.h"
+#include "ialloc.h"
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "opendirat.h"
+#include "renameatu.h"
+
+#ifndef _D_EXACT_NAMLEN
+# define _D_EXACT_NAMLEN(dp) strlen ((dp)->d_name)
+#endif
+
+#if ! (HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX)
+# define pathconf(file, option) (errno = -1)
+# define fpathconf(fd, option) (errno = -1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
+# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
+#endif
+
+#if defined _XOPEN_NAME_MAX
+# define NAME_MAX_MINIMUM _XOPEN_NAME_MAX
+#else
+# define NAME_MAX_MINIMUM _POSIX_NAME_MAX
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
+# define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
+# define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
+#endif
+
+/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
+   - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char
+     or EOF.
+   - It's typically faster.
+   POSIX says that only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to
+   ISDIGIT unless it's important to use the locale's definition
+   of "digit" even when the host does not conform to POSIX.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned int) (c) - '0' <= 9)
+
+/* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
+   to numbered) backup file name. */
+char const *simple_backup_suffix = NULL;
+
+/* Set SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX to S, or to a default specified by the
+   environment if S is null.  If S or the environment does not specify
+   a valid backup suffix, use "~".  */
+void
+set_simple_backup_suffix (char const *s)
+{
+  if (!s)
+    s = getenv ("SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX");
+  simple_backup_suffix = s && *s && s == last_component (s) ? s : "~";
+}
+
+/* If FILE (which was of length FILELEN before an extension was
+   appended to it) is too long, replace the extension with the single
+   char E.  If the result is still too long, remove the char just
+   before E.  Return true if the extension was OK already, false
+   if it needed replacement.
+
+   If DIR_FD is nonnegative, it is a file descriptor for FILE's parent.
+   *BASE_MAX is either 0, or the cached result of a previous call for
+   FILE's parent's _PC_NAME_MAX.  */
+
+static bool
+check_extension (char *file, idx_t filelen, char e,
+                 int dir_fd, idx_t *base_max)
+{
+  char *base = last_component (file);
+  idx_t baselen = base_len (base);
+  idx_t baselen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : NAME_MAX_MINIMUM;
+
+  if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES || NAME_MAX_MINIMUM < baselen)
+    {
+      /* The new base name is long enough to require a pathconf check.  */
+      if (*base_max == 0)
+        {
+          long name_max;
+          if (dir_fd < 0)
+            {
+              /* Temporarily modify the buffer into its parent
+                 directory name, invoke pathconf on the directory, and
+                 then restore the buffer.  */
+              char tmp[sizeof "."];
+              memcpy (tmp, base, sizeof ".");
+              strcpy (base, ".");
+              errno = 0;
+              name_max = pathconf (file, _PC_NAME_MAX);
+              name_max -= !errno;
+              memcpy (base, tmp, sizeof ".");
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              errno = 0;
+              name_max = fpathconf (dir_fd, _PC_NAME_MAX);
+              name_max -= !errno;
+            }
+
+          *base_max = (0 <= name_max && name_max <= SIZE_MAX ? name_max
+                       : name_max < -1 ? NAME_MAX_MINIMUM : SIZE_MAX);
+        }
+
+      baselen_max = *base_max;
+    }
+
+  if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES && baselen_max <= 12)
+    {
+      /* Live within DOS's 8.3 limit.  */
+      char *dot = strchr (base, '.');
+      if (!dot)
+        baselen_max = 8;
+      else
+        {
+          char const *second_dot = strchr (dot + 1, '.');
+          baselen_max = (second_dot
+                         ? second_dot - base
+                         : dot + 1 - base + 3);
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (baselen <= baselen_max)
+    return true;
+  else
+    {
+      baselen = file + filelen - base;
+      if (baselen_max <= baselen)
+        baselen = baselen_max - 1;
+      base[baselen] = e;
+      base[baselen + 1] = '\0';
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Returned values for NUMBERED_BACKUP.  */
+
+enum numbered_backup_result
+  {
+    /* The new backup name is the same length as an existing backup
+       name, so it's valid for that directory.  */
+    BACKUP_IS_SAME_LENGTH,
+
+    /* Some backup names already exist, but the returned name is longer
+       than any of them, and its length should be checked.  */
+    BACKUP_IS_LONGER,
+
+    /* There are no existing backup names.  The new name's length
+       should be checked.  */
+    BACKUP_IS_NEW,
+
+    /* Memory allocation failure.  */
+    BACKUP_NOMEM
+  };
+
+/* Relative to DIR_FD, *BUFFER contains a file name.
+   Store into *BUFFER the next backup name for the named file,
+   with a version number greater than all the
+   existing numbered backups.  Reallocate *BUFFER as necessary; its
+   initial allocated size is BUFFER_SIZE, which must be at least 5
+   bytes longer than the file name to make room for the initially
+   appended ".~1~".  FILELEN is the length of the original file name.
+   (The original file name is not necessarily null-terminated;
+   FILELEN does not count trailing slashes after a non-slash.)
+   BASE_OFFSET is the offset of the basename in *BUFFER.
+   The returned value indicates what kind of backup was found.  If an
+   I/O or other read error occurs, use the highest backup number that
+   was found.
+
+   *DIRPP is the destination directory.  If *DIRPP is null, open the
+   destination directory and store the resulting stream into *DIRPP
+   and its file descriptor into *PNEW_FD without closing the stream.  */
+
+static enum numbered_backup_result
+numbered_backup (int dir_fd, char **buffer, idx_t buffer_size, idx_t filelen,
+                 idx_t base_offset, DIR **dirpp, int *pnew_fd)
+{
+  enum numbered_backup_result result = BACKUP_IS_NEW;
+  DIR *dirp = *dirpp;
+  char *buf = *buffer;
+  idx_t versionlenmax = 1;
+  idx_t baselen = filelen - base_offset;
+
+  if (dirp)
+    rewinddir (dirp);
+  else
+    {
+      /* Temporarily modify the buffer into its parent directory name,
+         open the directory, and then restore the buffer.  */
+      char tmp[sizeof "."];
+      char *base = buf + base_offset;
+      memcpy (tmp, base, sizeof ".");
+      strcpy (base, ".");
+      dirp = opendirat (dir_fd, buf, 0, pnew_fd);
+      if (!dirp && errno == ENOMEM)
+        result = BACKUP_NOMEM;
+      memcpy (base, tmp, sizeof ".");
+      strcpy (base + baselen, ".~1~");
+      if (!dirp)
+        return result;
+      *dirpp = dirp;
+    }
+
+  for (struct dirent *dp; (dp = readdir (dirp)) != NULL; )
+    {
+      if (_D_EXACT_NAMLEN (dp) < baselen + 4)
+        continue;
+
+      if (memcmp (buf + base_offset, dp->d_name, baselen + 2) != 0)
+        continue;
+
+      char const *p = dp->d_name + baselen + 2;
+
+      /* Check whether this file has a version number and if so,
+         whether it is larger.  Use string operations rather than
+         integer arithmetic, to avoid problems with integer overflow.  */
+
+      if (! ('1' <= *p && *p <= '9'))
+        continue;
+      bool all_9s = (*p == '9');
+      idx_t versionlen;
+      for (versionlen = 1; ISDIGIT (p[versionlen]); versionlen++)
+        all_9s &= (p[versionlen] == '9');
+
+      if (! (p[versionlen] == '~' && !p[versionlen + 1]
+             && (versionlenmax < versionlen
+                 || (versionlenmax == versionlen
+                     && memcmp (buf + filelen + 2, p, versionlen) <= 0))))
+        continue;
+
+      /* This entry has the largest version number seen so far.
+         Append this highest numbered extension to the file name,
+         prepending '0' to the number if it is all 9s.  */
+
+      versionlenmax = all_9s + versionlen;
+      result = (all_9s ? BACKUP_IS_LONGER : BACKUP_IS_SAME_LENGTH);
+      idx_t new_buffer_size = filelen + 2 + versionlenmax + 2;
+      if (buffer_size < new_buffer_size)
+        {
+          idx_t grown;
+          if (! INT_ADD_WRAPV (new_buffer_size, new_buffer_size >> 1, &grown))
+            new_buffer_size = grown;
+          char *new_buf = irealloc (buf, new_buffer_size);
+          if (!new_buf)
+            {
+              *buffer = buf;
+              return BACKUP_NOMEM;
+            }
+          buf = new_buf;
+          buffer_size = new_buffer_size;
+        }
+      char *q = buf + filelen;
+      *q++ = '.';
+      *q++ = '~';
+      *q = '0';
+      q += all_9s;
+      memcpy (q, p, versionlen + 2);
+
+      /* Add 1 to the version number.  */
+
+      q += versionlen;
+      while (*--q == '9')
+        *q = '0';
+      ++*q;
+    }
+
+  *buffer = buf;
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Relative to DIR_FD, return the name of the new backup file for the
+   existing file FILE, allocated with malloc.
+   If RENAME, also rename FILE to the new name.
+   On failure, return NULL and set errno.
+   Do not call this function if backup_type == no_backups.  */
+
+char *
+backupfile_internal (int dir_fd, char const *file,
+                     enum backup_type backup_type, bool rename)
+{
+  idx_t base_offset = last_component (file) - file;
+  idx_t filelen = base_offset + base_len (file + base_offset);
+
+  if (! simple_backup_suffix)
+    set_simple_backup_suffix (NULL);
+
+  /* Allow room for simple or ".~N~" backups.  The guess must be at
+     least sizeof ".~1~", but otherwise will be adjusted as needed.  */
+  idx_t simple_backup_suffix_size = strlen (simple_backup_suffix) + 1;
+  idx_t backup_suffix_size_guess = simple_backup_suffix_size;
+  enum { GUESS = sizeof ".~12345~" };
+  if (backup_suffix_size_guess < GUESS)
+    backup_suffix_size_guess = GUESS;
+
+  idx_t ssize = filelen + backup_suffix_size_guess + 1;
+  char *s = imalloc (ssize);
+  if (!s)
+    return s;
+
+  DIR *dirp = NULL;
+  int sdir = AT_FDCWD;
+  idx_t base_max = 0;
+  while (true)
+    {
+      bool extended = true;
+      memcpy (s, file, filelen);
+
+      if (backup_type == simple_backups)
+        memcpy (s + filelen, simple_backup_suffix, simple_backup_suffix_size);
+      else
+        switch (numbered_backup (dir_fd, &s, ssize, filelen, base_offset,
+                                 &dirp, &sdir))
+          {
+          case BACKUP_IS_SAME_LENGTH:
+            break;
+
+          case BACKUP_IS_NEW:
+            if (backup_type == numbered_existing_backups)
+              {
+                backup_type = simple_backups;
+                memcpy (s + filelen, simple_backup_suffix,
+                        simple_backup_suffix_size);
+              }
+            FALLTHROUGH;
+          case BACKUP_IS_LONGER:
+            extended = check_extension (s, filelen, '~', sdir, &base_max);
+            break;
+
+          case BACKUP_NOMEM:
+            if (dirp)
+              closedir (dirp);
+            free (s);
+            errno = ENOMEM;
+            return NULL;
+          }
+
+      if (! rename)
+        break;
+
+      int olddirfd = sdir < 0 ? dir_fd : sdir;
+      idx_t offset = sdir < 0 ? 0 : base_offset;
+      unsigned flags = backup_type == simple_backups ? 0 : RENAME_NOREPLACE;
+      if (renameatu (olddirfd, file + offset, sdir, s + offset, flags) == 0)
+        break;
+      int e = errno;
+      if (! (e == EEXIST && extended))
+        {
+          if (dirp)
+            closedir (dirp);
+          free (s);
+          errno = e;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (dirp)
+    closedir (dirp);
+  return s;
+}
diff --git a/lib/backupfile.h b/lib/backupfile.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b496eb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/backupfile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1992, 1997-1999, 2003-2004, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef BACKUPFILE_H_
+#define BACKUPFILE_H_
+
+/* Get AT_FDCWD, as a convenience for users of this file.  */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* When to make backup files. */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups. */
+  no_backups,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file. */
+  simple_backups,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others. */
+  numbered_existing_backups,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file. */
+  numbered_backups
+};
+
+#define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type) \
+  ((unsigned int) (Type) <= numbered_backups)
+
+extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
+
+void set_simple_backup_suffix (char const *);
+char *backup_file_rename (int, char const *, enum backup_type)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+char *find_backup_file_name (int, char const *, enum backup_type)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+enum backup_type get_version (char const *context, char const *arg);
+enum backup_type xget_version (char const *context, char const *arg);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ! BACKUPFILE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/base32.c b/lib/base32.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea87338
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/base32.c
@@ -0,0 +1,586 @@
+/* base32.c -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Adapted from Simon Josefsson's base64 code by Gijs van Tulder.
+ *
+ * See also RFC 4648 <https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4648.txt>.
+ *
+ * Be careful with error checking.  Here is how you would typically
+ * use these functions:
+ *
+ * bool ok = base32_decode_alloc (in, inlen, &out, &outlen);
+ * if (!ok)
+ *   FAIL: input was not valid base32
+ * if (out == NULL)
+ *   FAIL: memory allocation error
+ * OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN
+ *
+ * idx_t outlen = base32_encode_alloc (in, inlen, &out);
+ * if (out == NULL && outlen == 0 && inlen != 0)
+ *   FAIL: input too long
+ * if (out == NULL)
+ *   FAIL: memory allocation error
+ * OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get prototype. */
+#include "base32.h"
+
+/* Get imalloc. */
+#include <ialloc.h>
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+
+/* Get UCHAR_MAX. */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Convert 'char' to 'unsigned char' without casting.  */
+static unsigned char
+to_uchar (char ch)
+{
+  return ch;
+}
+
+/* Base32 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array of size OUTLEN.
+   If OUTLEN is less than BASE32_LENGTH(INLEN), write as many bytes as
+   possible.  If OUTLEN is larger than BASE32_LENGTH(INLEN), also zero
+   terminate the output buffer. */
+void
+base32_encode (const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
+               char *restrict out, idx_t outlen)
+{
+  static const char b32str[32] =
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ234567";
+
+  while (inlen && outlen)
+    {
+      *out++ = b32str[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 3) & 0x1f];
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ = b32str[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 2)
+                       + (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[1]) >> 6 : 0))
+                      & 0x1f];
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ =
+        (inlen
+         ? b32str[(to_uchar (in[1]) >> 1) & 0x1f]
+         : '=');
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ =
+        (inlen
+         ? b32str[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 4)
+                   + (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[2]) >> 4 : 0))
+                  & 0x1f]
+         : '=');
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ =
+        (inlen
+         ? b32str[((to_uchar (in[2]) << 1)
+                   + (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[3]) >> 7 : 0))
+                  & 0x1f]
+         : '=');
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ =
+        (inlen
+         ? b32str[(to_uchar (in[3]) >> 2) & 0x1f]
+         : '=');
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ =
+        (inlen
+         ? b32str[((to_uchar (in[3]) << 3)
+                   + (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[4]) >> 5 : 0))
+                  & 0x1f]
+         : '=');
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ = inlen ? b32str[to_uchar (in[4]) & 0x1f] : '=';
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      if (inlen)
+        inlen--;
+      if (inlen)
+        in += 5;
+    }
+
+  if (outlen)
+    *out = '\0';
+}
+
+/* Allocate a buffer and store zero terminated base32 encoded data
+   from array IN of size INLEN, returning BASE32_LENGTH(INLEN), i.e.,
+   the length of the encoded data, excluding the terminating zero.  On
+   return, the OUT variable will hold a pointer to newly allocated
+   memory that must be deallocated by the caller.  If output string
+   length would overflow, 0 is returned and OUT is set to NULL.  If
+   memory allocation failed, OUT is set to NULL, and the return value
+   indicates length of the requested memory block, i.e.,
+   BASE32_LENGTH(inlen) + 1. */
+idx_t
+base32_encode_alloc (const char *in, idx_t inlen, char **out)
+{
+  /* Check for overflow in outlen computation.
+     Treat negative INLEN as overflow, for better compatibility with
+     pre-2021-08-27 API, which used size_t.  */
+  idx_t in_over_5 = inlen / 5 + (inlen % 5 != 0), outlen;
+  if (! INT_MULTIPLY_OK (in_over_5, 8, &outlen) || inlen < 0)
+    {
+      *out = NULL;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  outlen++;
+
+  *out = imalloc (outlen);
+  if (!*out)
+    return outlen;
+
+  base32_encode (in, inlen, *out, outlen);
+
+  return outlen - 1;
+}
+
+/* With this approach this file works independent of the charset used
+   (think EBCDIC).  However, it does assume that the characters in the
+   Base32 alphabet (A-Z2-7) are encoded in 0..255.  POSIX
+   1003.1-2001 require that char and unsigned char are 8-bit
+   quantities, though, taking care of that problem.  But this may be a
+   potential problem on non-POSIX C99 platforms.
+
+   IBM C V6 for AIX mishandles "#define B32(x) ...'x'...", so use "_"
+   as the formal parameter rather than "x".  */
+#define B32(_)                                  \
+  ((_) == 'A' ? 0                               \
+   : (_) == 'B' ? 1                             \
+   : (_) == 'C' ? 2                             \
+   : (_) == 'D' ? 3                             \
+   : (_) == 'E' ? 4                             \
+   : (_) == 'F' ? 5                             \
+   : (_) == 'G' ? 6                             \
+   : (_) == 'H' ? 7                             \
+   : (_) == 'I' ? 8                             \
+   : (_) == 'J' ? 9                             \
+   : (_) == 'K' ? 10                            \
+   : (_) == 'L' ? 11                            \
+   : (_) == 'M' ? 12                            \
+   : (_) == 'N' ? 13                            \
+   : (_) == 'O' ? 14                            \
+   : (_) == 'P' ? 15                            \
+   : (_) == 'Q' ? 16                            \
+   : (_) == 'R' ? 17                            \
+   : (_) == 'S' ? 18                            \
+   : (_) == 'T' ? 19                            \
+   : (_) == 'U' ? 20                            \
+   : (_) == 'V' ? 21                            \
+   : (_) == 'W' ? 22                            \
+   : (_) == 'X' ? 23                            \
+   : (_) == 'Y' ? 24                            \
+   : (_) == 'Z' ? 25                            \
+   : (_) == '2' ? 26                            \
+   : (_) == '3' ? 27                            \
+   : (_) == '4' ? 28                            \
+   : (_) == '5' ? 29                            \
+   : (_) == '6' ? 30                            \
+   : (_) == '7' ? 31                            \
+   : -1)
+
+static const signed char b32[0x100] = {
+  B32 (0), B32 (1), B32 (2), B32 (3),
+  B32 (4), B32 (5), B32 (6), B32 (7),
+  B32 (8), B32 (9), B32 (10), B32 (11),
+  B32 (12), B32 (13), B32 (14), B32 (15),
+  B32 (16), B32 (17), B32 (18), B32 (19),
+  B32 (20), B32 (21), B32 (22), B32 (23),
+  B32 (24), B32 (25), B32 (26), B32 (27),
+  B32 (28), B32 (29), B32 (30), B32 (31),
+  B32 (32), B32 (33), B32 (34), B32 (35),
+  B32 (36), B32 (37), B32 (38), B32 (39),
+  B32 (40), B32 (41), B32 (42), B32 (43),
+  B32 (44), B32 (45), B32 (46), B32 (47),
+  B32 (48), B32 (49), B32 (50), B32 (51),
+  B32 (52), B32 (53), B32 (54), B32 (55),
+  B32 (56), B32 (57), B32 (58), B32 (59),
+  B32 (60), B32 (61), B32 (62), B32 (63),
+  B32 (32), B32 (65), B32 (66), B32 (67),
+  B32 (68), B32 (69), B32 (70), B32 (71),
+  B32 (72), B32 (73), B32 (74), B32 (75),
+  B32 (76), B32 (77), B32 (78), B32 (79),
+  B32 (80), B32 (81), B32 (82), B32 (83),
+  B32 (84), B32 (85), B32 (86), B32 (87),
+  B32 (88), B32 (89), B32 (90), B32 (91),
+  B32 (92), B32 (93), B32 (94), B32 (95),
+  B32 (96), B32 (97), B32 (98), B32 (99),
+  B32 (100), B32 (101), B32 (102), B32 (103),
+  B32 (104), B32 (105), B32 (106), B32 (107),
+  B32 (108), B32 (109), B32 (110), B32 (111),
+  B32 (112), B32 (113), B32 (114), B32 (115),
+  B32 (116), B32 (117), B32 (118), B32 (119),
+  B32 (120), B32 (121), B32 (122), B32 (123),
+  B32 (124), B32 (125), B32 (126), B32 (127),
+  B32 (128), B32 (129), B32 (130), B32 (131),
+  B32 (132), B32 (133), B32 (134), B32 (135),
+  B32 (136), B32 (137), B32 (138), B32 (139),
+  B32 (140), B32 (141), B32 (142), B32 (143),
+  B32 (144), B32 (145), B32 (146), B32 (147),
+  B32 (148), B32 (149), B32 (150), B32 (151),
+  B32 (152), B32 (153), B32 (154), B32 (155),
+  B32 (156), B32 (157), B32 (158), B32 (159),
+  B32 (160), B32 (161), B32 (162), B32 (163),
+  B32 (132), B32 (165), B32 (166), B32 (167),
+  B32 (168), B32 (169), B32 (170), B32 (171),
+  B32 (172), B32 (173), B32 (174), B32 (175),
+  B32 (176), B32 (177), B32 (178), B32 (179),
+  B32 (180), B32 (181), B32 (182), B32 (183),
+  B32 (184), B32 (185), B32 (186), B32 (187),
+  B32 (188), B32 (189), B32 (190), B32 (191),
+  B32 (192), B32 (193), B32 (194), B32 (195),
+  B32 (196), B32 (197), B32 (198), B32 (199),
+  B32 (200), B32 (201), B32 (202), B32 (203),
+  B32 (204), B32 (205), B32 (206), B32 (207),
+  B32 (208), B32 (209), B32 (210), B32 (211),
+  B32 (212), B32 (213), B32 (214), B32 (215),
+  B32 (216), B32 (217), B32 (218), B32 (219),
+  B32 (220), B32 (221), B32 (222), B32 (223),
+  B32 (224), B32 (225), B32 (226), B32 (227),
+  B32 (228), B32 (229), B32 (230), B32 (231),
+  B32 (232), B32 (233), B32 (234), B32 (235),
+  B32 (236), B32 (237), B32 (238), B32 (239),
+  B32 (240), B32 (241), B32 (242), B32 (243),
+  B32 (244), B32 (245), B32 (246), B32 (247),
+  B32 (248), B32 (249), B32 (250), B32 (251),
+  B32 (252), B32 (253), B32 (254), B32 (255)
+};
+
+#if UCHAR_MAX == 255
+# define uchar_in_range(c) true
+#else
+# define uchar_in_range(c) ((c) <= 255)
+#endif
+
+/* Return true if CH is a character from the Base32 alphabet, and
+   false otherwise.  Note that '=' is padding and not considered to be
+   part of the alphabet.  */
+bool
+isbase32 (char ch)
+{
+  return uchar_in_range (to_uchar (ch)) && 0 <= b32[to_uchar (ch)];
+}
+
+/* Initialize decode-context buffer, CTX.  */
+void
+base32_decode_ctx_init (struct base32_decode_context *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->i = 0;
+}
+
+/* If CTX->i is 0 or 8, there are eight or more bytes in [*IN..IN_END), and
+   none of those eight is a newline, then return *IN.  Otherwise, copy up to
+   4 - CTX->i non-newline bytes from that range into CTX->buf, starting at
+   index CTX->i and setting CTX->i to reflect the number of bytes copied,
+   and return CTX->buf.  In either case, advance *IN to point to the byte
+   after the last one processed, and set *N_NON_NEWLINE to the number of
+   verified non-newline bytes accessible through the returned pointer.  */
+static char *
+get_8 (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
+       char const *restrict *in, char const *restrict in_end,
+       idx_t *n_non_newline)
+{
+  if (ctx->i == 8)
+    ctx->i = 0;
+
+  if (ctx->i == 0)
+    {
+      char const *t = *in;
+      if (8 <= in_end - *in && memchr (t, '\n', 8) == NULL)
+        {
+          /* This is the common case: no newline.  */
+          *in += 8;
+          *n_non_newline = 8;
+          return (char *) t;
+        }
+    }
+
+  {
+    /* Copy non-newline bytes into BUF.  */
+    char const *p = *in;
+    while (p < in_end)
+      {
+        char c = *p++;
+        if (c != '\n')
+          {
+            ctx->buf[ctx->i++] = c;
+            if (ctx->i == 8)
+              break;
+          }
+      }
+
+    *in = p;
+    *n_non_newline = ctx->i;
+    return ctx->buf;
+  }
+}
+
+#define return_false                            \
+  do                                            \
+    {                                           \
+      *outp = out;                              \
+      return false;                             \
+    }                                           \
+  while (false)
+
+/* Decode eight bytes of base32-encoded data, IN, of length INLEN
+   into the output buffer, *OUT, of size *OUTLEN bytes.  Return true if
+   decoding is successful, false otherwise.  If *OUTLEN is too small,
+   as many bytes as possible are written to *OUT.  On return, advance
+   *OUT to point to the byte after the last one written, and decrement
+   *OUTLEN to reflect the number of bytes remaining in *OUT.  */
+static bool
+decode_8 (char const *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
+          char *restrict *outp, idx_t *outleft)
+{
+  char *out = *outp;
+  if (inlen < 8)
+    return false;
+
+  if (!isbase32 (in[0]) || !isbase32 (in[1]))
+    return false;
+
+  if (*outleft)
+    {
+      *out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[0])] << 3)
+                | (b32[to_uchar (in[1])] >> 2));
+      --*outleft;
+    }
+
+  if (in[2] == '=')
+    {
+      if (in[3] != '=' || in[4] != '=' || in[5] != '='
+          || in[6] != '=' || in[7] != '=')
+        return_false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!isbase32 (in[2]) || !isbase32 (in[3]))
+        return_false;
+
+      if (*outleft)
+        {
+          *out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[1])] << 6)
+                    | (b32[to_uchar (in[2])] << 1)
+                    | (b32[to_uchar (in[3])] >> 4));
+          --*outleft;
+        }
+
+      if (in[4] == '=')
+        {
+          if (in[5] != '=' || in[6] != '=' || in[7] != '=')
+            return_false;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (!isbase32 (in[4]))
+            return_false;
+
+          if (*outleft)
+            {
+              *out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[3])] << 4)
+                        | (b32[to_uchar (in[4])] >> 1));
+              --*outleft;
+            }
+
+          if (in[5] == '=')
+            {
+              if (in[6] != '=' || in[7] != '=')
+                return_false;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              if (!isbase32 (in[5]) || !isbase32 (in[6]))
+                return_false;
+
+              if (*outleft)
+                {
+                  *out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[4])] << 7)
+                            | (b32[to_uchar (in[5])] << 2)
+                            | (b32[to_uchar (in[6])] >> 3));
+                  --*outleft;
+                }
+
+              if (in[7] != '=')
+                {
+                  if (!isbase32 (in[7]))
+                    return_false;
+
+                  if (*outleft)
+                    {
+                      *out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[6])] << 5)
+                                | (b32[to_uchar (in[7])]));
+                      --*outleft;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  *outp = out;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Decode base32-encoded input array IN of length INLEN to output array
+   OUT that can hold *OUTLEN bytes.  The input data may be interspersed
+   with newlines.  Return true if decoding was successful, i.e. if the
+   input was valid base32 data, false otherwise.  If *OUTLEN is too
+   small, as many bytes as possible will be written to OUT.  On return,
+   *OUTLEN holds the length of decoded bytes in OUT.  Note that as soon
+   as any non-alphabet, non-newline character is encountered, decoding
+   is stopped and false is returned.  If INLEN is zero, then process
+   only whatever data is stored in CTX.
+
+   Initially, CTX must have been initialized via base32_decode_ctx_init.
+   Subsequent calls to this function must reuse whatever state is recorded
+   in that buffer.  It is necessary for when a octuple of base32 input
+   bytes spans two input buffers.
+
+   If CTX is NULL then newlines are treated as garbage and the input
+   buffer is processed as a unit.  */
+
+bool
+base32_decode_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
+                   const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
+                   char *restrict out, idx_t *outlen)
+{
+  idx_t outleft = *outlen;
+  bool ignore_newlines = ctx != NULL;
+  bool flush_ctx = false;
+  unsigned int ctx_i = 0;
+
+  if (ignore_newlines)
+    {
+      ctx_i = ctx->i;
+      flush_ctx = inlen == 0;
+    }
+
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      idx_t outleft_save = outleft;
+      if (ctx_i == 0 && !flush_ctx)
+        {
+          while (true)
+            {
+              /* Save a copy of outleft, in case we need to re-parse this
+                 block of four bytes.  */
+              outleft_save = outleft;
+              if (!decode_8 (in, inlen, &out, &outleft))
+                break;
+
+              in += 8;
+              inlen -= 8;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (inlen == 0 && !flush_ctx)
+        break;
+
+      /* Handle the common case of 72-byte wrapped lines.
+         This also handles any other multiple-of-8-byte wrapping.  */
+      if (inlen && *in == '\n' && ignore_newlines)
+        {
+          ++in;
+          --inlen;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+      /* Restore OUT and OUTLEFT.  */
+      out -= outleft_save - outleft;
+      outleft = outleft_save;
+
+      {
+        char const *in_end = in + inlen;
+        char const *non_nl;
+
+        if (ignore_newlines)
+          non_nl = get_8 (ctx, &in, in_end, &inlen);
+        else
+          non_nl = in;  /* Might have nl in this case. */
+
+        /* If the input is empty or consists solely of newlines (0 non-newlines),
+           then we're done.  Likewise if there are fewer than 8 bytes when not
+           flushing context and not treating newlines as garbage.  */
+        if (inlen == 0 || (inlen < 8 && !flush_ctx && ignore_newlines))
+          {
+            inlen = 0;
+            break;
+          }
+        if (!decode_8 (non_nl, inlen, &out, &outleft))
+          break;
+
+        inlen = in_end - in;
+      }
+    }
+
+  *outlen -= outleft;
+
+  return inlen == 0;
+}
+
+/* Allocate an output buffer in *OUT, and decode the base32 encoded
+   data stored in IN of size INLEN to the *OUT buffer.  On return, the
+   size of the decoded data is stored in *OUTLEN.  OUTLEN may be NULL,
+   if the caller is not interested in the decoded length.  *OUT may be
+   NULL to indicate an out of memory error, in which case *OUTLEN
+   contains the size of the memory block needed.  The function returns
+   true on successful decoding and memory allocation errors.  (Use the
+   *OUT and *OUTLEN parameters to differentiate between successful
+   decoding and memory error.)  The function returns false if the
+   input was invalid, in which case *OUT is NULL and *OUTLEN is
+   undefined. */
+bool
+base32_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
+                         const char *in, idx_t inlen, char **out,
+                         idx_t *outlen)
+{
+  /* This may allocate a few bytes too many, depending on input,
+     but it's not worth the extra CPU time to compute the exact size.
+     The exact size is 5 * inlen / 8, minus one or more bytes if the
+     input is padded with one or more "=".
+     Shifting before multiplying avoids the possibility of overflow.  */
+  idx_t needlen = 5 * ((inlen >> 3) + 1);
+
+  *out = imalloc (needlen);
+  if (!*out)
+    return true;
+
+  if (!base32_decode_ctx (ctx, in, inlen, *out, &needlen))
+    {
+      free (*out);
+      *out = NULL;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (outlen)
+    *outlen = needlen;
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/lib/base32.h b/lib/base32.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4145fe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/base32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* base32.h -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Adapted from Simon Josefsson's base64 code by Gijs van Tulder.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef BASE32_H
+# define BASE32_H
+
+/* Get idx_t. */
+# include <idx.h>
+
+/* Get bool. */
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* This uses that the expression (n+(k-1))/k means the smallest
+   integer >= n/k, i.e., the ceiling of n/k.  */
+# define BASE32_LENGTH(inlen) ((((inlen) + 4) / 5) * 8)
+
+struct base32_decode_context
+{
+  int i;
+  char buf[8];
+};
+
+extern bool isbase32 (char ch) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+
+extern void base32_encode (const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
+                           char *restrict out, idx_t outlen);
+
+extern idx_t base32_encode_alloc (const char *in, idx_t inlen, char **out);
+
+extern void base32_decode_ctx_init (struct base32_decode_context *ctx);
+
+extern bool base32_decode_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
+                               const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
+                               char *restrict out, idx_t *outlen);
+
+extern bool base32_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
+                                     const char *in, idx_t inlen,
+                                     char **out, idx_t *outlen);
+
+#define base32_decode(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
+        base32_decode_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
+
+#define base32_decode_alloc(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
+        base32_decode_alloc_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
+
+#endif /* BASE32_H */
diff --git a/lib/base64.c b/lib/base64.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b6e5b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/base64.c
@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+/* base64.c -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Simon Josefsson.  Partially adapted from GNU MailUtils
+ * (mailbox/filter_trans.c, as of 2004-11-28).  Improved by review
+ * from Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Stepan Kasal.
+ *
+ * See also RFC 4648 <https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4648.txt>.
+ *
+ * Be careful with error checking.  Here is how you would typically
+ * use these functions:
+ *
+ * bool ok = base64_decode_alloc (in, inlen, &out, &outlen);
+ * if (!ok)
+ *   FAIL: input was not valid base64
+ * if (out == NULL)
+ *   FAIL: memory allocation error
+ * OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN
+ *
+ * idx_t outlen = base64_encode_alloc (in, inlen, &out);
+ * if (out == NULL && outlen == 0 && inlen != 0)
+ *   FAIL: input too long
+ * if (out == NULL)
+ *   FAIL: memory allocation error
+ * OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get prototype. */
+#include "base64.h"
+
+/* Get imalloc. */
+#include <ialloc.h>
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+
+/* Get UCHAR_MAX. */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Convert 'char' to 'unsigned char' without casting.  */
+static unsigned char
+to_uchar (char ch)
+{
+  return ch;
+}
+
+static const char b64c[64] =
+  "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
+
+/* Base64 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array. OUT needs
+   to be of length >= BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), and INLEN needs to be
+   a multiple of 3.  */
+static void
+base64_encode_fast (const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen, char *restrict out)
+{
+  while (inlen)
+    {
+      *out++ = b64c[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 2) & 0x3f];
+      *out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 4) + (to_uchar (in[1]) >> 4)) & 0x3f];
+      *out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 2) + (to_uchar (in[2]) >> 6)) & 0x3f];
+      *out++ = b64c[to_uchar (in[2]) & 0x3f];
+
+      inlen -= 3;
+      in += 3;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Base64 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array of size OUTLEN.
+   If OUTLEN is less than BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), write as many bytes as
+   possible.  If OUTLEN is larger than BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), also zero
+   terminate the output buffer. */
+void
+base64_encode (const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
+               char *restrict out, idx_t outlen)
+{
+  /* Note this outlen constraint can be enforced at compile time.
+     I.E. that the output buffer is exactly large enough to hold
+     the encoded inlen bytes.  The inlen constraints (of corresponding
+     to outlen, and being a multiple of 3) can change at runtime
+     at the end of input.  However the common case when reading
+     large inputs is to have both constraints satisfied, so we depend
+     on both in base_encode_fast().  */
+  if (outlen % 4 == 0 && inlen == (outlen >> 2) * 3)
+    {
+      base64_encode_fast (in, inlen, out);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  while (inlen && outlen)
+    {
+      *out++ = b64c[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 2) & 0x3f];
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 4)
+                       + (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[1]) >> 4 : 0))
+                      & 0x3f];
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ =
+        (inlen
+         ? b64c[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 2)
+                   + (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[2]) >> 6 : 0))
+                  & 0x3f]
+         : '=');
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ = inlen ? b64c[to_uchar (in[2]) & 0x3f] : '=';
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      if (inlen)
+        inlen--;
+      if (inlen)
+        in += 3;
+    }
+
+  if (outlen)
+    *out = '\0';
+}
+
+/* Allocate a buffer and store zero terminated base64 encoded data
+   from array IN of size INLEN, returning BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), i.e.,
+   the length of the encoded data, excluding the terminating zero.  On
+   return, the OUT variable will hold a pointer to newly allocated
+   memory that must be deallocated by the caller.  If output string
+   length would overflow, 0 is returned and OUT is set to NULL.  If
+   memory allocation failed, OUT is set to NULL, and the return value
+   indicates length of the requested memory block, i.e.,
+   BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) + 1. */
+idx_t
+base64_encode_alloc (const char *in, idx_t inlen, char **out)
+{
+  /* Check for overflow in outlen computation.
+     Treat negative INLEN as overflow, for better compatibility with
+     pre-2021-08-27 API, which used size_t.  */
+  idx_t in_over_3 = inlen / 3 + (inlen % 3 != 0), outlen;
+  if (! INT_MULTIPLY_OK (in_over_3, 4, &outlen) || inlen < 0)
+    {
+      *out = NULL;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  outlen++;
+
+  *out = imalloc (outlen);
+  if (!*out)
+    return outlen;
+
+  base64_encode (in, inlen, *out, outlen);
+
+  return outlen - 1;
+}
+
+/* With this approach this file works independent of the charset used
+   (think EBCDIC).  However, it does assume that the characters in the
+   Base64 alphabet (A-Za-z0-9+/) are encoded in 0..255.  POSIX
+   1003.1-2001 require that char and unsigned char are 8-bit
+   quantities, though, taking care of that problem.  But this may be a
+   potential problem on non-POSIX C99 platforms.
+
+   IBM C V6 for AIX mishandles "#define B64(x) ...'x'...", so use "_"
+   as the formal parameter rather than "x".  */
+#define B64(_)                                  \
+  ((_) == 'A' ? 0                               \
+   : (_) == 'B' ? 1                             \
+   : (_) == 'C' ? 2                             \
+   : (_) == 'D' ? 3                             \
+   : (_) == 'E' ? 4                             \
+   : (_) == 'F' ? 5                             \
+   : (_) == 'G' ? 6                             \
+   : (_) == 'H' ? 7                             \
+   : (_) == 'I' ? 8                             \
+   : (_) == 'J' ? 9                             \
+   : (_) == 'K' ? 10                            \
+   : (_) == 'L' ? 11                            \
+   : (_) == 'M' ? 12                            \
+   : (_) == 'N' ? 13                            \
+   : (_) == 'O' ? 14                            \
+   : (_) == 'P' ? 15                            \
+   : (_) == 'Q' ? 16                            \
+   : (_) == 'R' ? 17                            \
+   : (_) == 'S' ? 18                            \
+   : (_) == 'T' ? 19                            \
+   : (_) == 'U' ? 20                            \
+   : (_) == 'V' ? 21                            \
+   : (_) == 'W' ? 22                            \
+   : (_) == 'X' ? 23                            \
+   : (_) == 'Y' ? 24                            \
+   : (_) == 'Z' ? 25                            \
+   : (_) == 'a' ? 26                            \
+   : (_) == 'b' ? 27                            \
+   : (_) == 'c' ? 28                            \
+   : (_) == 'd' ? 29                            \
+   : (_) == 'e' ? 30                            \
+   : (_) == 'f' ? 31                            \
+   : (_) == 'g' ? 32                            \
+   : (_) == 'h' ? 33                            \
+   : (_) == 'i' ? 34                            \
+   : (_) == 'j' ? 35                            \
+   : (_) == 'k' ? 36                            \
+   : (_) == 'l' ? 37                            \
+   : (_) == 'm' ? 38                            \
+   : (_) == 'n' ? 39                            \
+   : (_) == 'o' ? 40                            \
+   : (_) == 'p' ? 41                            \
+   : (_) == 'q' ? 42                            \
+   : (_) == 'r' ? 43                            \
+   : (_) == 's' ? 44                            \
+   : (_) == 't' ? 45                            \
+   : (_) == 'u' ? 46                            \
+   : (_) == 'v' ? 47                            \
+   : (_) == 'w' ? 48                            \
+   : (_) == 'x' ? 49                            \
+   : (_) == 'y' ? 50                            \
+   : (_) == 'z' ? 51                            \
+   : (_) == '0' ? 52                            \
+   : (_) == '1' ? 53                            \
+   : (_) == '2' ? 54                            \
+   : (_) == '3' ? 55                            \
+   : (_) == '4' ? 56                            \
+   : (_) == '5' ? 57                            \
+   : (_) == '6' ? 58                            \
+   : (_) == '7' ? 59                            \
+   : (_) == '8' ? 60                            \
+   : (_) == '9' ? 61                            \
+   : (_) == '+' ? 62                            \
+   : (_) == '/' ? 63                            \
+   : -1)
+
+static const signed char b64[0x100] = {
+  B64 (0), B64 (1), B64 (2), B64 (3),
+  B64 (4), B64 (5), B64 (6), B64 (7),
+  B64 (8), B64 (9), B64 (10), B64 (11),
+  B64 (12), B64 (13), B64 (14), B64 (15),
+  B64 (16), B64 (17), B64 (18), B64 (19),
+  B64 (20), B64 (21), B64 (22), B64 (23),
+  B64 (24), B64 (25), B64 (26), B64 (27),
+  B64 (28), B64 (29), B64 (30), B64 (31),
+  B64 (32), B64 (33), B64 (34), B64 (35),
+  B64 (36), B64 (37), B64 (38), B64 (39),
+  B64 (40), B64 (41), B64 (42), B64 (43),
+  B64 (44), B64 (45), B64 (46), B64 (47),
+  B64 (48), B64 (49), B64 (50), B64 (51),
+  B64 (52), B64 (53), B64 (54), B64 (55),
+  B64 (56), B64 (57), B64 (58), B64 (59),
+  B64 (60), B64 (61), B64 (62), B64 (63),
+  B64 (64), B64 (65), B64 (66), B64 (67),
+  B64 (68), B64 (69), B64 (70), B64 (71),
+  B64 (72), B64 (73), B64 (74), B64 (75),
+  B64 (76), B64 (77), B64 (78), B64 (79),
+  B64 (80), B64 (81), B64 (82), B64 (83),
+  B64 (84), B64 (85), B64 (86), B64 (87),
+  B64 (88), B64 (89), B64 (90), B64 (91),
+  B64 (92), B64 (93), B64 (94), B64 (95),
+  B64 (96), B64 (97), B64 (98), B64 (99),
+  B64 (100), B64 (101), B64 (102), B64 (103),
+  B64 (104), B64 (105), B64 (106), B64 (107),
+  B64 (108), B64 (109), B64 (110), B64 (111),
+  B64 (112), B64 (113), B64 (114), B64 (115),
+  B64 (116), B64 (117), B64 (118), B64 (119),
+  B64 (120), B64 (121), B64 (122), B64 (123),
+  B64 (124), B64 (125), B64 (126), B64 (127),
+  B64 (128), B64 (129), B64 (130), B64 (131),
+  B64 (132), B64 (133), B64 (134), B64 (135),
+  B64 (136), B64 (137), B64 (138), B64 (139),
+  B64 (140), B64 (141), B64 (142), B64 (143),
+  B64 (144), B64 (145), B64 (146), B64 (147),
+  B64 (148), B64 (149), B64 (150), B64 (151),
+  B64 (152), B64 (153), B64 (154), B64 (155),
+  B64 (156), B64 (157), B64 (158), B64 (159),
+  B64 (160), B64 (161), B64 (162), B64 (163),
+  B64 (164), B64 (165), B64 (166), B64 (167),
+  B64 (168), B64 (169), B64 (170), B64 (171),
+  B64 (172), B64 (173), B64 (174), B64 (175),
+  B64 (176), B64 (177), B64 (178), B64 (179),
+  B64 (180), B64 (181), B64 (182), B64 (183),
+  B64 (184), B64 (185), B64 (186), B64 (187),
+  B64 (188), B64 (189), B64 (190), B64 (191),
+  B64 (192), B64 (193), B64 (194), B64 (195),
+  B64 (196), B64 (197), B64 (198), B64 (199),
+  B64 (200), B64 (201), B64 (202), B64 (203),
+  B64 (204), B64 (205), B64 (206), B64 (207),
+  B64 (208), B64 (209), B64 (210), B64 (211),
+  B64 (212), B64 (213), B64 (214), B64 (215),
+  B64 (216), B64 (217), B64 (218), B64 (219),
+  B64 (220), B64 (221), B64 (222), B64 (223),
+  B64 (224), B64 (225), B64 (226), B64 (227),
+  B64 (228), B64 (229), B64 (230), B64 (231),
+  B64 (232), B64 (233), B64 (234), B64 (235),
+  B64 (236), B64 (237), B64 (238), B64 (239),
+  B64 (240), B64 (241), B64 (242), B64 (243),
+  B64 (244), B64 (245), B64 (246), B64 (247),
+  B64 (248), B64 (249), B64 (250), B64 (251),
+  B64 (252), B64 (253), B64 (254), B64 (255)
+};
+
+#if UCHAR_MAX == 255
+# define uchar_in_range(c) true
+#else
+# define uchar_in_range(c) ((c) <= 255)
+#endif
+
+/* Return true if CH is a character from the Base64 alphabet, and
+   false otherwise.  Note that '=' is padding and not considered to be
+   part of the alphabet.  */
+bool
+isbase64 (char ch)
+{
+  return uchar_in_range (to_uchar (ch)) && 0 <= b64[to_uchar (ch)];
+}
+
+/* Initialize decode-context buffer, CTX.  */
+void
+base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->i = 0;
+}
+
+/* If CTX->i is 0 or 4, there are four or more bytes in [*IN..IN_END), and
+   none of those four is a newline, then return *IN.  Otherwise, copy up to
+   4 - CTX->i non-newline bytes from that range into CTX->buf, starting at
+   index CTX->i and setting CTX->i to reflect the number of bytes copied,
+   and return CTX->buf.  In either case, advance *IN to point to the byte
+   after the last one processed, and set *N_NON_NEWLINE to the number of
+   verified non-newline bytes accessible through the returned pointer.  */
+static char *
+get_4 (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+       char const *restrict *in, char const *restrict in_end,
+       idx_t *n_non_newline)
+{
+  if (ctx->i == 4)
+    ctx->i = 0;
+
+  if (ctx->i == 0)
+    {
+      char const *t = *in;
+      if (4 <= in_end - *in && memchr (t, '\n', 4) == NULL)
+        {
+          /* This is the common case: no newline.  */
+          *in += 4;
+          *n_non_newline = 4;
+          return (char *) t;
+        }
+    }
+
+  {
+    /* Copy non-newline bytes into BUF.  */
+    char const *p = *in;
+    while (p < in_end)
+      {
+        char c = *p++;
+        if (c != '\n')
+          {
+            ctx->buf[ctx->i++] = c;
+            if (ctx->i == 4)
+              break;
+          }
+      }
+
+    *in = p;
+    *n_non_newline = ctx->i;
+    return ctx->buf;
+  }
+}
+
+#define return_false                            \
+  do                                            \
+    {                                           \
+      *outp = out;                              \
+      return false;                             \
+    }                                           \
+  while (false)
+
+/* Decode up to four bytes of base64-encoded data, IN, of length INLEN
+   into the output buffer, *OUT, of size *OUTLEN bytes.  Return true if
+   decoding is successful, false otherwise.  If *OUTLEN is too small,
+   as many bytes as possible are written to *OUT.  On return, advance
+   *OUT to point to the byte after the last one written, and decrement
+   *OUTLEN to reflect the number of bytes remaining in *OUT.  */
+static bool
+decode_4 (char const *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
+          char *restrict *outp, idx_t *outleft)
+{
+  char *out = *outp;
+  if (inlen < 2)
+    return false;
+
+  if (!isbase64 (in[0]) || !isbase64 (in[1]))
+    return false;
+
+  if (*outleft)
+    {
+      *out++ = ((b64[to_uchar (in[0])] << 2)
+                | (b64[to_uchar (in[1])] >> 4));
+      --*outleft;
+    }
+
+  if (inlen == 2)
+    return_false;
+
+  if (in[2] == '=')
+    {
+      if (inlen != 4)
+        return_false;
+
+      if (in[3] != '=')
+        return_false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!isbase64 (in[2]))
+        return_false;
+
+      if (*outleft)
+        {
+          *out++ = (((b64[to_uchar (in[1])] << 4) & 0xf0)
+                    | (b64[to_uchar (in[2])] >> 2));
+          --*outleft;
+        }
+
+      if (inlen == 3)
+        return_false;
+
+      if (in[3] == '=')
+        {
+          if (inlen != 4)
+            return_false;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (!isbase64 (in[3]))
+            return_false;
+
+          if (*outleft)
+            {
+              *out++ = (((b64[to_uchar (in[2])] << 6) & 0xc0)
+                        | b64[to_uchar (in[3])]);
+              --*outleft;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  *outp = out;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Decode base64-encoded input array IN of length INLEN to output array
+   OUT that can hold *OUTLEN bytes.  The input data may be interspersed
+   with newlines.  Return true if decoding was successful, i.e. if the
+   input was valid base64 data, false otherwise.  If *OUTLEN is too
+   small, as many bytes as possible will be written to OUT.  On return,
+   *OUTLEN holds the length of decoded bytes in OUT.  Note that as soon
+   as any non-alphabet, non-newline character is encountered, decoding
+   is stopped and false is returned.  If INLEN is zero, then process
+   only whatever data is stored in CTX.
+
+   Initially, CTX must have been initialized via base64_decode_ctx_init.
+   Subsequent calls to this function must reuse whatever state is recorded
+   in that buffer.  It is necessary for when a quadruple of base64 input
+   bytes spans two input buffers.
+
+   If CTX is NULL then newlines are treated as garbage and the input
+   buffer is processed as a unit.  */
+
+bool
+base64_decode_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+                   const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
+                   char *restrict out, idx_t *outlen)
+{
+  idx_t outleft = *outlen;
+  bool ignore_newlines = ctx != NULL;
+  bool flush_ctx = false;
+  unsigned int ctx_i = 0;
+
+  if (ignore_newlines)
+    {
+      ctx_i = ctx->i;
+      flush_ctx = inlen == 0;
+    }
+
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      idx_t outleft_save = outleft;
+      if (ctx_i == 0 && !flush_ctx)
+        {
+          while (true)
+            {
+              /* Save a copy of outleft, in case we need to re-parse this
+                 block of four bytes.  */
+              outleft_save = outleft;
+              if (!decode_4 (in, inlen, &out, &outleft))
+                break;
+
+              in += 4;
+              inlen -= 4;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (inlen == 0 && !flush_ctx)
+        break;
+
+      /* Handle the common case of 72-byte wrapped lines.
+         This also handles any other multiple-of-4-byte wrapping.  */
+      if (inlen && *in == '\n' && ignore_newlines)
+        {
+          ++in;
+          --inlen;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+      /* Restore OUT and OUTLEFT.  */
+      out -= outleft_save - outleft;
+      outleft = outleft_save;
+
+      {
+        char const *in_end = in + inlen;
+        char const *non_nl;
+
+        if (ignore_newlines)
+          non_nl = get_4 (ctx, &in, in_end, &inlen);
+        else
+          non_nl = in;  /* Might have nl in this case. */
+
+        /* If the input is empty or consists solely of newlines (0 non-newlines),
+           then we're done.  Likewise if there are fewer than 4 bytes when not
+           flushing context and not treating newlines as garbage.  */
+        if (inlen == 0 || (inlen < 4 && !flush_ctx && ignore_newlines))
+          {
+            inlen = 0;
+            break;
+          }
+        if (!decode_4 (non_nl, inlen, &out, &outleft))
+          break;
+
+        inlen = in_end - in;
+      }
+    }
+
+  *outlen -= outleft;
+
+  return inlen == 0;
+}
+
+/* Allocate an output buffer in *OUT, and decode the base64 encoded
+   data stored in IN of size INLEN to the *OUT buffer.  On return, the
+   size of the decoded data is stored in *OUTLEN.  OUTLEN may be NULL,
+   if the caller is not interested in the decoded length.  *OUT may be
+   NULL to indicate an out of memory error, in which case *OUTLEN
+   contains the size of the memory block needed.  The function returns
+   true on successful decoding and memory allocation errors.  (Use the
+   *OUT and *OUTLEN parameters to differentiate between successful
+   decoding and memory error.)  The function returns false if the
+   input was invalid, in which case *OUT is NULL and *OUTLEN is
+   undefined. */
+bool
+base64_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+                         const char *in, idx_t inlen, char **out,
+                         idx_t *outlen)
+{
+  /* This may allocate a few bytes too many, depending on input,
+     but it's not worth the extra CPU time to compute the exact size.
+     The exact size is 3 * (inlen + (ctx ? ctx->i : 0)) / 4, minus 1 if the
+     input ends with "=" and minus another 1 if the input ends with "==".
+     Shifting before multiplying avoids the possibility of overflow.  */
+  idx_t needlen = 3 * ((inlen >> 2) + 1);
+
+  *out = imalloc (needlen);
+  if (!*out)
+    return true;
+
+  if (!base64_decode_ctx (ctx, in, inlen, *out, &needlen))
+    {
+      free (*out);
+      *out = NULL;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (outlen)
+    *outlen = needlen;
+
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/lib/base64.h b/lib/base64.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b8b3dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/base64.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* base64.h -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef BASE64_H
+# define BASE64_H
+
+/* Get idx_t.  */
+# include <idx.h>
+
+/* Get bool. */
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+/* This uses that the expression (n+(k-1))/k means the smallest
+   integer >= n/k, i.e., the ceiling of n/k.  */
+# define BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) ((((inlen) + 2) / 3) * 4)
+
+struct base64_decode_context
+{
+  int i;
+  char buf[4];
+};
+
+extern bool isbase64 (char ch) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+
+extern void base64_encode (const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
+                           char *restrict out, idx_t outlen);
+
+extern idx_t base64_encode_alloc (const char *in, idx_t inlen, char **out);
+
+extern void base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx);
+
+extern bool base64_decode_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+                               const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
+                               char *restrict out, idx_t *outlen);
+
+extern bool base64_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+                                     const char *in, idx_t inlen,
+                                     char **out, idx_t *outlen);
+
+#define base64_decode(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
+        base64_decode_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
+
+#define base64_decode_alloc(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
+        base64_decode_alloc_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif /* BASE64_H */
diff --git a/lib/basename-lgpl.c b/lib/basename-lgpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb07e25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/basename-lgpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "basename-lgpl.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "filename.h"
+
+char *
+last_component (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  char const *p;
+  bool last_was_slash = false;
+
+  while (ISSLASH (*base))
+    base++;
+
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+        last_was_slash = true;
+      else if (last_was_slash)
+        {
+          base = p;
+          last_was_slash = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+  size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
+      && ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
+    return 2;
+
+  if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
+      && len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
+    return prefix_len + 1;
+
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/lib/basename-lgpl.h b/lib/basename-lgpl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5569f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/basename-lgpl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Extract the last component (base name) of a file name.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _BASENAME_LGPL_H
+#define _BASENAME_LGPL_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return the address of the last file name component of FILENAME.
+   If FILENAME has some trailing slash(es), they are considered to be
+   part of the last component.
+   If FILENAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
+   system root, return the empty string.
+   Examples:
+              FILENAME      RESULT
+              "foo.c"       "foo.c"
+              "foo/bar.c"   "bar.c"
+              "/foo/bar.c"  "bar.c"
+              "foo/bar/"    "bar/"
+              "foo/bar//"   "bar//"
+              "/"           ""
+              "//"          ""
+              ""            ""
+   The return value is a tail of the given FILENAME; do NOT free() it!  */
+
+/* This function was traditionally called 'basename', but we avoid this
+   function name because
+     * Various platforms have different functions in their libc.
+       In particular, the glibc basename(), defined in <string.h>, does
+       not consider trailing slashes to be part of the component:
+              FILENAME      RESULT
+              "foo/bar/"    ""
+              "foo/bar//"   ""
+     * The 'basename' command eliminates trailing slashes and for a root
+       produces a non-empty result:
+              FILENAME      RESULT
+              "foo/bar/"    "bar"
+              "foo/bar//"   "bar"
+              "/"           "/"
+              "//"          "/"
+ */
+extern char *last_component (char const *filename) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Return the length of the basename FILENAME.
+   Typically FILENAME is the value returned by base_name or last_component.
+   Act like strlen (FILENAME), except omit all trailing slashes.  */
+extern size_t base_len (char const *filename) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _BASENAME_LGPL_H */
diff --git a/lib/basename.c b/lib/basename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e372ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/basename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+char *
+base_name (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = last_component (name);
+  idx_t length;
+  int dotslash_len;
+  if (*base)
+    {
+      length = base_len (base);
+
+      /* Collapse a sequence of trailing slashes into one.  */
+      length += ISSLASH (base[length]);
+
+      /* On systems with drive letters, "a/b:c" must return "./b:c" rather
+         than "b:c" to avoid confusion with a drive letter.  On systems
+         with pure POSIX semantics, this is not an issue.  */
+      dotslash_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (base) != 0 ? 2 : 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* There is no last component, so NAME is a file system root or
+         the empty string.  */
+      base = name;
+      length = base_len (base);
+      dotslash_len = 0;
+    }
+
+  char *p = ximalloc (dotslash_len + length + 1);
+  if (dotslash_len)
+    {
+      p[0] = '.';
+      p[1] = '/';
+    }
+
+  /* Finally, copy the basename.  */
+  memcpy (p + dotslash_len, base, length);
+  p[dotslash_len + length] = '\0';
+  return p;
+}
diff --git a/lib/binary-io.c b/lib/binary-io.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea407fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/binary-io.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Binary mode I/O.
+   Copyright 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "binary-io.h"
+
+#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
+{
+  if (isatty (fd))
+    /* If FD refers to a console (not a pipe, not a regular file),
+       O_TEXT is the only reasonable mode, both on input and on output.
+       Silently ignore the request.  If we were to return -1 here,
+       all programs that use xset_binary_mode would fail when run
+       with console input or console output.  */
+    return O_TEXT;
+  else
+    return __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/binary-io.h b/lib/binary-io.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b7661e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/binary-io.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Binary mode I/O.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _BINARY_H
+#define _BINARY_H
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is guaranteed by the gnulib <fcntl.h>. */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+/* The MSVC7 <stdio.h> doesn't like to be included after '#define fileno ...',
+   so we include it here first.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef BINARY_IO_INLINE
+# define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#if O_BINARY
+# if defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ || defined __CYGWIN__
+#  include <io.h> /* declares setmode() */
+#  define __gl_setmode setmode
+# else
+#  define __gl_setmode _setmode
+#  undef fileno
+#  define fileno _fileno
+# endif
+#else
+  /* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the only choice.  */
+  /* Use a function rather than a macro, to avoid gcc warnings
+     "warning: statement with no effect".  */
+BINARY_IO_INLINE int
+__gl_setmode (_GL_UNUSED int fd, _GL_UNUSED int mode)
+{
+  return O_BINARY;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Set FD's mode to MODE, which should be either O_TEXT or O_BINARY.
+   Return the old mode if successful, -1 (setting errno) on failure.
+   Ordinarily this function would be called 'setmode', since that is
+   its old name on MS-Windows, but it is called 'set_binary_mode' here
+   to avoid colliding with a BSD function of another name.  */
+
+#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
+extern int set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode);
+#else
+BINARY_IO_INLINE int
+set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
+{
+  return __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This macro is obsolescent.  */
+#define SET_BINARY(fd) ((void) set_binary_mode (fd, O_BINARY))
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _BINARY_H */
diff --git a/lib/bitrotate.c b/lib/bitrotate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..101be6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/bitrotate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Rotate bits in integers.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "bitrotate.h"
diff --git a/lib/bitrotate.h b/lib/bitrotate.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee6e61e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/bitrotate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/* bitrotate.h - Rotate bits in integers
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org>, 2008. */
+
+#ifndef _GL_BITROTATE_H
+#define _GL_BITROTATE_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef BITROTATE_INLINE
+# define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the left.  N must be between 1 and
+   63 inclusive. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t
+rotl64 (uint64_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x << n) | (x >> (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the right.  N must be between 1 to
+   63 inclusive.*/
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t
+rotr64 (uint64_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x >> n) | (x << (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the left.  N must be between 1 and
+   31 inclusive. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t
+rotl32 (uint32_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x << n) | (x >> (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the right.  N must be between 1 to
+   31 inclusive.*/
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t
+rotr32 (uint32_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x >> n) | (x << (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the left.  N must be between 1 and
+   (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive.  */
+BITROTATE_INLINE size_t
+rotl_sz (size_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x << n) | (x >> ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the right.  N must be between 1 to
+   (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive.  */
+BITROTATE_INLINE size_t
+rotr_sz (size_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x >> n) | (x << ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the left.  N must be between 1 to
+   15 inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16
+   because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
+   before shifting. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t
+rotl16 (uint16_t x, int n)
+{
+  return (((unsigned int) x << n) | ((unsigned int) x >> (16 - n)))
+         & UINT16_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the right.  N must be in 1 to 15
+   inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16
+   because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
+   before shifting. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t
+rotr16 (uint16_t x, int n)
+{
+  return (((unsigned int) x >> n) | ((unsigned int) x << (16 - n)))
+         & UINT16_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the left.  N must be between 1 to 7
+   inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8
+   because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
+   before shifting. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t
+rotl8 (uint8_t x, int n)
+{
+  return (((unsigned int) x << n) | ((unsigned int) x >> (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the right.  N must be in 1 to 7
+   inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8
+   because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
+   before shifting. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t
+rotr8 (uint8_t x, int n)
+{
+  return (((unsigned int) x >> n) | ((unsigned int) x << (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX;
+}
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_BITROTATE_H */
diff --git a/lib/btowc.c b/lib/btowc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4af58bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/btowc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Convert unibyte character to wide character.
+   Copyright (C) 2008, 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+wint_t
+btowc (int c)
+{
+  if (c != EOF)
+    {
+      char buf[1];
+      wchar_t wc;
+
+      buf[0] = c;
+      if (mbtowc (&wc, buf, 1) >= 0)
+        return wc;
+    }
+  return WEOF;
+}
diff --git a/lib/buffer-lcm.c b/lib/buffer-lcm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..392dcb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/buffer-lcm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* buffer-lcm.c - compute a good buffer size for dealing with two files
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "buffer-lcm.h"
+
+/* Return a buffer size suitable for doing I/O with files whose block
+   sizes are A and B.  However, never return a value greater than
+   LCM_MAX.  */
+
+size_t
+buffer_lcm (size_t a, size_t b, size_t lcm_max)
+{
+  size_t size;
+
+  /* Use reasonable values if buffer sizes are zero.  */
+  if (!a)
+    size = b ? b : 8 * 1024;
+  else
+    {
+      if (b)
+        {
+          /* Return lcm (A, B) if it is in range; otherwise, fall back
+             on A.  */
+
+          size_t lcm, m, n, q, r;
+
+          /* N = gcd (A, B).  */
+          for (m = a, n = b;  (r = m % n) != 0;  m = n, n = r)
+            continue;
+
+          /* LCM = lcm (A, B), if in range.  */
+          q = a / n;
+          lcm = q * b;
+          if (lcm <= lcm_max && lcm / b == q)
+            return lcm;
+        }
+
+      size = a;
+    }
+
+  return size <= lcm_max ? size : lcm_max;
+}
diff --git a/lib/buffer-lcm.h b/lib/buffer-lcm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..454c65b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/buffer-lcm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#include <stddef.h>
+size_t buffer_lcm (size_t, size_t, size_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
diff --git a/lib/byteswap.in.h b/lib/byteswap.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4746d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/byteswap.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* byteswap.h - Byte swapping
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Oskar Liljeblad <oskar@osk.mine.nu>, 2005.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_BYTESWAP_H
+#define _GL_BYTESWAP_H
+
+/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
+   X with reversed byte order.  */
+#define bswap_16(x) ((((x) & 0x00FF) << 8) | \
+                     (((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8))
+
+/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
+   X with reversed byte order.  */
+#define bswap_32(x) ((((x) & 0x000000FF) << 24) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x0000FF00) << 8) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x00FF0000) >> 8) | \
+                     (((x) & 0xFF000000) >> 24))
+
+/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
+   X with reversed byte order.  */
+#define bswap_64(x) ((((x) & 0x00000000000000FFULL) << 56) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x000000000000FF00ULL) << 40) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x0000000000FF0000ULL) << 24) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x00000000FF000000ULL) << 8) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x000000FF00000000ULL) >> 8) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x0000FF0000000000ULL) >> 24) | \
+                     (((x) & 0x00FF000000000000ULL) >> 40) | \
+                     (((x) & 0xFF00000000000000ULL) >> 56))
+
+#endif /* _GL_BYTESWAP_H */
diff --git a/lib/c++defs.h b/lib/c++defs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad18155
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/c++defs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
+# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE }
+#else
+# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE
+#endif
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+
+   Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator
+   avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
+   actually used in the program.  */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper            \
+      {                                                       \
+        typedef rettype (*type) parameters;                   \
+                                                              \
+        inline operator type () const                         \
+        {                                                     \
+          return ::rpl_func;                                  \
+        }                                                     \
+      } func = {};                                            \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is to be used when func is a Microsoft deprecated alias, on native Windows.
+   It declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to _func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, _##func, rettype, parameters)
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper                 \
+      {                                                            \
+        typedef rettype (*type) parameters;                        \
+                                                                   \
+        inline operator type () const                              \
+        {                                                          \
+          return reinterpret_cast<type>(::rpl_func);               \
+        }                                                          \
+      } func = {};                                                 \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, _##func, rettype, parameters)
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+
+   Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator
+   avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
+   actually used in the program.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters)            \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper            \
+      {                                                       \
+        typedef rettype (*type) parameters;                   \
+                                                              \
+        inline operator type () const                         \
+        {                                                     \
+          return ::func;                                      \
+        }                                                     \
+      } func = {};                                            \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper      \
+      {                                                 \
+        typedef rettype (*type) parameters;             \
+                                                        \
+        inline operator type () const                   \
+        {                                               \
+          return reinterpret_cast<type>(::func);        \
+        }                                               \
+      } func = {};                                      \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper                            \
+      {                                                                       \
+        typedef rettype (*type) parameters;                                   \
+                                                                              \
+        inline operator type () const                                         \
+        {                                                                     \
+          return reinterpret_cast<type>((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func));  \
+        }                                                                     \
+      } func = {};                                                            \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !(defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __OPTIMIZE__)
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !(defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __OPTIMIZE__)
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
diff --git a/lib/c-ctype.c b/lib/c-ctype.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a247514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/c-ctype.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Character handling in C locale.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "c-ctype.h"
diff --git a/lib/c-ctype.h b/lib/c-ctype.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a4f603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/c-ctype.h
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/* Character handling in C locale.
+
+   These functions work like the corresponding functions in <ctype.h>,
+   except that they have the C (POSIX) locale hardwired, whereas the
+   <ctype.h> functions' behaviour depends on the current locale set via
+   setlocale.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef C_CTYPE_H
+#define C_CTYPE_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef C_CTYPE_INLINE
+# define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
+   set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
+   Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
+   character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
+   is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
+   characters.  */
+
+
+#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+    && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+    && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+    && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+    && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+    && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+    && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+    && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+    && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+    && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+    && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+    && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+    && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+    && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+    && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+    && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+    && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+    && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+    && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+    && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+    && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+    && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+    && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
+/* The character set is ASCII or one of its variants or extensions, not EBCDIC.
+   Testing the value of '\n' and '\r' is not relevant.  */
+# define C_CTYPE_ASCII 1
+#elif ! (' ' == '\x40' && '0' == '\xf0'                     \
+         && 'A' == '\xc1' && 'J' == '\xd1' && 'S' == '\xe2' \
+         && 'a' == '\x81' && 'j' == '\x91' && 's' == '\xa2')
+# error "Only ASCII and EBCDIC are supported"
+#endif
+
+#if 'A' < 0
+# error "EBCDIC and char is signed -- not supported"
+#endif
+
+/* Cases for control characters.  */
+
+#define _C_CTYPE_CNTRL \
+   case '\a': case '\b': case '\f': case '\n': \
+   case '\r': case '\t': case '\v': \
+   _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL
+
+/* ASCII control characters other than those with \-letter escapes.  */
+
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
+    case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
+    case '\x04': case '\x05': case '\x06': case '\x0e': \
+    case '\x0f': case '\x10': case '\x11': case '\x12': \
+    case '\x13': case '\x14': case '\x15': case '\x16': \
+    case '\x17': case '\x18': case '\x19': case '\x1a': \
+    case '\x1b': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
+    case '\x1f': case '\x7f'
+#else
+   /* Use EBCDIC code page 1047's assignments for ASCII control chars;
+      assume all EBCDIC code pages agree about these assignments.  */
+# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
+    case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
+    case '\x07': case '\x0e': case '\x0f': case '\x10': \
+    case '\x11': case '\x12': case '\x13': case '\x18': \
+    case '\x19': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
+    case '\x1f': case '\x26': case '\x27': case '\x2d': \
+    case '\x2e': case '\x32': case '\x37': case '\x3c': \
+    case '\x3d': case '\x3f'
+#endif
+
+/* Cases for lowercase hex letters, and lowercase letters, all offset by N.  */
+
+#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N) \
+   case 'a' + (N): case 'b' + (N): case 'c' + (N): case 'd' + (N): \
+   case 'e' + (N): case 'f' + (N)
+#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N(N) \
+   _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N): \
+   case 'g' + (N): case 'h' + (N): case 'i' + (N): case 'j' + (N): \
+   case 'k' + (N): case 'l' + (N): case 'm' + (N): case 'n' + (N): \
+   case 'o' + (N): case 'p' + (N): case 'q' + (N): case 'r' + (N): \
+   case 's' + (N): case 't' + (N): case 'u' + (N): case 'v' + (N): \
+   case 'w' + (N): case 'x' + (N): case 'y' + (N): case 'z' + (N)
+
+/* Cases for hex letters, digits, lower, punct, and upper.  */
+
+#define _C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F \
+   _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N (0): \
+   _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N ('A' - 'a')
+#define _C_CTYPE_DIGIT                     \
+   case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': \
+   case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': \
+   case '8': case '9'
+#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N (0)
+#define _C_CTYPE_PUNCT \
+   case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$':  \
+   case '%': case '&': case '\'': case '(': \
+   case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',':  \
+   case '-': case '.': case '/': case ':':  \
+   case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':  \
+   case '?': case '@': case '[': case '\\': \
+   case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`':  \
+   case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~'
+#define _C_CTYPE_UPPER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N ('A' - 'a')
+
+
+/* Function definitions.  */
+
+/* Unlike the functions in <ctype.h>, which require an argument in the range
+   of the 'unsigned char' type, the functions here operate on values that are
+   in the 'unsigned char' range or in the 'char' range.  In other words,
+   when you have a 'char' value, you need to cast it before using it as
+   argument to a <ctype.h> function:
+
+         const char *s = ...;
+         if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *s)) ...
+
+   but you don't need to cast it for the functions defined in this file:
+
+         const char *s = ...;
+         if (c_isalpha (*s)) ...
+ */
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isalnum (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isalpha (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+/* The function isascii is not locale dependent.
+   Its use in EBCDIC is questionable. */
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isascii (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case ' ':
+    _C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+    _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isblank (int c)
+{
+  return c == ' ' || c == '\t';
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_iscntrl (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isdigit (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isgraph (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+    _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_islower (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isprint (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case ' ':
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+    _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_ispunct (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isspace (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\v': case '\f': case '\r':
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isupper (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
+c_isxdigit (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
+    _C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F:
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE int
+c_tolower (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
+      return c - 'A' + 'a';
+    default:
+      return c;
+    }
+}
+
+C_CTYPE_INLINE int
+c_toupper (int c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
+      return c - 'a' + 'A';
+    default:
+      return c;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* C_CTYPE_H */
diff --git a/lib/c-strcase.h b/lib/c-strcase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e874b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/c-strcase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions in C locale.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef C_STRCASE_H
+#define C_STRCASE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
+   set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
+   Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
+   character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
+   is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
+   characters.  More precisely, one of the string arguments must be an ASCII
+   string; the other one can also contain non-ASCII characters (but then
+   the comparison result will be nonzero).  */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
+   than S2.  */
+extern int c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
+   returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
+   lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+extern int c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* C_STRCASE_H */
diff --git a/lib/c-strcasecmp.c b/lib/c-strcasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87b993c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/c-strcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* c-strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+int
+c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
+      c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
+
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+        break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+    return c1 - c2;
+  else
+    /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
+       difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
+       doesn't fit in an 'int'.  */
+    return _GL_CMP (c1, c2);
+}
diff --git a/lib/c-strcaseeq.h b/lib/c-strcaseeq.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c4607c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/c-strcaseeq.h
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/* Optimized case-insensitive string comparison in C locale.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+/* STRCASEEQ allows to optimize string comparison with a small literal string.
+     STRCASEEQ (s, "UTF-8", 'U','T','F','-','8',0,0,0,0)
+   is semantically equivalent to
+     c_strcasecmp (s, "UTF-8") == 0
+   just faster.  */
+
+/* Help GCC to generate good code for string comparisons with
+   immediate strings. */
+#if (defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__) && defined __OPTIMIZE__
+
+/* Case insensitive comparison of ASCII characters.  */
+# if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#  define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
+     (c_isupper (upper) ? ((other) & ~0x20) == (upper) : (other) == (upper))
+# else
+#  define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
+     (c_toupper (other) == (upper))
+# endif
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq9 (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  return c_strcasecmp (s1 + 9, s2 + 9) == 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq8 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[8], s28))
+    {
+      if (s28 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq9 (s1, s2);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq7 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[7], s27))
+    {
+      if (s27 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq8 (s1, s2, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq6 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[6], s26))
+    {
+      if (s26 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq7 (s1, s2, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq5 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[5], s25))
+    {
+      if (s25 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq6 (s1, s2, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq4 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[4], s24))
+    {
+      if (s24 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq5 (s1, s2, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq3 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[3], s23))
+    {
+      if (s23 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq4 (s1, s2, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq2 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[2], s22))
+    {
+      if (s22 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq3 (s1, s2, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq1 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[1], s21))
+    {
+      if (s21 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq2 (s1, s2, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq0 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s20, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[0], s20))
+    {
+      if (s20 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq1 (s1, s2, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
+  strcaseeq0 (s1, s2, s20, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28)
+
+#else
+
+#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
+  (c_strcasecmp (s1, s2) == 0)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/c-strncasecmp.c b/lib/c-strncasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a5d30b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/c-strncasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* c-strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+int
+c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || n == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
+      c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
+
+      if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0')
+        break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+    return c1 - c2;
+  else
+    /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
+       difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
+       doesn't fit in an 'int'.  */
+    return _GL_CMP (c1, c2);
+}
diff --git a/lib/c-strtod.c b/lib/c-strtod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80739ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/c-strtod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* Convert string to double, using the C locale.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "c-strtod.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if LONG
+# define C_STRTOD c_strtold
+# define DOUBLE long double
+# define STRTOD_L strtold_l
+# define HAVE_GOOD_STRTOD_L (HAVE_STRTOLD_L && !GNULIB_defined_strtold_function)
+# define STRTOD strtold
+#else
+# define C_STRTOD c_strtod
+# define DOUBLE double
+# define STRTOD_L strtod_l
+# define HAVE_GOOD_STRTOD_L (HAVE_STRTOD_L && !GNULIB_defined_strtod_function)
+# define STRTOD strtod
+#endif
+
+#if defined LC_ALL_MASK \
+    && ((LONG ? HAVE_GOOD_STRTOLD_L : HAVE_GOOD_STRTOD_L) \
+        || HAVE_WORKING_USELOCALE)
+
+/* Cache for the C locale object.
+   Marked volatile so that different threads see the same value
+   (avoids locking).  */
+static volatile locale_t c_locale_cache;
+
+/* Return the C locale object, or (locale_t) 0 with errno set
+   if it cannot be created.  */
+static locale_t
+c_locale (void)
+{
+  if (!c_locale_cache)
+    c_locale_cache = newlocale (LC_ALL_MASK, "C", (locale_t) 0);
+  return c_locale_cache;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+DOUBLE
+C_STRTOD (char const *nptr, char **endptr)
+{
+  DOUBLE r;
+
+#if defined LC_ALL_MASK \
+    && ((LONG ? HAVE_GOOD_STRTOLD_L : HAVE_GOOD_STRTOD_L) \
+        || HAVE_WORKING_USELOCALE)
+
+  locale_t locale = c_locale ();
+  if (!locale)
+    {
+      if (endptr)
+        *endptr = (char *) nptr;
+      return 0; /* errno is set here */
+    }
+
+# if (LONG ? HAVE_GOOD_STRTOLD_L : HAVE_GOOD_STRTOD_L)
+
+  r = STRTOD_L (nptr, endptr, locale);
+
+# else /* HAVE_WORKING_USELOCALE */
+
+  locale_t old_locale = uselocale (locale);
+  if (old_locale == (locale_t)0)
+    {
+      if (endptr)
+        *endptr = (char *) nptr;
+      return 0; /* errno is set here */
+    }
+
+  r = STRTOD (nptr, endptr);
+
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+  if (uselocale (old_locale) == (locale_t)0)
+    /* We can't switch back to the old locale.  The thread is hosed.  */
+    abort ();
+  errno = saved_errno;
+
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+  char *saved_locale = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, NULL);
+
+  if (saved_locale)
+    {
+      saved_locale = strdup (saved_locale);
+      if (saved_locale == NULL)
+        {
+          if (endptr)
+            *endptr = (char *) nptr;
+          return 0; /* errno is set here */
+        }
+      setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
+    }
+
+  r = STRTOD (nptr, endptr);
+
+  if (saved_locale)
+    {
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+
+      setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, saved_locale);
+      free (saved_locale);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  return r;
+}
diff --git a/lib/c-strtod.h b/lib/c-strtod.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02c1a34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/c-strtod.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Convert string to double, using the C locale.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Parse the initial portion of the string pointed to by NPTR as a floating-
+   point number (in decimal or hexadecimal notation), like in the C locale:
+   accepting only the ASCII digits '0'..'9', and only '.' as decimal point
+   character.
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, set *ENDPTR to point to the first byte beyond the
+   parsed number or to NPTR if the string does not start with a parsable
+   number.
+   Return value:
+   - If successful, return the value as a double or 'long double',
+     respectively, and don't modify errno.
+   - In case of overflow, return ±HUGE_VAL or ±HUGE_VALL, respectively, and
+     set errno to ERANGE.
+   - In case of underflow, return a value very near to 0 and set errno to
+     ERANGE.
+   - If the string does not start with a number at all, return 0 (and recall
+     that if ENDPTR != NULL, *ENDPTR is set to NPTR), and maybe set errno to
+     EINVAL.
+   - In case of other error, return 0 and set errno, for example to ENOMEM.  */
+extern double      c_strtod  (char const *nptr, char **endptr);
+extern long double c_strtold (char const *nptr, char **endptr);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/c-strtold.c b/lib/c-strtold.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d5514a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/c-strtold.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Convert string to 'long double' in C locale.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define LONG 1
+#include "c-strtod.c"
diff --git a/lib/calloc.c b/lib/calloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a934b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/calloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* calloc() function that is glibc compatible.
+   This wrapper function is required at least on Tru64 UNIX 5.1 and mingw.
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
+
+/* Call the system's calloc below.  */
+#undef calloc
+
+/* Allocate and zero-fill an NxS-byte block of memory from the heap,
+   even if N or S is zero.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_calloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  if (n == 0 || s == 0)
+    n = s = 1;
+
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s))
+    {
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  void *result = calloc (n, s);
+
+#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
+  if (result == NULL)
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/canon-host.c b/lib/canon-host.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3491af3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/canon-host.c
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* Host name canonicalization
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "canon-host.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+
+/* Store the last error for the single-threaded version of this function.  */
+static int last_cherror;
+
+/* Single-threaded of wrapper for canon_host_r.  After a NULL return, error
+   messages may be retrieved via ch_strerror().  */
+char *
+canon_host (const char *host)
+{
+  return canon_host_r (host, &last_cherror);
+}
+
+/* Return a malloc'd string containing the canonical hostname associated with
+   HOST, or NULL if a canonical name cannot be determined.  On NULL return,
+   if CHERROR is not NULL, set *CHERROR to an error code as returned by
+   getaddrinfo().  Use ch_strerror_r() or gai_strerror() to convert a *CHERROR
+   value to a string suitable for error messages.
+
+   WARNINGS
+     HOST must be a string representation of a resolvable name for this host.
+     Strings containing an IP address in dotted decimal notation will be
+     returned as-is, without further resolution.
+
+     The use of the word "canonical" in this context is unfortunate but
+     entrenched.  The value returned by this function will be the end result
+     of the resolution of any CNAME chains in the DNS.  There may only be one
+     such value for any given hostname, though the actual IP address
+     referenced by this value and the device using that IP address may each
+     actually have any number of such "canonical" hostnames.  See the POSIX
+     getaddrinfo spec
+     <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getaddrinfo.html>,
+     RFC 1034 <https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1034.txt>, & RFC 2181
+     <https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2181.txt> for more on what this confusing
+     term really refers to. */
+char *
+canon_host_r (char const *host, int *cherror)
+{
+  char *retval = NULL;
+  static struct addrinfo hints;
+  struct addrinfo *res = NULL;
+  int status;
+
+  hints.ai_flags = AI_CANONNAME;
+  status = getaddrinfo (host, NULL, &hints, &res);
+  if (!status)
+    {
+      /* https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-coreutils/2006-09/msg00300.html
+         says Darwin 7.9.0 getaddrinfo returns 0 but sets
+         res->ai_canonname to NULL.  */
+      retval = strdup (res->ai_canonname ? res->ai_canonname : host);
+      if (!retval && cherror)
+        *cherror = EAI_MEMORY;
+      freeaddrinfo (res);
+    }
+  else if (cherror)
+    *cherror = status;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Return a string describing the last error encountered by canon_host.  */
+const char *
+ch_strerror (void)
+{
+  return gai_strerror (last_cherror);
+}
diff --git a/lib/canon-host.h b/lib/canon-host.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c8e3d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/canon-host.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Host name canonicalization
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef CANON_HOST_H
+# define CANON_HOST_H 1
+
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+char *canon_host (char const *host)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+char *canon_host_r (char const *host, int *cherror)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+const char *ch_strerror (void);
+# define ch_strerror_r(cherror) gai_strerror (cherror);
+
+#endif /* !CANON_HOST_H */
diff --git a/lib/canonicalize.c b/lib/canonicalize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eaf18c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/canonicalize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "canonicalize.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <filename.h>
+#include <idx.h>
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <scratch_buffer.h>
+
+#include "attribute.h"
+#include "file-set.h"
+#include "hash-triple.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Suppress bogus GCC -Wmaybe-uninitialized warnings.  */
+#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
+#else
+# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT false
+#endif
+
+#if ISSLASH ('\\')
+# define SLASHES "/\\"
+#else
+# define SLASHES "/"
+#endif
+
+/* Return true if FILE's existence can be shown, false (setting errno)
+   otherwise.  Follow symbolic links.  */
+static bool
+file_accessible (char const *file)
+{
+# if HAVE_FACCESSAT
+  return faccessat (AT_FDCWD, file, F_OK, AT_EACCESS) == 0;
+# else
+  struct stat st;
+  return stat (file, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW;
+# endif
+}
+
+/* True if concatenating END as a suffix to a file name means that the
+   code needs to check that the file name is that of a searchable
+   directory, since the canonicalize_filename_mode_stk code won't
+   check this later anyway when it checks an ordinary file name
+   component within END.  END must either be empty, or start with a
+   slash.  */
+
+static bool _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+suffix_requires_dir_check (char const *end)
+{
+  /* If END does not start with a slash, the suffix is OK.  */
+  while (ISSLASH (*end))
+    {
+      /* Two or more slashes act like a single slash.  */
+      do
+        end++;
+      while (ISSLASH (*end));
+
+      switch (*end++)
+        {
+        default: return false;  /* An ordinary file name component is OK.  */
+        case '\0': return true; /* Trailing "/" is trouble.  */
+        case '.': break;        /* Possibly "." or "..".  */
+        }
+      /* Trailing "/.", or "/.." even if not trailing, is trouble.  */
+      if (!*end || (*end == '.' && (!end[1] || ISSLASH (end[1]))))
+        return true;
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Append this to a file name to test whether it is a searchable directory.
+   On POSIX platforms "/" suffices, but "/./" is sometimes needed on
+   macOS 10.13 <https://bugs.gnu.org/30350>, and should also work on
+   platforms like AIX 7.2 that need at least "/.".  */
+
+#ifdef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
+static char const dir_suffix[] = "/";
+#else
+static char const dir_suffix[] = "/./";
+#endif
+
+/* Return true if DIR is a searchable dir, false (setting errno) otherwise.
+   DIREND points to the NUL byte at the end of the DIR string.
+   Store garbage into DIREND[0 .. strlen (dir_suffix)].  */
+
+static bool
+dir_check (char *dir, char *dirend)
+{
+  strcpy (dirend, dir_suffix);
+  return file_accessible (dir);
+}
+
+#if !((HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME && FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS)      \
+      || GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_LGPL)
+/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME.  A canonical name
+   does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name
+   separators ('/') or symlinks.  All components must exist.
+   The result is malloc'd.  */
+
+char *
+canonicalize_file_name (const char *name)
+{
+  return canonicalize_filename_mode (name, CAN_EXISTING);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME */
+
+static bool
+multiple_bits_set (canonicalize_mode_t i)
+{
+  return (i & (i - 1)) != 0;
+}
+
+/* Return true if we've already seen the triple, <FILENAME, dev, ino>.
+   If *HT is not initialized, initialize it.  */
+static bool
+seen_triple (Hash_table **ht, char const *filename, struct stat const *st)
+{
+  if (*ht == NULL)
+    {
+      idx_t initial_capacity = 7;
+      *ht = hash_initialize (initial_capacity,
+                            NULL,
+                            triple_hash,
+                            triple_compare_ino_str,
+                            triple_free);
+      if (*ht == NULL)
+        xalloc_die ();
+    }
+
+  if (seen_file (*ht, filename, st))
+    return true;
+
+  record_file (*ht, filename, st);
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+/* Act like canonicalize_filename_mode (see below), with an additional argument
+   rname_buf that can be used as temporary storage.
+
+   If GCC_LINT is defined, do not inline this function with GCC 10.1
+   and later, to avoid creating a pointer to the stack that GCC
+   -Wreturn-local-addr incorrectly complains about.  See:
+   https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644
+   Although the noinline attribute can hurt performance a bit, no better way
+   to pacify GCC is known; even an explicit #pragma does not pacify GCC.
+   When the GCC bug is fixed this workaround should be limited to the
+   broken GCC versions.  */
+#if _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (10, 1)
+# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+__attribute__ ((__noinline__))
+# elif __OPTIMIZE__ && !__NO_INLINE__
+#  define GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
+# endif
+#endif
+static char *
+canonicalize_filename_mode_stk (const char *name, canonicalize_mode_t can_mode,
+                                struct scratch_buffer *rname_buf)
+{
+  char *dest;
+  char const *start;
+  char const *end;
+  Hash_table *ht = NULL;
+  bool logical = (can_mode & CAN_NOLINKS) != 0;
+  int num_links = 0;
+
+  canonicalize_mode_t can_exist = can_mode & CAN_MODE_MASK;
+  if (multiple_bits_set (can_exist))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (name == NULL)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (name[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  struct scratch_buffer extra_buffer, link_buffer;
+  scratch_buffer_init (&extra_buffer);
+  scratch_buffer_init (&link_buffer);
+  scratch_buffer_init (rname_buf);
+  char *rname_on_stack = rname_buf->data;
+  char *rname = rname_on_stack;
+  bool end_in_extra_buffer = false;
+  bool failed = true;
+
+  /* This is always zero for Posix hosts, but can be 2 for MS-Windows
+     and MS-DOS X:/foo/bar file names.  */
+  idx_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+
+  if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (name))
+    {
+      while (!getcwd (rname, rname_buf->length))
+        {
+          switch (errno)
+            {
+            case ERANGE:
+              if (scratch_buffer_grow (rname_buf))
+                break;
+              FALLTHROUGH;
+            case ENOMEM:
+              xalloc_die ();
+
+            default:
+              dest = rname;
+              goto error;
+            }
+          rname = rname_buf->data;
+        }
+      dest = rawmemchr (rname, '\0');
+      start = name;
+      prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (rname);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      dest = mempcpy (rname, name, prefix_len);
+      *dest++ = '/';
+      if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
+        {
+          if (prefix_len == 0 /* implies ISSLASH (name[0]) */
+              && ISSLASH (name[1]) && !ISSLASH (name[2]))
+            {
+              *dest++ = '/';
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+              /* For UNC file names '\\server\path\to\file', extend the prefix
+                 to include the server: '\\server\'.  */
+              {
+                idx_t i;
+                for (i = 2; name[i] != '\0' && !ISSLASH (name[i]); )
+                  i++;
+                if (name[i] != '\0' /* implies ISSLASH (name[i]) */
+                    && i + 1 < rname_buf->length)
+                  {
+                    prefix_len = i;
+                    memcpy (dest, name + 2, i - 2 + 1);
+                    dest += i - 2 + 1;
+                  }
+                else
+                  {
+                    /* Either name = '\\server'; this is an invalid file name.
+                       Or name = '\\server\...' and server is more than
+                       rname_buf->length - 4 bytes long.  In either
+                       case, stop the UNC processing.  */
+                  }
+              }
+#endif
+            }
+          *dest = '\0';
+        }
+      start = name + prefix_len;
+    }
+
+  for ( ; *start; start = end)
+    {
+      /* Skip sequence of multiple file name separators.  */
+      while (ISSLASH (*start))
+        ++start;
+
+      /* Find end of component.  */
+      for (end = start; *end && !ISSLASH (*end); ++end)
+        /* Nothing.  */;
+
+      /* Length of this file name component; it can be zero if a file
+         name ends in '/'.  */
+      idx_t startlen = end - start;
+
+      if (startlen == 0)
+        break;
+      else if (startlen == 1 && start[0] == '.')
+        /* nothing */;
+      else if (startlen == 2 && start[0] == '.' && start[1] == '.')
+        {
+          /* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root already.  */
+          if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
+            for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
+              continue;
+          if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+              && dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
+              && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
+            dest++;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (!ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
+            *dest++ = '/';
+
+          while (rname + rname_buf->length - dest
+                 < startlen + sizeof dir_suffix)
+            {
+              idx_t dest_offset = dest - rname;
+              if (!scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (rname_buf))
+                xalloc_die ();
+              rname = rname_buf->data;
+              dest = rname + dest_offset;
+            }
+
+          dest = mempcpy (dest, start, startlen);
+          *dest = '\0';
+
+          char *buf;
+          ssize_t n = -1;
+          if (!logical)
+            {
+              while (true)
+                {
+                  buf = link_buffer.data;
+                  idx_t bufsize = link_buffer.length;
+                  n = readlink (rname, buf, bufsize - 1);
+                  if (n < bufsize - 1)
+                    break;
+                  if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&link_buffer))
+                    xalloc_die ();
+                }
+            }
+          if (0 <= n)
+            {
+              /* A physical traversal and RNAME is a symbolic link.  */
+
+              if (num_links < 20)
+                num_links++;
+              else if (*start)
+                {
+                  /* Enough symlinks have been seen that it is time to
+                     worry about being in a symlink cycle.
+                     Get the device and inode of the parent directory, as
+                     pre-2017 POSIX says this info is not reliable for
+                     symlinks.  */
+                  struct stat st;
+                  dest[- startlen] = '\0';
+                  if (stat (*rname ? rname : ".", &st) != 0)
+                    goto error;
+                  dest[- startlen] = *start;
+
+                  /* Detect loops.  We cannot use the cycle-check module here,
+                     since it's possible to encounter the same parent
+                     directory more than once in a given traversal.  However,
+                     encountering the same (parentdir, START) pair twice does
+                     indicate a loop.  */
+                  if (seen_triple (&ht, start, &st))
+                    {
+                      if (can_exist == CAN_MISSING)
+                        continue;
+                      errno = ELOOP;
+                      goto error;
+                    }
+                }
+
+              buf[n] = '\0';
+
+              char *extra_buf = extra_buffer.data;
+              idx_t end_idx IF_LINT (= 0);
+              if (end_in_extra_buffer)
+                end_idx = end - extra_buf;
+              size_t len = strlen (end);
+              if (INT_ADD_OVERFLOW (len, n))
+                xalloc_die ();
+              while (extra_buffer.length <= len + n)
+                {
+                  if (!scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (&extra_buffer))
+                    xalloc_die ();
+                  extra_buf = extra_buffer.data;
+                }
+              if (end_in_extra_buffer)
+                end = extra_buf + end_idx;
+
+              /* Careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */
+              memmove (&extra_buf[n], end, len + 1);
+              name = end = memcpy (extra_buf, buf, n);
+              end_in_extra_buffer = true;
+
+              if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (buf))
+                {
+                  idx_t pfxlen = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (buf);
+
+                  dest = mempcpy (rname, buf, pfxlen);
+                  *dest++ = '/'; /* It's an absolute symlink */
+                  if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
+                    {
+                      if (ISSLASH (buf[1]) && !ISSLASH (buf[2]) && !pfxlen)
+                        *dest++ = '/';
+                      *dest = '\0';
+                    }
+                  /* Install the new prefix to be in effect hereafter.  */
+                  prefix_len = pfxlen;
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  /* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root
+                     already: */
+                  if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
+                    for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
+                      continue;
+                  if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1
+                      && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]) && !prefix_len)
+                    dest++;
+                }
+            }
+          else if (! (can_exist == CAN_MISSING
+                      || (suffix_requires_dir_check (end)
+                          ? dir_check (rname, dest)
+                          : !logical
+                          ? errno == EINVAL
+                          : *end || file_accessible (rname))
+                      || (can_exist == CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST
+                          && errno == ENOENT
+                          && !end[strspn (end, SLASHES)])))
+            goto error;
+        }
+    }
+  if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1 && ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
+    --dest;
+  if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
+      && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
+    dest++;
+  failed = false;
+
+error:
+  if (ht)
+    hash_free (ht);
+  scratch_buffer_free (&extra_buffer);
+  scratch_buffer_free (&link_buffer);
+
+  if (failed)
+    {
+      scratch_buffer_free (rname_buf);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  *dest++ = '\0';
+  char *result = scratch_buffer_dupfree (rname_buf, dest - rname);
+  if (!result)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME, while treating
+   missing elements according to CAN_MODE.  A canonical name
+   does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name
+   separators ('/') or, depending on other CAN_MODE flags, symlinks.
+   Whether components must exist or not depends on canonicalize mode.
+   The result is malloc'd.  */
+
+char *
+canonicalize_filename_mode (const char *name, canonicalize_mode_t can_mode)
+{
+  #ifdef GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
+   #warning "GCC might issue a bogus -Wreturn-local-addr warning here."
+   #warning "See <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644>."
+  #endif
+  struct scratch_buffer rname_buffer;
+  return canonicalize_filename_mode_stk (name, can_mode, &rname_buffer);
+}
diff --git a/lib/canonicalize.h b/lib/canonicalize.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..817da1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/canonicalize.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef CANONICALIZE_H_
+# define CANONICALIZE_H_
+
+#include <stdlib.h> /* for canonicalize_file_name */
+
+#define CAN_MODE_MASK (CAN_EXISTING | CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST | CAN_MISSING)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+enum canonicalize_mode_t
+  {
+    /* All components must exist.  */
+    CAN_EXISTING = 0,
+
+    /* All components excluding last one must exist.  */
+    CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST = 1,
+
+    /* No requirements on components existence.  */
+    CAN_MISSING = 2,
+
+    /* Don't expand symlinks.  */
+    CAN_NOLINKS = 4
+  };
+typedef enum canonicalize_mode_t canonicalize_mode_t;
+
+/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME, while treating
+   missing elements according to CAN_MODE.  A canonical name
+   does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated file name
+   separators ('/') or, depending on other CAN_MODE flags, symlinks.
+   Whether components must exist or not depends on canonicalize mode.
+   The result is malloc'd.
+   Upon failure, return NULL with errno set.  */
+char *canonicalize_filename_mode (const char *, canonicalize_mode_t)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !CANONICALIZE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/careadlinkat.c b/lib/careadlinkat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ddc35f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/careadlinkat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/* Read symbolic links into a buffer without size limitation, relative to fd.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "careadlinkat.h"
+
+#include "idx.h"
+#include "minmax.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Define this independently so that stdint.h is not a prerequisite.  */
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
+#endif
+
+#include "allocator.h"
+
+enum { STACK_BUF_SIZE = 1024 };
+
+/* Act like careadlinkat (see below), with an additional argument
+   STACK_BUF that can be used as temporary storage.
+
+   If GCC_LINT is defined, do not inline this function with GCC 10.1
+   and later, to avoid creating a pointer to the stack that GCC
+   -Wreturn-local-addr incorrectly complains about.  See:
+   https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644
+   Although the noinline attribute can hurt performance a bit, no better way
+   to pacify GCC is known; even an explicit #pragma does not pacify GCC.
+   When the GCC bug is fixed this workaround should be limited to the
+   broken GCC versions.  */
+#if _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (10, 1)
+# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+__attribute__ ((__noinline__))
+# elif __OPTIMIZE__ && !__NO_INLINE__
+#  define GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
+# endif
+#endif
+static char *
+readlink_stk (int fd, char const *filename,
+              char *buffer, size_t buffer_size,
+              struct allocator const *alloc,
+              ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *, char *, size_t),
+              char stack_buf[STACK_BUF_SIZE])
+{
+  if (! alloc)
+    alloc = &stdlib_allocator;
+
+  if (!buffer)
+    {
+      buffer = stack_buf;
+      buffer_size = STACK_BUF_SIZE;
+    }
+
+  char *buf = buffer;
+  idx_t buf_size_max = MIN (IDX_MAX, MIN (SSIZE_MAX, SIZE_MAX));
+  idx_t buf_size = MIN (buffer_size, buf_size_max);
+
+  while (buf)
+    {
+      /* Attempt to read the link into the current buffer.  */
+      idx_t link_length = preadlinkat (fd, filename, buf, buf_size);
+      if (link_length < 0)
+        {
+          if (buf != buffer)
+            {
+              int readlinkat_errno = errno;
+              alloc->free (buf);
+              errno = readlinkat_errno;
+            }
+          return NULL;
+        }
+
+      idx_t link_size = link_length;
+
+      if (link_size < buf_size)
+        {
+          buf[link_size++] = '\0';
+
+          if (buf == stack_buf)
+            {
+              char *b = alloc->allocate (link_size);
+              buf_size = link_size;
+              if (! b)
+                break;
+              return memcpy (b, buf, link_size);
+            }
+
+          if (link_size < buf_size && buf != buffer && alloc->reallocate)
+            {
+              /* Shrink BUF before returning it.  */
+              char *b = alloc->reallocate (buf, link_size);
+              if (b)
+                return b;
+            }
+
+          return buf;
+        }
+
+      if (buf != buffer)
+        alloc->free (buf);
+
+      if (buf_size_max / 2 <= buf_size)
+        {
+          errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+
+      buf_size = 2 * buf_size + 1;
+      buf = alloc->allocate (buf_size);
+    }
+
+  if (alloc->die)
+    alloc->die (buf_size);
+  errno = ENOMEM;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* Assuming the current directory is FD, get the symbolic link value
+   of FILENAME as a null-terminated string and put it into a buffer.
+   If FD is AT_FDCWD, FILENAME is interpreted relative to the current
+   working directory, as in openat.
+
+   If the link is small enough to fit into BUFFER put it there.
+   BUFFER's size is BUFFER_SIZE, and BUFFER can be null
+   if BUFFER_SIZE is zero.
+
+   If the link is not small, put it into a dynamically allocated
+   buffer managed by ALLOC.  It is the caller's responsibility to free
+   the returned value if it is nonnull and is not BUFFER.  A null
+   ALLOC stands for the standard allocator.
+
+   The PREADLINKAT function specifies how to read links.  It operates
+   like POSIX readlinkat()
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>
+   but can assume that its first argument is the same as FD.
+
+   If successful, return the buffer address; otherwise return NULL and
+   set errno.  */
+
+char *
+careadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename,
+              char *buffer, size_t buffer_size,
+              struct allocator const *alloc,
+              ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *, char *, size_t))
+{
+  /* Allocate the initial buffer on the stack.  This way, in the
+     common case of a symlink of small size, we get away with a
+     single small malloc instead of a big malloc followed by a
+     shrinking realloc.  */
+  #ifdef GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
+   #warning "GCC might issue a bogus -Wreturn-local-addr warning here."
+   #warning "See <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644>."
+  #endif
+  char stack_buf[STACK_BUF_SIZE];
+  return readlink_stk (fd, filename, buffer, buffer_size, alloc,
+                       preadlinkat, stack_buf);
+}
diff --git a/lib/careadlinkat.h b/lib/careadlinkat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b559b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/careadlinkat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Read symbolic links into a buffer without size limitation, relative to fd.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H
+#define _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+struct allocator;
+
+/* Assuming the current directory is FD, get the symbolic link value
+   of FILENAME as a null-terminated string and put it into a buffer.
+   If FD is AT_FDCWD, FILENAME is interpreted relative to the current
+   working directory, as in openat.
+
+   If the link is small enough to fit into BUFFER put it there.
+   BUFFER's size is BUFFER_SIZE, and BUFFER can be null
+   if BUFFER_SIZE is zero.
+
+   If the link is not small, put it into a dynamically allocated
+   buffer managed by ALLOC.  It is the caller's responsibility to free
+   the returned value if it is nonnull and is not BUFFER.
+
+   The PREADLINKAT function specifies how to read links.  It operates
+   like POSIX readlinkat()
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>
+   but can assume that its first argument is the same as FD.
+
+   If successful, return the buffer address; otherwise return NULL and
+   set errno.  */
+
+char *careadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename,
+                    char *restrict buffer, size_t buffer_size,
+                    struct allocator const *alloc,
+                    ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *,
+                                            char *, size_t));
+
+/* Suitable value for careadlinkat's FD argument.  */
+#if HAVE_READLINKAT
+/* AT_FDCWD is declared in <fcntl.h>.  */
+#else
+/* Define AT_FDCWD independently, so that the careadlinkat module does
+   not depend on the fcntl-h module.  We might as well use the same value
+   as fcntl-h.  */
+# ifndef AT_FDCWD
+#  define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H */
diff --git a/lib/cdefs.h b/lib/cdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb25145
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/cdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright The GNU Toolchain Authors.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef	_SYS_CDEFS_H
+#define	_SYS_CDEFS_H	1
+
+/* We are almost always included from features.h. */
+#ifndef _FEATURES_H
+# include <features.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The GNU libc does not support any K&R compilers or the traditional mode
+   of ISO C compilers anymore.  Check for some of the combinations not
+   supported anymore.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STDC__
+# error "You need a ISO C conforming compiler to use the glibc headers"
+#endif
+
+/* Some user header file might have defined this before.  */
+#undef	__P
+#undef	__PMT
+
+/* Compilers that lack __has_attribute may object to
+       #if defined __has_attribute && __has_attribute (...)
+   even though they do not need to evaluate the right-hand side of the &&.
+   Similarly for __has_builtin, etc.  */
+#if (defined __has_attribute \
+     && (!defined __clang_minor__ \
+         || (defined __apple_build_version__ \
+             ? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
+             : 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
+# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) __has_attribute (attr)
+#else
+# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) 0
+#endif
+#ifdef __has_builtin
+# define __glibc_has_builtin(name) __has_builtin (name)
+#else
+# define __glibc_has_builtin(name) 0
+#endif
+#ifdef __has_extension
+# define __glibc_has_extension(ext) __has_extension (ext)
+#else
+# define __glibc_has_extension(ext) 0
+#endif
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+
+/* All functions, except those with callbacks or those that
+   synchronize memory, are leaf functions.  */
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) && !defined _LIBC
+#  define __LEAF , __leaf__
+#  define __LEAF_ATTR __attribute__ ((__leaf__))
+# else
+#  define __LEAF
+#  define __LEAF_ATTR
+# endif
+
+/* GCC can always grok prototypes.  For C++ programs we add throw()
+   to help it optimize the function calls.  But this only works with
+   gcc 2.8.x and egcs.  For gcc 3.4 and up we even mark C functions
+   as non-throwing using a function attribute since programs can use
+   the -fexceptions options for C code as well.  */
+# if !defined __cplusplus \
+     && (__GNUC_PREREQ (3, 4) || __glibc_has_attribute (__nothrow__))
+#  define __THROW	__attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF))
+#  define __THROWNL	__attribute__ ((__nothrow__))
+#  define __NTH(fct)	__attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF)) fct
+#  define __NTHNL(fct)  __attribute__ ((__nothrow__)) fct
+# else
+#  if defined __cplusplus && (__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __clang_major >= 4)
+#   if __cplusplus >= 201103L
+#    define __THROW	noexcept (true)
+#   else
+#    define __THROW	throw ()
+#   endif
+#   define __THROWNL	__THROW
+#   define __NTH(fct)	__LEAF_ATTR fct __THROW
+#   define __NTHNL(fct) fct __THROW
+#  else
+#   define __THROW
+#   define __THROWNL
+#   define __NTH(fct)	fct
+#   define __NTHNL(fct) fct
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#else	/* Not GCC or clang.  */
+
+# if (defined __cplusplus						\
+      || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
+#  define __inline	inline
+# else
+#  define __inline		/* No inline functions.  */
+# endif
+
+# define __THROW
+# define __THROWNL
+# define __NTH(fct)	fct
+
+#endif	/* GCC || clang.  */
+
+/* These two macros are not used in glibc anymore.  They are kept here
+   only because some other projects expect the macros to be defined.  */
+#define __P(args)	args
+#define __PMT(args)	args
+
+/* For these things, GCC behaves the ANSI way normally,
+   and the non-ANSI way under -traditional.  */
+
+#define __CONCAT(x,y)	x ## y
+#define __STRING(x)	#x
+
+/* This is not a typedef so `const __ptr_t' does the right thing.  */
+#define __ptr_t void *
+
+
+/* C++ needs to know that types and declarations are C, not C++.  */
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+# define __BEGIN_DECLS	extern "C" {
+# define __END_DECLS	}
+#else
+# define __BEGIN_DECLS
+# define __END_DECLS
+#endif
+
+
+/* Fortify support.  */
+#define __bos(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1)
+#define __bos0(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, 0)
+
+/* Use __builtin_dynamic_object_size at _FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 when available.  */
+#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3 && (__glibc_clang_prereq (9, 0)		      \
+				 || __GNUC_PREREQ (12, 0))
+# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 0)
+# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 1)
+#else
+# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __bos0 (__o)
+# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __bos (__o)
+#endif
+
+/* Compile time conditions to choose between the regular, _chk and _chk_warn
+   variants.  These conditions should get evaluated to constant and optimized
+   away.  */
+
+#define __glibc_safe_len_cond(__l, __s, __osz) ((__l) <= (__osz) / (__s))
+#define __glibc_unsigned_or_positive(__l) \
+  ((__typeof (__l)) 0 < (__typeof (__l)) -1				      \
+   || (__builtin_constant_p (__l) && (__l) > 0))
+
+/* Length is known to be safe at compile time if the __L * __S <= __OBJSZ
+   condition can be folded to a constant and if it is true.  The -1 check is
+   redundant because since it implies that __glibc_safe_len_cond is true.  */
+#define __glibc_safe_or_unknown_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
+  (__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l)					      \
+   && __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l),     \
+						   __s, __osz))		      \
+   && __glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), __s, __osz))
+
+/* Conversely, we know at compile time that the length is unsafe if the
+   __L * __S <= __OBJSZ condition can be folded to a constant and if it is
+   false.  */
+#define __glibc_unsafe_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
+  (__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l)					      \
+   && __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l),     \
+						   __s, __osz))		      \
+   && !__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), __s, __osz))
+
+/* Fortify function f.  __f_alias, __f_chk and __f_chk_warn must be
+   declared.  */
+
+#define __glibc_fortify(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
+  (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz)			      \
+   ? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__)					      \
+   : (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz)				      \
+      ? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, __osz)			      \
+      : __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, __osz)))			      \
+
+/* Fortify function f, where object size argument passed to f is the number of
+   elements and not total size.  */
+
+#define __glibc_fortify_n(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
+  (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz)			      \
+   ? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__)					      \
+   : (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz)				      \
+      ? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s))		      \
+      : __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s))))		      \
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
+# define __warnattr(msg) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
+# define __errordecl(name, msg) \
+  extern void name (void) __attribute__((__error__ (msg)))
+#else
+# define __warnattr(msg)
+# define __errordecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
+#endif
+
+/* Support for flexible arrays.
+   Headers that should use flexible arrays only if they're "real"
+   (e.g. only if they won't affect sizeof()) should test
+   #if __glibc_c99_flexarr_available.  */
+#if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __HP_cc
+# define __flexarr	[]
+# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
+#elif __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97) || defined __clang__
+/* GCC 2.97 and clang support C99 flexible array members as an extension,
+   even when in C89 mode or compiling C++ (any version).  */
+# define __flexarr	[]
+# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
+#elif defined __GNUC__
+/* Pre-2.97 GCC did not support C99 flexible arrays but did have
+   an equivalent extension with slightly different notation.  */
+# define __flexarr	[0]
+# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
+#else
+/* Some other non-C99 compiler.  Approximate with [1].  */
+# define __flexarr	[1]
+# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* __asm__ ("xyz") is used throughout the headers to rename functions
+   at the assembly language level.  This is wrapped by the __REDIRECT
+   macro, in order to support compilers that can do this some other
+   way.  When compilers don't support asm-names at all, we have to do
+   preprocessor tricks instead (which don't have exactly the right
+   semantics, but it's the best we can do).
+
+   Example:
+   int __REDIRECT(setpgrp, (__pid_t pid, __pid_t pgrp), setpgid); */
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+
+# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
+     name proto __THROW __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
+     name proto __THROWNL __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
+# else
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
+     name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROW
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
+     name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROWNL
+# endif
+# define __ASMNAME(cname)  __ASMNAME2 (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, cname)
+# define __ASMNAME2(prefix, cname) __STRING (prefix) cname
+
+/*
+#elif __SOME_OTHER_COMPILER__
+
+# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto; \
+	_Pragma("let " #name " = " #alias)
+*/
+#endif
+
+/* GCC and clang have various useful declarations that can be made with
+   the '__attribute__' syntax.  All of the ways we use this do fine if
+   they are omitted for compilers that don't understand it.  */
+#if !(defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__)
+# define __attribute__(xyz)	/* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `malloc' attribute
+   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
+   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96) || __glibc_has_attribute (__malloc__)
+# define __attribute_malloc__ __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_malloc__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler which arguments to an allocation function
+   indicate the size of the allocation.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
+# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) \
+  __attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ params))
+#else
+# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) /* Ignore.  */
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler which argument to an allocation function
+   indicates the alignment of the allocation.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) || __glibc_has_attribute (__alloc_align__)
+# define __attribute_alloc_align__(param) \
+  __attribute__ ((__alloc_align__ param))
+#else
+# define __attribute_alloc_align__(param) /* Ignore.  */
+#endif
+
+/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `pure' attribute
+   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
+   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96) || __glibc_has_attribute (__pure__)
+# define __attribute_pure__ __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_pure__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* This declaration tells the compiler that the value is constant.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,5) || __glibc_has_attribute (__const__)
+# define __attribute_const__ __attribute__ ((__const__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_const__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,7) || __glibc_has_attribute (__unused__)
+# define __attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_maybe_unused__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* At some point during the gcc 3.1 development the `used' attribute
+   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
+   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) || __glibc_has_attribute (__used__)
+# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__used__))
+# define __attribute_noinline__ __attribute__ ((__noinline__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# define __attribute_noinline__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* Since version 3.2, gcc allows marking deprecated functions.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2) || __glibc_has_attribute (__deprecated__)
+# define __attribute_deprecated__ __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_deprecated__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* Since version 4.5, gcc also allows one to specify the message printed
+   when a deprecated function is used.  clang claims to be gcc 4.2, but
+   may also support this feature.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,5) \
+    || __glibc_has_extension (__attribute_deprecated_with_message__)
+# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) \
+	 __attribute__ ((__deprecated__ (msg)))
+#else
+# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) __attribute_deprecated__
+#endif
+
+/* At some point during the gcc 2.8 development the `format_arg' attribute
+   for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it unconditionally
+   (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.
+   If several `format_arg' attributes are given for the same function, in
+   gcc-3.0 and older, all but the last one are ignored.  In newer gccs,
+   all designated arguments are considered.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __glibc_has_attribute (__format_arg__)
+# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (x)))
+#else
+# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* At some point during the gcc 2.97 development the `strfmon' format
+   attribute for functions was introduced.  We don't want to use it
+   unconditionally (although this would be possible) since it
+   generates warnings.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97) || __glibc_has_attribute (__format__)
+# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) \
+  __attribute__ ((__format__ (__strfmon__, a, b)))
+#else
+# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* The nonnull function attribute marks pointer parameters that
+   must not be NULL.  This has the name __nonnull in glibc,
+   and __attribute_nonnull__ in files shared with Gnulib to avoid
+   collision with a different __nonnull in DragonFlyBSD 5.9.  */
+#ifndef __attribute_nonnull__
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,3) || __glibc_has_attribute (__nonnull__)
+#  define __attribute_nonnull__(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define __attribute_nonnull__(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef __nonnull
+# define __nonnull(params) __attribute_nonnull__ (params)
+#endif
+
+/* The returns_nonnull function attribute marks the return type of the function
+   as always being non-null.  */
+#ifndef __returns_nonnull
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) || __glibc_has_attribute (__returns_nonnull__)
+# define __returns_nonnull __attribute__ ((__returns_nonnull__))
+# else
+# define __returns_nonnull
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If fortification mode, we warn about unused results of certain
+   function calls which can lead to problems.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4) || __glibc_has_attribute (__warn_unused_result__)
+# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
+   __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+# if defined __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL && __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0
+#  define __wur __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+# endif
+#else
+# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
+#endif
+#ifndef __wur
+# define __wur /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* Forces a function to be always inlined.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2) || __glibc_has_attribute (__always_inline__)
+/* The Linux kernel defines __always_inline in stddef.h (283d7573), and
+   it conflicts with this definition.  Therefore undefine it first to
+   allow either header to be included first.  */
+# undef __always_inline
+# define __always_inline __inline __attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
+#else
+# undef __always_inline
+# define __always_inline __inline
+#endif
+
+/* Associate error messages with the source location of the call site rather
+   than with the source location inside the function.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) || __glibc_has_attribute (__artificial__)
+# define __attribute_artificial__ __attribute__ ((__artificial__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_artificial__ /* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
+   inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used.  Using __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+   or __GNUC_GNU_INLINE is not a good enough check for gcc because gcc versions
+   older than 4.3 may define these macros and still not guarantee GNU inlining
+   semantics.
+
+   clang++ identifies itself as gcc-4.2, but has support for GNU inlining
+   semantics, that can be checked for by using the __GNUC_STDC_INLINE_ and
+   __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ macro definitions.  */
+#if (!defined __cplusplus || __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) \
+     || (defined __clang__ && (defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
+			       || defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__)))
+# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ || defined __cplusplus
+#  define __extern_inline extern __inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+#  define __extern_always_inline \
+  extern __always_inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+# else
+#  define __extern_inline extern __inline
+#  define __extern_always_inline extern __always_inline
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __extern_always_inline
+# define __fortify_function __extern_always_inline __attribute_artificial__
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 4.3 and above allow passing all anonymous arguments of an
+   __extern_always_inline function to some other vararg function.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
+# define __va_arg_pack() __builtin_va_arg_pack ()
+# define __va_arg_pack_len() __builtin_va_arg_pack_len ()
+#endif
+
+/* It is possible to compile containing GCC extensions even if GCC is
+   run in pedantic mode if the uses are carefully marked using the
+   `__extension__' keyword.  But this is not generally available before
+   version 2.8.  */
+#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || defined __clang__)
+# define __extension__		/* Ignore */
+#endif
+
+/* __restrict is known in EGCS 1.2 and above, and in clang.
+   It works also in C++ mode (outside of arrays), but only when spelled
+   as '__restrict', not 'restrict'.  */
+#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (2,92) || __clang_major__ >= 3)
+# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+#  define __restrict	restrict
+# else
+#  define __restrict	/* Ignore */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* ISO C99 also allows to declare arrays as non-overlapping.  The syntax is
+     array_name[restrict]
+   GCC 3.1 and clang support this.
+   This syntax is not usable in C++ mode.  */
+#if (__GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) || __clang_major__ >= 3) && !defined __cplusplus
+# define __restrict_arr	__restrict
+#else
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+#  define __restrict_arr	/* Not supported in old GCC.  */
+# else
+#  if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+#   define __restrict_arr	restrict
+#  else
+/* Some other non-C99 compiler.  */
+#   define __restrict_arr	/* Not supported.  */
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || __glibc_has_builtin (__builtin_expect)
+# define __glibc_unlikely(cond)	__builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
+# define __glibc_likely(cond)	__builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
+#else
+# define __glibc_unlikely(cond)	(cond)
+# define __glibc_likely(cond)	(cond)
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined _Noreturn \
+     && (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
+     &&  !(__GNUC_PREREQ (4,7) \
+           || (3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
+#  define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# else
+#  define _Noreturn
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (8, 0)
+/* Describes a char array whose address can safely be passed as the first
+   argument to strncpy and strncat, as the char array is not necessarily
+   a NUL-terminated string.  */
+# define __attribute_nonstring__ __attribute__ ((__nonstring__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_nonstring__
+#endif
+
+/* Undefine (also defined in libc-symbols.h).  */
+#undef __attribute_copy__
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (9, 0)
+/* Copies attributes from the declaration or type referenced by
+   the argument.  */
+# define __attribute_copy__(arg) __attribute__ ((__copy__ (arg)))
+#else
+# define __attribute_copy__(arg)
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined _Static_assert && !defined __cplusplus \
+     && (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
+     && (!(__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) || __clang_major__ >= 4) \
+         || defined __STRICT_ANSI__))
+# define _Static_assert(expr, diagnostic) \
+    extern int (*__Static_assert_function (void)) \
+      [!!sizeof (struct { int __error_if_negative: (expr) ? 2 : -1; })]
+#endif
+
+/* Gnulib avoids including these, as they don't work on non-glibc or
+   older glibc platforms.  */
+#ifndef __GNULIB_CDEFS
+# include <bits/wordsize.h>
+# include <bits/long-double.h>
+#endif
+
+#if __LDOUBLE_REDIRECTS_TO_FLOAT128_ABI == 1
+# ifdef __REDIRECT
+
+/* Alias name defined automatically.  */
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) ... unused__ldbl_redir
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
+  extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__" #name "ieee128"));
+
+/* Alias name defined automatically, with leading underscores.  */
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name) \
+  extern __typeof (__##name) __##name \
+    __asm (__ASMNAME ("__" #name "ieee128"));
+
+/* Alias name defined manually.  */
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) ... unused__ldbl_redir1
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
+  extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
+
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
+  __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
+  __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __##alias##ieee128)
+
+/* Unused.  */
+#  define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) ... unused__redirect_ldbl
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) ... unused__ldbl_redir_nth
+
+# else
+_Static_assert (0, "IEEE 128-bits long double requires redirection on this platform");
+# endif
+#elif defined __LONG_DOUBLE_MATH_OPTIONAL && defined __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
+# define __LDBL_COMPAT 1
+# ifdef __REDIRECT
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) \
+  __LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) \
+  __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name) \
+  extern __typeof (__##name) __##name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl___" #name));
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
+  extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
+#  define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
+  extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl_" #name));
+#  define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
+  __LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
+  __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
+# endif
+#endif
+#if (!defined __LDBL_COMPAT && __LDOUBLE_REDIRECTS_TO_FLOAT128_ABI == 0) \
+    || !defined __REDIRECT
+# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) name proto
+# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) name proto
+# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) name proto __THROW
+# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) name proto __THROW
+# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name)
+# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name)
+# ifdef __REDIRECT
+#  define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
+#  define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
+  __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* __glibc_macro_warning (MESSAGE) issues warning MESSAGE.  This is
+   intended for use in preprocessor macros.
+
+   Note: MESSAGE must be a _single_ string; concatenation of string
+   literals is not supported.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,8) || __glibc_clang_prereq (3,5)
+# define __glibc_macro_warning1(message) _Pragma (#message)
+# define __glibc_macro_warning(message) \
+  __glibc_macro_warning1 (GCC warning message)
+#else
+# define __glibc_macro_warning(msg)
+#endif
+
+/* Generic selection (ISO C11) is a C-only feature, available in GCC
+   since version 4.9.  Previous versions do not provide generic
+   selection, even though they might set __STDC_VERSION__ to 201112L,
+   when in -std=c11 mode.  Thus, we must check for !defined __GNUC__
+   when testing __STDC_VERSION__ for generic selection support.
+   On the other hand, Clang also defines __GNUC__, so a clang-specific
+   check is required to enable the use of generic selection.  */
+#if !defined __cplusplus \
+    && (__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) \
+	|| __glibc_has_extension (c_generic_selections) \
+	|| (!defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC_VERSION__ \
+	    && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L))
+# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 1
+#else
+# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 0
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (10, 0)
+/* Designates a 1-based positional argument ref-index of pointer type
+   that can be used to access size-index elements of the pointed-to
+   array according to access mode, or at least one element when
+   size-index is not provided:
+     access (access-mode, <ref-index> [, <size-index>])  */
+#  define __attr_access(x) __attribute__ ((__access__ x))
+/* For _FORTIFY_SOURCE == 3 we use __builtin_dynamic_object_size, which may
+   use the access attribute to get object sizes from function definition
+   arguments, so we can't use them on functions we fortify.  Drop the object
+   size hints for such functions.  */
+#  if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3
+#    define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s) __attribute__ ((__access__ (a, o)))
+#  else
+#    define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s) __attr_access ((a, o, s))
+#  endif
+#  if __GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
+#    define __attr_access_none(argno) __attribute__ ((__access__ (__none__, argno)))
+#  else
+#    define __attr_access_none(argno)
+#  endif
+#else
+#  define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s)
+#  define __attr_access(x)
+#  define __attr_access_none(argno)
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
+/* Designates dealloc as a function to call to deallocate objects
+   allocated by the declared function.  */
+# define __attr_dealloc(dealloc, argno) \
+    __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (dealloc, argno)))
+# define __attr_dealloc_free __attr_dealloc (__builtin_free, 1)
+#else
+# define __attr_dealloc(dealloc, argno)
+# define __attr_dealloc_free
+#endif
+
+/* Specify that a function such as setjmp or vfork may return
+   twice.  */
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 1)
+# define __attribute_returns_twice__ __attribute__ ((__returns_twice__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_returns_twice__ /* Ignore.  */
+#endif
+
+#endif	 /* sys/cdefs.h */
diff --git a/lib/chdir-long.c b/lib/chdir-long.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4efb20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/chdir-long.c
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "chdir-long.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "assure.h"
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# error "compile this file only if your system defines PATH_MAX"
+#endif
+
+/* The results of openat() in this file are not leaked to any
+   single-threaded code that could use stdio.
+   FIXME - if the kernel ever adds support for multi-thread safety for
+   avoiding standard fds, then we should use openat_safer.  */
+
+struct cd_buf
+{
+  int fd;
+};
+
+static void
+cdb_init (struct cd_buf *cdb)
+{
+  cdb->fd = AT_FDCWD;
+}
+
+static int
+cdb_fchdir (struct cd_buf const *cdb)
+{
+  return fchdir (cdb->fd);
+}
+
+static void
+cdb_free (struct cd_buf const *cdb)
+{
+  if (0 <= cdb->fd)
+    {
+      bool close_fail = close (cdb->fd);
+      assure (! close_fail);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Given a file descriptor of an open directory (or AT_FDCWD), CDB->fd,
+   try to open the CDB->fd-relative directory, DIR.  If the open succeeds,
+   update CDB->fd with the resulting descriptor, close the incoming file
+   descriptor, and return zero.  Upon failure, return -1 and set errno.  */
+static int
+cdb_advance_fd (struct cd_buf *cdb, char const *dir)
+{
+  int new_fd = openat (cdb->fd, dir,
+                       O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK);
+  if (new_fd < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  cdb_free (cdb);
+  cdb->fd = new_fd;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the first non-slash in S.  */
+static char * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+find_non_slash (char const *s)
+{
+  size_t n_slash = strspn (s, "/");
+  return (char *) s + n_slash;
+}
+
+/* This is a function much like chdir, but without the PATH_MAX limitation
+   on the length of the directory name.  A significant difference is that
+   it must be able to modify (albeit only temporarily) the directory
+   name.  It handles an arbitrarily long directory name by operating
+   on manageable portions of the name.  On systems without the openat
+   syscall, this means changing the working directory to more and more
+   "distant" points along the long directory name and then restoring
+   the working directory.  If any of those attempts to save or restore
+   the working directory fails, this function exits nonzero.
+
+   Note that this function may still fail with errno == ENAMETOOLONG, but
+   only if the specified directory name contains a component that is long
+   enough to provoke such a failure all by itself (e.g. if the component
+   has length PATH_MAX or greater on systems that define PATH_MAX).  */
+
+int
+chdir_long (char *dir)
+{
+  int e = chdir (dir);
+  if (e == 0 || errno != ENAMETOOLONG)
+    return e;
+
+  {
+    size_t len = strlen (dir);
+    char *dir_end = dir + len;
+    struct cd_buf cdb;
+    size_t n_leading_slash;
+
+    cdb_init (&cdb);
+
+    /* If DIR is the empty string, then the chdir above
+       must have failed and set errno to ENOENT.  */
+    assure (0 < len);
+    assure (PATH_MAX <= len);
+
+    /* Count leading slashes.  */
+    n_leading_slash = strspn (dir, "/");
+
+    /* Handle any leading slashes as well as any name that matches
+       the regular expression, m!^//hostname[/]*! .  Handling this
+       prefix separately usually results in a single additional
+       cdb_advance_fd call, but it's worthwhile, since it makes the
+       code in the following loop cleaner.  */
+    if (n_leading_slash == 2)
+      {
+        int err;
+        /* Find next slash.
+           We already know that dir[2] is neither a slash nor '\0'.  */
+        char *slash = memchr (dir + 3, '/', dir_end - (dir + 3));
+        if (slash == NULL)
+          {
+            errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+            return -1;
+          }
+        *slash = '\0';
+        err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir);
+        *slash = '/';
+        if (err != 0)
+          goto Fail;
+        dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1);
+      }
+    else if (n_leading_slash)
+      {
+        if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, "/") != 0)
+          goto Fail;
+        dir += n_leading_slash;
+      }
+
+    assure (*dir != '/');
+    assure (dir <= dir_end);
+
+    while (PATH_MAX <= dir_end - dir)
+      {
+        int err;
+        /* Find a slash that is PATH_MAX or fewer bytes away from dir.
+           I.e. see if there is a slash that will give us a name of
+           length PATH_MAX-1 or less.  */
+        char *slash = memrchr (dir, '/', PATH_MAX);
+        if (slash == NULL)
+          {
+            errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+            return -1;
+          }
+
+        *slash = '\0';
+        assure (slash - dir < PATH_MAX);
+        err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir);
+        *slash = '/';
+        if (err != 0)
+          goto Fail;
+
+        dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1);
+      }
+
+    if (dir < dir_end)
+      {
+        if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir) != 0)
+          goto Fail;
+      }
+
+    if (cdb_fchdir (&cdb) != 0)
+      goto Fail;
+
+    cdb_free (&cdb);
+    return 0;
+
+   Fail:
+    {
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+      cdb_free (&cdb);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#if TEST_CHDIR
+
+# include "closeout.h"
+# include "error.h"
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  char *line = NULL;
+  size_t n = 0;
+  int len;
+
+  atexit (close_stdout);
+
+  len = getline (&line, &n, stdin);
+  if (len < 0)
+    {
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+      if (feof (stdin))
+        exit (0);
+
+      error (EXIT_FAILURE, saved_errno,
+             "reading standard input");
+    }
+  else if (len == 0)
+    exit (0);
+
+  if (line[len-1] == '\n')
+    line[len-1] = '\0';
+
+  if (chdir_long (line) != 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno,
+           "chdir_long failed: %s", line);
+
+  if (argc <= 1)
+    {
+      /* Using 'pwd' here makes sense only if it is a robust implementation,
+         like the one in coreutils after the 2004-04-19 changes.  */
+      char const *cmd = "pwd";
+      execlp (cmd, (char *) NULL);
+      error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "%s", cmd);
+    }
+
+  fclose (stdin);
+  fclose (stderr);
+
+  exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+compile-command: "gcc -DTEST_CHDIR=1 -g -O -W -Wall chdir-long.c libcoreutils.a"
+End:
+*/
diff --git a/lib/chdir-long.h b/lib/chdir-long.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a7298
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/chdir-long.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "pathmax.h"
+
+/* On systems without PATH_MAX, presume that chdir accepts
+   arbitrarily long directory names.  */
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define chdir_long(Dir) chdir (Dir)
+#else
+int chdir_long (char *dir);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/chmodat.c b/lib/chmodat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68fcc13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/chmodat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Change access permissions of a file at a directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define CHMODAT_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "openat.h"
diff --git a/lib/chown.c b/lib/chown.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..705ca85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/chown.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* provide consistent interface to chown for systems that don't interpret
+   an ID of -1 as meaning "don't change the corresponding ID".
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2004-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_CHOWN
+
+/* Simple stub that always fails with ENOSYS, for mingw.  */
+int
+chown (_GL_UNUSED const char *file, _GL_UNUSED uid_t uid,
+       _GL_UNUSED gid_t gid)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_CHOWN */
+
+/* Below we refer to the system's chown().  */
+# undef chown
+
+/* Provide a more-closely POSIX-conforming version of chown on
+   systems with one or both of the following problems:
+   - chown doesn't treat an ID of -1 as meaning
+   "don't change the corresponding ID".
+   - chown doesn't dereference symlinks.  */
+
+int
+rpl_chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+{
+  struct stat st;
+  bool stat_valid = false;
+  int result;
+
+# if CHOWN_CHANGE_TIME_BUG
+  if (gid != (gid_t) -1 || uid != (uid_t) -1)
+    {
+      if (stat (file, &st))
+        return -1;
+      stat_valid = true;
+    }
+# endif
+
+# if CHOWN_FAILS_TO_HONOR_ID_OF_NEGATIVE_ONE
+  if (gid == (gid_t) -1 || uid == (uid_t) -1)
+    {
+      /* Stat file to get id(s) that should remain unchanged.  */
+      if (!stat_valid && stat (file, &st))
+        return -1;
+      if (gid == (gid_t) -1)
+        gid = st.st_gid;
+      if (uid == (uid_t) -1)
+        uid = st.st_uid;
+    }
+# endif
+
+# if CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK
+  {
+    /* Handle the case in which the system-supplied chown function
+       does *not* follow symlinks.  Instead, it changes permissions
+       on the symlink itself.  To work around that, we open the
+       file (but this can fail due to lack of read or write permission) and
+       use fchown on the resulting descriptor.  */
+    int open_flags = O_NONBLOCK | O_NOCTTY | O_CLOEXEC;
+    int fd = open (file, O_RDONLY | open_flags);
+    if (0 <= fd
+        || (errno == EACCES
+            && 0 <= (fd = open (file, O_WRONLY | open_flags))))
+      {
+        int saved_errno;
+        bool fchown_socket_failure;
+
+        result = fchown (fd, uid, gid);
+        saved_errno = errno;
+
+        /* POSIX says fchown can fail with errno == EINVAL on sockets
+           and pipes, so fall back on chown in that case.  */
+        fchown_socket_failure =
+          (result != 0 && saved_errno == EINVAL
+           && fstat (fd, &st) == 0
+           && (S_ISFIFO (st.st_mode) || S_ISSOCK (st.st_mode)));
+
+        close (fd);
+
+        if (! fchown_socket_failure)
+          {
+            errno = saved_errno;
+            return result;
+          }
+      }
+    else if (errno != EACCES)
+      return -1;
+  }
+# endif
+
+# if CHOWN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  if (!stat_valid)
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (file);
+      if (len && file[len - 1] == '/' && stat (file, &st))
+        return -1;
+    }
+# endif
+
+  result = chown (file, uid, gid);
+
+# if CHOWN_CHANGE_TIME_BUG
+  if (result == 0 && stat_valid
+      && (uid == st.st_uid || uid == (uid_t) -1)
+      && (gid == st.st_gid || gid == (gid_t) -1))
+    {
+      /* No change in ownership, but at least one argument was not -1,
+         so we are required to update ctime.  Since chown succeeded,
+         we assume that chmod will do likewise.  Fortunately, on all
+         known systems where a 'no-op' chown skips the ctime update, a
+         'no-op' chmod still does the trick.  */
+      result = chmod (file, st.st_mode & (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO
+                                          | S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX));
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_CHOWN */
diff --git a/lib/chownat.c b/lib/chownat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae3bc51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/chownat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Change owner of a file at a directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define CHOWNAT_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "openat.h"
diff --git a/lib/cl-strtod.c b/lib/cl-strtod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8c7d41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/cl-strtod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Convert string to double in the current locale, falling back on the C locale.
+
+   Copyright 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "cl-strtod.h"
+
+#include <c-strtod.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if LONG
+# define CL_STRTOD cl_strtold
+# define DOUBLE long double
+# define C_STRTOD c_strtold
+# define STRTOD strtold
+#else
+# define CL_STRTOD cl_strtod
+# define DOUBLE double
+# define C_STRTOD c_strtod
+# define STRTOD strtod
+#endif
+
+/* This function acts like strtod or strtold, except that it falls
+   back on the C locale if the initial prefix is not parsable in
+   the current locale.  If the prefix is parsable in both locales,
+   it uses the longer parse, breaking ties in favor of the current locale.
+
+   Parse the initial prefix of NPTR as a floating-point number in the
+   current locale or in the C locale (preferring the locale that
+   yields the longer parse, or the current locale if there is a tie).
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, set *ENDPTR to the first unused byte, or to
+   NPTR if the prefix cannot be parsed.
+
+   If successful, return a number without changing errno.
+   If the prefix cannot be parsed, return 0 and possibly set errno to EINVAL.
+   If the number overflows, return an extreme value and set errno to ERANGE.
+   If the number underflows, return a value close to 0 and set errno to ERANGE.
+   If there is some other error, return 0 and set errno.  */
+
+DOUBLE
+CL_STRTOD (char const *nptr, char **restrict endptr)
+{
+  char *end;
+  DOUBLE d = STRTOD (nptr, &end);
+  if (*end)
+    {
+      int strtod_errno = errno;
+      char *c_end;
+      DOUBLE c = C_STRTOD (nptr, &c_end);
+      if (end < c_end)
+        d = c, end = c_end;
+      else
+        errno = strtod_errno;
+    }
+  if (endptr)
+    *endptr = end;
+  return d;
+}
diff --git a/lib/cl-strtod.h b/lib/cl-strtod.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f11972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/cl-strtod.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+double cl_strtod (char const *, char **restrict)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1));
+long double cl_strtold (char const *, char **restrict)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1));
diff --git a/lib/cl-strtold.c b/lib/cl-strtold.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95ae46d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/cl-strtold.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#define LONG 1
+#include "cl-strtod.c"
diff --git a/lib/cloexec.c b/lib/cloexec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..812be01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/cloexec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "cloexec.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
+   or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
+   Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
+
+   Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
+   inherited into spawned children.  Instead, either use dup_cloexec
+   followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
+   open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
+   non-inheritable in the first place.  */
+
+int
+set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value)
+{
+#ifdef F_SETFD
+
+  int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0);
+
+  if (0 <= flags)
+    {
+      int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC);
+
+      if (flags == newflags
+          || fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1)
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+
+#else /* !F_SETFD */
+
+  /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors; the cloexec flag
+     will be unaffected.  */
+  if (desc < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (dup2 (desc, desc) < 0)
+    /* errno is EBADF here.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  /* There is nothing we can do on this kind of platform.  Punt.  */
+  return 0;
+#endif /* !F_SETFD */
+}
+
+
+/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
+   prior to exec or spawn.  Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
+   be duplicated.  */
+
+int
+dup_cloexec (int fd)
+{
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/cloexec.h b/lib/cloexec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a22d77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/cloexec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
+   or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
+   Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
+
+   Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
+   inherited into spawned children.  Instead, either use dup_cloexec
+   followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
+   open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
+   non-inheritable in the first place.  */
+
+int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value);
+
+/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
+   prior to exec or spawn.  Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
+   be duplicated.  */
+
+int dup_cloexec (int fd);
diff --git a/lib/close-stream.c b/lib/close-stream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b0e97b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/close-stream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "close-stream.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "fpending.h"
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Close STREAM.  Return 0 if successful, EOF (setting errno)
+   otherwise.  A failure might set errno to 0 if the error number
+   cannot be determined.
+
+   A failure with errno set to EPIPE may or may not indicate an error
+   situation worth signaling to the user.  See the documentation of the
+   close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE function for details.
+
+   If a program writes *anything* to STREAM, that program should close
+   STREAM and make sure that it succeeds before exiting.  Otherwise,
+   suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
+   of every function that does an explicit write to STREAM.  The last
+   printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
+   the fclose(STREAM) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
+   when it tries to write out that buffered data.  Thus, you would be
+   left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
+   exit successfully.  Even calling fflush is not always sufficient,
+   since some file systems (NFS and CODA) buffer written/flushed data
+   until an actual close call.
+
+   Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
+   that writes to STREAM -- just let the internal stream state record
+   the failure.  That's what the ferror test is checking below.  */
+
+int
+close_stream (FILE *stream)
+{
+  const bool some_pending = (__fpending (stream) != 0);
+  const bool prev_fail = (ferror (stream) != 0);
+  const bool fclose_fail = (fclose (stream) != 0);
+
+  /* Return an error indication if there was a previous failure or if
+     fclose failed, with one exception: ignore an fclose failure if
+     there was no previous error, no data remains to be flushed, and
+     fclose failed with EBADF.  That can happen when a program like cp
+     is invoked like this 'cp a b >&-' (i.e., with standard output
+     closed) and doesn't generate any output (hence no previous error
+     and nothing to be flushed).  */
+
+  if (prev_fail || (fclose_fail && (some_pending || errno != EBADF)))
+    {
+      if (! fclose_fail)
+        errno = 0;
+      return EOF;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/close-stream.h b/lib/close-stream.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b4c8ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/close-stream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int close_stream (FILE *stream);
diff --git a/lib/close.c b/lib/close.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44990ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/close.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* close replacement.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "fd-hook.h"
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+#endif
+
+#undef close
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+close_nothrow (int fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _close (fd);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EBADF;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define close_nothrow _close
+# endif
+#else
+# define close_nothrow close
+#endif
+
+/* Override close() to call into other gnulib modules.  */
+
+int
+rpl_close (int fd)
+{
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+  int retval = execute_all_close_hooks (close_nothrow, fd);
+#else
+  int retval = close_nothrow (fd);
+#endif
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (retval >= 0)
+    _gl_unregister_fd (fd);
+#endif
+
+  return retval;
+}
diff --git a/lib/closedir.c b/lib/closedir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a273122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/closedir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* Stop reading the entries of a directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_CLOSEDIR
+
+/* Override closedir(), to keep track of the open file descriptors.
+   Needed because there is a function dirfd().  */
+
+#else
+
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# include "dirent-private.h"
+
+#endif
+
+int
+closedir (DIR *dirp)
+{
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR || REPLACE_DIRFD
+  int fd = dirfd (dirp);
+# endif
+  int retval;
+
+#if HAVE_CLOSEDIR
+# undef closedir
+
+  retval = closedir (dirp);
+
+# ifdef __KLIBC__
+  if (!retval)
+    _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (fd);
+# endif
+#else
+
+  if (dirp->current != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    FindClose (dirp->current);
+  free (dirp);
+
+  retval = 0;
+
+#endif
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (retval >= 0)
+    _gl_unregister_fd (fd);
+#endif
+  return retval;
+}
diff --git a/lib/closein.c b/lib/closein.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b891c42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/closein.c
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* Close standard input, rewinding seekable stdin if necessary.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "closein.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include "close-stream.h"
+#include "closeout.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "freadahead.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+
+static const char *file_name;
+
+/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
+   on stdin by close_stdin.  See also close_stdout_set_file_name, if
+   an error is detected when closing stdout.  */
+void
+close_stdin_set_file_name (const char *file)
+{
+  file_name = file;
+}
+
+/* Close standard input, rewinding any unused input if stdin is
+   seekable.  On error, issue a diagnostic and _exit with status
+   'exit_failure'.  Then call close_stdout.
+
+   Most programs can get by with close_stdout.  close_stdin is only
+   needed when a program wants to guarantee that partially read input
+   from seekable stdin is not consumed, for any subsequent clients.
+   For example, POSIX requires that these two commands behave alike:
+
+     (sed -ne 1q; cat) < file
+     tail -n +2 file
+
+   Since close_stdin is commonly registered via 'atexit', POSIX
+   and the C standard both say that it should not call 'exit',
+   because the behavior is undefined if 'exit' is called more than
+   once.  So it calls '_exit' instead of 'exit'.  If close_stdin
+   is registered via atexit before other functions are registered,
+   the other functions can act before this _exit is invoked.
+
+   Applications that use close_stdout should flush any streams other
+   than stdin, stdout, and stderr before exiting, since the call to
+   _exit will bypass other buffer flushing.  Applications should be
+   flushing and closing other streams anyway, to check for I/O errors.
+   Also, applications should not use tmpfile, since _exit can bypass
+   the removal of these files.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably 'make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
+
+void
+close_stdin (void)
+{
+  bool fail = false;
+
+  /* There is no need to flush stdin if we can determine quickly that stdin's
+     input buffer is empty; in this case we know that if stdin is seekable,
+     (fseeko (stdin, 0, SEEK_CUR), ftello (stdin))
+     == lseek (0, 0, SEEK_CUR).  */
+  if (freadahead (stdin) > 0)
+    {
+      /* Only attempt flush if stdin is seekable, as fflush is entitled to
+         fail on non-seekable streams.  */
+      if (fseeko (stdin, 0, SEEK_CUR) == 0 && fflush (stdin) != 0)
+        fail = true;
+    }
+  if (close_stream (stdin) != 0)
+    fail = true;
+  if (fail)
+    {
+      /* Report failure, but defer exit until after closing stdout,
+         since the failure report should still be flushed.  */
+      char const *close_error = _("error closing file");
+      if (file_name)
+        error (0, errno, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name),
+               close_error);
+      else
+        error (0, errno, "%s", close_error);
+    }
+
+  close_stdout ();
+
+  if (fail)
+    _exit (exit_failure);
+}
diff --git a/lib/closein.h b/lib/closein.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99d614e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/closein.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Close standard input, rewinding seekable stdin if necessary.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_CLOSEIN_H
+# define _GL_CLOSEIN_H 1
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+void close_stdin_set_file_name (const char *file);
+void close_stdin (void);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/closeout.c b/lib/closeout.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..688cd73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/closeout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* Close standard output and standard error, exiting with a diagnostic on error.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "closeout.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include "close-stream.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+
+#ifndef __has_feature
+# define __has_feature(a) false
+#endif
+
+#if defined __SANITIZE_ADDRESS__ || __has_feature (address_sanitizer)
+enum { SANITIZE_ADDRESS = true };
+#else
+enum { SANITIZE_ADDRESS = false };
+#endif
+
+static const char *file_name;
+
+/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
+   by close_stdout.  */
+void
+close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
+{
+  file_name = file;
+}
+
+static bool ignore_EPIPE /* = false */;
+
+/* Specify the reaction to an EPIPE error during the closing of stdout:
+     - If ignore = true, it shall be ignored.
+     - If ignore = false, it shall evoke a diagnostic, along with a nonzero
+       exit status.
+   The default is ignore = false.
+
+   This setting matters only if the SIGPIPE signal is ignored (i.e. its
+   handler set to SIG_IGN) or blocked.  Only particular programs need to
+   temporarily ignore SIGPIPE.  If SIGPIPE is ignored or blocked because
+   it was ignored or blocked in the parent process when it created the
+   child process, it usually is a bug in the parent process: It is bad
+   practice to have SIGPIPE ignored or blocked while creating a child
+   process.
+
+   EPIPE occurs when writing to a pipe or socket that has no readers now,
+   when SIGPIPE is ignored or blocked.
+
+   The ignore = false setting is suitable for a scenario where it is normally
+   guaranteed that the pipe writer terminates before the pipe reader.  In
+   this case, an EPIPE is an indication of a premature termination of the
+   pipe reader and should lead to a diagnostic and a nonzero exit status.
+
+   The ignore = true setting is suitable for a scenario where you don't know
+   ahead of time whether the pipe writer or the pipe reader will terminate
+   first.  In this case, an EPIPE is an indication that the pipe writer can
+   stop doing useless write() calls; this is what close_stdout does anyway.
+   EPIPE is part of the normal pipe/socket shutdown protocol in this case,
+   and should not lead to a diagnostic message.  */
+
+void
+close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE (bool ignore)
+{
+  ignore_EPIPE = ignore;
+}
+
+/* Close standard output.  On error, issue a diagnostic and _exit
+   with status 'exit_failure'.
+
+   Also close standard error.  On error, _exit with status 'exit_failure'.
+
+   Since close_stdout is commonly registered via 'atexit', POSIX
+   and the C standard both say that it should not call 'exit',
+   because the behavior is undefined if 'exit' is called more than
+   once.  So it calls '_exit' instead of 'exit'.  If close_stdout
+   is registered via atexit before other functions are registered,
+   the other functions can act before this _exit is invoked.
+
+   Applications that use close_stdout should flush any streams
+   other than stdout and stderr before exiting, since the call to
+   _exit will bypass other buffer flushing.  Applications should
+   be flushing and closing other streams anyway, to check for I/O
+   errors.  Also, applications should not use tmpfile, since _exit
+   can bypass the removal of these files.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably 'make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
+
+void
+close_stdout (void)
+{
+  if (close_stream (stdout) != 0
+      && !(ignore_EPIPE && errno == EPIPE))
+    {
+      char const *write_error = _("write error");
+      if (file_name)
+        error (0, errno, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name),
+               write_error);
+      else
+        error (0, errno, "%s", write_error);
+
+      _exit (exit_failure);
+    }
+
+  /* Close stderr only if not sanitizing, as sanitizers may report to
+     stderr after this function returns.  */
+  if (!SANITIZE_ADDRESS && close_stream (stderr) != 0)
+    _exit (exit_failure);
+}
diff --git a/lib/closeout.h b/lib/closeout.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe24c4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/closeout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Close standard output and standard error.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
+# define CLOSEOUT_H 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+void close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file);
+void close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE (bool ignore);
+void close_stdout (void);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/config.hin b/lib/config.hin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b49dfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/config.hin
@@ -0,0 +1,4415 @@
+/* lib/config.hin.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
+#undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
+
+/* Define to the function xargmatch calls on failures. */
+#undef ARGMATCH_DIE
+
+/* Define to the declaration of the xargmatch failure function. */
+#undef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'ptrdiff_t'. */
+#undef BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'sig_atomic_t'. */
+#undef BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'size_t'. */
+#undef BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'wchar_t'. */
+#undef BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'wint_t'. */
+#undef BITSIZEOF_WINT_T
+
+/* Define if you wish *printf() functions that have a safe handling of
+   non-IEEE-754 'long double' values. */
+#undef CHECK_PRINTF_SAFE
+
+/* Define to 1 if chown fails to change ctime when at least one argument was
+   not -1. */
+#undef CHOWN_CHANGE_TIME_BUG
+
+/* Define if chown is not POSIX compliant regarding IDs of -1. */
+#undef CHOWN_FAILS_TO_HONOR_ID_OF_NEGATIVE_ONE
+
+/* Define if chown modifies symlinks. */
+#undef CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK
+
+/* Define to 1 if chown mishandles trailing slash. */
+#undef CHOWN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+
+/* Define to 1 if using 'alloca.c'. */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of
+   'double'. */
+#undef DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'double'. */
+#undef DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find the sign of 'double'. */
+#undef DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the sign of 'double'. */
+#undef DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD
+
+/* Define the default level of POSIX conformance. The value is of the form
+   YYYYMM, specifying the year and month the standard was adopted. If not
+   defined here, it defaults to the value of _POSIX2_VERSION in <unistd.h>.
+   Define to 199209 to default to POSIX 1003.2-1992, which makes standard
+   programs like 'head', 'tail', and 'sort' accept obsolete options like '+10'
+   and '-10'. Define to 200112 to default to POSIX 1003.1-2001, which makes
+   these standard programs treat leading-'+' operands as file names and
+   require modern usages like '-n 10' instead of '-10'. Whether defined here
+   or not, the default can be overridden at run time via the _POSIX2_VERSION
+   environment variable. */
+#undef DEFAULT_POSIX2_VERSION
+
+/* Define to 1 if /dev/std{in,out,err} and /dev/fd/N, if they exist, might be
+   character-special devices whose minor device number is the file descriptor
+   number, such as on Solaris. Leave undefined if they are definitely the
+   actual files. This determination should be done after any symbolic links
+   are followed. */
+#undef DEV_FD_MIGHT_BE_CHR
+
+/* Define to 1 for DGUX with <sys/dg_sys_info.h>. */
+#undef DGUX
+
+/* the name of the file descriptor member of DIR */
+#undef DIR_FD_MEMBER_NAME
+
+#ifdef DIR_FD_MEMBER_NAME
+# define DIR_TO_FD(Dir_p) ((Dir_p)->DIR_FD_MEMBER_NAME)
+#else
+# define DIR_TO_FD(Dir_p) -1
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to 1 if // is a file system root distinct from /. */
+#undef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+
+/* Define if struct dirent has a member d_ino that actually works. */
+#undef D_INO_IN_DIRENT
+
+/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
+   language is requested. */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define to 1 if your platform has fchownat, but it does not reject an empty
+   file name. */
+#undef FCHOWNAT_EMPTY_FILENAME_BUG
+
+/* Define to 1 if your platform has fchownat, but it cannot perform lchown
+   tasks. */
+#undef FCHOWNAT_NOFOLLOW_BUG
+
+/* Define this to 1 if F_DUPFD behavior does not match POSIX */
+#undef FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY
+
+/* Define to nothing if C supports flexible array members, and to 1 if it does
+   not. That way, with a declaration like 'struct s { int n; short
+   d[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; };', the struct hack can be used with pre-C99
+   compilers. Use 'FLEXSIZEOF (struct s, d, N * sizeof (short))' to calculate
+   the size in bytes of such a struct containing an N-element array. */
+#undef FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of
+   'float'. */
+#undef FLT_EXPBIT0_BIT
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'float'. */
+#undef FLT_EXPBIT0_WORD
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find the sign of 'float'. */
+#undef FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the sign of 'float'. */
+#undef FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD
+
+/* Define to 1 if fopen() fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
+#undef FOPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+
+/* Enable compile-time and run-time bounds-checking, and some warnings,
+      without upsetting glibc 2.15+. */
+   #if !defined _FORTIFY_SOURCE && defined __OPTIMIZE__ && __OPTIMIZE__
+   # define _FORTIFY_SOURCE 2
+   #endif
+  
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system's ftello function has the Solaris bug. */
+#undef FTELLO_BROKEN_AFTER_SWITCHING_FROM_READ_TO_WRITE
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system's ftello function has the macOS bug. */
+#undef FTELLO_BROKEN_AFTER_UNGETC
+
+/* Define to 1 if fflush is known to work on stdin as per POSIX.1-2008, 0 if
+   fflush is known to not work, -1 if unknown. */
+#undef FUNC_FFLUSH_STDIN
+
+/* Define to 1 if mkdir mistakenly creates a directory given with a trailing
+   dot component. */
+#undef FUNC_MKDIR_DOT_BUG
+
+/* Define to 1 if nl_langinfo (YESEXPR) returns a non-empty string. */
+#undef FUNC_NL_LANGINFO_YESEXPR_WORKS
+
+/* Define to 1 if realpath() can malloc memory, always gives an absolute path,
+   and handles a trailing slash correctly. */
+#undef FUNC_REALPATH_NEARLY_WORKS
+
+/* Define to 1 if realpath() can malloc memory, always gives an absolute path,
+   and handles leading slashes and a trailing slash correctly. */
+#undef FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS
+
+/* Define to 1 if ungetc is broken when used on arbitrary bytes. */
+#undef FUNC_UNGETC_BROKEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if futimesat mishandles a NULL file name. */
+#undef FUTIMESAT_NULL_BUG
+
+/* Define to the type of elements in the array set by `getgroups'. Usually
+   this is either `int' or `gid_t'. */
+#undef GETGROUPS_T
+
+/* Define this to 1 if getgroups(0,NULL) does not return the number of groups.
+   */
+#undef GETGROUPS_ZERO_BUG
+
+/* Define this to 'void' or 'struct timezone' to match the system's
+   declaration of the second argument to gettimeofday. */
+#undef GETTIMEOFDAY_TIMEZONE
+
+/* Define to 1 if getxattr works with XATTR_NAME_POSIX_ACL_ACCESS and
+   XATTR_NAME_POSIX_ACL_DEFAULT. */
+#undef GETXATTR_WITH_POSIX_ACLS
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module areadlinkat shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_AREADLINKAT
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module areadlinkat-with-size shall be considered
+   present. */
+#undef GNULIB_AREADLINKAT_WITH_SIZE
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module canonicalize shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_CANONICALIZE
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module chmodat shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_CHMODAT
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module chownat shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_CHOWNAT
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module close-stream shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_CLOSE_STREAM
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module dirent-safer shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_DIRENT_SAFER
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module dirname shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_DIRNAME
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module faccessat shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FACCESSAT
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fcntl-safer shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FCNTL_SAFER
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fdopendir shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FDOPENDIR
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fdutimensat shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FDUTIMENSAT
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fd-safer-flag shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FD_SAFER_FLAG
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fflush shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FFLUSH
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module filenamecat shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FILENAMECAT
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fnmatch-gnu shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FNMATCH_GNU
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fopen-gnu shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fopen-safer shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FOPEN_SAFER
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module freopen-safer shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fscanf shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_FSCANF
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module getcwd shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_GETCWD
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module isblank shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_ISBLANK
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module lock shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_LOCK
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module mkostemp shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_MKOSTEMP
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module msvc-nothrow shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+
+/* Define to 1 to disable use of VLAs */
+#undef GNULIB_NO_VLA
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module openat shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_OPENAT
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module openat-safer shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_OPENAT_SAFER
+
+/* Define to support parse_datetime2. */
+#undef GNULIB_PARSE_DATETIME2
+
+/* enable some gnulib portability checks */
+#undef GNULIB_PORTCHECK
+
+/* Define to 1 if printf and friends should be labeled with attribute
+   "__gnu_printf__" instead of "__printf__" */
+#undef GNULIB_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE_FLAVOR_GNU
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module reallocarray shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module scanf shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_SCANF
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module snprintf shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_SNPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you want the FILE stream functions getc, putc, etc. to use
+   unlocked I/O if available, throughout the package. Unlocked I/O can improve
+   performance, sometimes dramatically. But unlocked I/O is safe only in
+   single-threaded programs, as well as in multithreaded programs for which
+   you can guarantee that every FILE stream, including stdin, stdout, stderr,
+   is used only in a single thread. */
+#undef GNULIB_STDIO_SINGLE_THREAD
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module strerror shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_STRERROR
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module strerror_r-posix shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module tempname shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEMPNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module accept should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_ACCEPT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module atoll should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_ATOLL
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module bind should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_BIND
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module btowc should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_BTOWC
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module calloc-gnu should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_CALLOC_GNU
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module calloc-posix should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_CALLOC_POSIX
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module canonicalize should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_CANONICALIZE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module canonicalize_file_name should be tested.
+   */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module chdir should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_CHDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module chown should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_CHOWN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module cloexec should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_CLOEXEC
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module close should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_CLOSE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module closedir should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_CLOSEDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module connect should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_CONNECT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module copy-file-range should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_COPY_FILE_RANGE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module dirfd should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_DIRFD
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module dup should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_DUP
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module dup2 should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_DUP2
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module environ should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_ENVIRON
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module euidaccess should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_EUIDACCESS
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module explicit_bzero should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_EXPLICIT_BZERO
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module faccessat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FACCESSAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fchdir should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FCHDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fchmodat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FCHMODAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fchownat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FCHOWNAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fclose should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FCLOSE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fcntl should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FCNTL
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fdatasync should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FDATASYNC
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fdopen should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FDOPEN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fdopendir should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FDOPENDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fflush should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FFLUSH
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fgetc should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FGETC
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fgets should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FGETS
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fnmatch should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FNMATCH
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fopen should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FOPEN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fprintf should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fpurge should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FPURGE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fputc should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FPUTC
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fputs should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FPUTS
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fread should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FREAD
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module free-posix should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FREE_POSIX
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module freopen should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FREOPEN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module frexp should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FREXP
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module frexpl should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FREXPL
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fscanf should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FSCANF
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fseek should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FSEEK
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fseeko should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FSEEKO
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fstat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FSTAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fstatat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FSTATAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fsync should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FSYNC
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module ftell should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FTELL
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module ftello should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FTELLO
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module ftruncate should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FTRUNCATE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module futimens should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FUTIMENS
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fwrite should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_FWRITE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getaddrinfo should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETADDRINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getc should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETC
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getchar should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETCHAR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getcwd should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETCWD
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getdelim should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETDELIM
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getdtablesize should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETDTABLESIZE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getgroups should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETGROUPS
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module gethostname should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETHOSTNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getline should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETLINE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getloadavg should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETLOADAVG
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getlogin should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETLOGIN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getopt-posix should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETOPT_POSIX
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getpagesize should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getpass should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETPASS
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getpass-gnu should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETPASS_GNU
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getrandom should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETRANDOM
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getrusage should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETRUSAGE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module gettimeofday should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETTIMEOFDAY
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getusershell should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETUSERSHELL
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module group-member should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_GROUP_MEMBER
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module ioctl should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_IOCTL
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module isatty should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_ISATTY
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module iswblank should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_ISWBLANK
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module iswdigit should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_ISWDIGIT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module iswxdigit should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_ISWXDIGIT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module lchmod should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_LCHMOD
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module lchown should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_LCHOWN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module link should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_LINK
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module linkat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_LINKAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module listen should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_LISTEN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module localeconv should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_LOCALECONV
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module localename should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_LOCALENAME
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module lseek should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_LSEEK
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module lstat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_LSTAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module malloc-gnu should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MALLOC_GNU
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module malloc-posix should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MALLOC_POSIX
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbrlen should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MBRLEN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbrtowc should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MBRTOWC
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbscasecmp should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MBSCASECMP
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbschr should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MBSCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbsinit should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MBSINIT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbslen should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MBSLEN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbsrtowcs should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MBSRTOWCS
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbsstr should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MBSSTR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbtowc should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MBTOWC
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module memchr should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MEMCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mempcpy should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module memrchr should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MEMRCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mkdir should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MKDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mkdirat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MKDIRAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mkfifo should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MKFIFO
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mkfifoat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MKFIFOAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mknod should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MKNOD
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mknodat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MKNODAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mkostemp should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MKOSTEMP
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mkstemp should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MKSTEMP
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mktime should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_MKTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module nanosleep should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_NANOSLEEP
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module nl_langinfo should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_NL_LANGINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module open should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_OPEN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module openat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_OPENAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module opendir should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_OPENDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module perror should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PERROR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module pipe should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PIPE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module pipe2 should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PIPE2
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_memalign should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_MEMALIGN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module printf should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module pselect should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PSELECT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module pthread-cond should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PTHREAD_COND
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module pthread-mutex should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PTHREAD_MUTEX
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module pthread_mutex_timedlock should be
+   tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module pthread_sigmask should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PTHREAD_SIGMASK
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module pthread-thread should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PTHREAD_THREAD
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module putc should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PUTC
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module putchar should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PUTCHAR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module putenv should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PUTENV
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module puts should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_PUTS
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module raise should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_RAISE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rawmemchr should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_RAWMEMCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module read should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_READ
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module readdir should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_READDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module readlink should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_READLINK
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module readlinkat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_READLINKAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module reallocarray should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_REALLOCARRAY
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module realloc-gnu should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_REALLOC_GNU
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module realloc-posix should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_REALLOC_POSIX
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module remove should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_REMOVE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rename should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_RENAME
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module renameat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_RENAMEAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rewinddir should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_REWINDDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rmdir should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_RMDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rpmatch should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_RPMATCH
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module scanf should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SCANF
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sched_yield should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SCHED_YIELD
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module secure_getenv should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SECURE_GETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module select should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SELECT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module setenv should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module setlocale should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SETLOCALE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module setlocale_null should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SETLOCALE_NULL
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module setsockopt should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SETSOCKOPT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sigaction should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SIGACTION
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module signbit should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SIGNBIT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sigprocmask should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SIGPROCMASK
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sleep should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SLEEP
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module snprintf should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SNPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module socket should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SOCKET
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module stat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module stpcpy should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module stpncpy should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STPNCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strdup should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRDUP
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strerror should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRERROR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strerror_r should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strncat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRNCAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strnlen should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRNLEN
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strsignal should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRSIGNAL
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strstr should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRSTR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strtod should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRTOD
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strtold should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRTOLD
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strtoll should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRTOLL
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strtoull should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRTOULL
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module symlink should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SYMLINK
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module symlinkat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_SYMLINKAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module timegm should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_TIMEGM
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module time_r should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_TIME_R
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module time_rz should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_TIME_RZ
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module tmpfile should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_TMPFILE
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module tzset should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_TZSET
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module unlink should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_UNLINK
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module unlinkat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_UNLINKAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module unsetenv should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_UNSETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module usleep should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_USLEEP
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module utime should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_UTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module utimensat should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_UTIMENSAT
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module vasprintf should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_VASPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module vfprintf should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_VFPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module vfprintf-posix should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_VFPRINTF_POSIX
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module vprintf should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module vprintf-posix should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_VPRINTF_POSIX
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wcrtomb should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_WCRTOMB
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wcswidth should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_WCSWIDTH
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wctob should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_WCTOB
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wctomb should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_WCTOMB
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wcwidth should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_WCWIDTH
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wmemchr should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_WMEMCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wmempcpy should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_WMEMPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module write should be tested. */
+#undef GNULIB_TEST_WRITE
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module unistr/u8-mbtoucr shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_UNISTR_U8_MBTOUCR
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module unistr/u8-uctomb shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_UNISTR_U8_UCTOMB
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module vfprintf-posix shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module vprintf-posix shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module wchar-single shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_WCHAR_SINGLE
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module xalloc shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_XALLOC
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module xalloc-die shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_XALLOC_DIE
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module xgetgroups shall be considered present. */
+#undef GNULIB_XGETGROUPS
+
+/* Define if your system defines TIOCGWINSZ in sys/ioctl.h. */
+#undef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
+
+/* Define if your system defines TIOCGWINSZ in sys/pty.h. */
+#undef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_PTY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `access' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACCESS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `aclsort' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACLSORT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <aclv.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ACLV_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `aclx_get' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACLX_GET
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_copy_ext_native' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_COPY_EXT_NATIVE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_create_entry_np' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_CREATE_ENTRY_NP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_delete_def_file' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_DELETE_DEF_FILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_delete_fd_np' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_DELETE_FD_NP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_delete_file_np' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_DELETE_FILE_NP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_entries' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_ENTRIES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_extended_file' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if the constant ACL_FIRST_ENTRY exists. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_free' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_FREE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_free_text' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_from_mode' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_FROM_MODE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_from_text' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_FROM_TEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_get_fd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_GET_FD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_get_file' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <acl/libacl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_LIBACL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_set_fd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_SET_FD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_set_file' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_SET_FILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_to_short_text' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `acl_trivial' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_TRIVIAL
+
+/* Define to 1 if the ACL type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED exists. */
+#undef HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have 'alloca' after including <alloca.h>, a header that
+   may be supplied by this distribution. */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to 1 if <alloca.h> works. */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define if you have an arithmetic hrtime_t type. */
+#undef HAVE_ARITHMETIC_HRTIME_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <arpa/inet.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `atoll' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATOLL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `attr_copy_file' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_COPY_FILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <attr/error_context.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_ERROR_CONTEXT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <attr/libattr.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ATTR_LIBATTR_H
+
+/* avx2 intrinsics exists */
+#undef HAVE_AVX2_INTRINSIC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <bcrypt.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_BCRYPT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <bp-sym.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_BP_SYM_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `btowc' function. */
+#undef HAVE_BTOWC
+
+/* Define to 1 if nanosleep mishandles large arguments. */
+#undef HAVE_BUG_BIG_NANOSLEEP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <byteswap.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_BYTESWAP_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `canonicalize_file_name' function. */
+#undef HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME
+
+/* libcap usability */
+#undef HAVE_CAP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `catgets' function. */
+#undef HAVE_CATGETS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function
+   CFLocaleCopyPreferredLanguages in the CoreFoundation framework. */
+#undef HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYPREFERREDLANGUAGES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in
+   the CoreFoundation framework. */
+#undef HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `chown' function. */
+#undef HAVE_CHOWN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `chroot' function. */
+#undef HAVE_CHROOT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_getres' function. */
+#undef HAVE_CLOCK_GETRES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_gettime' function. */
+#undef HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_settime' function. */
+#undef HAVE_CLOCK_SETTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `closedir' function. */
+#undef HAVE_CLOSEDIR
+
+/* Define if you have compound literals. */
+#undef HAVE_COMPOUND_LITERALS
+
+/* Define if the copysignf function is declared in <math.h> and available in
+   libc. */
+#undef HAVE_COPYSIGNF_IN_LIBC
+
+/* Define if the copysignl function is declared in <math.h> and available in
+   libc. */
+#undef HAVE_COPYSIGNL_IN_LIBC
+
+/* Define if the copysign function is declared in <math.h> and available in
+   libc. */
+#undef HAVE_COPYSIGN_IN_LIBC
+
+/* Define to 1 if the function copy_file_range exists. */
+#undef HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE
+
+/* __get_cpuid available */
+#undef HAVE_CPUID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <crtdefs.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_CRTDEFS_H
+
+/* FIXME */
+#undef HAVE_C_LINE
+
+/* Define to 1 if C supports variable-length arrays. */
+#undef HAVE_C_VARARRAYS
+
+/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `alarm', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_ALARM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `clearerr_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `copysign', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `copysignf', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `copysignl', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `dirfd', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_DIRFD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `ecvt', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_ECVT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `execvpe', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fchdir', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fcloseall', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FCLOSEALL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fcvt', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FCVT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fdatasync', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fdopendir', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `feof_unlocked', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `ferror_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fflush_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fgets_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `flockfile', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FLOCKFILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fpurge', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FPURGE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fputc_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fputs_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fread_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `freeaddrinfo', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FREEADDRINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fseeko', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `ftello', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FTELLO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `funlockfile', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FUNLOCKFILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fwrite_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `gai_strerror', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `gai_strerrorA', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERRORA
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `gcvt', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GCVT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getaddrinfo', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETADDRINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getchar_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getcwd', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETCWD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getdelim', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getdtablesize', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETDTABLESIZE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `geteuid', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETEUID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getgrgid', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETGRGID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `gethrtime', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETHRTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getline', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETLINE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getlogin', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getnameinfo', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETNAMEINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getpwuid', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETPWUID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getuid', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETUID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getusershell', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getutent', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETUTENT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `inet_ntop', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `inet_pton', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_INET_PTON
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `isblank', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `iswblank', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_ISWBLANK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `localtime_r', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `mbrlen', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_MBRLEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `mbrtowc', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_MBRTOWC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `mbsinit', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_MBSINIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `mbsrtowcs', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_MBSRTOWCS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have a declaration of mbswidth() in <wchar.h>, and to 0
+   otherwise. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_MBSWIDTH_IN_WCHAR_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memrchr', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_name', and
+   to 0 if you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_short_name',
+   and to 0 if you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `putchar_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `putc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `setenv', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_SETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `setregid', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_SETREGID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sleep', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_SLEEP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `snprintf', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `stpncpy', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STPNCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strdup', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRDUP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strmode', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRMODE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strnlen', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strsignal', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strtoimax', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strtoll', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strtoull', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strtoumax', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sys_siglist', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `towlower', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_TOWLOWER
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `ttyname', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `tzname', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `unsetenv', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `wcrtomb', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_WCRTOMB
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `wcsdup', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_WCSDUP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `wctob', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_WCTOB
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `wcwidth', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_fseeki64', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL__FSEEKI64
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_putenv', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL__PUTENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_snprintf', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_sys_siglist', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL__SYS_SIGLIST
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `__argv', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL___ARGV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `__fpending', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `__fsetlocking', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL___FSETLOCKING
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `__sys_siglist', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL___SYS_SIGLIST
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `directio' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DIRECTIO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `dirfd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DIRFD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `duplocale' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DUPLOCALE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `eaccess' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EACCESS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `endgrent' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ENDGRENT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `endmntent' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ENDMNTENT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `endpwent' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ENDPWENT
+
+/* Define if you have the declaration of environ. */
+#undef HAVE_ENVIRON_DECL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `euidaccess' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EUIDACCESS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `explicit_bzero' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `explicit_memset' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EXPLICIT_MEMSET
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `faccessat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FACCESSAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `facl' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FACL
+
+/* Define if the locale_t type contains insufficient information, as on
+   OpenBSD. */
+#undef HAVE_FAKE_LOCALES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fallocate' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FALLOCATE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchdir' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FCHDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchmod' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FCHMOD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchmodat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FCHMODAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchown' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FCHOWN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fclonefileat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FCLONEFILEAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fcntl' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fdatasync' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FDATASYNC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fdopendir' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FDOPENDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <features.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_FEATURES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if pipes are FIFOs, 0 if sockets. Leave undefined if not known.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_FIFO_PIPES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `flockfile' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FLOCKFILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fnmatch' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FNMATCH
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <fnmatch.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fpathconf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FPATHCONF
+
+/* whether fpsetprec is present and required */
+#undef HAVE_FPSETPREC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fpurge' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FPURGE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `freelocale' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FREELOCALE
+
+/* Define if the 'free' function is guaranteed to preserve errno. */
+#undef HAVE_FREE_POSIX
+
+/* Define if the frexpl function is available in libc. */
+#undef HAVE_FREXPL_IN_LIBC
+
+/* Define if the frexp function is available in libc. */
+#undef HAVE_FREXP_IN_LIBC
+
+/* Define to 1 if fseeko (and presumably ftello) exists and is declared. */
+#undef HAVE_FSEEKO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fstatat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FSTATAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fstatfs' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FSTATFS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fsync' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FSYNC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <fs_info.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_FS_INFO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fs_stat_dev' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FS_STAT_DEV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftruncate' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FTRUNCATE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `funlockfile' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimens' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FUTIMENS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimes' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FUTIMES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimesat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FUTIMESAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getacl' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETACL
+
+/* Define to 1 if getaddrinfo exists, or to 0 otherwise. */
+#undef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getattrat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETATTRAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if getcwd works, but with shorter paths than is generally
+   tested with the replacement. */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD_SHORTER
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getdelim' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETDELIM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getdtablesize' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEGID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEUID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getexecname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEXECNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrent_nomembers' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGRENT_NOMEMBERS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrgid_nomembers' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGRGID_NOMEMBERS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrnam_nomembers' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGRNAM_NOMEMBERS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrouplist' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGROUPLIST
+
+/* Define to 1 if your system has a working `getgroups' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostbyname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETHOSTID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETHOSTNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getlocalename_l' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETLOCALENAME_L
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getlogin' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETLOGIN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getmntent' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETMNTENT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <getopt.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_GETOPT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt_long_only' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG_ONLY
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the 'getpagesize' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpass' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPASS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getppriv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPPRIV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getprogname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPROGNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getrandom' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETRANDOM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getrusage' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getservbyname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getsysinfo' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETSYSINFO
+
+/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETUID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getusershell' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETUSERSHELL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <gmp/gmp.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_GMP_GMP_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <gmp.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_GMP_H
+
+/* Define if the uselocale exists, may be safely called, and returns
+   sufficient information. */
+#undef HAVE_GOOD_USELOCALE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <grp.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_GRP_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `hasmntopt' function. */
+#undef HAVE_HASMNTOPT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <hurd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_HURD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the iconv() function and it works. */
+#undef HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <iconv.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ICONV_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_ntop' function. */
+#undef HAVE_INET_NTOP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_pton' function. */
+#undef HAVE_INET_PTON
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `initgroups' function. */
+#undef HAVE_INITGROUPS
+
+/* Define to 1 if the compiler supports one of the keywords 'inline',
+   '__inline__', '__inline' and effectively inlines functions marked as such.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_INLINE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have usable inotify support. */
+#undef HAVE_INOTIFY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `inotify_init' function. */
+#undef HAVE_INOTIFY_INIT
+
+/* Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
+#undef HAVE_INTMAX_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and
+   declares uintmax_t. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `ioctl' function. */
+#undef HAVE_IOCTL
+
+/* Define to 1 if <sys/socket.h> defines AF_INET. */
+#undef HAVE_IPV4
+
+/* Define to 1 if <sys/socket.h> defines AF_INET6. */
+#undef HAVE_IPV6
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `isapipe' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISAPIPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `isascii' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISASCII
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `isblank' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISBLANK
+
+/* Define if the isnan(double) function is available in libc. */
+#undef HAVE_ISNAND_IN_LIBC
+
+/* Define if the isnan(float) function is available in libc. */
+#undef HAVE_ISNANF_IN_LIBC
+
+/* Define if the isnan(long double) function is available in libc. */
+#undef HAVE_ISNANL_IN_LIBC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `issetugid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISSETUGID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswblank' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISWBLANK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswcntrl' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISWCNTRL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswctype' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISWCTYPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswspace' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISWSPACE
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <langinfo.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_H
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(YESEXPR). */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `lchmod' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LCHMOD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `lchown' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LCHOWN
+
+/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+
+/* Define if the ldexpl function is available in libc. */
+#undef HAVE_LDEXPL_IN_LIBC
+
+/* Define if the ldexp function is available in libc. */
+#undef HAVE_LDEXP_IN_LIBC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `dgc' library (-ldgc). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBDGC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <libgen.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIBGEN_H
+
+/* Define if you have the libgmp library. */
+#undef HAVE_LIBGMP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `kstat' library (-lkstat). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBKSTAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `os' library (-los). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBOS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `perfstat' library (-lperfstat). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if the bcrypt library is guaranteed to be present. */
+#undef HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `link' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LINK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `linkat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LINKAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/falloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX_FALLOC_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/fs.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX_FS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have 'struct sockaddr_alg' defined. */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX_IF_ALG_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `listmntent' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LISTMNTENT
+
+/* Define if localtime-like functions can loop forever on extreme arguments.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALTIME_INFLOOP_BUG
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `localtime_r' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
+
+/* Define to 1 if you support file names longer than 14 characters. */
+#undef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type 'long long int'. */
+#undef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `lstat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LSTAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `lutimes' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LUTIMES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <machine/hal_sysinfo.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MACHINE_HAL_SYSINFO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <mach/mach.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MACH_MACH_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define if malloc, realloc, and calloc set errno on allocation failure. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
+
+/* Define to 1 if mmap()'s MAP_ANONYMOUS flag is available after including
+   config.h and <sys/mman.h>. */
+#undef HAVE_MAP_ANONYMOUS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <math.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MATH_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbrlen' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBRLEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbrtowc' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbsinit' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSINIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbslen' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSLEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbsrtowcs' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSRTOWCS
+
+/* Define to 1 if <wchar.h> declares mbstate_t. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSTATE_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbtowc' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBTOWC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `memrchr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMRCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset_s' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMSET_S
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `microuptime' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MICROUPTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if getcwd minimally works, that is, its result can be trusted
+   when it succeeds. */
+#undef HAVE_MINIMALLY_WORKING_GETCWD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <minix/config.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MINIX_CONFIG_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if <limits.h> defines the MIN and MAX macros. */
+#undef HAVE_MINMAX_IN_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if <sys/param.h> defines the MIN and MAX macros. */
+#undef HAVE_MINMAX_IN_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkdirat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKDIRAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkfifo' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKFIFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkfifoat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKFIFOAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mknod' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKNOD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mknodat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKNODAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkostemp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKOSTEMP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKSTEMP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <mntent.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MNTENT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mode_to_security_class' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MODE_TO_SECURITY_CLASS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mprotect' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MPROTECT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mquery' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MQUERY
+
+/* Define to 1 on MSVC platforms that have the "invalid parameter handler"
+   concept. */
+#undef HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+
+/* Define if the locale_t type does not contain the name of each locale
+   category. */
+#undef HAVE_NAMELESS_LOCALES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `nanouptime' function. */
+#undef HAVE_NANOUPTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if fchmodat works, except for the trailing slash handling. */
+#undef HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_FCHMODAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if utimensat works, except for the trailing slash handling. */
+#undef HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_UTIMENSAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netdb.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETDB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `newlocale' function. */
+#undef HAVE_NEWLOCALE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `next_dev' function. */
+#undef HAVE_NEXT_DEV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <nfs/nfs_client.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NFS_NFS_CLIENT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <nfs/vfs.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NFS_VFS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `nice' function. */
+#undef HAVE_NICE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <nlist.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NLIST_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `nl_langinfo' function. */
+#undef HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has obstacks that work with any size object. */
+#undef HAVE_OBSTACK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `openat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_OPENAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `opendir' function. */
+#undef HAVE_OPENDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 if libcrypto is used for MD5. */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <openssl/md5.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if libcrypto is used for SHA1. */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA1
+
+/* Define to 1 if libcrypto is used for SHA256. */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA256
+
+/* Define to 1 if libcrypto is used for SHA512. */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA512
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <openssl/sha.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <OS.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_OS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if getcwd works, except it sometimes fails when it shouldn't,
+   setting errno to ERANGE, ENAMETOOLONG, or ENOENT. */
+#undef HAVE_PARTLY_WORKING_GETCWD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pathconf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PATHCONF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <paths.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_PATHS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pause' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PAUSE
+
+/* pclmul intrinsic exists */
+#undef HAVE_PCLMUL_INTRINSIC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PIPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe2' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PIPE2
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_fadvise' function. */
+#undef HAVE_POSIX_FADVISE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_memalign' function. */
+#undef HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `prctl' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PRCTL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <priv.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_PRIV_H
+
+/* Define if your system has the /proc/uptime special file. */
+#undef HAVE_PROC_UPTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pselect' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PSELECT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pstat_getdynamic' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pstat_getprocvm' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PSTAT_GETPROCVM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pstat_getstatic' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PSTAT_GETSTATIC
+
+/* Define if you have the <pthread.h> header and the POSIX threads API. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_API
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_atfork' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATFORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <pthread.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_H
+
+/* Define if the <pthread.h> defines PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+
+/* Define if the POSIX multithreading library has read/write locks. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
+
+/* Define if the 'pthread_rwlock_rdlock' function prefers a writer to a
+   reader. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK_PREFER_WRITER
+
+/* Define to 1 if the pthread_sigmask function can be used (despite bugs). */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `pthread_spinlock_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_SPINLOCK_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `pthread_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_PWD_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `raise' function. */
+#undef HAVE_RAISE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `rawmemchr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_RAWMEMCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `readdir' function. */
+#undef HAVE_READDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `readlink' function. */
+#undef HAVE_READLINK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `readlinkat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_READLINKAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `reallocarray' function. */
+#undef HAVE_REALLOCARRAY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */
+#undef HAVE_REALPATH
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `renameat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_RENAMEAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `renameat2' function. */
+#undef HAVE_RENAMEAT2
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `rewinddir' function. */
+#undef HAVE_REWINDDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `rpmatch' function. */
+#undef HAVE_RPMATCH
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'long double' and 'double' have the same representation. */
+#undef HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `sa_family_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_SA_FAMILY_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_getaffinity' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY
+
+/* Define to 1 if sched_getaffinity has a glibc compatible declaration. */
+#undef HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY_LIKE_GLIBC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_getaffinity_np' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY_NP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sched.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SCHED_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sdkddkver.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SDKDDKVER_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <search.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SEARCH_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `secure_getenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SECURE_GETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <selinux/context.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SELINUX_CONTEXT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <selinux/flask.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SELINUX_FLASK_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <selinux/label.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SELINUX_LABEL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <selinux/selinux.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SELINUX_SELINUX_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <semaphore.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SEMAPHORE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setdtablesize' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setgroups' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETGROUPS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sethostname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETHOSTNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setitimer' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETITIMER
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setmntent' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETMNTENT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setrlimit' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETRLIMIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `settimeofday' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETTIMEOFDAY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `shutdown' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SHUTDOWN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sig2str' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SIG2STR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGACTION
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaltstack' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGALTSTACK
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `siginfo_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGINFO_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `siginterrupt' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'sig_atomic_t' is a signed integer type. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'wchar_t' is a signed integer type. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'wint_t' is a signed integer type. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `sigset_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGSET_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigsuspend' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGSUSPEND
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sleep' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SLEEP
+
+/* libsmack usability */
+#undef HAVE_SMACK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
+
+/* Define if the return value of the snprintf function is the number of of
+   bytes (excluding the terminating NUL) that would have been produced if the
+   buffer had been large enough. */
+#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99
+
+/* Define if the string produced by the snprintf function is always NUL
+   terminated. */
+#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF_TRUNCATION_C99
+
+/* Define if the locale_t type is as on Solaris 11.4. */
+#undef HAVE_SOLARIS114_LOCALES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `statacl' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STATACL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `statvfs' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STATVFS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `statx' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STATX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares
+   uintmax_t. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio_ext.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDIO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `stime' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the stpncpy() function and it works. */
+#undef HAVE_STPNCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strnlen' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRNLEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stropts.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STROPTS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strsignal' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the 'strtod_l' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOD_L
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtof' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoimax' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOIMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtold' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOLD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtold_l' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOLD_L
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoll' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOLL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoull' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOULL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoumax' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOUMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct addrinfo'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
+
+/* Define if there is a member named d_type in the struct describing directory
+   headers. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if `f_fstypename' is a member of `struct fsstat'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_FSSTAT_F_FSTYPENAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if `decimal_point' is a member of `struct lconv'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_LCONV_DECIMAL_POINT
+
+/* Define to 1 if `n_un.n_name' is a member of `struct nlist'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if `sa_sigaction' is a member of `struct sigaction'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION
+
+/* Define to 1 if `sa_len' is a member of `struct sockaddr'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_storage'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ss_family' is a member of `struct sockaddr_storage'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_SS_FAMILY
+
+/* Define to 1 if `f_frsize' is a member of `struct statfs'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FRSIZE
+
+/* Define to 1 if `f_fstypename' is a member of `struct statfs'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FSTYPENAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if `f_namelen' is a member of `struct statfs'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_NAMELEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if `f_namemax' is a member of `struct statfs'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_NAMEMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 if `f_type' is a member of `struct statfs'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_TYPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if `f_basetype' is a member of `struct statvfs'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STATVFS_F_BASETYPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if `f_fstypename' is a member of `struct statvfs'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STATVFS_F_FSTYPENAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if `f_namemax' is a member of `struct statvfs'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STATVFS_F_NAMEMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 if `f_type' is a member of `struct statvfs'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STATVFS_F_TYPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if `st_atimensec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
+
+/* Define to 1 if `st_atimespec.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMESPEC_TV_NSEC
+
+/* Define to 1 if `st_atim.st__tim.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_ST__TIM_TV_NSEC
+
+/* Define to 1 if `st_atim.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_TV_NSEC
+
+/* Define to 1 if `st_author' is a member of `struct stat'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_AUTHOR
+
+/* Define to 1 if `st_birthtimensec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMENSEC
+
+/* Define to 1 if `st_birthtimespec.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMESPEC_TV_NSEC
+
+/* Define to 1 if `st_birthtim.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIM_TV_NSEC
+
+/* Define to 1 if `st_blocks' is a member of `struct stat'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
+
+/* Define to 1 if `mem_unit' is a member of `struct sysinfo'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SYSINFO_MEM_UNIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if `tm_zone' is a member of `struct tm'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_exit' is a member of `struct utmpx'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_exit.e_exit' is a member of `struct utmpx'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT_E_EXIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_exit.e_termination' is a member of `struct utmpx'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_exit.ut_exit' is a member of `struct utmpx'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT_UT_EXIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_exit.ut_termination' is a member of `struct utmpx'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT_UT_TERMINATION
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_id' is a member of `struct utmpx'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ID
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_name' is a member of `struct utmpx'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_NAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_pid' is a member of `struct utmpx'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_PID
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_type' is a member of `struct utmpx'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TYPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_user' is a member of `struct utmpx'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_USER
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_exit' is a member of `struct utmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_exit.e_exit' is a member of `struct utmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT_E_EXIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_exit.e_termination' is a member of `struct utmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_exit.ut_exit' is a member of `struct utmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT_UT_EXIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_exit.ut_termination' is a member of `struct utmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT_UT_TERMINATION
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_id' is a member of `struct utmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_name' is a member of `struct utmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_pid' is a member of `struct utmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_PID
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_type' is a member of `struct utmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if `ut_user' is a member of `struct utmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct utsname'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTSNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if your `struct stat' has `st_blocks'. Deprecated, use
+   `HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS' instead. */
+#undef HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `symlink' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYMLINK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `symlinkat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYMLINKAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sync' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYNC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `syncfs' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYNCFS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sysctl' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSCTL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sysinfo' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSINFO
+
+/* FIXME */
+#undef HAVE_SYSLOG
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sysmp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSMP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/acl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/bitypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/cdefs.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/fs/s5param.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/fs_types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_FS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/loadavg.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mman.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mntent.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mount.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mtio.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/pstat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PSTAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/random.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/single_threaded.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SINGLE_THREADED_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/statfs.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STATFS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/statvfs.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sysctl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSCTL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sysinfo.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSINFO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sysmp.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSMP_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/systemcfg.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSTEMCFG_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/systeminfo.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSTEMINFO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/table.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TABLE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ucred.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_UCRED_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/uio.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/utsname.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/vfs.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `table' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TABLE
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the 'tcgetattr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TCGETATTR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `tcgetpgrp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TCGETPGRP
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the 'tcsetattr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TCSETATTR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <termios.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `thrd_create' function. */
+#undef HAVE_THRD_CREATE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <threads.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_THREADS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `timegm' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TIMEGM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `timer_settime' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TIMER_SETTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `timespec_get' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `timespec_getres' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TIMESPEC_GETRES
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `timezone_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_TIMEZONE_T
+
+/* Define if struct tm has the tm_gmtoff member. */
+#undef HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+
+/* Define to 1 if your `struct tm' has `tm_zone'. Deprecated, use
+   `HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE' instead. */
+#undef HAVE_TM_ZONE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `towlower' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TOWLOWER
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
+
+/* Define to 1 if you don't have `tm_zone' but do have the external array
+   `tzname'. */
+#undef HAVE_TZNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `uname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_UNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `unlinkat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_UNLINKAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_UNSETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type 'unsigned long long int'. */
+#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `uselocale' function. */
+#undef HAVE_USELOCALE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
+#undef HAVE_USLEEP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `utime' function. */
+#undef HAVE_UTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `utimensat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <utime.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UTIME_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `utmpname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_UTMPNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `utmpxname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_UTMPXNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <utmpx.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UTMPX_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <utmp.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UTMP_H
+
+/* FIXME */
+#undef HAVE_UT_HOST
+
+/* Define if you have a global __progname variable */
+#undef HAVE_VAR___PROGNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasnprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VASNPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VASPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VFORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <vfork.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_VFORK_H
+
+/* Define to 1 or 0, depending whether the compiler supports simple visibility
+   declarations. */
+#undef HAVE_VISIBILITY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type. */
+#undef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcrtomb' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCRTOMB
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcslen' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCSLEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcsnlen' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCSNLEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcswidth' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCSWIDTH
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wctob' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCTOB
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcwidth' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WCWIDTH
+
+/* Define to 1 if the compiler and linker support weak declarations of
+   symbols. */
+#undef HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOLS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <winsock2.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+
+/* Define if you have the 'wint_t' type. */
+#undef HAVE_WINT_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wmempcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WMEMPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if `fork' works. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if fstatat (..., 0) works. For example, it does not work in AIX
+   7.1. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG
+
+/* Define to 1 if O_NOATIME works. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_O_NOATIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if O_NOFOLLOW works. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW
+
+/* Define if the uselocale function exists and may safely be called. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_USELOCALE
+
+/* Define if utimes works properly. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES
+
+/* Define to 1 if `vfork' works. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <ws2tcpip.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <xlocale.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_XLOCALE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `_Bool'. */
+#undef HAVE__BOOL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_chsize' function. */
+#undef HAVE__CHSIZE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_fseeki64' function. */
+#undef HAVE__FSEEKI64
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_ftelli64' function. */
+#undef HAVE__FTELLI64
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_set_invalid_parameter_handler' function. */
+#undef HAVE__SET_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the external variable, _system_configuration with a
+   member named physmem. */
+#undef HAVE__SYSTEM_CONFIGURATION
+
+/* Define to 1 if the compiler supports __builtin_expect,
+   and to 2 if <builtins.h> does.  */
+#undef HAVE___BUILTIN_EXPECT
+#ifndef HAVE___BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(e, c) (e)
+#elif HAVE___BUILTIN_EXPECT == 2
+# include <builtins.h>
+#endif
+    
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fpurge' function. */
+#undef HAVE___FPURGE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__freadahead' function. */
+#undef HAVE___FREADAHEAD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__freading' function. */
+#undef HAVE___FREADING
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__freadptr' function. */
+#undef HAVE___FREADPTR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__freadptrinc' function. */
+#undef HAVE___FREADPTRINC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fseterr' function. */
+#undef HAVE___FSETERR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fsetlocking' function. */
+#undef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `__fsword_t'. */
+#undef HAVE___FSWORD_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if ctype.h defines __header_inline. */
+#undef HAVE___HEADER_INLINE
+
+/* Please see the Gnulib manual for how to use these macros.
+
+   Suppress extern inline with HP-UX cc, as it appears to be broken; see
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-texinfo/2013-02/msg00030.html>.
+
+   Suppress extern inline with Sun C in standards-conformance mode, as it
+   mishandles inline functions that call each other.  E.g., for 'inline void f
+   (void) { } inline void g (void) { f (); }', c99 incorrectly complains
+   'reference to static identifier "f" in extern inline function'.
+   This bug was observed with Oracle Developer Studio 12.6
+   (Sun C 5.15 SunOS_sparc 2017/05/30).
+
+   Suppress extern inline (with or without __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)))
+   on configurations that mistakenly use 'static inline' to implement
+   functions or macros in standard C headers like <ctype.h>.  For example,
+   if isdigit is mistakenly implemented via a static inline function,
+   a program containing an extern inline function that calls isdigit
+   may not work since the C standard prohibits extern inline functions
+   from calling static functions (ISO C 99 section 6.7.4.(3).
+   This bug is known to occur on:
+
+     OS X 10.8 and earlier; see:
+     https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html
+
+     DragonFly; see
+     http://muscles.dragonflybsd.org/bulk/clang-master-potential/20141111_102002/logs/ah-tty-0.3.12.log
+
+     FreeBSD; see:
+     https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2014-07/msg00104.html
+
+   OS X 10.9 has a macro __header_inline indicating the bug is fixed for C and
+   for clang but remains for g++; see <https://trac.macports.org/ticket/41033>.
+   Assume DragonFly and FreeBSD will be similar.
+
+   GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
+   inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used.  It defines a macro
+   __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
+   __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
+   GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
+   semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
+     warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
+     warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
+   It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation.
+ */
+#if (((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) \
+      || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __FreeBSD__) \
+     && (defined HAVE___HEADER_INLINE \
+         ? (defined __cplusplus && defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
+            && ! defined __clang__) \
+         : ((! defined _DONT_USE_CTYPE_INLINE_ \
+             && (defined __GNUC__ || defined __cplusplus)) \
+            || (defined _FORTIFY_SOURCE && 0 < _FORTIFY_SOURCE \
+                && defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __cplusplus))))
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_STDHEADER_BUG
+#endif
+#if ((__GNUC__ \
+      ? defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ && __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
+      : (199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+         && !defined __HP_cc \
+         && !defined __PGI \
+         && !(defined __SUNPRO_C && __STDC__))) \
+     && !defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_STDHEADER_BUG)
+# define _GL_INLINE inline
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE extern inline
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE
+#elif (2 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
+       && !defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_STDHEADER_BUG)
+# if defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ && __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
+   /* __gnu_inline__ suppresses a GCC 4.2 diagnostic.  */
+#  define _GL_INLINE extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_INLINE extern inline
+# endif
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE extern
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE
+#else
+# define _GL_INLINE _GL_UNUSED static
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE _GL_UNUSED static
+#endif
+
+/* In GCC 4.6 (inclusive) to 5.1 (exclusive),
+   suppress bogus "no previous prototype for 'FOO'"
+   and "no previous declaration for 'FOO'" diagnostics,
+   when FOO is an inline function in the header; see
+   <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=54113> and
+   <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=63877>.  */
+#if __GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__
+# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ && __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+#  define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA
+# else
+#  define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA \
+     _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wsuggest-attribute=const\"")
+# endif
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmissing-prototypes\"") \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmissing-declarations\"") \
+    _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_END \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#else
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if the compiler supports the keyword '__inline'. */
+#undef HAVE___INLINE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__secure_getenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE___SECURE_GETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__xpg_strerror_r' function. */
+#undef HAVE___XPG_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define HOST_NAME_MAX when <limits.h> does not define it. */
+#undef HOST_NAME_MAX
+
+/* The host operating system. */
+#undef HOST_OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
+#undef ICONV_CONST
+
+/* Define to a symbolic name denoting the flavor of iconv_open()
+   implementation. */
+#undef ICONV_FLAVOR
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of
+   'long double'. */
+#undef LDBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'long double'. */
+#undef LDBL_EXPBIT0_WORD
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find the sign of 'long
+   double'. */
+#undef LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the sign of 'long double'. */
+#undef LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD
+
+/* Define to 1 if linkat can create hardlinks to symlinks */
+#undef LINKAT_SYMLINK_NOTSUP
+
+/* Define to 1 if linkat fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
+#undef LINKAT_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'link(2)' dereferences symbolic links, 0 if it creates hard
+   links to symlinks, -1 if it depends on the variable __xpg4, and -2 if
+   unknown. */
+#undef LINK_FOLLOWS_SYMLINKS
+
+/* Define if localename.c overrides newlocale(), duplocale(), freelocale(). */
+#undef LOCALENAME_ENHANCE_LOCALE_FUNCS
+
+/* FIXME */
+#undef LOCALTIME_CACHE
+
+/* Define to 1 if lseek does not detect pipes. */
+#undef LSEEK_PIPE_BROKEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'lstat' dereferences a symlink specified with a trailing
+   slash. */
+#undef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
+
+/* Define to 1 if `major', `minor', and `makedev' are declared in <mkdev.h>.
+   */
+#undef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
+
+/* Define to 1 if `major', `minor', and `makedev' are declared in
+   <sysmacros.h>. */
+#undef MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
+
+/* If malloc(0) is != NULL, define this to 1. Otherwise define this to 0. */
+#undef MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL
+
+/* Define to a substitute value for mmap()'s MAP_ANONYMOUS flag. */
+#undef MAP_ANONYMOUS
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function does not return (size_t) -2 for empty input.
+   */
+#undef MBRTOWC_EMPTY_INPUT_BUG
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function may signal encoding errors in the C locale.
+   */
+#undef MBRTOWC_IN_C_LOCALE_MAYBE_EILSEQ
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function has the NULL pwc argument bug. */
+#undef MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG1_BUG
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function has the NULL string argument bug. */
+#undef MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG2_BUG
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function does not return 0 for a NUL character. */
+#undef MBRTOWC_NUL_RETVAL_BUG
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function returns a wrong return value. */
+#undef MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function stores a wide character when reporting
+   incomplete input. */
+#undef MBRTOWC_STORES_INCOMPLETE_BUG
+
+/* Use GNU style printf and scanf.  */
+#ifndef __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO
+# undef __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to 1 if mkfifo does not reject trailing slash */
+#undef MKFIFO_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+
+/* Define to 1 if mknod cannot create a fifo without super-user privileges */
+#undef MKNOD_FIFO_BUG
+
+/* Define if (like SVR2) there is no specific function for reading the list of
+   mounted file systems, and your system has these header files: <sys/fstyp.h>
+   and <sys/statfs.h>. (SVR3) */
+#undef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP
+
+/* Define if there are functions named next_dev and fs_stat_dev for reading
+   the list of mounted file systems. (BeOS) */
+#undef MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV
+
+/* Define if there is a function named getextmntent for reading the list of
+   mounted file systems. (Solaris) */
+#undef MOUNTED_GETEXTMNTENT
+
+/* Define if there is a function named getfsstat for reading the list of
+   mounted file systems. (DEC Alpha running OSF/1) */
+#undef MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT
+
+/* Define if there is a function named getmntent for reading the list of
+   mounted file systems, and that function takes a single argument. (4.3BSD,
+   SunOS, HP-UX, Irix) */
+#undef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1
+
+/* Define if there is a function named getmntent for reading the list of
+   mounted file systems, and that function takes two arguments. (SVR4) */
+#undef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2
+
+/* Define if there is a function named getmntinfo for reading the list of
+   mounted file systems and it returns an array of 'struct statfs'. (4.4BSD,
+   Darwin) */
+#undef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO
+
+/* Define if there is a function named getmntinfo for reading the list of
+   mounted file systems and it returns an array of 'struct statvfs'. (NetBSD
+   3.0) */
+#undef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO2
+
+/* Define if we are on interix, and ought to use statvfs plus some special
+   knowledge on where mounted file systems can be found. (Interix) */
+#undef MOUNTED_INTERIX_STATVFS
+
+/* Define if there is a function named mntctl that can be used to read the
+   list of mounted file systems, and there is a system header file that
+   declares 'struct vmount'. (AIX) */
+#undef MOUNTED_VMOUNT
+
+/* Define to 1 on musl libc. */
+#undef MUSL_LIBC
+
+/* Define to 1 if assertions should be disabled. */
+#undef NDEBUG
+
+/* Define to 1 if fchmodat+AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW does not work right on
+   non-symlinks. */
+#undef NEED_FCHMODAT_NONSYMLINK_FIX
+
+/* Define if the compilation of mktime.c should define 'mktime_internal'. */
+#undef NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL
+
+/* Define if the compilation of mktime.c should define 'mktime' with the
+   native Windows TZ workaround. */
+#undef NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS
+
+/* Define if the compilation of mktime.c should define 'mktime' with the
+   algorithmic workarounds. */
+#undef NEED_MKTIME_WORKING
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 'a' and
+   'A' directives. */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 'F'
+   directive. */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 'ls'
+   directive. */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_LS
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for 'double'
+   arguments. */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for surviving
+   out-of-memory conditions. */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_ENOMEM
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the ' flag.
+   */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_GROUPING
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the '-'
+   flag. */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 0 flag.
+   */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for infinite
+   'double' arguments. */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for infinite
+   'long double' arguments. */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for 'long
+   double' arguments. */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for supporting
+   large precisions without arbitrary bounds. */
+#undef NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+
+/* Define to 1 to enable general improvements of setlocale. */
+#undef NEED_SETLOCALE_IMPROVED
+
+/* Define to 1 to enable a multithread-safety fix of setlocale. */
+#undef NEED_SETLOCALE_MTSAFE
+
+/* Define to 1 if nl_langinfo is multithread-safe. */
+#undef NL_LANGINFO_MTSAFE
+
+/* Define to 1 if the nlist n_name member is a pointer */
+#undef N_NAME_POINTER
+
+/* Define to 1 if open() fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
+#undef OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+
+/* Name of package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* String identifying the packager of this software */
+#undef PACKAGE_PACKAGER
+
+/* Packager info for bug reports (URL/e-mail/...) */
+#undef PACKAGE_PACKAGER_BUG_REPORTS
+
+/* Packager-specific version information */
+#undef PACKAGE_PACKAGER_VERSION
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the home page for this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_URL
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Define to the maximum link count that a true pipe can have. */
+#undef PIPE_LINK_COUNT_MAX
+
+/* Define this if you prefer euidaccess to return the correct result even if
+   this would make it nonreentrant. Define this only if your entire
+   application is safe even if the uid or gid might temporarily change. If
+   your application uses signal handlers or threads it is probably not safe.
+   */
+#undef PREFER_NONREENTRANT_EUIDACCESS
+
+/* Define to the type that is the result of default argument promotions of
+   type mode_t. */
+#undef PROMOTED_MODE_T
+
+/* Define if pthread_create is an inline function. */
+#undef PTHREAD_CREATE_IS_INLINE
+
+/* Define if the pthread_in_use() detection is hard. */
+#undef PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+
+/* Define if the 'robust' attribute of pthread_mutex* doesn't exist. */
+#undef PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_ROBUST_UNIMPLEMENTED
+
+/* Define to 1 if pthread_sigmask(), when it fails, returns -1 and sets errno.
+   */
+#undef PTHREAD_SIGMASK_FAILS_WITH_ERRNO
+
+/* Define to 1 if pthread_sigmask may return 0 and have no effect. */
+#undef PTHREAD_SIGMASK_INEFFECTIVE
+
+/* Define to 1 if pthread_sigmask() unblocks signals incorrectly. */
+#undef PTHREAD_SIGMASK_UNBLOCK_BUG
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'ptrdiff_t'. */
+#undef PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX
+
+/* Define to 1 if readlink fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
+#undef READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+
+/* Define to 1 if readlink sets errno instead of truncating a too-long link.
+   */
+#undef READLINK_TRUNCATE_BUG
+
+/* Define if rename does not work when the destination file exists, as on
+   Cygwin 1.5 or Windows. */
+#undef RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG
+
+/* Define if rename fails to leave hard links alone, as on NetBSD 1.6 or
+   Cygwin 1.5. */
+#undef RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG
+
+/* Define if rename does not correctly handle slashes on the destination
+   argument, such as on Solaris 11 or NetBSD 1.6. */
+#undef RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_DEST_BUG
+
+/* Define if rename does not correctly handle slashes on the source argument,
+   such as on Solaris 9 or cygwin 1.5. */
+#undef RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_SOURCE_BUG
+
+/* Define to 1 if gnulib's dirfd() replacement is used. */
+#undef REPLACE_DIRFD
+
+/* Define to 1 if gnulib's fchdir() replacement is used. */
+#undef REPLACE_FCHDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 if stat needs help when passed a file name with a trailing
+   slash */
+#undef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE
+
+/* Define to 1 if utime needs help when passed a file name with a trailing
+   slash */
+#undef REPLACE_FUNC_UTIME_FILE
+
+/* Define if nl_langinfo exists but is overridden by gnulib. */
+#undef REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if open() should work around the inability to open a directory.
+   */
+#undef REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
+
+/* Define to 1 if strerror(0) does not return a message implying success. */
+#undef REPLACE_STRERROR_0
+
+/* Define if vasnprintf exists but is overridden by gnulib. */
+#undef REPLACE_VASNPRINTF
+
+/* Define if vfprintf is overridden by a POSIX compliant gnulib
+   implementation. */
+#undef REPLACE_VFPRINTF_POSIX
+
+/* Define if vprintf is overridden by a POSIX compliant gnulib implementation.
+   */
+#undef REPLACE_VPRINTF_POSIX
+
+/* Define to 1 if setlocale (LC_ALL, NULL) is multithread-safe. */
+#undef SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE
+
+/* Define to 1 if setlocale (category, NULL) is multithread-safe. */
+#undef SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'sig_atomic_t'. */
+#undef SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX
+
+/* Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define
+   it. */
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# undef SIZE_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'size_t'. */
+#undef SIZE_T_SUFFIX
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at runtime.
+	STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if the block counts reported by statfs may be truncated to 2GB and
+   the correct values may be stored in the f_spare array. (SunOS 4.1.2, 4.1.3,
+   and 4.1.3_U1 are reported to have this problem. SunOS 4.1.1 seems not to be
+   affected.) */
+#undef STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS
+
+/* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
+#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+
+/* Define if statfs takes 2 args and struct statfs has a field named f_bsize.
+   (4.3BSD, SunOS 4, HP-UX) */
+#undef STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE
+
+/* Define if statfs takes 2 args and struct statfs has a field named f_frsize.
+   (glibc/Linux > 2.6) */
+#undef STAT_STATFS2_FRSIZE
+
+/* Define if statfs takes 2 args and struct statfs has a field named f_fsize.
+   (4.4BSD, NetBSD) */
+#undef STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE
+
+/* Define if statfs takes 3 args. (DEC Alpha running OSF/1) */
+#undef STAT_STATFS3_OSF1
+
+/* Define if statfs takes 4 args. (SVR3, old Irix) */
+#undef STAT_STATFS4
+
+/* Define if there is a function named statvfs. (SVR4) */
+#undef STAT_STATVFS
+
+/* Define if statvfs64 should be preferred over statvfs. */
+#undef STAT_STATVFS64
+
+/* Define to 1 if all of the C90 standard headers exist (not just the ones
+   required in a freestanding environment). This macro is provided for
+   backward compatibility; new code need not use it. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define to 1 if strerror_r returns char *. */
+#undef STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+
+/* Define to 1 if strtold does not set errno upon underflow. */
+#undef STRTOLD_HAS_UNDERFLOW_BUG
+
+/* Define to 1 if the f_fsid member of struct statfs is an integer. */
+#undef STRUCT_STATFS_F_FSID_IS_INTEGER
+
+/* Define to 1 if the f_fsid member of struct statvfs is an integer. */
+#undef STRUCT_STATVFS_F_FSID_IS_INTEGER
+
+/* Define to 1 on System V Release 4. */
+#undef SVR4
+
+/* FIXME */
+#undef TERMIOS_NEEDS_XOPEN_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to 1 if time_t is signed. */
+#undef TIME_T_IS_SIGNED
+
+/* Define to 1 if your <sys/time.h> declares `struct tm'. */
+#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
+
+/* group used by system for TTYs */
+#undef TTY_GROUP_NAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if the type of the st_atim member of a struct stat is struct
+   timespec. */
+#undef TYPEOF_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_IS_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
+
+/* Define to 1 for Encore UMAX. */
+#undef UMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 for Encore UMAX 4.3 that has <inq_status/cpustats.h> instead of
+   <sys/cpustats.h>. */
+#undef UMAX4_3
+
+/* Define to 1 if unlink (dir) cannot possibly succeed. */
+#undef UNLINK_CANNOT_UNLINK_DIR
+
+/* Define to 1 if unlink() on a parent directory may succeed */
+#undef UNLINK_PARENT_BUG
+
+/* Define to nonzero if you want access control list support. */
+#undef USE_ACL
+
+/* Counting lines with AVX2 enabled */
+#undef USE_AVX2_WC_LINECOUNT
+
+/* Define if the combination of the ISO C and POSIX multithreading APIs can be
+   used. */
+#undef USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Define if the ISO C multithreading library can be used. */
+#undef USE_ISOC_THREADS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you want to use the Linux kernel cryptographic API. */
+#undef USE_LINUX_CRYPTO_API
+
+/* CRC32 calculation by pclmul hardware instruction enabled */
+#undef USE_PCLMUL_CRC32
+
+/* Define if the POSIX multithreading library can be used. */
+#undef USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Define if references to the POSIX multithreading library are satisfied by
+   libc. */
+#undef USE_POSIX_THREADS_FROM_LIBC
+
+/* Define if references to the POSIX multithreading library should be made
+   weak. */
+#undef USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
+#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
+# undef _ALL_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on macOS.  */
+#ifndef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
+# undef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
+# undef __EXTENSIONS__
+#endif
+/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# undef _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable X/Open compliant socket functions that do not require linking
+   with -lxnet on HP-UX 11.11.  */
+#ifndef _HPUX_ALT_XOPEN_SOCKET_API
+# undef _HPUX_ALT_XOPEN_SOCKET_API
+#endif
+/* Identify the host operating system as Minix.
+   This macro does not affect the system headers' behavior.
+   A future release of Autoconf may stop defining this macro.  */
+#ifndef _MINIX
+# undef _MINIX
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on NetBSD.
+   Enable NetBSD compatibility extensions on Minix.  */
+#ifndef _NETBSD_SOURCE
+# undef _NETBSD_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable OpenBSD compatibility extensions on NetBSD.
+   Oddly enough, this does nothing on OpenBSD.  */
+#ifndef _OPENBSD_SOURCE
+# undef _OPENBSD_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Define to 1 if needed for POSIX-compatible behavior.  */
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+# undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Define to 2 if needed for POSIX-compatible behavior.  */
+#ifndef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
+# undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable POSIX-compatible threading on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-5:2014.  */
+#ifndef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_ATTRIBS_EXT__
+# undef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_ATTRIBS_EXT__
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014.  */
+#ifndef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
+# undef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-2:2015.  */
+#ifndef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_DFP_EXT__
+# undef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_DFP_EXT__
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-4:2015.  */
+#ifndef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT__
+# undef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT__
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015.  */
+#ifndef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT__
+# undef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT__
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TR 24731-2:2010.  */
+#ifndef __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT2__
+# undef __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT2__
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC 24747:2009.  */
+#ifndef __STDC_WANT_MATH_SPEC_FUNCS__
+# undef __STDC_WANT_MATH_SPEC_FUNCS__
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop.  */
+#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable X/Open extensions.  Define to 500 only if necessary
+   to make mbstate_t available.  */
+#ifndef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+# undef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+
+/* An alias of GNULIB_STDIO_SINGLE_THREAD. */
+#undef USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+
+/* Define if the native Windows multithreading API can be used. */
+#undef USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+
+/* Define if you want extended attribute support. */
+#undef USE_XATTR
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Define to 1 if unsetenv returns void instead of int. */
+#undef VOID_UNSETENV
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'wchar_t'. */
+#undef WCHAR_T_SUFFIX
+
+/* Define if the wcrtomb function does not work in the C locale. */
+#undef WCRTOMB_C_LOCALE_BUG
+
+/* Define if the wcrtomb function has an incorrect return value. */
+#undef WCRTOMB_RETVAL_BUG
+
+/* Define if WSAStartup is needed. */
+#undef WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+
+/* Define if sys/ptem.h is required for struct winsize. */
+#undef WINSIZE_IN_PTEM
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'wint_t'. */
+#undef WINT_T_SUFFIX
+
+/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
+   significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
+#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
+# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+#  undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
+#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+
+/* True if the compiler says it groks GNU C version MAJOR.MINOR.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
+# define _GL_GNUC_PREREQ(major, minor) \
+    ((major) < __GNUC__ + ((minor) <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
+#else
+# define _GL_GNUC_PREREQ(major, minor) 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to enable the declarations of ISO C 11 types and functions. */
+#undef _ISOC11_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to 1 to make fseeko visible on some hosts (e.g. glibc 2.2). */
+#undef _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
+
+/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
+#undef _LARGE_FILES
+
+/* Define to 1 on Solaris. */
+#undef _LCONV_C99
+
+/* The _Noreturn keyword of C11.  */
+#ifndef _Noreturn
+# if (defined __cplusplus \
+      && ((201103 <= __cplusplus && !(__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 7)) \
+          || (defined _MSC_VER && 1900 <= _MSC_VER)) \
+      && 0)
+    /* [[noreturn]] is not practically usable, because with it the syntax
+         extern _Noreturn void func (...);
+       would not be valid; such a declaration would only be valid with 'extern'
+       and '_Noreturn' swapped, or without the 'extern' keyword.  However, some
+       AIX system header files and several gnulib header files use precisely
+       this syntax with 'extern'.  */
+#  define _Noreturn [[noreturn]]
+# elif ((!defined __cplusplus || defined __clang__) \
+        && (201112 <= (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) \
+            || (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
+                && (_GL_GNUC_PREREQ (4, 7) \
+                    || (defined __apple_build_version__ \
+                        ? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
+                        : 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))))
+   /* _Noreturn works as-is.  */
+# elif _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (2, 8) || defined __clang__ || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
+#  define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# elif 1200 <= (defined _MSC_VER ? _MSC_VER : 0)
+#  define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
+# else
+#  define _Noreturn
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to 1 in order to get the POSIX compatible declarations of socket
+   functions. */
+#undef _POSIX_PII_SOCKET
+
+/* Define if you want <regex.h> to include <limits.h>, so that it consistently
+   overrides <limits.h>'s RE_DUP_MAX. */
+#undef _REGEX_INCLUDE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define if you want regoff_t to be at least as wide POSIX requires. */
+#undef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+
+/* Number of bits in a timestamp, on hosts where this is settable. */
+#undef _TIME_BITS
+
+/* For standard stat data types on VMS. */
+#undef _USE_STD_STAT
+
+/* Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables should be
+   used. */
+#undef __GETOPT_PREFIX
+
+/* For 64-bit time_t on 32-bit mingw. */
+#undef __MINGW_USE_VC2005_COMPAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system <stdint.h> predates C++11. */
+#undef __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system <stdint.h> predates C++11. */
+#undef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
+
+/* Define to 1 if C does not support variable-length arrays, and if the
+   compiler does not already define this. */
+#undef __STDC_NO_VLA__
+
+/* The _GL_ASYNC_SAFE marker should be attached to functions that are
+   signal handlers (for signals other than SIGABRT, SIGPIPE) or can be
+   invoked from such signal handlers.  Such functions have some restrictions:
+     * All functions that it calls should be marked _GL_ASYNC_SAFE as well,
+       or should be listed as async-signal-safe in POSIX
+       <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/V2_chap02.html#tag_15_04>
+       section 2.4.3.  Note that malloc(), sprintf(), and fwrite(), in
+       particular, are NOT async-signal-safe.
+     * All memory locations (variables and struct fields) that these functions
+       access must be marked 'volatile'.  This holds for both read and write
+       accesses.  Otherwise the compiler might optimize away stores to and
+       reads from such locations that occur in the program, depending on its
+       data flow analysis.  For example, when the program contains a loop
+       that is intended to inspect a variable set from within a signal handler
+           while (!signal_occurred)
+             ;
+       the compiler is allowed to transform this into an endless loop if the
+       variable 'signal_occurred' is not declared 'volatile'.
+   Additionally, recall that:
+     * A signal handler should not modify errno (except if it is a handler
+       for a fatal signal and ends by raising the same signal again, thus
+       provoking the termination of the process).  If it invokes a function
+       that may clobber errno, it needs to save and restore the value of
+       errno.  */
+#define _GL_ASYNC_SAFE
+
+
+/* Attributes.  */
+#if (defined __has_attribute \
+     && (!defined __clang_minor__ \
+         || (defined __apple_build_version__ \
+             ? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
+             : 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
+# define _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attr) __has_attribute (__##attr##__)
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE(attr) _GL_ATTR_##attr
+# define _GL_ATTR_alloc_size _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
+# define _GL_ATTR_always_inline _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (3, 2)
+# define _GL_ATTR_artificial _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
+# define _GL_ATTR_cold _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
+# define _GL_ATTR_const _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (2, 95)
+# define _GL_ATTR_deprecated _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (3, 1)
+# define _GL_ATTR_diagnose_if 0
+# define _GL_ATTR_error _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
+# define _GL_ATTR_externally_visible _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (4, 1)
+# define _GL_ATTR_fallthrough _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (7, 0)
+# define _GL_ATTR_format _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (2, 7)
+# define _GL_ATTR_leaf _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6)
+# define _GL_ATTR_malloc _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (3, 0)
+# ifdef _ICC
+#  define _GL_ATTR_may_alias 0
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTR_may_alias _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
+# endif
+# define _GL_ATTR_noinline _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (3, 1)
+# define _GL_ATTR_nonnull _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
+# define _GL_ATTR_nonstring _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (8, 0)
+# define _GL_ATTR_nothrow _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
+# define _GL_ATTR_packed _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (2, 7)
+# define _GL_ATTR_pure _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (2, 96)
+# define _GL_ATTR_returns_nonnull _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9)
+# define _GL_ATTR_sentinel _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (4, 0)
+# define _GL_ATTR_unused _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (2, 7)
+# define _GL_ATTR_warn_unused_result _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (3, 4)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __has_c_attribute
+# define _GL_HAS_C_ATTRIBUTE(attr) __has_c_attribute (__##attr##__)
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_C_ATTRIBUTE(attr) 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((N)) declares that the Nth argument of the function
+   is the size of the returned memory block.
+   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((M, N)) declares that the Mth argument multiplied
+   by the Nth argument of the function is the size of the returned memory block.
+ */
+/* Applies to: function, pointer to function, function types.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (alloc_size)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args) __attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ args))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args)
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE tells that the compiler should always inline the
+   function and report an error if it cannot do so.  */
+/* Applies to: function.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (always_inline)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE __attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL declares that the function is not important to show
+    in stack traces when debugging.  The compiler should omit the function from
+    stack traces.  */
+/* Applies to: function.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (artificial)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL __attribute__ ((__artificial__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD declares that the function is rarely executed.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+/* Avoid __attribute__ ((cold)) on MinGW; see thread starting at
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/emacs-devel/2019-04/msg01152.html>.
+   Also, Oracle Studio 12.6 requires 'cold' not '__cold__'.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (cold) && !defined __MINGW32__
+# ifndef __SUNPRO_C
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD __attribute__ ((__cold__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD __attribute__ ((cold))
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST declares that it is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate
+   calls to the function with the same arguments.
+   This attribute is safe for a function that neither depends on nor affects
+   observable state, and always returns exactly once - e.g., does not loop
+   forever, and does not call longjmp.
+   (This attribute is stricter than _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE.)  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (const)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((__const__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
+   that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
+   function F.
+   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
+   can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  Cannot be used on inline functions.  */
+#if _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (f, i)))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
+#endif
+/* If gnulib's <string.h> or <wchar.h> has already defined this macro, continue
+   to use this earlier definition, since <stdlib.h> may not have been included
+   yet.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (free, 1)
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: Declares that an entity is deprecated.
+   The compiler may warn if the entity is used.  */
+/* Applies to:
+     - function, variable,
+     - struct, union, struct/union member,
+     - enumeration, enumeration item,
+     - typedef,
+   in C++ also: namespace, class, template specialization.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_C_ATTRIBUTE (deprecated)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED [[__deprecated__]]
+#elif _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (deprecated)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR(msg) requests an error if a function is called and
+   the function call is not optimized away.
+   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WARNING(msg) requests a warning if a function is called and
+   the function call is not optimized away.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (error)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR(msg) __attribute__ ((__error__ (msg)))
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WARNING(msg) __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+#elif _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (diagnose_if)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR(msg) __attribute__ ((__diagnose_if__ (1, msg, "error")))
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WARNING(msg) __attribute__ ((__diagnose_if__ (1, msg, "warning")))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR(msg)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WARNING(msg)
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE declares that the entity should remain
+   visible to debuggers etc., even with '-fwhole-program'.  */
+/* Applies to: functions, variables.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (externally_visible)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE __attribute__ ((externally_visible))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FALLTHROUGH declares that it is not a programming mistake if
+   the control flow falls through to the immediately following 'case' or
+   'default' label.  The compiler should not warn in this case.  */
+/* Applies to: Empty statement (;), inside a 'switch' statement.  */
+/* Always expands to something.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_C_ATTRIBUTE (fallthrough)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FALLTHROUGH [[__fallthrough__]]
+#elif _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (fallthrough)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FALLTHROUGH __attribute__ ((__fallthrough__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FALLTHROUGH ((void) 0)
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((ARCHETYPE, STRING-INDEX, FIRST-TO-CHECK))
+   declares that the STRING-INDEXth function argument is a format string of
+   style ARCHETYPE, which is one of:
+     printf, gnu_printf
+     scanf, gnu_scanf,
+     strftime, gnu_strftime,
+     strfmon,
+   or the same thing prefixed and suffixed with '__'.
+   If FIRST-TO-CHECK is not 0, arguments starting at FIRST-TO_CHECK
+   are suitable for the format string.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (format)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec)
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_LEAF declares that if the function is called from some other
+   compilation unit, it executes code from that unit only by return or by
+   exception handling.  This declaration lets the compiler optimize that unit
+   more aggressively.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (leaf)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_LEAF __attribute__ ((__leaf__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_LEAF
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC declares that the function returns a pointer to freshly
+   allocated memory.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (malloc)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS declares that pointers to the type may point to the
+   same storage as pointers to other types.  Thus this declaration disables
+   strict aliasing optimization.  */
+/* Applies to: types.  */
+/* Oracle Studio 12.6 mishandles may_alias despite __has_attribute OK.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (may_alias) && !defined __SUNPRO_C
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS __attribute__ ((__may_alias__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED declares that it is not a programming mistake if
+   the entity is not used.  The compiler should not warn if the entity is not
+   used.  */
+/* Applies to:
+     - function, variable,
+     - struct, union, struct/union member,
+     - enumeration, enumeration item,
+     - typedef,
+   in C++ also: class.  */
+/* In C++ and C2x, this is spelled [[__maybe_unused__]].
+   GCC's syntax is __attribute__ ((__unused__)).
+   clang supports both syntaxes.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_C_ATTRIBUTE (maybe_unused)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED [[__maybe_unused__]]
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+#endif
+/* Alternative spelling of this macro, for convenience.  */
+#define _GL_UNUSED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
+/* Earlier spellings of this macro.  */
+#define _UNUSED_PARAMETER_ _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD declares that the caller of the function should not
+   discard the return value.  The compiler may warn if the caller does not use
+   the return value, unless the caller uses something like ignore_value.  */
+/* Applies to: function, enumeration, class.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_C_ATTRIBUTE (nodiscard)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD [[__nodiscard__]]
+#elif _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (warn_unused_result)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE tells that the compiler should not inline the
+   function.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (noinline)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE __attribute__ ((__noinline__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((N1, N2,...)) declares that the arguments N1, N2,...
+   must not be NULL.
+   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () declares that all pointer arguments must not be
+   null.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (nonnull)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(args) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ args))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(args)
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING declares that the contents of a character array is
+   not meant to be NUL-terminated.  */
+/* Applies to: struct/union members and variables that are arrays of element
+   type '[[un]signed] char'.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (nonstring)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING __attribute__ ((__nonstring__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
+#endif
+
+/* There is no _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; use _Noreturn instead.  */
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW declares that the function does not throw exceptions.
+ */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (nothrow) && !defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW __attribute__ ((__nothrow__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PACKED declares:
+   For struct members: The member has the smallest possible alignment.
+   For struct, union, class: All members have the smallest possible alignment,
+   minimizing the memory required.  */
+/* Applies to: struct members, struct, union,
+   in C++ also: class.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (packed)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PACKED __attribute__ ((__packed__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE declares that It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate
+   calls to the function with the same arguments if observable state is not
+   changed between calls.
+   This attribute is safe for a function that does not affect
+   observable state, and always returns exactly once.
+   (This attribute is looser than _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST.)  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (pure)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL declares that the function's return value is
+   a non-NULL pointer.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (returns_nonnull)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL __attribute__ ((__returns_nonnull__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(pos) declares that the variadic function expects a
+   trailing NULL argument.
+   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL () - The last argument is NULL (requires C99).
+   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL ((N)) - The (N+1)st argument from the end is NULL.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (sentinel)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(pos) __attribute__ ((__sentinel__ pos))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(pos)
+#endif
+
+/* A helper macro.  Don't use it directly.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_ATTRIBUTE (unused)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+#endif
+
+
+/* _GL_UNUSED_LABEL; declares that it is not a programming mistake if the
+   immediately preceding label is not used.  The compiler should not warn
+   if the label is not used.  */
+/* Applies to: label (both in C and C++).  */
+/* Note that g++ < 4.5 does not support the '__attribute__ ((__unused__)) ;'
+   syntax.  But clang does.  */
+#if !(defined __cplusplus && !_GL_GNUC_PREREQ (4, 5)) || defined __clang__
+# define _GL_UNUSED_LABEL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+#else
+# define _GL_UNUSED_LABEL
+#endif
+
+
+/* Always use our fgetfilecon wrapper. */
+#undef fgetfilecon
+
+/* Define to the overridden function name */
+#undef fts_children
+
+/* Define to the overridden function name */
+#undef fts_close
+
+/* Define to the overridden function name */
+#undef fts_cross_check
+
+/* Define to the overridden function name */
+#undef fts_open
+
+/* Define to the overridden function name */
+#undef fts_read
+
+/* Define to the overridden function name */
+#undef fts_set
+
+/* Always use our getfilecon wrapper. */
+#undef getfilecon
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef gid_t
+
+/* A replacement for va_copy, if needed.  */
+#define gl_va_copy(a,b) ((a) = (b))
+
+/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
+   calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name.  */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#undef inline
+#endif
+
+/* Define to `unsigned long int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef ino_t
+
+/* Define to long or long long if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define. */
+#undef intmax_t
+
+/* Work around a bug in Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5465: In C99 mode, it supports
+   the ISO C 99 semantics of 'extern inline' (unlike the GNU C semantics of
+   earlier versions), but does not display it by setting __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__.
+   __APPLE__ && __MACH__ test for Mac OS X.
+   __APPLE_CC__ tests for the Apple compiler and its version.
+   __STDC_VERSION__ tests for the C99 mode.  */
+#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && __APPLE_CC__ >= 5465 && !defined __cplusplus && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+# define __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ 1
+#endif
+
+/* Always use our lgetfilecon wrapper. */
+#undef lgetfilecon
+
+/* Define to 1 if the compiler is checking for lint. */
+#undef lint
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef major_t
+
+/* Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define. */
+#undef mbstate_t
+
+/* _GL_CMP (n1, n2) performs a three-valued comparison on n1 vs. n2, where
+   n1 and n2 are expressions without side effects, that evaluate to real
+   numbers (excluding NaN).
+   It returns
+     1  if n1 > n2
+     0  if n1 == n2
+     -1 if n1 < n2
+   The naïve code   (n1 > n2 ? 1 : n1 < n2 ? -1 : 0)  produces a conditional
+   jump with nearly all GCC versions up to GCC 10.
+   This variant     (n1 < n2 ? -1 : n1 > n2)  produces a conditional with many
+   GCC versions up to GCC 9.
+   The better code  (n1 > n2) - (n1 < n2)  from Hacker's Delight § 2-9
+   avoids conditional jumps in all GCC versions >= 3.4.  */
+#define _GL_CMP(n1, n2) (((n1) > (n2)) - ((n1) < (n2)))
+
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef minor_t
+
+/* Define to the real name of the mktime_internal function. */
+#undef mktime_internal
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef mode_t
+
+/* Define to the name of the strftime replacement function. */
+#undef my_strftime
+
+/* Define to the type of st_nlink in struct stat, or a supertype. */
+#undef nlink_t
+
+/* Define to `long int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define as a signed integer type capable of holding a process identifier. */
+#undef pid_t
+
+/* Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system
+   doesn't define it. */
+#undef ptrdiff_t
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_comp if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_comp
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_compile_fastmap if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_compile_fastmap
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_compile_pattern if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_compile_pattern
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_exec if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_exec
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_match if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_match
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_match_2 if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_match_2
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_search if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_search
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_search_2 if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_search_2
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_set_registers if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_set_registers
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_set_syntax if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_set_syntax
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_syntax_options if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef re_syntax_options
+
+/* Define to rpl_regcomp if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef regcomp
+
+/* Define to rpl_regerror if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef regerror
+
+/* Define to rpl_regexec if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef regexec
+
+/* Define to rpl_regfree if the replacement should be used. */
+#undef regfree
+
+/* Define to the equivalent of the C99 'restrict' keyword, or to
+   nothing if this is not supported.  Do not define if restrict is
+   supported only directly.  */
+#undef restrict
+/* Work around a bug in older versions of Sun C++, which did not
+   #define __restrict__ or support _Restrict or __restrict__
+   even though the corresponding Sun C compiler ended up with
+   "#define restrict _Restrict" or "#define restrict __restrict__"
+   in the previous line.  This workaround can be removed once
+   we assume Oracle Developer Studio 12.5 (2016) or later.  */
+#if defined __SUNPRO_CC && !defined __RESTRICT && !defined __restrict__
+# define _Restrict
+# define __restrict__
+#endif
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* type to use in place of socklen_t if not defined */
+#undef socklen_t
+
+/* Define as a signed type of the same size as size_t. */
+#undef ssize_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#undef uid_t
+
+
+  /* This definition is a duplicate of the one in unitypes.h.
+     It is here so that we can cope with an older version of unitypes.h
+     that does not contain this definition and that is pre-installed among
+     the public header files.  */
+  # if defined __restrict \
+       || 2 < __GNUC__ + (95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+       || __clang_major__ >= 3
+  #  define _UC_RESTRICT __restrict
+  # elif 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ || defined restrict
+  #  define _UC_RESTRICT restrict
+  # else
+  #  define _UC_RESTRICT
+  # endif
+  
+
+/* Define to an unsigned 32-bit type if <sys/types.h> lacks this type. */
+#undef useconds_t
+
+/* Define as a macro for copying va_list variables. */
+#undef va_copy
+
+/* Define as `fork' if `vfork' does not work. */
+#undef vfork
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword `volatile' does not work. Warning: valid
+   code using `volatile' can become incorrect without. Disable with care. */
+#undef volatile
diff --git a/lib/copy-acl.c b/lib/copy-acl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fc42b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/copy-acl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Copy access control list from one file to file.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "quote.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+
+/* Copy access control lists from one file to another. If SOURCE_DESC is
+   a valid file descriptor, use file descriptor operations, else use
+   filename based operations on SRC_NAME. Likewise for DEST_DESC and
+   DST_NAME.
+   If access control lists are not available, fchmod the target file to
+   MODE.  Also sets the non-permission bits of the destination file
+   (S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX) to those from MODE if any are set.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise output a diagnostic and return a
+   negative error code.  */
+
+int
+copy_acl (const char *src_name, int source_desc, const char *dst_name,
+          int dest_desc, mode_t mode)
+{
+  int ret = qcopy_acl (src_name, source_desc, dst_name, dest_desc, mode);
+  switch (ret)
+    {
+    case -2:
+      error (0, errno, "%s", quote (src_name));
+      break;
+
+    case -1:
+      error (0, errno, _("preserving permissions for %s"), quote (dst_name));
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/lib/copy-file-range.c b/lib/copy-file-range.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ec7f4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/copy-file-range.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Stub for copy_file_range
+   Copyright 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined __linux__ && HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+
+ssize_t
+copy_file_range (int infd, off_t *pinoff,
+                 int outfd, off_t *poutoff,
+                 size_t length, unsigned int flags)
+{
+#undef copy_file_range
+
+#if defined __linux__ && HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE
+  /* The implementation of copy_file_range (which first appeared in
+     Linux kernel release 4.5) had many issues before release 5.3
+     <https://lwn.net/Articles/789527/>, so fail with ENOSYS for Linux
+     kernels 5.2 and earlier.
+
+     This workaround, and the configure-time check for Linux, can be
+     removed when such kernels (released March 2016 through September
+     2019) are no longer a consideration.  As of January 2021, the
+     furthest-future planned kernel EOL is December 2024 for kernel
+     release 4.19.  */
+
+    static signed char ok;
+
+    if (! ok)
+      {
+        struct utsname name;
+        uname (&name);
+        char *p = name.release;
+        ok = ((p[1] != '.' || '5' < p[0]
+               || (p[0] == '5' && (p[3] != '.' || '2' < p[2])))
+              ? 1 : -1);
+      }
+
+    if (0 < ok)
+      return copy_file_range (infd, pinoff, outfd, poutoff, length, flags);
+#endif
+
+  /* There is little need to emulate copy_file_range with read+write,
+     since programs that use copy_file_range must fall back on
+     read+write anyway.  */
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/lib/count-leading-zeros.c b/lib/count-leading-zeros.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8eb1d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/count-leading-zeros.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Count the number of leading 0 bits in a word.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "count-leading-zeros.h"
diff --git a/lib/count-leading-zeros.h b/lib/count-leading-zeros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..354641a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/count-leading-zeros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* count-leading-zeros.h -- counts the number of leading 0 bits in a word.
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+#ifndef COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H
+#define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H 1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE
+# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Assuming the GCC builtin is BUILTIN and the MSC builtin is MSC_BUILTIN,
+   expand to code that computes the number of leading zeros of the local
+   variable 'x' of type TYPE (an unsigned integer type) and return it
+   from the current function.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+    || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE)                \
+  return x ? BUILTIN (x) : CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;
+#elif _MSC_VER
+# pragma intrinsic _BitScanReverse
+# pragma intrinsic _BitScanReverse64
+# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE)                \
+    do                                                                  \
+      {                                                                 \
+        unsigned long result;                                           \
+        return MSC_BUILTIN (&result, x) ? result : CHAR_BIT * sizeof x; \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (0)
+#else
+# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE)                \
+    do                                                                  \
+      {                                                                 \
+        int count;                                                      \
+        unsigned int leading_32;                                        \
+        if (! x)                                                        \
+          return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;                                   \
+        for (count = 0;                                                 \
+             (leading_32 = ((x >> (sizeof (TYPE) * CHAR_BIT - 32))      \
+                            & 0xffffffffU),                             \
+              count < CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 32 && !leading_32);         \
+             count += 32)                                               \
+          x = x << 31 << 1;                                             \
+        return count + count_leading_zeros_32 (leading_32);             \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (0)
+
+/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X,
+   where 0 < X < 2**32.  */
+COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_leading_zeros_32 (unsigned int x)
+{
+  /* <https://github.com/gibsjose/BitHacks>
+     <https://www.fit.vutbr.cz/~ibarina/pub/bithacks.pdf> */
+  static const char de_Bruijn_lookup[32] = {
+    31, 22, 30, 21, 18, 10, 29, 2, 20, 17, 15, 13, 9, 6, 28, 1,
+    23, 19, 11, 3, 16, 14, 7, 24, 12, 4, 8, 25, 5, 26, 27, 0
+  };
+
+  x |= x >> 1;
+  x |= x >> 2;
+  x |= x >> 4;
+  x |= x >> 8;
+  x |= x >> 16;
+  return de_Bruijn_lookup[((x * 0x07c4acddU) & 0xffffffffU) >> 27];
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
+COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_leading_zeros (unsigned int x)
+{
+  COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clz, _BitScanReverse, unsigned int);
+}
+
+/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
+COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_leading_zeros_l (unsigned long int x)
+{
+  COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clzl, _BitScanReverse, unsigned long int);
+}
+
+/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
+COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
+count_leading_zeros_ll (unsigned long long int x)
+{
+  COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clzll, _BitScanReverse64,
+                       unsigned long long int);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H */
diff --git a/lib/creat-safer.c b/lib/creat-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35e5ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/creat-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Invoke creat, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fcntl-safer.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+int
+creat_safer (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return fd_safer (creat (file, mode));
+}
diff --git a/lib/ctype.in.h b/lib/ctype.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc81170
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ctype.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* A substitute for ISO C99 <ctype.h>, for platforms on which it is incomplete.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible.  */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <ctype.h> for platforms on which it is incomplete.
+ * <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/ctype.h.html>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* Include the original <ctype.h>.  */
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_CTYPE_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Return non-zero if c is a blank, i.e. a space or tab character.  */
+#if @GNULIB_ISBLANK@
+# if !@HAVE_ISBLANK@
+_GL_EXTERN_C int isblank (int c);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef isblank
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISBLANK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (isblank, "isblank is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module isblank for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H */
diff --git a/lib/cycle-check.c b/lib/cycle-check.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20e0e1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/cycle-check.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* help detect directory cycles efficiently
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "cycle-check.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "assure.h"
+
+#define CC_MAGIC 9827862
+
+/* Return true if I is a power of 2, or is zero.  */
+
+static bool
+is_zero_or_power_of_two (uintmax_t i)
+{
+  return (i & (i - 1)) == 0;
+}
+
+void
+cycle_check_init (struct cycle_check_state *state)
+{
+  state->chdir_counter = 0;
+  state->magic = CC_MAGIC;
+}
+
+/* In traversing a directory hierarchy, call this function once for each
+   descending chdir call, with SB corresponding to the chdir operand.
+   If SB corresponds to a directory that has already been seen,
+   return true to indicate that there is a directory cycle.
+   Note that this is done "lazily", which means that some of
+   the directories in the cycle may be processed twice before
+   the cycle is detected.  */
+
+bool
+cycle_check (struct cycle_check_state *state, struct stat const *sb)
+{
+  assure (state->magic == CC_MAGIC);
+
+  /* If the current directory ever happens to be the same
+     as the one we last recorded for the cycle detection,
+     then it's obviously part of a cycle.  */
+  if (state->chdir_counter && SAME_INODE (*sb, state->dev_ino))
+    return true;
+
+  /* If the number of "descending" chdir calls is a power of two,
+     record the dev/ino of the current directory.  */
+  if (is_zero_or_power_of_two (++(state->chdir_counter)))
+    {
+      /* On all architectures that we know about, if the counter
+         overflows then there is a directory cycle here somewhere,
+         even if we haven't detected it yet.  Typically this happens
+         only after the counter is incremented 2**64 times, so it's a
+         fairly theoretical point.  */
+      if (state->chdir_counter == 0)
+        return true;
+
+      state->dev_ino.st_dev = sb->st_dev;
+      state->dev_ino.st_ino = sb->st_ino;
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/lib/cycle-check.h b/lib/cycle-check.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a297330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/cycle-check.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* help detect directory cycles efficiently
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#ifndef CYCLE_CHECK_H
+# define CYCLE_CHECK_H 1
+
+# include <stdint.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include "dev-ino.h"
+# include "same-inode.h"
+
+struct cycle_check_state
+{
+  struct dev_ino dev_ino;
+  uintmax_t chdir_counter;
+  int magic;
+};
+
+void cycle_check_init (struct cycle_check_state *state);
+bool cycle_check (struct cycle_check_state *state, struct stat const *sb);
+
+# define CYCLE_CHECK_REFLECT_CHDIR_UP(State, SB_dir, SB_subdir) \
+  do                                                            \
+    {                                                           \
+      /* You must call cycle_check at least once before using this macro.  */ \
+      if ((State)->chdir_counter == 0)                          \
+        abort ();                                               \
+      if (SAME_INODE ((State)->dev_ino, SB_subdir))             \
+        {                                                       \
+          (State)->dev_ino.st_dev = (SB_dir).st_dev;            \
+          (State)->dev_ino.st_ino = (SB_dir).st_ino;            \
+        }                                                       \
+    }                                                           \
+  while (0)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/dev-ino.h b/lib/dev-ino.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dac0240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dev-ino.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* A simple (device, inode) struct.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering, 2003.  */
+
+#ifndef DEV_INO_H
+# define DEV_INO_H 1
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+struct dev_ino
+{
+  ino_t st_ino;
+  dev_t st_dev;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/di-set.c b/lib/di-set.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8d2558
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/di-set.c
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/* Set operations for device-inode pairs stored in a space-efficient manner.
+
+   Copyright 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "di-set.h"
+
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "ino-map.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* The hash package hashes "void *", but this package wants to hash
+   integers.  Use integers that are as large as possible, but no
+   larger than void *, so that they can be cast to void * and back
+   without losing information.  */
+typedef size_t hashint;
+#define HASHINT_MAX ((hashint) -1)
+
+/* Integers represent inode numbers.  Integers in the range
+   1..(LARGE_INO_MIN-1) represent inode numbers directly.  (The hash
+   package does not work with null pointers, so inode 0 cannot be used
+   as a key.)  To find the representations of other inode numbers, map
+   them through INO_MAP.  */
+#define LARGE_INO_MIN (HASHINT_MAX / 2)
+
+/* Set operations for device-inode pairs stored in a space-efficient
+   manner.  Use a two-level hash table.  The top level hashes by
+   device number, as there are typically a small number of devices.
+   The lower level hashes by mapped inode numbers.  In the typical
+   case where the inode number is positive and small, the inode number
+   maps to itself, masquerading as a void * value; otherwise, its
+   value is the result of hashing the inode value through INO_MAP.  */
+
+/* A pair that maps a device number to a set of inode numbers.  */
+struct di_ent
+{
+  dev_t dev;
+  struct hash_table *ino_set;
+};
+
+/* A two-level hash table that manages and indexes these pairs.  */
+struct di_set
+{
+  /* Map device numbers to sets of inode number representatives.  */
+  struct hash_table *dev_map;
+
+  /* If nonnull, map large inode numbers to their small
+     representatives.  If null, there are no large inode numbers in
+     this set.  */
+  struct ino_map *ino_map;
+
+  /* Cache of the most recently allocated and otherwise-unused storage
+     for probing this table.  */
+  struct di_ent *probe;
+};
+
+/* Hash a device-inode-set entry.  */
+static size_t
+di_ent_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size)
+{
+  struct di_ent const *p = x;
+  dev_t dev = p->dev;
+
+  /* When DEV is wider than size_t, exclusive-OR the words of DEV into H.
+     This avoids loss of info, without applying % to the wider type,
+     which could be quite slow on some systems.  */
+  size_t h = dev;
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int n_words = sizeof dev / sizeof h + (sizeof dev % sizeof h != 0);
+  for (i = 1; i < n_words; i++)
+    h ^= dev >> CHAR_BIT * sizeof h * i;
+
+  return h % table_size;
+}
+
+/* Return true if two device-inode-set entries are the same.  */
+static bool
+di_ent_compare (void const *x, void const *y)
+{
+  struct di_ent const *a = x;
+  struct di_ent const *b = y;
+  return a->dev == b->dev;
+}
+
+/* Free a device-inode-set entry.  */
+static void
+di_ent_free (void *v)
+{
+  struct di_ent *a = v;
+  hash_free (a->ino_set);
+  free (a);
+}
+
+/* Create a set of device-inode pairs.  Return NULL on allocation failure.  */
+struct di_set *
+di_set_alloc (void)
+{
+  struct di_set *dis = malloc (sizeof *dis);
+  if (dis)
+    {
+      enum { INITIAL_DEV_MAP_SIZE = 11 };
+      dis->dev_map = hash_initialize (INITIAL_DEV_MAP_SIZE, NULL,
+                                      di_ent_hash, di_ent_compare,
+                                      di_ent_free);
+      if (! dis->dev_map)
+        {
+          free (dis);
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      dis->ino_map = NULL;
+      dis->probe = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return dis;
+}
+
+/* Free a set of device-inode pairs.  */
+void
+di_set_free (struct di_set *dis)
+{
+  hash_free (dis->dev_map);
+  if (dis->ino_map)
+    ino_map_free (dis->ino_map);
+  free (dis->probe);
+  free (dis);
+}
+
+/* Hash an encoded inode number I.  */
+static size_t
+di_ino_hash (void const *i, size_t table_size)
+{
+  return (hashint) i % table_size;
+}
+
+/* Using the DIS table, map a device to a hash table that represents
+   a set of inode numbers.  Return NULL on error.  */
+static struct hash_table *
+map_device (struct di_set *dis, dev_t dev)
+{
+  /* Find space for the probe, reusing the cache if available.  */
+  struct di_ent *ent;
+  struct di_ent *probe = dis->probe;
+  if (probe)
+    {
+      /* If repeating a recent query, return the cached result.   */
+      if (probe->dev == dev)
+        return probe->ino_set;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      dis->probe = probe = malloc (sizeof *probe);
+      if (! probe)
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Probe for the device.  */
+  probe->dev = dev;
+  ent = hash_insert (dis->dev_map, probe);
+  if (! ent)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (ent != probe)
+    {
+      /* Use the existing entry.  */
+      probe->ino_set = ent->ino_set;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      enum { INITIAL_INO_SET_SIZE = 1021 };
+
+      /* Prepare to allocate a new probe next time; this one is in use.  */
+      dis->probe = NULL;
+
+      /* DEV is new; allocate an inode set for it.  */
+      probe->ino_set = hash_initialize (INITIAL_INO_SET_SIZE, NULL,
+                                        di_ino_hash, NULL, NULL);
+    }
+
+  return probe->ino_set;
+}
+
+/* Using the DIS table, map an inode number to a mapped value.
+   Return INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE on error.  */
+static hashint
+map_inode_number (struct di_set *dis, ino_t ino)
+{
+  if (0 < ino && ino < LARGE_INO_MIN)
+    return ino;
+
+  if (! dis->ino_map)
+    {
+      dis->ino_map = ino_map_alloc (LARGE_INO_MIN);
+      if (! dis->ino_map)
+        return INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+  return ino_map_insert (dis->ino_map, ino);
+}
+
+/* Attempt to insert the DEV,INO pair into the set DIS.
+   If it matches a pair already in DIS, keep that pair and return 0.
+   Otherwise, if insertion is successful, return 1.
+   Upon any failure return -1.  */
+int
+di_set_insert (struct di_set *dis, dev_t dev, ino_t ino)
+{
+  hashint i;
+
+  /* Map the device number to a set of inodes.  */
+  struct hash_table *ino_set = map_device (dis, dev);
+  if (! ino_set)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Map the inode number to a small representative I.  */
+  i = map_inode_number (dis, ino);
+  if (i == INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Put I into the inode set.  */
+  return hash_insert_if_absent (ino_set, (void const *) i, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Look up the DEV,INO pair in the set DIS.
+   If found, return 1; if not found, return 0.
+   Upon any failure return -1.  */
+int
+di_set_lookup (struct di_set *dis, dev_t dev, ino_t ino)
+{
+  hashint i;
+
+  /* Map the device number to a set of inodes.  */
+  struct hash_table *ino_set = map_device (dis, dev);
+  if (! ino_set)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Map the inode number to a small representative I.  */
+  i = map_inode_number (dis, ino);
+  if (i == INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Perform the look-up.  */
+  return !!hash_lookup (ino_set, (void const *) i);
+}
diff --git a/lib/di-set.h b/lib/di-set.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b31a7f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/di-set.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Manipulate sets of device-inode pairs efficiently.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering, 2010.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_DI_SET_H
+# define _GL_DI_SET_H
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+struct di_set;
+
+void di_set_free (struct di_set *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1));
+
+struct di_set *di_set_alloc (void)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (di_set_free, 1);
+
+int di_set_insert (struct di_set *, dev_t, ino_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1));
+
+int di_set_lookup (struct di_set *dis, dev_t dev, ino_t ino)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/dirchownmod.c b/lib/dirchownmod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bc7076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirchownmod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* Change the ownership and mode bits of a directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirchownmod.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "stat-macros.h"
+
+#ifndef HAVE_FCHMOD
+# define HAVE_FCHMOD 0
+# undef fchmod
+# define fchmod(fd, mode) (-1)
+#endif
+
+/* Change the ownership and mode bits of a directory.  If FD is
+   nonnegative, it should be a file descriptor associated with the
+   directory; close it before returning.  DIR is the name of the
+   directory.
+
+   If MKDIR_MODE is not (mode_t) -1, mkdir (DIR, MKDIR_MODE) has just
+   been executed successfully with umask zero, so DIR should be a
+   directory (not a symbolic link).
+
+   First, set the file's owner to OWNER and group to GROUP, but leave
+   the owner alone if OWNER is (uid_t) -1, and similarly for GROUP.
+
+   Then, set the file's mode bits to MODE, except preserve any of the
+   bits that correspond to zero bits in MODE_BITS.  In other words,
+   MODE_BITS is a mask that specifies which of the file's mode bits
+   should be set or cleared.  MODE should be a subset of MODE_BITS,
+   which in turn should be a subset of CHMOD_MODE_BITS.
+
+   This implementation assumes the current umask is zero.
+
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 (setting errno) otherwise.  Unsuccessful
+   calls may do the chown but not the chmod.  */
+
+int
+dirchownmod (int fd, char const *dir, mode_t mkdir_mode,
+             uid_t owner, gid_t group,
+             mode_t mode, mode_t mode_bits)
+{
+  struct stat st;
+  int result = (fd < 0 ? stat (dir, &st) : fstat (fd, &st));
+
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      mode_t dir_mode = st.st_mode;
+
+      /* Check whether DIR is a directory.  If FD is nonnegative, this
+         check avoids changing the ownership and mode bits of the
+         wrong file in many cases.  This doesn't fix all the race
+         conditions, but it is better than nothing.  */
+      if (! S_ISDIR (dir_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          result = -1;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* If at least one of the S_IXUGO bits are set, chown might
+             clear the S_ISUID and S_SGID bits.  Keep track of any
+             file mode bits whose values are indeterminate due to this
+             issue.  */
+          mode_t indeterminate = 0;
+
+          /* On some systems, chown clears S_ISUID and S_ISGID, so do
+             chown before chmod.  On older System V hosts, ordinary
+             users can give their files away via chown; don't worry
+             about that here, since users shouldn't do that.  */
+
+          if ((owner != (uid_t) -1 && owner != st.st_uid)
+              || (group != (gid_t) -1 && group != st.st_gid))
+            {
+              result = (0 <= fd
+                        ? fchown (fd, owner, group)
+                        : mkdir_mode != (mode_t) -1
+                        ? lchown (dir, owner, group)
+                        : chown (dir, owner, group));
+
+              /* Either the user cares about an indeterminate bit and
+                 it'll be set properly by chmod below, or the user
+                 doesn't care and it's OK to use the bit's pre-chown
+                 value.  So there's no need to re-stat DIR here.  */
+
+              if (result == 0 && (dir_mode & S_IXUGO))
+                indeterminate = dir_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID);
+            }
+
+          /* If the file mode bits might not be right, use chmod to
+             change them.  Don't change bits the user doesn't care
+             about.  */
+          if (result == 0 && (((dir_mode ^ mode) | indeterminate) & mode_bits))
+            {
+              mode_t chmod_mode =
+                mode | (dir_mode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS & ~mode_bits);
+              result = (HAVE_FCHMOD && 0 <= fd
+                        ? fchmod (fd, chmod_mode)
+                        : mkdir_mode != (mode_t) -1
+                        ? lchmod (dir, chmod_mode)
+                        : chmod (dir, chmod_mode));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (0 <= fd)
+    {
+      if (result == 0)
+        result = close (fd);
+      else
+        {
+          int e = errno;
+          close (fd);
+          errno = e;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/dirchownmod.h b/lib/dirchownmod.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb48be2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirchownmod.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Change the ownership and mode bits of a directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+int dirchownmod (int, char const *, mode_t, uid_t, gid_t, mode_t, mode_t);
diff --git a/lib/dirent--.h b/lib/dirent--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e336ecf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirent--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Like dirent.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include "dirent-safer.h"
+
+#undef opendir
+#define opendir opendir_safer
+#define GNULIB_defined_opendir 1
diff --git a/lib/dirent-private.h b/lib/dirent-private.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30cf5d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirent-private.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Private details of the DIR type.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _DIRENT_PRIVATE_H
+#define _DIRENT_PRIVATE_H 1
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#undef WIN32_FIND_DATA
+#define WIN32_FIND_DATA WIN32_FIND_DATAA
+
+struct gl_directory
+{
+  /* Status, or error code to produce in next readdir() call.
+     -2 means the end of the directory is already reached,
+     -1 means the entry was already filled by FindFirstFile,
+     0 means the entry needs to be filled using FindNextFile.
+     A positive value is an error code.  */
+  int status;
+  /* Handle, reading the directory, at current position.  */
+  HANDLE current;
+  /* Found directory entry.  */
+  WIN32_FIND_DATA entry;
+  /* Argument to pass to FindFirstFile.  It consists of the absolutized
+     directory name, followed by a directory separator and the wildcards.  */
+  char dir_name_mask[1];
+};
+
+#endif /* _DIRENT_PRIVATE_H */
diff --git a/lib/dirent-safer.h b/lib/dirent-safer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59b2794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirent-safer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Invoke dirent-like functions, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+DIR *opendir_safer (const char *name)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/dirent.in.h b/lib/dirent.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f28288d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirent.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/* A GNU-like <dirent.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_DIRENT_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_DIRENT_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
+
+/* Get ino_t.  Needed on some systems, including glibc 2.8.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if !@HAVE_DIRENT_H@
+/* Define types DIR and 'struct dirent'.  */
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_dirent
+struct dirent
+{
+  char d_type;
+  char d_name[1];
+};
+/* Possible values for 'd_type'.  */
+#  define DT_UNKNOWN 0
+#  define DT_FIFO    1          /* FIFO */
+#  define DT_CHR     2          /* character device */
+#  define DT_DIR     4          /* directory */
+#  define DT_BLK     6          /* block device */
+#  define DT_REG     8          /* regular file */
+#  define DT_LNK    10          /* symbolic link */
+#  define DT_SOCK   12          /* socket */
+#  define DT_WHT    14          /* whiteout */
+typedef struct gl_directory DIR;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_dirent 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
+   that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
+   function F.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (f, i)))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC declares that the function returns a pointer to freshly
+   allocated memory.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@
+# if @REPLACE_CLOSEDIR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef closedir
+#   define closedir rpl_closedir
+#   define GNULIB_defined_closedir 1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_CLOSEDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (closedir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef closedir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CLOSEDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (closedir, "closedir is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module closedir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_OPENDIR@
+# if @REPLACE_OPENDIR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef opendir
+#   define opendir rpl_opendir
+#   define GNULIB_defined_opendir 1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (opendir, DIR *,
+                  (const char *dir_name)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_OPENDIR@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (opendir, DIR *,
+                  (const char *dir_name)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (opendir);
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined opendir
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate opendir with closedir or
+   rpl_closedir.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (opendir, DIR *,
+                  (const char *dir_name)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef opendir
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (opendir, "opendir is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module opendir for portability");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_READDIR@
+# if !@HAVE_READDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readdir, struct dirent *, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readdir, struct dirent *, (DIR *dirp));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef readdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readdir, "readdir is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module readdir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_REWINDDIR@
+# if !@HAVE_REWINDDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rewinddir, void, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rewinddir, void, (DIR *dirp));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rewinddir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rewinddir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REWINDDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rewinddir, "rewinddir is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rewinddir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_DIRFD@
+/* Return the file descriptor associated with the given directory stream,
+   or -1 if none exists.  */
+# if @REPLACE_DIRFD@
+/* On kLIBC, dirfd() is a macro that does not work.  Undefine it.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) || defined dirfd
+#   undef dirfd
+#   define dirfd rpl_dirfd
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dirfd, int, (DIR *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dirfd, int, (DIR *));
+
+#  ifdef __KLIBC__
+/* Gnulib internal hooks needed to maintain the dirfd metadata.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_dirp_fd (int fd, DIR *dirp)
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2));
+_GL_EXTERN_C void _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (int fd);
+#  endif
+# else
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && defined dirfd
+    /* dirfd is defined as a macro and not as a function.
+       Turn it into a function and get rid of the macro.  */
+static inline int (dirfd) (DIR *dp) { return dirfd (dp); }
+#   undef dirfd
+#  endif
+#  if !(@HAVE_DECL_DIRFD@ || defined dirfd)
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dirfd, int, (DIR *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dirfd, int, (DIR *));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dirfd);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dirfd
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DIRFD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dirfd, "dirfd is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dirfd for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FDOPENDIR@
+/* Open a directory stream visiting the given directory file
+   descriptor.  Return NULL and set errno if fd is not visiting a
+   directory.  On success, this function consumes fd (it will be
+   implicitly closed either by this function or by a subsequent
+   closedir).  */
+# if @REPLACE_FDOPENDIR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fdopendir
+#   define fdopendir rpl_fdopendir
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fdopendir, DIR *,
+                  (int fd)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FDOPENDIR@ || !@HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *,
+                  (int fd)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdopendir);
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined fdopendir
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate fdopendir with closedir or
+   rpl_closedir.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *,
+                  (int fd)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef fdopendir
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FDOPENDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdopendir, "fdopendir is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fdopendir for portability");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SCANDIR@
+/* Scan the directory DIR, calling FILTER on each directory entry.
+   Entries for which FILTER returns nonzero are individually malloc'd,
+   sorted using qsort with CMP, and collected in a malloc'd array in
+   *NAMELIST.  Returns the number of entries selected, or -1 on error.  */
+# if !@HAVE_SCANDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (scandir, int,
+                  (const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist,
+                   int (*filter) (const struct dirent *),
+                   int (*cmp) (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **))
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 4)));
+# endif
+/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the fourth parameter is
+                        int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *).  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (scandir, int,
+                       (const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist,
+                        int (*filter) (const struct dirent *),
+                        int (*cmp) (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **)));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (scandir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef scandir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SCANDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (scandir, "scandir is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module scandir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ALPHASORT@
+/* Compare two 'struct dirent' entries alphabetically.  */
+# if !@HAVE_ALPHASORT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (alphasort, int,
+                  (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the parameters are
+                       (const void *, const void *).  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (alphasort, int,
+                       (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (alphasort);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef alphasort
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ALPHASORT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (alphasort, "alphasort is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module alphasort for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H */
diff --git a/lib/dirfd.c b/lib/dirfd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4104683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirfd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* dirfd.c -- return the file descriptor associated with an open DIR*
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <io.h>
+
+static struct dirp_fd_list
+{
+  DIR *dirp;
+  int fd;
+  struct dirp_fd_list *next;
+} *dirp_fd_start = NULL;
+
+/* Register fd associated with dirp to dirp_fd_list. */
+int
+_gl_register_dirp_fd (int fd, DIR *dirp)
+{
+  struct dirp_fd_list *new_dirp_fd = malloc (sizeof *new_dirp_fd);
+  if (!new_dirp_fd)
+    return -1;
+
+  new_dirp_fd->dirp = dirp;
+  new_dirp_fd->fd = fd;
+  new_dirp_fd->next = dirp_fd_start;
+
+  dirp_fd_start = new_dirp_fd;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Unregister fd from dirp_fd_list with closing it */
+void
+_gl_unregister_dirp_fd (int fd)
+{
+  struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd;
+  struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd_prev;
+
+  for (dirp_fd_prev = NULL, dirp_fd = dirp_fd_start; dirp_fd;
+       dirp_fd_prev = dirp_fd, dirp_fd = dirp_fd->next)
+    {
+      if (dirp_fd->fd == fd)
+        {
+          if (dirp_fd_prev)
+            dirp_fd_prev->next = dirp_fd->next;
+          else  /* dirp_fd == dirp_fd_start */
+            dirp_fd_start = dirp_fd_start->next;
+
+          close (fd);
+          free (dirp_fd);
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+dirfd (DIR *dir_p)
+{
+  int fd = DIR_TO_FD (dir_p);
+  if (fd == -1)
+#ifndef __KLIBC__
+    errno = ENOTSUP;
+#else
+    {
+      struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd;
+
+      for (dirp_fd = dirp_fd_start; dirp_fd; dirp_fd = dirp_fd->next)
+        if (dirp_fd->dirp == dir_p)
+          return dirp_fd->fd;
+
+      errno = EINVAL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return fd;
+}
diff --git a/lib/dirname-lgpl.c b/lib/dirname-lgpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d54f6a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirname-lgpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
+   dir_name.  If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
+   even though 'dir_name (FILE)' will return ".".  Works properly even
+   if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *file)
+{
+  size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes.  */
+  prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0
+                    ? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+                       && ISSLASH (file[prefix_length]))
+                    : (ISSLASH (file[0])
+                       ? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+                           && ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2])
+                           ? 2 : 1))
+                       : 0));
+
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = last_component (file) - file;
+       prefix_length < length; length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1]))
+      break;
+  return length;
+}
+
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin 'dirname' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin 'dirname' modifies its argument.
+
+   Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with malloc.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively
+   ignoring them).  Return NULL on failure.
+
+   If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
+   lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file.  Likewise,
+   if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
+   rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE
+   to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in.  */
+
+char *
+mdir_name (char const *file)
+{
+  size_t length = dir_len (file);
+  bool append_dot = (length == 0
+                     || (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+                         && length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file)
+                         && file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2])));
+  char *dir = malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  if (!dir)
+    return NULL;
+  memcpy (dir, file, length);
+  if (append_dot)
+    dir[length++] = '.';
+  dir[length] = '\0';
+  return dir;
+}
diff --git a/lib/dirname.c b/lib/dirname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d2aaf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Just like mdir_name (dirname-lgpl.c), except, rather than
+   returning NULL upon malloc failure, here, we report the
+   "memory exhausted" condition and exit.  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (char const *file)
+{
+  char *result = mdir_name (file);
+  if (!result)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/dirname.h b/lib/dirname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e18a97e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Take file names apart into directory and base names.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include "filename.h"
+# include "basename-lgpl.h"
+
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+# if GNULIB_DIRNAME
+char *base_name (char const *file)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+char *dir_name (char const *file)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+# endif
+
+char *mdir_name (char const *file)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+size_t dir_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/dtoastr.c b/lib/dtoastr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71af14c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dtoastr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Convert 'double' to accurate string.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define LENGTH 2
+#include "ftoastr.c"
diff --git a/lib/dtotimespec.c b/lib/dtotimespec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b62a8bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dtotimespec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* Convert double to timespec.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+/* Convert the double value SEC to a struct timespec.  Round toward
+   positive infinity.  On overflow, return an extremal value.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+struct timespec
+dtotimespec (double sec)
+{
+  if (! (TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t) < sec))
+    return make_timespec (TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t), 0);
+  else if (! (sec < 1.0 + TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t)))
+    return make_timespec (TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t), TIMESPEC_HZ - 1);
+  else
+    {
+      time_t s = sec;
+      double frac = TIMESPEC_HZ * (sec - s);
+      long ns = frac;
+      ns += ns < frac;
+      s += ns / TIMESPEC_HZ;
+      ns %= TIMESPEC_HZ;
+
+      if (ns < 0)
+        {
+          s--;
+          ns += TIMESPEC_HZ;
+        }
+
+      return make_timespec (s, ns);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/dup-safer-flag.c b/lib/dup-safer-flag.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f87792a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dup-safer-flag.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Duplicate a file descriptor result, avoiding clobbering
+   STD{IN,OUT,ERR}_FILENO, with specific flags.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  If FLAG contains O_CLOEXEC, behave like
+   fcntl(F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC) rather than fcntl(F_DUPFD).  */
+
+int
+dup_safer_flag (int fd, int flag)
+{
+  return fcntl (fd, (flag & O_CLOEXEC) ? F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC : F_DUPFD,
+                STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/dup-safer.c b/lib/dup-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38ff74c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dup-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Invoke dup, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+
+int
+dup_safer (int fd)
+{
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/dup.c b/lib/dup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17a9c58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* Duplicate an open file descriptor.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+#endif
+
+#undef dup
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+dup_nothrow (int fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _dup (fd);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EBADF;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define dup_nothrow _dup
+# endif
+#elif defined __KLIBC__
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h>
+
+static int
+dup_nothrow (int fd)
+{
+  int dupfd;
+  struct stat sbuf;
+
+  dupfd = dup (fd);
+  if (dupfd == -1 && errno == ENOTSUP \
+      && !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
+    {
+      char path[_MAX_PATH];
+
+      /* Get a path from fd */
+      if (!__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path)))
+        dupfd = open (path, O_RDONLY);
+    }
+
+  return dupfd;
+}
+#else
+# define dup_nothrow dup
+#endif
+
+int
+rpl_dup (int fd)
+{
+  int result = dup_nothrow (fd);
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (result >= 0)
+    result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/dup2.c b/lib/dup2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c766ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dup2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2004-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#undef dup2
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+#  include "msvc-inval.h"
+# endif
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+dup2_nothrow (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      result = -1;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define dup2_nothrow _dup2
+# endif
+
+static int
+ms_windows_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  /* If fd is closed, mingw hangs on dup2 (fd, fd).  If fd is open,
+     dup2 (fd, fd) returns 0, but all further attempts to use fd in
+     future dup2 calls will hang.  */
+  if (fd == desired_fd)
+    {
+      if ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+          errno = EBADF;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      return fd;
+    }
+
+  /* Wine 1.0.1 return 0 when desired_fd is negative but not -1:
+     https://bugs.winehq.org/show_bug.cgi?id=21289 */
+  if (desired_fd < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  result = dup2_nothrow (fd, desired_fd);
+
+  if (result == 0)
+    result = desired_fd;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+# define dup2 ms_windows_dup2
+
+#elif defined __KLIBC__
+
+# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h>
+
+static int
+klibc_dup2dirfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int tempfd;
+  int dupfd;
+
+  tempfd = open ("NUL", O_RDONLY);
+  if (tempfd == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (tempfd == desired_fd)
+    {
+      close (tempfd);
+
+      char path[_MAX_PATH];
+      if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path)))
+        return -1;
+
+      return open(path, O_RDONLY);
+    }
+
+  dupfd = klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd);
+
+  close (tempfd);
+
+  return dupfd;
+}
+
+static int
+klibc_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int dupfd;
+  struct stat sbuf;
+
+  dupfd = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
+  if (dupfd == -1 && errno == ENOTSUP \
+      && !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
+    {
+      close (desired_fd);
+
+      return klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd);
+    }
+
+  return dupfd;
+}
+
+# define dup2 klibc_dup2
+#endif
+
+int
+rpl_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+#ifdef F_GETFL
+  /* On Linux kernels 2.6.26-2.6.29, dup2 (fd, fd) returns -EBADF.
+     On Cygwin 1.5.x, dup2 (1, 1) returns 0.
+     On Cygwin 1.7.17, dup2 (1, -1) dumps core.
+     On Cygwin 1.7.25, dup2 (1, 256) can dump core.
+     On Haiku, dup2 (fd, fd) mistakenly clears FD_CLOEXEC.  */
+# if HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE
+  setdtablesize (desired_fd + 1);
+# endif
+  if (desired_fd < 0)
+    fd = desired_fd;
+  if (fd == desired_fd)
+    return fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) == -1 ? -1 : fd;
+#endif
+
+  result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
+
+  /* Correct an errno value on FreeBSD 6.1 and Cygwin 1.5.x.  */
+  if (result == -1 && errno == EMFILE)
+    errno = EBADF;
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (fd != desired_fd && result != -1)
+    result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/dynarray.h b/lib/dynarray.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca6439d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dynarray.h
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/* Type-safe arrays which grow dynamically.
+   Copyright 2021-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible, 2021.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_DYNARRAY_H
+#define _GL_DYNARRAY_H
+
+/* Before including this file, you need to define:
+
+   DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+      The struct tag of dynamic array to be defined.
+
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
+      The type name of the element type.  Elements are copied
+      as if by memcpy, and can change address as the dynamic
+      array grows.
+
+   DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+      The prefix of the functions which are defined.
+
+   The following parameters are optional:
+
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE (E) is evaluated to deallocate the
+      contents of elements. E is of type  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
+
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT (E) is evaluated to initialize a new
+      element.  E is of type  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
+      If DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE but not DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT is
+      defined, new elements are automatically zero-initialized.
+      Otherwise, new elements have undefined contents.
+
+   DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE
+      The size of the statically allocated array (default:
+      at least 2, more elements if they fit into 128 bytes).
+      Must be a preprocessor constant.  If DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE is 0,
+      there is no statically allocated array at, and all non-empty
+      arrays are heap-allocated.
+
+   DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+      The name of the type which holds the final array.  If not
+      defined, is PREFIX##finalize not provided.  DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+      must be a struct type, with members of type DYNARRAY_ELEMENT and
+      size_t at the start (in this order).
+
+   These macros are undefined after this header file has been
+   included.
+
+   The following types are provided (their members are private to the
+   dynarray implementation):
+
+     struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+
+   The following functions are provided:
+ */
+
+/* Initialize a dynamic array object.  This must be called before any
+   use of the object.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##init (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Deallocate the dynamic array and its elements.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##free (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Return true if the dynamic array is in an error state.  */
+#if 0
+static bool
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##has_failed (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Mark the dynamic array as failed.  All elements are deallocated as
+   a side effect.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##mark_failed (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Return the number of elements which have been added to the dynamic
+   array.  */
+#if 0
+static size_t
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##size (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Return a pointer to the first array element, if any.  For a
+   zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
+   array has not entered the failure state.  */
+#if 0
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##begin (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Return a pointer one element past the last array element.  For a
+   zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
+   array has not entered the failure state.  */
+#if 0
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##end (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Return a pointer to the array element at INDEX.  Terminate the
+   process if INDEX is out of bounds.  */
+#if 0
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##at (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t index);
+#endif
+
+/* Add ITEM at the end of the array, enlarging it by one element.
+   Mark *LIST as failed if the dynamic array allocation size cannot be
+   increased.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##add (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
+                             DYNARRAY_ELEMENT item);
+#endif
+
+/* Allocate a place for a new element in *LIST and return a pointer to
+   it.  The pointer can be NULL if the dynamic array cannot be
+   enlarged due to a memory allocation failure.  */
+#if 0
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##emplace (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Change the size of *LIST to SIZE.  If SIZE is larger than the
+   existing size, new elements are added (which can be initialized).
+   Otherwise, the list is truncated, and elements are freed.  Return
+   false on memory allocation failure (and mark *LIST as failed).  */
+#if 0
+static bool
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##resize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t size);
+#endif
+
+/* Remove the last element of LIST if it is present.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##remove_last (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+/* Remove all elements from the list.  The elements are freed, but the
+   list itself is not.  */
+#if 0
+static void
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##clear (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
+#endif
+
+#if defined DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+/* Transfer the dynamic array to a permanent location at *RESULT.
+   Returns true on success on false on allocation failure.  In either
+   case, *LIST is re-initialized and can be reused.  A NULL pointer is
+   stored in *RESULT if LIST refers to an empty list.  On success, the
+   pointer in *RESULT is heap-allocated and must be deallocated using
+   free.  */
+#if 0
+static bool
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
+                                  DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE *result);
+#endif
+#else /* !defined DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE */
+/* Transfer the dynamic array to a heap-allocated array and return a
+   pointer to it.  The pointer is NULL if memory allocation fails, or
+   if the array is empty, so this function should be used only for
+   arrays which are known not be empty (usually because they always
+   have a sentinel at the end).  If LENGTHP is not NULL, the array
+   length is written to *LENGTHP.  *LIST is re-initialized and can be
+   reused.  */
+#if 0
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+       DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
+                                  size_t *lengthp);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* A minimal example which provides a growing list of integers can be
+   defined like this:
+
+     struct int_array
+     {
+       // Pointer to result array followed by its length,
+       // as required by DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE.
+       int *array;
+       size_t length;
+     };
+
+     #define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_int
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT int
+     #define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_int_
+     #define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct int_array
+     #include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
+
+   To create a three-element array with elements 1, 2, 3, use this
+   code:
+
+     struct dynarray_int dyn;
+     dynarray_int_init (&dyn);
+     for (int i = 1; i <= 3; ++i)
+       {
+         int *place = dynarray_int_emplace (&dyn);
+         assert (place != NULL);
+         *place = i;
+       }
+     struct int_array result;
+     bool ok = dynarray_int_finalize (&dyn, &result);
+     assert (ok);
+     assert (result.length == 3);
+     assert (result.array[0] == 1);
+     assert (result.array[1] == 2);
+     assert (result.array[2] == 3);
+     free (result.array);
+
+   If the elements contain resources which must be freed, define
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE appropriately, like this:
+
+     struct str_array
+     {
+       char **array;
+       size_t length;
+     };
+
+     #define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_str
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT char *
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE(ptr) free (*ptr)
+     #define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_str_
+     #define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct str_array
+     #include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
+ */
+
+
+/* The implementation is imported from glibc.  */
+
+/* Avoid possible conflicts with symbols exported by the GNU libc.  */
+#define __libc_dynarray_at_failure gl_dynarray_at_failure
+#define __libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge gl_dynarray_emplace_enlarge
+#define __libc_dynarray_finalize gl_dynarray_finalize
+#define __libc_dynarray_resize_clear gl_dynarray_resize_clear
+#define __libc_dynarray_resize gl_dynarray_resize
+
+#if defined DYNARRAY_STRUCT || defined DYNARRAY_ELEMENT || defined DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+
+# ifndef _GL_LIKELY
+/* Rely on __builtin_expect, as provided by the module 'builtin-expect'.  */
+#  define _GL_LIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
+#  define _GL_UNLIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
+# endif
+
+/* Define auxiliary structs and declare auxiliary functions, common to all
+   instantiations of dynarray.  */
+# include <malloc/dynarray.gl.h>
+
+/* Define the instantiation, specified through
+     DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
+     DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+   etc.  */
+# include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* This file is being included from one of the malloc/dynarray_*.c files.  */
+# include <malloc/dynarray.h>
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_DYNARRAY_H */
diff --git a/lib/eloop-threshold.h b/lib/eloop-threshold.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b31457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/eloop-threshold.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* Threshold at which to diagnose ELOOP.  Generic version.
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _ELOOP_THRESHOLD_H
+#define _ELOOP_THRESHOLD_H      1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((const))
+#else
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include "minmax.h"
+# define __sysconf sysconf
+# if (!defined SYMLOOP_MAX \
+      && ! (defined _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX && defined _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX))
+#  define SYMLOOP_MAX 8
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX specifies SYMLOOP_MAX as the "Maximum number of symbolic
+   links that can be reliably traversed in the resolution of a
+   pathname in the absence of a loop."  This makes it a minimum that
+   we should certainly accept.  But it leaves open the possibility
+   that more might sometimes work--just not "reliably".
+
+   For example, Linux implements a complex policy whereby there is a
+   small limit on the number of direct symlink traversals (a symlink
+   to a symlink to a symlink), but larger limit on the total number of
+   symlink traversals overall.  Hence the SYMLOOP_MAX number should be
+   the small one, but the limit library functions enforce on users
+   should be the larger one.
+
+   So, we use the larger of the reported SYMLOOP_MAX (if any) and our
+   own constant MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD, below.  This constant should be
+   large enough that it never rules out a file name and directory tree
+   that the underlying system (i.e. calls to 'open' et al) would
+   resolve successfully.  It should be small enough that actual loops
+   are detected without a huge number of iterations.  */
+
+#ifndef MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD
+# define MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD    40
+#endif
+
+/* Return the maximum number of symlink traversals to permit
+   before diagnosing ELOOP.  */
+static inline unsigned int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+__eloop_threshold (void)
+{
+#ifdef SYMLOOP_MAX
+  const int symloop_max = SYMLOOP_MAX;
+#else
+  /* The function is marked 'const' even though we use memory and
+     call a function, because sysconf is required to return the
+     same value in every call and so it must always be safe to
+     call __eloop_threshold exactly once and reuse the value.  */
+  static long int sysconf_symloop_max;
+  if (sysconf_symloop_max == 0)
+    sysconf_symloop_max = __sysconf (_SC_SYMLOOP_MAX);
+  const unsigned int symloop_max = (sysconf_symloop_max <= 0
+                                    ? _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX
+                                    : sysconf_symloop_max);
+#endif
+
+  return MAX (symloop_max, MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD);
+}
+
+#endif  /* eloop-threshold.h */
diff --git a/lib/errno.in.h b/lib/errno.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ec1845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/errno.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/* A POSIX-like <errno.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
+
+
+/* On native Windows platforms, many macros are not defined.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* These are the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for interoperability.  */
+
+#  ifndef ENOMSG
+#   define ENOMSG    122
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EIDRM
+#   define EIDRM     111
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENOLINK
+#   define ENOLINK   121
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EPROTO
+#   define EPROTO    134
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EBADMSG
+#   define EBADMSG   104
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EOVERFLOW
+#   define EOVERFLOW 132
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENOTSUP
+#   define ENOTSUP   129
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENETRESET
+#   define ENETRESET 117
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ECONNABORTED
+#   define ECONNABORTED 106
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ECANCELED
+#   define ECANCELED 105
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EOWNERDEAD
+#   define EOWNERDEAD 133
+#   define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
+#   define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef EINPROGRESS
+#   define EINPROGRESS     112
+#   define EALREADY        103
+#   define ENOTSOCK        128
+#   define EDESTADDRREQ    109
+#   define EMSGSIZE        115
+#   define EPROTOTYPE      136
+#   define ENOPROTOOPT     123
+#   define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135
+#   define EOPNOTSUPP      130
+#   define EAFNOSUPPORT    102
+#   define EADDRINUSE      100
+#   define EADDRNOTAVAIL   101
+#   define ENETDOWN        116
+#   define ENETUNREACH     118
+#   define ECONNRESET      108
+#   define ENOBUFS         119
+#   define EISCONN         113
+#   define ENOTCONN        126
+#   define ETIMEDOUT       138
+#   define ECONNREFUSED    107
+#   define ELOOP           114
+#   define EHOSTUNREACH    110
+#   define EWOULDBLOCK     140
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef ETXTBSY
+#   define ETXTBSY         139
+#   define ENODATA         120  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define ENOSR           124  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define ENOSTR          125  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define ETIME           137  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define EOTHER          131  /* not required by POSIX */
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS 1
+#  endif
+
+/* These are intentionally the same values as the WSA* error numbers, defined
+   in <winsock2.h>.  */
+#  define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10044  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define EPFNOSUPPORT    10046  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define ESHUTDOWN       10058  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define ETOOMANYREFS    10059  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define EHOSTDOWN       10064  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define EPROCLIM        10067  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define EUSERS          10068  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define EDQUOT          10069
+#  define ESTALE          10070
+#  define EREMOTE         10071  /* not required by POSIX */
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK 1
+
+# endif
+
+
+/* On OSF/1 5.1, when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is not defined, the macros
+   EMULTIHOP, ENOLINK, EOVERFLOW are not defined.  */
+# if @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@
+#  define EMULTIHOP @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
+# endif
+# if @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@
+#  define ENOLINK   @ENOLINK_VALUE@
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
+# endif
+# if @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@
+#  define EOVERFLOW @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
+# endif
+
+
+/* On OpenBSD 4.0 and on native Windows, the macros ENOMSG, EIDRM, ENOLINK,
+   EPROTO, EMULTIHOP, EBADMSG, EOVERFLOW, ENOTSUP, ECANCELED are not defined.
+   Likewise, on NonStop Kernel, EDQUOT is not defined.
+   Define them here.  Values >= 2000 seem safe to use: Solaris ESTALE = 151,
+   HP-UX EWOULDBLOCK = 246, IRIX EDQUOT = 1133.
+
+   Note: When one of these systems defines some of these macros some day,
+   binaries will have to be recompiled so that they recognizes the new
+   errno values from the system.  */
+
+# ifndef ENOMSG
+#  define ENOMSG    2000
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EIDRM
+#  define EIDRM     2001
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENOLINK
+#  define ENOLINK   2002
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EPROTO
+#  define EPROTO    2003
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EMULTIHOP
+#  define EMULTIHOP 2004
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EBADMSG
+#  define EBADMSG   2005
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EOVERFLOW
+#  define EOVERFLOW 2006
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENOTSUP
+#  define ENOTSUP   2007
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENETRESET
+#  define ENETRESET 2011
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ECONNABORTED
+#  define ECONNABORTED 2012
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ESTALE
+#  define ESTALE    2009
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ESTALE 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EDQUOT
+#  define EDQUOT 2010
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ECANCELED
+#  define ECANCELED 2008
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
+# endif
+
+/* On many platforms, the macros EOWNERDEAD and ENOTRECOVERABLE are not
+   defined.  */
+
+# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
+#  if defined __sun
+    /* Use the same values as defined for Solaris >= 8, for
+       interoperability.  */
+#   define EOWNERDEAD      58
+#   define ENOTRECOVERABLE 59
+#  elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+    /* We have a conflict here: pthreads-win32 defines these values
+       differently than MSVC 10.  It's hairy to decide which one to use.  */
+#   if defined __MINGW32__ && !defined USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+     /* Use the same values as defined by pthreads-win32, for
+        interoperability.  */
+#    define EOWNERDEAD      43
+#    define ENOTRECOVERABLE 44
+#   else
+     /* Use the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for
+        interoperability.  */
+#    define EOWNERDEAD      133
+#    define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define EOWNERDEAD      2013
+#   define ENOTRECOVERABLE 2014
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EILSEQ
+#  define EILSEQ 2015
+#  define GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ 1
+# endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
diff --git a/lib/error.c b/lib/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..272d45e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC && ENABLE_NLS
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# include <wchar.h>
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
+# define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 0
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD(a, b)
+# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(a)
+#else
+# include "getprogname.h"
+#endif
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called.  */
+unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
+
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <libio/libioP.h>
+
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name 'error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+                             unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
+                             ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
+# include <libio/iolibio.h>
+# define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
+# undef putc
+# define putc(c, fp) _IO_putc (c, fp)
+
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+#  if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#   include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+#  else
+#   include <io.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* The gnulib override of fcntl is not needed in this file.  */
+# undef fcntl
+
+# if !(GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R)
+#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#  endif
+#  if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+char *strerror_r (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
+#  else
+int strerror_r (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# define program_name getprogname ()
+
+# if GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
+# endif /* GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
+#endif  /* not _LIBC */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+/* Return non-zero if FD is open.  */
+static int
+is_open (int fd)
+{
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* On native Windows: The initial state of unassigned standard file
+     descriptors is that they are open but point to an INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE.
+     There is no fcntl, and the gnulib replacement fcntl does not support
+     F_GETFL.  */
+  return (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+# else
+#  ifndef F_GETFL
+#   error Please port fcntl to your platform
+#  endif
+  return 0 <= fcntl (fd, F_GETFL);
+# endif
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+flush_stdout (void)
+{
+#if !_LIBC
+  int stdout_fd;
+
+# if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
+  /* Use of gnulib's freopen-safer module normally ensures that
+       fileno (stdout) == 1
+     whenever stdout is open.  */
+  stdout_fd = STDOUT_FILENO;
+# else
+  /* POSIX states that fileno (stdout) after fclose is unspecified.  But in
+     practice it is not a problem, because stdout is statically allocated and
+     the fd of a FILE stream is stored as a field in its allocated memory.  */
+  stdout_fd = fileno (stdout);
+# endif
+  /* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
+     is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms.  fflush (NULL)
+     is always defined, but too draconian.  */
+  if (0 <= stdout_fd && is_open (stdout_fd))
+#endif
+    fflush (stdout);
+}
+
+static void
+print_errno_message (int errnum)
+{
+  char const *s;
+
+#if _LIBC || GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || defined HAVE_STRERROR_R
+  char errbuf[1024];
+# if _LIBC || (!GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P)
+  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+# else
+  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
+    s = errbuf;
+  else
+    s = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+  s = strerror (errnum);
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+  if (! s)
+    s = _("Unknown system error");
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+  __fxprintf (NULL, ": %s", s);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (3, 0) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3))
+error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
+{
+#if _LIBC
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
+      wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
+      mbstate_t st;
+      size_t res;
+      const char *tmp;
+      bool use_malloc = false;
+
+      while (1)
+        {
+          if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
+            wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+          else
+            {
+              if (!use_malloc)
+                wmessage = NULL;
+
+              wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
+                                                len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+              if (p == NULL)
+                {
+                  free (wmessage);
+                  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
+                  return;
+                }
+              wmessage = p;
+              use_malloc = true;
+            }
+
+          memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
+          tmp = message;
+
+          res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
+          if (res != len)
+            break;
+
+          if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t) / 2, 0))
+            {
+              /* This really should not happen if everything is fine.  */
+              res = (size_t) -1;
+              break;
+            }
+
+          len *= 2;
+        }
+
+      if (res == (size_t) -1)
+        {
+          /* The string cannot be converted.  */
+          if (use_malloc)
+            {
+              free (wmessage);
+              use_malloc = false;
+            }
+          wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
+        }
+
+      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
+
+      if (use_malloc)
+        free (wmessage);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+#if _LIBC
+  __fxprintf (NULL, "\n");
+#else
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+#endif
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+
+
+/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
+   format string with optional args.
+   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
+   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
+void
+error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
+  /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
+     cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
+  int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
+                   0);
+#endif
+
+  flush_stdout ();
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      __fxprintf (NULL, "%s: ", program_name);
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  va_start (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+int error_one_per_line;
+
+void
+error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+               unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+  if (error_one_per_line)
+    {
+      static const char *old_file_name;
+      static unsigned int old_line_number;
+
+      if (old_line_number == line_number
+          && (file_name == old_file_name
+              || (old_file_name != NULL
+                  && file_name != NULL
+                  && strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0)))
+
+        /* Simply return and print nothing.  */
+        return;
+
+      old_file_name = file_name;
+      old_line_number = line_number;
+    }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
+  /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
+     cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
+  int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
+                   0);
+#endif
+
+  flush_stdout ();
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      __fxprintf (NULL, "%s:", program_name);
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
+#endif
+    }
+
+#if _LIBC
+  __fxprintf (NULL, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%u: " : " ",
+              file_name, line_number);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%u: " : " ",
+           file_name, line_number);
+#endif
+
+  va_start (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/error.h b/lib/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45ec2a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2003, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
+
+/* Get _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Print a message with 'fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.  */
+
+extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
+#if GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 3, 4))
+#else
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM, 3, 4))
+#endif
+     ;
+
+extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
+                           unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
+#if GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 5, 6))
+#else
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM, 5, 6))
+#endif
+     ;
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called.  */
+extern unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+extern int error_one_per_line;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */
diff --git a/lib/euidaccess.c b/lib/euidaccess.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97388c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/euidaccess.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* euidaccess -- check if effective user id can access file
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1991, 1995, 1998, 2000, 2003-2006, 2008-2022 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie and Torbjorn Granlund.
+   Adapted for GNU C library by Roland McGrath.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <io.h>
+#else
+# include "root-uid.h"
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIBGEN_H
+# include <libgen.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#if defined EACCES && !defined EACCESS
+# define EACCESS EACCES
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_OK
+# define F_OK 0
+# define X_OK 1
+# define W_OK 2
+# define R_OK 4
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+
+# define access __access
+# define getuid __getuid
+# define getgid __getgid
+# define geteuid __geteuid
+# define getegid __getegid
+# define group_member __group_member
+# define euidaccess __euidaccess
+# undef stat
+# define stat stat64
+
+#endif
+
+/* Return 0 if the user has permission of type MODE on FILE;
+   otherwise, return -1 and set 'errno'.
+   Like access, except that it uses the effective user and group
+   id's instead of the real ones, and it does not always check for read-only
+   file system, text busy, etc.  */
+
+int
+euidaccess (const char *file, int mode)
+{
+#if HAVE_FACCESSAT                   /* glibc, AIX 7, Solaris 11, Cygwin 1.7 */
+  return faccessat (AT_FDCWD, file, mode, AT_EACCESS);
+#elif defined EFF_ONLY_OK               /* IRIX, OSF/1, Interix */
+  return access (file, mode | EFF_ONLY_OK);
+#elif defined ACC_SELF                  /* AIX */
+  return accessx (file, mode, ACC_SELF);
+#elif HAVE_EACCESS                      /* FreeBSD */
+  return eaccess (file, mode);
+#elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__  /* mingw */
+  return _access (file, mode);
+#else              /* Mac OS X, NetBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Cygwin, BeOS */
+
+  uid_t uid = getuid ();
+  gid_t gid = getgid ();
+  uid_t euid = geteuid ();
+  gid_t egid = getegid ();
+  struct stat stats;
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_SETREGID && PREFER_NONREENTRANT_EUIDACCESS
+
+  /* Define PREFER_NONREENTRANT_EUIDACCESS if you prefer euidaccess to
+     return the correct result even if this would make it
+     nonreentrant.  Define this only if your entire application is
+     safe even if the uid or gid might temporarily change.  If your
+     application uses signal handlers or threads it is probably not
+     safe.  */
+
+  if (mode == F_OK)
+    {
+      int result = stat (file, &stats);
+      return result != 0 && errno == EOVERFLOW ? 0 : result;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int result;
+      int saved_errno;
+
+      if (uid != euid)
+        setreuid (euid, uid);
+      if (gid != egid)
+        setregid (egid, gid);
+
+      result = access (file, mode);
+      saved_errno = errno;
+
+      /* Restore them.  */
+      if (uid != euid)
+        setreuid (uid, euid);
+      if (gid != egid)
+        setregid (gid, egid);
+
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return result;
+    }
+
+# else
+
+  /* The following code assumes the traditional Unix model, and is not
+     correct on systems that have ACLs or the like.  However, it's
+     better than nothing, and it is reentrant.  */
+
+  unsigned int granted;
+  if (uid == euid && gid == egid)
+    /* If we are not set-uid or set-gid, access does the same.  */
+    return access (file, mode);
+
+  if (stat (file, &stats) == -1)
+    return mode == F_OK && errno == EOVERFLOW ? 0 : -1;
+
+  /* The super-user can read and write any file, and execute any file
+     that anyone can execute.  */
+  if (euid == ROOT_UID
+      && ((mode & X_OK) == 0
+          || (stats.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Convert the mode to traditional form, clearing any bogus bits.  */
+  if (R_OK == 4 && W_OK == 2 && X_OK == 1 && F_OK == 0)
+    mode &= 7;
+  else
+    mode = ((mode & R_OK ? 4 : 0)
+            + (mode & W_OK ? 2 : 0)
+            + (mode & X_OK ? 1 : 0));
+
+  if (mode == 0)
+    return 0;                   /* The file exists.  */
+
+  /* Convert the file's permission bits to traditional form.  */
+  if (S_IRUSR == (4 << 6) && S_IWUSR == (2 << 6) && S_IXUSR == (1 << 6)
+      && S_IRGRP == (4 << 3) && S_IWGRP == (2 << 3) && S_IXGRP == (1 << 3)
+      && S_IROTH == (4 << 0) && S_IWOTH == (2 << 0) && S_IXOTH == (1 << 0))
+    granted = stats.st_mode;
+  else
+    granted = ((stats.st_mode & S_IRUSR ? 4 << 6 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IWUSR ? 2 << 6 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IXUSR ? 1 << 6 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IRGRP ? 4 << 3 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IWGRP ? 2 << 3 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IXGRP ? 1 << 3 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IROTH ? 4 << 0 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IWOTH ? 2 << 0 : 0)
+               + (stats.st_mode & S_IXOTH ? 1 << 0 : 0));
+
+  if (euid == stats.st_uid)
+    granted >>= 6;
+  else if (egid == stats.st_gid || group_member (stats.st_gid))
+    granted >>= 3;
+
+  if ((mode & ~granted) == 0)
+    return 0;
+  __set_errno (EACCESS);
+  return -1;
+
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+#undef euidaccess
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__euidaccess, euidaccess)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+# include <error.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  char *file;
+  int mode;
+  int err;
+
+  if (argc < 3)
+    abort ();
+  file = argv[1];
+  mode = atoi (argv[2]);
+
+  err = euidaccess (file, mode);
+  printf ("%d\n", err);
+  if (err != 0)
+    error (0, errno, "%s", file);
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/exclude.c b/lib/exclude.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3770c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/exclude.c
@@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
+/* exclude.c -- exclude file names
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992-1994, 1997, 1999-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
+   and Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@gnu.org>.
+   Thanks to Phil Proudman <phil@proudman51.freeserve.co.uk>
+   for improvement suggestions. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+
+#include "exclude.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "mbuiter.h"
+#include "fnmatch.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+#include "filename.h"
+
+#if GNULIB_EXCLUDE_SINGLE_THREAD
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Non-GNU systems lack these options, so we don't need to check them.  */
+#ifndef FNM_CASEFOLD
+# define FNM_CASEFOLD 0
+#endif
+#ifndef FNM_EXTMATCH
+# define FNM_EXTMATCH 0
+#endif
+#ifndef FNM_LEADING_DIR
+# define FNM_LEADING_DIR 0
+#endif
+
+verify (((EXCLUDE_ANCHORED | EXCLUDE_INCLUDE | EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS)
+         & (FNM_PATHNAME | FNM_NOESCAPE | FNM_PERIOD | FNM_LEADING_DIR
+            | FNM_CASEFOLD | FNM_EXTMATCH))
+        == 0);
+
+
+/* Exclusion patterns are grouped into a singly-linked list of
+   "exclusion segments".  Each segment represents a set of patterns
+   that can be matches using the same algorithm.  Non-wildcard
+   patterns are kept in hash tables, to speed up searches.  Wildcard
+   patterns are stored as arrays of patterns. */
+
+
+/* An exclude pattern-options pair.  The options are fnmatch options
+   ORed with EXCLUDE_* options.  */
+
+struct patopts
+  {
+    int options;
+    union
+    {
+      char const *pattern;
+      regex_t re;
+    } v;
+  };
+
+/* An array of pattern-options pairs.  */
+
+struct exclude_pattern
+  {
+    struct patopts *exclude;
+    idx_t exclude_alloc;
+    idx_t exclude_count;
+  };
+
+enum exclude_type
+  {
+    exclude_hash,                    /* a hash table of excluded names */
+    exclude_pattern                  /* an array of exclude patterns */
+  };
+
+struct exclude_segment
+  {
+    struct exclude_segment *next;    /* next segment in list */
+    enum exclude_type type;          /* type of this segment */
+    int options;                     /* common options for this segment */
+    union
+    {
+      Hash_table *table;             /* for type == exclude_hash */
+      struct exclude_pattern pat;    /* for type == exclude_pattern */
+    } v;
+  };
+
+struct pattern_buffer
+  {
+    struct pattern_buffer *next;
+    char *base;
+  };
+
+/* The exclude structure keeps a singly-linked list of exclude segments,
+   maintained in reverse order.  */
+struct exclude
+  {
+    struct exclude_segment *head;
+    struct pattern_buffer *patbuf;
+  };
+
+/* Register BUF in the pattern buffer list of EX.  ADD_FUNC (see
+   add_exclude_file and add_exclude_fp below) can use this function
+   if it modifies the pattern, to ensure the allocated memory will be
+   properly reclaimed upon calling free_exclude. */
+void
+exclude_add_pattern_buffer (struct exclude *ex, char *buf)
+{
+  struct pattern_buffer *pbuf = xmalloc (sizeof *pbuf);
+  pbuf->base = buf;
+  pbuf->next = ex->patbuf;
+  ex->patbuf = pbuf;
+}
+
+/* Return true if STR has or may have wildcards, when matched with OPTIONS.
+   Return false if STR definitely does not have wildcards.  */
+bool
+fnmatch_pattern_has_wildcards (const char *str, int options)
+{
+  while (1)
+    {
+      switch (*str++)
+        {
+        case '.':
+        case '{':
+        case '}':
+        case '(':
+        case ')':
+          if (options & EXCLUDE_REGEX)
+            return true;
+          break;
+
+        case '\\':
+          if (options & EXCLUDE_REGEX)
+            continue;
+          else
+            str += ! (options & FNM_NOESCAPE) && *str;
+          break;
+
+        case '+': case '@': case '!':
+          if (options & FNM_EXTMATCH && *str == '(')
+            return true;
+          break;
+
+        case '?': case '*': case '[':
+          return true;
+
+        case '\0':
+          return false;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+unescape_pattern (char *str)
+{
+  char const *q = str;
+  do
+    q += *q == '\\' && q[1];
+  while ((*str++ = *q++));
+}
+
+/* Return a newly allocated and empty exclude list.  */
+
+struct exclude *
+new_exclude (void)
+{
+  return xzalloc (sizeof *new_exclude ());
+}
+
+/* Calculate the hash of string.  */
+static size_t
+string_hasher (void const *data, size_t n_buckets)
+{
+  char const *p = data;
+  return hash_string (p, n_buckets);
+}
+
+/* Ditto, for case-insensitive hashes */
+static size_t
+string_hasher_ci (void const *data, size_t n_buckets)
+{
+  char const *p = data;
+  mbui_iterator_t iter;
+  size_t value = 0;
+
+  for (mbui_init (iter, p); mbui_avail (iter); mbui_advance (iter))
+    {
+      mbchar_t m = mbui_cur (iter);
+      wchar_t wc;
+
+      if (m.wc_valid)
+        wc = towlower (m.wc);
+      else
+        wc = *m.ptr;
+
+      value = value * 31 + wc;
+    }
+
+  return value % n_buckets;
+}
+
+/* compare two strings for equality */
+static bool
+string_compare (void const *data1, void const *data2)
+{
+  char const *p1 = data1;
+  char const *p2 = data2;
+  return strcmp (p1, p2) == 0;
+}
+
+/* compare two strings for equality, case-insensitive */
+static bool
+string_compare_ci (void const *data1, void const *data2)
+{
+  char const *p1 = data1;
+  char const *p2 = data2;
+  return mbscasecmp (p1, p2) == 0;
+}
+
+static void
+string_free (void *data)
+{
+  free (data);
+}
+
+/* Create new exclude segment of given TYPE and OPTIONS, and attach it
+   to the head of EX.  */
+static void
+new_exclude_segment (struct exclude *ex, enum exclude_type type, int options)
+{
+  struct exclude_segment *sp = xzalloc (sizeof (struct exclude_segment));
+  sp->type = type;
+  sp->options = options;
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case exclude_pattern:
+      break;
+
+    case exclude_hash:
+      sp->v.table = hash_initialize (0, NULL,
+                                     (options & FNM_CASEFOLD) ?
+                                       string_hasher_ci
+                                       : string_hasher,
+                                     (options & FNM_CASEFOLD) ?
+                                       string_compare_ci
+                                       : string_compare,
+                                     string_free);
+      break;
+    }
+  sp->next = ex->head;
+  ex->head = sp;
+}
+
+/* Free a single exclude segment */
+static void
+free_exclude_segment (struct exclude_segment *seg)
+{
+  switch (seg->type)
+    {
+    case exclude_pattern:
+      for (idx_t i = 0; i < seg->v.pat.exclude_count; i++)
+        {
+          if (seg->v.pat.exclude[i].options & EXCLUDE_REGEX)
+            regfree (&seg->v.pat.exclude[i].v.re);
+        }
+      free (seg->v.pat.exclude);
+      break;
+
+    case exclude_hash:
+      hash_free (seg->v.table);
+      break;
+    }
+  free (seg);
+}
+
+/* Free the storage associated with an exclude list.  */
+void
+free_exclude (struct exclude *ex)
+{
+  struct exclude_segment *seg;
+  struct pattern_buffer *pbuf;
+
+  for (seg = ex->head; seg; )
+    {
+      struct exclude_segment *next = seg->next;
+      free_exclude_segment (seg);
+      seg = next;
+    }
+
+  for (pbuf = ex->patbuf; pbuf; )
+    {
+      struct pattern_buffer *next = pbuf->next;
+      free (pbuf->base);
+      free (pbuf);
+      pbuf = next;
+    }
+
+  free (ex);
+}
+
+/* Return zero if PATTERN matches F, obeying OPTIONS, except that
+   (unlike fnmatch) wildcards are disabled in PATTERN.  */
+
+static int
+fnmatch_no_wildcards (char const *pattern, char const *f, int options)
+{
+  if (! (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR))
+    return ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
+            ? mbscasecmp (pattern, f)
+            : strcmp (pattern, f));
+  else if (! (options & FNM_CASEFOLD))
+    {
+      size_t patlen = strlen (pattern);
+      int r = strncmp (pattern, f, patlen);
+      if (! r)
+        {
+          r = f[patlen];
+          if (r == '/')
+            r = 0;
+        }
+      return r;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Walk through a copy of F, seeing whether P matches any prefix
+         of F.
+
+         FIXME: This is an O(N**2) algorithm; it should be O(N).
+         Also, the copy should not be necessary.  However, fixing this
+         will probably involve a change to the mbs* API.  */
+
+      char *fcopy = xstrdup (f);
+      char *p;
+      int r;
+      for (p = fcopy; ; *p++ = '/')
+        {
+          p = strchr (p, '/');
+          if (p)
+            *p = '\0';
+          r = mbscasecmp (pattern, fcopy);
+          if (!p || r <= 0)
+            break;
+        }
+      free (fcopy);
+      return r;
+    }
+}
+
+bool
+exclude_fnmatch (char const *pattern, char const *f, int options)
+{
+  int (*matcher) (char const *, char const *, int) =
+    (options & EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS
+     ? fnmatch
+     : fnmatch_no_wildcards);
+  bool matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, f, options) == 0);
+  char const *p;
+
+  if (! (options & EXCLUDE_ANCHORED))
+    for (p = f; *p && ! matched; p++)
+      if (*p == '/' && p[1] != '/')
+        matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, p + 1, options) == 0);
+
+  return matched;
+}
+
+static bool
+exclude_patopts (struct patopts const *opts, char const *f)
+{
+  int options = opts->options;
+
+  return (options & EXCLUDE_REGEX)
+          ? regexec (&opts->v.re, f, 0, NULL, 0) == 0
+          : exclude_fnmatch (opts->v.pattern, f, options);
+}
+
+/* Return true if the exclude_pattern segment SEG matches F.  */
+
+static bool
+file_pattern_matches (struct exclude_segment const *seg, char const *f)
+{
+  idx_t exclude_count = seg->v.pat.exclude_count;
+  struct patopts const *exclude = seg->v.pat.exclude;
+
+  for (idx_t i = 0; i < exclude_count; i++)
+    {
+      if (exclude_patopts (exclude + i, f))
+        return true;
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Return true if the exclude_hash segment SEG matches F.
+   BUFFER is an auxiliary storage of the same length as F (with nul
+   terminator included) */
+static bool
+file_name_matches (struct exclude_segment const *seg, char const *f,
+                   char *buffer)
+{
+  int options = seg->options;
+  Hash_table *table = seg->v.table;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* initialize the pattern */
+      strcpy (buffer, f);
+
+      while (1)
+        {
+          if (hash_lookup (table, buffer))
+            return true;
+          if (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR)
+            {
+              char *p = strrchr (buffer, '/');
+              if (p)
+                {
+                  *p = 0;
+                  continue;
+                }
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+
+      if (!(options & EXCLUDE_ANCHORED))
+        {
+          f = strchr (f, '/');
+          if (f)
+            f++;
+        }
+      else
+        break;
+    }
+  while (f);
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Return true if EX excludes F.  */
+
+bool
+excluded_file_name (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
+{
+  struct exclude_segment *seg;
+  bool invert = false;
+  char *filename = NULL;
+
+  /* If no patterns are given, the default is to include.  */
+  if (!ex->head)
+    return false;
+
+  /* Scan through the segments, reporting the status of the first match.
+     The segments are in reverse order, so this reports the status of
+     the last match in the original option list.  */
+  for (seg = ex->head; ; seg = seg->next)
+    {
+      if (seg->type == exclude_hash)
+        {
+          if (!filename)
+            filename = xmalloc (strlen (f) + 1);
+          if (file_name_matches (seg, f, filename))
+            break;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (file_pattern_matches (seg, f))
+            break;
+        }
+
+      if (! seg->next)
+        {
+          /* If patterns are given but none match, the default is the
+             opposite of the last segment (i.e., the first in the
+             original option list).  For example, in the command
+             'grep -r --exclude="a*" --include="*b" pat dir', the
+             first option is --exclude so any file name matching
+             neither a* nor *b is included.  */
+          invert = true;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  free (filename);
+  return invert ^ ! (seg->options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE);
+}
+
+/* Append to EX the exclusion PATTERN with OPTIONS.  */
+
+void
+add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern, int options)
+{
+  struct exclude_segment *seg;
+  struct exclude_pattern *pat;
+  struct patopts *patopts;
+
+  if ((options & (EXCLUDE_REGEX|EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS))
+      && fnmatch_pattern_has_wildcards (pattern, options))
+    {
+      if (! (ex->head && ex->head->type == exclude_pattern
+             && ((ex->head->options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE)
+                 == (options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE))))
+        new_exclude_segment (ex, exclude_pattern, options);
+
+      seg = ex->head;
+
+      pat = &seg->v.pat;
+      if (pat->exclude_count == pat->exclude_alloc)
+        pat->exclude = xpalloc (pat->exclude, &pat->exclude_alloc, 1, -1,
+                                sizeof *pat->exclude);
+      patopts = &pat->exclude[pat->exclude_count++];
+
+      patopts->options = options;
+      if (options & EXCLUDE_REGEX)
+        {
+          int rc;
+          int cflags = REG_NOSUB|REG_EXTENDED|
+                       ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? REG_ICASE : 0);
+
+          if (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR)
+            {
+              char *tmp;
+              idx_t len = strlen (pattern);
+
+              while (len > 0 && ISSLASH (pattern[len-1]))
+                --len;
+
+              if (len == 0)
+                rc = 1;
+              else
+                {
+                  tmp = ximalloc (len + 7);
+                  memcpy (tmp, pattern, len);
+                  strcpy (tmp + len, "(/.*)?");
+                  rc = regcomp (&patopts->v.re, tmp, cflags);
+                  free (tmp);
+                }
+            }
+          else
+            rc = regcomp (&patopts->v.re, pattern, cflags);
+
+          if (rc)
+            {
+              pat->exclude_count--;
+              return;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (options & EXCLUDE_ALLOC)
+            {
+              pattern = xstrdup (pattern);
+              exclude_add_pattern_buffer (ex, (char*) pattern);
+            }
+          patopts->v.pattern = pattern;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char *str, *p;
+      int exclude_hash_flags = (EXCLUDE_INCLUDE | EXCLUDE_ANCHORED
+                                | FNM_LEADING_DIR | FNM_CASEFOLD);
+      if (! (ex->head && ex->head->type == exclude_hash
+             && ((ex->head->options & exclude_hash_flags)
+                 == (options & exclude_hash_flags))))
+        new_exclude_segment (ex, exclude_hash, options);
+      seg = ex->head;
+
+      str = xstrdup (pattern);
+      if ((options & (EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS | FNM_NOESCAPE)) == EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS)
+        unescape_pattern (str);
+      p = hash_insert (seg->v.table, str);
+      if (p != str)
+        free (str);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Use ADD_FUNC to append to EX the patterns in FILE_NAME, each with
+   OPTIONS.  LINE_END terminates each pattern in the file.  If
+   LINE_END is a space character, ignore trailing spaces and empty
+   lines in FP.  Return -1 (setting errno) on failure, 0 on success.  */
+
+int
+add_exclude_fp (void (*add_func) (struct exclude *, char const *, int, void *),
+                struct exclude *ex, FILE *fp, int options,
+                char line_end,
+                void *data)
+{
+  char *buf = NULL;
+  char *p;
+  char *pattern;
+  char const *lim;
+  idx_t buf_alloc = 0;
+  idx_t buf_count = 0;
+  int c;
+  int e = 0;
+
+  while ((c = getc (fp)) != EOF)
+    {
+      if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
+        buf = xpalloc (buf, &buf_alloc, 1, -1, 1);
+      buf[buf_count++] = c;
+    }
+
+  if (ferror (fp))
+    e = errno;
+
+  buf = xirealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
+  buf[buf_count] = line_end;
+  lim = buf + buf_count + ! (buf_count == 0 || buf[buf_count - 1] == line_end);
+
+  exclude_add_pattern_buffer (ex, buf);
+
+  pattern = buf;
+
+  for (p = buf; p < lim; p++)
+    if (*p == line_end)
+      {
+        char *pattern_end = p;
+
+        if (isspace ((unsigned char) line_end))
+          {
+            for (; ; pattern_end--)
+              if (pattern_end == pattern)
+                goto next_pattern;
+              else if (! isspace ((unsigned char) pattern_end[-1]))
+                break;
+          }
+
+        *pattern_end = '\0';
+        (*add_func) (ex, pattern, options, data);
+
+      next_pattern:
+        pattern = p + 1;
+      }
+
+  errno = e;
+  return e ? -1 : 0;
+}
+
+static void
+call_addfn (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern, int options, void *data)
+{
+  void (**addfnptr) (struct exclude *, char const *, int) = data;
+  (*addfnptr) (ex, pattern, options);
+}
+
+int
+add_exclude_file (void (*add_func) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
+                  struct exclude *ex, char const *file_name, int options,
+                  char line_end)
+{
+  if (strcmp (file_name, "-") == 0)
+    return add_exclude_fp (call_addfn, ex, stdin, options, line_end, &add_func);
+
+  FILE *in = fopen (file_name, "re");
+  if (!in)
+    return -1;
+  int rc = add_exclude_fp (call_addfn, ex, in, options, line_end, &add_func);
+  int e = errno;
+  if (fclose (in) != 0)
+    return -1;
+  errno = e;
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/lib/exclude.h b/lib/exclude.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..020b3c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/exclude.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992-1994, 1997, 1999, 2001-2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_EXCLUDE_H
+#define _GL_EXCLUDE_H 1
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
+   and Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@gnu.org> */
+
+/* Exclude options, which can be ORed with fnmatch options.  */
+
+/* Patterns must match the start of file names, instead of matching
+   anywhere after a '/'.  */
+#define EXCLUDE_ANCHORED (1 << 30)
+
+/* Include instead of exclude.  */
+#define EXCLUDE_INCLUDE (1 << 29)
+
+/* '?', '*', '[', and '\\' are special in patterns.  Without this
+   option, these characters are ordinary and fnmatch is not used.  */
+#define EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS (1 << 28)
+
+/* Patterns are POSIX extended regular expressions */
+#define EXCLUDE_REGEX     (1 << 27)
+
+/* Allocate storage for the pattern */
+#define EXCLUDE_ALLOC     (1 << 26)
+
+struct exclude;
+
+bool fnmatch_pattern_has_wildcards (const char *, int) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+void free_exclude (struct exclude *)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1));
+struct exclude *new_exclude (void)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (free_exclude, 1);
+void add_exclude (struct exclude *, char const *, int);
+int add_exclude_file (void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
+                      struct exclude *, char const *, int, char);
+int add_exclude_fp (void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *, int, void *),
+                    struct exclude *, FILE *, int, char, void *);
+bool excluded_file_name (struct exclude const *, char const *);
+void exclude_add_pattern_buffer (struct exclude *ex, char *buf);
+bool exclude_fnmatch (char const *, char const *, int);
+
+#endif /* _GL_EXCLUDE_H */
diff --git a/lib/exitfail.c b/lib/exitfail.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84fb0ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/exitfail.c
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Failure exit status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "exitfail.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
diff --git a/lib/exitfail.h b/lib/exitfail.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..865f096
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/exitfail.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* Failure exit status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+extern int volatile exit_failure;
diff --git a/lib/explicit_bzero.c b/lib/explicit_bzero.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad0bfd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/explicit_bzero.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Erasure of sensitive data, generic implementation.
+   Copyright (C) 2016-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* An assembler implementation of explicit_bzero can be created as an
+   assembler alias of an optimized bzero implementation.
+   Architecture-specific implementations also need to define
+   __explicit_bzero_chk.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* memset_s need this define */
+#if HAVE_MEMSET_S
+# define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# define  WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+/* glibc-internal users use __explicit_bzero_chk, and explicit_bzero
+   redirects to that.  */
+# undef explicit_bzero
+#endif
+
+/* Set LEN bytes of S to 0.  The compiler will not delete a call to
+   this function, even if S is dead after the call.  */
+void
+explicit_bzero (void *s, size_t len)
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+  (void) SecureZeroMemory (s, len);
+#elif HAVE_EXPLICIT_MEMSET
+  explicit_memset (s, '\0', len);
+#elif HAVE_MEMSET_S
+  (void) memset_s (s, len, '\0', len);
+#elif defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__
+  memset (s, '\0', len);
+  /* Compiler barrier.  */
+  asm volatile ("" ::: "memory");
+#elif defined __clang__
+  memset (s, '\0', len);
+  /* Compiler barrier.  */
+  /* With asm ("" ::: "memory") LLVM analyzes uses of 's' and finds that the
+     whole thing is dead and eliminates it.  Use 'g' to work around this
+     problem.  See <https://bugs.llvm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15495#c11>.  */
+  __asm__ volatile ("" : : "g"(s) : "memory");
+#else
+  /* Invoke memset through a volatile function pointer.  This defeats compiler
+     optimizations.  */
+  void * (* const volatile volatile_memset) (void *, int, size_t) = memset;
+  (void) volatile_memset (s, '\0', len);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/faccessat.c b/lib/faccessat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1737d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/faccessat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* Check the access rights of a file relative to an open directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <unistd.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <unistd.h> here, so that orig_faccessat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_faccessat.  */
+#define _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#undef _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
+
+#if HAVE_FACCESSAT
+static int
+orig_faccessat (int fd, char const *name, int mode, int flag)
+{
+  return faccessat (fd, name, mode, flag);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Write "unistd.h" here, not <unistd.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <unistd.h>
+   above.  */
+#include "unistd.h"
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ACCESS
+/* Mingw lacks access, but it also lacks real vs. effective ids, so
+   the gnulib euidaccess module is good enough.  */
+# undef access
+# define access euidaccess
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_FACCESSAT
+
+int
+rpl_faccessat (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag)
+{
+  int result = orig_faccessat (fd, file, mode, flag);
+
+  if (result == 0 && file[strlen (file) - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      result = fstatat (fd, file, &st, 0);
+      if (result == 0 && !S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_FACCESSAT */
+
+/* Invoke access or euidaccess on file, FILE, using mode MODE, in the directory
+   open on descriptor FD.  If possible, do it without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir, then
+   (access|euidaccess)/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the
+   restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+   Note that this implementation only supports AT_EACCESS, although some
+   native versions also support AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW.  */
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME faccessat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 euidaccess
+# define AT_FUNC_F2 access
+# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_EACCESS
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , int mode, int flag
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , mode
+# include "at-func.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fadvise.c b/lib/fadvise.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7335aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fadvise.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Declare an access pattern hint for files.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Without this pragma, gcc suggests that (given !HAVE_POSIX_FADVISE)
+   the fdadvise function might be a candidate for attribute 'const'.  */
+#if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=const"
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "fadvise.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "ignore-value.h"
+
+void
+fdadvise (int fd, off_t offset, off_t len, fadvice_t advice)
+{
+#if HAVE_POSIX_FADVISE
+  ignore_value (posix_fadvise (fd, offset, len, advice));
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+fadvise (FILE *fp, fadvice_t advice)
+{
+  if (fp)
+    fdadvise (fileno (fp), 0, 0, advice);
+}
diff --git a/lib/fadvise.h b/lib/fadvise.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05d1a5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fadvise.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Declare an access pattern hint for files.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* There are a few hints one can provide, which have the
+   following characteristics on Linux 2.6.31 at least.
+
+   POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL
+     Doubles the size of read ahead done for file
+   POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED
+     _synchronously_ prepopulate the buffer cache with the file
+   POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE
+     Could lower priority of data in buffer caches,
+     but currently does nothing.
+   POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED
+     Drop the file from cache.
+     Note this is automatically done when files are unlinked.
+
+   We use this enum "type" both to make it explicit that
+   these options are mutually exclusive, and to discourage
+   the passing of the possibly undefined POSIX_FADV_... values.
+   Note we could #undef the POSIX_FADV_ values, but that would
+   preclude using the posix_fadvise() function with its standard
+   constants. Using posix_fadvise() might be required if the return
+   value is needed, but it must be guarded by appropriate #ifdefs.  */
+
+#if HAVE_POSIX_FADVISE
+typedef enum {
+  FADVISE_NORMAL =     POSIX_FADV_NORMAL,
+  FADVISE_SEQUENTIAL = POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL,
+  FADVISE_NOREUSE =    POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE,
+  FADVISE_DONTNEED =   POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED,
+  FADVISE_WILLNEED =   POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED,
+  FADVISE_RANDOM =     POSIX_FADV_RANDOM
+} fadvice_t;
+#else
+typedef enum {
+  FADVISE_NORMAL,
+  FADVISE_SEQUENTIAL,
+  FADVISE_NOREUSE,
+  FADVISE_DONTNEED,
+  FADVISE_WILLNEED,
+  FADVISE_RANDOM
+} fadvice_t;
+#endif
+
+/* We ignore any errors as these hints are only advisory.
+   There is the chance one can pass invalid ADVICE, which will
+   not be indicated, but given the simplicity of the interface
+   this is unlikely.  Also not returning errors allows the
+   unconditional passing of descriptors to non standard files,
+   which will just be ignored if unsupported.  */
+
+void fdadvise (int fd, off_t offset, off_t len, fadvice_t advice);
+void fadvise (FILE *fp, fadvice_t advice);
diff --git a/lib/fchdir.c b/lib/fchdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99e4aa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fchdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/* fchdir replacement.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "assure.h"
+#include "filename.h"
+#include "filenamecat.h"
+
+#ifndef REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
+# define REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
+/* This replacement assumes that a directory is not renamed while opened
+   through a file descriptor.
+
+   FIXME: On mingw, this would be possible to enforce if we were to
+   also open a HANDLE to each directory currently visited by a file
+   descriptor, since mingw refuses to rename any in-use file system
+   object.  */
+
+/* Array of file descriptors opened.  If REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY or if it points
+   to a directory, it stores info about this directory.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  char *name;       /* Absolute name of the directory, or NULL.  */
+  /* FIXME - add a DIR* member to make dirfd possible on mingw?  */
+} dir_info_t;
+static dir_info_t *dirs;
+static size_t dirs_allocated;
+
+/* Try to ensure dirs has enough room for a slot at index fd; free any
+   contents already in that slot.  Return false and set errno to
+   ENOMEM on allocation failure.  */
+static bool
+ensure_dirs_slot (size_t fd)
+{
+  if (fd < dirs_allocated)
+    free (dirs[fd].name);
+  else
+    {
+      size_t new_allocated;
+      dir_info_t *new_dirs;
+
+      new_allocated = 2 * dirs_allocated + 1;
+      if (new_allocated <= fd)
+        new_allocated = fd + 1;
+      new_dirs =
+        (dirs != NULL
+         ? (dir_info_t *) realloc (dirs, new_allocated * sizeof *dirs)
+         : (dir_info_t *) malloc (new_allocated * sizeof *dirs));
+      if (new_dirs == NULL)
+        return false;
+      memset (new_dirs + dirs_allocated, 0,
+              (new_allocated - dirs_allocated) * sizeof *dirs);
+      dirs = new_dirs;
+      dirs_allocated = new_allocated;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return an absolute name of DIR in malloc'd storage.
+   Upon failure, return NULL with errno set.  */
+static char *
+get_name (char const *dir)
+{
+  char *cwd;
+  char *result;
+
+  if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (dir))
+    return strdup (dir);
+
+  /* We often encounter "."; treat it as a special case.  */
+  cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0);
+  if (!cwd || (dir[0] == '.' && dir[1] == '\0'))
+    return cwd;
+
+  result = mfile_name_concat (cwd, dir, NULL);
+  free (cwd);
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Hook into the gnulib replacements for open() and close() to keep track
+   of the open file descriptors.  */
+
+/* Close FD, cleaning up any fd to name mapping if fd was visiting a
+   directory.  */
+void
+_gl_unregister_fd (int fd)
+{
+  if (fd >= 0 && fd < dirs_allocated)
+    {
+      free (dirs[fd].name);
+      dirs[fd].name = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Mark FD as visiting FILENAME.  FD must be non-negative, and refer
+   to an open file descriptor.  If REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY is non-zero,
+   this should only be called if FD is visiting a directory.  Close FD
+   and return -1 with errno set if there is insufficient memory to track
+   the directory name; otherwise return FD.  */
+int
+_gl_register_fd (int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+  struct stat statbuf;
+
+  assure (0 <= fd);
+  if (REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
+      || (fstat (fd, &statbuf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode)))
+    {
+      if (!ensure_dirs_slot (fd)
+          || (dirs[fd].name = get_name (filename)) == NULL)
+        {
+          int saved_errno = errno;
+          close (fd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+  return fd;
+}
+
+/* Mark NEWFD as a duplicate of OLDFD; useful from dup, dup2, dup3,
+   and fcntl.  Both arguments must be valid and distinct file
+   descriptors.  Close NEWFD and return -1 if OLDFD is tracking a
+   directory, but there is insufficient memory to track the same
+   directory in NEWFD; otherwise return NEWFD.  */
+int
+_gl_register_dup (int oldfd, int newfd)
+{
+  assure (0 <= oldfd && 0 <= newfd && oldfd != newfd);
+  if (oldfd < dirs_allocated && dirs[oldfd].name)
+    {
+      /* Duplicated a directory; must ensure newfd is allocated.  */
+      if (!ensure_dirs_slot (newfd)
+          || (dirs[newfd].name = strdup (dirs[oldfd].name)) == NULL)
+        {
+          int saved_errno = errno;
+          close (newfd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          newfd = -1;
+        }
+    }
+  else if (newfd < dirs_allocated)
+    {
+      /* Duplicated a non-directory; ensure newfd is cleared.  */
+      free (dirs[newfd].name);
+      dirs[newfd].name = NULL;
+    }
+  return newfd;
+}
+
+/* If FD is currently visiting a directory, then return the name of
+   that directory.  Otherwise, return NULL and set errno.  */
+const char *
+_gl_directory_name (int fd)
+{
+  if (0 <= fd && fd < dirs_allocated && dirs[fd].name != NULL)
+    return dirs[fd].name;
+  /* At this point, fd is either invalid, or open but not a directory.
+     If dup2 fails, errno is correctly EBADF.  */
+  if (0 <= fd)
+    {
+      if (dup2 (fd, fd) == fd)
+        errno = ENOTDIR;
+    }
+  else
+    errno = EBADF;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* Implement fchdir() in terms of chdir().  */
+
+int
+fchdir (int fd)
+{
+  const char *name = _gl_directory_name (fd);
+  return name ? chdir (name) : -1;
+}
diff --git a/lib/fchmodat.c b/lib/fchmodat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc53583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fchmodat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* Change the protections of file relative to an open directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Paul Eggert */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fchmodat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_fchmodat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+#if HAVE_FCHMODAT
+static int
+orig_fchmodat (int dir, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flags)
+{
+  return fchmodat (dir, file, mode, flags);
+}
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __osf__
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+# include "sys/stat.h"
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+
+/* Invoke chmod or lchmod on FILE, using mode MODE, in the directory
+   open on descriptor FD.  If possible, do it without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then (chmod|lchmod)/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the
+   restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+   Note that an attempt to use a FLAG value of AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+   on a system without lchmod support causes this function to fail.  */
+
+#if HAVE_FCHMODAT
+int
+fchmodat (int dir, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flags)
+{
+# if HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_FCHMODAT
+  /* Correct the trailing slash handling.  */
+  size_t len = strlen (file);
+  if (len && file[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      if (fstatat (dir, file, &st, flags & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) < 0)
+        return -1;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+# endif
+
+# if NEED_FCHMODAT_NONSYMLINK_FIX
+  if (flags == AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW)
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+
+#  if defined O_PATH && defined AT_EMPTY_PATH
+      /* Open a file descriptor with O_NOFOLLOW, to make sure we don't
+         follow symbolic links, if /proc is mounted.  O_PATH is used to
+         avoid a failure if the file is not readable.
+         Cf. <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14578>  */
+      int fd = openat (dir, file, O_PATH | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+      if (fd < 0)
+        return fd;
+
+      /* Up to Linux 5.3 at least, when FILE refers to a symbolic link, the
+         chmod call below will change the permissions of the symbolic link
+         - which is undesired - and on many file systems (ext4, btrfs, jfs,
+         xfs, ..., but not reiserfs) fail with error EOPNOTSUPP - which is
+         misleading.  Therefore test for a symbolic link explicitly.
+         Use fstatat because fstat does not work on O_PATH descriptors
+         before Linux 3.6.  */
+      if (fstatat (fd, "", &st, AT_EMPTY_PATH) != 0)
+        {
+          int stat_errno = errno;
+          close (fd);
+          errno = stat_errno;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
+        {
+          close (fd);
+          errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+#   if defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__ || defined __CYGWIN__
+      static char const fmt[] = "/proc/self/fd/%d";
+      char buf[sizeof fmt - sizeof "%d" + INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (int)];
+      sprintf (buf, fmt, fd);
+      int chmod_result = chmod (buf, mode);
+      int chmod_errno = errno;
+      close (fd);
+      if (chmod_result == 0)
+        return chmod_result;
+      if (chmod_errno != ENOENT)
+        {
+          errno = chmod_errno;
+          return chmod_result;
+        }
+#   endif
+      /* /proc is not mounted or would not work as in GNU/Linux.  */
+
+#  else
+      int fstatat_result = fstatat (dir, file, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+      if (fstatat_result != 0)
+        return fstatat_result;
+      if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+          return -1;
+        }
+#  endif
+
+      /* Fall back on orig_fchmodat with no flags, despite a possible race.  */
+      flags = 0;
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return orig_fchmodat (dir, file, mode, flags);
+}
+#else
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME fchmodat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 lchmod
+# define AT_FUNC_F2 chmod
+# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , mode_t mode, int flag
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , mode
+# include "at-func.c"
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fchown-stub.c b/lib/fchown-stub.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74df86a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fchown-stub.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Change ownership of a file.
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, 2004.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* A trivial substitute for 'fchown'.
+
+   DJGPP 2.03 and earlier (and perhaps later) don't have 'fchown',
+   so we pretend no-one has permission for this operation. */
+
+int
+fchown (int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+{
+  errno = EPERM;
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/lib/fchownat.c b/lib/fchownat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff368d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fchownat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* This function serves as replacement for a missing fchownat function,
+   as well as a work around for the fchownat bug in glibc-2.4:
+    <https://lists.ubuntu.com/archives/ubuntu-users/2006-September/093218.html>
+   when the buggy fchownat-with-AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW operates on a symlink, it
+   mistakenly affects the symlink referent, rather than the symlink itself.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "openat.h"
+
+#if !HAVE_FCHOWNAT
+
+/* Replacement for Solaris' function by the same name.
+   Invoke chown or lchown on file, FILE, using OWNER and GROUP, in the
+   directory open on descriptor FD.  If FLAG is AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, then
+   use lchown, otherwise, use chown.  If possible, do it without changing
+   the working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then (chown|lchown)/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the
+   restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME fchownat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 lchown
+# define AT_FUNC_F2 chown
+# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , owner, group
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_F2
+# undef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+#else /* HAVE_FCHOWNAT */
+
+# undef fchownat
+
+# if FCHOWNAT_NOFOLLOW_BUG
+
+/* Failure to handle AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW requires the /proc/self/fd or
+   fchdir workaround to call lchown for lchownat, but there is no need
+   to penalize chownat.  */
+static int
+local_lchownat (int fd, char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
+
+#  define AT_FUNC_NAME local_lchownat
+#  define AT_FUNC_F1 lchown
+#  define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , uid_t owner, gid_t group
+#  define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , owner, group
+#  include "at-func.c"
+#  undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#  undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#  undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#  undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+# endif
+
+/* Work around bugs with trailing slash, using the same workarounds as
+   chown and lchown.  */
+
+int
+rpl_fchownat (int fd, char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag)
+{
+# if FCHOWNAT_NOFOLLOW_BUG
+  if (flag == AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW)
+    return local_lchownat (fd, file, owner, group);
+# endif
+# if FCHOWNAT_EMPTY_FILENAME_BUG
+  if (file[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif
+# if CHOWN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  {
+    size_t len = strlen (file);
+    struct stat st;
+    if (len && file[len - 1] == '/')
+      {
+        if (fstatat (fd, file, &st, 0))
+          return -1;
+        if (flag == AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW)
+          return fchownat (fd, file, owner, group, 0);
+      }
+  }
+# endif
+  return fchownat (fd, file, owner, group, flag);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FCHOWNAT */
diff --git a/lib/fclose.c b/lib/fclose.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..562ab3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fclose.c
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* fclose replacement.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "freading.h"
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+#endif
+
+#undef fclose
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+fclose_nothrow (FILE *fp)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = fclose (fp);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = EOF;
+      errno = EBADF;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+#else
+# define fclose_nothrow fclose
+#endif
+
+/* Override fclose() to call the overridden fflush() or close().  */
+
+int
+rpl_fclose (FILE *fp)
+{
+  int saved_errno = 0;
+  int fd;
+  int result = 0;
+
+  /* Don't change behavior on memstreams.  */
+  fd = fileno (fp);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return fclose_nothrow (fp);
+
+  /* We only need to flush the file if it is not reading or if it is
+     seekable.  This only guarantees the file position of input files
+     if the fflush module is also in use.  */
+  if ((!freading (fp) || lseek (fileno (fp), 0, SEEK_CUR) != -1)
+      && fflush (fp))
+    saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* fclose() calls close(), but we need to also invoke all hooks that our
+     overridden close() function invokes.  See lib/close.c.  */
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+  /* Call the overridden close(), then the original fclose().
+     Note about multithread-safety: There is a race condition where some
+     other thread could open fd between our close and fclose.  */
+  if (close (fd) < 0 && saved_errno == 0)
+    saved_errno = errno;
+
+  fclose_nothrow (fp); /* will fail with errno = EBADF,
+                          if we did not lose a race */
+
+#else /* !WINDOWS_SOCKETS */
+  /* Call fclose() and invoke all hooks of the overridden close().  */
+
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  /* Note about multithread-safety: There is a race condition here as well.
+     Some other thread could open fd between our calls to fclose and
+     _gl_unregister_fd.  */
+  result = fclose_nothrow (fp);
+  if (result == 0)
+    _gl_unregister_fd (fd);
+# else
+  /* No race condition here.  */
+  result = fclose_nothrow (fp);
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !WINDOWS_SOCKETS */
+
+  if (saved_errno != 0)
+    {
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      result = EOF;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/fcntl--.h b/lib/fcntl--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e14739b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fcntl--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Like fcntl.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "fcntl-safer.h"
+
+#undef open
+#define open open_safer
+
+#undef creat
+#define creat creat_safer
+
+#if GNULIB_OPENAT_SAFER
+# undef openat
+# define openat openat_safer
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fcntl-safer.h b/lib/fcntl-safer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3f3e6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fcntl-safer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Invoke fcntl-like functions, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+int open_safer (char const *, int, ...);
+int creat_safer (char const *, mode_t);
+
+#if GNULIB_OPENAT_SAFER
+int openat_safer (int, char const *, int, ...);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fcntl.c b/lib/fcntl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9753c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fcntl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
+/* Provide file descriptor control.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# define INCL_DOS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Upper bound on getdtablesize().  See lib/getdtablesize.c.  */
+# define OPEN_MAX_MAX 0x10000
+
+/* Duplicate OLDFD into the first available slot of at least NEWFD,
+   which must be positive, with FLAGS determining whether the duplicate
+   will be inheritable.  */
+static int
+dupfd (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)
+{
+  /* Mingw has no way to create an arbitrary fd.  Iterate until all
+     file descriptors less than newfd are filled up.  */
+  HANDLE curr_process = GetCurrentProcess ();
+  HANDLE old_handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (oldfd);
+  unsigned char fds_to_close[OPEN_MAX_MAX / CHAR_BIT];
+  unsigned int fds_to_close_bound = 0;
+  int result;
+  BOOL inherit = flags & O_CLOEXEC ? FALSE : TRUE;
+  int mode;
+
+  if (newfd < 0 || getdtablesize () <= newfd)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (old_handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
+      || (mode = _setmode (oldfd, O_BINARY)) == -1)
+    {
+      /* oldfd is not open, or is an unassigned standard file
+         descriptor.  */
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  _setmode (oldfd, mode);
+  flags |= mode;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      HANDLE new_handle;
+      int duplicated_fd;
+      unsigned int index;
+
+      if (!DuplicateHandle (curr_process,           /* SourceProcessHandle */
+                            old_handle,             /* SourceHandle */
+                            curr_process,           /* TargetProcessHandle */
+                            (PHANDLE) &new_handle,  /* TargetHandle */
+                            (DWORD) 0,              /* DesiredAccess */
+                            inherit,                /* InheritHandle */
+                            DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS)) /* Options */
+        {
+          switch (GetLastError ())
+            {
+              case ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES:
+                errno = EMFILE;
+                break;
+              case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE:
+              case ERROR_INVALID_TARGET_HANDLE:
+              case ERROR_DIRECT_ACCESS_HANDLE:
+                errno = EBADF;
+                break;
+              case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER:
+              case ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION:
+              case ERROR_INVALID_ACCESS:
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                break;
+              default:
+                errno = EACCES;
+                break;
+            }
+          result = -1;
+          break;
+        }
+      duplicated_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t) new_handle, flags);
+      if (duplicated_fd < 0)
+        {
+          CloseHandle (new_handle);
+          result = -1;
+          break;
+        }
+      if (newfd <= duplicated_fd)
+        {
+          result = duplicated_fd;
+          break;
+        }
+
+      /* Set the bit duplicated_fd in fds_to_close[].  */
+      index = (unsigned int) duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT;
+      if (fds_to_close_bound <= index)
+        {
+          if (sizeof fds_to_close <= index)
+            /* Need to increase OPEN_MAX_MAX.  */
+            abort ();
+          memset (fds_to_close + fds_to_close_bound, '\0',
+                  index + 1 - fds_to_close_bound);
+          fds_to_close_bound = index + 1;
+        }
+      fds_to_close[index] |= 1 << ((unsigned int) duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT);
+    }
+
+  /* Close the previous fds that turned out to be too small.  */
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    unsigned int duplicated_fd;
+
+    for (duplicated_fd = 0;
+         duplicated_fd < fds_to_close_bound * CHAR_BIT;
+         duplicated_fd++)
+      if ((fds_to_close[duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT]
+           >> (duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT))
+          & 1)
+        close (duplicated_fd);
+
+    errno = saved_errno;
+  }
+
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (0 <= result)
+    result = _gl_register_dup (oldfd, result);
+# endif
+  return result;
+}
+#endif /* W32 */
+
+/* Forward declarations, because we '#undef fcntl' in the middle of this
+   compilation unit.  */
+/* Our implementation of fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target).  */
+static int rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (int fd, int target);
+/* Our implementation of fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target).  */
+static int rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (int fd, int target);
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+/* Adds support for fcntl on directories.  */
+static int klibc_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Perform the specified ACTION on the file descriptor FD, possibly
+   using the argument ARG further described below.  This replacement
+   handles the following actions, and forwards all others on to the
+   native fcntl.  An unrecognized ACTION returns -1 with errno set to
+   EINVAL.
+
+   F_DUPFD - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum target fd.
+   If successful, return the duplicate, which will be inheritable;
+   otherwise return -1 and set errno.
+
+   F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum
+   target fd.  If successful, return the duplicate, which will not be
+   inheritable; otherwise return -1 and set errno.
+
+   F_GETFD - ARG need not be present.  If successful, return a
+   non-negative value containing the descriptor flags of FD (only
+   FD_CLOEXEC is portable, but other flags may be present); otherwise
+   return -1 and set errno.  */
+
+int
+fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
+#undef fcntl
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# define fcntl klibc_fcntl
+#endif
+{
+  va_list arg;
+  int result = -1;
+  va_start (arg, action);
+  switch (action)
+    {
+    case F_DUPFD:
+      {
+        int target = va_arg (arg, int);
+        result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
+        break;
+      }
+
+    case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
+      {
+        int target = va_arg (arg, int);
+        result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (fd, target);
+        break;
+      }
+
+#if !HAVE_FCNTL
+    case F_GETFD:
+      {
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+        HANDLE handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+        DWORD flags;
+        if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
+            || GetHandleInformation (handle, &flags) == 0)
+          errno = EBADF;
+        else
+          result = (flags & HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT) ? 0 : FD_CLOEXEC;
+# else /* !W32 */
+        /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors.  No way to
+           access this information, so punt.  */
+        if (0 <= dup2 (fd, fd))
+          result = 0;
+# endif /* !W32 */
+        break;
+      } /* F_GETFD */
+#endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL */
+
+      /* Implementing F_SETFD on mingw is not trivial - there is no
+         API for changing the O_NOINHERIT bit on an fd, and merely
+         changing the HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT bit on the underlying handle
+         can lead to odd state.  It may be possible by duplicating the
+         handle, using _open_osfhandle with the right flags, then
+         using dup2 to move the duplicate onto the original, but that
+         is not supported for now.  */
+
+    default:
+      {
+#if HAVE_FCNTL
+        switch (action)
+          {
+          #ifdef F_BARRIERFSYNC                  /* macOS */
+          case F_BARRIERFSYNC:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_CHKCLEAN                      /* macOS */
+          case F_CHKCLEAN:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_CLOSEM                        /* NetBSD, HP-UX */
+          case F_CLOSEM:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_FLUSH_DATA                    /* macOS */
+          case F_FLUSH_DATA:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_FREEZE_FS                     /* macOS */
+          case F_FREEZE_FS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_FULLFSYNC                     /* macOS */
+          case F_FULLFSYNC:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETCONFINED                   /* macOS */
+          case F_GETCONFINED:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETDEFAULTPROTLEVEL           /* macOS */
+          case F_GETDEFAULTPROTLEVEL:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETFD                         /* POSIX */
+          case F_GETFD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETFL                         /* POSIX */
+          case F_GETFL:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETLEASE                      /* Linux */
+          case F_GETLEASE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETNOSIGPIPE                  /* macOS */
+          case F_GETNOSIGPIPE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETOWN                        /* POSIX */
+          case F_GETOWN:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETPIPE_SZ                    /* Linux */
+          case F_GETPIPE_SZ:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETPROTECTIONCLASS            /* macOS */
+          case F_GETPROTECTIONCLASS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETPROTECTIONLEVEL            /* macOS */
+          case F_GETPROTECTIONLEVEL:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GET_SEALS                     /* Linux */
+          case F_GET_SEALS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETSIG                        /* Linux */
+          case F_GETSIG:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_MAXFD                         /* NetBSD */
+          case F_MAXFD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_RECYCLE                       /* macOS */
+          case F_RECYCLE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETFIFOENH                    /* HP-UX */
+          case F_SETFIFOENH:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_THAW_FS                       /* macOS */
+          case F_THAW_FS:
+          #endif
+            /* These actions take no argument.  */
+            result = fcntl (fd, action);
+            break;
+
+          #ifdef F_ADD_SEALS                     /* Linux */
+          case F_ADD_SEALS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_BADFD                         /* Solaris */
+          case F_BADFD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_CHECK_OPENEVT                 /* macOS */
+          case F_CHECK_OPENEVT:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUP2FD                        /* FreeBSD, AIX, Solaris */
+          case F_DUP2FD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUP2FD_CLOEXEC                /* FreeBSD, Solaris */
+          case F_DUP2FD_CLOEXEC:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUP2FD_CLOFORK                /* Solaris */
+          case F_DUP2FD_CLOFORK:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUPFD                         /* POSIX */
+          case F_DUPFD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC                 /* POSIX */
+          case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_DUPFD_CLOFORK                 /* Solaris */
+          case F_DUPFD_CLOFORK:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GETXFL                        /* Solaris */
+          case F_GETXFL:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_GLOBAL_NOCACHE                /* macOS */
+          case F_GLOBAL_NOCACHE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_MAKECOMPRESSED                /* macOS */
+          case F_MAKECOMPRESSED:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_MOVEDATAEXTENTS               /* macOS */
+          case F_MOVEDATAEXTENTS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_NOCACHE                       /* macOS */
+          case F_NOCACHE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_NODIRECT                      /* macOS */
+          case F_NODIRECT:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_NOTIFY                        /* Linux */
+          case F_NOTIFY:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_OPLKACK                       /* IRIX */
+          case F_OPLKACK:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_OPLKREG                       /* IRIX */
+          case F_OPLKREG:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_RDAHEAD                       /* macOS */
+          case F_RDAHEAD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETBACKINGSTORE               /* macOS */
+          case F_SETBACKINGSTORE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETCONFINED                   /* macOS */
+          case F_SETCONFINED:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETFD                         /* POSIX */
+          case F_SETFD:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETFL                         /* POSIX */
+          case F_SETFL:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETLEASE                      /* Linux */
+          case F_SETLEASE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETNOSIGPIPE                  /* macOS */
+          case F_SETNOSIGPIPE:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETOWN                        /* POSIX */
+          case F_SETOWN:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETPIPE_SZ                    /* Linux */
+          case F_SETPIPE_SZ:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETPROTECTIONCLASS            /* macOS */
+          case F_SETPROTECTIONCLASS:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SETSIG                        /* Linux */
+          case F_SETSIG:
+          #endif
+          #ifdef F_SINGLE_WRITER                 /* macOS */
+          case F_SINGLE_WRITER:
+          #endif
+            /* These actions take an 'int' argument.  */
+            {
+              int x = va_arg (arg, int);
+              result = fcntl (fd, action, x);
+            }
+            break;
+
+          default:
+            /* Other actions take a pointer argument.  */
+            {
+              void *p = va_arg (arg, void *);
+              result = fcntl (fd, action, p);
+            }
+            break;
+          }
+#else
+        errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  va_end (arg);
+  return result;
+}
+
+static int
+rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (int fd, int target)
+{
+  int result;
+#if !HAVE_FCNTL
+  result = dupfd (fd, target, 0);
+#elif FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  /* Detect invalid target; needed for cygwin 1.5.x.  */
+  if (target < 0 || getdtablesize () <= target)
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EINVAL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Haiku alpha 2 loses fd flags on original.  */
+      int flags = fcntl (fd, F_GETFD);
+      if (flags < 0)
+        result = -1;
+      else
+        {
+          result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
+          if (0 <= result && fcntl (fd, F_SETFD, flags) == -1)
+            {
+              int saved_errno = errno;
+              close (result);
+              result = -1;
+              errno = saved_errno;
+            }
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+          if (0 <= result)
+            result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+# endif
+        }
+    }
+#else
+  result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
+
+static int
+rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (int fd, int target)
+{
+  int result;
+#if !HAVE_FCNTL
+  result = dupfd (fd, target, O_CLOEXEC);
+#else /* HAVE_FCNTL */
+# if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __HAIKU__
+  /* On NetBSD 9.0, the system fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target)
+     has only the same effect as fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target).  */
+  /* On Haiku, the system fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target) sets
+     the FD_CLOEXEC flag on fd, not on target.  Therefore avoid the
+     system fcntl in this case.  */
+#  define have_dupfd_cloexec -1
+# else
+  /* Try the system call first, if the headers claim it exists
+     (that is, if GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC is 0), since we
+     may be running with a glibc that has the macro but with an
+     older kernel that does not support it.  Cache the
+     information on whether the system call really works, but
+     avoid caching failure if the corresponding F_DUPFD fails
+     for any reason.  0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
+  static int have_dupfd_cloexec = GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC ? -1 : 0;
+  if (0 <= have_dupfd_cloexec)
+    {
+      result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target);
+      if (0 <= result || errno != EINVAL)
+        {
+          have_dupfd_cloexec = 1;
+#  if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+          if (0 <= result)
+            result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+#  endif
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
+          if (result >= 0)
+            have_dupfd_cloexec = -1;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+# endif
+    result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
+  if (0 <= result && have_dupfd_cloexec == -1)
+    {
+      int flags = fcntl (result, F_GETFD);
+      if (flags < 0 || fcntl (result, F_SETFD, flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
+        {
+          int saved_errno = errno;
+          close (result);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          result = -1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif /* HAVE_FCNTL */
+  return result;
+}
+
+#undef fcntl
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+
+static int
+klibc_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
+{
+  va_list arg_ptr;
+  int arg;
+  struct stat sbuf;
+  int result;
+
+  va_start (arg_ptr, action);
+  arg = va_arg (arg_ptr, int);
+  result = fcntl (fd, action, arg);
+  /* EPERM for F_DUPFD, ENOTSUP for others */
+  if (result == -1 && (errno == EPERM || errno == ENOTSUP)
+      && !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
+    {
+      ULONG ulMode;
+
+      switch (action)
+        {
+        case F_DUPFD:
+          /* Find available fd */
+          while (fcntl (arg, F_GETFL) != -1 || errno != EBADF)
+            arg++;
+
+          result = dup2 (fd, arg);
+          break;
+
+        /* Using underlying APIs is right ? */
+        case F_GETFD:
+          if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode))
+            break;
+
+          result = (ulMode & OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT) ? FD_CLOEXEC : 0;
+          break;
+
+        case F_SETFD:
+          if (arg & ~FD_CLOEXEC)
+            break;
+
+          if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode))
+            break;
+
+          if (arg & FD_CLOEXEC)
+            ulMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
+          else
+            ulMode &= ~OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
+
+          /* Filter supported flags.  */
+          ulMode &= (OPEN_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR
+                     | OPEN_FLAGS_NO_CACHE | OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT);
+
+          if (DosSetFHState (fd, ulMode))
+            break;
+
+          result = 0;
+          break;
+
+        case F_GETFL:
+          result = 0;
+          break;
+
+        case F_SETFL:
+          if (arg != 0)
+            break;
+
+          result = 0;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  va_end (arg_ptr);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fcntl.in.h b/lib/fcntl.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9270ced
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fcntl.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+/* Like <fcntl.h>, but with non-working flags defined to 0.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined __need_system_fcntl_h
+/* Special invocation convention.  */
+
+/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
+   <fcntl.h>.  On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
+   But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
+   extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
+   overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib.  These errors are known to be gone
+   with g++ version >= 4.3.  */
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in <io.h>.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_CREAT@ || @GNULIB_OPEN@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
+   <fcntl.h>.  On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
+   But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
+   extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
+   overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib.  These errors are known to be gone
+   with g++ version >= 4.3.  */
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in <io.h>.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_CREAT@ || @GNULIB_OPEN@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
+
+#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_CREAT@
+# if @REPLACE_CREAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef creat
+#   define creat rpl_creat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef creat
+#   define creat _creat
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (creat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef creat
+/* Assume creat is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (creat, "creat is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module creat for portability");
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_CREAT@
+/* On native Windows, map 'creat' to '_creat', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::creat always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef creat
+#   define creat _creat
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because in mingw the last argument is 'int mode'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (creat);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FCNTL@
+# if @REPLACE_FCNTL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fcntl
+#   define fcntl rpl_fcntl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_fcntl
+#   define GNULIB_defined_rpl_fcntl 1
+#  endif
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FCNTL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+#   if !GNULIB_defined_fcntl
+#    define GNULIB_defined_fcntl 1
+#   endif
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcntl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fcntl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCNTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fcntl, "fcntl is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module fcntl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_OPEN@
+# if @REPLACE_OPEN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef open
+#   define open rpl_open
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef open
+#   define open _open
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# endif
+/* On HP-UX 11, in C++ mode, open() is defined as an inline function with a
+   default argument.  _GL_CXXALIASWARN does not work in this case.  */
+# if !defined __hpux
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef open
+/* Assume open is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (open, "open is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module open for portability");
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_OPEN@
+/* On native Windows, map 'open' to '_open', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::open always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef open
+#   define open _open
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# endif
+# if !defined __hpux
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_OPENAT@
+# if @REPLACE_OPENAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef openat
+#   define openat rpl_openat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_OPENAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (openat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef openat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (openat, "openat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Fix up the FD_* macros, only known to be missing on mingw.  */
+
+#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
+# define FD_CLOEXEC 1
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the supported F_* macros.  Intentionally leave other F_*
+   macros undefined.  Only known to be missing on mingw.  */
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
+# define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0x40000000
+/* Witness variable: 1 if gnulib defined F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0 otherwise.  */
+# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1
+#else
+# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD
+# define F_DUPFD 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_GETFD
+# define F_GETFD 2
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the O_* macros.  */
+
+/* AIX 7.1 with XL C 12.1 defines O_CLOEXEC, O_NOFOLLOW, and O_TTY_INIT
+   to values outside 'int' range, so omit these misdefinitions.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on non-AIX systems.  */
+#ifdef _AIX
+# include <limits.h>
+# if defined O_CLOEXEC && ! (INT_MIN <= O_CLOEXEC && O_CLOEXEC <= INT_MAX)
+#  undef O_CLOEXEC
+# endif
+# if defined O_NOFOLLOW && ! (INT_MIN <= O_NOFOLLOW && O_NOFOLLOW <= INT_MAX)
+#  undef O_NOFOLLOW
+# endif
+# if defined O_TTY_INIT && ! (INT_MIN <= O_TTY_INIT && O_TTY_INIT <= INT_MAX)
+#  undef O_TTY_INIT
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined O_DIRECT && defined O_DIRECTIO
+/* Tru64 spells it 'O_DIRECTIO'.  */
+# define O_DIRECT O_DIRECTIO
+#endif
+
+#if !defined O_CLOEXEC && defined O_NOINHERIT
+/* Mingw spells it 'O_NOINHERIT'.  */
+# define O_CLOEXEC O_NOINHERIT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_CLOEXEC
+# define O_CLOEXEC 0x40000000 /* Try to not collide with system O_* flags.  */
+# define GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC 1
+#else
+# define GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DIRECT
+# define O_DIRECT 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
+# define O_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DSYNC
+# define O_DSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_EXEC
+# define O_EXEC O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems.  */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_IGNORE_CTTY
+# define O_IGNORE_CTTY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NDELAY
+# define O_NDELAY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOATIME
+# define O_NOATIME 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
+# define O_NONBLOCK O_NDELAY
+#endif
+
+/* If the gnulib module 'nonblocking' is in use, guarantee a working non-zero
+   value of O_NONBLOCK.  Otherwise, O_NONBLOCK is defined (above) to O_NDELAY
+   or to 0 as fallback.  */
+#if @GNULIB_NONBLOCKING@
+# if O_NONBLOCK
+#  define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 0
+# else
+#  define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 1
+#  undef O_NONBLOCK
+#  define O_NONBLOCK 0x40000000
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOCTTY
+# define O_NOCTTY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOLINK
+# define O_NOLINK 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOLINKS
+# define O_NOLINKS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOTRANS
+# define O_NOTRANS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_RSYNC
+# define O_RSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_SEARCH
+# define O_SEARCH O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems.  */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_SYNC
+# define O_SYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_TTY_INIT
+# define O_TTY_INIT 0
+#endif
+
+#if ~O_ACCMODE & (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
+# undef O_ACCMODE
+# define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is usually declared in fcntl.h  */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+
+#if defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__
+  /* BeOS 5 and Haiku have O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+# define O_TEXT 0
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the AT_* macros.  */
+
+/* Work around a bug in Solaris 9 and 10: AT_FDCWD is positive.  Its
+   value exceeds INT_MAX, so its use as an int doesn't conform to the
+   C standard, and GCC and Sun C complain in some cases.  If the bug
+   is present, undef AT_FDCWD here, so it can be redefined below.  */
+#if 0 < AT_FDCWD && AT_FDCWD == 0xffd19553
+# undef AT_FDCWD
+#endif
+
+/* Use the same bit pattern as Solaris 9, but with the proper
+   signedness.  The bit pattern is important, in case this actually is
+   Solaris with the above workaround.  */
+#ifndef AT_FDCWD
+# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
+#endif
+
+/* Use the same values as Solaris 9.  This shouldn't matter, but
+   there's no real reason to differ.  */
+#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 4096
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AT_REMOVEDIR
+# define AT_REMOVEDIR 1
+#endif
+
+/* Solaris 9 lacks these two, so just pick unique values.  */
+#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW
+# define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AT_EACCESS
+# define AT_EACCESS 4
+#endif
+
+/* Ignore this flag if not supported.  */
+#ifndef AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT
+# define AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT 0
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fd-hook.c b/lib/fd-hook.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64a7a80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fd-hook.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* Hook for making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2009.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "fd-hook.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
+   on native Windows platforms.  */
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+
+/* The first and last link in the doubly linked list.
+   Initially the list is empty.  */
+static struct fd_hook anchor = { &anchor, &anchor, NULL, NULL };
+
+int
+execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_close_fn primary,
+                     int fd)
+{
+  if (remaining_list == &anchor)
+    /* End of list reached.  */
+    return primary (fd);
+  else
+    return remaining_list->private_close_fn (remaining_list->private_next,
+                                             primary, fd);
+}
+
+int
+execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd)
+{
+  return execute_close_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd);
+}
+
+int
+execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                     int fd, int request, void *arg)
+{
+  if (remaining_list == &anchor)
+    /* End of list reached.  */
+    return primary (fd, request, arg);
+  else
+    return remaining_list->private_ioctl_fn (remaining_list->private_next,
+                                             primary, fd, request, arg);
+}
+
+int
+execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                         int fd, int request, void *arg)
+{
+  return execute_ioctl_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd, request, arg);
+}
+
+void
+register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook, struct fd_hook *link)
+{
+  if (close_hook == NULL)
+    close_hook = execute_close_hooks;
+  if (ioctl_hook == NULL)
+    ioctl_hook = execute_ioctl_hooks;
+
+  if (link->private_next == NULL && link->private_prev == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Add the link to the doubly linked list.  */
+      link->private_next = anchor.private_next;
+      link->private_prev = &anchor;
+      link->private_close_fn = close_hook;
+      link->private_ioctl_fn = ioctl_hook;
+      anchor.private_next->private_prev = link;
+      anchor.private_next = link;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The link is already in use.  */
+      if (link->private_close_fn != close_hook
+          || link->private_ioctl_fn != ioctl_hook)
+        abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+void
+unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link)
+{
+  struct fd_hook *next = link->private_next;
+  struct fd_hook *prev = link->private_prev;
+
+  if (next != NULL && prev != NULL)
+    {
+      /* The link is in use.  Remove it from the doubly linked list.  */
+      prev->private_next = next;
+      next->private_prev = prev;
+      /* Clear the link, to mark it unused.  */
+      link->private_next = NULL;
+      link->private_prev = NULL;
+      link->private_close_fn = NULL;
+      link->private_ioctl_fn = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fd-hook.h b/lib/fd-hook.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6c4964
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fd-hook.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* Hook for making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#ifndef FD_HOOK_H
+#define FD_HOOK_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
+   on native Windows platforms.  */
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+
+
+/* Type of function that closes FD.  */
+typedef int (*gl_close_fn) (int fd);
+
+/* Type of function that applies a control request to FD.  */
+typedef int (*gl_ioctl_fn) (int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* An element of the list of file descriptor hooks.
+   In CLOS (Common Lisp Object System) speak, it consists of an "around"
+   method for the close() function and an "around" method for the ioctl()
+   function.
+   The fields of this structure are considered private.  */
+struct fd_hook
+{
+  /* Doubly linked list.  */
+  struct fd_hook *private_next;
+  struct fd_hook *private_prev;
+  /* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
+     execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD) as a fallback.  */
+  int (*private_close_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                           gl_close_fn primary,
+                           int fd);
+  /* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
+     execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG) as a
+     fallback.  */
+  int (*private_ioctl_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                           gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                           int fd, int request, void *arg);
+};
+
+/* This type of function closes FD, applying special knowledge for the FD
+   types it knows about, and calls
+   execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD)
+   for the other FD types.
+   In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods,
+   and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for close().  */
+typedef int (*close_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                              gl_close_fn primary,
+                              int fd);
+
+/* Execute the close hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like close() would do.  */
+extern int execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                                gl_close_fn primary,
+                                int fd);
+
+/* Execute all close hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like close() would do.  */
+extern int execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd);
+
+/* This type of function applies a control request to FD, applying special
+   knowledge for the FD types it knows about, and calls
+   execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG)
+   for the other FD types.
+   In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods,
+   and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for ioctl().  */
+typedef int (*ioctl_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                              gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                              int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* Execute the ioctl hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do.  */
+extern int execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                                gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                                int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* Execute all ioctl hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do.  */
+extern int execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                                    int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* Add a function pair to the list of file descriptor hooks.
+   CLOSE_HOOK and IOCTL_HOOK may be NULL, indicating no change.
+   The LINK variable points to a piece of memory which is guaranteed to be
+   accessible until the corresponding call to unregister_fd_hook.  */
+extern void register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook,
+                              struct fd_hook *link);
+
+/* Removes a hook from the list of file descriptor hooks.  */
+extern void unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link);
+
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FD_HOOK_H */
diff --git a/lib/fd-reopen.c b/lib/fd-reopen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c22f11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fd-reopen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Invoke open, but return either a desired file descriptor or -1.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fd-reopen.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Open a file to a particular file descriptor.  This is like standard
+   'open', except it always returns DESIRED_FD if successful.  */
+
+int
+fd_reopen (int desired_fd, char const *file, int flags, mode_t mode)
+{
+  int fd = open (file, flags, mode);
+
+  if (fd == desired_fd || fd < 0)
+    return fd;
+  else
+    {
+      int fd2 = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+      close (fd);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return fd2;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/fd-reopen.h b/lib/fd-reopen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2317e8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fd-reopen.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Invoke open, but return either a desired file descriptor or -1.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+int fd_reopen (int, char const *, int, mode_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
diff --git a/lib/fd-safer-flag.c b/lib/fd-safer-flag.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e07cb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fd-safer-flag.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Adjust a file descriptor result so that it avoids clobbering
+   STD{IN,OUT,ERR}_FILENO, with specific flags.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Return FD, unless FD would be a copy of standard input, output, or
+   error; in that case, return a duplicate of FD, closing FD.  If FLAG
+   contains O_CLOEXEC, the returned FD will have close-on-exec
+   semantics.  On failure to duplicate, close FD, set errno, and
+   return -1.  Preserve errno if FD is negative, so that the caller
+   can always inspect errno when the returned value is negative.
+
+   This function is usefully wrapped around functions that return file
+   descriptors, e.g., fd_safer_flag (open ("file", O_RDONLY | flag), flag).  */
+
+int
+fd_safer_flag (int fd, int flag)
+{
+  if (STDIN_FILENO <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+    {
+      int f = dup_safer_flag (fd, flag);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (fd);
+      errno = e;
+      fd = f;
+    }
+
+  return fd;
+}
diff --git a/lib/fd-safer.c b/lib/fd-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e37b7b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fd-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Return a safer copy of a file descriptor.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Return FD, unless FD would be a copy of standard input, output, or
+   error; in that case, return a duplicate of FD, closing FD.  On
+   failure to duplicate, close FD, set errno, and return -1.  Preserve
+   errno if FD is negative, so that the caller can always inspect
+   errno when the returned value is negative.
+
+   This function is usefully wrapped around functions that return file
+   descriptors, e.g., fd_safer (open ("file", O_RDONLY)).  */
+
+int
+fd_safer (int fd)
+{
+  if (STDIN_FILENO <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+    {
+      int f = dup_safer (fd);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (fd);
+      errno = e;
+      fd = f;
+    }
+
+  return fd;
+}
diff --git a/lib/fdatasync.c b/lib/fdatasync.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4923f5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fdatasync.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Emulate fdatasync on platforms that lack it.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+fdatasync (int fd)
+{
+  /* This does more work than strictly necessary, but is the best we
+     can do portably.  */
+  return fsync (fd);
+}
diff --git a/lib/fdopen.c b/lib/fdopen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1c5dff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fdopen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Open a stream with a given file descriptor.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+#endif
+
+#undef fdopen
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static FILE *
+fdopen_nothrow (int fd, const char *mode)
+{
+  FILE *result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _fdopen (fd, mode);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = NULL;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define fdopen_nothrow _fdopen
+# endif
+#else
+# define fdopen_nothrow fdopen
+#endif
+
+FILE *
+rpl_fdopen (int fd, const char *mode)
+{
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  errno = 0;
+  fp = fdopen_nothrow (fd, mode);
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    {
+      if (errno == 0)
+        errno = EBADF;
+    }
+  else
+    errno = saved_errno;
+
+  return fp;
+}
diff --git a/lib/fdopendir.c b/lib/fdopendir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2b0e1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fdopendir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/* provide a replacement fdopendir function
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_FDOPENDIR
+
+# include "openat.h"
+# include "openat-priv.h"
+# include "save-cwd.h"
+
+# if GNULIB_DIRENT_SAFER
+#  include "dirent--.h"
+# endif
+
+# ifndef REPLACE_FCHDIR
+#  define REPLACE_FCHDIR 0
+# endif
+
+static DIR *fdopendir_with_dup (int, int, struct saved_cwd const *);
+static DIR *fd_clone_opendir (int, struct saved_cwd const *);
+
+/* Replacement for POSIX fdopendir.
+
+   First, try to simulate it via opendir ("/proc/self/fd/...").  Failing
+   that, simulate it by using fchdir metadata, or by doing
+   save_cwd/fchdir/opendir(".")/restore_cwd.
+   If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely),
+   then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+
+   If successful, the resulting stream is based on FD in
+   implementations where streams are based on file descriptors and in
+   applications where no other thread or signal handler allocates or
+   frees file descriptors.  In other cases, consult dirfd on the result
+   to find out whether FD is still being used.
+
+   Otherwise, this function works just like POSIX fdopendir.
+
+   W A R N I N G:
+
+   Unlike other fd-related functions, this one places constraints on FD.
+   If this function returns successfully, FD is under control of the
+   dirent.h system, and the caller should not close or modify the state of
+   FD other than by the dirent.h functions.  */
+# ifdef __KLIBC__
+#  include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h>
+
+DIR *
+fdopendir (int fd)
+{
+  char path[_MAX_PATH];
+  DIR *dirp;
+
+  /* Get a path from fd */
+  if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path)))
+    return NULL;
+
+  dirp = opendir (path);
+  if (!dirp)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Unregister fd registered by opendir() */
+  _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (dirfd (dirp));
+
+  /* Register our fd */
+  if (_gl_register_dirp_fd (fd, dirp))
+    {
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+
+      closedir (dirp);
+
+      errno = saved_errno;
+
+      dirp = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return dirp;
+}
+# else
+DIR *
+fdopendir (int fd)
+{
+  DIR *dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, -1, NULL);
+
+  if (! REPLACE_FCHDIR && ! dir)
+    {
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+      if (EXPECTED_ERRNO (saved_errno))
+        {
+          struct saved_cwd cwd;
+          if (save_cwd (&cwd) != 0)
+            openat_save_fail (errno);
+          dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, -1, &cwd);
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          free_cwd (&cwd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return dir;
+}
+# endif
+
+/* Like fdopendir, except that if OLDER_DUPFD is not -1, it is known
+   to be a dup of FD which is less than FD - 1 and which will be
+   closed by the caller and not otherwise used by the caller.  This
+   function makes sure that FD is closed and all file descriptors less
+   than FD are open, and then calls fd_clone_opendir on a dup of FD.
+   That way, barring race conditions, fd_clone_opendir returns a
+   stream whose file descriptor is FD.
+
+   If REPLACE_FCHDIR or CWD is null, use opendir ("/proc/self/fd/...",
+   falling back on fchdir metadata.  Otherwise, CWD is a saved version
+   of the working directory; use fchdir/opendir(".")/restore_cwd(CWD).  */
+static DIR *
+fdopendir_with_dup (int fd, int older_dupfd, struct saved_cwd const *cwd)
+{
+  int dupfd = dup (fd);
+  if (dupfd < 0 && errno == EMFILE)
+    dupfd = older_dupfd;
+  if (dupfd < 0)
+    return NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      DIR *dir;
+      int saved_errno;
+      if (dupfd < fd - 1 && dupfd != older_dupfd)
+        {
+          dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, dupfd, cwd);
+          saved_errno = errno;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          close (fd);
+          dir = fd_clone_opendir (dupfd, cwd);
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          if (! dir)
+            {
+              int fd1 = dup (dupfd);
+              if (fd1 != fd)
+                openat_save_fail (fd1 < 0 ? errno : EBADF);
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (dupfd != older_dupfd)
+        close (dupfd);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return dir;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Like fdopendir, except the result controls a clone of FD.  It is
+   the caller's responsibility both to close FD and (if the result is
+   not null) to closedir the result.  */
+static DIR *
+fd_clone_opendir (int fd, struct saved_cwd const *cwd)
+{
+  if (REPLACE_FCHDIR || ! cwd)
+    {
+      DIR *dir = NULL;
+      int saved_errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+      char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+      char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (buf, fd, ".");
+      if (proc_file)
+        {
+          dir = opendir (proc_file);
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          if (proc_file != buf)
+            free (proc_file);
+        }
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+      if (! dir && EXPECTED_ERRNO (saved_errno))
+        {
+          char const *name = _gl_directory_name (fd);
+          DIR *dp = name ? opendir (name) : NULL;
+
+          /* The caller has done an elaborate dance to arrange for opendir to
+             consume just the right file descriptor.  If dirfd returns -1,
+             though, we're on a system like mingw where opendir does not
+             consume a file descriptor.  Consume it via 'dup' instead.  */
+          if (dp && dirfd (dp) < 0)
+            dup (fd);
+
+          return dp;
+        }
+# endif
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return dir;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (fchdir (fd) != 0)
+        return NULL;
+      else
+        {
+          DIR *dir = opendir (".");
+          int saved_errno = errno;
+          if (restore_cwd (cwd) != 0)
+            openat_restore_fail (errno);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          return dir;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_FDOPENDIR */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+# undef fdopendir
+
+/* Like fdopendir, but work around GNU/Hurd bug by validating FD.  */
+
+DIR *
+rpl_fdopendir (int fd)
+{
+  struct stat st;
+  if (fstat (fd, &st))
+    return NULL;
+  if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+    {
+      errno = ENOTDIR;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  return fdopendir (fd);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FDOPENDIR */
diff --git a/lib/fdutimensat.c b/lib/fdutimensat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa9641e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fdutimensat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Set file access and modification times.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+/* derived from a function in utimens.c */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "utimens.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FD (a.k.a. FILE) to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively; relative to directory DIR.
+   FD must be either negative -- in which case it is ignored --
+   or a file descriptor that is open on FILE.
+   If FD is nonnegative, then FILE can be NULL, which means
+   use just futimes (or equivalent) instead of utimes (or equivalent),
+   and fail if on an old system without futimes (or equivalent).
+   If TIMESPEC is null, set the timestamps to the current time.
+   ATFLAG is passed to utimensat if FD is negative or futimens was
+   unsupported, which can allow operation on FILE as a symlink.
+   Return 0 on success, -1 (setting errno) on failure.  */
+
+int
+fdutimensat (int fd, int dir, char const *file, struct timespec const ts[2],
+             int atflag)
+{
+  int result = 1;
+  if (0 <= fd)
+    result = futimens (fd, ts);
+  if (file && (fd < 0 || (result == -1 && errno == ENOSYS)))
+    result = utimensat (dir, file, ts, atflag);
+  if (result == 1)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      result = -1;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/fflush.c b/lib/fflush.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69511cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fflush.c
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* fflush.c -- allow flushing input streams
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "freading.h"
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+#undef fflush
+
+
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+/* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+
+/* Clear the stream's ungetc buffer, preserving the value of ftello (fp).  */
+static void
+clear_ungetc_buffer_preserving_position (FILE *fp)
+{
+  if (fp->_flags & _IO_IN_BACKUP)
+    /* _IO_free_backup_area is a bit complicated.  Simply call fseek.  */
+    fseeko (fp, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* Clear the stream's ungetc buffer.  May modify the value of ftello (fp).  */
+static void
+clear_ungetc_buffer (FILE *fp)
+{
+# if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+  if (HASUB (fp))
+    {
+      fp_->_p += fp_->_r;
+      fp_->_r = 0;
+    }
+# elif defined __EMX__              /* emx+gcc */
+  if (fp->_ungetc_count > 0)
+    {
+      fp->_ungetc_count = 0;
+      fp->_rcount = - fp->_rcount;
+    }
+# elif defined _IOERR               /* Minix, AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+  /* Nothing to do.  */
+# else                              /* other implementations */
+  fseeko (fp, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if ! (defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1)
+/* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+
+# if (defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__) && defined __SNPT
+/* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+
+static int
+disable_seek_optimization (FILE *fp)
+{
+  int saved_flags = fp_->_flags & (__SOPT | __SNPT);
+  fp_->_flags = (fp_->_flags & ~__SOPT) | __SNPT;
+  return saved_flags;
+}
+
+static void
+restore_seek_optimization (FILE *fp, int saved_flags)
+{
+  fp_->_flags = (fp_->_flags & ~(__SOPT | __SNPT)) | saved_flags;
+}
+
+# else
+
+static void
+update_fpos_cache (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED FILE *fp,
+                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED off_t pos)
+{
+#  if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+#   if defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* fp_->_offset is typed as an integer.  */
+  fp_->_offset = pos;
+#   else
+  /* fp_->_offset is an fpos_t.  */
+  /* Use a union, since on NetBSD, the compilation flags determine
+     whether fpos_t is typedef'd to off_t or a struct containing a
+     single off_t member.  */
+  union
+    {
+      fpos_t f;
+      off_t o;
+    } u;
+  u.o = pos;
+  fp_->_offset = u.f;
+#   endif
+  fp_->_flags |= __SOFF;
+#  endif
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Flush all pending data on STREAM according to POSIX rules.  Both
+   output and seekable input streams are supported.  */
+int
+rpl_fflush (FILE *stream)
+{
+  /* When stream is NULL, POSIX and C99 only require flushing of "output
+     streams and update streams in which the most recent operation was not
+     input", and all implementations do this.
+
+     When stream is "an output stream or an update stream in which the most
+     recent operation was not input", POSIX and C99 requires that fflush
+     writes out any buffered data, and all implementations do this.
+
+     When stream is, however, an input stream or an update stream in
+     which the most recent operation was input, C99 specifies nothing,
+     and POSIX only specifies behavior if the stream is seekable.
+     mingw, in particular, drops the input buffer, leaving the file
+     descriptor positioned at the end of the input buffer. I.e. ftell
+     (stream) is lost.  We don't want to call the implementation's
+     fflush in this case.
+
+     We test ! freading (stream) here, rather than fwriting (stream), because
+     what we need to know is whether the stream holds a "read buffer", and on
+     mingw this is indicated by _IOREAD, regardless of _IOWRT.  */
+  if (stream == NULL || ! freading (stream))
+    return fflush (stream);
+
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+  /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+
+  clear_ungetc_buffer_preserving_position (stream);
+
+  return fflush (stream);
+
+#else
+  {
+    /* What POSIX says:
+       1) About the file-position indicator (-> fseeko, ftello):
+          The file position indicator is incremented by fgetc() and decremented
+          by ungetc():
+          <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fgetc.html>
+            "... the fgetc() function shall ... advance the associated file
+             position indicator for the stream ..."
+          <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/ungetc.html>
+            "The file-position indicator is decremented by each successful
+             call to ungetc()..."
+       2) fflush discards bytes pushed back by ungetc:
+          <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fflush.html>
+            "...any characters pushed back onto the stream by ungetc()
+             or ungetwc() that have not subsequently been read from the
+             stream shall be discarded..."
+          This implies implicitly: fflush does not change the file position
+          indicator.
+       3) Effects on the file descriptor, if the file descriptor is capable of
+          seeking:
+          <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fflush.html>
+            "...the file offset of the underlying open file description shall
+             be set to the file position of the stream..."  */
+
+    /* POSIX does not specify fflush behavior for non-seekable input
+       streams.  Some implementations purge unread data, some return
+       EBADF, some do nothing.  */
+    off_t pos = ftello (stream);
+    if (pos == -1)
+      {
+        errno = EBADF;
+        return EOF;
+      }
+
+    /* Clear the ungetc buffer.  */
+    clear_ungetc_buffer (stream);
+
+    /* To get here, we must be flushing a seekable input stream, so the
+       semantics of fpurge are now appropriate to clear the buffer.  To
+       avoid losing data, the lseek is also necessary.  */
+    {
+      int result = fpurge (stream);
+      if (result != 0)
+        return result;
+    }
+
+# if (defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__) && defined __SNPT
+    /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+
+    {
+      /* Disable seek optimization for the next fseeko call.  This tells the
+         following fseeko call to seek to the desired position directly, rather
+         than to seek to a block-aligned boundary.  */
+      int saved_flags = disable_seek_optimization (stream);
+      int result = fseeko (stream, pos, SEEK_SET);
+
+      restore_seek_optimization (stream, saved_flags);
+      return result;
+    }
+
+# else
+
+    pos = lseek (fileno (stream), pos, SEEK_SET);
+    if (pos == -1)
+      return EOF;
+    /* After a successful lseek, update the file descriptor's position cache
+       in the stream.  */
+    update_fpos_cache (stream, pos);
+
+    return 0;
+
+# endif
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/file-has-acl.c b/lib/file-has-acl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e02f062
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/file-has-acl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+/* Test whether a file has a nontrivial ACL.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+/* Without this pragma, gcc 4.7.0 20120126 may suggest that the
+   file_has_acl function might be candidate for attribute 'const'  */
+#if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=const"
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+#if GETXATTR_WITH_POSIX_ACLS
+# include <sys/xattr.h>
+# include <linux/xattr.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Return 1 if NAME has a nontrivial access control list,
+   0 if ACLs are not supported, or if NAME has no or only a base ACL,
+   and -1 (setting errno) on error.  Note callers can determine
+   if ACLs are not supported as errno is set in that case also.
+   SB must be set to the stat buffer of NAME,
+   obtained through stat() or lstat().  */
+
+int
+file_has_acl (char const *name, struct stat const *sb)
+{
+#if USE_ACL
+  if (! S_ISLNK (sb->st_mode))
+    {
+
+# if GETXATTR_WITH_POSIX_ACLS
+
+      ssize_t ret;
+
+      ret = getxattr (name, XATTR_NAME_POSIX_ACL_ACCESS, NULL, 0);
+      if (ret < 0 && errno == ENODATA)
+        ret = 0;
+      else if (ret > 0)
+        return 1;
+
+      if (ret == 0 && S_ISDIR (sb->st_mode))
+        {
+          ret = getxattr (name, XATTR_NAME_POSIX_ACL_DEFAULT, NULL, 0);
+          if (ret < 0 && errno == ENODATA)
+            ret = 0;
+          else if (ret > 0)
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+      if (ret < 0)
+        return - acl_errno_valid (errno);
+      return ret;
+
+# elif HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
+
+      /* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version.  */
+      /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+      int ret;
+
+      if (HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE) /* Linux */
+        {
+          /* On Linux, acl_extended_file is an optimized function: It only
+             makes two calls to getxattr(), one for ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, one for
+             ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT.  */
+          ret = acl_extended_file (name);
+        }
+      else /* FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+        {
+#  if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
+          /* On Mac OS X, acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
+             and acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT)
+             always return NULL / EINVAL.  There is no point in making
+             these two useless calls.  The real ACL is retrieved through
+             acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED).  */
+          acl_t acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED);
+          if (acl)
+            {
+              ret = acl_extended_nontrivial (acl);
+              acl_free (acl);
+            }
+          else
+            ret = -1;
+#  else /* FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+          acl_t acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
+          if (acl)
+            {
+              int saved_errno;
+
+              ret = acl_access_nontrivial (acl);
+              saved_errno = errno;
+              acl_free (acl);
+              errno = saved_errno;
+#   if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
+              /* On OSF/1, acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT) always
+                 returns NULL with errno not set.  There is no point in
+                 making this call.  */
+#   else /* FreeBSD, IRIX, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+              /* On Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
+                 and acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT) on a directory
+                 either both succeed or both fail; it depends on the
+                 file system.  Therefore there is no point in making the second
+                 call if the first one already failed.  */
+              if (ret == 0 && S_ISDIR (sb->st_mode))
+                {
+                  acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT);
+                  if (acl)
+                    {
+#    ifdef __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+                      ret = acl_access_nontrivial (acl);
+                      saved_errno = errno;
+                      acl_free (acl);
+                      errno = saved_errno;
+#    else
+                      ret = (0 < acl_entries (acl));
+                      acl_free (acl);
+#    endif
+                    }
+                  else
+                    ret = -1;
+                }
+#   endif
+            }
+          else
+            ret = -1;
+#  endif
+        }
+      if (ret < 0)
+        return - acl_errno_valid (errno);
+      return ret;
+
+# elif HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
+
+#  if defined ACL_NO_TRIVIAL
+
+      /* Solaris 10 (newer version), which has additional API declared in
+         <sys/acl.h> (acl_t) and implemented in libsec (acl_set, acl_trivial,
+         acl_fromtext, ...).  */
+      return acl_trivial (name);
+
+#  else /* Solaris, Cygwin, general case */
+
+      /* Solaris 2.5 through Solaris 10, Cygwin, and contemporaneous versions
+         of Unixware.  The acl() call returns the access and default ACL both
+         at once.  */
+      {
+        /* Initially, try to read the entries into a stack-allocated buffer.
+           Use malloc if it does not fit.  */
+        enum
+          {
+            alloc_init = 4000 / sizeof (aclent_t), /* >= 3 */
+            alloc_max = MIN (INT_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (aclent_t))
+          };
+        aclent_t buf[alloc_init];
+        size_t alloc = alloc_init;
+        aclent_t *entries = buf;
+        aclent_t *malloced = NULL;
+        int count;
+
+        for (;;)
+          {
+            count = acl (name, GETACL, alloc, entries);
+            if (count < 0 && errno == ENOSPC)
+              {
+                /* Increase the size of the buffer.  */
+                free (malloced);
+                if (alloc > alloc_max / 2)
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    return -1;
+                  }
+                alloc = 2 * alloc; /* <= alloc_max */
+                entries = malloced =
+                  (aclent_t *) malloc (alloc * sizeof (aclent_t));
+                if (entries == NULL)
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    return -1;
+                  }
+                continue;
+              }
+            break;
+          }
+        if (count < 0)
+          {
+            if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == ENOTSUP)
+              ;
+            else
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return -1;
+              }
+          }
+        else if (count == 0)
+          ;
+        else
+          {
+            /* Don't use MIN_ACL_ENTRIES:  It's set to 4 on Cygwin, but Cygwin
+               returns only 3 entries for files with no ACL.  But this is safe:
+               If there are more than 4 entries, there cannot be only the
+               "user::", "group::", "other:", and "mask:" entries.  */
+            if (count > 4)
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return 1;
+              }
+
+            if (acl_nontrivial (count, entries))
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return 1;
+              }
+          }
+        free (malloced);
+      }
+
+#   ifdef ACE_GETACL
+      /* Solaris also has a different variant of ACLs, used in ZFS and NFSv4
+         file systems (whereas the other ones are used in UFS file systems).  */
+      {
+        /* Initially, try to read the entries into a stack-allocated buffer.
+           Use malloc if it does not fit.  */
+        enum
+          {
+            alloc_init = 4000 / sizeof (ace_t), /* >= 3 */
+            alloc_max = MIN (INT_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (ace_t))
+          };
+        ace_t buf[alloc_init];
+        size_t alloc = alloc_init;
+        ace_t *entries = buf;
+        ace_t *malloced = NULL;
+        int count;
+
+        for (;;)
+          {
+            count = acl (name, ACE_GETACL, alloc, entries);
+            if (count < 0 && errno == ENOSPC)
+              {
+                /* Increase the size of the buffer.  */
+                free (malloced);
+                if (alloc > alloc_max / 2)
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    return -1;
+                  }
+                alloc = 2 * alloc; /* <= alloc_max */
+                entries = malloced = (ace_t *) malloc (alloc * sizeof (ace_t));
+                if (entries == NULL)
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    return -1;
+                  }
+                continue;
+              }
+            break;
+          }
+        if (count < 0)
+          {
+            if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EINVAL)
+              ;
+            else
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return -1;
+              }
+          }
+        else if (count == 0)
+          ;
+        else
+          {
+            /* In the old (original Solaris 10) convention:
+               If there are more than 3 entries, there cannot be only the
+               ACE_OWNER, ACE_GROUP, ACE_OTHER entries.
+               In the newer Solaris 10 and Solaris 11 convention:
+               If there are more than 6 entries, there cannot be only the
+               ACE_OWNER, ACE_GROUP, ACE_EVERYONE entries, each once with
+               NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE and once with
+               NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE.  */
+            if (count > 6)
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return 1;
+              }
+
+            if (acl_ace_nontrivial (count, entries))
+              {
+                free (malloced);
+                return 1;
+              }
+          }
+        free (malloced);
+      }
+#   endif
+
+      return 0;
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+      {
+        struct acl_entry entries[NACLENTRIES];
+        int count;
+
+        count = getacl (name, NACLENTRIES, entries);
+
+        if (count < 0)
+          {
+            /* ENOSYS is seen on newer HP-UX versions.
+               EOPNOTSUPP is typically seen on NFS mounts.
+               ENOTSUP was seen on Quantum StorNext file systems (cvfs).  */
+            if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == ENOTSUP)
+              ;
+            else
+              return -1;
+          }
+        else if (count == 0)
+          return 0;
+        else /* count > 0 */
+          {
+            if (count > NACLENTRIES)
+              /* If NACLENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory
+                 allocation.  */
+              abort ();
+
+            /* If there are more than 3 entries, there cannot be only the
+               (uid,%), (%,gid), (%,%) entries.  */
+            if (count > 3)
+              return 1;
+
+            {
+              struct stat statbuf;
+
+              if (stat (name, &statbuf) == -1 && errno != EOVERFLOW)
+                return -1;
+
+              return acl_nontrivial (count, entries);
+            }
+          }
+      }
+
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
+
+      {
+        struct acl entries[NACLVENTRIES];
+        int count;
+
+        count = acl ((char *) name, ACL_GET, NACLVENTRIES, entries);
+
+        if (count < 0)
+          {
+            /* EOPNOTSUPP is seen on NFS in HP-UX 11.11, 11.23.
+               EINVAL is seen on NFS in HP-UX 11.31.  */
+            if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == EINVAL)
+              ;
+            else
+              return -1;
+          }
+        else if (count == 0)
+          return 0;
+        else /* count > 0 */
+          {
+            if (count > NACLVENTRIES)
+              /* If NACLVENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory
+                 allocation.  */
+              abort ();
+
+            /* If there are more than 4 entries, there cannot be only the
+               four base ACL entries.  */
+            if (count > 4)
+              return 1;
+
+            return aclv_nontrivial (count, entries);
+          }
+      }
+
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && defined ACL_AIX_WIP /* AIX */
+
+      acl_type_t type;
+      char aclbuf[1024];
+      void *acl = aclbuf;
+      size_t aclsize = sizeof (aclbuf);
+      mode_t mode;
+
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          /* The docs say that type being 0 is equivalent to ACL_ANY, but it
+             is not true, in AIX 5.3.  */
+          type.u64 = ACL_ANY;
+          if (aclx_get (name, 0, &type, aclbuf, &aclsize, &mode) >= 0)
+            break;
+          if (errno == ENOSYS)
+            return 0;
+          if (errno != ENOSPC)
+            {
+              if (acl != aclbuf)
+                free (acl);
+              return -1;
+            }
+          aclsize = 2 * aclsize;
+          if (acl != aclbuf)
+            free (acl);
+          acl = malloc (aclsize);
+          if (acl == NULL)
+            {
+              errno = ENOMEM;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (type.u64 == ACL_AIXC)
+        {
+          int result = acl_nontrivial ((struct acl *) acl);
+          if (acl != aclbuf)
+            free (acl);
+          return result;
+        }
+      else if (type.u64 == ACL_NFS4)
+        {
+          int result = acl_nfs4_nontrivial ((nfs4_acl_int_t *) acl);
+          if (acl != aclbuf)
+            free (acl);
+          return result;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* A newer type of ACL has been introduced in the system.
+             We should better support it.  */
+          if (acl != aclbuf)
+            free (acl);
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+
+      union { struct acl a; char room[4096]; } u;
+
+      if (statacl ((char *) name, STX_NORMAL, &u.a, sizeof (u)) < 0)
+        return -1;
+
+      return acl_nontrivial (&u.a);
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+      {
+        struct acl entries[NACLENTRIES];
+        int count;
+
+        count = acl ((char *) name, ACL_GET, NACLENTRIES, entries);
+
+        if (count < 0)
+          {
+            if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == ENOTSUP)
+              ;
+            else
+              return -1;
+          }
+        else if (count == 0)
+          return 0;
+        else /* count > 0 */
+          {
+            if (count > NACLENTRIES)
+              /* If NACLENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory
+                 allocation.  */
+              abort ();
+
+            /* If there are more than 4 entries, there cannot be only the
+               four base ACL entries.  */
+            if (count > 4)
+              return 1;
+
+            return acl_nontrivial (count, entries);
+          }
+      }
+
+# endif
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/file-set.c b/lib/file-set.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3270551
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/file-set.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Specialized functions to manipulate a set of files.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "file-set.h"
+
+#include "hash-triple.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Record file, FILE, and dev/ino from *STATS, in the hash table, HT.
+   If HT is NULL, return immediately.
+   If memory allocation fails, exit immediately.  */
+void
+record_file (Hash_table *ht, char const *file, struct stat const *stats)
+{
+  struct F_triple *ent;
+
+  if (ht == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  ent = xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
+  ent->name = xstrdup (file);
+  ent->st_ino = stats->st_ino;
+  ent->st_dev = stats->st_dev;
+
+  {
+    struct F_triple *ent_from_table = hash_insert (ht, ent);
+    if (ent_from_table == NULL)
+      {
+        /* Insertion failed due to lack of memory.  */
+        xalloc_die ();
+      }
+
+    if (ent_from_table != ent)
+      {
+        /* There was already a matching entry in the table, so ENT was
+           not inserted.  Free it.  */
+        triple_free (ent);
+      }
+  }
+}
+
+/* Return true if there is an entry in hash table, HT,
+   for the file described by FILE and STATS.  */
+bool
+seen_file (Hash_table const *ht, char const *file,
+           struct stat const *stats)
+{
+  struct F_triple new_ent;
+
+  if (ht == NULL)
+    return false;
+
+  new_ent.name = (char *) file;
+  new_ent.st_ino = stats->st_ino;
+  new_ent.st_dev = stats->st_dev;
+
+  return !!hash_lookup (ht, &new_ent);
+}
diff --git a/lib/file-set.h b/lib/file-set.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc9d0ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/file-set.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Very specialized set-of-files code.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering, 2007.  */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "hash.h"
+
+extern void record_file (Hash_table *ht, char const *file,
+                         struct stat const *stats)
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || defined __clang__
+  __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ (2, 3)))
+#endif
+;
+
+extern bool seen_file (Hash_table const *ht, char const *file,
+                       struct stat const *stats);
diff --git a/lib/file-type.c b/lib/file-type.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfdf9dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/file-type.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* Return a string describing the type of a file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 2001-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "file-type.h"
+
+#include <gettext.h>
+#define _(text) gettext (text)
+
+char const *
+file_type (struct stat const *st)
+{
+  /* See POSIX 1003.1-2001 XCU Table 4-8 lines 17093-17107 for some of
+     these formats.
+
+     To keep diagnostics grammatical in English, the returned string
+     must start with a consonant.  */
+
+  /* Do these three first, as they're the most common.  */
+
+  if (S_ISREG (st->st_mode))
+    return st->st_size == 0 ? _("regular empty file") : _("regular file");
+
+  if (S_ISDIR (st->st_mode))
+    return _("directory");
+
+  if (S_ISLNK (st->st_mode))
+    return _("symbolic link");
+
+  /* Do the S_TYPEIS* macros next, as they may be implemented in terms
+     of S_ISNAM, and we want the more-specialized interpretation.  */
+
+  if (S_TYPEISMQ (st))
+    return _("message queue");
+
+  if (S_TYPEISSEM (st))
+    return _("semaphore");
+
+  if (S_TYPEISSHM (st))
+    return _("shared memory object");
+
+  if (S_TYPEISTMO (st))
+    return _("typed memory object");
+
+  /* The remaining are in alphabetical order.  */
+
+  if (S_ISBLK (st->st_mode))
+    return _("block special file");
+
+  if (S_ISCHR (st->st_mode))
+    return _("character special file");
+
+  if (S_ISCTG (st->st_mode))
+    return _("contiguous data");
+
+  if (S_ISFIFO (st->st_mode))
+    return _("fifo");
+
+  if (S_ISDOOR (st->st_mode))
+    return _("door");
+
+  if (S_ISMPB (st->st_mode))
+    return _("multiplexed block special file");
+
+  if (S_ISMPC (st->st_mode))
+    return _("multiplexed character special file");
+
+  if (S_ISMPX (st->st_mode))
+    return _("multiplexed file");
+
+  if (S_ISNAM (st->st_mode))
+    return _("named file");
+
+  if (S_ISNWK (st->st_mode))
+    return _("network special file");
+
+  if (S_ISOFD (st->st_mode))
+    return _("migrated file with data");
+
+  if (S_ISOFL (st->st_mode))
+    return _("migrated file without data");
+
+  if (S_ISPORT (st->st_mode))
+    return _("port");
+
+  if (S_ISSOCK (st->st_mode))
+    return _("socket");
+
+  if (S_ISWHT (st->st_mode))
+    return _("whiteout");
+
+  return _("weird file");
+}
diff --git a/lib/file-type.h b/lib/file-type.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..014e5bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/file-type.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Return a string describing the type of a file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 2001-2002, 2004-2005, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef FILE_TYPE_H
+# define FILE_TYPE_H 1
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+char const *file_type (struct stat const *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+#endif /* FILE_TYPE_H */
diff --git a/lib/fileblocks.c b/lib/fileblocks.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..213ba5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fileblocks.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Convert file size to number of blocks on System V-like machines.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997-1999, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Brian L. Matthews, blm@6sceng.UUCP. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined BSIZE
+
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# ifndef NINDIR
+
+#  if defined __DJGPP__
+typedef long daddr_t; /* for disk address */
+#  endif
+
+/* Some SysV's, like Irix, seem to lack this.  Hope it's correct. */
+/* Number of inode pointers per indirect block. */
+#  define NINDIR (BSIZE / sizeof (daddr_t))
+# endif /* !NINDIR */
+
+/* Number of direct block addresses in an inode. */
+# define NDIR   10
+
+/* Return the number of 512-byte blocks in a file of SIZE bytes. */
+
+off_t
+st_blocks (off_t size)
+{
+  off_t datablks = size / 512 + (size % 512 != 0);
+  off_t indrblks = 0;
+
+  if (datablks > NDIR)
+    {
+      indrblks = (datablks - NDIR - 1) / NINDIR + 1;
+
+      if (datablks > NDIR + NINDIR)
+        {
+          indrblks += (datablks - NDIR - NINDIR - 1) / (NINDIR * NINDIR) + 1;
+
+          if (datablks > NDIR + NINDIR + NINDIR * NINDIR)
+            indrblks++;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return datablks + indrblks;
+}
+#else
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int textutils_fileblocks_unused;
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/filemode.c b/lib/filemode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8cbea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/filemode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
+
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998-2000, 2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "filemode.h"
+
+#if ! HAVE_DECL_STRMODE
+
+/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
+   file mode BITS:
+   '-' regular file
+   'b' block special file
+   'c' character special file
+   'C' high performance ("contiguous data") file
+   'd' directory
+   'D' door
+   'l' symbolic link
+   'm' multiplexed file (7th edition Unix; obsolete)
+   'n' network special file (HP-UX)
+   'p' fifo (named pipe)
+   'P' port
+   's' socket
+   'w' whiteout (4.4BSD)
+   '?' some other file type  */
+
+static char
+ftypelet (mode_t bits)
+{
+  /* These are the most common, so test for them first.  */
+  if (S_ISREG (bits))
+    return '-';
+  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
+    return 'd';
+
+  /* Other letters standardized by POSIX 1003.1-2004.  */
+  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
+    return 'b';
+  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
+    return 'c';
+  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
+    return 'l';
+  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
+    return 'p';
+
+  /* Other file types (though not letters) standardized by POSIX.  */
+  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
+    return 's';
+
+  /* Nonstandard file types.  */
+  if (S_ISCTG (bits))
+    return 'C';
+  if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
+    return 'D';
+  if (S_ISMPB (bits) || S_ISMPC (bits) || S_ISMPX (bits))
+    return 'm';
+  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
+    return 'n';
+  if (S_ISPORT (bits))
+    return 'P';
+  if (S_ISWHT (bits))
+    return 'w';
+
+  return '?';
+}
+
+/* Like filemodestring, but rely only on MODE.  */
+
+void
+strmode (mode_t mode, char *str)
+{
+  str[0] = ftypelet (mode);
+  str[1] = mode & S_IRUSR ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[2] = mode & S_IWUSR ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[3] = (mode & S_ISUID
+            ? (mode & S_IXUSR ? 's' : 'S')
+            : (mode & S_IXUSR ? 'x' : '-'));
+  str[4] = mode & S_IRGRP ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[5] = mode & S_IWGRP ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[6] = (mode & S_ISGID
+            ? (mode & S_IXGRP ? 's' : 'S')
+            : (mode & S_IXGRP ? 'x' : '-'));
+  str[7] = mode & S_IROTH ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[8] = mode & S_IWOTH ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[9] = (mode & S_ISVTX
+            ? (mode & S_IXOTH ? 't' : 'T')
+            : (mode & S_IXOTH ? 'x' : '-'));
+  str[10] = ' ';
+  str[11] = '\0';
+}
+
+#endif /* ! HAVE_DECL_STRMODE */
+
+/* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
+   representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
+   12 characters are stored in STR.
+   The characters stored in STR are:
+
+   0    File type, as in ftypelet above, except that other letters are used
+        for files whose type cannot be determined solely from st_mode:
+
+            'F' semaphore
+            'Q' message queue
+            'S' shared memory object
+            'T' typed memory object
+
+   1    'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   2    'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   3    'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
+        set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
+        'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
+        bit isn't set.
+
+   4    'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   5    'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   6    'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
+        set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
+        'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
+
+   7    'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   8    'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   9    'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
+        (will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
+        otherwise.
+        'T' if the file is sticky but not executable.
+
+   10   ' ' for compatibility with 4.4BSD strmode,
+        since this interface does not support ACLs.
+
+   11   '\0'.  */
+
+void
+filemodestring (struct stat const *statp, char *str)
+{
+  strmode (statp->st_mode, str);
+
+  if (S_TYPEISSEM (statp))
+    str[0] = 'F';
+  else if (S_TYPEISMQ (statp))
+    str[0] = 'Q';
+  else if (S_TYPEISSHM (statp))
+    str[0] = 'S';
+  else if (S_TYPEISTMO (statp))
+    str[0] = 'T';
+}
diff --git a/lib/filemode.h b/lib/filemode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf38181
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/filemode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Make a string describing file modes.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2003, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef FILEMODE_H_
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/* Get the declaration of strmode.  */
+# if HAVE_DECL_STRMODE
+#  include <string.h> /* Mac OS X, FreeBSD, OpenBSD */
+#  include <unistd.h> /* NetBSD */
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRMODE
+extern void strmode (mode_t mode, char *str);
+# endif
+
+extern void filemodestring (struct stat const *statp, char *str);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/filename.h b/lib/filename.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab77ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/filename.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* Basic filename support macros.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef _FILENAME_H
+#define _FILENAME_H
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Filename support.
+   ISSLASH(C)                  tests whether C is a directory separator
+                               character.
+   HAS_DEVICE(Filename)        tests whether Filename contains a device
+                               specification.
+   FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename)  length of the device specification
+                                     at the beginning of Filename,
+                                     index of the part consisting of
+                                     alternating components and slashes.
+   FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+                               1 when a non-empty device specification
+                               can be followed by an empty or relative
+                               part,
+                               0 when a non-empty device specification
+                               must be followed by a slash,
+                               0 when device specification don't exist.
+   IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename)
+                               tests whether Filename is independent of
+                               any notion of "current directory".
+   IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename)
+                               tests whether Filename may be concatenated
+                               to a directory filename.
+   Note: On native Windows, OS/2, DOS, "c:" is neither an absolute nor a
+   relative file name!
+   IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename)  tests whether Filename contains a device
+                                    or directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ \
+    || defined __EMX__ || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+  /* Internal macro: Tests whether a character is a drive letter.  */
+# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) \
+    (((C) >= 'A' && (C) <= 'Z') || ((C) >= 'a' && (C) <= 'z'))
+  /* Help the compiler optimizing it.  This assumes ASCII.  */
+# undef _IS_DRIVE_LETTER
+# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) \
+    (((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' <= 'z' - 'a')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(Filename) \
+    (_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':')
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) (HAS_DEVICE (Filename) ? 2 : 0)
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#  define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
+# else
+   /* On native Windows, OS/2, DOS, the system has the notion of a
+      "current directory" on each drive.  */
+#  define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
+# endif
+# if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
+     ISSLASH ((Filename)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (Filename)])
+# else
+#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
+     (ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (Filename))
+# endif
+# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
+    (! (ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (Filename)))
+# define IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) \
+    (strchr ((Filename), '/') != NULL || strchr ((Filename), '\\') != NULL \
+     || HAS_DEVICE (Filename))
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(Filename) ((void) (Filename), 0)
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) ((void) (Filename), 0)
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) ISSLASH ((Filename)[0])
+# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename) (! ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]))
+# define IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) (strchr ((Filename), '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* Deprecated macros.  For backward compatibility with old users of the
+   'filename' module.  */
+#define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME
+#define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FILENAME_H */
diff --git a/lib/filenamecat-lgpl.c b/lib/filenamecat-lgpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56981aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/filenamecat-lgpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "filenamecat.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "basename-lgpl.h"
+#include "filename.h"
+
+#if ! HAVE_MEMPCPY && ! defined mempcpy
+# define mempcpy(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
+#endif
+
+/* Concatenate two file name components, DIR and BASE, in
+   newly-allocated storage and return the result.
+   The resulting file name F is such that the commands "ls F" and "(cd
+   DIR; ls ./BASE)" refer to the same file.  If necessary, put
+   a separator between DIR and BASE in the result.  Typically this
+   separator is "/", but in rare cases it might be ".".
+   In any case, if BASE_IN_RESULT is non-NULL, set
+   *BASE_IN_RESULT to point to the copy of BASE at the end of the
+   returned concatenation.
+
+   If malloc fails, return NULL with errno set.  */
+
+char *
+mfile_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base, char **base_in_result)
+{
+  char const *dirbase = last_component (dir);
+  size_t dirbaselen = base_len (dirbase);
+  size_t dirlen = dirbase - dir + dirbaselen;
+  size_t baselen = strlen (base);
+  char sep = '\0';
+  if (dirbaselen)
+    {
+      /* DIR is not a file system root, so separate with / if needed.  */
+      if (! ISSLASH (dir[dirlen - 1]) && ! ISSLASH (*base))
+        sep = '/';
+    }
+  else if (ISSLASH (*base))
+    {
+      /* DIR is a file system root and BASE begins with a slash, so
+         separate with ".".  For example, if DIR is "/" and BASE is
+         "/foo" then return "/./foo", as "//foo" would be wrong on
+         some POSIX systems.  A fancier algorithm could omit "." in
+         some cases but is not worth the trouble.  */
+      sep = '.';
+    }
+
+  char *p_concat = malloc (dirlen + (sep != '\0')  + baselen + 1);
+  if (p_concat == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  {
+    char *p;
+
+    p = mempcpy (p_concat, dir, dirlen);
+    *p = sep;
+    p += sep != '\0';
+
+    if (base_in_result)
+      *base_in_result = p;
+
+    p = mempcpy (p, base, baselen);
+    *p = '\0';
+  }
+
+  return p_concat;
+}
diff --git a/lib/filenamecat.c b/lib/filenamecat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0af465a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/filenamecat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "filenamecat.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Just like mfile_name_concat (filenamecat-lgpl.c), except, rather than
+   returning NULL upon malloc failure, here, we report the
+   "memory exhausted" condition and exit.  */
+
+char *
+file_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base, char **base_in_result)
+{
+  char *p = mfile_name_concat (dir, base, base_in_result);
+  if (p == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
diff --git a/lib/filenamecat.h b/lib/filenamecat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f11bd28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/filenamecat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if GNULIB_FILENAMECAT
+char *file_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base,
+                        char **base_in_result)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+#endif
+
+char *mfile_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base,
+                         char **base_in_result)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
diff --git a/lib/filevercmp.c b/lib/filevercmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d546e79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/filevercmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* Compare file names containing version numbers.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson <iwj10@cus.cam.ac.uk>
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Anthony Towns <aj@azure.humbug.org.au>
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "filevercmp.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <c-ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <idx.h>
+#include <verify.h>
+
+/* Return the length of a prefix of S that corresponds to the suffix
+   defined by this extended regular expression in the C locale:
+     (\.[A-Za-z~][A-Za-z0-9~]*)*$
+   If *LEN is -1, S is a string; set *LEN to S's length.
+   Otherwise, *LEN should be nonnegative, S is a char array,
+   and *LEN does not change.  */
+static idx_t
+file_prefixlen (char const *s, ptrdiff_t *len)
+{
+  size_t n = *len;  /* SIZE_MAX if N == -1.  */
+
+  for (idx_t i = 0; ; i++)
+    {
+      idx_t prefixlen = i;
+      while (i + 1 < n && s[i] == '.' && (c_isalpha (s[i + 1])
+                                          || s[i + 1] == '~'))
+        for (i += 2; i < n && (c_isalnum (s[i]) || s[i] == '~'); i++)
+          continue;
+
+      if (*len < 0 ? !s[i] : i == n)
+        {
+          *len = i;
+          return prefixlen;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return a version sort comparison value for S's byte at position POS.
+   S has length LEN.  If POS == LEN, sort before all non-'~' bytes.  */
+
+static int
+order (char const *s, idx_t pos, idx_t len)
+{
+  if (pos == len)
+    return -1;
+
+  unsigned char c = s[pos];
+  if (c_isdigit (c))
+    return 0;
+  else if (c_isalpha (c))
+    return c;
+  else if (c == '~')
+    return -2;
+  else
+    {
+      verify (UCHAR_MAX <= (INT_MAX - 1 - 2) / 2);
+      return c + UCHAR_MAX + 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/* slightly modified verrevcmp function from dpkg
+   S1, S2 - compared char array
+   S1_LEN, S2_LEN - length of arrays to be scanned
+
+   This implements the algorithm for comparison of version strings
+   specified by Debian and now widely adopted.  The detailed
+   specification can be found in the Debian Policy Manual in the
+   section on the 'Version' control field.  This version of the code
+   implements that from s5.6.12 of Debian Policy v3.8.0.1
+   https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html#s-f-Version */
+static int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+verrevcmp (const char *s1, idx_t s1_len, const char *s2, idx_t s2_len)
+{
+  idx_t s1_pos = 0;
+  idx_t s2_pos = 0;
+  while (s1_pos < s1_len || s2_pos < s2_len)
+    {
+      int first_diff = 0;
+      while ((s1_pos < s1_len && !c_isdigit (s1[s1_pos]))
+             || (s2_pos < s2_len && !c_isdigit (s2[s2_pos])))
+        {
+          int s1_c = order (s1, s1_pos, s1_len);
+          int s2_c = order (s2, s2_pos, s2_len);
+          if (s1_c != s2_c)
+            return s1_c - s2_c;
+          s1_pos++;
+          s2_pos++;
+        }
+      while (s1_pos < s1_len && s1[s1_pos] == '0')
+        s1_pos++;
+      while (s2_pos < s2_len && s2[s2_pos] == '0')
+        s2_pos++;
+      while (s1_pos < s1_len && s2_pos < s2_len
+             && c_isdigit (s1[s1_pos]) && c_isdigit (s2[s2_pos]))
+        {
+          if (!first_diff)
+            first_diff = s1[s1_pos] - s2[s2_pos];
+          s1_pos++;
+          s2_pos++;
+        }
+      if (s1_pos < s1_len && c_isdigit (s1[s1_pos]))
+        return 1;
+      if (s2_pos < s2_len && c_isdigit (s2[s2_pos]))
+        return -1;
+      if (first_diff)
+        return first_diff;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compare version strings S1 and S2.
+   See filevercmp.h for function description.  */
+int
+filevercmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  return filenvercmp (s1, -1, s2, -1);
+}
+
+/* Compare versions A (of length ALEN) and B (of length BLEN).
+   See filevercmp.h for function description.  */
+int
+filenvercmp (char const *a, ptrdiff_t alen, char const *b, ptrdiff_t blen)
+{
+  /* Special case for empty versions.  */
+  bool aempty = alen < 0 ? !a[0] : !alen;
+  bool bempty = blen < 0 ? !b[0] : !blen;
+  if (aempty)
+    return -!bempty;
+  if (bempty)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* Special cases for leading ".": "." sorts first, then "..", then
+     other names with leading ".", then other names.  */
+  if (a[0] == '.')
+    {
+      if (b[0] != '.')
+        return -1;
+
+      bool adot = alen < 0 ? !a[1] : alen == 1;
+      bool bdot = blen < 0 ? !b[1] : blen == 1;
+      if (adot)
+        return -!bdot;
+      if (bdot)
+        return 1;
+
+      bool adotdot = a[1] == '.' && (alen < 0 ? !a[2] : alen == 2);
+      bool bdotdot = b[1] == '.' && (blen < 0 ? !b[2] : blen == 2);
+      if (adotdot)
+        return -!bdotdot;
+      if (bdotdot)
+        return 1;
+    }
+  else if (b[0] == '.')
+    return 1;
+
+  /* Cut file suffixes.  */
+  idx_t aprefixlen = file_prefixlen (a, &alen);
+  idx_t bprefixlen = file_prefixlen (b, &blen);
+
+  /* If both suffixes are empty, a second pass would return the same thing.  */
+  bool one_pass_only = aprefixlen == alen && bprefixlen == blen;
+
+  int result = verrevcmp (a, aprefixlen, b, bprefixlen);
+
+  /* Return the initial result if nonzero, or if no second pass is needed.
+     Otherwise, restore the suffixes and try again.  */
+  return result || one_pass_only ? result : verrevcmp (a, alen, b, blen);
+}
diff --git a/lib/filevercmp.h b/lib/filevercmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a33677
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/filevercmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Compare file names containing version numbers.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson <iwj10@cus.cam.ac.uk>
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Anthony Towns <aj@azure.humbug.org.au>
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef FILEVERCMP_H
+#define FILEVERCMP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Compare strings A and B as file names containing version numbers,
+   and return an integer that is negative, zero, or positive depending
+   on whether A compares less than, equal to, or greater than B.
+
+   Use the following version sort algorithm:
+
+     1. Compare the strings' maximal-length non-digit prefixes lexically.
+        If there is a difference return that difference.
+        Otherwise discard the prefixes and continue with the next step.
+
+     2. Compare the strings' maximal-length digit prefixes, using
+        numeric comparison of the numbers represented by each prefix.
+        (Treat an empty prefix as zero; this can happen only at string end.)
+        If there is a difference, return that difference.
+        Otherwise discard the prefixes and continue with the next step.
+
+     3. If both strings are empty, return 0.  Otherwise continue with step 1.
+
+   In version sort, lexical comparison is left to right, byte by byte,
+   using the byte's numeric value (0-255), except that:
+
+     1. ASCII letters sort before other bytes.
+     2. A tilde sorts before anything, even an empty string.
+
+   In addition to the version sort rules, the following strings have
+   special priority and sort before all other strings (listed in order):
+
+     1. The empty string.
+     2. ".".
+     3. "..".
+     4. Strings starting with "." sort before other strings.
+
+   Before comparing two strings where both begin with non-".",
+   or where both begin with "." but neither is "." or "..",
+   suffixes matching the C-locale extended regular expression
+   (\.[A-Za-z~][A-Za-z0-9~]*)*$ are removed and the strings compared
+   without them, using version sort without special priority;
+   if they do not compare equal, this comparison result is used and
+   the suffixes are effectively ignored.  Otherwise, the entire
+   strings are compared using version sort.
+
+   This function is intended to be a replacement for strverscmp.  */
+int filevercmp (char const *a, char const *b) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Like filevercmp, except compare the byte arrays A (of length ALEN)
+   and B (of length BLEN) so that A and B can contain '\0', which
+   sorts just before '\1'.  But if ALEN is -1 treat A as a string
+   terminated by '\0', and similarly for BLEN.  */
+int filenvercmp (char const *a, ptrdiff_t alen, char const *b, ptrdiff_t blen)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+#endif /* FILEVERCMP_H */
diff --git a/lib/flexmember.h b/lib/flexmember.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1545639
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/flexmember.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Sizes of structs with flexible array members.
+
+   Copyright 2016-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Nonzero multiple of alignment of TYPE, suitable for FLEXSIZEOF below.
+   On older platforms without _Alignof, use a pessimistic bound that is
+   safe in practice even if FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER is 1.
+   On newer platforms, use _Alignof to get a tighter bound.  */
+
+#if !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112
+# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) (sizeof (type) & ~ (sizeof (type) - 1))
+#else
+# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) _Alignof (type)
+#endif
+
+/* Yield a properly aligned upper bound on the size of a struct of
+   type TYPE with a flexible array member named MEMBER that is
+   followed by N bytes of other data.  The result is suitable as an
+   argument to malloc.  For example:
+
+     struct s { int n; char d[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; };
+     struct s *p = malloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct s, d, n * sizeof (char)));
+
+   FLEXSIZEOF (TYPE, MEMBER, N) is not simply (sizeof (TYPE) + N),
+   since FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER may be 1 on pre-C11 platforms.  Nor is
+   it simply (offsetof (TYPE, MEMBER) + N), as that might yield a size
+   that causes malloc to yield a pointer that is not properly aligned
+   for TYPE; for example, if sizeof (int) == alignof (int) == 4,
+   malloc (offsetof (struct s, d) + 3 * sizeof (char)) is equivalent
+   to malloc (7) and might yield a pointer that is not a multiple of 4
+   (which means the pointer is not properly aligned for struct s),
+   whereas malloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct s, d, 3 * sizeof (char))) is
+   equivalent to malloc (8) and must yield a pointer that is a
+   multiple of 4.
+
+   Yield a value less than N if and only if arithmetic overflow occurs.  */
+
+#define FLEXSIZEOF(type, member, n) \
+   ((offsetof (type, member) + FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1 + (n)) \
+    & ~ (FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1))
diff --git a/lib/float+.h b/lib/float+.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ab4520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/float+.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* Supplemental information about the floating-point formats.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _FLOATPLUS_H
+#define _FLOATPLUS_H
+
+#include <float.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Number of bits in the mantissa of a floating-point number, including the
+   "hidden bit".  */
+#if FLT_RADIX == 2
+# define FLT_MANT_BIT FLT_MANT_DIG
+# define DBL_MANT_BIT DBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_BIT LDBL_MANT_DIG
+#elif FLT_RADIX == 4
+# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 2)
+# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
+# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
+#elif FLT_RADIX == 16
+# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 4)
+# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
+# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
+#endif
+
+/* Bit mask that can be used to mask the exponent, as an unsigned number.  */
+#define FLT_EXP_MASK ((FLT_MAX_EXP - FLT_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+#define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+#define LDBL_EXP_MASK ((LDBL_MAX_EXP - LDBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+
+/* Number of bits used for the exponent of a floating-point number, including
+   the exponent's sign.  */
+#define FLT_EXP_BIT \
+  (FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
+   32)
+#define DBL_EXP_BIT \
+  (DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
+   32)
+#define LDBL_EXP_BIT \
+  (LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
+   32)
+
+/* Number of bits used for a floating-point number: the mantissa (not
+   counting the "hidden bit", since it may or may not be explicit), the
+   exponent, and the sign.  */
+#define FLT_TOTAL_BIT ((FLT_MANT_BIT - 1) + FLT_EXP_BIT + 1)
+#define DBL_TOTAL_BIT ((DBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + DBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
+#define LDBL_TOTAL_BIT ((LDBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + LDBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
+
+/* Number of bytes used for a floating-point number.
+   This can be smaller than the 'sizeof'.  For example, on i386 systems,
+   'long double' most often have LDBL_MANT_BIT = 64, LDBL_EXP_BIT = 16, hence
+   LDBL_TOTAL_BIT = 80 bits, i.e. 10 bytes of consecutive memory, but
+   sizeof (long double) = 12 or = 16.  */
+#define SIZEOF_FLT ((FLT_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
+#define SIZEOF_DBL ((DBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
+#define SIZEOF_LDBL ((LDBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
+
+/* Verify that SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) etc.  */
+typedef int verify_sizeof_flt[SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) ? 1 : -1];
+typedef int verify_sizeof_dbl[SIZEOF_DBL <= sizeof (double) ? 1 : - 1];
+typedef int verify_sizeof_ldbl[SIZEOF_LDBL <= sizeof (long double) ? 1 : - 1];
+
+#endif /* _FLOATPLUS_H */
diff --git a/lib/float.c b/lib/float.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de85064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/float.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Auxiliary definitions for <float.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <float.h>
+
+#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
+const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
+  { { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL } };
+#elif defined __i386__
+const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
+  { { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 } };
+#else
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/float.in.h b/lib/float.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a418376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/float.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* A correct <float.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FLOAT_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
+
+/* 'long double' properties.  */
+
+#if defined __i386__ && (defined __BEOS__ || defined __OpenBSD__)
+/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX.  */
+# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_DIG   64
+/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number.  */
+# undef LDBL_DIG
+# define LDBL_DIG        18
+/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1.  */
+# undef LDBL_EPSILON
+# define LDBL_EPSILON    1.0842021724855044340E-19L
+/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_EXP    (-16381)
+/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
+# define LDBL_MAX_EXP    16384
+/* Minimum positive normalized number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MIN
+# define LDBL_MIN        3.3621031431120935063E-4932L
+/* Maximum representable finite number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MAX
+# define LDBL_MAX        1.1897314953572317650E+4932L
+/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers.  */
+# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
+/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers.  */
+# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
+#endif
+
+/* On FreeBSD/x86 6.4, the 'long double' type really has only 53 bits of
+   precision in the compiler but 64 bits of precision at runtime.  See
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2008-07/msg00063.html>.  */
+#if defined __i386__ && (defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __DragonFly__)
+/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX.  */
+# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_DIG   64
+/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number.  */
+# undef LDBL_DIG
+# define LDBL_DIG        18
+/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1.  */
+# undef LDBL_EPSILON
+# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.084202172485504434007452800869941711426e-19L /* 2^-63 */
+/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_EXP    (-16381)
+/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
+# define LDBL_MAX_EXP    16384
+/* Minimum positive normalized number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MIN
+# define LDBL_MIN        3.362103143112093506262677817321752E-4932L /* = 0x1p-16382L */
+/* Maximum representable finite number.  */
+# undef LDBL_MAX
+/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
+   But the largest literal that GCC allows us to write is
+   0x0.fffffffffffff8p16384L = { 0xFFFFF800, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
+   So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
+
+     const unsigned int LDBL_MAX[3] = { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 };
+     extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
+
+   Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression.  */
+# if !GNULIB_defined_long_double_union
+union gl_long_double_union
+  {
+    struct { unsigned int lo; unsigned int hi; unsigned int exponent; } xd;
+    long double ld;
+  };
+#  define GNULIB_defined_long_double_union 1
+# endif
+extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
+# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
+/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers.  */
+# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
+/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers.  */
+# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
+#endif
+
+/* On AIX 7.1 with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_MAX are
+   wrong.
+   On Linux/PowerPC with gcc 4.4, the value of LDBL_MAX is wrong.  */
+#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && defined _AIX && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
+# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
+# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# undef LDBL_MIN
+# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
+#endif
+#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
+# undef LDBL_MAX
+/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF }.
+   It is not easy to define:
+     #define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307166e308L
+   is too small, whereas
+     #define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307167e308L
+   is too large.  Apparently a bug in GCC decimal-to-binary conversion.
+   Also, I can't get values larger than
+     #define LDBL63 ((long double) (1ULL << 63))
+     #define LDBL882 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
+     #define LDBL945 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
+     #define LDBL1008 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
+     #define LDBL_MAX (LDBL1008 * 65535.0L + LDBL945 * (long double) 9223372036821221375ULL + LDBL882 * (long double) 4611686018427387904ULL)
+   which is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xF8000000 }.
+   So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
+
+     const double LDBL_MAX[2] = { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL };
+     extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
+
+   or through a pointer cast
+
+     #define LDBL_MAX \
+       (*(const long double *) (double[]) { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL })
+
+   Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression, and the latter expression
+   does not work well when GCC is optimizing..  */
+# if !GNULIB_defined_long_double_union
+union gl_long_double_union
+  {
+    struct { double hi; double lo; } dd;
+    long double ld;
+  };
+#  define GNULIB_defined_long_double_union 1
+# endif
+extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
+# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
+#endif
+
+/* On IRIX 6.5, with cc, the value of LDBL_MANT_DIG is wrong.
+   On IRIX 6.5, with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_EPSILON
+   are wrong.  */
+#if defined __sgi && (LDBL_MANT_DIG >= 106)
+# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 106
+# if defined __GNUC__
+#  undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+#  define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
+#  undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+#  define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
+#  undef LDBL_MIN
+#  define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
+#  undef LDBL_EPSILON
+#  define LDBL_EPSILON 2.46519032881566189191165176650870696773e-32L /* 2^-105 */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @REPLACE_ITOLD@
+/* Pull in a function that fixes the 'int' to 'long double' conversion
+   of glibc 2.7.  */
+extern
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+# endif
+void _Qp_itoq (long double *, int);
+static void (*_gl_float_fix_itold) (long double *, int) = _Qp_itoq;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */
diff --git a/lib/fnmatch.c b/lib/fnmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b33a127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fnmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ALLOCA
+# include <alloca.h>
+#endif
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* We need some of the locale data (the collation sequence information)
+   but there is no interface to get this information in general.  Therefore
+   we support a correct implementation only in glibc.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+# include "../locale/coll-lookup.h"
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+
+# define CONCAT(a,b) __CONCAT(a,b)
+# define btowc __btowc
+# define iswctype __iswctype
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
+# define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# define strnlen __strnlen
+# define towlower __towlower
+# define wcscat __wcscat
+# define wcslen __wcslen
+# define wctype __wctype
+# define wmemchr __wmemchr
+# define wmempcpy __wmempcpy
+# define fnmatch __fnmatch
+extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 7
+#  define FALLTHROUGH __attribute__ ((__fallthrough__))
+# else
+#  define FALLTHROUGH ((void) 0)
+# endif
+#else
+# include "attribute.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <flexmember.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+typedef ptrdiff_t idx_t;
+#else
+# include "idx.h"
+#endif
+
+/* We often have to test for FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_PERIOD being both set.  */
+#define NO_LEADING_PERIOD(flags) \
+  ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD)) == (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD))
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
+   and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
+   allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes.  Also care for the possibility
+   of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.  */
+#  define __libc_use_alloca(n) ((n) < 4032)
+# else
+/* Just use malloc.  */
+#  define __libc_use_alloca(n) false
+#  undef alloca
+#  define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# endif
+# define alloca_account(size, avar) ((avar) += (size), alloca (size))
+#endif
+
+/* Provide support for user-defined character classes, based on the functions
+   from ISO C 90 amendment 1.  */
+#ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
+# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
+#else
+/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
+   problem.  Use a reasonable default value.  */
+# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
+#endif
+
+#define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
+
+/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
+   whose names are inconsistent.  */
+
+/* Global variable.  */
+static int posixly_correct;
+
+/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+#define CHAR    char
+#define UCHAR   unsigned char
+#define INT     int
+#define FCT     internal_fnmatch
+#define EXT     ext_match
+#define END     end_pattern
+#define STRUCT  fnmatch_struct
+#define L_(CS)  CS
+#define BTOWC(C) btowc (C)
+#define STRLEN(S) strlen (S)
+#define STRCAT(D, S) strcat (D, S)
+#define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) mempcpy (D, S, N)
+#define MEMCHR(S, C, N) memchr (S, C, N)
+#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 0
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <locale/weight.h>
+# define FINDIDX findidx
+#endif
+#include "fnmatch_loop.c"
+
+
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? towlower (c) : (c))
+#define CHAR    wchar_t
+#define UCHAR   wint_t
+#define INT     wint_t
+#define FCT     internal_fnwmatch
+#define EXT     ext_wmatch
+#define END     end_wpattern
+#define L_(CS)  L##CS
+#define BTOWC(C) (C)
+#define STRLEN(S) wcslen (S)
+#define STRCAT(D, S) wcscat (D, S)
+#define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) wmempcpy (D, S, N)
+#define MEMCHR(S, C, N) wmemchr (S, C, N)
+#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Change the name the header defines so it doesn't conflict with
+   the <locale/weight.h> version included above.  */
+# define findidx findidxwc
+# include <locale/weightwc.h>
+# undef findidx
+# define FINDIDX findidxwc
+#endif
+
+#undef IS_CHAR_CLASS
+/* We have to convert the wide character string in a multibyte string.  But
+   we know that the character class names consist of alphanumeric characters
+   from the portable character set, and since the wide character encoding
+   for a member of the portable character set is the same code point as
+   its single-byte encoding, we can use a simplified method to convert the
+   string to a multibyte character string.  */
+static wctype_t
+is_char_class (const wchar_t *wcs)
+{
+  char s[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+  char *cp = s;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* Test for a printable character from the portable character set.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      if (*wcs < 0x20 || *wcs > 0x7e
+          || *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
+        return (wctype_t) 0;
+#else
+      switch (*wcs)
+        {
+        case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
+        case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
+        case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
+        case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
+        case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
+        case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
+        case L'?':
+        case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
+        case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
+        case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
+        case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
+        case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
+        case L'Z':
+        case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
+        case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
+        case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
+        case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
+        case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
+        case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
+        case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
+          break;
+        default:
+          return (wctype_t) 0;
+        }
+#endif
+
+      /* Avoid overrunning the buffer.  */
+      if (cp == s + CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+        return (wctype_t) 0;
+
+      *cp++ = (char) *wcs++;
+    }
+  while (*wcs != L'\0');
+
+  *cp = '\0';
+
+  return wctype (s);
+}
+#define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) is_char_class (string)
+
+#include "fnmatch_loop.c"
+
+
+int
+fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
+{
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (MB_CUR_MAX != 1))
+    {
+      mbstate_t ps;
+      size_t n;
+      const char *p;
+      wchar_t *wpattern_malloc = NULL;
+      wchar_t *wpattern;
+      wchar_t *wstring_malloc = NULL;
+      wchar_t *wstring;
+      size_t alloca_used = 0;
+
+      /* Convert the strings into wide characters.  */
+      memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
+      p = pattern;
+      n = strnlen (pattern, 1024);
+      if (__glibc_likely (n < 1024))
+        {
+          wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca_account ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t),
+                                                 alloca_used);
+          n = mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &p, n + 1, &ps);
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (n == (size_t) -1))
+            /* Something wrong.
+               XXX Do we have to set 'errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
+               already done?  */
+            return -1;
+          if (p)
+            {
+              memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
+              goto prepare_wpattern;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+        prepare_wpattern:
+          n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &pattern, 0, &ps);
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (n == (size_t) -1))
+            /* Something wrong.
+               XXX Do we have to set 'errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
+               already done?  */
+            return -1;
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (n >= (size_t) -1 / sizeof (wchar_t)))
+            {
+              __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+              return -2;
+            }
+          wpattern_malloc = wpattern
+            = (wchar_t *) malloc ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+          assert (mbsinit (&ps));
+          if (wpattern == NULL)
+            return -2;
+          (void) mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, n + 1, &ps);
+        }
+
+      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
+      n = strnlen (string, 1024);
+      p = string;
+      if (__glibc_likely (n < 1024))
+        {
+          wstring = (wchar_t *) alloca_account ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t),
+                                                alloca_used);
+          n = mbsrtowcs (wstring, &p, n + 1, &ps);
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (n == (size_t) -1))
+            {
+              /* Something wrong.
+                 XXX Do we have to set 'errno' to something which
+                 mbsrtows hasn't already done?  */
+            free_return:
+              free (wpattern_malloc);
+              return -1;
+            }
+          if (p)
+            {
+              memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
+              goto prepare_wstring;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+        prepare_wstring:
+          n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps);
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (n == (size_t) -1))
+            /* Something wrong.
+               XXX Do we have to set 'errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
+               already done?  */
+            goto free_return;
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (n >= (size_t) -1 / sizeof (wchar_t)))
+            {
+              free (wpattern_malloc);
+              __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+              return -2;
+            }
+
+          wstring_malloc = wstring
+            = (wchar_t *) malloc ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+          if (wstring == NULL)
+            {
+              free (wpattern_malloc);
+              return -2;
+            }
+          assert (mbsinit (&ps));
+          (void) mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, n + 1, &ps);
+        }
+
+      int res = internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + n,
+                                   flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags, NULL,
+                                   alloca_used);
+
+      free (wstring_malloc);
+      free (wpattern_malloc);
+
+      return res;
+    }
+
+  return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, string + strlen (string),
+                           flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags, NULL, 0);
+}
+
+#undef fnmatch
+versioned_symbol (libc, __fnmatch, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_2_3);
+#if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2_3)
+strong_alias (__fnmatch, __fnmatch_old)
+compat_symbol (libc, __fnmatch_old, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_0);
+#endif
+libc_hidden_ver (__fnmatch, fnmatch)
diff --git a/lib/fnmatch.in.h b/lib/fnmatch.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a282c09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fnmatch.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <fnmatch.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2022 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FNMATCH_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_FNMATCH_H@ && !@REPLACE_FNMATCH@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FNMATCH_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FNMATCH_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FNMATCH_H
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+#if !@HAVE_FNMATCH_H@ || @REPLACE_FNMATCH@
+
+/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
+   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
+#undef  FNM_PATHNAME
+#undef  FNM_NOESCAPE
+#undef  FNM_PERIOD
+
+/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to 'fnmatch'.  */
+#define FNM_PATHNAME    (1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match '/'.  */
+#define FNM_NOESCAPE    (1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
+#define FNM_PERIOD      (1 << 2) /* Leading '.' is matched only explicitly.  */
+
+#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined _GNU_SOURCE
+# define FNM_FILE_NAME   FNM_PATHNAME   /* Preferred GNU name.  */
+# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3)       /* Ignore '/...' after a match.  */
+# define FNM_CASEFOLD    (1 << 4)       /* Compare without regard to case.  */
+# define FNM_EXTMATCH    (1 << 5)       /* Use ksh-like extended matching. */
+#endif
+
+/* Value returned by 'fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
+#define FNM_NOMATCH     1
+
+/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
+   'fnmatch'.  Since this is not the case here it will never be
+   returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
+   to be defined.  */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+# define FNM_NOSYS      (-1)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FNMATCH@
+/* Match NAME against the file name pattern PATTERN,
+   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
+# if @REPLACE_FNMATCH@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define fnmatch rpl_fnmatch
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fnmatch, int,
+                  (const char *pattern, const char *name, int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fnmatch, int,
+                  (const char *pattern, const char *name, int flags));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FNMATCH@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fnmatch, int,
+                  (const char *pattern, const char *name, int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fnmatch, int,
+                  (const char *pattern, const char *name, int flags));
+# endif
+# if !GNULIB_FNMATCH_GNU && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fnmatch);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fnmatch
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FNMATCH
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fnmatch,
+                 "fnmatch does not portably work - "
+                 "use gnulib module fnmatch for portability or gnulib module fnmatch-gnu for a glibc compatible implementation");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FNMATCH_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FNMATCH_H */
diff --git a/lib/fnmatch_loop.c b/lib/fnmatch_loop.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e635953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fnmatch_loop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1211 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+struct STRUCT
+{
+  const CHAR *pattern;
+  const CHAR *string;
+  bool no_leading_period;
+};
+
+/* Match STRING against the file name pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
+   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
+static int FCT (const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string,
+                const CHAR *string_end, bool no_leading_period, int flags,
+                struct STRUCT *ends, size_t alloca_used);
+static int EXT (INT opt, const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string,
+                const CHAR *string_end, bool no_leading_period, int flags,
+                size_t alloca_used);
+static const CHAR *END (const CHAR *patternp);
+
+static int
+FCT (const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string, const CHAR *string_end,
+     bool no_leading_period, int flags, struct STRUCT *ends, size_t alloca_used)
+{
+  const CHAR *p = pattern, *n = string;
+  UCHAR c;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+  const char *collseq = (const char *)
+    _NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+# else
+  const UCHAR *collseq = (const UCHAR *)
+    _NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  while ((c = *p++) != L_('\0'))
+    {
+      bool new_no_leading_period = false;
+      c = FOLD (c);
+
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case L_('?'):
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && *p == '(')
+            {
+              int res = EXT (c, p, n, string_end, no_leading_period,
+                             flags, alloca_used);
+              if (res != -1)
+                return res;
+            }
+
+          if (n == string_end)
+            return FNM_NOMATCH;
+          else if (*n == L_('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+            return FNM_NOMATCH;
+          else if (*n == L_('.') && no_leading_period)
+            return FNM_NOMATCH;
+          break;
+
+        case L_('\\'):
+          if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
+            {
+              c = *p++;
+              if (c == L_('\0'))
+                /* Trailing \ loses.  */
+                return FNM_NOMATCH;
+              c = FOLD (c);
+            }
+          if (n == string_end || FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) != c)
+            return FNM_NOMATCH;
+          break;
+
+        case L_('*'):
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && *p == '(')
+            {
+              int res = EXT (c, p, n, string_end, no_leading_period,
+                             flags, alloca_used);
+              if (res != -1)
+                return res;
+            }
+          else if (ends != NULL)
+            {
+              ends->pattern = p - 1;
+              ends->string = n;
+              ends->no_leading_period = no_leading_period;
+              return 0;
+            }
+
+          if (n != string_end && *n == L_('.') && no_leading_period)
+            return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+          for (c = *p++; c == L_('?') || c == L_('*'); c = *p++)
+            {
+              if (*p == L_('(') && (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) != 0)
+                {
+                  const CHAR *endp = END (p);
+                  if (endp != p)
+                    {
+                      /* This is a pattern.  Skip over it.  */
+                      p = endp;
+                      continue;
+                    }
+                }
+
+              if (c == L_('?'))
+                {
+                  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
+                  if (n == string_end)
+                    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
+                    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                  else if (*n == L_('/')
+                           && __glibc_unlikely (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+                    /* A slash does not match a wildcard under
+                       FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
+                    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                  else
+                    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
+                       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
+                       less than three characters.  */
+                    ++n;
+                }
+            }
+
+          if (c == L_('\0'))
+            /* The wildcard(s) is/are the last element of the pattern.
+               If the name is a file name and contains another slash
+               this means it cannot match, unless the FNM_LEADING_DIR
+               flag is set.  */
+            {
+              int result = (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) == 0 ? 0 : FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+              if (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
+                {
+                  if (flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR)
+                    result = 0;
+                  else
+                    {
+                      if (MEMCHR (n, L_('/'), string_end - n) == NULL)
+                        result = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+
+              return result;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              const CHAR *endp;
+              struct STRUCT end;
+
+              end.pattern = NULL;
+              endp = MEMCHR (n, (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) ? L_('/') : L_('\0'),
+                             string_end - n);
+              if (endp == NULL)
+                endp = string_end;
+
+              if (c == L_('[')
+                  || (__glibc_unlikely (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH)
+                      && (c == L_('@') || c == L_('+') || c == L_('!'))
+                      && *p == L_('(')))
+                {
+                  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
+                                ? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
+
+                  for (--p; n < endp; ++n, no_leading_period = false)
+                    if (FCT (p, n, string_end, no_leading_period, flags2,
+                             &end, alloca_used) == 0)
+                      goto found;
+                }
+              else if (c == L_('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+                {
+                  while (n < string_end && *n != L_('/'))
+                    ++n;
+                  if (n < string_end && *n == L_('/')
+                      && (FCT (p, n + 1, string_end, flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags,
+                               NULL, alloca_used) == 0))
+                    return 0;
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
+                                ? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
+
+                  if (c == L_('\\') && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
+                    c = *p;
+                  c = FOLD (c);
+                  for (--p; n < endp; ++n, no_leading_period = false)
+                    if (FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) == c
+                        && (FCT (p, n, string_end, no_leading_period, flags2,
+                                 &end, alloca_used) == 0))
+                      {
+                      found:
+                        if (end.pattern == NULL)
+                          return 0;
+                        break;
+                      }
+                  if (end.pattern != NULL)
+                    {
+                      p = end.pattern;
+                      n = end.string;
+                      no_leading_period = end.no_leading_period;
+                      continue;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+          /* If we come here no match is possible with the wildcard.  */
+          return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+        case L_('['):
+          {
+            /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
+            const CHAR *p_init = p;
+            const CHAR *n_init = n;
+            bool not;
+            CHAR cold;
+            UCHAR fn;
+
+            if (posixly_correct == 0)
+              posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
+
+            if (n == string_end)
+              return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+            if (*n == L_('.') && no_leading_period)
+              return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+            if (*n == L_('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+              /* '/' cannot be matched.  */
+              return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+            not = (*p == L_('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L_('^')));
+            if (not)
+              ++p;
+
+            fn = FOLD ((UCHAR) *n);
+
+            c = *p++;
+            for (;;)
+              {
+                if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L_('\\'))
+                  {
+                    if (*p == L_('\0'))
+                      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                    c = FOLD ((UCHAR) *p);
+                    ++p;
+
+                    goto normal_bracket;
+                  }
+                else if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_(':'))
+                  {
+                    /* Leave room for the null.  */
+                    CHAR str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+                    size_t c1 = 0;
+                    wctype_t wt;
+                    const CHAR *startp = p;
+
+                    for (;;)
+                      {
+                        if (c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+                          /* The name is too long and therefore the pattern
+                             is ill-formed.  */
+                          return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+                        c = *++p;
+                        if (c == L_(':') && p[1] == L_(']'))
+                          {
+                            p += 2;
+                            break;
+                          }
+                        if (c < L_('a') || c >= L_('z'))
+                          {
+                            /* This cannot possibly be a character class name.
+                               Match it as a normal range.  */
+                            p = startp;
+                            c = L_('[');
+                            goto normal_bracket;
+                          }
+                        str[c1++] = c;
+                      }
+                    str[c1] = L_('\0');
+
+                    wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
+                    if (wt == 0)
+                      /* Invalid character class name.  */
+                      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && ! WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                    /* The following code is glibc specific but does
+                       there a good job in speeding up the code since
+                       we can avoid the btowc() call.  */
+                    if (_ISCTYPE ((UCHAR) *n, wt))
+                      goto matched;
+#else
+                    if (iswctype (BTOWC ((UCHAR) *n), wt))
+                      goto matched;
+#endif
+                    c = *p++;
+                  }
+#ifdef _LIBC
+                else if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_('='))
+                  {
+                    /* It's important that STR be a scalar variable rather
+                       than a one-element array, because GCC (at least 4.9.2
+                       -O2 on x86-64) can be confused by the array and
+                       diagnose a "used initialized" in a dead branch in the
+                       findidx function.  */
+                    UCHAR str;
+                    uint32_t nrules =
+                      _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+                    const CHAR *startp = p;
+
+                    c = *++p;
+                    if (c == L_('\0'))
+                      {
+                        p = startp;
+                        c = L_('[');
+                        goto normal_bracket;
+                      }
+                    str = c;
+
+                    c = *++p;
+                    if (c != L_('=') || p[1] != L_(']'))
+                      {
+                        p = startp;
+                        c = L_('[');
+                        goto normal_bracket;
+                      }
+                    p += 2;
+
+                    if (nrules == 0)
+                      {
+                        if ((UCHAR) *n == str)
+                          goto matched;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const int32_t *table;
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                        const int32_t *weights;
+                        const wint_t *extra;
+# else
+                        const unsigned char *weights;
+                        const unsigned char *extra;
+# endif
+                        const int32_t *indirect;
+                        int32_t idx;
+                        const UCHAR *cp = (const UCHAR *) &str;
+
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                        table = (const int32_t *)
+                          _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEWC);
+                        weights = (const int32_t *)
+                          _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTWC);
+                        extra = (const wint_t *)
+                          _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAWC);
+                        indirect = (const int32_t *)
+                          _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTWC);
+# else
+                        table = (const int32_t *)
+                          _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+                        weights = (const unsigned char *)
+                          _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+                        extra = (const unsigned char *)
+                          _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+                        indirect = (const int32_t *)
+                          _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+# endif
+
+                        idx = FINDIDX (table, indirect, extra, &cp, 1);
+                        if (idx != 0)
+                          {
+                            /* We found a table entry.  Now see whether the
+                               character we are currently at has the same
+                               equivalence class value.  */
+                            int len = weights[idx & 0xffffff];
+                            int32_t idx2;
+                            const UCHAR *np = (const UCHAR *) n;
+
+                            idx2 = FINDIDX (table, indirect, extra,
+                                            &np, string_end - n);
+                            if (idx2 != 0
+                                && (idx >> 24) == (idx2 >> 24)
+                                && len == weights[idx2 & 0xffffff])
+                              {
+                                int cnt = 0;
+
+                                idx &= 0xffffff;
+                                idx2 &= 0xffffff;
+
+                                while (cnt < len
+                                       && (weights[idx + 1 + cnt]
+                                           == weights[idx2 + 1 + cnt]))
+                                  ++cnt;
+
+                                if (cnt == len)
+                                  goto matched;
+                              }
+                          }
+                      }
+
+                    c = *p++;
+                  }
+#endif
+                else if (c == L_('\0'))
+                  {
+                    /* [ unterminated, treat as normal character.  */
+                    p = p_init;
+                    n = n_init;
+                    c = L_('[');
+                    goto normal_match;
+                  }
+                else
+                  {
+                    bool is_range = false;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+                    bool is_seqval = false;
+
+                    if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_('.'))
+                      {
+                        uint32_t nrules =
+                          _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+                        const CHAR *startp = p;
+                        size_t c1 = 0;
+
+                        while (1)
+                          {
+                            c = *++p;
+                            if (c == L_('.') && p[1] == L_(']'))
+                              {
+                                p += 2;
+                                break;
+                              }
+                            if (c == '\0')
+                              return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                            ++c1;
+                          }
+
+                        /* We have to handling the symbols differently in
+                           ranges since then the collation sequence is
+                           important.  */
+                        is_range = *p == L_('-') && p[1] != L_('\0');
+
+                        if (nrules == 0)
+                          {
+                            /* There are no names defined in the collation
+                               data.  Therefore we only accept the trivial
+                               names consisting of the character itself.  */
+                            if (c1 != 1)
+                              return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+                            if (!is_range && *n == startp[1])
+                              goto matched;
+
+                            cold = startp[1];
+                            c = *p++;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            int32_t table_size;
+                            const int32_t *symb_table;
+                            const unsigned char *extra;
+                            int32_t idx;
+                            int32_t elem;
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                            CHAR *wextra;
+# endif
+
+                            table_size =
+                              _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE,
+                                                _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB);
+                            symb_table = (const int32_t *)
+                              _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                           _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB);
+                            extra = (const unsigned char *)
+                              _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                           _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+
+                            for (elem = 0; elem < table_size; elem++)
+                              if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+                                {
+                                  idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+                                  /* Skip the name of collating element.  */
+                                  idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                  /* Skip the byte sequence of the
+                                     collating element.  */
+                                  idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+                                  /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+                                  idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+
+                                  wextra = (CHAR *) &extra[idx + 4];
+
+                                  if (/* Compare the length of the sequence.  */
+                                      c1 == wextra[0]
+                                      /* Compare the wide char sequence.  */
+                                      && (__wmemcmp (startp + 1, &wextra[1],
+                                                     c1)
+                                          == 0))
+                                    /* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+                                    break;
+# else
+                                  if (/* Compare the length of the sequence.  */
+                                      c1 == extra[idx]
+                                      /* Compare the byte sequence.  */
+                                      && memcmp (startp + 1,
+                                                 &extra[idx + 1], c1) == 0)
+                                    /* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+                                    break;
+# endif
+                                }
+
+                            if (elem < table_size)
+                              {
+                                /* Compare the byte sequence but only if
+                                   this is not part of a range.  */
+                                if (! is_range
+
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                    && __wmemcmp (n, &wextra[1], c1) == 0
+# else
+                                    && memcmp (n, &extra[idx + 1], c1) == 0
+# endif
+                                    )
+                                  {
+                                    n += c1 - 1;
+                                    goto matched;
+                                  }
+
+                                /* Get the collation sequence value.  */
+                                is_seqval = true;
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                cold = wextra[1 + wextra[0]];
+# else
+                                idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+                                /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+                                idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+                                cold = *((int32_t *) &extra[idx]);
+# endif
+
+                                c = *p++;
+                              }
+                            else if (c1 == 1)
+                              {
+                                /* No valid character.  Match it as a
+                                   single byte.  */
+                                if (!is_range && *n == startp[1])
+                                  goto matched;
+
+                                cold = startp[1];
+                                c = *p++;
+                              }
+                            else
+                              return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+#endif
+                      {
+                        c = FOLD (c);
+                      normal_bracket:
+
+                        /* We have to handling the symbols differently in
+                           ranges since then the collation sequence is
+                           important.  */
+                        is_range = (*p == L_('-') && p[1] != L_('\0')
+                                    && p[1] != L_(']'));
+
+                        if (!is_range && c == fn)
+                          goto matched;
+
+#if _LIBC
+                        /* This is needed if we goto normal_bracket; from
+                           outside of is_seqval's scope.  */
+                        is_seqval = false;
+#endif
+                        cold = c;
+                        c = *p++;
+                      }
+
+                    if (c == L_('-') && *p != L_(']'))
+                      {
+#if _LIBC
+                        /* We have to find the collation sequence
+                           value for C.  Collation sequence is nothing
+                           we can regularly access.  The sequence
+                           value is defined by the order in which the
+                           definitions of the collation values for the
+                           various characters appear in the source
+                           file.  A strange concept, nowhere
+                           documented.  */
+                        uint32_t fcollseq;
+                        uint32_t lcollseq;
+                        UCHAR cend = *p++;
+
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                        /* Search in the 'names' array for the characters.  */
+                        fcollseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseq, fn);
+                        if (fcollseq == ~((uint32_t) 0))
+                          /* XXX We don't know anything about the character
+                             we are supposed to match.  This means we are
+                             failing.  */
+                          goto range_not_matched;
+
+                        if (is_seqval)
+                          lcollseq = cold;
+                        else
+                          lcollseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseq, cold);
+# else
+                        fcollseq = collseq[fn];
+                        lcollseq = is_seqval ? cold : collseq[(UCHAR) cold];
+# endif
+
+                        is_seqval = false;
+                        if (cend == L_('[') && *p == L_('.'))
+                          {
+                            uint32_t nrules =
+                              _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE,
+                                                _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+                            const CHAR *startp = p;
+                            size_t c1 = 0;
+
+                            while (1)
+                              {
+                                c = *++p;
+                                if (c == L_('.') && p[1] == L_(']'))
+                                  {
+                                    p += 2;
+                                    break;
+                                  }
+                                if (c == '\0')
+                                  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                                ++c1;
+                              }
+
+                            if (nrules == 0)
+                              {
+                                /* There are no names defined in the
+                                   collation data.  Therefore we only
+                                   accept the trivial names consisting
+                                   of the character itself.  */
+                                if (c1 != 1)
+                                  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+                                cend = startp[1];
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                int32_t table_size;
+                                const int32_t *symb_table;
+                                const unsigned char *extra;
+                                int32_t idx;
+                                int32_t elem;
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                CHAR *wextra;
+# endif
+
+                                table_size =
+                                  _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE,
+                                                    _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB);
+                                symb_table = (const int32_t *)
+                                  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                               _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB);
+                                extra = (const unsigned char *)
+                                  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+                                               _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+
+                                for (elem = 0; elem < table_size; elem++)
+                                  if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+                                    {
+                                      idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+                                      /* Skip the name of collating
+                                         element.  */
+                                      idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                      /* Skip the byte sequence of the
+                                         collating element.  */
+                                      idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+                                      /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+                                      idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+
+                                      wextra = (CHAR *) &extra[idx + 4];
+
+                                      if (/* Compare the length of the
+                                             sequence.  */
+                                          c1 == wextra[0]
+                                          /* Compare the wide char sequence.  */
+                                          && (__wmemcmp (startp + 1,
+                                                         &wextra[1], c1)
+                                              == 0))
+                                        /* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+                                        break;
+# else
+                                      if (/* Compare the length of the
+                                             sequence.  */
+                                          c1 == extra[idx]
+                                          /* Compare the byte sequence.  */
+                                          && memcmp (startp + 1,
+                                                     &extra[idx + 1], c1) == 0)
+                                        /* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+                                        break;
+# endif
+                                    }
+
+                                if (elem < table_size)
+                                  {
+                                    /* Get the collation sequence value.  */
+                                    is_seqval = true;
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                    cend = wextra[1 + wextra[0]];
+# else
+                                    idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+                                    /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+                                    idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+                                    cend = *((int32_t *) &extra[idx]);
+# endif
+                                  }
+                                else if (c1 == 1)
+                                  {
+                                    cend = startp[1];
+                                    c = *p++;
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                              }
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L_('\\'))
+                              cend = *p++;
+                            if (cend == L_('\0'))
+                              return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                            cend = FOLD (cend);
+                          }
+
+                        /* XXX It is not entirely clear to me how to handle
+                           characters which are not mentioned in the
+                           collation specification.  */
+                        if (
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                            lcollseq == 0xffffffff ||
+# endif
+                            lcollseq <= fcollseq)
+                          {
+                            /* We have to look at the upper bound.  */
+                            uint32_t hcollseq;
+
+                            if (is_seqval)
+                              hcollseq = cend;
+                            else
+                              {
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                hcollseq =
+                                  __collseq_table_lookup (collseq, cend);
+                                if (hcollseq == ~((uint32_t) 0))
+                                  {
+                                    /* Hum, no information about the upper
+                                       bound.  The matching succeeds if the
+                                       lower bound is matched exactly.  */
+                                    if (lcollseq != fcollseq)
+                                      goto range_not_matched;
+
+                                    goto matched;
+                                  }
+# else
+                                hcollseq = collseq[cend];
+# endif
+                              }
+
+                            if (lcollseq <= hcollseq && fcollseq <= hcollseq)
+                              goto matched;
+                          }
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                      range_not_matched:
+# endif
+#else
+                        /* We use a boring value comparison of the character
+                           values.  This is better than comparing using
+                           'strcoll' since the latter would have surprising
+                           and sometimes fatal consequences.  */
+                        UCHAR cend = *p++;
+
+                        if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L_('\\'))
+                          cend = *p++;
+                        if (cend == L_('\0'))
+                          return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+                        /* It is a range.  */
+                        if ((UCHAR) cold <= fn && fn <= cend)
+                          goto matched;
+#endif
+
+                        c = *p++;
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                if (c == L_(']'))
+                  break;
+              }
+
+            if (!not)
+              return FNM_NOMATCH;
+            break;
+
+          matched:
+            /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
+            while ((c = *p++) != L_(']'))
+              {
+                if (c == L_('\0'))
+                  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
+                  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+                if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L_('\\'))
+                  {
+                    if (*p == L_('\0'))
+                      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
+                    ++p;
+                  }
+                else if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_(':'))
+                  {
+                    int c1 = 0;
+                    const CHAR *startp = p;
+
+                    while (1)
+                      {
+                        c = *++p;
+                        if (++c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+                          return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+                        if (*p == L_(':') && p[1] == L_(']'))
+                          break;
+
+                        if (c < L_('a') || c >= L_('z'))
+                          {
+                            p = startp - 2;
+                            break;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    p += 2;
+                  }
+                else if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_('='))
+                  {
+                    c = *++p;
+                    if (c == L_('\0'))
+                      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                    c = *++p;
+                    if (c != L_('=') || p[1] != L_(']'))
+                      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+                    p += 2;
+                  }
+                else if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_('.'))
+                  {
+                    while (1)
+                      {
+                        c = *++p;
+                        if (c == L_('\0'))
+                          return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+                        if (c == L_('.') && p[1] == L_(']'))
+                          break;
+                      }
+                    p += 2;
+                  }
+              }
+            if (not)
+              return FNM_NOMATCH;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case L_('+'):
+        case L_('@'):
+        case L_('!'):
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && *p == '(')
+            {
+              int res = EXT (c, p, n, string_end, no_leading_period, flags,
+                             alloca_used);
+              if (res != -1)
+                return res;
+            }
+          goto normal_match;
+
+        case L_('/'):
+          if (NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags))
+            {
+              if (n == string_end || c != (UCHAR) *n)
+                return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+              new_no_leading_period = true;
+              break;
+            }
+          FALLTHROUGH;
+        default:
+        normal_match:
+          if (n == string_end || c != FOLD ((UCHAR) *n))
+            return FNM_NOMATCH;
+        }
+
+      no_leading_period = new_no_leading_period;
+      ++n;
+    }
+
+  if (n == string_end)
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && n != string_end && *n == L_('/'))
+    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
+    return 0;
+
+  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+
+static const CHAR *
+END (const CHAR *pattern)
+{
+  const CHAR *p = pattern;
+
+  while (1)
+    if (*++p == L_('\0'))
+      /* This is an invalid pattern.  */
+      return pattern;
+    else if (*p == L_('['))
+      {
+        /* Handle brackets special.  */
+        if (posixly_correct == 0)
+          posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
+
+        /* Skip the not sign.  We have to recognize it because of a possibly
+           following ']'.  */
+        if (*++p == L_('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L_('^')))
+          ++p;
+        /* A leading ']' is recognized as such.  */
+        if (*p == L_(']'))
+          ++p;
+        /* Skip over all characters of the list.  */
+        while (*p != L_(']'))
+          if (*p++ == L_('\0'))
+            /* This is no valid pattern.  */
+            return pattern;
+      }
+    else if ((*p == L_('?') || *p == L_('*') || *p == L_('+') || *p == L_('@')
+              || *p == L_('!')) && p[1] == L_('('))
+      {
+        p = END (p + 1);
+        if (*p == L_('\0'))
+          /* This is an invalid pattern.  */
+          return pattern;
+      }
+    else if (*p == L_(')'))
+      break;
+
+  return p + 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+EXT (INT opt, const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string, const CHAR *string_end,
+     bool no_leading_period, int flags, size_t alloca_used)
+{
+  const CHAR *startp;
+  ptrdiff_t level;
+  struct patternlist
+  {
+    struct patternlist *next;
+    CHAR malloced;
+    CHAR str __flexarr;
+  } *list = NULL;
+  struct patternlist **lastp = &list;
+  size_t pattern_len = STRLEN (pattern);
+  bool any_malloced = false;
+  const CHAR *p;
+  const CHAR *rs;
+  int retval = 0;
+
+  /* Parse the pattern.  Store the individual parts in the list.  */
+  level = 0;
+  for (startp = p = pattern + 1; level >= 0; ++p)
+    if (*p == L_('\0'))
+      {
+        /* This is an invalid pattern.  */
+        retval = -1;
+        goto out;
+      }
+    else if (*p == L_('['))
+      {
+        /* Handle brackets special.  */
+        if (posixly_correct == 0)
+          posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
+
+        /* Skip the not sign.  We have to recognize it because of a possibly
+           following ']'.  */
+        if (*++p == L_('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L_('^')))
+          ++p;
+        /* A leading ']' is recognized as such.  */
+        if (*p == L_(']'))
+          ++p;
+        /* Skip over all characters of the list.  */
+        while (*p != L_(']'))
+          if (*p++ == L_('\0'))
+            {
+              /* This is no valid pattern.  */
+              retval = -1;
+              goto out;
+            }
+      }
+    else if ((*p == L_('?') || *p == L_('*') || *p == L_('+') || *p == L_('@')
+              || *p == L_('!')) && p[1] == L_('('))
+      /* Remember the nesting level.  */
+      ++level;
+    else if (*p == L_(')'))
+      {
+        if (level-- == 0)
+          {
+            /* This means we found the end of the pattern.  */
+#define NEW_PATTERN \
+            struct patternlist *newp;                                         \
+            size_t plen = (opt == L_('?') || opt == L_('@')                   \
+                           ? pattern_len : (p - startp + 1UL));               \
+            idx_t slen = FLEXSIZEOF (struct patternlist, str, 0);             \
+            idx_t new_used = alloca_used + slen;                              \
+            idx_t plensize;                                                   \
+            if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (plen, sizeof (CHAR), &plensize)           \
+                || INT_ADD_WRAPV (new_used, plensize, &new_used))             \
+              {                                                               \
+                retval = -2;                                                  \
+                goto out;                                                     \
+              }                                                               \
+            slen += plensize;                                                 \
+            bool malloced = ! __libc_use_alloca (new_used);                   \
+            if (__glibc_unlikely (malloced))                                  \
+              {                                                               \
+                newp = malloc (slen);                                         \
+                if (newp == NULL)                                             \
+                  {                                                           \
+                    retval = -2;                                              \
+                    goto out;                                                 \
+                  }                                                           \
+                any_malloced = true;                                          \
+              }                                                               \
+            else                                                              \
+              newp = alloca_account (slen, alloca_used);                      \
+            newp->next = NULL;                                                \
+            newp->malloced = malloced;                                        \
+            *((CHAR *) MEMPCPY (newp->str, startp, p - startp)) = L_('\0');   \
+            *lastp = newp;                                                    \
+            lastp = &newp->next
+            NEW_PATTERN;
+          }
+      }
+    else if (*p == L_('|'))
+      {
+        if (level == 0)
+          {
+            NEW_PATTERN;
+            startp = p + 1;
+          }
+      }
+  assert (list != NULL);
+  assert (p[-1] == L_(')'));
+#undef NEW_PATTERN
+
+  switch (opt)
+    {
+    case L_('*'):
+      if (FCT (p, string, string_end, no_leading_period, flags, NULL,
+               alloca_used) == 0)
+        goto success;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case L_('+'):
+      do
+        {
+          for (rs = string; rs <= string_end; ++rs)
+            /* First match the prefix with the current pattern with the
+               current pattern.  */
+            if (FCT (list->str, string, rs, no_leading_period,
+                     flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD,
+                     NULL, alloca_used) == 0
+                /* This was successful.  Now match the rest with the rest
+                   of the pattern.  */
+                && (FCT (p, rs, string_end,
+                         rs == string
+                         ? no_leading_period
+                         : rs[-1] == '/' && NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags),
+                         flags & FNM_FILE_NAME
+                         ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD, NULL, alloca_used) == 0
+                    /* This didn't work.  Try the whole pattern.  */
+                    || (rs != string
+                        && FCT (pattern - 1, rs, string_end,
+                                rs == string
+                                ? no_leading_period
+                                : rs[-1] == '/' && NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags),
+                                flags & FNM_FILE_NAME
+                                ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD, NULL,
+                                alloca_used) == 0)))
+              /* It worked.  Signal success.  */
+              goto success;
+        }
+      while ((list = list->next) != NULL);
+
+      /* None of the patterns lead to a match.  */
+      retval = FNM_NOMATCH;
+      break;
+
+    case L_('?'):
+      if (FCT (p, string, string_end, no_leading_period, flags, NULL,
+               alloca_used) == 0)
+        goto success;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case L_('@'):
+      do
+        /* I cannot believe it but 'strcat' is actually acceptable
+           here.  Match the entire string with the prefix from the
+           pattern list and the rest of the pattern following the
+           pattern list.  */
+        if (FCT (STRCAT (list->str, p), string, string_end,
+                 no_leading_period,
+                 flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD,
+                 NULL, alloca_used) == 0)
+          /* It worked.  Signal success.  */
+          goto success;
+      while ((list = list->next) != NULL);
+
+      /* None of the patterns lead to a match.  */
+      retval = FNM_NOMATCH;
+      break;
+
+    case L_('!'):
+      for (rs = string; rs <= string_end; ++rs)
+        {
+          struct patternlist *runp;
+
+          for (runp = list; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next)
+            if (FCT (runp->str, string, rs,  no_leading_period,
+                     flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD,
+                     NULL, alloca_used) == 0)
+              break;
+
+          /* If none of the patterns matched see whether the rest does.  */
+          if (runp == NULL
+              && (FCT (p, rs, string_end,
+                       rs == string
+                       ? no_leading_period
+                       : rs[-1] == '/' && NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags),
+                       flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD,
+                       NULL, alloca_used) == 0))
+            /* This is successful.  */
+            goto success;
+        }
+
+      /* None of the patterns together with the rest of the pattern
+         lead to a match.  */
+      retval = FNM_NOMATCH;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert (! "Invalid extended matching operator");
+      retval = -1;
+      break;
+    }
+
+ success:
+ out:
+  if (any_malloced)
+    while (list != NULL)
+      {
+        struct patternlist *old = list;
+        list = list->next;
+        if (old->malloced)
+          free (old);
+      }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+#undef FOLD
+#undef CHAR
+#undef UCHAR
+#undef INT
+#undef FCT
+#undef EXT
+#undef END
+#undef STRUCT
+#undef MEMPCPY
+#undef MEMCHR
+#undef STRLEN
+#undef STRCAT
+#undef L_
+#undef BTOWC
+#undef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+#undef FINDIDX
diff --git a/lib/fopen-safer.c b/lib/fopen-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c201e4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fopen-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Invoke fopen, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "stdio-safer.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+/* Like fopen, but do not return stdin, stdout, or stderr.  */
+
+FILE *
+fopen_safer (char const *file, char const *mode)
+{
+  FILE *fp = fopen (file, mode);
+
+  if (fp)
+    {
+      int fd = fileno (fp);
+
+      if (0 <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+        {
+          int f = dup_safer (fd);
+
+          if (f < 0)
+            {
+              int e = errno;
+              fclose (fp);
+              errno = e;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+
+          if (fclose (fp) != 0
+              || ! (fp = fdopen (f, mode)))
+            {
+              int e = errno;
+              close (f);
+              errno = e;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return fp;
+}
diff --git a/lib/fopen.c b/lib/fopen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5b3ae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fopen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/* Open a stream to a file.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <stdio.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <stdio.h> here, so that orig_fopen doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_fopen.  */
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of fopen.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H
+
+static FILE *
+orig_fopen (const char *filename, const char *mode)
+{
+  return fopen (filename, mode);
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+/* Write "stdio.h" here, not <stdio.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc eliminates
+   this include because of the preliminary #include <stdio.h> above.  */
+#include "stdio.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+FILE *
+rpl_fopen (const char *filename, const char *mode)
+{
+  int open_direction;
+  int open_flags;
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+  bool open_flags_gnu;
+# define BUF_SIZE 80
+  char fdopen_mode_buf[BUF_SIZE + 1];
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  if (strcmp (filename, "/dev/null") == 0)
+    filename = "NUL";
+#endif
+
+  /* Parse the mode.  */
+  open_direction = 0;
+  open_flags = 0;
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+  open_flags_gnu = false;
+#endif
+  {
+    const char *p = mode;
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+    char *q = fdopen_mode_buf;
+#endif
+
+    for (; *p != '\0'; p++)
+      {
+        switch (*p)
+          {
+          case 'r':
+            open_direction = O_RDONLY;
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+            if (q < fdopen_mode_buf + BUF_SIZE)
+              *q++ = *p;
+#endif
+            continue;
+          case 'w':
+            open_direction = O_WRONLY;
+            open_flags |= O_CREAT | O_TRUNC;
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+            if (q < fdopen_mode_buf + BUF_SIZE)
+              *q++ = *p;
+#endif
+            continue;
+          case 'a':
+            open_direction = O_WRONLY;
+            open_flags |= O_CREAT | O_APPEND;
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+            if (q < fdopen_mode_buf + BUF_SIZE)
+              *q++ = *p;
+#endif
+            continue;
+          case 'b':
+            /* While it is non-standard, O_BINARY is guaranteed by
+               gnulib <fcntl.h>.  We can also assume that orig_fopen
+               supports the 'b' flag.  */
+            open_flags |= O_BINARY;
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+            if (q < fdopen_mode_buf + BUF_SIZE)
+              *q++ = *p;
+#endif
+            continue;
+          case '+':
+            open_direction = O_RDWR;
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+            if (q < fdopen_mode_buf + BUF_SIZE)
+              *q++ = *p;
+#endif
+            continue;
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+          case 'x':
+            open_flags |= O_EXCL;
+            open_flags_gnu = true;
+            continue;
+          case 'e':
+            open_flags |= O_CLOEXEC;
+            open_flags_gnu = true;
+            continue;
+#endif
+          default:
+            break;
+          }
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+        /* The rest of the mode string can be a platform-dependent extension.
+           Copy it unmodified.  */
+        {
+          size_t len = strlen (p);
+          if (len > fdopen_mode_buf + BUF_SIZE - q)
+            len = fdopen_mode_buf + BUF_SIZE - q;
+          memcpy (q, p, len);
+          q += len;
+        }
+#endif
+        break;
+      }
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+    *q = '\0';
+#endif
+  }
+
+#if FOPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* Fail if the mode requires write access and the filename ends in a slash,
+     as POSIX says such a filename must name a directory
+     <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_13>:
+       "A pathname that contains at least one non-<slash> character and that
+        ends with one or more trailing <slash> characters shall not be resolved
+        successfully unless the last pathname component before the trailing
+        <slash> characters names an existing directory"
+     If the named file already exists as a directory, then if a mode that
+     requires write access is specified, fopen() must fail because POSIX
+     <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fopen.html>
+     says that it fails with errno = EISDIR in this case.
+     If the named file does not exist or does not name a directory, then
+     fopen() must fail since the file does not contain a '.' directory.  */
+  {
+    size_t len = strlen (filename);
+    if (len > 0 && filename[len - 1] == '/')
+      {
+        int fd;
+        struct stat statbuf;
+        FILE *fp;
+
+        if (open_direction != O_RDONLY)
+          {
+            errno = EISDIR;
+            return NULL;
+          }
+
+        fd = open (filename, open_direction | open_flags,
+                   S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IROTH | S_IWOTH);
+        if (fd < 0)
+          return NULL;
+
+        if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) >= 0 && !S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+          {
+            close (fd);
+            errno = ENOTDIR;
+            return NULL;
+          }
+
+# if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+        fp = fdopen (fd, fdopen_mode_buf);
+# else
+        fp = fdopen (fd, mode);
+# endif
+        if (fp == NULL)
+          {
+            int saved_errno = errno;
+            close (fd);
+            errno = saved_errno;
+          }
+        return fp;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU
+  if (open_flags_gnu)
+    {
+      int fd;
+      FILE *fp;
+
+      fd = open (filename, open_direction | open_flags,
+                 S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IROTH | S_IWOTH);
+      if (fd < 0)
+        return NULL;
+
+      fp = fdopen (fd, fdopen_mode_buf);
+      if (fp == NULL)
+        {
+          int saved_errno = errno;
+          close (fd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+        }
+      return fp;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return orig_fopen (filename, mode);
+}
diff --git a/lib/fpending.c b/lib/fpending.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6408cff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fpending.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* fpending.c -- return the number of pending output bytes on a stream
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "fpending.h"
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+/* This file is not used on systems that already have the __fpending function,
+   namely glibc >= 2.2, Solaris >= 7, UnixWare >= 7.1.4.MP4, Cygwin >= 1.7.34,
+   Android API >= 23.  */
+
+/* Return the number of pending (aka buffered, unflushed)
+   bytes on the stream, FP, that is open for writing.  */
+size_t
+__fpending (FILE *fp)
+{
+  /* Most systems provide FILE as a struct and the necessary bitmask in
+     <stdio.h>, because they need it for implementing getc() and putc() as
+     fast macros.  */
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+  /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  return fp->_IO_write_ptr - fp->_IO_write_base;
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin < 1.7.34, Minix 3, Android */
+  return fp->_p - fp->_bf._base;
+#elif defined __EMX__                /* emx+gcc */
+  return fp->_ptr - fp->_buffer;
+#elif defined __minix                /* Minix */
+  return fp_->_ptr - fp_->_buf;
+#elif defined _IOERR                 /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+  return (fp_->_ptr ? fp_->_ptr - fp_->_base : 0);
+#elif defined __UCLIBC__             /* uClibc */
+  return (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_WRITING ? fp->__bufpos - fp->__bufstart : 0);
+#elif defined __QNX__                /* QNX */
+  return (fp->_Mode & 0x2000 /*_MWRITE*/ ? fp->_Next - fp->_Buf : 0);
+#elif defined __MINT__               /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  return fp->__bufp - fp->__buffer;
+#elif defined EPLAN9                 /* Plan9 */
+  return fp->wp - fp->buf;
+#else
+# error "Please port gnulib fpending.c to your platform!"
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/fpending.h b/lib/fpending.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43542c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fpending.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Declare __fpending.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+size_t __fpending (FILE *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fprintftime.c b/lib/fprintftime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e5aaff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fprintftime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Generate time strings directly to the output.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define FPRINTFTIME 1
+#include "nstrftime.c"
diff --git a/lib/fprintftime.h b/lib/fprintftime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d5b139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fprintftime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Generate time strings directly to the output.  */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* A cross between fprintf and nstrftime, that prints directly
+   to the output stream, without the need for the potentially
+   large buffer that nstrftime would require.
+
+   Output to stream FP the result of formatting (according to the
+   nstrftime format string, FMT) the time data, *TM, and the ZONE
+   and NANOSECONDS values.  */
+size_t fprintftime (FILE *fp, char const *fmt, struct tm const *tm,
+                    timezone_t zone, int nanoseconds);
diff --git a/lib/fpucw.h b/lib/fpucw.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1921836
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fpucw.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* Manipulating the FPU control word.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _FPUCW_H
+#define _FPUCW_H
+
+/* The i386 floating point hardware (the 387 compatible FPU, not the modern
+   SSE/SSE2 hardware) has a controllable rounding precision.  It is specified
+   through the 'PC' bits in the FPU control word ('fctrl' register).  (See
+   the GNU libc i386 <fpu_control.h> header for details.)
+
+   On some platforms, such as Linux or Solaris, the default precision setting
+   is set to "extended precision".  This means that 'long double' instructions
+   operate correctly, but 'double' computations often produce slightly
+   different results as on strictly IEEE 754 conforming systems.
+
+   On some platforms, such as NetBSD, the default precision is set to
+   "double precision".  This means that 'long double' instructions will operate
+   only as 'double', i.e. lead to wrong results.  Similarly on FreeBSD 6.4, at
+   least for the division of 'long double' numbers.
+
+   The FPU control word is under control of the application, i.e. it is
+   not required to be set either way by the ABI.  (In fact, the i386 ABI
+   https://www.linux-mips.org/pub/linux/mips/doc/ABI/abi386-4.pdf page 3-12 = page 38
+   is not clear about it.  But in any case, gcc treats the control word
+   like a "preserved" register: it emits code that assumes that the control
+   word is preserved across calls, and it restores the control word at the
+   end of functions that modify it.)
+
+   See Vincent Lefèvre's page https://www.vinc17.net/research/extended.en.html
+   for a good explanation.
+   See https://web.archive.org/web/20060905133417/http://www.uwsg.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0103.0/0453.html
+   some argumentation which setting should be the default.  */
+
+/* This header file provides the following facilities:
+     fpucw_t                        integral type holding the value of 'fctrl'
+     FPU_PC_MASK                    bit mask denoting the precision control
+     FPU_PC_DOUBLE                  precision control for 53 bits mantissa
+     FPU_PC_EXTENDED                precision control for 64 bits mantissa
+     GET_FPUCW ()                   yields the current FPU control word
+     SET_FPUCW (word)               sets the FPU control word
+     DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING      variable declaration for
+                                    BEGIN/END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+     BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()  starts a sequence of instructions with
+                                    'long double' safe operation precision
+     END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()    ends a sequence of instructions with
+                                    'long double' safe operation precision
+ */
+
+/* Inline assembler like this works only with GNU C and clang.  */
+#if (defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__) && (defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__)
+
+typedef unsigned short fpucw_t; /* glibc calls this fpu_control_t */
+
+# define FPU_PC_MASK 0x0300
+# define FPU_PC_DOUBLE 0x200    /* glibc calls this _FPU_DOUBLE */
+# define FPU_PC_EXTENDED 0x300  /* glibc calls this _FPU_EXTENDED */
+
+# define GET_FPUCW() __extension__ \
+  ({ fpucw_t _cw;                                               \
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("fnstcw %0" : "=m" (*&_cw));         \
+     _cw;                                                       \
+   })
+# define SET_FPUCW(word) __extension__ \
+  (void)({ fpucw_t _ncw = (word);                               \
+           __asm__ __volatile__ ("fldcw %0" : : "m" (*&_ncw));  \
+         })
+
+# define DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING \
+  fpucw_t oldcw;
+# define BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING() \
+  (void)(oldcw = GET_FPUCW (),                                  \
+         SET_FPUCW ((oldcw & ~FPU_PC_MASK) | FPU_PC_EXTENDED))
+# define END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING() \
+  SET_FPUCW (oldcw)
+
+#else
+
+typedef unsigned int fpucw_t;
+
+# define FPU_PC_MASK 0
+# define FPU_PC_DOUBLE 0
+# define FPU_PC_EXTENDED 0
+
+# define GET_FPUCW() 0
+# define SET_FPUCW(word) (void)(word)
+
+# define DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+# define BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING()
+# define END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING()
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FPUCW_H */
diff --git a/lib/fpurge.c b/lib/fpurge.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21e3b86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fpurge.c
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* Flushing buffers of a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE___FPURGE                   /* glibc >= 2.2, Haiku, Solaris >= 7, UnixWare >= 7.1.4.MP4, Cygwin >= 1.7.10, Android API >= 23, musl libc */
+# if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+#  include <stdio_ext.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+int
+fpurge (FILE *fp)
+{
+#if HAVE___FPURGE                   /* glibc >= 2.2, Haiku, Solaris >= 7, UnixWare >= 7.1.4.MP4, Cygwin >= 1.7.10, Android API >= 23, musl libc */
+
+  __fpurge (fp);
+  /* The __fpurge function does not have a return value.  */
+  return 0;
+
+#elif HAVE_FPURGE                   /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin >= 1.7 */
+
+  /* Call the system's fpurge function.  */
+# undef fpurge
+# if !HAVE_DECL_FPURGE
+  extern int fpurge (FILE *);
+# endif
+  int result = fpurge (fp);
+# if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+  if (result == 0)
+    /* Correct the invariants that fpurge broke.
+       <stdio.h> on BSD systems says:
+         "The following always hold: if _flags & __SRD, _w is 0."
+       If this invariant is not fulfilled and the stream is read-write but
+       currently reading, subsequent putc or fputc calls will write directly
+       into the buffer, although they shouldn't be allowed to.  */
+    if ((fp_->_flags & __SRD) != 0)
+      fp_->_w = 0;
+# endif
+  return result;
+
+#else
+
+  /* Most systems provide FILE as a struct and the necessary bitmask in
+     <stdio.h>, because they need it for implementing getc() and putc() as
+     fast macros.  */
+# if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+  /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  fp->_IO_read_end = fp->_IO_read_ptr;
+  fp->_IO_write_ptr = fp->_IO_write_base;
+  /* Avoid memory leak when there is an active ungetc buffer.  */
+  if (fp->_IO_save_base != NULL)
+    {
+      free (fp->_IO_save_base);
+      fp->_IO_save_base = NULL;
+    }
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+  fp_->_p = fp_->_bf._base;
+  fp_->_r = 0;
+  fp_->_w = ((fp_->_flags & (__SLBF | __SNBF | __SRD)) == 0 /* fully buffered and not currently reading? */
+             ? fp_->_bf._size
+             : 0);
+  /* Avoid memory leak when there is an active ungetc buffer.  */
+  if (fp_ub._base != NULL)
+    {
+      if (fp_ub._base != fp_->_ubuf)
+        free (fp_ub._base);
+      fp_ub._base = NULL;
+    }
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __EMX__              /* emx+gcc */
+  fp->_ptr = fp->_buffer;
+  fp->_rcount = 0;
+  fp->_wcount = 0;
+  fp->_ungetc_count = 0;
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __minix              /* Minix */
+  fp->_ptr = fp->_buf;
+  if (fp->_ptr != NULL)
+    fp->_count = 0;
+  return 0;
+# elif defined _IOERR               /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+  fp_->_ptr = fp_->_base;
+  if (fp_->_ptr != NULL)
+    fp_->_cnt = 0;
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __UCLIBC__           /* uClibc */
+#  ifdef __STDIO_BUFFERS
+  if (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_WRITING)
+    fp->__bufpos = fp->__bufstart;
+  else if (fp->__modeflags & (__FLAG_READONLY | __FLAG_READING))
+    fp->__bufpos = fp->__bufread;
+#  endif
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __QNX__              /* QNX */
+  fp->_Rback = fp->_Back + sizeof (fp->_Back);
+  fp->_Rsave = NULL;
+  if (fp->_Mode & 0x2000 /* _MWRITE */)
+    /* fp->_Buf <= fp->_Next <= fp->_Wend */
+    fp->_Next = fp->_Buf;
+  else
+    /* fp->_Buf <= fp->_Next <= fp->_Rend */
+    fp->_Rend = fp->_Next;
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __MINT__             /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  if (fp->__pushed_back)
+    {
+      fp->__bufp = fp->__pushback_bufp;
+      fp->__pushed_back = 0;
+    }
+  /* Preserve the current file position.  */
+  if (fp->__target != -1)
+    fp->__target += fp->__bufp - fp->__buffer;
+  fp->__bufp = fp->__buffer;
+  /* Nothing in the buffer, next getc is nontrivial.  */
+  fp->__get_limit = fp->__bufp;
+  /* Nothing in the buffer, next putc is nontrivial.  */
+  fp->__put_limit = fp->__buffer;
+  return 0;
+# elif defined EPLAN9               /* Plan9 */
+  fp->rp = fp->wp = fp->lp = fp->buf;
+  return 0;
+# else
+#  error "Please port gnulib fpurge.c to your platform! Look at the definitions of fflush, setvbuf and ungetc on your system, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+# endif
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/freadahead.c b/lib/freadahead.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..829d03b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/freadahead.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* Retrieve information about a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "freadahead.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+#if defined __DragonFly__
+/* Defined in libc, but not declared in <stdio.h>.  */
+extern size_t __sreadahead (FILE *);
+#endif
+
+/* This file is not used on systems that have the __freadahead function,
+   namely musl libc.  */
+
+size_t
+freadahead (FILE *fp)
+{
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+  /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  if (fp->_IO_write_ptr > fp->_IO_write_base)
+    return 0;
+  return (fp->_IO_read_end - fp->_IO_read_ptr)
+         + (fp->_flags & _IO_IN_BACKUP ? fp->_IO_save_end - fp->_IO_save_base :
+            0);
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+  if ((fp_->_flags & __SWR) != 0 || fp_->_r < 0)
+    return 0;
+# if defined __DragonFly__
+  return __sreadahead (fp);
+# else
+  return fp_->_r
+         + (HASUB (fp) ? fp_->_ur : 0);
+# endif
+#elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+  if ((fp->_flags & _IOWRT) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  /* Note: fp->_ungetc_count > 0 implies fp->_rcount <= 0,
+           fp->_ungetc_count = 0 implies fp->_rcount >= 0.  */
+  /* equivalent to
+     (fp->_ungetc_count == 0 ? fp->_rcount : fp->_ungetc_count - fp->_rcount) */
+  return (fp->_rcount > 0 ? fp->_rcount : fp->_ungetc_count - fp->_rcount);
+#elif defined __minix               /* Minix */
+  if ((fp_->_flags & _IOWRITING) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  return fp_->_count;
+#elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+  if ((fp_->_flag & _IOWRT) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  return fp_->_cnt;
+#elif defined __UCLIBC__            /* uClibc */
+# ifdef __STDIO_BUFFERS
+  if (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_WRITING)
+    return 0;
+  return (fp->__bufread - fp->__bufpos)
+         + (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_UNGOT ? 1 : 0);
+# else
+  return 0;
+# endif
+#elif defined __QNX__               /* QNX */
+  if ((fp->_Mode & 0x2000 /* _MWRITE */) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  /* fp->_Buf <= fp->_Next <= fp->_Rend,
+     and fp->_Rend may be overridden by fp->_Rsave. */
+  return ((fp->_Rsave ? fp->_Rsave : fp->_Rend) - fp->_Next)
+         + (fp->_Mode & 0x4000 /* _MBYTE */
+            ? (fp->_Back + sizeof (fp->_Back)) - fp->_Rback
+            : 0);
+#elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  if (!fp->__mode.__read)
+    return 0;
+  return (fp->__pushed_back
+          ? fp->__get_limit - fp->__pushback_bufp + 1
+          : fp->__get_limit - fp->__bufp);
+#elif defined EPLAN9                /* Plan9 */
+  if (fp->state == 4 /* WR */ || fp->rp >= fp->wp)
+    return 0;
+  return fp->wp - fp->rp;
+#elif defined SLOW_BUT_NO_HACKS     /* users can define this */
+  abort ();
+  return 0;
+#else
+ #error "Please port gnulib freadahead.c to your platform! Look at the definition of fflush, fread, ungetc on your system, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/freadahead.h b/lib/freadahead.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bf1d49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/freadahead.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Retrieve information about a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Assuming the stream STREAM is open for reading:
+   Return the number of bytes waiting in the input buffer of STREAM.
+   This includes both the bytes that have been read from the underlying input
+   source and the bytes that have been pushed back through 'ungetc'.
+
+   If this number is 0 and the stream is not currently writing,
+   fflush (STREAM) is known to be a no-op.
+
+   STREAM must not be wide-character oriented.  */
+
+#if HAVE___FREADAHEAD /* musl libc */
+
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+# define freadahead(stream) __freadahead (stream)
+
+#else
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+extern size_t freadahead (FILE *stream) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/freading.c b/lib/freading.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93e96e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/freading.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Retrieve information about a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "freading.h"
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+/* Don't use glibc's __freading function in glibc < 2.7, see
+   <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=4359>  */
+#if !(HAVE___FREADING && (!defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__ || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 7)))
+
+bool
+freading (FILE *fp)
+{
+  /* Most systems provide FILE as a struct and the necessary bitmask in
+     <stdio.h>, because they need it for implementing getc() and putc() as
+     fast macros.  */
+# if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+  /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  return ((fp->_flags & _IO_NO_WRITES) != 0
+          || ((fp->_flags & (_IO_NO_READS | _IO_CURRENTLY_PUTTING)) == 0
+              && fp->_IO_read_base != NULL));
+# elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin < 1.7.34, Minix 3, Android */
+  return (fp_->_flags & __SRD) != 0;
+# elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+  return (fp->_flags & _IOREAD) != 0;
+# elif defined __minix               /* Minix */
+  return (fp->_flags & _IOREADING) != 0;
+# elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+#  if defined __sun                  /* Solaris */
+  return (fp_->_flag & _IOREAD) != 0 && (fp_->_flag & _IOWRT) == 0;
+#  else
+  return (fp_->_flag & _IOREAD) != 0;
+#  endif
+# elif defined __UCLIBC__            /* uClibc */
+  return (fp->__modeflags & (__FLAG_READONLY | __FLAG_READING)) != 0;
+# elif defined __QNX__               /* QNX */
+  return ((fp->_Mode & 0x2 /* _MOPENW */) == 0
+          || (fp->_Mode & 0x1000 /* _MREAD */) != 0);
+# elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  if (!fp->__mode.__write)
+    return 1;
+  if (!fp->__mode.__read)
+    return 0;
+#  ifdef _IO_CURRENTLY_GETTING /* Flag added on 2009-02-28 */
+  return (fp->__flags & _IO_CURRENTLY_GETTING) != 0;
+#  else
+  return (fp->__buffer < fp->__get_limit /*|| fp->__bufp == fp->__put_limit ??*/);
+#  endif
+# elif defined EPLAN9                /* Plan9 */
+  if (fp->state == 0 /* CLOSED */ || fp->state == 4 /* WR */)
+    return 0;
+  return (fp->state == 3 /* RD */ && (fp->bufl == 0 || fp->rp < fp->wp));
+# else
+#  error "Please port gnulib freading.c to your platform!"
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/freading.h b/lib/freading.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74fed22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/freading.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Retrieve information about a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Return true if the stream STREAM is opened read-only, or if the
+   last operation on the stream was a read operation.  Return false if
+   the stream is opened write-only or append-only, or if it supports
+   writing and there is no current read operation (such as fgetc).
+
+   freading and fwriting will never both be true.  If STREAM supports
+   both reads and writes, then:
+     - both freading and fwriting might be false when the stream is first
+       opened, after read encounters EOF, or after fflush,
+     - freading might be false or true and fwriting might be false
+       after repositioning (such as fseek, fsetpos, or rewind),
+   depending on the underlying implementation.
+
+   STREAM must not be wide-character oriented.  */
+
+#if HAVE___FREADING && (!defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__ || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 7))
+/* Solaris >= 7, UnixWare >= 7.1.4.MP4, Cygwin >= 1.7.34, Android API >= 29, not glibc >= 2.2, but glibc >= 2.7, or musl libc  */
+
+# if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+#  include <stdio_ext.h>
+# endif
+# define freading(stream) (__freading (stream) != 0)
+
+#else
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+extern bool freading (FILE *stream) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/freadptr.c b/lib/freadptr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f69e95c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/freadptr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* Retrieve information about a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "freadptr.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+/* This file is not used on systems that have the __freadptr function,
+   namely musl libc.  */
+
+const char *
+freadptr (FILE *fp, size_t *sizep)
+{
+  size_t size;
+
+  /* Keep this code in sync with freadahead!  */
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+  /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  if (fp->_IO_write_ptr > fp->_IO_write_base)
+    return NULL;
+  size = fp->_IO_read_end - fp->_IO_read_ptr;
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;
+  *sizep = size;
+  return (const char *) fp->_IO_read_ptr;
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+  if ((fp_->_flags & __SWR) != 0 || fp_->_r < 0)
+    return NULL;
+  size = fp_->_r;
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;
+  *sizep = size;
+  return (const char *) fp_->_p;
+#elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+  if ((fp->_flags & _IOWRT) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  /* Note: fp->_ungetc_count > 0 implies fp->_rcount <= 0,
+           fp->_ungetc_count = 0 implies fp->_rcount >= 0.  */
+  if (fp->_rcount <= 0)
+    return NULL;
+  if (!(fp->_ungetc_count == 0))
+    abort ();
+  *sizep = fp->_rcount;
+  return fp->_ptr;
+#elif defined __minix               /* Minix */
+  if ((fp_->_flags & _IOWRITING) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  size = fp_->_count;
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;
+  *sizep = size;
+  return (const char *) fp_->_ptr;
+#elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+  if ((fp_->_flag & _IOWRT) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  size = fp_->_cnt;
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;
+  *sizep = size;
+  return (const char *) fp_->_ptr;
+#elif defined __UCLIBC__            /* uClibc */
+# ifdef __STDIO_BUFFERS
+  if (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_WRITING)
+    return NULL;
+  if (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_UNGOT)
+    return NULL;
+  size = fp->__bufread - fp->__bufpos;
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;
+  *sizep = size;
+  return (const char *) fp->__bufpos;
+# else
+  return NULL;
+# endif
+#elif defined __QNX__               /* QNX */
+  if ((fp->_Mode & 0x2000 /* _MWRITE */) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  /* fp->_Buf <= fp->_Next <= fp->_Rend */
+  size = fp->_Rend - fp->_Next;
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;
+  *sizep = size;
+  return (const char *) fp->_Next;
+#elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  if (!fp->__mode.__read)
+    return NULL;
+  size = fp->__get_limit - fp->__bufp;
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;
+  *sizep = size;
+  return fp->__bufp;
+#elif defined EPLAN9                /* Plan9 */
+  if (fp->state == 4 /* WR */)
+    return NULL;
+  if (fp->rp >= fp->wp)
+    return NULL;
+  *sizep = fp->wp - fp->rp;
+  return fp->rp;
+#elif defined SLOW_BUT_NO_HACKS     /* users can define this */
+  /* This implementation is correct on any ANSI C platform.  It is just
+     awfully slow.  */
+  return NULL;
+#else
+ #error "Please port gnulib freadptr.c to your platform! Look at the definition of fflush, fread, getc, getc_unlocked on your system, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/freadptr.h b/lib/freadptr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9dac28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/freadptr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Retrieve information about a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Assuming the stream STREAM is open for reading:
+   Return a pointer to the input buffer of STREAM, or NULL.
+   If the returned pointer is non-NULL, *SIZEP is set to the (positive) size
+   of the input buffer.
+   If the returned pointer is NULL, you should use getc (STREAM),
+   fgetc (STREAM), or fread (..., STREAM) to access the input from STREAM.
+
+   The resulting pointer becomes invalid upon any operation on STREAM.
+
+   STREAM must not be wide-character oriented.  */
+
+#if HAVE___FREADPTR /* musl libc */
+
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+# define freadptr(stream,sizep) __freadptr (stream, sizep)
+
+#else
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+extern const char * freadptr (FILE *stream, size_t *sizep);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/freadseek.c b/lib/freadseek.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e0c0a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/freadseek.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* Skipping input from a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "freadseek.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "freadahead.h"
+#include "freadptr.h"
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+/* Increment the in-memory pointer.  INCREMENT must be at most the buffer size
+   returned by freadptr().
+   This is very cheap (no system calls).  */
+static void
+freadptrinc (FILE *fp, size_t increment)
+{
+  /* Keep this code in sync with freadptr!  */
+#if HAVE___FREADPTRINC              /* musl libc */
+  __freadptrinc (fp, increment);
+#elif defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+  /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  fp->_IO_read_ptr += increment;
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+  fp_->_p += increment;
+  fp_->_r -= increment;
+#elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+  fp->_ptr += increment;
+  fp->_rcount -= increment;
+#elif defined __minix               /* Minix */
+  fp_->_ptr += increment;
+  fp_->_count -= increment;
+#elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+  fp_->_ptr += increment;
+  fp_->_cnt -= increment;
+#elif defined __UCLIBC__            /* uClibc */
+# ifdef __STDIO_BUFFERS
+  fp->__bufpos += increment;
+# else
+  abort ();
+# endif
+#elif defined __QNX__               /* QNX */
+  fp->_Next += increment;
+#elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  fp->__bufp += increment;
+#elif defined EPLAN9                /* Plan9 */
+  fp->rp += increment;
+#elif defined SLOW_BUT_NO_HACKS     /* users can define this */
+#else
+ #error "Please port gnulib freadseek.c to your platform! Look at the definition of getc, getc_unlocked on your system, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+freadseek (FILE *fp, size_t offset)
+{
+  size_t total_buffered;
+  int fd;
+
+  if (offset == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Seek over the already read and buffered input as quickly as possible,
+     without doing any system calls.  */
+  total_buffered = freadahead (fp);
+  /* This loop is usually executed at most twice: once for ungetc buffer (if
+     present) and once for the main buffer.  */
+  while (total_buffered > 0)
+    {
+      size_t buffered;
+
+      if (freadptr (fp, &buffered) != NULL && buffered > 0)
+        {
+          size_t increment = (buffered < offset ? buffered : offset);
+
+          freadptrinc (fp, increment);
+          offset -= increment;
+          if (offset == 0)
+            return 0;
+          total_buffered -= increment;
+          if (total_buffered == 0)
+            break;
+        }
+      /* Read one byte.  If we were reading from the ungetc buffer, this
+         switches the stream back to the main buffer.  */
+      if (fgetc (fp) == EOF)
+        goto eof;
+      offset--;
+      if (offset == 0)
+        return 0;
+      total_buffered--;
+    }
+
+  /* Test whether the stream is seekable or not.  */
+  fd = fileno (fp);
+  if (fd >= 0 && lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR) >= 0)
+    {
+      /* FP refers to a regular file.  fseek is most efficient in this case.  */
+      return fseeko (fp, offset, SEEK_CUR);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* FP is a non-seekable stream, possibly not even referring to a file
+         descriptor.  Read OFFSET bytes explicitly and discard them.  */
+      char buf[4096];
+
+      do
+        {
+          size_t count = (sizeof (buf) < offset ? sizeof (buf) : offset);
+          if (fread (buf, 1, count, fp) < count)
+            goto eof;
+          offset -= count;
+        }
+      while (offset > 0);
+
+      return 0;
+   }
+
+ eof:
+  /* EOF, or error before or while reading.  */
+  if (ferror (fp))
+    return EOF;
+  else
+    /* Encountered EOF.  */
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/freadseek.h b/lib/freadseek.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1259e7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/freadseek.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Skipping input from a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Assuming the stream STREAM is open for reading:
+
+   Read and discard OFFSET bytes from STREAM.
+
+   freadseek (STREAM, OFFSET) is the same as
+   fseek (STREAM, OFFSET, SEEK_CUR), except that the latter does not work
+   on non-seekable input streams (such as pipes).
+
+   Upon success, return 0.
+   Upon premature end of stream, return 0 (like fseek does).
+   Upon error, set the error indicator in the stream and return EOF.
+
+   STREAM must not be wide-character oriented.  */
+
+extern int freadseek (FILE *stream, size_t offset);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/free.c b/lib/free.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86ebe6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/free.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* Make free() preserve errno.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* A function definition is only needed if HAVE_FREE_POSIX is not defined.  */
+#if !HAVE_FREE_POSIX
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+void
+rpl_free (void *p)
+# undef free
+{
+# if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__
+  /* An invalid GCC optimization
+     <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=98396>
+     would optimize away the assignments in the code below, when link-time
+     optimization (LTO) is enabled.  Make the code more complicated, so that
+     GCC does not grok how to optimize it.  */
+  int err[2];
+  err[0] = errno;
+  err[1] = errno;
+  errno = 0;
+  free (p);
+  errno = err[errno == 0];
+# else
+  int err = errno;
+  free (p);
+  errno = err;
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/freopen-safer.c b/lib/freopen-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bfacee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/freopen-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* Invoke freopen, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "stdio-safer.h"
+
+#include "attribute.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Guarantee that FD is open; all smaller FDs must already be open.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+static bool
+protect_fd (int fd)
+{
+  int value = open ("/dev/null", O_RDONLY);
+  if (value != fd)
+    {
+      if (0 <= value)
+        {
+          close (value);
+          errno = EBADF; /* Unexpected; this is as good as anything else.  */
+        }
+      return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Like freopen, but guarantee that reopening stdin, stdout, or stderr
+   preserves the invariant that STDxxx_FILENO==fileno(stdxxx), and
+   that no other stream will interfere with the standard streams.
+   This is necessary because most freopen implementations will change
+   the associated fd of a stream to the lowest available slot.  */
+
+FILE *
+freopen_safer (char const *name, char const *mode, FILE *f)
+{
+  /* Unfortunately, we cannot use the fopen_safer approach of using
+     fdopen (dup_safer (fileno (freopen (cmd, mode, f)))), because we
+     need to return f itself.  The implementation of freopen(NULL,m,f)
+     is system-dependent, so the best we can do is guarantee that all
+     lower-valued standard fds are open prior to the freopen call,
+     even though this puts more pressure on open fds.  */
+  bool protect_in = false;
+  bool protect_out = false;
+  bool protect_err = false;
+  int saved_errno;
+
+  switch (fileno (f))
+    {
+    default: /* -1 or not a standard stream.  */
+      if (dup2 (STDERR_FILENO, STDERR_FILENO) != STDERR_FILENO)
+        protect_err = true;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case STDERR_FILENO:
+      if (dup2 (STDOUT_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO) != STDOUT_FILENO)
+        protect_out = true;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case STDOUT_FILENO:
+      if (dup2 (STDIN_FILENO, STDIN_FILENO) != STDIN_FILENO)
+        protect_in = true;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case STDIN_FILENO:
+      /* Nothing left to protect.  */
+      break;
+    }
+  if (protect_in && !protect_fd (STDIN_FILENO))
+    f = NULL;
+  else if (protect_out && !protect_fd (STDOUT_FILENO))
+    f = NULL;
+  else if (protect_err && !protect_fd (STDERR_FILENO))
+    f = NULL;
+  else
+    f = freopen (name, mode, f);
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  if (protect_err)
+    close (STDERR_FILENO);
+  if (protect_out)
+    close (STDOUT_FILENO);
+  if (protect_in)
+    close (STDIN_FILENO);
+  if (!f)
+    errno = saved_errno;
+  return f;
+}
diff --git a/lib/freopen.c b/lib/freopen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4988e71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/freopen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* Open a stream to a file.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <stdio.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <stdio.h> here, so that orig_freopen doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_freopen.  */
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of freopen.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+static FILE *
+orig_freopen (const char *filename, const char *mode, FILE *stream)
+{
+  return freopen (filename, mode, stream);
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+/* Write "stdio.h" here, not <stdio.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc eliminates
+   this include because of the preliminary #include <stdio.h> above.  */
+#include "stdio.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+FILE *
+rpl_freopen (const char *filename, const char *mode, FILE *stream)
+{
+  FILE *result;
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  char const *null_device = "NUL";
+  if (filename && strcmp (filename, "/dev/null") == 0)
+    filename = null_device;
+#else
+  char const *null_device = "/dev/null";
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+  errno = 0;
+#endif
+
+  result = orig_freopen (filename, mode, stream);
+
+  if (!result)
+    {
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+      /* On OS/2 kLIBC, freopen returns NULL even if it is successful
+         if filename is NULL. */
+      if (!filename && !errno)
+        result = stream;
+#endif
+    }
+  else if (filename)
+    {
+      int fd = fileno (result);
+      if (dup2 (fd, fd) < 0 && errno == EBADF)
+        {
+          int nullfd = open (null_device, O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+          int err = 0;
+          if (nullfd != fd)
+            {
+              if (dup2 (nullfd, fd) < 0)
+                err = 1;
+              close (nullfd);
+            }
+          if (!err)
+            result = orig_freopen (filename, mode, result);
+        }
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/frexp.c b/lib/frexp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c15733
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/frexp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* Split a double into fraction and mantissa.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org>, 2003, and
+   Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+#if ! defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <float.h>
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include "isnanl-nolibm.h"
+# include "fpucw.h"
+#else
+# include "isnand-nolibm.h"
+#endif
+
+/* This file assumes FLT_RADIX = 2.  If FLT_RADIX is a power of 2 greater
+   than 2, or not even a power of 2, some rounding errors can occur, so that
+   then the returned mantissa is only guaranteed to be <= 1.0, not < 1.0.  */
+
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# define FUNC frexpl
+# define DOUBLE long double
+# define ISNAN isnanl
+# define DECL_ROUNDING DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+# define BEGIN_ROUNDING() BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()
+# define END_ROUNDING() END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()
+# define L_(literal) literal##L
+#else
+# define FUNC frexp
+# define DOUBLE double
+# define ISNAN isnand
+# define DECL_ROUNDING
+# define BEGIN_ROUNDING()
+# define END_ROUNDING()
+# define L_(literal) literal
+#endif
+
+DOUBLE
+FUNC (DOUBLE x, int *expptr)
+{
+  int sign;
+  int exponent;
+  DECL_ROUNDING
+
+  /* Test for NaN, infinity, and zero.  */
+  if (ISNAN (x) || x + x == x)
+    {
+      *expptr = 0;
+      return x;
+    }
+
+  sign = 0;
+  if (x < 0)
+    {
+      x = - x;
+      sign = -1;
+    }
+
+  BEGIN_ROUNDING ();
+
+  {
+    /* Since the exponent is an 'int', it fits in 64 bits.  Therefore the
+       loops are executed no more than 64 times.  */
+    DOUBLE pow2[64]; /* pow2[i] = 2^2^i */
+    DOUBLE powh[64]; /* powh[i] = 2^-2^i */
+    int i;
+
+    exponent = 0;
+    if (x >= L_(1.0))
+      {
+        /* A positive exponent.  */
+        DOUBLE pow2_i; /* = pow2[i] */
+        DOUBLE powh_i; /* = powh[i] */
+
+        /* Invariants: pow2_i = 2^2^i, powh_i = 2^-2^i,
+           x * 2^exponent = argument, x >= 1.0.  */
+        for (i = 0, pow2_i = L_(2.0), powh_i = L_(0.5);
+             ;
+             i++, pow2_i = pow2_i * pow2_i, powh_i = powh_i * powh_i)
+          {
+            if (x >= pow2_i)
+              {
+                exponent += (1 << i);
+                x *= powh_i;
+              }
+            else
+              break;
+
+            pow2[i] = pow2_i;
+            powh[i] = powh_i;
+          }
+        /* Avoid making x too small, as it could become a denormalized
+           number and thus lose precision.  */
+        while (i > 0 && x < pow2[i - 1])
+          {
+            i--;
+            powh_i = powh[i];
+          }
+        exponent += (1 << i);
+        x *= powh_i;
+        /* Here 2^-2^i <= x < 1.0.  */
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* A negative or zero exponent.  */
+        DOUBLE pow2_i; /* = pow2[i] */
+        DOUBLE powh_i; /* = powh[i] */
+
+        /* Invariants: pow2_i = 2^2^i, powh_i = 2^-2^i,
+           x * 2^exponent = argument, x < 1.0.  */
+        for (i = 0, pow2_i = L_(2.0), powh_i = L_(0.5);
+             ;
+             i++, pow2_i = pow2_i * pow2_i, powh_i = powh_i * powh_i)
+          {
+            if (x < powh_i)
+              {
+                exponent -= (1 << i);
+                x *= pow2_i;
+              }
+            else
+              break;
+
+            pow2[i] = pow2_i;
+            powh[i] = powh_i;
+          }
+        /* Here 2^-2^i <= x < 1.0.  */
+      }
+
+    /* Invariants: x * 2^exponent = argument, and 2^-2^i <= x < 1.0.  */
+    while (i > 0)
+      {
+        i--;
+        if (x < powh[i])
+          {
+            exponent -= (1 << i);
+            x *= pow2[i];
+          }
+      }
+    /* Here 0.5 <= x < 1.0.  */
+  }
+
+  if (sign < 0)
+    x = - x;
+
+  END_ROUNDING ();
+
+  *expptr = exponent;
+  return x;
+}
diff --git a/lib/frexpl.c b/lib/frexpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55ca010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/frexpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* Split a 'long double' into fraction and mantissa.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE
+
+/* Specification.  */
+# include <math.h>
+
+long double
+frexpl (long double x, int *expptr)
+{
+  return frexp (x, expptr);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# define USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include "frexp.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fseek.c b/lib/fseek.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9f9314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fseek.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* An fseek() function that, together with fflush(), is POSIX compliant.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Get off_t.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+fseek (FILE *fp, long offset, int whence)
+{
+  /* Use the replacement fseeko function with all its workarounds.  */
+  return fseeko (fp, (off_t)offset, whence);
+}
diff --git a/lib/fseeko.c b/lib/fseeko.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ca2db8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fseeko.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* An fseeko() function that, together with fflush(), is POSIX compliant.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Get off_t, lseek, _POSIX_VERSION.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+int
+fseeko (FILE *fp, off_t offset, int whence)
+#undef fseeko
+#if !HAVE_FSEEKO
+# undef fseek
+# define fseeko fseek
+#endif
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T
+# undef fseeko
+# if HAVE__FSEEKI64 && HAVE_DECL__FSEEKI64 /* msvc, mingw since msvcrt8.0, mingw64 */
+#  define fseeko _fseeki64
+# else /* mingw before msvcrt8.0 */
+#  define fseeko fseeko64
+# endif
+#endif
+{
+#if LSEEK_PIPE_BROKEN
+  /* mingw gives bogus answers rather than failure on non-seekable files.  */
+  if (lseek (fileno (fp), 0, SEEK_CUR) == -1)
+    return EOF;
+#endif
+
+  /* These tests are based on fpurge.c.  */
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+  /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  if (fp->_IO_read_end == fp->_IO_read_ptr
+      && fp->_IO_write_ptr == fp->_IO_write_base
+      && fp->_IO_save_base == NULL)
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+# if defined __SL64 && defined __SCLE /* Cygwin */
+  if ((fp->_flags & __SL64) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Cygwin 1.5.0 through 1.5.24 failed to open stdin in 64-bit
+         mode; but has an fseeko that requires 64-bit mode.  */
+      FILE *tmp = fopen ("/dev/null", "r");
+      if (!tmp)
+        return -1;
+      fp->_flags |= __SL64;
+      fp->_seek64 = tmp->_seek64;
+      fclose (tmp);
+    }
+# endif
+  if (fp_->_p == fp_->_bf._base
+      && fp_->_r == 0
+      && fp_->_w == ((fp_->_flags & (__SLBF | __SNBF | __SRD)) == 0 /* fully buffered and not currently reading? */
+                     ? fp_->_bf._size
+                     : 0)
+      && fp_ub._base == NULL)
+#elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+  if (fp->_ptr == fp->_buffer
+      && fp->_rcount == 0
+      && fp->_wcount == 0
+      && fp->_ungetc_count == 0)
+#elif defined __minix               /* Minix */
+  if (fp_->_ptr == fp_->_buf
+      && (fp_->_ptr == NULL || fp_->_count == 0))
+#elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+  if (fp_->_ptr == fp_->_base
+      && (fp_->_ptr == NULL || fp_->_cnt == 0))
+#elif defined __UCLIBC__            /* uClibc */
+  if (((fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_WRITING) == 0
+       || fp->__bufpos == fp->__bufstart)
+      && ((fp->__modeflags & (__FLAG_READONLY | __FLAG_READING)) == 0
+          || fp->__bufpos == fp->__bufread))
+#elif defined __QNX__               /* QNX */
+  if ((fp->_Mode & 0x2000 /* _MWRITE */ ? fp->_Next == fp->_Buf : fp->_Next == fp->_Rend)
+      && fp->_Rback == fp->_Back + sizeof (fp->_Back)
+      && fp->_Rsave == NULL)
+#elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  if (fp->__bufp == fp->__buffer
+      && fp->__get_limit == fp->__bufp
+      && fp->__put_limit == fp->__bufp
+      && !fp->__pushed_back)
+#elif defined EPLAN9                /* Plan9 */
+  if (fp->rp == fp->buf
+      && fp->wp == fp->buf)
+#elif FUNC_FFLUSH_STDIN < 0 && 200809 <= _POSIX_VERSION
+  /* Cross-compiling to some other system advertising conformance to
+     POSIX.1-2008 or later.  Assume fseeko and fflush work as advertised.
+     If this assumption is incorrect, please report the bug to
+     bug-gnulib.  */
+  if (0)
+#else
+  #error "Please port gnulib fseeko.c to your platform! Look at the code in fseeko.c, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+#endif
+    {
+      /* We get here when an fflush() call immediately preceded this one (or
+         if ftell() has created buffers but no I/O has occurred on a
+         newly-opened stream).  We know there are no buffers.  */
+      off_t pos = lseek (fileno (fp), offset, whence);
+      if (pos == -1)
+        {
+#if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+          /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+          fp_->_flags &= ~__SOFF;
+#endif
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+      /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+      fp->_flags &= ~_IO_EOF_SEEN;
+      fp->_offset = pos;
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+      /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+# if defined __CYGWIN__ || (defined __NetBSD__ && __NetBSD_Version__ >= 600000000) || defined __minix
+      /* fp_->_offset is typed as an integer.  */
+      fp_->_offset = pos;
+# else
+      /* fp_->_offset is an fpos_t.  */
+      {
+        /* Use a union, since on NetBSD, the compilation flags
+           determine whether fpos_t is typedef'd to off_t or a struct
+           containing a single off_t member.  */
+        union
+          {
+            fpos_t f;
+            off_t o;
+          } u;
+        u.o = pos;
+        fp_->_offset = u.f;
+      }
+# endif
+      fp_->_flags |= __SOFF;
+      fp_->_flags &= ~__SEOF;
+#elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+      fp->_flags &= ~_IOEOF;
+#elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+      fp_->_flag &= ~_IOEOF;
+#elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+      fp->__offset = pos;
+      fp->__eof = 0;
+#endif
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return fseeko (fp, offset, whence);
+}
diff --git a/lib/fseterr.c b/lib/fseterr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..897e754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fseterr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* Set the error indicator of a stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "fseterr.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+/* This file is not used on systems that have the __fseterr function,
+   namely musl libc.  */
+
+void
+fseterr (FILE *fp)
+{
+  /* Most systems provide FILE as a struct and the necessary bitmask in
+     <stdio.h>, because they need it for implementing getc() and putc() as
+     fast macros.  */
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1
+  /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  fp->_flags |= _IO_ERR_SEEN;
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+  fp_->_flags |= __SERR;
+#elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+  fp->_flags |= _IOERR;
+#elif defined __minix               /* Minix */
+  fp->_flags |= _IOERR;
+#elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, UnixWare, mingw, MSVC, NonStop Kernel, OpenVMS */
+  fp_->_flag |= _IOERR;
+#elif defined __UCLIBC__            /* uClibc */
+  fp->__modeflags |= __FLAG_ERROR;
+#elif defined __QNX__               /* QNX */
+  fp->_Mode |= 0x200 /* _MERR */;
+#elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  fp->__error = 1;
+#elif defined EPLAN9                /* Plan9 */
+  if (fp->state != 0 /* CLOSED */)
+    fp->state = 5 /* ERR */;
+#elif 0                             /* unknown  */
+  /* Portable fallback, based on an idea by Rich Felker.
+     Wow! 6 system calls for something that is just a bit operation!
+     Not activated on any system, because there is no way to repair FP when
+     the sequence of system calls fails, and library code should not call
+     abort().  */
+  int saved_errno;
+  int fd;
+  int fd2;
+
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  fflush (fp);
+  fd = fileno (fp);
+  fd2 = dup (fd);
+  if (fd2 >= 0)
+    {
+      close (fd);
+      fputc ('\0', fp); /* This should set the error indicator.  */
+      fflush (fp);      /* Or this.  */
+      if (dup2 (fd2, fd) < 0)
+        /* Whee... we botched the stream and now cannot restore it!  */
+        abort ();
+      close (fd2);
+    }
+  errno = saved_errno;
+#else
+ #error "Please port gnulib fseterr.c to your platform! Look at the definitions of ferror and clearerr on your system, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/fseterr.h b/lib/fseterr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ecf871
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fseterr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Set the error indicator of a stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _FSETERR_H
+#define _FSETERR_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Set the error indicator of the stream FP.
+   The "error indicator" is set when an I/O operation on the stream fails, and
+   is cleared (together with the "end-of-file" indicator) by clearerr (FP).  */
+
+#if HAVE___FSETERR /* musl libc */
+
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+# define fseterr(fp) __fseterr (fp)
+
+#else
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+extern void fseterr (FILE *fp);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FSETERR_H */
diff --git a/lib/fstat.c b/lib/fstat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3928c86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fstat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* fstat() replacement.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fstat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_fstat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of fstat.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
+#endif
+
+#if !defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
+
+static int
+orig_fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  return fstat (fd, buf);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef __osf__
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+# include "sys/stat.h"
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "stat-time.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+# include "stat-w32.h"
+#endif
+
+int
+rpl_fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf)
+{
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR && REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
+  /* Handle the case when rpl_open() used a dummy file descriptor to work
+     around an open() that can't normally visit directories.  */
+  const char *name = _gl_directory_name (fd);
+  if (name != NULL)
+    return stat (name, buf);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+  /* Fill the fields ourselves, because the original fstat function returns
+     values for st_atime, st_mtime, st_ctime that depend on the current time
+     zone.  See
+     <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2017-04/msg00134.html>  */
+  HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+
+  if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return _gl_fstat_by_handle (h, NULL, buf);
+#else
+  return stat_time_normalize (orig_fstat (fd, buf), buf);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/fstatat.c b/lib/fstatat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e83449
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fstatat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* Work around an fstatat bug on Solaris 9.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fstatat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_fstatat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of fstatat.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+#if HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG
+static int
+orig_fstatat (int fd, char const *filename, struct stat *buf, int flags)
+{
+  return fstatat (fd, filename, buf, flags);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __osf__
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+# include "sys/stat.h"
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "stat-time.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG
+
+# ifndef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
+#  define LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK 0
+# endif
+
+static int
+normal_fstatat (int fd, char const *file, struct stat *st, int flag)
+{
+  return stat_time_normalize (orig_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag), st);
+}
+
+/* fstatat should always follow symbolic links that end in /, but on
+   Solaris 9 it doesn't if AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW is specified.
+   Likewise, trailing slash on a non-directory should be an error.
+   These are the same problems that lstat.c and stat.c address, so
+   solve it in a similar way.
+
+   AIX 7.1 fstatat (AT_FDCWD, ..., 0) always fails, which is a bug.
+   Work around this bug if FSTATAT_AT_FDCWD_0_BROKEN is nonzero.  */
+
+int
+rpl_fstatat (int fd, char const *file, struct stat *st, int flag)
+{
+  int result = normal_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag);
+  size_t len;
+
+  if (LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK || result != 0)
+    return result;
+  len = strlen (file);
+  if (flag & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW)
+    {
+      /* Fix lstat behavior.  */
+      if (file[len - 1] != '/' || S_ISDIR (st->st_mode))
+        return 0;
+      if (!S_ISLNK (st->st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      result = normal_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag & ~AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+    }
+  /* Fix stat behavior.  */
+  if (result == 0 && !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode) && file[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      errno = ENOTDIR;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#else /* ! (HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG) */
+
+/* On mingw, the gnulib <sys/stat.h> defines 'stat' as a function-like
+   macro; but using it in AT_FUNC_F2 causes compilation failure
+   because the preprocessor sees a use of a macro that requires two
+   arguments but is only given one.  Hence, we need an inline
+   forwarder to get past the preprocessor.  */
+static int
+stat_func (char const *name, struct stat *st)
+{
+  return stat (name, st);
+}
+
+/* Likewise, if there is no native 'lstat', then the gnulib
+   <sys/stat.h> defined it as stat, which also needs adjustment.  */
+# if !HAVE_LSTAT
+#  undef lstat
+#  define lstat stat_func
+# endif
+
+/* Replacement for Solaris' function by the same name.
+   <https://www.google.com/search?q=fstatat+site:docs.oracle.com>
+   First, try to simulate it via l?stat ("/proc/self/fd/FD/FILE").
+   Failing that, simulate it via save_cwd/fchdir/(stat|lstat)/restore_cwd.
+   If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely),
+   then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+   Otherwise, this function works just like Solaris' fstatat.  */
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME fstatat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 lstat
+# define AT_FUNC_F2 stat_func
+# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , struct stat *st, int flag
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , st
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_F2
+# undef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_FSTATAT */
diff --git a/lib/fsusage.c b/lib/fsusage.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18f790f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fsusage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* fsusage.c -- return space usage of mounted file systems
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1996, 1998-1999, 2002-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fsusage.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if STAT_STATVFS || STAT_STATVFS64 /* POSIX 1003.1-2001 (and later) with XSI */
+# include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#else
+/* Don't include backward-compatibility files unless they're needed.
+   Eventually we'd like to remove all this cruft.  */
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
+#endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H      /* Fujitsu UXP/V */
+#  include <sys/fs/s5param.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_STATFS_H
+#  include <sys/statfs.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Many space usage primitives use all 1 bits to denote a value that is
+   not applicable or unknown.  Propagate this information by returning
+   a uintmax_t value that is all 1 bits if X is all 1 bits, even if X
+   is unsigned and narrower than uintmax_t.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES(x) \
+  ((sizeof (x) < sizeof (uintmax_t) \
+    && (~ (x) == (sizeof (x) < sizeof (int) \
+                  ? - (1 << (sizeof (x) * CHAR_BIT)) \
+                  : 0))) \
+   ? UINTMAX_MAX : (uintmax_t) (x))
+
+/* Extract the top bit of X as an uintmax_t value.  */
+#define EXTRACT_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) \
+                            & ((uintmax_t) 1 << (sizeof (x) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+
+/* If a value is negative, many space usage primitives store it into an
+   integer variable by assignment, even if the variable's type is unsigned.
+   So, if a space usage variable X's top bit is set, convert X to the
+   uintmax_t value V such that (- (uintmax_t) V) is the negative of
+   the original value.  If X's top bit is clear, just yield X.
+   Use PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT if the original value might be negative;
+   otherwise, use PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) | ~ (EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (x) - 1))
+
+#ifdef STAT_STATVFS
+/* Return true if statvfs works.  This is false for statvfs on systems
+   with GNU libc on Linux kernels before 2.6.36, which stats all
+   preceding entries in /proc/mounts; that makes df hang if even one
+   of the corresponding file systems is hard-mounted but not available.  */
+# if ! (__linux__ && (__GLIBC__ || __UCLIBC__))
+/* The FRSIZE fallback is not required in this case.  */
+#  undef STAT_STATFS2_FRSIZE
+static int statvfs_works (void) { return 1; }
+# else
+#  include <string.h> /* for strverscmp */
+#  include <sys/utsname.h>
+#  include <sys/statfs.h>
+#  define STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE 1
+
+static int
+statvfs_works (void)
+{
+  static int statvfs_works_cache = -1;
+  struct utsname name;
+  if (statvfs_works_cache < 0)
+    statvfs_works_cache = (uname (&name) == 0
+                           && 0 <= strverscmp (name.release, "2.6.36"));
+  return statvfs_works_cache;
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Fill in the fields of FSP with information about space usage for
+   the file system on which FILE resides.
+   DISK is the device on which FILE is mounted, for space-getting
+   methods that need to know it.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not.  When returning -1, ensure that
+   ERRNO is either a system error value, or zero if DISK is NULL
+   on a system that requires a non-NULL value.  */
+int
+get_fs_usage (char const *file, char const *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
+{
+#ifdef STAT_STATVFS     /* POSIX, except pre-2.6.36 glibc/Linux */
+
+  if (statvfs_works ())
+    {
+      struct statvfs vfsd;
+
+      if (statvfs (file, &vfsd) < 0)
+        return -1;
+
+      /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
+      fsp->fsu_blocksize = (vfsd.f_frsize
+                            ? PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_frsize)
+                            : PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_bsize));
+
+      fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_blocks);
+      fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_bfree);
+      fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (vfsd.f_bavail);
+      fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (vfsd.f_bavail) != 0;
+      fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_files);
+      fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (vfsd.f_ffree);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined STAT_STATVFS64            /* AIX */
+
+  struct statvfs64 fsd;
+
+  if (statvfs64 (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = (fsd.f_frsize
+                        ? PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_frsize)
+                        : PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize));
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS3_OSF1         /* OSF/1 */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd, sizeof (struct statfs)) != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_FRSIZE        /* 2.6 < glibc/Linux < 2.6.36 */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_frsize);
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE        /* glibc/Linux < 2.6, 4.3BSD, SunOS 4, \
+                                           Mac OS X < 10.4, FreeBSD < 5.0, \
+                                           NetBSD < 3.0, OpenBSD < 4.4 */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize);
+
+# ifdef STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS
+
+  /* In SunOS 4.1.2, 4.1.3, and 4.1.3_U1, the block counts in the
+     struct statfs are truncated to 2GB.  These conditions detect that
+     truncation, presumably without botching the 4.1.1 case, in which
+     the values are not truncated.  The correct counts are stored in
+     undocumented spare fields.  */
+  if (fsd.f_blocks == 0x7fffffff / fsd.f_bsize && fsd.f_spare[0] > 0)
+    {
+      fsd.f_blocks = fsd.f_spare[0];
+      fsd.f_bfree = fsd.f_spare[1];
+      fsd.f_bavail = fsd.f_spare[2];
+    }
+# endif /* STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS */
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE        /* 4.4BSD and older NetBSD */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
+
+#elif defined STAT_STATFS4              /* SVR3, old Irix */
+
+  struct statfs fsd;
+
+  if (statfs (file, &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Empirically, the block counts on most SVR3 and SVR3-derived
+     systems seem to always be in terms of 512-byte blocks,
+     no matter what value f_bsize has.  */
+   fsp->fsu_blocksize = 512;
+
+#endif
+
+#if (defined STAT_STATVFS64 || defined STAT_STATFS3_OSF1                \
+     || defined STAT_STATFS2_FRSIZE || defined STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE       \
+     || defined STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE || defined STAT_STATFS4)
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_blocks);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_files);
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_ffree);
+
+#endif
+
+  (void) disk;  /* avoid argument-unused warning */
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/fsusage.h b/lib/fsusage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0443d19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fsusage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* fsusage.h -- declarations for file system space usage info
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1997, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Space usage statistics for a file system.  Blocks are 512-byte. */
+
+#if !defined FSUSAGE_H_
+# define FSUSAGE_H_
+
+# include <stdint.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+struct fs_usage
+{
+  uintmax_t fsu_blocksize;      /* Size of a block.  */
+  uintmax_t fsu_blocks;         /* Total blocks. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_bfree;          /* Free blocks available to superuser. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_bavail;         /* Free blocks available to non-superuser. */
+  bool fsu_bavail_top_bit_set;  /* 1 if fsu_bavail represents a value < 0.  */
+  uintmax_t fsu_files;          /* Total file nodes. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_ffree;          /* Free file nodes. */
+};
+
+int get_fs_usage (char const *file, char const *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fsync.c b/lib/fsync.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b561ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fsync.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* Emulate fsync on platforms that lack it, primarily Windows and
+   cross-compilers like MinGW.
+
+   This is derived from sqlite3 sources.
+   https://www.sqlite.org/src/finfo?name=src/os_win.c
+   https://www.sqlite.org/copyright.html
+
+   Written by Richard W.M. Jones <rjones.at.redhat.com>
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* FlushFileBuffers */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+int
+fsync (int fd)
+{
+  HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+  DWORD err;
+
+  if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (!FlushFileBuffers (h))
+    {
+      /* Translate some Windows errors into rough approximations of Unix
+       * errors.  MSDN is useless as usual - in this case it doesn't
+       * document the full range of errors.
+       */
+      err = GetLastError ();
+      switch (err)
+        {
+        case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+          /* For a read-only handle, fsync should succeed, even though we have
+             no way to sync the access-time changes.  */
+          return 0;
+
+          /* eg. Trying to fsync a tty. */
+        case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE:
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          errno = EIO;
+        }
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#else /* !Windows */
+
+# error "This platform lacks fsync function, and Gnulib doesn't provide a replacement. This is a bug in Gnulib."
+
+#endif /* !Windows */
diff --git a/lib/ftell.c b/lib/ftell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fbd9e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ftell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* An ftell() function that works around platform bugs.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+long
+ftell (FILE *fp)
+{
+  /* Use the replacement ftello function with all its workarounds.  */
+  off_t offset = ftello (fp);
+  if (LONG_MIN <= offset && offset <= LONG_MAX)
+    return /* (long) */ offset;
+  else
+    {
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/ftello.c b/lib/ftello.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..989614a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ftello.c
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* An ftello() function that works around platform bugs.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+/* Get lseek.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+off_t
+ftello (FILE *fp)
+#undef ftello
+#if !HAVE_FTELLO
+# undef ftell
+# define ftello ftell
+#endif
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T
+# undef ftello
+# if HAVE__FTELLI64 /* msvc, mingw64 */
+#  define ftello _ftelli64
+# else /* mingw */
+#  define ftello ftello64
+# endif
+#endif
+{
+#if FTELLO_BROKEN_AFTER_UNGETC /* macOS >= 10.15 */
+  /* The system's ftello() is completely broken, because it calls __sflush,
+     which makes side effects on the stream.  */
+
+  /* Handle non-seekable files first.  */
+  if (fp->_file < 0 || fp->_seek == NULL)
+    {
+      errno = ESPIPE;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Determine the current offset, ignoring buffered and pushed-back bytes.  */
+  off_t pos;
+
+  if (fp->_flags & __SOFF)
+    pos = fp->_offset;
+  else
+    {
+      pos = fp->_seek (fp->_cookie, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+      if (pos < 0)
+        return -1;
+      if (fp->_flags & __SOPT)
+        {
+          fp->_offset = pos;
+          fp->_flags |= __SOFF;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (fp->_flags & __SRD)
+    {
+      /* Now consider buffered and pushed-back bytes from ungetc.  */
+      if (fp->_ub._base != NULL)
+        /* Considering the buffered bytes, we are at position
+             pos - fp->_ur.
+           Considering also the pushed-back bytes, we are at position
+             pos - fp->_ur - fp->_r.  */
+        pos = pos - fp->_ur - fp->_r;
+      else
+        /* Considering the buffered bytes, we are at position
+             pos - fp->_r.  */
+        pos = pos - fp->_r;
+      if (pos < 0)
+        {
+          errno = EIO;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+  else if ((fp->_flags & __SWR) && fp->_p != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Consider the buffered bytes.  */
+      off_t buffered = fp->_p - fp->_bf._base;
+
+      /* Compute pos + buffered, with overflow check.  */
+      off_t sum;
+      if (! INT_ADD_OK (pos, buffered, &sum))
+        {
+          errno = EOVERFLOW;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      pos = sum;
+    }
+
+  return pos;
+
+#else
+
+# if LSEEK_PIPE_BROKEN
+  /* mingw gives bogus answers rather than failure on non-seekable files.  */
+  if (lseek (fileno (fp), 0, SEEK_CUR) == -1)
+    return -1;
+# endif
+
+# if FTELLO_BROKEN_AFTER_SWITCHING_FROM_READ_TO_WRITE /* Solaris */
+  /* The Solaris stdio leaves the _IOREAD flag set after reading from a file
+     reaches EOF and the program then starts writing to the file.  ftello
+     gets confused by this.  */
+  if (fp_->_flag & _IOWRT)
+    {
+      off_t pos;
+
+      /* Call ftello nevertheless, for the side effects that it does on fp.  */
+      ftello (fp);
+
+      /* Compute the file position ourselves.  */
+      pos = lseek (fileno (fp), (off_t) 0, SEEK_CUR);
+      if (pos >= 0)
+        {
+          if ((fp_->_flag & _IONBF) == 0 && fp_->_base != NULL)
+            pos += fp_->_ptr - fp_->_base;
+        }
+      return pos;
+    }
+# endif
+
+# if defined __SL64 && defined __SCLE /* Cygwin */
+  if ((fp->_flags & __SL64) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Cygwin 1.5.0 through 1.5.24 failed to open stdin in 64-bit
+         mode; but has an ftello that requires 64-bit mode.  */
+      FILE *tmp = fopen ("/dev/null", "r");
+      if (!tmp)
+        return -1;
+      fp->_flags |= __SL64;
+      fp->_seek64 = tmp->_seek64;
+      fclose (tmp);
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return ftello (fp);
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/ftoastr.c b/lib/ftoastr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9105752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ftoastr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* floating point to accurate string
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* This code can misbehave on some buggy or older platforms, when
+   operating on arguments on floating types other than 'double', or
+   when given unusual combinations of options.  Gnulib's
+   snprintf-posix module works around many of these problems.
+
+   This code relies on sprintf, strtod, etc. operating accurately;
+   otherwise, the resulting strings could be inaccurate or too long.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "ftoastr.h"
+
+#include <float.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef C_LOCALE
+# include "c-snprintf.h"
+# include "c-strtod.h"
+# define PREFIX(name) c_ ## name
+#else
+# define PREFIX(name) name
+#endif
+
+#if LENGTH == 3
+# define FLOAT long double
+# define FLOAT_DIG LDBL_DIG
+# define FLOAT_MIN LDBL_MIN
+# define FLOAT_PREC_BOUND _GL_LDBL_PREC_BOUND
+# define FTOASTR PREFIX (ldtoastr)
+# define PROMOTED_FLOAT long double
+# define STRTOF PREFIX (strtold)
+#elif LENGTH == 2
+# define FLOAT double
+# define FLOAT_DIG DBL_DIG
+# define FLOAT_MIN DBL_MIN
+# define FLOAT_PREC_BOUND _GL_DBL_PREC_BOUND
+# define FTOASTR PREFIX (dtoastr)
+# define PROMOTED_FLOAT double
+#else
+# define LENGTH 1
+# define FLOAT float
+# define FLOAT_DIG FLT_DIG
+# define FLOAT_MIN FLT_MIN
+# define FLOAT_PREC_BOUND _GL_FLT_PREC_BOUND
+# define FTOASTR PREFIX (ftoastr)
+# define PROMOTED_FLOAT double
+# if HAVE_STRTOF
+#  define STRTOF strtof
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* On pre-C99 hosts, approximate strtof with strtod.  This
+   may generate one or two extra digits, but that's better than not
+   working at all.  */
+#ifndef STRTOF
+# define STRTOF PREFIX (strtod)
+#endif
+
+/* On hosts where it's not known that snprintf works, use sprintf to
+   implement the subset needed here.  Typically BUFSIZE is big enough
+   and there's little or no performance hit.  */
+#ifdef C_LOCALE
+# undef snprintf
+# define snprintf c_snprintf
+#elif ! GNULIB_SNPRINTF
+# undef snprintf
+# define snprintf ftoastr_snprintf
+static int
+ftoastr_snprintf (char *buf, size_t bufsize, char const *format,
+                  int width, int prec, FLOAT x)
+{
+  PROMOTED_FLOAT promoted_x = x;
+  char width_0_buffer[LENGTH == 1 ? FLT_BUFSIZE_BOUND
+                      : LENGTH == 2 ? DBL_BUFSIZE_BOUND
+                      : LDBL_BUFSIZE_BOUND];
+  int n = width;
+  if (bufsize < sizeof width_0_buffer)
+    {
+      n = sprintf (width_0_buffer, format, 0, prec, promoted_x);
+      if (n < 0)
+        return n;
+      if (n < width)
+        n = width;
+    }
+  if (n < bufsize)
+    n = sprintf (buf, format, width, prec, promoted_x);
+  return n;
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+FTOASTR (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width, FLOAT x)
+{
+  /* The following method is simple but slow.
+     For ideas about speeding things up, please see:
+
+     Andrysco M, Jhala R, Lerner S. Printing floating-point numbers:
+     a faster, always correct method. ACM SIGPLAN notices - POPL '16.
+     2016;51(1):555-67 <https://doi.org/10.1145/2914770.2837654>; draft at
+     <https://cseweb.ucsd.edu/~lerner/papers/fp-printing-popl16.pdf>.  */
+
+  PROMOTED_FLOAT promoted_x = x;
+  char format[sizeof "%-+ 0*.*Lg"];
+  FLOAT abs_x = x < 0 ? -x : x;
+  int prec;
+
+  char *p = format;
+  *p++ = '%';
+
+  /* Support flags that generate output parsable by strtof.  */
+  *p = '-'; p += (flags & FTOASTR_LEFT_JUSTIFY  ) != 0;
+  *p = '+'; p += (flags & FTOASTR_ALWAYS_SIGNED ) != 0;
+  *p = ' '; p += (flags & FTOASTR_SPACE_POSITIVE) != 0;
+  *p = '0'; p += (flags & FTOASTR_ZERO_PAD      ) != 0;
+
+  *p++ = '*';
+  *p++ = '.';
+  *p++ = '*';
+  *p = 'L'; p += 2 < LENGTH;
+  *p++ = flags & FTOASTR_UPPER_E ? 'G' : 'g';
+  *p = '\0';
+
+  for (prec = abs_x < FLOAT_MIN ? 1 : FLOAT_DIG; ; prec++)
+    {
+      int n = snprintf (buf, bufsize, format, width, prec, promoted_x);
+      if (n < 0
+          || FLOAT_PREC_BOUND <= prec
+          || (n < bufsize && STRTOF (buf, NULL) == x))
+        return n;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/ftoastr.h b/lib/ftoastr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bac32a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ftoastr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/* floating point to accurate string
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_FTOASTR_H
+#define _GL_FTOASTR_H
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include <float.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Store into BUF (of size BUFSIZE) an accurate minimal-precision
+   string representation of a floating point number.  FLAGS affect the
+   formatting of the number.  Pad the output string with spaces as
+   necessary to width WIDTH bytes, in the style of printf.  WIDTH must
+   be nonnegative.  X is the floating-point number to be converted.
+
+   Return the number of bytes stored into BUF, not counting the
+   terminating null.  However, do not overrun BUF: if BUF is too
+   small, return a fairly tight (but not necessarily exact) upper
+   bound on the value that would have been returned if BUF had been
+   big enough.  If SIZE is zero, BUF may be a null pointer.  On error
+   (e.g., returned value would exceed INT_MAX), return -1 and set
+   errno.
+
+   Example:
+
+     char buf[DBL_BUFSIZE_BOUND];
+     int r = dtoastr (buf, sizeof buf, 0, 0, 0.1);
+
+   In the C locale, this sets R to 3 and stores "0.1" into BUF.  */
+
+int  ftoastr (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width,       float x);
+int  dtoastr (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width,      double x);
+int ldtoastr (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width, long double x);
+
+/* The last two functions except that the formatting takes place in
+   the C locale.  */
+int  c_dtoastr (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width,      double x);
+int c_ldtoastr (char *buf, size_t bufsize, int flags, int width, long double x);
+
+
+/* Flag values for ftoastr etc.  These can be ORed together.  */
+enum
+  {
+    /* Left justify within the width; the default is right justification.  */
+    FTOASTR_LEFT_JUSTIFY = 1,
+
+    /* Output "+" before positive numbers; the default outputs nothing.  */
+    FTOASTR_ALWAYS_SIGNED = 2,
+
+    /* Output " " before positive numbers; ignored if
+       FTOASTR_ALWAYS_SIGNED is also given.  */
+    FTOASTR_SPACE_POSITIVE = 4,
+
+    /* Pad with zeros instead of spaces; ignored if FTOASTR_LEFT_JUSTIFY
+       is also given.  */
+    FTOASTR_ZERO_PAD = 8,
+
+    /* Use 'E' instead of 'e' before the exponent.  */
+    FTOASTR_UPPER_E = 16
+  };
+
+
+/* _GL_FLT_PREC_BOUND is an upper bound on the precision needed to
+   represent a float value without losing information.  Likewise for
+   _GL_DBL_PREC_BOUND and double, and _GL_LDBL_PREC_BOUND and long double.
+   These are macros, not enums, to work around a bug in IBM xlc 12.1.  */
+
+#if FLT_RADIX == 10 /* decimal floating point */
+# define  _GL_FLT_PREC_BOUND  FLT_MANT_DIG
+# define  _GL_DBL_PREC_BOUND  DBL_MANT_DIG
+# define _GL_LDBL_PREC_BOUND LDBL_MANT_DIG
+#else
+
+/* An upper bound on the number of bits needed to represent a single
+   digit in a floating-point fraction.  */
+# if FLT_RADIX == 2 /* IEEE 754 floating point, VAX floating point, etc. */
+#  define _GL_FLOAT_DIG_BITS_BOUND 1
+# elif FLT_RADIX <= 16 /* IBM hex floating point has FLT_RADIX == 16.  */
+#  define _GL_FLOAT_DIG_BITS_BOUND 4
+# else /* no machine is this bad, but let's be complete */
+#  define _GL_FLOAT_DIG_BITS_BOUND ((int) TYPE_WIDTH (int) - 1)
+# endif
+
+/* An upper bound on the number of decimal digits needed to represent
+   a floating point number accurately, assuming a fraction contains
+   DIG digits.  For why the "+ 1" is needed, see "Binary to Decimal
+   Conversion" in David Goldberg's paper "What Every Computer
+   Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic"
+   <https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19957-01/806-3568/ncg_goldberg.html>.  */
+# define _GL_FLOAT_PREC_BOUND(dig) \
+   (INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND ((dig) * _GL_FLOAT_DIG_BITS_BOUND) + 1)
+
+# define  _GL_FLT_PREC_BOUND _GL_FLOAT_PREC_BOUND ( FLT_MANT_DIG)
+# define  _GL_DBL_PREC_BOUND _GL_FLOAT_PREC_BOUND ( DBL_MANT_DIG)
+# define _GL_LDBL_PREC_BOUND _GL_FLOAT_PREC_BOUND (LDBL_MANT_DIG)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Bound on the number of bytes printed for an exponent in the range
+   MIN..MAX, where MIN < 0 < MAX; printf always prints a sign and at
+   least 2 digits.  Although the maximum known exponent is 4932 for
+   IEEE 754 binary128, support tight bounds for exponents up to a
+   million, just in case.  */
+#define _GL_FLOAT_EXPONENT_STRLEN_BOUND(min, max)  \
+  (      -100 < (min) && (max) <     100 ? 3       \
+   :    -1000 < (min) && (max) <    1000 ? 4       \
+   :   -10000 < (min) && (max) <   10000 ? 5       \
+   :  -100000 < (min) && (max) <  100000 ? 6       \
+   : -1000000 < (min) && (max) < 1000000 ? 7       \
+   : INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) /* not a tight bound */)
+
+/* A reasonably tight bound on the length of a type-T floating value
+   formatted with ftoastr etc.  Room is needed for sign, fraction
+   digits, decimal point, "e", and exponent.  POINTLEN should be a
+   reasonably tight bound on the string length of the decimal
+   point.  */
+#define _GL_FLOAT_STRLEN_BOUND_L(t, pointlen)                          \
+  (1 + _GL_##t##_PREC_BOUND + pointlen + 1                             \
+   + _GL_FLOAT_EXPONENT_STRLEN_BOUND (t##_MIN_10_EXP, t##_MAX_10_EXP))
+#define  FLT_STRLEN_BOUND_L(pointlen) _GL_FLOAT_STRLEN_BOUND_L ( FLT, pointlen)
+#define  DBL_STRLEN_BOUND_L(pointlen) _GL_FLOAT_STRLEN_BOUND_L ( DBL, pointlen)
+#define LDBL_STRLEN_BOUND_L(pointlen) _GL_FLOAT_STRLEN_BOUND_L (LDBL, pointlen)
+
+/* Looser bounds that are locale-independent and are integral constant
+   expressions.  */
+#define  FLT_STRLEN_BOUND  FLT_STRLEN_BOUND_L (MB_LEN_MAX)
+#define  DBL_STRLEN_BOUND  DBL_STRLEN_BOUND_L (MB_LEN_MAX)
+#define LDBL_STRLEN_BOUND LDBL_STRLEN_BOUND_L (MB_LEN_MAX)
+
+/* Looser, locale-independent bounds that include the trailing null byte.  */
+#define  FLT_BUFSIZE_BOUND ( FLT_STRLEN_BOUND + 1)
+#define  DBL_BUFSIZE_BOUND ( DBL_STRLEN_BOUND + 1)
+#define LDBL_BUFSIZE_BOUND (LDBL_STRLEN_BOUND + 1)
+
+#endif /* _GL_FTOASTR_H */
diff --git a/lib/ftruncate.c b/lib/ftruncate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a9279b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ftruncate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/* ftruncate emulations for native Windows.
+   Copyright (C) 1992-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if HAVE__CHSIZE
+/* A native Windows platform.  */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T
+
+/* Large File Support: off_t is 64-bit, but _chsize() takes only a 32-bit
+   argument.  So, define a 64-bit safe SetFileSize function ourselves.  */
+
+/* Ensure that <windows.h> declares GetFileSizeEx.  */
+#  if !defined _WIN32_WINNT || (_WIN32_WINNT < _WIN32_WINNT_WIN2K)
+#   undef _WIN32_WINNT
+#   define _WIN32_WINNT _WIN32_WINNT_WIN2K
+#  endif
+
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+#  if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#   include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+#  else
+#   include <io.h>
+#  endif
+
+static BOOL
+SetFileSize (HANDLE h, LONGLONG size)
+{
+  LARGE_INTEGER old_size;
+
+  if (!GetFileSizeEx (h, &old_size))
+    return FALSE;
+
+  if (size != old_size.QuadPart)
+    {
+      /* Duplicate the handle, so we are free to modify its file position.  */
+      HANDLE curr_process = GetCurrentProcess ();
+      HANDLE tmph;
+
+      if (!DuplicateHandle (curr_process,           /* SourceProcessHandle */
+                            h,                      /* SourceHandle */
+                            curr_process,           /* TargetProcessHandle */
+                            (PHANDLE) &tmph,        /* TargetHandle */
+                            (DWORD) 0,              /* DesiredAccess */
+                            FALSE,                  /* InheritHandle */
+                            DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS)) /* Options */
+        return FALSE;
+
+      if (size < old_size.QuadPart)
+        {
+          /* Reduce the size.  */
+          LONG size_hi = (LONG) (size >> 32);
+          if (SetFilePointer (tmph, (LONG) size, &size_hi, FILE_BEGIN)
+              == INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+              && GetLastError() != NO_ERROR)
+            {
+              CloseHandle (tmph);
+              return FALSE;
+            }
+          if (!SetEndOfFile (tmph))
+            {
+              CloseHandle (tmph);
+              return FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Increase the size by adding zero bytes at the end.  */
+          static char zero_bytes[1024];
+          LONG pos_hi = 0;
+          LONG pos_lo = SetFilePointer (tmph, (LONG) 0, &pos_hi, FILE_END);
+          LONGLONG pos;
+          if (pos_lo == INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+              && GetLastError() != NO_ERROR)
+            {
+              CloseHandle (tmph);
+              return FALSE;
+            }
+          pos = ((LONGLONG) pos_hi << 32) | (ULONGLONG) (ULONG) pos_lo;
+          while (pos < size)
+            {
+              DWORD written;
+              LONGLONG count = size - pos;
+              if (count > sizeof (zero_bytes))
+                count = sizeof (zero_bytes);
+              if (!WriteFile (tmph, zero_bytes, (DWORD) count, &written, NULL)
+                  || written == 0)
+                {
+                  CloseHandle (tmph);
+                  return FALSE;
+                }
+              pos += (ULONGLONG) (ULONG) written;
+            }
+        }
+      /* Close the handle.  */
+      CloseHandle (tmph);
+    }
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
+{
+  HANDLE handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+
+  if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (length < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (!SetFileSize (handle, length))
+    {
+      switch (GetLastError ())
+        {
+        case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+          errno = EACCES;
+          break;
+        case ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL:
+        case ERROR_DISK_FULL:
+        case ERROR_DISK_TOO_FRAGMENTED:
+          errno = ENOSPC;
+          break;
+        default:
+          errno = EIO;
+          break;
+        }
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# else
+
+#  include <io.h>
+
+#  if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+#   include "msvc-inval.h"
+static int
+chsize_nothrow (int fd, long length)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _chsize (fd, length);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EBADF;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+#  else
+#   define chsize_nothrow _chsize
+#  endif
+
+int
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
+{
+  return chsize_nothrow (fd, length);
+}
+
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/fts-cycle.c b/lib/fts-cycle.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e21be78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fts-cycle.c
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/* Detect cycles in file tree walks.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include "cycle-check.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+
+/* Use each of these to map a device/inode pair to an FTSENT.  */
+struct Active_dir
+{
+  dev_t dev;
+  ino_t ino;
+  FTSENT *fts_ent;
+};
+
+static bool
+AD_compare (void const *x, void const *y)
+{
+  struct Active_dir const *ax = x;
+  struct Active_dir const *ay = y;
+  return ax->ino == ay->ino
+      && ax->dev == ay->dev;
+}
+
+static size_t
+AD_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size)
+{
+  struct Active_dir const *ax = x;
+  return (uintmax_t) ax->ino % table_size;
+}
+
+/* Set up the cycle-detection machinery.  */
+
+static bool
+setup_dir (FTS *fts)
+{
+  if (fts->fts_options & (FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK | FTS_LOGICAL))
+    {
+      enum { HT_INITIAL_SIZE = 31 };
+      fts->fts_cycle.ht = hash_initialize (HT_INITIAL_SIZE, NULL, AD_hash,
+                                           AD_compare, free);
+      if (! fts->fts_cycle.ht)
+        return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      fts->fts_cycle.state = malloc (sizeof *fts->fts_cycle.state);
+      if (! fts->fts_cycle.state)
+        return false;
+      cycle_check_init (fts->fts_cycle.state);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Enter a directory during a file tree walk.  */
+
+static bool
+enter_dir (FTS *fts, FTSENT *ent)
+{
+  if (fts->fts_options & (FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK | FTS_LOGICAL))
+    {
+      struct stat const *st = ent->fts_statp;
+      struct Active_dir *ad = malloc (sizeof *ad);
+      struct Active_dir *ad_from_table;
+
+      if (!ad)
+        return false;
+
+      ad->dev = st->st_dev;
+      ad->ino = st->st_ino;
+      ad->fts_ent = ent;
+
+      /* See if we've already encountered this directory.
+         This can happen when following symlinks as well as
+         with a corrupted directory hierarchy. */
+      ad_from_table = hash_insert (fts->fts_cycle.ht, ad);
+
+      if (ad_from_table != ad)
+        {
+          free (ad);
+          if (!ad_from_table)
+            return false;
+
+          /* There was an entry with matching dev/inode already in the table.
+             Record the fact that we've found a cycle.  */
+          ent->fts_cycle = ad_from_table->fts_ent;
+          ent->fts_info = FTS_DC;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (cycle_check (fts->fts_cycle.state, ent->fts_statp))
+        {
+          /* FIXME: setting fts_cycle like this isn't proper.
+             To do what the documentation requires, we'd have to
+             go around the cycle again and find the right entry.
+             But no callers in coreutils use the fts_cycle member. */
+          ent->fts_cycle = ent;
+          ent->fts_info = FTS_DC;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Leave a directory during a file tree walk.  */
+
+static void
+leave_dir (FTS *fts, FTSENT *ent)
+{
+  struct stat const *st = ent->fts_statp;
+  if (fts->fts_options & (FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK | FTS_LOGICAL))
+    {
+      struct Active_dir obj;
+      void *found;
+      obj.dev = st->st_dev;
+      obj.ino = st->st_ino;
+      found = hash_remove (fts->fts_cycle.ht, &obj);
+      if (!found)
+        abort ();
+      free (found);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      FTSENT *parent = ent->fts_parent;
+      if (parent != NULL && 0 <= parent->fts_level)
+        CYCLE_CHECK_REFLECT_CHDIR_UP (fts->fts_cycle.state,
+                                      *(parent->fts_statp), *st);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Free any memory used for cycle detection.  */
+
+static void
+free_dir (FTS *sp)
+{
+  if (sp->fts_options & (FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK | FTS_LOGICAL))
+    {
+      if (sp->fts_cycle.ht)
+        hash_free (sp->fts_cycle.ht);
+    }
+  else
+    free (sp->fts_cycle.state);
+}
diff --git a/lib/fts.c b/lib/fts.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..494a63a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fts.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2085 @@
+/* Traverse a file hierarchy.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined LIBC_SCCS && !defined GCC_LINT && !defined lint
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fts.c       8.6 (Berkeley) 8/14/94";
+#endif
+
+#include "fts_.h"
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <include/sys/stat.h>
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdalign.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if ! _LIBC
+# include "attribute.h"
+# include "fcntl--.h"
+# include "flexmember.h"
+# include "openat.h"
+# include "opendirat.h"
+# include "same-inode.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#ifndef _D_EXACT_NAMLEN
+# define _D_EXACT_NAMLEN(dirent) strlen ((dirent)->d_name)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
+/* True if the type of the directory entry D is known.  */
+# define DT_IS_KNOWN(d) ((d)->d_type != DT_UNKNOWN)
+/* True if the type of the directory entry D must be T.  */
+# define DT_MUST_BE(d, t) ((d)->d_type == (t))
+# define D_TYPE(d) ((d)->d_type)
+#else
+# define DT_IS_KNOWN(d) false
+# define DT_MUST_BE(d, t) false
+# define D_TYPE(d) DT_UNKNOWN
+
+# undef DT_UNKNOWN
+# define DT_UNKNOWN 0
+
+/* Any nonzero values will do here, so long as they're distinct.
+   Undef any existing macros out of the way.  */
+# undef DT_BLK
+# undef DT_CHR
+# undef DT_DIR
+# undef DT_FIFO
+# undef DT_LNK
+# undef DT_REG
+# undef DT_SOCK
+# define DT_BLK 1
+# define DT_CHR 2
+# define DT_DIR 3
+# define DT_FIFO 4
+# define DT_LNK 5
+# define DT_REG 6
+# define DT_SOCK 7
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IFLNK
+# define S_IFLNK 0
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IFSOCK
+# define S_IFSOCK 0
+#endif
+
+enum
+{
+  NOT_AN_INODE_NUMBER = 0
+};
+
+#ifdef D_INO_IN_DIRENT
+# define D_INO(dp) (dp)->d_ino
+#else
+/* Some systems don't have inodes, so fake them to avoid lots of ifdefs.  */
+# define D_INO(dp) NOT_AN_INODE_NUMBER
+#endif
+
+/* If possible (see max_entries, below), read no more than this many directory
+   entries at a time.  Without this limit (i.e., when using non-NULL
+   fts_compar), processing a directory with 4,000,000 entries requires ~1GiB
+   of memory, and handling 64M entries would require 16GiB of memory.  */
+#ifndef FTS_MAX_READDIR_ENTRIES
+# define FTS_MAX_READDIR_ENTRIES 100000
+#endif
+
+/* If there are more than this many entries in a directory,
+   and the conditions mentioned below are satisfied, then sort
+   the entries on inode number before any further processing.  */
+#ifndef FTS_INODE_SORT_DIR_ENTRIES_THRESHOLD
+# define FTS_INODE_SORT_DIR_ENTRIES_THRESHOLD 10000
+#endif
+
+enum
+{
+  _FTS_INODE_SORT_DIR_ENTRIES_THRESHOLD = FTS_INODE_SORT_DIR_ENTRIES_THRESHOLD
+};
+
+enum Fts_stat
+{
+  FTS_NO_STAT_REQUIRED = 1,
+  FTS_STAT_REQUIRED = 2
+};
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef close
+# define close __close
+# undef closedir
+# define closedir __closedir
+# undef fchdir
+# define fchdir __fchdir
+# undef open
+# define open __open
+# undef readdir
+# define readdir __readdir
+#else
+# undef internal_function
+# define internal_function /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+/* If this host provides the openat function, then we can avoid
+   attempting to open "." in some initialization code below.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_OPENAT
+# define HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT 1
+#else
+# define HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+# define fts_assert(expr) ((void) (0 && (expr)))
+#else
+# define fts_assert(expr)       \
+    do                          \
+      {                         \
+        if (!(expr))            \
+          abort ();             \
+      }                         \
+    while (false)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 7
+#  define FALLTHROUGH __attribute__ ((__fallthrough__))
+# else
+#  define FALLTHROUGH ((void) 0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+static FTSENT   *fts_alloc (FTS *, const char *, size_t) internal_function;
+static FTSENT   *fts_build (FTS *, int) internal_function;
+static void      fts_lfree (FTSENT *) internal_function;
+static void      fts_load (FTS *, FTSENT *) internal_function;
+static size_t    fts_maxarglen (char * const *) internal_function;
+static void      fts_padjust (FTS *, FTSENT *) internal_function;
+static bool      fts_palloc (FTS *, size_t) internal_function;
+static FTSENT   *fts_sort (FTS *, FTSENT *, size_t) internal_function;
+static unsigned short int fts_stat (FTS *, FTSENT *, bool) internal_function;
+static int      fts_safe_changedir (FTS *, FTSENT *, int, const char *)
+     internal_function;
+
+#include "fts-cycle.c"
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+#define ISDOT(a)        (a[0] == '.' && (!a[1] || (a[1] == '.' && !a[2])))
+#define STREQ(a, b)     (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
+
+#define CLR(opt)        (sp->fts_options &= ~(opt))
+#define ISSET(opt)      (sp->fts_options & (opt))
+#define SET(opt)        (sp->fts_options |= (opt))
+
+/* FIXME: FTS_NOCHDIR is now misnamed.
+   Call it FTS_USE_FULL_RELATIVE_FILE_NAMES instead. */
+#define FCHDIR(sp, fd)                                  \
+  (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD)             \
+                           ? (cwd_advance_fd ((sp), (fd), true), 0) \
+                           : fchdir (fd)))
+
+
+/* fts_build flags */
+/* FIXME: make this an enum */
+#define BCHILD          1               /* fts_children */
+#define BNAMES          2               /* fts_children, names only */
+#define BREAD           3               /* fts_read */
+
+#if FTS_DEBUG
+# include <inttypes.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "getcwdat.h"
+bool fts_debug = false;
+# define Dprintf(x) do { if (fts_debug) printf x; } while (false)
+#else
+# define Dprintf(x)
+# define fd_ring_check(x)
+# define fd_ring_print(a, b, c)
+#endif
+
+#define LEAVE_DIR(Fts, Ent, Tag)                                \
+  do                                                            \
+    {                                                           \
+      Dprintf (("  %s-leaving: %s\n", Tag, (Ent)->fts_path));   \
+      leave_dir (Fts, Ent);                                     \
+      fd_ring_check (Fts);                                      \
+    }                                                           \
+  while (false)
+
+static void
+fd_ring_clear (I_ring *fd_ring)
+{
+  while ( ! i_ring_empty (fd_ring))
+    {
+      int fd = i_ring_pop (fd_ring);
+      if (0 <= fd)
+        close (fd);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Overload the fts_statp->st_size member (otherwise unused, when
+   fts_info is FTS_NSOK) to indicate whether fts_read should stat
+   this entry or not.  */
+static void
+fts_set_stat_required (FTSENT *p, bool required)
+{
+  fts_assert (p->fts_info == FTS_NSOK);
+  p->fts_statp->st_size = (required
+                           ? FTS_STAT_REQUIRED
+                           : FTS_NO_STAT_REQUIRED);
+}
+
+/* Virtual fchdir.  Advance SP's working directory file descriptor,
+   SP->fts_cwd_fd, to FD, and push the previous value onto the fd_ring.
+   CHDIR_DOWN_ONE is true if FD corresponds to an entry in the directory
+   open on sp->fts_cwd_fd; i.e., to move the working directory one level
+   down.  */
+static void
+internal_function
+cwd_advance_fd (FTS *sp, int fd, bool chdir_down_one)
+{
+  int old = sp->fts_cwd_fd;
+  fts_assert (old != fd || old == AT_FDCWD);
+
+  if (chdir_down_one)
+    {
+      /* Push "old" onto the ring.
+         If the displaced file descriptor is non-negative, close it.  */
+      int prev_fd_in_slot = i_ring_push (&sp->fts_fd_ring, old);
+      fd_ring_print (sp, stderr, "post-push");
+      if (0 <= prev_fd_in_slot)
+        close (prev_fd_in_slot); /* ignore any close failure */
+    }
+  else if ( ! ISSET (FTS_NOCHDIR))
+    {
+      if (0 <= old)
+        close (old); /* ignore any close failure */
+    }
+
+  sp->fts_cwd_fd = fd;
+}
+
+/* Restore the initial, pre-traversal, "working directory".
+   In FTS_CWDFD mode, we merely call cwd_advance_fd, otherwise,
+   we may actually change the working directory.
+   Return 0 upon success. Upon failure, set errno and return nonzero.  */
+static int
+restore_initial_cwd (FTS *sp)
+{
+  int fail = FCHDIR (sp, ISSET (FTS_CWDFD) ? AT_FDCWD : sp->fts_rfd);
+  fd_ring_clear (&(sp->fts_fd_ring));
+  return fail;
+}
+
+/* Open the directory DIR if possible, and return a file
+   descriptor.  Return -1 and set errno on failure.  It doesn't matter
+   whether the file descriptor has read or write access.  */
+
+static int
+internal_function
+diropen (FTS const *sp, char const *dir)
+{
+  int open_flags = (O_SEARCH | O_CLOEXEC | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK
+                    | (ISSET (FTS_PHYSICAL) ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0));
+
+  int fd = (ISSET (FTS_CWDFD)
+            ? openat (sp->fts_cwd_fd, dir, open_flags)
+            : open (dir, open_flags));
+  return fd;
+}
+
+FTS *
+fts_open (char * const *argv,
+          register int options,
+          int (*compar) (FTSENT const **, FTSENT const **))
+{
+        register FTS *sp;
+        register FTSENT *p, *root;
+        register size_t nitems;
+        FTSENT *parent = NULL;
+        FTSENT *tmp = NULL;     /* pacify gcc */
+        bool defer_stat;
+
+        /* Options check. */
+        if (options & ~FTS_OPTIONMASK) {
+                __set_errno (EINVAL);
+                return (NULL);
+        }
+        if ((options & FTS_NOCHDIR) && (options & FTS_CWDFD)) {
+                __set_errno (EINVAL);
+                return (NULL);
+        }
+        if ( ! (options & (FTS_LOGICAL | FTS_PHYSICAL))) {
+                __set_errno (EINVAL);
+                return (NULL);
+        }
+
+        /* Allocate/initialize the stream */
+        sp = calloc (1, sizeof *sp);
+        if (sp == NULL)
+                return (NULL);
+        sp->fts_compar = compar;
+        sp->fts_options = options;
+
+        /* Logical walks turn on NOCHDIR; symbolic links are too hard. */
+        if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL)) {
+                SET(FTS_NOCHDIR);
+                CLR(FTS_CWDFD);
+        }
+
+        /* Initialize fts_cwd_fd.  */
+        sp->fts_cwd_fd = AT_FDCWD;
+        if ( ISSET(FTS_CWDFD) && ! HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT)
+          {
+            /* While it isn't technically necessary to open "." this
+               early, doing it here saves us the trouble of ensuring
+               later (where it'd be messier) that "." can in fact
+               be opened.  If not, revert to FTS_NOCHDIR mode.  */
+            int fd = open (".", O_SEARCH | O_CLOEXEC);
+            if (fd < 0)
+              {
+                /* Even if "." is unreadable, don't revert to FTS_NOCHDIR mode
+                   on systems like Linux+PROC_FS, where our openat emulation
+                   is good enough.  Note: on a system that emulates
+                   openat via /proc, this technique can still fail, but
+                   only in extreme conditions, e.g., when the working
+                   directory cannot be saved (i.e. save_cwd fails) --
+                   and that happens on Linux only when "." is unreadable
+                   and the CWD would be longer than PATH_MAX.
+                   FIXME: once Linux kernel openat support is well established,
+                   replace the above open call and this entire if/else block
+                   with the body of the if-block below.  */
+                if ( openat_needs_fchdir ())
+                  {
+                    SET(FTS_NOCHDIR);
+                    CLR(FTS_CWDFD);
+                  }
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                close (fd);
+              }
+          }
+
+        /*
+         * Start out with 1K of file name space, and enough, in any case,
+         * to hold the user's file names.
+         */
+#ifndef MAXPATHLEN
+# define MAXPATHLEN 1024
+#endif
+        {
+          size_t maxarglen = fts_maxarglen(argv);
+          if (! fts_palloc(sp, MAX(maxarglen, MAXPATHLEN)))
+                  goto mem1;
+        }
+
+        /* Allocate/initialize root's parent. */
+        if (*argv != NULL) {
+                if ((parent = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL)
+                        goto mem2;
+                parent->fts_level = FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL;
+          }
+
+        /* The classic fts implementation would call fts_stat with
+           a new entry for each iteration of the loop below.
+           If the comparison function is not specified or if the
+           FTS_DEFER_STAT option is in effect, don't stat any entry
+           in this loop.  This is an attempt to minimize the interval
+           between the initial stat/lstat/fstatat and the point at which
+           a directory argument is first opened.  This matters for any
+           directory command line argument that resides on a file system
+           without genuine i-nodes.  If you specify FTS_DEFER_STAT along
+           with a comparison function, that function must not access any
+           data via the fts_statp pointer.  */
+        defer_stat = (compar == NULL || ISSET(FTS_DEFER_STAT));
+
+        /* Allocate/initialize root(s). */
+        for (root = NULL, nitems = 0; *argv != NULL; ++argv, ++nitems) {
+                /* *Do* allow zero-length file names. */
+                size_t len = strlen(*argv);
+
+                if ( ! (options & FTS_VERBATIM))
+                  {
+                    /* If there are two or more trailing slashes, trim all but one,
+                       but don't change "//" to "/", and do map "///" to "/".  */
+                    char const *v = *argv;
+                    if (2 < len && v[len - 1] == '/')
+                      while (1 < len && v[len - 2] == '/')
+                        --len;
+                  }
+
+                if ((p = fts_alloc(sp, *argv, len)) == NULL)
+                        goto mem3;
+                p->fts_level = FTS_ROOTLEVEL;
+                p->fts_parent = parent;
+                p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name;
+                /* Even when defer_stat is true, be sure to stat the first
+                   command line argument, since fts_read (at least with
+                   FTS_XDEV) requires that.  */
+                if (defer_stat && root != NULL) {
+                        p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK;
+                        fts_set_stat_required(p, true);
+                } else {
+                        p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, false);
+                }
+
+                /*
+                 * If comparison routine supplied, traverse in sorted
+                 * order; otherwise traverse in the order specified.
+                 */
+                if (compar) {
+                        p->fts_link = root;
+                        root = p;
+                } else {
+                        p->fts_link = NULL;
+                        if (root == NULL)
+                                tmp = root = p;
+                        else {
+                                tmp->fts_link = p;
+                                tmp = p;
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        if (compar && nitems > 1)
+                root = fts_sort(sp, root, nitems);
+
+        /*
+         * Allocate a dummy pointer and make fts_read think that we've just
+         * finished the node before the root(s); set p->fts_info to FTS_INIT
+         * so that everything about the "current" node is ignored.
+         */
+        if ((sp->fts_cur = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL)
+                goto mem3;
+        sp->fts_cur->fts_link = root;
+        sp->fts_cur->fts_info = FTS_INIT;
+        sp->fts_cur->fts_level = 1;
+        if (! setup_dir (sp))
+                goto mem3;
+
+        /*
+         * If using chdir(2), grab a file descriptor pointing to dot to ensure
+         * that we can get back here; this could be avoided for some file names,
+         * but almost certainly not worth the effort.  Slashes, symbolic links,
+         * and ".." are all fairly nasty problems.  Note, if we can't get the
+         * descriptor we run anyway, just more slowly.
+         */
+        if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && !ISSET(FTS_CWDFD)
+            && (sp->fts_rfd = diropen (sp, ".")) < 0)
+                SET(FTS_NOCHDIR);
+
+        i_ring_init (&sp->fts_fd_ring, -1);
+        return (sp);
+
+mem3:   fts_lfree(root);
+        free(parent);
+mem2:   free(sp->fts_path);
+mem1:   free(sp);
+        return (NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+internal_function
+fts_load (FTS *sp, register FTSENT *p)
+{
+        register size_t len;
+        register char *cp;
+
+        /*
+         * Load the stream structure for the next traversal.  Since we don't
+         * actually enter the directory until after the preorder visit, set
+         * the fts_accpath field specially so the chdir gets done to the right
+         * place and the user can access the first node.  From fts_open it's
+         * known that the file name will fit.
+         */
+        len = p->fts_pathlen = p->fts_namelen;
+        memmove(sp->fts_path, p->fts_name, len + 1);
+        if ((cp = strrchr(p->fts_name, '/')) && (cp != p->fts_name || cp[1])) {
+                len = strlen(++cp);
+                memmove(p->fts_name, cp, len + 1);
+                p->fts_namelen = len;
+        }
+        p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path = sp->fts_path;
+}
+
+int
+fts_close (FTS *sp)
+{
+        register FTSENT *freep, *p;
+        int saved_errno = 0;
+
+        /*
+         * This still works if we haven't read anything -- the dummy structure
+         * points to the root list, so we step through to the end of the root
+         * list which has a valid parent pointer.
+         */
+        if (sp->fts_cur) {
+                for (p = sp->fts_cur; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) {
+                        freep = p;
+                        p = p->fts_link != NULL ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent;
+                        free(freep);
+                }
+                free(p);
+        }
+
+        /* Free up child linked list, sort array, file name buffer. */
+        if (sp->fts_child)
+                fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+        free(sp->fts_array);
+        free(sp->fts_path);
+
+        if (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD))
+          {
+            if (0 <= sp->fts_cwd_fd)
+              if (close (sp->fts_cwd_fd))
+                saved_errno = errno;
+          }
+        else if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR))
+          {
+            /* Return to original directory, save errno if necessary. */
+            if (fchdir(sp->fts_rfd))
+              saved_errno = errno;
+
+            /* If close fails, record errno only if saved_errno is zero,
+               so that we report the probably-more-meaningful fchdir errno.  */
+            if (close (sp->fts_rfd))
+              if (saved_errno == 0)
+                saved_errno = errno;
+          }
+
+        fd_ring_clear (&sp->fts_fd_ring);
+
+        if (sp->fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht)
+          hash_free (sp->fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht);
+
+        free_dir (sp);
+
+        /* Free up the stream pointer. */
+        free(sp);
+
+        /* Set errno and return. */
+        if (saved_errno) {
+                __set_errno (saved_errno);
+                return (-1);
+        }
+
+        return (0);
+}
+
+/* Minimum link count of a traditional Unix directory.  When leaf
+   optimization is OK and a directory's st_nlink == MIN_DIR_NLINK,
+   then the directory has no subdirectories.  */
+enum { MIN_DIR_NLINK = 2 };
+
+/* Whether leaf optimization is OK for a directory.  */
+enum leaf_optimization
+  {
+    /* st_nlink is not reliable for this directory's subdirectories.  */
+    NO_LEAF_OPTIMIZATION,
+
+    /* st_nlink == 2 means the directory lacks subdirectories.  */
+    OK_LEAF_OPTIMIZATION
+  };
+
+#if (defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__) \
+  && HAVE_SYS_VFS_H && HAVE_FSTATFS && HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_TYPE
+
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
+
+/* Linux-specific constants from coreutils' src/fs.h */
+# define S_MAGIC_AFS 0x5346414F
+# define S_MAGIC_CIFS 0xFF534D42
+# define S_MAGIC_NFS 0x6969
+# define S_MAGIC_PROC 0x9FA0
+# define S_MAGIC_TMPFS 0x1021994
+
+# ifdef HAVE___FSWORD_T
+typedef __fsword_t fsword;
+# else
+typedef long int fsword;
+# endif
+
+/* Map a stat.st_dev number to a file system type number f_ftype.  */
+struct dev_type
+{
+  dev_t st_dev;
+  fsword f_type;
+};
+
+/* Use a tiny initial size.  If a traversal encounters more than
+   a few devices, the cost of growing/rehashing this table will be
+   rendered negligible by the number of inodes processed.  */
+enum { DEV_TYPE_HT_INITIAL_SIZE = 13 };
+
+static size_t
+dev_type_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size)
+{
+  struct dev_type const *ax = x;
+  uintmax_t dev = ax->st_dev;
+  return dev % table_size;
+}
+
+static bool
+dev_type_compare (void const *x, void const *y)
+{
+  struct dev_type const *ax = x;
+  struct dev_type const *ay = y;
+  return ax->st_dev == ay->st_dev;
+}
+
+/* Return the file system type of P with file descriptor FD, or 0 if not known.
+   If FD is negative, P's file descriptor is unavailable.
+   Try to cache known values.  */
+
+static fsword
+filesystem_type (FTSENT const *p, int fd)
+{
+  FTS *sp = p->fts_fts;
+  Hash_table *h = sp->fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht;
+  struct dev_type *ent;
+  struct statfs fs_buf;
+
+  /* If we're not in CWDFD mode, don't bother with this optimization,
+     since the caller is not serious about performance.  */
+  if (!ISSET (FTS_CWDFD))
+    return 0;
+
+  if (! h)
+    h = sp->fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht
+      = hash_initialize (DEV_TYPE_HT_INITIAL_SIZE, NULL, dev_type_hash,
+                         dev_type_compare, free);
+  if (h)
+    {
+      struct dev_type tmp;
+      tmp.st_dev = p->fts_statp->st_dev;
+      ent = hash_lookup (h, &tmp);
+      if (ent)
+        return ent->f_type;
+    }
+
+  /* Look-up failed.  Query directly and cache the result.  */
+  if (fd < 0 || fstatfs (fd, &fs_buf) != 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (h)
+    {
+      struct dev_type *t2 = malloc (sizeof *t2);
+      if (t2)
+        {
+          t2->st_dev = p->fts_statp->st_dev;
+          t2->f_type = fs_buf.f_type;
+
+          ent = hash_insert (h, t2);
+          if (ent)
+            fts_assert (ent == t2);
+          else
+            free (t2);
+        }
+    }
+
+  return fs_buf.f_type;
+}
+
+/* Return true if sorting dirents on inode numbers is known to improve
+   traversal performance for the directory P with descriptor DIR_FD.
+   Return false otherwise.  When in doubt, return true.
+   DIR_FD is negative if unavailable.  */
+static bool
+dirent_inode_sort_may_be_useful (FTSENT const *p, int dir_fd)
+{
+  /* Skip the sort only if we can determine efficiently
+     that skipping it is the right thing to do.
+     The cost of performing an unnecessary sort is negligible,
+     while the cost of *not* performing it can be O(N^2) with
+     a very large constant.  */
+
+  switch (filesystem_type (p, dir_fd))
+    {
+    case S_MAGIC_CIFS:
+    case S_MAGIC_NFS:
+    case S_MAGIC_TMPFS:
+      /* On a file system of any of these types, sorting
+         is unnecessary, and hence wasteful.  */
+      return false;
+
+    default:
+      return true;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Given an FTS entry P for a directory with descriptor DIR_FD,
+   return whether it is valid to apply leaf optimization.
+   The optimization is valid if a directory's st_nlink value equal
+   to MIN_DIR_NLINK means the directory has no subdirectories.
+   DIR_FD is negative if unavailable.  */
+static enum leaf_optimization
+leaf_optimization (FTSENT const *p, int dir_fd)
+{
+  switch (filesystem_type (p, dir_fd))
+    {
+    case 0:
+      /* Leaf optimization is unsafe if the file system type is unknown.  */
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case S_MAGIC_AFS:
+      /* Although AFS mount points are not counted in st_nlink, they
+         act like directories.  See <https://bugs.debian.org/143111>.  */
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case S_MAGIC_CIFS:
+      /* Leaf optimization causes 'find' to abort.  See
+         <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2018-04/msg00015.html>.  */
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case S_MAGIC_NFS:
+      /* NFS provides usable dirent.d_type but not necessarily for all entries
+         of large directories, so as per <https://bugzilla.redhat.com/1252549>
+         NFS should return true.  However st_nlink values are not accurate on
+         all implementations as per <https://bugzilla.redhat.com/1299169>.  */
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case S_MAGIC_PROC:
+      /* Per <https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=143111> /proc
+         may have bogus stat.st_nlink values.  */
+      return NO_LEAF_OPTIMIZATION;
+
+    default:
+      return OK_LEAF_OPTIMIZATION;
+    }
+}
+
+#else
+static bool
+dirent_inode_sort_may_be_useful (_GL_UNUSED FTSENT const *p,
+                                 _GL_UNUSED int dir_fd)
+{
+  return true;
+}
+static enum leaf_optimization
+leaf_optimization (_GL_UNUSED FTSENT const *p, _GL_UNUSED int dir_fd)
+{
+  return NO_LEAF_OPTIMIZATION;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Special case of "/" at the end of the file name so that slashes aren't
+ * appended which would cause file names to be written as "....//foo".
+ */
+#define NAPPEND(p)                                                      \
+        (p->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen - 1] == '/'                         \
+            ? p->fts_pathlen - 1 : p->fts_pathlen)
+
+FTSENT *
+fts_read (register FTS *sp)
+{
+        register FTSENT *p, *tmp;
+        register unsigned short int instr;
+        register char *t;
+
+        /* If finished or unrecoverable error, return NULL. */
+        if (sp->fts_cur == NULL || ISSET(FTS_STOP))
+                return (NULL);
+
+        /* Set current node pointer. */
+        p = sp->fts_cur;
+
+        /* Save and zero out user instructions. */
+        instr = p->fts_instr;
+        p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR;
+
+        /* Any type of file may be re-visited; re-stat and re-turn. */
+        if (instr == FTS_AGAIN) {
+                p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, false);
+                return (p);
+        }
+        Dprintf (("fts_read: p=%s\n",
+                  p->fts_info == FTS_INIT ? "" : p->fts_path));
+
+        /*
+         * Following a symlink -- SLNONE test allows application to see
+         * SLNONE and recover.  If indirecting through a symlink, have
+         * keep a pointer to current location.  If unable to get that
+         * pointer, follow fails.
+         */
+        if (instr == FTS_FOLLOW &&
+            (p->fts_info == FTS_SL || p->fts_info == FTS_SLNONE)) {
+                p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, true);
+                if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+                        if ((p->fts_symfd = diropen (sp, ".")) < 0) {
+                                p->fts_errno = errno;
+                                p->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+                        } else
+                                p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW;
+                }
+                goto check_for_dir;
+        }
+
+        /* Directory in pre-order. */
+        if (p->fts_info == FTS_D) {
+                /* If skipped or crossed mount point, do post-order visit. */
+                if (instr == FTS_SKIP ||
+                    (ISSET(FTS_XDEV) && p->fts_statp->st_dev != sp->fts_dev)) {
+                        if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW)
+                                (void)close(p->fts_symfd);
+                        if (sp->fts_child) {
+                                fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+                                sp->fts_child = NULL;
+                        }
+                        p->fts_info = FTS_DP;
+                        LEAVE_DIR (sp, p, "1");
+                        return (p);
+                }
+
+                /* Rebuild if only read the names and now traversing. */
+                if (sp->fts_child != NULL && ISSET(FTS_NAMEONLY)) {
+                        CLR(FTS_NAMEONLY);
+                        fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+                        sp->fts_child = NULL;
+                }
+
+                /*
+                 * Cd to the subdirectory.
+                 *
+                 * If have already read and now fail to chdir, whack the list
+                 * to make the names come out right, and set the parent errno
+                 * so the application will eventually get an error condition.
+                 * Set the FTS_DONTCHDIR flag so that when we logically change
+                 * directories back to the parent we don't do a chdir.
+                 *
+                 * If haven't read do so.  If the read fails, fts_build sets
+                 * FTS_STOP or the fts_info field of the node.
+                 */
+                if (sp->fts_child != NULL) {
+                        if (fts_safe_changedir(sp, p, -1, p->fts_accpath)) {
+                                p->fts_errno = errno;
+                                p->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR;
+                                for (p = sp->fts_child; p != NULL;
+                                     p = p->fts_link)
+                                        p->fts_accpath =
+                                            p->fts_parent->fts_accpath;
+                        }
+                } else if ((sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, BREAD)) == NULL) {
+                        if (ISSET(FTS_STOP))
+                                return (NULL);
+                        /* If fts_build's call to fts_safe_changedir failed
+                           because it was not able to fchdir into a
+                           subdirectory, tell the caller.  */
+                        if (p->fts_errno && p->fts_info != FTS_DNR)
+                                p->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+                        LEAVE_DIR (sp, p, "2");
+                        return (p);
+                }
+                p = sp->fts_child;
+                sp->fts_child = NULL;
+                goto name;
+        }
+
+        /* Move to the next node on this level. */
+next:   tmp = p;
+
+        /* If we have so many directory entries that we're reading them
+           in batches, and we've reached the end of the current batch,
+           read in a new batch.  */
+        if (p->fts_link == NULL && p->fts_parent->fts_dirp)
+          {
+            p = tmp->fts_parent;
+            sp->fts_cur = p;
+            sp->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen] = '\0';
+
+            if ((p = fts_build (sp, BREAD)) == NULL)
+              {
+                if (ISSET(FTS_STOP))
+                  return NULL;
+                goto cd_dot_dot;
+              }
+
+            free(tmp);
+            goto name;
+          }
+
+        if ((p = p->fts_link) != NULL) {
+                sp->fts_cur = p;
+                free(tmp);
+
+                /*
+                 * If reached the top, return to the original directory (or
+                 * the root of the tree), and load the file names for the next
+                 * root.
+                 */
+                if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) {
+                        if (restore_initial_cwd(sp)) {
+                                SET(FTS_STOP);
+                                return (NULL);
+                        }
+                        free_dir(sp);
+                        fts_load(sp, p);
+                        setup_dir(sp);
+                        goto check_for_dir;
+                }
+
+                /*
+                 * User may have called fts_set on the node.  If skipped,
+                 * ignore.  If followed, get a file descriptor so we can
+                 * get back if necessary.
+                 */
+                if (p->fts_instr == FTS_SKIP)
+                        goto next;
+                if (p->fts_instr == FTS_FOLLOW) {
+                        p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, true);
+                        if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+                                if ((p->fts_symfd = diropen (sp, ".")) < 0) {
+                                        p->fts_errno = errno;
+                                        p->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+                                } else
+                                        p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW;
+                        }
+                        p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR;
+                }
+
+name:           t = sp->fts_path + NAPPEND(p->fts_parent);
+                *t++ = '/';
+                memmove(t, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1);
+check_for_dir:
+                sp->fts_cur = p;
+                if (p->fts_info == FTS_NSOK)
+                  {
+                    if (p->fts_statp->st_size == FTS_STAT_REQUIRED)
+                      p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, false);
+                    else
+                      fts_assert (p->fts_statp->st_size == FTS_NO_STAT_REQUIRED);
+                  }
+
+                if (p->fts_info == FTS_D)
+                  {
+                    /* Now that P->fts_statp is guaranteed to be valid,
+                       if this is a command-line directory, record its
+                       device number, to be used for FTS_XDEV.  */
+                    if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL)
+                      sp->fts_dev = p->fts_statp->st_dev;
+                    Dprintf (("  entering: %s\n", p->fts_path));
+                    if (! enter_dir (sp, p))
+                      {
+                        __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+                        return NULL;
+                      }
+                  }
+                return p;
+        }
+cd_dot_dot:
+
+        /* Move up to the parent node. */
+        p = tmp->fts_parent;
+        sp->fts_cur = p;
+        free(tmp);
+
+        if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL) {
+                /*
+                 * Done; free everything up and set errno to 0 so the user
+                 * can distinguish between error and EOF.
+                 */
+                free(p);
+                __set_errno (0);
+                return (sp->fts_cur = NULL);
+        }
+
+        fts_assert (p->fts_info != FTS_NSOK);
+
+        /* NUL terminate the file name.  */
+        sp->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen] = '\0';
+
+        /*
+         * Return to the parent directory.  If at a root node, restore
+         * the initial working directory.  If we came through a symlink,
+         * go back through the file descriptor.  Otherwise, move up
+         * one level, via "..".
+         */
+        if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) {
+                if (restore_initial_cwd(sp)) {
+                        p->fts_errno = errno;
+                        SET(FTS_STOP);
+                }
+        } else if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW) {
+                if (FCHDIR(sp, p->fts_symfd)) {
+                        p->fts_errno = errno;
+                        SET(FTS_STOP);
+                }
+                (void)close(p->fts_symfd);
+        } else if (!(p->fts_flags & FTS_DONTCHDIR) &&
+                   fts_safe_changedir(sp, p->fts_parent, -1, "..")) {
+                p->fts_errno = errno;
+                SET(FTS_STOP);
+        }
+
+        /* If the directory causes a cycle, preserve the FTS_DC flag and keep
+           the corresponding dev/ino pair in the hash table.  It is going to be
+           removed when leaving the original directory.  */
+        if (p->fts_info != FTS_DC) {
+                p->fts_info = p->fts_errno ? FTS_ERR : FTS_DP;
+                if (p->fts_errno == 0)
+                        LEAVE_DIR (sp, p, "3");
+        }
+        return ISSET(FTS_STOP) ? NULL : p;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fts_set takes the stream as an argument although it's not used in this
+ * implementation; it would be necessary if anyone wanted to add global
+ * semantics to fts using fts_set.  An error return is allowed for similar
+ * reasons.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+fts_set(_GL_UNUSED FTS *sp, FTSENT *p, int instr)
+{
+        if (instr != 0 && instr != FTS_AGAIN && instr != FTS_FOLLOW &&
+            instr != FTS_NOINSTR && instr != FTS_SKIP) {
+                __set_errno (EINVAL);
+                return (1);
+        }
+        p->fts_instr = instr;
+        return (0);
+}
+
+FTSENT *
+fts_children (register FTS *sp, int instr)
+{
+        register FTSENT *p;
+        int fd;
+
+        if (instr != 0 && instr != FTS_NAMEONLY) {
+                __set_errno (EINVAL);
+                return (NULL);
+        }
+
+        /* Set current node pointer. */
+        p = sp->fts_cur;
+
+        /*
+         * Errno set to 0 so user can distinguish empty directory from
+         * an error.
+         */
+        __set_errno (0);
+
+        /* Fatal errors stop here. */
+        if (ISSET(FTS_STOP))
+                return (NULL);
+
+        /* Return logical hierarchy of user's arguments. */
+        if (p->fts_info == FTS_INIT)
+                return (p->fts_link);
+
+        /*
+         * If not a directory being visited in pre-order, stop here.  Could
+         * allow FTS_DNR, assuming the user has fixed the problem, but the
+         * same effect is available with FTS_AGAIN.
+         */
+        if (p->fts_info != FTS_D /* && p->fts_info != FTS_DNR */)
+                return (NULL);
+
+        /* Free up any previous child list. */
+        if (sp->fts_child != NULL)
+                fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+
+        if (instr == FTS_NAMEONLY) {
+                SET(FTS_NAMEONLY);
+                instr = BNAMES;
+        } else
+                instr = BCHILD;
+
+        /*
+         * If using chdir on a relative file name and called BEFORE fts_read
+         * does its chdir to the root of a traversal, we can lose -- we need to
+         * chdir into the subdirectory, and we don't know where the current
+         * directory is, so we can't get back so that the upcoming chdir by
+         * fts_read will work.
+         */
+        if (p->fts_level != FTS_ROOTLEVEL || p->fts_accpath[0] == '/' ||
+            ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR))
+                return (sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr));
+
+        if ((fd = diropen (sp, ".")) < 0)
+                return (sp->fts_child = NULL);
+        sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr);
+        if (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD))
+          {
+            cwd_advance_fd (sp, fd, true);
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            if (fchdir(fd))
+              {
+                int saved_errno = errno;
+                close (fd);
+                __set_errno (saved_errno);
+                return NULL;
+              }
+            close (fd);
+          }
+        return (sp->fts_child);
+}
+
+/* A comparison function to sort on increasing inode number.
+   For some file system types, sorting either way makes a huge
+   performance difference for a directory with very many entries,
+   but sorting on increasing values is slightly better than sorting
+   on decreasing values.  The difference is in the 5% range.  */
+static int
+fts_compare_ino (struct _ftsent const **a, struct _ftsent const **b)
+{
+  return _GL_CMP (a[0]->fts_statp->st_ino, b[0]->fts_statp->st_ino);
+}
+
+/* Map the dirent.d_type value, DTYPE, to the corresponding stat.st_mode
+   S_IF* bit and set ST.st_mode, thus clearing all other bits in that field.  */
+static void
+set_stat_type (struct stat *st, unsigned int dtype)
+{
+  mode_t type;
+  switch (dtype)
+    {
+    case DT_BLK:
+      type = S_IFBLK;
+      break;
+    case DT_CHR:
+      type = S_IFCHR;
+      break;
+    case DT_DIR:
+      type = S_IFDIR;
+      break;
+    case DT_FIFO:
+      type = S_IFIFO;
+      break;
+    case DT_LNK:
+      type = S_IFLNK;
+      break;
+    case DT_REG:
+      type = S_IFREG;
+      break;
+    case DT_SOCK:
+      type = S_IFSOCK;
+      break;
+    default:
+      type = 0;
+    }
+  st->st_mode = type;
+}
+
+#define closedir_and_clear(dirp)                \
+  do                                            \
+    {                                           \
+      closedir (dirp);                          \
+      dirp = NULL;                              \
+    }                                           \
+  while (0)
+
+#define fts_opendir(file, Pdir_fd)                              \
+        opendirat((! ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && ISSET(FTS_CWDFD)     \
+                   ? sp->fts_cwd_fd : AT_FDCWD),                \
+                  file,                                         \
+                  (((ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL)                        \
+                     && ! (ISSET(FTS_COMFOLLOW)                 \
+                           && cur->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL)) \
+                    ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0)),                         \
+                  Pdir_fd)
+
+/*
+ * This is the tricky part -- do not casually change *anything* in here.  The
+ * idea is to build the linked list of entries that are used by fts_children
+ * and fts_read.  There are lots of special cases.
+ *
+ * The real slowdown in walking the tree is the stat calls.  If FTS_NOSTAT is
+ * set and it's a physical walk (so that symbolic links can't be directories),
+ * we can do things quickly.  First, if it's a 4.4BSD file system, the type
+ * of the file is in the directory entry.  Otherwise, we assume that the number
+ * of subdirectories in a node is equal to the number of links to the parent.
+ * The former skips all stat calls.  The latter skips stat calls in any leaf
+ * directories and for any files after the subdirectories in the directory have
+ * been found, cutting the stat calls by about 2/3.
+ */
+static FTSENT *
+internal_function
+fts_build (register FTS *sp, int type)
+{
+        register FTSENT *p, *head;
+        register size_t nitems;
+        FTSENT *tail;
+        void *oldaddr;
+        int saved_errno;
+        bool descend;
+        bool doadjust;
+        ptrdiff_t level;
+        size_t len, maxlen, new_len;
+        char *cp;
+        int dir_fd;
+        FTSENT *cur = sp->fts_cur;
+        bool continue_readdir = !!cur->fts_dirp;
+        bool sort_by_inode = false;
+        size_t max_entries;
+
+        /* When cur->fts_dirp is non-NULL, that means we should
+           continue calling readdir on that existing DIR* pointer
+           rather than opening a new one.  */
+        if (continue_readdir)
+          {
+            DIR *dp = cur->fts_dirp;
+            dir_fd = dirfd (dp);
+            if (dir_fd < 0)
+              {
+                closedir_and_clear (cur->fts_dirp);
+                if (type == BREAD)
+                  {
+                    cur->fts_info = FTS_DNR;
+                    cur->fts_errno = errno;
+                  }
+                return NULL;
+              }
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            /* Open the directory for reading.  If this fails, we're done.
+               If being called from fts_read, set the fts_info field. */
+            if ((cur->fts_dirp = fts_opendir(cur->fts_accpath, &dir_fd)) == NULL)
+              {
+                if (type == BREAD)
+                  {
+                    cur->fts_info = FTS_DNR;
+                    cur->fts_errno = errno;
+                  }
+                return NULL;
+              }
+            /* Rather than calling fts_stat for each and every entry encountered
+               in the readdir loop (below), stat each directory only right after
+               opening it.  */
+            if (cur->fts_info == FTS_NSOK)
+              cur->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, cur, false);
+            else if (sp->fts_options & FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK)
+              {
+                /* Now read the stat info again after opening a directory to
+                   reveal eventual changes caused by a submount triggered by
+                   the traversal.  But do it only for utilities which use
+                   FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK.  Therefore, only find and du
+                   benefit/suffer from this feature for now.  */
+                LEAVE_DIR (sp, cur, "4");
+                fts_stat (sp, cur, false);
+                if (! enter_dir (sp, cur))
+                  {
+                    __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+                    return NULL;
+                  }
+              }
+          }
+
+        /* Maximum number of readdir entries to read at one time.  This
+           limitation is to avoid reading millions of entries into memory
+           at once.  When an fts_compar function is specified, we have no
+           choice: we must read all entries into memory before calling that
+           function.  But when no such function is specified, we can read
+           entries in batches that are large enough to help us with inode-
+           sorting, yet not so large that we risk exhausting memory.  */
+        max_entries = sp->fts_compar ? SIZE_MAX : FTS_MAX_READDIR_ENTRIES;
+
+        /*
+         * If we're going to need to stat anything or we want to descend
+         * and stay in the directory, chdir.  If this fails we keep going,
+         * but set a flag so we don't chdir after the post-order visit.
+         * We won't be able to stat anything, but we can still return the
+         * names themselves.  Note, that since fts_read won't be able to
+         * chdir into the directory, it will have to return different file
+         * names than before, i.e. "a/b" instead of "b".  Since the node
+         * has already been visited in pre-order, have to wait until the
+         * post-order visit to return the error.  There is a special case
+         * here, if there was nothing to stat then it's not an error to
+         * not be able to stat.  This is all fairly nasty.  If a program
+         * needed sorted entries or stat information, they had better be
+         * checking FTS_NS on the returned nodes.
+         */
+        if (continue_readdir)
+          {
+            /* When resuming a short readdir run, we already have
+               the required dirp and dir_fd.  */
+            descend = true;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            /* Try to descend unless it is a names-only fts_children,
+               or the directory is known to lack subdirectories.  */
+            descend = (type != BNAMES
+                       && ! (ISSET (FTS_NOSTAT) && ISSET (FTS_PHYSICAL)
+                             && ! ISSET (FTS_SEEDOT)
+                             && cur->fts_statp->st_nlink == MIN_DIR_NLINK
+                             && (leaf_optimization (cur, dir_fd)
+                                 != NO_LEAF_OPTIMIZATION)));
+            if (descend || type == BREAD)
+              {
+                if (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD))
+                  dir_fd = fcntl (dir_fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+                if (dir_fd < 0 || fts_safe_changedir(sp, cur, dir_fd, NULL)) {
+                        if (descend && type == BREAD)
+                                cur->fts_errno = errno;
+                        cur->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR;
+                        descend = false;
+                        closedir_and_clear(cur->fts_dirp);
+                        if (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD) && 0 <= dir_fd)
+                                close (dir_fd);
+                        cur->fts_dirp = NULL;
+                } else
+                        descend = true;
+              }
+          }
+
+        /*
+         * Figure out the max file name length that can be stored in the
+         * current buffer -- the inner loop allocates more space as necessary.
+         * We really wouldn't have to do the maxlen calculations here, we
+         * could do them in fts_read before returning the name, but it's a
+         * lot easier here since the length is part of the dirent structure.
+         *
+         * If not changing directories set a pointer so that can just append
+         * each new component into the file name.
+         */
+        len = NAPPEND(cur);
+        if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+                cp = sp->fts_path + len;
+                *cp++ = '/';
+        } else {
+                /* GCC, you're too verbose. */
+                cp = NULL;
+        }
+        len++;
+        maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - len;
+
+        level = cur->fts_level + 1;
+
+        /* Read the directory, attaching each entry to the "link" pointer. */
+        doadjust = false;
+        head = NULL;
+        tail = NULL;
+        nitems = 0;
+        while (cur->fts_dirp) {
+                size_t d_namelen;
+                __set_errno (0);
+                struct dirent *dp = readdir(cur->fts_dirp);
+                if (dp == NULL) {
+                        if (errno) {
+                                cur->fts_errno = errno;
+                                /* If we've not read any items yet, treat
+                                   the error as if we can't access the dir.  */
+                                cur->fts_info = (continue_readdir || nitems)
+                                                ? FTS_ERR : FTS_DNR;
+                        }
+                        break;
+                }
+                if (!ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) && ISDOT(dp->d_name))
+                        continue;
+
+                d_namelen = _D_EXACT_NAMLEN (dp);
+                p = fts_alloc (sp, dp->d_name, d_namelen);
+                if (!p)
+                        goto mem1;
+                if (d_namelen >= maxlen) {
+                        /* include space for NUL */
+                        oldaddr = sp->fts_path;
+                        if (! fts_palloc(sp, d_namelen + len + 1)) {
+                                /*
+                                 * No more memory.  Save
+                                 * errno, free up the current structure and the
+                                 * structures already allocated.
+                                 */
+mem1:                           saved_errno = errno;
+                                free(p);
+                                fts_lfree(head);
+                                closedir_and_clear(cur->fts_dirp);
+                                cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+                                SET(FTS_STOP);
+                                __set_errno (saved_errno);
+                                return (NULL);
+                        }
+                        /* Did realloc() change the pointer? */
+                        if (oldaddr != sp->fts_path) {
+                                doadjust = true;
+                                if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR))
+                                        cp = sp->fts_path + len;
+                        }
+                        maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - len;
+                }
+
+                new_len = len + d_namelen;
+                if (new_len < len) {
+                        /*
+                         * In the unlikely event that we would end up
+                         * with a file name longer than SIZE_MAX, free up
+                         * the current structure and the structures already
+                         * allocated, then error out with ENAMETOOLONG.
+                         */
+                        free(p);
+                        fts_lfree(head);
+                        closedir_and_clear(cur->fts_dirp);
+                        cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+                        SET(FTS_STOP);
+                        __set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
+                        return (NULL);
+                }
+                p->fts_level = level;
+                p->fts_parent = sp->fts_cur;
+                p->fts_pathlen = new_len;
+
+                /* Store dirent.d_ino, in case we need to sort
+                   entries before processing them.  */
+                p->fts_statp->st_ino = D_INO (dp);
+
+                /* Build a file name for fts_stat to stat. */
+                if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+                        p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path;
+                        memmove(cp, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1);
+                } else
+                        p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name;
+
+                if (sp->fts_compar == NULL || ISSET(FTS_DEFER_STAT)) {
+                        /* Record what fts_read will have to do with this
+                           entry. In many cases, it will simply fts_stat it,
+                           but we can take advantage of any d_type information
+                           to optimize away the unnecessary stat calls.  I.e.,
+                           if FTS_NOSTAT is in effect and we're not following
+                           symlinks (FTS_PHYSICAL) and d_type indicates this
+                           is *not* a directory, then we won't have to stat it
+                           at all.  If it *is* a directory, then (currently)
+                           we stat it regardless, in order to get device and
+                           inode numbers.  Some day we might optimize that
+                           away, too, for directories where d_ino is known to
+                           be valid.  */
+                        bool skip_stat = (ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT)
+                                          && DT_IS_KNOWN(dp)
+                                          && ! DT_MUST_BE(dp, DT_DIR)
+                                          && (ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL)
+                                              || ! DT_MUST_BE(dp, DT_LNK)));
+                        p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK;
+                        /* Propagate dirent.d_type information back
+                           to caller, when possible.  */
+                        set_stat_type (p->fts_statp, D_TYPE (dp));
+                        fts_set_stat_required(p, !skip_stat);
+                } else {
+                        p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, false);
+                }
+
+                /* We walk in directory order so "ls -f" doesn't get upset. */
+                p->fts_link = NULL;
+                if (head == NULL)
+                        head = tail = p;
+                else {
+                        tail->fts_link = p;
+                        tail = p;
+                }
+
+                /* If there are many entries, no sorting function has been
+                   specified, and this file system is of a type that may be
+                   slow with a large number of entries, arrange to sort the
+                   directory entries on increasing inode numbers.
+
+                   The NITEMS comparison uses ==, not >, because the test
+                   needs to be tried at most once once, and NITEMS will exceed
+                   the threshold after it is incremented below.  */
+                if (nitems == _FTS_INODE_SORT_DIR_ENTRIES_THRESHOLD
+                    && !sp->fts_compar)
+                  sort_by_inode = dirent_inode_sort_may_be_useful (cur, dir_fd);
+
+                ++nitems;
+                if (max_entries <= nitems) {
+                        /* When there are too many dir entries, leave
+                           fts_dirp open, so that a subsequent fts_read
+                           can take up where we leave off.  */
+                        goto break_without_closedir;
+                }
+        }
+
+        if (cur->fts_dirp)
+                closedir_and_clear(cur->fts_dirp);
+
+ break_without_closedir:
+
+        /*
+         * If realloc() changed the address of the file name, adjust the
+         * addresses for the rest of the tree and the dir list.
+         */
+        if (doadjust)
+                fts_padjust(sp, head);
+
+        /*
+         * If not changing directories, reset the file name back to original
+         * state.
+         */
+        if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+                if (len == sp->fts_pathlen || nitems == 0)
+                        --cp;
+                *cp = '\0';
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * If descended after called from fts_children or after called from
+         * fts_read and nothing found, get back.  At the root level we use
+         * the saved fd; if one of fts_open()'s arguments is a relative name
+         * to an empty directory, we wind up here with no other way back.  If
+         * can't get back, we're done.
+         */
+        if (!continue_readdir && descend && (type == BCHILD || !nitems) &&
+            (cur->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL
+             ? restore_initial_cwd(sp)
+             : fts_safe_changedir(sp, cur->fts_parent, -1, ".."))) {
+                cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+                SET(FTS_STOP);
+                fts_lfree(head);
+                return (NULL);
+        }
+
+        /* If didn't find anything, return NULL. */
+        if (!nitems) {
+                if (type == BREAD
+                    && cur->fts_info != FTS_DNR && cur->fts_info != FTS_ERR)
+                        cur->fts_info = FTS_DP;
+                fts_lfree(head);
+                return (NULL);
+        }
+
+        if (sort_by_inode) {
+                sp->fts_compar = fts_compare_ino;
+                head = fts_sort (sp, head, nitems);
+                sp->fts_compar = NULL;
+        }
+
+        /* Sort the entries. */
+        if (sp->fts_compar && nitems > 1)
+                head = fts_sort(sp, head, nitems);
+        return (head);
+}
+
+#if FTS_DEBUG
+
+/* Walk ->fts_parent links starting at E_CURR, until the root of the
+   current hierarchy.  There should be a directory with dev/inode
+   matching those of AD.  If not, print a lot of diagnostics.  */
+static void
+find_matching_ancestor (FTSENT const *e_curr, struct Active_dir const *ad)
+{
+  FTSENT const *ent;
+  for (ent = e_curr; ent->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL; ent = ent->fts_parent)
+    {
+      if (ad->ino == ent->fts_statp->st_ino
+          && ad->dev == ent->fts_statp->st_dev)
+        return;
+    }
+  printf ("ERROR: tree dir, %s, not active\n", ad->fts_ent->fts_accpath);
+  printf ("active dirs:\n");
+  for (ent = e_curr;
+       ent->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL; ent = ent->fts_parent)
+    printf ("  %s(%"PRIuMAX"/%"PRIuMAX") to %s(%"PRIuMAX"/%"PRIuMAX")...\n",
+            ad->fts_ent->fts_accpath,
+            (uintmax_t) ad->dev,
+            (uintmax_t) ad->ino,
+            ent->fts_accpath,
+            (uintmax_t) ent->fts_statp->st_dev,
+            (uintmax_t) ent->fts_statp->st_ino);
+}
+
+void
+fts_cross_check (FTS const *sp)
+{
+  FTSENT const *ent = sp->fts_cur;
+  FTSENT const *t;
+  if ( ! ISSET (FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK))
+    return;
+
+  Dprintf (("fts-cross-check cur=%s\n", ent->fts_path));
+  /* Make sure every parent dir is in the tree.  */
+  for (t = ent->fts_parent; t->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL; t = t->fts_parent)
+    {
+      struct Active_dir ad;
+      ad.ino = t->fts_statp->st_ino;
+      ad.dev = t->fts_statp->st_dev;
+      if ( ! hash_lookup (sp->fts_cycle.ht, &ad))
+        printf ("ERROR: active dir, %s, not in tree\n", t->fts_path);
+    }
+
+  /* Make sure every dir in the tree is an active dir.
+     But ENT is not necessarily a directory.  If so, just skip this part. */
+  if (ent->fts_parent->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL
+      && (ent->fts_info == FTS_DP
+          || ent->fts_info == FTS_D))
+    {
+      struct Active_dir *ad;
+      for (ad = hash_get_first (sp->fts_cycle.ht); ad != NULL;
+           ad = hash_get_next (sp->fts_cycle.ht, ad))
+        {
+          find_matching_ancestor (ent, ad);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static bool
+same_fd (int fd1, int fd2)
+{
+  struct stat sb1, sb2;
+  return (fstat (fd1, &sb1) == 0
+          && fstat (fd2, &sb2) == 0
+          && SAME_INODE (sb1, sb2));
+}
+
+static void
+fd_ring_print (FTS const *sp, FILE *stream, char const *msg)
+{
+  I_ring const *fd_ring = &sp->fts_fd_ring;
+  unsigned int i = fd_ring->fts_front;
+  char *cwd = getcwdat (sp->fts_cwd_fd, NULL, 0);
+  fprintf (stream, "=== %s ========== %s\n", msg, cwd);
+  free (cwd);
+  if (i_ring_empty (fd_ring))
+    return;
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      int fd = fd_ring->fts_fd_ring[i];
+      if (fd < 0)
+        fprintf (stream, "%d: %d:\n", i, fd);
+      else
+        {
+          char *wd = getcwdat (fd, NULL, 0);
+          fprintf (stream, "%d: %d: %s\n", i, fd, wd);
+          free (wd);
+        }
+      if (i == fd_ring->fts_back)
+        break;
+      i = (i + I_RING_SIZE - 1) % I_RING_SIZE;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Ensure that each file descriptor on the fd_ring matches a
+   parent, grandparent, etc. of the current working directory.  */
+static void
+fd_ring_check (FTS const *sp)
+{
+  if (!fts_debug)
+    return;
+
+  /* Make a writable copy.  */
+  I_ring fd_w = sp->fts_fd_ring;
+
+  int cwd_fd = sp->fts_cwd_fd;
+  cwd_fd = fcntl (cwd_fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+  char *dot = getcwdat (cwd_fd, NULL, 0);
+  error (0, 0, "===== check ===== cwd: %s", dot);
+  free (dot);
+  while ( ! i_ring_empty (&fd_w))
+    {
+      int fd = i_ring_pop (&fd_w);
+      if (0 <= fd)
+        {
+          int open_flags = O_SEARCH | O_CLOEXEC;
+          int parent_fd = openat (cwd_fd, "..", open_flags);
+          if (parent_fd < 0)
+            {
+              // Warn?
+              break;
+            }
+          if (!same_fd (fd, parent_fd))
+            {
+              char *cwd = getcwdat (fd, NULL, 0);
+              error (0, errno, "ring  : %s", cwd);
+              char *c2 = getcwdat (parent_fd, NULL, 0);
+              error (0, errno, "parent: %s", c2);
+              free (cwd);
+              free (c2);
+              fts_assert (0);
+            }
+          close (cwd_fd);
+          cwd_fd = parent_fd;
+        }
+    }
+  close (cwd_fd);
+}
+#endif
+
+static unsigned short int
+internal_function
+fts_stat(FTS *sp, register FTSENT *p, bool follow)
+{
+        struct stat *sbp = p->fts_statp;
+
+        if (ISSET (FTS_LOGICAL)
+            || (ISSET (FTS_COMFOLLOW) && p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL))
+                follow = true;
+
+        /*
+         * If doing a logical walk, or application requested FTS_FOLLOW, do
+         * a stat(2).  If that fails, check for a non-existent symlink.  If
+         * fail, set the errno from the stat call.
+         */
+        int flags = follow ? 0 : AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW;
+        if (fstatat (sp->fts_cwd_fd, p->fts_accpath, sbp, flags) < 0)
+          {
+            if (follow && errno == ENOENT
+                && 0 <= fstatat (sp->fts_cwd_fd, p->fts_accpath, sbp,
+                                 AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW))
+              {
+                __set_errno (0);
+                return FTS_SLNONE;
+              }
+
+            p->fts_errno = errno;
+            memset (sbp, 0, sizeof *sbp);
+            return FTS_NS;
+          }
+
+        if (S_ISDIR(sbp->st_mode)) {
+                if (ISDOT(p->fts_name)) {
+                        /* Command-line "." and ".." are real directories. */
+                        return (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL ? FTS_D : FTS_DOT);
+                }
+
+                return (FTS_D);
+        }
+        if (S_ISLNK(sbp->st_mode))
+                return (FTS_SL);
+        if (S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode))
+                return (FTS_F);
+        return (FTS_DEFAULT);
+}
+
+static int
+fts_compar (void const *a, void const *b)
+{
+  /* Convert A and B to the correct types, to pacify the compiler, and
+     for portability to bizarre hosts where "void const *" and "FTSENT
+     const **" differ in runtime representation.  The comparison
+     function cannot modify *a and *b, but there is no compile-time
+     check for this.  */
+  FTSENT const **pa = (FTSENT const **) a;
+  FTSENT const **pb = (FTSENT const **) b;
+  return pa[0]->fts_fts->fts_compar (pa, pb);
+}
+
+static FTSENT *
+internal_function
+fts_sort (FTS *sp, FTSENT *head, register size_t nitems)
+{
+        register FTSENT **ap, *p;
+
+        /* On most modern hosts, void * and FTSENT ** have the same
+           run-time representation, and one can convert sp->fts_compar to
+           the type qsort expects without problem.  Use the heuristic that
+           this is OK if the two pointer types are the same size, and if
+           converting FTSENT ** to long int is the same as converting
+           FTSENT ** to void * and then to long int.  This heuristic isn't
+           valid in general but we don't know of any counterexamples.  */
+        FTSENT *dummy;
+        int (*compare) (void const *, void const *) =
+          ((sizeof &dummy == sizeof (void *)
+            && (long int) &dummy == (long int) (void *) &dummy)
+           ? (int (*) (void const *, void const *)) sp->fts_compar
+           : fts_compar);
+
+        /*
+         * Construct an array of pointers to the structures and call qsort(3).
+         * Reassemble the array in the order returned by qsort.  If unable to
+         * sort for memory reasons, return the directory entries in their
+         * current order.  Allocate enough space for the current needs plus
+         * 40 so don't realloc one entry at a time.
+         */
+        if (nitems > sp->fts_nitems) {
+                FTSENT **a;
+
+                sp->fts_nitems = nitems + 40;
+                if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof *a < sp->fts_nitems
+                    || ! (a = realloc (sp->fts_array,
+                                       sp->fts_nitems * sizeof *a))) {
+                        free(sp->fts_array);
+                        sp->fts_array = NULL;
+                        sp->fts_nitems = 0;
+                        return (head);
+                }
+                sp->fts_array = a;
+        }
+        for (ap = sp->fts_array, p = head; p; p = p->fts_link)
+                *ap++ = p;
+        qsort((void *)sp->fts_array, nitems, sizeof(FTSENT *), compare);
+        for (head = *(ap = sp->fts_array); --nitems; ++ap)
+                ap[0]->fts_link = ap[1];
+        ap[0]->fts_link = NULL;
+        return (head);
+}
+
+static FTSENT *
+internal_function
+fts_alloc (FTS *sp, const char *name, register size_t namelen)
+{
+        register FTSENT *p;
+        size_t len;
+
+        /*
+         * The file name is a variable length array.  Allocate the FTSENT
+         * structure and the file name in one chunk.
+         */
+        len = FLEXSIZEOF(FTSENT, fts_name, namelen + 1);
+        if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+                return (NULL);
+
+        /* Copy the name and guarantee NUL termination. */
+        memcpy(p->fts_name, name, namelen);
+        p->fts_name[namelen] = '\0';
+
+        p->fts_namelen = namelen;
+        p->fts_fts = sp;
+        p->fts_path = sp->fts_path;
+        p->fts_errno = 0;
+        p->fts_dirp = NULL;
+        p->fts_flags = 0;
+        p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR;
+        p->fts_number = 0;
+        p->fts_pointer = NULL;
+        return (p);
+}
+
+static void
+internal_function
+fts_lfree (register FTSENT *head)
+{
+        register FTSENT *p;
+
+        /* Free a linked list of structures. */
+        while ((p = head)) {
+                head = head->fts_link;
+                if (p->fts_dirp)
+                        closedir (p->fts_dirp);
+                free(p);
+        }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allow essentially unlimited file name lengths; find, rm, ls should
+ * all work on any tree.  Most systems will allow creation of file
+ * names much longer than MAXPATHLEN, even though the kernel won't
+ * resolve them.  Add the size (not just what's needed) plus 256 bytes
+ * so don't realloc the file name 2 bytes at a time.
+ */
+static bool
+internal_function
+fts_palloc (FTS *sp, size_t more)
+{
+        char *p;
+        size_t new_len = sp->fts_pathlen + more + 256;
+
+        /*
+         * See if fts_pathlen would overflow.
+         */
+        if (new_len < sp->fts_pathlen) {
+                free(sp->fts_path);
+                sp->fts_path = NULL;
+                __set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
+                return false;
+        }
+        sp->fts_pathlen = new_len;
+        p = realloc(sp->fts_path, sp->fts_pathlen);
+        if (p == NULL) {
+                free(sp->fts_path);
+                sp->fts_path = NULL;
+                return false;
+        }
+        sp->fts_path = p;
+        return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * When the file name is realloc'd, have to fix all of the pointers in
+ *  structures already returned.
+ */
+static void
+internal_function
+fts_padjust (FTS *sp, FTSENT *head)
+{
+        FTSENT *p;
+        char *addr = sp->fts_path;
+
+#define ADJUST(p) do {                                                  \
+        if ((p)->fts_accpath != (p)->fts_name) {                        \
+                (p)->fts_accpath =                                      \
+                    (char *)addr + ((p)->fts_accpath - (p)->fts_path);  \
+        }                                                               \
+        (p)->fts_path = addr;                                           \
+} while (0)
+        /* Adjust the current set of children. */
+        for (p = sp->fts_child; p; p = p->fts_link)
+                ADJUST(p);
+
+        /* Adjust the rest of the tree, including the current level. */
+        for (p = head; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) {
+                ADJUST(p);
+                p = p->fts_link ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent;
+        }
+}
+
+static size_t
+internal_function _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+fts_maxarglen (char * const *argv)
+{
+        size_t len, max;
+
+        for (max = 0; *argv; ++argv)
+                if ((len = strlen(*argv)) > max)
+                        max = len;
+        return (max + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change to dir specified by fd or file name without getting
+ * tricked by someone changing the world out from underneath us.
+ * Assumes p->fts_statp->st_dev and p->fts_statp->st_ino are filled in.
+ * If FD is non-negative, expect it to be used after this function returns,
+ * and to be closed eventually.  So don't pass e.g., 'dirfd(dirp)' and then
+ * do closedir(dirp), because that would invalidate the saved FD.
+ * Upon failure, close FD immediately and return nonzero.
+ */
+static int
+internal_function
+fts_safe_changedir (FTS *sp, FTSENT *p, int fd, char const *dir)
+{
+        int ret;
+        bool is_dotdot = dir && STREQ (dir, "..");
+        int newfd;
+
+        /* This clause handles the unusual case in which FTS_NOCHDIR
+           is specified, along with FTS_CWDFD.  In that case, there is
+           no need to change even the virtual cwd file descriptor.
+           However, if FD is non-negative, we do close it here.  */
+        if (ISSET (FTS_NOCHDIR))
+          {
+            if (ISSET (FTS_CWDFD) && 0 <= fd)
+              close (fd);
+            return 0;
+          }
+
+        if (fd < 0 && is_dotdot && ISSET (FTS_CWDFD))
+          {
+            /* When possible, skip the diropen and subsequent fstat+dev/ino
+               comparison.  I.e., when changing to parent directory
+               (chdir ("..")), use a file descriptor from the ring and
+               save the overhead of diropen+fstat, as well as avoiding
+               failure when we lack "x" access to the virtual cwd.  */
+            if ( ! i_ring_empty (&sp->fts_fd_ring))
+              {
+                int parent_fd;
+                fd_ring_print (sp, stderr, "pre-pop");
+                parent_fd = i_ring_pop (&sp->fts_fd_ring);
+                if (0 <= parent_fd)
+                  {
+                    fd = parent_fd;
+                    dir = NULL;
+                  }
+              }
+          }
+
+        newfd = fd;
+        if (fd < 0 && (newfd = diropen (sp, dir)) < 0)
+          return -1;
+
+        /* The following dev/inode check is necessary if we're doing a
+           "logical" traversal (through symlinks, a la chown -L), if the
+           system lacks O_NOFOLLOW support, or if we're changing to ".."
+           (but not via a popped file descriptor).  When changing to the
+           name "..", O_NOFOLLOW can't help.  In general, when the target is
+           not "..", diropen's use of O_NOFOLLOW ensures we don't mistakenly
+           follow a symlink, so we can avoid the expense of this fstat.  */
+        if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL) || ! HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW
+            || (dir && STREQ (dir, "..")))
+          {
+            struct stat sb;
+            if (fstat(newfd, &sb))
+              {
+                ret = -1;
+                goto bail;
+              }
+            if (p->fts_statp->st_dev != sb.st_dev
+                || p->fts_statp->st_ino != sb.st_ino)
+              {
+                __set_errno (ENOENT);           /* disinformation */
+                ret = -1;
+                goto bail;
+              }
+          }
+
+        if (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD))
+          {
+            cwd_advance_fd (sp, newfd, ! is_dotdot);
+            return 0;
+          }
+
+        ret = fchdir(newfd);
+bail:
+        if (fd < 0)
+          {
+            int oerrno = errno;
+            (void)close(newfd);
+            __set_errno (oerrno);
+          }
+        return ret;
+}
diff --git a/lib/fts_.h b/lib/fts_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0131a77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/fts_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* Traverse a file hierarchy.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *      @(#)fts.h       8.3 (Berkeley) 8/14/94
+ */
+
+#ifndef _FTS_H
+# define _FTS_H 1
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  include <features.h>
+#  if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L
+#   define __FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER 1
+#  else
+#   define __FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define __FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
+#  undef __THROW
+#  define __THROW
+#  undef __BEGIN_DECLS
+#  undef __END_DECLS
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+#   define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
+#   define __END_DECLS }
+#  else
+#   define __BEGIN_DECLS
+#   define __END_DECLS
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <dirent.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include "i-ring.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+        struct _ftsent *fts_cur;        /* current node */
+        struct _ftsent *fts_child;      /* linked list of children */
+        struct _ftsent **fts_array;     /* sort array */
+        dev_t fts_dev;                  /* starting device # */
+        char *fts_path;                 /* file name for this descent */
+        int fts_rfd;                    /* fd for root */
+        int fts_cwd_fd;                 /* the file descriptor on which the
+                                           virtual cwd is open, or AT_FDCWD */
+        size_t fts_pathlen;             /* sizeof(path) */
+        size_t fts_nitems;              /* elements in the sort array */
+        int (*fts_compar) (struct _ftsent const **, struct _ftsent const **);
+                                        /* compare fn */
+
+# define FTS_COMFOLLOW  0x0001          /* follow command line symlinks */
+# define FTS_LOGICAL    0x0002          /* logical walk */
+# define FTS_NOCHDIR    0x0004          /* don't change directories */
+# define FTS_NOSTAT     0x0008          /* don't get stat info */
+# define FTS_PHYSICAL   0x0010          /* physical walk */
+# define FTS_SEEDOT     0x0020          /* return dot and dot-dot */
+# define FTS_XDEV       0x0040          /* don't cross devices */
+# define FTS_WHITEOUT   0x0080          /* return whiteout information */
+
+  /* There are two ways to detect cycles.
+     The lazy way (which works only with FTS_PHYSICAL),
+     with which one may process a directory that is a
+     part of the cycle several times before detecting the cycle.
+     The "tight" way, whereby fts uses more memory (proportional
+     to number of "active" directories, aka distance from root
+     of current tree to current directory -- see active_dir_ht)
+     to detect any cycle right away.  For example, du must use
+     this option to avoid counting disk space in a cycle multiple
+     times, but chown -R need not.
+     The default is to use the constant-memory lazy way, when possible
+     (see below).
+
+     However, with FTS_LOGICAL (when following symlinks, e.g., chown -L)
+     using lazy cycle detection is inadequate.  For example, traversing
+     a directory containing a symbolic link to a peer directory, it is
+     possible to encounter the same directory twice even though there
+     is no cycle:
+     dir
+     ...
+     slink -> dir
+     So, when FTS_LOGICAL is selected, we have to use a different
+     mode of cycle detection: FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK.  */
+# define FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK  0x0100
+
+  /* Use this flag to enable semantics with which the parent
+     application may be made both more efficient and more robust.
+     Whereas the default is to visit each directory in a recursive
+     traversal (via chdir), using this flag makes it so the initial
+     working directory is never changed.  Instead, these functions
+     perform the traversal via a virtual working directory, maintained
+     through the file descriptor member, fts_cwd_fd.  */
+# define FTS_CWDFD              0x0200
+
+  /* Historically, for each directory that fts initially encounters, it would
+     open it, read all entries, and stat each entry, storing the results, and
+     then it would process the first entry.  But that behavior is bad for
+     locality of reference, and also causes trouble with inode-simulating
+     file systems like FAT, CIFS, FUSE-based ones, etc., when entries from
+     their name/inode cache are flushed too early.
+     Use this flag to make fts_open and fts_read defer the stat/lstat/fststat
+     of each entry until it is actually processed.  However, note that if you
+     use this option and also specify a comparison function, that function may
+     not examine any data via fts_statp.  However, when fts_statp->st_mode is
+     nonzero, the S_IFMT type bits are valid, with mapped dirent.d_type data.
+     Of course, that happens only on file systems that provide useful
+     dirent.d_type data.  */
+# define FTS_DEFER_STAT         0x0400
+
+  /* Use this flag to disable stripping of trailing slashes
+     from input path names during fts_open initialization.  */
+# define FTS_VERBATIM   0x0800
+
+# define FTS_OPTIONMASK 0x0fff          /* valid user option mask */
+
+# define FTS_NAMEONLY   0x1000          /* (private) child names only */
+# define FTS_STOP       0x2000          /* (private) unrecoverable error */
+        int fts_options;                /* fts_open options, global flags */
+
+        /* Map a directory's device number to a boolean.  The boolean is
+           true if for that file system (type determined by a single fstatfs
+           call per FS) st_nlink can be used to calculate the number of
+           sub-directory entries in a directory.
+           Using this table is an optimization that permits us to look up
+           file system type on a per-inode basis at the minimal cost of
+           calling fstatfs only once per traversed device.  */
+        struct hash_table *fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht;
+
+        union {
+                /* This data structure is used if FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK is
+                   specified.  It records the directories between a starting
+                   point and the current directory.  I.e., a directory is
+                   recorded here IFF we have visited it once, but we have not
+                   yet completed processing of all its entries.  Every time we
+                   visit a new directory, we add that directory to this set.
+                   When we finish with a directory (usually by visiting it a
+                   second time), we remove it from this set.  Each entry in
+                   this data structure is a device/inode pair.  This data
+                   structure is used to detect directory cycles efficiently and
+                   promptly even when the depth of a hierarchy is in the tens
+                   of thousands.  */
+                struct hash_table *ht;
+
+                /* FIXME: rename these two members to have the fts_ prefix */
+                /* This data structure uses a lazy cycle-detection algorithm,
+                   as done by rm via cycle-check.c.  It's the default,
+                   but it's not appropriate for programs like du.  */
+                struct cycle_check_state *state;
+        } fts_cycle;
+
+        /* A stack of the file descriptors corresponding to the
+           most-recently traversed parent directories.
+           Currently used only in FTS_CWDFD mode.  */
+        I_ring fts_fd_ring;
+} FTS;
+
+typedef struct _ftsent {
+        struct _ftsent *fts_cycle;      /* cycle node */
+        struct _ftsent *fts_parent;     /* parent directory */
+        struct _ftsent *fts_link;       /* next file in directory */
+        DIR *fts_dirp;                  /* Dir pointer for any directory
+                                           containing more entries than we
+                                           read at one time.  */
+        long fts_number;                /* local numeric value */
+        void *fts_pointer;              /* local address value */
+        char *fts_accpath;              /* access file name */
+        char *fts_path;                 /* root name; == fts_fts->fts_path */
+        int fts_errno;                  /* errno for this node */
+        int fts_symfd;                  /* fd for symlink */
+        size_t fts_pathlen;             /* strlen(fts_path) */
+
+        FTS *fts_fts;                   /* the file hierarchy itself */
+
+# define FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL    (-1)
+# define FTS_ROOTLEVEL           0
+        ptrdiff_t fts_level;            /* depth (-1 to N) */
+
+        size_t fts_namelen;             /* strlen(fts_name) */
+
+# define FTS_D           1              /* preorder directory */
+# define FTS_DC          2              /* directory that causes cycles */
+# define FTS_DEFAULT     3              /* none of the above */
+# define FTS_DNR         4              /* unreadable directory */
+# define FTS_DOT         5              /* dot or dot-dot */
+# define FTS_DP          6              /* postorder directory */
+# define FTS_ERR         7              /* error; errno is set */
+# define FTS_F           8              /* regular file */
+# define FTS_INIT        9              /* initialized only */
+# define FTS_NS         10              /* stat(2) failed */
+# define FTS_NSOK       11              /* no stat(2) requested */
+# define FTS_SL         12              /* symbolic link */
+# define FTS_SLNONE     13              /* symbolic link without target */
+# define FTS_W          14              /* whiteout object */
+        unsigned short int fts_info;    /* user flags for FTSENT structure */
+
+# define FTS_DONTCHDIR   0x01           /* don't chdir .. to the parent */
+# define FTS_SYMFOLLOW   0x02           /* followed a symlink to get here */
+        unsigned short int fts_flags;   /* private flags for FTSENT structure */
+
+# define FTS_AGAIN       1              /* read node again */
+# define FTS_FOLLOW      2              /* follow symbolic link */
+# define FTS_NOINSTR     3              /* no instructions */
+# define FTS_SKIP        4              /* discard node */
+        unsigned short int fts_instr;   /* fts_set() instructions */
+
+        struct stat fts_statp[1];       /* stat(2) information */
+        char fts_name[__FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; /* file name */
+} FTSENT;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+ _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+FTSENT  *fts_children (FTS *, int) __THROW;
+
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+int      fts_close (FTS *) __THROW;
+
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+FTS     *fts_open (char * const *, int,
+                   int (*)(const FTSENT **, const FTSENT **))
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fts_close, 1) __THROW;
+
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+FTSENT  *fts_read (FTS *) __THROW;
+
+int      fts_set (FTS *, FTSENT *, int) __THROW;
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* fts.h */
diff --git a/lib/full-read.c b/lib/full-read.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b53087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/full-read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* An interface to read that retries after partial reads and interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define FULL_READ
+#include "full-write.c"
diff --git a/lib/full-read.h b/lib/full-read.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b30c68a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/full-read.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* An interface to read() that reads all it is asked to read.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Read COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted
+   or if partial reads occur.  Return the number of bytes successfully
+   read, setting errno if that is less than COUNT.  errno = 0 means EOF.  */
+extern size_t full_read (int fd, void *buf, size_t count);
diff --git a/lib/full-write.c b/lib/full-write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d59372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/full-write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* An interface to read and write that retries (if necessary) until complete.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 1997-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef FULL_READ
+# include "full-read.h"
+#else
+# include "full-write.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef FULL_READ
+# include "safe-read.h"
+# define safe_rw safe_read
+# define full_rw full_read
+# undef const
+# define const /* empty */
+#else
+# include "safe-write.h"
+# define safe_rw safe_write
+# define full_rw full_write
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FULL_READ
+/* Set errno to zero upon EOF.  */
+# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO 0
+#else
+/* Some buggy drivers return 0 when one tries to write beyond
+   a device's end.  (Example: Linux 1.2.13 on /dev/fd0.)
+   Set errno to ENOSPC so they get a sensible diagnostic.  */
+# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO ENOSPC
+#endif
+
+/* Write(read) COUNT bytes at BUF to(from) descriptor FD, retrying if
+   interrupted or if a partial write(read) occurs.  Return the number
+   of bytes transferred.
+   When writing, set errno if fewer than COUNT bytes are written.
+   When reading, if fewer than COUNT bytes are read, you must examine
+   errno to distinguish failure from EOF (errno == 0).  */
+size_t
+full_rw (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
+{
+  size_t total = 0;
+  const char *ptr = (const char *) buf;
+
+  while (count > 0)
+    {
+      size_t n_rw = safe_rw (fd, ptr, count);
+      if (n_rw == (size_t) -1)
+        break;
+      if (n_rw == 0)
+        {
+          errno = ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO;
+          break;
+        }
+      total += n_rw;
+      ptr += n_rw;
+      count -= n_rw;
+    }
+
+  return total;
+}
diff --git a/lib/full-write.h b/lib/full-write.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e006d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/full-write.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* An interface to write() that writes all it is asked to write.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Write COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted
+   or if partial writes occur.  Return the number of bytes successfully
+   written, setting errno if that is less than COUNT.  */
+extern size_t full_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/futimens.c b/lib/futimens.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc3e41a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/futimens.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Set the access and modification time of an open fd.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "utimens.h"
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FD to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively.
+   Fail with ENOSYS on systems without futimes (or equivalent).
+   If TIMESPEC is null, set the timestamps to the current time.
+   Return 0 on success, -1 (setting errno) on failure.  */
+int
+futimens (int fd, struct timespec const times[2])
+{
+  /* fdutimens also works around bugs in native futimens, when running
+     with glibc compiled against newer headers but on a Linux kernel
+     older than 2.6.32.  */
+  return fdutimens (fd, NULL, times);
+}
diff --git a/lib/gai_strerror.c b/lib/gai_strerror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7eedb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gai_strerror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1997, 2001-2002, 2004-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Philip Blundell <pjb27@cam.ac.uk>, 1997.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(String) gettext (String)
+# define N_(String) String
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR
+
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+# undef gai_strerror
+# if HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERRORA
+#  define gai_strerror gai_strerrorA
+# endif
+
+const char *
+rpl_gai_strerror (int code)
+{
+  return gai_strerror (code);
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR */
+
+static struct
+  {
+    int code;
+    const char *msg;
+  }
+values[] =
+  {
+    { EAI_ADDRFAMILY, N_("Address family for hostname not supported") },
+    { EAI_AGAIN, N_("Temporary failure in name resolution") },
+    { EAI_BADFLAGS, N_("Bad value for ai_flags") },
+    { EAI_FAIL, N_("Non-recoverable failure in name resolution") },
+    { EAI_FAMILY, N_("ai_family not supported") },
+    { EAI_MEMORY, N_("Memory allocation failure") },
+    { EAI_NODATA, N_("No address associated with hostname") },
+    { EAI_NONAME, N_("Name or service not known") },
+    { EAI_SERVICE, N_("Servname not supported for ai_socktype") },
+    { EAI_SOCKTYPE, N_("ai_socktype not supported") },
+    { EAI_SYSTEM, N_("System error") },
+    { EAI_OVERFLOW, N_("Argument buffer too small") },
+#ifdef EAI_INPROGRESS
+    { EAI_INPROGRESS, N_("Processing request in progress") },
+    { EAI_CANCELED, N_("Request canceled") },
+    { EAI_NOTCANCELED, N_("Request not canceled") },
+    { EAI_ALLDONE, N_("All requests done") },
+    { EAI_INTR, N_("Interrupted by a signal") },
+    { EAI_IDN_ENCODE, N_("Parameter string not correctly encoded") }
+#endif
+  };
+
+const char *
+gai_strerror (int code)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (values) / sizeof (values[0]); ++i)
+    if (values[i].code == code)
+      return _(values[i].msg);
+
+  return _("Unknown error");
+}
+# ifdef _LIBC
+libc_hidden_def (gai_strerror)
+# endif
+#endif /* !HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR */
diff --git a/lib/get-permissions.c b/lib/get-permissions.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff79ada
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/get-permissions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/* Get permissions of a file.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+/* Read the permissions of a file into CTX. If DESC is a valid file descriptor,
+   use file descriptor operations, else use filename based operations on NAME.
+   MODE is the file mode obtained from a previous stat call.
+   Return 0 if successful.  Return -1 and set errno upon failure.  */
+
+int
+get_permissions (const char *name, int desc, mode_t mode,
+                 struct permission_context *ctx)
+{
+  memset (ctx, 0, sizeof *ctx);
+  ctx->mode = mode;
+
+#if USE_ACL && HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
+  /* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version.  */
+  /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+# if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+  /* Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+  if (HAVE_ACL_GET_FD && desc != -1)
+    ctx->acl = acl_get_fd (desc);
+  else
+    ctx->acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
+  if (ctx->acl == NULL)
+    return acl_errno_valid (errno) ? -1 : 0;
+
+  /* With POSIX ACLs, a file cannot have "no" acl; a file without
+     extended permissions has a "minimal" acl which is equivalent to the
+     file mode.  */
+
+  if (S_ISDIR (mode))
+    {
+      ctx->default_acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT);
+      if (ctx->default_acl == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+#  if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_NFS4  /* FreeBSD */
+
+  /* TODO (see set_permissions). */
+
+#  endif
+
+# else /* HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED */
+  /* Mac OS X */
+
+  /* On Mac OS X,  acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
+     and           acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT)
+     always return NULL / EINVAL.  You have to use
+                   acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED)
+     or            acl_get_fd (open (name, ...))
+     to retrieve an ACL.
+     On the other hand,
+                   acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, acl)
+     and           acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT, acl)
+     have the same effect as
+                   acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED, acl):
+     Each of these calls sets the file's ACL.  */
+
+  if (HAVE_ACL_GET_FD && desc != -1)
+    ctx->acl = acl_get_fd (desc);
+  else
+    ctx->acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED);
+  if (ctx->acl == NULL)
+    return acl_errno_valid (errno) ? -1 : 0;
+
+# endif
+
+#elif USE_ACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin, not HP-UX */
+
+  /* Solaris 2.5 through Solaris 10, Cygwin, and contemporaneous versions
+     of Unixware.  The acl() call returns the access and default ACL both
+     at once.  */
+# ifdef ACE_GETACL
+  /* Solaris also has a different variant of ACLs, used in ZFS and NFSv4
+     file systems (whereas the other ones are used in UFS file systems).
+     There is an API
+       pathconf (name, _PC_ACL_ENABLED)
+       fpathconf (desc, _PC_ACL_ENABLED)
+     that allows us to determine which of the two kinds of ACLs is supported
+     for the given file.  But some file systems may implement this call
+     incorrectly, so better not use it.
+     When fetching the source ACL, we simply fetch both ACL types.
+     When setting the destination ACL, we try either ACL types, assuming
+     that the kernel will translate the ACL from one form to the other.
+     (See in <https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E86824_01/html/E54765/acl-2.html>
+     the description of ENOTSUP.)  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      int ret;
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, ACE_GETACLCNT, 0, NULL);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, ACE_GETACLCNT, 0, NULL);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EINVAL)
+            ret = 0;
+          else
+            return -1;
+        }
+      ctx->ace_count = ret;
+
+      if (ctx->ace_count == 0)
+        break;
+
+      ctx->ace_entries = (ace_t *) malloc (ctx->ace_count * sizeof (ace_t));
+      if (ctx->ace_entries == NULL)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, ACE_GETACL, ctx->ace_count, ctx->ace_entries);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, ACE_GETACL, ctx->ace_count, ctx->ace_entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EINVAL)
+            {
+              free (ctx->ace_entries);
+              ctx->ace_entries = NULL;
+              ctx->ace_count = 0;
+              break;
+            }
+          else
+            return -1;
+        }
+      if (ret <= ctx->ace_count)
+        {
+          ctx->ace_count = ret;
+          break;
+        }
+      /* Huh? The number of ACL entries has increased since the last call.
+         Repeat.  */
+      free (ctx->ace_entries);
+      ctx->ace_entries = NULL;
+    }
+# endif
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      int ret;
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, GETACLCNT, 0, NULL);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, GETACLCNT, 0, NULL);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == ENOTSUP || errno == EOPNOTSUPP)
+            ret = 0;
+          else
+            return -1;
+        }
+      ctx->count = ret;
+
+      if (ctx->count == 0)
+        break;
+
+      ctx->entries = (aclent_t *) malloc (ctx->count * sizeof (aclent_t));
+      if (ctx->entries == NULL)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, GETACL, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, GETACL, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == ENOTSUP || errno == EOPNOTSUPP)
+            {
+              free (ctx->entries);
+              ctx->entries = NULL;
+              ctx->count = 0;
+              break;
+            }
+          else
+            return -1;
+        }
+      if (ret <= ctx->count)
+        {
+          ctx->count = ret;
+          break;
+        }
+      /* Huh? The number of ACL entries has increased since the last call.
+         Repeat.  */
+      free (ctx->entries);
+      ctx->entries = NULL;
+    }
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+  {
+    int ret;
+
+    if (desc != -1)
+      ret = fgetacl (desc, NACLENTRIES, ctx->entries);
+    else
+      ret = getacl (name, NACLENTRIES, ctx->entries);
+    if (ret < 0)
+      {
+        if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == ENOTSUP)
+          ret = 0;
+        else
+          return -1;
+      }
+    else if (ret > NACLENTRIES)
+      /* If NACLENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory allocation.  */
+      abort ();
+    ctx->count = ret;
+
+# if HAVE_ACLV_H
+    ret = acl ((char *) name, ACL_GET, NACLVENTRIES, ctx->aclv_entries);
+    if (ret < 0)
+      {
+        if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == EINVAL)
+          ret = 0;
+        else
+          return -2;
+      }
+    else if (ret > NACLVENTRIES)
+      /* If NACLVENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory allocation.  */
+      abort ();
+    ctx->aclv_count = ret;
+# endif
+  }
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_ACLX_GET && ACL_AIX_WIP /* AIX */
+
+  /* TODO (see set_permissions). */
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+
+  {
+    int ret;
+    if (desc != -1)
+      ret = fstatacl (desc, STX_NORMAL, &ctx->u.a, sizeof ctx->u);
+    else
+      ret = statacl ((char *) name, STX_NORMAL, &ctx->u.a, sizeof ctx->u);
+    if (ret == 0)
+      ctx->have_u = true;
+  }
+
+#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+  {
+    int ret = acl ((char *) name, ACL_GET, NACLENTRIES, ctx->entries);
+    if (ret < 0)
+      return -1;
+    else if (ret > NACLENTRIES)
+      /* If NACLENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory allocation.  */
+      abort ();
+    ctx->count = ret;
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+
+}
diff --git a/lib/getaddrinfo.c b/lib/getaddrinfo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3922898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getaddrinfo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
+/* Get address information (partial implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2001-2002, 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org>.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit.  Otherwise gcc
+   optimizes away the sa == NULL test below.  */
+#define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <netdb.h>
+
+#if HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
+# include <netinet/in.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get inet_ntop.  */
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+
+/* Get calloc. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Get memcpy, strdup. */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Get snprintf. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(String) gettext (String)
+#define N_(String) String
+
+/* BeOS has AF_INET, but not PF_INET.  */
+#ifndef PF_INET
+# define PF_INET AF_INET
+#endif
+/* BeOS also lacks PF_UNSPEC.  */
+#ifndef PF_UNSPEC
+# define PF_UNSPEC 0
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+
+/* Override with cdecl calling convention.  */
+
+int
+getaddrinfo (const char *restrict nodename,
+             const char *restrict servname,
+             const struct addrinfo *restrict hints,
+             struct addrinfo **restrict res)
+# undef getaddrinfo
+{
+  return getaddrinfo (nodename, servname, hints, res);
+}
+
+void
+freeaddrinfo (struct addrinfo *ai)
+# undef freeaddrinfo
+{
+  freeaddrinfo (ai);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  define WINDOWS_NATIVE
+# endif
+
+/* gl_sockets_startup */
+# include "sockets.h"
+
+# ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#  undef GetModuleHandle
+#  define GetModuleHandle GetModuleHandleA
+
+#  if !(_WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_WINXP)
+
+/* Avoid warnings from gcc -Wcast-function-type.  */
+#   define GetProcAddress \
+     (void *) GetProcAddress
+
+typedef int (WSAAPI *getaddrinfo_func) (const char*, const char*,
+                                        const struct addrinfo*,
+                                        struct addrinfo**);
+typedef void (WSAAPI *freeaddrinfo_func) (struct addrinfo*);
+typedef int (WSAAPI *getnameinfo_func) (const struct sockaddr*,
+                                        socklen_t, char*, DWORD,
+                                        char*, DWORD, int);
+
+static getaddrinfo_func getaddrinfo_ptr = NULL;
+static freeaddrinfo_func freeaddrinfo_ptr = NULL;
+static getnameinfo_func getnameinfo_ptr = NULL;
+
+static int
+use_win32_p (void)
+{
+  static int done = 0;
+  HMODULE h;
+
+  if (done)
+    return getaddrinfo_ptr ? 1 : 0;
+
+  done = 1;
+
+  h = GetModuleHandle ("ws2_32.dll");
+
+  if (h)
+    {
+      getaddrinfo_ptr = (getaddrinfo_func) GetProcAddress (h, "getaddrinfo");
+      freeaddrinfo_ptr = (freeaddrinfo_func) GetProcAddress (h, "freeaddrinfo");
+      getnameinfo_ptr = (getnameinfo_func) GetProcAddress (h, "getnameinfo");
+    }
+
+  /* If either is missing, something is odd. */
+  if (!getaddrinfo_ptr || !freeaddrinfo_ptr || !getnameinfo_ptr)
+    {
+      getaddrinfo_ptr = NULL;
+      freeaddrinfo_ptr = NULL;
+      getnameinfo_ptr = NULL;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  gl_sockets_startup (SOCKETS_1_1);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+#  else
+
+static int
+use_win32_p (void)
+{
+  static int done = 0;
+
+  if (!done)
+    {
+      done = 1;
+
+      gl_sockets_startup (SOCKETS_1_1);
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+#   define getaddrinfo_ptr getaddrinfo
+#   define freeaddrinfo_ptr freeaddrinfo
+#   define getnameinfo_ptr getnameinfo
+
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+static bool
+validate_family (int family)
+{
+  /* FIXME: Support more families. */
+# if HAVE_IPV4
+     if (family == PF_INET)
+       return true;
+# endif
+# if HAVE_IPV6
+     if (family == PF_INET6)
+       return true;
+# endif
+     if (family == PF_UNSPEC)
+       return true;
+     return false;
+}
+
+/* Translate name of a service location and/or a service name to set of
+   socket addresses. */
+int
+getaddrinfo (const char *restrict nodename,
+             const char *restrict servname,
+             const struct addrinfo *restrict hints,
+             struct addrinfo **restrict res)
+#undef getaddrinfo
+{
+  struct addrinfo *tmp;
+  int port = 0;
+  struct hostent *he;
+  void *storage;
+  size_t size;
+# if HAVE_IPV6
+  struct v6_pair {
+    struct addrinfo addrinfo;
+    struct sockaddr_in6 sockaddr_in6;
+  };
+# endif
+# if HAVE_IPV4
+  struct v4_pair {
+    struct addrinfo addrinfo;
+    struct sockaddr_in sockaddr_in;
+  };
+# endif
+
+# ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+  if (use_win32_p ())
+    return getaddrinfo_ptr (nodename, servname, hints, res);
+# endif
+
+  if (hints && (hints->ai_flags & ~(AI_CANONNAME|AI_PASSIVE)))
+    /* FIXME: Support more flags. */
+    return EAI_BADFLAGS;
+
+  if (hints && !validate_family (hints->ai_family))
+    return EAI_FAMILY;
+
+  if (hints &&
+      hints->ai_socktype != SOCK_STREAM && hints->ai_socktype != SOCK_DGRAM)
+    /* FIXME: Support other socktype. */
+    return EAI_SOCKTYPE; /* FIXME: Better return code? */
+
+  if (!nodename)
+    {
+      if (!(hints->ai_flags & AI_PASSIVE))
+        return EAI_NONAME;
+
+# ifdef HAVE_IPV6
+      nodename = (hints->ai_family == AF_INET6) ? "::" : "0.0.0.0";
+# else
+      nodename = "0.0.0.0";
+# endif
+    }
+
+  if (servname)
+    {
+      struct servent *se = NULL;
+      const char *proto =
+        (hints && hints->ai_socktype == SOCK_DGRAM) ? "udp" : "tcp";
+
+      if (hints == NULL || !(hints->ai_flags & AI_NUMERICSERV))
+        /* FIXME: Use getservbyname_r if available. */
+        se = getservbyname (servname, proto);
+
+      if (!se)
+        {
+          char *c;
+          if (!(*servname >= '0' && *servname <= '9'))
+            return EAI_NONAME;
+          port = strtoul (servname, &c, 10);
+          if (*c || port > 0xffff)
+            return EAI_NONAME;
+          port = htons (port);
+        }
+      else
+        port = se->s_port;
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: Use gethostbyname_r if available. */
+  he = gethostbyname (nodename);
+  if (!he || he->h_addr_list[0] == NULL)
+    return EAI_NONAME;
+
+  switch (he->h_addrtype)
+    {
+# if HAVE_IPV6
+    case PF_INET6:
+      size = sizeof (struct v6_pair);
+      break;
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_IPV4
+    case PF_INET:
+      size = sizeof (struct v4_pair);
+      break;
+# endif
+
+    default:
+      return EAI_NODATA;
+    }
+
+  storage = calloc (1, size);
+  if (!storage)
+    return EAI_MEMORY;
+
+  switch (he->h_addrtype)
+    {
+# if HAVE_IPV6
+    case PF_INET6:
+      {
+        struct v6_pair *p = storage;
+        struct sockaddr_in6 *sinp = &p->sockaddr_in6;
+        tmp = &p->addrinfo;
+
+        if (port)
+          sinp->sin6_port = port;
+
+        if (he->h_length != sizeof (sinp->sin6_addr))
+          {
+            free (storage);
+            return EAI_SYSTEM; /* FIXME: Better return code?  Set errno? */
+          }
+
+        memcpy (&sinp->sin6_addr, he->h_addr_list[0], sizeof sinp->sin6_addr);
+
+        tmp->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *) sinp;
+        tmp->ai_addrlen = sizeof *sinp;
+      }
+      break;
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_IPV4
+    case PF_INET:
+      {
+        struct v4_pair *p = storage;
+        struct sockaddr_in *sinp = &p->sockaddr_in;
+        tmp = &p->addrinfo;
+
+        if (port)
+          sinp->sin_port = port;
+
+        if (he->h_length != sizeof (sinp->sin_addr))
+          {
+            free (storage);
+            return EAI_SYSTEM; /* FIXME: Better return code?  Set errno? */
+          }
+
+        memcpy (&sinp->sin_addr, he->h_addr_list[0], sizeof sinp->sin_addr);
+
+        tmp->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *) sinp;
+        tmp->ai_addrlen = sizeof *sinp;
+      }
+      break;
+# endif
+
+    default:
+      free (storage);
+      return EAI_NODATA;
+    }
+
+  if (hints && hints->ai_flags & AI_CANONNAME)
+    {
+      const char *cn;
+      if (he->h_name)
+        cn = he->h_name;
+      else
+        cn = nodename;
+
+      tmp->ai_canonname = strdup (cn);
+      if (!tmp->ai_canonname)
+        {
+          free (storage);
+          return EAI_MEMORY;
+        }
+    }
+
+  tmp->ai_protocol = (hints) ? hints->ai_protocol : 0;
+  tmp->ai_socktype = (hints) ? hints->ai_socktype : 0;
+  tmp->ai_addr->sa_family = he->h_addrtype;
+  tmp->ai_family = he->h_addrtype;
+
+# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
+  switch (he->h_addrtype)
+    {
+#  if HAVE_IPV4
+    case AF_INET:
+      tmp->ai_addr->sa_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+      break;
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_IPV6
+    case AF_INET6:
+      tmp->ai_addr->sa_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6);
+      break;
+#  endif
+    }
+# endif
+
+  /* FIXME: If more than one address, create linked list of addrinfo's. */
+
+  *res = tmp;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Free 'addrinfo' structure AI including associated storage.  */
+void
+freeaddrinfo (struct addrinfo *ai)
+#undef freeaddrinfo
+{
+# ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+  if (use_win32_p ())
+    {
+      freeaddrinfo_ptr (ai);
+      return;
+    }
+# endif
+
+  while (ai)
+    {
+      struct addrinfo *cur;
+
+      cur = ai;
+      ai = ai->ai_next;
+
+      free (cur->ai_canonname);
+      free (cur);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+getnameinfo (const struct sockaddr *restrict sa, socklen_t salen,
+             char *restrict node, socklen_t nodelen,
+             char *restrict service, socklen_t servicelen,
+             int flags)
+#undef getnameinfo
+{
+# ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+  if (use_win32_p ())
+    return getnameinfo_ptr (sa, salen, node, nodelen,
+                            service, servicelen, flags);
+# endif
+
+  /* FIXME: Support other flags. */
+  if ((node && nodelen > 0 && !(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST)) ||
+      (service && servicelen > 0 && !(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST)) ||
+      (flags & ~(NI_NUMERICHOST|NI_NUMERICSERV)))
+    return EAI_BADFLAGS;
+
+  if (sa == NULL || salen < sizeof (sa->sa_family))
+    return EAI_FAMILY;
+
+  switch (sa->sa_family)
+    {
+# if HAVE_IPV4
+    case AF_INET:
+      if (salen < sizeof (struct sockaddr_in))
+        return EAI_FAMILY;
+      break;
+# endif
+# if HAVE_IPV6
+    case AF_INET6:
+      if (salen < sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6))
+        return EAI_FAMILY;
+      break;
+# endif
+    default:
+      return EAI_FAMILY;
+    }
+
+  if (node && nodelen > 0 && flags & NI_NUMERICHOST)
+    {
+      switch (sa->sa_family)
+        {
+# if HAVE_IPV4
+        case AF_INET:
+          if (!inet_ntop (AF_INET,
+                          &(((const struct sockaddr_in *) sa)->sin_addr),
+                          node, nodelen))
+            return EAI_SYSTEM;
+          break;
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_IPV6
+        case AF_INET6:
+          if (!inet_ntop (AF_INET6,
+                          &(((const struct sockaddr_in6 *) sa)->sin6_addr),
+                          node, nodelen))
+            return EAI_SYSTEM;
+          break;
+# endif
+
+        default:
+          return EAI_FAMILY;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (service && servicelen > 0 && flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)
+    switch (sa->sa_family)
+      {
+# if HAVE_IPV4
+      case AF_INET:
+# endif
+# if HAVE_IPV6
+      case AF_INET6:
+# endif
+        {
+          unsigned short int port
+            = ntohs (((const struct sockaddr_in *) sa)->sin_port);
+          if (servicelen <= snprintf (service, servicelen, "%u", port))
+            return EAI_OVERFLOW;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/getcwd-lgpl.c b/lib/getcwd-lgpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f449ac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getcwd-lgpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if GNULIB_GETCWD
+/* Favor GPL getcwd.c if both getcwd and getcwd-lgpl modules are in use.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+#else
+
+/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE
+   bytes of BUF.  Returns NULL if the directory couldn't be determined
+   (perhaps because the absolute name was longer than PATH_MAX, or
+   because of missing read/search permissions on parent directories)
+   or SIZE was too small.  If successful, returns BUF.  If BUF is
+   NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array is SIZE bytes
+   long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as
+   necessary.  */
+
+# undef getcwd
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  define getcwd _getcwd
+# endif
+
+char *
+rpl_getcwd (char *buf, size_t size)
+{
+  char *ptr;
+  char *result;
+
+  /* Handle single size operations.  */
+  if (buf)
+    {
+      if (!size)
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      return getcwd (buf, size);
+    }
+
+  if (size)
+    {
+      buf = malloc (size);
+      if (!buf)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      result = getcwd (buf, size);
+      if (!result)
+        free (buf);
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  /* Flexible sizing requested.  Avoid over-allocation for the common
+     case of a name that fits within a 4k page, minus some space for
+     local variables, to be sure we don't skip over a guard page.  */
+  {
+    char tmp[4032];
+    size = sizeof tmp;
+    ptr = getcwd (tmp, size);
+    if (ptr)
+      {
+        result = strdup (ptr);
+        if (!result)
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+        return result;
+      }
+    if (errno != ERANGE)
+      return NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* My what a large directory name we have.  */
+  do
+    {
+      size <<= 1;
+      ptr = realloc (buf, size);
+      if (ptr == NULL)
+        {
+          free (buf);
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      buf = ptr;
+      result = getcwd (buf, size);
+    }
+  while (!result && errno == ERANGE);
+
+  if (!result)
+    free (buf);
+  else
+    {
+      /* Here result == buf.  */
+      /* Shrink result before returning it.  */
+      size_t actual_size = strlen (result) + 1;
+      if (actual_size < size)
+        {
+          char *shrinked_result = realloc (result, actual_size);
+          if (shrinked_result != NULL)
+            result = shrinked_result;
+        }
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/getcwd.c b/lib/getcwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..113332f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getcwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,495 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include "pathmax.h"
+#else
+# define HAVE_OPENAT 1
+# define D_INO_IN_DIRENT 1
+# define HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER 0
+# define HAVE_MINIMALLY_WORKING_GETCWD 0
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include <fcntl.h> /* For AT_FDCWD on Solaris 9.  */
+
+/* If this host provides the openat function or if we're using the
+   gnulib replacement function with a native fdopendir, then enable
+   code below to make getcwd more efficient and robust.  */
+#if defined HAVE_OPENAT || (defined GNULIB_OPENAT && defined HAVE_FDOPENDIR)
+# define HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT 1
+#else
+# define HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) (errno = (val))
+#endif
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#ifndef _D_EXACT_NAMLEN
+# define _D_EXACT_NAMLEN(d) strlen ((d)->d_name)
+#endif
+#ifndef _D_ALLOC_NAMLEN
+# define _D_ALLOC_NAMLEN(d) (_D_EXACT_NAMLEN (d) + 1)
+#endif
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if _LIBC
+# ifndef mempcpy
+#  define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+/* In this file, PATH_MAX only serves as a threshold for choosing among two
+   algorithms.  */
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX 8192
+#endif
+
+#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
+# define MATCHING_INO(dp, ino) ((dp)->d_ino == (ino))
+#else
+# define MATCHING_INO(dp, ino) true
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# define GETCWD_RETURN_TYPE char *
+# define __close_nocancel_nostatus close
+# define __getcwd_generic rpl_getcwd
+# undef stat64
+# define stat64    stat
+# define __fstat64 fstat
+# define __fstatat64 fstatat
+# define __lstat64 lstat
+# define __closedir closedir
+# define __opendir opendir
+# define __readdir64 readdir
+# define __fdopendir fdopendir
+# define __openat openat
+# define __rewinddir rewinddir
+# define __openat64 openat
+# define dirent64 dirent
+#else
+# include <not-cancel.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The results of opendir() in this file are not used with dirfd and fchdir,
+   and we do not leak fds to any single-threaded code that could use stdio,
+   therefore save some unnecessary recursion in fchdir.c.
+   FIXME - if the kernel ever adds support for multi-thread safety for
+   avoiding standard fds, then we should use opendir_safer and
+   openat_safer.  */
+#ifdef GNULIB_defined_opendir
+# undef opendir
+#endif
+#ifdef GNULIB_defined_closedir
+# undef closedir
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static char *
+getcwd_nothrow (char *buf, size_t size)
+{
+  char *result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _getcwd (buf, size);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = NULL;
+      errno = ERANGE;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define getcwd_nothrow _getcwd
+# endif
+# define getcwd_system getcwd_nothrow
+#else
+# define getcwd_system getcwd
+#endif
+
+/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE
+   bytes of BUF.  Returns NULL with errno set if the directory couldn't be
+   determined or SIZE was too small.  If successful, returns BUF.  In GNU,
+   if BUF is NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array is SIZE
+   bytes long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as necessary.  */
+
+GETCWD_RETURN_TYPE
+__getcwd_generic (char *buf, size_t size)
+{
+  /* Lengths of big file name components and entire file names, and a
+     deep level of file name nesting.  These numbers are not upper
+     bounds; they are merely large values suitable for initial
+     allocations, designed to be large enough for most real-world
+     uses.  */
+  enum
+    {
+      BIG_FILE_NAME_COMPONENT_LENGTH = 255,
+      BIG_FILE_NAME_LENGTH = MIN (4095, PATH_MAX - 1),
+      DEEP_NESTING = 100
+    };
+
+#if HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT
+  int fd = AT_FDCWD;
+  bool fd_needs_closing = false;
+#else
+  char dots[DEEP_NESTING * sizeof ".." + BIG_FILE_NAME_COMPONENT_LENGTH + 1];
+  char *dotlist = dots;
+  size_t dotsize = sizeof dots;
+  size_t dotlen = 0;
+#endif
+  DIR *dirstream = NULL;
+  dev_t rootdev, thisdev;
+  ino_t rootino, thisino;
+  char *dir;
+  register char *dirp;
+  struct stat64 st;
+  size_t allocated = size;
+  size_t used;
+
+#if HAVE_MINIMALLY_WORKING_GETCWD
+  /* If AT_FDCWD is not defined, the algorithm below is O(N**2) and
+     this is much slower than the system getcwd (at least on
+     GNU/Linux).  So trust the system getcwd's results unless they
+     look suspicious.
+
+     Use the system getcwd even if we have openat support, since the
+     system getcwd works even when a parent is unreadable, while the
+     openat-based approach does not.
+
+     But on AIX 5.1..7.1, the system getcwd is not even minimally
+     working: If the current directory name is slightly longer than
+     PATH_MAX, it omits the first directory component and returns
+     this wrong result with errno = 0.  */
+
+# undef getcwd
+  dir = getcwd_system (buf, size);
+  if (dir || (size && errno == ERANGE))
+    return dir;
+
+  /* Solaris getcwd (NULL, 0) fails with errno == EINVAL, but it has
+     internal magic that lets it work even if an ancestor directory is
+     inaccessible, which is better in many cases.  So in this case try
+     again with a buffer that's almost always big enough.  */
+  if (errno == EINVAL && buf == NULL && size == 0)
+    {
+      char big_buffer[BIG_FILE_NAME_LENGTH + 1];
+      dir = getcwd_system (big_buffer, sizeof big_buffer);
+      if (dir)
+        return strdup (dir);
+    }
+
+# if HAVE_PARTLY_WORKING_GETCWD
+  /* The system getcwd works, except it sometimes fails when it
+     shouldn't, setting errno to ERANGE, ENAMETOOLONG, or ENOENT.    */
+  if (errno != ERANGE && errno != ENAMETOOLONG && errno != ENOENT)
+    return NULL;
+# endif
+#endif
+  if (size == 0)
+    {
+      if (buf != NULL)
+        {
+          __set_errno (EINVAL);
+          return NULL;
+        }
+
+      allocated = BIG_FILE_NAME_LENGTH + 1;
+    }
+
+  if (buf == NULL)
+    {
+      dir = malloc (allocated);
+      if (dir == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    dir = buf;
+
+  dirp = dir + allocated;
+  *--dirp = '\0';
+
+  if (__lstat64 (".", &st) < 0)
+    goto lose;
+  thisdev = st.st_dev;
+  thisino = st.st_ino;
+
+  if (__lstat64 ("/", &st) < 0)
+    goto lose;
+  rootdev = st.st_dev;
+  rootino = st.st_ino;
+
+  while (!(thisdev == rootdev && thisino == rootino))
+    {
+      struct dirent64 *d;
+      dev_t dotdev;
+      ino_t dotino;
+      bool mount_point;
+      int parent_status;
+      size_t dirroom;
+      size_t namlen;
+      bool use_d_ino = true;
+
+      /* Look at the parent directory.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT
+      fd = __openat64 (fd, "..", O_RDONLY);
+      if (fd < 0)
+        goto lose;
+      fd_needs_closing = true;
+      parent_status = __fstat64 (fd, &st);
+#else
+      dotlist[dotlen++] = '.';
+      dotlist[dotlen++] = '.';
+      dotlist[dotlen] = '\0';
+      parent_status = __lstat64 (dotlist, &st);
+#endif
+      if (parent_status != 0)
+        goto lose;
+
+      if (dirstream && __closedir (dirstream) != 0)
+        {
+          dirstream = NULL;
+          goto lose;
+        }
+
+      /* Figure out if this directory is a mount point.  */
+      dotdev = st.st_dev;
+      dotino = st.st_ino;
+      mount_point = dotdev != thisdev;
+
+      /* Search for the last directory.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT
+      dirstream = __fdopendir (fd);
+      if (dirstream == NULL)
+        goto lose;
+      fd_needs_closing = false;
+#else
+      dirstream = __opendir (dotlist);
+      if (dirstream == NULL)
+        goto lose;
+      dotlist[dotlen++] = '/';
+#endif
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          /* Clear errno to distinguish EOF from error if readdir returns
+             NULL.  */
+          __set_errno (0);
+          d = __readdir64 (dirstream);
+
+          /* When we've iterated through all directory entries without finding
+             one with a matching d_ino, rewind the stream and consider each
+             name again, but this time, using lstat.  This is necessary in a
+             chroot on at least one system (glibc-2.3.6 + linux 2.6.12), where
+             .., ../.., ../../.., etc. all had the same device number, yet the
+             d_ino values for entries in / did not match those obtained
+             via lstat.  */
+          if (d == NULL && errno == 0 && use_d_ino)
+            {
+              use_d_ino = false;
+              __rewinddir (dirstream);
+              d = __readdir64 (dirstream);
+            }
+
+          if (d == NULL)
+            {
+              if (errno == 0)
+                /* EOF on dirstream, which can mean e.g., that the current
+                   directory has been removed.  */
+                __set_errno (ENOENT);
+              goto lose;
+            }
+          if (d->d_name[0] == '.' &&
+              (d->d_name[1] == '\0' ||
+               (d->d_name[1] == '.' && d->d_name[2] == '\0')))
+            continue;
+
+          if (use_d_ino)
+            {
+              bool match = (MATCHING_INO (d, thisino) || mount_point);
+              if (! match)
+                continue;
+            }
+
+          {
+            int entry_status;
+#if HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT
+            entry_status = __fstatat64 (fd, d->d_name, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+#else
+            /* Compute size needed for this file name, or for the file
+               name ".." in the same directory, whichever is larger.
+               Room for ".." might be needed the next time through
+               the outer loop.  */
+            size_t name_alloc = _D_ALLOC_NAMLEN (d);
+            size_t filesize = dotlen + MAX (sizeof "..", name_alloc);
+
+            if (filesize < dotlen)
+              goto memory_exhausted;
+
+            if (dotsize < filesize)
+              {
+                /* My, what a deep directory tree you have, Grandma.  */
+                size_t newsize = MAX (filesize, dotsize * 2);
+                size_t i;
+                if (newsize < dotsize)
+                  goto memory_exhausted;
+                if (dotlist != dots)
+                  free (dotlist);
+                dotlist = malloc (newsize);
+                if (dotlist == NULL)
+                  goto lose;
+                dotsize = newsize;
+
+                i = 0;
+                do
+                  {
+                    dotlist[i++] = '.';
+                    dotlist[i++] = '.';
+                    dotlist[i++] = '/';
+                  }
+                while (i < dotlen);
+              }
+
+            memcpy (dotlist + dotlen, d->d_name, _D_ALLOC_NAMLEN (d));
+            entry_status = __lstat64 (dotlist, &st);
+#endif
+            /* We don't fail here if we cannot stat() a directory entry.
+               This can happen when (network) file systems fail.  If this
+               entry is in fact the one we are looking for we will find
+               out soon as we reach the end of the directory without
+               having found anything.  */
+            if (entry_status == 0 && S_ISDIR (st.st_mode)
+                && st.st_dev == thisdev && st.st_ino == thisino)
+              break;
+          }
+        }
+
+      dirroom = dirp - dir;
+      namlen = _D_EXACT_NAMLEN (d);
+
+      if (dirroom <= namlen)
+        {
+          if (size != 0)
+            {
+              __set_errno (ERANGE);
+              goto lose;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              char *tmp;
+              size_t oldsize = allocated;
+
+              allocated += MAX (allocated, namlen);
+              if (allocated < oldsize
+                  || ! (tmp = realloc (dir, allocated)))
+                goto memory_exhausted;
+
+              /* Move current contents up to the end of the buffer.
+                 This is guaranteed to be non-overlapping.  */
+              dirp = memcpy (tmp + allocated - (oldsize - dirroom),
+                             tmp + dirroom,
+                             oldsize - dirroom);
+              dir = tmp;
+            }
+        }
+      dirp -= namlen;
+      memcpy (dirp, d->d_name, namlen);
+      *--dirp = '/';
+
+      thisdev = dotdev;
+      thisino = dotino;
+    }
+
+  if (dirstream && __closedir (dirstream) != 0)
+    {
+      dirstream = NULL;
+      goto lose;
+    }
+
+  if (dirp == &dir[allocated - 1])
+    *--dirp = '/';
+
+#if ! HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT
+  if (dotlist != dots)
+    free (dotlist);
+#endif
+
+  used = dir + allocated - dirp;
+  memmove (dir, dirp, used);
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Ensure that the buffer is only as large as necessary.  */
+    buf = (used < allocated ? realloc (dir, used) : dir);
+
+  if (buf == NULL)
+    /* Either buf was NULL all along, or 'realloc' failed but
+       we still have the original string.  */
+    buf = dir;
+
+  return buf;
+
+ memory_exhausted:
+  __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+ lose:
+  {
+    int save = errno;
+    if (dirstream)
+      __closedir (dirstream);
+#if HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT
+    if (fd_needs_closing)
+       __close_nocancel_nostatus (fd);
+#else
+    if (dotlist != dots)
+      free (dotlist);
+#endif
+    if (buf == NULL)
+      free (dir);
+    __set_errno (save);
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#if defined _LIBC && !defined GETCWD_RETURN_TYPE
+libc_hidden_def (__getcwd)
+weak_alias (__getcwd, getcwd)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/getdelim.c b/lib/getdelim.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9eb0483
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getdelim.c
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* getdelim.c --- Implementation of replacement getdelim function.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1996-1998, 2001, 2003, 2005-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Ported from glibc by Simon Josefsson. */
+
+/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit.  Otherwise gcc
+   optimizes away the lineptr == NULL || n == NULL || fp == NULL tests below.  */
+#define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
+#endif
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp)        getc(fp)
+#elif !HAVE_FLOCKFILE || !HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE || !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# undef flockfile
+# undef funlockfile
+# define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+# define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp)        getc(fp)
+#else
+# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp)        getc_unlocked(fp)
+#endif
+
+static void
+alloc_failed (void)
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* Avoid errno problem without using the realloc module; see:
+     https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2016-08/msg00025.html  */
+  errno = ENOMEM;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Read up to (and including) a DELIMITER from FP into *LINEPTR (and
+   NUL-terminate it).  *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or
+   NULL), pointing to *N characters of space.  It is realloc'ed as
+   necessary.  Returns the number of characters read (not including
+   the null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
+
+ssize_t
+getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *fp)
+{
+  ssize_t result;
+  size_t cur_len = 0;
+
+  if (lineptr == NULL || n == NULL || fp == NULL)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  flockfile (fp);
+
+  if (*lineptr == NULL || *n == 0)
+    {
+      char *new_lineptr;
+      *n = 120;
+      new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, *n);
+      if (new_lineptr == NULL)
+        {
+          alloc_failed ();
+          result = -1;
+          goto unlock_return;
+        }
+      *lineptr = new_lineptr;
+    }
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      i = getc_maybe_unlocked (fp);
+      if (i == EOF)
+        {
+          result = -1;
+          break;
+        }
+
+      /* Make enough space for len+1 (for final NUL) bytes.  */
+      if (cur_len + 1 >= *n)
+        {
+          size_t needed_max =
+            SSIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) SSIZE_MAX + 1 : SIZE_MAX;
+          size_t needed = 2 * *n + 1;   /* Be generous. */
+          char *new_lineptr;
+
+          if (needed_max < needed)
+            needed = needed_max;
+          if (cur_len + 1 >= needed)
+            {
+              result = -1;
+              errno = EOVERFLOW;
+              goto unlock_return;
+            }
+
+          new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, needed);
+          if (new_lineptr == NULL)
+            {
+              alloc_failed ();
+              result = -1;
+              goto unlock_return;
+            }
+
+          *lineptr = new_lineptr;
+          *n = needed;
+        }
+
+      (*lineptr)[cur_len] = i;
+      cur_len++;
+
+      if (i == delimiter)
+        break;
+    }
+  (*lineptr)[cur_len] = '\0';
+  result = cur_len ? cur_len : result;
+
+ unlock_return:
+  funlockfile (fp); /* doesn't set errno */
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/getdtablesize.c b/lib/getdtablesize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..793e0f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getdtablesize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* getdtablesize() function: Return maximum possible file descriptor value + 1.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+#  include "msvc-inval.h"
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+_setmaxstdio_nothrow (int newmax)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _setmaxstdio (newmax);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define _setmaxstdio_nothrow _setmaxstdio
+# endif
+
+/* Cache for the previous getdtablesize () result.  Safe to cache because
+   Windows also lacks setrlimit.  */
+static int dtablesize;
+
+int
+getdtablesize (void)
+{
+  if (dtablesize == 0)
+    {
+      /* We are looking for the number N such that the valid file descriptors
+         are 0..N-1.  It can be obtained through a loop as follows:
+           {
+             int fd;
+             for (fd = 3; fd < 65536; fd++)
+               if (dup2 (0, fd) == -1)
+                 break;
+             return fd;
+           }
+         On Windows XP, the result is 2048.
+         The drawback of this loop is that it allocates memory for a libc
+         internal array that is never freed.
+
+         The number N can also be obtained as the upper bound for
+         _getmaxstdio ().  _getmaxstdio () returns the maximum number of open
+         FILE objects.  The sanity check in _setmaxstdio reveals the maximum
+         number of file descriptors.  This too allocates memory, but it is
+         freed when we call _setmaxstdio with the original value.  */
+      int orig_max_stdio = _getmaxstdio ();
+      unsigned int bound;
+      for (bound = 0x10000; _setmaxstdio_nothrow (bound) < 0; bound = bound / 2)
+        ;
+      _setmaxstdio_nothrow (orig_max_stdio);
+      dtablesize = bound;
+    }
+  return dtablesize;
+}
+
+#else
+
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <sys/resource.h>
+
+# ifndef RLIM_SAVED_CUR
+#  define RLIM_SAVED_CUR RLIM_INFINITY
+# endif
+# ifndef RLIM_SAVED_MAX
+#  define RLIM_SAVED_MAX RLIM_INFINITY
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+  /* Cygwin 1.7.25 auto-increases the RLIMIT_NOFILE soft limit until it
+     hits the compile-time constant hard limit of 3200.  We might as
+     well just report the hard limit.  */
+#  define rlim_cur rlim_max
+# endif
+
+int
+getdtablesize (void)
+{
+  struct rlimit lim;
+
+  if (getrlimit (RLIMIT_NOFILE, &lim) == 0
+      && 0 <= lim.rlim_cur && lim.rlim_cur <= INT_MAX
+      && lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_INFINITY
+      && lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_SAVED_CUR
+      && lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_SAVED_MAX)
+    return lim.rlim_cur;
+
+  return INT_MAX;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/getfilecon.c b/lib/getfilecon.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7617530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getfilecon.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* wrap getfilecon, lgetfilecon, and fgetfilecon
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <selinux/selinux.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* FIXME: remove this once there is an errno-gnu module
+   that guarantees the definition of ENODATA.  */
+#ifndef ENODATA
+# define ENODATA ENOTSUP
+#endif
+
+#undef getfilecon
+#undef lgetfilecon
+#undef fgetfilecon
+int getfilecon (char const *file, char **con);
+int lgetfilecon (char const *file, char **con);
+int fgetfilecon (int fd, char **con);
+
+/* getfilecon, lgetfilecon, and fgetfilecon can all misbehave, be it
+   via an old version of libselinux where these would return 0 and set the
+   result context to NULL, or via a modern kernel+lib operating on a file
+   from a disk whose attributes were set by a kernel from around 2006.
+   In that latter case, the functions return a length of 10 for the
+   "unlabeled" context.  Map both failures to a return value of -1, and
+   set errno to ENOTSUP in the first case, and ENODATA in the latter.  */
+
+static int
+map_to_failure (int ret, char **con)
+{
+  if (ret == 0)
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (ret == 10 && strcmp (*con, "unlabeled") == 0)
+    {
+      freecon (*con);
+      *con = NULL;
+      errno = ENODATA;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+int
+rpl_getfilecon (char const *file, char **con)
+{
+  int ret = getfilecon (file, con);
+  return map_to_failure (ret, con);
+}
+
+int
+rpl_lgetfilecon (char const *file, char **con)
+{
+  int ret = lgetfilecon (file, con);
+  return map_to_failure (ret, con);
+}
+
+int
+rpl_fgetfilecon (int fd, char**con)
+{
+  int ret = fgetfilecon (fd, con);
+  return map_to_failure (ret, con);
+}
diff --git a/lib/getgroups.c b/lib/getgroups.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7abd72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getgroups.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* provide consistent interface to getgroups for systems that don't allow N==0
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1999, 2003, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_GETGROUPS
+
+/* Provide a stub that fails with ENOSYS, since there is no group
+   information available on mingw.  */
+int
+getgroups (_GL_UNUSED int n, _GL_UNUSED GETGROUPS_T *groups)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_GETGROUPS */
+
+# undef getgroups
+# ifndef GETGROUPS_ZERO_BUG
+#  define GETGROUPS_ZERO_BUG 0
+# endif
+
+/* On OS X 10.6 and later, use the usual getgroups, not the one
+   supplied when _DARWIN_C_SOURCE is defined.  _DARWIN_C_SOURCE is
+   normally defined, since it means "conform to POSIX, but add
+   non-POSIX extensions even if that violates the POSIX namespace
+   rules", which is what we normally want.  But with getgroups there
+   is an inconsistency, and _DARWIN_C_SOURCE means "change getgroups()
+   so that it no longer works right".  The BUGS section of compat(5)
+   says that the behavior is dubious if you compile different sections
+   of a program with different _DARWIN_C_SOURCE settings, so fix only
+   the offending symbol.  */
+# ifdef __APPLE__
+int posix_getgroups (int, gid_t []) __asm ("_getgroups");
+#  define getgroups posix_getgroups
+# endif
+
+/* On at least NeXTstep 3.2, getgroups (0, NULL) always fails.
+   On other systems, it returns the number of supplemental
+   groups for the process.  This function handles that special case
+   and lets the system-provided function handle all others.  However,
+   it can fail with ENOMEM if memory is tight.  It is unspecified
+   whether the effective group id is included in the list.  */
+
+int
+rpl_getgroups (int n, gid_t *group)
+{
+  int n_groups;
+  GETGROUPS_T *gbuf;
+
+  if (n < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (n != 0 || !GETGROUPS_ZERO_BUG)
+    {
+      int result;
+      if (sizeof *group == sizeof *gbuf)
+        return getgroups (n, (GETGROUPS_T *) group);
+
+      if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof *gbuf <= n)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      gbuf = malloc (n * sizeof *gbuf);
+      if (!gbuf)
+        return -1;
+      result = getgroups (n, gbuf);
+      if (0 <= result)
+        {
+          n = result;
+          while (n--)
+            group[n] = gbuf[n];
+        }
+      free (gbuf);
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  n = 20;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* No need to worry about address arithmetic overflow here,
+         since the ancient systems that we're running on have low
+         limits on the number of secondary groups.  */
+      gbuf = malloc (n * sizeof *gbuf);
+      if (!gbuf)
+        return -1;
+      n_groups = getgroups (n, gbuf);
+      if (n_groups == -1 ? errno != EINVAL : n_groups < n)
+        break;
+      free (gbuf);
+      n *= 2;
+    }
+
+  free (gbuf);
+  return n_groups;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_GETGROUPS */
diff --git a/lib/gethostname.c b/lib/gethostname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce9bf41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gethostname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* gethostname emulation for SysV and POSIX.1.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 2003, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+   Windows port by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org> */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !(defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__)
+/* Unix API.  */
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNAME
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Put up to LEN chars of the host name into NAME.
+   Null terminate it if the name is shorter than LEN.
+   Return 0 if ok, -1 if error.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+int
+gethostname (char *name, size_t len)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_UNAME
+  struct utsname uts;
+
+  if (uname (&uts) == -1)
+    return -1;
+  if (len > sizeof (uts.nodename))
+    {
+      /* More space than we need is available.  */
+      name[sizeof (uts.nodename)] = '\0';
+      len = sizeof (uts.nodename);
+    }
+  strncpy (name, uts.nodename, len);
+#else
+  strcpy (name, "");            /* Hardcode your system name if you want.  */
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#else
+/* Native Windows API.  Which primitive to choose?
+   - gethostname() requires linking with -lws2_32.
+   - GetComputerName() does not return the right kind of hostname.
+   - GetComputerNameEx(ComputerNameDnsHostname,...) returns the right hostname,
+     but it is hard to use portably:
+       - It requires defining _WIN32_WINNT to at least 0x0500.
+       - With mingw, it also requires
+         "#define GetComputerNameEx GetComputerNameExA".
+       - With older versions of mingw, none of the declarations are present at
+         all, not even of the enum value ComputerNameDnsHostname.
+   So we use gethostname().  Linking with -lws2_32 is the least evil.  */
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+/* Get winsock2.h. */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Get INT_MAX.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Get set_winsock_errno. */
+#include "w32sock.h"
+
+#include "sockets.h"
+
+#undef gethostname
+
+int
+rpl_gethostname (char *name, size_t len)
+{
+  int r;
+
+  if (len > INT_MAX)
+    len = INT_MAX;
+  gl_sockets_startup (SOCKETS_1_1);
+  r = gethostname (name, (int) len);
+  if (r < 0)
+    set_winsock_errno ();
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/gethrxtime.c b/lib/gethrxtime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f74f8f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gethrxtime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* gethrxtime -- get high resolution real time
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define GETHRXTIME_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "gethrxtime.h"
+
+#if ! (HAVE_ARITHMETIC_HRTIME_T && HAVE_DECL_GETHRTIME)
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+/* Get the current time, as a count of the number of nanoseconds since
+   an arbitrary epoch (e.g., the system boot time).  Prefer a
+   high-resolution clock that is not subject to resetting or
+   drifting.  */
+
+xtime_t
+gethrxtime (void)
+{
+# if HAVE_NANOUPTIME
+  {
+    struct timespec ts;
+    nanouptime (&ts);
+    return xtime_make (ts.tv_sec, ts.tv_nsec);
+  }
+# else
+
+#  if defined CLOCK_MONOTONIC && HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME
+  {
+    struct timespec ts;
+    if (clock_gettime (CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &ts) == 0)
+      return xtime_make (ts.tv_sec, ts.tv_nsec);
+  }
+#  endif
+
+#  if HAVE_MICROUPTIME
+  {
+    struct timeval tv;
+    microuptime (&tv);
+    return xtime_make (tv.tv_sec, 1000 * tv.tv_usec);
+  }
+
+#  else
+  /* No monotonically increasing clocks are available; fall back on a
+     clock that might jump backwards, since it's the best we can do.  */
+  {
+    struct timespec ts;
+    gettime (&ts);
+    return xtime_make (ts.tv_sec, ts.tv_nsec);
+  }
+#  endif
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/gethrxtime.h b/lib/gethrxtime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2d968e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gethrxtime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* gethrxtime -- get high resolution real time
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef GETHRXTIME_H_
+#define GETHRXTIME_H_ 1
+
+#include "xtime.h"
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef GETHRXTIME_INLINE
+# define GETHRXTIME_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Get the current time, as a count of the number of nanoseconds since
+   an arbitrary epoch (e.g., the system boot time).  Prefer a
+   high-resolution clock that is not subject to resetting or
+   drifting.  */
+
+#if HAVE_ARITHMETIC_HRTIME_T && HAVE_DECL_GETHRTIME
+# include <time.h>
+GETHRXTIME_INLINE xtime_t gethrxtime (void) { return gethrtime (); }
+# else
+xtime_t gethrxtime (void);
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/getline.c b/lib/getline.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34b9117
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getline.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* getline.c --- Implementation of replacement getline function.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Simon Josefsson. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+ssize_t
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
+{
+  return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream);
+}
diff --git a/lib/getloadavg.c b/lib/getloadavg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37e8280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getloadavg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,944 @@
+/* Get the system load averages.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1985-1989, 1991-1995, 1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with gnulib.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Compile-time symbols that this file uses:
+
+   HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC        Define this if your system has the
+                                pstat_getdynamic function.  I think it
+                                is unique to HPUX9.  The best way to get the
+                                definition is through the AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
+                                macro that comes with autoconf 2.13 or newer.
+                                If that isn't an option, then just put
+                                AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pstat_getdynamic) in your
+                                configure.ac file.
+   HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT Define this if your system has the
+                                perfstat_cpu_total function in libperfstat (AIX).
+   FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR()   Adjust address in returned struct nlist.
+   KERNEL_FILE                  Name of the kernel file to nlist.
+   LDAV_CVT()                   Scale the load average from the kernel.
+                                Returns a double.
+   LDAV_SYMBOL                  Name of kernel symbol giving load average.
+   LOAD_AVE_TYPE                Type of the load average array in the kernel.
+                                Must be defined unless one of
+                                apollo, DGUX, NeXT, or UMAX is defined;
+                                or we have libkstat;
+                                otherwise, no load average is available.
+   HAVE_NLIST_H                 nlist.h is available.  NLIST_STRUCT defaults
+                                to this.
+   NLIST_STRUCT                 Include nlist.h, not a.out.h.
+   N_NAME_POINTER               The nlist n_name element is a pointer,
+                                not an array.
+   HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME 'n_un.n_name' is member of 'struct nlist'.
+   LINUX_LDAV_FILE              [__linux__, __ANDROID__, __CYGWIN__]: File
+                                containing load averages.
+
+   Specific system predefines this file uses, aside from setting
+   default values if not emacs:
+
+   apollo
+   BSD                          Real BSD, not just BSD-like.
+   DGUX
+   eunice                       UNIX emulator under VMS.
+   hpux
+   __MSDOS__                    No-op for MSDOS.
+   NeXT
+   sgi
+   UMAX
+   UMAX4_3
+   VMS
+   _WIN32                       Native Windows (possibly also defined on Cygwin)
+   __linux__, __ANDROID__       Linux: assumes /proc file system mounted.
+                                Support from Michael K. Johnson.
+   __CYGWIN__                   Cygwin emulates linux /proc/loadavg.
+   __NetBSD__                   NetBSD: assumes /kern file system mounted.
+
+   In addition, to avoid nesting many #ifdefs, we internally set
+   LDAV_DONE to indicate that the load average has been computed.
+
+   We also #define LDAV_PRIVILEGED if a program will require
+   special installation to be able to call getloadavg.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+
+# include "intprops.h"
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__ && ! defined WINDOWS32
+#  define WINDOWS32
+# endif
+
+# ifdef NeXT
+/* NeXT in the 2.{0,1,2} releases defines BSD in <sys/param.h>, which
+   conflicts with the definition understood in this file, that this
+   really is BSD. */
+#  undef BSD
+
+/* NeXT defines FSCALE in <sys/param.h>.  However, we take FSCALE being
+   defined to mean that the nlist method should be used, which is not true.  */
+#  undef FSCALE
+# endif
+
+/* Same issues as for NeXT apply to the HURD-based GNU system.  */
+# ifdef __GNU__
+#  undef BSD
+#  undef FSCALE
+# endif /* __GNU__ */
+
+/* Set values that are different from the defaults, which are
+   set a little farther down with #ifndef.  */
+
+
+/* Some shorthands.  */
+
+# if defined (HPUX) && !defined (hpux)
+#  define hpux
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__hpux) && !defined (hpux)
+#  define hpux
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__sun) && !defined (sun)
+#  define sun
+# endif
+
+# if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+#  define MORE_BSD
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__SVR4) && !defined (SVR4)
+#  define SVR4
+# endif
+
+# if (defined (sun) && defined (SVR4)) || defined (SOLARIS2)
+#  define SUNOS_5
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__osf__) && (defined (__alpha) || defined (__alpha__))
+#  define OSF_ALPHA
+#  include <sys/mbuf.h>
+#  include <sys/socket.h>
+#  include <net/route.h>
+#  include <sys/table.h>
+/* Tru64 4.0D's table.h redefines sys */
+#  undef sys
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__osf__) && (defined (mips) || defined (__mips__))
+#  define OSF_MIPS
+#  include <sys/table.h>
+# endif
+
+
+/* VAX C can't handle multi-line #ifs, or lines longer than 256 chars.  */
+# ifndef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifdef MORE_BSD
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef sun
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef sgi
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef SVR4
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef OSF_ALPHA
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined _AIX && ! defined HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT
+#   define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#  endif
+
+# endif /* No LOAD_AVE_TYPE.  */
+
+# ifdef OSF_ALPHA
+/* <sys/param.h> defines an incorrect value for FSCALE on Alpha OSF/1,
+   according to ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu.  */
+#  undef FSCALE
+#  define FSCALE 1024.0
+# endif
+
+
+# ifndef FSCALE
+
+/* SunOS and some others define FSCALE in sys/param.h.  */
+
+#  ifdef MORE_BSD
+#   define FSCALE 2048.0
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined (MIPS) || defined (SVR4)
+#   define FSCALE 256
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined (sgi)
+/* Sometimes both MIPS and sgi are defined, so FSCALE was just defined
+   above under #ifdef MIPS.  But we want the sgi value.  */
+#   undef FSCALE
+#   define FSCALE 1000.0
+#  endif
+
+#  if defined _AIX && !defined HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT
+#   define FSCALE 65536.0
+#  endif
+
+# endif /* Not FSCALE.  */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_CVT) && defined (FSCALE)
+#  define LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+#  if HAVE_NLIST_H
+#   define NLIST_STRUCT
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if defined (sgi) || (defined (mips) && !defined (BSD))
+#  define FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR(nl) ((nl)[0].n_value &= ~(1 << 31))
+# endif
+
+
+# if !defined (KERNEL_FILE) && defined (hpux)
+#  define KERNEL_FILE "/hp-ux"
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (KERNEL_FILE) && (defined (MIPS) || defined (SVR4) || defined (ISC) || defined (sgi))
+#  define KERNEL_FILE "/unix"
+# endif
+
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_SYMBOL) && (defined (hpux) || defined (SVR4) || defined (ISC) || defined (sgi) || (defined (_AIX) && !defined(HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT)))
+#  define LDAV_SYMBOL "avenrun"
+# endif
+
+# ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+
+/* LOAD_AVE_TYPE should only get defined if we're going to use the
+   nlist method.  */
+# if !defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE) && (defined (BSD) || defined (LDAV_CVT) || defined (KERNEL_FILE) || defined (LDAV_SYMBOL))
+#  define LOAD_AVE_TYPE double
+# endif
+
+# ifdef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifndef __VMS
+#   if !(defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__)
+#    ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+#     include <a.out.h>
+#    else /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+#     include <nlist.h>
+#    endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+
+#    ifdef SUNOS_5
+#     include <kvm.h>
+#     include <kstat.h>
+#    endif
+
+#    if defined (hpux) && defined (HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC)
+#     include <sys/pstat.h>
+#    endif
+
+#    ifndef KERNEL_FILE
+#     define KERNEL_FILE "/vmunix"
+#    endif /* KERNEL_FILE */
+
+#    ifndef LDAV_SYMBOL
+#     define LDAV_SYMBOL "_avenrun"
+#    endif /* LDAV_SYMBOL */
+#   endif /* __linux__ || __ANDROID__ */
+
+#  else /* __VMS */
+
+#   ifndef eunice
+#    include <iodef.h>
+#    include <descrip.h>
+#   else /* eunice */
+#    include <vms/iodef.h>
+#   endif /* eunice */
+#  endif /* __VMS */
+
+#  ifndef LDAV_CVT
+#   define LDAV_CVT(n) ((double) (n))
+#  endif /* !LDAV_CVT */
+
+# endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
+
+# if defined HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT
+#  include <sys/protosw.h>
+#  include <libperfstat.h>
+#  include <sys/proc.h>
+#  ifndef SBITS
+#   define SBITS 16
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__GNU__) && !defined (NeXT)
+/* Note that NeXT Openstep defines __GNU__ even though it should not.  */
+/* GNU system acts much like NeXT, for load average purposes,
+   but not exactly.  */
+#  define NeXT
+#  define host_self mach_host_self
+# endif
+
+# ifdef NeXT
+#  ifdef HAVE_MACH_MACH_H
+#   include <mach/mach.h>
+#  else
+#   include <mach.h>
+#  endif
+# endif /* NeXT */
+
+# ifdef sgi
+#  include <sys/sysmp.h>
+# endif /* sgi */
+
+# ifdef UMAX
+#  include <signal.h>
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+#  include <sys/wait.h>
+#  include <sys/syscall.h>
+
+#  ifdef UMAX_43
+#   include <machine/cpu.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/statistics.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/sysstats.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/cpustats.h>
+#   include <inq_stats/procstats.h>
+#  else /* Not UMAX_43.  */
+#   include <sys/sysdefs.h>
+#   include <sys/statistics.h>
+#   include <sys/sysstats.h>
+#   include <sys/cpudefs.h>
+#   include <sys/cpustats.h>
+#   include <sys/procstats.h>
+#  endif /* Not UMAX_43.  */
+# endif /* UMAX */
+
+# ifdef DGUX
+#  include <sys/dg_sys_info.h>
+# endif
+
+# if (defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__ \
+      || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined SUNOS_5 \
+      || (defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS))
+#  include <fcntl.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Avoid static vars inside a function since in HPUX they dump as pure.  */
+
+# ifdef NeXT
+static processor_set_t default_set;
+static bool getloadavg_initialized;
+# endif /* NeXT */
+
+# ifdef UMAX
+static unsigned int cpus = 0;
+static unsigned int samples;
+# endif /* UMAX */
+
+# ifdef DGUX
+static struct dg_sys_info_load_info load_info;  /* what-a-mouthful! */
+# endif /* DGUX */
+
+# if !defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT) && defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE)
+/* File descriptor open to /dev/kmem or VMS load ave driver.  */
+static int channel;
+/* True if channel is valid.  */
+static bool getloadavg_initialized;
+/* Offset in kmem to seek to read load average, or 0 means invalid.  */
+static long offset;
+
+#  if ! defined __VMS && ! defined sgi && ! (defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__)
+static struct nlist name_list[2];
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef SUNOS_5
+static kvm_t *kd;
+#  endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+
+# endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE && !HAVE_LIBKSTAT */
+
+/* Put the 1 minute, 5 minute and 15 minute load averages
+   into the first NELEM elements of LOADAVG.
+   Return the number written (never more than 3, but may be less than NELEM),
+   or -1 (setting errno) if an error occurred.  */
+
+int
+getloadavg (double loadavg[], int nelem)
+{
+  int elem = 0;                 /* Return value.  */
+
+# ifdef NO_GET_LOAD_AVG
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  elem = -1;
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT)       /* Solaris <= 2.6 */
+/* Use libkstat because we don't have to be root.  */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  kstat_ctl_t *kc;
+  kstat_t *ksp;
+  kstat_named_t *kn;
+  int saved_errno;
+
+  kc = kstat_open ();
+  if (kc == NULL)
+    return -1;
+  ksp = kstat_lookup (kc, "unix", 0, "system_misc");
+  if (ksp == NULL)
+    return -1;
+  if (kstat_read (kc, ksp, 0) == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+
+  kn = kstat_data_lookup (ksp, "avenrun_1min");
+  if (kn == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Return -1 if no load average information is available.  */
+      nelem = 0;
+      elem = -1;
+    }
+
+  if (nelem >= 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = (double) kn->value.ul / FSCALE;
+
+  if (nelem >= 2)
+    {
+      kn = kstat_data_lookup (ksp, "avenrun_5min");
+      if (kn != NULL)
+        {
+          loadavg[elem++] = (double) kn->value.ul / FSCALE;
+
+          if (nelem >= 3)
+            {
+              kn = kstat_data_lookup (ksp, "avenrun_15min");
+              if (kn != NULL)
+                loadavg[elem++] = (double) kn->value.ul / FSCALE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  kstat_close (kc);
+  errno = saved_errno;
+# endif /* HAVE_LIBKSTAT */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (hpux) && defined (HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC)
+                                                           /* HP-UX */
+/* Use pstat_getdynamic() because we don't have to be root.  */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+  struct pst_dynamic dyn_info;
+  if (pstat_getdynamic (&dyn_info, sizeof (dyn_info), 0, 0) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = dyn_info.psd_avg_1_min;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = dyn_info.psd_avg_5_min;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = dyn_info.psd_avg_15_min;
+
+# endif /* hpux && HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC */
+
+# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT       /* AIX */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+/* Use perfstat_cpu_total because we don't have to be root. */
+  {
+    perfstat_cpu_total_t cpu_stats;
+    int result = perfstat_cpu_total (NULL, &cpu_stats, sizeof cpu_stats, 1);
+    if (result == -1)
+      return result;
+    loadavg[0] = cpu_stats.loadavg[0] / (double)(1 << SBITS);
+    loadavg[1] = cpu_stats.loadavg[1] / (double)(1 << SBITS);
+    loadavg[2] = cpu_stats.loadavg[2] / (double)(1 << SBITS);
+    elem = 3;
+  }
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__ || defined __CYGWIN__)
+                                      /* Linux without glibc, Android, Cygwin */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifndef LINUX_LDAV_FILE
+#   define LINUX_LDAV_FILE "/proc/loadavg"
+#  endif
+
+  char ldavgbuf[3 * (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + sizeof ".00 ")];
+  char const *ptr = ldavgbuf;
+  int fd, count, saved_errno;
+
+  fd = open (LINUX_LDAV_FILE, O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    return -1;
+  count = read (fd, ldavgbuf, sizeof ldavgbuf - 1);
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  (void) close (fd);
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  if (count <= 0)
+    return -1;
+  ldavgbuf[count] = '\0';
+
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    {
+      double numerator = 0;
+      double denominator = 1;
+
+      while (*ptr == ' ')
+        ptr++;
+
+      /* Finish if this number is missing, and report an error if all
+         were missing.  */
+      if (! ('0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9'))
+        {
+          if (elem == 0)
+            {
+              errno = ENOTSUP;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+
+      while ('0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9')
+        numerator = 10 * numerator + (*ptr++ - '0');
+
+      if (*ptr == '.')
+        for (ptr++; '0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9'; ptr++)
+          numerator = 10 * numerator + (*ptr - '0'), denominator *= 10;
+
+      loadavg[elem] = numerator / denominator;
+    }
+
+  return elem;
+
+# endif /* __linux__ || __ANDROID__ || __CYGWIN__ */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (__NetBSD__)          /* NetBSD < 0.9 */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+#  undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#  ifndef NETBSD_LDAV_FILE
+#   define NETBSD_LDAV_FILE "/kern/loadavg"
+#  endif
+
+  unsigned long int load_ave[3], scale;
+  int count;
+  char readbuf[4 * INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (unsigned long int) + 1];
+  int fd = open (NETBSD_LDAV_FILE, O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return fd;
+  int nread = read (fd, readbuf, sizeof readbuf - 1);
+  int err = errno;
+  close (fd);
+  if (nread < 0)
+    {
+      errno = err;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  readbuf[nread] = '\0';
+  count = sscanf (readbuf, "%lu %lu %lu %lu\n",
+                  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2],
+                  &scale);
+  if (count != 4)
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    loadavg[elem] = (double) load_ave[elem] / (double) scale;
+
+  return elem;
+
+# endif /* __NetBSD__ */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (NeXT)                /* NeXTStep */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  /* The NeXT code was adapted from iscreen 3.2.  */
+
+  host_t host;
+  struct processor_set_basic_info info;
+  unsigned int info_count;
+
+  /* We only know how to get the 1-minute average for this system,
+     so even if the caller asks for more than 1, we only return 1.  */
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      if (processor_set_default (host_self (), &default_set) == KERN_SUCCESS)
+        getloadavg_initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  if (getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      info_count = PROCESSOR_SET_BASIC_INFO_COUNT;
+      if (processor_set_info (default_set, PROCESSOR_SET_BASIC_INFO, &host,
+                              (processor_set_info_t) &info, &info_count)
+          != KERN_SUCCESS)
+        getloadavg_initialized = false;
+      else
+        {
+          if (nelem > 0)
+            loadavg[elem++] = (double) info.load_average / LOAD_SCALE;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* NeXT */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (UMAX)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+/* UMAX 4.2, which runs on the Encore Multimax multiprocessor, does not
+   have a /dev/kmem.  Information about the workings of the running kernel
+   can be gathered with inq_stats system calls.
+   We only know how to get the 1-minute average for this system.  */
+
+  struct proc_summary proc_sum_data;
+  struct stat_descr proc_info;
+  double load;
+  register unsigned int i, j;
+
+  if (cpus == 0)
+    {
+      register unsigned int c, i;
+      struct cpu_config conf;
+      struct stat_descr desc;
+
+      desc.sd_next = 0;
+      desc.sd_subsys = SUBSYS_CPU;
+      desc.sd_type = CPUTYPE_CONFIG;
+      desc.sd_addr = (char *) &conf;
+      desc.sd_size = sizeof conf;
+
+      if (inq_stats (1, &desc))
+        return -1;
+
+      c = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < conf.config_maxclass; ++i)
+        {
+          struct class_stats stats;
+          memset (&stats, 0, sizeof stats);
+
+          desc.sd_type = CPUTYPE_CLASS;
+          desc.sd_objid = i;
+          desc.sd_addr = (char *) &stats;
+          desc.sd_size = sizeof stats;
+
+          if (inq_stats (1, &desc))
+            return -1;
+
+          c += stats.class_numcpus;
+        }
+      cpus = c;
+      samples = cpus < 2 ? 3 : (2 * cpus / 3);
+    }
+
+  proc_info.sd_next = 0;
+  proc_info.sd_subsys = SUBSYS_PROC;
+  proc_info.sd_type = PROCTYPE_SUMMARY;
+  proc_info.sd_addr = (char *) &proc_sum_data;
+  proc_info.sd_size = sizeof (struct proc_summary);
+  proc_info.sd_sizeused = 0;
+
+  if (inq_stats (1, &proc_info) != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  load = proc_sum_data.ps_nrunnable;
+  j = 0;
+  for (i = samples - 1; i > 0; --i)
+    {
+      load += proc_sum_data.ps_nrun[j];
+      if (j++ == PS_NRUNSIZE)
+        j = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load / samples / cpus;
+# endif /* UMAX */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (DGUX)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+  /* This call can return -1 for an error, but with good args
+     it's not supposed to fail.  The first argument is for no
+     apparent reason of type 'long int *'.  */
+  dg_sys_info ((long int *) &load_info,
+               DG_SYS_INFO_LOAD_INFO_TYPE,
+               DG_SYS_INFO_LOAD_VERSION_0);
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.one_minute;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.five_minute;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.fifteen_minute;
+# endif /* DGUX */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (apollo)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+/* Apollo code from lisch@mentorg.com (Ray Lischner).
+
+   This system call is not documented.  The load average is obtained as
+   three long integers, for the load average over the past minute,
+   five minutes, and fifteen minutes.  Each value is a scaled integer,
+   with 16 bits of integer part and 16 bits of fraction part.
+
+   I'm not sure which operating system first supported this system call,
+   but I know that SR10.2 supports it.  */
+
+  extern void proc1_$get_loadav ();
+  unsigned long load_ave[3];
+
+  proc1_$get_loadav (load_ave);
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[0] / 65536.0;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[1] / 65536.0;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[2] / 65536.0;
+# endif /* apollo */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_MIPS)
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+
+  struct tbl_loadavg load_ave;
+  table (TBL_LOADAVG, 0, &load_ave, 1, sizeof (load_ave));
+  loadavg[elem++]
+    = (load_ave.tl_lscale == 0
+       ? load_ave.tl_avenrun.d[0]
+       : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[0] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
+# endif /* OSF_MIPS */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (WINDOWS32))
+                                                           /* DJGPP */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+
+  /* A faithful emulation is going to have to be saved for a rainy day.  */
+  for ( ; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    {
+      loadavg[elem] = 0.0;
+    }
+# endif  /* __MSDOS__ || WINDOWS32 */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_ALPHA)           /* OSF/1 */
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+
+  struct tbl_loadavg load_ave;
+  table (TBL_LOADAVG, 0, &load_ave, 1, sizeof (load_ave));
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    loadavg[elem]
+      = (load_ave.tl_lscale == 0
+         ? load_ave.tl_avenrun.d[elem]
+         : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[elem] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
+# endif /* OSF_ALPHA */
+
+# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined __VMS                  /* VMS */
+  /* VMS specific code -- read from the Load Ave driver.  */
+
+  LOAD_AVE_TYPE load_ave[3];
+  static bool getloadavg_initialized;
+#  ifdef eunice
+  struct
+  {
+    int dsc$w_length;
+    char *dsc$a_pointer;
+  } descriptor;
+#  endif
+
+  /* Ensure that there is a channel open to the load ave device.  */
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      /* Attempt to open the channel.  */
+#  ifdef eunice
+      descriptor.dsc$w_length = 18;
+      descriptor.dsc$a_pointer = "$$VMS_LOAD_AVERAGE";
+#  else
+      $DESCRIPTOR (descriptor, "LAV0:");
+#  endif
+      if (sys$assign (&descriptor, &channel, 0, 0) & 1)
+        getloadavg_initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  /* Read the load average vector.  */
+  if (getloadavg_initialized
+      && !(sys$qiow (0, channel, IO$_READVBLK, 0, 0, 0,
+                     load_ave, 12, 0, 0, 0, 0) & 1))
+    {
+      sys$dassgn (channel);
+      getloadavg_initialized = false;
+    }
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined __VMS */
+
+# if ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS
+                                                  /* IRIX, other old systems */
+
+  /* UNIX-specific code -- read the average from /dev/kmem.  */
+
+#  define LDAV_PRIVILEGED               /* This code requires special installation.  */
+
+  LOAD_AVE_TYPE load_ave[3];
+
+  /* Get the address of LDAV_SYMBOL.  */
+  if (offset == 0)
+    {
+#  ifndef sgi
+#   if ! defined NLIST_STRUCT || ! defined N_NAME_POINTER
+      strcpy (name_list[0].n_name, LDAV_SYMBOL);
+      strcpy (name_list[1].n_name, "");
+#   else /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+#    ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME
+      name_list[0].n_un.n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
+      name_list[1].n_un.n_name = 0;
+#    else /* not HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME */
+      name_list[0].n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
+      name_list[1].n_name = 0;
+#    endif /* not HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME */
+#   endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+
+#   ifndef SUNOS_5
+      if (
+#    if !defined (_AIX)
+          nlist (KERNEL_FILE, name_list)
+#    else  /* _AIX */
+          knlist (name_list, 1, sizeof (name_list[0]))
+#    endif
+          >= 0)
+          /* Omit "&& name_list[0].n_type != 0 " -- it breaks on Sun386i.  */
+          {
+#    ifdef FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR
+            FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR (name_list);
+#    endif
+            offset = name_list[0].n_value;
+          }
+#   endif /* !SUNOS_5 */
+#  else  /* sgi */
+      ptrdiff_t ldav_off = sysmp (MP_KERNADDR, MPKA_AVENRUN);
+      if (ldav_off != -1)
+        offset = (long int) ldav_off & 0x7fffffff;
+#  endif /* sgi */
+    }
+
+  /* Make sure we have /dev/kmem open.  */
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+#  ifndef SUNOS_5
+      int fd = open ("/dev/kmem", O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+      if (0 <= fd)
+        {
+          channel = fd;
+          getloadavg_initialized = true;
+        }
+#  else /* SUNOS_5 */
+      /* We pass 0 for the kernel, corefile, and swapfile names
+         to use the currently running kernel.  */
+      kd = kvm_open (0, 0, 0, O_RDONLY, 0);
+      if (kd != NULL)
+        {
+          /* nlist the currently running kernel.  */
+          kvm_nlist (kd, name_list);
+          offset = name_list[0].n_value;
+          getloadavg_initialized = true;
+        }
+#  endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+    }
+
+  /* If we can, get the load average values.  */
+  if (offset && getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      /* Try to read the load.  */
+#  ifndef SUNOS_5
+      if (lseek (channel, offset, 0) == -1L
+          || read (channel, (char *) load_ave, sizeof (load_ave))
+          != sizeof (load_ave))
+        {
+          close (channel);
+          getloadavg_initialized = false;
+        }
+#  else  /* SUNOS_5 */
+      if (kvm_read (kd, offset, (char *) load_ave, sizeof (load_ave))
+          != sizeof (load_ave))
+        {
+          kvm_close (kd);
+          getloadavg_initialized = false;
+        }
+#  endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+    }
+
+  if (offset == 0 || !getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* ! defined LDAV_DONE && defined LOAD_AVE_TYPE && ! defined __VMS */
+
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE) /* Including VMS.  */
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[0]);
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[1]);
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[2]);
+
+#  define LDAV_DONE
+# endif /* !LDAV_DONE && LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
+
+# if !defined LDAV_DONE
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  elem = -1;
+# endif
+  return elem;
+}
diff --git a/lib/getlogin.c b/lib/getlogin.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97b6ed6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getlogin.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Provide a working getlogin for systems which lack it.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible, 2010.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef GetUserName
+# define GetUserName GetUserNameA
+#endif
+
+char *
+getlogin (void)
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  static char login_name[1024];
+  DWORD sz = sizeof (login_name);
+
+  if (GetUserName (login_name, &sz))
+    return login_name;
+#endif
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/lib/getndelim2.c b/lib/getndelim2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2611bc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getndelim2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/* getndelim2 - Read a line from a stream, stopping at one of 2 delimiters,
+   with bounded memory allocation.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1996-1998, 2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2022 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Originally written by Jan Brittenson, bson@gnu.ai.mit.edu.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "getndelim2.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_FLOCKFILE
+# undef flockfile
+# define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE
+# undef funlockfile
+# define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "freadptr.h"
+#include "freadseek.h"
+#include "memchr2.h"
+
+#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
+#endif
+
+/* Use this to suppress gcc's "...may be used before initialized" warnings. */
+#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
+#else
+# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* The maximum value that getndelim2 can return without suffering from
+   overflow problems, either internally (because of pointer
+   subtraction overflow) or due to the API (because of ssize_t).  */
+#define GETNDELIM2_MAXIMUM (PTRDIFF_MAX < SSIZE_MAX ? PTRDIFF_MAX : SSIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Try to add at least this many bytes when extending the buffer.
+   MIN_CHUNK must be no greater than GETNDELIM2_MAXIMUM.  */
+#define MIN_CHUNK 64
+
+ssize_t
+getndelim2 (char **lineptr, size_t *linesize, size_t offset, size_t nmax,
+            int delim1, int delim2, FILE *stream)
+{
+  size_t nbytes_avail;          /* Allocated but unused bytes in *LINEPTR.  */
+  char *read_pos;               /* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
+  ssize_t bytes_stored = -1;
+  char *ptr = *lineptr;
+  size_t size = *linesize;
+  bool found_delimiter;
+
+  if (!ptr)
+    {
+      size = nmax < MIN_CHUNK ? nmax : MIN_CHUNK;
+      ptr = malloc (size);
+      if (!ptr)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (size < offset)
+    goto done;
+
+  nbytes_avail = size - offset;
+  read_pos = ptr + offset;
+
+  if (nbytes_avail == 0 && nmax <= size)
+    goto done;
+
+  /* Normalize delimiters, since memchr2 doesn't handle EOF.  */
+  if (delim1 == EOF)
+    delim1 = delim2;
+  else if (delim2 == EOF)
+    delim2 = delim1;
+
+  flockfile (stream);
+
+  found_delimiter = false;
+  do
+    {
+      /* Here always ptr + size == read_pos + nbytes_avail.
+         Also nbytes_avail > 0 || size < nmax.  */
+
+      int c IF_LINT (= 0);
+      const char *buffer;
+      size_t buffer_len;
+
+      buffer = freadptr (stream, &buffer_len);
+      if (buffer)
+        {
+          if (delim1 != EOF)
+            {
+              const char *end = memchr2 (buffer, delim1, delim2, buffer_len);
+              if (end)
+                {
+                  buffer_len = end - buffer + 1;
+                  found_delimiter = true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          c = getc (stream);
+          if (c == EOF)
+            {
+              /* Return partial line, if any.  */
+              if (read_pos == ptr)
+                goto unlock_done;
+              else
+                break;
+            }
+          if (c == delim1 || c == delim2)
+            found_delimiter = true;
+          buffer_len = 1;
+        }
+
+      /* We always want at least one byte left in the buffer, since we
+         always (unless we get an error while reading the first byte)
+         NUL-terminate the line buffer.  */
+
+      if (nbytes_avail < buffer_len + 1 && size < nmax)
+        {
+          /* Grow size proportionally, not linearly, to avoid O(n^2)
+             running time.  */
+          size_t newsize = size < MIN_CHUNK ? size + MIN_CHUNK : 2 * size;
+          char *newptr;
+
+          /* Increase newsize so that it becomes
+             >= (read_pos - ptr) + buffer_len.  */
+          if (newsize - (read_pos - ptr) < buffer_len + 1)
+            newsize = (read_pos - ptr) + buffer_len + 1;
+          /* Respect nmax.  This handles possible integer overflow.  */
+          if (! (size < newsize && newsize <= nmax))
+            newsize = nmax;
+
+          if (GETNDELIM2_MAXIMUM < newsize - offset)
+            {
+              size_t newsizemax = offset + GETNDELIM2_MAXIMUM + 1;
+              if (size == newsizemax)
+                goto unlock_done;
+              newsize = newsizemax;
+            }
+
+          nbytes_avail = newsize - (read_pos - ptr);
+          newptr = realloc (ptr, newsize);
+          if (!newptr)
+            goto unlock_done;
+          ptr = newptr;
+          size = newsize;
+          read_pos = size - nbytes_avail + ptr;
+        }
+
+      /* Here, if size < nmax, nbytes_avail >= buffer_len + 1.
+         If size == nmax, nbytes_avail > 0.  */
+
+      if (1 < nbytes_avail)
+        {
+          size_t copy_len = nbytes_avail - 1;
+          if (buffer_len < copy_len)
+            copy_len = buffer_len;
+          if (buffer)
+            memcpy (read_pos, buffer, copy_len);
+          else
+            *read_pos = c;
+          read_pos += copy_len;
+          nbytes_avail -= copy_len;
+        }
+
+      /* Here still nbytes_avail > 0.  */
+
+      if (buffer && freadseek (stream, buffer_len))
+        goto unlock_done;
+    }
+  while (!found_delimiter);
+
+  /* Done - NUL terminate and return the number of bytes read.
+     At this point we know that nbytes_avail >= 1.  */
+  *read_pos = '\0';
+
+  bytes_stored = read_pos - (ptr + offset);
+
+ unlock_done:
+  funlockfile (stream);
+
+ done:
+  *lineptr = ptr;
+  *linesize = size;
+  return bytes_stored ? bytes_stored : -1;
+}
diff --git a/lib/getndelim2.h b/lib/getndelim2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b87f6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getndelim2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* getndelim2 - Read a line from a stream, stopping at one of 2 delimiters,
+   with bounded memory allocation.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef GETNDELIM2_H
+#define GETNDELIM2_H 1
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#define GETNLINE_NO_LIMIT ((size_t) -1)
+
+/* Read into a buffer *LINEPTR returned from malloc (or NULL),
+   pointing to *LINESIZE bytes of space.  Store the input bytes
+   starting at *LINEPTR + OFFSET, and null-terminate them.  Reallocate
+   the buffer as necessary, but if NMAX is not GETNLINE_NO_LIMIT
+   then do not allocate more than NMAX bytes; if the line is longer
+   than that, read and discard the extra bytes.  Stop reading after
+   the first occurrence of DELIM1 or DELIM2, whichever comes first;
+   a delimiter equal to EOF stands for no delimiter.  Read the
+   input bytes from STREAM.
+   Return the number of bytes read and stored at *LINEPTR + OFFSET (not
+   including the NUL terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
+extern ssize_t getndelim2 (char **lineptr, size_t *linesize, size_t offset,
+                           size_t nmax, int delim1, int delim2,
+                           FILE *stream);
+
+#endif /* GETNDELIM2_H */
diff --git a/lib/getopt-cdefs.in.h b/lib/getopt-cdefs.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6dd913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt-cdefs.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* getopt-on-non-glibc compatibility macros.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+   Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
+   with the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_CDEFS_H
+#define _GETOPT_CDEFS_H 1
+
+/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or
+   unistd.h instead.  It does not have a protective #error, because
+   the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed.  */
+
+/* getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h are shared with GNU libc, and expect
+   a number of the internal macros supplied to GNU libc's headers by
+   sys/cdefs.h.  Provide fallback definitions for all of them.  */
+#if @HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H@
+# include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __BEGIN_DECLS
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
+# else
+#  define __BEGIN_DECLS /* nothing */
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef __END_DECLS
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  define __END_DECLS }
+# else
+#  define __END_DECLS /* nothing */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_VERSION__
+# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \
+        ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
+# else
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# if defined __cplusplus && (__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __clang_major__ >= 4)
+#  define __THROW       throw ()
+# else
+#  define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_CDEFS_H */
diff --git a/lib/getopt-core.h b/lib/getopt-core.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c40ecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt-core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt (basic, portable features only).
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
+   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_CORE_H
+#define _GETOPT_CORE_H 1
+
+/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or
+   unistd.h instead.  Unlike most bits headers, it does not have
+   a protective #error, because the guard macro for getopt.h in
+   gnulib is not fixed.  */
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+   When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
+
+   On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'.
+
+   The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\1'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   'getopt'.  If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
+   the environment, then do not permute arguments.
+
+   For standards compliance, the 'argv' argument has the type
+   char *const *, but this is inaccurate; if argument permutation is
+   enabled, the argv array (not the strings it points to) must be
+   writable.  */
+
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_CORE_H */
diff --git a/lib/getopt-ext.h b/lib/getopt-ext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d661fcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt-ext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt (GNU extensions).
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
+   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_EXT_H
+#define _GETOPT_EXT_H 1
+
+/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h instead.
+   Unlike most bits headers, it does not have a protective #error,
+   because the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed.  */
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field 'has_arg' is:
+   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the
+   option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt'
+   returns the contents of the 'val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+  const char *name;
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'.  */
+
+#define no_argument		0
+#define required_argument	1
+#define optional_argument	2
+
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+			const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_EXT_H */
diff --git a/lib/getopt-pfx-core.h b/lib/getopt-pfx-core.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3eead0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt-pfx-core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* getopt (basic, portable features) gnulib wrapper header.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+   Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
+   with the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H
+#define _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H 1
+
+/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or
+   unistd.h instead.  It does not have a protective #error, because
+   the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed.  */
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+   identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+   defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h.  Systematically
+   rename identifiers so that they do not collide with the system
+   functions and variables.  Renaming avoids problems with some
+   compilers and linkers.  */
+#ifdef __GETOPT_PREFIX
+# ifndef __GETOPT_ID
+#  define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+#  define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
+#  define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
+# endif
+# undef getopt
+# undef optarg
+# undef opterr
+# undef optind
+# undef optopt
+# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
+# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
+# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
+# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
+# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
+
+/* Work around a a problem on macOS, which declares getopt with a
+   trailing __DARWIN_ALIAS(getopt) that would expand to something like
+   __asm("_" "rpl_getopt" "$UNIX2003") were it not for the following
+   hack to suppress the macOS declaration <https://bugs.gnu.org/40205>.  */
+# ifdef __APPLE__
+#  define _GETOPT
+# endif
+
+/* The system's getopt.h may have already included getopt-core.h to
+   declare the unprefixed identifiers.  Undef _GETOPT_CORE_H so that
+   getopt-core.h declares them with prefixes.  */
+# undef _GETOPT_CORE_H
+#endif
+
+#include <getopt-core.h>
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H */
diff --git a/lib/getopt-pfx-ext.h b/lib/getopt-pfx-ext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85a6cb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt-pfx-ext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* getopt (GNU extensions) gnulib wrapper header.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+   Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
+   with the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H
+#define _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H 1
+
+/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h instead.
+   It does not have a protective #error, because the guard macro for
+   getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed.  */
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+   identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+   defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h.  Systematically
+   rename identifiers so that they do not collide with the system
+   functions and variables.  Renaming avoids problems with some
+   compilers and linkers.  */
+#ifdef __GETOPT_PREFIX
+# ifndef __GETOPT_ID
+#  define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+#  define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
+#  define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
+# endif
+# undef getopt_long
+# undef getopt_long_only
+# undef option
+# undef _getopt_internal
+# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
+# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
+# define option __GETOPT_ID (option)
+# define _getopt_internal __GETOPT_ID (getopt_internal)
+
+/* The system's getopt.h may have already included getopt-ext.h to
+   declare the unprefixed identifiers.  Undef _GETOPT_EXT_H so that
+   getopt-ext.h declares them with prefixes.  */
+# undef _GETOPT_EXT_H
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
+   getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv".  For backward
+   compatibility with old applications, if __GETOPT_PREFIX is not
+   defined, we supply GNU-libc-compatible, but incorrect, prototypes
+   using "char *const *argv".  (GNU libc is stuck with the incorrect
+   prototypes, as they are baked into older versions of LSB.)  */
+#ifndef __getopt_argv_const
+# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
+#  define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
+# else
+#  define __getopt_argv_const const
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <getopt-ext.h>
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H */
diff --git a/lib/getopt.c b/lib/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..128dc7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,811 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   Copyright (C) 1987-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
+   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* When used as part of glibc, error printing must be done differently
+   for standards compliance.  getopt is not a cancellation point, so
+   it must not call functions that are, and it is specified by an
+   older standard than stdio locking, so it must not refer to
+   functions in the "user namespace" related to stdio locking.
+   Finally, it must use glibc's internal message translation so that
+   the messages are looked up in the proper text domain.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define fprintf __fxprintf_nocancel
+# define flockfile(fp) _IO_flockfile (fp)
+# define funlockfile(fp) _IO_funlockfile (fp)
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+/* When used standalone, flockfile and funlockfile might not be
+   available.  */
+# if (!defined _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS \
+      || (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__))
+#  define flockfile(fp) /* nop */
+#  define funlockfile(fp) /* nop */
+# endif
+/* When used standalone, do not attempt to use alloca.  */
+# define __libc_use_alloca(size) 0
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (abort (), (void *)0)
+#endif
+
+/* This implementation of 'getopt' has three modes for handling
+   options interspersed with non-option arguments.  It can stop
+   scanning for options at the first non-option argument encountered,
+   as POSIX specifies.  It can continue scanning for options after the
+   first non-option argument, but permute 'argv' as it goes so that,
+   after 'getopt' is done, all the options precede all the non-option
+   arguments and 'optind' points to the first non-option argument.
+   Or, it can report non-option arguments as if they were arguments to
+   the option character '\x01'.
+
+   The default behavior of 'getopt_long' is to permute the argument list.
+   When this implementation is used standalone, the default behavior of
+   'getopt' is to stop at the first non-option argument, but when it is
+   used as part of GNU libc it also permutes the argument list.  In both
+   cases, setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT to any value
+   disables permutation.
+
+   If the first character of the OPTSTRING argument to 'getopt' or
+   'getopt_long' is '+', both functions will stop at the first
+   non-option argument.  If it is '-', both functions will report
+   non-option arguments as arguments to the option character '\x01'.  */
+
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+   When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
+
+   On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data.  */
+
+static struct _getopt_data getopt_data;
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   'first_nonopt' and 'last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+static void
+exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  int bottom = d->__first_nonopt;
+  int middle = d->__last_nonopt;
+  int top = d->optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+	{
+	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = middle - bottom;
+	  int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+	  top -= len;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = top - middle;
+	  int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+	  bottom += len;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt);
+  d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+}
+
+/* Process the argument starting with d->__nextchar as a long option.
+   d->optind should *not* have been advanced over this argument.
+
+   If the value returned is -1, it was not actually a long option, the
+   state is unchanged, and the argument should be processed as a set
+   of short options (this can only happen when long_only is true).
+   Otherwise, the option (and its argument, if any) have been consumed
+   and the return value is the value to return from _getopt_internal_r.  */
+static int
+process_long_option (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+		     const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+		     int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d,
+		     int print_errors, const char *prefix)
+{
+  char *nameend;
+  size_t namelen;
+  const struct option *p;
+  const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+  int n_options;
+  int option_index;
+
+  for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+    /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+  namelen = nameend - d->__nextchar;
+
+  /* First look for an exact match, counting the options as a side
+     effect.  */
+  for (p = longopts, n_options = 0; p->name; p++, n_options++)
+    if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen)
+	&& namelen == strlen (p->name))
+      {
+	/* Exact match found.  */
+	pfound = p;
+	option_index = n_options;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  if (pfound == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Didn't find an exact match, so look for abbreviations.  */
+      unsigned char *ambig_set = NULL;
+      int ambig_malloced = 0;
+      int ambig_fallback = 0;
+      int indfound = -1;
+
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen))
+	  {
+	    if (pfound == NULL)
+	      {
+		/* First nonexact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+	      }
+	    else if (long_only
+		     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+		     || pfound->val != p->val)
+	      {
+		/* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+		if (!ambig_fallback)
+		  {
+		    if (!print_errors)
+		      /* Don't waste effort tracking the ambig set if
+			 we're not going to print it anyway.  */
+		      ambig_fallback = 1;
+		    else if (!ambig_set)
+		      {
+			if (__libc_use_alloca (n_options))
+			  ambig_set = alloca (n_options);
+			else if ((ambig_set = malloc (n_options)) == NULL)
+			  /* Fall back to simpler error message.  */
+			  ambig_fallback = 1;
+			else
+			  ambig_malloced = 1;
+
+			if (ambig_set)
+			  {
+			    memset (ambig_set, 0, n_options);
+			    ambig_set[indfound] = 1;
+			  }
+		      }
+		    if (ambig_set)
+		      ambig_set[option_index] = 1;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+
+      if (ambig_set || ambig_fallback)
+	{
+	  if (print_errors)
+	    {
+	      if (ambig_fallback)
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option '%s%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+			 argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar);
+	      else
+		{
+		  flockfile (stderr);
+		  fprintf (stderr,
+			   _("%s: option '%s%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:"),
+			   argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar);
+
+		  for (option_index = 0; option_index < n_options; option_index++)
+		    if (ambig_set[option_index])
+		      fprintf (stderr, " '%s%s'",
+			       prefix, longopts[option_index].name);
+
+		  /* This must use 'fprintf' even though it's only
+		     printing a single character, so that it goes through
+		     __fxprintf_nocancel when compiled as part of glibc.  */
+		  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+		  funlockfile (stderr);
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (ambig_malloced)
+	    free (ambig_set);
+	  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+	  d->optind++;
+	  d->optopt = 0;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+
+      option_index = indfound;
+    }
+
+  if (pfound == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short option,
+	 then it's an error.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+	  || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (print_errors)
+	    fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option '%s%s'\n"),
+		     argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar);
+
+	  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+	  d->optind++;
+	  d->optopt = 0;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+
+      /* Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* We have found a matching long option.  Consume it.  */
+  d->optind++;
+  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+  if (*nameend)
+    {
+      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+	 allow it to be used on enums.  */
+      if (pfound->has_arg)
+	d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (print_errors)
+	    fprintf (stderr,
+		     _("%s: option '%s%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+		     argv[0], prefix, pfound->name);
+
+	  d->optopt = pfound->val;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+    }
+  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+    {
+      if (d->optind < argc)
+	d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+      else
+	{
+	  if (print_errors)
+	    fprintf (stderr,
+		     _("%s: option '%s%s' requires an argument\n"),
+		     argv[0], prefix, pfound->name);
+
+	  d->optopt = pfound->val;
+	  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (longind != NULL)
+    *longind = option_index;
+  if (pfound->flag)
+    {
+      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return pfound->val;
+}
+
+/* Initialize internal data upon the first call to getopt.  */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (_GL_UNUSED int argc,
+		    _GL_UNUSED char **argv, const char *optstring,
+		    struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct)
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+  if (d->optind == 0)
+    d->optind = 1;
+
+  d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"))
+    d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    d->__ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+  d->__initialized = 1;
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If 'getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If 'getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating 'optind' and 'nextchar' so that the next call to 'getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, 'getopt' returns -1.
+   Then 'optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set 'opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in 'optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in 'optarg', otherwise 'optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with '-' or '+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with '--' instead of '-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a '=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When 'getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   'flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's 'val' field
+   if the 'flag' field is zero.
+
+   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+   with other systems.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of 'struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+		    const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+		    int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct)
+{
+  int print_errors = d->opterr;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
+  d->optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized)
+    optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring, d, posixly_correct);
+  else if (optstring[0] == '-' || optstring[0] == '+')
+    optstring++;
+
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.  */
+#define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0')
+
+  if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+	 moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments).  */
+      if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind)
+	d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+      if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind)
+	d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+      if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE)
+	{
+	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+	  if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+	      && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+	    exchange (argv, d);
+	  else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+	    d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+	  /* Skip any additional non-options
+	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+	  while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
+	    d->optind++;
+	  d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+	}
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element '--' means premature end of options.
+	 Skip it like a null option,
+	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--"))
+	{
+	  d->optind++;
+
+	  if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+	      && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+	    exchange (argv, d);
+	  else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt)
+	    d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+	  d->__last_nonopt = argc;
+
+	  d->optind = argc;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (d->optind == argc)
+	{
+	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+	  if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt)
+	    d->optind = d->__first_nonopt;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if (NONOPTION_P)
+	{
+	  if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+	    return -1;
+	  d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+	 Check whether it might be a long option.  */
+      if (longopts)
+	{
+	  if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-')
+	    {
+	      /* "--foo" is always a long option.  The special option
+		 "--" was handled above.  */
+	      d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 2;
+	      return process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
+					  longind, long_only, d,
+					  print_errors, "--");
+	    }
+
+	  /* If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f",
+	     where f is a valid short option, don't consider it an
+	     abbreviated form of a long option that starts with f.
+	     Otherwise there would be no way to give the -f short
+	     option.
+
+	     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+	     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an
+	     abbreviation of the long option, just like "--fu", and
+	     not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+	     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+	  if (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2]
+			    || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1])))
+	    {
+	      int code;
+	      d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 1;
+	      code = process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
+					  longind, long_only, d,
+					  print_errors, "-");
+	      if (code != -1)
+		return code;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* It is not a long option.  Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+      d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *d->__nextchar++;
+    const char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment 'optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*d->__nextchar == '\0')
+      ++d->optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':' || c == ';')
+      {
+	if (print_errors)
+	  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- '%c'\n"), argv[0], c);
+	d->optopt = c;
+	return '?';
+      }
+
+    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';' && longopts != NULL)
+      {
+	/* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+	  d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+	else if (d->optind == argc)
+	  {
+	    if (print_errors)
+	      fprintf (stderr,
+		       _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+		       argv[0], c);
+
+	    d->optopt = c;
+	    if (optstring[0] == ':')
+	      c = ':';
+	    else
+	      c = '?';
+	    return c;
+	  }
+	else
+	  d->optarg = argv[d->optind];
+
+	d->__nextchar = d->optarg;
+	d->optarg = NULL;
+	return process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind,
+				    0 /* long_only */, d, print_errors, "-W ");
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+	if (temp[2] == ':')
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+	    if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+		d->optind++;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      d->optarg = NULL;
+	    d->__nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	    if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
+		d->optind++;
+	      }
+	    else if (d->optind == argc)
+	      {
+		if (print_errors)
+		  fprintf (stderr,
+			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+			   argv[0], c);
+
+		d->optopt = c;
+		if (optstring[0] == ':')
+		  c = ':';
+		else
+		  c = '?';
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* We already incremented 'optind' once;
+		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	      d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+	    d->__nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+		  const struct option *longopts, int *longind, int long_only,
+		  int posixly_correct)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  getopt_data.optind = optind;
+  getopt_data.opterr = opterr;
+
+  result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
+			       longind, long_only, &getopt_data,
+			       posixly_correct);
+
+  optind = getopt_data.optind;
+  optarg = getopt_data.optarg;
+  optopt = getopt_data.optopt;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt and a POSIX-complaint __posix_getopt.
+   Standalone applications just get a POSIX-compliant getopt.
+   POSIX and LSB both require these functions to take 'char *const *argv'
+   even though this is incorrect (because of the permutation).  */
+#define GETOPT_ENTRY(NAME, POSIXLY_CORRECT)			\
+  int								\
+  NAME (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)	\
+  {								\
+    return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **)argv, optstring,	\
+			     0, 0, 0, POSIXLY_CORRECT);		\
+  }
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+GETOPT_ENTRY(getopt, 0)
+GETOPT_ENTRY(__posix_getopt, 1)
+#else
+GETOPT_ENTRY(getopt, 1)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of 'getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == -1)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/getopt.in.h b/lib/getopt.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bc50ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+   Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared
+   with the GNU C Library, which supplies a different version of
+   this file.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  We must
+   also inform the replacement unistd.h to not recursively use
+   <getopt.h>; our definitions will be present soon enough.  */
+#if @HAVE_GETOPT_H@
+# define _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_GETOPT_H@
+# undef _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+#endif
+
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H 1
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+   identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+   defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h.  When this happens,
+   include the headers that might declare getopt so that they will not
+   cause confusion if included after this file (if the system had
+   <getopt.h>, we have already included it).  */
+#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
+# if !@HAVE_GETOPT_H@
+#  define __need_system_stdlib_h
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#  undef __need_system_stdlib_h
+#  include <stdio.h>
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+#include <getopt-cdefs.h>
+#include <getopt-pfx-core.h>
+#include <getopt-pfx-ext.h>
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/lib/getopt1.c b/lib/getopt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..990eee1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
+   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+int
+getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
+	     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+			   opt_index, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+		const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+		struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+			     0, d, 0);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
+		  const char *options,
+		  const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+			   opt_index, 1, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+		     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+		     struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+			     1, d, 0);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static const struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
+	{0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+		       long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == -1)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+	  if (optarg)
+	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'd':
+	  printf ("option d with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/getopt_int.h b/lib/getopt_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccdbb97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* Internal declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib.
+   Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
+#define _GETOPT_INT_H	1
+
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+			     const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
+
+
+/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
+   vectors at the same time.  */
+
+/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; stop option
+   processing when the first non-option is seen.  This is what POSIX
+   specifies should happen.
+
+   PERMUTE means permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, so that
+   eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
+   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written
+   to expect this.
+
+   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
+   written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
+   and that care about the ordering of the two.  We describe each
+   non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
+   with character code 1.
+
+   The special argument '--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+   of the value of 'ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+   '--' can cause 'getopt' to return -1 with 'optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+enum __ord
+  {
+    REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+  };
+
+/* Data type for reentrant functions.  */
+struct _getopt_data
+{
+  /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
+     variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
+     versions of getopt.  */
+  int optind;
+  int opterr;
+  int optopt;
+  char *optarg;
+
+  /* Internal members.  */
+
+  /* True if the internal members have been initialized.  */
+  int __initialized;
+
+  /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+     in which the last option character we returned was found.
+     This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+     If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+     by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+  char *__nextchar;
+
+  /* See __ord above.  */
+  enum __ord __ordering;
+
+  /* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+  /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+     been skipped.  'first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
+     of them; 'last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+  int __first_nonopt;
+  int __last_nonopt;
+};
+
+/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
+   default values and to clear the initialization flag.  */
+#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER	{ 1, 1 }
+
+extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+			       const char *__shortopts,
+			       const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			       int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data,
+			       int __posixly_correct);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+			   const char *__shortopts,
+			   const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			   struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+				const char *__shortopts,
+				const struct option *__longopts,
+				int *__longind,
+				struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+#endif /* getopt_int.h */
diff --git a/lib/getpagesize.c b/lib/getpagesize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a19669f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getpagesize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* getpagesize emulation for systems where it cannot be done in a C macro.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible and Martin Lambers.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* This implementation is only for native Windows systems.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+int
+getpagesize (void)
+{
+  SYSTEM_INFO system_info;
+  GetSystemInfo (&system_info);
+  return system_info.dwPageSize;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/getpass.c b/lib/getpass.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..063985f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getpass.c
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit.  Otherwise gcc
+   warns for the null checks on 'prompt' below.  */
+# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getpass.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if !(defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__)
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+# if HAVE_DECL___FSETLOCKING && HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+#  if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+#   include <stdio_ext.h>
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define __fsetlocking(stream, type)    /* empty */
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+#  include <termios.h>
+# endif
+
+# if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+#  include "unlocked-io.h"
+# else
+#  if !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fflush_unlocked
+#   define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
+#  endif
+#  if !HAVE_DECL_FLOCKFILE
+#   undef flockfile
+#   define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+#  endif
+#  if !HAVE_DECL_FUNLOCKFILE
+#   undef funlockfile
+#   define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+#  endif
+#  if !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fputs_unlocked
+#   define fputs_unlocked(str,stream) fputs (str, stream)
+#  endif
+#  if !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
+#   undef putc_unlocked
+#   define putc_unlocked(c,stream) putc (c, stream)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* It is desirable to use this bit on systems that have it.
+   The only bit of terminal state we want to twiddle is echoing, which is
+   done in software; there is no need to change the state of the terminal
+   hardware.  */
+
+# ifndef TCSASOFT
+#  define TCSASOFT 0
+# endif
+
+static void
+call_fclose (void *arg)
+{
+  if (arg != NULL)
+    fclose (arg);
+}
+
+char *
+getpass (const char *prompt)
+{
+  FILE *tty;
+  FILE *in, *out;
+# if HAVE_TCGETATTR
+  struct termios s, t;
+# endif
+  bool tty_changed = false;
+  static char *buf;
+  static size_t bufsize;
+  ssize_t nread;
+
+  /* Try to write to and read from the terminal if we can.
+     If we can't open the terminal, use stderr and stdin.  */
+
+  tty = fopen ("/dev/tty", "w+e");
+  if (tty == NULL)
+    {
+      in = stdin;
+      out = stderr;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We do the locking ourselves.  */
+      __fsetlocking (tty, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+
+      out = in = tty;
+    }
+
+  flockfile (out);
+
+  /* Turn echoing off if it is on now.  */
+# if HAVE_TCGETATTR
+  if (tcgetattr (fileno (in), &t) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Save the old one. */
+      s = t;
+      /* Tricky, tricky. */
+      t.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO | ISIG);
+      tty_changed = (tcsetattr (fileno (in), TCSAFLUSH | TCSASOFT, &t) == 0);
+    }
+# endif
+
+  if (prompt)
+    {
+      /* Write the prompt.  */
+      fputs_unlocked (prompt, out);
+      fflush_unlocked (out);
+    }
+
+  /* Read the password.  */
+  nread = getline (&buf, &bufsize, in);
+
+  /* According to the C standard, input may not be followed by output
+     on the same stream without an intervening call to a file
+     positioning function.  Suppose in == out; then without this fseek
+     call, on Solaris, HP-UX, AIX, OSF/1, the previous input gets
+     echoed, whereas on IRIX, the following newline is not output as
+     it should be.  POSIX imposes similar restrictions if fileno (in)
+     == fileno (out).  The POSIX restrictions are tricky and change
+     from POSIX version to POSIX version, so play it safe and invoke
+     fseek even if in != out.  */
+  fseeko (out, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    {
+      if (nread < 0)
+        buf[0] = '\0';
+      else if (buf[nread - 1] == '\n')
+        {
+          /* Remove the newline.  */
+          buf[nread - 1] = '\0';
+          if (tty_changed)
+            {
+              /* Write the newline that was not echoed.  */
+              putc_unlocked ('\n', out);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Restore the original setting.  */
+# if HAVE_TCSETATTR
+  if (tty_changed)
+    tcsetattr (fileno (in), TCSAFLUSH | TCSASOFT, &s);
+# endif
+
+  funlockfile (out);
+
+  call_fclose (tty);
+
+  return buf;
+}
+
+#else /* W32 native */
+
+/* Windows implementation by Martin Lambers <marlam@marlam.de>,
+   improved by Simon Josefsson. */
+
+/* For PASS_MAX. */
+# include <limits.h>
+/* For _getch(). */
+# include <conio.h>
+/* For strdup(). */
+# include <string.h>
+
+# ifndef PASS_MAX
+#  define PASS_MAX 512
+# endif
+
+char *
+getpass (const char *prompt)
+{
+  char getpassbuf[PASS_MAX + 1];
+  size_t i = 0;
+  int c;
+
+  if (prompt)
+    {
+      fputs (prompt, stderr);
+      fflush (stderr);
+    }
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      c = _getch ();
+      if (c == '\r')
+        {
+          getpassbuf[i] = '\0';
+          break;
+        }
+      else if (i < PASS_MAX)
+        {
+          getpassbuf[i++] = c;
+        }
+
+      if (i >= PASS_MAX)
+        {
+          getpassbuf[i] = '\0';
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (prompt)
+    {
+      fputs ("\r\n", stderr);
+      fflush (stderr);
+    }
+
+  return strdup (getpassbuf);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/getpass.h b/lib/getpass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c05e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getpass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Read a password from /dec/tty.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Obsolete; consider using unistd.h instead.  */
+
+/* Get getpass declaration, if available.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
diff --git a/lib/getprogname.c b/lib/getprogname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62a4800
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getprogname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/* Program name management.
+   Copyright (C) 2016-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "getprogname.h"
+
+#include <errno.h> /* get program_invocation_name declaration */
+#include <stdlib.h> /* get __argv declaration */
+
+#ifdef _AIX
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <procinfo.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __MVS__
+# ifndef _OPEN_SYS
+#  define _OPEN_SYS
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+# include <sys/ps.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __hpux
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# include <sys/pstat.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined __sgi || defined __osf__
+# include <string.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <sys/procfs.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined __SCO_VERSION__ || defined __sysv5__
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "basename-lgpl.h"
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPROGNAME             /* not Mac OS X, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD >= 5.4, Cygwin */
+char const *
+getprogname (void)
+{
+# if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME                /* glibc, BeOS */
+  /* https://www.gnu.org/software/libc/manual/html_node/Error-Messages.html */
+  return program_invocation_short_name;
+# elif HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME                    /* glibc, BeOS */
+  /* https://www.gnu.org/software/libc/manual/html_node/Error-Messages.html */
+  return last_component (program_invocation_name);
+# elif HAVE_GETEXECNAME                                     /* Solaris */
+  /* https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19253-01/816-5168/6mbb3hrb1/index.html */
+  const char *p = getexecname ();
+  if (!p)
+    p = "?";
+  return last_component (p);
+# elif HAVE_DECL___ARGV                                     /* mingw, MSVC */
+  /* https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/c-runtime-library/argc-argv-wargv */
+  const char *p = __argv && __argv[0] ? __argv[0] : "?";
+  return last_component (p);
+# elif HAVE_VAR___PROGNAME                                  /* OpenBSD, Android, QNX */
+  /* https://man.openbsd.org/style.9 */
+  /* http://www.qnx.de/developers/docs/6.5.0/index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.qnx.doc.neutrino_lib_ref%2Fp%2F__progname.html */
+  /* Be careful to declare this only when we absolutely need it
+     (OpenBSD 5.1), rather than when it's available.  Otherwise,
+     its mere declaration makes program_invocation_short_name
+     malfunction (have zero length) with Fedora 25's glibc.  */
+  extern char *__progname;
+  const char *p = __progname;
+#  if defined __ANDROID__
+  return last_component (p);
+#  else
+  return p && p[0] ? p : "?";
+#  endif
+# elif _AIX                                                 /* AIX */
+  /* Idea by Bastien ROUCARIÈS,
+     https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2010-12/msg00095.html
+     Reference: https://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/en/ssw_aix_61/com.ibm.aix.basetrf1/getprocs.htm
+  */
+  static char *p;
+  static int first = 1;
+  if (first)
+    {
+      first = 0;
+      pid_t pid = getpid ();
+      struct procentry64 procs;
+      p = (0 < getprocs64 (&procs, sizeof procs, NULL, 0, &pid, 1)
+           ? strdup (procs.pi_comm)
+           : NULL);
+      if (!p)
+        p = "?";
+    }
+  return p;
+# elif defined __hpux
+  static char *p;
+  static int first = 1;
+  if (first)
+    {
+      first = 0;
+      pid_t pid = getpid ();
+      struct pst_status status;
+      if (pstat_getproc (&status, sizeof status, 0, pid) > 0)
+        {
+          char *ucomm = status.pst_ucomm;
+          char *cmd = status.pst_cmd;
+          if (strlen (ucomm) < PST_UCOMMLEN - 1)
+            p = ucomm;
+          else
+            {
+              /* ucomm is truncated to length PST_UCOMMLEN - 1.
+                 Look at cmd instead.  */
+              char *space = strchr (cmd, ' ');
+              if (space != NULL)
+                *space = '\0';
+              p = strrchr (cmd, '/');
+              if (p != NULL)
+                p++;
+              else
+                p = cmd;
+              if (strlen (p) > PST_UCOMMLEN - 1
+                  && memcmp (p, ucomm, PST_UCOMMLEN - 1) == 0)
+                /* p is less truncated than ucomm.  */
+                ;
+              else
+                p = ucomm;
+            }
+          p = strdup (p);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+#  if !defined __LP64__
+          /* Support for 32-bit programs running in 64-bit HP-UX.
+             The documented way to do this is to use the same source code
+             as above, but in a compilation unit where '#define _PSTAT64 1'
+             is in effect.  I prefer a single compilation unit; the struct
+             size and the offsets are not going to change.  */
+          char status64[1216];
+          if (__pstat_getproc64 (status64, sizeof status64, 0, pid) > 0)
+            {
+              char *ucomm = status64 + 288;
+              char *cmd = status64 + 168;
+              if (strlen (ucomm) < PST_UCOMMLEN - 1)
+                p = ucomm;
+              else
+                {
+                  /* ucomm is truncated to length PST_UCOMMLEN - 1.
+                     Look at cmd instead.  */
+                  char *space = strchr (cmd, ' ');
+                  if (space != NULL)
+                    *space = '\0';
+                  p = strrchr (cmd, '/');
+                  if (p != NULL)
+                    p++;
+                  else
+                    p = cmd;
+                  if (strlen (p) > PST_UCOMMLEN - 1
+                      && memcmp (p, ucomm, PST_UCOMMLEN - 1) == 0)
+                    /* p is less truncated than ucomm.  */
+                    ;
+                  else
+                    p = ucomm;
+                }
+              p = strdup (p);
+            }
+          else
+#  endif
+            p = NULL;
+        }
+      if (!p)
+        p = "?";
+    }
+  return p;
+# elif __MVS__                                              /* z/OS */
+  /* https://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/SSLTBW_2.1.0/com.ibm.zos.v2r1.bpxbd00/rtwgetp.htm */
+  static char *p = "?";
+  static int first = 1;
+  if (first)
+    {
+      pid_t pid = getpid ();
+      int token;
+      W_PSPROC buf;
+      first = 0;
+      memset (&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
+      buf.ps_cmdptr    = (char *) malloc (buf.ps_cmdlen    = PS_CMDBLEN_LONG);
+      buf.ps_conttyptr = (char *) malloc (buf.ps_conttylen = PS_CONTTYBLEN);
+      buf.ps_pathptr   = (char *) malloc (buf.ps_pathlen   = PS_PATHBLEN);
+      if (buf.ps_cmdptr && buf.ps_conttyptr && buf.ps_pathptr)
+        {
+          for (token = 0; token >= 0;
+               token = w_getpsent (token, &buf, sizeof(buf)))
+            {
+              if (token > 0 && buf.ps_pid == pid)
+                {
+                  char *s = strdup (last_component (buf.ps_pathptr));
+                  if (s)
+                    p = s;
+                  break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+      free (buf.ps_cmdptr);
+      free (buf.ps_conttyptr);
+      free (buf.ps_pathptr);
+    }
+  return p;
+# elif defined __sgi || defined __osf__                     /* IRIX or Tru64 */
+  char filename[50];
+  int fd;
+
+  # if defined __sgi
+    sprintf (filename, "/proc/pinfo/%d", (int) getpid ());
+  # else
+    sprintf (filename, "/proc/%d", (int) getpid ());
+  # endif
+  fd = open (filename, O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (0 <= fd)
+    {
+      prpsinfo_t buf;
+      int ioctl_ok = 0 <= ioctl (fd, PIOCPSINFO, &buf);
+      close (fd);
+      if (ioctl_ok)
+        {
+          char *name = buf.pr_fname;
+          size_t namesize = sizeof buf.pr_fname;
+          /* It may not be NUL-terminated.  */
+          char *namenul = memchr (name, '\0', namesize);
+          size_t namelen = namenul ? namenul - name : namesize;
+          char *namecopy = malloc (namelen + 1);
+          if (namecopy)
+            {
+              namecopy[namelen] = '\0';
+              return memcpy (namecopy, name, namelen);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return NULL;
+# elif defined __SCO_VERSION__ || defined __sysv5__                /* SCO OpenServer6/UnixWare */
+  char buf[80];
+  int fd;
+  sprintf (buf, "/proc/%d/cmdline", getpid());
+  fd = open (buf, O_RDONLY);
+  if (0 <= fd)
+    {
+      size_t n = read (fd, buf, 79);
+      if (n > 0)
+        {
+          buf[n] = '\0'; /* Guarantee null-termination */
+          char *progname;
+          progname = strrchr (buf, '/');
+          if (progname)
+            {
+              progname = progname + 1; /* Skip the '/' */
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              progname = buf;
+            }
+          char *ret;
+          ret = malloc (strlen (progname) + 1);
+          if (ret)
+            {
+              strcpy (ret, progname);
+              return ret;
+            }
+        }
+      close (fd);
+    }
+  return "?";
+# else
+#  error "getprogname module not ported to this OS"
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/getprogname.h b/lib/getprogname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a35e58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getprogname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Program name management.
+   Copyright (C) 2016-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_GETPROGNAME_H
+#define _GL_GETPROGNAME_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Return the base name of the executing program.
+   On native Windows this will usually end in ".exe" or ".EXE". */
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPROGNAME
+extern char const *getprogname (void)
+# ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# endif
+  ;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/getrandom.c b/lib/getrandom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e146873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getrandom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/* Obtain a series of random bytes.
+
+   Copyright 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/random.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+# if HAVE_BCRYPT_H
+#  include <bcrypt.h>
+# else
+#  define NTSTATUS LONG
+typedef void * BCRYPT_ALG_HANDLE;
+#  define BCRYPT_USE_SYSTEM_PREFERRED_RNG 0x00000002
+#  if HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+extern NTSTATUS WINAPI BCryptGenRandom (BCRYPT_ALG_HANDLE, UCHAR *, ULONG, ULONG);
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+#  include <wincrypt.h>
+#  ifndef CRYPT_VERIFY_CONTEXT
+#   define CRYPT_VERIFY_CONTEXT 0xF0000000
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "minmax.h"
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef LoadLibrary
+# define LoadLibrary LoadLibraryA
+# undef CryptAcquireContext
+# define CryptAcquireContext CryptAcquireContextA
+
+# if !HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+
+/* Avoid warnings from gcc -Wcast-function-type.  */
+#  define GetProcAddress \
+    (void *) GetProcAddress
+
+/* BCryptGenRandom with the BCRYPT_USE_SYSTEM_PREFERRED_RNG flag works only
+   starting with Windows 7.  */
+typedef NTSTATUS (WINAPI * BCryptGenRandomFuncType) (BCRYPT_ALG_HANDLE, UCHAR *, ULONG, ULONG);
+static BCryptGenRandomFuncType BCryptGenRandomFunc = NULL;
+static BOOL initialized = FALSE;
+
+static void
+initialize (void)
+{
+  HMODULE bcrypt = LoadLibrary ("bcrypt.dll");
+  if (bcrypt != NULL)
+    {
+      BCryptGenRandomFunc =
+        (BCryptGenRandomFuncType) GetProcAddress (bcrypt, "BCryptGenRandom");
+    }
+  initialized = TRUE;
+}
+
+# else
+
+#  define BCryptGenRandomFunc BCryptGenRandom
+
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* These devices exist on all platforms except native Windows.  */
+
+/* Name of a device through which the kernel returns high quality random
+   numbers, from an entropy pool.  When the pool is empty, the call blocks
+   until entropy sources have added enough bits of entropy.  */
+# ifndef NAME_OF_RANDOM_DEVICE
+#  define NAME_OF_RANDOM_DEVICE "/dev/random"
+# endif
+
+/* Name of a device through which the kernel returns random or pseudo-random
+   numbers.  It uses an entropy pool, but, in order to avoid blocking, adds
+   bits generated by a pseudo-random number generator, as needed.  */
+# ifndef NAME_OF_NONCE_DEVICE
+#  define NAME_OF_NONCE_DEVICE "/dev/urandom"
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* Set BUFFER (of size LENGTH) to random bytes under the control of FLAGS.
+   Return the number of bytes written (> 0).
+   Upon error, return -1 and set errno.  */
+ssize_t
+getrandom (void *buffer, size_t length, unsigned int flags)
+#undef getrandom
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* BCryptGenRandom, defined in <bcrypt.h>
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/bcrypt/nf-bcrypt-bcryptgenrandom>
+     with the BCRYPT_USE_SYSTEM_PREFERRED_RNG flag
+     works in Windows 7 and newer.  */
+  static int bcrypt_not_working /* = 0 */;
+  if (!bcrypt_not_working)
+    {
+# if !HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+      if (!initialized)
+        initialize ();
+# endif
+      if (BCryptGenRandomFunc != NULL
+          && BCryptGenRandomFunc (NULL, buffer, length,
+                                  BCRYPT_USE_SYSTEM_PREFERRED_RNG)
+             == 0 /*STATUS_SUCCESS*/)
+        return length;
+      bcrypt_not_working = 1;
+    }
+# if !HAVE_LIB_BCRYPT
+  /* CryptGenRandom, defined in <wincrypt.h>
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/wincrypt/nf-wincrypt-cryptgenrandom>
+     works in older releases as well, but is now deprecated.
+     CryptAcquireContext, defined in <wincrypt.h>
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/wincrypt/nf-wincrypt-cryptacquirecontexta>  */
+  {
+    static int crypt_initialized /* = 0 */;
+    static HCRYPTPROV provider;
+    if (!crypt_initialized)
+      {
+        if (CryptAcquireContext (&provider, NULL, NULL, PROV_RSA_FULL,
+                                 CRYPT_VERIFY_CONTEXT))
+          crypt_initialized = 1;
+        else
+          crypt_initialized = -1;
+      }
+    if (crypt_initialized >= 0)
+      {
+        if (!CryptGenRandom (provider, length, buffer))
+          {
+            errno = EIO;
+            return -1;
+          }
+        return length;
+      }
+  }
+# endif
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+#elif HAVE_GETRANDOM
+  return getrandom (buffer, length, flags);
+#else
+  static int randfd[2] = { -1, -1 };
+  bool devrandom = (flags & GRND_RANDOM) != 0;
+  int fd = randfd[devrandom];
+
+  if (fd < 0)
+    {
+      static char const randdevice[][MAX (sizeof NAME_OF_NONCE_DEVICE,
+                                          sizeof NAME_OF_RANDOM_DEVICE)]
+        = { NAME_OF_NONCE_DEVICE, NAME_OF_RANDOM_DEVICE };
+      int oflags = (O_RDONLY + O_CLOEXEC
+                    + (flags & GRND_NONBLOCK ? O_NONBLOCK : 0));
+      fd = open (randdevice[devrandom], oflags);
+      if (fd < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOENT || errno == ENOTDIR)
+            errno = ENOSYS;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      randfd[devrandom] = fd;
+    }
+
+  return read (fd, buffer, length);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/gettext.h b/lib/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3577a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option
+   or through "#define ENABLE NLS 0" before including this file.  */
+#if defined ENABLE_NLS && ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
+   the gettext() and ngettext() macros.  This is an alternative to calling
+   textdomain(), and is useful for libraries.  */
+# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(Msgid) \
+     dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
+#  undef ngettext
+#  define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+     dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
+   <libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include
+   it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP.  */
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
+# include <cstdlib>
+# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# undef dgettext
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
+# undef dcgettext
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
+    ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
+# undef ngettext
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 \
+     ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
+     : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
+# undef dngettext
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# undef dcngettext
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((void) (Category), dngettext (Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# undef textdomain
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# undef bindtextdomain
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
+# undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* Prefer gnulib's setlocale override over libintl's setlocale override.  */
+#ifdef GNULIB_defined_setlocale
+# undef setlocale
+# define setlocale rpl_setlocale
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file.  */
+#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
+
+/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
+   MSGID.  MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals.  MSGCTXT should be
+   short and rarely need to change.
+   The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'.  */
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+   pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+   pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
+  pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+   npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+   npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
+  npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+              const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+              int category)
+{
+  const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+  if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
+    return msgid;
+  else
+    return translation;
+}
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+               const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+               const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+               int category)
+{
+  const char *translation =
+    dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+  if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
+    return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+  else
+    return translation;
+}
+
+/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments.  Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
+   can be arbitrary expressions.  But for string literals these macros are
+   less efficient than those above.  */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* GNULIB_NO_VLA can be defined to disable use of VLAs even if supported.
+   This relates to the -Wvla and -Wvla-larger-than warnings, enabled in
+   the default GCC many warnings set.  This allows programs to disable use
+   of VLAs, which may be unintended, or may be awkward to support portably,
+   or may have security implications due to non-deterministic stack usage.  */
+
+#if (!defined GNULIB_NO_VLA \
+     && defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+     && !defined __STDC_NO_VLA__)
+# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 1
+#else
+# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 0
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+                 const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+                 int category)
+{
+  size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+  size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+  const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+  char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+  char buf[1024];
+  char *msg_ctxt_id =
+    (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+     ? buf
+     : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+  if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+    {
+      int found_translation;
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+      msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+      translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+      found_translation = (translation != msg_ctxt_id);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+      if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+        free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+      if (found_translation)
+        return translation;
+    }
+  return msgid;
+}
+
+#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+                  const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+                  const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+                  int category)
+{
+  size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+  size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+  const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+  char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+  char buf[1024];
+  char *msg_ctxt_id =
+    (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+     ? buf
+     : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+  if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+    {
+      int found_translation;
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+      msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+      translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+      found_translation = !(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+      if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+        free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+      if (found_translation)
+        return translation;
+    }
+  return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+}
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/lib/gettime-res.c b/lib/gettime-res.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..611f83a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gettime-res.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Get the system clock resolution.
+
+   Copyright 2021-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+static long int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+gcd (long int a, long int b)
+{
+  while (b != 0)
+    {
+      long int r = a % b;
+      a = b;
+      b = r;
+    }
+  return a;
+}
+
+/* Return the system time resolution in nanoseconds.  */
+
+long int
+gettime_res (void)
+{
+  struct timespec res;
+#if defined CLOCK_REALTIME && HAVE_CLOCK_GETRES
+  clock_getres (CLOCK_REALTIME, &res);
+#elif defined HAVE_TIMESPEC_GETRES
+  timespec_getres (&res, TIME_UTC);
+#else
+  /* Guess high and let the later code deduce better.  */
+  res.tv_sec = 1;
+  res.tv_nsec = 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* On all Gnulib platforms the following calculations do not overflow.  */
+
+  long int hz = TIMESPEC_HZ;
+  long int r = hz * res.tv_sec + res.tv_nsec;
+
+  /* On some platforms, clock_getres (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...) yields a
+     too-large resolution, under the mistaken theory that it should
+     return the timer interval.  For example, on AIX 7.2 POWER8
+     clock_getres yields 10 ms even though clock_gettime yields 1 µs
+     resolution.  Work around the problem with high probability by
+     trying clock_gettime several times and observing the resulting
+     bounds on resolution.  */
+  for (int i = 0; 1 < r && i < 32; i++)
+    {
+      struct timespec now = current_timespec ();
+      r = gcd (r, now.tv_nsec ? now.tv_nsec : hz);
+    }
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/gettime.c b/lib/gettime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..541af18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gettime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* gettime -- get the system clock
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+/* Get the system time into *TS.  */
+
+void
+gettime (struct timespec *ts)
+{
+#if defined CLOCK_REALTIME && HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME
+  clock_gettime (CLOCK_REALTIME, ts);
+#elif defined HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET
+  timespec_get (ts, TIME_UTC);
+#else
+  struct timeval tv;
+  gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
+  ts->tv_sec = tv.tv_sec;
+  ts->tv_nsec = tv.tv_usec * 1000;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return the current system time as a struct timespec.  */
+
+struct timespec
+current_timespec (void)
+{
+  struct timespec ts;
+  gettime (&ts);
+  return ts;
+}
diff --git a/lib/gettimeofday.c b/lib/gettimeofday.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36c7920
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gettimeofday.c
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/* Provide gettimeofday for systems that don't have it or for which it's broken.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef LoadLibrary
+# define LoadLibrary LoadLibraryA
+
+# if !(_WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_WIN8)
+
+/* Avoid warnings from gcc -Wcast-function-type.  */
+#  define GetProcAddress \
+    (void *) GetProcAddress
+
+/* GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime was introduced only in Windows 8.  */
+typedef void (WINAPI * GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFuncType) (FILETIME *lpTime);
+static GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFuncType GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc = NULL;
+static BOOL initialized = FALSE;
+
+static void
+initialize (void)
+{
+  HMODULE kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("kernel32.dll");
+  if (kernel32 != NULL)
+    {
+      GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc =
+        (GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFuncType) GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime");
+    }
+  initialized = TRUE;
+}
+
+# else
+
+#  define GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* This is a wrapper for gettimeofday.  It is used only on systems
+   that lack this function, or whose implementation of this function
+   causes problems.
+   Work around the bug in some systems whereby gettimeofday clobbers
+   the static buffer that localtime uses for its return value.  The
+   gettimeofday function from Mac OS X 10.0.4 (i.e., Darwin 1.3.7) has
+   this problem.  */
+
+int
+gettimeofday (struct timeval *restrict tv, void *restrict tz)
+{
+#undef gettimeofday
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+
+  /* On native Windows, there are two ways to get the current time:
+     GetSystemTimeAsFileTime
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getsystemtimeasfiletime>
+     or
+     GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getsystemtimepreciseasfiletime>.
+     GetSystemTimeAsFileTime produces values that jump by increments of
+     15.627 milliseconds (!) on average.
+     Whereas GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime values usually jump by 1 or 2
+     microseconds.
+     More discussion on this topic:
+     <http://www.windowstimestamp.com/description>.  */
+  FILETIME current_time;
+
+# if !(_WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_WIN8)
+  if (!initialized)
+    initialize ();
+# endif
+  if (GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc != NULL)
+    GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTimeFunc (&current_time);
+  else
+    GetSystemTimeAsFileTime (&current_time);
+
+  /* Convert from FILETIME to 'struct timeval'.  */
+  /* FILETIME: <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ns-minwinbase-filetime> */
+  ULONGLONG since_1601 =
+    ((ULONGLONG) current_time.dwHighDateTime << 32)
+    | (ULONGLONG) current_time.dwLowDateTime;
+  /* Between 1601-01-01 and 1970-01-01 there were 280 normal years and 89 leap
+     years, in total 134774 days.  */
+  ULONGLONG since_1970 =
+    since_1601 - (ULONGLONG) 134774 * (ULONGLONG) 86400 * (ULONGLONG) 10000000;
+  ULONGLONG microseconds_since_1970 = since_1970 / (ULONGLONG) 10;
+  tv->tv_sec = microseconds_since_1970 / (ULONGLONG) 1000000;
+  tv->tv_usec = microseconds_since_1970 % (ULONGLONG) 1000000;
+
+  return 0;
+
+#else
+
+# if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+
+#  if defined timeval /* 'struct timeval' overridden by gnulib?  */
+#   undef timeval
+  struct timeval otv;
+  int result = gettimeofday (&otv, (struct timezone *) tz);
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      tv->tv_sec = otv.tv_sec;
+      tv->tv_usec = otv.tv_usec;
+    }
+#  else
+  int result = gettimeofday (tv, (struct timezone *) tz);
+#  endif
+
+  return result;
+
+# else
+
+#  if !defined OK_TO_USE_1S_CLOCK
+#   error "Only 1-second nominal clock resolution found.  Is that intended?" \
+          "If so, compile with the -DOK_TO_USE_1S_CLOCK option."
+#  endif
+  tv->tv_sec = time (NULL);
+  tv->tv_usec = 0;
+
+  return 0;
+
+# endif
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/getugroups.c b/lib/getugroups.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a11dc30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getugroups.c
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* getugroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user is in
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1991, 1998-2000, 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "getugroups.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h> /* grp.h on alpha OSF1 V2.0 uses "FILE *". */
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_GRP_H || defined __ANDROID__
+
+/* Mingw lacks all things related to group management.  The best we
+   can do is fail with ENOSYS.
+
+   Bionic declares e.g. getgrent() in <grp.h> but it isn't actually
+   defined in the library.  */
+
+int
+getugroups (_GL_UNUSED int maxcount,
+            _GL_UNUSED gid_t *grouplist,
+            _GL_UNUSED char const *username,
+            _GL_UNUSED gid_t gid)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_GRP_H */
+# include <grp.h>
+
+# define STREQ(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
+
+/* Like 'getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for the current
+   process.  Store at most MAXCOUNT group IDs in the GROUPLIST array.
+   If GID is not -1, store it first (if possible).  GID should be the
+   group ID (pw_gid) obtained from getpwuid, in case USERNAME is not
+   listed in /etc/groups.  Upon failure, set errno and return -1.
+   Otherwise, return the number of IDs we've written into GROUPLIST.  */
+
+int
+getugroups (int maxcount, gid_t *grouplist, char const *username,
+            gid_t gid)
+{
+  int count = 0;
+
+  if (gid != (gid_t) -1)
+    {
+      if (maxcount != 0)
+        grouplist[count] = gid;
+      ++count;
+    }
+
+  setgrent ();
+  while (1)
+    {
+      char **cp;
+      struct group *grp;
+
+      errno = 0;
+      grp = getgrent ();
+      if (grp == NULL)
+        break;
+
+      for (cp = grp->gr_mem; *cp; ++cp)
+        {
+          int n;
+
+          if ( ! STREQ (username, *cp))
+            continue;
+
+          /* See if this group number is already on the list.  */
+          for (n = 0; n < count; ++n)
+            if (grouplist && grouplist[n] == grp->gr_gid)
+              break;
+
+          /* If it's a new group number, then try to add it to the list.  */
+          if (n == count)
+            {
+              if (maxcount != 0)
+                {
+                  if (count >= maxcount)
+                    goto done;
+                  grouplist[count] = grp->gr_gid;
+                }
+              if (count == INT_MAX)
+                {
+                  errno = EOVERFLOW;
+                  goto done;
+                }
+              count++;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (errno != 0)
+    count = -1;
+
+ done:
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    endgrent ();
+    errno = saved_errno;
+  }
+
+  return count;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_GRP_H */
diff --git a/lib/getugroups.h b/lib/getugroups.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb7fa0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getugroups.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Get a list of group IDs associated with a specified user ID.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+int getugroups (int maxcount, gid_t *grouplist, char const *username,
+                gid_t gid);
diff --git a/lib/getusershell.c b/lib/getusershell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5335d14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getusershell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* getusershell.c -- Return names of valid user shells.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1997, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef SHELLS_FILE
+# ifndef __DJGPP__
+/* File containing a list of nonrestricted shells, one per line. */
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+# else
+/* This is a horrible kludge.  Isn't there a better way?  */
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/dev/env/DJDIR/etc/shells"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "stdio--.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#if GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL_SINGLE_THREAD
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+static idx_t readname (char **, idx_t *, FILE *);
+
+#if ! defined ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS && defined __MSDOS__
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS \
+  "c:/dos/command.com", "c:/windows/command.com", "c:/command.com",
+#else
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* List of shells to use if the shells file is missing. */
+static char const* const default_shells[] =
+{
+  ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS
+  "/bin/sh", "/bin/csh", "/usr/bin/sh", "/usr/bin/csh", NULL
+};
+
+/* Index of the next shell in 'default_shells' to return.
+   0 means we are not using 'default_shells'. */
+static size_t default_index = 0;
+
+/* Input stream from the shells file. */
+static FILE *shellstream = NULL;
+
+/* Line of input from the shells file. */
+static char *line = NULL;
+
+/* Number of bytes allocated for 'line'. */
+static idx_t line_size = 0;
+
+/* Return an entry from the shells file, ignoring comment lines.
+   If the file doesn't exist, use the list in DEFAULT_SHELLS (above).
+   In any case, the returned string is in memory allocated through malloc.
+   Return NULL if there are no more entries.  */
+
+char *
+getusershell (void)
+{
+  if (default_index > 0)
+    {
+      if (default_shells[default_index])
+        /* Not at the end of the list yet.  */
+        return xstrdup (default_shells[default_index++]);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (shellstream == NULL)
+    {
+      shellstream = fopen (SHELLS_FILE, "r");
+      if (shellstream == NULL)
+        {
+          /* No shells file.  Use the default list.  */
+          default_index = 1;
+          return xstrdup (default_shells[0]);
+        }
+    }
+
+  while (readname (&line, &line_size, shellstream))
+    {
+      if (*line != '#')
+        return line;
+    }
+  return NULL;                  /* End of file. */
+}
+
+/* Rewind the shells file. */
+
+void
+setusershell (void)
+{
+  default_index = 0;
+  if (shellstream)
+    rewind (shellstream);
+}
+
+/* Close the shells file. */
+
+void
+endusershell (void)
+{
+  if (shellstream)
+    {
+      fclose (shellstream);
+      shellstream = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Read a line from STREAM, removing any newline at the end.
+   Place the result in *NAME, which is malloc'd
+   and/or realloc'd as necessary and can start out NULL,
+   and whose size is passed and returned in *SIZE.
+
+   Return the number of bytes placed in *NAME
+   if some nonempty sequence was found, otherwise 0.  */
+
+static idx_t
+readname (char **name, idx_t *size, FILE *stream)
+{
+  int c;
+  size_t name_index = 0;
+
+  /* Skip blank space.  */
+  while ((c = getc (stream)) != EOF && isspace (c))
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (*size <= name_index)
+        *name = xpalloc (*name, size, 1, -1, sizeof **name);
+      if (c == EOF || isspace (c))
+        break;
+      (*name)[name_index++] = c;
+      c = getc (stream);
+    }
+  (*name)[name_index] = '\0';
+  return name_index;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+int
+main (void)
+{
+  char *s;
+
+  while (s = getusershell ())
+    puts (s);
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/gl_openssl.h b/lib/gl_openssl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c42ac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gl_openssl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* Wrap openssl crypto hash routines in gnulib interface.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2013-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Pádraig Brady */
+
+#ifndef GL_OPENSSL_NAME
+# error "Please define GL_OPENSSL_NAME to 1,5,256 etc."
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+# error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef GL_OPENSSL_INLINE
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Concatenate two preprocessor tokens.  */
+#define _GLCRYPTO_CONCAT_(prefix, suffix) prefix##suffix
+#define _GLCRYPTO_CONCAT(prefix, suffix) _GLCRYPTO_CONCAT_ (prefix, suffix)
+
+#if GL_OPENSSL_NAME == 5
+# define OPENSSL_ALG md5
+#else
+# define OPENSSL_ALG _GLCRYPTO_CONCAT (sha, GL_OPENSSL_NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Context type mappings.  */
+#if BASE_OPENSSL_TYPE != GL_OPENSSL_NAME
+# undef BASE_OPENSSL_TYPE
+# if GL_OPENSSL_NAME == 224
+#  define BASE_OPENSSL_TYPE 256
+# elif GL_OPENSSL_NAME == 384
+#  define BASE_OPENSSL_TYPE 512
+# endif
+# define md5_CTX MD5_CTX
+# define sha1_CTX SHA_CTX
+# define sha224_CTX SHA256_CTX
+# define sha224_ctx sha256_ctx
+# define sha256_CTX SHA256_CTX
+# define sha384_CTX SHA512_CTX
+# define sha384_ctx sha512_ctx
+# define sha512_CTX SHA512_CTX
+# undef _gl_CTX
+# undef _gl_ctx
+# define _gl_CTX _GLCRYPTO_CONCAT (OPENSSL_ALG, _CTX) /* openssl type.  */
+# define _gl_ctx _GLCRYPTO_CONCAT (OPENSSL_ALG, _ctx) /* gnulib type.  */
+
+struct _gl_ctx { _gl_CTX CTX; };
+#endif
+
+/* Function name mappings.  */
+#define md5_prefix MD5
+#define sha1_prefix SHA1
+#define sha224_prefix SHA224
+#define sha256_prefix SHA256
+#define sha384_prefix SHA384
+#define sha512_prefix SHA512
+#define _GLCRYPTO_PREFIX _GLCRYPTO_CONCAT (OPENSSL_ALG, _prefix)
+#define OPENSSL_FN(suffix) _GLCRYPTO_CONCAT (_GLCRYPTO_PREFIX, suffix)
+#define GL_CRYPTO_FN(suffix) _GLCRYPTO_CONCAT (OPENSSL_ALG, suffix)
+
+GL_OPENSSL_INLINE void
+GL_CRYPTO_FN (_init_ctx) (struct _gl_ctx *ctx)
+{ (void) OPENSSL_FN (_Init) ((_gl_CTX *) ctx); }
+
+/* These were never exposed by gnulib.  */
+#if ! (GL_OPENSSL_NAME == 224 || GL_OPENSSL_NAME == 384)
+GL_OPENSSL_INLINE void
+GL_CRYPTO_FN (_process_bytes) (const void *buf, size_t len, struct _gl_ctx *ctx)
+{ OPENSSL_FN (_Update) ((_gl_CTX *) ctx, buf, len); }
+
+GL_OPENSSL_INLINE void
+GL_CRYPTO_FN (_process_block) (const void *buf, size_t len, struct _gl_ctx *ctx)
+{ GL_CRYPTO_FN (_process_bytes) (buf, len, ctx); }
+#endif
+
+GL_OPENSSL_INLINE void *
+GL_CRYPTO_FN (_finish_ctx) (struct _gl_ctx *ctx, void *restrict res)
+{ OPENSSL_FN (_Final) ((unsigned char *) res, (_gl_CTX *) ctx); return res; }
+
+GL_OPENSSL_INLINE void *
+GL_CRYPTO_FN (_buffer) (const char *buf, size_t len, void *restrict res)
+{ return OPENSSL_FN () ((const unsigned char *) buf, len, (unsigned char *) res); }
+
+GL_OPENSSL_INLINE void *
+GL_CRYPTO_FN (_read_ctx) (const struct _gl_ctx *ctx, void *restrict res)
+{
+  /* Assume any unprocessed bytes in ctx are not to be ignored.  */
+  _gl_CTX tmp_ctx = *(_gl_CTX *) ctx;
+  OPENSSL_FN (_Final) ((unsigned char *) res, &tmp_ctx);
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* Undef so we can include multiple times.  */
+#undef GL_CRYPTO_FN
+#undef OPENSSL_FN
+#undef _GLCRYPTO_PREFIX
+#undef OPENSSL_ALG
+#undef GL_OPENSSL_NAME
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
diff --git a/lib/glthread/lock.c b/lib/glthread/lock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b650c21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glthread/lock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,749 @@
+/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "glthread/lock.h"
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_ISOC_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+int
+glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (mtx_init (&lock->mutex, mtx_plain) != thrd_success)
+    return ENOMEM;
+  lock->init_needed = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->init_needed)
+    call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
+  if (mtx_lock (&lock->mutex) != thrd_success)
+    return EAGAIN;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->init_needed)
+    call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
+  if (mtx_unlock (&lock->mutex) != thrd_success)
+    return EINVAL;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->init_needed)
+    call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
+  mtx_destroy (&lock->mutex);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (mtx_init (&lock->lock, mtx_plain) != thrd_success
+      || cnd_init (&lock->waiting_readers) != thrd_success
+      || cnd_init (&lock->waiting_writers) != thrd_success)
+    return ENOMEM;
+  lock->waiting_writers_count = 0;
+  lock->runcount = 0;
+  lock->init_needed = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->init_needed)
+    call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
+  if (mtx_lock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
+    return EAGAIN;
+  /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
+     field will not overflow, and whether no writer is waiting.  The latter
+     condition is because POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take
+     precedence over read locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+  while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+         waiting_readers.  */
+      if (cnd_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock) != thrd_success)
+        {
+          mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return EINVAL;
+        }
+    }
+  lock->runcount++;
+  if (mtx_unlock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
+    return EINVAL;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->init_needed)
+    call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
+  if (mtx_lock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
+    return EAGAIN;
+  /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running.  */
+  while (!(lock->runcount == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+         waiting_writers.  */
+      lock->waiting_writers_count++;
+      if (cnd_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock) != thrd_success)
+        {
+          lock->waiting_writers_count--;
+          mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return EINVAL;
+        }
+      lock->waiting_writers_count--;
+    }
+  lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
+  if (mtx_unlock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
+    return EINVAL;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->init_needed)
+    call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
+  if (mtx_lock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
+    return EAGAIN;
+  if (lock->runcount < 0)
+    {
+      /* Drop a writer lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
+        {
+          mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return EINVAL;
+        }
+      lock->runcount = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Drop a reader lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
+        {
+          mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return EINVAL;
+        }
+      lock->runcount--;
+    }
+  if (lock->runcount == 0)
+    {
+      /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
+         locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+      if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0)
+        {
+          /* Wake up one of the waiting writers.  */
+          if (cnd_signal (&lock->waiting_writers) != thrd_success)
+            {
+              mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
+              return EINVAL;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Wake up all waiting readers.  */
+          if (cnd_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers) != thrd_success)
+            {
+              mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
+              return EINVAL;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  if (mtx_unlock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
+    return EINVAL;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->init_needed)
+    call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
+  mtx_destroy (&lock->lock);
+  cnd_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers);
+  cnd_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (mtx_init (&lock->mutex, mtx_plain | mtx_recursive) != thrd_success)
+    return ENOMEM;
+  lock->init_needed = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->init_needed)
+    call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
+  if (mtx_lock (&lock->mutex) != thrd_success)
+    return EAGAIN;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->init_needed)
+    call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
+  if (mtx_unlock (&lock->mutex) != thrd_success)
+    return EINVAL;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->init_needed)
+    call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
+  mtx_destroy (&lock->mutex);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK && (HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK_PREFER_WRITER || (defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_INITIALIZER_NP && (__GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1)))
+
+#  if defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER_NP
+
+#   if !HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK_PREFER_WRITER
+     /* glibc with bug https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13701 */
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_init_for_glibc (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  pthread_rwlockattr_t attributes;
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_rwlockattr_init (&attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  /* Note: PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP is the only value that
+     causes the writer to be preferred. PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NP does not
+     do this; see
+     http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3.html */
+  err = pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np (&attributes,
+                                       PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP);
+  if (err == 0)
+    err = pthread_rwlock_init(lock, &attributes);
+  /* pthread_rwlockattr_destroy always returns 0.  It cannot influence the
+     return value.  */
+  pthread_rwlockattr_destroy (&attributes);
+  return err;
+}
+
+#   endif
+#  else
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_rwlock_init (&lock->rwlock, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->initialized = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    {
+      int err;
+
+      err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+      if (!lock->initialized)
+        {
+          err = glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (lock);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      err = pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+    }
+  return pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&lock->rwlock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    {
+      int err;
+
+      err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+      if (!lock->initialized)
+        {
+          err = glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (lock);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      err = pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+    }
+  return pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&lock->rwlock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    return EINVAL;
+  return pthread_rwlock_unlock (&lock->rwlock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    return EINVAL;
+  err = pthread_rwlock_destroy (&lock->rwlock);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->initialized = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_init (&lock->lock, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_readers, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_writers, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->waiting_writers_count = 0;
+  lock->runcount = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
+     field will not overflow, and whether no writer is waiting.  The latter
+     condition is because POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take
+     precedence over read locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+  while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+         waiting_readers.  */
+      err = pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock);
+      if (err != 0)
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return err;
+        }
+    }
+  lock->runcount++;
+  return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running.  */
+  while (!(lock->runcount == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+         waiting_writers.  */
+      lock->waiting_writers_count++;
+      err = pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock);
+      if (err != 0)
+        {
+          lock->waiting_writers_count--;
+          pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return err;
+        }
+      lock->waiting_writers_count--;
+    }
+  lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
+  return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  if (lock->runcount < 0)
+    {
+      /* Drop a writer lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return EINVAL;
+        }
+      lock->runcount = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Drop a reader lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+          return EINVAL;
+        }
+      lock->runcount--;
+    }
+  if (lock->runcount == 0)
+    {
+      /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
+         locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+      if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0)
+        {
+          /* Wake up one of the waiting writers.  */
+          err = pthread_cond_signal (&lock->waiting_writers);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Wake up all waiting readers.  */
+          err = pthread_cond_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->lock);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+
+#  if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  pthread_mutexattr_t attributes;
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+  if (err != 0)
+    {
+      pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+      return err;
+    }
+  err = pthread_mutex_init (lock, &attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    {
+      pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+      return err;
+    }
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  else
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  pthread_mutexattr_t attributes;
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+  if (err != 0)
+    {
+      pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+      return err;
+    }
+  err = pthread_mutex_init (&lock->recmutex, &attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    {
+      pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+      return err;
+    }
+  err = pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->initialized = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    {
+      int err;
+
+      err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+      if (!lock->initialized)
+        {
+          err = glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (lock);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      err = pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+    }
+  return pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->recmutex);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    return EINVAL;
+  return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->recmutex);
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    return EINVAL;
+  err = pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->recmutex);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->initialized = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = pthread_mutex_init (&lock->mutex, NULL);
+  if (err != 0)
+    return err;
+  lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
+  lock->depth = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  pthread_t self = pthread_self ();
+  if (lock->owner != self)
+    {
+      int err;
+
+      err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->mutex);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return err;
+      lock->owner = self;
+    }
+  if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+    {
+      lock->depth--;
+      return EAGAIN;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != pthread_self ())
+    return EPERM;
+  if (lock->depth == 0)
+    return EINVAL;
+  if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
+    {
+      lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
+      return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != (pthread_t) 0)
+    return EBUSY;
+  return pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+static const pthread_once_t fresh_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+
+int
+glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control)
+{
+  /* We don't know whether pthread_once_t is an integer type, a floating-point
+     type, a pointer type, or a structure type.  */
+  char *firstbyte = (char *)once_control;
+  if (*firstbyte == *(const char *)&fresh_once)
+    {
+      /* First time use of once_control.  Invert the first byte.  */
+      *firstbyte = ~ *(const char *)&fresh_once;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+# if !(PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD || USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK)
+
+int
+glthread_once_multithreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control,
+                             void (*init_function) (void))
+{
+  int err = pthread_once (once_control, init_function);
+  if (err == ENOSYS)
+    {
+      /* This happens on FreeBSD 11: The pthread_once function in libc returns
+         ENOSYS.  */
+      if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (once_control))
+        init_function ();
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return err;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
diff --git a/lib/glthread/lock.h b/lib/glthread/lock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47eed8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glthread/lock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
+/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library.
+   It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other
+   synchronization primitives.
+
+   Normal (non-recursive) locks:
+     Type:                gl_lock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_lock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_lock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_lock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_lock_lock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_lock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_lock_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:      err = glthread_lock_init (&name);
+     Taking the lock:     err = glthread_lock_lock (&name);
+     Releasing the lock:  err = glthread_lock_unlock (&name);
+     De-initialization:   err = glthread_lock_destroy (&name);
+
+   Read-Write (non-recursive) locks:
+     Type:                gl_rwlock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_rwlock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_rwlock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_rwlock_rdlock (name);
+                          gl_rwlock_wrlock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_rwlock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_rwlock_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:      err = glthread_rwlock_init (&name);
+     Taking the lock:     err = glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&name);
+                          err = glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&name);
+     Releasing the lock:  err = glthread_rwlock_unlock (&name);
+     De-initialization:   err = glthread_rwlock_destroy (&name);
+
+   Recursive locks:
+     Type:                gl_recursive_lock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_recursive_lock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_recursive_lock_lock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:      err = glthread_recursive_lock_init (&name);
+     Taking the lock:     err = glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&name);
+     Releasing the lock:  err = glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&name);
+     De-initialization:   err = glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&name);
+
+  Once-only execution:
+     Type:                gl_once_t
+     Initializer:         gl_once_define(extern, name)
+     Execution:           gl_once (name, initfunction);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Execution:           err = glthread_once (&name, initfunction);
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _LOCK_H
+#define _LOCK_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if !defined c11_threads_in_use
+# if HAVE_THREADS_H && USE_POSIX_THREADS_FROM_LIBC
+#  define c11_threads_in_use() 1
+# elif HAVE_THREADS_H && USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
+#  include <threads.h>
+#  pragma weak thrd_exit
+#  define c11_threads_in_use() (thrd_exit != NULL)
+# else
+#  define c11_threads_in_use() 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_ISOC_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the ISO C threads library.  */
+
+# include <threads.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          int volatile init_needed;
+          once_flag init_once;
+          void (*init_func) (void);
+          mtx_t mutex;
+        }
+        gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void);       \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME =                 \
+      { 1, ONCE_FLAG_INIT, _atomic_init_##NAME }; \
+    static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void)        \
+    {                                             \
+      if (glthread_lock_init (&(NAME)))           \
+        abort ();                                 \
+    }
+extern int glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          int volatile init_needed;
+          once_flag init_once;
+          void (*init_func) (void);
+          mtx_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          cnd_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
+          cnd_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
+          unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
+          int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void);       \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME =               \
+      { 1, ONCE_FLAG_INIT, _atomic_init_##NAME }; \
+    static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void)        \
+    {                                             \
+      if (glthread_rwlock_init (&(NAME)))         \
+        abort ();                                 \
+    }
+extern int glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          int volatile init_needed;
+          once_flag init_once;
+          void (*init_func) (void);
+          mtx_t mutex;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void);       \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME =       \
+      { 1, ONCE_FLAG_INIT, _atomic_init_##NAME }; \
+    static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void)        \
+    {                                             \
+      if (glthread_recursive_lock_init (&(NAME))) \
+        abort ();                                 \
+    }
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef once_flag gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS once_flag NAME = ONCE_FLAG_INIT;
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (call_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION), 0)
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+# include <pthread.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+
+/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime.  */
+#  define pthread_in_use() \
+     glthread_in_use ()
+extern int glthread_in_use (void);
+
+# endif
+
+# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts
+   of the program don't use them.  Here we use them, because we don't want
+   every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread.  This assumes
+   that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is
+   loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and
+   then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl
+   will not be multithread-safe.  */
+
+/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test
+   whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is
+   non-NULL.  However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in
+   PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct
+   call to foo(...) in the same function.  To avoid this, we test the
+   address of a function in libpthread that we don't use.  */
+
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_once
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_wait
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_signal
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlockattr_init
+#  if __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+#   pragma weak pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np
+#  endif
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlockattr_destroy
+#  ifndef pthread_self
+#   pragma weak pthread_self
+#  endif
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+    /* Considering all platforms with USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK, only few symbols
+       can be used to determine whether libpthread is in use.  These are:
+         pthread_mutexattr_gettype
+         pthread_rwlockattr_destroy
+         pthread_rwlockattr_init
+     */
+#   pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_gettype
+#   define pthread_in_use() \
+      (pthread_mutexattr_gettype != NULL || c11_threads_in_use ())
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   define pthread_in_use() 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK && (HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK_PREFER_WRITER || (defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_INITIALIZER_NP && (__GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1)))
+
+#  if defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER_NP
+
+typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#   if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK_PREFER_WRITER
+#    if defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+#     define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+        PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+#    else
+#     define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+        PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER_NP
+#    endif
+#    define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+       (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
+#   else /* glibc with bug https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13701 */
+#    define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+       PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_INITIALIZER_NP
+#    define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+       (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_for_glibc (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_rwlock_init_for_glibc (pthread_rwlock_t *lock);
+#   endif
+#   define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+
+#  else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          int initialized;
+          pthread_mutex_t guard;   /* protects the initialization */
+          pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#   define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+      { 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
+#   define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
+          pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
+          unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
+          int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+
+#  if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
+
+typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#   ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#    define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+       PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#   else
+#    define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+       PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
+#   endif
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+#  else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */
+          pthread_mutex_t guard;    /* protects the initialization */
+          int initialized;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+      { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks.
+   We have to implement them ourselves.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t mutex;
+          pthread_t owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+     { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 }
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD || USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
+#  define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+     (pthread_in_use ()                                                        \
+      ? pthread_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION)                              \
+      : (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
+# else
+#  define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+     (pthread_in_use ()                                                        \
+      ? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION)               \
+      : (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
+extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control,
+                                        void (*init_function) (void));
+# endif
+extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# include "windows-mutex.h"
+# include "windows-rwlock.h"
+# include "windows-recmutex.h"
+# include "windows-once.h"
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the native Windows Event,
+   Mutex, Semaphore types, because
+     - we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space),
+       not inter-process locking,
+     - we don't need to support trylock operations.  (TryEnterCriticalSection
+       does not work on Windows 95/98/ME.  Packages that need trylock usually
+       define their own mutex type.)  */
+
+/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION.  It needs
+   to be done lazily, once only.  For this we need spinlocks.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef glwthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    GLWTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT
+# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (glwthread_mutex_init (LOCK), 0)
+# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    glwthread_mutex_lock (LOCK)
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    glwthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK)
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    glwthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef glwthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    GLWTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+    (glwthread_rwlock_init (LOCK), 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+    glwthread_rwlock_rdlock (LOCK)
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+    glwthread_rwlock_wrlock (LOCK)
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    glwthread_rwlock_unlock (LOCK)
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    glwthread_rwlock_destroy (LOCK)
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+typedef glwthread_recmutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+    GLWTHREAD_RECMUTEX_INIT
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (glwthread_recmutex_init (LOCK), 0)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    glwthread_recmutex_lock (LOCK)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    glwthread_recmutex_unlock (LOCK)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    glwthread_recmutex_destroy (LOCK)
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef glwthread_once_t gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = GLWTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (glwthread_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION), 0)
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if !(USE_ISOC_THREADS || USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS || USE_WINDOWS_THREADS)
+
+/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define glthread_lock_init(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_lock_lock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(NAME) 0
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0;
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (*(ONCE_CONTROL) == 0 ? (*(ONCE_CONTROL) = ~ 0, INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0)
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* Macros with built-in error handling.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
+   do                                  \
+     {                                 \
+       if (glthread_lock_init (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                     \
+     }                                 \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
+   do                                  \
+     {                                 \
+       if (glthread_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                     \
+     }                                 \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+   do                                    \
+     {                                   \
+       if (glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                       \
+     }                                   \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                     \
+     {                                    \
+       if (glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                        \
+     }                                    \
+   while (0)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
+   do                                    \
+     {                                   \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                       \
+     }                                   \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
+   do                                      \
+     {                                     \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                         \
+     }                                     \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
+   do                                      \
+     {                                     \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                         \
+     }                                     \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
+   do                                      \
+     {                                     \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                         \
+     }                                     \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                       \
+     {                                      \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                          \
+     }                                      \
+   while (0)
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+#define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
+   do                                            \
+     {                                           \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                               \
+     }                                           \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
+   do                                            \
+     {                                           \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                               \
+     }                                           \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+   do                                              \
+     {                                             \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                                 \
+     }                                             \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                               \
+     {                                              \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                                  \
+     }                                              \
+   while (0)
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
+   do                                           \
+     {                                          \
+       if (glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION)) \
+         abort ();                              \
+     }                                          \
+   while (0)
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#endif /* _LOCK_H */
diff --git a/lib/glthread/threadlib.c b/lib/glthread/threadlib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88a76ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glthread/threadlib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* Multithreading primitives.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <pthread.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+
+#  if defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __DragonFly__                 /* FreeBSD */
+
+/* Test using pthread_key_create.  */
+
+int
+glthread_in_use (void)
+{
+  static int tested;
+  static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
+
+  if (!tested)
+    {
+      pthread_key_t key;
+      int err = pthread_key_create (&key, NULL);
+
+      if (err == ENOSYS)
+        result = 0;
+      else
+        {
+          result = 1;
+          if (err == 0)
+            pthread_key_delete (key);
+        }
+      tested = 1;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#  else                                                     /* Solaris, HP-UX */
+
+/* Test using pthread_create.  */
+
+/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread.  */
+static void *
+dummy_thread_func (void *arg)
+{
+  return arg;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_in_use (void)
+{
+  static int tested;
+  static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
+
+  if (!tested)
+    {
+      pthread_t thread;
+
+      if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0)
+        /* Thread creation failed.  */
+        result = 0;
+      else
+        {
+          /* Thread creation works.  */
+          void *retval;
+          if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0)
+            abort ();
+          result = 1;
+        }
+      tested = 1;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int dummy;
diff --git a/lib/glthread/tls.c b/lib/glthread/tls.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54e7b36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glthread/tls.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Thread-local storage in multithreaded situations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "glthread/tls.h"
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_ISOC_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
diff --git a/lib/glthread/tls.h b/lib/glthread/tls.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27b5bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glthread/tls.h
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/* Thread-local storage in multithreaded situations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.  */
+
+/* This file contains thread-local storage primitives for use with a given
+   thread library.  It does not contain primitives for creating threads or
+   for other multithreading primitives.
+
+     Type:                      gl_tls_key_t
+     Initialization:            gl_tls_key_init (name, destructor);
+     Getting per-thread value:  gl_tls_get (name)
+     Setting per-thread value:  gl_tls_set (name, pointer);
+     De-initialization:         gl_tls_key_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:            err = glthread_tls_key_init (&name, destructor);
+     Setting per-thread value:  err = glthread_tls_set (&name, pointer);
+     De-initialization:         err = glthread_tls_key_destroy (&name);
+
+   A per-thread value is of type 'void *'.
+
+   A destructor is a function pointer of type 'void (*) (void *)', called
+   when a thread exits, and taking the last per-thread value as argument.  It
+   is unspecified whether the destructor function is called when the last
+   per-thread value is NULL.  On some platforms, the destructor function is
+   not called at all.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _TLS_H
+#define _TLS_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if !defined c11_threads_in_use
+# if HAVE_THREADS_H && USE_POSIX_THREADS_FROM_LIBC
+#  define c11_threads_in_use() 1
+# elif HAVE_THREADS_H && USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
+#  include <threads.h>
+#  pragma weak thrd_exit
+#  define c11_threads_in_use() (thrd_exit != NULL)
+# else
+#  define c11_threads_in_use() 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_ISOC_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the ISO C threads library.  */
+
+# include <threads.h>
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef tss_t gl_tls_key_t;
+# define glthread_tls_key_init(KEY, DESTRUCTOR) \
+    (tss_create (KEY, DESTRUCTOR) != thrd_success ? EAGAIN : 0)
+# define gl_tls_get(NAME) \
+    tss_get (NAME)
+# define glthread_tls_set(KEY, POINTER) \
+    (tss_set (*(KEY), (POINTER)) != thrd_success ? ENOMEM : 0)
+# define glthread_tls_key_destroy(KEY) \
+    (tss_delete (*(KEY)), 0)
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+# include <pthread.h>
+
+# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+
+/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime.  */
+#  define pthread_in_use() \
+     glthread_in_use ()
+extern int glthread_in_use (void);
+
+# endif
+
+# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+#  pragma weak pthread_key_create
+#  pragma weak pthread_getspecific
+#  pragma weak pthread_setspecific
+#  pragma weak pthread_key_delete
+#  ifndef pthread_self
+#   pragma weak pthread_self
+#  endif
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_gettype
+#   define pthread_in_use() \
+      (pthread_mutexattr_gettype != NULL || c11_threads_in_use ())
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   define pthread_in_use() 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef union
+        {
+          void *singlethread_value;
+          pthread_key_t key;
+        }
+        gl_tls_key_t;
+# define glthread_tls_key_init(KEY, DESTRUCTOR) \
+    (pthread_in_use ()                              \
+     ? pthread_key_create (&(KEY)->key, DESTRUCTOR) \
+     : ((KEY)->singlethread_value = NULL, 0))
+# define gl_tls_get(NAME) \
+    (pthread_in_use ()                  \
+     ? pthread_getspecific ((NAME).key) \
+     : (NAME).singlethread_value)
+# define glthread_tls_set(KEY, POINTER) \
+    (pthread_in_use ()                             \
+     ? pthread_setspecific ((KEY)->key, (POINTER)) \
+     : ((KEY)->singlethread_value = (POINTER), 0))
+# define glthread_tls_key_destroy(KEY) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_key_delete ((KEY)->key) : 0)
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# include "windows-tls.h"
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef glwthread_tls_key_t gl_tls_key_t;
+# define glthread_tls_key_init(KEY, DESTRUCTOR) \
+    glwthread_tls_key_create (KEY, DESTRUCTOR)
+# define gl_tls_get(NAME) \
+    TlsGetValue (NAME)
+# define glthread_tls_set(KEY, POINTER) \
+    (!TlsSetValue (*(KEY), POINTER) ? EINVAL : 0)
+# define glthread_tls_key_destroy(KEY) \
+    glwthread_tls_key_delete (*(KEY))
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if !(USE_ISOC_THREADS || USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS || USE_WINDOWS_THREADS)
+
+/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported.  */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          void *singlethread_value;
+        }
+        gl_tls_key_t;
+# define glthread_tls_key_init(KEY, DESTRUCTOR) \
+    ((KEY)->singlethread_value = NULL, \
+     (void) (DESTRUCTOR),              \
+     0)
+# define gl_tls_get(NAME) \
+    (NAME).singlethread_value
+# define glthread_tls_set(KEY, POINTER) \
+    ((KEY)->singlethread_value = (POINTER), 0)
+# define glthread_tls_key_destroy(KEY) \
+    0
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* Macros with built-in error handling.  */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_tls_key_init(NAME, DESTRUCTOR) \
+   do                                                 \
+     {                                                \
+       if (glthread_tls_key_init (&NAME, DESTRUCTOR)) \
+         abort ();                                    \
+     }                                                \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_tls_set(NAME, POINTER) \
+   do                                         \
+     {                                        \
+       if (glthread_tls_set (&NAME, POINTER)) \
+         abort ();                            \
+     }                                        \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_tls_key_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                        \
+     {                                       \
+       if (glthread_tls_key_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                           \
+     }                                       \
+   while (0)
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#endif /* _TLS_H */
diff --git a/lib/gnulib.mk b/lib/gnulib.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3012d81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gnulib.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,6859 @@
+## DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY!
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in.
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this file.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# this file may be distributed as part of a program that
+# contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+#
+# Generated by gnulib-tool.
+# Reproduce by:
+# gnulib-tool --import --local-dir=gl \
+#  --lib=libcoreutils \
+#  --source-base=lib \
+#  --m4-base=m4 \
+#  --doc-base=doc \
+#  --tests-base=gnulib-tests \
+#  --aux-dir=build-aux \
+#  --with-tests \
+#  --makefile-name=gnulib.mk \
+#  --automake-subdir \
+#  --no-conditional-dependencies \
+#  --no-libtool \
+#  --macro-prefix=gl \
+#  --avoid=canonicalize-lgpl \
+#  --avoid=dummy \
+#  acl \
+#  alignalloc \
+#  alignof \
+#  alloca \
+#  announce-gen \
+#  areadlink-with-size \
+#  areadlinkat-with-size \
+#  argmatch \
+#  argv-iter \
+#  assert \
+#  attribute \
+#  autobuild \
+#  backup-rename \
+#  backupfile \
+#  base32 \
+#  base64 \
+#  btowc \
+#  buffer-lcm \
+#  byteswap \
+#  c-strcase \
+#  calloc-gnu \
+#  canon-host \
+#  canonicalize \
+#  chmodat \
+#  chown \
+#  chownat \
+#  cl-strtod \
+#  cl-strtold \
+#  cloexec \
+#  closein \
+#  closeout \
+#  config-h \
+#  configmake \
+#  copy-file-range \
+#  crypto/md5 \
+#  crypto/sha1 \
+#  crypto/sha256 \
+#  crypto/sha512 \
+#  crypto/sm3 \
+#  cycle-check \
+#  d-ino \
+#  d-type \
+#  di-set \
+#  dirfd \
+#  dirname \
+#  do-release-commit-and-tag \
+#  dtoastr \
+#  dup2 \
+#  environ \
+#  error \
+#  euidaccess \
+#  exclude \
+#  exitfail \
+#  explicit_bzero \
+#  faccessat \
+#  fadvise \
+#  fchdir \
+#  fchmodat \
+#  fchownat \
+#  fclose \
+#  fcntl \
+#  fcntl-safer \
+#  fd-reopen \
+#  fdatasync \
+#  fdopen \
+#  fdutimensat \
+#  file-has-acl \
+#  file-type \
+#  fileblocks \
+#  filemode \
+#  filenamecat \
+#  filevercmp \
+#  flexmember \
+#  fnmatch-gnu \
+#  fopen-safer \
+#  fprintftime \
+#  freopen \
+#  freopen-safer \
+#  fseeko \
+#  fstatat \
+#  fsusage \
+#  fsync \
+#  ftoastr \
+#  ftruncate \
+#  fts \
+#  full-read \
+#  full-write \
+#  getgroups \
+#  gethrxtime \
+#  getline \
+#  getloadavg \
+#  getlogin \
+#  getndelim2 \
+#  getopt-gnu \
+#  getpagesize \
+#  getpass-gnu \
+#  gettext-h \
+#  gettime \
+#  gettime-res \
+#  getugroups \
+#  getusershell \
+#  git-version-gen \
+#  gitlog-to-changelog \
+#  gnu-make \
+#  gnu-web-doc-update \
+#  gnumakefile \
+#  gnupload \
+#  group-member \
+#  hard-locale \
+#  hash \
+#  hash-triple \
+#  heap \
+#  host-os \
+#  human \
+#  idcache \
+#  idx \
+#  ignore-value \
+#  inttostr \
+#  inttypes \
+#  isapipe \
+#  isatty \
+#  isblank \
+#  largefile \
+#  lchmod \
+#  lchown \
+#  ldtoastr \
+#  lib-ignore \
+#  libgmp \
+#  linebuffer \
+#  link \
+#  link-follow \
+#  linkat \
+#  long-options \
+#  lstat \
+#  maintainer-makefile \
+#  malloc-gnu \
+#  manywarnings \
+#  mbrlen \
+#  mbrtowc \
+#  mbsalign \
+#  mbschr \
+#  mbslen \
+#  mbswidth \
+#  memcasecmp \
+#  memchr \
+#  memcmp2 \
+#  mempcpy \
+#  memrchr \
+#  mgetgroups \
+#  minmax \
+#  mkancesdirs \
+#  mkdir \
+#  mkdir-p \
+#  mkdirat \
+#  mkfifo \
+#  mkfifoat \
+#  mknod \
+#  mkostemp \
+#  mkstemp \
+#  mktime \
+#  modechange \
+#  mountlist \
+#  mpsort \
+#  netinet_in \
+#  nproc \
+#  nstrftime \
+#  obstack \
+#  open \
+#  openat-safer \
+#  parse-datetime \
+#  parse-datetime2 \
+#  pathmax \
+#  perl \
+#  physmem \
+#  pipe-posix \
+#  pipe2 \
+#  posix-shell \
+#  posixtm \
+#  posixver \
+#  priv-set \
+#  progname \
+#  propername \
+#  pthread-cond \
+#  pthread-mutex \
+#  pthread-thread \
+#  pthread_sigmask \
+#  putenv \
+#  quote \
+#  quotearg \
+#  randint \
+#  randperm \
+#  rawmemchr \
+#  read-file \
+#  readlink \
+#  readtokens \
+#  readtokens0 \
+#  readutmp \
+#  realloc-gnu \
+#  regex \
+#  remove \
+#  rename \
+#  renameat \
+#  renameatu \
+#  rmdir \
+#  root-dev-ino \
+#  rpmatch \
+#  safe-read \
+#  same \
+#  save-cwd \
+#  savedir \
+#  savewd \
+#  select \
+#  selinux-at \
+#  setenv \
+#  settime \
+#  sig2str \
+#  sigaction \
+#  smack \
+#  ssize_t \
+#  stat-macros \
+#  stat-size \
+#  stat-time \
+#  stdbool \
+#  stdlib-safer \
+#  stpcpy \
+#  stpncpy \
+#  strdup-posix \
+#  strncat \
+#  strnumcmp \
+#  strsignal \
+#  strtoimax \
+#  strtoumax \
+#  symlinkat \
+#  sys_ioctl \
+#  sys_resource \
+#  sys_stat \
+#  sys_wait \
+#  targetdir \
+#  tempname \
+#  termios \
+#  time_rz \
+#  timer-time \
+#  timespec \
+#  tzset \
+#  uname \
+#  unicodeio \
+#  unistd-safer \
+#  unlink-busy \
+#  unlinkat \
+#  unlinkdir \
+#  unlocked-io \
+#  unsetenv \
+#  update-copyright \
+#  uptime \
+#  useless-if-before-free \
+#  userspec \
+#  utimecmp \
+#  utimens \
+#  utimensat \
+#  vasprintf-posix \
+#  vc-list-files \
+#  verify \
+#  verror \
+#  version-etc-fsf \
+#  wchar-single \
+#  wcswidth \
+#  wcwidth \
+#  winsz-ioctl \
+#  winsz-termios \
+#  write-any-file \
+#  xalignalloc \
+#  xalloc \
+#  xbinary-io \
+#  xdectoint \
+#  xfts \
+#  xgetcwd \
+#  xgetgroups \
+#  xgethostname \
+#  xmemcoll \
+#  xnanosleep \
+#  xprintf \
+#  xprintf-posix \
+#  xreadlink \
+#  xstrtod \
+#  xstrtoimax \
+#  xstrtol \
+#  xstrtol-error \
+#  xstrtold \
+#  xstrtoumax \
+#  year2038 \
+#  yesno
+
+
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/core lib/*.stackdump
+# No GNU Make output.
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES += lib/libcoreutils.a
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES =
+lib_libcoreutils_a_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) $(GL_CFLAG_GNULIB_WARNINGS)
+lib_libcoreutils_a_LIBADD = $(gl_LIBOBJS)
+lib_libcoreutils_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(gl_LIBOBJS)
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES =
+
+## begin gnulib module absolute-header
+
+# Use this preprocessor expression to decide whether #include_next works.
+# Do not rely on a 'configure'-time test for this, since the expression
+# might appear in an installed header, which is used by some other compiler.
+HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT = (__GNUC__ || __clang__ || 60000000 <= __DECC_VER)
+
+## end   gnulib module absolute-header
+
+## begin gnulib module acl
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/copy-acl.c lib/set-acl.c
+
+## end   gnulib module acl
+
+## begin gnulib module acl-permissions
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/acl-errno-valid.c lib/acl-internal.c    lib/get-permissions.c lib/set-permissions.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/acl-internal.h lib/acl.h lib/acl_entries.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/acl_entries.c
+
+## end   gnulib module acl-permissions
+
+## begin gnulib module alignalloc
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/alignalloc.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/alignalloc.h
+
+## end   gnulib module alignalloc
+
+## begin gnulib module alignof
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/alignof.h
+
+## end   gnulib module alignof
+
+## begin gnulib module alloca
+
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_LIBADD += @ALLOCA@
+lib_libcoreutils_a_DEPENDENCIES += @ALLOCA@
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/alloca.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/alloca.c
+
+## end   gnulib module alloca
+
+## begin gnulib module alloca-opt
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ALLOCA_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <alloca.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_ALLOCA_H
+lib/alloca.h: lib/alloca.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	  -e 's|@''HAVE_ALLOCA_H''@|$(HAVE_ALLOCA_H)|g' \
+	  $(top_srcdir)/lib/alloca.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/alloca.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/alloca.h lib/alloca.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/alloca.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module alloca-opt
+
+## begin gnulib module allocator
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/allocator.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/allocator.h
+
+## end   gnulib module allocator
+
+## begin gnulib module announce-gen
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/announce-gen
+
+## end   gnulib module announce-gen
+
+## begin gnulib module areadlink
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/areadlink.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/areadlink.h
+
+## end   gnulib module areadlink
+
+## begin gnulib module areadlink-with-size
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/areadlink-with-size.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/areadlink.h
+
+## end   gnulib module areadlink-with-size
+
+## begin gnulib module areadlinkat
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/areadlinkat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/areadlink.h lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module areadlinkat
+
+## begin gnulib module areadlinkat-with-size
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/areadlinkat-with-size.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/areadlink.h lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module areadlinkat-with-size
+
+## begin gnulib module argmatch
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/argmatch.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/argmatch.h
+
+## end   gnulib module argmatch
+
+## begin gnulib module argv-iter
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/argv-iter.c lib/argv-iter.h
+
+## end   gnulib module argv-iter
+
+## begin gnulib module arpa_inet
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/arpa/inet.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <arpa/inet.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one.
+lib/arpa/inet.h: lib/arpa_inet.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/arpa'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FEATURES_H''@|$(HAVE_FEATURES_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_ARPA_INET_H''@|$(NEXT_ARPA_INET_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ARPA_INET_H''@|$(HAVE_ARPA_INET_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_INET_NTOP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_INET_NTOP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_INET_PTON''@/$(GL_GNULIB_INET_PTON)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H''@|$(HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_INET_PTON''@|$(HAVE_DECL_INET_PTON)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_INET_NTOP''@|$(REPLACE_INET_NTOP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_INET_PTON''@|$(REPLACE_INET_PTON)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/arpa_inet.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/arpa/inet.h lib/arpa/inet.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/arpa
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/arpa_inet.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module arpa_inet
+
+## begin gnulib module assure
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/assure.h
+
+## end   gnulib module assure
+
+## begin gnulib module at-internal
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/openat-priv.h lib/openat-proc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module at-internal
+
+## begin gnulib module attribute
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/attribute.h
+
+## end   gnulib module attribute
+
+## begin gnulib module backup-rename
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/backupfile.c lib/backup-rename.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/backup-internal.h lib/backupfile.h
+
+## end   gnulib module backup-rename
+
+## begin gnulib module backupfile
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/backupfile.c lib/backup-find.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/backup-internal.h lib/backupfile.h
+
+## end   gnulib module backupfile
+
+## begin gnulib module base32
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/base32.h lib/base32.c
+
+## end   gnulib module base32
+
+## begin gnulib module base64
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/base64.h lib/base64.c
+
+## end   gnulib module base64
+
+## begin gnulib module basename-lgpl
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/basename-lgpl.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/basename-lgpl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module basename-lgpl
+
+## begin gnulib module binary-io
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/binary-io.h lib/binary-io.c
+
+## end   gnulib module binary-io
+
+## begin gnulib module bison
+
+# See the comments in bison.m4.
+
+## end   gnulib module bison
+
+## begin gnulib module bitrotate
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/bitrotate.h lib/bitrotate.c
+
+## end   gnulib module bitrotate
+
+## begin gnulib module btowc
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_BTOWC
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/btowc.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module btowc
+
+## begin gnulib module buffer-lcm
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/buffer-lcm.c lib/buffer-lcm.h
+
+## end   gnulib module buffer-lcm
+
+## begin gnulib module byteswap
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(BYTESWAP_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <byteswap.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one.
+if GL_GENERATE_BYTESWAP_H
+lib/byteswap.h: lib/byteswap.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) $(top_srcdir)/lib/byteswap.in.h
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/byteswap.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/byteswap.h lib/byteswap.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/byteswap.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module byteswap
+
+## begin gnulib module c-ctype
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/c-ctype.h lib/c-ctype.c
+
+## end   gnulib module c-ctype
+
+## begin gnulib module c-strcase
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/c-strcase.h lib/c-strcasecmp.c lib/c-strncasecmp.c
+
+## end   gnulib module c-strcase
+
+## begin gnulib module c-strcaseeq
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/c-strcaseeq.h
+
+## end   gnulib module c-strcaseeq
+
+## begin gnulib module c-strtod
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/c-strtod.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/c-strtod.h
+
+## end   gnulib module c-strtod
+
+## begin gnulib module c-strtold
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/c-strtold.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/c-strtod.c lib/c-strtod.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/c-strtod.c
+
+## end   gnulib module c-strtold
+
+## begin gnulib module calloc-gnu
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/calloc.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/calloc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module calloc-gnu
+
+## begin gnulib module calloc-posix
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/calloc.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/calloc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module calloc-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module canon-host
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/canon-host.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/canon-host.h
+
+## end   gnulib module canon-host
+
+## begin gnulib module canonicalize
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/canonicalize.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/canonicalize.h
+
+## end   gnulib module canonicalize
+
+## begin gnulib module careadlinkat
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/careadlinkat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/careadlinkat.h
+
+## end   gnulib module careadlinkat
+
+## begin gnulib module chdir-long
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_CHDIR_LONG
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/chdir-long.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/chdir-long.h
+
+## end   gnulib module chdir-long
+
+## begin gnulib module chmodat
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/chmodat.c
+
+## end   gnulib module chmodat
+
+## begin gnulib module chown
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_CHOWN
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/chown.c
+endif
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FCHOWN_STUB
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fchown-stub.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module chown
+
+## begin gnulib module chownat
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/chownat.c
+
+## end   gnulib module chownat
+
+## begin gnulib module cl-strtod
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/cl-strtod.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/cl-strtod.h
+
+## end   gnulib module cl-strtod
+
+## begin gnulib module cl-strtold
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/cl-strtold.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/cl-strtod.c lib/cl-strtod.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/cl-strtod.c
+
+## end   gnulib module cl-strtold
+
+## begin gnulib module cloexec
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/cloexec.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/cloexec.h
+
+## end   gnulib module cloexec
+
+## begin gnulib module close
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_CLOSE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/close.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module close
+
+## begin gnulib module close-stream
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/close-stream.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/close-stream.h
+
+## end   gnulib module close-stream
+
+## begin gnulib module closedir
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_CLOSEDIR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/closedir.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/dirent-private.h
+
+## end   gnulib module closedir
+
+## begin gnulib module closein
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/closein.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/closein.h
+
+## end   gnulib module closein
+
+## begin gnulib module closeout
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/closeout.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/closeout.h
+
+## end   gnulib module closeout
+
+## begin gnulib module configmake
+
+# Listed in the same order as the GNU makefile conventions, and
+# provided by autoconf 2.59c+ or 2.70.
+# The Automake-defined pkg* macros are appended, in the order
+# listed in the Automake 1.10a+ documentation.
+lib/configmake.h: Makefile
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at){ echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+	  echo '#if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H'; \
+	  echo '# include <winsock2.h> /* avoid mingw pollution on DATADIR */'; \
+	  echo '#endif'; \
+	  echo '#define PREFIX "$(prefix)"'; \
+	  echo '#define EXEC_PREFIX "$(exec_prefix)"'; \
+	  echo '#define BINDIR "$(bindir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define SBINDIR "$(sbindir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define LIBEXECDIR "$(libexecdir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define DATAROOTDIR "$(datarootdir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define DATADIR "$(datadir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define SYSCONFDIR "$(sysconfdir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define SHAREDSTATEDIR "$(sharedstatedir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define LOCALSTATEDIR "$(localstatedir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define RUNSTATEDIR "$(runstatedir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define INCLUDEDIR "$(includedir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define OLDINCLUDEDIR "$(oldincludedir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define DOCDIR "$(docdir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define INFODIR "$(infodir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define HTMLDIR "$(htmldir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define DVIDIR "$(dvidir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define PDFDIR "$(pdfdir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define PSDIR "$(psdir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define LIBDIR "$(libdir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define LISPDIR "$(lispdir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define LOCALEDIR "$(localedir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define MANDIR "$(mandir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define MANEXT "$(manext)"'; \
+	  echo '#define PKGDATADIR "$(pkgdatadir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define PKGINCLUDEDIR "$(pkgincludedir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define PKGLIBDIR "$(pkglibdir)"'; \
+	  echo '#define PKGLIBEXECDIR "$(pkglibexecdir)"'; \
+	} | sed '/""/d' > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/configmake.h
+CLEANFILES += lib/configmake.h lib/configmake.h-t
+
+## end   gnulib module configmake
+
+## begin gnulib module copy-file-range
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_COPY_FILE_RANGE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/copy-file-range.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module copy-file-range
+
+## begin gnulib module count-leading-zeros
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/count-leading-zeros.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/count-leading-zeros.h
+
+## end   gnulib module count-leading-zeros
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/af_alg
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/af_alg.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/af_alg.h lib/sys-limits.h
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/af_alg
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/md5
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/md5-stream.c
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/md5
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/md5-buffer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/md5.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/gl_openssl.h lib/md5.h
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/md5-buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sha1
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sha1-stream.c
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sha1
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sha1-buffer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sha1.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/gl_openssl.h lib/sha1.h
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sha1-buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sha256
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sha256-stream.c
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sha256
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sha256-buffer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sha256.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/gl_openssl.h lib/sha256.h
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sha256-buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sha512
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sha512-stream.c
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sha512
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sha512-buffer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sha512.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/gl_openssl.h lib/sha512.h
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sha512-buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sm3
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sm3-stream.c
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sm3
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/sm3-buffer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sm3.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sm3.h
+
+## end   gnulib module crypto/sm3-buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module ctype
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/ctype.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <ctype.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/ctype.h: lib/ctype.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_CTYPE_H''@|$(NEXT_CTYPE_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISBLANK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISBLANK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_ISBLANK''@/$(HAVE_ISBLANK)/g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/ctype.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/ctype.h lib/ctype.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/ctype.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module ctype
+
+## begin gnulib module cycle-check
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/cycle-check.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/cycle-check.h
+
+## end   gnulib module cycle-check
+
+## begin gnulib module dev-ino
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/dev-ino.h
+
+## end   gnulib module dev-ino
+
+## begin gnulib module di-set
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/di-set.c lib/di-set.h
+
+## end   gnulib module di-set
+
+## begin gnulib module dirent
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/dirent.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <dirent.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/dirent.h: lib/dirent.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DIRENT_H''@|$(HAVE_DIRENT_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_DIRENT_H''@|$(NEXT_DIRENT_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_OPENDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OPENDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_READDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_READDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_REWINDDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REWINDDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CLOSEDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CLOSEDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_DIRFD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DIRFD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDOPENDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FDOPENDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SCANDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SCANDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ALPHASORT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ALPHASORT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_OPENDIR''@/$(HAVE_OPENDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_READDIR''@/$(HAVE_READDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_REWINDDIR''@/$(HAVE_REWINDDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_CLOSEDIR''@/$(HAVE_CLOSEDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_DIRFD''@|$(HAVE_DECL_DIRFD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FDOPENDIR''@|$(HAVE_FDOPENDIR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SCANDIR''@|$(HAVE_SCANDIR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ALPHASORT''@|$(HAVE_ALPHASORT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_OPENDIR''@|$(REPLACE_OPENDIR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CLOSEDIR''@|$(REPLACE_CLOSEDIR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_DIRFD''@|$(REPLACE_DIRFD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FDOPENDIR''@|$(REPLACE_FDOPENDIR)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/dirent.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/dirent.h lib/dirent.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/dirent.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module dirent
+
+## begin gnulib module dirent-safer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/opendir-safer.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/dirent--.h lib/dirent-safer.h
+
+## end   gnulib module dirent-safer
+
+## begin gnulib module dirfd
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_DIRFD
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/dirfd.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module dirfd
+
+## begin gnulib module dirname
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/dirname.c lib/basename.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stripslash.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/stripslash.c
+
+## end   gnulib module dirname
+
+## begin gnulib module dirname-lgpl
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/dirname-lgpl.c lib/stripslash.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/dirname.h
+
+## end   gnulib module dirname-lgpl
+
+## begin gnulib module do-release-commit-and-tag
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag
+
+## end   gnulib module do-release-commit-and-tag
+
+## begin gnulib module dtoastr
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/dtoastr.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/ftoastr.c lib/ftoastr.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/ftoastr.c
+
+## end   gnulib module dtoastr
+
+## begin gnulib module dtotimespec
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/dtotimespec.c
+
+## end   gnulib module dtotimespec
+
+## begin gnulib module dup
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_DUP
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/dup.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module dup
+
+## begin gnulib module dup2
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_DUP2
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/dup2.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module dup2
+
+## begin gnulib module dynarray
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/malloc/dynarray.gl.h lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h
+
+lib/malloc/dynarray.gl.h: lib/malloc/dynarray.h
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/malloc'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	  -e '/libc_hidden_proto/d' \
+	  $(top_srcdir)/lib/malloc/dynarray.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/malloc/dynarray.gl.h lib/malloc/dynarray.gl.h-t
+
+lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h: lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/malloc'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|<malloc/dynarray\.h>|<malloc/dynarray.gl.h>|g' \
+	      -e 's|__attribute_maybe_unused__|_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED|g' \
+	      -e 's|__attribute_nonnull__|_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL|g' \
+	      -e 's|__attribute_warn_unused_result__|_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD|g' \
+	      -e 's|__glibc_likely|_GL_LIKELY|g' \
+	      -e 's|__glibc_unlikely|_GL_UNLIKELY|g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h-t
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/malloc/dynarray_at_failure.c                 lib/malloc/dynarray_emplace_enlarge.c                 lib/malloc/dynarray_finalize.c                 lib/malloc/dynarray_resize.c                 lib/malloc/dynarray_resize_clear.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/dynarray.h lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c lib/malloc/dynarray.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c
+
+## end   gnulib module dynarray
+
+## begin gnulib module eloop-threshold
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/eloop-threshold.h
+
+## end   gnulib module eloop-threshold
+
+## begin gnulib module errno
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ERRNO_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <errno.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that is POSIX compliant.
+if GL_GENERATE_ERRNO_H
+lib/errno.h: lib/errno.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_ERRNO_H''@|$(NEXT_ERRNO_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN''@|$(EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''EMULTIHOP_VALUE''@|$(EMULTIHOP_VALUE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''ENOLINK_HIDDEN''@|$(ENOLINK_HIDDEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''ENOLINK_VALUE''@|$(ENOLINK_VALUE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN''@|$(EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''EOVERFLOW_VALUE''@|$(EOVERFLOW_VALUE)|g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/errno.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/errno.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/errno.h lib/errno.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/errno.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module errno
+
+## begin gnulib module error
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_ERROR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/error.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/error.h
+
+## end   gnulib module error
+
+## begin gnulib module euidaccess
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_EUIDACCESS
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/euidaccess.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module euidaccess
+
+## begin gnulib module exclude
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/exclude.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/exclude.h
+
+## end   gnulib module exclude
+
+## begin gnulib module exitfail
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/exitfail.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/exitfail.h
+
+## end   gnulib module exitfail
+
+## begin gnulib module explicit_bzero
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_EXPLICIT_BZERO
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/explicit_bzero.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module explicit_bzero
+
+## begin gnulib module faccessat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FACCESSAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/faccessat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module faccessat
+
+## begin gnulib module fadvise
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fadvise.c lib/fadvise.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fadvise
+
+## begin gnulib module fchdir
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FCHDIR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fchdir.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module fchdir
+
+## begin gnulib module fchmodat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FCHMODAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fchmodat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fchmodat
+
+## begin gnulib module fchownat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FCHOWNAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fchownat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fchownat
+
+## begin gnulib module fclose
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FCLOSE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fclose.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module fclose
+
+## begin gnulib module fcntl
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FCNTL
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fcntl.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module fcntl
+
+## begin gnulib module fcntl-h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/fcntl.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <fcntl.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/fcntl.h: lib/fcntl.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_FCNTL_H''@|$(NEXT_FCNTL_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CREAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CREAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCNTL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FCNTL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GL_GNULIB_NONBLOCKING)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_OPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OPEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_OPENAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OPENAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_CREAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_CREAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_OPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_OPEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FCNTL''@|$(HAVE_FCNTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_OPENAT''@|$(HAVE_OPENAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CREAT''@|$(REPLACE_CREAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCNTL''@|$(REPLACE_FCNTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_OPEN''@|$(REPLACE_OPEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_OPENAT''@|$(REPLACE_OPENAT)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/fcntl.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/fcntl.h lib/fcntl.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fcntl.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fcntl-h
+
+## begin gnulib module fcntl-safer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/creat-safer.c lib/open-safer.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fcntl--.h lib/fcntl-safer.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fcntl-safer
+
+## begin gnulib module fd-hook
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fd-hook.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fd-hook.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fd-hook
+
+## begin gnulib module fd-reopen
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fd-reopen.c lib/fd-reopen.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fd-reopen
+
+## begin gnulib module fd-safer-flag
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fd-safer-flag.c lib/dup-safer-flag.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fd-safer-flag
+
+## begin gnulib module fdatasync
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FDATASYNC
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fdatasync.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module fdatasync
+
+## begin gnulib module fdopen
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FDOPEN
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fdopen.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module fdopen
+
+## begin gnulib module fdopendir
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FDOPENDIR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fdopendir.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module fdopendir
+
+## begin gnulib module fdutimensat
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fdutimensat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/utimens.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fdutimensat
+
+## begin gnulib module fflush
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FFLUSH
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fflush.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdio-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fflush
+
+## begin gnulib module file-has-acl
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/file-has-acl.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/acl-internal.h
+
+## end   gnulib module file-has-acl
+
+## begin gnulib module file-set
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/file-set.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/file-set.h
+
+## end   gnulib module file-set
+
+## begin gnulib module file-type
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/file-type.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/file-type.h
+
+## end   gnulib module file-type
+
+## begin gnulib module fileblocks
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FILEBLOCKS
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fileblocks.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module fileblocks
+
+## begin gnulib module filemode
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/filemode.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/filemode.h
+
+## end   gnulib module filemode
+
+## begin gnulib module filename
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/filename.h
+
+## end   gnulib module filename
+
+## begin gnulib module filenamecat
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/filenamecat.c
+
+## end   gnulib module filenamecat
+
+## begin gnulib module filenamecat-lgpl
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/filenamecat-lgpl.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/filenamecat.h
+
+## end   gnulib module filenamecat-lgpl
+
+## begin gnulib module filevercmp
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/filevercmp.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/filevercmp.h
+
+## end   gnulib module filevercmp
+
+## begin gnulib module flexmember
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/flexmember.h
+
+## end   gnulib module flexmember
+
+## begin gnulib module float
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(FLOAT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <float.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_FLOAT_H
+lib/float.h: lib/float.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_FLOAT_H''@|$(NEXT_FLOAT_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ITOLD''@|$(REPLACE_ITOLD)|g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/float.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/float.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/float.h lib/float.h-t
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FLOAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/float.c
+endif
+if GL_COND_OBJ_ITOLD
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/itold.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/float.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module float
+
+## begin gnulib module fnmatch
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fnmatch.c lib/fnmatch_loop.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fnmatch.c lib/fnmatch_loop.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fnmatch
+
+## begin gnulib module fnmatch-gnu
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fnmatch.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fnmatch.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fnmatch-gnu
+
+## begin gnulib module fnmatch-h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(FNMATCH_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <fnmatch.h>.
+if GL_GENERATE_FNMATCH_H
+lib/fnmatch.h: lib/fnmatch.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FNMATCH_H''@|$(HAVE_FNMATCH_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_FNMATCH_H''@|$(NEXT_FNMATCH_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FNMATCH''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FNMATCH)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FNMATCH''@|$(HAVE_FNMATCH)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FNMATCH''@|$(REPLACE_FNMATCH)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/fnmatch.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/fnmatch.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/fnmatch.h lib/fnmatch.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fnmatch.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fnmatch-h
+
+## begin gnulib module fopen
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fopen.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fopen.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fopen
+
+## begin gnulib module fopen-gnu
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fopen.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fopen.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fopen-gnu
+
+## begin gnulib module fopen-safer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fopen-safer.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdio--.h lib/stdio-safer.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fopen-safer
+
+## begin gnulib module fpending
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FPENDING
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fpending.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fpending.h lib/stdio-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fpending
+
+## begin gnulib module fprintftime
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fprintftime.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fprintftime.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fprintftime
+
+## begin gnulib module fpucw
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fpucw.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fpucw
+
+## begin gnulib module fpurge
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FPURGE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fpurge.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdio-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fpurge
+
+## begin gnulib module freadahead
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FREADAHEAD
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/freadahead.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/freadahead.h lib/stdio-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module freadahead
+
+## begin gnulib module freading
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/freading.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/freading.h lib/stdio-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module freading
+
+## begin gnulib module freadptr
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FREADPTR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/freadptr.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/freadptr.h lib/stdio-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module freadptr
+
+## begin gnulib module freadseek
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/freadseek.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/freadseek.h lib/stdio-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module freadseek
+
+## begin gnulib module free-posix
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FREE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/free.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module free-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module freopen
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FREOPEN
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/freopen.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module freopen
+
+## begin gnulib module freopen-safer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/freopen-safer.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdio--.h lib/stdio-safer.h
+
+## end   gnulib module freopen-safer
+
+## begin gnulib module frexp-nolibm
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/frexp.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/frexp.c
+
+## end   gnulib module frexp-nolibm
+
+## begin gnulib module frexpl-nolibm
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/frexp.c lib/frexpl.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/frexp.c lib/frexpl.c
+
+## end   gnulib module frexpl-nolibm
+
+## begin gnulib module fseek
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FSEEK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fseek.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module fseek
+
+## begin gnulib module fseeko
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FSEEKO
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fseeko.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdio-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fseeko
+
+## begin gnulib module fseterr
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FSETERR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fseterr.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fseterr.h lib/stdio-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fseterr
+
+## begin gnulib module fstat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FSTAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fstat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stat-w32.c lib/stat-w32.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/stat-w32.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fstat
+
+## begin gnulib module fstatat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FSTATAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fstatat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fstatat
+
+## begin gnulib module fsusage
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FSUSAGE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fsusage.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fsusage.h
+
+## end   gnulib module fsusage
+
+## begin gnulib module fsync
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FSYNC
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fsync.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module fsync
+
+## begin gnulib module ftell
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FTELL
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/ftell.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module ftell
+
+## begin gnulib module ftello
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FTELLO
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/ftello.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdio-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module ftello
+
+## begin gnulib module ftoastr
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/ftoastr.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/ftoastr.h
+
+## end   gnulib module ftoastr
+
+## begin gnulib module ftruncate
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FTRUNCATE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/ftruncate.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module ftruncate
+
+## begin gnulib module fts
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FTS
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fts.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fts-cycle.c lib/fts_.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/fts-cycle.c
+
+## end   gnulib module fts
+
+## begin gnulib module full-read
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/full-read.h lib/full-read.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/full-write.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/full-write.c
+
+## end   gnulib module full-read
+
+## begin gnulib module full-write
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/full-write.h lib/full-write.c
+
+## end   gnulib module full-write
+
+## begin gnulib module futimens
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_FUTIMENS
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/futimens.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module futimens
+
+## begin gnulib module gen-header
+
+# In 'sed', replace the pattern space with a "DO NOT EDIT" comment.
+SED_HEADER_NOEDIT = s,.*,/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */,
+
+# '$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) -e "..."' runs 'sed' but first outputs "DO NOT EDIT".
+SED_HEADER_STDOUT = sed -e 1h -e '1$(SED_HEADER_NOEDIT)' -e 1G
+
+# '$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) FILE' copies FILE to $@-t, prepending a leading
+# "DO_NOT_EDIT".  Although this could be done more simply via:
+#	SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t = $(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) > $@-t
+# the -n and 'w' avoid a fork+exec, at least when GNU Make is used.
+SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t = $(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) -n -e 'w $@-t'
+
+# Use $(gl_V_at) instead of $(AM_V_GEN) or $(AM_V_at) on a line that
+# is its recipe's first line if and only if  lines are absent.
+gl_V_at = $(AM_V_at)
+
+## end   gnulib module gen-header
+
+## begin gnulib module gendocs
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/gendocs.sh
+
+## end   gnulib module gendocs
+
+## begin gnulib module getaddrinfo
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETADDRINFO
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getaddrinfo.c
+endif
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GAI_STRERROR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/gai_strerror.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getaddrinfo
+
+## begin gnulib module getcwd
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETCWD
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getcwd.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getcwd
+
+## begin gnulib module getcwd-lgpl
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETCWD_LGPL
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getcwd-lgpl.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getcwd-lgpl
+
+## begin gnulib module getdelim
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETDELIM
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getdelim.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getdelim
+
+## begin gnulib module getdtablesize
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETDTABLESIZE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getdtablesize.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getdtablesize
+
+## begin gnulib module getgroups
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETGROUPS
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getgroups.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getgroups
+
+## begin gnulib module gethostname
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETHOSTNAME
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/gethostname.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/w32sock.h
+
+## end   gnulib module gethostname
+
+## begin gnulib module gethrxtime
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/gethrxtime.c lib/xtime.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/gethrxtime.h lib/xtime.h
+
+## end   gnulib module gethrxtime
+
+## begin gnulib module getline
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETLINE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getline.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getline
+
+## begin gnulib module getloadavg
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETLOADAVG
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getloadavg.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getloadavg
+
+## begin gnulib module getlogin
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETLOGIN
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getlogin.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getlogin
+
+## begin gnulib module getndelim2
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getndelim2.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/getndelim2.h
+
+## end   gnulib module getndelim2
+
+## begin gnulib module getopt-posix
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(GETOPT_H) $(GETOPT_CDEFS_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <getopt.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_GETOPT_H
+lib/getopt.h: lib/getopt.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(ARG_NONNULL_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GETOPT_H''@|$(HAVE_GETOPT_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_GETOPT_H''@|$(NEXT_GETOPT_H)|g' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/getopt.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/getopt.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+
+if GL_GENERATE_GETOPT_CDEFS_H
+lib/getopt-cdefs.h: lib/getopt-cdefs.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	  -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H)|g' \
+	  $(top_srcdir)/lib/getopt-cdefs.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/getopt-cdefs.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/getopt.h lib/getopt.h-t lib/getopt-cdefs.h lib/getopt-cdefs.h-t
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETOPT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getopt.c lib/getopt1.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/getopt-cdefs.in.h lib/getopt-core.h lib/getopt-ext.h lib/getopt-pfx-core.h lib/getopt-pfx-ext.h lib/getopt.in.h lib/getopt_int.h
+
+## end   gnulib module getopt-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module getpagesize
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETPAGESIZE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getpagesize.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getpagesize
+
+## begin gnulib module getpass
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/getpass.c lib/getpass.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getpass.c
+
+## end   gnulib module getpass
+
+## begin gnulib module getpass-gnu
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/getpass.c lib/getpass.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getpass.c
+
+## end   gnulib module getpass-gnu
+
+## begin gnulib module getprogname
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getprogname.h lib/getprogname.c
+
+## end   gnulib module getprogname
+
+## begin gnulib module getrandom
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETRANDOM
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getrandom.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getrandom
+
+## begin gnulib module gettext-h
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/gettext.h
+
+## end   gnulib module gettext-h
+
+## begin gnulib module gettime
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/gettime.c
+
+## end   gnulib module gettime
+
+## begin gnulib module gettime-res
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/gettime-res.c
+
+## end   gnulib module gettime-res
+
+## begin gnulib module gettimeofday
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETTIMEOFDAY
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/gettimeofday.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module gettimeofday
+
+## begin gnulib module getugroups
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getugroups.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/getugroups.h
+
+## end   gnulib module getugroups
+
+## begin gnulib module getusershell
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETUSERSHELL
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getusershell.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module getusershell
+
+## begin gnulib module git-version-gen
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/git-version-gen
+
+## end   gnulib module git-version-gen
+
+## begin gnulib module gitlog-to-changelog
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog
+
+## end   gnulib module gitlog-to-changelog
+
+## begin gnulib module gnu-make
+
+##Sample usage of gnu-make module:
+#if GNU_MAKE
+#	[nicer features that work only with GNU Make]
+#else
+#	[fallback features that work in any 'make' implementation; see
+#	https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/make.html
+#	for the POSIX specification]
+#endif
+
+## end   gnulib module gnu-make
+
+## begin gnulib module gnu-web-doc-update
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/gnu-web-doc-update
+
+## end   gnulib module gnu-web-doc-update
+
+## begin gnulib module gnumakefile
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/GNUmakefile
+distclean-local: clean-GNUmakefile
+clean-GNUmakefile:
+	test '$(srcdir)' = . || rm -f $(top_builddir)/GNUmakefile
+
+## end   gnulib module gnumakefile
+
+## begin gnulib module gnupload
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/gnupload
+
+## end   gnulib module gnupload
+
+## begin gnulib module gperf
+
+GPERF = gperf
+V_GPERF = $(V_GPERF_@AM_V@)
+V_GPERF_ = $(V_GPERF_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+V_GPERF_0 = @echo "  GPERF   " $@;
+
+## end   gnulib module gperf
+
+## begin gnulib module group-member
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GROUP_MEMBER
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/group-member.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module group-member
+
+## begin gnulib module hard-locale
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/hard-locale.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/hard-locale.h
+
+## end   gnulib module hard-locale
+
+## begin gnulib module hash
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/hash.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/hash.h
+
+## end   gnulib module hash
+
+## begin gnulib module hash-pjw
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/hash-pjw.h lib/hash-pjw.c
+
+## end   gnulib module hash-pjw
+
+## begin gnulib module hash-triple
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/hash-triple.c
+
+## end   gnulib module hash-triple
+
+## begin gnulib module hash-triple-simple
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/hash-triple-simple.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/hash-triple.h
+
+## end   gnulib module hash-triple-simple
+
+## begin gnulib module havelib
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/config.rpath
+
+## end   gnulib module havelib
+
+## begin gnulib module heap
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/heap.c lib/heap.h
+
+## end   gnulib module heap
+
+## begin gnulib module human
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/human.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/human.h
+
+## end   gnulib module human
+
+## begin gnulib module i-ring
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/i-ring.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/i-ring.h
+
+## end   gnulib module i-ring
+
+## begin gnulib module ialloc
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/ialloc.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/ialloc.h
+
+## end   gnulib module ialloc
+
+## begin gnulib module iconv-h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ICONV_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <iconv.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_ICONV_H
+lib/iconv.h: lib/iconv.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_ICONV_H''@|$(NEXT_ICONV_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ICONV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ICONV)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''ICONV_CONST''@|$(ICONV_CONST)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ICONV''@|$(REPLACE_ICONV)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ICONV_OPEN''@|$(REPLACE_ICONV_OPEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ICONV_UTF''@|$(REPLACE_ICONV_UTF)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/iconv.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/iconv.h lib/iconv.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/iconv.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module iconv-h
+
+## begin gnulib module iconv_open
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_ICONV_OPEN
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/iconv_open.c
+endif
+if GL_COND_OBJ_ICONV
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/iconv.c lib/iconv_close.c
+endif
+
+$(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-aix.h: $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf
+	$(V_GPERF)$(GPERF) -m 10 $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf > $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-aix.h-t && \
+	mv $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-aix.h-t $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-aix.h
+$(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-hpux.h: $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf
+	$(V_GPERF)$(GPERF) -m 10 $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf > $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-hpux.h-t && \
+	mv $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-hpux.h-t $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-hpux.h
+$(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-irix.h: $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf
+	$(V_GPERF)$(GPERF) -m 10 $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf > $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-irix.h-t && \
+	mv $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-irix.h-t $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-irix.h
+$(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-osf.h: $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf
+	$(V_GPERF)$(GPERF) -m 10 $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf > $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-osf.h-t && \
+	mv $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-osf.h-t $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-osf.h
+$(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-solaris.h: $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf
+	$(V_GPERF)$(GPERF) -m 10 $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf > $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-solaris.h-t && \
+	mv $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-solaris.h-t $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-solaris.h
+$(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-zos.h: $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf
+	$(V_GPERF)$(GPERF) -m 10 $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf > $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-zos.h-t && \
+	mv $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-zos.h-t $(top_srcdir)/lib/iconv_open-zos.h
+BUILT_SOURCES        += lib/iconv_open-aix.h lib/iconv_open-hpux.h lib/iconv_open-irix.h lib/iconv_open-osf.h lib/iconv_open-solaris.h lib/iconv_open-zos.h
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES     += lib/iconv_open-aix.h-t lib/iconv_open-hpux.h-t lib/iconv_open-irix.h-t lib/iconv_open-osf.h-t lib/iconv_open-solaris.h-t lib/iconv_open-zos.h-t
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES += lib/iconv_open-aix.h lib/iconv_open-hpux.h lib/iconv_open-irix.h lib/iconv_open-osf.h lib/iconv_open-solaris.h lib/iconv_open-zos.h
+EXTRA_DIST           += lib/iconv_open-aix.h lib/iconv_open-hpux.h lib/iconv_open-irix.h lib/iconv_open-osf.h lib/iconv_open-solaris.h lib/iconv_open-zos.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf
+
+## end   gnulib module iconv_open
+
+## begin gnulib module idcache
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/idcache.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/idcache.h
+
+## end   gnulib module idcache
+
+## begin gnulib module idx
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/idx.h
+
+## end   gnulib module idx
+
+## begin gnulib module ignore-value
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/ignore-value.h
+
+## end   gnulib module ignore-value
+
+## begin gnulib module inet_ntop
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_INET_NTOP
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/inet_ntop.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module inet_ntop
+
+## begin gnulib module ino-map
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/ino-map.c lib/ino-map.h
+
+## end   gnulib module ino-map
+
+## begin gnulib module intprops
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/intprops.h
+
+## end   gnulib module intprops
+
+## begin gnulib module inttostr
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES +=    lib/imaxtostr.c    lib/inttostr.c    lib/offtostr.c    lib/uinttostr.c    lib/umaxtostr.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/anytostr.c lib/inttostr.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/anytostr.c
+
+## end   gnulib module inttostr
+
+## begin gnulib module inttypes-incomplete
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/inttypes.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <inttypes.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/inttypes.h: lib/inttypes.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_INTTYPES_H''@|$(NEXT_INTTYPES_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD''@/$(APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''PRIPTR_PREFIX''@/$(PRIPTR_PREFIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_IMAXABS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_IMAXABS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_IMAXDIV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_IMAXDIV)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOIMAX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOIMAX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOUMAX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOUMAX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS''@/$(HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV''@/$(HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX''@/$(HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX''@/$(HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_IMAXDIV_T''@/$(HAVE_IMAXDIV_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''REPLACE_STRTOIMAX''@/$(REPLACE_STRTOIMAX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''REPLACE_STRTOUMAX''@/$(REPLACE_STRTOUMAX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX''@/$(INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''INT64_MAX_EQ_LONG_MAX''@/$(INT64_MAX_EQ_LONG_MAX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX''@/$(UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''UINT64_MAX_EQ_ULONG_MAX''@/$(UINT64_MAX_EQ_ULONG_MAX)/g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/inttypes.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/inttypes.h lib/inttypes.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/inttypes.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module inttypes-incomplete
+
+## begin gnulib module isapipe
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_ISAPIPE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/isapipe.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/isapipe.h
+
+## end   gnulib module isapipe
+
+## begin gnulib module isatty
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_ISATTY
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/isatty.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module isatty
+
+## begin gnulib module isblank
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_ISBLANK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/isblank.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module isblank
+
+## begin gnulib module isnand-nolibm
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/float+.h lib/isnan.c lib/isnand-nolibm.h lib/isnand.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/isnan.c lib/isnand.c
+
+## end   gnulib module isnand-nolibm
+
+## begin gnulib module isnanf-nolibm
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/float+.h lib/isnan.c lib/isnanf-nolibm.h lib/isnanf.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/isnan.c lib/isnanf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module isnanf-nolibm
+
+## begin gnulib module isnanl-nolibm
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/float+.h lib/isnan.c lib/isnanl-nolibm.h lib/isnanl.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/isnan.c lib/isnanl.c
+
+## end   gnulib module isnanl-nolibm
+
+## begin gnulib module iswblank
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_ISWBLANK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/iswblank.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module iswblank
+
+## begin gnulib module iswdigit
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_ISWDIGIT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/iswdigit.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module iswdigit
+
+## begin gnulib module iswxdigit
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_ISWXDIGIT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/iswxdigit.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module iswxdigit
+
+## begin gnulib module langinfo
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/langinfo.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for
+# <langinfo.h> when the system doesn't have one.
+lib/langinfo.h: lib/langinfo.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_H''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_LANGINFO_H''@|$(NEXT_LANGINFO_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_NL_LANGINFO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_NL_LANGINFO)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_T_FMT_AMPM''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_T_FMT_AMPM)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_ALTMON''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_ALTMON)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_ERA''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_ERA)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_NL_LANGINFO''@|$(HAVE_NL_LANGINFO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO''@|$(REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/langinfo.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/langinfo.h lib/langinfo.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/langinfo.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module langinfo
+
+## begin gnulib module lchmod
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_LCHMOD
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/lchmod.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module lchmod
+
+## begin gnulib module lchown
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_LCHOWN
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/lchown.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module lchown
+
+## begin gnulib module ldtoastr
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/ldtoastr.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/ftoastr.c lib/ftoastr.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/ftoastr.c
+
+## end   gnulib module ldtoastr
+
+## begin gnulib module libc-config
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/cdefs.h lib/libc-config.h
+
+## end   gnulib module libc-config
+
+## begin gnulib module libgmp
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(GMP_H)
+
+if GL_GENERATE_GMP_H
+if GL_GENERATE_MINI_GMP_H
+# Build gmp.h as a wrapper for mini-gmp.h when using mini-gmp.
+lib/gmp.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	echo '#include "mini-gmp.h"' > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+endif
+if GL_GENERATE_GMP_GMP_H
+# Build gmp.h as a wrapper for gmp/gmp.h.
+lib/gmp.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	echo '#include <gmp/gmp.h>' > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+endif
+else
+lib/gmp.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/gmp.h lib/gmp.h-t
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MINI_GMP_GNULIB
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mini-gmp-gnulib.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mini-gmp.c lib/mini-gmp.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mini-gmp.c
+
+## end   gnulib module libgmp
+
+## begin gnulib module limits-h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(LIMITS_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <limits.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that is compatible with GNU.
+if GL_GENERATE_LIMITS_H
+lib/limits.h: lib/limits.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_LIMITS_H''@|$(NEXT_LIMITS_H)|g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/limits.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/limits.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/limits.h lib/limits.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/limits.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module limits-h
+
+## begin gnulib module linebuffer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/linebuffer.h lib/linebuffer.c
+
+## end   gnulib module linebuffer
+
+## begin gnulib module link
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_LINK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/link.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module link
+
+## begin gnulib module linkat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_LINKAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/linkat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func2.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func2.c
+
+## end   gnulib module linkat
+
+## begin gnulib module localcharset
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/localcharset.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/localcharset.h
+
+## end   gnulib module localcharset
+
+## begin gnulib module locale
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/locale.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <locale.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that provides all definitions.
+lib/locale.h: lib/locale.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_LOCALE_H''@|$(NEXT_LOCALE_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOCALECONV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOCALECONV)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETLOCALE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SETLOCALE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETLOCALE_NULL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SETLOCALE_NULL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUPLOCALE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DUPLOCALE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOCALENAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOCALENAME)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_NEWLOCALE''@|$(HAVE_NEWLOCALE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DUPLOCALE''@|$(HAVE_DUPLOCALE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FREELOCALE''@|$(HAVE_FREELOCALE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_XLOCALE_H''@|$(HAVE_XLOCALE_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOCALECONV''@|$(REPLACE_LOCALECONV)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SETLOCALE''@|$(REPLACE_SETLOCALE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_NEWLOCALE''@|$(REPLACE_NEWLOCALE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_DUPLOCALE''@|$(REPLACE_DUPLOCALE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREELOCALE''@|$(REPLACE_FREELOCALE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRUCT_LCONV''@|$(REPLACE_STRUCT_LCONV)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''LOCALENAME_ENHANCE_LOCALE_FUNCS''@|$(LOCALENAME_ENHANCE_LOCALE_FUNCS)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/locale.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/locale.h lib/locale.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/locale.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module locale
+
+## begin gnulib module localeconv
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_LOCALECONV
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/localeconv.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module localeconv
+
+## begin gnulib module lock
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/glthread/lock.h lib/glthread/lock.c
+
+## end   gnulib module lock
+
+## begin gnulib module long-options
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/long-options.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/long-options.h
+
+## end   gnulib module long-options
+
+## begin gnulib module lseek
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_LSEEK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/lseek.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module lseek
+
+## begin gnulib module lstat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_LSTAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/lstat.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module lstat
+
+## begin gnulib module maintainer-makefile
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/maint.mk
+
+## end   gnulib module maintainer-makefile
+
+## begin gnulib module malloc-gnu
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/malloc.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/malloc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module malloc-gnu
+
+## begin gnulib module malloc-posix
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/malloc.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/malloc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module malloc-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module malloca
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/malloca.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/malloca.h
+
+## end   gnulib module malloca
+
+## begin gnulib module math
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/math.h
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/math.c
+
+# We need the following in order to create <math.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/math.h: lib/math.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_MATH_H''@|$(NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_MATH_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ACOSF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ACOSF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ACOSL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ACOSL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ASINF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ASINF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ASINL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ASINL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ATANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ATANF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ATANL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ATANL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ATAN2F''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ATAN2F)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CBRT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CBRT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CBRTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CBRTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CBRTL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CBRTL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CEIL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CEIL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CEILF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CEILF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CEILL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CEILL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_COPYSIGN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_COPYSIGN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_COPYSIGNF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_COPYSIGNF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_COPYSIGNL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_COPYSIGNL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_COSF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_COSF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_COSL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_COSL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_COSHF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_COSHF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXPF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXPF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXPL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXPL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXP2''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXP2)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXP2F''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXP2F)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXP2L''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXP2L)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXPM1''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXPM1)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXPM1F''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXPM1F)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXPM1L''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXPM1L)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FABSF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FABSF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FABSL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FABSL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FLOOR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FLOOR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FLOORF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FLOORF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FLOORL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FLOORL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FMA''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FMA)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FMAF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FMAF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FMAL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FMAL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FMOD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FMOD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FMODF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FMODF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FMODL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FMODL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREXPF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREXPF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREXP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREXP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREXPL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREXPL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_HYPOT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_HYPOT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_HYPOTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_HYPOTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_HYPOTL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_HYPOTL)/g' \
+	      < $(top_srcdir)/lib/math.in.h | \
+	  sed -e 's/@''GNULIB_ILOGB''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ILOGB)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ILOGBF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ILOGBF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ILOGBL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ILOGBL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISFINITE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISFINITE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISINF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISINF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISNAN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISNAN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISNANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISNANF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISNAND''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISNAND)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISNANL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISNANL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LDEXPF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LDEXPF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LDEXPL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LDEXPL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOG''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOG)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOGF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOGF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOGL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOGL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOG10''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOG10)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOG10F''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOG10F)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOG10L''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOG10L)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOG1P''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOG1P)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOG1PF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOG1PF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOG1PL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOG1PL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOG2''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOG2)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOG2F''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOG2F)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOG2L''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOG2L)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOGB''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOGB)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOGBF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOGBF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOGBL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOGBL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MODF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MODF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MODFF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MODFF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MODFL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MODFL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_POWF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_POWF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_REMAINDER''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REMAINDER)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_REMAINDERF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REMAINDERF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_REMAINDERL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REMAINDERL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RINT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RINT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RINTL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RINTL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ROUND''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ROUND)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ROUNDF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ROUNDF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ROUNDL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ROUNDL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGNBIT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGNBIT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SINF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SINF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SINL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SINL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SINHF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SINHF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SQRTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SQRTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SQRTL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SQRTL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TANF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TANL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TANL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TANHF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TANHF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TRUNC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TRUNC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TRUNCF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TRUNCF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TRUNCL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TRUNCL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_J0''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_J0)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_J1''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_J1)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_JN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_JN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_Y0''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_Y0)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_Y1''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_Y1)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_YN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_YN)/g' \
+	  | \
+	  sed -e 's|@''HAVE_ACOSF''@|$(HAVE_ACOSF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ACOSL''@|$(HAVE_ACOSL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ASINF''@|$(HAVE_ASINF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ASINL''@|$(HAVE_ASINL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ATANF''@|$(HAVE_ATANF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ATANL''@|$(HAVE_ATANL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ATAN2F''@|$(HAVE_ATAN2F)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_CBRT''@|$(HAVE_CBRT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_CBRTF''@|$(HAVE_CBRTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_CBRTL''@|$(HAVE_CBRTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_COPYSIGN''@|$(HAVE_COPYSIGN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_COPYSIGNL''@|$(HAVE_COPYSIGNL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_COSF''@|$(HAVE_COSF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_COSL''@|$(HAVE_COSL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_COSHF''@|$(HAVE_COSHF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_EXPF''@|$(HAVE_EXPF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_EXPL''@|$(HAVE_EXPL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_EXPM1''@|$(HAVE_EXPM1)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_EXPM1F''@|$(HAVE_EXPM1F)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FABSF''@|$(HAVE_FABSF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FABSL''@|$(HAVE_FABSL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FMA''@|$(HAVE_FMA)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FMAF''@|$(HAVE_FMAF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FMAL''@|$(HAVE_FMAL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FMODF''@|$(HAVE_FMODF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FMODL''@|$(HAVE_FMODL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FREXPF''@|$(HAVE_FREXPF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_HYPOTF''@|$(HAVE_HYPOTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_HYPOTL''@|$(HAVE_HYPOTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ILOGB''@|$(HAVE_ILOGB)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ILOGBF''@|$(HAVE_ILOGBF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ILOGBL''@|$(HAVE_ILOGBL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ISNANF''@|$(HAVE_ISNANF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ISNAND''@|$(HAVE_ISNAND)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ISNANL''@|$(HAVE_ISNANL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LDEXPF''@|$(HAVE_LDEXPF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LOGF''@|$(HAVE_LOGF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LOGL''@|$(HAVE_LOGL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LOG10F''@|$(HAVE_LOG10F)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LOG10L''@|$(HAVE_LOG10L)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LOG1P''@|$(HAVE_LOG1P)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LOG1PF''@|$(HAVE_LOG1PF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LOG1PL''@|$(HAVE_LOG1PL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LOGBF''@|$(HAVE_LOGBF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LOGBL''@|$(HAVE_LOGBL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MODFF''@|$(HAVE_MODFF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MODFL''@|$(HAVE_MODFL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_POWF''@|$(HAVE_POWF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_REMAINDER''@|$(HAVE_REMAINDER)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_REMAINDERF''@|$(HAVE_REMAINDERF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_RINT''@|$(HAVE_RINT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_RINTL''@|$(HAVE_RINTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SINF''@|$(HAVE_SINF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SINL''@|$(HAVE_SINL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SINHF''@|$(HAVE_SINHF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SQRTF''@|$(HAVE_SQRTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SQRTL''@|$(HAVE_SQRTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_TANF''@|$(HAVE_TANF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_TANL''@|$(HAVE_TANL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_TANHF''@|$(HAVE_TANHF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ACOSL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ACOSL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ASINL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ASINL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ATANL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ATANL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_CBRTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_CBRTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_CBRTL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_CBRTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_CEILF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_CEILF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_CEILL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_CEILL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_COSL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_COSL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_EXPL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_EXPL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_EXP2''@|$(HAVE_DECL_EXP2)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_EXP2F''@|$(HAVE_DECL_EXP2F)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_EXP2L''@|$(HAVE_DECL_EXP2L)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_EXPM1L''@|$(HAVE_DECL_EXPM1L)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FLOORF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FLOORF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FLOORL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FLOORL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FREXPL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FREXPL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_LDEXPL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_LDEXPL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_LOGL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_LOGL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_LOG10L''@|$(HAVE_DECL_LOG10L)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_LOG2''@|$(HAVE_DECL_LOG2)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_LOG2F''@|$(HAVE_DECL_LOG2F)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_LOG2L''@|$(HAVE_DECL_LOG2L)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_LOGB''@|$(HAVE_DECL_LOGB)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_REMAINDER''@|$(HAVE_DECL_REMAINDER)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_REMAINDERL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_REMAINDERL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_RINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_RINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ROUND''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ROUND)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ROUNDF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ROUNDF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ROUNDL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ROUNDL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SINL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SINL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SQRTL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SQRTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TANL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TANL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TRUNC''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TRUNC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TRUNCF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TRUNCF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TRUNCL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TRUNCL)|g' \
+	  | \
+	  sed -e 's|@''REPLACE_ACOSF''@|$(REPLACE_ACOSF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ASINF''@|$(REPLACE_ASINF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ATANF''@|$(REPLACE_ATANF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ATAN2F''@|$(REPLACE_ATAN2F)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CBRTF''@|$(REPLACE_CBRTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CBRTL''@|$(REPLACE_CBRTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CEIL''@|$(REPLACE_CEIL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CEILF''@|$(REPLACE_CEILF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CEILL''@|$(REPLACE_CEILL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_COSF''@|$(REPLACE_COSF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_COSHF''@|$(REPLACE_COSHF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXPF''@|$(REPLACE_EXPF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXPL''@|$(REPLACE_EXPL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXPM1''@|$(REPLACE_EXPM1)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXPM1F''@|$(REPLACE_EXPM1F)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXPM1L''@|$(REPLACE_EXPM1L)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXP2''@|$(REPLACE_EXP2)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXP2L''@|$(REPLACE_EXP2L)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FABSL''@|$(REPLACE_FABSL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FLOOR''@|$(REPLACE_FLOOR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FLOORF''@|$(REPLACE_FLOORF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FLOORL''@|$(REPLACE_FLOORL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FMA''@|$(REPLACE_FMA)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FMAF''@|$(REPLACE_FMAF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FMAL''@|$(REPLACE_FMAL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FMOD''@|$(REPLACE_FMOD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FMODF''@|$(REPLACE_FMODF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FMODL''@|$(REPLACE_FMODL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREXPF''@|$(REPLACE_FREXPF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREXP''@|$(REPLACE_FREXP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREXPL''@|$(REPLACE_FREXPL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_HUGE_VAL''@|$(REPLACE_HUGE_VAL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_HYPOT''@|$(REPLACE_HYPOT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_HYPOTF''@|$(REPLACE_HYPOTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_HYPOTL''@|$(REPLACE_HYPOTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ILOGB''@|$(REPLACE_ILOGB)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ILOGBF''@|$(REPLACE_ILOGBF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ILOGBL''@|$(REPLACE_ILOGBL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ISFINITE''@|$(REPLACE_ISFINITE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ISINF''@|$(REPLACE_ISINF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ISNAN''@|$(REPLACE_ISNAN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ITOLD''@|$(REPLACE_ITOLD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LDEXPL''@|$(REPLACE_LDEXPL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOG''@|$(REPLACE_LOG)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOGF''@|$(REPLACE_LOGF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOGL''@|$(REPLACE_LOGL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOG10''@|$(REPLACE_LOG10)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOG10F''@|$(REPLACE_LOG10F)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOG10L''@|$(REPLACE_LOG10L)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOG1P''@|$(REPLACE_LOG1P)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOG1PF''@|$(REPLACE_LOG1PF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOG1PL''@|$(REPLACE_LOG1PL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOG2''@|$(REPLACE_LOG2)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOG2F''@|$(REPLACE_LOG2F)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOG2L''@|$(REPLACE_LOG2L)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOGB''@|$(REPLACE_LOGB)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOGBF''@|$(REPLACE_LOGBF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOGBL''@|$(REPLACE_LOGBL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MODF''@|$(REPLACE_MODF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MODFF''@|$(REPLACE_MODFF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MODFL''@|$(REPLACE_MODFL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_NAN''@|$(REPLACE_NAN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_REMAINDER''@|$(REPLACE_REMAINDER)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_REMAINDERF''@|$(REPLACE_REMAINDERF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_REMAINDERL''@|$(REPLACE_REMAINDERL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_RINTL''@|$(REPLACE_RINTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ROUND''@|$(REPLACE_ROUND)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ROUNDF''@|$(REPLACE_ROUNDF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ROUNDL''@|$(REPLACE_ROUNDL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SIGNBIT''@|$(REPLACE_SIGNBIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SIGNBIT_USING_BUILTINS''@|$(REPLACE_SIGNBIT_USING_BUILTINS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SINF''@|$(REPLACE_SINF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SINHF''@|$(REPLACE_SINHF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SQRTF''@|$(REPLACE_SQRTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SQRTL''@|$(REPLACE_SQRTL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_TANF''@|$(REPLACE_TANF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_TANHF''@|$(REPLACE_TANHF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_TRUNC''@|$(REPLACE_TRUNC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_TRUNCF''@|$(REPLACE_TRUNCF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_TRUNCL''@|$(REPLACE_TRUNCL)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/math.h lib/math.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/math.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module math
+
+## begin gnulib module mbchar
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbchar.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mbchar.h
+
+## end   gnulib module mbchar
+
+## begin gnulib module mbiter
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbiter.h lib/mbiter.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mbiter
+
+## begin gnulib module mbrlen
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MBRLEN
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbrlen.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module mbrlen
+
+## begin gnulib module mbrtowc
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MBRTOWC
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbrtowc.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/lc-charset-dispatch.c lib/lc-charset-dispatch.h lib/mbrtowc-impl-utf8.h lib/mbrtowc-impl.h lib/mbtowc-lock.c lib/mbtowc-lock.h lib/windows-initguard.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/lc-charset-dispatch.c lib/mbtowc-lock.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mbrtowc
+
+## begin gnulib module mbsalign
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbsalign.c lib/mbsalign.h
+
+## end   gnulib module mbsalign
+
+## begin gnulib module mbscasecmp
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbscasecmp.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mbscasecmp
+
+## begin gnulib module mbschr
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbschr.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mbschr
+
+## begin gnulib module mbsinit
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MBSINIT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbsinit.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module mbsinit
+
+## begin gnulib module mbslen
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbslen.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mbslen
+
+## begin gnulib module mbsrtowcs
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MBSRTOWCS
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbsrtowcs.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mbsrtowcs-impl.h lib/mbsrtowcs-state.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbsrtowcs-state.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mbsrtowcs
+
+## begin gnulib module mbsstr
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbsstr.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/str-kmp.h
+
+## end   gnulib module mbsstr
+
+## begin gnulib module mbswidth
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbswidth.h lib/mbswidth.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mbswidth
+
+## begin gnulib module mbtowc
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MBTOWC
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbtowc.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mbtowc-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module mbtowc
+
+## begin gnulib module mbuiter
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mbuiter.h lib/mbuiter.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mbuiter
+
+## begin gnulib module memcasecmp
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/memcasecmp.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/memcasecmp.h
+
+## end   gnulib module memcasecmp
+
+## begin gnulib module memchr
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MEMCHR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/memchr.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/memchr.valgrind
+
+## end   gnulib module memchr
+
+## begin gnulib module memchr2
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/memchr2.h lib/memchr2.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/memchr2.valgrind
+
+## end   gnulib module memchr2
+
+## begin gnulib module memcmp2
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/memcmp2.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/memcmp2.h
+
+## end   gnulib module memcmp2
+
+## begin gnulib module memcoll
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/memcoll.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/memcoll.h
+
+## end   gnulib module memcoll
+
+## begin gnulib module mempcpy
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MEMPCPY
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mempcpy.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module mempcpy
+
+## begin gnulib module memrchr
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MEMRCHR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/memrchr.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module memrchr
+
+## begin gnulib module mgetgroups
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mgetgroups.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mgetgroups.h
+
+## end   gnulib module mgetgroups
+
+## begin gnulib module minmax
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/minmax.h
+
+## end   gnulib module minmax
+
+## begin gnulib module mkancesdirs
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mkancesdirs.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mkancesdirs.h
+
+## end   gnulib module mkancesdirs
+
+## begin gnulib module mkdir
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MKDIR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mkdir.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module mkdir
+
+## begin gnulib module mkdir-p
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/dirchownmod.c lib/mkdir-p.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/dirchownmod.h lib/mkdir-p.h
+
+## end   gnulib module mkdir-p
+
+## begin gnulib module mkdirat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MKDIRAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mkdirat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mkdirat
+
+## begin gnulib module mkfifo
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MKFIFO
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mkfifo.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module mkfifo
+
+## begin gnulib module mkfifoat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MKFIFOAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mkfifoat.c
+endif
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MKNODAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mknodat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mkfifoat
+
+## begin gnulib module mknod
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MKNOD
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mknod.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module mknod
+
+## begin gnulib module mkostemp
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MKOSTEMP
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mkostemp.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module mkostemp
+
+## begin gnulib module mkstemp
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MKSTEMP
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mkstemp.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module mkstemp
+
+## begin gnulib module mktime
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mktime-internal.h lib/mktime.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mktime.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mktime
+
+## begin gnulib module mktime-internal
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mktime-internal.h lib/mktime.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mktime.c
+
+## end   gnulib module mktime-internal
+
+## begin gnulib module modechange
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/modechange.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/modechange.h
+
+## end   gnulib module modechange
+
+## begin gnulib module mountlist
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MOUNTLIST
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mountlist.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mountlist.h
+
+## end   gnulib module mountlist
+
+## begin gnulib module mpsort
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mpsort.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mpsort.h
+
+## end   gnulib module mpsort
+
+## begin gnulib module msvc-inval
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MSVC_INVAL
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/msvc-inval.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/msvc-inval.h
+
+## end   gnulib module msvc-inval
+
+## begin gnulib module msvc-nothrow
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_MSVC_NOTHROW
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/msvc-nothrow.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/msvc-nothrow.h
+
+## end   gnulib module msvc-nothrow
+
+## begin gnulib module nanosleep
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_NANOSLEEP
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/nanosleep.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module nanosleep
+
+## begin gnulib module netdb
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/netdb.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <netdb.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/netdb.h: lib/netdb.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_NETDB_H''@|$(NEXT_NETDB_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_NETDB_H''@|$(HAVE_NETDB_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETADDRINFO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETADDRINFO)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FREEADDRINFO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FREEADDRINFO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETADDRINFO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETADDRINFO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETNAMEINFO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETNAMEINFO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GAI_STRERROR''@|$(REPLACE_GAI_STRERROR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETADDRINFO''@|$(REPLACE_GETADDRINFO)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/netdb.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/netdb.h lib/netdb.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/netdb.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module netdb
+
+## begin gnulib module netinet_in
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(NETINET_IN_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <netinet/in.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one.
+if GL_GENERATE_NETINET_IN_H
+lib/netinet/in.h: lib/netinet_in.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/netinet'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_NETINET_IN_H''@|$(NEXT_NETINET_IN_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_NETINET_IN_H''@|$(HAVE_NETINET_IN_H)|g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/netinet_in.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/netinet/in.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/netinet/in.h lib/netinet/in.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/netinet
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/netinet_in.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module netinet_in
+
+## begin gnulib module nl_langinfo
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_NL_LANGINFO
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/nl_langinfo.c
+endif
+if GL_COND_OBJ_NL_LANGINFO_LOCK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/nl_langinfo-lock.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/windows-initguard.h
+
+## end   gnulib module nl_langinfo
+
+## begin gnulib module nproc
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/nproc.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/nproc.h
+
+## end   gnulib module nproc
+
+## begin gnulib module nstrftime
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/nstrftime.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/strftime.h
+
+## end   gnulib module nstrftime
+
+## begin gnulib module obstack
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_OBSTACK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/obstack.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/obstack.h
+
+## end   gnulib module obstack
+
+## begin gnulib module open
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_OPEN
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/open.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module open
+
+## begin gnulib module openat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_OPENAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/openat.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module openat
+
+## begin gnulib module openat-die
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/openat-die.c
+
+## end   gnulib module openat-die
+
+## begin gnulib module openat-h
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/openat.h
+
+## end   gnulib module openat-h
+
+## begin gnulib module openat-safer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/openat-safer.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/fcntl--.h lib/fcntl-safer.h
+
+## end   gnulib module openat-safer
+
+## begin gnulib module opendir
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_OPENDIR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/opendir.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/dirent-private.h
+
+## end   gnulib module opendir
+
+## begin gnulib module opendirat
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/opendirat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/opendirat.h
+
+## end   gnulib module opendirat
+
+## begin gnulib module parse-datetime
+
+# The Automake generated .y.c rule is broken: When executed in a VPATH build,
+#   - The .c file gets generated in the build directory. But since it requires
+#     special tools to rebuild it, we need to distribute it in the tarballs,
+#     and by the GNU Coding Standards
+#     <https://www.gnu.org/prep/standards/html_node/Makefile-Basics.html>
+#     the file should be generated in the source directory.
+#   - The #line directives in the .c file refer to a nonexistent file once it
+#     has been moved from the build directory to the source directory. This
+#     leads to error if 'lcov' is used later.
+# Additionally, here we assume GNU Bison and therefore don't need the ylwrap
+# script.
+# Therefore we override this rule.
+# Since this is a rule that produces multiple files, we apply the idiom from
+# <https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-make/2020-09/msg00008.html>, so that
+# it works also in parallel 'make'.
+generate-parse-datetime:
+	$(AM_V_YACC)$(PARSE_DATETIME_BISON) -d $(YFLAGS) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(top_srcdir)/lib/parse-datetime.y \
+	&& test ':' = '$(PARSE_DATETIME_BISON)' || { \
+	  sed -e 's|".*/parse-datetime\.y"|"parse-datetime.y"|' \
+	      -e 's|"parse-datetime\.tab\.c"|"parse-datetime.c"|' \
+	      -e 's|"parse-datetime\.tab\.h"|"parse-datetime-gen.h"|' \
+	      < parse-datetime.tab.c > parse-datetime.c-tmp \
+	  && sed -e 's|".*/parse-datetime\.y"|"parse-datetime.y"|' \
+	         -e 's|"parse-datetime\.tab\.h"|"parse-datetime-gen.h"|' \
+	         < parse-datetime.tab.h > parse-datetime-gen.h-tmp \
+	  && rm -f parse-datetime.tab.c parse-datetime.tab.h \
+	  && mv parse-datetime.c-tmp $(top_srcdir)/lib/parse-datetime.c \
+	  && mv parse-datetime-gen.h-tmp $(top_srcdir)/lib/parse-datetime-gen.h; \
+	}
+.PHONY: generate-parse-datetime
+# The above rule will generate files with time stamp order
+# parse-datetime.y <= parse-datetime.c <= parse-datetime-gen.h.
+lib/parse-datetime.c: lib/parse-datetime.y
+	@{ test -f $(top_srcdir)/lib/parse-datetime.c && test ! $(top_srcdir)/lib/parse-datetime.c -ot $(top_srcdir)/lib/parse-datetime.y; } || $(MAKE) generate-parse-datetime
+lib/parse-datetime-gen.h: lib/parse-datetime.c
+	@{ test -f $(top_srcdir)/lib/parse-datetime-gen.h && test ! $(top_srcdir)/lib/parse-datetime-gen.h -ot $(top_srcdir)/lib/parse-datetime.c; } || $(MAKE) generate-parse-datetime
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/parse-datetime.y
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/parse-datetime.c lib/parse-datetime-gen.h
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/parse-datetime.tab.c lib/parse-datetime.tab.h lib/parse-datetime.c-tmp lib/parse-datetime-gen.h-tmp
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES += lib/parse-datetime.c lib/parse-datetime-gen.h
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/parse-datetime.c lib/parse-datetime-gen.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/parse-datetime.h
+
+## end   gnulib module parse-datetime
+
+## begin gnulib module pathmax
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/pathmax.h
+
+## end   gnulib module pathmax
+
+## begin gnulib module physmem
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/physmem.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/physmem.h
+
+## end   gnulib module physmem
+
+## begin gnulib module pipe-posix
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_PIPE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/pipe.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module pipe-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module pipe2
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/pipe2.c
+
+## end   gnulib module pipe2
+
+## begin gnulib module posix-shell
+
+##Sample usage of posix-shell module:
+#script: script.in
+#	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+#	$(gl_V_at)sed \
+#	    -e 's#@''PREFERABLY_POSIX_SHELL''@#$(PREFERABLY_POSIX_SHELL)#g' \
+#	    -e 's#@''POSIX_SHELL''@#$(POSIX_SHELL)#g' \
+#	    -e $(top_srcdir)/lib/$@.in > $@-t
+#	$(AM_V_at)chmod a+x $@-t
+#	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+#EXTRA_DIST += script.in
+#MOSTLYCLEANFILES += script script-t
+
+## end   gnulib module posix-shell
+
+## begin gnulib module posix_memalign
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_POSIX_MEMALIGN
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/posix_memalign.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module posix_memalign
+
+## begin gnulib module posixtm
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/posixtm.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/posixtm.h
+
+## end   gnulib module posixtm
+
+## begin gnulib module posixver
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/posixver.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/posixver.h
+
+## end   gnulib module posixver
+
+## begin gnulib module printf-frexp
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/printf-frexp.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/printf-frexp.h
+
+## end   gnulib module printf-frexp
+
+## begin gnulib module printf-frexpl
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/printf-frexpl.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/printf-frexp.c lib/printf-frexpl.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/printf-frexp.c
+
+## end   gnulib module printf-frexpl
+
+## begin gnulib module priv-set
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/priv-set.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/priv-set.h
+
+## end   gnulib module priv-set
+
+## begin gnulib module progname
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/progname.h lib/progname.c
+
+## end   gnulib module progname
+
+## begin gnulib module propername
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/propername.h lib/propername.c
+
+## end   gnulib module propername
+
+## begin gnulib module pselect
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_PSELECT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/pselect.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module pselect
+
+## begin gnulib module pthread-cond
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_PTHREAD_COND
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/pthread-cond.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module pthread-cond
+
+## begin gnulib module pthread-h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/pthread.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <pthread.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/pthread.h: lib/pthread.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(_NORETURN_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_H''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_PTHREAD_H''@|$(NEXT_PTHREAD_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_ONCE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_ONCE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_TSS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_TSS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_SPIN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_SPIN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_T''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SPINLOCK_T''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SPINLOCK_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_CREATE''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_CREATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SELF''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SELF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_EQUAL''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_EQUAL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_DETACH''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_DETACH)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_JOIN''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_JOIN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_EXIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_EXIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_ONCE''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_ONCE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETTYPE''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETTYPE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETROBUST''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETROBUST)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETROBUST''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETROBUST)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_INIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_DESTROY''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDRDLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDRDLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDWRLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDWRLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_UNLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_UNLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DESTROY''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_INIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DESTROY''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_WAIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_WAIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_INIT''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_LOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_LOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_TRYLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_TRYLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_UNLOCK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_UNLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_DESTROY''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      < $(top_srcdir)/lib/pthread.in.h | \
+	  sed -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_CREATE''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_CREATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_SELF''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_SELF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_EQUAL''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_EQUAL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_DETACH''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_DETACH)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_JOIN''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_JOIN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_EXIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_EXIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_ONCE''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_ONCE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETTYPE''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETTYPE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETROBUST''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETROBUST)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETROBUST''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETROBUST)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_INIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_DESTROY''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDRDLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDRDLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDWRLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDWRLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_UNLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_UNLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DESTROY''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_INIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DESTROY''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_WAIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_WAIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_INIT''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_INIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_LOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_LOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_TRYLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_TRYLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_UNLOCK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_UNLOCK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_DESTROY''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_DESTROY)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _Noreturn/r $(_NORETURN_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/pthread.h lib/pthread.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/pthread.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module pthread-h
+
+## begin gnulib module pthread-mutex
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_PTHREAD_MUTEX
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/pthread-mutex.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module pthread-mutex
+
+## begin gnulib module pthread-thread
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_PTHREAD_THREAD
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/pthread-thread.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module pthread-thread
+
+## begin gnulib module pthread_mutex_timedlock
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/pthread_mutex_timedlock.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module pthread_mutex_timedlock
+
+## begin gnulib module pthread_sigmask
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_PTHREAD_SIGMASK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/pthread_sigmask.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module pthread_sigmask
+
+## begin gnulib module putenv
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_PUTENV
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/putenv.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module putenv
+
+## begin gnulib module qcopy-acl
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/qcopy-acl.c
+
+## end   gnulib module qcopy-acl
+
+## begin gnulib module qset-acl
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/qset-acl.c
+
+## end   gnulib module qset-acl
+
+## begin gnulib module quote
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/quote.h
+
+## end   gnulib module quote
+
+## begin gnulib module quotearg
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/quotearg.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/quote.h lib/quotearg.h
+
+## end   gnulib module quotearg
+
+## begin gnulib module raise
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_RAISE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/raise.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module raise
+
+## begin gnulib module randint
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/randint.c lib/randint.h
+
+## end   gnulib module randint
+
+## begin gnulib module randperm
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/randperm.c lib/randperm.h
+
+## end   gnulib module randperm
+
+## begin gnulib module randread
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/randread.c lib/randread.h lib/rand-isaac.c lib/rand-isaac.h
+
+## end   gnulib module randread
+
+## begin gnulib module rawmemchr
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_RAWMEMCHR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/rawmemchr.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/rawmemchr.valgrind
+
+## end   gnulib module rawmemchr
+
+## begin gnulib module read
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_READ
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/read.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module read
+
+## begin gnulib module read-file
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/read-file.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/read-file.h
+
+## end   gnulib module read-file
+
+## begin gnulib module readdir
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_READDIR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/readdir.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/dirent-private.h
+
+## end   gnulib module readdir
+
+## begin gnulib module readlink
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_READLINK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/readlink.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module readlink
+
+## begin gnulib module readlinkat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_READLINKAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/readlinkat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module readlinkat
+
+## begin gnulib module readtokens
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/readtokens.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/readtokens.h
+
+## end   gnulib module readtokens
+
+## begin gnulib module readtokens0
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/readtokens0.h lib/readtokens0.c
+
+## end   gnulib module readtokens0
+
+## begin gnulib module readutmp
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_READUTMP
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/readutmp.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/readutmp.h
+
+## end   gnulib module readutmp
+
+## begin gnulib module realloc-gnu
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/realloc.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/realloc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module realloc-gnu
+
+## begin gnulib module realloc-posix
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/realloc.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/realloc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module realloc-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module reallocarray
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_REALLOCARRAY
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/reallocarray.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module reallocarray
+
+## begin gnulib module regex
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_REGEX
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/regex.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/regcomp.c lib/regex.h lib/regex_internal.c lib/regex_internal.h lib/regexec.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/regcomp.c lib/regex_internal.c lib/regexec.c
+
+## end   gnulib module regex
+
+## begin gnulib module remove
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_REMOVE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/remove.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module remove
+
+## begin gnulib module rename
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_RENAME
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/rename.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module rename
+
+## begin gnulib module renameat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_RENAMEAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/renameat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func2.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func2.c
+
+## end   gnulib module renameat
+
+## begin gnulib module renameatu
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/renameatu.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func2.c lib/renameatu.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func2.c
+
+## end   gnulib module renameatu
+
+## begin gnulib module rewinddir
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_REWINDDIR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/rewinddir.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/dirent-private.h
+
+## end   gnulib module rewinddir
+
+## begin gnulib module rmdir
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_RMDIR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/rmdir.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module rmdir
+
+## begin gnulib module root-dev-ino
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/root-dev-ino.c lib/root-dev-ino.h
+
+## end   gnulib module root-dev-ino
+
+## begin gnulib module root-uid
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/root-uid.h
+
+## end   gnulib module root-uid
+
+## begin gnulib module rpmatch
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_RPMATCH
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/rpmatch.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module rpmatch
+
+## begin gnulib module safe-read
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/safe-read.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/safe-read.h lib/sys-limits.h
+
+## end   gnulib module safe-read
+
+## begin gnulib module safe-write
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/safe-write.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/safe-read.c lib/safe-write.h lib/sys-limits.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/safe-read.c
+
+## end   gnulib module safe-write
+
+## begin gnulib module same
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/same.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/same.h
+
+## end   gnulib module same
+
+## begin gnulib module same-inode
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/same-inode.h
+
+## end   gnulib module same-inode
+
+## begin gnulib module save-cwd
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/save-cwd.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/save-cwd.h
+
+## end   gnulib module save-cwd
+
+## begin gnulib module savedir
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/savedir.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/savedir.h
+
+## end   gnulib module savedir
+
+## begin gnulib module savewd
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/savewd.h lib/savewd.c
+
+## end   gnulib module savewd
+
+## begin gnulib module sched
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sched.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create a replacement for <sched.h> when
+# the system doesn't have one.
+lib/sched.h: lib/sched.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SCHED_H''@|$(HAVE_SCHED_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SCHED_H''@|$(NEXT_SCHED_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_SCHED_PARAM''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_SCHED_PARAM)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SCHED_YIELD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SCHED_YIELD)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SCHED_YIELD''@|$(HAVE_SCHED_YIELD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SCHED_YIELD''@|$(REPLACE_SCHED_YIELD)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sched.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sched.h lib/sched.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sched.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sched
+
+## begin gnulib module scratch_buffer
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.gl.h
+
+lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.gl.h: lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.h
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/malloc'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|__always_inline|inline _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE|g' \
+	      -e 's|__glibc_likely|_GL_LIKELY|g' \
+	      -e 's|__glibc_unlikely|_GL_UNLIKELY|g' \
+	      -e '/libc_hidden_proto/d' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.gl.h lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.gl.h-t
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_dupfree.c                 lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow.c                 lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.c                 lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_set_array_size.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.h lib/scratch_buffer.h
+
+## end   gnulib module scratch_buffer
+
+## begin gnulib module select
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_SELECT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/select.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module select
+
+## begin gnulib module selinux-at
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/selinux-at.h lib/selinux-at.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module selinux-at
+
+## begin gnulib module selinux-h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/selinux/selinux.h
+lib/selinux/selinux.h: lib/se-selinux.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/selinux'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SELINUX_SELINUX_H''@|$(NEXT_SELINUX_SELINUX_H)|g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/se-selinux.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/selinux/selinux.h lib/selinux/selinux.h-t
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(SELINUX_CONTEXT_H)
+if GL_GENERATE_SELINUX_CONTEXT_H
+lib/selinux/context.h: lib/se-context.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/selinux'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) $(top_srcdir)/lib/se-context.in.h
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/selinux/context.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/selinux/context.h lib/selinux/context.h-t
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(SELINUX_LABEL_H)
+if GL_GENERATE_SELINUX_LABEL_H
+lib/selinux/label.h: lib/se-label.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/selinux'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) $(top_srcdir)/lib/se-label.in.h
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/selinux/label.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/selinux/label.h lib/selinux/label.h-t
+
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/selinux
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_GETFILECON
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/getfilecon.c
+endif
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/se-context.in.h lib/se-label.in.h lib/se-selinux.in.h    lib/se-context.c lib/se-label.c lib/se-selinux.c
+
+## end   gnulib module selinux-h
+
+## begin gnulib module setenv
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_SETENV
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/setenv.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module setenv
+
+## begin gnulib module setlocale-null
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/setlocale_null.c
+if GL_COND_OBJ_SETLOCALE_LOCK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/setlocale-lock.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/setlocale_null.h lib/windows-initguard.h
+
+## end   gnulib module setlocale-null
+
+## begin gnulib module settime
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/settime.c
+
+## end   gnulib module settime
+
+## begin gnulib module sig2str
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_SIG2STR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sig2str.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sig2str.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sig2str
+
+## begin gnulib module sigaction
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_SIGACTION
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sigaction.c
+endif
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sig-handler.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sig-handler.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sigaction
+
+## begin gnulib module signal-h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/signal.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <signal.h> when the system
+# doesn't have a complete one.
+lib/signal.h: lib/signal.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SIGNAL_H''@|$(NEXT_SIGNAL_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RAISE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RAISE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGACTION''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGACTION)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING''@|$(HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_RAISE''@|$(HAVE_RAISE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGSET_T''@|$(HAVE_SIGSET_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGINFO_T''@|$(HAVE_SIGINFO_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGACTION''@|$(HAVE_SIGACTION)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@|$(HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T''@|$(HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_RAISE''@|$(REPLACE_RAISE)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/signal.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/signal.h lib/signal.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/signal.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module signal-h
+
+## begin gnulib module signbit
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_SIGNBIT3
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/signbitf.c lib/signbitd.c lib/signbitl.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/float+.h
+
+## end   gnulib module signbit
+
+## begin gnulib module sigprocmask
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_SIGPROCMASK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sigprocmask.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module sigprocmask
+
+## begin gnulib module size_max
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/size_max.h
+
+## end   gnulib module size_max
+
+## begin gnulib module smack
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/smack.h
+
+## end   gnulib module smack
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/_Noreturn
+
+# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other
+# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that
+# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above.
+
+_NORETURN_H=$(top_srcdir)/lib/_Noreturn.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/_Noreturn.h
+
+## end   gnulib module snippet/_Noreturn
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/arg-nonnull
+
+# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other
+# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that
+# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above.
+
+ARG_NONNULL_H=$(top_srcdir)/lib/arg-nonnull.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/arg-nonnull.h
+
+## end   gnulib module snippet/arg-nonnull
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/c++defs
+
+# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other
+# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that
+# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above.
+
+CXXDEFS_H=$(top_srcdir)/lib/c++defs.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/c++defs.h
+
+## end   gnulib module snippet/c++defs
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/warn-on-use
+
+# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other
+# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that
+# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above.
+
+WARN_ON_USE_H=$(top_srcdir)/lib/warn-on-use.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/warn-on-use.h
+
+## end   gnulib module snippet/warn-on-use
+
+## begin gnulib module snprintf
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/snprintf.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/snprintf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module snprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module sockets
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sockets.h lib/sockets.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/w32sock.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sockets
+
+## begin gnulib module stat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/stat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stat-w32.c lib/stat-w32.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/stat-w32.c
+
+## end   gnulib module stat
+
+## begin gnulib module stat-macros
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stat-macros.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stat-macros
+
+## begin gnulib module stat-size
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stat-size.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stat-size
+
+## begin gnulib module stat-time
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/stat-time.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stat-time.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stat-time
+
+## begin gnulib module stdalign
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDALIGN_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdalign.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works.
+if GL_GENERATE_STDALIGN_H
+lib/stdalign.h: lib/stdalign.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) $(top_srcdir)/lib/stdalign.in.h
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/stdalign.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/stdalign.h lib/stdalign.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdalign.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stdalign
+
+## begin gnulib module stdarg
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDARG_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdarg.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_STDARG_H
+lib/stdarg.h: lib/stdarg.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_STDARG_H''@|$(NEXT_STDARG_H)|g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/stdarg.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/stdarg.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/stdarg.h lib/stdarg.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdarg.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stdarg
+
+## begin gnulib module stdbool
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDBOOL_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdbool.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works.
+if GL_GENERATE_STDBOOL_H
+lib/stdbool.h: lib/stdbool.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	  -e 's/@''HAVE__BOOL''@/$(HAVE__BOOL)/g' \
+	  $(top_srcdir)/lib/stdbool.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/stdbool.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/stdbool.h lib/stdbool.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdbool.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stdbool
+
+## begin gnulib module stddef
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDDEF_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stddef.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_STDDEF_H
+lib/stddef.h: lib/stddef.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_STDDEF_H''@|$(NEXT_STDDEF_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T''@|$(HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCHAR_T''@|$(HAVE_WCHAR_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_NULL''@|$(REPLACE_NULL)|g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/stddef.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/stddef.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/stddef.h lib/stddef.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stddef.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stddef
+
+## begin gnulib module stdint
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDINT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdint.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_STDINT_H
+lib/stdint.h: lib/stdint.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_STDINT_H''@/$(HAVE_STDINT_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_STDINT_H''@|$(NEXT_STDINT_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_C99_STDINT_H''@/$(HAVE_C99_STDINT_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_WCHAR_H''@/$(HAVE_WCHAR_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD''@/$(APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX''@/$(PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''SIZE_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIZE_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''WCHAR_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WCHAR_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WINT_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WINT_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''WINT_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WINT_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T''@/$(GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T)/g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/stdint.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+else
+lib/stdint.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/stdint.h lib/stdint.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdint.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stdint
+
+## begin gnulib module stdio
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/stdio.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdio.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/stdio.h: lib/stdio.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_STDIO_H''@|$(NEXT_STDIO_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_DPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DPRINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCLOSE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FCLOSE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDOPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FDOPEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFLUSH''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FFLUSH)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FGETC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FGETC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FGETS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FGETS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FOPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FOPEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FPRINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPURGE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FPURGE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPUTC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FPUTC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPUTS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FPUTS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREAD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREAD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREOPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREOPEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSCANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSCANF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSEEK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSEEK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSEEKO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSEEKO)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTELL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FTELL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTELLO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FTELLO)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FWRITE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FWRITE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETCHAR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETCHAR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDELIM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETDELIM)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLINE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETLINE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PCLOSE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PCLOSE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PERROR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PERROR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_POPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_POPEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PRINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PUTC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTCHAR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PUTCHAR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PUTS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_REMOVE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REMOVE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RENAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RENAME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RENAMEAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RENAMEAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SCANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SCANF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SNPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SNPRINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TMPFILE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TMPFILE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_VASPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VASPRINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_VDPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VDPRINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VFPRINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFSCANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VFSCANF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSCANF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VSCANF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_VPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VPRINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSNPRINTF''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VSNPRINTF)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_FCLOSEALL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_FCLOSEALL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_FDOPEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_FDOPEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_FILENO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_FILENO)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_GETW''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETW)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_PUTW''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_PUTW)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_TEMPNAM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_TEMPNAM)/g' \
+	      < $(top_srcdir)/lib/stdio.in.h | \
+	  sed -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FCLOSEALL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FCLOSEALL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FPURGE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FPURGE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FTELLO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FTELLO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLINE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLINE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FSEEKO''@|$(HAVE_FSEEKO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FTELLO''@|$(HAVE_FTELLO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PCLOSE''@|$(HAVE_PCLOSE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_POPEN''@|$(HAVE_POPEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_RENAMEAT''@|$(HAVE_RENAMEAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_VASPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_VASPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_VDPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_VDPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_DPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_DPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCLOSE''@|$(REPLACE_FCLOSE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FDOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FDOPEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FFLUSH''@|$(REPLACE_FFLUSH)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FOPEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FOPEN_FOR_FOPEN_GNU''@|$(REPLACE_FOPEN_FOR_FOPEN_GNU)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_FPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FPURGE''@|$(REPLACE_FPURGE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FREOPEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_FSEEK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSEEKO''@|$(REPLACE_FSEEKO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTELL''@|$(REPLACE_FTELL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTELLO''@|$(REPLACE_FTELLO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDELIM''@|$(REPLACE_GETDELIM)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETLINE''@|$(REPLACE_GETLINE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PERROR''@|$(REPLACE_PERROR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_POPEN''@|$(REPLACE_POPEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_PRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_REMOVE''@|$(REPLACE_REMOVE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_RENAME''@|$(REPLACE_RENAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_RENAMEAT''@|$(REPLACE_RENAMEAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SNPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_SNPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_SPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS''@|$(REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS''@|$(REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_TMPFILE''@|$(REPLACE_TMPFILE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_VASPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VASPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_VDPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VDPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_VFPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VFPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_VPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_VSNPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VSNPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_VSPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VSPRINTF)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX''@|$(ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/stdio.h lib/stdio.h-t
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STDIO_READ
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/stdio-read.c
+endif
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STDIO_WRITE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/stdio-write.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdio.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stdio
+
+## begin gnulib module stdlib
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/stdlib.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdlib.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/stdlib.h: lib/stdlib.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) \
+  $(_NORETURN_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_STDLIB_H''@|$(NEXT_STDLIB_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB__EXIT''@/$(GL_GNULIB__EXIT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ALIGNED_ALLOC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ALIGNED_ALLOC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ATOLL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ATOLL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CALLOC_GNU''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CALLOC_GNU)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREE_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREE_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOADAVG''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETLOADAVG)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETSUBOPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETSUBOPT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GRANTPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GRANTPT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBTOWC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBTOWC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKDTEMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKDTEMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKOSTEMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKOSTEMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKSTEMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKSTEMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKSTEMPS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKSTEMPS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_POSIX_MEMALIGN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_POSIX_MEMALIGN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTSNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTSNAME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTSNAME_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PTSNAME_R)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTENV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PUTENV)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_QSORT_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_QSORT_R)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RANDOM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RANDOM)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RANDOM_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RANDOM_R)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALPATH''@/$(GL_GNULIB_REALPATH)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RPMATCH''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RPMATCH)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETENV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SETENV)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOLD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOLD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOLL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOLL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOUL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOUL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOULL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOULL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLOCKPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNLOCKPT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNSETENV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNSETENV)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTOMB''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCTOMB)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_ECVT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_ECVT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_FCVT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_FCVT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_GCVT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_GCVT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_MKTEMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_MKTEMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_PUTENV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_PUTENV)/g' \
+	      < $(top_srcdir)/lib/stdlib.in.h | \
+	  sed -e 's|@''HAVE__EXIT''@|$(HAVE__EXIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ALIGNED_ALLOC''@|$(HAVE_ALIGNED_ALLOC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ATOLL''@|$(HAVE_ATOLL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@|$(HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ECVT''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ECVT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FCVT''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FCVT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GCVT''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GCVT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GETSUBOPT''@|$(HAVE_GETSUBOPT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GRANTPT''@|$(HAVE_GRANTPT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_INITSTATE''@|$(HAVE_INITSTATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_INITSTATE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_INITSTATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MBTOWC''@|$(HAVE_MBTOWC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MKDTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKDTEMP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MKOSTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKOSTEMP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MKOSTEMPS''@|$(HAVE_MKOSTEMPS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MKSTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKSTEMP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MKSTEMPS''@|$(HAVE_MKSTEMPS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN''@|$(HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT''@|$(HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTSNAME''@|$(HAVE_PTSNAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PTSNAME_R''@|$(HAVE_PTSNAME_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_QSORT_R''@|$(HAVE_QSORT_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM_H''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM_R''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_REALLOCARRAY''@|$(HAVE_REALLOCARRAY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_REALPATH''@|$(HAVE_REALPATH)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_RPMATCH''@|$(HAVE_RPMATCH)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SECURE_GETENV''@|$(HAVE_SECURE_GETENV)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SETENV''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SETENV)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SETSTATE''@|$(HAVE_SETSTATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SETSTATE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SETSTATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOD''@|$(HAVE_STRTOD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOLD''@|$(HAVE_STRTOLD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOLL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOLL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOUL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOUL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOULL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOULL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_UNLOCKPT''@|$(HAVE_UNLOCKPT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV''@|$(HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ALIGNED_ALLOC''@|$(REPLACE_ALIGNED_ALLOC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_GNU''@|$(REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_GNU)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_POSIX''@|$(REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_POSIX)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@|$(REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREE''@|$(REPLACE_FREE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_INITSTATE''@|$(REPLACE_INITSTATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_GNU''@|$(REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_GNU)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_POSIX''@|$(REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_POSIX)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBTOWC''@|$(REPLACE_MBTOWC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKSTEMP''@|$(REPLACE_MKSTEMP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_POSIX_MEMALIGN''@|$(REPLACE_POSIX_MEMALIGN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTSNAME''@|$(REPLACE_PTSNAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTSNAME_R''@|$(REPLACE_PTSNAME_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PUTENV''@|$(REPLACE_PUTENV)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_QSORT_R''@|$(REPLACE_QSORT_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_RANDOM''@|$(REPLACE_RANDOM)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_RANDOM_R''@|$(REPLACE_RANDOM_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_GNU''@|$(REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_GNU)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_POSIX''@|$(REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_POSIX)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_REALLOCARRAY''@|$(REPLACE_REALLOCARRAY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_REALPATH''@|$(REPLACE_REALPATH)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SETENV''@|$(REPLACE_SETENV)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SETSTATE''@|$(REPLACE_SETSTATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOD''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOL''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOLD''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOLD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOLL''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOLL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOUL''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOUL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOULL''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOULL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNSETENV''@|$(REPLACE_UNSETENV)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCTOMB''@|$(REPLACE_WCTOMB)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _Noreturn/r $(_NORETURN_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/stdlib.h lib/stdlib.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdlib.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stdlib
+
+## begin gnulib module stdlib-safer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/mkstemp-safer.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/stdlib--.h lib/stdlib-safer.h
+
+## end   gnulib module stdlib-safer
+
+## begin gnulib module stpcpy
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STPCPY
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/stpcpy.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module stpcpy
+
+## begin gnulib module stpncpy
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STPNCPY
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/stpncpy.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module stpncpy
+
+## begin gnulib module strdup-posix
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRDUP
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strdup.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module strdup-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module streq
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/streq.h
+
+## end   gnulib module streq
+
+## begin gnulib module strerror
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRERROR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strerror.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module strerror
+
+## begin gnulib module strerror-override
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRERROR_OVERRIDE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strerror-override.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/strerror-override.h
+
+## end   gnulib module strerror-override
+
+## begin gnulib module striconv
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/striconv.h lib/striconv.c
+if GL_COND_LIBTOOL
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module striconv
+
+## begin gnulib module string
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/string.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <string.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/string.h: lib/string.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_STRING_H''@|$(NEXT_STRING_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFSL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FFSL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFSLL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FFSLL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSLEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSLEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNLEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSNLEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSCHR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSRCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSRCHR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSTR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSSTR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCASECMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSCASECMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCASESTR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSCASESTR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCSPN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSCSPN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSPBRK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSPBRK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSPN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSSPN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSEP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSSEP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSTOK_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSTOK_R)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MEMCHR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMMEM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MEMMEM)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMPCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MEMPCPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMRCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MEMRCHR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STPCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STPCPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STPNCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STPNCPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRCHRNUL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRCHRNUL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRDUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRDUP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNCAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRNCAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNDUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRNDUP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNLEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRNLEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRPBRK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRPBRK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSEP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRSEP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSTR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRSTR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRCASESTR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRCASESTR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOK_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRTOK_R)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRERROR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRERROR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRERROR_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRERROR_R)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRERRORNAME_NP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRERRORNAME_NP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGABBREV_NP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGABBREV_NP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGDESCR_NP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SIGDESCR_NP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSIGNAL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRSIGNAL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRVERSCMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRVERSCMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_MEMCCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_MEMCCPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_STRDUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_STRDUP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREE_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREE_POSIX)/g' \
+	      < $(top_srcdir)/lib/string.in.h | \
+	  sed -e 's|@''HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO''@|$(HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FFSL''@|$(HAVE_FFSL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FFSLL''@|$(HAVE_FFSLL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSLEN''@|$(HAVE_MBSLEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM''@|$(HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MEMPCPY''@|$(HAVE_MEMPCPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_RAWMEMCHR''@|$(HAVE_RAWMEMCHR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STPCPY''@|$(HAVE_STPCPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STPNCPY''@|$(HAVE_STPNCPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRCHRNUL''@|$(HAVE_STRCHRNUL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRDUP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRDUP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRPBRK''@|$(HAVE_STRPBRK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRSEP''@|$(HAVE_STRSEP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRCASESTR''@|$(HAVE_STRCASESTR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRERRORNAME_NP''@|$(HAVE_STRERRORNAME_NP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGABBREV_NP''@|$(HAVE_SIGABBREV_NP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGDESCR_NP''@|$(HAVE_SIGDESCR_NP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRVERSCMP''@|$(HAVE_STRVERSCMP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FFSLL''@|$(REPLACE_FFSLL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MEMCHR''@|$(REPLACE_MEMCHR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MEMMEM''@|$(REPLACE_MEMMEM)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREE''@|$(REPLACE_FREE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STPNCPY''@|$(REPLACE_STPNCPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRCHRNUL''@|$(REPLACE_STRCHRNUL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRDUP''@|$(REPLACE_STRDUP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNCAT''@|$(REPLACE_STRNCAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNDUP''@|$(REPLACE_STRNDUP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNLEN''@|$(REPLACE_STRNLEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRSTR''@|$(REPLACE_STRSTR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRCASESTR''@|$(REPLACE_STRCASESTR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOK_R''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOK_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRERROR''@|$(REPLACE_STRERROR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRERROR_R''@|$(REPLACE_STRERROR_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRERRORNAME_NP''@|$(REPLACE_STRERRORNAME_NP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRSIGNAL''@|$(REPLACE_STRSIGNAL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R''@|$(UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/string.h lib/string.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/string.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module string
+
+## begin gnulib module strncat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRNCAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strncat.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module strncat
+
+## begin gnulib module strnlen
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRNLEN
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strnlen.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module strnlen
+
+## begin gnulib module strnlen1
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strnlen1.h lib/strnlen1.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strnlen1
+
+## begin gnulib module strnumcmp
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strintcmp.c lib/strnumcmp.c lib/strnumcmp.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/strnumcmp-in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module strnumcmp
+
+## begin gnulib module strsignal
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRSIGNAL
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strsignal.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/siglist.h
+
+## end   gnulib module strsignal
+
+## begin gnulib module strstr-simple
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/str-two-way.h lib/strstr.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strstr.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strstr-simple
+
+## begin gnulib module strtod
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOD
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strtod.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module strtod
+
+## begin gnulib module strtoimax
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOIMAX
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strtoimax.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module strtoimax
+
+## begin gnulib module strtold
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOLD
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strtold.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/strtod.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strtod.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strtold
+
+## begin gnulib module strtoll
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOLL
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strtoll.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/strtol.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strtol.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strtoll
+
+## begin gnulib module strtoull
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOULL
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strtoull.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/strtol.c lib/strtoul.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strtol.c lib/strtoul.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strtoull
+
+## begin gnulib module strtoumax
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_STRTOUMAX
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strtoumax.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/strtoimax.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/strtoimax.c
+
+## end   gnulib module strtoumax
+
+## begin gnulib module symlink
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_SYMLINK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/symlink.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module symlink
+
+## begin gnulib module symlinkat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_SYMLINKAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/symlinkat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module symlinkat
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_ioctl
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/ioctl.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/ioctl.h> when the system
+# does not have a complete one.
+lib/sys/ioctl.h: lib/sys_ioctl.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_IOCTL_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_IOCTL_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_IOCTL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_IOCTL)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''SYS_IOCTL_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(SYS_IOCTL_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''SYS_IOCTL_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS''@|$(SYS_IOCTL_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_IOCTL''@|$(REPLACE_IOCTL)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_ioctl.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/ioctl.h lib/sys/ioctl.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_ioctl.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_ioctl
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_random
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/random.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/random.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one.
+lib/sys/random.h: lib/sys_random.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_RANDOM_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_RANDOM_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETRANDOM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETRANDOM)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_GETRANDOM''@/$(HAVE_GETRANDOM)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''REPLACE_GETRANDOM''@/$(REPLACE_GETRANDOM)/g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_random.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/random.h lib/sys/random.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_random.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_random
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_resource
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/resource.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/resource.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one.
+lib/sys/resource.h: lib/sys_resource.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_RESOURCE_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_RESOURCE_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETRUSAGE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETRUSAGE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_GETRUSAGE''@/$(HAVE_GETRUSAGE)/g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_resource.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/resource.h lib/sys/resource.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_resource.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_resource
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_select
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/select.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/select.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/sys/select.h: lib/sys_select.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PSELECT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PSELECT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SELECT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SELECT)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PSELECT''@|$(HAVE_PSELECT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PSELECT''@|$(REPLACE_PSELECT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SELECT''@|$(REPLACE_SELECT)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_select.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/select.h lib/sys/select.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_select.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_select
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_socket
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/socket.h
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/sys_socket.c
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/socket.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/sys/socket.h: lib/sys_socket.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_SOCKET_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_SOCKET_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CLOSE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CLOSE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SOCKET''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SOCKET)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CONNECT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CONNECT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ACCEPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ACCEPT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_BIND''@/$(GL_GNULIB_BIND)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETPEERNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETPEERNAME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETSOCKNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETSOCKNAME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETSOCKOPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETSOCKOPT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LISTEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LISTEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RECV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RECV)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SEND''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SEND)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RECVFROM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RECVFROM)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SENDTO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SENDTO)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETSOCKOPT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SETSOCKOPT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SHUTDOWN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SHUTDOWN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ACCEPT4''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ACCEPT4)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H''@|$(HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_SS_FAMILY''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_SS_FAMILY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SA_FAMILY_T''@|$(HAVE_SA_FAMILY_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_ACCEPT4''@|$(HAVE_ACCEPT4)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_socket.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/socket.h lib/sys/socket.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_socket.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_socket
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_stat
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/stat.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/stat.h> when the system
+# has one that is incomplete.
+lib/sys/stat.h: lib/sys_stat.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_STAT_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_STAT_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC''@|$(WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHMODAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FCHMODAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSTAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSTAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSTATAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSTATAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FUTIMENS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FUTIMENS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETUMASK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETUMASK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LCHMOD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LCHMOD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LSTAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LSTAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKDIRAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKDIRAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKFIFO''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKFIFO)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKFIFOAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKFIFOAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKNOD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKNOD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKNODAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKNODAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_UTIMENSAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UTIMENSAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_CHMOD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_CHMOD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_MKDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_MKDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_UMASK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_UMASK)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHMODAT''@|$(HAVE_FCHMODAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FSTATAT''@|$(HAVE_FSTATAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FUTIMENS''@|$(HAVE_FUTIMENS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GETUMASK''@|$(HAVE_GETUMASK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LCHMOD''@|$(HAVE_LCHMOD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LSTAT''@|$(HAVE_LSTAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MKDIRAT''@|$(HAVE_MKDIRAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MKFIFO''@|$(HAVE_MKFIFO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MKFIFOAT''@|$(HAVE_MKFIFOAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MKNOD''@|$(HAVE_MKNOD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MKNODAT''@|$(HAVE_MKNODAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_UTIMENSAT''@|$(HAVE_UTIMENSAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCHMODAT''@|$(REPLACE_FCHMODAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSTAT''@|$(REPLACE_FSTAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSTATAT''@|$(REPLACE_FSTATAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FUTIMENS''@|$(REPLACE_FUTIMENS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSTAT''@|$(REPLACE_LSTAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKDIR''@|$(REPLACE_MKDIR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKFIFO''@|$(REPLACE_MKFIFO)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKFIFOAT''@|$(REPLACE_MKFIFOAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKNOD''@|$(REPLACE_MKNOD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKNODAT''@|$(REPLACE_MKNODAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STAT''@|$(REPLACE_STAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_UTIMENSAT''@|$(REPLACE_UTIMENSAT)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_stat.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/stat.h lib/sys/stat.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_stat.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_stat
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_time
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/time.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/time.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/sys/time.h: lib/sys_time.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_TIME_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_TIME_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_TIME_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY''@/$(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL''@/$(HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY''@/$(REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL''@/$(REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL)/g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_time.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/time.h lib/sys/time.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_time.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_time
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_types
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/types.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/types.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/sys/types.h: lib/sys_types.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''WINDOWS_STAT_INODES''@|$(WINDOWS_STAT_INODES)|g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_types.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/types.h lib/sys/types.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_types.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_types
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_uio
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/uio.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/uio.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/sys/uio.h: lib/sys_uio.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_UIO_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_UIO_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_UIO_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_UIO_H)|g' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_uio.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/uio.h lib/sys/uio.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_uio.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_uio
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_utsname
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/utsname.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/utsname.h> when the system
+# does not have one.
+lib/sys/utsname.h: lib/sys_utsname.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(WARN_ON_USE_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_UTSNAME_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_UTSNAME_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNAME)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_UTSNAME''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_UTSNAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_UNAME''@|$(HAVE_UNAME)|g' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_utsname.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/utsname.h lib/sys/utsname.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_utsname.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_utsname
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_wait
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/sys/wait.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <sys/wait.h> when the system
+# has one that is incomplete.
+lib/sys/wait.h: lib/sys_wait.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%/sys'
+	$(AM_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_WAIT_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_WAIT_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WAITPID''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WAITPID)/g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/sys_wait.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/sys/wait.h lib/sys/wait.h-t
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += lib/sys
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/sys_wait.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module sys_wait
+
+## begin gnulib module targetdir
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/targetdir.c lib/targetdir.h
+
+## end   gnulib module targetdir
+
+## begin gnulib module tempname
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/tempname.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/tempname.h
+
+## end   gnulib module tempname
+
+## begin gnulib module termios
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/termios.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <termios.h> when the system
+# version does not have all declarations.
+lib/termios.h: lib/termios.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_TERMIOS_H''@|$(NEXT_TERMIOS_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TCGETSID''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TCGETSID)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TCGETSID''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TCGETSID)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_TERMIOS_H''@|$(HAVE_TERMIOS_H)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/termios.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/termios.h lib/termios.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/termios.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module termios
+
+## begin gnulib module threadlib
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/glthread/threadlib.c
+
+## end   gnulib module threadlib
+
+## begin gnulib module time
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/time.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <time.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/time.h: lib/time.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_TIME_H''@|$(NEXT_TIME_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CTIME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LOCALTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LOCALTIME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MKTIME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_NANOSLEEP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_NANOSLEEP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRFTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRFTIME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRPTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_STRPTIME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIMEGM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TIMEGM)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GET''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GET)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GETRES''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GETRES)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIME_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TIME_R)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIME_RZ''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TIME_RZ)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TZSET''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TZSET)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_TZSET''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_TZSET)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_NANOSLEEP''@|$(HAVE_NANOSLEEP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_STRPTIME''@|$(HAVE_STRPTIME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_TIMEGM''@|$(HAVE_TIMEGM)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET''@|$(HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_TIMESPEC_GETRES''@|$(HAVE_TIMESPEC_GETRES)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_TIMEZONE_T''@|$(HAVE_TIMEZONE_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CTIME''@|$(REPLACE_CTIME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GMTIME''@|$(REPLACE_GMTIME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOCALTIME''@|$(REPLACE_LOCALTIME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R''@|$(REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKTIME''@|$(REPLACE_MKTIME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_NANOSLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_NANOSLEEP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRFTIME''@|$(REPLACE_STRFTIME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_TIMEGM''@|$(REPLACE_TIMEGM)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_TZSET''@|$(REPLACE_TZSET)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''TIME_H_DEFINES_TIME_UTC''@|$(TIME_H_DEFINES_TIME_UTC)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/time.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/time.h lib/time.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/time.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module time
+
+## begin gnulib module time_r
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_TIME_R
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/time_r.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module time_r
+
+## begin gnulib module time_rz
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_TIME_RZ
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/time_rz.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/time-internal.h
+
+## end   gnulib module time_rz
+
+## begin gnulib module timegm
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_TIMEGM
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/timegm.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/mktime-internal.h
+
+## end   gnulib module timegm
+
+## begin gnulib module timespec
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/timespec.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/timespec.h
+
+## end   gnulib module timespec
+
+## begin gnulib module tls
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/glthread/tls.h lib/glthread/tls.c
+
+## end   gnulib module tls
+
+## begin gnulib module trim
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/trim.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/trim.h
+
+## end   gnulib module trim
+
+## begin gnulib module tzset
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_TZSET
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/tzset.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module tzset
+
+## begin gnulib module u64
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/u64.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/u64.h
+
+## end   gnulib module u64
+
+## begin gnulib module uname
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_UNAME
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/uname.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module uname
+
+## begin gnulib module unicodeio
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/unicodeio.h lib/unicodeio.c
+
+## end   gnulib module unicodeio
+
+## begin gnulib module unistd
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/unistd.h
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/unistd.c
+
+# We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for
+# <unistd.h> when the system doesn't have one.
+lib/unistd.h: lib/unistd.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_UNISTD_H''@|$(HAVE_UNISTD_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_UNISTD_H''@|$(NEXT_UNISTD_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ACCESS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ACCESS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CHDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CHDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CHOWN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CHOWN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_CLOSE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_CLOSE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_COPY_FILE_RANGE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_COPY_FILE_RANGE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DUP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP2''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DUP2)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP3''@/$(GL_GNULIB_DUP3)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ENVIRON''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ENVIRON)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EUIDACCESS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EUIDACCESS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECLE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECLE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECLP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECLP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECV)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECVE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECVE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECVP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECVP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_EXECVPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_EXECVPE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FACCESSAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FACCESSAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FCHDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHOWNAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FCHOWNAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDATASYNC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FDATASYNC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSYNC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FSYNC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTRUNCATE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FTRUNCATE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETCWD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETCWD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETENTROPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETENTROPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETGROUPS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETGROUPS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETLOGIN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETOPT_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETOPT_POSIX)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETPASS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETPASS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETPASS_GNU''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETPASS_GNU)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER''@/$(GL_GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISATTY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISATTY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LCHOWN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LCHOWN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LINK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LINK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LINKAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LINKAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_LSEEK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_LSEEK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PIPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PIPE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PIPE2''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PIPE2)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PREAD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PREAD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_PWRITE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_PWRITE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_READ''@/$(GL_GNULIB_READ)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_READLINK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_READLINK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_READLINKAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_READLINKAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_RMDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_RMDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SLEEP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SLEEP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYMLINK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SYMLINK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYMLINKAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_SYMLINKAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TRUNCATE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TRUNCATE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TTYNAME_R''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TTYNAME_R)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT''@/0$(GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLINK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNLINK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLINKAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UNLINKAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_USLEEP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_USLEEP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WRITE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WRITE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_ACCESS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_ACCESS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_CHDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_CHDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_CLOSE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_CLOSE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_DUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_DUP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_DUP2''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_DUP2)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECLE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECLE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECLP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECLP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECV''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECV)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECVE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECVP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_EXECVPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_EXECVPE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_GETCWD''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETCWD)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_GETPID''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_GETPID)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_ISATTY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_ISATTY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_LSEEK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_LSEEK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_READ''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_READ)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_RMDIR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_RMDIR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_SWAB''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_SWAB)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_UNLINK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_UNLINK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_WRITE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_WRITE)/g' \
+	      < $(top_srcdir)/lib/unistd.in.h | \
+	  sed -e 's|@''HAVE_CHOWN''@|$(HAVE_CHOWN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE''@|$(HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DUP3''@|$(HAVE_DUP3)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_EUIDACCESS''@|$(HAVE_EUIDACCESS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_EXECVPE''@|$(HAVE_EXECVPE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FACCESSAT''@|$(HAVE_FACCESSAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHDIR''@|$(HAVE_FCHDIR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHOWNAT''@|$(HAVE_FCHOWNAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FDATASYNC''@|$(HAVE_FDATASYNC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FSYNC''@|$(HAVE_FSYNC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(HAVE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE''@|$(HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GETENTROPY''@|$(HAVE_GETENTROPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GETGROUPS''@|$(HAVE_GETGROUPS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_GETHOSTNAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GETPASS''@|$(HAVE_GETPASS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER''@|$(HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LCHOWN''@|$(HAVE_LCHOWN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LINK''@|$(HAVE_LINK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_LINKAT''@|$(HAVE_LINKAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PIPE''@|$(HAVE_PIPE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PIPE2''@|$(HAVE_PIPE2)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PREAD''@|$(HAVE_PREAD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_PWRITE''@|$(HAVE_PWRITE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINK''@|$(HAVE_READLINK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_READLINKAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_SETHOSTNAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SLEEP''@|$(HAVE_SLEEP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYMLINK''@|$(HAVE_SYMLINK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYMLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_SYMLINKAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_UNLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_UNLINKAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_USLEEP''@|$(HAVE_USLEEP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_OS_H''@|$(HAVE_OS_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)|g' \
+	  | \
+	  sed -e 's|@''REPLACE_ACCESS''@|$(REPLACE_ACCESS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_CHOWN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_CLOSE''@|$(REPLACE_CLOSE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_COPY_FILE_RANGE''@|$(REPLACE_COPY_FILE_RANGE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_DUP''@|$(REPLACE_DUP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_DUP2''@|$(REPLACE_DUP2)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECL''@|$(REPLACE_EXECL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECLE''@|$(REPLACE_EXECLE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECLP''@|$(REPLACE_EXECLP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECV''@|$(REPLACE_EXECV)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECVE''@|$(REPLACE_EXECVE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECVP''@|$(REPLACE_EXECVP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_EXECVPE''@|$(REPLACE_EXECVPE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FACCESSAT''@|$(REPLACE_FACCESSAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCHOWNAT''@|$(REPLACE_FCHOWNAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(REPLACE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETCWD''@|$(REPLACE_GETCWD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME''@|$(REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE''@|$(REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETGROUPS''@|$(REPLACE_GETGROUPS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETPASS''@|$(REPLACE_GETPASS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETPASS_FOR_GETPASS_GNU''@|$(REPLACE_GETPASS_FOR_GETPASS_GNU)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_ISATTY''@|$(REPLACE_ISATTY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LCHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_LCHOWN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LINK''@|$(REPLACE_LINK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_LINKAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_LSEEK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PREAD''@|$(REPLACE_PREAD)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_PWRITE''@|$(REPLACE_PWRITE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_READ''@|$(REPLACE_READ)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_READLINK''@|$(REPLACE_READLINK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_READLINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_READLINKAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_RMDIR''@|$(REPLACE_RMDIR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_SLEEP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SYMLINK''@|$(REPLACE_SYMLINK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_SYMLINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_SYMLINKAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_TRUNCATE''@|$(REPLACE_TRUNCATE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_TTYNAME_R''@|$(REPLACE_TTYNAME_R)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNLINK''@|$(REPLACE_UNLINK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNLINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_UNLINKAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_USLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_USLEEP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_WRITE''@|$(REPLACE_WRITE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''UNISTD_H_HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H''@|$(UNISTD_H_HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS''@|$(UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/unistd.h lib/unistd.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/unistd.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module unistd
+
+## begin gnulib module unistd-safer
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/dup-safer.c lib/fd-safer.c lib/pipe-safer.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/unistd--.h lib/unistd-safer.h
+
+## end   gnulib module unistd-safer
+
+## begin gnulib module unistr/base
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(LIBUNISTRING_UNISTR_H)
+
+lib/unistr.h: lib/unistr.in.h
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) $(top_srcdir)/lib/unistr.in.h
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/unistr.h lib/unistr.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/unistr.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module unistr/base
+
+## begin gnulib module unistr/u8-mbtoucr
+
+if LIBUNISTRING_COMPILE_UNISTR_U8_MBTOUCR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/unistr/u8-mbtoucr.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module unistr/u8-mbtoucr
+
+## begin gnulib module unistr/u8-uctomb
+
+if LIBUNISTRING_COMPILE_UNISTR_U8_UCTOMB
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/unistr/u8-uctomb.c lib/unistr/u8-uctomb-aux.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module unistr/u8-uctomb
+
+## begin gnulib module unitypes
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(LIBUNISTRING_UNITYPES_H)
+
+lib/unitypes.h: lib/unitypes.in.h
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) $(top_srcdir)/lib/unitypes.in.h
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/unitypes.h lib/unitypes.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/unitypes.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module unitypes
+
+## begin gnulib module uniwidth/base
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(LIBUNISTRING_UNIWIDTH_H)
+
+lib/uniwidth.h: lib/uniwidth.in.h
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_TO_AT_t) $(top_srcdir)/lib/uniwidth.in.h
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/uniwidth.h lib/uniwidth.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/localcharset.h lib/uniwidth.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module uniwidth/base
+
+## begin gnulib module uniwidth/width
+
+if LIBUNISTRING_COMPILE_UNIWIDTH_WIDTH
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/uniwidth/width.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/unictype/bitmap.h lib/uniwidth/cjk.h lib/uniwidth/width0.h lib/uniwidth/width2.h
+
+## end   gnulib module uniwidth/width
+
+## begin gnulib module unlink
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_UNLINK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/unlink.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module unlink
+
+## begin gnulib module unlinkat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_UNLINKAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/unlinkat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module unlinkat
+
+## begin gnulib module unlinkdir
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/unlinkdir.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/unlinkdir.h
+
+## end   gnulib module unlinkdir
+
+## begin gnulib module unlocked-io-internal
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/unlocked-io.h
+
+## end   gnulib module unlocked-io-internal
+
+## begin gnulib module unsetenv
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_UNSETENV
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/unsetenv.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module unsetenv
+
+## begin gnulib module update-copyright
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/update-copyright
+
+## end   gnulib module update-copyright
+
+## begin gnulib module useless-if-before-free
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/useless-if-before-free
+
+## end   gnulib module useless-if-before-free
+
+## begin gnulib module userspec
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/userspec.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/userspec.h
+
+## end   gnulib module userspec
+
+## begin gnulib module utime
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_UTIME
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/utime.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module utime
+
+## begin gnulib module utime-h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/utime.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <utime.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/utime.h: lib/utime.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_UTIME_H''@/$(HAVE_UTIME_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_UTIME_H''@|$(NEXT_UTIME_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_UTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_UTIME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_UTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_UTIME)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_UTIME''@|$(HAVE_UTIME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_UTIME''@|$(REPLACE_UTIME)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/utime.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/utime.h lib/utime.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/utime.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module utime-h
+
+## begin gnulib module utimecmp
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/utimecmp.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/utimecmp.h
+
+## end   gnulib module utimecmp
+
+## begin gnulib module utimens
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/utimens.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/utimens.h
+
+## end   gnulib module utimens
+
+## begin gnulib module utimensat
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_UTIMENSAT
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/utimensat.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/at-func.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/at-func.c
+
+## end   gnulib module utimensat
+
+## begin gnulib module vasnprintf
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/asnprintf.c lib/float+.h lib/printf-args.c lib/printf-args.h lib/printf-parse.c lib/printf-parse.h lib/vasnprintf.c lib/vasnprintf.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/asnprintf.c lib/printf-args.c lib/printf-parse.c lib/vasnprintf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module vasnprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module vasprintf
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/asprintf.c lib/vasprintf.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/asprintf.c lib/vasprintf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module vasprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module vc-list-files
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/vc-list-files
+
+## end   gnulib module vc-list-files
+
+## begin gnulib module verify
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/verify.h
+
+## end   gnulib module verify
+
+## begin gnulib module verror
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/verror.h lib/verror.c
+
+## end   gnulib module verror
+
+## begin gnulib module version-etc
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/version-etc.h lib/version-etc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module version-etc
+
+## begin gnulib module version-etc-fsf
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/version-etc-fsf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module version-etc-fsf
+
+## begin gnulib module vfprintf-posix
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/vfprintf.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/vfprintf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module vfprintf-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module vprintf-posix
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/vprintf.c
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/vprintf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module vprintf-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module wchar
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/wchar.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create <wchar.h> when the system
+# version does not work standalone.
+lib/wchar.h: lib/wchar.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_FEATURES_H''@|$(HAVE_FEATURES_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_WCHAR_H''@|$(NEXT_WCHAR_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCHAR_H''@|$(HAVE_WCHAR_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_CRTDEFS_H''@/$(HAVE_CRTDEFS_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T''@/$(GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_BTOWC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_BTOWC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTOB''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCTOB)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSINIT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSINIT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBRTOWC''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBRTOWC)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBRLEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBRLEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCRTOMB''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCRTOMB)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCWIDTH''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCWIDTH)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WMEMCHR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMCMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WMEMCMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WMEMCPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMMOVE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WMEMMOVE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMPCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WMEMPCPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMSET''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WMEMSET)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSLEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSLEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNLEN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSNLEN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSCPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCPCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCPCPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSNCPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCPNCPY''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCPNCPY)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSCAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCAT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSNCAT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSCMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSNCMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCASECMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSCASECMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCOLL''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSCOLL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSXFRM''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSXFRM)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSDUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSDUP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSCHR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSRCHR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSRCHR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCSPN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSCSPN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSSPN''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSSPN)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSPBRK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSPBRK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSSTR''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSSTR)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSTOK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSTOK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSWIDTH''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSWIDTH)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSFTIME''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCSFTIME)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_MDA_WCSDUP''@/$(GL_GNULIB_MDA_WCSDUP)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREE_POSIX''@/$(GL_GNULIB_FREE_POSIX)/g' \
+	      < $(top_srcdir)/lib/wchar.in.h | \
+	  sed -e 's|@''HAVE_WINT_T''@|$(HAVE_WINT_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_BTOWC''@|$(HAVE_BTOWC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSINIT''@|$(HAVE_MBSINIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MBRTOWC''@|$(HAVE_MBRTOWC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MBRLEN''@|$(HAVE_MBRLEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSRTOWCS''@|$(HAVE_MBSRTOWCS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS''@|$(HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCRTOMB''@|$(HAVE_WCRTOMB)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSRTOMBS''@|$(HAVE_WCSRTOMBS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS''@|$(HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMCHR''@|$(HAVE_WMEMCHR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMCMP''@|$(HAVE_WMEMCMP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMCPY''@|$(HAVE_WMEMCPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMMOVE''@|$(HAVE_WMEMMOVE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMPCPY''@|$(HAVE_WMEMPCPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMSET''@|$(HAVE_WMEMSET)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSLEN''@|$(HAVE_WCSLEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNLEN''@|$(HAVE_WCSNLEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCSCPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCPCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCPCPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCPNCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCPNCPY)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCAT''@|$(HAVE_WCSCAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCAT''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCAT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSCMP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCMP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCASECMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSCASECMP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCASECMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCASECMP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCOLL''@|$(HAVE_WCSCOLL)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSXFRM''@|$(HAVE_WCSXFRM)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSDUP''@|$(HAVE_WCSDUP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCHR''@|$(HAVE_WCSCHR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSRCHR''@|$(HAVE_WCSRCHR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCSPN''@|$(HAVE_WCSCSPN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSSPN''@|$(HAVE_WCSSPN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSPBRK''@|$(HAVE_WCSPBRK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSSTR''@|$(HAVE_WCSSTR)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSTOK''@|$(HAVE_WCSTOK)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSWIDTH''@|$(HAVE_WCSWIDTH)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSFTIME''@|$(HAVE_WCSFTIME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_WCTOB''@|$(HAVE_DECL_WCTOB)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_WCSDUP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_WCSDUP)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH''@|$(HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH)|g' \
+	  | \
+	  sed -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSTATE_T''@|$(REPLACE_MBSTATE_T)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_BTOWC''@|$(REPLACE_BTOWC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCTOB''@|$(REPLACE_WCTOB)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREE''@|$(REPLACE_FREE)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSINIT''@|$(REPLACE_MBSINIT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBRTOWC''@|$(REPLACE_MBRTOWC)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBRLEN''@|$(REPLACE_MBRLEN)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS''@|$(REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS''@|$(REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCRTOMB''@|$(REPLACE_WCRTOMB)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS''@|$(REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS''@|$(REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCWIDTH''@|$(REPLACE_WCWIDTH)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSWIDTH''@|$(REPLACE_WCSWIDTH)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSFTIME''@|$(REPLACE_WCSFTIME)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSTOK''@|$(REPLACE_WCSTOK)|g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/wchar.h lib/wchar.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/wchar.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module wchar
+
+## begin gnulib module wcrtomb
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WCRTOMB
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/wcrtomb.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module wcrtomb
+
+## begin gnulib module wcswidth
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WCSWIDTH
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/wcswidth.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/wcswidth-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module wcswidth
+
+## begin gnulib module wctype-h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += lib/wctype.h
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/wctype-h.c
+
+# We need the following in order to create <wctype.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+lib/wctype.h: lib/wctype.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) '%reldir%'
+	$(gl_V_at)$(SED_HEADER_STDOUT) \
+	      -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_WCTYPE_H''@/$(HAVE_WCTYPE_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+	      -e 's|@''NEXT_WCTYPE_H''@|$(NEXT_WCTYPE_H)|g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_CRTDEFS_H''@/$(HAVE_CRTDEFS_H)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T''@/$(GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISWBLANK''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISWBLANK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISWDIGIT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISWDIGIT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISWXDIGIT''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISWXDIGIT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTYPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCTYPE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISWCTYPE''@/$(GL_GNULIB_ISWCTYPE)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTRANS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_WCTRANS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''GNULIB_TOWCTRANS''@/$(GL_GNULIB_TOWCTRANS)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_ISWBLANK''@/$(HAVE_ISWBLANK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_ISWCNTRL''@/$(HAVE_ISWCNTRL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_WCTYPE_T''@/$(HAVE_WCTYPE_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_WCTRANS_T''@/$(HAVE_WCTRANS_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''HAVE_WINT_T''@/$(HAVE_WINT_T)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''REPLACE_ISWBLANK''@/$(REPLACE_ISWBLANK)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''REPLACE_ISWDIGIT''@/$(REPLACE_ISWDIGIT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''REPLACE_ISWXDIGIT''@/$(REPLACE_ISWXDIGIT)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''REPLACE_ISWCNTRL''@/$(REPLACE_ISWCNTRL)/g' \
+	      -e 's/@''REPLACE_TOWLOWER''@/$(REPLACE_TOWLOWER)/g' \
+	      -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+	      -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+	      $(top_srcdir)/lib/wctype.in.h > $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += lib/wctype.h lib/wctype.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/wctype.in.h
+
+## end   gnulib module wctype-h
+
+## begin gnulib module wcwidth
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WCWIDTH
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/wcwidth.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module wcwidth
+
+## begin gnulib module windows-cond
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WINDOWS_COND
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/windows-cond.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/windows-cond.h lib/windows-initguard.h
+
+## end   gnulib module windows-cond
+
+## begin gnulib module windows-mutex
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WINDOWS_MUTEX
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/windows-mutex.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/windows-initguard.h lib/windows-mutex.h
+
+## end   gnulib module windows-mutex
+
+## begin gnulib module windows-once
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WINDOWS_ONCE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/windows-once.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/windows-once.h
+
+## end   gnulib module windows-once
+
+## begin gnulib module windows-recmutex
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WINDOWS_RECMUTEX
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/windows-recmutex.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/windows-initguard.h lib/windows-recmutex.h
+
+## end   gnulib module windows-recmutex
+
+## begin gnulib module windows-rwlock
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WINDOWS_RWLOCK
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/windows-rwlock.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/windows-initguard.h lib/windows-rwlock.h
+
+## end   gnulib module windows-rwlock
+
+## begin gnulib module windows-thread
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WINDOWS_THREAD
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/windows-thread.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/windows-thread.h
+
+## end   gnulib module windows-thread
+
+## begin gnulib module windows-timedmutex
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WINDOWS_TIMEDMUTEX
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/windows-timedmutex.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/windows-initguard.h lib/windows-timedmutex.h
+
+## end   gnulib module windows-timedmutex
+
+## begin gnulib module windows-timedrecmutex
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WINDOWS_TIMEDRECMUTEX
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/windows-timedrecmutex.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/windows-initguard.h lib/windows-timedrecmutex.h
+
+## end   gnulib module windows-timedrecmutex
+
+## begin gnulib module windows-tls
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WINDOWS_TLS
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/windows-tls.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/windows-tls.h
+
+## end   gnulib module windows-tls
+
+## begin gnulib module wmemchr
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WMEMCHR
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/wmemchr.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/wmemchr-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module wmemchr
+
+## begin gnulib module wmempcpy
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WMEMPCPY
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/wmempcpy.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module wmempcpy
+
+## begin gnulib module write
+
+if GL_COND_OBJ_WRITE
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/write.c
+endif
+
+## end   gnulib module write
+
+## begin gnulib module write-any-file
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/write-any-file.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/write-any-file.h
+
+## end   gnulib module write-any-file
+
+## begin gnulib module xalignalloc
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xalignalloc.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xalignalloc
+
+## begin gnulib module xalloc
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xmalloc.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xalloc.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xalloc
+
+## begin gnulib module xalloc-die
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xalloc-die.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xalloc.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xalloc-die
+
+## begin gnulib module xalloc-oversized
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xalloc-oversized.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xalloc-oversized
+
+## begin gnulib module xbinary-io
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xbinary-io.h lib/xbinary-io.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xbinary-io
+
+## begin gnulib module xdectoint
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xdectoimax.c lib/xdectoumax.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xdectoint.c lib/xdectoint.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xdectoint.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xdectoint
+
+## begin gnulib module xfts
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xfts.c lib/xfts.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xfts
+
+## begin gnulib module xgetcwd
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xgetcwd.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xgetcwd.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xgetcwd
+
+## begin gnulib module xgetgroups
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xgetgroups.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xgetgroups
+
+## begin gnulib module xgethostname
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xgethostname.h lib/xgethostname.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xgetaname-impl.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xgethostname
+
+## begin gnulib module xmemcoll
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xmemcoll.h lib/xmemcoll.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xmemcoll
+
+## begin gnulib module xnanosleep
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xnanosleep.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xnanosleep.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xnanosleep
+
+## begin gnulib module xprintf
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xprintf.h lib/xprintf.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module xreadlink
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xreadlink.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xreadlink.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xreadlink
+
+## begin gnulib module xsize
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xsize.h lib/xsize.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xsize
+
+## begin gnulib module xstriconv
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xstriconv.h lib/xstriconv.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xstriconv
+
+## begin gnulib module xstrtod
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xstrtod.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xstrtod.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xstrtod
+
+## begin gnulib module xstrtoimax
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xstrtoimax.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xstrtoimax
+
+## begin gnulib module xstrtol
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xstrtol.c lib/xstrtoul.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xstrtol.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xstrtol
+
+## begin gnulib module xstrtol-error
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xstrtol-error.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xstrtol-error.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xstrtol-error
+
+## begin gnulib module xstrtold
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xstrtold.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xstrtod.c lib/xstrtod.h
+
+EXTRA_lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xstrtod.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xstrtold
+
+## begin gnulib module xstrtoumax
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xstrtoumax.c
+
+## end   gnulib module xstrtoumax
+
+## begin gnulib module xvasprintf
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/xvasprintf.h lib/xvasprintf.c lib/xasprintf.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/xalloc.h
+
+## end   gnulib module xvasprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module yesno
+
+lib_libcoreutils_a_SOURCES += lib/yesno.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += lib/yesno.h
+
+## end   gnulib module yesno
+
+
+mostlyclean-local: mostlyclean-generic
+	@for dir in '' $(MOSTLYCLEANDIRS); do \
+	  if test -n "$$dir" && test -d $$dir; then \
+	    echo "rmdir $$dir"; rmdir $$dir; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	:
+distclean-local: distclean-gnulib-libobjs
+distclean-gnulib-libobjs:
+	-rm -f @gl_LIBOBJDEPS@
+maintainer-clean-local: distclean-gnulib-libobjs
diff --git a/lib/group-member.c b/lib/group-member.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..480a126
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/group-member.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* group-member.c -- determine whether group id is in calling user's group list
+
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1997-1998, 2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+/* Most processes have no more than this many groups, and for these
+   processes we can avoid using malloc.  */
+enum { GROUPBUF_SIZE = 100 };
+
+struct group_info
+  {
+    gid_t *group;
+    gid_t groupbuf[GROUPBUF_SIZE];
+  };
+
+static void
+free_group_info (struct group_info const *g)
+{
+  if (g->group != g->groupbuf)
+    free (g->group);
+}
+
+static int
+get_group_info (struct group_info *gi)
+{
+  int n_groups = getgroups (GROUPBUF_SIZE, gi->groupbuf);
+  gi->group = gi->groupbuf;
+
+  if (n_groups < 0)
+    {
+      int n_group_slots = getgroups (0, NULL);
+      size_t nbytes;
+      if (! INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (n_group_slots, sizeof *gi->group, &nbytes))
+        {
+          gi->group = malloc (nbytes);
+          if (gi->group)
+            n_groups = getgroups (n_group_slots, gi->group);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* In case of error, the user loses.  */
+  return n_groups;
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if GID is one that we have in our groups list.
+   Note that the groups list is not guaranteed to contain the current
+   or effective group ID, so they should generally be checked
+   separately.  */
+
+int
+group_member (gid_t gid)
+{
+  int i;
+  int found;
+  struct group_info gi;
+  int n_groups = get_group_info (&gi);
+
+  /* Search through the list looking for GID. */
+  found = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_groups; i++)
+    {
+      if (gid == gi.group[i])
+        {
+          found = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  free_group_info (&gi);
+
+  return found;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      gid_t gid;
+
+      gid = atoi (argv[i]);
+      printf ("%d: %s\n", gid, group_member (gid) ? "yes" : "no");
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/hard-locale.c b/lib/hard-locale.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7fbc47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hard-locale.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* hard-locale.c -- Determine whether a locale is hard.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-1999, 2002-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "hard-locale.h"
+
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+hard_locale (int category)
+{
+  char locale[SETLOCALE_NULL_MAX];
+
+  if (setlocale_null_r (category, locale, sizeof (locale)))
+    return false;
+
+  return !(strcmp (locale, "C") == 0 || strcmp (locale, "POSIX") == 0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/hard-locale.h b/lib/hard-locale.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6066f4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hard-locale.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Determine whether a locale is hard.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2003-2004, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef HARD_LOCALE_H_
+# define HARD_LOCALE_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Return true if the specified CATEGORY of the current locale is hard, i.e.
+   different from the C or POSIX locale that has a fixed behavior.
+   CATEGORY must be one of the LC_* values, but not LC_ALL.  */
+extern bool hard_locale (int category);
+
+#endif /* HARD_LOCALE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/hash-pjw.c b/lib/hash-pjw.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ba139d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hash-pjw.c
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* hash-pjw.c -- compute a hash value from a NUL-terminated string.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "hash-pjw.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define SIZE_BITS (sizeof (size_t) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+/* A hash function for NUL-terminated char* strings using
+   the method described by Bruno Haible.
+   See https://www.haible.de/bruno/hashfunc.html.  */
+
+size_t
+hash_pjw (const void *x, size_t tablesize)
+{
+  const char *s;
+  size_t h = 0;
+
+  for (s = x; *s; s++)
+    h = *s + ((h << 9) | (h >> (SIZE_BITS - 9)));
+
+  return h % tablesize;
+}
diff --git a/lib/hash-pjw.h b/lib/hash-pjw.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdf4da2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hash-pjw.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* hash-pjw.h -- declaration for a simple hash function
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Compute a hash code for a NUL-terminated string starting at X,
+   and return the hash code modulo TABLESIZE.
+   The result is platform dependent: it depends on the size of the 'size_t'
+   type and on the signedness of the 'char' type.  */
+extern size_t hash_pjw (void const *x, size_t tablesize) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
diff --git a/lib/hash-triple-simple.c b/lib/hash-triple-simple.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b021f34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hash-triple-simple.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Hash functions for file-related triples: name, device, inode.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "hash-triple.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "hash-pjw.h"
+#include "same-inode.h"
+
+#define STREQ(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
+
+/* Hash an F_triple, and *do* consider the file name.  */
+size_t
+triple_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size)
+{
+  struct F_triple const *p = x;
+  size_t tmp = hash_pjw (p->name, table_size);
+
+  /* Ignoring the device number here should be fine.  */
+  return (tmp ^ p->st_ino) % table_size;
+}
+
+/* Compare two F_triple structs.  */
+bool
+triple_compare_ino_str (void const *x, void const *y)
+{
+  struct F_triple const *a = x;
+  struct F_triple const *b = y;
+  return (SAME_INODE (*a, *b) && STREQ (a->name, b->name)) ? true : false;
+}
+
+/* Free an F_triple.  */
+void
+triple_free (void *x)
+{
+  struct F_triple *a = x;
+  free (a->name);
+  free (a);
+}
diff --git a/lib/hash-triple.c b/lib/hash-triple.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfb98b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hash-triple.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Hash functions for file-related triples: name, device, inode.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "hash-triple.h"
+
+#include "same.h"
+#include "same-inode.h"
+
+/* Hash an F_triple, without considering the file name.  */
+size_t
+triple_hash_no_name (void const *x, size_t table_size)
+{
+  struct F_triple const *p = x;
+
+  /* Ignoring the device number here should be fine.  */
+  return p->st_ino % table_size;
+}
+
+/* Compare two F_triple structs.  */
+bool
+triple_compare (void const *x, void const *y)
+{
+  struct F_triple const *a = x;
+  struct F_triple const *b = y;
+  return (SAME_INODE (*a, *b) && same_name (a->name, b->name)) ? true : false;
+}
diff --git a/lib/hash-triple.h b/lib/hash-triple.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..929995f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hash-triple.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Hash functions for file-related (name, device, inode) triples.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering, 2007.  */
+
+#ifndef HASH_TRIPLE_H
+#define HASH_TRIPLE_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Describe a just-created or just-renamed destination file.  */
+struct F_triple
+{
+  char *name;
+  ino_t st_ino;
+  dev_t st_dev;
+};
+
+/* Defined in module 'hash-triple-simple'.  */
+
+extern size_t triple_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern bool triple_compare_ino_str (void const *x, void const *y)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern void triple_free (void *x);
+
+/* Defined in module 'hash-triple'.  */
+extern size_t triple_hash_no_name (void const *x, size_t table_size)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern bool triple_compare (void const *x, void const *y);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/hash.c b/lib/hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb72341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1106 @@
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering, 1992.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+/* Define USE_OBSTACK to 1 if you want the allocator to use obstacks instead
+   of malloc.  If you change USE_OBSTACK, you have to recompile!  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "hash.h"
+
+#include "bitrotate.h"
+#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+# include "obstack.h"
+# ifndef obstack_chunk_alloc
+#  define obstack_chunk_alloc malloc
+# endif
+# ifndef obstack_chunk_free
+#  define obstack_chunk_free free
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct hash_entry
+  {
+    void *data;
+    struct hash_entry *next;
+  };
+
+struct hash_table
+  {
+    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
+       for a possibility of N_BUCKETS.  Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets
+       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
+    struct hash_entry *bucket;
+    struct hash_entry const *bucket_limit;
+    size_t n_buckets;
+    size_t n_buckets_used;
+    size_t n_entries;
+
+    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physically separate structure.  */
+    const Hash_tuning *tuning;
+
+    /* Three functions are given to 'hash_initialize', see the documentation
+       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
+       into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns
+       true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup
+       function for a user entry.  */
+    Hash_hasher hasher;
+    Hash_comparator comparator;
+    Hash_data_freer data_freer;
+
+    /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs.  */
+    struct hash_entry *free_entry_list;
+
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+    struct obstack entry_stack;
+#endif
+  };
+
+/* A hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to
+   some user-provided data (also called a user entry).  An entry indistinctly
+   refers to both the internal entry and its associated user entry.  A user
+   entry contents may be hashed by a randomization function (the hashing
+   function, or just "hasher" for short) into a number (or "slot") between 0
+   and the current table size.  At each slot position in the hash table,
+   starts a linked chain of entries for which the user data all hash to this
+   slot.  A bucket is the collection of all entries hashing to the same slot.
+
+   A good "hasher" function will distribute entries rather evenly in buckets.
+   In the ideal case, the length of each bucket is roughly the number of
+   entries divided by the table size.  Finding the slot for a data is usually
+   done in constant time by the "hasher", and the later finding of a precise
+   entry is linear in time with the size of the bucket.  Consequently, a
+   larger hash table size (that is, a larger number of buckets) is prone to
+   yielding shorter chains, *given* the "hasher" function behaves properly.
+
+   Long buckets slow down the lookup algorithm.  One might use big hash table
+   sizes in hope to reduce the average length of buckets, but this might
+   become inordinate, as unused slots in the hash table take some space.  The
+   best bet is to make sure you are using a good "hasher" function (beware
+   that those are not that easy to write! :-), and to use a table size
+   larger than the actual number of entries.  */
+
+/* If an insertion makes the ratio of nonempty buckets to table size larger
+   than the growth threshold (a number between 0.0 and 1.0), then increase
+   the table size by multiplying by the growth factor (a number greater than
+   1.0).  The growth threshold defaults to 0.8, and the growth factor
+   defaults to 1.414, meaning that the table will have doubled its size
+   every second time 80% of the buckets get used.  */
+#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD 0.8f
+#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR 1.414f
+
+/* If a deletion empties a bucket and causes the ratio of used buckets to
+   table size to become smaller than the shrink threshold (a number between
+   0.0 and 1.0), then shrink the table by multiplying by the shrink factor (a
+   number greater than the shrink threshold but smaller than 1.0).  The shrink
+   threshold and factor default to 0.0 and 1.0, meaning that the table never
+   shrinks.  */
+#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD 0.0f
+#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR 1.0f
+
+/* Use this to initialize or reset a TUNING structure to
+   some sensible values. */
+static const Hash_tuning default_tuning =
+  {
+    DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD,
+    DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR,
+    DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD,
+    DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR,
+    false
+  };
+
+/* Information and lookup.  */
+
+size_t
+hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  return table->n_buckets;
+}
+
+size_t
+hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  return table->n_buckets_used;
+}
+
+size_t
+hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  return table->n_entries;
+}
+
+size_t
+hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket;
+  size_t max_bucket_length = 0;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      if (bucket->data)
+        {
+          struct hash_entry const *cursor = bucket;
+          size_t bucket_length = 1;
+
+          while (cursor = cursor->next, cursor)
+            bucket_length++;
+
+          if (bucket_length > max_bucket_length)
+            max_bucket_length = bucket_length;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return max_bucket_length;
+}
+
+bool
+hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket;
+  size_t n_buckets_used = 0;
+  size_t n_entries = 0;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      if (bucket->data)
+        {
+          struct hash_entry const *cursor = bucket;
+
+          /* Count bucket head.  */
+          n_buckets_used++;
+          n_entries++;
+
+          /* Count bucket overflow.  */
+          while (cursor = cursor->next, cursor)
+            n_entries++;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (n_buckets_used == table->n_buckets_used && n_entries == table->n_entries)
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+void
+hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *table, FILE *stream)
+{
+  size_t n_entries = hash_get_n_entries (table);
+  size_t n_buckets = hash_get_n_buckets (table);
+  size_t n_buckets_used = hash_get_n_buckets_used (table);
+  size_t max_bucket_length = hash_get_max_bucket_length (table);
+
+  fprintf (stream, "# entries:         %lu\n", (unsigned long int) n_entries);
+  fprintf (stream, "# buckets:         %lu\n", (unsigned long int) n_buckets);
+  fprintf (stream, "# buckets used:    %lu (%.2f%%)\n",
+           (unsigned long int) n_buckets_used,
+           (100.0 * n_buckets_used) / n_buckets);
+  fprintf (stream, "max bucket length: %lu\n",
+           (unsigned long int) max_bucket_length);
+}
+
+/* Hash KEY and return a pointer to the selected bucket.
+   If TABLE->hasher misbehaves, abort.  */
+static struct hash_entry *
+safe_hasher (const Hash_table *table, const void *key)
+{
+  size_t n = table->hasher (key, table->n_buckets);
+  if (! (n < table->n_buckets))
+    abort ();
+  return table->bucket + n;
+}
+
+void *
+hash_lookup (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
+{
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket = safe_hasher (table, entry);
+  struct hash_entry const *cursor;
+
+  if (bucket->data == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+    if (entry == cursor->data || table->comparator (entry, cursor->data))
+      return cursor->data;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Walking.  */
+
+void *
+hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket;
+
+  if (table->n_entries == 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; ; bucket++)
+    if (! (bucket < table->bucket_limit))
+      abort ();
+    else if (bucket->data)
+      return bucket->data;
+}
+
+void *
+hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
+{
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket = safe_hasher (table, entry);
+  struct hash_entry const *cursor;
+
+  /* Find next entry in the same bucket.  */
+  cursor = bucket;
+  do
+    {
+      if (cursor->data == entry && cursor->next)
+        return cursor->next->data;
+      cursor = cursor->next;
+    }
+  while (cursor != NULL);
+
+  /* Find first entry in any subsequent bucket.  */
+  while (++bucket < table->bucket_limit)
+    if (bucket->data)
+      return bucket->data;
+
+  /* None found.  */
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+size_t
+hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
+                  size_t buffer_size)
+{
+  size_t counter = 0;
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket;
+  struct hash_entry const *cursor;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      if (bucket->data)
+        {
+          for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+            {
+              if (counter >= buffer_size)
+                return counter;
+              buffer[counter++] = cursor->data;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return counter;
+}
+
+size_t
+hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *table, Hash_processor processor,
+                  void *processor_data)
+{
+  size_t counter = 0;
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket;
+  struct hash_entry const *cursor;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      if (bucket->data)
+        {
+          for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+            {
+              if (! processor (cursor->data, processor_data))
+                return counter;
+              counter++;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return counter;
+}
+
+/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
+
+#if USE_DIFF_HASH
+
+/* About hashings, Paul Eggert writes to me (FP), on 1994-01-01: "Please see
+   B. J. McKenzie, R. Harries & T. Bell, Selecting a hashing algorithm,
+   Software--practice & experience 20, 2 (Feb 1990), 209-224.  Good hash
+   algorithms tend to be domain-specific, so what's good for [diffutils'] io.c
+   may not be good for your application."  */
+
+size_t
+hash_string (const char *string, size_t n_buckets)
+{
+# define HASH_ONE_CHAR(Value, Byte) \
+  ((Byte) + rotl_sz (Value, 7))
+
+  size_t value = 0;
+  unsigned char ch;
+
+  for (; (ch = *string); string++)
+    value = HASH_ONE_CHAR (value, ch);
+  return value % n_buckets;
+
+# undef HASH_ONE_CHAR
+}
+
+#else /* not USE_DIFF_HASH */
+
+/* This one comes from 'recode', and performs a bit better than the above as
+   per a few experiments.  It is inspired from a hashing routine found in the
+   very old Cyber 'snoop', itself written in typical Greg Mansfield style.
+   (By the way, what happened to this excellent man?  Is he still alive?)  */
+
+size_t
+hash_string (const char *string, size_t n_buckets)
+{
+  size_t value = 0;
+  unsigned char ch;
+
+  for (; (ch = *string); string++)
+    value = (value * 31 + ch) % n_buckets;
+  return value;
+}
+
+#endif /* not USE_DIFF_HASH */
+
+/* Return true if CANDIDATE is a prime number.  CANDIDATE should be an odd
+   number at least equal to 11.  */
+
+static bool _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+is_prime (size_t candidate)
+{
+  size_t divisor = 3;
+  size_t square = divisor * divisor;
+
+  while (square < candidate && (candidate % divisor))
+    {
+      divisor++;
+      square += 4 * divisor;
+      divisor++;
+    }
+
+  return (candidate % divisor ? true : false);
+}
+
+/* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that
+   prime.  Primes lower than 10 are merely skipped.  */
+
+static size_t _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+next_prime (size_t candidate)
+{
+  /* Skip small primes.  */
+  if (candidate < 10)
+    candidate = 10;
+
+  /* Make it definitely odd.  */
+  candidate |= 1;
+
+  while (SIZE_MAX != candidate && !is_prime (candidate))
+    candidate += 2;
+
+  return candidate;
+}
+
+void
+hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *tuning)
+{
+  *tuning = default_tuning;
+}
+
+/* If the user passes a NULL hasher, we hash the raw pointer.  */
+static size_t
+raw_hasher (const void *data, size_t n)
+{
+  /* When hashing unique pointers, it is often the case that they were
+     generated by malloc and thus have the property that the low-order
+     bits are 0.  As this tends to give poorer performance with small
+     tables, we rotate the pointer value before performing division,
+     in an attempt to improve hash quality.  */
+  size_t val = rotr_sz ((size_t) data, 3);
+  return val % n;
+}
+
+/* If the user passes a NULL comparator, we use pointer comparison.  */
+static bool
+raw_comparator (const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+  return a == b;
+}
+
+
+/* For the given hash TABLE, check the user supplied tuning structure for
+   reasonable values, and return true if there is no gross error with it.
+   Otherwise, definitively reset the TUNING field to some acceptable default
+   in the hash table (that is, the user loses the right of further modifying
+   tuning arguments), and return false.  */
+
+static bool
+check_tuning (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+  float epsilon;
+  if (tuning == &default_tuning)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Be a bit stricter than mathematics would require, so that
+     rounding errors in size calculations do not cause allocations to
+     fail to grow or shrink as they should.  The smallest allocation
+     is 11 (due to next_prime's algorithm), so an epsilon of 0.1
+     should be good enough.  */
+  epsilon = 0.1f;
+
+  if (epsilon < tuning->growth_threshold
+      && tuning->growth_threshold < 1 - epsilon
+      && 1 + epsilon < tuning->growth_factor
+      && 0 <= tuning->shrink_threshold
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold + epsilon < tuning->shrink_factor
+      && tuning->shrink_factor <= 1
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold + epsilon < tuning->growth_threshold)
+    return true;
+
+  table->tuning = &default_tuning;
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Compute the size of the bucket array for the given CANDIDATE and
+   TUNING, or return 0 if there is no possible way to allocate that
+   many entries.  */
+
+static size_t _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+compute_bucket_size (size_t candidate, const Hash_tuning *tuning)
+{
+  if (!tuning->is_n_buckets)
+    {
+      float new_candidate = candidate / tuning->growth_threshold;
+      if ((float) SIZE_MAX <= new_candidate)
+        return 0;
+      candidate = new_candidate;
+    }
+  candidate = next_prime (candidate);
+  if (xalloc_oversized (candidate, sizeof (struct hash_entry *)))
+    return 0;
+  return candidate;
+}
+
+Hash_table *
+hash_initialize (size_t candidate, const Hash_tuning *tuning,
+                 Hash_hasher hasher, Hash_comparator comparator,
+                 Hash_data_freer data_freer)
+{
+  Hash_table *table;
+
+  if (hasher == NULL)
+    hasher = raw_hasher;
+  if (comparator == NULL)
+    comparator = raw_comparator;
+
+  table = malloc (sizeof *table);
+  if (table == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (!tuning)
+    tuning = &default_tuning;
+  table->tuning = tuning;
+  if (!check_tuning (table))
+    {
+      /* Fail if the tuning options are invalid.  This is the only occasion
+         when the user gets some feedback about it.  Once the table is created,
+         if the user provides invalid tuning options, we silently revert to
+         using the defaults, and ignore further request to change the tuning
+         options.  */
+      goto fail;
+    }
+
+  table->n_buckets = compute_bucket_size (candidate, tuning);
+  if (!table->n_buckets)
+    goto fail;
+
+  table->bucket = calloc (table->n_buckets, sizeof *table->bucket);
+  if (table->bucket == NULL)
+    goto fail;
+  table->bucket_limit = table->bucket + table->n_buckets;
+  table->n_buckets_used = 0;
+  table->n_entries = 0;
+
+  table->hasher = hasher;
+  table->comparator = comparator;
+  table->data_freer = data_freer;
+
+  table->free_entry_list = NULL;
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+  obstack_init (&table->entry_stack);
+#endif
+  return table;
+
+ fail:
+  free (table);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+hash_clear (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *bucket;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      if (bucket->data)
+        {
+          struct hash_entry *cursor;
+          struct hash_entry *next;
+
+          /* Free the bucket overflow.  */
+          for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next)
+            {
+              if (table->data_freer)
+                table->data_freer (cursor->data);
+              cursor->data = NULL;
+
+              next = cursor->next;
+              /* Relinking is done one entry at a time, as it is to be expected
+                 that overflows are either rare or short.  */
+              cursor->next = table->free_entry_list;
+              table->free_entry_list = cursor;
+            }
+
+          /* Free the bucket head.  */
+          if (table->data_freer)
+            table->data_freer (bucket->data);
+          bucket->data = NULL;
+          bucket->next = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+  table->n_buckets_used = 0;
+  table->n_entries = 0;
+}
+
+void
+hash_free (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *bucket;
+  struct hash_entry *cursor;
+  struct hash_entry *next;
+
+  /* Call the user data_freer function.  */
+  if (table->data_freer && table->n_entries)
+    {
+      for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+        {
+          if (bucket->data)
+            {
+              for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+                table->data_freer (cursor->data);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+
+  obstack_free (&table->entry_stack, NULL);
+
+#else
+
+  /* Free all bucket overflowed entries.  */
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next)
+        {
+          next = cursor->next;
+          free (cursor);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Also reclaim the internal list of previously freed entries.  */
+  for (cursor = table->free_entry_list; cursor; cursor = next)
+    {
+      next = cursor->next;
+      free (cursor);
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  /* Free the remainder of the hash table structure.  */
+  free (table->bucket);
+  free (table);
+}
+
+/* Insertion and deletion.  */
+
+/* Get a new hash entry for a bucket overflow, possibly by recycling a
+   previously freed one.  If this is not possible, allocate a new one.  */
+
+static struct hash_entry *
+allocate_entry (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *new;
+
+  if (table->free_entry_list)
+    {
+      new = table->free_entry_list;
+      table->free_entry_list = new->next;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+      new = obstack_alloc (&table->entry_stack, sizeof *new);
+#else
+      new = malloc (sizeof *new);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* Free a hash entry which was part of some bucket overflow,
+   saving it for later recycling.  */
+
+static void
+free_entry (Hash_table *table, struct hash_entry *entry)
+{
+  entry->data = NULL;
+  entry->next = table->free_entry_list;
+  table->free_entry_list = entry;
+}
+
+/* This private function is used to help with insertion and deletion.  When
+   ENTRY matches an entry in the table, return a pointer to the corresponding
+   user data and set *BUCKET_HEAD to the head of the selected bucket.
+   Otherwise, return NULL.  When DELETE is true and ENTRY matches an entry in
+   the table, unlink the matching entry.  */
+
+static void *
+hash_find_entry (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,
+                 struct hash_entry **bucket_head, bool delete)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *bucket = safe_hasher (table, entry);
+  struct hash_entry *cursor;
+
+  *bucket_head = bucket;
+
+  /* Test for empty bucket.  */
+  if (bucket->data == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* See if the entry is the first in the bucket.  */
+  if (entry == bucket->data || table->comparator (entry, bucket->data))
+    {
+      void *data = bucket->data;
+
+      if (delete)
+        {
+          if (bucket->next)
+            {
+              struct hash_entry *next = bucket->next;
+
+              /* Bump the first overflow entry into the bucket head, then save
+                 the previous first overflow entry for later recycling.  */
+              *bucket = *next;
+              free_entry (table, next);
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              bucket->data = NULL;
+            }
+        }
+
+      return data;
+    }
+
+  /* Scan the bucket overflow.  */
+  for (cursor = bucket; cursor->next; cursor = cursor->next)
+    {
+      if (entry == cursor->next->data
+          || table->comparator (entry, cursor->next->data))
+        {
+          void *data = cursor->next->data;
+
+          if (delete)
+            {
+              struct hash_entry *next = cursor->next;
+
+              /* Unlink the entry to delete, then save the freed entry for later
+                 recycling.  */
+              cursor->next = next->next;
+              free_entry (table, next);
+            }
+
+          return data;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* No entry found.  */
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Internal helper, to move entries from SRC to DST.  Both tables must
+   share the same free entry list.  If SAFE, only move overflow
+   entries, saving bucket heads for later, so that no allocations will
+   occur.  Return false if the free entry list is exhausted and an
+   allocation fails.  */
+
+static bool
+transfer_entries (Hash_table *dst, Hash_table *src, bool safe)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *bucket;
+  struct hash_entry *cursor;
+  struct hash_entry *next;
+  for (bucket = src->bucket; bucket < src->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    if (bucket->data)
+      {
+        void *data;
+        struct hash_entry *new_bucket;
+
+        /* Within each bucket, transfer overflow entries first and
+           then the bucket head, to minimize memory pressure.  After
+           all, the only time we might allocate is when moving the
+           bucket head, but moving overflow entries first may create
+           free entries that can be recycled by the time we finally
+           get to the bucket head.  */
+        for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next)
+          {
+            data = cursor->data;
+            new_bucket = safe_hasher (dst, data);
+
+            next = cursor->next;
+
+            if (new_bucket->data)
+              {
+                /* Merely relink an existing entry, when moving from a
+                   bucket overflow into a bucket overflow.  */
+                cursor->next = new_bucket->next;
+                new_bucket->next = cursor;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                /* Free an existing entry, when moving from a bucket
+                   overflow into a bucket header.  */
+                new_bucket->data = data;
+                dst->n_buckets_used++;
+                free_entry (dst, cursor);
+              }
+          }
+        /* Now move the bucket head.  Be sure that if we fail due to
+           allocation failure that the src table is in a consistent
+           state.  */
+        data = bucket->data;
+        bucket->next = NULL;
+        if (safe)
+          continue;
+        new_bucket = safe_hasher (dst, data);
+
+        if (new_bucket->data)
+          {
+            /* Allocate or recycle an entry, when moving from a bucket
+               header into a bucket overflow.  */
+            struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (dst);
+
+            if (new_entry == NULL)
+              return false;
+
+            new_entry->data = data;
+            new_entry->next = new_bucket->next;
+            new_bucket->next = new_entry;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            /* Move from one bucket header to another.  */
+            new_bucket->data = data;
+            dst->n_buckets_used++;
+          }
+        bucket->data = NULL;
+        src->n_buckets_used--;
+      }
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool
+hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, size_t candidate)
+{
+  Hash_table storage;
+  Hash_table *new_table;
+  size_t new_size = compute_bucket_size (candidate, table->tuning);
+
+  if (!new_size)
+    return false;
+  if (new_size == table->n_buckets)
+    return true;
+  new_table = &storage;
+  new_table->bucket = calloc (new_size, sizeof *new_table->bucket);
+  if (new_table->bucket == NULL)
+    return false;
+  new_table->n_buckets = new_size;
+  new_table->bucket_limit = new_table->bucket + new_size;
+  new_table->n_buckets_used = 0;
+  new_table->n_entries = 0;
+  new_table->tuning = table->tuning;
+  new_table->hasher = table->hasher;
+  new_table->comparator = table->comparator;
+  new_table->data_freer = table->data_freer;
+
+  /* In order for the transfer to successfully complete, we need
+     additional overflow entries when distinct buckets in the old
+     table collide into a common bucket in the new table.  The worst
+     case possible is a hasher that gives a good spread with the old
+     size, but returns a constant with the new size; if we were to
+     guarantee table->n_buckets_used-1 free entries in advance, then
+     the transfer would be guaranteed to not allocate memory.
+     However, for large tables, a guarantee of no further allocation
+     introduces a lot of extra memory pressure, all for an unlikely
+     corner case (most rehashes reduce, rather than increase, the
+     number of overflow entries needed).  So, we instead ensure that
+     the transfer process can be reversed if we hit a memory
+     allocation failure mid-transfer.  */
+
+  /* Merely reuse the extra old space into the new table.  */
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+  new_table->entry_stack = table->entry_stack;
+#endif
+  new_table->free_entry_list = table->free_entry_list;
+
+  if (transfer_entries (new_table, table, false))
+    {
+      /* Entries transferred successfully; tie up the loose ends.  */
+      free (table->bucket);
+      table->bucket = new_table->bucket;
+      table->bucket_limit = new_table->bucket_limit;
+      table->n_buckets = new_table->n_buckets;
+      table->n_buckets_used = new_table->n_buckets_used;
+      table->free_entry_list = new_table->free_entry_list;
+      /* table->n_entries and table->entry_stack already hold their value.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* We've allocated new_table->bucket (and possibly some entries),
+     exhausted the free list, and moved some but not all entries into
+     new_table.  We must undo the partial move before returning
+     failure.  The only way to get into this situation is if new_table
+     uses fewer buckets than the old table, so we will reclaim some
+     free entries as overflows in the new table are put back into
+     distinct buckets in the old table.
+
+     There are some pathological cases where a single pass through the
+     table requires more intermediate overflow entries than using two
+     passes.  Two passes give worse cache performance and takes
+     longer, but at this point, we're already out of memory, so slow
+     and safe is better than failure.  */
+  table->free_entry_list = new_table->free_entry_list;
+  if (! (transfer_entries (table, new_table, true)
+         && transfer_entries (table, new_table, false)))
+    abort ();
+  /* table->n_entries already holds its value.  */
+  free (new_table->bucket);
+  return false;
+}
+
+int
+hash_insert_if_absent (Hash_table *table, void const *entry,
+                       void const **matched_ent)
+{
+  void *data;
+  struct hash_entry *bucket;
+
+  /* The caller cannot insert a NULL entry, since hash_lookup returns NULL
+     to indicate "not found", and hash_find_entry uses "bucket->data == NULL"
+     to indicate an empty bucket.  */
+  if (! entry)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* If there's a matching entry already in the table, return that.  */
+  if ((data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false)) != NULL)
+    {
+      if (matched_ent)
+        *matched_ent = data;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If the growth threshold of the buckets in use has been reached, increase
+     the table size and rehash.  There's no point in checking the number of
+     entries:  if the hashing function is ill-conditioned, rehashing is not
+     likely to improve it.  */
+
+  if (table->n_buckets_used
+      > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+    {
+      /* Check more fully, before starting real work.  If tuning arguments
+         became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults.  */
+      check_tuning (table);
+      if (table->n_buckets_used
+          > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+        {
+          const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+          float candidate =
+            (tuning->is_n_buckets
+             ? (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor)
+             : (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor
+                * tuning->growth_threshold));
+
+          if ((float) SIZE_MAX <= candidate)
+            return -1;
+
+          /* If the rehash fails, arrange to return NULL.  */
+          if (!hash_rehash (table, candidate))
+            return -1;
+
+          /* Update the bucket we are interested in.  */
+          if (hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false) != NULL)
+            abort ();
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* ENTRY is not matched, it should be inserted.  */
+
+  if (bucket->data)
+    {
+      struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (table);
+
+      if (new_entry == NULL)
+        return -1;
+
+      /* Add ENTRY in the overflow of the bucket.  */
+
+      new_entry->data = (void *) entry;
+      new_entry->next = bucket->next;
+      bucket->next = new_entry;
+      table->n_entries++;
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Add ENTRY right in the bucket head.  */
+
+  bucket->data = (void *) entry;
+  table->n_entries++;
+  table->n_buckets_used++;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+void *
+hash_insert (Hash_table *table, void const *entry)
+{
+  void const *matched_ent;
+  int err = hash_insert_if_absent (table, entry, &matched_ent);
+  return (err == -1
+          ? NULL
+          : (void *) (err == 0 ? matched_ent : entry));
+}
+
+void *
+hash_remove (Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
+{
+  void *data;
+  struct hash_entry *bucket;
+
+  data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, true);
+  if (!data)
+    return NULL;
+
+  table->n_entries--;
+  if (!bucket->data)
+    {
+      table->n_buckets_used--;
+
+      /* If the shrink threshold of the buckets in use has been reached,
+         rehash into a smaller table.  */
+
+      if (table->n_buckets_used
+          < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+        {
+          /* Check more fully, before starting real work.  If tuning arguments
+             became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults.  */
+          check_tuning (table);
+          if (table->n_buckets_used
+              < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+            {
+              const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+              size_t candidate =
+                (tuning->is_n_buckets
+                 ? table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor
+                 : (table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor
+                    * tuning->growth_threshold));
+
+              if (!hash_rehash (table, candidate))
+                {
+                  /* Failure to allocate memory in an attempt to
+                     shrink the table is not fatal.  But since memory
+                     is low, we can at least be kind and free any
+                     spare entries, rather than keeping them tied up
+                     in the free entry list.  */
+#if ! USE_OBSTACK
+                  struct hash_entry *cursor = table->free_entry_list;
+                  struct hash_entry *next;
+                  while (cursor)
+                    {
+                      next = cursor->next;
+                      free (cursor);
+                      cursor = next;
+                    }
+                  table->free_entry_list = NULL;
+#endif
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return data;
+}
+
+void *
+hash_delete (Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
+{
+  return hash_remove (table, entry);
+}
+
+/* Testing.  */
+
+#if TESTING
+
+void
+hash_print (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *bucket = (struct hash_entry *) table->bucket;
+
+  for ( ; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      struct hash_entry *cursor;
+
+      if (bucket)
+        printf ("%lu:\n", (unsigned long int) (bucket - table->bucket));
+
+      for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+        {
+          char const *s = cursor->data;
+          /* FIXME */
+          if (s)
+            printf ("  %s\n", s);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* TESTING */
diff --git a/lib/hash.h b/lib/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebfc740
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2001, 2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
+   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile 'hash.c' with same setting.  */
+
+#ifndef HASH_H_
+# define HASH_H_
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for 'hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of 'hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
+
+    float shrink_threshold;     /* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
+    float shrink_factor;        /* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
+    float growth_threshold;     /* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
+    float growth_factor;        /* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
+    bool is_n_buckets;          /* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
+  };
+
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
+
+struct hash_table;
+
+typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
+
+/*
+ * Information and lookup.
+ */
+
+/* The following few functions provide information about the overall hash
+   table organization: the number of entries, number of buckets and maximum
+   length of buckets.  */
+
+/* Return the number of buckets in the hash table.  The table size, the total
+   number of buckets (used plus unused), or the maximum number of slots, are
+   the same quantity.  */
+extern size_t hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *table)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Return the number of slots in use (non-empty buckets).  */
+extern size_t hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *table)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Return the number of active entries.  */
+extern size_t hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *table)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Return the length of the longest chain (bucket).  */
+extern size_t hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *table)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Do a mild validation of a hash table, by traversing it and checking two
+   statistics.  */
+extern bool hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *table)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+extern void hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *table, FILE *stream);
+
+/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the
+   entry from the table.  Otherwise, return NULL.  */
+extern void *hash_lookup (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry);
+
+/*
+ * Walking.
+ */
+
+/* The functions in this page traverse the hash table and process the
+   contained entries.  For the traversal to work properly, the hash table
+   should not be resized nor modified while any particular entry is being
+   processed.  In particular, entries should not be added, and an entry
+   may be removed only if there is no shrink threshold and the entry being
+   removed has already been passed to hash_get_next.  */
+
+/* Return the first data in the table, or NULL if the table is empty.  */
+extern void *hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been
+   returned by a previous call to either 'hash_get_first' or 'hash_get_next'.
+   Return NULL if there are no more entries.  */
+extern void *hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry);
+
+/* Fill BUFFER with pointers to active user entries in the hash table, then
+   return the number of pointers copied.  Do not copy more than BUFFER_SIZE
+   pointers.  */
+extern size_t hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
+                                size_t buffer_size);
+
+typedef bool (*Hash_processor) (void *entry, void *processor_data);
+
+/* Call a PROCESSOR function for each entry of a hash table, and return the
+   number of entries for which the processor function returned success.  A
+   pointer to some PROCESSOR_DATA which will be made available to each call to
+   the processor function.  The PROCESSOR accepts two arguments: the first is
+   the user entry being walked into, the second is the value of PROCESSOR_DATA
+   as received.  The walking continue for as long as the PROCESSOR function
+   returns nonzero.  When it returns zero, the walking is interrupted.  */
+extern size_t hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *table,
+                                Hash_processor processor, void *processor_data);
+
+/*
+ * Allocation and clean-up.
+ */
+
+/* Return a hash index for a NUL-terminated STRING between 0 and N_BUCKETS-1.
+   This is a convenience routine for constructing other hashing functions.  */
+extern size_t hash_string (const char *string, size_t n_buckets)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+extern void hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *tuning);
+
+typedef size_t (*Hash_hasher) (const void *entry, size_t table_size);
+typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) (const void *entry1, const void *entry2);
+typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) (void *entry);
+
+/* Reclaim all storage associated with a hash table.  If a data_freer
+   function has been supplied by the user when the hash table was created,
+   this function applies it to the data of each entry before freeing that
+   entry.  */
+extern void hash_free (Hash_table *table);
+
+/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL upon failure.  The initial
+   number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that you
+   may insert at least CANDIDATE different user entries before any growth of
+   the hash table size occurs.  So, if have a reasonably tight a-priori upper
+   bound on the number of entries you intend to insert in the hash table, you
+   may save some table memory and insertion time, by specifying it here.  If
+   the IS_N_BUCKETS field of the TUNING structure is true, the CANDIDATE
+   argument has its meaning changed to the wanted number of buckets.
+
+   TUNING points to a structure of user-supplied values, in case some fine
+   tuning is wanted over the default behavior of the hasher.  If TUNING is
+   NULL, the default tuning parameters are used instead.  If TUNING is
+   provided but the values requested are out of bounds or might cause
+   rounding errors, return NULL.
+
+   The user-supplied HASHER function, when not NULL, accepts two
+   arguments ENTRY and TABLE_SIZE.  It computes, by hashing ENTRY contents, a
+   slot number for that entry which should be in the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.
+   This slot number is then returned.
+
+   The user-supplied COMPARATOR function, when not NULL, accepts two
+   arguments pointing to user data, it then returns true for a pair of entries
+   that compare equal, or false otherwise.  This function is internally called
+   on entries which are already known to hash to the same bucket index,
+   but which are distinct pointers.
+
+   The user-supplied DATA_FREER function, when not NULL, may be later called
+   with the user data as an argument, just before the entry containing the
+   data gets freed.  This happens from within 'hash_free' or 'hash_clear'.
+   You should specify this function only if you want these functions to free
+   all of your 'data' data.  This is typically the case when your data is
+   simply an auxiliary struct that you have malloc'd to aggregate several
+   values.  */
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+extern Hash_table *hash_initialize (size_t candidate,
+                                    const Hash_tuning *tuning,
+                                    Hash_hasher hasher,
+                                    Hash_comparator comparator,
+                                    Hash_data_freer data_freer)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (hash_free, 1);
+
+/* Same as hash_initialize, but invokes xalloc_die on memory exhaustion.  */
+/* This function is defined by module 'xhash'.  */
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+extern Hash_table *hash_xinitialize (size_t candidate,
+                                     const Hash_tuning *tuning,
+                                     Hash_hasher hasher,
+                                     Hash_comparator comparator,
+                                     Hash_data_freer data_freer)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (hash_free, 1)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+
+/* Make all buckets empty, placing any chained entries on the free list.
+   Apply the user-specified function data_freer (if any) to the datas of any
+   affected entries.  */
+extern void hash_clear (Hash_table *table);
+
+/*
+ * Insertion and deletion.
+ */
+
+/* For an already existing hash table, change the number of buckets through
+   specifying CANDIDATE.  The contents of the hash table are preserved.  The
+   new number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that
+   the table may receive at least CANDIDATE different user entries, including
+   those already in the table, before any other growth of the hash table size
+   occurs.  If TUNING->IS_N_BUCKETS is true, then CANDIDATE specifies the
+   exact number of buckets desired.  Return true iff the rehash succeeded.  */
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+extern bool hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, size_t candidate);
+
+/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the pointer
+   to the entry from the table.  Otherwise, insert ENTRY and return ENTRY.
+   Return NULL if the storage required for insertion cannot be allocated.
+   This implementation does not support duplicate entries or insertion of
+   NULL.  */
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
+extern void *hash_insert (Hash_table *table, const void *entry);
+
+/* Same as hash_insert, but invokes xalloc_die on memory exhaustion.  */
+/* This function is defined by module 'xhash'.  */
+extern void *hash_xinsert (Hash_table *table, const void *entry);
+
+/* Insert ENTRY into hash TABLE if there is not already a matching entry.
+
+   Return -1 upon memory allocation failure.
+   Return 1 if insertion succeeded.
+   Return 0 if there is already a matching entry in the table,
+   and in that case, if MATCHED_ENT is non-NULL, set *MATCHED_ENT
+   to that entry.
+
+   This interface is easier to use than hash_insert when you must
+   distinguish between the latter two cases.  More importantly,
+   hash_insert is unusable for some types of ENTRY values.  When using
+   hash_insert, the only way to distinguish those cases is to compare
+   the return value and ENTRY.  That works only when you can have two
+   different ENTRY values that point to data that compares "equal".  Thus,
+   when the ENTRY value is a simple scalar, you must use
+   hash_insert_if_absent.  ENTRY must not be NULL.  */
+extern int hash_insert_if_absent (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,
+                                  const void **matched_ent);
+
+/* If ENTRY is already in the table, remove it and return the just-deleted
+   data (the user may want to deallocate its storage).  If ENTRY is not in the
+   table, don't modify the table and return NULL.  */
+extern void *hash_remove (Hash_table *table, const void *entry);
+
+/* Same as hash_remove.  This interface is deprecated.
+   FIXME: Remove in 2022.  */
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
+extern void *hash_delete (Hash_table *table, const void *entry);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/heap.c b/lib/heap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30584ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/heap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* Barebones heap implementation supporting only insert and pop.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Full implementation: GDSL (http://gna.org/projects/gdsl/) by Nicolas
+   Darnis <ndarnis@free.fr>. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "heap.h"
+#include "stdlib--.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+static int heap_default_compare (void const *, void const *);
+static size_t heapify_down (void **, size_t, size_t,
+                            int (*) (void const *, void const *));
+static void heapify_up (void **, size_t,
+                        int (*) (void const *, void const *));
+
+struct heap
+{
+  void **array;     /* array[0] is not used */
+  size_t capacity;  /* Array size */
+  size_t count;     /* Used as index to last element. Also is num of items. */
+  int (*compare) (void const *, void const *);
+};
+
+/* Allocate memory for the heap. */
+
+struct heap *
+heap_alloc (int (*compare) (void const *, void const *), size_t n_reserve)
+{
+  struct heap *heap = xmalloc (sizeof *heap);
+
+  if (n_reserve == 0)
+    n_reserve = 1;
+
+  heap->array = xnmalloc (n_reserve, sizeof *(heap->array));
+
+  heap->array[0] = NULL;
+  heap->capacity = n_reserve;
+  heap->count = 0;
+  heap->compare = compare ? compare : heap_default_compare;
+
+  return heap;
+}
+
+
+static int
+heap_default_compare (void const *a, void const *b)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+void
+heap_free (struct heap *heap)
+{
+  free (heap->array);
+  free (heap);
+}
+
+/* Insert element into heap. */
+
+int
+heap_insert (struct heap *heap, void *item)
+{
+  if (heap->capacity - 1 <= heap->count)
+    heap->array = x2nrealloc (heap->array, &heap->capacity,
+                              sizeof *(heap->array));
+
+  heap->array[++heap->count] = item;
+  heapify_up (heap->array, heap->count, heap->compare);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Pop top element off heap. */
+
+void *
+heap_remove_top (struct heap *heap)
+{
+  void *top;
+
+  if (heap->count == 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  top = heap->array[1];
+  heap->array[1] = heap->array[heap->count--];
+  heapify_down (heap->array, heap->count, 1, heap->compare);
+
+  return top;
+}
+
+/* Move element down into appropriate position in heap. */
+
+static size_t
+heapify_down (void **array, size_t count, size_t initial,
+              int (*compare) (void const *, void const *))
+{
+  void *element = array[initial];
+
+  size_t parent = initial;
+  while (parent <= count / 2)
+    {
+      size_t child = 2 * parent;
+
+      if (child < count && compare (array[child], array[child + 1]) < 0)
+        child++;
+
+      if (compare (array[child], element) <= 0)
+        break;
+
+      array[parent] = array[child];
+      parent = child;
+    }
+
+  array[parent] = element;
+  return parent;
+}
+
+/* Move element up into appropriate position in heap. */
+
+static void
+heapify_up (void **array, size_t count,
+            int (*compare) (void const *, void const *))
+{
+  size_t k = count;
+  void *new_element = array[k];
+
+  while (k != 1 && compare (array[k / 2], new_element) <= 0)
+    {
+      array[k] = array[k / 2];
+      k /= 2;
+    }
+
+  array[k] = new_element;
+}
diff --git a/lib/heap.h b/lib/heap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..895c375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/heap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Barebones heap implementation supporting only insert and pop.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Full implementation: GDSL (http://gna.org/projects/gdsl/) by Nicolas
+   Darnis <ndarnis@free.fr>. Adapted by Gene Auyeung. */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+struct heap;
+
+void heap_free (struct heap *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+
+struct heap *heap_alloc (int (*) (void const *, void const *), size_t)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (heap_free, 1)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+
+int heap_insert (struct heap *heap, void *item) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+void *heap_remove_top (struct heap *heap) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
diff --git a/lib/human.c b/lib/human.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df53727
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/human.c
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/* human.c -- print human readable file size
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Larry McVoy.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "human.h"
+
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <argmatch.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <intprops.h>
+
+/* The maximum length of a suffix like "KiB".  */
+#define HUMAN_READABLE_SUFFIX_LENGTH_MAX 3
+
+static const char power_letter[] =
+{
+  0,    /* not used */
+  'K',  /* kibi ('k' for kilo is a special case) */
+  'M',  /* mega or mebi */
+  'G',  /* giga or gibi */
+  'T',  /* tera or tebi */
+  'P',  /* peta or pebi */
+  'E',  /* exa or exbi */
+  'Z',  /* zetta or 2**70 */
+  'Y'   /* yotta or 2**80 */
+};
+
+
+/* If INEXACT_STYLE is not human_round_to_nearest, and if easily
+   possible, adjust VALUE according to the style.  */
+
+static long double
+adjust_value (int inexact_style, long double value)
+{
+  /* Do not use the floorl or ceill functions, as that would mean
+     checking for their presence and possibly linking with the
+     standard math library, which is a porting pain.  So leave the
+     value alone if it is too large to easily round.  */
+  if (inexact_style != human_round_to_nearest && value < UINTMAX_MAX)
+    {
+      uintmax_t u = value;
+      value = u + (inexact_style == human_ceiling && u != value);
+    }
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+/* Group the digits of NUMBER according to the grouping rules of the
+   current locale.  NUMBER contains NUMBERLEN digits.  Modify the
+   bytes pointed to by NUMBER in place, subtracting 1 from NUMBER for
+   each byte inserted.  Return the starting address of the modified
+   number.
+
+   To group the digits, use GROUPING and THOUSANDS_SEP as in 'struct
+   lconv' from <locale.h>.  */
+
+static char *
+group_number (char *number, size_t numberlen,
+              char const *grouping, char const *thousands_sep)
+{
+  register char *d;
+  size_t grouplen = SIZE_MAX;
+  size_t thousands_seplen = strlen (thousands_sep);
+  size_t i = numberlen;
+
+  /* The maximum possible value for NUMBERLEN is the number of digits
+     in the square of the largest uintmax_t, so double the size needed.  */
+  char buf[2 * INT_STRLEN_BOUND (uintmax_t) + 1];
+
+  memcpy (buf, number, numberlen);
+  d = number + numberlen;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      unsigned char g = *grouping;
+
+      if (g)
+        {
+          grouplen = g < CHAR_MAX ? g : i;
+          grouping++;
+        }
+
+      if (i < grouplen)
+        grouplen = i;
+
+      d -= grouplen;
+      i -= grouplen;
+      memcpy (d, buf + i, grouplen);
+      if (i == 0)
+        return d;
+
+      d -= thousands_seplen;
+      memcpy (d, thousands_sep, thousands_seplen);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Convert N to a human readable format in BUF, using the options OPTS.
+
+   N is expressed in units of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE.  FROM_BLOCK_SIZE must
+   be nonnegative.
+
+   Use units of TO_BLOCK_SIZE in the output number.  TO_BLOCK_SIZE
+   must be positive.
+
+   Use (OPTS & (human_round_to_nearest | human_floor | human_ceiling))
+   to determine whether to take the ceiling or floor of any result
+   that cannot be expressed exactly.
+
+   If (OPTS & human_group_digits), group the thousands digits
+   according to the locale, e.g., "1,000,000" in an American English
+   locale.
+
+   If (OPTS & human_autoscale), deduce the output block size
+   automatically; TO_BLOCK_SIZE must be 1 but it has no effect on the
+   output.  Use powers of 1024 if (OPTS & human_base_1024), and powers
+   of 1000 otherwise.  For example, assuming powers of 1024, 8500
+   would be converted to 8.3, 133456345 to 127, 56990456345 to 53, and
+   so on.  Numbers smaller than the power aren't modified.
+   human_autoscale is normally used together with human_SI.
+
+   If (OPTS & human_space_before_unit), use a space to separate the
+   number from any suffix that is appended as described below.
+
+   If (OPTS & human_SI), append an SI prefix indicating which power is
+   being used.  If in addition (OPTS & human_B), append "B" (if base
+   1000) or "iB" (if base 1024) to the SI prefix.  When ((OPTS &
+   human_SI) && ! (OPTS & human_autoscale)), TO_BLOCK_SIZE must be a
+   power of 1024 or of 1000, depending on (OPTS &
+   human_base_1024).  */
+
+char *
+human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int opts,
+                uintmax_t from_block_size, uintmax_t to_block_size)
+{
+  int inexact_style =
+    opts & (human_round_to_nearest | human_floor | human_ceiling);
+  unsigned int base = opts & human_base_1024 ? 1024 : 1000;
+  uintmax_t amt;
+  int tenths;
+  int exponent = -1;
+  int exponent_max = sizeof power_letter - 1;
+  char *p;
+  char *psuffix;
+  char const *integerlim;
+
+  /* 0 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS;
+     1 means AMT.TENTHS < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
+     2 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
+     3 means AMT.TENTHS + 0.05 < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.1.  */
+  int rounding;
+
+  char const *decimal_point = ".";
+  size_t decimal_pointlen = 1;
+  char const *grouping = "";
+  char const *thousands_sep = "";
+  struct lconv const *l = localeconv ();
+  size_t pointlen = strlen (l->decimal_point);
+  if (0 < pointlen && pointlen <= MB_LEN_MAX)
+    {
+      decimal_point = l->decimal_point;
+      decimal_pointlen = pointlen;
+    }
+  grouping = l->grouping;
+  if (strlen (l->thousands_sep) <= MB_LEN_MAX)
+    thousands_sep = l->thousands_sep;
+
+  /* Leave room for a trailing space and following suffix.  */
+  psuffix = buf + LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE - 1 - HUMAN_READABLE_SUFFIX_LENGTH_MAX;
+  p = psuffix;
+
+  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE units and into TO_BLOCK_SIZE
+     units.  If this can be done exactly with integer arithmetic, do
+     not use floating point operations.  */
+  if (to_block_size <= from_block_size)
+    {
+      if (from_block_size % to_block_size == 0)
+        {
+          uintmax_t multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size;
+          amt = n * multiplier;
+          if (amt / multiplier == n)
+            {
+              tenths = 0;
+              rounding = 0;
+              goto use_integer_arithmetic;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  else if (from_block_size != 0 && to_block_size % from_block_size == 0)
+    {
+      uintmax_t divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size;
+      uintmax_t r10 = (n % divisor) * 10;
+      uintmax_t r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2;
+      amt = n / divisor;
+      tenths = r10 / divisor;
+      rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2);
+      goto use_integer_arithmetic;
+    }
+
+  {
+    /* Either the result cannot be computed easily using uintmax_t,
+       or from_block_size is zero.  Fall back on floating point.
+       FIXME: This can yield answers that are slightly off.  */
+
+    long double dto_block_size = to_block_size;
+    long double damt = n * (from_block_size / dto_block_size);
+    size_t buflen;
+    size_t nonintegerlen;
+
+    if (! (opts & human_autoscale))
+      {
+        sprintf (buf, "%.0Lf", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt));
+        buflen = strlen (buf);
+        nonintegerlen = 0;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        long double e = 1;
+        exponent = 0;
+
+        do
+          {
+            e *= base;
+            exponent++;
+          }
+        while (e * base <= damt && exponent < exponent_max);
+
+        damt /= e;
+
+        sprintf (buf, "%.1Lf", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt));
+        buflen = strlen (buf);
+        nonintegerlen = decimal_pointlen + 1;
+
+        if (1 + nonintegerlen + ! (opts & human_base_1024) < buflen
+            || ((opts & human_suppress_point_zero)
+                && buf[buflen - 1] == '0'))
+          {
+            sprintf (buf, "%.0Lf",
+                     adjust_value (inexact_style, damt * 10) / 10);
+            buflen = strlen (buf);
+            nonintegerlen = 0;
+          }
+      }
+
+    p = psuffix - buflen;
+    memmove (p, buf, buflen);
+    integerlim = p + buflen - nonintegerlen;
+  }
+  goto do_grouping;
+
+ use_integer_arithmetic:
+  {
+    /* The computation can be done exactly, with integer arithmetic.
+
+       Use power of BASE notation if requested and if adjusted AMT is
+       large enough.  */
+
+    if (opts & human_autoscale)
+      {
+        exponent = 0;
+
+        if (base <= amt)
+          {
+            do
+              {
+                unsigned int r10 = (amt % base) * 10 + tenths;
+                unsigned int r2 = (r10 % base) * 2 + (rounding >> 1);
+                amt /= base;
+                tenths = r10 / base;
+                rounding = (r2 < base
+                            ? (r2 + rounding) != 0
+                            : 2 + (base < r2 + rounding));
+                exponent++;
+              }
+            while (base <= amt && exponent < exponent_max);
+
+            if (amt < 10)
+              {
+                if (inexact_style == human_round_to_nearest
+                    ? 2 < rounding + (tenths & 1)
+                    : inexact_style == human_ceiling && 0 < rounding)
+                  {
+                    tenths++;
+                    rounding = 0;
+
+                    if (tenths == 10)
+                      {
+                        amt++;
+                        tenths = 0;
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                if (amt < 10
+                    && (tenths || ! (opts & human_suppress_point_zero)))
+                  {
+                    *--p = '0' + tenths;
+                    p -= decimal_pointlen;
+                    memcpy (p, decimal_point, decimal_pointlen);
+                    tenths = rounding = 0;
+                  }
+              }
+          }
+      }
+
+    if (inexact_style == human_round_to_nearest
+        ? 5 < tenths + (0 < rounding + (amt & 1))
+        : inexact_style == human_ceiling && 0 < tenths + rounding)
+      {
+        amt++;
+
+        if ((opts & human_autoscale)
+            && amt == base && exponent < exponent_max)
+          {
+            exponent++;
+            if (! (opts & human_suppress_point_zero))
+              {
+                *--p = '0';
+                p -= decimal_pointlen;
+                memcpy (p, decimal_point, decimal_pointlen);
+              }
+            amt = 1;
+          }
+      }
+
+    integerlim = p;
+
+    do
+      {
+        int digit = amt % 10;
+        *--p = digit + '0';
+      }
+    while ((amt /= 10) != 0);
+  }
+
+ do_grouping:
+  if (opts & human_group_digits)
+    p = group_number (p, integerlim - p, grouping, thousands_sep);
+
+  if (opts & human_SI)
+    {
+      if (exponent < 0)
+        {
+          uintmax_t power;
+          exponent = 0;
+          for (power = 1; power < to_block_size; power *= base)
+            if (++exponent == exponent_max)
+              break;
+        }
+
+      if ((exponent | (opts & human_B)) && (opts & human_space_before_unit))
+        *psuffix++ = ' ';
+
+      if (exponent)
+        *psuffix++ = (! (opts & human_base_1024) && exponent == 1
+                      ? 'k'
+                      : power_letter[exponent]);
+
+      if (opts & human_B)
+        {
+          if ((opts & human_base_1024) && exponent)
+            *psuffix++ = 'i';
+          *psuffix++ = 'B';
+        }
+    }
+
+  *psuffix = '\0';
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/* The default block size used for output.  This number may change in
+   the future as disks get larger.  */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE
+# define DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+static char const *const block_size_args[] = { "human-readable", "si", 0 };
+static int const block_size_opts[] =
+  {
+    human_autoscale + human_SI + human_base_1024,
+    human_autoscale + human_SI
+  };
+
+static uintmax_t
+default_block_size (void)
+{
+  return getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
+}
+
+static strtol_error
+humblock (char const *spec, uintmax_t *block_size, int *options)
+{
+  int i;
+  int opts = 0;
+
+  if (! spec
+      && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE"))
+      && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCKSIZE")))
+    *block_size = default_block_size ();
+  else
+    {
+      if (*spec == '\'')
+        {
+          opts |= human_group_digits;
+          spec++;
+        }
+
+      if (0 <= (i = ARGMATCH (spec, block_size_args, block_size_opts)))
+        {
+          opts |= block_size_opts[i];
+          *block_size = 1;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          char *ptr;
+          strtol_error e = xstrtoumax (spec, &ptr, 0, block_size,
+                                       "eEgGkKmMpPtTyYzZ0");
+          if (e != LONGINT_OK)
+            {
+              *options = 0;
+              return e;
+            }
+          for (; ! ('0' <= *spec && *spec <= '9'); spec++)
+            if (spec == ptr)
+              {
+                opts |= human_SI;
+                if (ptr[-1] == 'B')
+                  opts |= human_B;
+                if (ptr[-1] != 'B' || ptr[-2] == 'i')
+                  opts |= human_base_1024;
+                break;
+              }
+        }
+    }
+
+  *options = opts;
+  return LONGINT_OK;
+}
+
+enum strtol_error
+human_options (char const *spec, int *opts, uintmax_t *block_size)
+{
+  strtol_error e = humblock (spec, block_size, opts);
+  if (*block_size == 0)
+    {
+      *block_size = default_block_size ();
+      e = LONGINT_INVALID;
+    }
+  return e;
+}
diff --git a/lib/human.h b/lib/human.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78fb718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/human.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* human.h -- print human readable file size
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Larry McVoy.  */
+
+#ifndef HUMAN_H_
+# define HUMAN_H_ 1
+
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# include <xstrtol.h>
+
+/* A conservative bound on the maximum length of a human-readable string.
+   The output can be the square of the largest uintmax_t, so double
+   its size before converting to a bound.
+   log10 (2.0) < 146/485.  Add 1 for integer division truncation.
+   Also, the output can have a thousands separator between every digit,
+   so multiply by MB_LEN_MAX + 1 and then subtract MB_LEN_MAX.
+   Append 1 for a space before the suffix.
+   Finally, append 3, the maximum length of a suffix.  */
+# define LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE \
+  ((2 * sizeof (uintmax_t) * CHAR_BIT * 146 / 485 + 1) * (MB_LEN_MAX + 1) \
+   - MB_LEN_MAX + 1 + 3)
+
+/* Options for human_readable.  */
+enum
+{
+  /* Unless otherwise specified these options may be ORed together.  */
+
+  /* The following three options are mutually exclusive.  */
+  /* Round to plus infinity (default).  */
+  human_ceiling = 0,
+  /* Round to nearest, ties to even.  */
+  human_round_to_nearest = 1,
+  /* Round to minus infinity.  */
+  human_floor = 2,
+
+  /* Group digits together, e.g. "1,000,000".  This uses the
+     locale-defined grouping; the traditional C locale does not group,
+     so this has effect only if some other locale is in use.  */
+  human_group_digits = 4,
+
+  /* When autoscaling, suppress ".0" at end.  */
+  human_suppress_point_zero = 8,
+
+  /* Scale output and use SI-style units, ignoring the output block size.  */
+  human_autoscale = 16,
+
+  /* Prefer base 1024 to base 1000.  */
+  human_base_1024 = 32,
+
+  /* Prepend " " before unit symbol.  */
+  human_space_before_unit = 64,
+
+  /* Append SI prefix, e.g. "k" or "M".  */
+  human_SI = 128,
+
+  /* Append "B" (if base 1000) or "iB" (if base 1024) to SI prefix.  */
+  human_B = 256
+};
+
+char *human_readable (uintmax_t, char *, int, uintmax_t, uintmax_t);
+
+enum strtol_error human_options (char const *, int *, uintmax_t *);
+
+#endif /* HUMAN_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/i-ring.c b/lib/i-ring.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..659c61c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/i-ring.c
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* a simple ring buffer
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "i-ring.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+void
+i_ring_init (I_ring *ir, int default_val)
+{
+  int i;
+  ir->ir_empty = true;
+  ir->ir_front = 0;
+  ir->ir_back = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < I_RING_SIZE; i++)
+    ir->ir_data[i] = default_val;
+  ir->ir_default_val = default_val;
+}
+
+bool
+i_ring_empty (I_ring const *ir)
+{
+  return ir->ir_empty;
+}
+
+int
+i_ring_push (I_ring *ir, int val)
+{
+  unsigned int dest_idx = (ir->ir_front + !ir->ir_empty) % I_RING_SIZE;
+  int old_val = ir->ir_data[dest_idx];
+  ir->ir_data[dest_idx] = val;
+  ir->ir_front = dest_idx;
+  if (dest_idx == ir->ir_back)
+    ir->ir_back = (ir->ir_back + !ir->ir_empty) % I_RING_SIZE;
+  ir->ir_empty = false;
+  return old_val;
+}
+
+int
+i_ring_pop (I_ring *ir)
+{
+  int top_val;
+  if (i_ring_empty (ir))
+    abort ();
+  top_val = ir->ir_data[ir->ir_front];
+  ir->ir_data[ir->ir_front] = ir->ir_default_val;
+  if (ir->ir_front == ir->ir_back)
+    ir->ir_empty = true;
+  else
+    ir->ir_front = ((ir->ir_front + I_RING_SIZE - 1) % I_RING_SIZE);
+  return top_val;
+}
diff --git a/lib/i-ring.h b/lib/i-ring.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58ba72f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/i-ring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* definitions for a simple ring buffer
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "verify.h"
+
+enum { I_RING_SIZE = 4 };
+verify (1 <= I_RING_SIZE);
+
+/* When ir_empty is true, the ring is empty.
+   Otherwise, ir_data[B..F] are defined, where B..F is the contiguous
+   range of indices, modulo I_RING_SIZE, from back to front, inclusive.
+   Undefined elements of ir_data are always set to ir_default_val.
+   Popping from an empty ring aborts.
+   Pushing onto a full ring returns the displaced value.
+   An empty ring has F==B and ir_empty == true.
+   A ring with one entry still has F==B, but now ir_empty == false.  */
+struct I_ring
+{
+  int ir_data[I_RING_SIZE];
+  int ir_default_val;
+  unsigned int ir_front;
+  unsigned int ir_back;
+  bool ir_empty;
+};
+typedef struct I_ring I_ring;
+
+void i_ring_init (I_ring *ir, int ir_default_val);
+int i_ring_push (I_ring *ir, int val);
+int i_ring_pop (I_ring *ir);
+bool i_ring_empty (I_ring const *ir) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
diff --git a/lib/ialloc.c b/lib/ialloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43c1043
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ialloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* malloc with idx_t rather than size_t
+
+   Copyright 2021-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define IALLOC_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "ialloc.h"
diff --git a/lib/ialloc.h b/lib/ialloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37cf4bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ialloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* ialloc.h -- malloc with idx_t rather than size_t
+
+   Copyright 2021-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef IALLOC_H_
+#define IALLOC_H_
+
+#include "idx.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef IALLOC_INLINE
+# define IALLOC_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+IALLOC_INLINE void * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD
+_gl_alloc_nomem (void)
+{
+  errno = ENOMEM;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+IALLOC_INLINE
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /*_GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE*/
+void *
+imalloc (idx_t s)
+{
+  return s <= SIZE_MAX ? malloc (s) : _gl_alloc_nomem ();
+}
+
+IALLOC_INLINE
+/*_GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE*/
+void *
+irealloc (void *p, idx_t s)
+{
+  /* Work around GNU realloc glitch by treating a zero size as if it
+     were 1, so that returning NULL is equivalent to failing.  */
+  return s <= SIZE_MAX ? realloc (p, s | !s) : _gl_alloc_nomem ();
+}
+
+IALLOC_INLINE
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /*_GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE*/
+void *
+icalloc (idx_t n, idx_t s)
+{
+  if (SIZE_MAX < n)
+    {
+      if (s != 0)
+        return _gl_alloc_nomem ();
+      n = 0;
+    }
+  if (SIZE_MAX < s)
+    {
+      if (n != 0)
+        return _gl_alloc_nomem ();
+      s = 0;
+    }
+  return calloc (n, s);
+}
+
+IALLOC_INLINE void *
+ireallocarray (void *p, idx_t n, idx_t s)
+{
+  /* Work around GNU reallocarray glitch by treating a zero size as if
+     it were 1, so that returning NULL is equivalent to failing.  */
+  if (n == 0 || s == 0)
+    n = s = 1;
+  return (n <= SIZE_MAX && s <= SIZE_MAX
+          ? reallocarray (p, n, s)
+          : _gl_alloc_nomem ());
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/iconv.c b/lib/iconv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efab53d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+/* Character set conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <iconv.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if REPLACE_ICONV_UTF
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include "unistr.h"
+#endif
+
+#if REPLACE_ICONV_UTF
+
+/* UTF-{16,32}{BE,LE} converters taken from GNU libiconv 1.11.  */
+
+/* Return code if invalid. (xxx_mbtowc) */
+# define RET_ILSEQ      -1
+/* Return code if no bytes were read. (xxx_mbtowc) */
+# define RET_TOOFEW     -2
+
+/* Return code if invalid. (xxx_wctomb) */
+# define RET_ILUNI      -1
+/* Return code if output buffer is too small. (xxx_wctomb, xxx_reset) */
+# define RET_TOOSMALL   -2
+
+/*
+ * UTF-16BE
+ */
+
+/* Specification: RFC 2781 */
+
+static int
+utf16be_mbtowc (ucs4_t *pwc, const unsigned char *s, size_t n)
+{
+  if (n >= 2)
+    {
+      ucs4_t wc = (s[0] << 8) + s[1];
+      if (wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xdc00)
+        {
+          if (n >= 4)
+            {
+              ucs4_t wc2 = (s[2] << 8) + s[3];
+              if (!(wc2 >= 0xdc00 && wc2 < 0xe000))
+                return RET_ILSEQ;
+              *pwc = 0x10000 + ((wc - 0xd800) << 10) + (wc2 - 0xdc00);
+              return 4;
+            }
+        }
+      else if (wc >= 0xdc00 && wc < 0xe000)
+        {
+          return RET_ILSEQ;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          *pwc = wc;
+          return 2;
+        }
+    }
+  return RET_TOOFEW;
+}
+
+static int
+utf16be_wctomb (unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, size_t n)
+{
+  if (!(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
+    {
+      if (wc < 0x10000)
+        {
+          if (n >= 2)
+            {
+              r[0] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 8);
+              r[1] = (unsigned char) wc;
+              return 2;
+            }
+          else
+            return RET_TOOSMALL;
+        }
+      else if (wc < 0x110000)
+        {
+          if (n >= 4)
+            {
+              ucs4_t wc1 = 0xd800 + ((wc - 0x10000) >> 10);
+              ucs4_t wc2 = 0xdc00 + ((wc - 0x10000) & 0x3ff);
+              r[0] = (unsigned char) (wc1 >> 8);
+              r[1] = (unsigned char) wc1;
+              r[2] = (unsigned char) (wc2 >> 8);
+              r[3] = (unsigned char) wc2;
+              return 4;
+            }
+          else
+            return RET_TOOSMALL;
+        }
+    }
+  return RET_ILUNI;
+}
+
+/*
+ * UTF-16LE
+ */
+
+/* Specification: RFC 2781 */
+
+static int
+utf16le_mbtowc (ucs4_t *pwc, const unsigned char *s, size_t n)
+{
+  if (n >= 2)
+    {
+      ucs4_t wc = s[0] + (s[1] << 8);
+      if (wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xdc00)
+        {
+          if (n >= 4)
+            {
+              ucs4_t wc2 = s[2] + (s[3] << 8);
+              if (!(wc2 >= 0xdc00 && wc2 < 0xe000))
+                return RET_ILSEQ;
+              *pwc = 0x10000 + ((wc - 0xd800) << 10) + (wc2 - 0xdc00);
+              return 4;
+            }
+        }
+      else if (wc >= 0xdc00 && wc < 0xe000)
+        {
+          return RET_ILSEQ;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          *pwc = wc;
+          return 2;
+        }
+    }
+  return RET_TOOFEW;
+}
+
+static int
+utf16le_wctomb (unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, size_t n)
+{
+  if (!(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
+    {
+      if (wc < 0x10000)
+        {
+          if (n >= 2)
+            {
+              r[0] = (unsigned char) wc;
+              r[1] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 8);
+              return 2;
+            }
+          else
+            return RET_TOOSMALL;
+        }
+      else if (wc < 0x110000)
+        {
+          if (n >= 4)
+            {
+              ucs4_t wc1 = 0xd800 + ((wc - 0x10000) >> 10);
+              ucs4_t wc2 = 0xdc00 + ((wc - 0x10000) & 0x3ff);
+              r[0] = (unsigned char) wc1;
+              r[1] = (unsigned char) (wc1 >> 8);
+              r[2] = (unsigned char) wc2;
+              r[3] = (unsigned char) (wc2 >> 8);
+              return 4;
+            }
+          else
+            return RET_TOOSMALL;
+        }
+    }
+  return RET_ILUNI;
+}
+
+/*
+ * UTF-32BE
+ */
+
+/* Specification: Unicode 3.1 Standard Annex #19 */
+
+static int
+utf32be_mbtowc (ucs4_t *pwc, const unsigned char *s, size_t n)
+{
+  if (n >= 4)
+    {
+      ucs4_t wc = (s[0] << 24) + (s[1] << 16) + (s[2] << 8) + s[3];
+      if (wc < 0x110000 && !(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
+        {
+          *pwc = wc;
+          return 4;
+        }
+      else
+        return RET_ILSEQ;
+    }
+  return RET_TOOFEW;
+}
+
+static int
+utf32be_wctomb (unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, size_t n)
+{
+  if (wc < 0x110000 && !(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
+    {
+      if (n >= 4)
+        {
+          r[0] = 0;
+          r[1] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 16);
+          r[2] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 8);
+          r[3] = (unsigned char) wc;
+          return 4;
+        }
+      else
+        return RET_TOOSMALL;
+    }
+  return RET_ILUNI;
+}
+
+/*
+ * UTF-32LE
+ */
+
+/* Specification: Unicode 3.1 Standard Annex #19 */
+
+static int
+utf32le_mbtowc (ucs4_t *pwc, const unsigned char *s, size_t n)
+{
+  if (n >= 4)
+    {
+      ucs4_t wc = s[0] + (s[1] << 8) + (s[2] << 16) + (s[3] << 24);
+      if (wc < 0x110000 && !(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
+        {
+          *pwc = wc;
+          return 4;
+        }
+      else
+        return RET_ILSEQ;
+    }
+  return RET_TOOFEW;
+}
+
+static int
+utf32le_wctomb (unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, size_t n)
+{
+  if (wc < 0x110000 && !(wc >= 0xd800 && wc < 0xe000))
+    {
+      if (n >= 4)
+        {
+          r[0] = (unsigned char) wc;
+          r[1] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 8);
+          r[2] = (unsigned char) (wc >> 16);
+          r[3] = 0;
+          return 4;
+        }
+      else
+        return RET_TOOSMALL;
+    }
+  return RET_ILUNI;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+size_t
+rpl_iconv (iconv_t cd,
+           ICONV_CONST char **inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft,
+           char **outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft)
+#undef iconv
+{
+#if REPLACE_ICONV_UTF
+  switch ((uintptr_t) cd)
+    {
+      {
+        int (*xxx_wctomb) (unsigned char *, ucs4_t, size_t);
+
+        case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16BE:
+          xxx_wctomb = utf16be_wctomb;
+          goto loop_from_utf8;
+        case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16LE:
+          xxx_wctomb = utf16le_wctomb;
+          goto loop_from_utf8;
+        case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32BE:
+          xxx_wctomb = utf32be_wctomb;
+          goto loop_from_utf8;
+        case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32LE:
+          xxx_wctomb = utf32le_wctomb;
+          goto loop_from_utf8;
+
+       loop_from_utf8:
+        if (inbuf == NULL || *inbuf == NULL)
+          return 0;
+        {
+          ICONV_CONST char *inptr = *inbuf;
+          size_t inleft = *inbytesleft;
+          char *outptr = *outbuf;
+          size_t outleft = *outbytesleft;
+          size_t res = 0;
+          while (inleft > 0)
+            {
+              ucs4_t uc;
+              int m = u8_mbtoucr (&uc, (const uint8_t *) inptr, inleft);
+              if (m <= 0)
+                {
+                  if (m == -1)
+                    {
+                      errno = EILSEQ;
+                      res = (size_t)(-1);
+                      break;
+                    }
+                  if (m == -2)
+                    {
+                      errno = EINVAL;
+                      res = (size_t)(-1);
+                      break;
+                    }
+                  abort ();
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  int n = xxx_wctomb ((uint8_t *) outptr, uc, outleft);
+                  if (n < 0)
+                    {
+                      if (n == RET_ILUNI)
+                        {
+                          errno = EILSEQ;
+                          res = (size_t)(-1);
+                          break;
+                        }
+                      if (n == RET_TOOSMALL)
+                        {
+                          errno = E2BIG;
+                          res = (size_t)(-1);
+                          break;
+                        }
+                      abort ();
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+                      inptr += m;
+                      inleft -= m;
+                      outptr += n;
+                      outleft -= n;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+          *inbuf = inptr;
+          *inbytesleft = inleft;
+          *outbuf = outptr;
+          *outbytesleft = outleft;
+          return res;
+        }
+      }
+
+      {
+        int (*xxx_mbtowc) (ucs4_t *, const unsigned char *, size_t);
+
+        case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF16BE_UTF8:
+          xxx_mbtowc = utf16be_mbtowc;
+          goto loop_to_utf8;
+        case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF16LE_UTF8:
+          xxx_mbtowc = utf16le_mbtowc;
+          goto loop_to_utf8;
+        case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF32BE_UTF8:
+          xxx_mbtowc = utf32be_mbtowc;
+          goto loop_to_utf8;
+        case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF32LE_UTF8:
+          xxx_mbtowc = utf32le_mbtowc;
+          goto loop_to_utf8;
+
+       loop_to_utf8:
+        if (inbuf == NULL || *inbuf == NULL)
+          return 0;
+        {
+          ICONV_CONST char *inptr = *inbuf;
+          size_t inleft = *inbytesleft;
+          char *outptr = *outbuf;
+          size_t outleft = *outbytesleft;
+          size_t res = 0;
+          while (inleft > 0)
+            {
+              ucs4_t uc;
+              int m = xxx_mbtowc (&uc, (const uint8_t *) inptr, inleft);
+              if (m <= 0)
+                {
+                  if (m == RET_ILSEQ)
+                    {
+                      errno = EILSEQ;
+                      res = (size_t)(-1);
+                      break;
+                    }
+                  if (m == RET_TOOFEW)
+                    {
+                      errno = EINVAL;
+                      res = (size_t)(-1);
+                      break;
+                    }
+                  abort ();
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  int n = u8_uctomb ((uint8_t *) outptr, uc, outleft);
+                  if (n < 0)
+                    {
+                      if (n == -1)
+                        {
+                          errno = EILSEQ;
+                          res = (size_t)(-1);
+                          break;
+                        }
+                      if (n == -2)
+                        {
+                          errno = E2BIG;
+                          res = (size_t)(-1);
+                          break;
+                        }
+                      abort ();
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+                      inptr += m;
+                      inleft -= m;
+                      outptr += n;
+                      outleft -= n;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+          *inbuf = inptr;
+          *inbytesleft = inleft;
+          *outbuf = outptr;
+          *outbytesleft = outleft;
+          return res;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  return iconv (cd, inbuf, inbytesleft, outbuf, outbytesleft);
+}
diff --git a/lib/iconv.in.h b/lib/iconv.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c5a31c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* A GNU-like <iconv.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ICONV_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ICONV_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ICONV_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ICONV_H
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ICONV@
+# if @REPLACE_ICONV_OPEN@
+/* An iconv_open wrapper that supports the IANA standardized encoding names
+   ("ISO-8859-1" etc.) as far as possible.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define iconv_open rpl_iconv_open
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iconv_open, iconv_t,
+                  (const char *tocode, const char *fromcode)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iconv_open, iconv_t,
+                  (const char *tocode, const char *fromcode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iconv_open, iconv_t,
+                  (const char *tocode, const char *fromcode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iconv_open);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef iconv_open
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ICONV_OPEN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (iconv_open, "iconv_open is not working correctly everywhere - "
+                 "use gnulib module iconv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @REPLACE_ICONV_UTF@
+/* Special constants for supporting UTF-{16,32}{BE,LE} encodings.
+   Not public.  */
+# define _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16BE (iconv_t)(-161)
+# define _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16LE (iconv_t)(-162)
+# define _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32BE (iconv_t)(-163)
+# define _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32LE (iconv_t)(-164)
+# define _ICONV_UTF16BE_UTF8 (iconv_t)(-165)
+# define _ICONV_UTF16LE_UTF8 (iconv_t)(-166)
+# define _ICONV_UTF32BE_UTF8 (iconv_t)(-167)
+# define _ICONV_UTF32LE_UTF8 (iconv_t)(-168)
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ICONV@
+# if @REPLACE_ICONV@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define iconv rpl_iconv
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iconv, size_t,
+                  (iconv_t cd,
+                   @ICONV_CONST@ char **restrict inbuf,
+                   size_t *restrict inbytesleft,
+                   char **restrict outbuf, size_t *restrict outbytesleft));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iconv, size_t,
+                  (iconv_t cd,
+                   @ICONV_CONST@ char **restrict inbuf,
+                   size_t *restrict inbytesleft,
+                   char **restrict outbuf, size_t *restrict outbytesleft));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on some versions of Solaris, ICONV_CONST does
+   not have the right value for C++.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (iconv, size_t,
+                       (iconv_t cd,
+                        @ICONV_CONST@ char **restrict inbuf,
+                        size_t *restrict inbytesleft,
+                        char **restrict outbuf, size_t *restrict outbytesleft));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iconv);
+# ifndef ICONV_CONST
+#  define ICONV_CONST @ICONV_CONST@
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef iconv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ICONV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (iconv, "iconv is not working correctly everywhere - "
+                 "use gnulib module iconv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ICONV@
+# if @REPLACE_ICONV@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define iconv_close rpl_iconv_close
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iconv_close, int, (iconv_t cd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iconv_close, int, (iconv_t cd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iconv_close, int, (iconv_t cd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iconv_close);
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ICONV_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ICONV_H */
diff --git a/lib/iconv_close.c b/lib/iconv_close.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d7fb17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_close.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Character set conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <iconv.h>
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+int
+rpl_iconv_close (iconv_t cd)
+#undef iconv_close
+{
+#if REPLACE_ICONV_UTF
+  switch ((uintptr_t) cd)
+    {
+    case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16BE:
+    case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16LE:
+    case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32BE:
+    case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32LE:
+    case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF16BE_UTF8:
+    case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF16LE_UTF8:
+    case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF32BE_UTF8:
+    case (uintptr_t) _ICONV_UTF32LE_UTF8:
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+  return iconv_close (cd);
+}
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf b/lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..024da21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Character set conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
+%struct-type
+%language=ANSI-C
+%define slot-name standard_name
+%define hash-function-name mapping_hash
+%define lookup-function-name mapping_lookup
+%readonly-tables
+%global-table
+%define word-array-name mappings
+%pic
+%%
+# On AIX 5.1, look in /usr/lib/nls/loc/uconvTable.
+ISO-8859-1, "ISO8859-1"
+ISO-8859-2, "ISO8859-2"
+ISO-8859-3, "ISO8859-3"
+ISO-8859-4, "ISO8859-4"
+ISO-8859-5, "ISO8859-5"
+ISO-8859-6, "ISO8859-6"
+ISO-8859-7, "ISO8859-7"
+ISO-8859-8, "ISO8859-8"
+ISO-8859-9, "ISO8859-9"
+ISO-8859-15, "ISO8859-15"
+CP437, "IBM-437"
+CP850, "IBM-850"
+CP852, "IBM-852"
+CP856, "IBM-856"
+CP857, "IBM-857"
+CP861, "IBM-861"
+CP865, "IBM-865"
+CP869, "IBM-869"
+ISO-8859-13, "IBM-921"
+CP922, "IBM-922"
+CP932, "IBM-932"
+CP943, "IBM-943"
+CP1046, "IBM-1046"
+CP1124, "IBM-1124"
+CP1125, "IBM-1125"
+CP1129, "IBM-1129"
+CP1252, "IBM-1252"
+GB2312, "IBM-eucCN"
+EUC-JP, "IBM-eucJP"
+EUC-KR, "IBM-eucKR"
+EUC-TW, "IBM-eucTW"
+BIG5, "big5"
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-aix.h b/lib/iconv_open-aix.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b7e78c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-aix.h
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/* ANSI-C code produced by gperf version 3.1 */
+/* Command-line: gperf -m 10 ./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf  */
+/* Computed positions: -k'4,$' */
+
+#if !((' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+      && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+      && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+      && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+      && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+      && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+      && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+      && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+      && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+      && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+      && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+      && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+      && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+      && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+      && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+      && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+      && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+      && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+      && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+      && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+      && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+      && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+      && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126))
+/* The character set is not based on ISO-646.  */
+#error "gperf generated tables don't work with this execution character set. Please report a bug to <bug-gperf@gnu.org>."
+#endif
+
+#line 17 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
+
+#define TOTAL_KEYWORDS 32
+#define MIN_WORD_LENGTH 4
+#define MAX_WORD_LENGTH 11
+#define MIN_HASH_VALUE 6
+#define MAX_HASH_VALUE 44
+/* maximum key range = 39, duplicates = 0 */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static unsigned int
+mapping_hash (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  static const unsigned char asso_values[] =
+    {
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,  0,  4, 25,
+       0, 11, 24,  9, 17,  3, 14, 21, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+       3, 45,  1, 45, 45, 45, 45,  0, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45,
+      45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45, 45
+    };
+  return len + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[3]+2] + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[len - 1]];
+}
+
+struct stringpool_t
+  {
+    char stringpool_str6[sizeof("EUC-TW")];
+    char stringpool_str7[sizeof("EUC-KR")];
+    char stringpool_str8[sizeof("CP852")];
+    char stringpool_str9[sizeof("EUC-JP")];
+    char stringpool_str10[sizeof("ISO-8859-2")];
+    char stringpool_str11[sizeof("CP857")];
+    char stringpool_str12[sizeof("CP850")];
+    char stringpool_str13[sizeof("ISO-8859-7")];
+    char stringpool_str14[sizeof("CP932")];
+    char stringpool_str15[sizeof("GB2312")];
+    char stringpool_str16[sizeof("BIG5")];
+    char stringpool_str17[sizeof("CP437")];
+    char stringpool_str19[sizeof("ISO-8859-5")];
+    char stringpool_str20[sizeof("ISO-8859-15")];
+    char stringpool_str21[sizeof("ISO-8859-3")];
+    char stringpool_str22[sizeof("ISO-8859-13")];
+    char stringpool_str23[sizeof("CP1046")];
+    char stringpool_str24[sizeof("ISO-8859-8")];
+    char stringpool_str25[sizeof("CP856")];
+    char stringpool_str26[sizeof("CP1125")];
+    char stringpool_str27[sizeof("ISO-8859-6")];
+    char stringpool_str28[sizeof("CP865")];
+    char stringpool_str29[sizeof("CP922")];
+    char stringpool_str30[sizeof("CP1252")];
+    char stringpool_str31[sizeof("ISO-8859-9")];
+    char stringpool_str33[sizeof("CP943")];
+    char stringpool_str34[sizeof("ISO-8859-4")];
+    char stringpool_str35[sizeof("ISO-8859-1")];
+    char stringpool_str38[sizeof("CP1129")];
+    char stringpool_str40[sizeof("CP869")];
+    char stringpool_str41[sizeof("CP1124")];
+    char stringpool_str44[sizeof("CP861")];
+  };
+static const struct stringpool_t stringpool_contents =
+  {
+    "EUC-TW",
+    "EUC-KR",
+    "CP852",
+    "EUC-JP",
+    "ISO-8859-2",
+    "CP857",
+    "CP850",
+    "ISO-8859-7",
+    "CP932",
+    "GB2312",
+    "BIG5",
+    "CP437",
+    "ISO-8859-5",
+    "ISO-8859-15",
+    "ISO-8859-3",
+    "ISO-8859-13",
+    "CP1046",
+    "ISO-8859-8",
+    "CP856",
+    "CP1125",
+    "ISO-8859-6",
+    "CP865",
+    "CP922",
+    "CP1252",
+    "ISO-8859-9",
+    "CP943",
+    "ISO-8859-4",
+    "ISO-8859-1",
+    "CP1129",
+    "CP869",
+    "CP1124",
+    "CP861"
+  };
+#define stringpool ((const char *) &stringpool_contents)
+
+static const struct mapping mappings[] =
+  {
+    {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1},
+#line 59 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str6, "IBM-eucTW"},
+#line 58 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str7, "IBM-eucKR"},
+#line 41 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str8, "IBM-852"},
+#line 57 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str9, "IBM-eucJP"},
+#line 30 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str10, "ISO8859-2"},
+#line 43 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str11, "IBM-857"},
+#line 40 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str12, "IBM-850"},
+#line 35 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str13, "ISO8859-7"},
+#line 49 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str14, "IBM-932"},
+#line 56 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str15, "IBM-eucCN"},
+#line 60 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str16, "big5"},
+#line 39 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str17, "IBM-437"},
+    {-1},
+#line 33 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str19, "ISO8859-5"},
+#line 38 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str20, "ISO8859-15"},
+#line 31 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str21, "ISO8859-3"},
+#line 47 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str22, "IBM-921"},
+#line 51 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str23, "IBM-1046"},
+#line 36 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str24, "ISO8859-8"},
+#line 42 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str25, "IBM-856"},
+#line 53 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str26, "IBM-1125"},
+#line 34 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str27, "ISO8859-6"},
+#line 45 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str28, "IBM-865"},
+#line 48 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str29, "IBM-922"},
+#line 55 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str30, "IBM-1252"},
+#line 37 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str31, "ISO8859-9"},
+    {-1},
+#line 50 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str33, "IBM-943"},
+#line 32 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str34, "ISO8859-4"},
+#line 29 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str35, "ISO8859-1"},
+    {-1}, {-1},
+#line 54 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str38, "IBM-1129"},
+    {-1},
+#line 46 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str40, "IBM-869"},
+#line 52 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str41, "IBM-1124"},
+    {-1}, {-1},
+#line 44 "./lib/iconv_open-aix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str44, "IBM-861"}
+  };
+
+const struct mapping *
+mapping_lookup (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  if (len <= MAX_WORD_LENGTH && len >= MIN_WORD_LENGTH)
+    {
+      register unsigned int key = mapping_hash (str, len);
+
+      if (key <= MAX_HASH_VALUE)
+        {
+          register int o = mappings[key].standard_name;
+          if (o >= 0)
+            {
+              register const char *s = o + stringpool;
+
+              if (*str == *s && !strcmp (str + 1, s + 1))
+                return &mappings[key];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf b/lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1205750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Character set conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[9 + 1]; };
+%struct-type
+%language=ANSI-C
+%define slot-name standard_name
+%define hash-function-name mapping_hash
+%define lookup-function-name mapping_lookup
+%readonly-tables
+%global-table
+%define word-array-name mappings
+%pic
+%%
+# On HP-UX 11.11, look in /usr/lib/nls/iconv.
+ISO-8859-1, "iso88591"
+ISO-8859-2, "iso88592"
+ISO-8859-5, "iso88595"
+ISO-8859-6, "iso88596"
+ISO-8859-7, "iso88597"
+ISO-8859-8, "iso88598"
+ISO-8859-9, "iso88599"
+ISO-8859-15, "iso885915"
+CP437, "cp437"
+CP775, "cp775"
+CP850, "cp850"
+CP852, "cp852"
+CP855, "cp855"
+CP857, "cp857"
+CP861, "cp861"
+CP862, "cp862"
+CP864, "cp864"
+CP865, "cp865"
+CP866, "cp866"
+CP869, "cp869"
+CP874, "cp874"
+CP1250, "cp1250"
+CP1251, "cp1251"
+CP1252, "cp1252"
+CP1253, "cp1253"
+CP1254, "cp1254"
+CP1255, "cp1255"
+CP1256, "cp1256"
+CP1257, "cp1257"
+CP1258, "cp1258"
+HP-ROMAN8, "roman8"
+HP-ARABIC8, "arabic8"
+HP-GREEK8, "greek8"
+HP-HEBREW8, "hebrew8"
+HP-TURKISH8, "turkish8"
+HP-KANA8, "kana8"
+TIS-620, "tis620"
+GB2312, "hp15CN"
+EUC-JP, "eucJP"
+EUC-KR, "eucKR"
+EUC-TW, "eucTW"
+BIG5, "big5"
+SHIFT_JIS, "sjis"
+UTF-8, "utf8"
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-hpux.h b/lib/iconv_open-hpux.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf5eac5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-hpux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/* ANSI-C code produced by gperf version 3.1 */
+/* Command-line: gperf -m 10 ./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf  */
+/* Computed positions: -k'4,$' */
+
+#if !((' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+      && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+      && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+      && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+      && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+      && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+      && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+      && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+      && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+      && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+      && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+      && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+      && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+      && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+      && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+      && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+      && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+      && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+      && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+      && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+      && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+      && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+      && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126))
+/* The character set is not based on ISO-646.  */
+#error "gperf generated tables don't work with this execution character set. Please report a bug to <bug-gperf@gnu.org>."
+#endif
+
+#line 17 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[9 + 1]; };
+
+#define TOTAL_KEYWORDS 44
+#define MIN_WORD_LENGTH 4
+#define MAX_WORD_LENGTH 11
+#define MIN_HASH_VALUE 6
+#define MAX_HASH_VALUE 49
+/* maximum key range = 44, duplicates = 0 */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static unsigned int
+mapping_hash (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  static const unsigned char asso_values[] =
+    {
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,  1,  2,
+      24, 43,  5, 10,  0, 13, 32,  3, 19, 18,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,  5,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 14,  5,  0, 50, 50,  0,
+      27, 50, 12, 14, 50, 50,  0,  5,  2, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50,
+      50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50
+    };
+  return len + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[3]+4] + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[len - 1]];
+}
+
+struct stringpool_t
+  {
+    char stringpool_str6[sizeof("CP1256")];
+    char stringpool_str7[sizeof("CP1250")];
+    char stringpool_str8[sizeof("CP1251")];
+    char stringpool_str9[sizeof("CP850")];
+    char stringpool_str10[sizeof("TIS-620")];
+    char stringpool_str11[sizeof("CP1254")];
+    char stringpool_str12[sizeof("ISO-8859-6")];
+    char stringpool_str13[sizeof("EUC-TW")];
+    char stringpool_str14[sizeof("ISO-8859-1")];
+    char stringpool_str15[sizeof("ISO-8859-9")];
+    char stringpool_str16[sizeof("CP1255")];
+    char stringpool_str17[sizeof("BIG5")];
+    char stringpool_str18[sizeof("CP855")];
+    char stringpool_str19[sizeof("CP1257")];
+    char stringpool_str20[sizeof("EUC-KR")];
+    char stringpool_str21[sizeof("CP857")];
+    char stringpool_str22[sizeof("ISO-8859-5")];
+    char stringpool_str23[sizeof("ISO-8859-15")];
+    char stringpool_str24[sizeof("CP866")];
+    char stringpool_str25[sizeof("ISO-8859-7")];
+    char stringpool_str26[sizeof("CP861")];
+    char stringpool_str27[sizeof("CP869")];
+    char stringpool_str28[sizeof("CP874")];
+    char stringpool_str29[sizeof("CP864")];
+    char stringpool_str30[sizeof("CP1252")];
+    char stringpool_str31[sizeof("CP437")];
+    char stringpool_str32[sizeof("CP852")];
+    char stringpool_str33[sizeof("CP775")];
+    char stringpool_str34[sizeof("CP865")];
+    char stringpool_str35[sizeof("EUC-JP")];
+    char stringpool_str36[sizeof("ISO-8859-2")];
+    char stringpool_str37[sizeof("SHIFT_JIS")];
+    char stringpool_str38[sizeof("CP1258")];
+    char stringpool_str39[sizeof("UTF-8")];
+    char stringpool_str40[sizeof("HP-KANA8")];
+    char stringpool_str41[sizeof("HP-ROMAN8")];
+    char stringpool_str42[sizeof("HP-HEBREW8")];
+    char stringpool_str43[sizeof("GB2312")];
+    char stringpool_str44[sizeof("ISO-8859-8")];
+    char stringpool_str45[sizeof("HP-TURKISH8")];
+    char stringpool_str46[sizeof("HP-GREEK8")];
+    char stringpool_str47[sizeof("HP-ARABIC8")];
+    char stringpool_str48[sizeof("CP862")];
+    char stringpool_str49[sizeof("CP1253")];
+  };
+static const struct stringpool_t stringpool_contents =
+  {
+    "CP1256",
+    "CP1250",
+    "CP1251",
+    "CP850",
+    "TIS-620",
+    "CP1254",
+    "ISO-8859-6",
+    "EUC-TW",
+    "ISO-8859-1",
+    "ISO-8859-9",
+    "CP1255",
+    "BIG5",
+    "CP855",
+    "CP1257",
+    "EUC-KR",
+    "CP857",
+    "ISO-8859-5",
+    "ISO-8859-15",
+    "CP866",
+    "ISO-8859-7",
+    "CP861",
+    "CP869",
+    "CP874",
+    "CP864",
+    "CP1252",
+    "CP437",
+    "CP852",
+    "CP775",
+    "CP865",
+    "EUC-JP",
+    "ISO-8859-2",
+    "SHIFT_JIS",
+    "CP1258",
+    "UTF-8",
+    "HP-KANA8",
+    "HP-ROMAN8",
+    "HP-HEBREW8",
+    "GB2312",
+    "ISO-8859-8",
+    "HP-TURKISH8",
+    "HP-GREEK8",
+    "HP-ARABIC8",
+    "CP862",
+    "CP1253"
+  };
+#define stringpool ((const char *) &stringpool_contents)
+
+static const struct mapping mappings[] =
+  {
+    {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1},
+#line 56 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str6, "cp1256"},
+#line 50 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str7, "cp1250"},
+#line 51 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str8, "cp1251"},
+#line 39 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str9, "cp850"},
+#line 65 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str10, "tis620"},
+#line 54 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str11, "cp1254"},
+#line 32 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str12, "iso88596"},
+#line 69 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str13, "eucTW"},
+#line 29 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str14, "iso88591"},
+#line 35 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str15, "iso88599"},
+#line 55 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str16, "cp1255"},
+#line 70 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str17, "big5"},
+#line 41 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str18, "cp855"},
+#line 57 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str19, "cp1257"},
+#line 68 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str20, "eucKR"},
+#line 42 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str21, "cp857"},
+#line 31 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str22, "iso88595"},
+#line 36 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str23, "iso885915"},
+#line 47 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str24, "cp866"},
+#line 33 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str25, "iso88597"},
+#line 43 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str26, "cp861"},
+#line 48 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str27, "cp869"},
+#line 49 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str28, "cp874"},
+#line 45 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str29, "cp864"},
+#line 52 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str30, "cp1252"},
+#line 37 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str31, "cp437"},
+#line 40 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str32, "cp852"},
+#line 38 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str33, "cp775"},
+#line 46 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str34, "cp865"},
+#line 67 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str35, "eucJP"},
+#line 30 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str36, "iso88592"},
+#line 71 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str37, "sjis"},
+#line 58 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str38, "cp1258"},
+#line 72 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str39, "utf8"},
+#line 64 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str40, "kana8"},
+#line 59 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str41, "roman8"},
+#line 62 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str42, "hebrew8"},
+#line 66 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str43, "hp15CN"},
+#line 34 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str44, "iso88598"},
+#line 63 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str45, "turkish8"},
+#line 61 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str46, "greek8"},
+#line 60 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str47, "arabic8"},
+#line 44 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str48, "cp862"},
+#line 53 "./lib/iconv_open-hpux.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str49, "cp1253"}
+  };
+
+const struct mapping *
+mapping_lookup (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  if (len <= MAX_WORD_LENGTH && len >= MIN_WORD_LENGTH)
+    {
+      register unsigned int key = mapping_hash (str, len);
+
+      if (key <= MAX_HASH_VALUE)
+        {
+          register int o = mappings[key].standard_name;
+          if (o >= 0)
+            {
+              register const char *s = o + stringpool;
+
+              if (*str == *s && !strcmp (str + 1, s + 1))
+                return &mappings[key];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf b/lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92a2689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Character set conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
+%struct-type
+%language=ANSI-C
+%define slot-name standard_name
+%define hash-function-name mapping_hash
+%define lookup-function-name mapping_lookup
+%readonly-tables
+%global-table
+%define word-array-name mappings
+%pic
+%%
+# On IRIX 6.5, look in /usr/lib/iconv and /usr/lib/international/encodings.
+ISO-8859-1, "ISO8859-1"
+ISO-8859-2, "ISO8859-2"
+ISO-8859-3, "ISO8859-3"
+ISO-8859-4, "ISO8859-4"
+ISO-8859-5, "ISO8859-5"
+ISO-8859-6, "ISO8859-6"
+ISO-8859-7, "ISO8859-7"
+ISO-8859-8, "ISO8859-8"
+ISO-8859-9, "ISO8859-9"
+ISO-8859-15, "ISO8859-15"
+KOI8-R, "KOI8"
+CP855, "DOS855"
+CP1251, "WIN1251"
+GB2312, "eucCN"
+EUC-JP, "eucJP"
+EUC-KR, "eucKR"
+EUC-TW, "eucTW"
+SHIFT_JIS, "sjis"
+TIS-620, "TIS620"
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-irix.h b/lib/iconv_open-irix.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a9c990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-irix.h
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* ANSI-C code produced by gperf version 3.1 */
+/* Command-line: gperf -m 10 ./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf  */
+/* Computed positions: -k'1,$' */
+
+#if !((' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+      && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+      && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+      && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+      && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+      && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+      && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+      && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+      && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+      && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+      && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+      && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+      && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+      && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+      && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+      && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+      && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+      && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+      && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+      && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+      && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+      && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+      && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126))
+/* The character set is not based on ISO-646.  */
+#error "gperf generated tables don't work with this execution character set. Please report a bug to <bug-gperf@gnu.org>."
+#endif
+
+#line 17 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
+
+#define TOTAL_KEYWORDS 19
+#define MIN_WORD_LENGTH 5
+#define MAX_WORD_LENGTH 11
+#define MIN_HASH_VALUE 5
+#define MAX_HASH_VALUE 23
+/* maximum key range = 19, duplicates = 0 */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static unsigned int
+mapping_hash (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  static const unsigned char asso_values[] =
+    {
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,  8,  2,
+       5, 12, 11,  0, 10,  9,  8,  7, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,  0, 24,  0,
+      24,  5, 24,  0, 24,  7, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+       7, 24,  1,  0,  8, 24, 24,  0, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+      24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24
+    };
+  return len + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[len - 1]] + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[0]];
+}
+
+struct stringpool_t
+  {
+    char stringpool_str5[sizeof("CP855")];
+    char stringpool_str6[sizeof("EUC-TW")];
+    char stringpool_str7[sizeof("EUC-KR")];
+    char stringpool_str8[sizeof("CP1251")];
+    char stringpool_str9[sizeof("SHIFT_JIS")];
+    char stringpool_str10[sizeof("ISO-8859-5")];
+    char stringpool_str11[sizeof("ISO-8859-15")];
+    char stringpool_str12[sizeof("ISO-8859-1")];
+    char stringpool_str13[sizeof("EUC-JP")];
+    char stringpool_str14[sizeof("KOI8-R")];
+    char stringpool_str15[sizeof("ISO-8859-2")];
+    char stringpool_str16[sizeof("GB2312")];
+    char stringpool_str17[sizeof("ISO-8859-9")];
+    char stringpool_str18[sizeof("ISO-8859-8")];
+    char stringpool_str19[sizeof("ISO-8859-7")];
+    char stringpool_str20[sizeof("ISO-8859-6")];
+    char stringpool_str21[sizeof("ISO-8859-4")];
+    char stringpool_str22[sizeof("ISO-8859-3")];
+    char stringpool_str23[sizeof("TIS-620")];
+  };
+static const struct stringpool_t stringpool_contents =
+  {
+    "CP855",
+    "EUC-TW",
+    "EUC-KR",
+    "CP1251",
+    "SHIFT_JIS",
+    "ISO-8859-5",
+    "ISO-8859-15",
+    "ISO-8859-1",
+    "EUC-JP",
+    "KOI8-R",
+    "ISO-8859-2",
+    "GB2312",
+    "ISO-8859-9",
+    "ISO-8859-8",
+    "ISO-8859-7",
+    "ISO-8859-6",
+    "ISO-8859-4",
+    "ISO-8859-3",
+    "TIS-620"
+  };
+#define stringpool ((const char *) &stringpool_contents)
+
+static const struct mapping mappings[] =
+  {
+    {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1},
+#line 40 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str5, "DOS855"},
+#line 45 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str6, "eucTW"},
+#line 44 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str7, "eucKR"},
+#line 41 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str8, "WIN1251"},
+#line 46 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str9, "sjis"},
+#line 33 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str10, "ISO8859-5"},
+#line 38 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str11, "ISO8859-15"},
+#line 29 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str12, "ISO8859-1"},
+#line 43 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str13, "eucJP"},
+#line 39 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str14, "KOI8"},
+#line 30 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str15, "ISO8859-2"},
+#line 42 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str16, "eucCN"},
+#line 37 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str17, "ISO8859-9"},
+#line 36 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str18, "ISO8859-8"},
+#line 35 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str19, "ISO8859-7"},
+#line 34 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str20, "ISO8859-6"},
+#line 32 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str21, "ISO8859-4"},
+#line 31 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str22, "ISO8859-3"},
+#line 47 "./lib/iconv_open-irix.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str23, "TIS620"}
+  };
+
+const struct mapping *
+mapping_lookup (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  if (len <= MAX_WORD_LENGTH && len >= MIN_WORD_LENGTH)
+    {
+      register unsigned int key = mapping_hash (str, len);
+
+      if (key <= MAX_HASH_VALUE)
+        {
+          register int o = mappings[key].standard_name;
+          if (o >= 0)
+            {
+              register const char *s = o + stringpool;
+
+              if (*str == *s && !strcmp (str + 1, s + 1))
+                return &mappings[key];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf b/lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..746f563
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Character set conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
+%struct-type
+%language=ANSI-C
+%define slot-name standard_name
+%define hash-function-name mapping_hash
+%define lookup-function-name mapping_lookup
+%readonly-tables
+%global-table
+%define word-array-name mappings
+%pic
+%%
+# On OSF/1 5.1, look in /usr/lib/nls/loc/iconv.
+ISO-8859-1, "ISO8859-1"
+ISO-8859-2, "ISO8859-2"
+ISO-8859-3, "ISO8859-3"
+ISO-8859-4, "ISO8859-4"
+ISO-8859-5, "ISO8859-5"
+ISO-8859-6, "ISO8859-6"
+ISO-8859-7, "ISO8859-7"
+ISO-8859-8, "ISO8859-8"
+ISO-8859-9, "ISO8859-9"
+ISO-8859-15, "ISO8859-15"
+CP437, "cp437"
+CP775, "cp775"
+CP850, "cp850"
+CP852, "cp852"
+CP855, "cp855"
+CP857, "cp857"
+CP861, "cp861"
+CP862, "cp862"
+CP865, "cp865"
+CP866, "cp866"
+CP869, "cp869"
+CP874, "cp874"
+CP949, "KSC5601"
+CP1250, "cp1250"
+CP1251, "cp1251"
+CP1252, "cp1252"
+CP1253, "cp1253"
+CP1254, "cp1254"
+CP1255, "cp1255"
+CP1256, "cp1256"
+CP1257, "cp1257"
+CP1258, "cp1258"
+EUC-JP, "eucJP"
+EUC-KR, "eucKR"
+EUC-TW, "eucTW"
+BIG5, "big5"
+SHIFT_JIS, "SJIS"
+TIS-620, "TACTIS"
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-osf.h b/lib/iconv_open-osf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc8e083
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-osf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/* ANSI-C code produced by gperf version 3.1 */
+/* Command-line: gperf -m 10 ./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf  */
+/* Computed positions: -k'4,$' */
+
+#if !((' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+      && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+      && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+      && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+      && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+      && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+      && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+      && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+      && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+      && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+      && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+      && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+      && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+      && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+      && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+      && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+      && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+      && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+      && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+      && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+      && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+      && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+      && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126))
+/* The character set is not based on ISO-646.  */
+#error "gperf generated tables don't work with this execution character set. Please report a bug to <bug-gperf@gnu.org>."
+#endif
+
+#line 17 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
+
+#define TOTAL_KEYWORDS 38
+#define MIN_WORD_LENGTH 4
+#define MAX_WORD_LENGTH 11
+#define MIN_HASH_VALUE 6
+#define MAX_HASH_VALUE 47
+/* maximum key range = 42, duplicates = 0 */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static unsigned int
+mapping_hash (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  static const unsigned char asso_values[] =
+    {
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,  2, 29,
+      24, 34, 31,  0, 15, 14, 10, 13,  2, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48,  7, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      11, 48,  2,  7, 48, 48, 48,  1, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
+      48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48
+    };
+  return len + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[3]+3] + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[len - 1]];
+}
+
+struct stringpool_t
+  {
+    char stringpool_str6[sizeof("CP1255")];
+    char stringpool_str7[sizeof("CP775")];
+    char stringpool_str8[sizeof("CP1250")];
+    char stringpool_str9[sizeof("EUC-TW")];
+    char stringpool_str10[sizeof("EUC-KR")];
+    char stringpool_str11[sizeof("TIS-620")];
+    char stringpool_str12[sizeof("ISO-8859-5")];
+    char stringpool_str13[sizeof("ISO-8859-15")];
+    char stringpool_str14[sizeof("BIG5")];
+    char stringpool_str15[sizeof("CP855")];
+    char stringpool_str16[sizeof("CP1258")];
+    char stringpool_str17[sizeof("CP850")];
+    char stringpool_str18[sizeof("CP865")];
+    char stringpool_str19[sizeof("EUC-JP")];
+    char stringpool_str20[sizeof("CP1257")];
+    char stringpool_str21[sizeof("CP1256")];
+    char stringpool_str22[sizeof("ISO-8859-8")];
+    char stringpool_str23[sizeof("SHIFT_JIS")];
+    char stringpool_str25[sizeof("ISO-8859-9")];
+    char stringpool_str26[sizeof("ISO-8859-7")];
+    char stringpool_str27[sizeof("ISO-8859-6")];
+    char stringpool_str29[sizeof("CP857")];
+    char stringpool_str30[sizeof("CP1252")];
+    char stringpool_str31[sizeof("CP869")];
+    char stringpool_str32[sizeof("CP949")];
+    char stringpool_str33[sizeof("CP866")];
+    char stringpool_str34[sizeof("CP437")];
+    char stringpool_str35[sizeof("CP1251")];
+    char stringpool_str36[sizeof("ISO-8859-2")];
+    char stringpool_str37[sizeof("CP1254")];
+    char stringpool_str38[sizeof("CP874")];
+    char stringpool_str39[sizeof("CP852")];
+    char stringpool_str40[sizeof("CP1253")];
+    char stringpool_str41[sizeof("ISO-8859-1")];
+    char stringpool_str42[sizeof("CP862")];
+    char stringpool_str43[sizeof("ISO-8859-4")];
+    char stringpool_str46[sizeof("ISO-8859-3")];
+    char stringpool_str47[sizeof("CP861")];
+  };
+static const struct stringpool_t stringpool_contents =
+  {
+    "CP1255",
+    "CP775",
+    "CP1250",
+    "EUC-TW",
+    "EUC-KR",
+    "TIS-620",
+    "ISO-8859-5",
+    "ISO-8859-15",
+    "BIG5",
+    "CP855",
+    "CP1258",
+    "CP850",
+    "CP865",
+    "EUC-JP",
+    "CP1257",
+    "CP1256",
+    "ISO-8859-8",
+    "SHIFT_JIS",
+    "ISO-8859-9",
+    "ISO-8859-7",
+    "ISO-8859-6",
+    "CP857",
+    "CP1252",
+    "CP869",
+    "CP949",
+    "CP866",
+    "CP437",
+    "CP1251",
+    "ISO-8859-2",
+    "CP1254",
+    "CP874",
+    "CP852",
+    "CP1253",
+    "ISO-8859-1",
+    "CP862",
+    "ISO-8859-4",
+    "ISO-8859-3",
+    "CP861"
+  };
+#define stringpool ((const char *) &stringpool_contents)
+
+static const struct mapping mappings[] =
+  {
+    {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1},
+#line 57 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str6, "cp1255"},
+#line 40 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str7, "cp775"},
+#line 52 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str8, "cp1250"},
+#line 63 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str9, "eucTW"},
+#line 62 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str10, "eucKR"},
+#line 66 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str11, "TACTIS"},
+#line 33 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str12, "ISO8859-5"},
+#line 38 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str13, "ISO8859-15"},
+#line 64 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str14, "big5"},
+#line 43 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str15, "cp855"},
+#line 60 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str16, "cp1258"},
+#line 41 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str17, "cp850"},
+#line 47 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str18, "cp865"},
+#line 61 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str19, "eucJP"},
+#line 59 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str20, "cp1257"},
+#line 58 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str21, "cp1256"},
+#line 36 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str22, "ISO8859-8"},
+#line 65 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str23, "SJIS"},
+    {-1},
+#line 37 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str25, "ISO8859-9"},
+#line 35 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str26, "ISO8859-7"},
+#line 34 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str27, "ISO8859-6"},
+    {-1},
+#line 44 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str29, "cp857"},
+#line 54 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str30, "cp1252"},
+#line 49 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str31, "cp869"},
+#line 51 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str32, "KSC5601"},
+#line 48 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str33, "cp866"},
+#line 39 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str34, "cp437"},
+#line 53 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str35, "cp1251"},
+#line 30 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str36, "ISO8859-2"},
+#line 56 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str37, "cp1254"},
+#line 50 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str38, "cp874"},
+#line 42 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str39, "cp852"},
+#line 55 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str40, "cp1253"},
+#line 29 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str41, "ISO8859-1"},
+#line 46 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str42, "cp862"},
+#line 32 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str43, "ISO8859-4"},
+    {-1}, {-1},
+#line 31 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str46, "ISO8859-3"},
+#line 45 "./lib/iconv_open-osf.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str47, "cp861"}
+  };
+
+const struct mapping *
+mapping_lookup (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  if (len <= MAX_WORD_LENGTH && len >= MIN_WORD_LENGTH)
+    {
+      register unsigned int key = mapping_hash (str, len);
+
+      if (key <= MAX_HASH_VALUE)
+        {
+          register int o = mappings[key].standard_name;
+          if (o >= 0)
+            {
+              register const char *s = o + stringpool;
+
+              if (*str == *s && !strcmp (str + 1, s + 1))
+                return &mappings[key];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf b/lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbd6f9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Character set conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009, 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
+%struct-type
+%language=ANSI-C
+%define slot-name standard_name
+%define hash-function-name mapping_hash
+%define lookup-function-name mapping_lookup
+%readonly-tables
+%global-table
+%define word-array-name mappings
+%pic
+%%
+# On Solaris 10, look in the "iconv -l" output. Some aliases are advertised but
+# not actually supported by the iconv() function and by the 'iconv' program.
+# For example:
+#   $ echo abc | iconv -f 646 -t ISO-8859-1
+#   Not supported 646 to ISO-8859-1
+#   $ echo abc | iconv -f 646 -t ISO8859-1
+$   abc
+ASCII, "646"
+ISO-8859-1, "ISO8859-1"
+ISO-8859-2, "ISO8859-2"
+ISO-8859-3, "ISO8859-3"
+ISO-8859-4, "ISO8859-4"
+ISO-8859-5, "ISO8859-5"
+ISO-8859-6, "ISO8859-6"
+ISO-8859-7, "ISO8859-7"
+ISO-8859-8, "ISO8859-8"
+ISO-8859-9, "ISO8859-9"
+ISO-8859-15, "ISO8859-15"
+CP1251, "ansi-1251"
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-solaris.h b/lib/iconv_open-solaris.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abafad1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-solaris.h
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/* ANSI-C code produced by gperf version 3.1 */
+/* Command-line: gperf -m 10 ./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf  */
+/* Computed positions: -k'10' */
+
+#if !((' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+      && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+      && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+      && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+      && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+      && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+      && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+      && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+      && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+      && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+      && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+      && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+      && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+      && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+      && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+      && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+      && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+      && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+      && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+      && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+      && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+      && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+      && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126))
+/* The character set is not based on ISO-646.  */
+#error "gperf generated tables don't work with this execution character set. Please report a bug to <bug-gperf@gnu.org>."
+#endif
+
+#line 17 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
+
+#define TOTAL_KEYWORDS 13
+#define MIN_WORD_LENGTH 5
+#define MAX_WORD_LENGTH 11
+#define MIN_HASH_VALUE 5
+#define MAX_HASH_VALUE 19
+/* maximum key range = 15, duplicates = 0 */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static unsigned int
+mapping_hash (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  static const unsigned char asso_values[] =
+    {
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,  0,
+       9,  8,  7,  6,  5,  4,  3,  2, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+      20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
+    };
+  register unsigned int hval = len;
+
+  switch (hval)
+    {
+      default:
+        hval += asso_values[(unsigned char)str[9]];
+      /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+      case 9:
+      case 8:
+      case 7:
+      case 6:
+      case 5:
+        break;
+    }
+  return hval;
+}
+
+struct stringpool_t
+  {
+    char stringpool_str5[sizeof("ASCII")];
+    char stringpool_str6[sizeof("CP1251")];
+    char stringpool_str7[sizeof("$   abc")];
+    char stringpool_str10[sizeof("ISO-8859-1")];
+    char stringpool_str11[sizeof("ISO-8859-15")];
+    char stringpool_str12[sizeof("ISO-8859-9")];
+    char stringpool_str13[sizeof("ISO-8859-8")];
+    char stringpool_str14[sizeof("ISO-8859-7")];
+    char stringpool_str15[sizeof("ISO-8859-6")];
+    char stringpool_str16[sizeof("ISO-8859-5")];
+    char stringpool_str17[sizeof("ISO-8859-4")];
+    char stringpool_str18[sizeof("ISO-8859-3")];
+    char stringpool_str19[sizeof("ISO-8859-2")];
+  };
+static const struct stringpool_t stringpool_contents =
+  {
+    "ASCII",
+    "CP1251",
+    "$   abc",
+    "ISO-8859-1",
+    "ISO-8859-15",
+    "ISO-8859-9",
+    "ISO-8859-8",
+    "ISO-8859-7",
+    "ISO-8859-6",
+    "ISO-8859-5",
+    "ISO-8859-4",
+    "ISO-8859-3",
+    "ISO-8859-2"
+  };
+#define stringpool ((const char *) &stringpool_contents)
+
+static const struct mapping mappings[] =
+  {
+    {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1},
+#line 35 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str5, "646"},
+#line 46 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str6, "ansi-1251"},
+#line 34 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str7},
+    {-1}, {-1},
+#line 36 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str10, "ISO8859-1"},
+#line 45 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str11, "ISO8859-15"},
+#line 44 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str12, "ISO8859-9"},
+#line 43 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str13, "ISO8859-8"},
+#line 42 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str14, "ISO8859-7"},
+#line 41 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str15, "ISO8859-6"},
+#line 40 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str16, "ISO8859-5"},
+#line 39 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str17, "ISO8859-4"},
+#line 38 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str18, "ISO8859-3"},
+#line 37 "./lib/iconv_open-solaris.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str19, "ISO8859-2"}
+  };
+
+const struct mapping *
+mapping_lookup (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  if (len <= MAX_WORD_LENGTH && len >= MIN_WORD_LENGTH)
+    {
+      register unsigned int key = mapping_hash (str, len);
+
+      if (key <= MAX_HASH_VALUE)
+        {
+          register int o = mappings[key].standard_name;
+          if (o >= 0)
+            {
+              register const char *s = o + stringpool;
+
+              if (*str == *s && !strcmp (str + 1, s + 1))
+                return &mappings[key];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf b/lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6912485
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Character set conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
+%struct-type
+%language=ANSI-C
+%define slot-name standard_name
+%define hash-function-name mapping_hash
+%define lookup-function-name mapping_lookup
+%readonly-tables
+%global-table
+%define word-array-name mappings
+%pic
+%%
+ASCII, "00367"
+ISO-8859-1, "ISO8859-1"
+ISO-8859-2, "ISO8859-2"
+ISO-8859-3, "00913"
+ISO-8859-4, "ISO8859-4"
+ISO-8859-5, "ISO8859-5"
+ISO-8859-6, "ISO8859-6"
+ISO-8859-7, "ISO8859-7"
+ISO-8859-8, "05012"
+ISO-8859-9, "ISO8859-9"
+ISO-8859-13, "ISO8859-13"
+ISO-8859-15, "ISO8859-15"
+KOI8-R, "00878"
+KOI8-U, "01168"
+CP437, "IBM-437"
+CP775, "00775"
+CP850, "09042"
+CP852, "IBM-852"
+CP855, "13143"
+CP856, "IBM-856"
+CP857, "00857"
+CP861, "IBM-861"
+CP862, "IBM-862"
+CP864, "IBM-864"
+CP865, "00865"
+CP866, "04962"
+CP869, "IBM-869"
+CP874, "TIS-620"
+CP922, "IBM-922"
+CP932, "IBM-943"
+CP943, "IBM-943"
+CP949, "IBM-1363"
+CP1046, "IBM-1046"
+CP1124, "IBM-1124"
+CP1125, "IBM-1125"
+CP1129, "01129"
+CP1131, "01131"
+CP1250, "IBM-5346"
+CP1251, "IBM-5347"
+CP1252, "IBM-5348"
+CP1253, "IBM-5349"
+CP1254, "IBM-5350"
+CP1255, "09447"
+CP1256, "09448"
+CP1257, "09449"
+GB2312, "IBM-eucCN"
+EUC-JP, "01350"
+EUC-KR, "IBM-eucKR"
+GBK, "IBM-1386"
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open-zos.h b/lib/iconv_open-zos.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6247353
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open-zos.h
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/* ANSI-C code produced by gperf version 3.1 */
+/* Command-line: gperf -m 10 ./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf  */
+/* Computed positions: -k'4,$' */
+
+#if !((' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+      && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+      && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+      && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+      && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+      && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+      && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+      && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+      && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+      && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+      && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+      && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+      && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+      && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+      && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+      && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+      && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+      && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+      && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+      && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+      && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+      && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+      && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126))
+/* The character set is not based on ISO-646.  */
+#error "gperf generated tables don't work with this execution character set. Please report a bug to <bug-gperf@gnu.org>."
+#endif
+
+#line 17 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+struct mapping { int standard_name; const char vendor_name[10 + 1]; };
+
+#define TOTAL_KEYWORDS 49
+#define MIN_WORD_LENGTH 3
+#define MAX_WORD_LENGTH 11
+#define MIN_HASH_VALUE 3
+#define MAX_HASH_VALUE 64
+/* maximum key range = 62, duplicates = 0 */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static unsigned int
+mapping_hash (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  static const unsigned char asso_values[] =
+    {
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 16, 38,
+      14,  1, 32, 22, 29,  3,  0,  7, 40,  2,
+       5, 18, 23, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65,  0, 65,  0, 65, 65, 65,  0,
+      43, 65,  1, 65, 65,  8, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65, 65,
+      65, 65
+    };
+  register unsigned int hval = len;
+
+  switch (hval)
+    {
+      default:
+        hval += asso_values[(unsigned char)str[3]+6];
+      /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+      case 3:
+        break;
+    }
+  return hval + asso_values[(unsigned char)str[len - 1]];
+}
+
+struct stringpool_t
+  {
+    char stringpool_str3[sizeof("GBK")];
+    char stringpool_str5[sizeof("ASCII")];
+    char stringpool_str7[sizeof("CP1253")];
+    char stringpool_str8[sizeof("EUC-KR")];
+    char stringpool_str9[sizeof("CP1257")];
+    char stringpool_str10[sizeof("CP857")];
+    char stringpool_str11[sizeof("ISO-8859-8")];
+    char stringpool_str12[sizeof("ISO-8859-3")];
+    char stringpool_str13[sizeof("ISO-8859-13")];
+    char stringpool_str14[sizeof("ISO-8859-7")];
+    char stringpool_str15[sizeof("CP437")];
+    char stringpool_str16[sizeof("CP1129")];
+    char stringpool_str17[sizeof("CP869")];
+    char stringpool_str18[sizeof("ISO-8859-9")];
+    char stringpool_str19[sizeof("CP922")];
+    char stringpool_str20[sizeof("CP1252")];
+    char stringpool_str21[sizeof("CP852")];
+    char stringpool_str22[sizeof("CP1250")];
+    char stringpool_str23[sizeof("CP850")];
+    char stringpool_str24[sizeof("CP862")];
+    char stringpool_str25[sizeof("ISO-8859-2")];
+    char stringpool_str26[sizeof("CP932")];
+    char stringpool_str27[sizeof("GB2312")];
+    char stringpool_str28[sizeof("CP1255")];
+    char stringpool_str29[sizeof("CP855")];
+    char stringpool_str30[sizeof("KOI8-R")];
+    char stringpool_str31[sizeof("CP1125")];
+    char stringpool_str32[sizeof("CP865")];
+    char stringpool_str33[sizeof("ISO-8859-5")];
+    char stringpool_str34[sizeof("ISO-8859-15")];
+    char stringpool_str35[sizeof("CP1256")];
+    char stringpool_str36[sizeof("CP856")];
+    char stringpool_str37[sizeof("KOI8-U")];
+    char stringpool_str38[sizeof("CP1254")];
+    char stringpool_str39[sizeof("CP866")];
+    char stringpool_str40[sizeof("ISO-8859-6")];
+    char stringpool_str41[sizeof("CP1124")];
+    char stringpool_str42[sizeof("CP864")];
+    char stringpool_str43[sizeof("ISO-8859-4")];
+    char stringpool_str44[sizeof("CP1251")];
+    char stringpool_str45[sizeof("CP775")];
+    char stringpool_str46[sizeof("CP943")];
+    char stringpool_str47[sizeof("CP1131")];
+    char stringpool_str48[sizeof("CP861")];
+    char stringpool_str49[sizeof("ISO-8859-1")];
+    char stringpool_str50[sizeof("EUC-JP")];
+    char stringpool_str52[sizeof("CP949")];
+    char stringpool_str55[sizeof("CP874")];
+    char stringpool_str64[sizeof("CP1046")];
+  };
+static const struct stringpool_t stringpool_contents =
+  {
+    "GBK",
+    "ASCII",
+    "CP1253",
+    "EUC-KR",
+    "CP1257",
+    "CP857",
+    "ISO-8859-8",
+    "ISO-8859-3",
+    "ISO-8859-13",
+    "ISO-8859-7",
+    "CP437",
+    "CP1129",
+    "CP869",
+    "ISO-8859-9",
+    "CP922",
+    "CP1252",
+    "CP852",
+    "CP1250",
+    "CP850",
+    "CP862",
+    "ISO-8859-2",
+    "CP932",
+    "GB2312",
+    "CP1255",
+    "CP855",
+    "KOI8-R",
+    "CP1125",
+    "CP865",
+    "ISO-8859-5",
+    "ISO-8859-15",
+    "CP1256",
+    "CP856",
+    "KOI8-U",
+    "CP1254",
+    "CP866",
+    "ISO-8859-6",
+    "CP1124",
+    "CP864",
+    "ISO-8859-4",
+    "CP1251",
+    "CP775",
+    "CP943",
+    "CP1131",
+    "CP861",
+    "ISO-8859-1",
+    "EUC-JP",
+    "CP949",
+    "CP874",
+    "CP1046"
+  };
+#define stringpool ((const char *) &stringpool_contents)
+
+static const struct mapping mappings[] =
+  {
+    {-1}, {-1}, {-1},
+#line 76 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str3, "IBM-1386"},
+    {-1},
+#line 28 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str5, "00367"},
+    {-1},
+#line 68 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str7, "IBM-5349"},
+#line 75 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str8, "IBM-eucKR"},
+#line 72 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str9, "09449"},
+#line 48 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str10, "00857"},
+#line 36 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str11, "05012"},
+#line 31 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str12, "00913"},
+#line 38 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str13, "ISO8859-13"},
+#line 35 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str14, "ISO8859-7"},
+#line 42 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str15, "IBM-437"},
+#line 63 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str16, "01129"},
+#line 54 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str17, "IBM-869"},
+#line 37 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str18, "ISO8859-9"},
+#line 56 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str19, "IBM-922"},
+#line 67 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str20, "IBM-5348"},
+#line 45 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str21, "IBM-852"},
+#line 65 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str22, "IBM-5346"},
+#line 44 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str23, "09042"},
+#line 50 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str24, "IBM-862"},
+#line 30 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str25, "ISO8859-2"},
+#line 57 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str26, "IBM-943"},
+#line 73 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str27, "IBM-eucCN"},
+#line 70 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str28, "09447"},
+#line 46 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str29, "13143"},
+#line 40 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str30, "00878"},
+#line 62 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str31, "IBM-1125"},
+#line 52 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str32, "00865"},
+#line 33 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str33, "ISO8859-5"},
+#line 39 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str34, "ISO8859-15"},
+#line 71 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str35, "09448"},
+#line 47 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str36, "IBM-856"},
+#line 41 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str37, "01168"},
+#line 69 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str38, "IBM-5350"},
+#line 53 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str39, "04962"},
+#line 34 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str40, "ISO8859-6"},
+#line 61 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str41, "IBM-1124"},
+#line 51 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str42, "IBM-864"},
+#line 32 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str43, "ISO8859-4"},
+#line 66 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str44, "IBM-5347"},
+#line 43 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str45, "00775"},
+#line 58 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str46, "IBM-943"},
+#line 64 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str47, "01131"},
+#line 49 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str48, "IBM-861"},
+#line 29 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str49, "ISO8859-1"},
+#line 74 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str50, "01350"},
+    {-1},
+#line 59 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str52, "IBM-1363"},
+    {-1}, {-1},
+#line 55 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str55, "TIS-620"},
+    {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1}, {-1},
+#line 60 "./lib/iconv_open-zos.gperf"
+    {(int)(size_t)&((struct stringpool_t *)0)->stringpool_str64, "IBM-1046"}
+  };
+
+const struct mapping *
+mapping_lookup (register const char *str, register size_t len)
+{
+  if (len <= MAX_WORD_LENGTH && len >= MIN_WORD_LENGTH)
+    {
+      register unsigned int key = mapping_hash (str, len);
+
+      if (key <= MAX_HASH_VALUE)
+        {
+          register int o = mappings[key].standard_name;
+          if (o >= 0)
+            {
+              register const char *s = o + stringpool;
+
+              if (*str == *s && !strcmp (str + 1, s + 1))
+                return &mappings[key];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/iconv_open.c b/lib/iconv_open.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02c240e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iconv_open.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* Character set conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <iconv.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+
+#define SIZEOF(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof(a[0]))
+
+/* Namespace cleanliness.  */
+#define mapping_lookup rpl_iconv_open_mapping_lookup
+
+/* The macro ICONV_FLAVOR is defined to one of these or undefined.  */
+
+#define ICONV_FLAVOR_AIX "iconv_open-aix.h"
+#define ICONV_FLAVOR_HPUX "iconv_open-hpux.h"
+#define ICONV_FLAVOR_IRIX "iconv_open-irix.h"
+#define ICONV_FLAVOR_OSF "iconv_open-osf.h"
+#define ICONV_FLAVOR_SOLARIS "iconv_open-solaris.h"
+#define ICONV_FLAVOR_ZOS "iconv_open-zos.h"
+
+#ifdef ICONV_FLAVOR
+# include ICONV_FLAVOR
+#endif
+
+iconv_t
+rpl_iconv_open (const char *tocode, const char *fromcode)
+#undef iconv_open
+{
+  char fromcode_upper[32];
+  char tocode_upper[32];
+  char *fromcode_upper_end;
+  char *tocode_upper_end;
+
+#if REPLACE_ICONV_UTF
+  /* Special handling of conversion between UTF-8 and UTF-{16,32}{BE,LE}.
+     Do this here, before calling the real iconv_open(), because  OSF/1 5.1
+     iconv() to these encoding inserts a BOM, which is wrong.
+     We do not need to handle conversion between arbitrary encodings and
+     UTF-{16,32}{BE,LE}, because the 'striconveh' module implements two-step
+     conversion through UTF-8.
+     The _ICONV_* constants are chosen to be disjoint from any iconv_t
+     returned by the system's iconv_open() functions.  Recall that iconv_t
+     is a scalar type.  */
+  if (c_toupper (fromcode[0]) == 'U'
+      && c_toupper (fromcode[1]) == 'T'
+      && c_toupper (fromcode[2]) == 'F'
+      && fromcode[3] == '-')
+    {
+      if (c_toupper (tocode[0]) == 'U'
+          && c_toupper (tocode[1]) == 'T'
+          && c_toupper (tocode[2]) == 'F'
+          && tocode[3] == '-')
+        {
+          if (strcmp (fromcode + 4, "8") == 0)
+            {
+              if (c_strcasecmp (tocode + 4, "16BE") == 0)
+                return _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16BE;
+              if (c_strcasecmp (tocode + 4, "16LE") == 0)
+                return _ICONV_UTF8_UTF16LE;
+              if (c_strcasecmp (tocode + 4, "32BE") == 0)
+                return _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32BE;
+              if (c_strcasecmp (tocode + 4, "32LE") == 0)
+                return _ICONV_UTF8_UTF32LE;
+            }
+          else if (strcmp (tocode + 4, "8") == 0)
+            {
+              if (c_strcasecmp (fromcode + 4, "16BE") == 0)
+                return _ICONV_UTF16BE_UTF8;
+              if (c_strcasecmp (fromcode + 4, "16LE") == 0)
+                return _ICONV_UTF16LE_UTF8;
+              if (c_strcasecmp (fromcode + 4, "32BE") == 0)
+                return _ICONV_UTF32BE_UTF8;
+              if (c_strcasecmp (fromcode + 4, "32LE") == 0)
+                return _ICONV_UTF32LE_UTF8;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Do *not* add special support for 8-bit encodings like ASCII or ISO-8859-1
+     here.  This would lead to programs that work in some locales (such as the
+     "C" or "en_US" locales) but do not work in East Asian locales.  It is
+     better if programmers make their programs depend on GNU libiconv (except
+     on glibc systems), e.g. by using the AM_ICONV macro and documenting the
+     dependency in an INSTALL or DEPENDENCIES file.  */
+
+  /* Try with the original names first.
+     This covers the case when fromcode or tocode is a lowercase encoding name
+     that is understood by the system's iconv_open but not listed in our
+     mappings table.  */
+  {
+    iconv_t cd = iconv_open (tocode, fromcode);
+    if (cd != (iconv_t)(-1))
+      return cd;
+  }
+
+  /* Convert the encodings to upper case, because
+       1. in the arguments of iconv_open() on AIX, HP-UX, and OSF/1 the case
+          matters,
+       2. it makes searching in the table faster.  */
+  {
+    const char *p = fromcode;
+    char *q = fromcode_upper;
+    while ((*q = c_toupper (*p)) != '\0')
+      {
+        p++;
+        q++;
+        if (q == &fromcode_upper[SIZEOF (fromcode_upper)])
+          {
+            errno = EINVAL;
+            return (iconv_t)(-1);
+          }
+      }
+    fromcode_upper_end = q;
+  }
+
+  {
+    const char *p = tocode;
+    char *q = tocode_upper;
+    while ((*q = c_toupper (*p)) != '\0')
+      {
+        p++;
+        q++;
+        if (q == &tocode_upper[SIZEOF (tocode_upper)])
+          {
+            errno = EINVAL;
+            return (iconv_t)(-1);
+          }
+      }
+    tocode_upper_end = q;
+  }
+
+#ifdef ICONV_FLAVOR
+  /* Apply the mappings.  */
+  {
+    const struct mapping *m =
+      mapping_lookup (fromcode_upper, fromcode_upper_end - fromcode_upper);
+
+    fromcode = (m != NULL ? m->vendor_name : fromcode_upper);
+  }
+  {
+    const struct mapping *m =
+      mapping_lookup (tocode_upper, tocode_upper_end - tocode_upper);
+
+    tocode = (m != NULL ? m->vendor_name : tocode_upper);
+  }
+#else
+  fromcode = fromcode_upper;
+  tocode = tocode_upper;
+#endif
+
+  return iconv_open (tocode, fromcode);
+}
diff --git a/lib/idcache.c b/lib/idcache.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..580a627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/idcache.c
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
+
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988-1990, 1997-1998, 2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "idcache.h"
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "flexmember.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+static char digits[] = "0123456789";
+#endif
+
+struct userid
+{
+  union
+    {
+      uid_t u;
+      gid_t g;
+    } id;
+  struct userid *next;
+  char name[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
+};
+
+/* FIXME: provide a function to free any malloc'd storage and reset lists,
+   so that an application can use code like this just before exiting:
+   #if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+     idcache_clear ();
+   #endif
+*/
+
+static struct userid *user_alist;
+
+/* Each entry on list is a user name for which the first lookup failed.  */
+static struct userid *nouser_alist;
+
+/* Use the same struct as for userids.  */
+static struct userid *group_alist;
+
+/* Each entry on list is a group name for which the first lookup failed.  */
+static struct userid *nogroup_alist;
+
+/* Translate UID to a login name, with cache, or NULL if unresolved.  */
+
+char *
+getuser (uid_t uid)
+{
+  struct userid *tail;
+  struct userid *match = NULL;
+
+  for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    {
+      if (tail->id.u == uid)
+        {
+          match = tail;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (match == NULL)
+    {
+      struct passwd *pwent = getpwuid (uid);
+      char const *name = pwent ? pwent->pw_name : "";
+      match = xmalloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct userid, name, strlen (name) + 1));
+      match->id.u = uid;
+      strcpy (match->name, name);
+
+      /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
+      match->next = user_alist;
+      user_alist = match;
+    }
+
+  return match->name[0] ? match->name : NULL;
+}
+
+/* Translate USER to a UID, with cache.
+   Return NULL if there is no such user.
+   (We also cache which user names have no passwd entry,
+   so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
+
+uid_t *
+getuidbyname (const char *user)
+{
+  struct userid *tail;
+  struct passwd *pwent;
+
+  for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
+    if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
+      return &tail->id.u;
+
+  for (tail = nouser_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
+    if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
+      return NULL;
+
+  pwent = getpwnam (user);
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* We need to pretend to be the user USER, to make
+     pwd functions know about an arbitrary user name.  */
+  if (!pwent && strspn (user, digits) < strlen (user))
+    {
+      setenv ("USER", user, 1);
+      pwent = getpwnam (user);  /* now it will succeed */
+    }
+#endif
+
+  tail = xmalloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct userid, name, strlen (user) + 1));
+  strcpy (tail->name, user);
+
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
+  if (pwent)
+    {
+      tail->id.u = pwent->pw_uid;
+      tail->next = user_alist;
+      user_alist = tail;
+      return &tail->id.u;
+    }
+
+  tail->next = nouser_alist;
+  nouser_alist = tail;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Translate GID to a group name, with cache, or NULL if unresolved.  */
+
+char *
+getgroup (gid_t gid)
+{
+  struct userid *tail;
+  struct userid *match = NULL;
+
+  for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    {
+      if (tail->id.g == gid)
+        {
+          match = tail;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (match == NULL)
+    {
+      struct group *grent = getgrgid (gid);
+      char const *name = grent ? grent->gr_name : "";
+      match = xmalloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct userid, name, strlen (name) + 1));
+      match->id.g = gid;
+      strcpy (match->name, name);
+
+      /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
+      match->next = group_alist;
+      group_alist = match;
+    }
+
+  return match->name[0] ? match->name : NULL;
+}
+
+/* Translate GROUP to a GID, with cache.
+   Return NULL if there is no such group.
+   (We also cache which group names have no group entry,
+   so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
+
+gid_t *
+getgidbyname (const char *group)
+{
+  struct userid *tail;
+  struct group *grent;
+
+  for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
+    if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
+      return &tail->id.g;
+
+  for (tail = nogroup_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
+    if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
+      return NULL;
+
+  grent = getgrnam (group);
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* We need to pretend to belong to group GROUP, to make
+     grp functions know about an arbitrary group name.  */
+  if (!grent && strspn (group, digits) < strlen (group))
+    {
+      setenv ("GROUP", group, 1);
+      grent = getgrnam (group); /* now it will succeed */
+    }
+#endif
+
+  tail = xmalloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct userid, name, strlen (group) + 1));
+  strcpy (tail->name, group);
+
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
+  if (grent)
+    {
+      tail->id.g = grent->gr_gid;
+      tail->next = group_alist;
+      group_alist = tail;
+      return &tail->id.g;
+    }
+
+  tail->next = nogroup_alist;
+  nogroup_alist = tail;
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/lib/idcache.h b/lib/idcache.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa3951a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/idcache.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Username <--> uid and groupname <--> gid conversions, with cache for speed.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering, 2007.  */
+
+#ifndef IDCACHE_H
+# define IDCACHE_H 1
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+extern char *getuser (uid_t uid);
+extern char *getgroup (gid_t gid);
+extern uid_t *getuidbyname (const char *user);
+extern gid_t *getgidbyname (const char *group);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/idx.h b/lib/idx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3669dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/idx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* A type for indices and sizes.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _IDX_H
+#define _IDX_H
+
+/* Get ptrdiff_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get PTRDIFF_MAX.  */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* The type 'idx_t' holds an (array) index or an (object) size.
+   Its implementation promotes to a signed integer type,
+   which can hold the values
+     0..2^63-1 (on 64-bit platforms) or
+     0..2^31-1 (on 32-bit platforms).
+
+   Why a signed integer type?
+
+     * Security: Signed types can be checked for overflow via
+       '-fsanitize=undefined', but unsigned types cannot.
+
+     * Comparisons without surprises: ISO C99 § 6.3.1.8 specifies a few
+       surprising results for comparisons, such as
+
+           (int) -3 < (unsigned long) 7  =>  false
+           (int) -3 < (unsigned int) 7   =>  false
+       and on 32-bit machines:
+           (long) -3 < (unsigned int) 7  =>  false
+
+       This is surprising because the natural comparison order is by
+       value in the realm of infinite-precision signed integers (ℤ).
+
+       The best way to get rid of such surprises is to use signed types
+       for numerical integer values, and use unsigned types only for
+       bit masks and enums.
+
+   Why not use 'size_t' directly?
+
+     * Because 'size_t' is an unsigned type, and a signed type is better.
+       See above.
+
+   Why not use 'ssize_t'?
+
+     * 'ptrdiff_t' is more portable; it is standardized by ISO C
+       whereas 'ssize_t' is standardized only by POSIX.
+
+     * 'ssize_t' is not required to be as wide as 'size_t', and some
+       now-obsolete POSIX platforms had 'size_t' wider than 'ssize_t'.
+
+     * Conversely, some now-obsolete platforms had 'ptrdiff_t' wider
+       than 'size_t', which can be a win and conforms to POSIX.
+
+   Won't this cause a problem with objects larger than PTRDIFF_MAX?
+
+     * Typical modern or large platforms do not allocate such objects,
+       so this is not much of a problem in practice; for example, you
+       can safely write 'idx_t len = strlen (s);'.  To port to older
+       small platforms where allocations larger than PTRDIFF_MAX could
+       in theory be a problem, you can use Gnulib's ialloc module, or
+       functions like ximalloc in Gnulib's xalloc module.
+
+   Why not use 'ptrdiff_t' directly?
+
+     * Maintainability: When reading and modifying code, it helps to know that
+       a certain variable cannot have negative values.  For example, when you
+       have a loop
+
+         int n = ...;
+         for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) ...
+
+       or
+
+         ptrdiff_t n = ...;
+         for (ptrdiff_t i = 0; i < n; i++) ...
+
+       you have to ask yourself "what if n < 0?".  Whereas in
+
+         idx_t n = ...;
+         for (idx_t i = 0; i < n; i++) ...
+
+       you know that this case cannot happen.
+
+       Similarly, when a programmer writes
+
+         idx_t = ptr2 - ptr1;
+
+       there is an implied assertion that ptr1 and ptr2 point into the same
+       object and that ptr1 <= ptr2.
+
+     * Being future-proof: In the future, range types (integers which are
+       constrained to a certain range of values) may be added to C compilers
+       or to the C standard.  Several programming languages (Ada, Haskell,
+       Common Lisp, Pascal) already have range types.  Such range types may
+       help producing good code and good warnings.  The type 'idx_t' could
+       then be typedef'ed to a range type that is signed after promotion.  */
+
+/* In the future, idx_t could be typedef'ed to a signed range type.
+   The clang "extended integer types", supported in Clang 11 or newer
+   <https://clang.llvm.org/docs/LanguageExtensions.html#extended-integer-types>,
+   are a special case of range types.  However, these types don't support binary
+   operators with plain integer types (e.g. expressions such as x > 1).
+   Therefore, they don't behave like signed types (and not like unsigned types
+   either).  So, we cannot use them here.  */
+
+/* Use the signed type 'ptrdiff_t'.  */
+/* Note: ISO C does not mandate that 'size_t' and 'ptrdiff_t' have the same
+   size, but it is so on all platforms we have seen since 1990.  */
+typedef ptrdiff_t idx_t;
+
+/* IDX_MAX is the maximum value of an idx_t.  */
+#define IDX_MAX PTRDIFF_MAX
+
+/* So far no need has been found for an IDX_WIDTH macro.
+   Perhaps there should be another macro IDX_VALUE_BITS that does not
+   count the sign bit and is therefore one less than PTRDIFF_WIDTH.  */
+
+#endif /* _IDX_H */
diff --git a/lib/ignore-value.h b/lib/ignore-value.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..173b63f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ignore-value.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* ignore a function return without a compiler warning.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering, Eric Blake and Pádraig Brady.  */
+
+/* Use "ignore_value" to avoid a warning when using a function declared with
+   gcc's warn_unused_result attribute, but for which you really do want to
+   ignore the result.  Traditionally, people have used a "(void)" cast to
+   indicate that a function's return value is deliberately unused.  However,
+   if the function is declared with __attribute__((warn_unused_result)),
+   gcc issues a warning even with the cast.
+
+   Caution: most of the time, you really should heed gcc's warning, and
+   check the return value.  However, in those exceptional cases in which
+   you're sure you know what you're doing, use this function.
+
+   For the record, here's one of the ignorable warnings:
+   "copy.c:233: warning: ignoring return value of 'fchown',
+   declared with attribute warn_unused_result".  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_IGNORE_VALUE_H
+#define _GL_IGNORE_VALUE_H
+
+/* Normally casting an expression to void discards its value, but GCC
+   versions 3.4 and newer have __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+   which may cause unwanted diagnostics in that case.  Use __typeof__
+   and __extension__ to work around the problem, if the workaround is
+   known to be needed.
+   The workaround is not needed with clang.  */
+#if (3 < __GNUC__ + (4 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) && !defined __clang__
+# define ignore_value(x) \
+    (__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (x) __x = (x); (void) __x; }))
+#else
+# define ignore_value(x) ((void) (x))
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/imaxtostr.c b/lib/imaxtostr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e84d8ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/imaxtostr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Convert 'intmax_t' integer to printable string.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define anytostr imaxtostr
+#define inttype intmax_t
+#include "anytostr.c"
diff --git a/lib/inet_ntop.c b/lib/inet_ntop.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d401d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/inet_ntop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/* inet_ntop.c -- convert IPv4 and IPv6 addresses from binary to text form
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996-1999 by Internet Software Consortium.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND INTERNET SOFTWARE CONSORTIUM DISCLAIMS
+ * ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTERNET SOFTWARE
+ * CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
+ * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
+ * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+
+/* Use this to suppress gcc's "...may be used before initialized" warnings.
+   Beware: The Code argument must not contain commas.  */
+#ifndef IF_LINT
+# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+#  define IF_LINT(Code) Code
+# else
+#  define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP
+
+# undef inet_ntop
+
+const char *
+rpl_inet_ntop (int af, const void *restrict src,
+               char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
+{
+  return inet_ntop (af, src, dst, cnt);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <string.h>
+# include <errno.h>
+
+# define NS_IN6ADDRSZ 16
+# define NS_INT16SZ 2
+
+/*
+ * WARNING: Don't even consider trying to compile this on a system where
+ * sizeof(int) < 4.  sizeof(int) > 4 is fine; all the world's not a VAX.
+ */
+typedef int verify_int_size[4 <= sizeof (int) ? 1 : -1];
+
+static const char *inet_ntop4 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size);
+# if HAVE_IPV6
+static const char *inet_ntop6 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size);
+# endif
+
+
+/* char *
+ * inet_ntop(af, src, dst, size)
+ *      convert a network format address to presentation format.
+ * return:
+ *      pointer to presentation format address ('dst'), or NULL (see errno).
+ * author:
+ *      Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+const char *
+inet_ntop (int af, const void *restrict src,
+           char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
+{
+  switch (af)
+    {
+# if HAVE_IPV4
+    case AF_INET:
+      return (inet_ntop4 (src, dst, cnt));
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_IPV6
+    case AF_INET6:
+      return (inet_ntop6 (src, dst, cnt));
+# endif
+
+    default:
+      errno = EAFNOSUPPORT;
+      return (NULL);
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/* const char *
+ * inet_ntop4(src, dst, size)
+ *      format an IPv4 address
+ * return:
+ *      'dst' (as a const)
+ * notes:
+ *      (1) uses no statics
+ *      (2) takes a u_char* not an in_addr as input
+ * author:
+ *      Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+static const char *
+inet_ntop4 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size)
+{
+  char tmp[sizeof "255.255.255.255"];
+  int len;
+
+  len = sprintf (tmp, "%u.%u.%u.%u", src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]);
+  if (len < 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (len > size)
+    {
+      errno = ENOSPC;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return strcpy (dst, tmp);
+}
+
+# if HAVE_IPV6
+
+/* const char *
+ * inet_ntop6(src, dst, size)
+ *      convert IPv6 binary address into presentation (printable) format
+ * author:
+ *      Paul Vixie, 1996.
+ */
+static const char *
+inet_ntop6 (const unsigned char *src, char *dst, socklen_t size)
+{
+  /*
+   * Note that int32_t and int16_t need only be "at least" large enough
+   * to contain a value of the specified size.  On some systems, like
+   * Crays, there is no such thing as an integer variable with 16 bits.
+   * Keep this in mind if you think this function should have been coded
+   * to use pointer overlays.  All the world's not a VAX.
+   */
+  char tmp[sizeof "ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255"], *tp;
+  struct
+  {
+    int base, len;
+  } best, cur;
+  unsigned int words[NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ];
+  int i;
+
+  /*
+   * Preprocess:
+   *      Copy the input (bytewise) array into a wordwise array.
+   *      Find the longest run of 0x00's in src[] for :: shorthanding.
+   */
+  memset (words, '\0', sizeof words);
+  for (i = 0; i < NS_IN6ADDRSZ; i += 2)
+    words[i / 2] = (src[i] << 8) | src[i + 1];
+  best.base = -1;
+  cur.base = -1;
+  IF_LINT(best.len = 0);
+  IF_LINT(cur.len = 0);
+  for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++)
+    {
+      if (words[i] == 0)
+        {
+          if (cur.base == -1)
+            cur.base = i, cur.len = 1;
+          else
+            cur.len++;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (cur.base != -1)
+            {
+              if (best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len)
+                best = cur;
+              cur.base = -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  if (cur.base != -1)
+    {
+      if (best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len)
+        best = cur;
+    }
+  if (best.base != -1 && best.len < 2)
+    best.base = -1;
+
+  /*
+   * Format the result.
+   */
+  tp = tmp;
+  for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++)
+    {
+      /* Are we inside the best run of 0x00's? */
+      if (best.base != -1 && i >= best.base && i < (best.base + best.len))
+        {
+          if (i == best.base)
+            *tp++ = ':';
+          continue;
+        }
+      /* Are we following an initial run of 0x00s or any real hex? */
+      if (i != 0)
+        *tp++ = ':';
+      /* Is this address an encapsulated IPv4? */
+      if (i == 6 && best.base == 0 &&
+          (best.len == 6 || (best.len == 5 && words[5] == 0xffff)))
+        {
+          if (!inet_ntop4 (src + 12, tp, sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp)))
+            return (NULL);
+          tp += strlen (tp);
+          break;
+        }
+      {
+        int len = sprintf (tp, "%x", words[i]);
+        if (len < 0)
+          return NULL;
+        tp += len;
+      }
+    }
+  /* Was it a trailing run of 0x00's? */
+  if (best.base != -1 && (best.base + best.len) ==
+      (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ))
+    *tp++ = ':';
+  *tp++ = '\0';
+
+  /*
+   * Check for overflow, copy, and we're done.
+   */
+  if ((socklen_t) (tp - tmp) > size)
+    {
+      errno = ENOSPC;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return strcpy (dst, tmp);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/ino-map.c b/lib/ino-map.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9c56a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ino-map.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* Map an ino_t inode number to a small integer.
+
+   Copyright 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "ino-map.h"
+
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* A pair that maps an inode number to a mapped inode number; the
+   latter is a small unique ID for the former.  */
+struct ino_map_ent
+{
+  ino_t ino;
+  size_t mapped_ino;
+};
+
+/* A table that manages and indexes these pairs.  */
+struct ino_map
+{
+  /* A table of KEY,VAL pairs, where KEY is the raw ino_t value and
+     VAL is the small number that it maps to.  */
+  struct hash_table *map;
+
+  /* The next mapped inode number to hand out.  */
+  size_t next_mapped_ino;
+
+  /* Cache of the most recently allocated and otherwise-unused storage
+     for probing the table.  */
+  struct ino_map_ent *probe;
+};
+
+/* Hash an inode map entry.  */
+static size_t
+ino_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size)
+{
+  struct ino_map_ent const *p = x;
+  ino_t ino = p->ino;
+
+  /* When INO is wider than size_t, exclusive-OR the words of INO into H.
+     This avoids loss of info, without applying % to the wider type,
+     which could be quite slow on some systems.  */
+  size_t h = ino;
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int n_words = sizeof ino / sizeof h + (sizeof ino % sizeof h != 0);
+  for (i = 1; i < n_words; i++)
+    h ^= ino >> CHAR_BIT * sizeof h * i;
+
+  return h % table_size;
+}
+
+/* Return true if two inode map entries are the same.  */
+static bool
+ino_compare (void const *x, void const *y)
+{
+  struct ino_map_ent const *a = x;
+  struct ino_map_ent const *b = y;
+  return a->ino == b->ino;
+}
+
+/* Allocate an inode map that will hand out integers starting with
+   NEXT_MAPPED_INO.  Return NULL if memory is exhausted.  */
+struct ino_map *
+ino_map_alloc (size_t next_mapped_ino)
+{
+  struct ino_map *im = malloc (sizeof *im);
+
+  if (im)
+    {
+      enum { INITIAL_INO_MAP_TABLE_SIZE = 1021 };
+      im->map = hash_initialize (INITIAL_INO_MAP_TABLE_SIZE, NULL,
+                                 ino_hash, ino_compare, free);
+      if (! im->map)
+        {
+          free (im);
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      im->next_mapped_ino = next_mapped_ino;
+      im->probe = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return im;
+}
+
+/* Free an inode map.  */
+void
+ino_map_free (struct ino_map *map)
+{
+  hash_free (map->map);
+  free (map->probe);
+  free (map);
+}
+
+
+/* Insert into MAP the inode number INO if it's not there already,
+   and return its nonnegative mapped inode number.
+   If INO is already in MAP, return the existing mapped inode number.
+   Return INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE on memory or counter exhaustion.  */
+size_t
+ino_map_insert (struct ino_map *im, ino_t ino)
+{
+  struct ino_map_ent *ent;
+
+  /* Find space for the probe, reusing the cache if available.  */
+  struct ino_map_ent *probe = im->probe;
+  if (probe)
+    {
+      /* If repeating a recent query, return the cached result.   */
+      if (probe->ino == ino)
+        return probe->mapped_ino;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      im->probe = probe = malloc (sizeof *probe);
+      if (! probe)
+        return INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE;
+    }
+
+  probe->ino = ino;
+  ent = hash_insert (im->map, probe);
+  if (! ent)
+    return INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE;
+
+  if (ent != probe)
+    {
+      /* Use the existing entry.  */
+      probe->mapped_ino = ent->mapped_ino;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* If adding 1 to map->next_mapped_ino would cause it to
+         overflow to zero, then it must equal INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE,
+         which is the value that should be returned in that case.
+         Verify that this works.  */
+      verify (INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE + 1 == 0);
+
+      /* Prepare to allocate a new probe next time; this one is in use.  */
+      im->probe = NULL;
+
+      /* INO is new; allocate a mapped inode number for it.  */
+      probe->mapped_ino = im->next_mapped_ino++;
+    }
+
+  return probe->mapped_ino;
+}
diff --git a/lib/ino-map.h b/lib/ino-map.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0b4f76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ino-map.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* Maintain a mapping of ino_t numbers to small integers.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, 2010.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_INO_MAP_H
+# define _GL_INO_MAP_H
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# define INO_MAP_INSERT_FAILURE ((size_t) -1)
+
+struct ino_map;
+
+void ino_map_free (struct ino_map *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1));
+
+struct ino_map *ino_map_alloc (size_t)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (ino_map_free, 1);
+
+size_t ino_map_insert (struct ino_map *, ino_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intprops.h b/lib/intprops.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4a917f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intprops.h
@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+/* intprops.h -- properties of integer types
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#ifndef _GL_INTPROPS_H
+#define _GL_INTPROPS_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Return a value with the common real type of E and V and the value of V.
+   Do not evaluate E.  */
+#define _GL_INT_CONVERT(e, v) ((1 ? 0 : (e)) + (v))
+
+/* Act like _GL_INT_CONVERT (E, -V) but work around a bug in IRIX 6.5 cc; see
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00406.html>.  */
+#define _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT(e, v) ((1 ? 0 : (e)) - (v))
+
+/* The extra casts in the following macros work around compiler bugs,
+   e.g., in Cray C 5.0.3.0.  */
+
+/* True if the arithmetic type T is an integer type.  bool counts as
+   an integer.  */
+#define TYPE_IS_INTEGER(t) ((t) 1.5 == 1)
+
+/* True if the real type T is signed.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+
+/* Return 1 if the real expression E, after promotion, has a
+   signed or floating type.  Do not evaluate E.  */
+#define EXPR_SIGNED(e) (_GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1) < 0)
+
+
+/* Minimum and maximum values for integer types and expressions.  */
+
+/* The width in bits of the integer type or expression T.
+   Do not evaluate T.  T must not be a bit-field expression.
+   Padding bits are not supported; this is checked at compile-time below.  */
+#define TYPE_WIDTH(t) (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T.  */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) ~ TYPE_MAXIMUM (t))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t)                                                 \
+  ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t)                                               \
+        ? (t) -1                                                        \
+        : ((((t) 1 << (TYPE_WIDTH (t) - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)))
+
+/* The maximum and minimum values for the type of the expression E,
+   after integer promotion.  E is not evaluated.  */
+#define _GL_INT_MINIMUM(e)                                              \
+  (EXPR_SIGNED (e)                                                      \
+   ? ~ _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e)                                       \
+   : _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0))
+#define _GL_INT_MAXIMUM(e)                                              \
+  (EXPR_SIGNED (e)                                                      \
+   ? _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e)                                         \
+   : _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1))
+#define _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM(e)                                       \
+  (((_GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 1) << (TYPE_WIDTH (+ (e)) - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
+
+/* Work around OpenVMS incompatibility with C99.  */
+#if !defined LLONG_MAX && defined __INT64_MAX
+# define LLONG_MAX __INT64_MAX
+# define LLONG_MIN __INT64_MIN
+#endif
+
+/* This include file assumes that signed types are two's complement without
+   padding bits; the above macros have undefined behavior otherwise.
+   If this is a problem for you, please let us know how to fix it for your host.
+   This assumption is tested by the intprops-tests module.  */
+
+/* Does the __typeof__ keyword work?  This could be done by
+   'configure', but for now it's easier to do it by hand.  */
+#if (2 <= __GNUC__ \
+     || (4 <= __clang_major__) \
+     || (1210 <= __IBMC__ && defined __IBM__TYPEOF__) \
+     || (0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C && !__STDC__))
+# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 1
+#else
+# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 0
+#endif
+
+/* Return 1 if the integer type or expression T might be signed.  Return 0
+   if it is definitely unsigned.  T must not be a bit-field expression.
+   This macro does not evaluate its argument, and expands to an
+   integer constant expression.  */
+#if _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__
+# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (t))
+#else
+# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) 1
+#endif
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an unsigned integer
+   value representable in B bits.  log10 (2.0) < 146/485.  The
+   smallest value of B where this bound is not tight is 2621.  */
+#define INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND(b) (((b) * 146 + 484) / 485)
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer type or expression T.
+   T must not be a bit-field expression.
+
+   Subtract 1 for the sign bit if T is signed, and then add 1 more for
+   a minus sign if needed.
+
+   Because _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR sometimes returns 1 when its argument is
+   unsigned, this macro may overestimate the true bound by one byte when
+   applied to unsigned types of size 2, 4, 16, ... bytes.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t)                                     \
+  (INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND (TYPE_WIDTH (t) - _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t)) \
+   + _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t))
+
+/* Bound on buffer size needed to represent an integer type or expression T,
+   including the terminating null.  T must not be a bit-field expression.  */
+#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)
+
+
+/* Range overflow checks.
+
+   The INT_<op>_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C
+   operators might not yield numerically correct answers due to
+   arithmetic overflow.  They do not rely on undefined or
+   implementation-defined behavior.  Their implementations are simple
+   and straightforward, but they are harder to use and may be less
+   efficient than the INT_<op>_WRAPV, INT_<op>_OK, and
+   INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros described below.
+
+   Example usage:
+
+     long int i = ...;
+     long int j = ...;
+     if (INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (i, j, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX))
+       printf ("multiply would overflow");
+     else
+       printf ("product is %ld", i * j);
+
+   Restrictions on *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros:
+
+   These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
+   undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
+   by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
+
+   These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times,
+   so the arguments should not have side effects.  The arithmetic
+   arguments (including the MIN and MAX arguments) must be of the same
+   integer type after the usual arithmetic conversions, and the type
+   must have minimum value MIN and maximum MAX.  Unsigned types should
+   use a zero MIN of the proper type.
+
+   Because all arguments are subject to integer promotions, these
+   macros typically do not work on types narrower than 'int'.
+
+   These macros are tuned for constant MIN and MAX.  For commutative
+   operations such as A + B, they are also tuned for constant B.  */
+
+/* Return 1 if A + B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  */
+#define INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)          \
+  ((b) < 0                                              \
+   ? (a) < (min) - (b)                                  \
+   : (max) - (b) < (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if A - B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  */
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)     \
+  ((b) < 0                                              \
+   ? (max) + (b) < (a)                                  \
+   : (a) < (min) + (b))
+
+/* Return 1 if - A would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  */
+#define INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, min, max)          \
+  ((min) < 0                                            \
+   ? (a) < - (max)                                      \
+   : 0 < (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if A * B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Avoid && and || as they tickle
+   bugs in Sun C 5.11 2010/08/13 and other compilers; see
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00401.html>.  */
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)     \
+  ((b) < 0                                              \
+   ? ((a) < 0                                           \
+      ? (a) < (max) / (b)                               \
+      : (b) == -1                                       \
+      ? 0                                               \
+      : (min) / (b) < (a))                              \
+   : (b) == 0                                           \
+   ? 0                                                  \
+   : ((a) < 0                                           \
+      ? (a) < (min) / (b)                               \
+      : (max) / (b) < (a)))
+
+/* Return 1 if A / B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Do not check for division by zero.  */
+#define INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)       \
+  ((min) < 0 && (b) == -1 && (a) < - (max))
+
+/* Return 1 if A % B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Do not check for division by zero.
+   Mathematically, % should never overflow, but on x86-like hosts
+   INT_MIN % -1 traps, and the C standard permits this, so treat this
+   as an overflow too.  */
+#define INT_REMAINDER_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)    \
+  INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)
+
+/* Return 1 if A << B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+   See above for restrictions.  Here, MIN and MAX are for A only, and B need
+   not be of the same type as the other arguments.  The C standard says that
+   behavior is undefined for shifts unless 0 <= B < wordwidth, and that when
+   A is negative then A << B has undefined behavior and A >> B has
+   implementation-defined behavior, but do not check these other
+   restrictions.  */
+#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)   \
+  ((a) < 0                                              \
+   ? (a) < (min) >> (b)                                 \
+   : (max) >> (b) < (a))
+
+/* True if __builtin_add_overflow (A, B, P) and __builtin_sub_overflow
+   (A, B, P) work when P is non-null.  */
+#ifdef __EDG__
+/* EDG-based compilers like nvc 22.1 cannot add 64-bit signed to unsigned
+   <https://bugs.gnu.org/53256>.  */
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW 0
+#elif defined __has_builtin
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW __has_builtin (__builtin_add_overflow)
+/* __builtin_{add,sub}_overflow exists but is not reliable in GCC 5.x and 6.x,
+   see <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=98269>.  */
+#elif 7 <= __GNUC__
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW 1
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW 0
+#endif
+
+/* True if __builtin_mul_overflow (A, B, P) works when P is non-null.  */
+#if defined __clang_major__ && __clang_major__ < 14
+/* Work around Clang bug <https://bugs.llvm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16404>.  */
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW 0
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW
+#endif
+
+/* True if __builtin_add_overflow_p (A, B, C) works, and similarly for
+   __builtin_sub_overflow_p and __builtin_mul_overflow_p.  */
+#ifdef __EDG__
+/* In EDG-based compilers like ICC 2021.3 and earlier,
+   __builtin_add_overflow_p etc. are not treated as integral constant
+   expressions even when all arguments are.  */
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P 0
+#elif defined __has_builtin
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P __has_builtin (__builtin_mul_overflow_p)
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P (7 <= __GNUC__)
+#endif
+
+/* The _GL*_OVERFLOW macros have the same restrictions as the
+   *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros, except that they do not assume that operands
+   (e.g., A and B) have the same type as MIN and MAX.  Instead, they assume
+   that the result (e.g., A + B) has that type.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P
+# define _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                               \
+   __builtin_add_overflow_p (a, b, (__typeof__ ((a) + (b))) 0)
+# define _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                          \
+   __builtin_sub_overflow_p (a, b, (__typeof__ ((a) - (b))) 0)
+# define _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                          \
+   __builtin_mul_overflow_p (a, b, (__typeof__ ((a) * (b))) 0)
+#else
+# define _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                                \
+   ((min) < 0 ? INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)                  \
+    : (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b)                                         \
+    : (b) < 0 ? (a) <= (a) + (b)                                         \
+    : (a) + (b) < (b))
+# define _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                           \
+   ((min) < 0 ? INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)             \
+    : (a) < 0 ? 1                                                        \
+    : (b) < 0 ? (a) - (b) <= (a)                                         \
+    : (a) < (b))
+# define _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                           \
+   (((min) == 0 && (((a) < 0 && 0 < (b)) || ((b) < 0 && 0 < (a))))       \
+    || INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max))
+#endif
+#define _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                             \
+  ((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max)  \
+   : (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) - 1                                     \
+   : (b) < 0 && (a) + (b) <= (a))
+#define _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max)                          \
+  ((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max)  \
+   : (a) < 0 ? (a) % (b) != ((max) - (b) + 1) % (b)                     \
+   : (b) < 0 && ! _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE (a, b, max))
+
+/* Return a nonzero value if A is a mathematical multiple of B, where
+   A is unsigned, B is negative, and MAX is the maximum value of A's
+   type.  A's type must be the same as (A % B)'s type.  Normally (A %
+   -B == 0) suffices, but things get tricky if -B would overflow.  */
+#define _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE(a, b, max)                            \
+  (((b) < -_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b)                                   \
+    ? (_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) == (max)                              \
+       ? (a)                                                            \
+       : (a) % (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b)) + 1))   \
+    : (a) % - (b))                                                      \
+   == 0)
+
+/* Check for integer overflow, and report low order bits of answer.
+
+   The INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C operators
+   might not yield numerically correct answers due to arithmetic overflow.
+   The INT_<op>_WRAPV macros compute the low-order bits of the sum,
+   difference, and product of two C integers, and return 1 if these
+   low-order bits are not numerically correct.
+   These macros work correctly on all known practical hosts, and do not rely
+   on undefined behavior due to signed arithmetic overflow.
+
+   Example usage, assuming A and B are long int:
+
+     if (INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW (a, b))
+       printf ("result would overflow\n");
+     else
+       printf ("result is %ld (no overflow)\n", a * b);
+
+   Example usage with WRAPV flavor:
+
+     long int result;
+     bool overflow = INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (a, b, &result);
+     printf ("result is %ld (%s)\n", result,
+             overflow ? "after overflow" : "no overflow");
+
+   Restrictions on these macros:
+
+   These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
+   undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
+   by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
+
+   These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times, so the
+   arguments should not have side effects.
+
+   The WRAPV macros are not constant expressions.  They support only
+   +, binary -, and *.
+
+   Because the WRAPV macros convert the result, they report overflow
+   in different circumstances than the OVERFLOW macros do.  For
+   example, in the typical case with 16-bit 'short' and 32-bit 'int',
+   if A, B and R are all of type 'short' then INT_ADD_OVERFLOW (A, B)
+   returns false because the addition cannot overflow after A and B
+   are converted to 'int', whereas INT_ADD_WRAPV (A, B, &R) returns
+   true or false depending on whether the sum fits into 'short'.
+
+   These macros are tuned for their last input argument being a constant.
+
+   Return 1 if the integer expressions A * B, A - B, -A, A * B, A / B,
+   A % B, and A << B would overflow, respectively.  */
+
+#define INT_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW)
+#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P
+# define INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) INT_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW (0, a)
+#else
+# define INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) \
+   INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
+#endif
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+  INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, \
+                                 _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if the expression A <op> B would overflow,
+   where OP_RESULT_OVERFLOW (A, B, MIN, MAX) does the actual test,
+   assuming MIN and MAX are the minimum and maximum for the result type.
+   Arguments should be free of side effects.  */
+#define _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW(a, b, op_result_overflow)        \
+  op_result_overflow (a, b,                                     \
+                      _GL_INT_MINIMUM (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, b)), \
+                      _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, b)))
+
+/* Store the low-order bits of A + B, A - B, A * B, respectively, into *R.
+   Return 1 if the result overflows.  See above for restrictions.  */
+#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_ADD_OVERFLOW
+# define INT_ADD_WRAPV(a, b, r) __builtin_add_overflow (a, b, r)
+# define INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV(a, b, r) __builtin_sub_overflow (a, b, r)
+#else
+# define INT_ADD_WRAPV(a, b, r) \
+   _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV (a, b, r, +, _GL_INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW)
+# define INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV(a, b, r) \
+   _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV (a, b, r, -, _GL_INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW)
+#endif
+#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_MUL_OVERFLOW
+# if ((9 < __GNUC__ + (3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+       || (__GNUC__ == 8 && 4 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) \
+      && !defined __EDG__)
+#  define INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV(a, b, r) __builtin_mul_overflow (a, b, r)
+# else
+   /* Work around GCC bug 91450.  */
+#  define INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV(a, b, r) \
+    ((!_GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (*(r)) && EXPR_SIGNED (a) && EXPR_SIGNED (b) \
+      && _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, 0, (__typeof__ (*(r))) -1)) \
+     ? ((void) __builtin_mul_overflow (a, b, r), 1) \
+     : __builtin_mul_overflow (a, b, r))
+# endif
+#else
+# define INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV(a, b, r) \
+   _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV (a, b, r, *, _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW)
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if this compiler has GCC bug 68193 or Clang bug 25390.  See:
+   https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=68193
+   https://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=25390
+   For now, assume all versions of GCC-like compilers generate bogus
+   warnings for _Generic.  This matters only for compilers that
+   lack relevant builtins.  */
+#if __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+# define _GL__GENERIC_BOGUS 1
+#else
+# define _GL__GENERIC_BOGUS 0
+#endif
+
+/* Store the low-order bits of A <op> B into *R, where OP specifies
+   the operation and OVERFLOW the overflow predicate.  Return 1 if the
+   result overflows.  See above for restrictions.  */
+#if 201112 <= __STDC_VERSION__ && !_GL__GENERIC_BOGUS
+# define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV(a, b, r, op, overflow) \
+   (_Generic \
+    (*(r), \
+     signed char: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        signed char, SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX), \
+     unsigned char: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        unsigned char, 0, UCHAR_MAX), \
+     short int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        short int, SHRT_MIN, SHRT_MAX), \
+     unsigned short int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        unsigned short int, 0, USHRT_MAX), \
+     int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        int, INT_MIN, INT_MAX), \
+     unsigned int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                        unsigned int, 0, UINT_MAX), \
+     long int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                        long int, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX), \
+     unsigned long int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                        unsigned long int, 0, ULONG_MAX), \
+     long long int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long long int, \
+                        long long int, LLONG_MIN, LLONG_MAX), \
+     unsigned long long int: \
+       _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long long int, \
+                        unsigned long long int, 0, ULLONG_MAX)))
+#else
+/* Store the low-order bits of A <op> B into *R, where OP specifies
+   the operation and OVERFLOW the overflow predicate.  If *R is
+   signed, its type is ST with bounds SMIN..SMAX; otherwise its type
+   is UT with bounds U..UMAX.  ST and UT are narrower than int.
+   Return 1 if the result overflows.  See above for restrictions.  */
+# if _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__
+#  define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_SMALLISH(a,b,r,op,overflow,st,smin,smax,ut,umax) \
+    (TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (*(r))) \
+     ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, st, smin, smax) \
+     : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, ut, 0, umax))
+# else
+#  define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_SMALLISH(a,b,r,op,overflow,st,smin,smax,ut,umax) \
+    (overflow (a, b, smin, smax) \
+     ? (overflow (a, b, 0, umax) \
+        ? (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a,b,op,unsigned,st), 1) \
+        : (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a,b,op,unsigned,st)) < 0) \
+     : (overflow (a, b, 0, umax) \
+        ? (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a,b,op,unsigned,st)) >= 0 \
+        : (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a,b,op,unsigned,st), 0)))
+# endif
+
+# define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV(a, b, r, op, overflow) \
+   (sizeof *(r) == sizeof (signed char) \
+    ? _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_SMALLISH (a, b, r, op, overflow, \
+                                 signed char, SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX, \
+                                 unsigned char, UCHAR_MAX) \
+    : sizeof *(r) == sizeof (short int) \
+    ? _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_SMALLISH (a, b, r, op, overflow, \
+                                 short int, SHRT_MIN, SHRT_MAX, \
+                                 unsigned short int, USHRT_MAX) \
+    : sizeof *(r) == sizeof (int) \
+    ? (EXPR_SIGNED (*(r)) \
+       ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                          int, INT_MIN, INT_MAX) \
+       : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \
+                          unsigned int, 0, UINT_MAX)) \
+    : _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_LONGISH(a, b, r, op, overflow))
+# ifdef LLONG_MAX
+#  define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_LONGISH(a, b, r, op, overflow) \
+    (sizeof *(r) == sizeof (long int) \
+     ? (EXPR_SIGNED (*(r)) \
+        ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                           long int, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX) \
+        : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                           unsigned long int, 0, ULONG_MAX)) \
+     : (EXPR_SIGNED (*(r)) \
+        ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long long int, \
+                           long long int, LLONG_MIN, LLONG_MAX) \
+        : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long long int, \
+                           unsigned long long int, 0, ULLONG_MAX)))
+# else
+#  define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_LONGISH(a, b, r, op, overflow) \
+    (EXPR_SIGNED (*(r)) \
+     ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                        long int, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX) \
+     : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \
+                        unsigned long int, 0, ULONG_MAX))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Store the low-order bits of A <op> B into *R, where the operation
+   is given by OP.  Use the unsigned type UT for calculation to avoid
+   overflow problems.  *R's type is T, with extrema TMIN and TMAX.
+   T must be a signed integer type.  Return 1 if the result overflows.  */
+#define _GL_INT_OP_CALC(a, b, r, op, overflow, ut, t, tmin, tmax) \
+  (overflow (a, b, tmin, tmax) \
+   ? (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a, b, op, ut, t), 1) \
+   : (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a, b, op, ut, t), 0))
+
+/* Return the low-order bits of A <op> B, where the operation is given
+   by OP.  Use the unsigned type UT for calculation to avoid undefined
+   behavior on signed integer overflow, and convert the result to type T.
+   UT is at least as wide as T and is no narrower than unsigned int,
+   T is two's complement, and there is no padding or trap representations.
+   Assume that converting UT to T yields the low-order bits, as is
+   done in all known two's-complement C compilers.  E.g., see:
+   https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Integers-implementation.html
+
+   According to the C standard, converting UT to T yields an
+   implementation-defined result or signal for values outside T's
+   range.  However, code that works around this theoretical problem
+   runs afoul of a compiler bug in Oracle Studio 12.3 x86.  See:
+   https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2017-04/msg00049.html
+   As the compiler bug is real, don't try to work around the
+   theoretical problem.  */
+
+#define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED(a, b, op, ut, t) \
+  ((t) ((ut) (a) op (ut) (b)))
+
+/* Return true if the numeric values A + B, A - B, A * B fall outside
+   the range TMIN..TMAX.  Arguments should be integer expressions
+   without side effects.  TMIN should be signed and nonpositive.
+   TMAX should be positive, and should be signed unless TMIN is zero.  */
+#define _GL_INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, tmin, tmax) \
+  ((b) < 0 \
+   ? (((tmin) \
+       ? ((EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, (tmin) - (b))) || (b) < (tmin)) \
+          && (a) < (tmin) - (b)) \
+       : (a) <= -1 - (b)) \
+      || ((EXPR_SIGNED (a) ? 0 <= (a) : (tmax) < (a)) && (tmax) < (a) + (b))) \
+   : (a) < 0 \
+   ? (((tmin) \
+       ? ((EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT (b, (tmin) - (a))) || (a) < (tmin)) \
+          && (b) < (tmin) - (a)) \
+       : (b) <= -1 - (a)) \
+      || ((EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, b)) || (tmax) < (b)) \
+          && (tmax) < (a) + (b))) \
+   : (tmax) < (b) || (tmax) - (b) < (a))
+#define _GL_INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, tmin, tmax) \
+  (((a) < 0) == ((b) < 0) \
+   ? ((a) < (b) \
+      ? !(tmin) || -1 - (tmin) < (b) - (a) - 1 \
+      : (tmax) < (a) - (b)) \
+   : (a) < 0 \
+   ? ((!EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT ((a) - (tmin), b)) && (a) - (tmin) < 0) \
+      || (a) - (tmin) < (b)) \
+   : ((! (EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT (tmax, b)) \
+          && EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT ((tmax) + (b), a))) \
+       && (tmax) <= -1 - (b)) \
+      || (tmax) + (b) < (a)))
+#define _GL_INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, tmin, tmax) \
+  ((b) < 0 \
+   ? ((a) < 0 \
+      ? (EXPR_SIGNED (_GL_INT_CONVERT (tmax, b)) \
+         ? (a) < (tmax) / (b) \
+         : ((INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW (b) \
+             ? _GL_INT_CONVERT (b, tmax) >> (TYPE_WIDTH (+ (b)) - 1) \
+             : (tmax) / -(b)) \
+            <= -1 - (a))) \
+      : INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW (_GL_INT_CONVERT (b, tmin)) && (b) == -1 \
+      ? (EXPR_SIGNED (a) \
+         ? 0 < (a) + (tmin) \
+         : 0 < (a) && -1 - (tmin) < (a) - 1) \
+      : (tmin) / (b) < (a)) \
+   : (b) == 0 \
+   ? 0 \
+   : ((a) < 0 \
+      ? (INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, tmin)) && (a) == -1 \
+         ? (EXPR_SIGNED (b) ? 0 < (b) + (tmin) : -1 - (tmin) < (b) - 1) \
+         : (tmin) / (a) < (b)) \
+      : (tmax) / (b) < (a)))
+
+/* The following macros compute A + B, A - B, and A * B, respectively.
+   If no overflow occurs, they set *R to the result and return 1;
+   otherwise, they return 0 and may modify *R.
+
+   Example usage:
+
+     long int result;
+     if (INT_ADD_OK (a, b, &result))
+       printf ("result is %ld\n", result);
+     else
+       printf ("overflow\n");
+
+   A, B, and *R should be integers; they need not be the same type,
+   and they need not be all signed or all unsigned.
+
+   These macros work correctly on all known practical hosts, and do not rely
+   on undefined behavior due to signed arithmetic overflow.
+
+   These macros are not constant expressions.
+
+   These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times, so the
+   arguments should not have side effects.
+
+   These macros are tuned for B being a constant.  */
+
+#define INT_ADD_OK(a, b, r) ! INT_ADD_WRAPV (a, b, r)
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_OK(a, b, r) ! INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (a, b, r)
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_OK(a, b, r) ! INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (a, b, r)
+
+#endif /* _GL_INTPROPS_H */
diff --git a/lib/inttostr.c b/lib/inttostr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d933cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/inttostr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Convert 'int' integer to printable string.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define anytostr inttostr
+#define inttype int
+#include "anytostr.c"
diff --git a/lib/inttostr.h b/lib/inttostr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a47e85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/inttostr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* inttostr.h -- convert integers to printable strings
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD char *imaxtostr (intmax_t, char *);
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD char *inttostr (int, char *);
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD char *offtostr (off_t, char *);
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD char *uinttostr (unsigned int, char *);
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD char *umaxtostr (uintmax_t, char *);
diff --git a/lib/inttypes.in.h b/lib/inttypes.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853eca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/inttypes.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1002 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, Derek Price.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> for platforms that lack it.
+ * <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/inttypes.h.html>
+ */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* Include the original <inttypes.h> if it exists, and if this file
+   has not been included yet or if this file includes gnulib stdint.h
+   which in turn includes this file.
+   The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if ! defined INTTYPES_H || defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+# if @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
+
+   /* Some pre-C++11 <stdint.h> implementations need this.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && ! defined __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
+#   define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS 1
+#  endif
+
+#  @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_INTTYPES_H@
+
+#  define _GL_FINISHED_INCLUDING_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined INTTYPES_H && ! defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+#define INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Include <stdint.h> or the gnulib replacement.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#ifndef __GLIBC__
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+/* Get CHAR_BIT, INT_MAX, LONG_MAX, etc.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+/* On mingw, __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO only works if <stdio.h> is also included */
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !(INT_MAX == 0x7fffffff && INT_MIN + INT_MAX == -1)
+# error "This file assumes that 'int' is 32-bit two's complement. Please report your platform and compiler to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>."
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* 7.8.1 Macros for format specifiers */
+
+#if defined _TNS_R_TARGET
+   /* Tandem NonStop R series and compatible platforms released before
+      July 2005 support %Ld but not %lld.  */
+# define _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX "L"
+#else
+# define _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX "ll"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PRId8
+# ifdef INT8_MAX
+#  define PRId8 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi8
+# ifdef INT8_MAX
+#  define PRIi8 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define PRIo8 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define PRIu8 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define PRIx8 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define PRIX8 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId16
+# ifdef INT16_MAX
+#  define PRId16 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi16
+# ifdef INT16_MAX
+#  define PRIi16 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define PRIo16 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define PRIu16 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define PRIx16 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define PRIX16 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId32
+# ifdef INT32_MAX
+#  define PRId32 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi32
+# ifdef INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIi32 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIo32 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIu32 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIx32 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIX32 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if (@APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@ ? defined _LP64 : @INT64_MAX_EQ_LONG_MAX@)
+#  define _PRI64_PREFIX "l"
+# elif defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
+#  define _PRI64_PREFIX "I64"
+# elif LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+#  define _PRI64_PREFIX _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX
+# endif
+# if !defined PRId64
+#  define PRId64 _PRI64_PREFIX "d"
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIi64
+#  define PRIi64 _PRI64_PREFIX "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if (@APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@ ? defined _LP64 : @UINT64_MAX_EQ_ULONG_MAX@)
+#  define _PRIu64_PREFIX "l"
+# elif defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
+#  define _PRIu64_PREFIX "I64"
+# elif ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+#  define _PRIu64_PREFIX _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIo64
+#  define PRIo64 _PRIu64_PREFIX "o"
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIu64
+#  define PRIu64 _PRIu64_PREFIX "u"
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIx64
+#  define PRIx64 _PRIu64_PREFIX "x"
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIX64
+#  define PRIX64 _PRIu64_PREFIX "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST8
+# define PRIdLEAST8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST8
+# define PRIiLEAST8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST8
+# define PRIoLEAST8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST8
+# define PRIuLEAST8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST8
+# define PRIxLEAST8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST8
+# define PRIXLEAST8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST16
+# define PRIdLEAST16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST16
+# define PRIiLEAST16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST16
+# define PRIoLEAST16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST16
+# define PRIuLEAST16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST16
+# define PRIxLEAST16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST16
+# define PRIXLEAST16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST32
+# define PRIdLEAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST32
+# define PRIiLEAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST32
+# define PRIoLEAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST32
+# define PRIuLEAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST32
+# define PRIxLEAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST32
+# define PRIXLEAST32 "X"
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if !defined PRIdLEAST64
+#  define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIiLEAST64
+#  define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if !defined PRIoLEAST64
+#  define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIuLEAST64
+#  define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIxLEAST64
+#  define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIXLEAST64
+#  define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PRIdFAST8
+# if INT_FAST8_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIdFAST8 PRId64
+# else
+#  define PRIdFAST8 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST8
+# if INT_FAST8_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIiFAST8 PRIi64
+# else
+#  define PRIiFAST8 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIoFAST8 PRIo64
+# else
+#  define PRIoFAST8 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIuFAST8 PRIu64
+# else
+#  define PRIuFAST8 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIxFAST8 PRIx64
+# else
+#  define PRIxFAST8 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIXFAST8 PRIX64
+# else
+#  define PRIXFAST8 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST16
+# if INT_FAST16_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIdFAST16 PRId64
+# else
+#  define PRIdFAST16 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST16
+# if INT_FAST16_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIiFAST16 PRIi64
+# else
+#  define PRIiFAST16 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIoFAST16 PRIo64
+# else
+#  define PRIoFAST16 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIuFAST16 PRIu64
+# else
+#  define PRIuFAST16 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIxFAST16 PRIx64
+# else
+#  define PRIxFAST16 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIXFAST16 PRIX64
+# else
+#  define PRIXFAST16 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST32
+# if INT_FAST32_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIdFAST32 PRId64
+# else
+#  define PRIdFAST32 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST32
+# if INT_FAST32_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define PRIiFAST32 PRIi64
+# else
+#  define PRIiFAST32 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIoFAST32 PRIo64
+# else
+#  define PRIoFAST32 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIuFAST32 PRIu64
+# else
+#  define PRIuFAST32 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIxFAST32 PRIx64
+# else
+#  define PRIxFAST32 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define PRIXFAST32 PRIX64
+# else
+#  define PRIXFAST32 "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if !defined PRIdFAST64
+#  define PRIdFAST64 PRId64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIiFAST64
+#  define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if !defined PRIoFAST64
+#  define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIuFAST64
+#  define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIxFAST64
+#  define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64
+# endif
+# if !defined PRIXFAST64
+#  define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PRIdMAX
+# if @INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIdMAX PRId64
+# else
+#  define PRIdMAX "ld"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiMAX
+# if @INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIiMAX PRIi64
+# else
+#  define PRIiMAX "li"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIoMAX PRIo64
+# else
+#  define PRIoMAX "lo"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIuMAX PRIu64
+# else
+#  define PRIuMAX "lu"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIxMAX PRIx64
+# else
+#  define PRIxMAX "lx"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define PRIXMAX PRIX64
+# else
+#  define PRIXMAX "lX"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PRIdPTR
+# ifdef INTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIdPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiPTR
+# ifdef INTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIiPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIoPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIuPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIxPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define PRIXPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "X"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined SCNd8
+# ifdef INT8_MAX
+#  define SCNd8 "hhd"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNi8
+# ifdef INT8_MAX
+#  define SCNi8 "hhi"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNo8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define SCNo8 "hho"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNu8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define SCNu8 "hhu"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNx8
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define SCNx8 "hhx"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNd16
+# ifdef INT16_MAX
+#  define SCNd16 "hd"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNi16
+# ifdef INT16_MAX
+#  define SCNi16 "hi"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNo16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define SCNo16 "ho"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNu16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define SCNu16 "hu"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNx16
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define SCNx16 "hx"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNd32
+# ifdef INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNd32 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNi32
+# ifdef INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNi32 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNo32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNo32 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNu32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNu32 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNx32
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNx32 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if (@APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@ ? defined _LP64 : @INT64_MAX_EQ_LONG_MAX@)
+#  define _SCN64_PREFIX "l"
+# elif defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
+#  define _SCN64_PREFIX "I64"
+# elif LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+#  define _SCN64_PREFIX _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNd64
+#  define SCNd64 _SCN64_PREFIX "d"
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNi64
+#  define SCNi64 _SCN64_PREFIX "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if (@APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@ ? defined _LP64 : @UINT64_MAX_EQ_ULONG_MAX@)
+#  define _SCNu64_PREFIX "l"
+# elif defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
+#  define _SCNu64_PREFIX "I64"
+# elif ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+#  define _SCNu64_PREFIX _LONG_LONG_FORMAT_PREFIX
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNo64
+#  define SCNo64 _SCNu64_PREFIX "o"
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNu64
+#  define SCNu64 _SCNu64_PREFIX "u"
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNx64
+#  define SCNx64 _SCNu64_PREFIX "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined SCNdLEAST8
+# define SCNdLEAST8 "hhd"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiLEAST8
+# define SCNiLEAST8 "hhi"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoLEAST8
+# define SCNoLEAST8 "hho"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuLEAST8
+# define SCNuLEAST8 "hhu"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxLEAST8
+# define SCNxLEAST8 "hhx"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNdLEAST16
+# define SCNdLEAST16 "hd"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiLEAST16
+# define SCNiLEAST16 "hi"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoLEAST16
+# define SCNoLEAST16 "ho"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuLEAST16
+# define SCNuLEAST16 "hu"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxLEAST16
+# define SCNxLEAST16 "hx"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNdLEAST32
+# define SCNdLEAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiLEAST32
+# define SCNiLEAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoLEAST32
+# define SCNoLEAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuLEAST32
+# define SCNuLEAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxLEAST32
+# define SCNxLEAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if !defined SCNdLEAST64
+#  define SCNdLEAST64 SCNd64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNiLEAST64
+#  define SCNiLEAST64 SCNi64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if !defined SCNoLEAST64
+#  define SCNoLEAST64 SCNo64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNuLEAST64
+#  define SCNuLEAST64 SCNu64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNxLEAST64
+#  define SCNxLEAST64 SCNx64
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined SCNdFAST8
+# if INT_FAST8_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNdFAST8 SCNd64
+# elif INT_FAST8_MAX == 0x7fff
+#  define SCNdFAST8 "hd"
+# elif INT_FAST8_MAX == 0x7f
+#  define SCNdFAST8 "hhd"
+# else
+#  define SCNdFAST8 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiFAST8
+# if INT_FAST8_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNiFAST8 SCNi64
+# elif INT_FAST8_MAX == 0x7fff
+#  define SCNiFAST8 "hi"
+# elif INT_FAST8_MAX == 0x7f
+#  define SCNiFAST8 "hhi"
+# else
+#  define SCNiFAST8 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNoFAST8 SCNo64
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNoFAST8 "ho"
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xff
+#  define SCNoFAST8 "hho"
+# else
+#  define SCNoFAST8 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNuFAST8 SCNu64
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNuFAST8 "hu"
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xff
+#  define SCNuFAST8 "hhu"
+# else
+#  define SCNuFAST8 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxFAST8
+# if UINT_FAST8_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNxFAST8 SCNx64
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNxFAST8 "hx"
+# elif UINT_FAST8_MAX == 0xff
+#  define SCNxFAST8 "hhx"
+# else
+#  define SCNxFAST8 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNdFAST16
+# if INT_FAST16_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNdFAST16 SCNd64
+# elif INT_FAST16_MAX == 0x7fff
+#  define SCNdFAST16 "hd"
+# else
+#  define SCNdFAST16 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiFAST16
+# if INT_FAST16_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNiFAST16 SCNi64
+# elif INT_FAST16_MAX == 0x7fff
+#  define SCNiFAST16 "hi"
+# else
+#  define SCNiFAST16 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNoFAST16 SCNo64
+# elif UINT_FAST16_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNoFAST16 "ho"
+# else
+#  define SCNoFAST16 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNuFAST16 SCNu64
+# elif UINT_FAST16_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNuFAST16 "hu"
+# else
+#  define SCNuFAST16 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxFAST16
+# if UINT_FAST16_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNxFAST16 SCNx64
+# elif UINT_FAST16_MAX == 0xffff
+#  define SCNxFAST16 "hx"
+# else
+#  define SCNxFAST16 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNdFAST32
+# if INT_FAST32_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNdFAST32 SCNd64
+# else
+#  define SCNdFAST32 "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiFAST32
+# if INT_FAST32_MAX > INT32_MAX
+#  define SCNiFAST32 SCNi64
+# else
+#  define SCNiFAST32 "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNoFAST32 SCNo64
+# else
+#  define SCNoFAST32 "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNuFAST32 SCNu64
+# else
+#  define SCNuFAST32 "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxFAST32
+# if UINT_FAST32_MAX > UINT32_MAX
+#  define SCNxFAST32 SCNx64
+# else
+#  define SCNxFAST32 "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# if !defined SCNdFAST64
+#  define SCNdFAST64 SCNd64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNiFAST64
+#  define SCNiFAST64 SCNi64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# if !defined SCNoFAST64
+#  define SCNoFAST64 SCNo64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNuFAST64
+#  define SCNuFAST64 SCNu64
+# endif
+# if !defined SCNxFAST64
+#  define SCNxFAST64 SCNx64
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined SCNdMAX
+# if @INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX@
+#  define SCNdMAX SCNd64
+# else
+#  define SCNdMAX "ld"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiMAX
+# if @INT32_MAX_LT_INTMAX_MAX@
+#  define SCNiMAX SCNi64
+# else
+#  define SCNiMAX "li"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define SCNoMAX SCNo64
+# else
+#  define SCNoMAX "lo"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define SCNuMAX SCNu64
+# else
+#  define SCNuMAX "lu"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxMAX
+# if @UINT32_MAX_LT_UINTMAX_MAX@
+#  define SCNxMAX SCNx64
+# else
+#  define SCNxMAX "lx"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined SCNdPTR
+# ifdef INTPTR_MAX
+#  define SCNdPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "d"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNiPTR
+# ifdef INTPTR_MAX
+#  define SCNiPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "i"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNoPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define SCNoPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "o"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNuPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define SCNuPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "u"
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !defined SCNxPTR
+# ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+#  define SCNxPTR @PRIPTR_PREFIX@ "x"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* 7.8.2 Functions for greatest-width integer types */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_IMAXABS@
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_IMAXABS@
+extern intmax_t imaxabs (intmax_t);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef imaxabs
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_IMAXABS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (imaxabs, "imaxabs is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module imaxabs for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_IMAXDIV@
+# if !@HAVE_IMAXDIV_T@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_imaxdiv_t
+typedef struct { intmax_t quot; intmax_t rem; } imaxdiv_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_imaxdiv_t 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_IMAXDIV@
+extern imaxdiv_t imaxdiv (intmax_t, intmax_t);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef imaxdiv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_IMAXDIV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (imaxdiv, "imaxdiv is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module imaxdiv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOIMAX@
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOIMAX@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strtoimax
+#   define strtoimax rpl_strtoimax
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtoimax, intmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtoimax, intmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX@
+#   undef strtoimax
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoimax, intmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoimax, intmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoimax);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtoimax
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOIMAX
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoimax, "strtoimax is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtoimax for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOUMAX@
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOUMAX@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strtoumax
+#   define strtoumax rpl_strtoumax
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtoumax, uintmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtoumax, uintmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX@
+#   undef strtoumax
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoumax, uintmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoumax, uintmax_t,
+                  (const char *restrict, char **restrict, int));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoumax);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtoumax
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOUMAX
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoumax, "strtoumax is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtoumax for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Don't bother defining or declaring wcstoimax and wcstoumax, since
+   wide-character functions like this are hardly ever useful.  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined INTTYPES_H && !defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H */
diff --git a/lib/isapipe.c b/lib/isapipe.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..467ed00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isapipe.c
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* Test whether a file descriptor is a pipe.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "isapipe.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Windows platforms.  */
+
+/* Get GetFileType.  */
+# include <windows.h>
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+int
+isapipe (int fd)
+{
+  HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+
+  if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return (GetFileType (h) == FILE_TYPE_PIPE);
+}
+
+#else
+/* Unix platforms.  */
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+/* The maximum link count for pipes; (nlink_t) -1 if not known.  */
+# ifndef PIPE_LINK_COUNT_MAX
+#  define PIPE_LINK_COUNT_MAX ((nlink_t) (-1))
+# endif
+
+/* Return 1 if FD is a pipe, 0 if not, -1 (setting errno) on error.
+
+   Test fairly strictly whether FD is a pipe.  lseek and checking for
+   ESPIPE does not suffice, since many non-pipe files cause lseek to
+   fail with errno == ESPIPE.  */
+
+int
+isapipe (int fd)
+{
+  nlink_t pipe_link_count_max = PIPE_LINK_COUNT_MAX;
+  bool check_for_fifo = (HAVE_FIFO_PIPES == 1);
+  struct stat st;
+  int fstat_result = fstat (fd, &st);
+
+  if (fstat_result != 0)
+    return fstat_result;
+
+  /* We want something that succeeds only for pipes, but on
+     POSIX-conforming hosts S_ISFIFO succeeds for both FIFOs and pipes
+     and we know of no portable, reliable way to distinguish them in
+     general.  However, in practice pipes always have a link count <=
+     PIPE_LINK_COUNT_MAX (unless someone attaches them to the file
+     system name space using fattach, in which case they're not really
+     pipes any more), so test for that as well.
+
+     On Darwin 7.7, pipes are sockets, so check for those instead.  */
+
+  if (! ((HAVE_FIFO_PIPES == 0 || HAVE_FIFO_PIPES == 1)
+         && PIPE_LINK_COUNT_MAX != (nlink_t) -1)
+      && (S_ISFIFO (st.st_mode) | S_ISSOCK (st.st_mode)))
+    {
+      int fd_pair[2];
+      int pipe_result = pipe (fd_pair);
+      if (pipe_result != 0)
+        return pipe_result;
+      else
+        {
+          struct stat pipe_st;
+          int fstat_pipe_result = fstat (fd_pair[0], &pipe_st);
+          int fstat_pipe_errno = errno;
+          close (fd_pair[0]);
+          close (fd_pair[1]);
+          if (fstat_pipe_result != 0)
+            {
+              errno = fstat_pipe_errno;
+              return fstat_pipe_result;
+            }
+          check_for_fifo = (S_ISFIFO (pipe_st.st_mode) != 0);
+          pipe_link_count_max = pipe_st.st_nlink;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return
+    (st.st_nlink <= pipe_link_count_max
+     && (check_for_fifo ? S_ISFIFO (st.st_mode) : S_ISSOCK (st.st_mode)));
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/isapipe.h b/lib/isapipe.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b400642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isapipe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Test whether a file descriptor is a pipe.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Whether pipes are FIFOs; -1 if not known.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_FIFO_PIPES
+# define HAVE_FIFO_PIPES (-1)
+#endif
+
+int isapipe (int fd);
diff --git a/lib/isatty.c b/lib/isatty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba40d91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isatty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/* isatty() replacement.
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* This replacement is enabled on native Windows.  */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Get declarations of the Win32 API functions.  */
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle().  */
+#if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+#else
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#undef LoadLibrary
+#define LoadLibrary LoadLibraryA
+#undef QueryFullProcessImageName
+#define QueryFullProcessImageName QueryFullProcessImageNameA
+
+#if !(_WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_VISTA)
+
+/* Avoid warnings from gcc -Wcast-function-type.  */
+# define GetProcAddress \
+   (void *) GetProcAddress
+
+/* GetNamedPipeClientProcessId was introduced only in Windows Vista.  */
+typedef BOOL (WINAPI * GetNamedPipeClientProcessIdFuncType) (HANDLE hPipe,
+                                                             PULONG pClientProcessId);
+static GetNamedPipeClientProcessIdFuncType GetNamedPipeClientProcessIdFunc = NULL;
+/* QueryFullProcessImageName was introduced only in Windows Vista.  */
+typedef BOOL (WINAPI * QueryFullProcessImageNameFuncType) (HANDLE hProcess,
+                                                           DWORD dwFlags,
+                                                           LPSTR lpExeName,
+                                                           PDWORD pdwSize);
+static QueryFullProcessImageNameFuncType QueryFullProcessImageNameFunc = NULL;
+static BOOL initialized = FALSE;
+
+static void
+initialize (void)
+{
+  HMODULE kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("kernel32.dll");
+  if (kernel32 != NULL)
+    {
+      GetNamedPipeClientProcessIdFunc =
+        (GetNamedPipeClientProcessIdFuncType) GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetNamedPipeClientProcessId");
+      QueryFullProcessImageNameFunc =
+        (QueryFullProcessImageNameFuncType) GetProcAddress (kernel32, "QueryFullProcessImageNameA");
+    }
+  initialized = TRUE;
+}
+
+#else
+
+# define GetNamedPipeClientProcessIdFunc GetNamedPipeClientProcessId
+# define QueryFullProcessImageNameFunc QueryFullProcessImageName
+
+#endif
+
+static BOOL IsConsoleHandle (HANDLE h)
+{
+  DWORD mode;
+  /* GetConsoleMode
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/console/getconsolemode> */
+  return GetConsoleMode (h, &mode) != 0;
+}
+
+static BOOL IsCygwinConsoleHandle (HANDLE h)
+{
+  /* A handle to a Cygwin console is in fact a named pipe whose client process
+     and server process is <CYGWIN_INSTALL_DIR>\bin\mintty.exe.  */
+  BOOL result = FALSE;
+  ULONG processId;
+
+#if !(_WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_VISTA)
+  if (!initialized)
+    initialize ();
+#endif
+
+  /* GetNamedPipeClientProcessId
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/nf-winbase-getnamedpipeclientprocessid>
+     It requires -D_WIN32_WINNT=_WIN32_WINNT_VISTA or higher.  */
+  if (GetNamedPipeClientProcessIdFunc && QueryFullProcessImageNameFunc
+      && GetNamedPipeClientProcessIdFunc (h, &processId))
+    {
+      /* OpenProcess
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/processthreadsapi/nf-processthreadsapi-openprocess> */
+      HANDLE processHandle =
+        OpenProcess (PROCESS_QUERY_LIMITED_INFORMATION, FALSE, processId);
+      if (processHandle != NULL)
+        {
+          char buf[1024];
+          DWORD bufsize = sizeof (buf);
+          /* The file name can be determined through
+             GetProcessImageFileName
+             <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/psapi/nf-psapi-getprocessimagefilenamea>
+             or
+             QueryFullProcessImageName
+             <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/nf-winbase-queryfullprocessimagenamea>
+             The former returns a file name in non-standard notation (it starts
+             with '\Device\') and may require linking with psapi.dll.
+             The latter is better, but requires -D_WIN32_WINNT=_WIN32_WINNT_VISTA
+             or higher.  */
+          if (QueryFullProcessImageNameFunc (processHandle, 0, buf, &bufsize))
+            {
+              if (strlen (buf) >= 11
+                  && strcmp (buf + strlen (buf) - 11, "\\mintty.exe") == 0)
+                result = TRUE;
+            }
+          CloseHandle (processHandle);
+        }
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+_isatty_nothrow (int fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _isatty (fd);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = 0;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+#else
+# define _isatty_nothrow _isatty
+#endif
+
+/* Determine whether FD refers to a console device.  Return 1 if yes.
+   Return 0 and set errno if no. (ptsname_r relies on the errno value.)  */
+int
+isatty (int fd)
+{
+  HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+  if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  /* _isatty (fd) tests whether GetFileType of the handle is FILE_TYPE_CHAR.
+     But it does not set errno when it returns 0.  */
+  if (_isatty_nothrow (fd))
+    {
+      if (IsConsoleHandle (h))
+        return 1;
+    }
+  if (IsCygwinConsoleHandle (h))
+    return 1;
+  errno = ENOTTY;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/isblank.c b/lib/isblank.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e354559
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isblank.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Test whether a character is a blank.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+int
+isblank (int c)
+{
+  /* On all known platforms, in all predefined locales, isblank(c) is likely
+     equivalent with  (c == ' ' || c == '\t').  Look at the glibc definition
+     (in glibc/localedata/locales/i18n): The "blank" characters are '\t', ' ',
+     U+1680, U+180E, U+2000..U+2006, U+2008..U+200A, U+205F, U+3000, and none
+     except the first two is present in a common 8-bit encoding.  Therefore
+     the substitute for other platforms is not more complicated than this.  */
+  return (c == ' ' || c == '\t');
+}
diff --git a/lib/isnan.c b/lib/isnan.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd119f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isnan.c
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+/* Specification found in math.h or isnanl-nolibm.h.  */
+extern int rpl_isnanl (long double x) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+#elif ! defined USE_FLOAT
+/* Specification found in math.h or isnand-nolibm.h.  */
+extern int rpl_isnand (double x);
+#else /* defined USE_FLOAT */
+/* Specification found in math.h or isnanf-nolibm.h.  */
+extern int rpl_isnanf (float x);
+#endif
+
+#include <float.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "float+.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# define FUNC rpl_isnanl
+# define DOUBLE long double
+# define MAX_EXP LDBL_MAX_EXP
+# define MIN_EXP LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# if defined LDBL_EXPBIT0_WORD && defined LDBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+#  define KNOWN_EXPBIT0_LOCATION
+#  define EXPBIT0_WORD LDBL_EXPBIT0_WORD
+#  define EXPBIT0_BIT LDBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+# endif
+# define SIZE SIZEOF_LDBL
+# define L_(literal) literal##L
+#elif ! defined USE_FLOAT
+# define FUNC rpl_isnand
+# define DOUBLE double
+# define MAX_EXP DBL_MAX_EXP
+# define MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
+# if defined DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD && defined DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+#  define KNOWN_EXPBIT0_LOCATION
+#  define EXPBIT0_WORD DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD
+#  define EXPBIT0_BIT DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+# endif
+# define SIZE SIZEOF_DBL
+# define L_(literal) literal
+#else /* defined USE_FLOAT */
+# define FUNC rpl_isnanf
+# define DOUBLE float
+# define MAX_EXP FLT_MAX_EXP
+# define MIN_EXP FLT_MIN_EXP
+# if defined FLT_EXPBIT0_WORD && defined FLT_EXPBIT0_BIT
+#  define KNOWN_EXPBIT0_LOCATION
+#  define EXPBIT0_WORD FLT_EXPBIT0_WORD
+#  define EXPBIT0_BIT FLT_EXPBIT0_BIT
+# endif
+# define SIZE SIZEOF_FLT
+# define L_(literal) literal##f
+#endif
+
+#define EXP_MASK ((MAX_EXP - MIN_EXP) | 7)
+
+#define NWORDS \
+  ((sizeof (DOUBLE) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+typedef union { DOUBLE value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } memory_double;
+
+/* Most hosts nowadays use IEEE floating point, so they use IEC 60559
+   representations, have infinities and NaNs, and do not trap on
+   exceptions.  Define IEEE_FLOATING_POINT if this host is one of the
+   typical ones.  The C11 macro __STDC_IEC_559__ is close to what is
+   wanted here, but is not quite right because this file does not require
+   all the features of C11 Annex F (and does not require C11 at all,
+   for that matter).  */
+
+#define IEEE_FLOATING_POINT (FLT_RADIX == 2 && FLT_MANT_DIG == 24 \
+                             && FLT_MIN_EXP == -125 && FLT_MAX_EXP == 128)
+
+int
+FUNC (DOUBLE x)
+{
+#if defined KNOWN_EXPBIT0_LOCATION && IEEE_FLOATING_POINT
+# if defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE && ((defined __ia64 && LDBL_MANT_DIG == 64) || (defined __x86_64__ || defined __amd64__) || (defined __i386 || defined __i386__ || defined _I386 || defined _M_IX86 || defined _X86_)) && !HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE
+  /* Special CPU dependent code is needed to treat bit patterns outside the
+     IEEE 754 specification (such as Pseudo-NaNs, Pseudo-Infinities,
+     Pseudo-Zeroes, Unnormalized Numbers, and Pseudo-Denormals) as NaNs.
+     These bit patterns are:
+       - exponent = 0x0001..0x7FFF, mantissa bit 63 = 0,
+       - exponent = 0x0000, mantissa bit 63 = 1.
+     The NaN bit pattern is:
+       - exponent = 0x7FFF, mantissa >= 0x8000000000000001.  */
+  memory_double m;
+  unsigned int exponent;
+
+  m.value = x;
+  exponent = (m.word[EXPBIT0_WORD] >> EXPBIT0_BIT) & EXP_MASK;
+#  ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+  /* Big endian: EXPBIT0_WORD = 0, EXPBIT0_BIT = 16.  */
+  if (exponent == 0)
+    return 1 & (m.word[0] >> 15);
+  else if (exponent == EXP_MASK)
+    return (((m.word[0] ^ 0x8000U) << 16) | m.word[1] | (m.word[2] >> 16)) != 0;
+  else
+    return 1 & ~(m.word[0] >> 15);
+#  else
+  /* Little endian: EXPBIT0_WORD = 2, EXPBIT0_BIT = 0.  */
+  if (exponent == 0)
+    return (m.word[1] >> 31);
+  else if (exponent == EXP_MASK)
+    return ((m.word[1] ^ 0x80000000U) | m.word[0]) != 0;
+  else
+    return (m.word[1] >> 31) ^ 1;
+#  endif
+# else
+  /* Be careful to not do any floating-point operation on x, such as x == x,
+     because x may be a signaling NaN.  */
+#  if defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __ICC || defined _MSC_VER \
+      || defined __DECC || defined __TINYC__ \
+      || (defined __sgi && !defined __GNUC__)
+  /* The Sun C 5.0, Intel ICC 10.0, Microsoft Visual C/C++ 9.0, Compaq (ex-DEC)
+     6.4, and TinyCC compilers don't recognize the initializers as constant
+     expressions.  The Compaq compiler also fails when constant-folding
+     0.0 / 0.0 even when constant-folding is not required.  The Microsoft
+     Visual C/C++ compiler also fails when constant-folding 1.0 / 0.0 even
+     when constant-folding is not required. The SGI MIPSpro C compiler
+     complains about "floating-point operation result is out of range".  */
+  static DOUBLE zero = L_(0.0);
+  memory_double nan;
+  DOUBLE plus_inf = L_(1.0) / zero;
+  DOUBLE minus_inf = -L_(1.0) / zero;
+  nan.value = zero / zero;
+#  else
+  static memory_double nan = { L_(0.0) / L_(0.0) };
+  static DOUBLE plus_inf = L_(1.0) / L_(0.0);
+  static DOUBLE minus_inf = -L_(1.0) / L_(0.0);
+#  endif
+  {
+    memory_double m;
+
+    /* A NaN can be recognized through its exponent.  But exclude +Infinity and
+       -Infinity, which have the same exponent.  */
+    m.value = x;
+    if (((m.word[EXPBIT0_WORD] ^ nan.word[EXPBIT0_WORD])
+         & (EXP_MASK << EXPBIT0_BIT))
+        == 0)
+      return (memcmp (&m.value, &plus_inf, SIZE) != 0
+              && memcmp (&m.value, &minus_inf, SIZE) != 0);
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+# endif
+#else
+  /* The configuration did not find sufficient information, or does
+     not use IEEE floating point.  Give up about the signaling NaNs;
+     handle only the quiet NaNs.  */
+  if (x == x)
+    {
+# if defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE && ((defined __ia64 && LDBL_MANT_DIG == 64) || (defined __x86_64__ || defined __amd64__) || (defined __i386 || defined __i386__ || defined _I386 || defined _M_IX86 || defined _X86_)) && !HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE
+      /* Detect any special bit patterns that pass ==; see comment above.  */
+      memory_double m1;
+      memory_double m2;
+
+      memset (&m1.value, 0, SIZE);
+      memset (&m2.value, 0, SIZE);
+      m1.value = x;
+      m2.value = x + (x ? 0.0L : -0.0L);
+      if (memcmp (&m1.value, &m2.value, SIZE) != 0)
+        return 1;
+# endif
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    return 1;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/isnand-nolibm.h b/lib/isnand-nolibm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aad1391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isnand-nolibm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if HAVE_ISNAND_IN_LIBC
+/* Get declaration of isnan macro.  */
+# include <math.h>
+# if (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+   /* GCC >= 4.0 and clang provide a type-generic built-in for isnan.  */
+#  undef isnand
+#  define isnand(x) __builtin_isnan ((double)(x))
+# else
+#  undef isnand
+#  define isnand(x) isnan ((double)(x))
+# endif
+#else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+# undef isnand
+# define isnand rpl_isnand
+extern int isnand (double x);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/isnand.c b/lib/isnand.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26501b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isnand.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.  */
+
+#include "isnan.c"
diff --git a/lib/isnanf-nolibm.h b/lib/isnanf-nolibm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ce81d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isnanf-nolibm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if HAVE_ISNANF_IN_LIBC
+/* Get declaration of isnan macro or (older) isnanf function.  */
+# include <math.h>
+# if (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+   /* GCC >= 4.0 and clang provide a type-generic built-in for isnan.
+      GCC >= 4.0 also provides __builtin_isnanf, but clang doesn't.  */
+#  undef isnanf
+#  define isnanf(x) __builtin_isnan ((float)(x))
+# elif defined isnan
+#  undef isnanf
+#  define isnanf(x) isnan ((float)(x))
+# else
+   /* Get declaration of isnanf(), if not declared in <math.h>.  */
+#  if defined __sgi
+   /* We can't include <ieeefp.h>, because it conflicts with our definition of
+      isnand.  Therefore declare isnanf separately.  */
+extern int isnanf (float x);
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+# undef isnanf
+# define isnanf rpl_isnanf
+extern int isnanf (float x);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/isnanf.c b/lib/isnanf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8b721a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isnanf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+#define USE_FLOAT
+#include "isnan.c"
diff --git a/lib/isnanl-nolibm.h b/lib/isnanl-nolibm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4374e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isnanl-nolibm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if HAVE_ISNANL_IN_LIBC
+/* Get declaration of isnan macro or (older) isnanl function.  */
+# include <math.h>
+# if (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+   /* GCC >= 4.0 and clang provide a type-generic built-in for isnan.
+      GCC >= 4.0 also provides __builtin_isnanl, but clang doesn't.  */
+#  undef isnanl
+#  define isnanl(x) __builtin_isnan ((long double)(x))
+# elif defined isnan
+#  undef isnanl
+#  define isnanl(x) isnan ((long double)(x))
+# endif
+#else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+# undef isnanl
+# define isnanl rpl_isnanl
+extern int isnanl (long double x);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/isnanl.c b/lib/isnanl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f71d6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/isnanl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#include "isnan.c"
diff --git a/lib/iswblank.c b/lib/iswblank.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e601f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iswblank.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Test wide character for being blank.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+int
+iswblank (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc == ' ' || wc == '\t';
+}
diff --git a/lib/iswdigit.c b/lib/iswdigit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..780263f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iswdigit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Test wide character for being a digit.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+int
+iswdigit (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= '0' && wc <= '9';
+}
diff --git a/lib/iswxdigit.c b/lib/iswxdigit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f20b9b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/iswxdigit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Test wide character for being a hexadecimal digit.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+int
+iswxdigit (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wc >= '0' && wc <= '9')
+#if 'A' == 0x41 && 'a' == 0x61
+          /* Optimization, assuming ASCII */
+          || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'F')
+#else
+          || (wc >= 'A' && wc <= 'F') || (wc >= 'a' && wc <= 'f')
+#endif
+         );
+}
diff --git a/lib/itold.c b/lib/itold.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe4a384
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/itold.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Replacement for 'int' to 'long double' conversion routine.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <float.h>
+
+void
+_Qp_itoq (long double *result, int a)
+{
+  /* Convert from 'int' to 'double', then from 'double' to 'long double'.  */
+  *result = (double) a;
+}
diff --git a/lib/langinfo.in.h b/lib/langinfo.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98aea6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/langinfo.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <langinfo.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/*
+ * POSIX <langinfo.h> for platforms that lack it or have an incomplete one.
+ * <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/langinfo.h.html>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_LANGINFO_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LANGINFO_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H
+
+
+#if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_H@
+
+/* A platform that lacks <langinfo.h>.  */
+
+/* Assume that it also lacks <nl_types.h> and the nl_item type.  */
+# if !GNULIB_defined_nl_item
+typedef int nl_item;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_nl_item 1
+# endif
+
+/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_CTYPE category */
+# define CODESET     10000
+/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_NUMERIC category */
+# define RADIXCHAR   10001
+# define DECIMAL_POINT RADIXCHAR
+# define THOUSEP     10002
+# define THOUSANDS_SEP THOUSEP
+# define GROUPING    10114
+/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_TIME category */
+# define D_T_FMT     10003
+# define D_FMT       10004
+# define T_FMT       10005
+# define T_FMT_AMPM  10006
+# define AM_STR      10007
+# define PM_STR      10008
+# define DAY_1       10009
+# define DAY_2       (DAY_1 + 1)
+# define DAY_3       (DAY_1 + 2)
+# define DAY_4       (DAY_1 + 3)
+# define DAY_5       (DAY_1 + 4)
+# define DAY_6       (DAY_1 + 5)
+# define DAY_7       (DAY_1 + 6)
+# define ABDAY_1     10016
+# define ABDAY_2     (ABDAY_1 + 1)
+# define ABDAY_3     (ABDAY_1 + 2)
+# define ABDAY_4     (ABDAY_1 + 3)
+# define ABDAY_5     (ABDAY_1 + 4)
+# define ABDAY_6     (ABDAY_1 + 5)
+# define ABDAY_7     (ABDAY_1 + 6)
+# define MON_1       10023
+# define MON_2       (MON_1 + 1)
+# define MON_3       (MON_1 + 2)
+# define MON_4       (MON_1 + 3)
+# define MON_5       (MON_1 + 4)
+# define MON_6       (MON_1 + 5)
+# define MON_7       (MON_1 + 6)
+# define MON_8       (MON_1 + 7)
+# define MON_9       (MON_1 + 8)
+# define MON_10      (MON_1 + 9)
+# define MON_11      (MON_1 + 10)
+# define MON_12      (MON_1 + 11)
+# define ALTMON_1    10200
+# define ALTMON_2    (ALTMON_1 + 1)
+# define ALTMON_3    (ALTMON_1 + 2)
+# define ALTMON_4    (ALTMON_1 + 3)
+# define ALTMON_5    (ALTMON_1 + 4)
+# define ALTMON_6    (ALTMON_1 + 5)
+# define ALTMON_7    (ALTMON_1 + 6)
+# define ALTMON_8    (ALTMON_1 + 7)
+# define ALTMON_9    (ALTMON_1 + 8)
+# define ALTMON_10   (ALTMON_1 + 9)
+# define ALTMON_11   (ALTMON_1 + 10)
+# define ALTMON_12   (ALTMON_1 + 11)
+# define ABMON_1     10035
+# define ABMON_2     (ABMON_1 + 1)
+# define ABMON_3     (ABMON_1 + 2)
+# define ABMON_4     (ABMON_1 + 3)
+# define ABMON_5     (ABMON_1 + 4)
+# define ABMON_6     (ABMON_1 + 5)
+# define ABMON_7     (ABMON_1 + 6)
+# define ABMON_8     (ABMON_1 + 7)
+# define ABMON_9     (ABMON_1 + 8)
+# define ABMON_10    (ABMON_1 + 9)
+# define ABMON_11    (ABMON_1 + 10)
+# define ABMON_12    (ABMON_1 + 11)
+# define ERA         10047
+# define ERA_D_FMT   10048
+# define ERA_D_T_FMT 10049
+# define ERA_T_FMT   10050
+# define ALT_DIGITS  10051
+/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MONETARY category */
+# define CRNCYSTR    10052
+# define CURRENCY_SYMBOL   CRNCYSTR
+# define INT_CURR_SYMBOL   10100
+# define MON_DECIMAL_POINT 10101
+# define MON_THOUSANDS_SEP 10102
+# define MON_GROUPING      10103
+# define POSITIVE_SIGN     10104
+# define NEGATIVE_SIGN     10105
+# define FRAC_DIGITS       10106
+# define INT_FRAC_DIGITS   10107
+# define P_CS_PRECEDES     10108
+# define N_CS_PRECEDES     10109
+# define P_SEP_BY_SPACE    10110
+# define N_SEP_BY_SPACE    10111
+# define P_SIGN_POSN       10112
+# define N_SIGN_POSN       10113
+/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MESSAGES category */
+# define YESEXPR     10053
+# define NOEXPR      10054
+
+#else
+
+/* A platform that has <langinfo.h>.  */
+
+# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET@
+#  define CODESET     10000
+#  define GNULIB_defined_CODESET 1
+# endif
+
+# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_T_FMT_AMPM@
+#  define T_FMT_AMPM  10006
+#  define GNULIB_defined_T_FMT_AMPM 1
+# endif
+
+# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_ALTMON@
+#  define ALTMON_1    10200
+#  define ALTMON_2    (ALTMON_1 + 1)
+#  define ALTMON_3    (ALTMON_1 + 2)
+#  define ALTMON_4    (ALTMON_1 + 3)
+#  define ALTMON_5    (ALTMON_1 + 4)
+#  define ALTMON_6    (ALTMON_1 + 5)
+#  define ALTMON_7    (ALTMON_1 + 6)
+#  define ALTMON_8    (ALTMON_1 + 7)
+#  define ALTMON_9    (ALTMON_1 + 8)
+#  define ALTMON_10   (ALTMON_1 + 9)
+#  define ALTMON_11   (ALTMON_1 + 10)
+#  define ALTMON_12   (ALTMON_1 + 11)
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ALTMON 1
+# endif
+
+# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_ERA@
+#  define ERA         10047
+#  define ERA_D_FMT   10048
+#  define ERA_D_T_FMT 10049
+#  define ERA_T_FMT   10050
+#  define ALT_DIGITS  10051
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ERA 1
+# endif
+
+# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR@
+#  define YESEXPR     10053
+#  define NOEXPR      10054
+#  define GNULIB_defined_YESEXPR 1
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+
+/* Return a piece of locale dependent information.
+   Note: The difference between nl_langinfo (CODESET) and locale_charset ()
+   is that the latter normalizes the encoding names to GNU conventions.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_NL_LANGINFO@
+# if @REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef nl_langinfo
+#   define nl_langinfo rpl_nl_langinfo
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_NL_LANGINFO@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (nl_langinfo);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef nl_langinfo
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_NL_LANGINFO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (nl_langinfo, "nl_langinfo is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module nl_langinfo for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H */
diff --git a/lib/lc-charset-dispatch.c b/lib/lc-charset-dispatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66d78fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lc-charset-dispatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* Dispatching based on the current locale's character encoding.
+   Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2018.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "lc-charset-dispatch.h"
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+
+# include "localcharset.h"
+# include "streq.h"
+
+# if GNULIB_WCHAR_SINGLE_LOCALE
+/* When we know that the locale does not change, provide a speedup by
+   caching the value of locale_encoding_classification.  */
+#  define locale_encoding_classification_cached locale_encoding_classification
+# else
+/* By default, don't make assumptions, hence no caching.  */
+#  define locale_encoding_classification_uncached locale_encoding_classification
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_WCHAR_SINGLE_LOCALE
+static inline
+# endif
+enc_t
+locale_encoding_classification_uncached (void)
+{
+  const char *encoding = locale_charset ();
+  if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "UTF-8", 'U', 'T', 'F', '-', '8', 0, 0, 0, 0))
+    return enc_utf8;
+  if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "EUC-JP", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'J', 'P', 0, 0, 0))
+    return enc_eucjp;
+  if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "EUC-KR", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'K', 'R', 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "GB2312", 'G', 'B', '2', '3', '1', '2', 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "BIG5", 'B', 'I', 'G', '5', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0))
+    return enc_94;
+  if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "EUC-TW", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'T', 'W', 0, 0, 0))
+    return enc_euctw;
+  if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "GB18030", 'G', 'B', '1', '8', '0', '3', '0', 0, 0))
+    return enc_gb18030;
+  if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "SJIS", 'S', 'J', 'I', 'S', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0))
+    return enc_sjis;
+  return enc_other;
+}
+
+# if GNULIB_WCHAR_SINGLE_LOCALE
+
+static int cached_locale_enc = -1;
+
+enc_t
+locale_encoding_classification_cached (void)
+{
+  if (cached_locale_enc < 0)
+    cached_locale_enc = locale_encoding_classification_uncached ();
+  return cached_locale_enc;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lc-charset-dispatch.h b/lib/lc-charset-dispatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3867c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lc-charset-dispatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Dispatching based on the current locale's character encoding.
+   Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2018.  */
+
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+
+/* A classification of special values of the encoding of the current locale.  */
+typedef enum
+  {
+    enc_other,      /* other */
+    enc_utf8,       /* UTF-8 */
+    enc_eucjp,      /* EUC-JP */
+    enc_94,         /* EUC-KR, GB2312, BIG5 */
+    enc_euctw,      /* EUC-TW */
+    enc_gb18030,    /* GB18030 */
+    enc_sjis        /* SJIS */
+  }
+  enc_t;
+
+/* Returns a classification of special values of the encoding of the current
+   locale.  */
+extern enc_t locale_encoding_classification (void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lchmod.c b/lib/lchmod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..706dddf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lchmod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* Implement lchmod on platforms where it does not work correctly.
+
+   Copyright 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __osf__
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+# include "sys/stat.h"
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+
+/* Work like chmod, except when FILE is a symbolic link.
+   In that case, on systems where permissions on symbolic links are unsupported
+   (such as Linux), set errno to EOPNOTSUPP and return -1.  */
+
+int
+lchmod (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+{
+#if defined O_PATH && defined AT_EMPTY_PATH
+  /* Open a file descriptor with O_NOFOLLOW, to make sure we don't
+     follow symbolic links, if /proc is mounted.  O_PATH is used to
+     avoid a failure if the file is not readable.
+     Cf. <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14578>  */
+  int fd = open (file, O_PATH | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return fd;
+
+  /* Up to Linux 5.3 at least, when FILE refers to a symbolic link, the
+     chmod call below will change the permissions of the symbolic link
+     - which is undesired - and on many file systems (ext4, btrfs, jfs,
+     xfs, ..., but not reiserfs) fail with error EOPNOTSUPP - which is
+     misleading.  Therefore test for a symbolic link explicitly.
+     Use fstatat because fstat does not work on O_PATH descriptors
+     before Linux 3.6.  */
+  struct stat st;
+  if (fstatat (fd, "", &st, AT_EMPTY_PATH) != 0)
+    {
+      int stat_errno = errno;
+      close (fd);
+      errno = stat_errno;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
+    {
+      close (fd);
+      errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+# if defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__ || defined __CYGWIN__
+  static char const fmt[] = "/proc/self/fd/%d";
+  char buf[sizeof fmt - sizeof "%d" + INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (int)];
+  sprintf (buf, fmt, fd);
+  int chmod_result = chmod (buf, mode);
+  int chmod_errno = errno;
+  close (fd);
+  if (chmod_result == 0)
+    return chmod_result;
+  if (chmod_errno != ENOENT)
+    {
+      errno = chmod_errno;
+      return chmod_result;
+    }
+# endif
+  /* /proc is not mounted or would not work as in GNU/Linux.  */
+
+#elif HAVE_LSTAT
+  struct stat st;
+  int lstat_result = lstat (file, &st);
+  if (lstat_result != 0)
+    return lstat_result;
+  if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
+    {
+      errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Fall back on chmod, despite a possible race.  */
+  return chmod (file, mode);
+}
diff --git a/lib/lchown.c b/lib/lchown.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..105c2d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lchown.c
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* Provide a stub lchown function for systems that lack it.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2002, 2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_LCHOWN
+
+/* If the system chown does not follow symlinks, we don't want it
+   replaced by gnulib's chown, which does follow symlinks.  */
+# if CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK
+#  undef chown
+# endif
+
+/* Work just like chown, except when FILE is a symbolic link.
+   In that case, set errno to EOPNOTSUPP and return -1.
+   But if autoconf tests determined that chown modifies
+   symlinks, then just call chown.  */
+
+int
+lchown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+{
+# if HAVE_CHOWN
+#  if ! CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK
+  struct stat stats;
+
+  if (lstat (file, &stats) == 0 && S_ISLNK (stats.st_mode))
+    {
+      errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+#  endif
+
+  return chown (file, uid, gid);
+
+# else /* !HAVE_CHOWN */
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+# endif
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_LCHOWN */
+
+# undef lchown
+
+/* Work around trailing slash bugs in lchown.  */
+int
+rpl_lchown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+{
+  bool stat_valid = false;
+  int result;
+
+# if CHOWN_CHANGE_TIME_BUG
+  struct stat st;
+
+  if (gid != (gid_t) -1 || uid != (uid_t) -1)
+    {
+      if (lstat (file, &st))
+        return -1;
+      stat_valid = true;
+      if (!S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
+        return chown (file, uid, gid);
+    }
+# endif
+
+# if CHOWN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  if (!stat_valid)
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (file);
+      if (len && file[len - 1] == '/')
+        return chown (file, uid, gid);
+    }
+# endif
+
+  result = lchown (file, uid, gid);
+
+# if CHOWN_CHANGE_TIME_BUG && HAVE_LCHMOD
+  if (result == 0 && stat_valid
+      && (uid == st.st_uid || uid == (uid_t) -1)
+      && (gid == st.st_gid || gid == (gid_t) -1))
+    {
+      /* No change in ownership, but at least one argument was not -1,
+         so we are required to update ctime.  Since lchown succeeded,
+         we assume that lchmod will do likewise.  But if the system
+         lacks lchmod and lutimes, we are out of luck.  Oh well.  */
+      result = lchmod (file, st.st_mode & (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO
+                                           | S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX));
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_LCHOWN */
diff --git a/lib/ldtoastr.c b/lib/ldtoastr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab0dcfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ldtoastr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Convert 'long double' to accurate string.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define LENGTH 3
+#include "ftoastr.c"
diff --git a/lib/libc-config.h b/lib/libc-config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fec489
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc-config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/* System definitions for code taken from the GNU C Library
+
+   Copyright 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* This is intended to be a good-enough substitute for glibc system
+   macros like those defined in <sys/cdefs.h>, so that Gnulib code
+   shared with glibc can do this as the first #include:
+
+     #ifndef _LIBC
+     # include <libc-config.h>
+     #endif
+
+   When compiled as part of glibc this is a no-op; when compiled as
+   part of Gnulib this includes Gnulib's <config.h> and defines macros
+   that glibc library code would normally assume.
+
+   Note: This header file MUST NOT be included by public header files
+   of Gnulib.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* On glibc this includes <features.h> and <sys/cdefs.h> and #defines
+   _FEATURES_H, __WORDSIZE, and __set_errno.  On FreeBSD 11 and
+   DragonFlyBSD 5.9 it includes <sys/cdefs.h> which defines __nonnull.
+   Elsewhere it is harmless.  */
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* From glibc <errno.h>.  */
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) (errno = (val))
+#endif
+
+/* From glibc <features.h>.  */
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) ((maj) < __GNUC__ + ((min) <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
+# else
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __glibc_clang_prereq
+# if defined __clang_major__ && defined __clang_minor__
+#  ifdef __apple_build_version__
+/* Apple for some reason renumbers __clang_major__ and __clang_minor__.
+   Gnulib code uses only __glibc_clang_prereq (3, 5); map it to
+   6000000 <= __apple_build_version__.  Support for other calls to
+   __glibc_clang_prereq can be added here as needed.  */
+#   define __glibc_clang_prereq(maj, min) \
+      ((maj) == 3 && (min) == 5 ? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ : 0)
+#  else
+#   define __glibc_clang_prereq(maj, min) \
+      ((maj) < __clang_major__ + ((min) <= __clang_minor__))
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define __glibc_clang_prereq(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __attribute_nonnull__
+/* <sys/cdefs.h> either does not exist, or is too old for Gnulib.
+   Prepare to include <cdefs.h>, which is Gnulib's version of a
+   more-recent glibc <sys/cdefs.h>.  */
+
+/* Define _FEATURES_H so that <cdefs.h> does not include <features.h>.  */
+# ifndef _FEATURES_H
+#  define _FEATURES_H 1
+# endif
+/* Define __GNULIB_CDEFS so that <cdefs.h> does not attempt to include
+   nonexistent files.  */
+# define __GNULIB_CDEFS
+/* Undef the macros unconditionally defined by our copy of glibc
+   <sys/cdefs.h>, so that they do not clash with any system-defined
+   versions.  */
+# undef _SYS_CDEFS_H
+# undef __ASMNAME
+# undef __ASMNAME2
+# undef __BEGIN_DECLS
+# undef __CONCAT
+# undef __END_DECLS
+# undef __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION
+# undef __LDBL_COMPAT
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR1
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR_DECL
+# undef __LDBL_REDIR_NTH
+# undef __LEAF
+# undef __LEAF_ATTR
+# undef __NTH
+# undef __NTHNL
+# undef __REDIRECT
+# undef __REDIRECT_LDBL
+# undef __REDIRECT_NTH
+# undef __REDIRECT_NTHNL
+# undef __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL
+# undef __STRING
+# undef __THROW
+# undef __THROWNL
+# undef __attr_access
+# undef __attr_access_none
+# undef __attr_dealloc
+# undef __attr_dealloc_free
+# undef __attribute__
+# undef __attribute_alloc_size__
+# undef __attribute_artificial__
+# undef __attribute_const__
+# undef __attribute_deprecated__
+# undef __attribute_deprecated_msg__
+# undef __attribute_format_arg__
+# undef __attribute_format_strfmon__
+# undef __attribute_malloc__
+# undef __attribute_noinline__
+# undef __attribute_nonstring__
+# undef __attribute_pure__
+# undef __attribute_returns_twice__
+# undef __attribute_used__
+# undef __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+# undef __bos
+# undef __bos0
+# undef __errordecl
+# undef __extension__
+# undef __extern_always_inline
+# undef __extern_inline
+# undef __flexarr
+# undef __fortify_function
+# undef __glibc_c99_flexarr_available
+# undef __glibc_has_attribute
+# undef __glibc_has_builtin
+# undef __glibc_has_extension
+# undef __glibc_macro_warning
+# undef __glibc_macro_warning1
+# undef __glibc_objsize
+# undef __glibc_objsize0
+# undef __glibc_unlikely
+# undef __inline
+# undef __ptr_t
+# undef __restrict
+# undef __restrict_arr
+# undef __va_arg_pack
+# undef __va_arg_pack_len
+# undef __warnattr
+
+/* Include our copy of glibc <sys/cdefs.h>.  */
+# include <cdefs.h>
+
+/* <cdefs.h> __inline is too pessimistic for non-GCC.  */
+# undef __inline
+# ifndef HAVE___INLINE
+#  if 199901 <= __STDC_VERSION__ || defined inline
+#   define __inline inline
+#  else
+#   define __inline
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif /* defined __glibc_likely */
+
+
+/* A substitute for glibc <libc-symbols.h>, good enough for Gnulib.  */
+#define attribute_hidden
+#define libc_hidden_proto(name)
+#define libc_hidden_def(name)
+#define libc_hidden_weak(name)
+#define libc_hidden_ver(local, name)
+#define strong_alias(name, aliasname)
+#define weak_alias(name, aliasname)
+
+/* A substitute for glibc <shlib-compat.h>, good enough for Gnulib.  */
+#define SHLIB_COMPAT(lib, introduced, obsoleted) 0
+#define compat_symbol(lib, local, symbol, version) extern int dummy
+#define versioned_symbol(lib, local, symbol, version) extern int dummy
diff --git a/lib/limits.in.h b/lib/limits.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b77bf75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/limits.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* A GNU-like <limits.h>.
+
+   Copyright 2016-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LIMITS_H
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   On Haiku/x86_64, we have a sequence of nested includes
+   <limits.h> -> <syslimits.h> -> <limits.h>.
+   In this situation, LONG_MAX and INT_MAX are not yet defined,
+   therefore we should not attempt to define LONG_BIT.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LIMITS_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H
+
+# define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LIMITS_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LIMITS_H@
+
+# undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LIMITS_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H
+
+#ifndef LLONG_MIN
+# if defined LONG_LONG_MIN /* HP-UX 11.31 */
+#  define LLONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
+# elif defined LONGLONG_MIN /* IRIX 6.5 */
+#  define LLONG_MIN LONGLONG_MIN
+# elif defined __GNUC__
+#  define LLONG_MIN (- __LONG_LONG_MAX__ - 1LL)
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef LLONG_MAX
+# if defined LONG_LONG_MAX /* HP-UX 11.31 */
+#  define LLONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
+# elif defined LONGLONG_MAX /* IRIX 6.5 */
+#  define LLONG_MAX LONGLONG_MAX
+# elif defined __GNUC__
+#  define LLONG_MAX __LONG_LONG_MAX__
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef ULLONG_MAX
+# if defined ULONG_LONG_MAX /* HP-UX 11.31 */
+#  define ULLONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
+# elif defined ULONGLONG_MAX /* IRIX 6.5 */
+#  define ULLONG_MAX ULONGLONG_MAX
+# elif defined __GNUC__
+#  define ULLONG_MAX (__LONG_LONG_MAX__ * 2ULL + 1ULL)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The number of usable bits in an unsigned or signed integer type
+   with minimum value MIN and maximum value MAX, as an int expression
+   suitable in #if.  Cover all known practical hosts.  This
+   implementation exploits the fact that MAX is 1 less than a power of
+   2, and merely counts the number of 1 bits in MAX; "COBn" means
+   "count the number of 1 bits in the low-order n bits").  */
+#define _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH(min, max) (((min) < 0) + _GL_COB128 (max))
+#define _GL_COB128(n) (_GL_COB64 ((n) >> 31 >> 31 >> 2) + _GL_COB64 (n))
+#define _GL_COB64(n) (_GL_COB32 ((n) >> 31 >> 1) + _GL_COB32 (n))
+#define _GL_COB32(n) (_GL_COB16 ((n) >> 16) + _GL_COB16 (n))
+#define _GL_COB16(n) (_GL_COB8 ((n) >> 8) + _GL_COB8 (n))
+#define _GL_COB8(n) (_GL_COB4 ((n) >> 4) + _GL_COB4 (n))
+#define _GL_COB4(n) (!!((n) & 8) + !!((n) & 4) + !!((n) & 2) + !!((n) & 1))
+
+#ifndef WORD_BIT
+/* Assume 'int' is 32 bits wide.  */
+# define WORD_BIT 32
+#endif
+#ifndef LONG_BIT
+/* Assume 'long' is 32 or 64 bits wide.  */
+# if LONG_MAX == INT_MAX
+#  define LONG_BIT 32
+# else
+#  define LONG_BIT 64
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Macros specified by C2x and by ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014.  */
+
+#if (! defined ULLONG_WIDTH                                             \
+     && (defined _GNU_SOURCE || defined __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__ \
+         || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 201710 < __STDC_VERSION__)))
+# define CHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (CHAR_MIN, CHAR_MAX)
+# define SCHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX)
+# define UCHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UCHAR_MAX)
+# define SHRT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (SHRT_MIN, SHRT_MAX)
+# define USHRT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, USHRT_MAX)
+# define INT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_MIN, INT_MAX)
+# define UINT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_MAX)
+# define LONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX)
+# define ULONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, ULONG_MAX)
+# define LLONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (LLONG_MIN, LLONG_MAX)
+# define ULLONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, ULLONG_MAX)
+#endif
+
+/* Macros specified by C2x.  */
+
+#if (! defined BOOL_WIDTH \
+     && (defined _GNU_SOURCE \
+         || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 201710 < __STDC_VERSION__)))
+# define BOOL_MAX 1
+# define BOOL_WIDTH 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/linebuffer.c b/lib/linebuffer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a679b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/linebuffer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* linebuffer.c -- read arbitrarily long lines
+
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998-1999, 2001, 2003-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2022
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Richard Stallman. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "linebuffer.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
+
+void
+initbuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
+{
+  memset (linebuffer, 0, sizeof *linebuffer);
+}
+
+struct linebuffer *
+readlinebuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
+{
+  return readlinebuffer_delim (linebuffer, stream, '\n');
+}
+
+/* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
+   Consider lines to be terminated by DELIMITER.
+   Keep the delimiter; append DELIMITER if it's the last line of a file
+   that ends in a character other than DELIMITER.  Do not NUL-terminate.
+   Therefore the stream can contain NUL bytes, and the length
+   (including the delimiter) is returned in linebuffer->length.
+   Return NULL when stream is empty.  Return NULL and set errno upon
+   error; callers can distinguish this case from the empty case by
+   invoking ferror (stream).
+   Otherwise, return LINEBUFFER.  */
+struct linebuffer *
+readlinebuffer_delim (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream,
+                      char delimiter)
+{
+  int c;
+  char *buffer = linebuffer->buffer;
+  char *p = linebuffer->buffer;
+  char *end = buffer + linebuffer->size; /* Sentinel. */
+
+  if (feof (stream))
+    return NULL;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c = getc (stream);
+      if (c == EOF)
+        {
+          if (p == buffer || ferror (stream))
+            return NULL;
+          if (p[-1] == delimiter)
+            break;
+          c = delimiter;
+        }
+      if (p == end)
+        {
+          idx_t oldsize = linebuffer->size;
+          buffer = xpalloc (buffer, &linebuffer->size, 1, -1, 1);
+          p = buffer + oldsize;
+          linebuffer->buffer = buffer;
+          end = buffer + linebuffer->size;
+        }
+      *p++ = c;
+    }
+  while (c != delimiter);
+
+  linebuffer->length = p - buffer;
+  return linebuffer;
+}
+
+/* Free the buffer that was allocated for linebuffer LINEBUFFER.  */
+
+void
+freebuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
+{
+  free (linebuffer->buffer);
+}
diff --git a/lib/linebuffer.h b/lib/linebuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07d45ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/linebuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* linebuffer.h -- declarations for reading arbitrarily long lines
+
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998-1999, 2002-2003, 2007, 2009-2022 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !defined LINEBUFFER_H
+# define LINEBUFFER_H
+
+# include "idx.h"
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+/* A 'struct linebuffer' holds a line of text. */
+
+struct linebuffer
+{
+  idx_t size;                  /* Allocated. */
+  idx_t length;                /* Used. */
+  char *buffer;
+};
+
+/* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
+void initbuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer);
+
+/* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
+   Consider lines to be terminated by DELIMITER.
+   Keep the delimiter; append DELIMITER if we reach EOF and it wasn't
+   the last character in the file.  Do not NUL-terminate.
+   Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return NULL.  */
+struct linebuffer *readlinebuffer_delim (struct linebuffer *linebuffer,
+                                         FILE *stream, char delimiter);
+
+/* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
+   Keep the newline; append a newline if it's the last line of a file
+   that ends in a non-newline character.  Do not NUL-terminate.
+   Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return NULL.  */
+struct linebuffer *readlinebuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream);
+
+/* Free linebuffer LINEBUFFER and its data, all allocated with malloc. */
+void freebuffer (struct linebuffer *);
+
+#endif /* LINEBUFFER_H */
diff --git a/lib/link.c b/lib/link.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2023d75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/link.c
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/* Emulate link on platforms that lack it, namely native Windows platforms.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_LINK
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#  undef GetModuleHandle
+#  define GetModuleHandle GetModuleHandleA
+#  undef CreateHardLink
+#  define CreateHardLink CreateHardLinkA
+
+#  if !(_WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_WINXP)
+
+/* Avoid warnings from gcc -Wcast-function-type.  */
+#   define GetProcAddress \
+     (void *) GetProcAddress
+
+/* CreateHardLink was introduced only in Windows 2000.  */
+typedef BOOL (WINAPI * CreateHardLinkFuncType) (LPCSTR lpFileName,
+                                                LPCSTR lpExistingFileName,
+                                                LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpSecurityAttributes);
+static CreateHardLinkFuncType CreateHardLinkFunc = NULL;
+static BOOL initialized = FALSE;
+
+static void
+initialize (void)
+{
+  HMODULE kernel32 = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32.dll");
+  if (kernel32 != NULL)
+    {
+      CreateHardLinkFunc =
+        (CreateHardLinkFuncType) GetProcAddress (kernel32, "CreateHardLinkA");
+    }
+  initialized = TRUE;
+}
+
+#  else
+
+#   define CreateHardLinkFunc CreateHardLink
+
+#  endif
+
+int
+link (const char *file1, const char *file2)
+{
+  char *dir;
+  size_t len1 = strlen (file1);
+  size_t len2 = strlen (file2);
+
+#  if !(_WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_WINXP)
+  if (!initialized)
+    initialize ();
+#  endif
+
+  if (CreateHardLinkFunc == NULL)
+    {
+      /* System does not support hard links.  */
+      errno = EPERM;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  /* Reject trailing slashes on non-directories; native Windows does not
+     support hard-linking directories.  */
+  if ((len1 && (file1[len1 - 1] == '/' || file1[len1 - 1] == '\\'))
+      || (len2 && (file2[len2 - 1] == '/' || file2[len2 - 1] == '\\')))
+    {
+      /* If stat() fails, then link() should fail for the same reason.  */
+      struct stat st;
+      if (stat (file1, &st))
+        {
+          if (errno == EOVERFLOW)
+            /* It's surely a file, not a directory (see stat-w32.c).  */
+            errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+        errno = ENOTDIR;
+      else
+        errno = EPERM;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  /* CreateHardLink("b/.","a",NULL) creates file "b", so we must check
+     that dirname(file2) exists.  */
+  dir = strdup (file2);
+  if (!dir)
+    return -1;
+  {
+    struct stat st;
+    char *p = strchr (dir, '\0');
+    while (dir < p && (*--p != '/' && *p != '\\'));
+    *p = '\0';
+    if (p != dir && stat (dir, &st) != 0 && errno != EOVERFLOW)
+      {
+        free (dir);
+        return -1;
+      }
+    free (dir);
+  }
+  /* Now create the link.  */
+  if (CreateHardLinkFunc (file2, file1, NULL) == 0)
+    {
+      /* It is not documented which errors CreateHardLink() can produce.
+       * The following conversions are based on tests on a Windows XP SP2
+       * system. */
+      DWORD err = GetLastError ();
+      switch (err)
+        {
+        case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+          errno = EACCES;
+          break;
+
+        case ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION:    /* fs does not support hard links */
+          errno = EPERM;
+          break;
+
+        case ERROR_NOT_SAME_DEVICE:
+          errno = EXDEV;
+          break;
+
+        case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND:
+        case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND:
+          errno = ENOENT;
+          break;
+
+        case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER:
+          errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+          break;
+
+        case ERROR_TOO_MANY_LINKS:
+          errno = EMLINK;
+          break;
+
+        case ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS:
+          errno = EEXIST;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          errno = EIO;
+        }
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# else /* !Windows */
+
+#  error "This platform lacks a link function, and Gnulib doesn't provide a replacement. This is a bug in Gnulib."
+
+# endif /* !Windows */
+#else /* HAVE_LINK */
+
+# undef link
+
+/* Create a hard link from FILE1 to FILE2, working around platform bugs.  */
+int
+rpl_link (char const *file1, char const *file2)
+{
+  size_t len1;
+  size_t len2;
+  struct stat st;
+
+  /* Don't allow IRIX to dereference dangling file2 symlink.  */
+  if (lstat (file2, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+    {
+      errno = EEXIST;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Reject trailing slashes on non-directories.  */
+  len1 = strlen (file1);
+  len2 = strlen (file2);
+  if ((len1 && file1[len1 - 1] == '/')
+      || (len2 && file2[len2 - 1] == '/'))
+    {
+      /* Let link() decide whether hard-linking directories is legal.
+         If stat() fails, then link() should fail for the same reason
+         (although on Solaris 9, link("file/","oops") mistakenly
+         succeeds); if stat() succeeds, require a directory.  */
+      if (stat (file1, &st))
+        return -1;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Fix Cygwin 1.5.x bug where link("a","b/.") creates file "b".  */
+      char *dir = strdup (file2);
+      char *p;
+      if (!dir)
+        return -1;
+      /* We already know file2 does not end in slash.  Strip off the
+         basename, then check that the dirname exists.  */
+      p = strrchr (dir, '/');
+      if (p)
+        {
+          *p = '\0';
+          if (stat (dir, &st) != 0 && errno != EOVERFLOW)
+            {
+              free (dir);
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+      free (dir);
+    }
+  return link (file1, file2);
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_LINK */
diff --git a/lib/linkat.c b/lib/linkat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99de4a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/linkat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/* Create a hard link relative to open directories.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "areadlink.h"
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include "eloop-threshold.h"
+#include "filenamecat.h"
+#include "openat-priv.h"
+
+#if !HAVE_LINKAT || LINKAT_SYMLINK_NOTSUP
+
+/* Create a link.  If FILE1 is a symlink, either create a hardlink to
+   that symlink, or fake it by creating an identical symlink.  */
+# if LINK_FOLLOWS_SYMLINKS == 0
+#  define link_immediate link
+# else
+static int
+link_immediate (char const *file1, char const *file2)
+{
+  char *target = areadlink (file1);
+  if (target)
+    {
+      /* A symlink cannot be modified in-place.  Therefore, creating
+         an identical symlink behaves like a hard link to a symlink,
+         except for incorrect st_ino and st_nlink.  However, we must
+         be careful of EXDEV.  */
+      struct stat st1;
+      struct stat st2;
+      char *dir = mdir_name (file2);
+      if (!dir)
+        {
+          free (target);
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (lstat (file1, &st1) == 0 && stat (dir, &st2) == 0)
+        {
+          if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev)
+            {
+              int result = symlink (target, file2);
+              free (target);
+              free (dir);
+              return result;
+            }
+          free (target);
+          free (dir);
+          errno = EXDEV;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      free (target);
+      free (dir);
+    }
+  if (errno == ENOMEM)
+    return -1;
+  return link (file1, file2);
+}
+# endif /* LINK_FOLLOWS_SYMLINKS == 0 */
+
+/* Create a link.  If FILE1 is a symlink, create a hardlink to the
+   canonicalized file.  */
+# if 0 < LINK_FOLLOWS_SYMLINKS
+#  define link_follow link
+# else
+static int
+link_follow (char const *file1, char const *file2)
+{
+  char *name = (char *) file1;
+  char *target;
+  int result;
+  int i = __eloop_threshold ();
+
+  /* Using realpath or canonicalize_file_name is too heavy-handed: we
+     don't need an absolute name, and we don't need to resolve
+     intermediate symlinks, just the basename of each iteration.  */
+  while (i-- && (target = areadlink (name)))
+    {
+      if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (target))
+        {
+          if (name != file1)
+            free (name);
+          name = target;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          char *dir = mdir_name (name);
+          if (name != file1)
+            free (name);
+          if (!dir)
+            {
+              free (target);
+              errno = ENOMEM;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          name = mfile_name_concat (dir, target, NULL);
+          free (dir);
+          free (target);
+          if (!name)
+            {
+              errno = ENOMEM;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      target = NULL;
+      errno = ELOOP;
+    }
+  if (!target && errno != EINVAL)
+    {
+      if (name != file1)
+        free (name);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  result = link (name, file2);
+  if (name != file1)
+    free (name);
+  return result;
+}
+# endif /* 0 < LINK_FOLLOWS_SYMLINKS */
+
+/* On Solaris, link() doesn't follow symlinks by default, but does so as soon
+   as a library or executable takes part in the program that has been compiled
+   with "c99" or "cc -xc99=all" or "cc ... /usr/lib/values-xpg4.o ...".  */
+# if LINK_FOLLOWS_SYMLINKS == -1
+
+/* Reduce the penalty of link_immediate and link_follow by incorporating the
+   knowledge that link()'s behaviour depends on the __xpg4 variable.  */
+extern int __xpg4;
+
+static int
+solaris_optimized_link_immediate (char const *file1, char const *file2)
+{
+  if (__xpg4 == 0)
+    return link (file1, file2);
+  return link_immediate (file1, file2);
+}
+
+static int
+solaris_optimized_link_follow (char const *file1, char const *file2)
+{
+  if (__xpg4 != 0)
+    return link (file1, file2);
+  return link_follow (file1, file2);
+}
+
+#  define link_immediate solaris_optimized_link_immediate
+#  define link_follow solaris_optimized_link_follow
+
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_LINKAT || LINKAT_SYMLINK_NOTSUP  */
+
+#if !HAVE_LINKAT
+
+/* Create a link to FILE1, in the directory open on descriptor FD1, to FILE2,
+   in the directory open on descriptor FD2.  If FILE1 is a symlink, FLAG
+   controls whether to dereference FILE1 first.  If possible, do it without
+   changing the working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using
+   save_cwd/fchdir, then rename/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or
+   the restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+
+int
+linkat (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2, int flag)
+{
+  if (flag & ~AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return at_func2 (fd1, file1, fd2, file2,
+                   flag ? link_follow : link_immediate);
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_LINKAT */
+
+# undef linkat
+
+/* Create a link.  If FILE1 is a symlink, create a hardlink to the
+   canonicalized file.  */
+
+static int
+linkat_follow (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2)
+{
+  char *name = (char *) file1;
+  char *target;
+  int result;
+  int i = __eloop_threshold ();
+
+  /* There is no realpathat.  */
+  while (i-- && (target = areadlinkat (fd1, name)))
+    {
+      if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (target))
+        {
+          if (name != file1)
+            free (name);
+          name = target;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          char *dir = mdir_name (name);
+          if (name != file1)
+            free (name);
+          if (!dir)
+            {
+              free (target);
+              errno = ENOMEM;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          name = mfile_name_concat (dir, target, NULL);
+          free (dir);
+          free (target);
+          if (!name)
+            {
+              errno = ENOMEM;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      target = NULL;
+      errno = ELOOP;
+    }
+  if (!target && errno != EINVAL)
+    {
+      if (name != file1)
+        free (name);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  result = linkat (fd1, name, fd2, file2, 0);
+  if (name != file1)
+    free (name);
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Like linkat, but guarantee that AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW works even on
+   older Linux kernels.  */
+
+int
+rpl_linkat (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2, int flag)
+{
+  if (flag & ~AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+# if LINKAT_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* Reject trailing slashes on non-directories.  */
+  {
+    size_t len1 = strlen (file1);
+    size_t len2 = strlen (file2);
+    if ((len1 && file1[len1 - 1] == '/')
+        || (len2 && file2[len2 - 1] == '/'))
+      {
+        /* Let linkat() decide whether hard-linking directories is legal.
+           If fstatat() fails, then linkat() should fail for the same reason;
+           if fstatat() succeeds, require a directory.  */
+        struct stat st;
+        if (fstatat (fd1, file1, &st, flag ? 0 : AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW))
+          return -1;
+        if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+          {
+            errno = ENOTDIR;
+            return -1;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+# endif
+
+  if (!flag)
+    {
+      int result = linkat (fd1, file1, fd2, file2, flag);
+# if LINKAT_SYMLINK_NOTSUP
+      /* OS X 10.10 has linkat() but it doesn't support
+         hardlinks to symlinks.  Fallback to our emulation
+         in that case.  */
+      if (result == -1 && (errno == ENOTSUP || errno == EOPNOTSUPP))
+        return at_func2 (fd1, file1, fd2, file2, link_immediate);
+# endif
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  /* Cache the information on whether the system call really works.  */
+  {
+    static int have_follow_really; /* 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no */
+    if (0 <= have_follow_really)
+    {
+      int result = linkat (fd1, file1, fd2, file2, flag);
+      if (!(result == -1 && errno == EINVAL))
+        {
+          have_follow_really = 1;
+          return result;
+        }
+      have_follow_really = -1;
+    }
+  }
+  return linkat_follow (fd1, file1, fd2, file2);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_LINKAT */
diff --git a/lib/local.mk b/lib/local.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..decbad6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/local.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+include lib/gnulib.mk
+
+# Allow "make distdir" to succeed before "make all" has run.
+dist-hook: $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
+.PHONY: dist-hook
diff --git a/lib/localcharset.c b/lib/localcharset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17a4a1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/localcharset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1159 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+# define DARWIN7 /* Darwin 7 or newer, i.e. Mac OS X 10.3 or newer */
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS.  */
+# ifndef OS2
+#  define OS2
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if 0 /* see comment regarding use of setlocale(), below */
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+# endif
+#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+  /* For the use of setlocale() below, the Gnulib override in setlocale.c is
+     not needed; see the platform lists in setlocale_null.m4.  */
+# undef setlocale
+#endif
+#if defined OS2
+# define INCL_DOS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif
+
+/* For MB_CUR_MAX_L */
+#if defined DARWIN7
+# include <xlocale.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET || defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined OS2
+
+/* On these platforms, we use a mapping from non-canonical encoding name
+   to GNU canonical encoding name.  */
+
+/* With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+   because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+   GNU canonical names directly.  */
+# if !((defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2) || defined __UCLIBC__)
+
+struct table_entry
+{
+  const char alias[11+1];
+  const char canonical[11+1];
+};
+
+/* Table of platform-dependent mappings, sorted in ascending order.  */
+static const struct table_entry alias_table[] =
+  {
+#  if defined __FreeBSD__                                   /* FreeBSD */
+  /*{ "ARMSCII-8",  "ARMSCII-8" },*/
+    { "Big5",       "BIG5" },
+    { "C",          "ASCII" },
+  /*{ "CP1131",     "CP1131" },*/
+  /*{ "CP1251",     "CP1251" },*/
+  /*{ "CP866",      "CP866" },*/
+  /*{ "GB18030",    "GB18030" },*/
+  /*{ "GB2312",     "GB2312" },*/
+  /*{ "GBK",        "GBK" },*/
+  /*{ "ISCII-DEV",  "?" },*/
+    { "ISO8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ISO8859-13", "ISO-8859-13" },
+    { "ISO8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "ISO8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "ISO8859-5",  "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ISO8859-7",  "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "ISO8859-9",  "ISO-8859-9" },
+  /*{ "KOI8-R",     "KOI8-R" },*/
+  /*{ "KOI8-U",     "KOI8-U" },*/
+    { "SJIS",       "SHIFT_JIS" },
+    { "US-ASCII",   "ASCII" },
+    { "eucCN",      "GB2312" },
+    { "eucJP",      "EUC-JP" },
+    { "eucKR",      "EUC-KR" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined __NetBSD__                                    /* NetBSD */
+    { "646",        "ASCII" },
+  /*{ "ARMSCII-8",  "ARMSCII-8" },*/
+  /*{ "BIG5",       "BIG5" },*/
+    { "Big5-HKSCS", "BIG5-HKSCS" },
+  /*{ "CP1251",     "CP1251" },*/
+  /*{ "CP866",      "CP866" },*/
+  /*{ "GB18030",    "GB18030" },*/
+  /*{ "GB2312",     "GB2312" },*/
+    { "ISO8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ISO8859-13", "ISO-8859-13" },
+    { "ISO8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "ISO8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "ISO8859-4",  "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "ISO8859-5",  "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ISO8859-7",  "ISO-8859-7" },
+  /*{ "KOI8-R",     "KOI8-R" },*/
+  /*{ "KOI8-U",     "KOI8-U" },*/
+  /*{ "PT154",      "PT154" },*/
+    { "SJIS",       "SHIFT_JIS" },
+    { "eucCN",      "GB2312" },
+    { "eucJP",      "EUC-JP" },
+    { "eucKR",      "EUC-KR" },
+    { "eucTW",      "EUC-TW" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined __OpenBSD__                                   /* OpenBSD */
+    { "646",        "ASCII" },
+    { "ISO8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ISO8859-13", "ISO-8859-13" },
+    { "ISO8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "ISO8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "ISO8859-4",  "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "ISO8859-5",  "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ISO8859-7",  "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "US-ASCII",   "ASCII" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__                 /* Mac OS X */
+    /* Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but sometimes its value is
+       useless:
+       - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the
+         form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8
+         LC_CTYPE file.
+       - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by
+         the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case.
+       - The documentation says:
+           "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure
+            that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8
+            encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string
+            parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else."
+         It also says
+           "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files,
+            paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical
+            UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable
+            characters are decomposed ..."
+         but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings
+         to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert
+         them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system.
+       - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default.
+       - However, other applications are free to use different encodings:
+         - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default.
+         - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default.
+       We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should
+       minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the
+       Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user
+       space nevertheless.
+       Then there are also the locales with encodings other than US-ASCII
+       and UTF-8. These locales can be occasionally useful to users (e.g.
+       when grepping through ISO-8859-1 encoded text files), when all their
+       file names are in US-ASCII.
+     */
+    { "ARMSCII-8",  "ARMSCII-8" },
+    { "Big5",       "BIG5" },
+    { "Big5HKSCS",  "BIG5-HKSCS" },
+    { "CP1131",     "CP1131" },
+    { "CP1251",     "CP1251" },
+    { "CP866",      "CP866" },
+    { "CP949",      "CP949" },
+    { "GB18030",    "GB18030" },
+    { "GB2312",     "GB2312" },
+    { "GBK",        "GBK" },
+  /*{ "ISCII-DEV",  "?" },*/
+    { "ISO8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ISO8859-13", "ISO-8859-13" },
+    { "ISO8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "ISO8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "ISO8859-4",  "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "ISO8859-5",  "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ISO8859-7",  "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "ISO8859-9",  "ISO-8859-9" },
+    { "KOI8-R",     "KOI8-R" },
+    { "KOI8-U",     "KOI8-U" },
+    { "PT154",      "PT154" },
+    { "SJIS",       "SHIFT_JIS" },
+    { "eucCN",      "GB2312" },
+    { "eucJP",      "EUC-JP" },
+    { "eucKR",      "EUC-KR" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined _AIX                                          /* AIX */
+  /*{ "GBK",        "GBK" },*/
+    { "IBM-1046",   "CP1046" },
+    { "IBM-1124",   "CP1124" },
+    { "IBM-1129",   "CP1129" },
+    { "IBM-1252",   "CP1252" },
+    { "IBM-850",    "CP850" },
+    { "IBM-856",    "CP856" },
+    { "IBM-921",    "ISO-8859-13" },
+    { "IBM-922",    "CP922" },
+    { "IBM-932",    "CP932" },
+    { "IBM-943",    "CP943" },
+    { "IBM-eucCN",  "GB2312" },
+    { "IBM-eucJP",  "EUC-JP" },
+    { "IBM-eucKR",  "EUC-KR" },
+    { "IBM-eucTW",  "EUC-TW" },
+    { "ISO8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ISO8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "ISO8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "ISO8859-5",  "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ISO8859-6",  "ISO-8859-6" },
+    { "ISO8859-7",  "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "ISO8859-8",  "ISO-8859-8" },
+    { "ISO8859-9",  "ISO-8859-9" },
+    { "TIS-620",    "TIS-620" },
+  /*{ "UTF-8",      "UTF-8" },*/
+    { "big5",       "BIG5" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined __hpux                                        /* HP-UX */
+    { "SJIS",      "SHIFT_JIS" },
+    { "arabic8",   "HP-ARABIC8" },
+    { "big5",      "BIG5" },
+    { "cp1251",    "CP1251" },
+    { "eucJP",     "EUC-JP" },
+    { "eucKR",     "EUC-KR" },
+    { "eucTW",     "EUC-TW" },
+    { "gb18030",   "GB18030" },
+    { "greek8",    "HP-GREEK8" },
+    { "hebrew8",   "HP-HEBREW8" },
+    { "hkbig5",    "BIG5-HKSCS" },
+    { "hp15CN",    "GB2312" },
+    { "iso88591",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "iso885913", "ISO-8859-13" },
+    { "iso885915", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "iso88592",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "iso88594",  "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "iso88595",  "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "iso88596",  "ISO-8859-6" },
+    { "iso88597",  "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "iso88598",  "ISO-8859-8" },
+    { "iso88599",  "ISO-8859-9" },
+    { "kana8",     "HP-KANA8" },
+    { "koi8r",     "KOI8-R" },
+    { "roman8",    "HP-ROMAN8" },
+    { "tis620",    "TIS-620" },
+    { "turkish8",  "HP-TURKISH8" },
+    { "utf8",      "UTF-8" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined __sgi                                         /* IRIX */
+    { "ISO8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ISO8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "ISO8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "ISO8859-5",  "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ISO8859-7",  "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "ISO8859-9",  "ISO-8859-9" },
+    { "eucCN",      "GB2312" },
+    { "eucJP",      "EUC-JP" },
+    { "eucKR",      "EUC-KR" },
+    { "eucTW",      "EUC-TW" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined __osf__                                       /* OSF/1 */
+  /*{ "GBK",        "GBK" },*/
+    { "ISO8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ISO8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "ISO8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "ISO8859-4",  "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "ISO8859-5",  "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ISO8859-7",  "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "ISO8859-8",  "ISO-8859-8" },
+    { "ISO8859-9",  "ISO-8859-9" },
+    { "KSC5601",    "CP949" },
+    { "SJIS",       "SHIFT_JIS" },
+    { "TACTIS",     "TIS-620" },
+  /*{ "UTF-8",      "UTF-8" },*/
+    { "big5",       "BIG5" },
+    { "cp850",      "CP850" },
+    { "dechanyu",   "DEC-HANYU" },
+    { "dechanzi",   "GB2312" },
+    { "deckanji",   "DEC-KANJI" },
+    { "deckorean",  "EUC-KR" },
+    { "eucJP",      "EUC-JP" },
+    { "eucKR",      "EUC-KR" },
+    { "eucTW",      "EUC-TW" },
+    { "sdeckanji",  "EUC-JP" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined __sun                                         /* Solaris */
+    { "5601",        "EUC-KR" },
+    { "646",         "ASCII" },
+  /*{ "BIG5",        "BIG5" },*/
+    { "Big5-HKSCS",  "BIG5-HKSCS" },
+    { "GB18030",     "GB18030" },
+  /*{ "GBK",         "GBK" },*/
+    { "ISO8859-1",   "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ISO8859-11",  "TIS-620" },
+    { "ISO8859-13",  "ISO-8859-13" },
+    { "ISO8859-15",  "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "ISO8859-2",   "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "ISO8859-3",   "ISO-8859-3" },
+    { "ISO8859-4",   "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "ISO8859-5",   "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ISO8859-6",   "ISO-8859-6" },
+    { "ISO8859-7",   "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "ISO8859-8",   "ISO-8859-8" },
+    { "ISO8859-9",   "ISO-8859-9" },
+    { "PCK",         "SHIFT_JIS" },
+    { "TIS620.2533", "TIS-620" },
+  /*{ "UTF-8",       "UTF-8" },*/
+    { "ansi-1251",   "CP1251" },
+    { "cns11643",    "EUC-TW" },
+    { "eucJP",       "EUC-JP" },
+    { "gb2312",      "GB2312" },
+    { "koi8-r",      "KOI8-R" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined __minix                                       /* Minix */
+    { "646", "ASCII" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__          /* Windows */
+    { "CP1361",  "JOHAB" },
+    { "CP20127", "ASCII" },
+    { "CP20866", "KOI8-R" },
+    { "CP20936", "GB2312" },
+    { "CP21866", "KOI8-RU" },
+    { "CP28591", "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "CP28592", "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "CP28593", "ISO-8859-3" },
+    { "CP28594", "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "CP28595", "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "CP28596", "ISO-8859-6" },
+    { "CP28597", "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "CP28598", "ISO-8859-8" },
+    { "CP28599", "ISO-8859-9" },
+    { "CP28605", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "CP38598", "ISO-8859-8" },
+    { "CP51932", "EUC-JP" },
+    { "CP51936", "GB2312" },
+    { "CP51949", "EUC-KR" },
+    { "CP51950", "EUC-TW" },
+    { "CP54936", "GB18030" },
+    { "CP65001", "UTF-8" },
+    { "CP936",   "GBK" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined OS2                                           /* OS/2 */
+    /* The list of encodings is taken from "List of OS/2 Codepages"
+       by Alex Taylor:
+       <http://altsan.org/os2/toolkits/uls/index.html#codepages>.
+       See also "__convcp() of kLIBC":
+       <https://github.com/bitwiseworks/libc/blob/master/src/emx/src/lib/locale/__convcp.c>.  */
+    { "CP1004",        "CP1252" },
+  /*{ "CP1041",        "CP943" },*/
+  /*{ "CP1088",        "CP949" },*/
+    { "CP1089",        "ISO-8859-6" },
+  /*{ "CP1114",        "CP950" },*/
+  /*{ "CP1115",        "GB2312" },*/
+    { "CP1208",        "UTF-8" },
+  /*{ "CP1380",        "GB2312" },*/
+    { "CP1381",        "GB2312" },
+    { "CP1383",        "GB2312" },
+    { "CP1386",        "GBK" },
+  /*{ "CP301",         "CP943" },*/
+    { "CP3372",        "EUC-JP" },
+    { "CP4946",        "CP850" },
+  /*{ "CP5048",        "JIS_X0208-1990" },*/
+  /*{ "CP5049",        "JIS_X0212-1990" },*/
+  /*{ "CP5067",        "KS_C_5601-1987" },*/
+    { "CP813",         "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "CP819",         "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "CP878",         "KOI8-R" },
+  /*{ "CP897",         "CP943" },*/
+    { "CP912",         "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "CP913",         "ISO-8859-3" },
+    { "CP914",         "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "CP915",         "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "CP916",         "ISO-8859-8" },
+    { "CP920",         "ISO-8859-9" },
+    { "CP921",         "ISO-8859-13" },
+    { "CP923",         "ISO-8859-15" },
+  /*{ "CP941",         "CP943" },*/
+  /*{ "CP947",         "CP950" },*/
+  /*{ "CP951",         "CP949" },*/
+  /*{ "CP952",         "JIS_X0208-1990" },*/
+  /*{ "CP953",         "JIS_X0212-1990" },*/
+    { "CP954",         "EUC-JP" },
+    { "CP964",         "EUC-TW" },
+    { "CP970",         "EUC-KR" },
+  /*{ "CP971",         "KS_C_5601-1987" },*/
+    { "IBM-1004",      "CP1252" },
+  /*{ "IBM-1006",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1008",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1041",      "CP943" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1051",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1088",      "CP949" },*/
+    { "IBM-1089",      "ISO-8859-6" },
+  /*{ "IBM-1098",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1114",      "CP950" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1115",      "GB2312" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1116",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1117",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1118",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1119",      "?" },*/
+    { "IBM-1124",      "CP1124" },
+    { "IBM-1125",      "CP1125" },
+    { "IBM-1131",      "CP1131" },
+    { "IBM-1208",      "UTF-8" },
+    { "IBM-1250",      "CP1250" },
+    { "IBM-1251",      "CP1251" },
+    { "IBM-1252",      "CP1252" },
+    { "IBM-1253",      "CP1253" },
+    { "IBM-1254",      "CP1254" },
+    { "IBM-1255",      "CP1255" },
+    { "IBM-1256",      "CP1256" },
+    { "IBM-1257",      "CP1257" },
+  /*{ "IBM-1275",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1276",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1277",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1280",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1281",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1282",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1283",      "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-1380",      "GB2312" },*/
+    { "IBM-1381",      "GB2312" },
+    { "IBM-1383",      "GB2312" },
+    { "IBM-1386",      "GBK" },
+  /*{ "IBM-301",       "CP943" },*/
+    { "IBM-3372",      "EUC-JP" },
+    { "IBM-367",       "ASCII" },
+    { "IBM-437",       "CP437" },
+    { "IBM-4946",      "CP850" },
+  /*{ "IBM-5048",      "JIS_X0208-1990" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-5049",      "JIS_X0212-1990" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-5067",      "KS_C_5601-1987" },*/
+    { "IBM-813",       "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "IBM-819",       "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "IBM-850",       "CP850" },
+  /*{ "IBM-851",       "?" },*/
+    { "IBM-852",       "CP852" },
+    { "IBM-855",       "CP855" },
+    { "IBM-856",       "CP856" },
+    { "IBM-857",       "CP857" },
+  /*{ "IBM-859",       "?" },*/
+    { "IBM-860",       "CP860" },
+    { "IBM-861",       "CP861" },
+    { "IBM-862",       "CP862" },
+    { "IBM-863",       "CP863" },
+    { "IBM-864",       "CP864" },
+    { "IBM-865",       "CP865" },
+    { "IBM-866",       "CP866" },
+  /*{ "IBM-868",       "?" },*/
+    { "IBM-869",       "CP869" },
+    { "IBM-874",       "CP874" },
+    { "IBM-878",       "KOI8-R" },
+  /*{ "IBM-895",       "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-897",       "CP943" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-907",       "?" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-909",       "?" },*/
+    { "IBM-912",       "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "IBM-913",       "ISO-8859-3" },
+    { "IBM-914",       "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "IBM-915",       "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "IBM-916",       "ISO-8859-8" },
+    { "IBM-920",       "ISO-8859-9" },
+    { "IBM-921",       "ISO-8859-13" },
+    { "IBM-922",       "CP922" },
+    { "IBM-923",       "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "IBM-932",       "CP932" },
+  /*{ "IBM-941",       "CP943" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-942",       "?" },*/
+    { "IBM-943",       "CP943" },
+  /*{ "IBM-947",       "CP950" },*/
+    { "IBM-949",       "CP949" },
+    { "IBM-950",       "CP950" },
+  /*{ "IBM-951",       "CP949" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-952",       "JIS_X0208-1990" },*/
+  /*{ "IBM-953",       "JIS_X0212-1990" },*/
+    { "IBM-954",       "EUC-JP" },
+  /*{ "IBM-955",       "?" },*/
+    { "IBM-964",       "EUC-TW" },
+    { "IBM-970",       "EUC-KR" },
+  /*{ "IBM-971",       "KS_C_5601-1987" },*/
+    { "IBM-eucCN",     "GB2312" },
+    { "IBM-eucJP",     "EUC-JP" },
+    { "IBM-eucKR",     "EUC-KR" },
+    { "IBM-eucTW",     "EUC-TW" },
+    { "IBM33722",      "EUC-JP" },
+    { "ISO8859-1",     "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ISO8859-2",     "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "ISO8859-3",     "ISO-8859-3" },
+    { "ISO8859-4",     "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "ISO8859-5",     "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ISO8859-6",     "ISO-8859-6" },
+    { "ISO8859-7",     "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "ISO8859-8",     "ISO-8859-8" },
+    { "ISO8859-9",     "ISO-8859-9" },
+  /*{ "JISX0201-1976", "JISX0201-1976" },*/
+  /*{ "JISX0208-1978", "?" },*/
+  /*{ "JISX0208-1983", "JIS_X0208-1983" },*/
+  /*{ "JISX0208-1990", "JIS_X0208-1990" },*/
+  /*{ "JISX0212-1990", "JIS_X0212-1990" },*/
+  /*{ "KSC5601-1987",  "KS_C_5601-1987" },*/
+    { "SJIS-1",        "CP943" },
+    { "SJIS-2",        "CP943" },
+    { "eucJP",         "EUC-JP" },
+    { "eucKR",         "EUC-KR" },
+    { "eucTW-1993",    "EUC-TW" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  if defined VMS                                           /* OpenVMS */
+    /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
+       "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
+       section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets".  */
+    { "DECHANYU",  "DEC-HANYU" },
+    { "DECHANZI",  "GB2312" },
+    { "DECKANJI",  "DEC-KANJI" },
+    { "DECKOREAN", "EUC-KR" },
+    { "ISO8859-1", "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ISO8859-2", "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "ISO8859-5", "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ISO8859-7", "ISO-8859-7" },
+    { "ISO8859-8", "ISO-8859-8" },
+    { "ISO8859-9", "ISO-8859-9" },
+    { "SDECKANJI", "EUC-JP" },
+    { "SJIS",      "SHIFT_JIS" },
+    { "eucJP",     "EUC-JP" },
+    { "eucTW",     "EUC-TW" }
+#   define alias_table_defined
+#  endif
+#  ifndef alias_table_defined
+    /* Just a dummy entry, to avoid a C syntax error.  */
+    { "", "" }
+#  endif
+  };
+
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+/* On these platforms, we use a mapping from locale name to GNU canonical
+   encoding name.  */
+
+struct table_entry
+{
+  const char locale[17+1];
+  const char canonical[11+1];
+};
+
+/* Table of platform-dependent mappings, sorted in ascending order.  */
+static const struct table_entry locale_table[] =
+  {
+# if defined __FreeBSD__                                    /* FreeBSD 4.2 */
+    { "cs_CZ.ISO_8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "da_DK.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "da_DK.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "de_AT.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "de_AT.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "de_CH.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "de_CH.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "de_DE.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "de_DE.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "en_AU.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "en_AU.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "en_CA.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "en_CA.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "en_GB.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "en_GB.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "en_US.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "en_US.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "es_ES.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "es_ES.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "fi_FI.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "fi_FI.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "fr_BE.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "fr_BE.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "fr_CA.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "fr_CA.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "fr_CH.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "fr_CH.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "fr_FR.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "fr_FR.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "hr_HR.ISO_8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "hu_HU.ISO_8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "is_IS.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "is_IS.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "it_CH.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "it_CH.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "it_IT.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "it_IT.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ja_JP.EUC",         "EUC-JP" },
+    { "ja_JP.SJIS",        "SHIFT_JIS" },
+    { "ja_JP.Shift_JIS",   "SHIFT_JIS" },
+    { "ko_KR.EUC",         "EUC-KR" },
+    { "la_LN.ASCII",       "ASCII" },
+    { "la_LN.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "la_LN.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "la_LN.ISO_8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "la_LN.ISO_8859-4",  "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "lt_LN.ASCII",       "ASCII" },
+    { "lt_LN.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "lt_LN.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "lt_LN.ISO_8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "lt_LT.ISO_8859-4",  "ISO-8859-4" },
+    { "nl_BE.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "nl_BE.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "nl_NL.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "nl_NL.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "no_NO.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "no_NO.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "pl_PL.ISO_8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "pt_PT.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "pt_PT.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "ru_RU.CP866",       "CP866" },
+    { "ru_RU.ISO_8859-5",  "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ru_RU.KOI8-R",      "KOI8-R" },
+    { "ru_SU.CP866",       "CP866" },
+    { "ru_SU.ISO_8859-5",  "ISO-8859-5" },
+    { "ru_SU.KOI8-R",      "KOI8-R" },
+    { "sl_SI.ISO_8859-2",  "ISO-8859-2" },
+    { "sv_SE.DIS_8859-15", "ISO-8859-15" },
+    { "sv_SE.ISO_8859-1",  "ISO-8859-1" },
+    { "uk_UA.KOI8-U",      "KOI8-U" },
+    { "zh_CN.EUC",         "GB2312" },
+    { "zh_TW.BIG5",        "BIG5" },
+    { "zh_TW.Big5",        "BIG5" }
+#  define locale_table_defined
+# endif
+# if defined __DJGPP__                                      /* DOS / DJGPP 2.03 */
+    /* The encodings given here may not all be correct.
+       If you find that the encoding given for your language and
+       country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just
+       correct it in this file, and send a mail to
+       Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>
+       and <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.  */
+    { "C",     "ASCII" },
+    { "ar",    "CP864" },
+    { "ar_AE", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_DZ", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_EG", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_IQ", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_IR", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_JO", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_KW", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_MA", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_OM", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_QA", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_SA", "CP864" },
+    { "ar_SY", "CP864" },
+    { "be",    "CP866" },
+    { "be_BE", "CP866" },
+    { "bg",    "CP866" }, /* not CP855 ?? */
+    { "bg_BG", "CP866" }, /* not CP855 ?? */
+    { "ca",    "CP850" },
+    { "ca_ES", "CP850" },
+    { "cs",    "CP852" },
+    { "cs_CZ", "CP852" },
+    { "da",    "CP865" }, /* not CP850 ?? */
+    { "da_DK", "CP865" }, /* not CP850 ?? */
+    { "de",    "CP850" },
+    { "de_AT", "CP850" },
+    { "de_CH", "CP850" },
+    { "de_DE", "CP850" },
+    { "el",    "CP869" },
+    { "el_GR", "CP869" },
+    { "en",    "CP850" },
+    { "en_AU", "CP850" }, /* not CP437 ?? */
+    { "en_CA", "CP850" },
+    { "en_GB", "CP850" },
+    { "en_NZ", "CP437" },
+    { "en_US", "CP437" },
+    { "en_ZA", "CP850" }, /* not CP437 ?? */
+    { "eo",    "CP850" },
+    { "eo_EO", "CP850" },
+    { "es",    "CP850" },
+    { "es_AR", "CP850" },
+    { "es_BO", "CP850" },
+    { "es_CL", "CP850" },
+    { "es_CO", "CP850" },
+    { "es_CR", "CP850" },
+    { "es_CU", "CP850" },
+    { "es_DO", "CP850" },
+    { "es_EC", "CP850" },
+    { "es_ES", "CP850" },
+    { "es_GT", "CP850" },
+    { "es_HN", "CP850" },
+    { "es_MX", "CP850" },
+    { "es_NI", "CP850" },
+    { "es_PA", "CP850" },
+    { "es_PE", "CP850" },
+    { "es_PY", "CP850" },
+    { "es_SV", "CP850" },
+    { "es_UY", "CP850" },
+    { "es_VE", "CP850" },
+    { "et",    "CP850" },
+    { "et_EE", "CP850" },
+    { "eu",    "CP850" },
+    { "eu_ES", "CP850" },
+    { "fi",    "CP850" },
+    { "fi_FI", "CP850" },
+    { "fr",    "CP850" },
+    { "fr_BE", "CP850" },
+    { "fr_CA", "CP850" },
+    { "fr_CH", "CP850" },
+    { "fr_FR", "CP850" },
+    { "ga",    "CP850" },
+    { "ga_IE", "CP850" },
+    { "gd",    "CP850" },
+    { "gd_GB", "CP850" },
+    { "gl",    "CP850" },
+    { "gl_ES", "CP850" },
+    { "he",    "CP862" },
+    { "he_IL", "CP862" },
+    { "hr",    "CP852" },
+    { "hr_HR", "CP852" },
+    { "hu",    "CP852" },
+    { "hu_HU", "CP852" },
+    { "id",    "CP850" }, /* not CP437 ?? */
+    { "id_ID", "CP850" }, /* not CP437 ?? */
+    { "is",    "CP861" }, /* not CP850 ?? */
+    { "is_IS", "CP861" }, /* not CP850 ?? */
+    { "it",    "CP850" },
+    { "it_CH", "CP850" },
+    { "it_IT", "CP850" },
+    { "ja",    "CP932" },
+    { "ja_JP", "CP932" },
+    { "kr",    "CP949" }, /* not CP934 ?? */
+    { "kr_KR", "CP949" }, /* not CP934 ?? */
+    { "lt",    "CP775" },
+    { "lt_LT", "CP775" },
+    { "lv",    "CP775" },
+    { "lv_LV", "CP775" },
+    { "mk",    "CP866" }, /* not CP855 ?? */
+    { "mk_MK", "CP866" }, /* not CP855 ?? */
+    { "mt",    "CP850" },
+    { "mt_MT", "CP850" },
+    { "nb",    "CP865" }, /* not CP850 ?? */
+    { "nb_NO", "CP865" }, /* not CP850 ?? */
+    { "nl",    "CP850" },
+    { "nl_BE", "CP850" },
+    { "nl_NL", "CP850" },
+    { "nn",    "CP865" }, /* not CP850 ?? */
+    { "nn_NO", "CP865" }, /* not CP850 ?? */
+    { "no",    "CP865" }, /* not CP850 ?? */
+    { "no_NO", "CP865" }, /* not CP850 ?? */
+    { "pl",    "CP852" },
+    { "pl_PL", "CP852" },
+    { "pt",    "CP850" },
+    { "pt_BR", "CP850" },
+    { "pt_PT", "CP850" },
+    { "ro",    "CP852" },
+    { "ro_RO", "CP852" },
+    { "ru",    "CP866" },
+    { "ru_RU", "CP866" },
+    { "sk",    "CP852" },
+    { "sk_SK", "CP852" },
+    { "sl",    "CP852" },
+    { "sl_SI", "CP852" },
+    { "sq",    "CP852" },
+    { "sq_AL", "CP852" },
+    { "sr",    "CP852" }, /* CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? */
+    { "sr_CS", "CP852" }, /* CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? */
+    { "sr_YU", "CP852" }, /* CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? */
+    { "sv",    "CP850" },
+    { "sv_SE", "CP850" },
+    { "th",    "CP874" },
+    { "th_TH", "CP874" },
+    { "tr",    "CP857" },
+    { "tr_TR", "CP857" },
+    { "uk",    "CP1125" },
+    { "uk_UA", "CP1125" },
+    { "zh_CN", "GBK" },
+    { "zh_TW", "CP950" } /* not CP938 ?? */
+#  define locale_table_defined
+# endif
+# ifndef locale_table_defined
+    /* Just a dummy entry, to avoid a C syntax error.  */
+    { "", "" }
+# endif
+  };
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed below.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.  The result
+   becomes invalid when setlocale() is used to change the global locale, or
+   when the value of one of the environment variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, LANG
+   is changed; threads in multithreaded programs should not do this.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset (void)
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+
+  /* This function must be multithread-safe.  To achieve this without using
+     thread-local storage, we use a simple strcpy or memcpy to fill this static
+     buffer.  Filling it through, for example, strcpy + strcat would not be
+     guaranteed to leave the buffer's contents intact if another thread is
+     currently accessing it.  If necessary, the contents is first assembled in
+     a stack-allocated buffer.  */
+
+#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET || defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined OS2
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+#  ifdef __CYGWIN__
+  /* Cygwin < 1.7 does not have locales.  nl_langinfo (CODESET) always
+     returns "US-ASCII".  Return the suffix of the locale name from the
+     environment variables (if present) or the codepage as a number.  */
+  if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0)
+    {
+      const char *locale;
+      static char resultbuf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+        {
+          locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+          if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+            locale = getenv ("LANG");
+        }
+      if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+        {
+          /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
+             it.  */
+          const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+          if (dot != NULL)
+            {
+              const char *modifier;
+
+              dot++;
+              /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+              modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+              if (modifier == NULL)
+                return dot;
+              if (modifier - dot < sizeof (resultbuf))
+                {
+                  /* This way of filling resultbuf is multithread-safe.  */
+                  memcpy (resultbuf, dot, modifier - dot);
+                  resultbuf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+                  return resultbuf;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a
+         number: GetACP().  This encoding is used by Cygwin, unless the user
+         has set the environment variable CYGWIN=codepage:oem (which very few
+         people do).
+         Output directed to console windows needs to be converted (to
+         GetOEMCP() if the console is using a raster font, or to
+         GetConsoleOutputCP() if it is using a TrueType font).  Cygwin does
+         this conversion transparently (see winsup/cygwin/fhandler_console.cc),
+         converting to GetConsoleOutputCP().  This leads to correct results,
+         except when SetConsoleOutputCP has been called and a raster font is
+         in use.  */
+      {
+        char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+        sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+        strcpy (resultbuf, buf);
+        codeset = resultbuf;
+      }
+    }
+#  endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+# elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
+
+  char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+  static char resultbuf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as
+     a number, but the value doesn't change according to what the
+     'setlocale' call specified.  So we use it as a last resort, in
+     case the string returned by 'setlocale' doesn't specify the
+     codepage.  */
+  char *current_locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+  char *pdot = strrchr (current_locale, '.');
+
+  if (pdot && 2 + strlen (pdot + 1) + 1 <= sizeof (buf))
+    sprintf (buf, "CP%s", pdot + 1);
+  else
+    {
+      /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a
+         number: GetACP().
+         When the output goes to a console window, it needs to be provided in
+         GetOEMCP() encoding if the console is using a raster font, or in
+         GetConsoleOutputCP() encoding if it is using a TrueType font.
+         But in GUI programs and for output sent to files and pipes, GetACP()
+         encoding is the best bet.  */
+      sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+    }
+  /* For a locale name such as "French_France.65001", in Windows 10,
+     setlocale now returns "French_France.utf8" instead.  */
+  if (strcmp (buf + 2, "65001") == 0 || strcmp (buf + 2, "utf8") == 0)
+    codeset = "UTF-8";
+  else
+    {
+      strcpy (resultbuf, buf);
+      codeset = resultbuf;
+    }
+
+# elif defined OS2
+
+  const char *locale;
+  static char resultbuf[2 + 10 + 1];
+  ULONG cp[3];
+  ULONG cplen;
+
+  codeset = NULL;
+
+  /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
+     with standard language environment variables.  */
+  locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+        locale = getenv ("LANG");
+    }
+  if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+    {
+      /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it.  */
+      const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+      if (dot != NULL)
+        {
+          const char *modifier;
+
+          dot++;
+          /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+          modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+          if (modifier == NULL)
+            return dot;
+          if (modifier - dot < sizeof (resultbuf))
+            {
+              /* This way of filling resultbuf is multithread-safe.  */
+              memcpy (resultbuf, dot, modifier - dot);
+              resultbuf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+              return resultbuf;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* For the POSIX locale, don't use the system's codepage.  */
+      if (strcmp (locale, "C") == 0 || strcmp (locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+        codeset = "";
+    }
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    {
+      /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+      if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
+        codeset = "";
+      else
+        {
+          char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+          sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
+          strcpy (resultbuf, buf);
+          codeset = resultbuf;
+        }
+    }
+
+# else
+
+#  error "Add code for other platforms here."
+
+# endif
+
+  /* Resolve alias.  */
+  {
+# ifdef alias_table_defined
+    /* On some platforms, UTF-8 locales are the most frequently used ones.
+       Speed up the common case and slow down the less common cases by
+       testing for this case first.  */
+#  if defined __OpenBSD__ || (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined __sun || defined __CYGWIN__
+    if (strcmp (codeset, "UTF-8") == 0)
+      goto done_table_lookup;
+    else
+#  endif
+      {
+        const struct table_entry * const table = alias_table;
+        size_t const table_size =
+          sizeof (alias_table) / sizeof (struct table_entry);
+        /* The table is sorted.  Perform a binary search.  */
+        size_t hi = table_size;
+        size_t lo = 0;
+        while (lo < hi)
+          {
+            /* Invariant:
+               for i < lo, strcmp (table[i].alias, codeset) < 0,
+               for i >= hi, strcmp (table[i].alias, codeset) > 0.  */
+            size_t mid = (hi + lo) >> 1; /* >= lo, < hi */
+            int cmp = strcmp (table[mid].alias, codeset);
+            if (cmp < 0)
+              lo = mid + 1;
+            else if (cmp > 0)
+              hi = mid;
+            else
+              {
+                /* Found an i with
+                     strcmp (table[i].alias, codeset) == 0.  */
+                codeset = table[mid].canonical;
+                goto done_table_lookup;
+              }
+          }
+      }
+    if (0)
+      done_table_lookup: ;
+    else
+# endif
+      {
+        /* Did not find it in the table.  */
+        /* On Mac OS X, all modern locales use the UTF-8 encoding.
+           BeOS and Haiku have a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.  */
+# if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__
+        codeset = "UTF-8";
+# else
+        /* Don't return an empty string.  GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
+           the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
+           thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time.  */
+        if (codeset[0] == '\0')
+          codeset = "ASCII";
+# endif
+      }
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't use setlocale
+     here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the locale name the
+     user has set.  */
+# if 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+# endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+        {
+          locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+          if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+            locale = getenv ("LANG");
+            if (locale == NULL)
+              locale = "";
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Map locale name to canonical encoding name.  */
+  {
+# ifdef locale_table_defined
+    const struct table_entry * const table = locale_table;
+    size_t const table_size =
+      sizeof (locale_table) / sizeof (struct table_entry);
+    /* The table is sorted.  Perform a binary search.  */
+    size_t hi = table_size;
+    size_t lo = 0;
+    while (lo < hi)
+      {
+        /* Invariant:
+           for i < lo, strcmp (table[i].locale, locale) < 0,
+           for i >= hi, strcmp (table[i].locale, locale) > 0.  */
+        size_t mid = (hi + lo) >> 1; /* >= lo, < hi */
+        int cmp = strcmp (table[mid].locale, locale);
+        if (cmp < 0)
+          lo = mid + 1;
+        else if (cmp > 0)
+          hi = mid;
+        else
+          {
+            /* Found an i with
+                 strcmp (table[i].locale, locale) == 0.  */
+            codeset = table[mid].canonical;
+            goto done_table_lookup;
+          }
+      }
+    if (0)
+      done_table_lookup: ;
+    else
+# endif
+      {
+        /* Did not find it in the table.  */
+        /* On Mac OS X, all modern locales use the UTF-8 encoding.
+           BeOS and Haiku have a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.  */
+# if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__
+        codeset = "UTF-8";
+# else
+        /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+        /* Don't return an empty string.  GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
+           the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
+           thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time.  */
+        codeset = "ASCII";
+# endif
+      }
+  }
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DARWIN7
+  /* Mac OS X sets MB_CUR_MAX to 1 when LC_ALL=C, and "UTF-8"
+     (the default codeset) does not work when MB_CUR_MAX is 1.  */
+  if (strcmp (codeset, "UTF-8") == 0 && MB_CUR_MAX_L (uselocale (NULL)) <= 1)
+    codeset = "ASCII";
+#endif
+
+  return codeset;
+}
diff --git a/lib/localcharset.h b/lib/localcharset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62efbf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/localcharset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
+#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed below.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.  The result
+   becomes invalid when setlocale() is used to change the global locale, or
+   when the value of one of the environment variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, LANG
+   is changed; threads in multithreaded programs should not do this.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+extern const char * locale_charset (void);
+
+/* About GNU canonical names for character encodings:
+
+   Every canonical name must be supported by GNU libiconv.  Support by GNU libc
+   is also desirable.
+
+   The name is case insensitive.  Usually an upper case MIME charset name is
+   preferred.
+
+   The current list of these GNU canonical names is:
+
+       name              MIME?             used by which systems
+                                    (darwin = Mac OS X, windows = native Windows)
+
+   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968       glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin minix cygwin
+   ISO-8859-1              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin zos
+   ISO-8859-2              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin zos
+   ISO-8859-3              Y   glibc solaris cygwin
+   ISO-8859-4              Y   hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
+   ISO-8859-5              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin zos
+   ISO-8859-6              Y   glibc aix hpux solaris cygwin
+   ISO-8859-7              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin zos
+   ISO-8859-8              Y   glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin zos
+   ISO-8859-9              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin cygwin zos
+   ISO-8859-13                 glibc hpux solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
+   ISO-8859-14                 glibc cygwin
+   ISO-8859-15                 glibc aix irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
+   KOI8-R                  Y   glibc hpux solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
+   KOI8-U                  Y   glibc freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
+   KOI8-T                      glibc
+   CP437                       dos
+   CP775                       dos
+   CP850                       aix osf dos
+   CP852                       dos
+   CP855                       dos
+   CP856                       aix
+   CP857                       dos
+   CP861                       dos
+   CP862                       dos
+   CP864                       dos
+   CP865                       dos
+   CP866                       freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin dos
+   CP869                       dos
+   CP874                       windows dos
+   CP922                       aix
+   CP932                       aix cygwin windows dos
+   CP943                       aix zos
+   CP949                       osf darwin windows dos
+   CP950                       windows dos
+   CP1046                      aix
+   CP1124                      aix
+   CP1125                      dos
+   CP1129                      aix
+   CP1131                      freebsd darwin
+   CP1250                      windows
+   CP1251                      glibc hpux solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin windows
+   CP1252                      aix windows
+   CP1253                      windows
+   CP1254                      windows
+   CP1255                      glibc windows
+   CP1256                      windows
+   CP1257                      windows
+   GB2312                  Y   glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin zos
+   EUC-JP                  Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
+   EUC-KR                  Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin zos
+   EUC-TW                      glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd
+   BIG5                    Y   glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin zos
+   BIG5-HKSCS                  glibc hpux solaris netbsd darwin
+   GBK                         glibc aix osf solaris freebsd darwin cygwin windows dos
+   GB18030                     glibc hpux solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+   SHIFT_JIS               Y   hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+   JOHAB                       glibc solaris windows
+   TIS-620                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin zos
+   VISCII                  Y   glibc
+   TCVN5712-1                  glibc
+   ARMSCII-8                   glibc freebsd netbsd darwin
+   GEORGIAN-PS                 glibc cygwin
+   PT154                       glibc netbsd cygwin
+   HP-ROMAN8                   hpux
+   HP-ARABIC8                  hpux
+   HP-GREEK8                   hpux
+   HP-HEBREW8                  hpux
+   HP-TURKISH8                 hpux
+   HP-KANA8                    hpux
+   DEC-KANJI                   osf
+   DEC-HANYU                   osf
+   UTF-8                   Y   glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin cygwin zos
+
+   Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+   Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+
+   Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names.  Applications
+   must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
diff --git a/lib/locale.in.h b/lib/locale.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4aef74d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/locale.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/* A POSIX <locale.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__ && defined __need_locale_t) \
+    || defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - Inside mingw header files,
+   - To handle Solaris header files (through Solaris 10) when combined
+     with gettext's libintl.h.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LOCALE_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H
+
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LOCALE_H@
+
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Mac OS X 10.5 defines the locale_t type in <xlocale.h>.  */
+#if @HAVE_XLOCALE_H@
+# include <xlocale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is specified in POSIX, but not in ISO C.
+   On systems that don't define it, use the same value as GNU libintl.  */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* On native Windows with MSVC, 'struct lconv' lacks the members int_p_* and
+   int_n_*.  Instead of overriding 'struct lconv', merely define these member
+   names as macros.  This avoids trouble in C++ mode.  */
+#if defined _MSC_VER
+# define int_p_cs_precedes   p_cs_precedes
+# define int_p_sign_posn     p_sign_posn
+# define int_p_sep_by_space  p_sep_by_space
+# define int_n_cs_precedes   n_cs_precedes
+# define int_n_sign_posn     n_sign_posn
+# define int_n_sep_by_space  n_sep_by_space
+#endif
+
+/* Bionic libc's 'struct lconv' is just a dummy.  */
+#if @REPLACE_STRUCT_LCONV@
+# define lconv rpl_lconv
+struct lconv
+{
+  /* All 'char *' are actually 'const char *'.  */
+
+  /* Members that depend on the LC_NUMERIC category of the locale.  See
+     <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap07.html#tag_07_03_04> */
+
+  /* Symbol used as decimal point.  */
+  char *decimal_point;
+  /* Symbol used to separate groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *thousands_sep;
+  /* Definition of the size of groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *grouping;
+
+  /* Members that depend on the LC_MONETARY category of the locale.  See
+     <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap07.html#tag_07_03_03> */
+
+  /* Symbol used as decimal point.  */
+  char *mon_decimal_point;
+  /* Symbol used to separate groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *mon_thousands_sep;
+  /* Definition of the size of groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *mon_grouping;
+  /* Sign used to indicate a value >= 0.  */
+  char *positive_sign;
+  /* Sign used to indicate a value < 0.  */
+  char *negative_sign;
+
+  /* For formatting local currency.  */
+  /* Currency symbol (3 characters) followed by separator (1 character).  */
+  char *currency_symbol;
+  /* Number of digits after the decimal point.  */
+  char frac_digits;
+  /* For values >= 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char p_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values >= 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char p_sign_posn;
+  /* For values >= 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char p_sep_by_space;
+  /* For values < 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char n_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values < 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char n_sign_posn;
+  /* For values < 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char n_sep_by_space;
+
+  /* For formatting international currency.  */
+  /* Currency symbol (3 characters) followed by separator (1 character).  */
+  char *int_curr_symbol;
+  /* Number of digits after the decimal point.  */
+  char int_frac_digits;
+  /* For values >= 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char int_p_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values >= 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char int_p_sign_posn;
+  /* For values >= 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char int_p_sep_by_space;
+  /* For values < 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char int_n_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values < 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char int_n_sign_posn;
+  /* For values < 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char int_n_sep_by_space;
+};
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOCALECONV@
+# if @REPLACE_LOCALECONV@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef localeconv
+#   define localeconv rpl_localeconv
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (localeconv);
+# endif
+#elif @REPLACE_STRUCT_LCONV@
+# undef localeconv
+# define localeconv localeconv_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_localeconv
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef localeconv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOCALECONV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (localeconv,
+                 "localeconv returns too few information on some platforms - "
+                 "use gnulib module localeconv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SETLOCALE@
+# if @REPLACE_SETLOCALE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef setlocale
+#   define setlocale rpl_setlocale
+#   define GNULIB_defined_setlocale 1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setlocale);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef setlocale
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETLOCALE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setlocale, "setlocale works differently on native Windows - "
+                 "use gnulib module setlocale for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SETLOCALE_NULL@
+/* Included here for convenience.  */
+# include "setlocale_null.h"
+#endif
+
+#if /*@GNULIB_NEWLOCALE@ ||*/ (@GNULIB_LOCALENAME@ && @LOCALENAME_ENHANCE_LOCALE_FUNCS@ && @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@)
+# if @REPLACE_NEWLOCALE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef newlocale
+#   define newlocale rpl_newlocale
+#   define GNULIB_defined_newlocale 1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (newlocale, locale_t,
+                  (int category_mask, const char *name, locale_t base)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (newlocale, locale_t,
+                  (int category_mask, const char *name, locale_t base));
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (newlocale, locale_t,
+                  (int category_mask, const char *name, locale_t base));
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (newlocale);
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@ || @REPLACE_NEWLOCALE@
+#  ifndef HAVE_WORKING_NEWLOCALE
+#   define HAVE_WORKING_NEWLOCALE 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef newlocale
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_NEWLOCALE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (newlocale, "newlocale is not portable");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_DUPLOCALE@ || (@GNULIB_LOCALENAME@ && @LOCALENAME_ENHANCE_LOCALE_FUNCS@ && @HAVE_DUPLOCALE@)
+# if @REPLACE_DUPLOCALE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef duplocale
+#   define duplocale rpl_duplocale
+#   define GNULIB_defined_duplocale 1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (duplocale, locale_t, (locale_t locale) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (duplocale, locale_t, (locale_t locale));
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_DUPLOCALE@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (duplocale, locale_t, (locale_t locale));
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_DUPLOCALE@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (duplocale);
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_DUPLOCALE@ || @REPLACE_DUPLOCALE@
+#  ifndef HAVE_WORKING_DUPLOCALE
+#   define HAVE_WORKING_DUPLOCALE 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef duplocale
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUPLOCALE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (duplocale, "duplocale is buggy on some glibc systems - "
+                 "use gnulib module duplocale for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if /*@GNULIB_FREELOCALE@ ||*/ (@GNULIB_LOCALENAME@ && @LOCALENAME_ENHANCE_LOCALE_FUNCS@ && @HAVE_FREELOCALE@)
+# if @REPLACE_FREELOCALE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef freelocale
+#   define freelocale rpl_freelocale
+#   define GNULIB_defined_freelocale 1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (freelocale, void, (locale_t locale) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (freelocale, void, (locale_t locale));
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_FREELOCALE@
+/* Need to cast, because on FreeBSD and Mac OS X 10.13, the return type is
+                                   int.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (freelocale, void, (locale_t locale));
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_FREELOCALE@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (freelocale);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef freelocale
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FREELOCALE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (freelocale, "freelocale is not portable");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LOCALE_H */
+#endif /* !(__need_locale_t || _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H) */
diff --git a/lib/localeconv.c b/lib/localeconv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef26120
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/localeconv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* Query locale dependent information for formatting numbers.
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_LCONV_DECIMAL_POINT
+
+/* Override for platforms where 'struct lconv' lacks the int_p_*, int_n_*
+   members.  */
+
+struct lconv *
+localeconv (void)
+{
+  static struct lconv result;
+# undef lconv
+# undef localeconv
+  struct lconv *sys_result = localeconv ();
+
+  result.decimal_point = sys_result->decimal_point;
+  result.thousands_sep = sys_result->thousands_sep;
+  result.grouping = sys_result->grouping;
+  result.mon_decimal_point = sys_result->mon_decimal_point;
+  result.mon_thousands_sep = sys_result->mon_thousands_sep;
+  result.mon_grouping = sys_result->mon_grouping;
+  result.positive_sign = sys_result->positive_sign;
+  result.negative_sign = sys_result->negative_sign;
+  result.currency_symbol = sys_result->currency_symbol;
+  result.frac_digits = sys_result->frac_digits;
+  result.p_cs_precedes = sys_result->p_cs_precedes;
+  result.p_sign_posn = sys_result->p_sign_posn;
+  result.p_sep_by_space = sys_result->p_sep_by_space;
+  result.n_cs_precedes = sys_result->n_cs_precedes;
+  result.n_sign_posn = sys_result->n_sign_posn;
+  result.n_sep_by_space = sys_result->n_sep_by_space;
+  result.int_curr_symbol = sys_result->int_curr_symbol;
+  result.int_frac_digits = sys_result->int_frac_digits;
+  result.int_p_cs_precedes = sys_result->p_cs_precedes;
+  result.int_p_sign_posn = sys_result->p_sign_posn;
+  result.int_p_sep_by_space = sys_result->p_sep_by_space;
+  result.int_n_cs_precedes = sys_result->n_cs_precedes;
+  result.int_n_sign_posn = sys_result->n_sign_posn;
+  result.int_n_sep_by_space = sys_result->n_sep_by_space;
+
+  return &result;
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* Override for platforms where 'struct lconv' is a dummy.  */
+
+# include <limits.h>
+
+struct lconv *
+localeconv (void)
+{
+  static /*const*/ struct lconv result =
+    {
+      /* decimal_point */ ".",
+      /* thousands_sep */ "",
+      /* grouping */ "",
+      /* mon_decimal_point */ "",
+      /* mon_thousands_sep */ "",
+      /* mon_grouping */ "",
+      /* positive_sign */ "",
+      /* negative_sign */ "",
+      /* currency_symbol */ "",
+      /* frac_digits */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* p_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* p_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* p_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* n_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* n_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* n_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_curr_symbol */ "",
+      /* int_frac_digits */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_p_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_p_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_p_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_n_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_n_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_n_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX
+    };
+
+  return &result;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/long-options.c b/lib/long-options.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c8fa1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/long-options.c
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 1998-2000, 2002-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "long-options.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+#include "version-etc.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+
+static struct option const long_options[] =
+{
+  {"help", no_argument, NULL, 'h'},
+  {"version", no_argument, NULL, 'v'},
+  {NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
+};
+
+/* Process long options --help and --version, but only if argc == 2.
+   Be careful not to gobble up "--".  */
+
+void
+parse_long_options (int argc,
+                    char **argv,
+                    const char *command_name,
+                    const char *package,
+                    const char *version,
+                    void (*usage_func) (int),
+                    /* const char *author1, ...*/ ...)
+{
+  int c;
+  int saved_opterr;
+
+  saved_opterr = opterr;
+
+  /* Don't print an error message for unrecognized options.  */
+  opterr = 0;
+
+  if (argc == 2
+      && (c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "+", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case 'h':
+          (*usage_func) (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+          break;
+
+        case 'v':
+          {
+            va_list authors;
+            va_start (authors, usage_func);
+            version_etc_va (stdout, command_name, package, version, authors);
+            exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+          }
+
+        default:
+          /* Don't process any other long-named options.  */
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Restore previous value.  */
+  opterr = saved_opterr;
+
+  /* Reset this to zero so that getopt internals get initialized from
+     the probably-new parameters when/if getopt is called later.  */
+  optind = 0;
+}
+
+/* Process the GNU default long options --help and --version (see also
+   https://gnu.org/prep/standards/html_node/Command_002dLine-Interfaces.html),
+   and fail for any other unknown long or short option.
+   Use with SCAN_ALL=true to scan until "--", or with SCAN_ALL=false to stop
+   at the first non-option argument (or "--", whichever comes first).  */
+void
+parse_gnu_standard_options_only (int argc,
+                                 char **argv,
+                                 const char *command_name,
+                                 const char *package,
+                                 const char *version,
+                                 bool scan_all,
+                                 void (*usage_func) (int),
+                                 /* const char *author1, ...*/ ...)
+{
+  int c;
+  int saved_opterr = opterr;
+
+  /* Print an error message for unrecognized options.  */
+  opterr = 1;
+
+  const char *optstring = scan_all ? "" : "+";
+
+  if ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, optstring, long_options, NULL)) != -1)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case 'h':
+          (*usage_func) (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+          break;
+
+        case 'v':
+          {
+            va_list authors;
+            va_start (authors, usage_func);
+            version_etc_va (stdout, command_name, package, version, authors);
+            exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+          }
+
+        default:
+          (*usage_func) (exit_failure);
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Restore previous value.  */
+  opterr = saved_opterr;
+}
diff --git a/lib/long-options.h b/lib/long-options.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ec42cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/long-options.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* long-options.h -- declaration for --help- and --version-handling function.
+   Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 1998-1999, 2003, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef LONG_OPTIONS_H_
+# define LONG_OPTIONS_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+void parse_long_options (int _argc,
+                         char **_argv,
+                         const char *_command_name,
+                         const char *_package,
+                         const char *_version,
+                         void (*_usage) (int),
+                         /* const char *author1, ...*/ ...);
+
+void parse_gnu_standard_options_only (int argc,
+                                      char **argv,
+                                      const char *command_name,
+                                      const char *package,
+                                      const char *version,
+                                      bool scan_all,
+                                      void (*usage_func) (int),
+                                      /* const char *author1, ...*/ ...);
+
+#endif /* LONG_OPTIONS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/lseek.c b/lib/lseek.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a9c49b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lseek.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* An lseek() function that detects pipes.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Windows platforms.  */
+/* Get GetFileType.  */
+# include <windows.h>
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#undef lseek
+
+off_t
+rpl_lseek (int fd, off_t offset, int whence)
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* mingw lseek mistakenly succeeds on pipes, sockets, and terminals.  */
+  HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+  if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (GetFileType (h) != FILE_TYPE_DISK)
+    {
+      errno = ESPIPE;
+      return -1;
+    }
+#elif defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && defined SEEK_DATA
+  if (whence == SEEK_DATA)
+    {
+      /* If OFFSET points to data, macOS lseek+SEEK_DATA returns the
+         start S of the first data region that begins *after* OFFSET,
+         where the region from OFFSET to S consists of possibly-empty
+         data followed by a possibly-empty hole.  To work around this
+         portability glitch, check whether OFFSET is within data by
+         using lseek+SEEK_HOLE, and if so return to OFFSET by using
+         lseek+SEEK_SET.  Also, contrary to the macOS documentation,
+         lseek+SEEK_HOLE can fail with ENXIO if there are no holes on
+         or after OFFSET.  What a mess!  */
+      off_t next_hole = lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_HOLE);
+      if (next_hole < 0)
+        return errno == ENXIO ? offset : next_hole;
+      if (next_hole != offset)
+        whence = SEEK_SET;
+    }
+#else
+  /* BeOS lseek mistakenly succeeds on pipes...  */
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  if (!S_ISREG (statbuf.st_mode))
+    {
+      errno = ESPIPE;
+      return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T || (defined __MINGW32__ && defined _FILE_OFFSET_BITS && (_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64))
+  return _lseeki64 (fd, offset, whence);
+#else
+  return lseek (fd, offset, whence);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/lstat.c b/lib/lstat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..472bfbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lstat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* Work around a bug of lstat on some systems
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_lstat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_lstat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_LSTAT
+/* On systems that lack symlinks, our replacement <sys/stat.h> already
+   defined lstat as stat, so there is nothing further to do other than
+   avoid an empty file.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+#else /* HAVE_LSTAT */
+
+/* Get the original definition of lstat.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+static int
+orig_lstat (const char *filename, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  return lstat (filename, buf);
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+# ifdef __osf__
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+#  include "sys/stat.h"
+# else
+#  include <sys/stat.h>
+# endif
+
+# include "stat-time.h"
+
+# include <string.h>
+# include <errno.h>
+
+/* lstat works differently on Linux and Solaris systems.  POSIX (see
+   "pathname resolution" in the glossary) requires that programs like
+   'ls' take into consideration the fact that FILE has a trailing slash
+   when FILE is a symbolic link.  On Linux and Solaris 10 systems, the
+   lstat function already has the desired semantics (in treating
+   'lstat ("symlink/", sbuf)' just like 'lstat ("symlink/.", sbuf)',
+   but on Solaris 9 and earlier it does not.
+
+   If FILE has a trailing slash and specifies a symbolic link,
+   then use stat() to get more info on the referent of FILE.
+   If the referent is a non-directory, then set errno to ENOTDIR
+   and return -1.  Otherwise, return stat's result.  */
+
+int
+rpl_lstat (const char *file, struct stat *sbuf)
+{
+  int result = orig_lstat (file, sbuf);
+
+  /* This replacement file can blindly check against '/' rather than
+     using the ISSLASH macro, because all platforms with '\\' either
+     lack symlinks (mingw) or have working lstat (cygwin) and thus do
+     not compile this file.  0 len should have already been filtered
+     out above, with a failure return of ENOENT.  */
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      if (S_ISDIR (sbuf->st_mode) || file[strlen (file) - 1] != '/')
+        result = stat_time_normalize (result, sbuf);
+      else
+        {
+          /* At this point, a trailing slash is permitted only on
+             symlink-to-dir; but it should have found information on the
+             directory, not the symlink.  Call 'stat' to get info about the
+             link's referent.  Our replacement stat guarantees valid results,
+             even if the symlink is not pointing to a directory.  */
+          if (!S_ISLNK (sbuf->st_mode))
+            {
+              errno = ENOTDIR;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          result = stat (file, sbuf);
+        }
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_LSTAT */
diff --git a/lib/malloc.c b/lib/malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f334dd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* malloc() function that is glibc compatible.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-1998, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap, even if N is 0.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, 1))
+    {
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  void *result = malloc (n);
+
+#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
+  if (result == NULL)
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c b/lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bad548a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+/* Type-safe arrays which grow dynamically.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Pre-processor macros which act as parameters:
+
+   DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+      The struct tag of dynamic array to be defined.
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
+      The type name of the element type.  Elements are copied
+      as if by memcpy, and can change address as the dynamic
+      array grows.
+   DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+      The prefix of the functions which are defined.
+
+   The following parameters are optional:
+
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE (E) is evaluated to deallocate the
+      contents of elements. E is of type  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT (E) is evaluated to initialize a new
+      element.  E is of type  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
+      If DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE but not DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT is
+      defined, new elements are automatically zero-initialized.
+      Otherwise, new elements have undefined contents.
+   DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE
+      The size of the statically allocated array (default:
+      at least 2, more elements if they fit into 128 bytes).
+      Must be a preprocessor constant.  If DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE is 0,
+      there is no statically allocated array at, and all non-empty
+      arrays are heap-allocated.
+   DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+      The name of the type which holds the final array.  If not
+      defined, is PREFIX##finalize not provided.  DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+      must be a struct type, with members of type DYNARRAY_ELEMENT and
+      size_t at the start (in this order).
+
+   These macros are undefined after this header file has been
+   included.
+
+   The following types are provided (their members are private to the
+   dynarray implementation):
+
+     struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+
+   The following functions are provided:
+
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##init (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##free (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     bool DYNARRAY_PREFIX##has_failed (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##mark_failed (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     size_t DYNARRAY_PREFIX##size (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *DYNARRAY_PREFIX##begin (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *DYNARRAY_PREFIX##end (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *DYNARRAY_PREFIX##at (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *, size_t);
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##add (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *, DYNARRAY_ELEMENT);
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *DYNARRAY_PREFIX##emplace (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     bool DYNARRAY_PREFIX##resize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *, size_t);
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##remove_last (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+     void DYNARRAY_PREFIX##clear (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *);
+
+   The following functions are provided are provided if the
+   prerequisites are met:
+
+     bool DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *,
+                                     DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE *);
+       (if DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE is defined)
+     DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *,
+                                                  size_t *);
+       (if DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE is not defined)
+*/
+
+#include <malloc/dynarray.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+# error "DYNARRAY_STRUCT must be defined"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
+# error "DYNARRAY_ELEMENT must be defined"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+# error "DYNARRAY_PREFIX must be defined"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE
+# if DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE < 0
+#  error "DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE must be non-negative"
+# endif
+# if DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE > 0
+#  define DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH 1
+# else
+#  define DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH 0
+# endif
+#else
+/* Provide a reasonable default which limits the size of
+   DYNARRAY_STRUCT.  */
+# define DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE \
+  (sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT) > 64 ? 2 : 128 / sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT))
+# define DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH 1
+#endif
+
+/* Public type definitions.  */
+
+/* All fields of this struct are private to the implementation.  */
+struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+{
+  union
+  {
+    struct dynarray_header dynarray_abstract;
+    struct
+    {
+      /* These fields must match struct dynarray_header.  */
+      size_t used;
+      size_t allocated;
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *array;
+    } dynarray_header;
+  } u;
+
+#if DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH
+  /* Initial inline allocation.  */
+  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT scratch[DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE];
+#endif
+};
+
+/* Internal use only: Helper macros.  */
+
+/* Ensure macro-expansion of DYNARRAY_PREFIX.  */
+#define DYNARRAY_CONCAT0(prefix, name) prefix##name
+#define DYNARRAY_CONCAT1(prefix, name) DYNARRAY_CONCAT0(prefix, name)
+#define DYNARRAY_NAME(name) DYNARRAY_CONCAT1(DYNARRAY_PREFIX, name)
+
+/* Use DYNARRAY_FREE instead of DYNARRAY_NAME (free),
+   so that Gnulib does not change 'free' to 'rpl_free'.  */
+#define DYNARRAY_FREE DYNARRAY_CONCAT1 (DYNARRAY_NAME (f), ree)
+
+/* Address of the scratch buffer if any.  */
+#if DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH
+# define DYNARRAY_SCRATCH(list) (list)->scratch
+#else
+# define DYNARRAY_SCRATCH(list) NULL
+#endif
+
+/* Internal use only: Helper functions.  */
+
+/* Internal function.  Call DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE with the array
+   elements.  Name mangling needed due to the DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+   macro expansion.  */
+static inline void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (free__elements__) (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *__dynarray_array,
+                                  size_t __dynarray_used)
+{
+#ifdef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+  for (size_t __dynarray_i = 0; __dynarray_i < __dynarray_used; ++__dynarray_i)
+    DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE (&__dynarray_array[__dynarray_i]);
+#endif /* DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE */
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  Free the non-scratch array allocation.  */
+static inline void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (free__array__) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+#if DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH
+  if (list->u.dynarray_header.array != list->scratch)
+    free (list->u.dynarray_header.array);
+#else
+  free (list->u.dynarray_header.array);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Public functions.  */
+
+/* Initialize a dynamic array object.  This must be called before any
+   use of the object.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (init) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  list->u.dynarray_header.used = 0;
+  list->u.dynarray_header.allocated = DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE;
+  list->u.dynarray_header.array = DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list);
+}
+
+/* Deallocate the dynamic array and its elements.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static void
+DYNARRAY_FREE (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (free__elements__)
+    (list->u.dynarray_header.array, list->u.dynarray_header.used);
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (free__array__) (list);
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (init) (list);
+}
+
+/* Return true if the dynamic array is in an error state.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline bool
+DYNARRAY_NAME (has_failed) (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  return list->u.dynarray_header.allocated == __dynarray_error_marker ();
+}
+
+/* Mark the dynamic array as failed.  All elements are deallocated as
+   a side effect.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (mark_failed) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (free__elements__)
+    (list->u.dynarray_header.array, list->u.dynarray_header.used);
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (free__array__) (list);
+  list->u.dynarray_header.array = DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list);
+  list->u.dynarray_header.used = 0;
+  list->u.dynarray_header.allocated = __dynarray_error_marker ();
+}
+
+/* Return the number of elements which have been added to the dynamic
+   array.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline size_t
+DYNARRAY_NAME (size) (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  return list->u.dynarray_header.used;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the array element at INDEX.  Terminate the
+   process if INDEX is out of bounds.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (at) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t index)
+{
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (index >= DYNARRAY_NAME (size) (list)))
+    __libc_dynarray_at_failure (DYNARRAY_NAME (size) (list), index);
+  return list->u.dynarray_header.array + index;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the first array element, if any.  For a
+   zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
+   array has not entered the failure state.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (begin) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  return list->u.dynarray_header.array;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer one element past the last array element.  For a
+   zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
+   array has not entered the failure state.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (end) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  return list->u.dynarray_header.array + list->u.dynarray_header.used;
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  Slow path for the add function below.  */
+static void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (add__) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, DYNARRAY_ELEMENT item)
+{
+  if (__glibc_unlikely
+      (!__libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                         DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                         sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT))))
+    {
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (mark_failed) (list);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy the new element and increase the array length.  */
+  list->u.dynarray_header.array[list->u.dynarray_header.used++] = item;
+}
+
+/* Add ITEM at the end of the array, enlarging it by one element.
+   Mark *LIST as failed if the dynamic array allocation size cannot be
+   increased.  */
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static inline void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (add) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, DYNARRAY_ELEMENT item)
+{
+  /* Do nothing in case of previous error.  */
+  if (DYNARRAY_NAME (has_failed) (list))
+    return;
+
+  /* Enlarge the array if necessary.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (list->u.dynarray_header.used
+                        == list->u.dynarray_header.allocated))
+    {
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (add__) (list, item);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy the new element and increase the array length.  */
+  list->u.dynarray_header.array[list->u.dynarray_header.used++] = item;
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  Building block for the emplace functions below.
+   Assumes space for one more element in *LIST.  */
+static inline DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace__tail__) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *result
+    = &list->u.dynarray_header.array[list->u.dynarray_header.used];
+  ++list->u.dynarray_header.used;
+#if defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT)
+  DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT (result);
+#elif defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE)
+  memset (result, 0, sizeof (*result));
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  Slow path for the emplace function below.  */
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace__) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  if (__glibc_unlikely
+      (!__libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                         DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                         sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT))))
+    {
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (mark_failed) (list);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  return DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace__tail__) (list);
+}
+
+/* Allocate a place for a new element in *LIST and return a pointer to
+   it.  The pointer can be NULL if the dynamic array cannot be
+   enlarged due to a memory allocation failure.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static
+/* Avoid inlining with the larger initialization code.  */
+#if !(defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT) || defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE))
+inline
+#endif
+DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  /* Do nothing in case of previous error.  */
+  if (DYNARRAY_NAME (has_failed) (list))
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Enlarge the array if necessary.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (list->u.dynarray_header.used
+                        == list->u.dynarray_header.allocated))
+    return (DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace__) (list));
+  return DYNARRAY_NAME (emplace__tail__) (list);
+}
+
+/* Change the size of *LIST to SIZE.  If SIZE is larger than the
+   existing size, new elements are added (which can be initialized).
+   Otherwise, the list is truncated, and elements are freed.  Return
+   false on memory allocation failure (and mark *LIST as failed).  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static bool
+DYNARRAY_NAME (resize) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t size)
+{
+  if (size > list->u.dynarray_header.used)
+    {
+      bool ok;
+#if defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT)
+      /* The new elements have to be initialized.  */
+      size_t old_size = list->u.dynarray_header.used;
+      ok = __libc_dynarray_resize (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                   size, DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                   sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT));
+      if (ok)
+        for (size_t i = old_size; i < size; ++i)
+          {
+            DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT (&list->u.dynarray_header.array[i]);
+          }
+#elif defined (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE)
+      /* Zero initialization is needed so that the elements can be
+         safely freed.  */
+      ok = __libc_dynarray_resize_clear
+        (&list->u.dynarray_abstract, size,
+         DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list), sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT));
+#else
+      ok =  __libc_dynarray_resize (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                    size, DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                    sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT));
+#endif
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (!ok))
+        DYNARRAY_NAME (mark_failed) (list);
+      return ok;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The list has shrunk in size.  Free the removed elements.  */
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (free__elements__)
+        (list->u.dynarray_header.array + size,
+         list->u.dynarray_header.used - size);
+      list->u.dynarray_header.used = size;
+      return true;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Remove the last element of LIST if it is present.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (remove_last) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  /* used > 0 implies that the array is the non-failed state.  */
+  if (list->u.dynarray_header.used > 0)
+    {
+      size_t new_length = list->u.dynarray_header.used - 1;
+#ifdef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+      DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE (&list->u.dynarray_header.array[new_length]);
+#endif
+      list->u.dynarray_header.used = new_length;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Remove all elements from the list.  The elements are freed, but the
+   list itself is not.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static void
+DYNARRAY_NAME (clear) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list)
+{
+  /* free__elements__ does nothing if the list is in the failed
+     state.  */
+  DYNARRAY_NAME (free__elements__)
+    (list->u.dynarray_header.array, list->u.dynarray_header.used);
+  list->u.dynarray_header.used = 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
+/* Transfer the dynamic array to a permanent location at *RESULT.
+   Returns true on success on false on allocation failure.  In either
+   case, *LIST is re-initialized and can be reused.  A NULL pointer is
+   stored in *RESULT if LIST refers to an empty list.  On success, the
+   pointer in *RESULT is heap-allocated and must be deallocated using
+   free.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1, 2))
+static bool
+DYNARRAY_NAME (finalize) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
+                          DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE *result)
+{
+  struct dynarray_finalize_result res;
+  if (__libc_dynarray_finalize (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT), &res))
+    {
+      /* On success, the result owns all the data.  */
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (init) (list);
+      *result = (DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE) { res.array, res.length };
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* On error, we need to free all data.  */
+      DYNARRAY_FREE (list);
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+#else /* !DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE */
+/* Transfer the dynamic array to a heap-allocated array and return a
+   pointer to it.  The pointer is NULL if memory allocation fails, or
+   if the array is empty, so this function should be used only for
+   arrays which are known not be empty (usually because they always
+   have a sentinel at the end).  If LENGTHP is not NULL, the array
+   length is written to *LENGTHP.  *LIST is re-initialized and can be
+   reused.  */
+__attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+__attribute_nonnull__ ((1))
+static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
+DYNARRAY_NAME (finalize) (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t *lengthp)
+{
+  struct dynarray_finalize_result res;
+  if (__libc_dynarray_finalize (&list->u.dynarray_abstract,
+                                DYNARRAY_SCRATCH (list),
+                                sizeof (DYNARRAY_ELEMENT), &res))
+    {
+      /* On success, the result owns all the data.  */
+      DYNARRAY_NAME (init) (list);
+      if (lengthp != NULL)
+        *lengthp = res.length;
+      return res.array;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* On error, we need to free all data.  */
+      DYNARRAY_FREE (list);
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* !DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE */
+
+/* Undo macro definitions.  */
+
+#undef DYNARRAY_CONCAT0
+#undef DYNARRAY_CONCAT1
+#undef DYNARRAY_NAME
+#undef DYNARRAY_SCRATCH
+#undef DYNARRAY_HAVE_SCRATCH
+
+#undef DYNARRAY_STRUCT
+#undef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
+#undef DYNARRAY_PREFIX
+#undef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
+#undef DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT
+#undef DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE
+#undef DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
diff --git a/lib/malloc/dynarray.h b/lib/malloc/dynarray.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f16fd95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/dynarray.h
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/* Type-safe arrays which grow dynamically.  Shared definitions.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* To use the dynarray facility, you need to include
+   <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c> and define the parameter macros
+   documented in that file.
+
+   A minimal example which provides a growing list of integers can be
+   defined like this:
+
+     struct int_array
+     {
+       // Pointer to result array followed by its length,
+       // as required by DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE.
+       int *array;
+       size_t length;
+     };
+
+     #define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_int
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT int
+     #define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_int_
+     #define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct int_array
+     #include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
+
+   To create a three-element array with elements 1, 2, 3, use this
+   code:
+
+     struct dynarray_int dyn;
+     dynarray_int_init (&dyn);
+     for (int i = 1; i <= 3; ++i)
+       {
+         int *place = dynarray_int_emplace (&dyn);
+         assert (place != NULL);
+         *place = i;
+       }
+     struct int_array result;
+     bool ok = dynarray_int_finalize (&dyn, &result);
+     assert (ok);
+     assert (result.length == 3);
+     assert (result.array[0] == 1);
+     assert (result.array[1] == 2);
+     assert (result.array[2] == 3);
+     free (result.array);
+
+   If the elements contain resources which must be freed, define
+   DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE appropriately, like this:
+
+     struct str_array
+     {
+       char **array;
+       size_t length;
+     };
+
+     #define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_str
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT char *
+     #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE(ptr) free (*ptr)
+     #define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_str_
+     #define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct str_array
+     #include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
+
+   Compared to scratch buffers, dynamic arrays have the following
+   features:
+
+   - They have an element type, and are not just an untyped buffer of
+     bytes.
+
+   - When growing, previously stored elements are preserved.  (It is
+     expected that scratch_buffer_grow_preserve and
+     scratch_buffer_set_array_size eventually go away because all
+     current users are moved to dynamic arrays.)
+
+   - Scratch buffers have a more aggressive growth policy because
+     growing them typically means a retry of an operation (across an
+     NSS service module boundary), which is expensive.
+
+   - For the same reason, scratch buffers have a much larger initial
+     stack allocation.  */
+
+#ifndef _DYNARRAY_H
+#define _DYNARRAY_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct dynarray_header
+{
+  size_t used;
+  size_t allocated;
+  void *array;
+};
+
+/* Marker used in the allocated member to indicate that an error was
+   encountered.  */
+static inline size_t
+__dynarray_error_marker (void)
+{
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  See the has_failed function in
+   dynarray-skeleton.c.  */
+static inline bool
+__dynarray_error (struct dynarray_header *list)
+{
+  return list->allocated == __dynarray_error_marker ();
+}
+
+/* Internal function.  Enlarge the dynamically allocated area of the
+   array to make room for one more element.  SCRATCH is a pointer to
+   the scratch area (which is not heap-allocated and must not be
+   freed).  ELEMENT_SIZE is the size, in bytes, of one element.
+   Return false on failure, true on success.  */
+bool __libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge (struct dynarray_header *,
+                                      void *scratch, size_t element_size);
+
+/* Internal function.  Enlarge the dynamically allocated area of the
+   array to make room for at least SIZE elements (which must be larger
+   than the existing used part of the dynamic array).  SCRATCH is a
+   pointer to the scratch area (which is not heap-allocated and must
+   not be freed).  ELEMENT_SIZE is the size, in bytes, of one element.
+   Return false on failure, true on success.  */
+bool __libc_dynarray_resize (struct dynarray_header *, size_t size,
+                             void *scratch, size_t element_size);
+
+/* Internal function.  Like __libc_dynarray_resize, but clear the new
+   part of the dynamic array.  */
+bool __libc_dynarray_resize_clear (struct dynarray_header *, size_t size,
+                                   void *scratch, size_t element_size);
+
+/* Internal type.  */
+struct dynarray_finalize_result
+{
+  void *array;
+  size_t length;
+};
+
+/* Internal function.  Copy the dynamically-allocated area to an
+   explicitly-sized heap allocation.  SCRATCH is a pointer to the
+   embedded scratch space.  ELEMENT_SIZE is the size, in bytes, of the
+   element type.  On success, true is returned, and pointer and length
+   are written to *RESULT.  On failure, false is returned.  The caller
+   has to take care of some of the memory management; this function is
+   expected to be called from dynarray-skeleton.c.  */
+bool __libc_dynarray_finalize (struct dynarray_header *list, void *scratch,
+                               size_t element_size,
+                               struct dynarray_finalize_result *result);
+
+
+/* Internal function.  Terminate the process after an index error.
+   SIZE is the number of elements of the dynamic array.  INDEX is the
+   lookup index which triggered the failure.  */
+_Noreturn void __libc_dynarray_at_failure (size_t size, size_t index);
+
+#ifndef _ISOMAC
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge)
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_dynarray_resize)
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_dynarray_resize_clear)
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_dynarray_finalize)
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_dynarray_at_failure)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _DYNARRAY_H */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/dynarray_at_failure.c b/lib/malloc/dynarray_at_failure.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..062ab70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/dynarray_at_failure.c
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Report an dynamic array index out of bounds condition.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <dynarray.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+void
+__libc_dynarray_at_failure (size_t size, size_t index)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  char buf[200];
+  __snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "Fatal glibc error: "
+              "array index %zu not less than array length %zu\n",
+              index, size);
+  __libc_fatal (buf);
+#else
+ abort ();
+#endif
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_dynarray_at_failure)
diff --git a/lib/malloc/dynarray_emplace_enlarge.c b/lib/malloc/dynarray_emplace_enlarge.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cff2e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/dynarray_emplace_enlarge.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Increase the size of a dynamic array in preparation of an emplace operation.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <dynarray.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge (struct dynarray_header *list,
+                                 void *scratch, size_t element_size)
+{
+  size_t new_allocated;
+  if (list->allocated == 0)
+    {
+      /* No scratch buffer provided.  Choose a reasonable default
+         size.  */
+      if (element_size < 4)
+        new_allocated = 16;
+      else if (element_size < 8)
+        new_allocated = 8;
+      else
+        new_allocated = 4;
+    }
+  else
+    /* Increase the allocated size, using an exponential growth
+       policy.  */
+    {
+      new_allocated = list->allocated + list->allocated / 2 + 1;
+      if (new_allocated <= list->allocated)
+        {
+          /* Overflow.  */
+          __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+          return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+  size_t new_size;
+  if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (new_allocated, element_size, &new_size))
+    return false;
+  void *new_array;
+  if (list->array == scratch)
+    {
+      /* The previous array was not heap-allocated.  */
+      new_array = malloc (new_size);
+      if (new_array != NULL && list->array != NULL)
+        memcpy (new_array, list->array, list->used * element_size);
+    }
+  else
+    new_array = realloc (list->array, new_size);
+  if (new_array == NULL)
+    return false;
+  list->array = new_array;
+  list->allocated = new_allocated;
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge)
diff --git a/lib/malloc/dynarray_finalize.c b/lib/malloc/dynarray_finalize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f360c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/dynarray_finalize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Copy the dynamically-allocated area to an explicitly-sized heap allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <dynarray.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_dynarray_finalize (struct dynarray_header *list,
+                          void *scratch, size_t element_size,
+                          struct dynarray_finalize_result *result)
+{
+  if (__dynarray_error (list))
+    /* The caller will reported the deferred error.  */
+    return false;
+
+  size_t used = list->used;
+
+  /* Empty list.  */
+  if (used == 0)
+    {
+      /* An empty list could still be backed by a heap-allocated
+         array.  Free it if necessary.  */
+      if (list->array != scratch)
+        free (list->array);
+      *result = (struct dynarray_finalize_result) { NULL, 0 };
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  size_t allocation_size = used * element_size;
+  void *heap_array = malloc (allocation_size);
+  if (heap_array != NULL)
+    {
+      /* The new array takes ownership of the strings.  */
+      if (list->array != NULL)
+        memcpy (heap_array, list->array, allocation_size);
+      if (list->array != scratch)
+        free (list->array);
+      *result = (struct dynarray_finalize_result)
+        { .array = heap_array, .length = used };
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    /* The caller will perform the freeing operation.  */
+    return false;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_dynarray_finalize)
diff --git a/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize.c b/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d1922e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Increase the size of a dynamic array.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <dynarray.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_dynarray_resize (struct dynarray_header *list, size_t size,
+                        void *scratch, size_t element_size)
+{
+  /* The existing allocation provides sufficient room.  */
+  if (size <= list->allocated)
+    {
+      list->used = size;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Otherwise, use size as the new allocation size.  The caller is
+     expected to provide the final size of the array, so there is no
+     over-allocation here.  */
+
+  size_t new_size_bytes;
+  if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (size, element_size, &new_size_bytes))
+    {
+      /* Overflow.  */
+      __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+      return false;
+    }
+  void *new_array;
+  if (list->array == scratch)
+    {
+      /* The previous array was not heap-allocated.  */
+      new_array = malloc (new_size_bytes);
+      if (new_array != NULL && list->array != NULL)
+        memcpy (new_array, list->array, list->used * element_size);
+    }
+  else
+    new_array = realloc (list->array, new_size_bytes);
+  if (new_array == NULL)
+    return false;
+  list->array = new_array;
+  list->allocated = size;
+  list->used = size;
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_dynarray_resize)
diff --git a/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize_clear.c b/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize_clear.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cf1b0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/dynarray_resize_clear.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Increase the size of a dynamic array and clear the new part.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <dynarray.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_dynarray_resize_clear (struct dynarray_header *list, size_t size,
+                              void *scratch, size_t element_size)
+{
+  size_t old_size = list->used;
+  if (!__libc_dynarray_resize (list, size, scratch, element_size))
+    return false;
+  /* __libc_dynarray_resize already checked for overflow.  */
+  char *array = list->array;
+  memset (array + (old_size * element_size), 0,
+          (size - old_size) * element_size);
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_dynarray_resize_clear)
diff --git a/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.h b/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4c5c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2015-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _SCRATCH_BUFFER_H
+#define _SCRATCH_BUFFER_H
+
+/* Scratch buffers with a default stack allocation and fallback to
+   heap allocation.  It is expected that this function is used in this
+   way:
+
+     struct scratch_buffer tmpbuf;
+     scratch_buffer_init (&tmpbuf);
+
+     while (!function_that_uses_buffer (tmpbuf.data, tmpbuf.length))
+       if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&tmpbuf))
+	 return -1;
+
+     scratch_buffer_free (&tmpbuf);
+     return 0;
+
+   The allocation functions (scratch_buffer_grow,
+   scratch_buffer_grow_preserve, scratch_buffer_set_array_size) make
+   sure that the heap allocation, if any, is freed, so that the code
+   above does not have a memory leak.  The buffer still remains in a
+   state that can be deallocated using scratch_buffer_free, so a loop
+   like this is valid as well:
+
+     struct scratch_buffer tmpbuf;
+     scratch_buffer_init (&tmpbuf);
+
+     while (!function_that_uses_buffer (tmpbuf.data, tmpbuf.length))
+       if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&tmpbuf))
+	 break;
+
+     scratch_buffer_free (&tmpbuf);
+
+   scratch_buffer_grow and scratch_buffer_grow_preserve are guaranteed
+   to grow the buffer by at least 512 bytes.  This means that when
+   using the scratch buffer as a backing store for a non-character
+   array whose element size, in bytes, is 512 or smaller, the scratch
+   buffer only has to grow once to make room for at least one more
+   element.
+*/
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Scratch buffer.  Must be initialized with scratch_buffer_init
+   before its use.  */
+struct scratch_buffer {
+  void *data;    /* Pointer to the beginning of the scratch area.  */
+  size_t length; /* Allocated space at the data pointer, in bytes.  */
+  union { max_align_t __align; char __c[1024]; } __space;
+};
+
+/* Initializes *BUFFER so that BUFFER->data points to BUFFER->__space
+   and BUFFER->length reflects the available space.  */
+static inline void
+scratch_buffer_init (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  buffer->data = buffer->__space.__c;
+  buffer->length = sizeof (buffer->__space);
+}
+
+/* Deallocates *BUFFER (if it was heap-allocated).  */
+static inline void
+scratch_buffer_free (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  if (buffer->data != buffer->__space.__c)
+    free (buffer->data);
+}
+
+/* Grow *BUFFER by some arbitrary amount.  The buffer contents is NOT
+   preserved.  Return true on success, false on allocation failure (in
+   which case the old buffer is freed).  On success, the new buffer is
+   larger than the previous size.  On failure, *BUFFER is deallocated,
+   but remains in a free-able state, and errno is set.  */
+bool __libc_scratch_buffer_grow (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow)
+
+/* Alias for __libc_scratch_buffer_grow.  */
+static __always_inline bool
+scratch_buffer_grow (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  return __glibc_likely (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow (buffer));
+}
+
+/* Like __libc_scratch_buffer_grow, but preserve the old buffer
+   contents on success, as a prefix of the new buffer.  */
+bool __libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve)
+
+/* Alias for __libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.  */
+static __always_inline bool
+scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  return __glibc_likely (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (buffer));
+}
+
+/* Grow *BUFFER so that it can store at least NELEM elements of SIZE
+   bytes.  The buffer contents are NOT preserved.  Both NELEM and SIZE
+   can be zero.  Return true on success, false on allocation failure
+   (in which case the old buffer is freed, but *BUFFER remains in a
+   free-able state, and errno is set).  It is unspecified whether this
+   function can reduce the array size.  */
+bool __libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size (struct scratch_buffer *buffer,
+					   size_t nelem, size_t size);
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size)
+
+/* Alias for __libc_scratch_set_array_size.  */
+static __always_inline bool
+scratch_buffer_set_array_size (struct scratch_buffer *buffer,
+			       size_t nelem, size_t size)
+{
+  return __glibc_likely (__libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size
+			 (buffer, nelem, size));
+}
+
+/* Return a copy of *BUFFER's first SIZE bytes as a heap-allocated block,
+   deallocating *BUFFER if it was heap-allocated.  SIZE must be at
+   most *BUFFER's size.  Return NULL (setting errno) on memory
+   exhaustion.  */
+void *__libc_scratch_buffer_dupfree (struct scratch_buffer *buffer,
+                                     size_t size);
+libc_hidden_proto (__libc_scratch_buffer_dupfree)
+
+/* Alias for __libc_scratch_dupfree.  */
+static __always_inline void *
+scratch_buffer_dupfree (struct scratch_buffer *buffer, size_t size)
+{
+  void *r = __libc_scratch_buffer_dupfree (buffer, size);
+  return __glibc_likely (r != NULL) ? r : NULL;
+}
+
+#endif /* _SCRATCH_BUFFER_H */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_dupfree.c b/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_dupfree.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb3b95c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_dupfree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <scratch_buffer.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+void *
+__libc_scratch_buffer_dupfree (struct scratch_buffer *buffer, size_t size)
+{
+  void *data = buffer->data;
+  if (data == buffer->__space.__c)
+    {
+      void *copy = malloc (size);
+      return copy != NULL ? memcpy (copy, data, size) : NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      void *copy = realloc (data, size);
+      return copy != NULL ? copy : data;
+    }
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_scratch_buffer_dupfree)
diff --git a/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow.c b/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a5e4db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2015-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <scratch_buffer.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_scratch_buffer_grow (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  void *new_ptr;
+  size_t new_length = buffer->length * 2;
+
+  /* Discard old buffer.  */
+  scratch_buffer_free (buffer);
+
+  /* Check for overflow.  */
+  if (__glibc_likely (new_length >= buffer->length))
+    new_ptr = malloc (new_length);
+  else
+    {
+      __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+      new_ptr = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_ptr == NULL))
+    {
+      /* Buffer must remain valid to free.  */
+      scratch_buffer_init (buffer);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Install new heap-based buffer.  */
+  buffer->data = new_ptr;
+  buffer->length = new_length;
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow)
diff --git a/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.c b/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fe5a07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2015-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <scratch_buffer.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (struct scratch_buffer *buffer)
+{
+  size_t new_length = 2 * buffer->length;
+  void *new_ptr;
+
+  if (buffer->data == buffer->__space.__c)
+    {
+      /* Move buffer to the heap.  No overflow is possible because
+	 buffer->length describes a small buffer on the stack.  */
+      new_ptr = malloc (new_length);
+      if (new_ptr == NULL)
+	return false;
+      memcpy (new_ptr, buffer->__space.__c, buffer->length);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Buffer was already on the heap.  Check for overflow.  */
+      if (__glibc_likely (new_length >= buffer->length))
+	new_ptr = realloc (buffer->data, new_length);
+      else
+	{
+	  __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+	  new_ptr = NULL;
+	}
+
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_ptr == NULL))
+	{
+	  /* Deallocate, but buffer must remain valid to free.  */
+	  free (buffer->data);
+	  scratch_buffer_init (buffer);
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Install new heap-based buffer.  */
+  buffer->data = new_ptr;
+  buffer->length = new_length;
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve)
diff --git a/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_set_array_size.c b/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_set_array_size.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89c37a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/scratch_buffer_set_array_size.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2015-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <scratch_buffer.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+bool
+__libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size (struct scratch_buffer *buffer,
+				      size_t nelem, size_t size)
+{
+  size_t new_length = nelem * size;
+
+  /* Avoid overflow check if both values are small. */
+  if ((nelem | size) >> (sizeof (size_t) * CHAR_BIT / 2) != 0
+      && nelem != 0 && size != new_length / nelem)
+    {
+      /* Overflow.  Discard the old buffer, but it must remain valid
+	 to free.  */
+      scratch_buffer_free (buffer);
+      scratch_buffer_init (buffer);
+      __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (new_length <= buffer->length)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Discard old buffer.  */
+  scratch_buffer_free (buffer);
+
+  char *new_ptr = malloc (new_length);
+  if (new_ptr == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Buffer must remain valid to free.  */
+      scratch_buffer_init (buffer);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Install new heap-based buffer.  */
+  buffer->data = new_ptr;
+  buffer->length = new_length;
+  return true;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size)
diff --git a/lib/malloca.c b/lib/malloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7beaaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* Safe automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003, 2018.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "malloca.h"
+
+#include "idx.h"
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+/* The speed critical point in this file is freea() applied to an alloca()
+   result: it must be fast, to match the speed of alloca().  The speed of
+   mmalloca() and freea() in the other case are not critical, because they
+   are only invoked for big memory sizes.
+   Here we use a bit in the address as an indicator, an idea by Ondřej Bílka.
+   malloca() can return three types of pointers:
+     - Pointers ≡ 0 mod 2*sa_alignment_max come from stack allocation.
+     - Pointers ≡ sa_alignment_max mod 2*sa_alignment_max come from heap
+       allocation.
+     - NULL comes from a failed heap allocation.  */
+
+/* Type for holding very small pointer differences.  */
+typedef unsigned char small_t;
+/* Verify that it is wide enough.  */
+verify (2 * sa_alignment_max - 1 <= (small_t) -1);
+
+void *
+mmalloca (size_t n)
+{
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+  /* Allocate one more word, used to determine the address to pass to freea(),
+     and room for the alignment ≡ sa_alignment_max mod 2*sa_alignment_max.  */
+  uintptr_t alignment2_mask = 2 * sa_alignment_max - 1;
+  int plus = sizeof (small_t) + alignment2_mask;
+  idx_t nplus;
+  if (!INT_ADD_WRAPV (n, plus, &nplus) && !xalloc_oversized (nplus, 1))
+    {
+      char *mem = (char *) malloc (nplus);
+
+      if (mem != NULL)
+        {
+          uintptr_t umem = (uintptr_t)mem, umemplus;
+          /* The INT_ADD_WRAPV avoids signed integer overflow on
+             theoretical platforms where UINTPTR_MAX <= INT_MAX.  */
+          INT_ADD_WRAPV (umem, sizeof (small_t) + sa_alignment_max - 1,
+                         &umemplus);
+          idx_t offset = ((umemplus & ~alignment2_mask)
+                          + sa_alignment_max - umem);
+          void *vp = mem + offset;
+          small_t *p = vp;
+          /* Here p >= mem + sizeof (small_t),
+             and p <= mem + sizeof (small_t) + 2 * sa_alignment_max - 1
+             hence p + n <= mem + nplus.
+             So, the memory range [p, p+n) lies in the allocated memory range
+             [mem, mem + nplus).  */
+          p[-1] = offset;
+          /* p ≡ sa_alignment_max mod 2*sa_alignment_max.  */
+          return p;
+        }
+    }
+  /* Out of memory.  */
+  return NULL;
+#else
+# if !MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+# endif
+  return malloc (n);
+#endif
+}
+
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+void
+freea (void *p)
+{
+  /* Check argument.  */
+  if ((uintptr_t) p & (sa_alignment_max - 1))
+    {
+      /* p was not the result of a malloca() call.  Invalid argument.  */
+      abort ();
+    }
+  /* Determine whether p was a non-NULL pointer returned by mmalloca().  */
+  if ((uintptr_t) p & sa_alignment_max)
+    {
+      void *mem = (char *) p - ((small_t *) p)[-1];
+      free (mem);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/malloca.h b/lib/malloca.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ec235f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloca.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* Safe automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _MALLOCA_H
+#define _MALLOCA_H
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* safe_alloca(N) is equivalent to alloca(N) when it is safe to call
+   alloca(N); otherwise it returns NULL.  It either returns N bytes of
+   memory allocated on the stack, that lasts until the function returns,
+   or NULL.
+   Use of safe_alloca should be avoided:
+     - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
+     - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
+       calling function returns.
+*/
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
+   and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
+   allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes.  Also care for the possibility
+   of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.
+   This must be a macro, not a function.  */
+# define safe_alloca(N) ((N) < 4032 ? alloca (N) : NULL)
+#else
+# define safe_alloca(N) ((void) (N), NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* Free a block of memory allocated through malloca().  */
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+extern void freea (void *p);
+#else
+# define freea free
+#endif
+
+/* malloca(N) is a safe variant of alloca(N).  It allocates N bytes of
+   memory allocated on the stack, that must be freed using freea() before
+   the function returns.  Upon failure, it returns NULL.  */
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define malloca(N) \
+  ((N) < 4032 - (2 * sa_alignment_max - 1)                                   \
+   ? (void *) (((uintptr_t) (char *) alloca ((N) + 2 * sa_alignment_max - 1) \
+                + (2 * sa_alignment_max - 1))                                \
+               & ~(uintptr_t)(2 * sa_alignment_max - 1))                     \
+   : mmalloca (N))
+#else
+# define malloca(N) \
+  mmalloca (N)
+#endif
+extern void *mmalloca (size_t n)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (freea, 1)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1));
+
+/* nmalloca(N,S) is an overflow-safe variant of malloca (N * S).
+   It allocates an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory,
+   on the stack.  N and S should be nonnegative and free of side effects.
+   The array must be freed using freea() before the function returns.  */
+#define nmalloca(n, s) \
+  (xalloc_oversized (n, s) ? NULL : malloca ((n) * (size_t) (s)))
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* ------------------- Auxiliary, non-public definitions ------------------- */
+
+/* Determine the alignment of a type at compile time.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__ || defined __IBM__ALIGNOF__
+# define sa_alignof __alignof__
+#elif defined __cplusplus
+  template <class type> struct sa_alignof_helper { char __slot1; type __slot2; };
+# define sa_alignof(type) offsetof (sa_alignof_helper<type>, __slot2)
+#elif defined __hpux
+  /* Work around a HP-UX 10.20 cc bug with enums constants defined as offsetof
+     values.  */
+# define sa_alignof(type) (sizeof (type) <= 4 ? 4 : 8)
+#elif defined _AIX
+  /* Work around an AIX 3.2.5 xlc bug with enums constants defined as offsetof
+     values.  */
+# define sa_alignof(type) (sizeof (type) <= 4 ? 4 : 8)
+#else
+# define sa_alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char __slot1; type __slot2; }, __slot2)
+#endif
+
+enum
+{
+/* The desired alignment of memory allocations is the maximum alignment
+   among all elementary types.  */
+  sa_alignment_long = sa_alignof (long),
+  sa_alignment_double = sa_alignof (double),
+  sa_alignment_longlong = sa_alignof (long long),
+  sa_alignment_longdouble = sa_alignof (long double),
+  sa_alignment_max = ((sa_alignment_long - 1) | (sa_alignment_double - 1)
+                      | (sa_alignment_longlong - 1)
+                      | (sa_alignment_longdouble - 1)
+                     ) + 1
+};
+
+#endif /* _MALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/lib/math.c b/lib/math.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1502a1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/math.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Inline functions for <math.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_MATH_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "math.h"
+typedef int dummy;
diff --git a/lib/math.in.h b/lib/math.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccc3584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/math.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2697 @@
+/* A GNU-like <math.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_MATH_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined _GL_INCLUDING_MATH_H
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - On FreeBSD 12.2 we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <math.h> -> <stdlib.h> -> <sys/wait.h> -> <sys/types.h> -> <sys/select.h>
+       -> <signal.h> -> <pthread.h> -> <stdlib.h> -> <math.h>
+     In this situation, the functions are not yet declared, therefore we cannot
+     provide the C++ aliases.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE@ @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_MATH_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#define _GL_INCLUDING_MATH_H
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE@ @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_MATH_H@
+#undef _GL_INCLUDING_MATH_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_MATH_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_MATH_H
+
+/* On OpenVMS, NAN, INFINITY, and HUGEVAL macros are defined in <fp.h>.  */
+#if defined __VMS && ! defined NAN
+# include <fp.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_MATH_INLINE
+# define _GL_MATH_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The attribute __const__ was added in gcc 2.95.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95) || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((__const__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* Helper macros to define type-generic function FUNC as overloaded functions,
+   rather than as macros like in C.  POSIX declares these with an argument of
+   real-floating (that is, one of float, double, or long double).  */
+# define _GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_1(func) \
+static inline int                                                   \
+_gl_cxx_ ## func ## f (float f)                                     \
+{                                                                   \
+  return func (f);                                                  \
+}                                                                   \
+static inline int                                                   \
+_gl_cxx_ ## func ## d (double d)                                    \
+{                                                                   \
+  return func (d);                                                  \
+}                                                                   \
+static inline int                                                   \
+_gl_cxx_ ## func ## l (long double l)                               \
+{                                                                   \
+  return func (l);                                                  \
+}
+# define _GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2(func,rpl_func,rettype) \
+_GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE                                                 \
+inline rettype                                                      \
+rpl_func (float f)                                                  \
+{                                                                   \
+  return _gl_cxx_ ## func ## f (f);                                 \
+}                                                                   \
+inline rettype                                                      \
+rpl_func (double d)                                                 \
+{                                                                   \
+  return _gl_cxx_ ## func ## d (d);                                 \
+}                                                                   \
+inline rettype                                                      \
+rpl_func (long double l)                                            \
+{                                                                   \
+  return _gl_cxx_ ## func ## l (l);                                 \
+}                                                                   \
+_GL_END_NAMESPACE
+#endif
+
+/* Helper macros to define a portability warning for the
+   classification macro FUNC called with VALUE.  POSIX declares the
+   classification macros with an argument of real-floating (that is,
+   one of float, double, or long double).  */
+#define _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_DECL(func) \
+_GL_MATH_INLINE int                                                       \
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE (#func " is unportable - "                      \
+                           "use gnulib module " #func " for portability") \
+rpl_ ## func ## f (float f)                                               \
+{                                                                         \
+  return func (f);                                                        \
+}                                                                         \
+_GL_MATH_INLINE int                                                       \
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE (#func " is unportable - "                      \
+                           "use gnulib module " #func " for portability") \
+rpl_ ## func ## d (double d)                                              \
+{                                                                         \
+  return func (d);                                                        \
+}                                                                         \
+_GL_MATH_INLINE int                                                       \
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE (#func " is unportable - "                      \
+                           "use gnulib module " #func " for portability") \
+rpl_ ## func ## l (long double l)                                         \
+{                                                                         \
+  return func (l);                                                        \
+}
+#define _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_IMPL(func, value) \
+  (sizeof (value) == sizeof (float) ? rpl_ ## func ## f (value)     \
+   : sizeof (value) == sizeof (double) ? rpl_ ## func ## d (value)  \
+   : rpl_ ## func ## l (value))
+
+
+#if @REPLACE_ITOLD@
+/* Pull in a function that fixes the 'int' to 'long double' conversion
+   of glibc 2.7.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C void _Qp_itoq (long double *, int);
+static void (*_gl_math_fix_itold) (long double *, int) = _Qp_itoq;
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX allows platforms that don't support NAN.  But all major
+   machines in the past 15 years have supported something close to
+   IEEE NaN, so we define this unconditionally.  We also must define
+   it on platforms like Solaris 10, where NAN is present but defined
+   as a function pointer rather than a floating point constant.  */
+#if !defined NAN || @REPLACE_NAN@
+# if !GNULIB_defined_NAN
+#  undef NAN
+  /* The Compaq (ex-DEC) C 6.4 compiler and the Microsoft MSVC 9 compiler
+     choke on the expression 0.0 / 0.0.  */
+#  if defined __DECC || defined _MSC_VER
+_GL_MATH_INLINE float
+_NaN ()
+{
+  static float zero = 0.0f;
+  return zero / zero;
+}
+#   define NAN (_NaN())
+#  else
+#   define NAN (0.0f / 0.0f)
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_NAN 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Solaris 10 defines HUGE_VAL, but as a function pointer rather
+   than a floating point constant.  */
+#if @REPLACE_HUGE_VAL@
+# undef HUGE_VALF
+# define HUGE_VALF (1.0f / 0.0f)
+# undef HUGE_VAL
+# define HUGE_VAL (1.0 / 0.0)
+# undef HUGE_VALL
+# define HUGE_VALL (1.0L / 0.0L)
+#endif
+
+/* HUGE_VALF is a 'float' Infinity.  */
+#ifndef HUGE_VALF
+# if defined _MSC_VER
+/* The Microsoft MSVC 9 compiler chokes on the expression 1.0f / 0.0f.  */
+#  define HUGE_VALF (1e25f * 1e25f)
+# else
+#  define HUGE_VALF (1.0f / 0.0f)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* HUGE_VAL is a 'double' Infinity.  */
+#ifndef HUGE_VAL
+# if defined _MSC_VER
+/* The Microsoft MSVC 9 compiler chokes on the expression 1.0 / 0.0.  */
+#  define HUGE_VAL (1e250 * 1e250)
+# else
+#  define HUGE_VAL (1.0 / 0.0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* HUGE_VALL is a 'long double' Infinity.  */
+#ifndef HUGE_VALL
+# if defined _MSC_VER
+/* The Microsoft MSVC 9 compiler chokes on the expression 1.0L / 0.0L.  */
+#  define HUGE_VALL (1e250L * 1e250L)
+# else
+#  define HUGE_VALL (1.0L / 0.0L)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined FP_ILOGB0 && defined FP_ILOGBNAN
+ /* Ensure FP_ILOGB0 and FP_ILOGBNAN are correct.  */
+# if defined __HAIKU__
+  /* Haiku: match what ilogb() does */
+#  undef FP_ILOGB0
+#  undef FP_ILOGBNAN
+#  define FP_ILOGB0   (- 2147483647 - 1) /* INT_MIN */
+#  define FP_ILOGBNAN (- 2147483647 - 1) /* INT_MIN */
+# endif
+#else
+ /* Ensure FP_ILOGB0 and FP_ILOGBNAN are defined.  */
+# if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __sgi
+  /* NetBSD, IRIX 6.5: match what ilogb() does */
+#  define FP_ILOGB0   (- 2147483647 - 1) /* INT_MIN */
+#  define FP_ILOGBNAN (- 2147483647 - 1) /* INT_MIN */
+# elif defined _AIX
+  /* AIX 5.1: match what ilogb() does in AIX >= 5.2 */
+#  define FP_ILOGB0   (- 2147483647 - 1) /* INT_MIN */
+#  define FP_ILOGBNAN 2147483647 /* INT_MAX */
+# elif defined __sun
+  /* Solaris 9: match what ilogb() does */
+#  define FP_ILOGB0   (- 2147483647) /* - INT_MAX */
+#  define FP_ILOGBNAN 2147483647 /* INT_MAX */
+# else
+  /* Gnulib defined values.  */
+#  define FP_ILOGB0   (- 2147483647) /* - INT_MAX */
+#  define FP_ILOGBNAN (- 2147483647 - 1) /* INT_MIN */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ACOSF@
+# if @REPLACE_ACOSF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef acosf
+#   define acosf rpl_acosf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (acosf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (acosf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_ACOSF@
+#   undef acosf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (acosf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (acosf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (acosf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef acosf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ACOSF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (acosf, "acosf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module acosf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ACOSL@
+# if !@HAVE_ACOSL@ || !@HAVE_DECL_ACOSL@
+#  undef acosl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (acosl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (acosl, long double, (long double x));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (acosl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef acosl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ACOSL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (acosl, "acosl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module acosl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ASINF@
+# if @REPLACE_ASINF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef asinf
+#   define asinf rpl_asinf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (asinf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (asinf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_ASINF@
+#   undef asinf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (asinf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (asinf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (asinf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef asinf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ASINF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asinf, "asinf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module asinf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ASINL@
+# if !@HAVE_ASINL@ || !@HAVE_DECL_ASINL@
+#  undef asinl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (asinl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (asinl, long double, (long double x));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (asinl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef asinl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ASINL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asinl, "asinl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module asinl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ATANF@
+# if @REPLACE_ATANF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef atanf
+#   define atanf rpl_atanf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (atanf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (atanf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_ATANF@
+#   undef atanf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (atanf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (atanf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (atanf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef atanf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ATANF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (atanf, "atanf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module atanf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ATANL@
+# if !@HAVE_ATANL@ || !@HAVE_DECL_ATANL@
+#  undef atanl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (atanl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (atanl, long double, (long double x));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (atanl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef atanl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ATANL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (atanl, "atanl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module atanl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ATAN2F@
+# if @REPLACE_ATAN2F@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef atan2f
+#   define atan2f rpl_atan2f
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (atan2f, float, (float y, float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (atan2f, float, (float y, float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_ATAN2F@
+#   undef atan2f
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (atan2f, float, (float y, float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (atan2f, float, (float y, float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (atan2f);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef atan2f
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ATAN2F
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (atan2f, "atan2f is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module atan2f for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_CBRTF@
+# if @REPLACE_CBRTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef cbrtf
+#   define cbrtf rpl_cbrtf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (cbrtf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (cbrtf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_CBRTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (cbrtf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (cbrtf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (cbrtf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef cbrtf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CBRTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (cbrtf, "cbrtf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module cbrtf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_CBRT@
+# if !@HAVE_CBRT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (cbrt, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (cbrt, double, (double x));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (cbrt, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef cbrt
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CBRT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (cbrt, "cbrt is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module cbrt for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_CBRTL@
+# if @REPLACE_CBRTL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef cbrtl
+#   define cbrtl rpl_cbrtl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (cbrtl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (cbrtl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_CBRTL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (cbrtl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (cbrtl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (cbrtl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef cbrtl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CBRTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (cbrtl, "cbrtl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module cbrtl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_CEILF@
+# if @REPLACE_CEILF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ceilf
+#   define ceilf rpl_ceilf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ceilf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ceilf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_CEILF@
+#   undef ceilf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ceilf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ceilf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ceilf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ceilf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CEILF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ceilf, "ceilf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ceilf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_CEIL@
+# if @REPLACE_CEIL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ceil
+#   define ceil rpl_ceil
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ceil, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ceil, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ceil, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (ceil, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_CEILL@
+# if @REPLACE_CEILL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ceill
+#   define ceill rpl_ceill
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ceill, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ceill, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_CEILL@
+#   undef ceill
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ceill, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ceill, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ceill);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ceill
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CEILL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ceill, "ceill is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ceill for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_COPYSIGNF@
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNF@
+#  undef copysignf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (copysignf, float, (float x, float y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (copysignf, float, (float x, float y));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (copysignf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef copysignf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COPYSIGNF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (copysignf, "copysignf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module copysignf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_COPYSIGN@
+# if !@HAVE_COPYSIGN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (copysign, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (copysign, double, (double x, double y));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (copysign, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef copysign
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COPYSIGN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (copysign, "copysign is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module copysign for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_COPYSIGNL@
+# if !@HAVE_COPYSIGNL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (copysignl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (copysignl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (copysignl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef copysignl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COPYSIGNL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (copysign, "copysignl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module copysignl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_COSF@
+# if @REPLACE_COSF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef cosf
+#   define cosf rpl_cosf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (cosf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (cosf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_COSF@
+#   undef cosf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (cosf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (cosf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (cosf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef cosf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COSF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (cosf, "cosf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module cosf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_COSL@
+# if !@HAVE_COSL@ || !@HAVE_DECL_COSL@
+#  undef cosl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (cosl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (cosl, long double, (long double x));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (cosl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef cosl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COSL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (cosl, "cosl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module cosl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_COSHF@
+# if @REPLACE_COSHF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef coshf
+#   define coshf rpl_coshf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (coshf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (coshf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_COSHF@
+#   undef coshf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (coshf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (coshf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (coshf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef coshf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COSHF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (coshf, "coshf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module coshf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXPF@
+# if @REPLACE_EXPF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef expf
+#   define expf rpl_expf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (expf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (expf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_EXPF@
+#   undef expf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (expf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (expf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (expf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef expf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (expf, "expf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module expf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXPL@
+# if @REPLACE_EXPL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef expl
+#   define expl rpl_expl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (expl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (expl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_EXPL@ || !@HAVE_DECL_EXPL@
+#   undef expl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (expl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (expl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (expl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef expl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (expl, "expl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module expl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXP2F@
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_EXP2F@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (exp2f, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (exp2f, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (exp2f);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef exp2f
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXP2F
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (exp2f, "exp2f is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module exp2f for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXP2@
+# if @REPLACE_EXP2@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef exp2
+#   define exp2 rpl_exp2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (exp2, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (exp2, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_EXP2@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (exp2, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (exp2, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (exp2, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef exp2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXP2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (exp2, "exp2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module exp2 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXP2L@
+# if @REPLACE_EXP2L@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef exp2l
+#   define exp2l rpl_exp2l
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (exp2l, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (exp2l, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_EXP2L@
+#   undef exp2l
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (exp2l, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (exp2l, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (exp2l);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef exp2l
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXP2L
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (exp2l, "exp2l is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module exp2l for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXPM1F@
+# if @REPLACE_EXPM1F@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef expm1f
+#   define expm1f rpl_expm1f
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (expm1f, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (expm1f, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_EXPM1F@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (expm1f, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (expm1f, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (expm1f);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef expm1f
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPM1F
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (expm1f, "expm1f is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module expm1f for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXPM1@
+# if @REPLACE_EXPM1@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef expm1
+#   define expm1 rpl_expm1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (expm1, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (expm1, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_EXPM1@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (expm1, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (expm1, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (expm1, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef expm1
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPM1
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (expm1, "expm1 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module expm1 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXPM1L@
+# if @REPLACE_EXPM1L@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef expm1l
+#   define expm1l rpl_expm1l
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (expm1l, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (expm1l, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_EXPM1L@
+#   undef expm1l
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined _AIX)
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (expm1l, long double, (long double x));
+#   endif
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (expm1l, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (expm1l);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef expm1l
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPM1L
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (expm1l, "expm1l is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module expm1l for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FABSF@
+# if !@HAVE_FABSF@
+#  undef fabsf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fabsf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fabsf, float, (float x));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fabsf);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fabsf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FABSF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fabsf, "fabsf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fabsf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FABSL@
+# if @REPLACE_FABSL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fabsl
+#   define fabsl rpl_fabsl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fabsl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fabsl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FABSL@
+#   undef fabsl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fabsl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fabsl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fabsl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fabsl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FABSL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fabsl, "fabsl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fabsl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FLOORF@
+# if @REPLACE_FLOORF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef floorf
+#   define floorf rpl_floorf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (floorf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (floorf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_FLOORF@
+#   undef floorf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (floorf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (floorf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (floorf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef floorf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FLOORF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (floorf, "floorf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module floorf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FLOOR@
+# if @REPLACE_FLOOR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef floor
+#   define floor rpl_floor
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (floor, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (floor, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (floor, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (floor, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FLOORL@
+# if @REPLACE_FLOORL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef floorl
+#   define floorl rpl_floorl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (floorl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (floorl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_FLOORL@
+#   undef floorl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (floorl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (floorl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (floorl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef floorl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FLOORL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (floorl, "floorl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module floorl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FMAF@
+# if @REPLACE_FMAF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fmaf
+#   define fmaf rpl_fmaf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fmaf, float, (float x, float y, float z));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fmaf, float, (float x, float y, float z));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FMAF@
+#   undef fmaf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fmaf, float, (float x, float y, float z));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fmaf, float, (float x, float y, float z));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fmaf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fmaf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMAF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fmaf, "fmaf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fmaf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FMA@
+# if @REPLACE_FMA@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fma
+#   define fma rpl_fma
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fma, double, (double x, double y, double z));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fma, double, (double x, double y, double z));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FMA@
+#   undef fma
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fma, double, (double x, double y, double z));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fma, double, (double x, double y, double z));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (fma, double, (double x, double y, double z));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fma
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMA
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fma, "fma is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fma for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FMAL@
+# if @REPLACE_FMAL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fmal
+#   define fmal rpl_fmal
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fmal, long double,
+                  (long double x, long double y, long double z));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fmal, long double,
+                  (long double x, long double y, long double z));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FMAL@
+#   undef fmal
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined _AIX)
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fmal, long double,
+                  (long double x, long double y, long double z));
+#   endif
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fmal, long double,
+                  (long double x, long double y, long double z));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fmal);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fmal
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMAL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fmal, "fmal is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fmal for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FMODF@
+# if @REPLACE_FMODF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fmodf
+#   define fmodf rpl_fmodf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fmodf, float, (float x, float y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fmodf, float, (float x, float y));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FMODF@
+#   undef fmodf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fmodf, float, (float x, float y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fmodf, float, (float x, float y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fmodf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fmodf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMODF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fmodf, "fmodf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fmodf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FMOD@
+# if @REPLACE_FMOD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fmod
+#   define fmod rpl_fmod
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fmod, double, (double x, double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fmod, double, (double x, double y));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fmod, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (fmod, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fmod
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMOD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fmod, "fmod has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module fmod for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FMODL@
+# if @REPLACE_FMODL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fmodl
+#   define fmodl rpl_fmodl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fmodl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fmodl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FMODL@
+#   undef fmodl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fmodl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fmodl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fmodl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fmodl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMODL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fmodl, "fmodl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fmodl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Write x as
+     x = mantissa * 2^exp
+   where
+     If x finite and nonzero: 0.5 <= |mantissa| < 1.0.
+     If x is zero: mantissa = x, exp = 0.
+     If x is infinite or NaN: mantissa = x, exp unspecified.
+   Store exp in *EXPPTR and return mantissa.  */
+#if @GNULIB_FREXPF@
+# if @REPLACE_FREXPF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef frexpf
+#   define frexpf rpl_frexpf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (frexpf, float, (float x, int *expptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (frexpf, float, (float x, int *expptr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FREXPF@
+#   undef frexpf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (frexpf, float, (float x, int *expptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (frexpf, float, (float x, int *expptr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (frexpf);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef frexpf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FREXPF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (frexpf, "frexpf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module frexpf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Write x as
+     x = mantissa * 2^exp
+   where
+     If x finite and nonzero: 0.5 <= |mantissa| < 1.0.
+     If x is zero: mantissa = x, exp = 0.
+     If x is infinite or NaN: mantissa = x, exp unspecified.
+   Store exp in *EXPPTR and return mantissa.  */
+#if @GNULIB_FREXP@
+# if @REPLACE_FREXP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef frexp
+#   define frexp rpl_frexp
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (frexp, double, (double x, int *expptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (frexp, double, (double x, int *expptr));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (frexp, double, (double x, int *expptr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (frexp, double, (double x, int *expptr));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef frexp
+/* Assume frexp is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (frexp, "frexp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module frexp for portability");
+#endif
+
+/* Write x as
+     x = mantissa * 2^exp
+   where
+     If x finite and nonzero: 0.5 <= |mantissa| < 1.0.
+     If x is zero: mantissa = x, exp = 0.
+     If x is infinite or NaN: mantissa = x, exp unspecified.
+   Store exp in *EXPPTR and return mantissa.  */
+#if @GNULIB_FREXPL@ && @REPLACE_FREXPL@
+# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#  undef frexpl
+#  define frexpl rpl_frexpl
+# endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (frexpl, long double,
+                  (long double x, int *expptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (frexpl, long double, (long double x, int *expptr));
+#else
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_FREXPL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (frexpl, long double,
+                  (long double x, int *expptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+# endif
+# if @GNULIB_FREXPL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (frexpl, long double, (long double x, int *expptr));
+# endif
+#endif
+#if @GNULIB_FREXPL@ && !(@REPLACE_FREXPL@ && !@HAVE_DECL_FREXPL@)
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (frexpl);
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !@GNULIB_FREXPL@ && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef frexpl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FREXPL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (frexpl, "frexpl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module frexpl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return sqrt(x^2+y^2).  */
+#if @GNULIB_HYPOTF@
+# if @REPLACE_HYPOTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef hypotf
+#   define hypotf rpl_hypotf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (hypotf, float, (float x, float y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (hypotf, float, (float x, float y));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_HYPOTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (hypotf, float, (float x, float y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (hypotf, float, (float x, float y));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (hypotf);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef hypotf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_HYPOTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (hypotf, "hypotf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module hypotf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return sqrt(x^2+y^2).  */
+#if @GNULIB_HYPOT@
+# if @REPLACE_HYPOT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef hypot
+#   define hypot rpl_hypot
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (hypot, double, (double x, double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (hypot, double, (double x, double y));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (hypot, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (hypot, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef hypot
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_HYPOT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (hypotf, "hypot has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module hypot for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return sqrt(x^2+y^2).  */
+#if @GNULIB_HYPOTL@
+# if @REPLACE_HYPOTL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef hypotl
+#   define hypotl rpl_hypotl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (hypotl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (hypotl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_HYPOTL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (hypotl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (hypotl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (hypotl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef hypotl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_HYPOTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (hypotl, "hypotl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module hypotl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ILOGBF@
+# if @REPLACE_ILOGBF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ilogbf
+#   define ilogbf rpl_ilogbf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ilogbf, int, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ilogbf, int, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_ILOGBF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ilogbf, int, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ilogbf, int, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ilogbf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ilogbf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ILOGBF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ilogbf, "ilogbf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ilogbf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ILOGB@
+# if @REPLACE_ILOGB@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ilogb
+#   define ilogb rpl_ilogb
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ilogb, int, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ilogb, int, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_ILOGB@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ilogb, int, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ilogb, int, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (ilogb, int, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ilogb
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ILOGB
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ilogb, "ilogb is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ilogb for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ILOGBL@
+# if @REPLACE_ILOGBL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ilogbl
+#   define ilogbl rpl_ilogbl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ilogbl, int, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ilogbl, int, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_ILOGBL@
+#   undef ilogbl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ilogbl, int, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ilogbl, int, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ilogbl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ilogbl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ILOGBL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ilogbl, "ilogbl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ilogbl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_J0@
+/* On native Windows, map 'j0' to '_j0', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::j0 always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef j0
+#   define j0 _j0
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (j0, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (j0, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (j0);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_J1@
+/* On native Windows, map 'j1' to '_j1', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::j1 always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef j1
+#   define j1 _j1
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (j1, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (j1, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (j1);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_JN@
+/* On native Windows, map 'jn' to '_jn', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::jn always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef jn
+#   define jn _jn
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (jn, double, (int n, double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (jn, double, (int n, double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (jn);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return x * 2^exp.  */
+#if @GNULIB_LDEXPF@
+# if !@HAVE_LDEXPF@
+#  undef ldexpf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ldexpf, float, (float x, int exp));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ldexpf, float, (float x, int exp));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ldexpf);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ldexpf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LDEXPF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ldexpf, "ldexpf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ldexpf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return x * 2^exp.  */
+#if @GNULIB_LDEXPL@ && @REPLACE_LDEXPL@
+# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#  undef ldexpl
+#  define ldexpl rpl_ldexpl
+# endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ldexpl, long double, (long double x, int exp));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ldexpl, long double, (long double x, int exp));
+#else
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_LDEXPL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ldexpl, long double, (long double x, int exp));
+# endif
+# if @GNULIB_LDEXPL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ldexpl, long double, (long double x, int exp));
+# endif
+#endif
+#if @GNULIB_LDEXPL@
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ldexpl);
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !@GNULIB_LDEXPL@ && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ldexpl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LDEXPL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ldexpl, "ldexpl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ldexpl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOGF@
+# if @REPLACE_LOGF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef logf
+#   define logf rpl_logf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (logf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (logf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LOGF@
+#   undef logf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (logf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (logf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (logf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef logf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOGF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (logf, "logf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module logf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOG@
+# if @REPLACE_LOG@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log
+#   define log rpl_log
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (log, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log, "log has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module log for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOGL@
+# if @REPLACE_LOGL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef logl
+#   define logl rpl_logl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (logl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (logl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LOGL@ || !@HAVE_DECL_LOGL@
+#   undef logl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (logl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (logl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (logl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef logl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOGL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (logl, "logl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module logl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOG10F@
+# if @REPLACE_LOG10F@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log10f
+#   define log10f rpl_log10f
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log10f, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log10f, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LOG10F@
+#   undef log10f
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log10f, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log10f, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log10f);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log10f
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG10F
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log10f, "log10f is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log10f for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOG10@
+# if @REPLACE_LOG10@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log10
+#   define log10 rpl_log10
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log10, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log10, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log10, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (log10, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log10
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG10
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log10, "log10 has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module log10 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOG10L@
+# if @REPLACE_LOG10L@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log10l
+#   define log10l rpl_log10l
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log10l, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log10l, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LOG10L@ || !@HAVE_DECL_LOG10L@
+#   undef log10l
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log10l, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log10l, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log10l);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log10l
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG10L
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log10l, "log10l is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log10l for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOG1PF@
+# if @REPLACE_LOG1PF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log1pf
+#   define log1pf rpl_log1pf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log1pf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log1pf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LOG1PF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log1pf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log1pf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log1pf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log1pf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG1PF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log1pf, "log1pf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log1pf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOG1P@
+# if @REPLACE_LOG1P@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log1p
+#   define log1p rpl_log1p
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log1p, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log1p, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LOG1P@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log1p, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log1p, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (log1p, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log1p
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG1P
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log1p, "log1p has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module log1p for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOG1PL@
+# if @REPLACE_LOG1PL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log1pl
+#   define log1pl rpl_log1pl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log1pl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log1pl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LOG1PL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log1pl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log1pl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log1pl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log1pl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG1PL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log1pl, "log1pl has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module log1pl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOG2F@
+# if @REPLACE_LOG2F@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log2f
+#   define log2f rpl_log2f
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log2f, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log2f, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_LOG2F@
+#   undef log2f
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log2f, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log2f, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log2f);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log2f
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG2F
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log2f, "log2f is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log2f for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOG2@
+# if @REPLACE_LOG2@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log2
+#   define log2 rpl_log2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log2, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log2, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_LOG2@
+#   undef log2
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log2, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log2, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (log2, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log2, "log2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log2 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOG2L@
+# if @REPLACE_LOG2L@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log2l
+#   define log2l rpl_log2l
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log2l, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log2l, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_LOG2L@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log2l, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log2l, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log2l);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log2l
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG2L
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log2l, "log2l is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log2l for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOGBF@
+# if @REPLACE_LOGBF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef logbf
+#   define logbf rpl_logbf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (logbf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (logbf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LOGBF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (logbf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (logbf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (logbf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef logbf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOGBF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (logbf, "logbf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module logbf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOGB@
+# if @REPLACE_LOGB@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef logb
+#   define logb rpl_logb
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (logb, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (logb, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_LOGB@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (logb, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (logb, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (logb, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef logb
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOGB
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (logb, "logb is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module logb for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LOGBL@
+# if @REPLACE_LOGBL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef logbl
+#   define logbl rpl_logbl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (logbl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (logbl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LOGBL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (logbl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (logbl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (logbl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef logbl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOGBL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (logbl, "logbl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module logbl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MODFF@
+# if @REPLACE_MODFF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef modff
+#   define modff rpl_modff
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (modff, float, (float x, float *iptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (modff, float, (float x, float *iptr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MODFF@
+#   undef modff
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (modff, float, (float x, float *iptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (modff, float, (float x, float *iptr));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (modff);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef modff
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MODFF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (modff, "modff is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module modff for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MODF@
+# if @REPLACE_MODF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef modf
+#   define modf rpl_modf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (modf, double, (double x, double *iptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (modf, double, (double x, double *iptr));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (modf, double, (double x, double *iptr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (modf, double, (double x, double *iptr));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef modf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MODF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (modf, "modf has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module modf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MODFL@
+# if @REPLACE_MODFL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef modfl
+#   define modfl rpl_modfl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (modfl, long double, (long double x, long double *iptr)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (modfl, long double, (long double x, long double *iptr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MODFL@
+#   undef modfl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (modfl, long double, (long double x, long double *iptr)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (modfl, long double, (long double x, long double *iptr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (modfl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef modfl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MODFL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (modfl, "modfl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module modfl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_POWF@
+# if !@HAVE_POWF@
+#  undef powf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (powf, float, (float x, float y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (powf, float, (float x, float y));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (powf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef powf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POWF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (powf, "powf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module powf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_REMAINDERF@
+# if @REPLACE_REMAINDERF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef remainderf
+#   define remainderf rpl_remainderf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (remainderf, float, (float x, float y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (remainderf, float, (float x, float y));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_REMAINDERF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (remainderf, float, (float x, float y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (remainderf, float, (float x, float y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (remainderf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef remainderf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REMAINDERF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (remainderf, "remainderf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module remainderf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_REMAINDER@
+# if @REPLACE_REMAINDER@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef remainder
+#   define remainder rpl_remainder
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (remainder, double, (double x, double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (remainder, double, (double x, double y));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_REMAINDER@ || !@HAVE_DECL_REMAINDER@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (remainder, double, (double x, double y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (remainder, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (remainder, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef remainder
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REMAINDER
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (remainder, "remainder is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module remainder for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_REMAINDERL@
+# if @REPLACE_REMAINDERL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef remainderl
+#   define remainderl rpl_remainderl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (remainderl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (remainderl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_REMAINDERL@
+#   undef remainderl
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined _AIX)
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (remainderl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+#   endif
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (remainderl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (remainderl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef remainderl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REMAINDERL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (remainderl, "remainderl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module remainderl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_RINTF@
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_RINTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rintf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rintf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rintf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rintf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RINTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rintf, "rintf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rintf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RINT@
+# if !@HAVE_RINT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rint, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rint, double, (double x));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (rint, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rint
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RINT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rint, "rint is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rint for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RINTL@
+# if @REPLACE_RINTL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef rintl
+#   define rintl rpl_rintl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (rintl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (rintl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_RINTL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rintl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rintl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rintl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rintl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RINTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rintl, "rintl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rintl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ROUNDF@
+# if @REPLACE_ROUNDF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef roundf
+#   define roundf rpl_roundf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (roundf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (roundf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_ROUNDF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (roundf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (roundf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (roundf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef roundf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ROUNDF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (roundf, "roundf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module roundf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ROUND@
+# if @REPLACE_ROUND@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef round
+#   define round rpl_round
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (round, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (round, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_ROUND@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (round, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (round, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (round, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef round
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ROUND
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (round, "round is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module round for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ROUNDL@
+# if @REPLACE_ROUNDL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef roundl
+#   define roundl rpl_roundl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (roundl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (roundl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_ROUNDL@
+#   undef roundl
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined _AIX)
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (roundl, long double, (long double x));
+#   endif
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (roundl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (roundl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef roundl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ROUNDL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (roundl, "roundl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module roundl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SINF@
+# if @REPLACE_SINF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef sinf
+#   define sinf rpl_sinf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sinf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sinf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SINF@
+#   undef sinf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sinf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sinf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sinf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sinf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SINF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sinf, "sinf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sinf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SINL@
+# if !@HAVE_SINL@ || !@HAVE_DECL_SINL@
+#  undef sinl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sinl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sinl, long double, (long double x));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sinl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sinl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SINL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sinl, "sinl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sinl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SINHF@
+# if @REPLACE_SINHF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef sinhf
+#   define sinhf rpl_sinhf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sinhf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sinhf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SINHF@
+#   undef sinhf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sinhf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sinhf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sinhf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sinhf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SINHF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sinhf, "sinhf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sinhf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SQRTF@
+# if @REPLACE_SQRTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef sqrtf
+#   define sqrtf rpl_sqrtf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sqrtf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sqrtf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SQRTF@
+#   undef sqrtf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sqrtf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sqrtf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sqrtf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sqrtf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SQRTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sqrtf, "sqrtf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sqrtf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SQRTL@
+# if @REPLACE_SQRTL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef sqrtl
+#   define sqrtl rpl_sqrtl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sqrtl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sqrtl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SQRTL@ || !@HAVE_DECL_SQRTL@
+#   undef sqrtl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sqrtl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sqrtl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sqrtl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sqrtl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SQRTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sqrtl, "sqrtl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sqrtl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_TANF@
+# if @REPLACE_TANF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef tanf
+#   define tanf rpl_tanf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (tanf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (tanf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_TANF@
+#   undef tanf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tanf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tanf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tanf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef tanf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TANF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (tanf, "tanf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module tanf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_TANL@
+# if !@HAVE_TANL@ || !@HAVE_DECL_TANL@
+#  undef tanl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tanl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tanl, long double, (long double x));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tanl);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef tanl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TANL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (tanl, "tanl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module tanl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_TANHF@
+# if @REPLACE_TANHF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef tanhf
+#   define tanhf rpl_tanhf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (tanhf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (tanhf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_TANHF@
+#   undef tanhf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tanhf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tanhf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tanhf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef tanhf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TANHF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (tanhf, "tanhf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module tanhf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_TRUNCF@
+# if @REPLACE_TRUNCF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef truncf
+#   define truncf rpl_truncf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (truncf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (truncf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_TRUNCF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (truncf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (truncf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (truncf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef truncf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TRUNCF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (truncf, "truncf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module truncf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_TRUNC@
+# if @REPLACE_TRUNC@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef trunc
+#   define trunc rpl_trunc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (trunc, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (trunc, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_TRUNC@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (trunc, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (trunc, double, (double x));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (trunc, double, (double x));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef trunc
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TRUNC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (trunc, "trunc is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module trunc for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_TRUNCL@
+# if @REPLACE_TRUNCL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef truncl
+#   define truncl rpl_truncl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (truncl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (truncl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_TRUNCL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (truncl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (truncl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (truncl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef truncl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TRUNCL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (truncl, "truncl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module truncl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_Y0@
+/* On native Windows, map 'y0' to '_y0', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::y0 always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef y0
+#   define y0 _y0
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (y0, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (y0, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (y0);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_Y1@
+/* On native Windows, map 'y1' to '_y1', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::y1 always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef y1
+#   define y1 _y1
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (y1, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (y1, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (y1);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_YN@
+/* On native Windows, map 'yn' to '_yn', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::yn always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef yn
+#   define yn _yn
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (yn, double, (int n, double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (yn, double, (int n, double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (yn);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Definitions of function-like macros come here, after the function
+   declarations.  */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ISFINITE@
+# if @REPLACE_ISFINITE@
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isfinitef (float x);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isfinited (double x);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isfinitel (long double x);
+#  undef isfinite
+#  define isfinite(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? gl_isfinitel (x) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? gl_isfinited (x) : \
+    gl_isfinitef (x))
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  if defined isfinite || defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_1 (isfinite)
+#   undef isfinite
+#   if __GNUC__ >= 6 || (defined __clang__ && !((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __OpenBSD__ || defined _AIX || (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__)))
+  /* This platform's <cmath> possibly defines isfinite through a set of inline
+     functions.  */
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (isfinite, rpl_isfinite, bool)
+#    define isfinite rpl_isfinite
+#   else
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (isfinite, isfinite, bool)
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if defined isfinite
+_GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_DECL (isfinite);
+#  undef isfinite
+#  define isfinite(x) _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_IMPL (isfinite, x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ISINF@
+# if @REPLACE_ISINF@
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isinff (float x);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isinfd (double x);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isinfl (long double x);
+#  undef isinf
+#  define isinf(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? gl_isinfl (x) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? gl_isinfd (x) : \
+    gl_isinff (x))
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  if defined isinf || defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_1 (isinf)
+#   undef isinf
+#   if __GNUC__ >= 6 || (defined __clang__ && !((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __OpenBSD__ || (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__)))
+  /* This platform's <cmath> possibly defines isinf through a set of inline
+     functions.  */
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (isinf, rpl_isinf, bool)
+#    define isinf rpl_isinf
+#   else
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (isinf, isinf, bool)
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if defined isinf
+_GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_DECL (isinf);
+#  undef isinf
+#  define isinf(x) _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_IMPL (isinf, x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ISNANF@
+/* Test for NaN for 'float' numbers.  */
+# if @HAVE_ISNANF@
+/* The original <math.h> included above provides a declaration of isnan macro
+   or (older) isnanf function.  */
+#  if (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+    /* GCC >= 4.0 and clang provide a type-generic built-in for isnan.
+       GCC >= 4.0 also provides __builtin_isnanf, but clang doesn't.  */
+#   undef isnanf
+#   define isnanf(x) __builtin_isnan ((float)(x))
+#  elif defined isnan
+#   undef isnanf
+#   define isnanf(x) isnan ((float)(x))
+#  endif
+# else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+#  undef isnanf
+#  define isnanf rpl_isnanf
+_GL_EXTERN_C int isnanf (float x);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ISNAND@
+/* Test for NaN for 'double' numbers.
+   This function is a gnulib extension, unlike isnan() which applied only
+   to 'double' numbers earlier but now is a type-generic macro.  */
+# if @HAVE_ISNAND@
+/* The original <math.h> included above provides a declaration of isnan
+   macro.  */
+#  if (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+    /* GCC >= 4.0 and clang provide a type-generic built-in for isnan.  */
+#   undef isnand
+#   define isnand(x) __builtin_isnan ((double)(x))
+#  else
+#   undef isnand
+#   define isnand(x) isnan ((double)(x))
+#  endif
+# else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+#  undef isnand
+#  define isnand rpl_isnand
+_GL_EXTERN_C int isnand (double x);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ISNANL@
+/* Test for NaN for 'long double' numbers.  */
+# if @HAVE_ISNANL@
+/* The original <math.h> included above provides a declaration of isnan
+   macro or (older) isnanl function.  */
+#  if (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+    /* GCC >= 4.0 and clang provide a type-generic built-in for isnan.
+       GCC >= 4.0 also provides __builtin_isnanl, but clang doesn't.  */
+#   undef isnanl
+#   define isnanl(x) __builtin_isnan ((long double)(x))
+#  elif defined isnan
+#   undef isnanl
+#   define isnanl(x) isnan ((long double)(x))
+#  endif
+# else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+#  undef isnanl
+#  define isnanl rpl_isnanl
+_GL_EXTERN_C int isnanl (long double x) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This must come *after* the snippets for GNULIB_ISNANF and GNULIB_ISNANL!  */
+#if @GNULIB_ISNAN@
+# if @REPLACE_ISNAN@
+/* We can't just use the isnanf macro (e.g.) as exposed by
+   isnanf.h (e.g.) here, because those may end up being macros
+   that recursively expand back to isnan.  So use the gnulib
+   replacements for them directly. */
+#  if @HAVE_ISNANF@ && (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+#   define gl_isnan_f(x) __builtin_isnan ((float)(x))
+#  else
+_GL_EXTERN_C int rpl_isnanf (float x);
+#   define gl_isnan_f(x) rpl_isnanf (x)
+#  endif
+#  if @HAVE_ISNAND@ && (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+#   define gl_isnan_d(x) __builtin_isnan ((double)(x))
+#  else
+_GL_EXTERN_C int rpl_isnand (double x);
+#   define gl_isnan_d(x) rpl_isnand (x)
+#  endif
+#  if @HAVE_ISNANL@ && (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+#   define gl_isnan_l(x) __builtin_isnan ((long double)(x))
+#  else
+_GL_EXTERN_C int rpl_isnanl (long double x) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+#   define gl_isnan_l(x) rpl_isnanl (x)
+#  endif
+#  undef isnan
+#  define isnan(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? gl_isnan_l (x) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? gl_isnan_d (x) : \
+    gl_isnan_f (x))
+# elif (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+#  undef isnan
+#  define isnan(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? __builtin_isnan ((long double)(x)) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? __builtin_isnan ((double)(x)) : \
+    __builtin_isnan ((float)(x)))
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  if defined isnan || defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_1 (isnan)
+#   undef isnan
+#   if __GNUC__ >= 6 || (defined __clang__ && !((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && __clang_major__ < 12) || (defined __FreeBSD__ && __clang_major__ < 7) || defined __OpenBSD__ || (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__)))
+  /* This platform's <cmath> possibly defines isnan through a set of inline
+     functions.  */
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (isnan, rpl_isnan, bool)
+#    define isnan rpl_isnan
+#   else
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (isnan, isnan, bool)
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+/* Ensure isnan is a macro.  */
+#  ifndef isnan
+#   define isnan isnan
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if defined isnan
+_GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_DECL (isnan);
+#  undef isnan
+#  define isnan(x) _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_IMPL (isnan, x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SIGNBIT@
+# if (@REPLACE_SIGNBIT_USING_BUILTINS@ \
+      && (!defined __cplusplus || __cplusplus < 201103))
+#  undef signbit
+   /* GCC >= 4.0 and clang provide three built-ins for signbit.  */
+#  define signbit(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? __builtin_signbitl (x) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? __builtin_signbit (x) : \
+    __builtin_signbitf (x))
+# endif
+# if @REPLACE_SIGNBIT@ && !GNULIB_defined_signbit
+#  undef signbit
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_signbitf (float arg);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_signbitd (double arg);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_signbitl (long double arg);
+#  if (__GNUC__ >= 2 || defined __clang__) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define _GL_NUM_UINT_WORDS(type) \
+      ((sizeof (type) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+#   if defined FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT && !defined gl_signbitf
+#    define gl_signbitf_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+#    define gl_signbitf(arg) \
+       ({ union { float _value;                                         \
+                  unsigned int _word[_GL_NUM_UINT_WORDS (float)];       \
+                } _m;                                                   \
+          _m._value = (arg);                                            \
+          (_m._word[FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;          \
+        })
+#   endif
+#   if defined DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT && !defined gl_signbitd
+#    define gl_signbitd_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+#    define gl_signbitd(arg) \
+       ({ union { double _value;                                        \
+                  unsigned int _word[_GL_NUM_UINT_WORDS (double)];      \
+                } _m;                                                   \
+          _m._value = (arg);                                            \
+          (_m._word[DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;          \
+        })
+#   endif
+#   if defined LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT && !defined gl_signbitl
+#    define gl_signbitl_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+#    define gl_signbitl(arg) \
+       ({ union { long double _value;                                   \
+                  unsigned int _word[_GL_NUM_UINT_WORDS (long double)]; \
+                } _m;                                                   \
+          _m._value = (arg);                                            \
+          (_m._word[LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;        \
+        })
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  define signbit(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? gl_signbitl (x) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? gl_signbitd (x) : \
+    gl_signbitf (x))
+#  define GNULIB_defined_signbit 1
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  if defined signbit || defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_1 (signbit)
+#   undef signbit
+#   if __GNUC__ >= 6 || (defined __clang__ && !((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __OpenBSD__ || defined _AIX || (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__)))
+  /* This platform's <cmath> possibly defines signbit through a set of inline
+     functions.  */
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (signbit, rpl_signbit, bool)
+#    define signbit rpl_signbit
+#   else
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (signbit, signbit, bool)
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if defined signbit
+_GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_DECL (signbit);
+#  undef signbit
+#  define signbit(x) _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_IMPL (signbit, x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_MATH_H */
+#endif /* _GL_INCLUDING_MATH_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_MATH_H */
diff --git a/lib/mbchar.c b/lib/mbchar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d05f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbchar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define MBCHAR_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "mbchar.h"
+
+#if IS_BASIC_ASCII
+
+/* Bit table of characters in the ISO C "basic character set".  */
+const unsigned int is_basic_table [UCHAR_MAX / 32 + 1] =
+{
+  0x00001a00,           /* '\t' '\v' '\f' */
+  0xffffffef,           /* ' '...'#' '%'...'?' */
+  0xfffffffe,           /* 'A'...'Z' '[' '\\' ']' '^' '_' */
+  0x7ffffffe            /* 'a'...'z' '{' '|' '}' '~' */
+  /* The remaining bits are 0.  */
+};
+
+#endif /* IS_BASIC_ASCII */
diff --git a/lib/mbchar.h b/lib/mbchar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9aeb044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbchar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/* Multibyte character data type.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+/* A multibyte character is a short subsequence of a char* string,
+   representing a single wide character.
+
+   We use multibyte characters instead of wide characters because of
+   the following goals:
+   1) correct multibyte handling, i.e. operate according to the LC_CTYPE
+      locale,
+   2) ease of maintenance, i.e. the maintainer needs not know all details
+      of the ISO C 99 standard,
+   3) don't fail grossly if the input is not in the encoding set by the
+      locale, because often different encodings are in use in the same
+      countries (ISO-8859-1/UTF-8, EUC-JP/Shift_JIS, ...),
+   4) fast in the case of ASCII characters,
+   5) portability, i.e. don't make unportable assumptions about wchar_t.
+
+   Multibyte characters are only accessed through the mb* macros.
+
+   mb_ptr (mbc)
+     return a pointer to the beginning of the multibyte sequence.
+
+   mb_len (mbc)
+     returns the number of bytes occupied by the multibyte sequence.
+     Always > 0.
+
+   mb_iseq (mbc, sc)
+     returns true if mbc is the standard ASCII character sc.
+
+   mb_isnul (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is the nul character.
+
+   mb_cmp (mbc1, mbc2)
+     returns a positive, zero, or negative value depending on whether mbc1
+     sorts after, same or before mbc2.
+
+   mb_casecmp (mbc1, mbc2)
+     returns a positive, zero, or negative value depending on whether mbc1
+     sorts after, same or before mbc2, modulo upper/lowercase conversion.
+
+   mb_equal (mbc1, mbc2)
+     returns true if mbc1 and mbc2 are equal.
+
+   mb_caseequal (mbc1, mbc2)
+     returns true if mbc1 and mbc2 are equal modulo upper/lowercase conversion.
+
+   mb_isalnum (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is alphanumeric.
+
+   mb_isalpha (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is alphabetic.
+
+   mb_isascii(mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is plain ASCII.
+
+   mb_isblank (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a blank.
+
+   mb_iscntrl (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a control character.
+
+   mb_isdigit (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a decimal digit.
+
+   mb_isgraph (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a graphic character.
+
+   mb_islower (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is lowercase.
+
+   mb_isprint (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a printable character.
+
+   mb_ispunct (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a punctuation character.
+
+   mb_isspace (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a space character.
+
+   mb_isupper (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is uppercase.
+
+   mb_isxdigit (mbc)
+     returns true if mbc is a hexadecimal digit.
+
+   mb_width (mbc)
+     returns the number of columns on the output device occupied by mbc.
+     Always >= 0.
+
+   mb_putc (mbc, stream)
+     outputs mbc on stream, a byte oriented FILE stream opened for output.
+
+   mb_setascii (&mbc, sc)
+     assigns the standard ASCII character sc to mbc.
+
+   mb_copy (&destmbc, &srcmbc)
+     copies srcmbc to destmbc.
+
+   Here are the function prototypes of the macros.
+
+   extern const char *  mb_ptr (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern size_t        mb_len (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_iseq (const mbchar_t mbc, char sc);
+   extern bool          mb_isnul (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern int           mb_cmp (const mbchar_t mbc1, const mbchar_t mbc2);
+   extern int           mb_casecmp (const mbchar_t mbc1, const mbchar_t mbc2);
+   extern bool          mb_equal (const mbchar_t mbc1, const mbchar_t mbc2);
+   extern bool          mb_caseequal (const mbchar_t mbc1, const mbchar_t mbc2);
+   extern bool          mb_isalnum (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isalpha (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isascii (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isblank (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_iscntrl (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isdigit (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isgraph (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_islower (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isprint (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_ispunct (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isspace (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isupper (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern bool          mb_isxdigit (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern int           mb_width (const mbchar_t mbc);
+   extern void          mb_putc (const mbchar_t mbc, FILE *stream);
+   extern void          mb_setascii (mbchar_t *new, char sc);
+   extern void          mb_copy (mbchar_t *new, const mbchar_t *old);
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MBCHAR_H
+#define _MBCHAR_H 1
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef MBCHAR_INLINE
+# define MBCHAR_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#define MBCHAR_BUF_SIZE 24
+
+struct mbchar
+{
+  const char *ptr;      /* pointer to current character */
+  size_t bytes;         /* number of bytes of current character, > 0 */
+  bool wc_valid;        /* true if wc is a valid wide character */
+  wchar_t wc;           /* if wc_valid: the current character */
+  char buf[MBCHAR_BUF_SIZE]; /* room for the bytes, used for file input only */
+};
+
+/* EOF (not a real character) is represented with bytes = 0 and
+   wc_valid = false.  */
+
+typedef struct mbchar mbchar_t;
+
+/* Access the current character.  */
+#define mb_ptr(mbc) ((mbc).ptr)
+#define mb_len(mbc) ((mbc).bytes)
+
+/* Comparison of characters.  */
+#define mb_iseq(mbc, sc) ((mbc).wc_valid && (mbc).wc == (sc))
+#define mb_isnul(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && (mbc).wc == 0)
+#define mb_cmp(mbc1, mbc2) \
+  ((mbc1).wc_valid                                                      \
+   ? ((mbc2).wc_valid                                                   \
+      ? (int) (mbc1).wc - (int) (mbc2).wc                               \
+      : -1)                                                             \
+   : ((mbc2).wc_valid                                                   \
+      ? 1                                                               \
+      : (mbc1).bytes == (mbc2).bytes                                    \
+        ? memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes)                 \
+        : (mbc1).bytes < (mbc2).bytes                                   \
+          ? (memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes) > 0 ? 1 : -1) \
+          : (memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc2).bytes) >= 0 ? 1 : -1)))
+#define mb_casecmp(mbc1, mbc2) \
+  ((mbc1).wc_valid                                                      \
+   ? ((mbc2).wc_valid                                                   \
+      ? (int) towlower ((mbc1).wc) - (int) towlower ((mbc2).wc)         \
+      : -1)                                                             \
+   : ((mbc2).wc_valid                                                   \
+      ? 1                                                               \
+      : (mbc1).bytes == (mbc2).bytes                                    \
+        ? memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes)                 \
+        : (mbc1).bytes < (mbc2).bytes                                   \
+          ? (memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes) > 0 ? 1 : -1) \
+          : (memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc2).bytes) >= 0 ? 1 : -1)))
+#define mb_equal(mbc1, mbc2) \
+  ((mbc1).wc_valid && (mbc2).wc_valid                                   \
+   ? (mbc1).wc == (mbc2).wc                                             \
+   : (mbc1).bytes == (mbc2).bytes                                       \
+     && memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes) == 0)
+#define mb_caseequal(mbc1, mbc2) \
+  ((mbc1).wc_valid && (mbc2).wc_valid                                   \
+   ? towlower ((mbc1).wc) == towlower ((mbc2).wc)                       \
+   : (mbc1).bytes == (mbc2).bytes                                       \
+     && memcmp ((mbc1).ptr, (mbc2).ptr, (mbc1).bytes) == 0)
+
+/* <ctype.h>, <wctype.h> classification.  */
+#define mb_isascii(mbc) \
+  ((mbc).wc_valid && (mbc).wc >= 0 && (mbc).wc <= 127)
+#define mb_isalnum(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswalnum ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isalpha(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswalpha ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isblank(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswblank ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_iscntrl(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswcntrl ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isdigit(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswdigit ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isgraph(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswgraph ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_islower(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswlower ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isprint(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswprint ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_ispunct(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswpunct ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isspace(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswspace ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isupper(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswupper ((mbc).wc))
+#define mb_isxdigit(mbc) ((mbc).wc_valid && iswxdigit ((mbc).wc))
+
+/* Extra <wchar.h> function.  */
+
+/* Unprintable characters appear as a small box of width 1.  */
+#define MB_UNPRINTABLE_WIDTH 1
+
+MBCHAR_INLINE int
+mb_width_aux (wint_t wc)
+{
+  int w = wcwidth (wc);
+  /* For unprintable characters, arbitrarily return 0 for control characters
+     and MB_UNPRINTABLE_WIDTH otherwise.  */
+  return (w >= 0 ? w : iswcntrl (wc) ? 0 : MB_UNPRINTABLE_WIDTH);
+}
+
+#define mb_width(mbc) \
+  ((mbc).wc_valid ? mb_width_aux ((mbc).wc) : MB_UNPRINTABLE_WIDTH)
+
+/* Output.  */
+#define mb_putc(mbc, stream)  fwrite ((mbc).ptr, 1, (mbc).bytes, (stream))
+
+/* Assignment.  */
+#define mb_setascii(mbc, sc) \
+  ((mbc)->ptr = (mbc)->buf, (mbc)->bytes = 1, (mbc)->wc_valid = 1, \
+   (mbc)->wc = (mbc)->buf[0] = (sc))
+
+/* Copying a character.  */
+MBCHAR_INLINE void
+mb_copy (mbchar_t *new_mbc, const mbchar_t *old_mbc)
+{
+  if (old_mbc->ptr == &old_mbc->buf[0])
+    {
+      memcpy (&new_mbc->buf[0], &old_mbc->buf[0], old_mbc->bytes);
+      new_mbc->ptr = &new_mbc->buf[0];
+    }
+  else
+    new_mbc->ptr = old_mbc->ptr;
+  new_mbc->bytes = old_mbc->bytes;
+  if ((new_mbc->wc_valid = old_mbc->wc_valid))
+    new_mbc->wc = old_mbc->wc;
+}
+
+
+/* is_basic(c) tests whether the single-byte character c is in the
+   ISO C "basic character set".
+   This is a convenience function, and is in this file only to share code
+   between mbiter_multi.h and mbfile_multi.h.  */
+#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+    && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+    && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+    && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+    && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+    && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+    && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+    && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+    && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+    && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+    && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+    && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+    && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+    && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+    && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+    && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+    && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+    && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+    && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+    && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+    && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+    && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+    && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
+/* The character set is ISO-646, not EBCDIC. */
+# define IS_BASIC_ASCII 1
+
+extern const unsigned int is_basic_table[];
+
+MBCHAR_INLINE bool
+is_basic (char c)
+{
+  return (is_basic_table [(unsigned char) c >> 5] >> ((unsigned char) c & 31))
+         & 1;
+}
+
+#else
+
+MBCHAR_INLINE bool
+is_basic (char c)
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '\t': case '\v': case '\f':
+    case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
+    case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
+    case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
+    case '?':
+    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
+    case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
+    case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
+    case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
+    case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
+    case 'Z':
+    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
+    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
+    case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
+    case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
+    case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+    case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
+    case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _MBCHAR_H */
diff --git a/lib/mbiter.c b/lib/mbiter.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af7e91b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbiter.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Iterating through multibyte strings: macros for multi-byte encodings.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define MBITER_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "mbiter.h"
diff --git a/lib/mbiter.h b/lib/mbiter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..031fa92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbiter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/* Iterating through multibyte strings: macros for multi-byte encodings.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2005, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+/* The macros in this file implement forward iteration through a
+   multi-byte string.
+
+   With these macros, an iteration loop that looks like
+
+      char *iter;
+      for (iter = buf; iter < buf + buflen; iter++)
+        {
+          do_something (*iter);
+        }
+
+   becomes
+
+      mbi_iterator_t iter;
+      for (mbi_init (iter, buf, buflen); mbi_avail (iter); mbi_advance (iter))
+        {
+          do_something (mbi_cur_ptr (iter), mb_len (mbi_cur (iter)));
+        }
+
+   The benefit of these macros over plain use of mbrtowc is:
+   - Handling of invalid multibyte sequences is possible without
+     making the code more complicated, while still preserving the
+     invalid multibyte sequences.
+
+   mbi_iterator_t
+     is a type usable for variable declarations.
+
+   mbi_init (iter, startptr, length)
+     initializes the iterator, starting at startptr and crossing length bytes.
+
+   mbi_avail (iter)
+     returns true if there are more multibyte characters available before
+     the end of string is reached. In this case, mbi_cur (iter) is
+     initialized to the next multibyte character.
+
+   mbi_advance (iter)
+     advances the iterator by one multibyte character.
+
+   mbi_cur (iter)
+     returns the current multibyte character, of type mbchar_t.  All the
+     macros defined in mbchar.h can be used on it.
+
+   mbi_cur_ptr (iter)
+     return a pointer to the beginning of the current multibyte character.
+
+   mbi_reloc (iter, ptrdiff)
+     relocates iterator when the string is moved by ptrdiff bytes.
+
+   mbi_copy (&destiter, &srciter)
+     copies srciter to destiter.
+
+   Here are the function prototypes of the macros.
+
+   extern void          mbi_init (mbi_iterator_t iter,
+                                  const char *startptr, size_t length);
+   extern bool          mbi_avail (mbi_iterator_t iter);
+   extern void          mbi_advance (mbi_iterator_t iter);
+   extern mbchar_t      mbi_cur (mbi_iterator_t iter);
+   extern const char *  mbi_cur_ptr (mbi_iterator_t iter);
+   extern void          mbi_reloc (mbi_iterator_t iter, ptrdiff_t ptrdiff);
+   extern void          mbi_copy (mbi_iterator_t *new, const mbi_iterator_t *old);
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MBITER_H
+#define _MBITER_H 1
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include "mbchar.h"
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef MBITER_INLINE
+# define MBITER_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+struct mbiter_multi
+{
+  const char *limit;    /* pointer to end of string */
+  bool in_shift;        /* true if next byte may not be interpreted as ASCII */
+  mbstate_t state;      /* if in_shift: current shift state */
+  bool next_done;       /* true if mbi_avail has already filled the following */
+  struct mbchar cur;    /* the current character:
+        const char *cur.ptr             pointer to current character
+        The following are only valid after mbi_avail.
+        size_t cur.bytes                number of bytes of current character
+        bool cur.wc_valid               true if wc is a valid wide character
+        wchar_t cur.wc                  if wc_valid: the current character
+        */
+};
+
+MBITER_INLINE void
+mbiter_multi_next (struct mbiter_multi *iter)
+{
+  if (iter->next_done)
+    return;
+  if (iter->in_shift)
+    goto with_shift;
+  /* Handle most ASCII characters quickly, without calling mbrtowc().  */
+  if (is_basic (*iter->cur.ptr))
+    {
+      /* These characters are part of the basic character set.  ISO C 99
+         guarantees that their wide character code is identical to their
+         char code.  */
+      iter->cur.bytes = 1;
+      iter->cur.wc = *iter->cur.ptr;
+      iter->cur.wc_valid = true;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      assert (mbsinit (&iter->state));
+      iter->in_shift = true;
+    with_shift:
+      iter->cur.bytes = mbrtowc (&iter->cur.wc, iter->cur.ptr,
+                                 iter->limit - iter->cur.ptr, &iter->state);
+      if (iter->cur.bytes == (size_t) -1)
+        {
+          /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
+          iter->cur.bytes = 1;
+          iter->cur.wc_valid = false;
+          /* Whether to set iter->in_shift = false and reset iter->state
+             or not is not very important; the string is bogus anyway.  */
+        }
+      else if (iter->cur.bytes == (size_t) -2)
+        {
+          /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
+          iter->cur.bytes = iter->limit - iter->cur.ptr;
+          iter->cur.wc_valid = false;
+          /* Whether to set iter->in_shift = false and reset iter->state
+             or not is not important; the string end is reached anyway.  */
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (iter->cur.bytes == 0)
+            {
+              /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
+              iter->cur.bytes = 1;
+              assert (*iter->cur.ptr == '\0');
+              assert (iter->cur.wc == 0);
+            }
+          iter->cur.wc_valid = true;
+
+          /* When in the initial state, we can go back treating ASCII
+             characters more quickly.  */
+          if (mbsinit (&iter->state))
+            iter->in_shift = false;
+        }
+    }
+  iter->next_done = true;
+}
+
+MBITER_INLINE void
+mbiter_multi_reloc (struct mbiter_multi *iter, ptrdiff_t ptrdiff)
+{
+  iter->cur.ptr += ptrdiff;
+  iter->limit += ptrdiff;
+}
+
+MBITER_INLINE void
+mbiter_multi_copy (struct mbiter_multi *new_iter, const struct mbiter_multi *old_iter)
+{
+  new_iter->limit = old_iter->limit;
+  if ((new_iter->in_shift = old_iter->in_shift))
+    memcpy (&new_iter->state, &old_iter->state, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  else
+    memset (&new_iter->state, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  new_iter->next_done = old_iter->next_done;
+  mb_copy (&new_iter->cur, &old_iter->cur);
+}
+
+/* Iteration macros.  */
+typedef struct mbiter_multi mbi_iterator_t;
+#define mbi_init(iter, startptr, length) \
+  ((iter).cur.ptr = (startptr), (iter).limit = (iter).cur.ptr + (length), \
+   (iter).in_shift = false, memset (&(iter).state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)), \
+   (iter).next_done = false)
+#define mbi_avail(iter) \
+  ((iter).cur.ptr < (iter).limit && (mbiter_multi_next (&(iter)), true))
+#define mbi_advance(iter) \
+  ((iter).cur.ptr += (iter).cur.bytes, (iter).next_done = false)
+
+/* Access to the current character.  */
+#define mbi_cur(iter) (iter).cur
+#define mbi_cur_ptr(iter) (iter).cur.ptr
+
+/* Relocation.  */
+#define mbi_reloc(iter, ptrdiff) mbiter_multi_reloc (&iter, ptrdiff)
+
+/* Copying an iterator.  */
+#define mbi_copy mbiter_multi_copy
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _MBITER_H */
diff --git a/lib/mbrlen.c b/lib/mbrlen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2214f9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbrlen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Recognize multibyte character.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+
+static mbstate_t internal_state;
+
+size_t
+mbrlen (const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+  if (ps == NULL)
+    ps = &internal_state;
+  return mbrtowc (NULL, s, n, ps);
+}
diff --git a/lib/mbrtowc-impl-utf8.h b/lib/mbrtowc-impl-utf8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e5ac14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbrtowc-impl-utf8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/* Convert multibyte character to wide character.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2002, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.  */
+
+/* This file contains the part of the body of the mbrtowc and mbrtoc32 functions
+   that handles the special case of the UTF-8 encoding.  */
+
+        /* Cf. unistr/u8-mbtouc.c.  */
+        unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+        if (c < 0x80)
+          {
+            if (pwc != NULL)
+              *pwc = c;
+            res = (c == 0 ? 0 : 1);
+            goto success;
+          }
+        if (c >= 0xc2)
+          {
+            if (c < 0xe0)
+              {
+                if (m == 1)
+                  goto incomplete;
+                else /* m >= 2 */
+                  {
+                    unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
+
+                    if ((c2 ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+                      {
+                        if (pwc != NULL)
+                          *pwc = ((unsigned int) (c & 0x1f) << 6)
+                                 | (unsigned int) (c2 ^ 0x80);
+                        res = 2;
+                        goto success;
+                      }
+                  }
+              }
+            else if (c < 0xf0)
+              {
+                if (m == 1)
+                  goto incomplete;
+                else
+                  {
+                    unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
+
+                    if ((c2 ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+                        && (c >= 0xe1 || c2 >= 0xa0)
+                        && (c != 0xed || c2 < 0xa0))
+                      {
+                        if (m == 2)
+                          goto incomplete;
+                        else /* m >= 3 */
+                          {
+                            unsigned char c3 = (unsigned char) p[2];
+
+                            if ((c3 ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+                              {
+                                unsigned int wc =
+                                  (((unsigned int) (c & 0x0f) << 12)
+                                   | ((unsigned int) (c2 ^ 0x80) << 6)
+                                   | (unsigned int) (c3 ^ 0x80));
+
+                                if (FITS_IN_CHAR_TYPE (wc))
+                                  {
+                                    if (pwc != NULL)
+                                      *pwc = wc;
+                                    res = 3;
+                                    goto success;
+                                  }
+                              }
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+              }
+            else if (c <= 0xf4)
+              {
+                if (m == 1)
+                  goto incomplete;
+                else
+                  {
+                    unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
+
+                    if ((c2 ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+                        && (c >= 0xf1 || c2 >= 0x90)
+                        && (c < 0xf4 || (/* c == 0xf4 && */ c2 < 0x90)))
+                      {
+                        if (m == 2)
+                          goto incomplete;
+                        else
+                          {
+                            unsigned char c3 = (unsigned char) p[2];
+
+                            if ((c3 ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+                              {
+                                if (m == 3)
+                                  goto incomplete;
+                                else /* m >= 4 */
+                                  {
+                                    unsigned char c4 = (unsigned char) p[3];
+
+                                    if ((c4 ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+                                      {
+                                        unsigned int wc =
+                                          (((unsigned int) (c & 0x07) << 18)
+                                           | ((unsigned int) (c2 ^ 0x80) << 12)
+                                           | ((unsigned int) (c3 ^ 0x80) << 6)
+                                           | (unsigned int) (c4 ^ 0x80));
+
+                                        if (FITS_IN_CHAR_TYPE (wc))
+                                          {
+                                            if (pwc != NULL)
+                                              *pwc = wc;
+                                            res = 4;
+                                            goto success;
+                                          }
+                                      }
+                                  }
+                              }
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+              }
+          }
+        goto invalid;
diff --git a/lib/mbrtowc-impl.h b/lib/mbrtowc-impl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65538e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbrtowc-impl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* Convert multibyte character to wide character.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2002, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.  */
+
+/* This file contains the body of the mbrtowc and mbrtoc32 functions,
+   when GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t is defined.  */
+
+  char *pstate = (char *)ps;
+
+  if (s == NULL)
+    {
+      pwc = NULL;
+      s = "";
+      n = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (n == 0)
+    return (size_t)(-2);
+
+  /* Here n > 0.  */
+
+  if (pstate == NULL)
+    pstate = internal_state;
+
+  {
+    size_t nstate = pstate[0];
+    char buf[4];
+    const char *p;
+    size_t m;
+    enc_t enc;
+    int res;
+
+    switch (nstate)
+      {
+      case 0:
+        p = s;
+        m = n;
+        break;
+      case 3:
+        buf[2] = pstate[3];
+        FALLTHROUGH;
+      case 2:
+        buf[1] = pstate[2];
+        FALLTHROUGH;
+      case 1:
+        buf[0] = pstate[1];
+        p = buf;
+        m = nstate;
+        buf[m++] = s[0];
+        if (n >= 2 && m < 4)
+          {
+            buf[m++] = s[1];
+            if (n >= 3 && m < 4)
+              buf[m++] = s[2];
+          }
+        break;
+      default:
+        errno = EINVAL;
+        return (size_t)(-1);
+      }
+
+    /* Here m > 0.  */
+
+    enc = locale_encoding_classification ();
+
+    if (enc == enc_utf8) /* UTF-8 */
+      {
+        /* Achieve
+             - multi-thread safety and
+             - the ability to produce wide character values > WCHAR_MAX
+           by not calling mbtowc() at all.  */
+#include "mbrtowc-impl-utf8.h"
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* The hidden internal state of mbtowc would make this function not
+           multi-thread safe.  Achieve multi-thread safety through a lock.  */
+        wchar_t wc;
+        res = mbtowc_with_lock (&wc, p, m);
+
+        if (res >= 0)
+          {
+            if ((wc == 0) != (res == 0))
+              abort ();
+            if (pwc != NULL)
+              *pwc = wc;
+            goto success;
+          }
+
+        /* mbtowc does not distinguish between invalid and incomplete multibyte
+           sequences.  But mbrtowc needs to make this distinction.
+           There are two possible approaches:
+             - Use iconv() and its return value.
+             - Use built-in knowledge about the possible encodings.
+           Given the low quality of implementation of iconv() on the systems
+           that lack mbrtowc(), we use the second approach.
+           The possible encodings are:
+             - 8-bit encodings,
+             - EUC-JP, EUC-KR, GB2312, EUC-TW, BIG5, GB18030, SJIS,
+             - UTF-8 (already handled above).
+           Use specialized code for each.  */
+        if (m >= 4 || m >= MB_CUR_MAX)
+          goto invalid;
+        /* Here MB_CUR_MAX > 1 and 0 < m < 4.  */
+        switch (enc)
+          {
+          /* As a reference for this code, you can use the GNU libiconv
+             implementation.  Look for uses of the RET_TOOFEW macro.  */
+
+          case enc_eucjp: /* EUC-JP */
+            {
+              if (m == 1)
+                {
+                  unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                  if ((c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff) || c == 0x8e || c == 0x8f)
+                    goto incomplete;
+                }
+              if (m == 2)
+                {
+                  unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                  if (c == 0x8f)
+                    {
+                      unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
+
+                      if (c2 >= 0xa1 && c2 < 0xff)
+                        goto incomplete;
+                    }
+                }
+              goto invalid;
+            }
+
+          case enc_94: /* EUC-KR, GB2312, BIG5 */
+            {
+              if (m == 1)
+                {
+                  unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                  if (c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff)
+                    goto incomplete;
+                }
+              goto invalid;
+            }
+
+          case enc_euctw: /* EUC-TW */
+            {
+              if (m == 1)
+                {
+                  unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                  if ((c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff) || c == 0x8e)
+                    goto incomplete;
+                }
+              else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */
+                {
+                  unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                  if (c == 0x8e)
+                    goto incomplete;
+                }
+              goto invalid;
+            }
+
+          case enc_gb18030: /* GB18030 */
+            {
+              if (m == 1)
+                {
+                  unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                  if ((c >= 0x90 && c <= 0xe3) || (c >= 0xf8 && c <= 0xfe))
+                    goto incomplete;
+                }
+              else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */
+                {
+                  unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                  if (c >= 0x90 && c <= 0xe3)
+                    {
+                      unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
+
+                      if (c2 >= 0x30 && c2 <= 0x39)
+                        {
+                          if (m == 2)
+                            goto incomplete;
+                          else /* m == 3 */
+                            {
+                              unsigned char c3 = (unsigned char) p[2];
+
+                              if (c3 >= 0x81 && c3 <= 0xfe)
+                                goto incomplete;
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+              goto invalid;
+            }
+
+          case enc_sjis: /* SJIS */
+            {
+              if (m == 1)
+                {
+                  unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                  if ((c >= 0x81 && c <= 0x9f) || (c >= 0xe0 && c <= 0xea)
+                      || (c >= 0xf0 && c <= 0xf9))
+                    goto incomplete;
+                }
+              goto invalid;
+            }
+
+          default:
+            /* An unknown multibyte encoding.  */
+            goto incomplete;
+          }
+      }
+
+   success:
+    /* res >= 0 is the corrected return value of
+       mbtowc_with_lock (&wc, p, m).  */
+    if (nstate >= (res > 0 ? res : 1))
+      abort ();
+    res -= nstate;
+    pstate[0] = 0;
+    return res;
+
+   incomplete:
+    {
+      size_t k = nstate;
+      /* Here 0 <= k < m < 4.  */
+      pstate[++k] = s[0];
+      if (k < m)
+        {
+          pstate[++k] = s[1];
+          if (k < m)
+            pstate[++k] = s[2];
+        }
+      if (k != m)
+        abort ();
+    }
+    pstate[0] = m;
+    return (size_t)(-2);
+
+   invalid:
+    errno = EILSEQ;
+    /* The conversion state is undefined, says POSIX.  */
+    return (size_t)(-1);
+  }
diff --git a/lib/mbrtowc.c b/lib/mbrtowc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b164ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbrtowc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/* Convert multibyte character to wide character.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2002, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+/* Implement mbrtowc() on top of mbtowc() for the non-UTF-8 locales
+   and directly for the UTF-8 locales.  */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+# elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API
+
+#  include <pthread.h>
+#  if HAVE_THREADS_H && HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOLS
+#   include <threads.h>
+#   pragma weak thrd_exit
+#   define c11_threads_in_use() (thrd_exit != NULL)
+#  else
+#   define c11_threads_in_use() 0
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_THREADS_H
+
+#  include <threads.h>
+
+# endif
+
+# include "attribute.h"
+# include "verify.h"
+# include "lc-charset-dispatch.h"
+# include "mbtowc-lock.h"
+
+verify (sizeof (mbstate_t) >= 4);
+static char internal_state[4];
+
+size_t
+mbrtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+# define FITS_IN_CHAR_TYPE(wc)  ((wc) <= WCHAR_MAX)
+# include "mbrtowc-impl.h"
+}
+
+#else
+/* Override the system's mbrtowc() function.  */
+
+# if MBRTOWC_IN_C_LOCALE_MAYBE_EILSEQ
+#  include "hard-locale.h"
+#  include <locale.h>
+# endif
+
+# undef mbrtowc
+
+size_t
+rpl_mbrtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+  size_t ret;
+  wchar_t wc;
+
+# if MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG2_BUG || MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG || MBRTOWC_EMPTY_INPUT_BUG
+  if (s == NULL)
+    {
+      pwc = NULL;
+      s = "";
+      n = 1;
+    }
+# endif
+
+# if MBRTOWC_EMPTY_INPUT_BUG
+  if (n == 0)
+    return (size_t) -2;
+# endif
+
+  if (! pwc)
+    pwc = &wc;
+
+# if MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG
+  {
+    static mbstate_t internal_state;
+
+    /* Override mbrtowc's internal state.  We cannot call mbsinit() on the
+       hidden internal state, but we can call it on our variable.  */
+    if (ps == NULL)
+      ps = &internal_state;
+
+    if (!mbsinit (ps))
+      {
+        /* Parse the rest of the multibyte character byte for byte.  */
+        size_t count = 0;
+        for (; n > 0; s++, n--)
+          {
+            ret = mbrtowc (&wc, s, 1, ps);
+
+            if (ret == (size_t)(-1))
+              return (size_t)(-1);
+            count++;
+            if (ret != (size_t)(-2))
+              {
+                /* The multibyte character has been completed.  */
+                *pwc = wc;
+                return (wc == 0 ? 0 : count);
+              }
+          }
+        return (size_t)(-2);
+      }
+  }
+# endif
+
+# if MBRTOWC_STORES_INCOMPLETE_BUG
+  ret = mbrtowc (&wc, s, n, ps);
+  if (ret < (size_t) -2 && pwc != NULL)
+    *pwc = wc;
+# else
+  ret = mbrtowc (pwc, s, n, ps);
+# endif
+
+# if MBRTOWC_NUL_RETVAL_BUG
+  if (ret < (size_t) -2 && !*pwc)
+    return 0;
+# endif
+
+# if MBRTOWC_IN_C_LOCALE_MAYBE_EILSEQ
+  if ((size_t) -2 <= ret && n != 0 && ! hard_locale (LC_CTYPE))
+    {
+      unsigned char uc = *s;
+      *pwc = uc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mbsalign.c b/lib/mbsalign.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38face2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbsalign.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/* Align/Truncate a string in a given screen width
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Pádraig Brady.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "mbsalign.h"
+
+#include "minmax.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+/* Replace non printable chars.
+   Note \t and \n etc. are non printable.
+   Return 1 if replacement made, 0 otherwise.  */
+
+static bool
+wc_ensure_printable (wchar_t *wchars)
+{
+  bool replaced = false;
+  wchar_t *wc = wchars;
+  while (*wc)
+    {
+      if (!iswprint ((wint_t) *wc))
+        {
+          *wc = 0xFFFD; /* L'\uFFFD' (replacement char) */
+          replaced = true;
+        }
+      wc++;
+    }
+  return replaced;
+}
+
+/* Truncate wchar string to width cells.
+ * Returns number of cells used.  */
+
+static size_t
+wc_truncate (wchar_t *wc, size_t width)
+{
+  size_t cells = 0;
+  int next_cells = 0;
+
+  while (*wc)
+    {
+      next_cells = wcwidth (*wc);
+      if (next_cells == -1) /* non printable */
+        {
+          *wc = 0xFFFD; /* L'\uFFFD' (replacement char) */
+          next_cells = 1;
+        }
+      if (cells + next_cells > width)
+        break;
+      cells += next_cells;
+      wc++;
+    }
+  *wc = L'\0';
+  return cells;
+}
+
+/* Write N_SPACES space characters to DEST while ensuring
+   nothing is written beyond DEST_END. A terminating NUL
+   is always added to DEST.
+   A pointer to the terminating NUL is returned.  */
+
+static char *
+mbs_align_pad (char *dest, char const *dest_end, size_t n_spaces)
+{
+  /* FIXME: Should we pad with "figure space" (\u2007)
+     if non ascii data present?  */
+  while (n_spaces-- && (dest < dest_end))
+    *dest++ = ' ';
+  *dest = '\0';
+  return dest;
+}
+
+/* Align a string, SRC, in a field of *WIDTH columns, handling multi-byte
+   characters; write the result into the DEST_SIZE-byte buffer, DEST.
+   ALIGNMENT specifies whether to left- or right-justify or to center.
+   If SRC requires more than *WIDTH columns, truncate it to fit.
+   When centering, the number of trailing spaces may be one less than the
+   number of leading spaces.
+   Return the length in bytes required for the final result, not counting
+   the trailing NUL.  A return value of DEST_SIZE or larger means there
+   wasn't enough space.  DEST will be NUL terminated in any case.
+   Return SIZE_MAX upon error (invalid multi-byte sequence in SRC,
+   or malloc failure), unless MBA_UNIBYTE_FALLBACK is specified.
+   Update *WIDTH to indicate how many columns were used before padding.  */
+
+size_t
+mbsalign (char const *src, char *dest, size_t dest_size,
+          size_t *width, mbs_align_t align, int flags)
+{
+  size_t ret = SIZE_MAX;
+  size_t src_size = strlen (src) + 1;
+  char *newstr = NULL;
+  wchar_t *str_wc = NULL;
+  char const *str_to_print = src;
+  size_t n_cols = src_size - 1;
+  size_t n_used_bytes = n_cols; /* Not including NUL */
+  size_t n_spaces = 0;
+  bool conversion = false;
+  bool wc_enabled = false;
+
+  /* In multi-byte locales convert to wide characters
+     to allow easy truncation. Also determine number
+     of screen columns used.  */
+  if (!(flags & MBA_UNIBYTE_ONLY) && MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      size_t src_chars = mbstowcs (NULL, src, 0);
+      if (src_chars == SIZE_MAX)
+        {
+          if (flags & MBA_UNIBYTE_FALLBACK)
+            goto mbsalign_unibyte;
+          else
+            goto mbsalign_cleanup;
+        }
+      src_chars += 1; /* make space for NUL */
+      str_wc = malloc (src_chars * sizeof (wchar_t));
+      if (str_wc == NULL)
+        {
+          if (flags & MBA_UNIBYTE_FALLBACK)
+            goto mbsalign_unibyte;
+          else
+            goto mbsalign_cleanup;
+        }
+      if (mbstowcs (str_wc, src, src_chars) != 0)
+        {
+          str_wc[src_chars - 1] = L'\0';
+          wc_enabled = true;
+          conversion = wc_ensure_printable (str_wc);
+          n_cols = wcswidth (str_wc, src_chars);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* If we transformed or need to truncate the source string
+     then create a modified copy of it.  */
+  if (wc_enabled && (conversion || (n_cols > *width)))
+    {
+        if (conversion)
+          {
+             /* May have increased the size by converting
+                \t to \uFFFD for example.  */
+            src_size = wcstombs (NULL, str_wc, 0) + 1;
+          }
+        newstr = malloc (src_size);
+        if (newstr == NULL)
+        {
+          if (flags & MBA_UNIBYTE_FALLBACK)
+            goto mbsalign_unibyte;
+          else
+            goto mbsalign_cleanup;
+        }
+        str_to_print = newstr;
+        n_cols = wc_truncate (str_wc, *width);
+        n_used_bytes = wcstombs (newstr, str_wc, src_size);
+    }
+
+mbsalign_unibyte:
+
+  if (n_cols > *width) /* Unibyte truncation required.  */
+    {
+      n_cols = *width;
+      n_used_bytes = n_cols;
+    }
+
+  if (*width > n_cols) /* Padding required.  */
+    n_spaces = *width - n_cols;
+
+  /* indicate to caller how many cells needed (not including padding).  */
+  *width = n_cols;
+
+  {
+    size_t start_spaces, end_spaces;
+
+    switch (align)
+      {
+      case MBS_ALIGN_LEFT:
+        start_spaces = 0;
+        end_spaces = n_spaces;
+        break;
+      case MBS_ALIGN_RIGHT:
+        start_spaces = n_spaces;
+        end_spaces = 0;
+        break;
+      case MBS_ALIGN_CENTER:
+      default:
+        start_spaces = n_spaces / 2 + n_spaces % 2;
+        end_spaces = n_spaces / 2;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      if (flags & MBA_NO_LEFT_PAD)
+        start_spaces = 0;
+      if (flags & MBA_NO_RIGHT_PAD)
+        end_spaces = 0;
+
+      /* Write as much NUL terminated output to DEST as possible.  */
+      if (dest_size != 0)
+        {
+          size_t space_left;
+          char *dest_end = dest + dest_size - 1;
+
+          dest = mbs_align_pad (dest, dest_end, start_spaces);
+          space_left = dest_end - dest;
+          dest = mempcpy (dest, str_to_print, MIN (n_used_bytes, space_left));
+          mbs_align_pad (dest, dest_end, end_spaces);
+        }
+
+    /* indicate to caller how many bytes needed (not including NUL).  */
+    ret = n_used_bytes + ((start_spaces + end_spaces) * 1);
+  }
+
+mbsalign_cleanup:
+
+  free (str_wc);
+  free (newstr);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* A wrapper around mbsalign() to dynamically allocate the
+   minimum amount of memory to store the result.
+   Return NULL on failure.  */
+
+char *
+ambsalign (char const *src, size_t *width, mbs_align_t align, int flags)
+{
+  size_t orig_width = *width;
+  size_t size = *width;         /* Start with enough for unibyte mode.  */
+  size_t req = size;
+  char *buf = NULL;
+
+  while (req >= size)
+    {
+      char *nbuf;
+      size = req + 1;           /* Space for NUL.  */
+      nbuf = realloc (buf, size);
+      if (nbuf == NULL)
+        {
+          free (buf);
+          buf = NULL;
+          break;
+        }
+      buf = nbuf;
+      *width = orig_width;
+      req = mbsalign (src, buf, size, width, align, flags);
+      if (req == SIZE_MAX)
+        {
+          free (buf);
+          buf = NULL;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return buf;
+}
diff --git a/lib/mbsalign.h b/lib/mbsalign.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b9f976
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbsalign.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Align/Truncate a string in a given screen width
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+typedef enum { MBS_ALIGN_LEFT, MBS_ALIGN_RIGHT, MBS_ALIGN_CENTER } mbs_align_t;
+
+enum {
+  /* Use unibyte mode for invalid multibyte strings
+     or when heap memory is exhausted.  */
+  MBA_UNIBYTE_FALLBACK = 0x0001,
+
+  /* As an optimization, don't do multibyte processing
+     when we know no multibyte characters are present.  */
+  MBA_UNIBYTE_ONLY = 0x0002,
+
+  /* Don't add leading padding.  */
+  MBA_NO_LEFT_PAD = 0x0004,
+
+  /* Don't add trailing padding.  */
+  MBA_NO_RIGHT_PAD = 0x0008
+
+#if 0 /* Other possible options.  */
+  /* Skip invalid multibyte chars rather than failing.  */
+  MBA_IGNORE_INVALID
+
+  /* Align multibyte strings using "figure space" (\u2007).  */
+  MBA_USE_FIGURE_SPACE
+
+  /* Don't truncate.  */
+  MBA_NO_TRUNCATE
+
+  /* Ensure no leading whitespace.  */
+  MBA_LSTRIP
+
+  /* Ensure no trailing whitespace.  */
+  MBA_RSTRIP
+#endif
+};
+
+size_t
+mbsalign (char const *src, char *dest, size_t dest_size,
+          size_t *width, mbs_align_t align, int flags)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+
+char *
+ambsalign (char const *src, size_t *width, mbs_align_t align, int flags)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
diff --git a/lib/mbscasecmp.c b/lib/mbscasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fe564c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbscasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* Case-insensitive string comparison function.
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005,
+   based on earlier glibc code.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "mbuiter.h"
+
+#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+
+/* Compare the character strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than,
+   equal to or greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to
+   or greater than S2.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return 0 for strings of
+   different lengths!  */
+int
+mbscasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  if (s1 == s2)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Be careful not to look at the entire extent of s1 or s2 until needed.
+     This is useful because when two strings differ, the difference is
+     most often already in the very few first characters.  */
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      mbui_iterator_t iter1;
+      mbui_iterator_t iter2;
+
+      mbui_init (iter1, s1);
+      mbui_init (iter2, s2);
+
+      while (mbui_avail (iter1) && mbui_avail (iter2))
+        {
+          int cmp = mb_casecmp (mbui_cur (iter1), mbui_cur (iter2));
+
+          if (cmp != 0)
+            return cmp;
+
+          mbui_advance (iter1);
+          mbui_advance (iter2);
+        }
+      if (mbui_avail (iter1))
+        /* s2 terminated before s1.  */
+        return 1;
+      if (mbui_avail (iter2))
+        /* s1 terminated before s2.  */
+        return -1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+      const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+      unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+      do
+        {
+          c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
+          c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
+
+          if (c1 == '\0')
+            break;
+
+          ++p1;
+          ++p2;
+        }
+      while (c1 == c2);
+
+      if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+        return c1 - c2;
+      else
+        /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
+           difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
+           doesn't fit in an 'int'.  */
+        return _GL_CMP (c1, c2);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/mbschr.c b/lib/mbschr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05b3926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbschr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Searching a string for a character.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mbuiter.h"
+
+/* Locate the first single-byte character C in the character string STRING,
+   and return a pointer to it.  Return NULL if C is not found in STRING.  */
+char *
+mbschr (const char *string, int c)
+{
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1
+      /* Optimization: We know that ASCII characters < 0x30 don't occur as
+         part of multibyte characters longer than 1 byte.  Hence, if c < 0x30,
+         the faster unibyte loop can be used.  */
+      && (unsigned char) c >= 0x30)
+    {
+      mbui_iterator_t iter;
+
+      for (mbui_init (iter, string);; mbui_advance (iter))
+        {
+          if (!mbui_avail (iter))
+            goto notfound;
+          if (mb_len (mbui_cur (iter)) == 1
+              && (unsigned char) * mbui_cur_ptr (iter) == (unsigned char) c)
+            break;
+        }
+      return (char *) mbui_cur_ptr (iter);
+     notfound:
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    return strchr (string, c);
+}
diff --git a/lib/mbsinit.c b/lib/mbsinit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9621def
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbsinit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Test for initial conversion state.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+
+/* Platforms that lack mbsinit() also lack mbrlen(), mbrtowc(), mbsrtowcs()
+   and wcrtomb(), wcsrtombs().
+   We assume that
+     - sizeof (mbstate_t) >= 4,
+     - only stateless encodings are supported (such as UTF-8 and EUC-JP, but
+       not ISO-2022 variants),
+     - for each encoding, the number of bytes for a wide character is <= 4.
+       (This maximum is attained for UTF-8, GB18030, EUC-TW.)
+   We define the meaning of mbstate_t as follows:
+     - In mb -> wc direction, mbstate_t's first byte contains the number of
+       buffered bytes (in the range 0..3), followed by up to 3 buffered bytes.
+       See mbrtowc.c.
+     - In wc -> mb direction, mbstate_t contains no information. In other
+       words, it is always in the initial state.  */
+
+verify (sizeof (mbstate_t) >= 4);
+
+int
+mbsinit (const mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+  const char *pstate = (const char *)ps;
+
+  return pstate == NULL || pstate[0] == 0;
+}
+
+#else
+
+int
+mbsinit (const mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* Native Windows.  */
+  /* MSVC defines 'mbstate_t' as an 8-byte struct; the first 4 bytes matter.
+     On mingw, 'mbstate_t' is sometimes defined as 'int', sometimes defined as
+     an 8-byte struct, of which the first 4 bytes matter.  */
+  return ps == NULL || *(const unsigned int *)ps == 0;
+# else
+  /* Minix, HP-UX 11.00, Solaris 2.6, Interix, ...  */
+  /* Maybe this definition works, maybe not...  */
+  return ps == NULL || *(const char *)ps == 0;
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mbslen.c b/lib/mbslen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f427017
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbslen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Counting the multibyte characters in a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "mbuiter.h"
+
+/* Return the number of multibyte characters in the character string STRING.  */
+size_t
+mbslen (const char *string)
+{
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      size_t count;
+      mbui_iterator_t iter;
+
+      count = 0;
+      for (mbui_init (iter, string); mbui_avail (iter); mbui_advance (iter))
+        count++;
+
+      return count;
+    }
+  else
+    return strlen (string);
+}
diff --git a/lib/mbsrtowcs-impl.h b/lib/mbsrtowcs-impl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55dafe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbsrtowcs-impl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* Convert string to wide string.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+size_t
+FUNC (DCHAR_T *dest, const char **srcp, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+  if (ps == NULL)
+    ps = &INTERNAL_STATE;
+  {
+    const char *src = *srcp;
+
+    if (dest != NULL)
+      {
+        DCHAR_T *destptr = dest;
+
+        for (; len > 0; destptr++, len--)
+          {
+            size_t src_avail;
+            size_t ret;
+
+            /* An optimized variant of
+               src_avail = strnlen1 (src, MB_LEN_MAX);  */
+            if (src[0] == '\0')
+              src_avail = 1;
+            else if (src[1] == '\0')
+              src_avail = 2;
+            else if (src[2] == '\0')
+              src_avail = 3;
+            else if (MB_LEN_MAX <= 4 || src[3] == '\0')
+              src_avail = 4;
+            else
+              src_avail = 4 + strnlen1 (src + 4, MB_LEN_MAX - 4);
+
+            /* Parse the next multibyte character.  */
+            ret = MBRTOWC (destptr, src, src_avail, ps);
+
+            if (ret == (size_t)(-2))
+              /* Encountered a multibyte character that extends past a '\0' byte
+                 or that is longer than MB_LEN_MAX bytes.  Cannot happen.  */
+              abort ();
+
+            if (ret == (size_t)(-1))
+              goto bad_input;
+            if (ret == 0)
+              {
+                src = NULL;
+                /* Here mbsinit (ps).  */
+                break;
+              }
+            src += ret;
+          }
+
+        *srcp = src;
+        return destptr - dest;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* Ignore dest and len, don't store *srcp at the end, and
+           don't clobber *ps.  */
+        mbstate_t state = *ps;
+        size_t totalcount = 0;
+
+        for (;; totalcount++)
+          {
+            size_t src_avail;
+            size_t ret;
+
+            /* An optimized variant of
+               src_avail = strnlen1 (src, MB_LEN_MAX);  */
+            if (src[0] == '\0')
+              src_avail = 1;
+            else if (src[1] == '\0')
+              src_avail = 2;
+            else if (src[2] == '\0')
+              src_avail = 3;
+            else if (MB_LEN_MAX <= 4 || src[3] == '\0')
+              src_avail = 4;
+            else
+              src_avail = 4 + strnlen1 (src + 4, MB_LEN_MAX - 4);
+
+            /* Parse the next multibyte character.  */
+            ret = MBRTOWC (NULL, src, src_avail, &state);
+
+            if (ret == (size_t)(-2))
+              /* Encountered a multibyte character that extends past a '\0' byte
+                 or that is longer than MB_LEN_MAX bytes.  Cannot happen.  */
+              abort ();
+
+            if (ret == (size_t)(-1))
+              goto bad_input2;
+            if (ret == 0)
+              {
+                /* Here mbsinit (&state).  */
+                break;
+              }
+            src += ret;
+          }
+
+        return totalcount;
+      }
+
+   bad_input:
+    *srcp = src;
+   bad_input2:
+    errno = EILSEQ;
+    return (size_t)(-1);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/lib/mbsrtowcs-state.c b/lib/mbsrtowcs-state.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55160a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbsrtowcs-state.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Convert string to wide string.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+/* Internal state used by the functions mbsrtowcs() and mbsnrtowcs().  */
+mbstate_t _gl_mbsrtowcs_state
+/* The state must initially be in the "initial state"; so, zero-initialize it.
+   On most systems, putting it into BSS is sufficient.  Not so on Mac OS X 10.3,
+   see <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>.
+   When it needs an initializer, use 0 or {0} as initializer? 0 only works
+   when mbstate_t is a scalar type (such as when gnulib defines it, or on
+   AIX, IRIX, mingw). {0} works as an initializer in all cases: for a struct
+   or union type, but also for a scalar type (ISO C 99, 6.7.8.(11)).  */
+#if defined __ELF__
+  /* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well.  */
+#else
+  /* Use braces, to be on the safe side.  */
+  = { 0 }
+#endif
+  ;
diff --git a/lib/mbsrtowcs.c b/lib/mbsrtowcs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66019b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbsrtowcs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Convert string to wide string.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "strnlen1.h"
+
+
+extern mbstate_t _gl_mbsrtowcs_state;
+
+#define FUNC mbsrtowcs
+#define DCHAR_T wchar_t
+#define INTERNAL_STATE _gl_mbsrtowcs_state
+#define MBRTOWC mbrtowc
+#include "mbsrtowcs-impl.h"
diff --git a/lib/mbsstr.c b/lib/mbsstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9ce4ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbsstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+/* Searching in a string.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>  /* for NULL, in case a nonstandard string.h lacks it */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "malloca.h"
+#include "mbuiter.h"
+
+/* Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm.  */
+#define UNIT unsigned char
+#define CANON_ELEMENT(c) c
+#include "str-kmp.h"
+
+/* Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm.
+   See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Knuth-Morris-Pratt_algorithm
+   Return a boolean indicating success:
+   Return true and set *RESULTP if the search was completed.
+   Return false if it was aborted because not enough memory was available.  */
+static bool
+knuth_morris_pratt_multibyte (const char *haystack, const char *needle,
+                              const char **resultp)
+{
+  size_t m = mbslen (needle);
+  mbchar_t *needle_mbchars;
+  size_t *table;
+
+  /* Allocate room for needle_mbchars and the table.  */
+  void *memory = nmalloca (m, sizeof (mbchar_t) + sizeof (size_t));
+  void *table_memory;
+  if (memory == NULL)
+    return false;
+  needle_mbchars = memory;
+  table_memory = needle_mbchars + m;
+  table = table_memory;
+
+  /* Fill needle_mbchars.  */
+  {
+    mbui_iterator_t iter;
+    size_t j;
+
+    j = 0;
+    for (mbui_init (iter, needle); mbui_avail (iter); mbui_advance (iter), j++)
+      mb_copy (&needle_mbchars[j], &mbui_cur (iter));
+  }
+
+  /* Fill the table.
+     For 0 < i < m:
+       0 < table[i] <= i is defined such that
+       forall 0 < x < table[i]: needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x],
+       and table[i] is as large as possible with this property.
+     This implies:
+     1) For 0 < i < m:
+          If table[i] < i,
+          needle[table[i]..i-1] = needle[0..i-1-table[i]].
+     2) For 0 < i < m:
+          rhaystack[0..i-1] == needle[0..i-1]
+          and exists h, i <= h < m: rhaystack[h] != needle[h]
+          implies
+          forall 0 <= x < table[i]: rhaystack[x..x+m-1] != needle[0..m-1].
+     table[0] remains uninitialized.  */
+  {
+    size_t i, j;
+
+    /* i = 1: Nothing to verify for x = 0.  */
+    table[1] = 1;
+    j = 0;
+
+    for (i = 2; i < m; i++)
+      {
+        /* Here: j = i-1 - table[i-1].
+           The inequality needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x] is known to hold
+           for x < table[i-1], by induction.
+           Furthermore, if j>0: needle[i-1-j..i-2] = needle[0..j-1].  */
+        mbchar_t *b = &needle_mbchars[i - 1];
+
+        for (;;)
+          {
+            /* Invariants: The inequality needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x]
+               is known to hold for x < i-1-j.
+               Furthermore, if j>0: needle[i-1-j..i-2] = needle[0..j-1].  */
+            if (mb_equal (*b, needle_mbchars[j]))
+              {
+                /* Set table[i] := i-1-j.  */
+                table[i] = i - ++j;
+                break;
+              }
+            /* The inequality needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x] also holds
+               for x = i-1-j, because
+                 needle[i-1] != needle[j] = needle[i-1-x].  */
+            if (j == 0)
+              {
+                /* The inequality holds for all possible x.  */
+                table[i] = i;
+                break;
+              }
+            /* The inequality needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x] also holds
+               for i-1-j < x < i-1-j+table[j], because for these x:
+                 needle[x..i-2]
+                 = needle[x-(i-1-j)..j-1]
+                 != needle[0..j-1-(x-(i-1-j))]  (by definition of table[j])
+                    = needle[0..i-2-x],
+               hence needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x].
+               Furthermore
+                 needle[i-1-j+table[j]..i-2]
+                 = needle[table[j]..j-1]
+                 = needle[0..j-1-table[j]]  (by definition of table[j]).  */
+            j = j - table[j];
+          }
+        /* Here: j = i - table[i].  */
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* Search, using the table to accelerate the processing.  */
+  {
+    size_t j;
+    mbui_iterator_t rhaystack;
+    mbui_iterator_t phaystack;
+
+    *resultp = NULL;
+    j = 0;
+    mbui_init (rhaystack, haystack);
+    mbui_init (phaystack, haystack);
+    /* Invariant: phaystack = rhaystack + j.  */
+    while (mbui_avail (phaystack))
+      if (mb_equal (needle_mbchars[j], mbui_cur (phaystack)))
+        {
+          j++;
+          mbui_advance (phaystack);
+          if (j == m)
+            {
+              /* The entire needle has been found.  */
+              *resultp = mbui_cur_ptr (rhaystack);
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+      else if (j > 0)
+        {
+          /* Found a match of needle[0..j-1], mismatch at needle[j].  */
+          size_t count = table[j];
+          j -= count;
+          for (; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              if (!mbui_avail (rhaystack))
+                abort ();
+              mbui_advance (rhaystack);
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Found a mismatch at needle[0] already.  */
+          if (!mbui_avail (rhaystack))
+            abort ();
+          mbui_advance (rhaystack);
+          mbui_advance (phaystack);
+        }
+  }
+
+  freea (memory);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of the character string NEEDLE in the character
+   string HAYSTACK.  Return NULL if NEEDLE is not found in HAYSTACK.  */
+char *
+mbsstr (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+{
+  /* Be careful not to look at the entire extent of haystack or needle
+     until needed.  This is useful because of these two cases:
+       - haystack may be very long, and a match of needle found early,
+       - needle may be very long, and not even a short initial segment of
+         needle may be found in haystack.  */
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      mbui_iterator_t iter_needle;
+
+      mbui_init (iter_needle, needle);
+      if (mbui_avail (iter_needle))
+        {
+          /* Minimizing the worst-case complexity:
+             Let n = mbslen(haystack), m = mbslen(needle).
+             The naïve algorithm is O(n*m) worst-case.
+             The Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm is O(n) worst-case but it needs a
+             memory allocation.
+             To achieve linear complexity and yet amortize the cost of the
+             memory allocation, we activate the Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm
+             only once the naïve algorithm has already run for some time; more
+             precisely, when
+               - the outer loop count is >= 10,
+               - the average number of comparisons per outer loop is >= 5,
+               - the total number of comparisons is >= m.
+             But we try it only once.  If the memory allocation attempt failed,
+             we don't retry it.  */
+          bool try_kmp = true;
+          size_t outer_loop_count = 0;
+          size_t comparison_count = 0;
+          size_t last_ccount = 0;                  /* last comparison count */
+          mbui_iterator_t iter_needle_last_ccount; /* = needle + last_ccount */
+
+          mbui_iterator_t iter_haystack;
+
+          mbui_init (iter_needle_last_ccount, needle);
+          mbui_init (iter_haystack, haystack);
+          for (;; mbui_advance (iter_haystack))
+            {
+              if (!mbui_avail (iter_haystack))
+                /* No match.  */
+                return NULL;
+
+              /* See whether it's advisable to use an asymptotically faster
+                 algorithm.  */
+              if (try_kmp
+                  && outer_loop_count >= 10
+                  && comparison_count >= 5 * outer_loop_count)
+                {
+                  /* See if needle + comparison_count now reaches the end of
+                     needle.  */
+                  size_t count = comparison_count - last_ccount;
+                  for (;
+                       count > 0 && mbui_avail (iter_needle_last_ccount);
+                       count--)
+                    mbui_advance (iter_needle_last_ccount);
+                  last_ccount = comparison_count;
+                  if (!mbui_avail (iter_needle_last_ccount))
+                    {
+                      /* Try the Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm.  */
+                      const char *result;
+                      bool success =
+                        knuth_morris_pratt_multibyte (haystack, needle,
+                                                      &result);
+                      if (success)
+                        return (char *) result;
+                      try_kmp = false;
+                    }
+                }
+
+              outer_loop_count++;
+              comparison_count++;
+              if (mb_equal (mbui_cur (iter_haystack), mbui_cur (iter_needle)))
+                /* The first character matches.  */
+                {
+                  mbui_iterator_t rhaystack;
+                  mbui_iterator_t rneedle;
+
+                  memcpy (&rhaystack, &iter_haystack, sizeof (mbui_iterator_t));
+                  mbui_advance (rhaystack);
+
+                  mbui_init (rneedle, needle);
+                  if (!mbui_avail (rneedle))
+                    abort ();
+                  mbui_advance (rneedle);
+
+                  for (;; mbui_advance (rhaystack), mbui_advance (rneedle))
+                    {
+                      if (!mbui_avail (rneedle))
+                        /* Found a match.  */
+                        return (char *) mbui_cur_ptr (iter_haystack);
+                      if (!mbui_avail (rhaystack))
+                        /* No match.  */
+                        return NULL;
+                      comparison_count++;
+                      if (!mb_equal (mbui_cur (rhaystack), mbui_cur (rneedle)))
+                        /* Nothing in this round.  */
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        return (char *) haystack;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (*needle != '\0')
+        {
+          /* Minimizing the worst-case complexity:
+             Let n = strlen(haystack), m = strlen(needle).
+             The naïve algorithm is O(n*m) worst-case.
+             The Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm is O(n) worst-case but it needs a
+             memory allocation.
+             To achieve linear complexity and yet amortize the cost of the
+             memory allocation, we activate the Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm
+             only once the naïve algorithm has already run for some time; more
+             precisely, when
+               - the outer loop count is >= 10,
+               - the average number of comparisons per outer loop is >= 5,
+               - the total number of comparisons is >= m.
+             But we try it only once.  If the memory allocation attempt failed,
+             we don't retry it.  */
+          bool try_kmp = true;
+          size_t outer_loop_count = 0;
+          size_t comparison_count = 0;
+          size_t last_ccount = 0;                  /* last comparison count */
+          const char *needle_last_ccount = needle; /* = needle + last_ccount */
+
+          /* Speed up the following searches of needle by caching its first
+             character.  */
+          char b = *needle++;
+
+          for (;; haystack++)
+            {
+              if (*haystack == '\0')
+                /* No match.  */
+                return NULL;
+
+              /* See whether it's advisable to use an asymptotically faster
+                 algorithm.  */
+              if (try_kmp
+                  && outer_loop_count >= 10
+                  && comparison_count >= 5 * outer_loop_count)
+                {
+                  /* See if needle + comparison_count now reaches the end of
+                     needle.  */
+                  if (needle_last_ccount != NULL)
+                    {
+                      needle_last_ccount +=
+                        strnlen (needle_last_ccount,
+                                 comparison_count - last_ccount);
+                      if (*needle_last_ccount == '\0')
+                        needle_last_ccount = NULL;
+                      last_ccount = comparison_count;
+                    }
+                  if (needle_last_ccount == NULL)
+                    {
+                      /* Try the Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm.  */
+                      const unsigned char *result;
+                      bool success =
+                        knuth_morris_pratt ((const unsigned char *) haystack,
+                                            (const unsigned char *) (needle - 1),
+                                            strlen (needle - 1),
+                                            &result);
+                      if (success)
+                        return (char *) result;
+                      try_kmp = false;
+                    }
+                }
+
+              outer_loop_count++;
+              comparison_count++;
+              if (*haystack == b)
+                /* The first character matches.  */
+                {
+                  const char *rhaystack = haystack + 1;
+                  const char *rneedle = needle;
+
+                  for (;; rhaystack++, rneedle++)
+                    {
+                      if (*rneedle == '\0')
+                        /* Found a match.  */
+                        return (char *) haystack;
+                      if (*rhaystack == '\0')
+                        /* No match.  */
+                        return NULL;
+                      comparison_count++;
+                      if (*rhaystack != *rneedle)
+                        /* Nothing in this round.  */
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        return (char *) haystack;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/mbswidth.c b/lib/mbswidth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98a5b94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbswidth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "mbswidth.h"
+
+/* Get MB_CUR_MAX.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Get isprint().  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Get mbstate_t, mbrtowc(), mbsinit(), wcwidth().  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+/* Get iswcntrl().  */
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+/* Get INT_MAX.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING.  If a non-printable character
+   occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is specified, -1 is returned.
+   With flags = MBSW_REJECT_INVALID | MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE, this is
+   the multibyte analogue of the wcswidth function.  */
+int
+mbswidth (const char *string, int flags)
+{
+  return mbsnwidth (string, strlen (string), flags);
+}
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING of length NBYTES.  If a
+   non-printable character occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is
+   specified, -1 is returned.  */
+int
+mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
+{
+  const char *p = string;
+  const char *plimit = p + nbytes;
+  int width;
+
+  width = 0;
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      while (p < plimit)
+        switch (*p)
+          {
+            case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
+            case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
+            case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+            case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+            case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+            case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
+            case '?':
+            case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
+            case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
+            case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
+            case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
+            case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
+            case 'Z':
+            case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
+            case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
+            case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
+            case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
+            case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+            case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
+            case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+              /* These characters are printable ASCII characters.  */
+              p++;
+              width++;
+              break;
+            default:
+              /* If we have a multibyte sequence, scan it up to its end.  */
+              {
+                mbstate_t mbstate;
+                memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+                do
+                  {
+                    wchar_t wc;
+                    size_t bytes;
+                    int w;
+
+                    bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, p, plimit - p, &mbstate);
+
+                    if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+                      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
+                      {
+                        if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
+                          {
+                            p++;
+                            width++;
+                            break;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          return -1;
+                      }
+
+                    if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+                      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
+                      {
+                        if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
+                          {
+                            p = plimit;
+                            width++;
+                            break;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          return -1;
+                      }
+
+                    if (bytes == 0)
+                      /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
+                      bytes = 1;
+
+                    w = wcwidth (wc);
+                    if (w >= 0)
+                      /* A printable multibyte character.  */
+                      {
+                        if (w > INT_MAX - width)
+                          goto overflow;
+                        width += w;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      /* An unprintable multibyte character.  */
+                      if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
+                        {
+                          if (!iswcntrl (wc))
+                            {
+                              if (width == INT_MAX)
+                                goto overflow;
+                              width++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else
+                        return -1;
+
+                    p += bytes;
+                  }
+                while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+              }
+              break;
+          }
+      return width;
+    }
+
+  while (p < plimit)
+    {
+      unsigned char c = (unsigned char) *p++;
+
+      if (isprint (c))
+        {
+          if (width == INT_MAX)
+            goto overflow;
+          width++;
+        }
+      else if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
+        {
+          if (!iscntrl (c))
+            {
+              if (width == INT_MAX)
+                goto overflow;
+              width++;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        return -1;
+    }
+  return width;
+
+ overflow:
+  return INT_MAX;
+}
diff --git a/lib/mbswidth.h b/lib/mbswidth.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e433297
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbswidth.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Avoid a clash of our mbswidth() with a function of the same name defined
+   in UnixWare 7.1.1 <wchar.h>.  We need this #include before the #define
+   below.  */
+#if HAVE_DECL_MBSWIDTH_IN_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Optional flags to influence mbswidth/mbsnwidth behavior.  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding an invalid or incomplete
+   character.  Otherwise, assume invalid characters have width 1.  */
+#define MBSW_REJECT_INVALID 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding a non-printable character.
+   Otherwise, assume unprintable characters have width 0 if they are
+   control characters and 1 otherwise.  */
+#define MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE 2
+
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for STRING.  */
+#define mbswidth gnu_mbswidth  /* avoid clash with UnixWare 7.1.1 function */
+extern int mbswidth (const char *string, int flags);
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for the NBYTES bytes
+   starting at BUF.  */
+extern int mbsnwidth (const char *buf, size_t nbytes, int flags);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mbtowc-impl.h b/lib/mbtowc-impl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b27baf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbtowc-impl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Convert multibyte character to wide character.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* We don't need a static internal state, because the encoding is not state
+   dependent, and when mbrtowc returns (size_t)(-2). we throw the result
+   away. */
+
+int
+mbtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n)
+{
+  if (s == NULL)
+    return 0;
+  else
+    {
+      mbstate_t state;
+      wchar_t wc;
+      size_t result;
+
+      memset (&state, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+      result = mbrtowc (&wc, s, n, &state);
+      if (result == (size_t)-1 || result == (size_t)-2)
+        {
+          errno = EILSEQ;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (pwc != NULL)
+        *pwc = wc;
+      return (wc == 0 ? 0 : result);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/mbtowc-lock.c b/lib/mbtowc-lock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06d3224
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbtowc-lock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* Return the internal lock used by mbrtowc and mbrtoc32.
+   Copyright (C) 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019-2020.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* When it is known that the gl_get_mbtowc_lock function is defined
+   by a dependency library, it should not be defined here.  */
+#if OMIT_MBTOWC_LOCK
+
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+
+#else
+
+/* This file defines the internal lock used by mbrtowc and mbrtoc32.
+   It is a separate compilation unit, so that only one copy of it is
+   present when linking statically.  */
+
+/* Prohibit renaming this symbol.  */
+# undef gl_get_mbtowc_lock
+
+/* Macro for exporting a symbol (function, not variable) defined in this file,
+   when compiled into a shared library.  */
+# ifndef DLL_EXPORTED
+#  if HAVE_VISIBILITY
+  /* Override the effect of the compiler option '-fvisibility=hidden'.  */
+#   define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
+#  elif defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
+#   define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#  else
+#   define DLL_EXPORTED
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+#  include "windows-initguard.h"
+
+/* The return type is a 'CRITICAL_SECTION *', not a 'glwthread_mutex_t *',
+   because the latter is not guaranteed to be a stable ABI in the future.  */
+
+/* Make sure the function gets exported from DLLs.  */
+DLL_EXPORTED CRITICAL_SECTION *gl_get_mbtowc_lock (void);
+
+static glwthread_initguard_t guard = GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT;
+static CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+
+/* Returns the internal lock used by mbrtowc and mbrtoc32.  */
+CRITICAL_SECTION *
+gl_get_mbtowc_lock (void)
+{
+  if (!guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&guard.started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to need the lock.  Initialize it.  */
+          InitializeCriticalSection (&lock);
+          guard.done = 1;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this mutex.  */
+          while (!guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  return &lock;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API
+
+#  include <pthread.h>
+
+static pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+
+/* Make sure the function gets exported from shared libraries.  */
+DLL_EXPORTED pthread_mutex_t *gl_get_mbtowc_lock (void);
+
+/* Returns the internal lock used by mbrtowc and mbrtoc32.  */
+pthread_mutex_t *
+gl_get_mbtowc_lock (void)
+{
+  return &mutex;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_THREADS_H
+
+#  include <threads.h>
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+
+static int volatile init_needed = 1;
+static once_flag init_once = ONCE_FLAG_INIT;
+static mtx_t mutex;
+
+static void
+atomic_init (void)
+{
+  if (mtx_init (&mutex, mtx_plain) != thrd_success)
+    abort ();
+  init_needed = 0;
+}
+
+/* Make sure the function gets exported from shared libraries.  */
+DLL_EXPORTED mtx_t *gl_get_mbtowc_lock (void);
+
+/* Returns the internal lock used by mbrtowc and mbrtoc32.  */
+mtx_t *
+gl_get_mbtowc_lock (void)
+{
+  if (init_needed)
+    call_once (&init_once, atomic_init);
+  return &mutex;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__) && !defined _MSC_VER
+/* Make sure the '__declspec(dllimport)' in mbrtowc.c and mbrtoc32.c does not
+   cause a link failure when no DLLs are involved.  */
+#  if defined _WIN64 || defined _LP64
+#   define IMP(x) __imp_##x
+#  else
+#   define IMP(x) _imp__##x
+#  endif
+void * IMP(gl_get_mbtowc_lock) = &gl_get_mbtowc_lock;
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mbtowc-lock.h b/lib/mbtowc-lock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecfd44e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbtowc-lock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* Use the internal lock used by mbrtowc and mbrtoc32.
+   Copyright (C) 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019-2020.  */
+
+/* Use a lock, so that no two threads can invoke mbtowc at the same time.  */
+
+static inline int
+mbtowc_unlocked (wchar_t *pwc, const char *p, size_t m)
+{
+  /* Put the hidden internal state of mbtowc into its initial state.
+     This is needed at least with glibc, uClibc, and MSVC CRT.
+     See <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=9674>.  */
+  mbtowc (NULL, NULL, 0);
+
+  return mbtowc (pwc, p, m);
+}
+
+/* Prohibit renaming this symbol.  */
+#undef gl_get_mbtowc_lock
+
+#if GNULIB_MBRTOWC_SINGLE_THREAD
+
+/* All uses of this function are in a single thread.  No locking needed.  */
+
+static int
+mbtowc_with_lock (wchar_t *pwc, const char *p, size_t m)
+{
+  return mbtowc_unlocked (pwc, p, m);
+}
+
+#elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+
+extern __declspec(dllimport) CRITICAL_SECTION *gl_get_mbtowc_lock (void);
+
+static int
+mbtowc_with_lock (wchar_t *pwc, const char *p, size_t m)
+{
+  CRITICAL_SECTION *lock = gl_get_mbtowc_lock ();
+  int ret;
+
+  EnterCriticalSection (lock);
+  ret = mbtowc_unlocked (pwc, p, m);
+  LeaveCriticalSection (lock);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API /* AIX, IRIX, Cygwin */
+
+extern
+# if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
+  __declspec(dllimport)
+# endif
+  pthread_mutex_t *gl_get_mbtowc_lock (void);
+
+# if HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOLS /* IRIX */
+
+   /* Avoid the need to link with '-lpthread'.  */
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
+
+   /* Determine whether libpthread is in use.  */
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_gettype
+   /* See the comments in lock.h.  */
+#  define pthread_in_use() \
+     (pthread_mutexattr_gettype != NULL || c11_threads_in_use ())
+
+# else
+#  define pthread_in_use() 1
+# endif
+
+static int
+mbtowc_with_lock (wchar_t *pwc, const char *p, size_t m)
+{
+  if (pthread_in_use())
+    {
+      pthread_mutex_t *lock = gl_get_mbtowc_lock ();
+      int ret;
+
+      if (pthread_mutex_lock (lock))
+        abort ();
+      ret = mbtowc_unlocked (pwc, p, m);
+      if (pthread_mutex_unlock (lock))
+        abort ();
+
+      return ret;
+    }
+  else
+    return mbtowc_unlocked (pwc, p, m);
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_THREADS_H
+
+extern mtx_t *gl_get_mbtowc_lock (void);
+
+static int
+mbtowc_with_lock (wchar_t *pwc, const char *p, size_t m)
+{
+  mtx_t *lock = gl_get_mbtowc_lock ();
+  int ret;
+
+  if (mtx_lock (lock) != thrd_success)
+    abort ();
+  ret = mbtowc_unlocked (pwc, p, m);
+  if (mtx_unlock (lock) != thrd_success)
+    abort ();
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mbtowc.c b/lib/mbtowc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9a7995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbtowc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Convert multibyte character to wide character.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include "mbtowc-impl.h"
diff --git a/lib/mbuiter.c b/lib/mbuiter.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f3288b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbuiter.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Iterating through multibyte strings: macros for multi-byte encodings.
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define MBUITER_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "mbuiter.h"
diff --git a/lib/mbuiter.h b/lib/mbuiter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f197bd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mbuiter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/* Iterating through multibyte strings: macros for multi-byte encodings.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2005, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+/* The macros in this file implement forward iteration through a
+   multi-byte string, without knowing its length a-priori.
+
+   With these macros, an iteration loop that looks like
+
+      char *iter;
+      for (iter = buf; *iter != '\0'; iter++)
+        {
+          do_something (*iter);
+        }
+
+   becomes
+
+      mbui_iterator_t iter;
+      for (mbui_init (iter, buf); mbui_avail (iter); mbui_advance (iter))
+        {
+          do_something (mbui_cur_ptr (iter), mb_len (mbui_cur (iter)));
+        }
+
+   The benefit of these macros over plain use of mbrtowc is:
+   - Handling of invalid multibyte sequences is possible without
+     making the code more complicated, while still preserving the
+     invalid multibyte sequences.
+
+   Compared to mbiter.h, the macros here don't need to know the string's
+   length a-priori.  The downside is that at each step, the look-ahead
+   that guards against overrunning the terminating '\0' is more expensive.
+   The mbui_* macros are therefore suitable when there is a high probability
+   that only the first few multibyte characters need to be inspected.
+   Whereas the mbi_* macros are better if usually the iteration runs
+   through the entire string.
+
+   mbui_iterator_t
+     is a type usable for variable declarations.
+
+   mbui_init (iter, startptr)
+     initializes the iterator, starting at startptr.
+
+   mbui_avail (iter)
+     returns true if there are more multibyte characters available before
+     the end of string is reached. In this case, mbui_cur (iter) is
+     initialized to the next multibyte character.
+
+   mbui_advance (iter)
+     advances the iterator by one multibyte character.
+
+   mbui_cur (iter)
+     returns the current multibyte character, of type mbchar_t.  All the
+     macros defined in mbchar.h can be used on it.
+
+   mbui_cur_ptr (iter)
+     return a pointer to the beginning of the current multibyte character.
+
+   mbui_reloc (iter, ptrdiff)
+     relocates iterator when the string is moved by ptrdiff bytes.
+
+   mbui_copy (&destiter, &srciter)
+     copies srciter to destiter.
+
+   Here are the function prototypes of the macros.
+
+   extern void          mbui_init (mbui_iterator_t iter, const char *startptr);
+   extern bool          mbui_avail (mbui_iterator_t iter);
+   extern void          mbui_advance (mbui_iterator_t iter);
+   extern mbchar_t      mbui_cur (mbui_iterator_t iter);
+   extern const char *  mbui_cur_ptr (mbui_iterator_t iter);
+   extern void          mbui_reloc (mbui_iterator_t iter, ptrdiff_t ptrdiff);
+   extern void          mbui_copy (mbui_iterator_t *new, const mbui_iterator_t *old);
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MBUITER_H
+#define _MBUITER_H 1
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include "mbchar.h"
+#include "strnlen1.h"
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef MBUITER_INLINE
+# define MBUITER_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+struct mbuiter_multi
+{
+  bool in_shift;        /* true if next byte may not be interpreted as ASCII */
+  mbstate_t state;      /* if in_shift: current shift state */
+  bool next_done;       /* true if mbui_avail has already filled the following */
+  struct mbchar cur;    /* the current character:
+        const char *cur.ptr             pointer to current character
+        The following are only valid after mbui_avail.
+        size_t cur.bytes                number of bytes of current character
+        bool cur.wc_valid               true if wc is a valid wide character
+        wchar_t cur.wc                  if wc_valid: the current character
+        */
+};
+
+MBUITER_INLINE void
+mbuiter_multi_next (struct mbuiter_multi *iter)
+{
+  if (iter->next_done)
+    return;
+  if (iter->in_shift)
+    goto with_shift;
+  /* Handle most ASCII characters quickly, without calling mbrtowc().  */
+  if (is_basic (*iter->cur.ptr))
+    {
+      /* These characters are part of the basic character set.  ISO C 99
+         guarantees that their wide character code is identical to their
+         char code.  */
+      iter->cur.bytes = 1;
+      iter->cur.wc = *iter->cur.ptr;
+      iter->cur.wc_valid = true;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      assert (mbsinit (&iter->state));
+      iter->in_shift = true;
+    with_shift:
+      iter->cur.bytes = mbrtowc (&iter->cur.wc, iter->cur.ptr,
+                                 strnlen1 (iter->cur.ptr, MB_CUR_MAX),
+                                 &iter->state);
+      if (iter->cur.bytes == (size_t) -1)
+        {
+          /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
+          iter->cur.bytes = 1;
+          iter->cur.wc_valid = false;
+          /* Whether to set iter->in_shift = false and reset iter->state
+             or not is not very important; the string is bogus anyway.  */
+        }
+      else if (iter->cur.bytes == (size_t) -2)
+        {
+          /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
+          iter->cur.bytes = strlen (iter->cur.ptr);
+          iter->cur.wc_valid = false;
+          /* Whether to set iter->in_shift = false and reset iter->state
+             or not is not important; the string end is reached anyway.  */
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (iter->cur.bytes == 0)
+            {
+              /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
+              iter->cur.bytes = 1;
+              assert (*iter->cur.ptr == '\0');
+              assert (iter->cur.wc == 0);
+            }
+          iter->cur.wc_valid = true;
+
+          /* When in the initial state, we can go back treating ASCII
+             characters more quickly.  */
+          if (mbsinit (&iter->state))
+            iter->in_shift = false;
+        }
+    }
+  iter->next_done = true;
+}
+
+MBUITER_INLINE void
+mbuiter_multi_reloc (struct mbuiter_multi *iter, ptrdiff_t ptrdiff)
+{
+  iter->cur.ptr += ptrdiff;
+}
+
+MBUITER_INLINE void
+mbuiter_multi_copy (struct mbuiter_multi *new_iter, const struct mbuiter_multi *old_iter)
+{
+  if ((new_iter->in_shift = old_iter->in_shift))
+    memcpy (&new_iter->state, &old_iter->state, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  else
+    memset (&new_iter->state, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  new_iter->next_done = old_iter->next_done;
+  mb_copy (&new_iter->cur, &old_iter->cur);
+}
+
+/* Iteration macros.  */
+typedef struct mbuiter_multi mbui_iterator_t;
+#define mbui_init(iter, startptr) \
+  ((iter).cur.ptr = (startptr), \
+   (iter).in_shift = false, memset (&(iter).state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)), \
+   (iter).next_done = false)
+#define mbui_avail(iter) \
+  (mbuiter_multi_next (&(iter)), !mb_isnul ((iter).cur))
+#define mbui_advance(iter) \
+  ((iter).cur.ptr += (iter).cur.bytes, (iter).next_done = false)
+
+/* Access to the current character.  */
+#define mbui_cur(iter) (iter).cur
+#define mbui_cur_ptr(iter) (iter).cur.ptr
+
+/* Relocation.  */
+#define mbui_reloc(iter, ptrdiff) mbuiter_multi_reloc (&iter, ptrdiff)
+
+/* Copying an iterator.  */
+#define mbui_copy mbuiter_multi_copy
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _MBUITER_H */
diff --git a/lib/md5-stream.c b/lib/md5-stream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07c639f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/md5-stream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks.
+   according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 1999-2001, 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "md5.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "af_alg.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <endian.h>
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+/* We need to keep the namespace clean so define the MD5 function
+   protected using leading __ .  */
+# define md5_init_ctx __md5_init_ctx
+# define md5_process_block __md5_process_block
+# define md5_process_bytes __md5_process_bytes
+# define md5_finish_ctx __md5_finish_ctx
+# define md5_stream __md5_stream
+#endif
+
+#define BLOCKSIZE 32768
+#if BLOCKSIZE % 64 != 0
+# error "invalid BLOCKSIZE"
+#endif
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+int
+md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  switch (afalg_stream (stream, "md5", resblock, MD5_DIGEST_SIZE))
+    {
+    case 0: return 0;
+    case -EIO: return 1;
+    }
+
+  char *buffer = malloc (BLOCKSIZE + 72);
+  if (!buffer)
+    return 1;
+
+  struct md5_ctx ctx;
+  md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
+  size_t sum;
+
+  /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes.  One call of the
+         computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
+         next round of the loop another block can be read.  */
+      size_t n;
+      sum = 0;
+
+      /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
+      while (1)
+        {
+          /* Either process a partial fread() from this loop,
+             or the fread() in afalg_stream may have gotten EOF.
+             We need to avoid a subsequent fread() as EOF may
+             not be sticky.  For details of such systems, see:
+             https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1190  */
+          if (feof (stream))
+            goto process_partial_block;
+
+          n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+
+          sum += n;
+
+          if (sum == BLOCKSIZE)
+            break;
+
+          if (n == 0)
+            {
+              /* Check for the error flag IFF N == 0, so that we don't
+                 exit the loop after a partial read due to e.g., EAGAIN
+                 or EWOULDBLOCK.  */
+              if (ferror (stream))
+                {
+                  free (buffer);
+                  return 1;
+                }
+              goto process_partial_block;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes.  Note that
+         BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0
+       */
+      md5_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
+    }
+
+process_partial_block:
+
+  /* Process any remaining bytes.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    md5_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
+
+  /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
+  md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  free (buffer);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/md5.c b/lib/md5.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57489ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/md5.c
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+/* Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks.
+   according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 1999-2001, 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "md5.h"
+
+#include <stdalign.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <endian.h>
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+/* We need to keep the namespace clean so define the MD5 function
+   protected using leading __ .  */
+# define md5_init_ctx __md5_init_ctx
+# define md5_process_block __md5_process_block
+# define md5_process_bytes __md5_process_bytes
+# define md5_finish_ctx __md5_finish_ctx
+# define md5_read_ctx __md5_read_ctx
+# define md5_buffer __md5_buffer
+#endif
+
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define SWAP(n) bswap_32 (n)
+#else
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#endif
+
+#if ! HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   64-byte boundary.  (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1)  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation.
+   (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3)  */
+void
+md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->A = 0x67452301;
+  ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
+  ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
+  ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the 4 byte value from v into the memory location pointed to by *cp,
+   If your architecture allows unaligned access this is equivalent to
+   * (uint32_t *) cp = v  */
+static void
+set_uint32 (char *cp, uint32_t v)
+{
+  memcpy (cp, &v, sizeof v);
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result
+   must be in little endian byte order.  */
+void *
+md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  char *r = resbuf;
+  set_uint32 (r + 0 * sizeof ctx->A, SWAP (ctx->A));
+  set_uint32 (r + 1 * sizeof ctx->B, SWAP (ctx->B));
+  set_uint32 (r + 2 * sizeof ctx->C, SWAP (ctx->C));
+  set_uint32 (r + 3 * sizeof ctx->D, SWAP (ctx->D));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.  */
+void *
+md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  uint32_t bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t size = (bytes < 56) ? 64 / 4 : 64 * 2 / 4;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
+  ctx->buffer[size - 2] = SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
+  ctx->buffer[size - 1] = SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) | (ctx->total[0] >> 29));
+
+  memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 4 - bytes);
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 4, ctx);
+
+  return md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct md5_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  md5_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+
+void
+md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (ctx->buflen > 64)
+        {
+          md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~63, ctx);
+
+          ctx->buflen &= 63;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because ctx->buflen < 64 ≤ (left_over + add) & ~63.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer,
+                  &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+                  ctx->buflen);
+        }
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len >= 64)
+    {
+#if !(_STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned)
+# define UNALIGNED_P(p) ((uintptr_t) (p) % alignof (uint32_t) != 0)
+      if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer))
+        while (len > 64)
+          {
+            md5_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 64), 64, ctx);
+            buffer = (const char *) buffer + 64;
+            len -= 64;
+          }
+      else
+#endif
+        {
+          md5_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+          buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+          len &= 63;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len);
+      left_over += len;
+      if (left_over >= 64)
+        {
+          md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, 64, ctx);
+          left_over -= 64;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because left_over ≤ 64.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over);
+        }
+      ctx->buflen = left_over;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* These are the four functions used in the four steps of the MD5 algorithm
+   and defined in the RFC 1321.  The first function is a little bit optimized
+   (as found in Colin Plumbs public domain implementation).  */
+/* #define FF(b, c, d) ((b & c) | (~b & d)) */
+#define FF(b, c, d) (d ^ (b & (c ^ d)))
+#define FG(b, c, d) FF (d, b, c)
+#define FH(b, c, d) (b ^ c ^ d)
+#define FI(b, c, d) (c ^ (b | ~d))
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0.  */
+
+void
+md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  uint32_t correct_words[16];
+  const uint32_t *words = buffer;
+  size_t nwords = len / sizeof (uint32_t);
+  const uint32_t *endp = words + nwords;
+  uint32_t A = ctx->A;
+  uint32_t B = ctx->B;
+  uint32_t C = ctx->C;
+  uint32_t D = ctx->D;
+  uint32_t lolen = len;
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  RFC 1321 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += lolen;
+  ctx->total[1] += (len >> 31 >> 1) + (ctx->total[0] < lolen);
+
+  /* Process all bytes in the buffer with 64 bytes in each round of
+     the loop.  */
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      uint32_t *cwp = correct_words;
+      uint32_t A_save = A;
+      uint32_t B_save = B;
+      uint32_t C_save = C;
+      uint32_t D_save = D;
+
+      /* First round: using the given function, the context and a constant
+         the next context is computed.  Because the algorithms processing
+         unit is a 32-bit word and it is determined to work on words in
+         little endian byte order we perhaps have to change the byte order
+         before the computation.  To reduce the work for the next steps
+         we store the swapped words in the array CORRECT_WORDS.  */
+
+#define OP(a, b, c, d, s, T)                                            \
+      do                                                                \
+        {                                                               \
+          a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T;             \
+          ++words;                                                      \
+          CYCLIC (a, s);                                                \
+          a += b;                                                       \
+        }                                                               \
+      while (0)
+
+      /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for
+         cyclic rotation.  Hope the C compiler is smart enough.  */
+#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s)))
+
+      /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants.
+         They are defined in RFC 1321 as
+
+         T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64
+
+         Here is an equivalent invocation using Perl:
+
+         perl -e 'foreach(1..64){printf "0x%08x\n", int (4294967296 * abs (sin $_))}'
+       */
+
+      /* Round 1.  */
+      OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xd76aa478);
+      OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xe8c7b756);
+      OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0x242070db);
+      OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xc1bdceee);
+      OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xf57c0faf);
+      OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x4787c62a);
+      OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa8304613);
+      OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xfd469501);
+      OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x698098d8);
+      OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x8b44f7af);
+      OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xffff5bb1);
+      OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x895cd7be);
+      OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x6b901122);
+      OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xfd987193);
+      OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa679438e);
+      OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x49b40821);
+
+      /* For the second to fourth round we have the possibly swapped words
+         in CORRECT_WORDS.  Redefine the macro to take an additional first
+         argument specifying the function to use.  */
+#undef OP
+#define OP(f, a, b, c, d, k, s, T)                                      \
+      do                                                                \
+        {                                                               \
+          a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T;                      \
+          CYCLIC (a, s);                                                \
+          a += b;                                                       \
+        }                                                               \
+      while (0)
+
+      /* Round 2.  */
+      OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 1, 5, 0xf61e2562);
+      OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 6, 9, 0xc040b340);
+      OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 11, 14, 0x265e5a51);
+      OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 0, 20, 0xe9b6c7aa);
+      OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 5, 5, 0xd62f105d);
+      OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 10, 9, 0x02441453);
+      OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 15, 14, 0xd8a1e681);
+      OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 4, 20, 0xe7d3fbc8);
+      OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 9, 5, 0x21e1cde6);
+      OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 14, 9, 0xc33707d6);
+      OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 3, 14, 0xf4d50d87);
+      OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 8, 20, 0x455a14ed);
+      OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 13, 5, 0xa9e3e905);
+      OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 2, 9, 0xfcefa3f8);
+      OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 7, 14, 0x676f02d9);
+      OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 12, 20, 0x8d2a4c8a);
+
+      /* Round 3.  */
+      OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 5, 4, 0xfffa3942);
+      OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 8, 11, 0x8771f681);
+      OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 11, 16, 0x6d9d6122);
+      OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 14, 23, 0xfde5380c);
+      OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 1, 4, 0xa4beea44);
+      OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 4, 11, 0x4bdecfa9);
+      OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 7, 16, 0xf6bb4b60);
+      OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 10, 23, 0xbebfbc70);
+      OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 13, 4, 0x289b7ec6);
+      OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 0, 11, 0xeaa127fa);
+      OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 3, 16, 0xd4ef3085);
+      OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 6, 23, 0x04881d05);
+      OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 9, 4, 0xd9d4d039);
+      OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 12, 11, 0xe6db99e5);
+      OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 15, 16, 0x1fa27cf8);
+      OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 2, 23, 0xc4ac5665);
+
+      /* Round 4.  */
+      OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 0, 6, 0xf4292244);
+      OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 7, 10, 0x432aff97);
+      OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 14, 15, 0xab9423a7);
+      OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 5, 21, 0xfc93a039);
+      OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 12, 6, 0x655b59c3);
+      OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 3, 10, 0x8f0ccc92);
+      OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 10, 15, 0xffeff47d);
+      OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 1, 21, 0x85845dd1);
+      OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 8, 6, 0x6fa87e4f);
+      OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 15, 10, 0xfe2ce6e0);
+      OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 6, 15, 0xa3014314);
+      OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 13, 21, 0x4e0811a1);
+      OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 4, 6, 0xf7537e82);
+      OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 11, 10, 0xbd3af235);
+      OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 2, 15, 0x2ad7d2bb);
+      OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 9, 21, 0xeb86d391);
+
+      /* Add the starting values of the context.  */
+      A += A_save;
+      B += B_save;
+      C += C_save;
+      D += D_save;
+    }
+
+  /* Put checksum in context given as argument.  */
+  ctx->A = A;
+  ctx->B = B;
+  ctx->C = C;
+  ctx->D = D;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/md5.h b/lib/md5.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b92eac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/md5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum computing
+   library functions.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 1999-2001, 2004-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _MD5_H
+#define _MD5_H 1
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+#  include <openssl/md5.h>
+# endif
+
+#define MD5_DIGEST_SIZE 16
+#define MD5_BLOCK_SIZE 64
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min)                                       \
+  ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
+# else
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# if defined __cplusplus && (__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __clang_major__ >= 4)
+#  define __THROW       throw ()
+# else
+#  define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __md5_buffer md5_buffer
+# define __md5_finish_ctx md5_finish_ctx
+# define __md5_init_ctx md5_init_ctx
+# define __md5_process_block md5_process_block
+# define __md5_process_bytes md5_process_bytes
+# define __md5_read_ctx md5_read_ctx
+# define __md5_stream md5_stream
+#endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 5
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+# else
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct md5_ctx
+{
+  uint32_t A;
+  uint32_t B;
+  uint32_t C;
+  uint32_t D;
+
+  uint32_t total[2];
+  uint32_t buflen;     /* ≥ 0, ≤ 128 */
+  uint32_t buffer[32]; /* 128 bytes; the first buflen bytes are in use */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The following three functions are build up the low level used in
+ * the functions 'md5_stream' and 'md5_buffer'.
+ */
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation.
+   (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3)  */
+extern void __md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW;
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void __md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                 struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW;
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void __md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                 struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW;
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *__md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf)
+     __THROW;
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *__md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf)
+     __THROW;
+
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *__md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                           void *restrict resblock) __THROW;
+
+# endif
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.
+   STREAM is an open file stream.  Regular files are handled more efficiently.
+   The contents of STREAM from its current position to its end will be read.
+   The case that the last operation on STREAM was an 'ungetc' is not supported.
+   The resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int __md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock) __THROW;
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif /* md5.h */
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/memcasecmp.c b/lib/memcasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e02c25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Case-insensitive buffer comparator.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 2000, 2003, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "memcasecmp.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Like memcmp, but ignore differences in case.
+   Convert to upper case (not lower) before comparing so that
+   join -i works with sort -f.  */
+
+int
+memcasecmp (const void *vs1, const void *vs2, size_t n)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  char const *s1 = vs1;
+  char const *s2 = vs2;
+  for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char u1 = s1[i];
+      unsigned char u2 = s2[i];
+      int U1 = toupper (u1);
+      int U2 = toupper (u2);
+      int diff = (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX ? U1 - U2 : _GL_CMP (U1, U2));
+      if (diff)
+        return diff;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/memcasecmp.h b/lib/memcasecmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea679d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memcasecmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Case-insensitive buffer comparator.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+int memcasecmp (const void *vs1, const void *vs2, size_t n) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
diff --git a/lib/memchr.c b/lib/memchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ca7b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996-1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2022
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if defined _LIBC
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <bp-sym.h>
+#else
+# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
+#endif
+
+#undef __memchr
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef memchr
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memchr memchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+void *
+__memchr (void const *s, int c_in, size_t n)
+{
+  /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
+     long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
+     performance.  On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
+     bits already.  Change this typedef to experiment with
+     performance.  */
+  typedef unsigned long int longword;
+
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const longword *longword_ptr;
+  longword repeated_one;
+  longword repeated_c;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+       n > 0 && (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
+       --n, ++char_ptr)
+    if (*char_ptr == c)
+      return (void *) char_ptr;
+
+  longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords.  */
+
+  /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+     repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c has c in every byte.  */
+  repeated_one = 0x01010101;
+  repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
+  repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
+  if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
+    {
+      repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
+      repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
+      if (8 < sizeof (longword))
+        {
+          size_t i;
+
+          for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
+            {
+              repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
+              repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will test a
+     longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing if *any of the four*
+     bytes in the longword in question are equal to c.  We first use an xor
+     with repeated_c.  This reduces the task to testing whether *any of the
+     four* bytes in longword1 is zero.
+
+     We compute tmp =
+       ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
+     That is, we perform the following operations:
+       1. Subtract repeated_one.
+       2. & ~longword1.
+       3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+     Consider what happens in each byte:
+       - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+         and step 3 transforms it into 0x80.  A carry can also be propagated
+         to more significant bytes.
+       - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+         position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0.  After step 1,
+         the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+         After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1.  After
+         step 3, the result is 0.  And no carry is produced.
+     So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
+     Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+     significant zero byte.  Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+     j-1 and a 0x80 at position j.  We cannot predict the result at the more
+     significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+     already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+     So, the test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent to
+     testing whether tmp is nonzero.  */
+
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
+
+      if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
+           & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
+        break;
+      longword_ptr++;
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  /* At this point, we know that either n < sizeof (longword), or one of the
+     sizeof (longword) bytes starting at char_ptr is == c.  On little-endian
+     machines, we could determine the first such byte without any further
+     memory accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
+     iteration.  But this does not work on big-endian machines.  Choose code
+     that works in both cases.  */
+
+  for (; n > 0; --n, ++char_ptr)
+    {
+      if (*char_ptr == c)
+        return (void *) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/memchr.valgrind b/lib/memchr.valgrind
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb0f351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memchr.valgrind
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in memchr().
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# POSIX states that when the character is found, memchr must not read extra
+# bytes in an overestimated length (for example, where memchr is used to
+# implement strnlen).  However, we use a safe word read to provide a speedup.
+{
+    memchr-value4
+    Memcheck:Value4
+    fun:rpl_memchr
+}
+{
+    memchr-value8
+    Memcheck:Value8
+    fun:rpl_memchr
+}
diff --git a/lib/memchr2.c b/lib/memchr2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef833df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memchr2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996-1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2022
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented in glibc by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+   Extension to memchr2 implemented by Eric Blake (ebb9@byu.net).
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "memchr2.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Return the first address of either C1 or C2 (treated as unsigned
+   char) that occurs within N bytes of the memory region S.  If
+   neither byte appears, return NULL.  */
+void *
+memchr2 (void const *s, int c1_in, int c2_in, size_t n)
+{
+  /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
+     long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
+     performance.  On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
+     bits already.  Change this typedef to experiment with
+     performance.  */
+  typedef unsigned long int longword;
+
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  void const *void_ptr;
+  const longword *longword_ptr;
+  longword repeated_one;
+  longword repeated_c1;
+  longword repeated_c2;
+  unsigned char c1;
+  unsigned char c2;
+
+  c1 = (unsigned char) c1_in;
+  c2 = (unsigned char) c2_in;
+
+  if (c1 == c2)
+    return memchr (s, c1, n);
+
+  /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+     Do this until VOID_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (void_ptr = s;
+       n > 0 && (uintptr_t) void_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
+       --n)
+    {
+      char_ptr = void_ptr;
+      if (*char_ptr == c1 || *char_ptr == c2)
+        return (void *) void_ptr;
+      void_ptr = char_ptr + 1;
+    }
+
+  longword_ptr = void_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords.  */
+
+  /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+     repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c1 has c1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c2 has c2 in every byte.  */
+  repeated_one = 0x01010101;
+  repeated_c1 = c1 | (c1 << 8);
+  repeated_c2 = c2 | (c2 << 8);
+  repeated_c1 |= repeated_c1 << 16;
+  repeated_c2 |= repeated_c2 << 16;
+  if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
+    {
+      repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
+      repeated_c1 |= repeated_c1 << 31 << 1;
+      repeated_c2 |= repeated_c2 << 31 << 1;
+      if (8 < sizeof (longword))
+        {
+          size_t i;
+
+          for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
+            {
+              repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
+              repeated_c1 |= repeated_c1 << i;
+              repeated_c2 |= repeated_c2 << i;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will test a
+     longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing if *any of the four*
+     bytes in the longword in question are equal to c1 or c2.  We first use
+     an xor with repeated_c1 and repeated_c2, respectively.  This reduces
+     the task to testing whether *any of the four* bytes in longword1 or
+     longword2 is zero.
+
+     Let's consider longword1.  We compute tmp1 =
+       ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
+     That is, we perform the following operations:
+       1. Subtract repeated_one.
+       2. & ~longword1.
+       3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+     Consider what happens in each byte:
+       - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+         and step 3 transforms it into 0x80.  A carry can also be propagated
+         to more significant bytes.
+       - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+         position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0.  After step 1,
+         the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+         After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1.  After
+         step 3, the result is 0.  And no carry is produced.
+     So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp1 is zero.
+     Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+     significant zero byte.  Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+     j-1 and a 0x80 at position j.  We cannot predict the result at the more
+     significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+     already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+     Similarly, we compute tmp2 =
+       ((longword2 - repeated_one) & ~longword2) & (repeated_one << 7).
+
+     The test whether any byte in longword1 or longword2 is zero is equivalent
+     to testing whether tmp1 is nonzero or tmp2 is nonzero.  We can combine
+     this into a single test, whether (tmp1 | tmp2) is nonzero.  */
+
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c1;
+      longword longword2 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c2;
+
+      if (((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
+            | ((longword2 - repeated_one) & ~longword2))
+           & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
+        break;
+      longword_ptr++;
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  /* At this point, we know that either n < sizeof (longword), or one of the
+     sizeof (longword) bytes starting at char_ptr is == c1 or == c2.  On
+     little-endian machines, we could determine the first such byte without
+     any further memory accesses, just by looking at the (tmp1 | tmp2) result
+     from the last loop iteration.  But this does not work on big-endian
+     machines.  Choose code that works in both cases.  */
+
+  for (; n > 0; --n, ++char_ptr)
+    {
+      if (*char_ptr == c1 || *char_ptr == c2)
+        return (void *) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/lib/memchr2.h b/lib/memchr2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fb8047
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memchr2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Scan memory for the first of two bytes.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Return the first address of either C1 or C2 (treated as unsigned
+   char) that occurs within N bytes of the memory region S.  If
+   neither byte appears, return NULL.  */
+
+extern void *memchr2 (void const *s, int c1, int c2, size_t n)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/memchr2.valgrind b/lib/memchr2.valgrind
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0776d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memchr2.valgrind
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in memchr2().
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Like memchr, it is safe to overestimate the length when the terminator
+# is guaranteed to be found.  In this case, we may end up reading a word
+# that is partially uninitialized, but this use is OK for a speedup.
+{
+    memchr2-value4
+    Memcheck:Value4
+    fun:memchr2
+}
+{
+    memchr2-value8
+    Memcheck:Value8
+    fun:memchr2
+}
diff --git a/lib/memcmp2.c b/lib/memcmp2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5780596
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memcmp2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Compare two memory areas with possibly different lengths.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "memcmp2.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int
+memcmp2 (const char *s1, size_t n1, const char *s2, size_t n2)
+{
+  int cmp = memcmp (s1, s2, n1 <= n2 ? n1 : n2);
+  if (cmp == 0)
+    cmp = _GL_CMP (n1, n2);
+  return cmp;
+}
diff --git a/lib/memcmp2.h b/lib/memcmp2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a3c342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memcmp2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Compare two memory areas with possibly different lengths.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef MEMCMP2_H
+#define MEMCMP2_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare the memory regions S1 = [s1..s1+N1-1], S2 = [s2..s2+n2-1],
+   lexicographically.
+   This function's result is locale independent, unlike memcoll()'s.
+   Return a negative number if S1 < S2, a positive number if S1 > S2, or
+   0 if S1 and S2 have the same contents.  */
+extern int memcmp2 (const char *s1, size_t n1, const char *s2, size_t n2)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MEMCMP2_H */
diff --git a/lib/memcoll.c b/lib/memcoll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87bd0c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memcoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* Locale-specific memory comparison.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Contributed by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "memcoll.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Compare S1 (with size S1SIZE) and S2 (with length S2SIZE) according
+   to the LC_COLLATE locale.  S1 and S2 are both blocks of memory with
+   nonzero sizes, and the last byte in each block must be a null byte.
+   Set errno to an error number if there is an error, and to zero
+   otherwise.  */
+static int
+strcoll_loop (char const *s1, size_t s1size, char const *s2, size_t s2size)
+{
+  int diff;
+
+  while (! (errno = 0, (diff = strcoll (s1, s2)) || errno))
+    {
+      /* strcoll found no difference, but perhaps it was fooled by NUL
+         characters in the data.  Work around this problem by advancing
+         past the NUL chars.  */
+      size_t size1 = strlen (s1) + 1;
+      size_t size2 = strlen (s2) + 1;
+      s1 += size1;
+      s2 += size2;
+      s1size -= size1;
+      s2size -= size2;
+
+      if (s1size == 0)
+        return - (s2size != 0);
+      if (s2size == 0)
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+  return diff;
+}
+
+/* Compare S1 (with length S1LEN) and S2 (with length S2LEN) according
+   to the LC_COLLATE locale.  S1 and S2 do not overlap, and are not
+   adjacent.  Perhaps temporarily modify the bytes after S1 and S2,
+   but restore their original contents before returning.  Set errno to an
+   error number if there is an error, and to zero otherwise.  */
+int
+memcoll (char *s1, size_t s1len, char *s2, size_t s2len)
+{
+  int diff;
+
+  /* strcoll is slow on many platforms, so check for the common case
+     where the arguments are bytewise equal.  Otherwise, walk through
+     the buffers using strcoll on each substring.  */
+
+  if (s1len == s2len && memcmp (s1, s2, s1len) == 0)
+    {
+      errno = 0;
+      diff = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char n1 = s1[s1len];
+      char n2 = s2[s2len];
+
+      s1[s1len] = '\0';
+      s2[s2len] = '\0';
+
+      diff = strcoll_loop (s1, s1len + 1, s2, s2len + 1);
+
+      s1[s1len] = n1;
+      s2[s2len] = n2;
+    }
+
+  return diff;
+}
+
+/* Compare S1 (a memory block of size S1SIZE, with a NUL as last byte)
+   and S2 (a memory block of size S2SIZE, with a NUL as last byte)
+   according to the LC_COLLATE locale.  S1SIZE and S2SIZE must be > 0.
+   Set errno to an error number if there is an error, and to zero
+   otherwise.  */
+int
+memcoll0 (char const *s1, size_t s1size, char const *s2, size_t s2size)
+{
+  if (s1size == s2size && memcmp (s1, s2, s1size) == 0)
+    {
+      errno = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    return strcoll_loop (s1, s1size, s2, s2size);
+}
diff --git a/lib/memcoll.h b/lib/memcoll.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..191daa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memcoll.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Locale-specific memory comparison.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Contributed by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.  */
+
+#ifndef MEMCOLL_H_
+# define MEMCOLL_H_ 1
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+int memcoll (char *restrict, size_t, char *restrict, size_t);
+int memcoll0 (char const *, size_t, char const *, size_t);
+
+#endif /* MEMCOLL_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/mempcpy.c b/lib/mempcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9aae418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mempcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Copy memory area and return pointer after last written byte.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* A function definition is only needed if HAVE_MEMPCPY is not defined.  */
+#if !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
+   last written byte.  */
+void *
+mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
+{
+  return (char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/memrchr.c b/lib/memrchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90fdb86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memrchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996-1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# include <config.h>
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#undef __memrchr
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef memrchr
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memrchr memrchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+void *
+__memrchr (void const *s, int c_in, size_t n)
+{
+  /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
+     long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
+     performance.  On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
+     bits already.  Change this typedef to experiment with
+     performance.  */
+  typedef unsigned long int longword;
+
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const longword *longword_ptr;
+  longword repeated_one;
+  longword repeated_c;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the last few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
+       n > 0 && (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
+       --n)
+    if (*--char_ptr == c)
+      return (void *) char_ptr;
+
+  longword_ptr = (const void *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords.  */
+
+  /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+     repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c has c in every byte.  */
+  repeated_one = 0x01010101;
+  repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
+  repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
+  if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
+    {
+      repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
+      repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
+      if (8 < sizeof (longword))
+        {
+          size_t i;
+
+          for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
+            {
+              repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
+              repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will test a
+     longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing if *any of the four*
+     bytes in the longword in question are equal to c.  We first use an xor
+     with repeated_c.  This reduces the task to testing whether *any of the
+     four* bytes in longword1 is zero.
+
+     We compute tmp =
+       ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
+     That is, we perform the following operations:
+       1. Subtract repeated_one.
+       2. & ~longword1.
+       3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+     Consider what happens in each byte:
+       - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+         and step 3 transforms it into 0x80.  A carry can also be propagated
+         to more significant bytes.
+       - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+         position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0.  After step 1,
+         the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+         After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1.  After
+         step 3, the result is 0.  And no carry is produced.
+     So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
+     Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+     significant zero byte.  Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+     j-1 and a 0x80 at position j.  We cannot predict the result at the more
+     significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+     already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+     So, the test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent to
+     testing whether tmp is nonzero.  */
+
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      longword longword1 = *--longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
+
+      if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
+           & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
+        {
+          longword_ptr++;
+          break;
+        }
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  /* At this point, we know that either n < sizeof (longword), or one of the
+     sizeof (longword) bytes starting at char_ptr is == c.  On little-endian
+     machines, we could determine the first such byte without any further
+     memory accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
+     iteration.  But this does not work on big-endian machines.  Choose code
+     that works in both cases.  */
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*--char_ptr == c)
+        return (void *) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mgetgroups.c b/lib/mgetgroups.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12e08bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mgetgroups.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/* mgetgroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user or current process is in
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Extracted from coreutils' src/id.c. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "mgetgroups.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if HAVE_GETGROUPLIST
+# include <grp.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getugroups.h"
+#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
+
+/* Work around an incompatibility of OS X 10.11: getgrouplist
+   accepts int *, not gid_t *, and int and gid_t differ in sign.  */
+#if 4 < __GNUC__ + (3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || defined __clang__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpointer-sign"
+#endif
+
+static gid_t *
+realloc_groupbuf (gid_t *g, size_t num)
+{
+  if (xalloc_oversized (num, sizeof *g))
+    {
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return realloc (g, num * sizeof *g);
+}
+
+/* Like getugroups, but store the result in malloc'd storage.
+   Set *GROUPS to the malloc'd list of all group IDs of which USERNAME
+   is a member.  If GID is not -1, store it first.  GID should be the
+   group ID (pw_gid) obtained from getpwuid, in case USERNAME is not
+   listed in the groups database (e.g., /etc/groups).  If USERNAME is
+   NULL, store the supplementary groups of the current process, and GID
+   should be -1 or the effective group ID (getegid).  Upon failure,
+   don't modify *GROUPS, set errno, and return -1.  Otherwise, return
+   the number of groups.  The resulting list may contain duplicates,
+   but adjacent members will be distinct.  */
+
+int
+mgetgroups (char const *username, gid_t gid, gid_t **groups)
+{
+  int max_n_groups;
+  int ng;
+  gid_t *g;
+
+#if HAVE_GETGROUPLIST
+  /* We prefer to use getgrouplist if available, because it has better
+     performance characteristics.
+
+     In glibc 2.3.2, getgrouplist is buggy.  If you pass a zero as the
+     length of the output buffer, getgrouplist will still write to the
+     buffer.  Contrary to what some versions of the getgrouplist
+     manpage say, this doesn't happen with nonzero buffer sizes.
+     Therefore our usage here just avoids a zero sized buffer.  */
+  if (username)
+    {
+      enum { N_GROUPS_INIT = 10 };
+      max_n_groups = N_GROUPS_INIT;
+
+      g = realloc_groupbuf (NULL, max_n_groups);
+      if (g == NULL)
+        return -1;
+
+      while (1)
+        {
+          gid_t *h;
+          int last_n_groups = max_n_groups;
+
+          /* getgrouplist updates max_n_groups to num required.  */
+          ng = getgrouplist (username, gid, g, &max_n_groups);
+
+          /* Some systems (like Darwin) have a bug where they
+             never increase max_n_groups.  */
+          if (ng < 0 && last_n_groups == max_n_groups)
+            max_n_groups *= 2;
+
+          if ((h = realloc_groupbuf (g, max_n_groups)) == NULL)
+            {
+              free (g);
+              return -1;
+            }
+          g = h;
+
+          if (0 <= ng)
+            {
+              *groups = g;
+              /* On success some systems just return 0 from getgrouplist,
+                 so return max_n_groups rather than ng.  */
+              return max_n_groups;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  /* else no username, so fall through and use getgroups. */
+#endif
+
+  max_n_groups = (username
+                  ? getugroups (0, NULL, username, gid)
+                  : getgroups (0, NULL));
+
+  /* If we failed to count groups because there is no supplemental
+     group support, then return an array containing just GID.
+     Otherwise, we fail for the same reason.  */
+  if (max_n_groups < 0)
+    {
+      if (errno == ENOSYS && (g = realloc_groupbuf (NULL, 1)))
+        {
+          *groups = g;
+          *g = gid;
+          return gid != (gid_t) -1;
+        }
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (max_n_groups == 0 || (!username && gid != (gid_t) -1))
+    max_n_groups++;
+  g = realloc_groupbuf (NULL, max_n_groups);
+  if (g == NULL)
+    return -1;
+
+  ng = (username
+        ? getugroups (max_n_groups, g, username, gid)
+        : getgroups (max_n_groups - (gid != (gid_t) -1),
+                                g + (gid != (gid_t) -1)));
+
+  if (ng < 0)
+    {
+      /* Failure is unexpected, but handle it anyway.  */
+      free (g);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (!username && gid != (gid_t) -1)
+    {
+      *g = gid;
+      ng++;
+    }
+  *groups = g;
+
+  /* Reduce the number of duplicates.  On some systems, getgroups
+     returns the effective gid twice: once as the first element, and
+     once in its position within the supplementary groups.  On other
+     systems, getgroups does not return the effective gid at all,
+     which is why we provide a GID argument.  Meanwhile, the GID
+     argument, if provided, is typically any member of the
+     supplementary groups, and not necessarily the effective gid.  So,
+     the most likely duplicates are the first element with an
+     arbitrary other element, or pair-wise duplication between the
+     first and second elements returned by getgroups.  It is possible
+     that this O(n) pass will not remove all duplicates, but it is not
+     worth the effort to slow down to an O(n log n) algorithm that
+     sorts the array in place, nor the extra memory needed for
+     duplicate removal via an O(n) hash-table.  Hence, this function
+     is only documented as guaranteeing no pair-wise duplicates,
+     rather than returning the minimal set.  */
+  if (1 < ng)
+    {
+      gid_t first = *g;
+      gid_t *next;
+      gid_t *groups_end = g + ng;
+
+      for (next = g + 1; next < groups_end; next++)
+        {
+          if (*next == first || *next == *g)
+            ng--;
+          else
+            *++g = *next;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return ng;
+}
diff --git a/lib/mgetgroups.h b/lib/mgetgroups.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97e1096
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mgetgroups.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Get a list of all group IDs associated with a specified user ID.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+int mgetgroups (const char *username, gid_t gid, gid_t **groups);
+#if GNULIB_XGETGROUPS
+int xgetgroups (const char *username, gid_t gid, gid_t **groups);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mini-gmp-gnulib.c b/lib/mini-gmp-gnulib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a18ee8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mini-gmp-gnulib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Tailor mini-gmp.c for Gnulib-using applications.
+
+   Copyright 2018-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software.
+   It is dual-licensed under "the GNU LGPLv3+ or the GNU GPLv2+".
+   You can redistribute it and/or modify it under either
+     - the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+       by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3, or (at your
+       option) any later version, or
+     - the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+       Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+       any later version, or
+     - the same dual license "the GNU LGPLv3+ or the GNU GPLv2+".
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License and the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License and of the GNU General Public License along with this
+   program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "mini-gmp.h"
+
+/* Pacify GCC -Wsuggest-attribute=const, pure, malloc.  */
+#if 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=const"
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure"
+#endif
+#if 8 <= __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=malloc"
+#endif
+
+/* Pacify GCC -Wunused-variable for variables used only in 'assert' calls.  */
+#if defined NDEBUG && 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-variable"
+#endif
+
+#include "mini-gmp.c"
diff --git a/lib/mini-gmp.c b/lib/mini-gmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b1ddee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mini-gmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4618 @@
+/* mini-gmp, a minimalistic implementation of a GNU GMP subset.
+
+   Contributed to the GNU project by Niels Möller
+
+Copyright 1991-1997, 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the GNU MP Library.
+
+The GNU MP Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of either:
+
+  * the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free
+    Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+    option) any later version.
+
+or
+
+  * the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+    Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
+    later version.
+
+or both in parallel, as here.
+
+The GNU MP Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received copies of the GNU General Public License and the
+GNU Lesser General Public License along with the GNU MP Library.  If not,
+see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  */
+
+/* NOTE: All functions in this file which are not declared in
+   mini-gmp.h are internal, and are not intended to be compatible
+   with GMP or with future versions of mini-gmp. */
+
+/* Much of the material copied from GMP files, including: gmp-impl.h,
+   longlong.h, mpn/generic/add_n.c, mpn/generic/addmul_1.c,
+   mpn/generic/lshift.c, mpn/generic/mul_1.c,
+   mpn/generic/mul_basecase.c, mpn/generic/rshift.c,
+   mpn/generic/sbpi1_div_qr.c, mpn/generic/sub_n.c,
+   mpn/generic/submul_1.c. */
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "mini-gmp.h"
+
+#if !defined(MINI_GMP_DONT_USE_FLOAT_H)
+#include <float.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* Macros */
+#define GMP_LIMB_BITS (sizeof(mp_limb_t) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+#define GMP_LIMB_MAX ((mp_limb_t) ~ (mp_limb_t) 0)
+#define GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT ((mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1))
+
+#define GMP_HLIMB_BIT ((mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2))
+#define GMP_LLIMB_MASK (GMP_HLIMB_BIT - 1)
+
+#define GMP_ULONG_BITS (sizeof(unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT)
+#define GMP_ULONG_HIGHBIT ((unsigned long) 1 << (GMP_ULONG_BITS - 1))
+
+#define GMP_ABS(x) ((x) >= 0 ? (x) : -(x))
+#define GMP_NEG_CAST(T,x) (-((T)((x) + 1) - 1))
+
+#define GMP_MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define GMP_MAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+#define GMP_CMP(a,b) (((a) > (b)) - ((a) < (b)))
+
+#if defined(DBL_MANT_DIG) && FLT_RADIX == 2
+#define GMP_DBL_MANT_BITS DBL_MANT_DIG
+#else
+#define GMP_DBL_MANT_BITS (53)
+#endif
+
+/* Return non-zero if xp,xsize and yp,ysize overlap.
+   If xp+xsize<=yp there's no overlap, or if yp+ysize<=xp there's no
+   overlap.  If both these are false, there's an overlap. */
+#define GMP_MPN_OVERLAP_P(xp, xsize, yp, ysize)				\
+  ((xp) + (xsize) > (yp) && (yp) + (ysize) > (xp))
+
+#define gmp_assert_nocarry(x) do { \
+    mp_limb_t __cy = (x);	   \
+    assert (__cy == 0);		   \
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_clz(count, x) do {						\
+    mp_limb_t __clz_x = (x);						\
+    unsigned __clz_c = 0;						\
+    int LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS = 8;						\
+    if (GMP_LIMB_BITS > LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS)				\
+      for (;								\
+	   (__clz_x & ((mp_limb_t) 0xff << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - 8))) == 0;	\
+	   __clz_c += 8)						\
+	{ __clz_x <<= LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS;	}				\
+    for (; (__clz_x & GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT) == 0; __clz_c++)		\
+      __clz_x <<= 1;							\
+    (count) = __clz_c;							\
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_ctz(count, x) do {						\
+    mp_limb_t __ctz_x = (x);						\
+    unsigned __ctz_c = 0;						\
+    gmp_clz (__ctz_c, __ctz_x & - __ctz_x);				\
+    (count) = GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1 - __ctz_c;				\
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_add_ssaaaa(sh, sl, ah, al, bh, bl) \
+  do {									\
+    mp_limb_t __x;							\
+    __x = (al) + (bl);							\
+    (sh) = (ah) + (bh) + (__x < (al));					\
+    (sl) = __x;								\
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_sub_ddmmss(sh, sl, ah, al, bh, bl) \
+  do {									\
+    mp_limb_t __x;							\
+    __x = (al) - (bl);							\
+    (sh) = (ah) - (bh) - ((al) < (bl));					\
+    (sl) = __x;								\
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_umul_ppmm(w1, w0, u, v)					\
+  do {									\
+    int LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS = GMP_LIMB_BITS;				\
+    if (sizeof(unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT >= 2 * GMP_LIMB_BITS)		\
+      {									\
+	unsigned int __ww = (unsigned int) (u) * (v);			\
+	w0 = (mp_limb_t) __ww;						\
+	w1 = (mp_limb_t) (__ww >> LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS);			\
+      }									\
+    else if (GMP_ULONG_BITS >= 2 * GMP_LIMB_BITS)			\
+      {									\
+	unsigned long int __ww = (unsigned long int) (u) * (v);		\
+	w0 = (mp_limb_t) __ww;						\
+	w1 = (mp_limb_t) (__ww >> LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS);			\
+      }									\
+    else {								\
+      mp_limb_t __x0, __x1, __x2, __x3;					\
+      unsigned __ul, __vl, __uh, __vh;					\
+      mp_limb_t __u = (u), __v = (v);					\
+      assert (sizeof (unsigned) * 2 >= sizeof (mp_limb_t));		\
+									\
+      __ul = __u & GMP_LLIMB_MASK;					\
+      __uh = __u >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);				\
+      __vl = __v & GMP_LLIMB_MASK;					\
+      __vh = __v >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);				\
+									\
+      __x0 = (mp_limb_t) __ul * __vl;					\
+      __x1 = (mp_limb_t) __ul * __vh;					\
+      __x2 = (mp_limb_t) __uh * __vl;					\
+      __x3 = (mp_limb_t) __uh * __vh;					\
+									\
+      __x1 += __x0 >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);/* this can't give carry */	\
+      __x1 += __x2;		/* but this indeed can */		\
+      if (__x1 < __x2)		/* did we get it? */			\
+	__x3 += GMP_HLIMB_BIT;	/* yes, add it in the proper pos. */	\
+									\
+      (w1) = __x3 + (__x1 >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2));			\
+      (w0) = (__x1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) + (__x0 & GMP_LLIMB_MASK);	\
+    }									\
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_udiv_qrnnd_preinv(q, r, nh, nl, d, di)			\
+  do {									\
+    mp_limb_t _qh, _ql, _r, _mask;					\
+    gmp_umul_ppmm (_qh, _ql, (nh), (di));				\
+    gmp_add_ssaaaa (_qh, _ql, _qh, _ql, (nh) + 1, (nl));		\
+    _r = (nl) - _qh * (d);						\
+    _mask = -(mp_limb_t) (_r > _ql); /* both > and >= are OK */		\
+    _qh += _mask;							\
+    _r += _mask & (d);							\
+    if (_r >= (d))							\
+      {									\
+	_r -= (d);							\
+	_qh++;								\
+      }									\
+									\
+    (r) = _r;								\
+    (q) = _qh;								\
+  } while (0)
+
+#define gmp_udiv_qr_3by2(q, r1, r0, n2, n1, n0, d1, d0, dinv)		\
+  do {									\
+    mp_limb_t _q0, _t1, _t0, _mask;					\
+    gmp_umul_ppmm ((q), _q0, (n2), (dinv));				\
+    gmp_add_ssaaaa ((q), _q0, (q), _q0, (n2), (n1));			\
+									\
+    /* Compute the two most significant limbs of n - q'd */		\
+    (r1) = (n1) - (d1) * (q);						\
+    gmp_sub_ddmmss ((r1), (r0), (r1), (n0), (d1), (d0));		\
+    gmp_umul_ppmm (_t1, _t0, (d0), (q));				\
+    gmp_sub_ddmmss ((r1), (r0), (r1), (r0), _t1, _t0);			\
+    (q)++;								\
+									\
+    /* Conditionally adjust q and the remainders */			\
+    _mask = - (mp_limb_t) ((r1) >= _q0);				\
+    (q) += _mask;							\
+    gmp_add_ssaaaa ((r1), (r0), (r1), (r0), _mask & (d1), _mask & (d0)); \
+    if ((r1) >= (d1))							\
+      {									\
+	if ((r1) > (d1) || (r0) >= (d0))				\
+	  {								\
+	    (q)++;							\
+	    gmp_sub_ddmmss ((r1), (r0), (r1), (r0), (d1), (d0));	\
+	  }								\
+      }									\
+  } while (0)
+
+/* Swap macros. */
+#define MP_LIMB_T_SWAP(x, y)						\
+  do {									\
+    mp_limb_t __mp_limb_t_swap__tmp = (x);				\
+    (x) = (y);								\
+    (y) = __mp_limb_t_swap__tmp;					\
+  } while (0)
+#define MP_SIZE_T_SWAP(x, y)						\
+  do {									\
+    mp_size_t __mp_size_t_swap__tmp = (x);				\
+    (x) = (y);								\
+    (y) = __mp_size_t_swap__tmp;					\
+  } while (0)
+#define MP_BITCNT_T_SWAP(x,y)			\
+  do {						\
+    mp_bitcnt_t __mp_bitcnt_t_swap__tmp = (x);	\
+    (x) = (y);					\
+    (y) = __mp_bitcnt_t_swap__tmp;		\
+  } while (0)
+#define MP_PTR_SWAP(x, y)						\
+  do {									\
+    mp_ptr __mp_ptr_swap__tmp = (x);					\
+    (x) = (y);								\
+    (y) = __mp_ptr_swap__tmp;						\
+  } while (0)
+#define MP_SRCPTR_SWAP(x, y)						\
+  do {									\
+    mp_srcptr __mp_srcptr_swap__tmp = (x);				\
+    (x) = (y);								\
+    (y) = __mp_srcptr_swap__tmp;					\
+  } while (0)
+
+#define MPN_PTR_SWAP(xp,xs, yp,ys)					\
+  do {									\
+    MP_PTR_SWAP (xp, yp);						\
+    MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (xs, ys);						\
+  } while(0)
+#define MPN_SRCPTR_SWAP(xp,xs, yp,ys)					\
+  do {									\
+    MP_SRCPTR_SWAP (xp, yp);						\
+    MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (xs, ys);						\
+  } while(0)
+
+#define MPZ_PTR_SWAP(x, y)						\
+  do {									\
+    mpz_ptr __mpz_ptr_swap__tmp = (x);					\
+    (x) = (y);								\
+    (y) = __mpz_ptr_swap__tmp;						\
+  } while (0)
+#define MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP(x, y)						\
+  do {									\
+    mpz_srcptr __mpz_srcptr_swap__tmp = (x);				\
+    (x) = (y);								\
+    (y) = __mpz_srcptr_swap__tmp;					\
+  } while (0)
+
+const int mp_bits_per_limb = GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+
+/* Memory allocation and other helper functions. */
+static void
+gmp_die (const char *msg)
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", msg);
+  abort();
+}
+
+static void *
+gmp_default_alloc (size_t size)
+{
+  void *p;
+
+  assert (size > 0);
+
+  p = malloc (size);
+  if (!p)
+    gmp_die("gmp_default_alloc: Virtual memory exhausted.");
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+static void *
+gmp_default_realloc (void *old, size_t unused_old_size, size_t new_size)
+{
+  void * p;
+
+  p = realloc (old, new_size);
+
+  if (!p)
+    gmp_die("gmp_default_realloc: Virtual memory exhausted.");
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+static void
+gmp_default_free (void *p, size_t unused_size)
+{
+  free (p);
+}
+
+static void * (*gmp_allocate_func) (size_t) = gmp_default_alloc;
+static void * (*gmp_reallocate_func) (void *, size_t, size_t) = gmp_default_realloc;
+static void (*gmp_free_func) (void *, size_t) = gmp_default_free;
+
+void
+mp_get_memory_functions (void *(**alloc_func) (size_t),
+			 void *(**realloc_func) (void *, size_t, size_t),
+			 void (**free_func) (void *, size_t))
+{
+  if (alloc_func)
+    *alloc_func = gmp_allocate_func;
+
+  if (realloc_func)
+    *realloc_func = gmp_reallocate_func;
+
+  if (free_func)
+    *free_func = gmp_free_func;
+}
+
+void
+mp_set_memory_functions (void *(*alloc_func) (size_t),
+			 void *(*realloc_func) (void *, size_t, size_t),
+			 void (*free_func) (void *, size_t))
+{
+  if (!alloc_func)
+    alloc_func = gmp_default_alloc;
+  if (!realloc_func)
+    realloc_func = gmp_default_realloc;
+  if (!free_func)
+    free_func = gmp_default_free;
+
+  gmp_allocate_func = alloc_func;
+  gmp_reallocate_func = realloc_func;
+  gmp_free_func = free_func;
+}
+
+#define gmp_alloc(size) ((*gmp_allocate_func)((size)))
+#define gmp_free(p, size) ((*gmp_free_func) ((p), (size)))
+#define gmp_realloc(ptr, old_size, size) ((*gmp_reallocate_func)(ptr, old_size, size))
+
+static mp_ptr
+gmp_alloc_limbs (mp_size_t size)
+{
+  return (mp_ptr) gmp_alloc (size * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+}
+
+static mp_ptr
+gmp_realloc_limbs (mp_ptr old, mp_size_t old_size, mp_size_t size)
+{
+  assert (size > 0);
+  return (mp_ptr) gmp_realloc (old, old_size * sizeof (mp_limb_t), size * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+}
+
+static void
+gmp_free_limbs (mp_ptr old, mp_size_t size)
+{
+  gmp_free (old, size * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+}
+
+
+/* MPN interface */
+
+void
+mpn_copyi (mp_ptr d, mp_srcptr s, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+    d[i] = s[i];
+}
+
+void
+mpn_copyd (mp_ptr d, mp_srcptr s, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (--n >= 0)
+    d[n] = s[n];
+}
+
+int
+mpn_cmp (mp_srcptr ap, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (--n >= 0)
+    {
+      if (ap[n] != bp[n])
+	return ap[n] > bp[n] ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+mpn_cmp4 (mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t an, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t bn)
+{
+  if (an != bn)
+    return an < bn ? -1 : 1;
+  else
+    return mpn_cmp (ap, bp, an);
+}
+
+static mp_size_t
+mpn_normalized_size (mp_srcptr xp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (n > 0 && xp[n-1] == 0)
+    --n;
+  return n;
+}
+
+int
+mpn_zero_p(mp_srcptr rp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  return mpn_normalized_size (rp, n) == 0;
+}
+
+void
+mpn_zero (mp_ptr rp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (--n >= 0)
+    rp[n] = 0;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_add_1 (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t n, mp_limb_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+
+  assert (n > 0);
+  i = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      mp_limb_t r = ap[i] + b;
+      /* Carry out */
+      b = (r < b);
+      rp[i] = r;
+    }
+  while (++i < n);
+
+  return b;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_add_n (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  mp_limb_t cy;
+
+  for (i = 0, cy = 0; i < n; i++)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t a, b, r;
+      a = ap[i]; b = bp[i];
+      r = a + cy;
+      cy = (r < cy);
+      r += b;
+      cy += (r < b);
+      rp[i] = r;
+    }
+  return cy;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_add (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t an, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t bn)
+{
+  mp_limb_t cy;
+
+  assert (an >= bn);
+
+  cy = mpn_add_n (rp, ap, bp, bn);
+  if (an > bn)
+    cy = mpn_add_1 (rp + bn, ap + bn, an - bn, cy);
+  return cy;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_sub_1 (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t n, mp_limb_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+
+  assert (n > 0);
+
+  i = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      mp_limb_t a = ap[i];
+      /* Carry out */
+      mp_limb_t cy = a < b;
+      rp[i] = a - b;
+      b = cy;
+    }
+  while (++i < n);
+
+  return b;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_sub_n (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  mp_limb_t cy;
+
+  for (i = 0, cy = 0; i < n; i++)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t a, b;
+      a = ap[i]; b = bp[i];
+      b += cy;
+      cy = (b < cy);
+      cy += (a < b);
+      rp[i] = a - b;
+    }
+  return cy;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_sub (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t an, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t bn)
+{
+  mp_limb_t cy;
+
+  assert (an >= bn);
+
+  cy = mpn_sub_n (rp, ap, bp, bn);
+  if (an > bn)
+    cy = mpn_sub_1 (rp + bn, ap + bn, an - bn, cy);
+  return cy;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_mul_1 (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n, mp_limb_t vl)
+{
+  mp_limb_t ul, cl, hpl, lpl;
+
+  assert (n >= 1);
+
+  cl = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = *up++;
+      gmp_umul_ppmm (hpl, lpl, ul, vl);
+
+      lpl += cl;
+      cl = (lpl < cl) + hpl;
+
+      *rp++ = lpl;
+    }
+  while (--n != 0);
+
+  return cl;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_addmul_1 (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n, mp_limb_t vl)
+{
+  mp_limb_t ul, cl, hpl, lpl, rl;
+
+  assert (n >= 1);
+
+  cl = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = *up++;
+      gmp_umul_ppmm (hpl, lpl, ul, vl);
+
+      lpl += cl;
+      cl = (lpl < cl) + hpl;
+
+      rl = *rp;
+      lpl = rl + lpl;
+      cl += lpl < rl;
+      *rp++ = lpl;
+    }
+  while (--n != 0);
+
+  return cl;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_submul_1 (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n, mp_limb_t vl)
+{
+  mp_limb_t ul, cl, hpl, lpl, rl;
+
+  assert (n >= 1);
+
+  cl = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = *up++;
+      gmp_umul_ppmm (hpl, lpl, ul, vl);
+
+      lpl += cl;
+      cl = (lpl < cl) + hpl;
+
+      rl = *rp;
+      lpl = rl - lpl;
+      cl += lpl > rl;
+      *rp++ = lpl;
+    }
+  while (--n != 0);
+
+  return cl;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_mul (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t un, mp_srcptr vp, mp_size_t vn)
+{
+  assert (un >= vn);
+  assert (vn >= 1);
+  assert (!GMP_MPN_OVERLAP_P(rp, un + vn, up, un));
+  assert (!GMP_MPN_OVERLAP_P(rp, un + vn, vp, vn));
+
+  /* We first multiply by the low order limb. This result can be
+     stored, not added, to rp. We also avoid a loop for zeroing this
+     way. */
+
+  rp[un] = mpn_mul_1 (rp, up, un, vp[0]);
+
+  /* Now accumulate the product of up[] and the next higher limb from
+     vp[]. */
+
+  while (--vn >= 1)
+    {
+      rp += 1, vp += 1;
+      rp[un] = mpn_addmul_1 (rp, up, un, vp[0]);
+    }
+  return rp[un];
+}
+
+void
+mpn_mul_n (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_srcptr bp, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mpn_mul (rp, ap, n, bp, n);
+}
+
+void
+mpn_sqr (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr ap, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mpn_mul (rp, ap, n, ap, n);
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_lshift (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n, unsigned int cnt)
+{
+  mp_limb_t high_limb, low_limb;
+  unsigned int tnc;
+  mp_limb_t retval;
+
+  assert (n >= 1);
+  assert (cnt >= 1);
+  assert (cnt < GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  up += n;
+  rp += n;
+
+  tnc = GMP_LIMB_BITS - cnt;
+  low_limb = *--up;
+  retval = low_limb >> tnc;
+  high_limb = (low_limb << cnt);
+
+  while (--n != 0)
+    {
+      low_limb = *--up;
+      *--rp = high_limb | (low_limb >> tnc);
+      high_limb = (low_limb << cnt);
+    }
+  *--rp = high_limb;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_rshift (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n, unsigned int cnt)
+{
+  mp_limb_t high_limb, low_limb;
+  unsigned int tnc;
+  mp_limb_t retval;
+
+  assert (n >= 1);
+  assert (cnt >= 1);
+  assert (cnt < GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  tnc = GMP_LIMB_BITS - cnt;
+  high_limb = *up++;
+  retval = (high_limb << tnc);
+  low_limb = high_limb >> cnt;
+
+  while (--n != 0)
+    {
+      high_limb = *up++;
+      *rp++ = low_limb | (high_limb << tnc);
+      low_limb = high_limb >> cnt;
+    }
+  *rp = low_limb;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+static mp_bitcnt_t
+mpn_common_scan (mp_limb_t limb, mp_size_t i, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t un,
+		 mp_limb_t ux)
+{
+  unsigned cnt;
+
+  assert (ux == 0 || ux == GMP_LIMB_MAX);
+  assert (0 <= i && i <= un );
+
+  while (limb == 0)
+    {
+      i++;
+      if (i == un)
+	return (ux == 0 ? ~(mp_bitcnt_t) 0 : un * GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+      limb = ux ^ up[i];
+    }
+  gmp_ctz (cnt, limb);
+  return (mp_bitcnt_t) i * GMP_LIMB_BITS + cnt;
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpn_scan1 (mp_srcptr ptr, mp_bitcnt_t bit)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  i = bit / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  return mpn_common_scan ( ptr[i] & (GMP_LIMB_MAX << (bit % GMP_LIMB_BITS)),
+			  i, ptr, i, 0);
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpn_scan0 (mp_srcptr ptr, mp_bitcnt_t bit)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  i = bit / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  return mpn_common_scan (~ptr[i] & (GMP_LIMB_MAX << (bit % GMP_LIMB_BITS)),
+			  i, ptr, i, GMP_LIMB_MAX);
+}
+
+void
+mpn_com (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (--n >= 0)
+    *rp++ = ~ *up++;
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_neg (mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  while (*up == 0)
+    {
+      *rp = 0;
+      if (!--n)
+	return 0;
+      ++up; ++rp;
+    }
+  *rp = - *up;
+  mpn_com (++rp, ++up, --n);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* MPN division interface. */
+
+/* The 3/2 inverse is defined as
+
+     m = floor( (B^3-1) / (B u1 + u0)) - B
+*/
+mp_limb_t
+mpn_invert_3by2 (mp_limb_t u1, mp_limb_t u0)
+{
+  mp_limb_t r, m;
+
+  {
+    mp_limb_t p, ql;
+    unsigned ul, uh, qh;
+
+    assert (sizeof (unsigned) * 2 >= sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+    /* For notation, let b denote the half-limb base, so that B = b^2.
+       Split u1 = b uh + ul. */
+    ul = u1 & GMP_LLIMB_MASK;
+    uh = u1 >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+
+    /* Approximation of the high half of quotient. Differs from the 2/1
+       inverse of the half limb uh, since we have already subtracted
+       u0. */
+    qh = (u1 ^ GMP_LIMB_MAX) / uh;
+
+    /* Adjust to get a half-limb 3/2 inverse, i.e., we want
+
+       qh' = floor( (b^3 - 1) / u) - b = floor ((b^3 - b u - 1) / u
+	   = floor( (b (~u) + b-1) / u),
+
+       and the remainder
+
+       r = b (~u) + b-1 - qh (b uh + ul)
+       = b (~u - qh uh) + b-1 - qh ul
+
+       Subtraction of qh ul may underflow, which implies adjustments.
+       But by normalization, 2 u >= B > qh ul, so we need to adjust by
+       at most 2.
+    */
+
+    r = ((~u1 - (mp_limb_t) qh * uh) << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | GMP_LLIMB_MASK;
+
+    p = (mp_limb_t) qh * ul;
+    /* Adjustment steps taken from udiv_qrnnd_c */
+    if (r < p)
+      {
+	qh--;
+	r += u1;
+	if (r >= u1) /* i.e. we didn't get carry when adding to r */
+	  if (r < p)
+	    {
+	      qh--;
+	      r += u1;
+	    }
+      }
+    r -= p;
+
+    /* Low half of the quotient is
+
+       ql = floor ( (b r + b-1) / u1).
+
+       This is a 3/2 division (on half-limbs), for which qh is a
+       suitable inverse. */
+
+    p = (r >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) * qh + r;
+    /* Unlike full-limb 3/2, we can add 1 without overflow. For this to
+       work, it is essential that ql is a full mp_limb_t. */
+    ql = (p >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) + 1;
+
+    /* By the 3/2 trick, we don't need the high half limb. */
+    r = (r << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) + GMP_LLIMB_MASK - ql * u1;
+
+    if (r >= (GMP_LIMB_MAX & (p << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2))))
+      {
+	ql--;
+	r += u1;
+      }
+    m = ((mp_limb_t) qh << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) + ql;
+    if (r >= u1)
+      {
+	m++;
+	r -= u1;
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* Now m is the 2/1 inverse of u1. If u0 > 0, adjust it to become a
+     3/2 inverse. */
+  if (u0 > 0)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t th, tl;
+      r = ~r;
+      r += u0;
+      if (r < u0)
+	{
+	  m--;
+	  if (r >= u1)
+	    {
+	      m--;
+	      r -= u1;
+	    }
+	  r -= u1;
+	}
+      gmp_umul_ppmm (th, tl, u0, m);
+      r += th;
+      if (r < th)
+	{
+	  m--;
+	  m -= ((r > u1) | ((r == u1) & (tl > u0)));
+	}
+    }
+
+  return m;
+}
+
+struct gmp_div_inverse
+{
+  /* Normalization shift count. */
+  unsigned shift;
+  /* Normalized divisor (d0 unused for mpn_div_qr_1) */
+  mp_limb_t d1, d0;
+  /* Inverse, for 2/1 or 3/2. */
+  mp_limb_t di;
+};
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_1_invert (struct gmp_div_inverse *inv, mp_limb_t d)
+{
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  assert (d > 0);
+  gmp_clz (shift, d);
+  inv->shift = shift;
+  inv->d1 = d << shift;
+  inv->di = mpn_invert_limb (inv->d1);
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_2_invert (struct gmp_div_inverse *inv,
+		     mp_limb_t d1, mp_limb_t d0)
+{
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  assert (d1 > 0);
+  gmp_clz (shift, d1);
+  inv->shift = shift;
+  if (shift > 0)
+    {
+      d1 = (d1 << shift) | (d0 >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift));
+      d0 <<= shift;
+    }
+  inv->d1 = d1;
+  inv->d0 = d0;
+  inv->di = mpn_invert_3by2 (d1, d0);
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_invert (struct gmp_div_inverse *inv,
+		   mp_srcptr dp, mp_size_t dn)
+{
+  assert (dn > 0);
+
+  if (dn == 1)
+    mpn_div_qr_1_invert (inv, dp[0]);
+  else if (dn == 2)
+    mpn_div_qr_2_invert (inv, dp[1], dp[0]);
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned shift;
+      mp_limb_t d1, d0;
+
+      d1 = dp[dn-1];
+      d0 = dp[dn-2];
+      assert (d1 > 0);
+      gmp_clz (shift, d1);
+      inv->shift = shift;
+      if (shift > 0)
+	{
+	  d1 = (d1 << shift) | (d0 >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift));
+	  d0 = (d0 << shift) | (dp[dn-3] >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift));
+	}
+      inv->d1 = d1;
+      inv->d0 = d0;
+      inv->di = mpn_invert_3by2 (d1, d0);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Not matching current public gmp interface, rather corresponding to
+   the sbpi1_div_* functions. */
+static mp_limb_t
+mpn_div_qr_1_preinv (mp_ptr qp, mp_srcptr np, mp_size_t nn,
+		     const struct gmp_div_inverse *inv)
+{
+  mp_limb_t d, di;
+  mp_limb_t r;
+  mp_ptr tp = NULL;
+  mp_size_t tn = 0;
+
+  if (inv->shift > 0)
+    {
+      /* Shift, reusing qp area if possible. In-place shift if qp == np. */
+      tp = qp;
+      if (!tp)
+        {
+	   tn = nn;
+	   tp = gmp_alloc_limbs (tn);
+        }
+      r = mpn_lshift (tp, np, nn, inv->shift);
+      np = tp;
+    }
+  else
+    r = 0;
+
+  d = inv->d1;
+  di = inv->di;
+  while (--nn >= 0)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t q;
+
+      gmp_udiv_qrnnd_preinv (q, r, r, np[nn], d, di);
+      if (qp)
+	qp[nn] = q;
+    }
+  if (tn)
+    gmp_free_limbs (tp, tn);
+
+  return r >> inv->shift;
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_2_preinv (mp_ptr qp, mp_ptr np, mp_size_t nn,
+		     const struct gmp_div_inverse *inv)
+{
+  unsigned shift;
+  mp_size_t i;
+  mp_limb_t d1, d0, di, r1, r0;
+
+  assert (nn >= 2);
+  shift = inv->shift;
+  d1 = inv->d1;
+  d0 = inv->d0;
+  di = inv->di;
+
+  if (shift > 0)
+    r1 = mpn_lshift (np, np, nn, shift);
+  else
+    r1 = 0;
+
+  r0 = np[nn - 1];
+
+  i = nn - 2;
+  do
+    {
+      mp_limb_t n0, q;
+      n0 = np[i];
+      gmp_udiv_qr_3by2 (q, r1, r0, r1, r0, n0, d1, d0, di);
+
+      if (qp)
+	qp[i] = q;
+    }
+  while (--i >= 0);
+
+  if (shift > 0)
+    {
+      assert ((r0 & (GMP_LIMB_MAX >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift))) == 0);
+      r0 = (r0 >> shift) | (r1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift));
+      r1 >>= shift;
+    }
+
+  np[1] = r1;
+  np[0] = r0;
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_pi1 (mp_ptr qp,
+		mp_ptr np, mp_size_t nn, mp_limb_t n1,
+		mp_srcptr dp, mp_size_t dn,
+		mp_limb_t dinv)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+
+  mp_limb_t d1, d0;
+  mp_limb_t cy, cy1;
+  mp_limb_t q;
+
+  assert (dn > 2);
+  assert (nn >= dn);
+
+  d1 = dp[dn - 1];
+  d0 = dp[dn - 2];
+
+  assert ((d1 & GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT) != 0);
+  /* Iteration variable is the index of the q limb.
+   *
+   * We divide <n1, np[dn-1+i], np[dn-2+i], np[dn-3+i],..., np[i]>
+   * by            <d1,          d0,        dp[dn-3],  ..., dp[0] >
+   */
+
+  i = nn - dn;
+  do
+    {
+      mp_limb_t n0 = np[dn-1+i];
+
+      if (n1 == d1 && n0 == d0)
+	{
+	  q = GMP_LIMB_MAX;
+	  mpn_submul_1 (np+i, dp, dn, q);
+	  n1 = np[dn-1+i];	/* update n1, last loop's value will now be invalid */
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  gmp_udiv_qr_3by2 (q, n1, n0, n1, n0, np[dn-2+i], d1, d0, dinv);
+
+	  cy = mpn_submul_1 (np + i, dp, dn-2, q);
+
+	  cy1 = n0 < cy;
+	  n0 = n0 - cy;
+	  cy = n1 < cy1;
+	  n1 = n1 - cy1;
+	  np[dn-2+i] = n0;
+
+	  if (cy != 0)
+	    {
+	      n1 += d1 + mpn_add_n (np + i, np + i, dp, dn - 1);
+	      q--;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (qp)
+	qp[i] = q;
+    }
+  while (--i >= 0);
+
+  np[dn - 1] = n1;
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr_preinv (mp_ptr qp, mp_ptr np, mp_size_t nn,
+		   mp_srcptr dp, mp_size_t dn,
+		   const struct gmp_div_inverse *inv)
+{
+  assert (dn > 0);
+  assert (nn >= dn);
+
+  if (dn == 1)
+    np[0] = mpn_div_qr_1_preinv (qp, np, nn, inv);
+  else if (dn == 2)
+    mpn_div_qr_2_preinv (qp, np, nn, inv);
+  else
+    {
+      mp_limb_t nh;
+      unsigned shift;
+
+      assert (inv->d1 == dp[dn-1]);
+      assert (inv->d0 == dp[dn-2]);
+      assert ((inv->d1 & GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT) != 0);
+
+      shift = inv->shift;
+      if (shift > 0)
+	nh = mpn_lshift (np, np, nn, shift);
+      else
+	nh = 0;
+
+      mpn_div_qr_pi1 (qp, np, nn, nh, dp, dn, inv->di);
+
+      if (shift > 0)
+	gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_rshift (np, np, dn, shift));
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+mpn_div_qr (mp_ptr qp, mp_ptr np, mp_size_t nn, mp_srcptr dp, mp_size_t dn)
+{
+  struct gmp_div_inverse inv;
+  mp_ptr tp = NULL;
+
+  assert (dn > 0);
+  assert (nn >= dn);
+
+  mpn_div_qr_invert (&inv, dp, dn);
+  if (dn > 2 && inv.shift > 0)
+    {
+      tp = gmp_alloc_limbs (dn);
+      gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_lshift (tp, dp, dn, inv.shift));
+      dp = tp;
+    }
+  mpn_div_qr_preinv (qp, np, nn, dp, dn, &inv);
+  if (tp)
+    gmp_free_limbs (tp, dn);
+}
+
+
+/* MPN base conversion. */
+static unsigned
+mpn_base_power_of_two_p (unsigned b)
+{
+  switch (b)
+    {
+    case 2: return 1;
+    case 4: return 2;
+    case 8: return 3;
+    case 16: return 4;
+    case 32: return 5;
+    case 64: return 6;
+    case 128: return 7;
+    case 256: return 8;
+    default: return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+struct mpn_base_info
+{
+  /* bb is the largest power of the base which fits in one limb, and
+     exp is the corresponding exponent. */
+  unsigned exp;
+  mp_limb_t bb;
+};
+
+static void
+mpn_get_base_info (struct mpn_base_info *info, mp_limb_t b)
+{
+  mp_limb_t m;
+  mp_limb_t p;
+  unsigned exp;
+
+  m = GMP_LIMB_MAX / b;
+  for (exp = 1, p = b; p <= m; exp++)
+    p *= b;
+
+  info->exp = exp;
+  info->bb = p;
+}
+
+static mp_bitcnt_t
+mpn_limb_size_in_base_2 (mp_limb_t u)
+{
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  assert (u > 0);
+  gmp_clz (shift, u);
+  return GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift;
+}
+
+static size_t
+mpn_get_str_bits (unsigned char *sp, unsigned bits, mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t un)
+{
+  unsigned char mask;
+  size_t sn, j;
+  mp_size_t i;
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  sn = ((un - 1) * GMP_LIMB_BITS + mpn_limb_size_in_base_2 (up[un-1])
+	+ bits - 1) / bits;
+
+  mask = (1U << bits) - 1;
+
+  for (i = 0, j = sn, shift = 0; j-- > 0;)
+    {
+      unsigned char digit = up[i] >> shift;
+
+      shift += bits;
+
+      if (shift >= GMP_LIMB_BITS && ++i < un)
+	{
+	  shift -= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+	  digit |= up[i] << (bits - shift);
+	}
+      sp[j] = digit & mask;
+    }
+  return sn;
+}
+
+/* We generate digits from the least significant end, and reverse at
+   the end. */
+static size_t
+mpn_limb_get_str (unsigned char *sp, mp_limb_t w,
+		  const struct gmp_div_inverse *binv)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  for (i = 0; w > 0; i++)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t h, l, r;
+
+      h = w >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - binv->shift);
+      l = w << binv->shift;
+
+      gmp_udiv_qrnnd_preinv (w, r, h, l, binv->d1, binv->di);
+      assert ((r & (GMP_LIMB_MAX >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - binv->shift))) == 0);
+      r >>= binv->shift;
+
+      sp[i] = r;
+    }
+  return i;
+}
+
+static size_t
+mpn_get_str_other (unsigned char *sp,
+		   int base, const struct mpn_base_info *info,
+		   mp_ptr up, mp_size_t un)
+{
+  struct gmp_div_inverse binv;
+  size_t sn;
+  size_t i;
+
+  mpn_div_qr_1_invert (&binv, base);
+
+  sn = 0;
+
+  if (un > 1)
+    {
+      struct gmp_div_inverse bbinv;
+      mpn_div_qr_1_invert (&bbinv, info->bb);
+
+      do
+	{
+	  mp_limb_t w;
+	  size_t done;
+	  w = mpn_div_qr_1_preinv (up, up, un, &bbinv);
+	  un -= (up[un-1] == 0);
+	  done = mpn_limb_get_str (sp + sn, w, &binv);
+
+	  for (sn += done; done < info->exp; done++)
+	    sp[sn++] = 0;
+	}
+      while (un > 1);
+    }
+  sn += mpn_limb_get_str (sp + sn, up[0], &binv);
+
+  /* Reverse order */
+  for (i = 0; 2*i + 1 < sn; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char t = sp[i];
+      sp[i] = sp[sn - i - 1];
+      sp[sn - i - 1] = t;
+    }
+
+  return sn;
+}
+
+size_t
+mpn_get_str (unsigned char *sp, int base, mp_ptr up, mp_size_t un)
+{
+  unsigned bits;
+
+  assert (un > 0);
+  assert (up[un-1] > 0);
+
+  bits = mpn_base_power_of_two_p (base);
+  if (bits)
+    return mpn_get_str_bits (sp, bits, up, un);
+  else
+    {
+      struct mpn_base_info info;
+
+      mpn_get_base_info (&info, base);
+      return mpn_get_str_other (sp, base, &info, up, un);
+    }
+}
+
+static mp_size_t
+mpn_set_str_bits (mp_ptr rp, const unsigned char *sp, size_t sn,
+		  unsigned bits)
+{
+  mp_size_t rn;
+  mp_limb_t limb;
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  for (limb = 0, rn = 0, shift = 0; sn-- > 0; )
+    {
+      limb |= (mp_limb_t) sp[sn] << shift;
+      shift += bits;
+      if (shift >= GMP_LIMB_BITS)
+	{
+	  shift -= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+	  rp[rn++] = limb;
+	  /* Next line is correct also if shift == 0,
+	     bits == 8, and mp_limb_t == unsigned char. */
+	  limb = (unsigned int) sp[sn] >> (bits - shift);
+	}
+    }
+  if (limb != 0)
+    rp[rn++] = limb;
+  else
+    rn = mpn_normalized_size (rp, rn);
+  return rn;
+}
+
+/* Result is usually normalized, except for all-zero input, in which
+   case a single zero limb is written at *RP, and 1 is returned. */
+static mp_size_t
+mpn_set_str_other (mp_ptr rp, const unsigned char *sp, size_t sn,
+		   mp_limb_t b, const struct mpn_base_info *info)
+{
+  mp_size_t rn;
+  mp_limb_t w;
+  unsigned k;
+  size_t j;
+
+  assert (sn > 0);
+
+  k = 1 + (sn - 1) % info->exp;
+
+  j = 0;
+  w = sp[j++];
+  while (--k != 0)
+    w = w * b + sp[j++];
+
+  rp[0] = w;
+
+  for (rn = 1; j < sn;)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t cy;
+
+      w = sp[j++];
+      for (k = 1; k < info->exp; k++)
+	w = w * b + sp[j++];
+
+      cy = mpn_mul_1 (rp, rp, rn, info->bb);
+      cy += mpn_add_1 (rp, rp, rn, w);
+      if (cy > 0)
+	rp[rn++] = cy;
+    }
+  assert (j == sn);
+
+  return rn;
+}
+
+mp_size_t
+mpn_set_str (mp_ptr rp, const unsigned char *sp, size_t sn, int base)
+{
+  unsigned bits;
+
+  if (sn == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  bits = mpn_base_power_of_two_p (base);
+  if (bits)
+    return mpn_set_str_bits (rp, sp, sn, bits);
+  else
+    {
+      struct mpn_base_info info;
+
+      mpn_get_base_info (&info, base);
+      return mpn_set_str_other (rp, sp, sn, base, &info);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ interface */
+void
+mpz_init (mpz_t r)
+{
+  static const mp_limb_t dummy_limb = GMP_LIMB_MAX & 0xc1a0;
+
+  r->_mp_alloc = 0;
+  r->_mp_size = 0;
+  r->_mp_d = (mp_ptr) &dummy_limb;
+}
+
+/* The utility of this function is a bit limited, since many functions
+   assigns the result variable using mpz_swap. */
+void
+mpz_init2 (mpz_t r, mp_bitcnt_t bits)
+{
+  mp_size_t rn;
+
+  bits -= (bits != 0);		/* Round down, except if 0 */
+  rn = 1 + bits / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  r->_mp_alloc = rn;
+  r->_mp_size = 0;
+  r->_mp_d = gmp_alloc_limbs (rn);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_clear (mpz_t r)
+{
+  if (r->_mp_alloc)
+    gmp_free_limbs (r->_mp_d, r->_mp_alloc);
+}
+
+static mp_ptr
+mpz_realloc (mpz_t r, mp_size_t size)
+{
+  size = GMP_MAX (size, 1);
+
+  if (r->_mp_alloc)
+    r->_mp_d = gmp_realloc_limbs (r->_mp_d, r->_mp_alloc, size);
+  else
+    r->_mp_d = gmp_alloc_limbs (size);
+  r->_mp_alloc = size;
+
+  if (GMP_ABS (r->_mp_size) > size)
+    r->_mp_size = 0;
+
+  return r->_mp_d;
+}
+
+/* Realloc for an mpz_t WHAT if it has less than NEEDED limbs.  */
+#define MPZ_REALLOC(z,n) ((n) > (z)->_mp_alloc			\
+			  ? mpz_realloc(z,n)			\
+			  : (z)->_mp_d)
+
+/* MPZ assignment and basic conversions. */
+void
+mpz_set_si (mpz_t r, signed long int x)
+{
+  if (x >= 0)
+    mpz_set_ui (r, x);
+  else /* (x < 0) */
+    if (GMP_LIMB_BITS < GMP_ULONG_BITS)
+      {
+	mpz_set_ui (r, GMP_NEG_CAST (unsigned long int, x));
+	mpz_neg (r, r);
+      }
+  else
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = -1;
+      MPZ_REALLOC (r, 1)[0] = GMP_NEG_CAST (unsigned long int, x);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+mpz_set_ui (mpz_t r, unsigned long int x)
+{
+  if (x > 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 1;
+      MPZ_REALLOC (r, 1)[0] = x;
+      if (GMP_LIMB_BITS < GMP_ULONG_BITS)
+	{
+	  int LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS = GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+	  while (x >>= LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS)
+	    {
+	      ++ r->_mp_size;
+	      MPZ_REALLOC (r, r->_mp_size)[r->_mp_size - 1] = x;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    r->_mp_size = 0;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_set (mpz_t r, const mpz_t x)
+{
+  /* Allow the NOP r == x */
+  if (r != x)
+    {
+      mp_size_t n;
+      mp_ptr rp;
+
+      n = GMP_ABS (x->_mp_size);
+      rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, n);
+
+      mpn_copyi (rp, x->_mp_d, n);
+      r->_mp_size = x->_mp_size;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+mpz_init_set_si (mpz_t r, signed long int x)
+{
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_set_si (r, x);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_init_set_ui (mpz_t r, unsigned long int x)
+{
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_set_ui (r, x);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_init_set (mpz_t r, const mpz_t x)
+{
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_set (r, x);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_slong_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return mpz_cmp_si (u, LONG_MAX) <= 0 && mpz_cmp_si (u, LONG_MIN) >= 0;
+}
+
+static int
+mpn_absfits_ulong_p (mp_srcptr up, mp_size_t un)
+{
+  int ulongsize = GMP_ULONG_BITS / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  mp_limb_t ulongrem = 0;
+
+  if (GMP_ULONG_BITS % GMP_LIMB_BITS != 0)
+    ulongrem = (mp_limb_t) (ULONG_MAX >> GMP_LIMB_BITS * ulongsize) + 1;
+
+  return un <= ulongsize || (up[ulongsize] < ulongrem && un == ulongsize + 1);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_ulong_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mp_size_t us = u->_mp_size;
+
+  return us >= 0 && mpn_absfits_ulong_p (u->_mp_d, us);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_sint_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return mpz_cmp_si (u, INT_MAX) <= 0 && mpz_cmp_si (u, INT_MIN) >= 0;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_uint_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return u->_mp_size >= 0 && mpz_cmpabs_ui (u, UINT_MAX) <= 0;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_sshort_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return mpz_cmp_si (u, SHRT_MAX) <= 0 && mpz_cmp_si (u, SHRT_MIN) >= 0;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_fits_ushort_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return u->_mp_size >= 0 && mpz_cmpabs_ui (u, USHRT_MAX) <= 0;
+}
+
+long int
+mpz_get_si (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  unsigned long r = mpz_get_ui (u);
+  unsigned long c = -LONG_MAX - LONG_MIN;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size < 0)
+    /* This expression is necessary to properly handle -LONG_MIN */
+    return -(long) c - (long) ((r - c) & LONG_MAX);
+  else
+    return (long) (r & LONG_MAX);
+}
+
+unsigned long int
+mpz_get_ui (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  if (GMP_LIMB_BITS < GMP_ULONG_BITS)
+    {
+      int LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS = GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+      unsigned long r = 0;
+      mp_size_t n = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+      n = GMP_MIN (n, 1 + (mp_size_t) (GMP_ULONG_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+      while (--n >= 0)
+	r = (r << LOCAL_GMP_LIMB_BITS) + u->_mp_d[n];
+      return r;
+    }
+
+  return u->_mp_size == 0 ? 0 : u->_mp_d[0];
+}
+
+size_t
+mpz_size (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+}
+
+mp_limb_t
+mpz_getlimbn (const mpz_t u, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  if (n >= 0 && n < GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size))
+    return u->_mp_d[n];
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_realloc2 (mpz_t x, mp_bitcnt_t n)
+{
+  mpz_realloc (x, 1 + (n - (n != 0)) / GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+}
+
+mp_srcptr
+mpz_limbs_read (mpz_srcptr x)
+{
+  return x->_mp_d;
+}
+
+mp_ptr
+mpz_limbs_modify (mpz_t x, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  assert (n > 0);
+  return MPZ_REALLOC (x, n);
+}
+
+mp_ptr
+mpz_limbs_write (mpz_t x, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  return mpz_limbs_modify (x, n);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_limbs_finish (mpz_t x, mp_size_t xs)
+{
+  mp_size_t xn;
+  xn = mpn_normalized_size (x->_mp_d, GMP_ABS (xs));
+  x->_mp_size = xs < 0 ? -xn : xn;
+}
+
+static mpz_srcptr
+mpz_roinit_normal_n (mpz_t x, mp_srcptr xp, mp_size_t xs)
+{
+  x->_mp_alloc = 0;
+  x->_mp_d = (mp_ptr) xp;
+  x->_mp_size = xs;
+  return x;
+}
+
+mpz_srcptr
+mpz_roinit_n (mpz_t x, mp_srcptr xp, mp_size_t xs)
+{
+  mpz_roinit_normal_n (x, xp, xs);
+  mpz_limbs_finish (x, xs);
+  return x;
+}
+
+
+/* Conversions and comparison to double. */
+void
+mpz_set_d (mpz_t r, double x)
+{
+  int sign;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+  mp_size_t rn, i;
+  double B;
+  double Bi;
+  mp_limb_t f;
+
+  /* x != x is true when x is a NaN, and x == x * 0.5 is true when x is
+     zero or infinity. */
+  if (x != x || x == x * 0.5)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  sign = x < 0.0 ;
+  if (sign)
+    x = - x;
+
+  if (x < 1.0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+  B = 4.0 * (double) (GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT >> 1);
+  Bi = 1.0 / B;
+  for (rn = 1; x >= B; rn++)
+    x *= Bi;
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn);
+
+  f = (mp_limb_t) x;
+  x -= f;
+  assert (x < 1.0);
+  i = rn-1;
+  rp[i] = f;
+  while (--i >= 0)
+    {
+      x = B * x;
+      f = (mp_limb_t) x;
+      x -= f;
+      assert (x < 1.0);
+      rp[i] = f;
+    }
+
+  r->_mp_size = sign ? - rn : rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_init_set_d (mpz_t r, double x)
+{
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_set_d (r, x);
+}
+
+double
+mpz_get_d (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  int m;
+  mp_limb_t l;
+  mp_size_t un;
+  double x;
+  double B = 4.0 * (double) (GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT >> 1);
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+
+  if (un == 0)
+    return 0.0;
+
+  l = u->_mp_d[--un];
+  gmp_clz (m, l);
+  m = m + GMP_DBL_MANT_BITS - GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  if (m < 0)
+    l &= GMP_LIMB_MAX << -m;
+
+  for (x = l; --un >= 0;)
+    {
+      x = B*x;
+      if (m > 0) {
+	l = u->_mp_d[un];
+	m -= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+	if (m < 0)
+	  l &= GMP_LIMB_MAX << -m;
+	x += l;
+      }
+    }
+
+  if (u->_mp_size < 0)
+    x = -x;
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmpabs_d (const mpz_t x, double d)
+{
+  mp_size_t xn;
+  double B, Bi;
+  mp_size_t i;
+
+  xn = x->_mp_size;
+  d = GMP_ABS (d);
+
+  if (xn != 0)
+    {
+      xn = GMP_ABS (xn);
+
+      B = 4.0 * (double) (GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT >> 1);
+      Bi = 1.0 / B;
+
+      /* Scale d so it can be compared with the top limb. */
+      for (i = 1; i < xn; i++)
+	d *= Bi;
+
+      if (d >= B)
+	return -1;
+
+      /* Compare floor(d) to top limb, subtract and cancel when equal. */
+      for (i = xn; i-- > 0;)
+	{
+	  mp_limb_t f, xl;
+
+	  f = (mp_limb_t) d;
+	  xl = x->_mp_d[i];
+	  if (xl > f)
+	    return 1;
+	  else if (xl < f)
+	    return -1;
+	  d = B * (d - f);
+	}
+    }
+  return - (d > 0.0);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmp_d (const mpz_t x, double d)
+{
+  if (x->_mp_size < 0)
+    {
+      if (d >= 0.0)
+	return -1;
+      else
+	return -mpz_cmpabs_d (x, d);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (d < 0.0)
+	return 1;
+      else
+	return mpz_cmpabs_d (x, d);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ comparisons and the like. */
+int
+mpz_sgn (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  return GMP_CMP (u->_mp_size, 0);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmp_si (const mpz_t u, long v)
+{
+  mp_size_t usize = u->_mp_size;
+
+  if (v >= 0)
+    return mpz_cmp_ui (u, v);
+  else if (usize >= 0)
+    return 1;
+  else
+    return - mpz_cmpabs_ui (u, GMP_NEG_CAST (unsigned long int, v));
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmp_ui (const mpz_t u, unsigned long v)
+{
+  mp_size_t usize = u->_mp_size;
+
+  if (usize < 0)
+    return -1;
+  else
+    return mpz_cmpabs_ui (u, v);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmp (const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t asize = a->_mp_size;
+  mp_size_t bsize = b->_mp_size;
+
+  if (asize != bsize)
+    return (asize < bsize) ? -1 : 1;
+  else if (asize >= 0)
+    return mpn_cmp (a->_mp_d, b->_mp_d, asize);
+  else
+    return mpn_cmp (b->_mp_d, a->_mp_d, -asize);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmpabs_ui (const mpz_t u, unsigned long v)
+{
+  mp_size_t un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+
+  if (! mpn_absfits_ulong_p (u->_mp_d, un))
+    return 1;
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned long uu = mpz_get_ui (u);
+      return GMP_CMP(uu, v);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+mpz_cmpabs (const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  return mpn_cmp4 (u->_mp_d, GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size),
+		   v->_mp_d, GMP_ABS (v->_mp_size));
+}
+
+void
+mpz_abs (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mpz_set (r, u);
+  r->_mp_size = GMP_ABS (r->_mp_size);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_neg (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mpz_set (r, u);
+  r->_mp_size = -r->_mp_size;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_swap (mpz_t u, mpz_t v)
+{
+  MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (u->_mp_alloc, v->_mp_alloc);
+  MPN_PTR_SWAP (u->_mp_d, u->_mp_size, v->_mp_d, v->_mp_size);
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ addition and subtraction */
+
+
+void
+mpz_add_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, unsigned long b)
+{
+  mpz_t bb;
+  mpz_init_set_ui (bb, b);
+  mpz_add (r, a, bb);
+  mpz_clear (bb);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_sub_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, unsigned long b)
+{
+  mpz_ui_sub (r, b, a);
+  mpz_neg (r, r);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_ui_sub (mpz_t r, unsigned long a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mpz_neg (r, b);
+  mpz_add_ui (r, r, a);
+}
+
+static mp_size_t
+mpz_abs_add (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t an = GMP_ABS (a->_mp_size);
+  mp_size_t bn = GMP_ABS (b->_mp_size);
+  mp_ptr rp;
+  mp_limb_t cy;
+
+  if (an < bn)
+    {
+      MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP (a, b);
+      MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (an, bn);
+    }
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, an + 1);
+  cy = mpn_add (rp, a->_mp_d, an, b->_mp_d, bn);
+
+  rp[an] = cy;
+
+  return an + cy;
+}
+
+static mp_size_t
+mpz_abs_sub (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t an = GMP_ABS (a->_mp_size);
+  mp_size_t bn = GMP_ABS (b->_mp_size);
+  int cmp;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+
+  cmp = mpn_cmp4 (a->_mp_d, an, b->_mp_d, bn);
+  if (cmp > 0)
+    {
+      rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, an);
+      gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_sub (rp, a->_mp_d, an, b->_mp_d, bn));
+      return mpn_normalized_size (rp, an);
+    }
+  else if (cmp < 0)
+    {
+      rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, bn);
+      gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_sub (rp, b->_mp_d, bn, a->_mp_d, an));
+      return -mpn_normalized_size (rp, bn);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_add (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t rn;
+
+  if ( (a->_mp_size ^ b->_mp_size) >= 0)
+    rn = mpz_abs_add (r, a, b);
+  else
+    rn = mpz_abs_sub (r, a, b);
+
+  r->_mp_size = a->_mp_size >= 0 ? rn : - rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_sub (mpz_t r, const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b)
+{
+  mp_size_t rn;
+
+  if ( (a->_mp_size ^ b->_mp_size) >= 0)
+    rn = mpz_abs_sub (r, a, b);
+  else
+    rn = mpz_abs_add (r, a, b);
+
+  r->_mp_size = a->_mp_size >= 0 ? rn : - rn;
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ multiplication */
+void
+mpz_mul_si (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, long int v)
+{
+  if (v < 0)
+    {
+      mpz_mul_ui (r, u, GMP_NEG_CAST (unsigned long int, v));
+      mpz_neg (r, r);
+    }
+  else
+    mpz_mul_ui (r, u, v);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_mul_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, unsigned long int v)
+{
+  mpz_t vv;
+  mpz_init_set_ui (vv, v);
+  mpz_mul (r, u, vv);
+  mpz_clear (vv);
+  return;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_mul (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  int sign;
+  mp_size_t un, vn, rn;
+  mpz_t t;
+  mp_ptr tp;
+
+  un = u->_mp_size;
+  vn = v->_mp_size;
+
+  if (un == 0 || vn == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  sign = (un ^ vn) < 0;
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (un);
+  vn = GMP_ABS (vn);
+
+  mpz_init2 (t, (un + vn) * GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  tp = t->_mp_d;
+  if (un >= vn)
+    mpn_mul (tp, u->_mp_d, un, v->_mp_d, vn);
+  else
+    mpn_mul (tp, v->_mp_d, vn, u->_mp_d, un);
+
+  rn = un + vn;
+  rn -= tp[rn-1] == 0;
+
+  t->_mp_size = sign ? - rn : rn;
+  mpz_swap (r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_mul_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t bits)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, rn;
+  mp_size_t limbs;
+  unsigned shift;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+  if (un == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  limbs = bits / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  shift = bits % GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  rn = un + limbs + (shift > 0);
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn);
+  if (shift > 0)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t cy = mpn_lshift (rp + limbs, u->_mp_d, un, shift);
+      rp[rn-1] = cy;
+      rn -= (cy == 0);
+    }
+  else
+    mpn_copyd (rp + limbs, u->_mp_d, un);
+
+  mpn_zero (rp, limbs);
+
+  r->_mp_size = (u->_mp_size < 0) ? - rn : rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_addmul_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, unsigned long int v)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  mpz_init_set_ui (t, v);
+  mpz_mul (t, u, t);
+  mpz_add (r, r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_submul_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, unsigned long int v)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  mpz_init_set_ui (t, v);
+  mpz_mul (t, u, t);
+  mpz_sub (r, r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_addmul (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  mpz_init (t);
+  mpz_mul (t, u, v);
+  mpz_add (r, r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_submul (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  mpz_init (t);
+  mpz_mul (t, u, v);
+  mpz_sub (r, r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ division */
+enum mpz_div_round_mode { GMP_DIV_FLOOR, GMP_DIV_CEIL, GMP_DIV_TRUNC };
+
+/* Allows q or r to be zero. Returns 1 iff remainder is non-zero. */
+static int
+mpz_div_qr (mpz_t q, mpz_t r,
+	    const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d, enum mpz_div_round_mode mode)
+{
+  mp_size_t ns, ds, nn, dn, qs;
+  ns = n->_mp_size;
+  ds = d->_mp_size;
+
+  if (ds == 0)
+    gmp_die("mpz_div_qr: Divide by zero.");
+
+  if (ns == 0)
+    {
+      if (q)
+	q->_mp_size = 0;
+      if (r)
+	r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  nn = GMP_ABS (ns);
+  dn = GMP_ABS (ds);
+
+  qs = ds ^ ns;
+
+  if (nn < dn)
+    {
+      if (mode == GMP_DIV_CEIL && qs >= 0)
+	{
+	  /* q = 1, r = n - d */
+	  if (r)
+	    mpz_sub (r, n, d);
+	  if (q)
+	    mpz_set_ui (q, 1);
+	}
+      else if (mode == GMP_DIV_FLOOR && qs < 0)
+	{
+	  /* q = -1, r = n + d */
+	  if (r)
+	    mpz_add (r, n, d);
+	  if (q)
+	    mpz_set_si (q, -1);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* q = 0, r = d */
+	  if (r)
+	    mpz_set (r, n);
+	  if (q)
+	    q->_mp_size = 0;
+	}
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      mp_ptr np, qp;
+      mp_size_t qn, rn;
+      mpz_t tq, tr;
+
+      mpz_init_set (tr, n);
+      np = tr->_mp_d;
+
+      qn = nn - dn + 1;
+
+      if (q)
+	{
+	  mpz_init2 (tq, qn * GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+	  qp = tq->_mp_d;
+	}
+      else
+	qp = NULL;
+
+      mpn_div_qr (qp, np, nn, d->_mp_d, dn);
+
+      if (qp)
+	{
+	  qn -= (qp[qn-1] == 0);
+
+	  tq->_mp_size = qs < 0 ? -qn : qn;
+	}
+      rn = mpn_normalized_size (np, dn);
+      tr->_mp_size = ns < 0 ? - rn : rn;
+
+      if (mode == GMP_DIV_FLOOR && qs < 0 && rn != 0)
+	{
+	  if (q)
+	    mpz_sub_ui (tq, tq, 1);
+	  if (r)
+	    mpz_add (tr, tr, d);
+	}
+      else if (mode == GMP_DIV_CEIL && qs >= 0 && rn != 0)
+	{
+	  if (q)
+	    mpz_add_ui (tq, tq, 1);
+	  if (r)
+	    mpz_sub (tr, tr, d);
+	}
+
+      if (q)
+	{
+	  mpz_swap (tq, q);
+	  mpz_clear (tq);
+	}
+      if (r)
+	mpz_swap (tr, r);
+
+      mpz_clear (tr);
+
+      return rn != 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+mpz_cdiv_qr (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fdiv_qr (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_tdiv_qr (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_cdiv_q (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fdiv_q (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_tdiv_q (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_cdiv_r (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fdiv_r (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_tdiv_r (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_mod (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  mpz_div_qr (NULL, r, n, d, d->_mp_size >= 0 ? GMP_DIV_FLOOR : GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+static void
+mpz_div_q_2exp (mpz_t q, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index,
+		enum mpz_div_round_mode mode)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, qn;
+  mp_size_t limb_cnt;
+  mp_ptr qp;
+  int adjust;
+
+  un = u->_mp_size;
+  if (un == 0)
+    {
+      q->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+  limb_cnt = bit_index / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  qn = GMP_ABS (un) - limb_cnt;
+  bit_index %= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  if (mode == ((un > 0) ? GMP_DIV_CEIL : GMP_DIV_FLOOR)) /* un != 0 here. */
+    /* Note: Below, the final indexing at limb_cnt is valid because at
+       that point we have qn > 0. */
+    adjust = (qn <= 0
+	      || !mpn_zero_p (u->_mp_d, limb_cnt)
+	      || (u->_mp_d[limb_cnt]
+		  & (((mp_limb_t) 1 << bit_index) - 1)));
+  else
+    adjust = 0;
+
+  if (qn <= 0)
+    qn = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      qp = MPZ_REALLOC (q, qn);
+
+      if (bit_index != 0)
+	{
+	  mpn_rshift (qp, u->_mp_d + limb_cnt, qn, bit_index);
+	  qn -= qp[qn - 1] == 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  mpn_copyi (qp, u->_mp_d + limb_cnt, qn);
+	}
+    }
+
+  q->_mp_size = qn;
+
+  if (adjust)
+    mpz_add_ui (q, q, 1);
+  if (un < 0)
+    mpz_neg (q, q);
+}
+
+static void
+mpz_div_r_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index,
+		enum mpz_div_round_mode mode)
+{
+  mp_size_t us, un, rn;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+  mp_limb_t mask;
+
+  us = u->_mp_size;
+  if (us == 0 || bit_index == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+  rn = (bit_index + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  assert (rn > 0);
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn);
+  un = GMP_ABS (us);
+
+  mask = GMP_LIMB_MAX >> (rn * GMP_LIMB_BITS - bit_index);
+
+  if (rn > un)
+    {
+      /* Quotient (with truncation) is zero, and remainder is
+	 non-zero */
+      if (mode == ((us > 0) ? GMP_DIV_CEIL : GMP_DIV_FLOOR)) /* us != 0 here. */
+	{
+	  /* Have to negate and sign extend. */
+	  mp_size_t i;
+
+	  gmp_assert_nocarry (! mpn_neg (rp, u->_mp_d, un));
+	  for (i = un; i < rn - 1; i++)
+	    rp[i] = GMP_LIMB_MAX;
+
+	  rp[rn-1] = mask;
+	  us = -us;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Just copy */
+	  if (r != u)
+	    mpn_copyi (rp, u->_mp_d, un);
+
+	  rn = un;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (r != u)
+	mpn_copyi (rp, u->_mp_d, rn - 1);
+
+      rp[rn-1] = u->_mp_d[rn-1] & mask;
+
+      if (mode == ((us > 0) ? GMP_DIV_CEIL : GMP_DIV_FLOOR)) /* us != 0 here. */
+	{
+	  /* If r != 0, compute 2^{bit_count} - r. */
+	  mpn_neg (rp, rp, rn);
+
+	  rp[rn-1] &= mask;
+
+	  /* us is not used for anything else, so we can modify it
+	     here to indicate flipped sign. */
+	  us = -us;
+	}
+    }
+  rn = mpn_normalized_size (rp, rn);
+  r->_mp_size = us < 0 ? -rn : rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_cdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_q_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_q_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_q_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_cdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_r_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_r_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_tdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t cnt)
+{
+  mpz_div_r_2exp (r, u, cnt, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_divexact (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  gmp_assert_nocarry (mpz_div_qr (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC));
+}
+
+int
+mpz_divisible_p (const mpz_t n, const mpz_t d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr (NULL, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC) == 0;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_congruent_p (const mpz_t a, const mpz_t b, const mpz_t m)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  int res;
+
+  /* a == b (mod 0) iff a == b */
+  if (mpz_sgn (m) == 0)
+    return (mpz_cmp (a, b) == 0);
+
+  mpz_init (t);
+  mpz_sub (t, a, b);
+  res = mpz_divisible_p (t, m);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+static unsigned long
+mpz_div_qr_ui (mpz_t q, mpz_t r,
+	       const mpz_t n, unsigned long d, enum mpz_div_round_mode mode)
+{
+  unsigned long ret;
+  mpz_t rr, dd;
+
+  mpz_init (rr);
+  mpz_init_set_ui (dd, d);
+  mpz_div_qr (q, rr, n, dd, mode);
+  mpz_clear (dd);
+  ret = mpz_get_ui (rr);
+
+  if (r)
+    mpz_swap (r, rr);
+  mpz_clear (rr);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_cdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_fdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_tdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t q, mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_cdiv_q_ui (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_fdiv_q_ui (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_tdiv_q_ui (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_cdiv_r_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+unsigned long
+mpz_fdiv_r_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+unsigned long
+mpz_tdiv_r_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_cdiv_ui (const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_CEIL);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_fdiv_ui (const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_tdiv_ui (const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC);
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_mod_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, r, n, d, GMP_DIV_FLOOR);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_divexact_ui (mpz_t q, const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  gmp_assert_nocarry (mpz_div_qr_ui (q, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC));
+}
+
+int
+mpz_divisible_ui_p (const mpz_t n, unsigned long d)
+{
+  return mpz_div_qr_ui (NULL, NULL, n, d, GMP_DIV_TRUNC) == 0;
+}
+
+
+/* GCD */
+static mp_limb_t
+mpn_gcd_11 (mp_limb_t u, mp_limb_t v)
+{
+  unsigned shift;
+
+  assert ( (u | v) > 0);
+
+  if (u == 0)
+    return v;
+  else if (v == 0)
+    return u;
+
+  gmp_ctz (shift, u | v);
+
+  u >>= shift;
+  v >>= shift;
+
+  if ( (u & 1) == 0)
+    MP_LIMB_T_SWAP (u, v);
+
+  while ( (v & 1) == 0)
+    v >>= 1;
+
+  while (u != v)
+    {
+      if (u > v)
+	{
+	  u -= v;
+	  do
+	    u >>= 1;
+	  while ( (u & 1) == 0);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  v -= u;
+	  do
+	    v >>= 1;
+	  while ( (v & 1) == 0);
+	}
+    }
+  return u << shift;
+}
+
+unsigned long
+mpz_gcd_ui (mpz_t g, const mpz_t u, unsigned long v)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+  mpz_init_set_ui(t, v);
+  mpz_gcd (t, u, t);
+  if (v > 0)
+    v = mpz_get_ui (t);
+
+  if (g)
+    mpz_swap (t, g);
+
+  mpz_clear (t);
+
+  return v;
+}
+
+static mp_bitcnt_t
+mpz_make_odd (mpz_t r)
+{
+  mp_bitcnt_t shift;
+
+  assert (r->_mp_size > 0);
+  /* Count trailing zeros, equivalent to mpn_scan1, because we know that there is a 1 */
+  shift = mpn_scan1 (r->_mp_d, 0);
+  mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (r, r, shift);
+
+  return shift;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_gcd (mpz_t g, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mpz_t tu, tv;
+  mp_bitcnt_t uz, vz, gz;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_abs (g, v);
+      return;
+    }
+  if (v->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_abs (g, u);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  mpz_init (tu);
+  mpz_init (tv);
+
+  mpz_abs (tu, u);
+  uz = mpz_make_odd (tu);
+  mpz_abs (tv, v);
+  vz = mpz_make_odd (tv);
+  gz = GMP_MIN (uz, vz);
+
+  if (tu->_mp_size < tv->_mp_size)
+    mpz_swap (tu, tv);
+
+  mpz_tdiv_r (tu, tu, tv);
+  if (tu->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_swap (g, tv);
+    }
+  else
+    for (;;)
+      {
+	int c;
+
+	mpz_make_odd (tu);
+	c = mpz_cmp (tu, tv);
+	if (c == 0)
+	  {
+	    mpz_swap (g, tu);
+	    break;
+	  }
+	if (c < 0)
+	  mpz_swap (tu, tv);
+
+	if (tv->_mp_size == 1)
+	  {
+	    mp_limb_t *gp;
+
+	    mpz_tdiv_r (tu, tu, tv);
+	    gp = MPZ_REALLOC (g, 1); /* gp = mpz_limbs_modify (g, 1); */
+	    *gp = mpn_gcd_11 (tu->_mp_d[0], tv->_mp_d[0]);
+
+	    g->_mp_size = *gp != 0; /* mpz_limbs_finish (g, 1); */
+	    break;
+	  }
+	mpz_sub (tu, tu, tv);
+      }
+  mpz_clear (tu);
+  mpz_clear (tv);
+  mpz_mul_2exp (g, g, gz);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_gcdext (mpz_t g, mpz_t s, mpz_t t, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mpz_t tu, tv, s0, s1, t0, t1;
+  mp_bitcnt_t uz, vz, gz;
+  mp_bitcnt_t power;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      /* g = 0 u + sgn(v) v */
+      signed long sign = mpz_sgn (v);
+      mpz_abs (g, v);
+      if (s)
+	s->_mp_size = 0;
+      if (t)
+	mpz_set_si (t, sign);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (v->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      /* g = sgn(u) u + 0 v */
+      signed long sign = mpz_sgn (u);
+      mpz_abs (g, u);
+      if (s)
+	mpz_set_si (s, sign);
+      if (t)
+	t->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  mpz_init (tu);
+  mpz_init (tv);
+  mpz_init (s0);
+  mpz_init (s1);
+  mpz_init (t0);
+  mpz_init (t1);
+
+  mpz_abs (tu, u);
+  uz = mpz_make_odd (tu);
+  mpz_abs (tv, v);
+  vz = mpz_make_odd (tv);
+  gz = GMP_MIN (uz, vz);
+
+  uz -= gz;
+  vz -= gz;
+
+  /* Cofactors corresponding to odd gcd. gz handled later. */
+  if (tu->_mp_size < tv->_mp_size)
+    {
+      mpz_swap (tu, tv);
+      MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP (u, v);
+      MPZ_PTR_SWAP (s, t);
+      MP_BITCNT_T_SWAP (uz, vz);
+    }
+
+  /* Maintain
+   *
+   * u = t0 tu + t1 tv
+   * v = s0 tu + s1 tv
+   *
+   * where u and v denote the inputs with common factors of two
+   * eliminated, and det (s0, t0; s1, t1) = 2^p. Then
+   *
+   * 2^p tu =  s1 u - t1 v
+   * 2^p tv = -s0 u + t0 v
+   */
+
+  /* After initial division, tu = q tv + tu', we have
+   *
+   * u = 2^uz (tu' + q tv)
+   * v = 2^vz tv
+   *
+   * or
+   *
+   * t0 = 2^uz, t1 = 2^uz q
+   * s0 = 0,    s1 = 2^vz
+   */
+
+  mpz_tdiv_qr (t1, tu, tu, tv);
+  mpz_mul_2exp (t1, t1, uz);
+
+  mpz_setbit (s1, vz);
+  power = uz + vz;
+
+  if (tu->_mp_size > 0)
+    {
+      mp_bitcnt_t shift;
+      shift = mpz_make_odd (tu);
+      mpz_setbit (t0, uz + shift);
+      power += shift;
+
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  int c;
+	  c = mpz_cmp (tu, tv);
+	  if (c == 0)
+	    break;
+
+	  if (c < 0)
+	    {
+	      /* tv = tv' + tu
+	       *
+	       * u = t0 tu + t1 (tv' + tu) = (t0 + t1) tu + t1 tv'
+	       * v = s0 tu + s1 (tv' + tu) = (s0 + s1) tu + s1 tv' */
+
+	      mpz_sub (tv, tv, tu);
+	      mpz_add (t0, t0, t1);
+	      mpz_add (s0, s0, s1);
+
+	      shift = mpz_make_odd (tv);
+	      mpz_mul_2exp (t1, t1, shift);
+	      mpz_mul_2exp (s1, s1, shift);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      mpz_sub (tu, tu, tv);
+	      mpz_add (t1, t0, t1);
+	      mpz_add (s1, s0, s1);
+
+	      shift = mpz_make_odd (tu);
+	      mpz_mul_2exp (t0, t0, shift);
+	      mpz_mul_2exp (s0, s0, shift);
+	    }
+	  power += shift;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    mpz_setbit (t0, uz);
+
+  /* Now tv = odd part of gcd, and -s0 and t0 are corresponding
+     cofactors. */
+
+  mpz_mul_2exp (tv, tv, gz);
+  mpz_neg (s0, s0);
+
+  /* 2^p g = s0 u + t0 v. Eliminate one factor of two at a time. To
+     adjust cofactors, we need u / g and v / g */
+
+  mpz_divexact (s1, v, tv);
+  mpz_abs (s1, s1);
+  mpz_divexact (t1, u, tv);
+  mpz_abs (t1, t1);
+
+  while (power-- > 0)
+    {
+      /* s0 u + t0 v = (s0 - v/g) u - (t0 + u/g) v */
+      if (mpz_odd_p (s0) || mpz_odd_p (t0))
+	{
+	  mpz_sub (s0, s0, s1);
+	  mpz_add (t0, t0, t1);
+	}
+      assert (mpz_even_p (t0) && mpz_even_p (s0));
+      mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (s0, s0, 1);
+      mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (t0, t0, 1);
+    }
+
+  /* Arrange so that |s| < |u| / 2g */
+  mpz_add (s1, s0, s1);
+  if (mpz_cmpabs (s0, s1) > 0)
+    {
+      mpz_swap (s0, s1);
+      mpz_sub (t0, t0, t1);
+    }
+  if (u->_mp_size < 0)
+    mpz_neg (s0, s0);
+  if (v->_mp_size < 0)
+    mpz_neg (t0, t0);
+
+  mpz_swap (g, tv);
+  if (s)
+    mpz_swap (s, s0);
+  if (t)
+    mpz_swap (t, t0);
+
+  mpz_clear (tu);
+  mpz_clear (tv);
+  mpz_clear (s0);
+  mpz_clear (s1);
+  mpz_clear (t0);
+  mpz_clear (t1);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_lcm (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mpz_t g;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size == 0 || v->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  mpz_init (g);
+
+  mpz_gcd (g, u, v);
+  mpz_divexact (g, u, g);
+  mpz_mul (r, g, v);
+
+  mpz_clear (g);
+  mpz_abs (r, r);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_lcm_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, unsigned long v)
+{
+  if (v == 0 || u->_mp_size == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  v /= mpz_gcd_ui (NULL, u, v);
+  mpz_mul_ui (r, u, v);
+
+  mpz_abs (r, r);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_invert (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t m)
+{
+  mpz_t g, tr;
+  int invertible;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size == 0 || mpz_cmpabs_ui (m, 1) <= 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  mpz_init (g);
+  mpz_init (tr);
+
+  mpz_gcdext (g, tr, NULL, u, m);
+  invertible = (mpz_cmp_ui (g, 1) == 0);
+
+  if (invertible)
+    {
+      if (tr->_mp_size < 0)
+	{
+	  if (m->_mp_size >= 0)
+	    mpz_add (tr, tr, m);
+	  else
+	    mpz_sub (tr, tr, m);
+	}
+      mpz_swap (r, tr);
+    }
+
+  mpz_clear (g);
+  mpz_clear (tr);
+  return invertible;
+}
+
+
+/* Higher level operations (sqrt, pow and root) */
+
+void
+mpz_pow_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t b, unsigned long e)
+{
+  unsigned long bit;
+  mpz_t tr;
+  mpz_init_set_ui (tr, 1);
+
+  bit = GMP_ULONG_HIGHBIT;
+  do
+    {
+      mpz_mul (tr, tr, tr);
+      if (e & bit)
+	mpz_mul (tr, tr, b);
+      bit >>= 1;
+    }
+  while (bit > 0);
+
+  mpz_swap (r, tr);
+  mpz_clear (tr);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_ui_pow_ui (mpz_t r, unsigned long blimb, unsigned long e)
+{
+  mpz_t b;
+
+  mpz_init_set_ui (b, blimb);
+  mpz_pow_ui (r, b, e);
+  mpz_clear (b);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_powm (mpz_t r, const mpz_t b, const mpz_t e, const mpz_t m)
+{
+  mpz_t tr;
+  mpz_t base;
+  mp_size_t en, mn;
+  mp_srcptr mp;
+  struct gmp_div_inverse minv;
+  unsigned shift;
+  mp_ptr tp = NULL;
+
+  en = GMP_ABS (e->_mp_size);
+  mn = GMP_ABS (m->_mp_size);
+  if (mn == 0)
+    gmp_die ("mpz_powm: Zero modulo.");
+
+  if (en == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_set_ui (r, 1);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  mp = m->_mp_d;
+  mpn_div_qr_invert (&minv, mp, mn);
+  shift = minv.shift;
+
+  if (shift > 0)
+    {
+      /* To avoid shifts, we do all our reductions, except the final
+	 one, using a *normalized* m. */
+      minv.shift = 0;
+
+      tp = gmp_alloc_limbs (mn);
+      gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_lshift (tp, mp, mn, shift));
+      mp = tp;
+    }
+
+  mpz_init (base);
+
+  if (e->_mp_size < 0)
+    {
+      if (!mpz_invert (base, b, m))
+	gmp_die ("mpz_powm: Negative exponent and non-invertible base.");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      mp_size_t bn;
+      mpz_abs (base, b);
+
+      bn = base->_mp_size;
+      if (bn >= mn)
+	{
+	  mpn_div_qr_preinv (NULL, base->_mp_d, base->_mp_size, mp, mn, &minv);
+	  bn = mn;
+	}
+
+      /* We have reduced the absolute value. Now take care of the
+	 sign. Note that we get zero represented non-canonically as
+	 m. */
+      if (b->_mp_size < 0)
+	{
+	  mp_ptr bp = MPZ_REALLOC (base, mn);
+	  gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_sub (bp, mp, mn, bp, bn));
+	  bn = mn;
+	}
+      base->_mp_size = mpn_normalized_size (base->_mp_d, bn);
+    }
+  mpz_init_set_ui (tr, 1);
+
+  while (--en >= 0)
+    {
+      mp_limb_t w = e->_mp_d[en];
+      mp_limb_t bit;
+
+      bit = GMP_LIMB_HIGHBIT;
+      do
+	{
+	  mpz_mul (tr, tr, tr);
+	  if (w & bit)
+	    mpz_mul (tr, tr, base);
+	  if (tr->_mp_size > mn)
+	    {
+	      mpn_div_qr_preinv (NULL, tr->_mp_d, tr->_mp_size, mp, mn, &minv);
+	      tr->_mp_size = mpn_normalized_size (tr->_mp_d, mn);
+	    }
+	  bit >>= 1;
+	}
+      while (bit > 0);
+    }
+
+  /* Final reduction */
+  if (tr->_mp_size >= mn)
+    {
+      minv.shift = shift;
+      mpn_div_qr_preinv (NULL, tr->_mp_d, tr->_mp_size, mp, mn, &minv);
+      tr->_mp_size = mpn_normalized_size (tr->_mp_d, mn);
+    }
+  if (tp)
+    gmp_free_limbs (tp, mn);
+
+  mpz_swap (r, tr);
+  mpz_clear (tr);
+  mpz_clear (base);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_powm_ui (mpz_t r, const mpz_t b, unsigned long elimb, const mpz_t m)
+{
+  mpz_t e;
+
+  mpz_init_set_ui (e, elimb);
+  mpz_powm (r, b, e, m);
+  mpz_clear (e);
+}
+
+/* x=trunc(y^(1/z)), r=y-x^z */
+void
+mpz_rootrem (mpz_t x, mpz_t r, const mpz_t y, unsigned long z)
+{
+  int sgn;
+  mp_bitcnt_t bc;
+  mpz_t t, u;
+
+  sgn = y->_mp_size < 0;
+  if ((~z & sgn) != 0)
+    gmp_die ("mpz_rootrem: Negative argument, with even root.");
+  if (z == 0)
+    gmp_die ("mpz_rootrem: Zeroth root.");
+
+  if (mpz_cmpabs_ui (y, 1) <= 0) {
+    if (x)
+      mpz_set (x, y);
+    if (r)
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  mpz_init (u);
+  mpz_init (t);
+  bc = (mpz_sizeinbase (y, 2) - 1) / z + 1;
+  mpz_setbit (t, bc);
+
+  if (z == 2) /* simplify sqrt loop: z-1 == 1 */
+    do {
+      mpz_swap (u, t);			/* u = x */
+      mpz_tdiv_q (t, y, u);		/* t = y/x */
+      mpz_add (t, t, u);		/* t = y/x + x */
+      mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (t, t, 1);	/* x'= (y/x + x)/2 */
+    } while (mpz_cmpabs (t, u) < 0);	/* |x'| < |x| */
+  else /* z != 2 */ {
+    mpz_t v;
+
+    mpz_init (v);
+    if (sgn)
+      mpz_neg (t, t);
+
+    do {
+      mpz_swap (u, t);			/* u = x */
+      mpz_pow_ui (t, u, z - 1);		/* t = x^(z-1) */
+      mpz_tdiv_q (t, y, t);		/* t = y/x^(z-1) */
+      mpz_mul_ui (v, u, z - 1);		/* v = x*(z-1) */
+      mpz_add (t, t, v);		/* t = y/x^(z-1) + x*(z-1) */
+      mpz_tdiv_q_ui (t, t, z);		/* x'=(y/x^(z-1) + x*(z-1))/z */
+    } while (mpz_cmpabs (t, u) < 0);	/* |x'| < |x| */
+
+    mpz_clear (v);
+  }
+
+  if (r) {
+    mpz_pow_ui (t, u, z);
+    mpz_sub (r, y, t);
+  }
+  if (x)
+    mpz_swap (x, u);
+  mpz_clear (u);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_root (mpz_t x, const mpz_t y, unsigned long z)
+{
+  int res;
+  mpz_t r;
+
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_rootrem (x, r, y, z);
+  res = r->_mp_size == 0;
+  mpz_clear (r);
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* Compute s = floor(sqrt(u)) and r = u - s^2. Allows r == NULL */
+void
+mpz_sqrtrem (mpz_t s, mpz_t r, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mpz_rootrem (s, r, u, 2);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_sqrt (mpz_t s, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mpz_rootrem (s, NULL, u, 2);
+}
+
+int
+mpz_perfect_square_p (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  if (u->_mp_size <= 0)
+    return (u->_mp_size == 0);
+  else
+    return mpz_root (NULL, u, 2);
+}
+
+int
+mpn_perfect_square_p (mp_srcptr p, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+
+  assert (n > 0);
+  assert (p [n-1] != 0);
+  return mpz_root (NULL, mpz_roinit_normal_n (t, p, n), 2);
+}
+
+mp_size_t
+mpn_sqrtrem (mp_ptr sp, mp_ptr rp, mp_srcptr p, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mpz_t s, r, u;
+  mp_size_t res;
+
+  assert (n > 0);
+  assert (p [n-1] != 0);
+
+  mpz_init (r);
+  mpz_init (s);
+  mpz_rootrem (s, r, mpz_roinit_normal_n (u, p, n), 2);
+
+  assert (s->_mp_size == (n+1)/2);
+  mpn_copyd (sp, s->_mp_d, s->_mp_size);
+  mpz_clear (s);
+  res = r->_mp_size;
+  if (rp)
+    mpn_copyd (rp, r->_mp_d, res);
+  mpz_clear (r);
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* Combinatorics */
+
+void
+mpz_mfac_uiui (mpz_t x, unsigned long n, unsigned long m)
+{
+  mpz_set_ui (x, n + (n == 0));
+  if (m + 1 < 2) return;
+  while (n > m + 1)
+    mpz_mul_ui (x, x, n -= m);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_2fac_ui (mpz_t x, unsigned long n)
+{
+  mpz_mfac_uiui (x, n, 2);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_fac_ui (mpz_t x, unsigned long n)
+{
+  mpz_mfac_uiui (x, n, 1);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_bin_uiui (mpz_t r, unsigned long n, unsigned long k)
+{
+  mpz_t t;
+
+  mpz_set_ui (r, k <= n);
+
+  if (k > (n >> 1))
+    k = (k <= n) ? n - k : 0;
+
+  mpz_init (t);
+  mpz_fac_ui (t, k);
+
+  for (; k > 0; --k)
+    mpz_mul_ui (r, r, n--);
+
+  mpz_divexact (r, r, t);
+  mpz_clear (t);
+}
+
+
+/* Primality testing */
+
+/* Computes Kronecker (a/b) with odd b, a!=0 and GCD(a,b) = 1 */
+/* Adapted from JACOBI_BASE_METHOD==4 in mpn/generic/jacbase.c */
+static int
+gmp_jacobi_coprime (mp_limb_t a, mp_limb_t b)
+{
+  int c, bit = 0;
+
+  assert (b & 1);
+  assert (a != 0);
+  /* assert (mpn_gcd_11 (a, b) == 1); */
+
+  /* Below, we represent a and b shifted right so that the least
+     significant one bit is implicit. */
+  b >>= 1;
+
+  gmp_ctz(c, a);
+  a >>= 1;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      a >>= c;
+      /* (2/b) = -1 if b = 3 or 5 mod 8 */
+      bit ^= c & (b ^ (b >> 1));
+      if (a < b)
+	{
+	  if (a == 0)
+	    return bit & 1 ? -1 : 1;
+	  bit ^= a & b;
+	  a = b - a;
+	  b -= a;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  a -= b;
+	  assert (a != 0);
+	}
+
+      gmp_ctz(c, a);
+      ++c;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+gmp_lucas_step_k_2k (mpz_t V, mpz_t Qk, const mpz_t n)
+{
+  mpz_mod (Qk, Qk, n);
+  /* V_{2k} <- V_k ^ 2 - 2Q^k */
+  mpz_mul (V, V, V);
+  mpz_submul_ui (V, Qk, 2);
+  mpz_tdiv_r (V, V, n);
+  /* Q^{2k} = (Q^k)^2 */
+  mpz_mul (Qk, Qk, Qk);
+}
+
+/* Computes V_k, Q^k (mod n) for the Lucas' sequence */
+/* with P=1, Q=Q; k = (n>>b0)|1. */
+/* Requires an odd n > 4; b0 > 0; -2*Q must not overflow a long */
+/* Returns (U_k == 0) and sets V=V_k and Qk=Q^k. */
+static int
+gmp_lucas_mod (mpz_t V, mpz_t Qk, long Q,
+	       mp_bitcnt_t b0, const mpz_t n)
+{
+  mp_bitcnt_t bs;
+  mpz_t U;
+  int res;
+
+  assert (b0 > 0);
+  assert (Q <= - (LONG_MIN / 2));
+  assert (Q >= - (LONG_MAX / 2));
+  assert (mpz_cmp_ui (n, 4) > 0);
+  assert (mpz_odd_p (n));
+
+  mpz_init_set_ui (U, 1); /* U1 = 1 */
+  mpz_set_ui (V, 1); /* V1 = 1 */
+  mpz_set_si (Qk, Q);
+
+  for (bs = mpz_sizeinbase (n, 2) - 1; --bs >= b0;)
+    {
+      /* U_{2k} <- U_k * V_k */
+      mpz_mul (U, U, V);
+      /* V_{2k} <- V_k ^ 2 - 2Q^k */
+      /* Q^{2k} = (Q^k)^2 */
+      gmp_lucas_step_k_2k (V, Qk, n);
+
+      /* A step k->k+1 is performed if the bit in $n$ is 1	*/
+      /* mpz_tstbit(n,bs) or the bit is 0 in $n$ but	*/
+      /* should be 1 in $n+1$ (bs == b0)			*/
+      if (b0 == bs || mpz_tstbit (n, bs))
+	{
+	  /* Q^{k+1} <- Q^k * Q */
+	  mpz_mul_si (Qk, Qk, Q);
+	  /* U_{k+1} <- (U_k + V_k) / 2 */
+	  mpz_swap (U, V); /* Keep in V the old value of U_k */
+	  mpz_add (U, U, V);
+	  /* We have to compute U/2, so we need an even value, */
+	  /* equivalent (mod n) */
+	  if (mpz_odd_p (U))
+	    mpz_add (U, U, n);
+	  mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (U, U, 1);
+	  /* V_{k+1} <-(D*U_k + V_k) / 2 =
+			U_{k+1} + (D-1)/2*U_k = U_{k+1} - 2Q*U_k */
+	  mpz_mul_si (V, V, -2*Q);
+	  mpz_add (V, U, V);
+	  mpz_tdiv_r (V, V, n);
+	}
+      mpz_tdiv_r (U, U, n);
+    }
+
+  res = U->_mp_size == 0;
+  mpz_clear (U);
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* Performs strong Lucas' test on x, with parameters suggested */
+/* for the BPSW test. Qk is only passed to recycle a variable. */
+/* Requires GCD (x,6) = 1.*/
+static int
+gmp_stronglucas (const mpz_t x, mpz_t Qk)
+{
+  mp_bitcnt_t b0;
+  mpz_t V, n;
+  mp_limb_t maxD, D; /* The absolute value is stored. */
+  long Q;
+  mp_limb_t tl;
+
+  /* Test on the absolute value. */
+  mpz_roinit_normal_n (n, x->_mp_d, GMP_ABS (x->_mp_size));
+
+  assert (mpz_odd_p (n));
+  /* assert (mpz_gcd_ui (NULL, n, 6) == 1); */
+  if (mpz_root (Qk, n, 2))
+    return 0; /* A square is composite. */
+
+  /* Check Ds up to square root (in case, n is prime)
+     or avoid overflows */
+  maxD = (Qk->_mp_size == 1) ? Qk->_mp_d [0] - 1 : GMP_LIMB_MAX;
+
+  D = 3;
+  /* Search a D such that (D/n) = -1 in the sequence 5,-7,9,-11,.. */
+  /* For those Ds we have (D/n) = (n/|D|) */
+  do
+    {
+      if (D >= maxD)
+	return 1 + (D != GMP_LIMB_MAX); /* (1 + ! ~ D) */
+      D += 2;
+      tl = mpz_tdiv_ui (n, D);
+      if (tl == 0)
+	return 0;
+    }
+  while (gmp_jacobi_coprime (tl, D) == 1);
+
+  mpz_init (V);
+
+  /* n-(D/n) = n+1 = d*2^{b0}, with d = (n>>b0) | 1 */
+  b0 = mpn_common_scan (~ n->_mp_d[0], 0, n->_mp_d, n->_mp_size, GMP_LIMB_MAX);
+  /* b0 = mpz_scan0 (n, 0); */
+
+  /* D= P^2 - 4Q; P = 1; Q = (1-D)/4 */
+  Q = (D & 2) ? (long) (D >> 2) + 1 : -(long) (D >> 2);
+
+  if (! gmp_lucas_mod (V, Qk, Q, b0, n))	/* If Ud != 0 */
+    while (V->_mp_size != 0 && --b0 != 0)	/* while Vk != 0 */
+      /* V <- V ^ 2 - 2Q^k */
+      /* Q^{2k} = (Q^k)^2 */
+      gmp_lucas_step_k_2k (V, Qk, n);
+
+  mpz_clear (V);
+  return (b0 != 0);
+}
+
+static int
+gmp_millerrabin (const mpz_t n, const mpz_t nm1, mpz_t y,
+		 const mpz_t q, mp_bitcnt_t k)
+{
+  assert (k > 0);
+
+  /* Caller must initialize y to the base. */
+  mpz_powm (y, y, q, n);
+
+  if (mpz_cmp_ui (y, 1) == 0 || mpz_cmp (y, nm1) == 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  while (--k > 0)
+    {
+      mpz_powm_ui (y, y, 2, n);
+      if (mpz_cmp (y, nm1) == 0)
+	return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This product is 0xc0cfd797, and fits in 32 bits. */
+#define GMP_PRIME_PRODUCT \
+  (3UL*5UL*7UL*11UL*13UL*17UL*19UL*23UL*29UL)
+
+/* Bit (p+1)/2 is set, for each odd prime <= 61 */
+#define GMP_PRIME_MASK 0xc96996dcUL
+
+int
+mpz_probab_prime_p (const mpz_t n, int reps)
+{
+  mpz_t nm1;
+  mpz_t q;
+  mpz_t y;
+  mp_bitcnt_t k;
+  int is_prime;
+  int j;
+
+  /* Note that we use the absolute value of n only, for compatibility
+     with the real GMP. */
+  if (mpz_even_p (n))
+    return (mpz_cmpabs_ui (n, 2) == 0) ? 2 : 0;
+
+  /* Above test excludes n == 0 */
+  assert (n->_mp_size != 0);
+
+  if (mpz_cmpabs_ui (n, 64) < 0)
+    return (GMP_PRIME_MASK >> (n->_mp_d[0] >> 1)) & 2;
+
+  if (mpz_gcd_ui (NULL, n, GMP_PRIME_PRODUCT) != 1)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* All prime factors are >= 31. */
+  if (mpz_cmpabs_ui (n, 31*31) < 0)
+    return 2;
+
+  mpz_init (nm1);
+  mpz_init (q);
+
+  /* Find q and k, where q is odd and n = 1 + 2**k * q.  */
+  mpz_abs (nm1, n);
+  nm1->_mp_d[0] -= 1;
+  /* Count trailing zeros, equivalent to mpn_scan1, because we know that there is a 1 */
+  k = mpn_scan1 (nm1->_mp_d, 0);
+  mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (q, nm1, k);
+
+  /* BPSW test */
+  mpz_init_set_ui (y, 2);
+  is_prime = gmp_millerrabin (n, nm1, y, q, k) && gmp_stronglucas (n, y);
+  reps -= 24; /* skip the first 24 repetitions */
+
+  /* Use Miller-Rabin, with a deterministic sequence of bases, a[j] =
+     j^2 + j + 41 using Euler's polynomial. We potentially stop early,
+     if a[j] >= n - 1. Since n >= 31*31, this can happen only if reps >
+     30 (a[30] == 971 > 31*31 == 961). */
+
+  for (j = 0; is_prime & (j < reps); j++)
+    {
+      mpz_set_ui (y, (unsigned long) j*j+j+41);
+      if (mpz_cmp (y, nm1) >= 0)
+	{
+	  /* Don't try any further bases. This "early" break does not affect
+	     the result for any reasonable reps value (<=5000 was tested) */
+	  assert (j >= 30);
+	  break;
+	}
+      is_prime = gmp_millerrabin (n, nm1, y, q, k);
+    }
+  mpz_clear (nm1);
+  mpz_clear (q);
+  mpz_clear (y);
+
+  return is_prime;
+}
+
+
+/* Logical operations and bit manipulation. */
+
+/* Numbers are treated as if represented in two's complement (and
+   infinitely sign extended). For a negative values we get the two's
+   complement from -x = ~x + 1, where ~ is bitwise complement.
+   Negation transforms
+
+     xxxx10...0
+
+   into
+
+     yyyy10...0
+
+   where yyyy is the bitwise complement of xxxx. So least significant
+   bits, up to and including the first one bit, are unchanged, and
+   the more significant bits are all complemented.
+
+   To change a bit from zero to one in a negative number, subtract the
+   corresponding power of two from the absolute value. This can never
+   underflow. To change a bit from one to zero, add the corresponding
+   power of two, and this might overflow. E.g., if x = -001111, the
+   two's complement is 110001. Clearing the least significant bit, we
+   get two's complement 110000, and -010000. */
+
+int
+mpz_tstbit (const mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  mp_size_t limb_index;
+  unsigned shift;
+  mp_size_t ds;
+  mp_size_t dn;
+  mp_limb_t w;
+  int bit;
+
+  ds = d->_mp_size;
+  dn = GMP_ABS (ds);
+  limb_index = bit_index / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  if (limb_index >= dn)
+    return ds < 0;
+
+  shift = bit_index % GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  w = d->_mp_d[limb_index];
+  bit = (w >> shift) & 1;
+
+  if (ds < 0)
+    {
+      /* d < 0. Check if any of the bits below is set: If so, our bit
+	 must be complemented. */
+      if (shift > 0 && (mp_limb_t) (w << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - shift)) > 0)
+	return bit ^ 1;
+      while (--limb_index >= 0)
+	if (d->_mp_d[limb_index] > 0)
+	  return bit ^ 1;
+    }
+  return bit;
+}
+
+static void
+mpz_abs_add_bit (mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  mp_size_t dn, limb_index;
+  mp_limb_t bit;
+  mp_ptr dp;
+
+  dn = GMP_ABS (d->_mp_size);
+
+  limb_index = bit_index / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  bit = (mp_limb_t) 1 << (bit_index % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  if (limb_index >= dn)
+    {
+      mp_size_t i;
+      /* The bit should be set outside of the end of the number.
+	 We have to increase the size of the number. */
+      dp = MPZ_REALLOC (d, limb_index + 1);
+
+      dp[limb_index] = bit;
+      for (i = dn; i < limb_index; i++)
+	dp[i] = 0;
+      dn = limb_index + 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      mp_limb_t cy;
+
+      dp = d->_mp_d;
+
+      cy = mpn_add_1 (dp + limb_index, dp + limb_index, dn - limb_index, bit);
+      if (cy > 0)
+	{
+	  dp = MPZ_REALLOC (d, dn + 1);
+	  dp[dn++] = cy;
+	}
+    }
+
+  d->_mp_size = (d->_mp_size < 0) ? - dn : dn;
+}
+
+static void
+mpz_abs_sub_bit (mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  mp_size_t dn, limb_index;
+  mp_ptr dp;
+  mp_limb_t bit;
+
+  dn = GMP_ABS (d->_mp_size);
+  dp = d->_mp_d;
+
+  limb_index = bit_index / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  bit = (mp_limb_t) 1 << (bit_index % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  assert (limb_index < dn);
+
+  gmp_assert_nocarry (mpn_sub_1 (dp + limb_index, dp + limb_index,
+				 dn - limb_index, bit));
+  dn = mpn_normalized_size (dp, dn);
+  d->_mp_size = (d->_mp_size < 0) ? - dn : dn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_setbit (mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  if (!mpz_tstbit (d, bit_index))
+    {
+      if (d->_mp_size >= 0)
+	mpz_abs_add_bit (d, bit_index);
+      else
+	mpz_abs_sub_bit (d, bit_index);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+mpz_clrbit (mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  if (mpz_tstbit (d, bit_index))
+    {
+      if (d->_mp_size >= 0)
+	mpz_abs_sub_bit (d, bit_index);
+      else
+	mpz_abs_add_bit (d, bit_index);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+mpz_combit (mpz_t d, mp_bitcnt_t bit_index)
+{
+  if (mpz_tstbit (d, bit_index) ^ (d->_mp_size < 0))
+    mpz_abs_sub_bit (d, bit_index);
+  else
+    mpz_abs_add_bit (d, bit_index);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_com (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mpz_add_ui (r, u, 1);
+  mpz_neg (r, r);
+}
+
+void
+mpz_and (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, vn, rn, i;
+  mp_ptr up, vp, rp;
+
+  mp_limb_t ux, vx, rx;
+  mp_limb_t uc, vc, rc;
+  mp_limb_t ul, vl, rl;
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+  vn = GMP_ABS (v->_mp_size);
+  if (un < vn)
+    {
+      MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP (u, v);
+      MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (un, vn);
+    }
+  if (vn == 0)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  uc = u->_mp_size < 0;
+  vc = v->_mp_size < 0;
+  rc = uc & vc;
+
+  ux = -uc;
+  vx = -vc;
+  rx = -rc;
+
+  /* If the smaller input is positive, higher limbs don't matter. */
+  rn = vx ? un : vn;
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn + (mp_size_t) rc);
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  vp = v->_mp_d;
+
+  i = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      vl = (vp[i] ^ vx) + vc;
+      vc = vl < vc;
+
+      rl = ( (ul & vl) ^ rx) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  while (++i < vn);
+  assert (vc == 0);
+
+  for (; i < rn; i++)
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      rl = ( (ul & vx) ^ rx) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  if (rc)
+    rp[rn++] = rc;
+  else
+    rn = mpn_normalized_size (rp, rn);
+
+  r->_mp_size = rx ? -rn : rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_ior (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, vn, rn, i;
+  mp_ptr up, vp, rp;
+
+  mp_limb_t ux, vx, rx;
+  mp_limb_t uc, vc, rc;
+  mp_limb_t ul, vl, rl;
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+  vn = GMP_ABS (v->_mp_size);
+  if (un < vn)
+    {
+      MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP (u, v);
+      MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (un, vn);
+    }
+  if (vn == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_set (r, u);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  uc = u->_mp_size < 0;
+  vc = v->_mp_size < 0;
+  rc = uc | vc;
+
+  ux = -uc;
+  vx = -vc;
+  rx = -rc;
+
+  /* If the smaller input is negative, by sign extension higher limbs
+     don't matter. */
+  rn = vx ? vn : un;
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn + (mp_size_t) rc);
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  vp = v->_mp_d;
+
+  i = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      vl = (vp[i] ^ vx) + vc;
+      vc = vl < vc;
+
+      rl = ( (ul | vl) ^ rx) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  while (++i < vn);
+  assert (vc == 0);
+
+  for (; i < rn; i++)
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      rl = ( (ul | vx) ^ rx) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  if (rc)
+    rp[rn++] = rc;
+  else
+    rn = mpn_normalized_size (rp, rn);
+
+  r->_mp_size = rx ? -rn : rn;
+}
+
+void
+mpz_xor (mpz_t r, const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, vn, i;
+  mp_ptr up, vp, rp;
+
+  mp_limb_t ux, vx, rx;
+  mp_limb_t uc, vc, rc;
+  mp_limb_t ul, vl, rl;
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+  vn = GMP_ABS (v->_mp_size);
+  if (un < vn)
+    {
+      MPZ_SRCPTR_SWAP (u, v);
+      MP_SIZE_T_SWAP (un, vn);
+    }
+  if (vn == 0)
+    {
+      mpz_set (r, u);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  uc = u->_mp_size < 0;
+  vc = v->_mp_size < 0;
+  rc = uc ^ vc;
+
+  ux = -uc;
+  vx = -vc;
+  rx = -rc;
+
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, un + (mp_size_t) rc);
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  vp = v->_mp_d;
+
+  i = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      vl = (vp[i] ^ vx) + vc;
+      vc = vl < vc;
+
+      rl = (ul ^ vl ^ rx) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  while (++i < vn);
+  assert (vc == 0);
+
+  for (; i < un; i++)
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ ux) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      rl = (ul ^ ux) + rc;
+      rc = rl < rc;
+      rp[i] = rl;
+    }
+  if (rc)
+    rp[un++] = rc;
+  else
+    un = mpn_normalized_size (rp, un);
+
+  r->_mp_size = rx ? -un : un;
+}
+
+static unsigned
+gmp_popcount_limb (mp_limb_t x)
+{
+  unsigned c;
+
+  /* Do 16 bits at a time, to avoid limb-sized constants. */
+  int LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS = 16;
+  for (c = 0; x > 0;)
+    {
+      unsigned w = x - ((x >> 1) & 0x5555);
+      w = ((w >> 2) & 0x3333) + (w & 0x3333);
+      w =  (w >> 4) + w;
+      w = ((w >> 8) & 0x000f) + (w & 0x000f);
+      c += w;
+      if (GMP_LIMB_BITS > LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS)
+	x >>= LOCAL_SHIFT_BITS;
+      else
+	x = 0;
+    }
+  return c;
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpn_popcount (mp_srcptr p, mp_size_t n)
+{
+  mp_size_t i;
+  mp_bitcnt_t c;
+
+  for (c = 0, i = 0; i < n; i++)
+    c += gmp_popcount_limb (p[i]);
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpz_popcount (const mpz_t u)
+{
+  mp_size_t un;
+
+  un = u->_mp_size;
+
+  if (un < 0)
+    return ~(mp_bitcnt_t) 0;
+
+  return mpn_popcount (u->_mp_d, un);
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpz_hamdist (const mpz_t u, const mpz_t v)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, vn, i;
+  mp_limb_t uc, vc, ul, vl, comp;
+  mp_srcptr up, vp;
+  mp_bitcnt_t c;
+
+  un = u->_mp_size;
+  vn = v->_mp_size;
+
+  if ( (un ^ vn) < 0)
+    return ~(mp_bitcnt_t) 0;
+
+  comp = - (uc = vc = (un < 0));
+  if (uc)
+    {
+      assert (vn < 0);
+      un = -un;
+      vn = -vn;
+    }
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  vp = v->_mp_d;
+
+  if (un < vn)
+    MPN_SRCPTR_SWAP (up, un, vp, vn);
+
+  for (i = 0, c = 0; i < vn; i++)
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ comp) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      vl = (vp[i] ^ comp) + vc;
+      vc = vl < vc;
+
+      c += gmp_popcount_limb (ul ^ vl);
+    }
+  assert (vc == 0);
+
+  for (; i < un; i++)
+    {
+      ul = (up[i] ^ comp) + uc;
+      uc = ul < uc;
+
+      c += gmp_popcount_limb (ul ^ comp);
+    }
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpz_scan1 (const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t starting_bit)
+{
+  mp_ptr up;
+  mp_size_t us, un, i;
+  mp_limb_t limb, ux;
+
+  us = u->_mp_size;
+  un = GMP_ABS (us);
+  i = starting_bit / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  /* Past the end there's no 1 bits for u>=0, or an immediate 1 bit
+     for u<0. Notice this test picks up any u==0 too. */
+  if (i >= un)
+    return (us >= 0 ? ~(mp_bitcnt_t) 0 : starting_bit);
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  ux = 0;
+  limb = up[i];
+
+  if (starting_bit != 0)
+    {
+      if (us < 0)
+	{
+	  ux = mpn_zero_p (up, i);
+	  limb = ~ limb + ux;
+	  ux = - (mp_limb_t) (limb >= ux);
+	}
+
+      /* Mask to 0 all bits before starting_bit, thus ignoring them. */
+      limb &= GMP_LIMB_MAX << (starting_bit % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+    }
+
+  return mpn_common_scan (limb, i, up, un, ux);
+}
+
+mp_bitcnt_t
+mpz_scan0 (const mpz_t u, mp_bitcnt_t starting_bit)
+{
+  mp_ptr up;
+  mp_size_t us, un, i;
+  mp_limb_t limb, ux;
+
+  us = u->_mp_size;
+  ux = - (mp_limb_t) (us >= 0);
+  un = GMP_ABS (us);
+  i = starting_bit / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+
+  /* When past end, there's an immediate 0 bit for u>=0, or no 0 bits for
+     u<0.  Notice this test picks up all cases of u==0 too. */
+  if (i >= un)
+    return (ux ? starting_bit : ~(mp_bitcnt_t) 0);
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+  limb = up[i] ^ ux;
+
+  if (ux == 0)
+    limb -= mpn_zero_p (up, i); /* limb = ~(~limb + zero_p) */
+
+  /* Mask all bits before starting_bit, thus ignoring them. */
+  limb &= GMP_LIMB_MAX << (starting_bit % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+  return mpn_common_scan (limb, i, up, un, ux);
+}
+
+
+/* MPZ base conversion. */
+
+size_t
+mpz_sizeinbase (const mpz_t u, int base)
+{
+  mp_size_t un, tn;
+  mp_srcptr up;
+  mp_ptr tp;
+  mp_bitcnt_t bits;
+  struct gmp_div_inverse bi;
+  size_t ndigits;
+
+  assert (base >= 2);
+  assert (base <= 62);
+
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+  if (un == 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  up = u->_mp_d;
+
+  bits = (un - 1) * GMP_LIMB_BITS + mpn_limb_size_in_base_2 (up[un-1]);
+  switch (base)
+    {
+    case 2:
+      return bits;
+    case 4:
+      return (bits + 1) / 2;
+    case 8:
+      return (bits + 2) / 3;
+    case 16:
+      return (bits + 3) / 4;
+    case 32:
+      return (bits + 4) / 5;
+      /* FIXME: Do something more clever for the common case of base
+	 10. */
+    }
+
+  tp = gmp_alloc_limbs (un);
+  mpn_copyi (tp, up, un);
+  mpn_div_qr_1_invert (&bi, base);
+
+  tn = un;
+  ndigits = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      ndigits++;
+      mpn_div_qr_1_preinv (tp, tp, tn, &bi);
+      tn -= (tp[tn-1] == 0);
+    }
+  while (tn > 0);
+
+  gmp_free_limbs (tp, un);
+  return ndigits;
+}
+
+char *
+mpz_get_str (char *sp, int base, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  unsigned bits;
+  const char *digits;
+  mp_size_t un;
+  size_t i, sn, osn;
+
+  digits = "0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
+  if (base > 1)
+    {
+      if (base <= 36)
+	digits = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
+      else if (base > 62)
+	return NULL;
+    }
+  else if (base >= -1)
+    base = 10;
+  else
+    {
+      base = -base;
+      if (base > 36)
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  sn = 1 + mpz_sizeinbase (u, base);
+  if (!sp)
+    {
+      osn = 1 + sn;
+      sp = (char *) gmp_alloc (osn);
+    }
+  else
+    osn = 0;
+  un = GMP_ABS (u->_mp_size);
+
+  if (un == 0)
+    {
+      sp[0] = '0';
+      sn = 1;
+      goto ret;
+    }
+
+  i = 0;
+
+  if (u->_mp_size < 0)
+    sp[i++] = '-';
+
+  bits = mpn_base_power_of_two_p (base);
+
+  if (bits)
+    /* Not modified in this case. */
+    sn = i + mpn_get_str_bits ((unsigned char *) sp + i, bits, u->_mp_d, un);
+  else
+    {
+      struct mpn_base_info info;
+      mp_ptr tp;
+
+      mpn_get_base_info (&info, base);
+      tp = gmp_alloc_limbs (un);
+      mpn_copyi (tp, u->_mp_d, un);
+
+      sn = i + mpn_get_str_other ((unsigned char *) sp + i, base, &info, tp, un);
+      gmp_free_limbs (tp, un);
+    }
+
+  for (; i < sn; i++)
+    sp[i] = digits[(unsigned char) sp[i]];
+
+ret:
+  sp[sn] = '\0';
+  if (osn && osn != sn + 1)
+    sp = (char*) gmp_realloc (sp, osn, sn + 1);
+  return sp;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_set_str (mpz_t r, const char *sp, int base)
+{
+  unsigned bits, value_of_a;
+  mp_size_t rn, alloc;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+  size_t dn, sn;
+  int sign;
+  unsigned char *dp;
+
+  assert (base == 0 || (base >= 2 && base <= 62));
+
+  while (isspace( (unsigned char) *sp))
+    sp++;
+
+  sign = (*sp == '-');
+  sp += sign;
+
+  if (base == 0)
+    {
+      if (sp[0] == '0')
+	{
+	  if (sp[1] == 'x' || sp[1] == 'X')
+	    {
+	      base = 16;
+	      sp += 2;
+	    }
+	  else if (sp[1] == 'b' || sp[1] == 'B')
+	    {
+	      base = 2;
+	      sp += 2;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    base = 8;
+	}
+      else
+	base = 10;
+    }
+
+  if (!*sp)
+    {
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  sn = strlen(sp);
+  dp = (unsigned char *) gmp_alloc (sn);
+
+  value_of_a = (base > 36) ? 36 : 10;
+  for (dn = 0; *sp; sp++)
+    {
+      unsigned digit;
+
+      if (isspace ((unsigned char) *sp))
+	continue;
+      else if (*sp >= '0' && *sp <= '9')
+	digit = *sp - '0';
+      else if (*sp >= 'a' && *sp <= 'z')
+	digit = *sp - 'a' + value_of_a;
+      else if (*sp >= 'A' && *sp <= 'Z')
+	digit = *sp - 'A' + 10;
+      else
+	digit = base; /* fail */
+
+      if (digit >= (unsigned) base)
+	{
+	  gmp_free (dp, sn);
+	  r->_mp_size = 0;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+      dp[dn++] = digit;
+    }
+
+  if (!dn)
+    {
+      gmp_free (dp, sn);
+      r->_mp_size = 0;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  bits = mpn_base_power_of_two_p (base);
+
+  if (bits > 0)
+    {
+      alloc = (dn * bits + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+      rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, alloc);
+      rn = mpn_set_str_bits (rp, dp, dn, bits);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct mpn_base_info info;
+      mpn_get_base_info (&info, base);
+      alloc = (dn + info.exp - 1) / info.exp;
+      rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, alloc);
+      rn = mpn_set_str_other (rp, dp, dn, base, &info);
+      /* Normalization, needed for all-zero input. */
+      assert (rn > 0);
+      rn -= rp[rn-1] == 0;
+    }
+  assert (rn <= alloc);
+  gmp_free (dp, sn);
+
+  r->_mp_size = sign ? - rn : rn;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+mpz_init_set_str (mpz_t r, const char *sp, int base)
+{
+  mpz_init (r);
+  return mpz_set_str (r, sp, base);
+}
+
+size_t
+mpz_out_str (FILE *stream, int base, const mpz_t x)
+{
+  char *str;
+  size_t len, n;
+
+  str = mpz_get_str (NULL, base, x);
+  if (!str)
+    return 0;
+  len = strlen (str);
+  n = fwrite (str, 1, len, stream);
+  gmp_free (str, len + 1);
+  return n;
+}
+
+
+static int
+gmp_detect_endian (void)
+{
+  static const int i = 2;
+  const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char *) &i;
+  return 1 - *p;
+}
+
+/* Import and export. Does not support nails. */
+void
+mpz_import (mpz_t r, size_t count, int order, size_t size, int endian,
+	    size_t nails, const void *src)
+{
+  const unsigned char *p;
+  ptrdiff_t word_step;
+  mp_ptr rp;
+  mp_size_t rn;
+
+  /* The current (partial) limb. */
+  mp_limb_t limb;
+  /* The number of bytes already copied to this limb (starting from
+     the low end). */
+  size_t bytes;
+  /* The index where the limb should be stored, when completed. */
+  mp_size_t i;
+
+  if (nails != 0)
+    gmp_die ("mpz_import: Nails not supported.");
+
+  assert (order == 1 || order == -1);
+  assert (endian >= -1 && endian <= 1);
+
+  if (endian == 0)
+    endian = gmp_detect_endian ();
+
+  p = (unsigned char *) src;
+
+  word_step = (order != endian) ? 2 * size : 0;
+
+  /* Process bytes from the least significant end, so point p at the
+     least significant word. */
+  if (order == 1)
+    {
+      p += size * (count - 1);
+      word_step = - word_step;
+    }
+
+  /* And at least significant byte of that word. */
+  if (endian == 1)
+    p += (size - 1);
+
+  rn = (size * count + sizeof(mp_limb_t) - 1) / sizeof(mp_limb_t);
+  rp = MPZ_REALLOC (r, rn);
+
+  for (limb = 0, bytes = 0, i = 0; count > 0; count--, p += word_step)
+    {
+      size_t j;
+      for (j = 0; j < size; j++, p -= (ptrdiff_t) endian)
+	{
+	  limb |= (mp_limb_t) *p << (bytes++ * CHAR_BIT);
+	  if (bytes == sizeof(mp_limb_t))
+	    {
+	      rp[i++] = limb;
+	      bytes = 0;
+	      limb = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  assert (i + (bytes > 0) == rn);
+  if (limb != 0)
+    rp[i++] = limb;
+  else
+    i = mpn_normalized_size (rp, i);
+
+  r->_mp_size = i;
+}
+
+void *
+mpz_export (void *r, size_t *countp, int order, size_t size, int endian,
+	    size_t nails, const mpz_t u)
+{
+  size_t count;
+  mp_size_t un;
+
+  if (nails != 0)
+    gmp_die ("mpz_export: Nails not supported.");
+
+  assert (order == 1 || order == -1);
+  assert (endian >= -1 && endian <= 1);
+  assert (size > 0 || u->_mp_size == 0);
+
+  un = u->_mp_size;
+  count = 0;
+  if (un != 0)
+    {
+      size_t k;
+      unsigned char *p;
+      ptrdiff_t word_step;
+      /* The current (partial) limb. */
+      mp_limb_t limb;
+      /* The number of bytes left to do in this limb. */
+      size_t bytes;
+      /* The index where the limb was read. */
+      mp_size_t i;
+
+      un = GMP_ABS (un);
+
+      /* Count bytes in top limb. */
+      limb = u->_mp_d[un-1];
+      assert (limb != 0);
+
+      k = (GMP_LIMB_BITS <= CHAR_BIT);
+      if (!k)
+	{
+	  do {
+	    int LOCAL_CHAR_BIT = CHAR_BIT;
+	    k++; limb >>= LOCAL_CHAR_BIT;
+	  } while (limb != 0);
+	}
+      /* else limb = 0; */
+
+      count = (k + (un-1) * sizeof (mp_limb_t) + size - 1) / size;
+
+      if (!r)
+	r = gmp_alloc (count * size);
+
+      if (endian == 0)
+	endian = gmp_detect_endian ();
+
+      p = (unsigned char *) r;
+
+      word_step = (order != endian) ? 2 * size : 0;
+
+      /* Process bytes from the least significant end, so point p at the
+	 least significant word. */
+      if (order == 1)
+	{
+	  p += size * (count - 1);
+	  word_step = - word_step;
+	}
+
+      /* And at least significant byte of that word. */
+      if (endian == 1)
+	p += (size - 1);
+
+      for (bytes = 0, i = 0, k = 0; k < count; k++, p += word_step)
+	{
+	  size_t j;
+	  for (j = 0; j < size; ++j, p -= (ptrdiff_t) endian)
+	    {
+	      if (sizeof (mp_limb_t) == 1)
+		{
+		  if (i < un)
+		    *p = u->_mp_d[i++];
+		  else
+		    *p = 0;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  int LOCAL_CHAR_BIT = CHAR_BIT;
+		  if (bytes == 0)
+		    {
+		      if (i < un)
+			limb = u->_mp_d[i++];
+		      bytes = sizeof (mp_limb_t);
+		    }
+		  *p = limb;
+		  limb >>= LOCAL_CHAR_BIT;
+		  bytes--;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      assert (i == un);
+      assert (k == count);
+    }
+
+  if (countp)
+    *countp = count;
+
+  return r;
+}
diff --git a/lib/mini-gmp.h b/lib/mini-gmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..508712d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mini-gmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+/* mini-gmp, a minimalistic implementation of a GNU GMP subset.
+
+Copyright 2011-2015, 2017, 2019-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the GNU MP Library.
+
+The GNU MP Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of either:
+
+  * the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free
+    Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+    option) any later version.
+
+or
+
+  * the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+    Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
+    later version.
+
+or both in parallel, as here.
+
+The GNU MP Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received copies of the GNU General Public License and the
+GNU Lesser General Public License along with the GNU MP Library.  If not,
+see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/.  */
+
+/* About mini-gmp: This is a minimal implementation of a subset of the
+   GMP interface. It is intended for inclusion into applications which
+   have modest bignums needs, as a fallback when the real GMP library
+   is not installed.
+
+   This file defines the public interface. */
+
+#ifndef __MINI_GMP_H__
+#define __MINI_GMP_H__
+
+/* For size_t */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void mp_set_memory_functions (void *(*) (size_t),
+			      void *(*) (void *, size_t, size_t),
+			      void (*) (void *, size_t));
+
+void mp_get_memory_functions (void *(**) (size_t),
+			      void *(**) (void *, size_t, size_t),
+			      void (**) (void *, size_t));
+
+#ifndef MINI_GMP_LIMB_TYPE
+#define MINI_GMP_LIMB_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+typedef unsigned MINI_GMP_LIMB_TYPE mp_limb_t;
+typedef long mp_size_t;
+typedef unsigned long mp_bitcnt_t;
+
+typedef mp_limb_t *mp_ptr;
+typedef const mp_limb_t *mp_srcptr;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  int _mp_alloc;		/* Number of *limbs* allocated and pointed
+				   to by the _mp_d field.  */
+  int _mp_size;			/* abs(_mp_size) is the number of limbs the
+				   last field points to.  If _mp_size is
+				   negative this is a negative number.  */
+  mp_limb_t *_mp_d;		/* Pointer to the limbs.  */
+} __mpz_struct;
+
+typedef __mpz_struct mpz_t[1];
+
+typedef __mpz_struct *mpz_ptr;
+typedef const __mpz_struct *mpz_srcptr;
+
+extern const int mp_bits_per_limb;
+
+void mpn_copyi (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+void mpn_copyd (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+void mpn_zero (mp_ptr, mp_size_t);
+
+int mpn_cmp (mp_srcptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+int mpn_zero_p (mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_add_1 (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_limb_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_add_n (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_add (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_sub_1 (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_limb_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_sub_n (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_sub (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_mul_1 (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_limb_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_addmul_1 (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_limb_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_submul_1 (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_limb_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_mul (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+void mpn_mul_n (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+void mpn_sqr (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+int mpn_perfect_square_p (mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+mp_size_t mpn_sqrtrem (mp_ptr, mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_lshift (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, unsigned int);
+mp_limb_t mpn_rshift (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t, unsigned int);
+
+mp_bitcnt_t mpn_scan0 (mp_srcptr, mp_bitcnt_t);
+mp_bitcnt_t mpn_scan1 (mp_srcptr, mp_bitcnt_t);
+
+void mpn_com (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+mp_limb_t mpn_neg (mp_ptr, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_bitcnt_t mpn_popcount (mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+mp_limb_t mpn_invert_3by2 (mp_limb_t, mp_limb_t);
+#define mpn_invert_limb(x) mpn_invert_3by2 ((x), 0)
+
+size_t mpn_get_str (unsigned char *, int, mp_ptr, mp_size_t);
+mp_size_t mpn_set_str (mp_ptr, const unsigned char *, size_t, int);
+
+void mpz_init (mpz_t);
+void mpz_init2 (mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_clear (mpz_t);
+
+#define mpz_odd_p(z)   (((z)->_mp_size != 0) & (int) (z)->_mp_d[0])
+#define mpz_even_p(z)  (! mpz_odd_p (z))
+
+int mpz_sgn (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_cmp_si (const mpz_t, long);
+int mpz_cmp_ui (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+int mpz_cmp (const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_cmpabs_ui (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+int mpz_cmpabs (const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_cmp_d (const mpz_t, double);
+int mpz_cmpabs_d (const mpz_t, double);
+
+void mpz_abs (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_neg (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_swap (mpz_t, mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_add_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_add (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_sub_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_ui_sub (mpz_t, unsigned long, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_sub (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_mul_si (mpz_t, const mpz_t, long int);
+void mpz_mul_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long int);
+void mpz_mul (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_mul_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_addmul_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long int);
+void mpz_addmul (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_submul_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long int);
+void mpz_submul (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_cdiv_qr (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_fdiv_qr (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_tdiv_qr (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_cdiv_q (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_fdiv_q (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_tdiv_q (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_cdiv_r (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_fdiv_r (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_tdiv_r (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_cdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_fdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_cdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_fdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_tdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t, const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+
+void mpz_mod (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_divexact (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+int mpz_divisible_p (const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_congruent_p (const mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+unsigned long mpz_cdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_fdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_tdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_cdiv_q_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_fdiv_q_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_tdiv_q_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_cdiv_r_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_fdiv_r_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_tdiv_r_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_cdiv_ui (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_fdiv_ui (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+unsigned long mpz_tdiv_ui (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+
+unsigned long mpz_mod_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+
+void mpz_divexact_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+
+int mpz_divisible_ui_p (const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+
+unsigned long mpz_gcd_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_gcd (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_gcdext (mpz_t, mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_lcm_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_lcm (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_invert (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_sqrtrem (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_sqrt (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_perfect_square_p (const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_pow_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_ui_pow_ui (mpz_t, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+void mpz_powm (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_powm_ui (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long, const mpz_t);
+
+void mpz_rootrem (mpz_t, mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+int mpz_root (mpz_t, const mpz_t, unsigned long);
+
+void mpz_fac_ui (mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_2fac_ui (mpz_t, unsigned long);
+void mpz_mfac_uiui (mpz_t, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+void mpz_bin_uiui (mpz_t, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+
+int mpz_probab_prime_p (const mpz_t, int);
+
+int mpz_tstbit (const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_setbit (mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_clrbit (mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+void mpz_combit (mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+
+void mpz_com (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_and (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_ior (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_xor (mpz_t, const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+
+mp_bitcnt_t mpz_popcount (const mpz_t);
+mp_bitcnt_t mpz_hamdist (const mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+mp_bitcnt_t mpz_scan0 (const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+mp_bitcnt_t mpz_scan1 (const mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+
+int mpz_fits_slong_p (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_fits_ulong_p (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_fits_sint_p (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_fits_uint_p (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_fits_sshort_p (const mpz_t);
+int mpz_fits_ushort_p (const mpz_t);
+long int mpz_get_si (const mpz_t);
+unsigned long int mpz_get_ui (const mpz_t);
+double mpz_get_d (const mpz_t);
+size_t mpz_size (const mpz_t);
+mp_limb_t mpz_getlimbn (const mpz_t, mp_size_t);
+
+void mpz_realloc2 (mpz_t, mp_bitcnt_t);
+mp_srcptr mpz_limbs_read (mpz_srcptr);
+mp_ptr mpz_limbs_modify (mpz_t, mp_size_t);
+mp_ptr mpz_limbs_write (mpz_t, mp_size_t);
+void mpz_limbs_finish (mpz_t, mp_size_t);
+mpz_srcptr mpz_roinit_n (mpz_t, mp_srcptr, mp_size_t);
+
+#define MPZ_ROINIT_N(xp, xs) {{0, (xs),(xp) }}
+
+void mpz_set_si (mpz_t, signed long int);
+void mpz_set_ui (mpz_t, unsigned long int);
+void mpz_set (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_set_d (mpz_t, double);
+
+void mpz_init_set_si (mpz_t, signed long int);
+void mpz_init_set_ui (mpz_t, unsigned long int);
+void mpz_init_set (mpz_t, const mpz_t);
+void mpz_init_set_d (mpz_t, double);
+
+size_t mpz_sizeinbase (const mpz_t, int);
+char *mpz_get_str (char *, int, const mpz_t);
+int mpz_set_str (mpz_t, const char *, int);
+int mpz_init_set_str (mpz_t, const char *, int);
+
+/* This long list taken from gmp.h. */
+/* For reference, "defined(EOF)" cannot be used here.  In g++ 2.95.4,
+   <iostream> defines EOF but not FILE.  */
+#if defined (FILE)                                              \
+  || defined (H_STDIO)                                          \
+  || defined (_H_STDIO)               /* AIX */                 \
+  || defined (_STDIO_H)               /* glibc, Sun, SCO */     \
+  || defined (_STDIO_H_)              /* BSD, OSF */            \
+  || defined (__STDIO_H)              /* Borland */             \
+  || defined (__STDIO_H__)            /* IRIX */                \
+  || defined (_STDIO_INCLUDED)        /* HPUX */                \
+  || defined (__dj_include_stdio_h_)  /* DJGPP */               \
+  || defined (_FILE_DEFINED)          /* Microsoft */           \
+  || defined (__STDIO__)              /* Apple MPW MrC */       \
+  || defined (_MSL_STDIO_H)           /* Metrowerks */          \
+  || defined (_STDIO_H_INCLUDED)      /* QNX4 */		\
+  || defined (_ISO_STDIO_ISO_H)       /* Sun C++ */		\
+  || defined (__STDIO_LOADED)         /* VMS */			\
+  || defined (_STDIO)                 /* HPE NonStop */         \
+  || defined (__DEFINED_FILE)         /* musl */
+size_t mpz_out_str (FILE *, int, const mpz_t);
+#endif
+
+void mpz_import (mpz_t, size_t, int, size_t, int, size_t, const void *);
+void *mpz_export (void *, size_t *, int, size_t, int, size_t, const mpz_t);
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* __MINI_GMP_H__ */
diff --git a/lib/minmax.h b/lib/minmax.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4b1345
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/minmax.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* MIN, MAX macros.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1998, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _MINMAX_H
+#define _MINMAX_H
+
+/* Note: MIN, MAX are also defined in <sys/param.h> on some systems
+   (glibc, IRIX, HP-UX, OSF/1).  Therefore you might get warnings about
+   MIN, MAX macro redefinitions on some systems; the workaround is to
+   #include this file as the last one among the #include list.  */
+
+/* Before we define the following symbols we get the <limits.h> file
+   since otherwise we get redefinitions on some systems if <limits.h> is
+   included after this file.  Likewise for <sys/param.h>.
+   If more than one of these system headers define MIN and MAX, pick just
+   one of the headers (because the definitions most likely are the same).  */
+#if HAVE_MINMAX_IN_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#elif HAVE_MINMAX_IN_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Note: MIN and MAX should be used with two arguments of the
+   same type.  They might not return the minimum and maximum of their two
+   arguments, if the arguments have different types or have unusual
+   floating-point values.  For example, on a typical host with 32-bit 'int',
+   64-bit 'long long', and 64-bit IEEE 754 'double' types:
+
+     MAX (-1, 2147483648) returns 4294967295.
+     MAX (9007199254740992.0, 9007199254740993) returns 9007199254740992.0.
+     MAX (NaN, 0.0) returns 0.0.
+     MAX (+0.0, -0.0) returns -0.0.
+
+   and in each case the answer is in some sense bogus.  */
+
+/* MAX(a,b) returns the maximum of A and B.  */
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+/* MIN(a,b) returns the minimum of A and B.  */
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MINMAX_H */
diff --git a/lib/mkancesdirs.c b/lib/mkancesdirs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b66a9d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkancesdirs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* Make a file's ancestor directories.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "mkancesdirs.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "filename.h"
+#include "savewd.h"
+
+/* Ensure that the ancestor directories of FILE exist, using an
+   algorithm that should work even if two processes execute this
+   function in parallel.  Modify FILE as necessary to access the
+   ancestor directories, but restore FILE to an equivalent value
+   if successful.
+
+   WD points to the working directory, using the conventions of
+   savewd.
+
+   Create any ancestor directories that don't already exist, by
+   invoking MAKE_DIR (FILE, COMPONENT, MAKE_DIR_ARG).  This function
+   should return 0 if successful, -1 (setting errno) otherwise.  If
+   COMPONENT is relative, it is relative to the temporary working
+   directory, which may differ from *WD.
+
+   Ordinarily MAKE_DIR is executed with the working directory changed
+   to reflect the already-made prefix, and mkancesdirs returns with
+   the working directory changed a prefix of FILE.  However, if the
+   initial working directory cannot be saved in a file descriptor,
+   MAKE_DIR is invoked in a subprocess and this function returns in
+   both the parent and child process, so the caller should not assume
+   any changed state survives other than the EXITMAX component of WD,
+   and the caller should take care that the parent does not attempt to
+   do the work that the child is doing.
+
+   If successful and if this process can go ahead and create FILE,
+   return the length of the prefix of FILE that has already been made.
+   If successful so far but a child process is doing the actual work,
+   return -2.  If unsuccessful, return -1 and set errno.  */
+
+ptrdiff_t
+mkancesdirs (char *file, struct savewd *wd,
+             int (*make_dir) (char const *, char const *, void *),
+             void *make_dir_arg)
+{
+  /* Address of the previous directory separator that follows an
+     ordinary byte in a file name in the left-to-right scan, or NULL
+     if no such separator precedes the current location P.  */
+  char *sep = NULL;
+
+  /* Address of the leftmost file name component that has not yet
+     been processed.  */
+  char *component = file;
+
+  char *p = file + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
+  char c;
+  bool made_dir = false;
+
+  /* Scan forward through FILE, creating and chdiring into directories
+     along the way.  Try MAKE_DIR before chdir, so that the procedure
+     works even when two or more processes are executing it in
+     parallel.  Isolate each file name component by having COMPONENT
+     point to its start and SEP point just after its end.  */
+
+  while ((c = *p++))
+    if (ISSLASH (*p))
+      {
+        if (! ISSLASH (c))
+          sep = p;
+      }
+    else if (ISSLASH (c) && *p && sep)
+      {
+        /* Don't bother to make or test for "." since it does not
+           affect the algorithm.  */
+        if (! (sep - component == 1 && component[0] == '.'))
+          {
+            int make_dir_errno = 0;
+            int savewd_chdir_options = 0;
+            int chdir_result;
+
+            /* Temporarily modify FILE to isolate this file name
+               component.  */
+            *sep = '\0';
+
+            /* Invoke MAKE_DIR on this component, except don't bother
+               with ".." since it must exist if its "parent" does.  */
+            if (sep - component == 2
+                && component[0] == '.' && component[1] == '.')
+              made_dir = false;
+            else if (make_dir (file, component, make_dir_arg) < 0)
+              make_dir_errno = errno;
+            else
+              made_dir = true;
+
+            if (made_dir)
+              savewd_chdir_options |= SAVEWD_CHDIR_NOFOLLOW;
+
+            chdir_result =
+              savewd_chdir (wd, component, savewd_chdir_options, NULL);
+
+            /* Undo the temporary modification to FILE, unless there
+               was a failure.  */
+            if (chdir_result != -1)
+              *sep = '/';
+
+            if (chdir_result != 0)
+              {
+                if (make_dir_errno != 0 && errno == ENOENT)
+                  errno = make_dir_errno;
+                return chdir_result;
+              }
+          }
+
+        component = p;
+      }
+
+  return component - file;
+}
diff --git a/lib/mkancesdirs.h b/lib/mkancesdirs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34242f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkancesdirs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Ensure the existence of the ancestor directories of a file.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, 2006.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct savewd;
+ptrdiff_t mkancesdirs (char *, struct savewd *,
+                       int (*) (char const *, char const *, void *), void *);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mkdir-p.c b/lib/mkdir-p.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00651e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkdir-p.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/* mkdir-p.c -- Ensure that a directory and its parents exist.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997-2000, 2002-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, David MacKenzie, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "mkdir-p.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include "dirchownmod.h"
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+#include "mkancesdirs.h"
+#include "savewd.h"
+
+#ifndef HAVE_FCHMOD
+# define HAVE_FCHMOD false
+#endif
+
+/* Ensure that the directory DIR exists.
+
+   WD is the working directory, as in savewd.c.
+
+   If MAKE_ANCESTOR is not null, create any ancestor directories that
+   don't already exist, by invoking MAKE_ANCESTOR (DIR, ANCESTOR, OPTIONS).
+   This function should return zero if successful, -1 (setting errno)
+   otherwise.  In this case, DIR may be modified by storing '\0' bytes
+   into it, to access the ancestor directories, and this modification
+   is retained on return if the ancestor directories could not be
+   created.
+
+   Create DIR as a new directory, using mkdir with permissions MODE;
+   here, MODE is affected by the umask in the usual way.  It is also
+   OK if MAKE_ANCESTOR is not null and a directory DIR already exists.
+
+   Call ANNOUNCE (DIR, OPTIONS) just after successfully making DIR,
+   even if some of the following actions fail.
+
+   Set DIR's owner to OWNER and group to GROUP, but leave the owner
+   alone if OWNER is (uid_t) -1, and similarly for GROUP.
+
+   Set DIR's mode bits to MODE, except preserve any of the bits that
+   correspond to zero bits in MODE_BITS.  In other words, MODE_BITS is
+   a mask that specifies which of DIR's mode bits should be set or
+   cleared.  Changing the mode in this way is necessary if DIR already
+   existed, if MODE and MODE_BITS specify non-permissions bits like
+   S_ISUID, or if MODE and MODE_BITS specify permissions bits that are
+   masked out by the umask.  MODE_BITS should be a subset of
+   CHMOD_MODE_BITS.
+
+   However, if PRESERVE_EXISTING is true and DIR already exists,
+   do not attempt to set DIR's ownership and file mode bits.
+
+   Return true if DIR exists as a directory with the proper ownership
+   and file mode bits when done, or if a child process has been
+   dispatched to do the real work (though the child process may not
+   have finished yet -- it is the caller's responsibility to handle
+   this).  Report a diagnostic and return false on failure, storing
+   '\0' into *DIR if an ancestor directory had problems.  */
+
+bool
+make_dir_parents (char *dir,
+                  struct savewd *wd,
+                  int (*make_ancestor) (char const *, char const *, void *),
+                  void *options,
+                  mode_t mode,
+                  void (*announce) (char const *, void *),
+                  mode_t mode_bits,
+                  uid_t owner,
+                  gid_t group,
+                  bool preserve_existing)
+{
+  int mkdir_errno = (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (dir) ? 0 : savewd_errno (wd));
+
+  if (mkdir_errno == 0)
+    {
+      ptrdiff_t prefix_len = 0;
+      int savewd_chdir_options = (HAVE_FCHMOD ? SAVEWD_CHDIR_SKIP_READABLE : 0);
+
+      if (make_ancestor)
+        {
+          prefix_len = mkancesdirs (dir, wd, make_ancestor, options);
+          if (prefix_len < 0)
+            {
+              if (prefix_len < -1)
+                return true;
+              mkdir_errno = errno;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (0 <= prefix_len)
+        {
+          /* If the ownership might change, or if the directory will be
+             writable to other users and its special mode bits may
+             change after the directory is created, create it with
+             more restrictive permissions at first, so unauthorized
+             users cannot nip in before the directory is ready.  */
+          bool keep_owner = owner == (uid_t) -1 && group == (gid_t) -1;
+          bool keep_special_mode_bits =
+            ((mode_bits & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) | (mode & S_ISVTX)) == 0;
+          mode_t mkdir_mode = mode;
+          if (! keep_owner)
+            mkdir_mode &= ~ (S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO);
+          else if (! keep_special_mode_bits)
+            mkdir_mode &= ~ (S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH);
+
+          if (mkdir (dir + prefix_len, mkdir_mode) == 0)
+            {
+              /* True if the caller does not care about the umask's
+                 effect on the permissions.  */
+              bool umask_must_be_ok = (mode & mode_bits & S_IRWXUGO) == 0;
+
+              announce (dir, options);
+              preserve_existing = (keep_owner & keep_special_mode_bits
+                                   & umask_must_be_ok);
+              savewd_chdir_options |= SAVEWD_CHDIR_NOFOLLOW;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              mkdir_errno = errno;
+              mkdir_mode = -1;
+            }
+
+          if (preserve_existing)
+            {
+              if (mkdir_errno == 0)
+                return true;
+              if (mkdir_errno != ENOENT && make_ancestor)
+                {
+                  struct stat st;
+                  if (stat (dir + prefix_len, &st) == 0)
+                    {
+                      if (S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+                        return true;
+                    }
+                  else if (mkdir_errno == EEXIST
+                           && errno != ENOENT && errno != ENOTDIR)
+                    {
+                      error (0, errno, _("cannot stat %s"), quote (dir));
+                      return false;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              int open_result[2];
+              int chdir_result =
+                savewd_chdir (wd, dir + prefix_len,
+                              savewd_chdir_options, open_result);
+              if (chdir_result < -1)
+                return true;
+              else
+                {
+                  bool chdir_ok = (chdir_result == 0);
+                  char const *subdir = (chdir_ok ? "." : dir + prefix_len);
+                  if (dirchownmod (open_result[0], subdir, mkdir_mode,
+                                   owner, group, mode, mode_bits)
+                      == 0)
+                    return true;
+
+                  if (mkdir_errno == 0
+                      || (mkdir_errno != ENOENT && make_ancestor
+                          && errno != ENOTDIR))
+                    {
+                      error (0, errno,
+                             _(keep_owner
+                               ? "cannot change permissions of %s"
+                               : "cannot change owner and permissions of %s"),
+                             quote (dir));
+                      return false;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  error (0, mkdir_errno, _("cannot create directory %s"), quote (dir));
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/lib/mkdir-p.h b/lib/mkdir-p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8a4b5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkdir-p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* mkdir-p.h -- Ensure that a directory and its parents exist.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1994-1997, 2000, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, David MacKenzie, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+struct savewd;
+bool make_dir_parents (char *dir,
+                       struct savewd *wd,
+                       int (*make_ancestor) (char const *, char const *,
+                                             void *),
+                       void *options,
+                       mode_t mode,
+                       void (*announce) (char const *, void *),
+                       mode_t mode_bits,
+                       uid_t owner,
+                       gid_t group,
+                       bool preserve_existing);
diff --git a/lib/mkdir.c b/lib/mkdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4901701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* On some systems, mkdir ("foo/", 0700) fails because of the trailing
+   slash.  On those systems, this wrapper removes the trailing slash.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+/* Disable the definition of mkdir to rpl_mkdir (from the <sys/stat.h>
+   substitute) in this file.  Otherwise, we'd get an endless recursion.  */
+#undef mkdir
+
+/* mingw's _mkdir() function has 1 argument, but we pass 2 arguments.
+   Additionally, it declares _mkdir (and depending on compile flags, an
+   alias mkdir), only in the nonstandard includes <direct.h> and <io.h>,
+   which are included in the <sys/stat.h> override.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define mkdir(name,mode) _mkdir (name)
+# define maybe_unused _GL_UNUSED
+#else
+# define maybe_unused /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* This function is required at least for NetBSD 1.5.2.  */
+
+int
+rpl_mkdir (char const *dir, maybe_unused mode_t mode)
+{
+  int ret_val;
+  char *tmp_dir;
+  size_t len = strlen (dir);
+
+  if (len && dir[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      tmp_dir = strdup (dir);
+      if (!tmp_dir)
+        {
+          /* Rather than rely on strdup-posix, we set errno ourselves.  */
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      strip_trailing_slashes (tmp_dir);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      tmp_dir = (char *) dir;
+    }
+#if FUNC_MKDIR_DOT_BUG
+  /* Additionally, cygwin 1.5 mistakenly creates a directory "d/./".  */
+  {
+    char *last = last_component (tmp_dir);
+    if (*last == '.' && (last[1] == '\0'
+                         || (last[1] == '.' && last[2] == '\0')))
+      {
+        struct stat st;
+        if (stat (tmp_dir, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+          errno = EEXIST;
+        return -1;
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* FUNC_MKDIR_DOT_BUG */
+
+  ret_val = mkdir (tmp_dir, mode);
+
+  if (tmp_dir != dir)
+    free (tmp_dir);
+
+  return ret_val;
+}
diff --git a/lib/mkdirat.c b/lib/mkdirat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c5a97c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkdirat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* fd-relative mkdir
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Solaris 10 has no function like this.
+   Create a subdirectory, FILE, with mode MODE, in the directory
+   open on descriptor FD.  If possible, do it without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then mkdir/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
+   fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME mkdirat
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 mkdir
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , mode_t mode
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , mode
+#include "at-func.c"
diff --git a/lib/mkfifo.c b/lib/mkfifo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..784cc42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkfifo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Create a named fifo.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_MKFIFO
+/* Mingw lacks mkfifo; always fail with ENOSYS.  */
+
+int
+mkfifo (_GL_UNUSED char const *name, _GL_UNUSED mode_t mode)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_MKFIFO */
+
+# undef mkfifo
+
+/* Create a named fifo FILE, with access permissions in MODE.  Work
+around trailing slash bugs.  */
+
+int
+rpl_mkfifo (char const *name, mode_t mode)
+{
+# if MKFIFO_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  size_t len = strlen (name);
+  if (len && name[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      if (stat (name, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        errno = EEXIST;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif
+  return mkfifo (name, mode);
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_MKFIFO */
diff --git a/lib/mkfifoat.c b/lib/mkfifoat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1208d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkfifoat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* Create a named fifo relative to an open directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MKFIFOAT
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <string.h>
+
+int
+rpl_mkfifoat (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+#undef mkfifoat
+{
+  /* Use the original mkfifoat(), but correct the trailing slash handling.  */
+  size_t len = strlen (file);
+  if (len && file[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+
+      if (fstatat (fd, file, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == EOVERFLOW)
+            /* It's surely a file, not a directory.  */
+            errno = ENOTDIR;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* It's a directory, otherwise fstatat() would have reported an error
+             ENOTDIR.  */
+          errno = EEXIST;
+        }
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return mkfifoat (fd, file, mode);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# if !HAVE_MKFIFO
+
+#  include <errno.h>
+
+/* Mingw lacks mkfifo, so this wrapper is trivial.  */
+
+int
+mkfifoat (_GL_UNUSED int fd, _GL_UNUSED char const *path,
+          _GL_UNUSED mode_t mode)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+# else /* HAVE_MKFIFO */
+
+/* Create a named fifo FILE relative to directory FD, with access
+   permissions in MODE.  If possible, do it without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then mkfifo/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
+   fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+
+#  define AT_FUNC_NAME mkfifoat
+#  define AT_FUNC_F1 mkfifo
+#  define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , mode_t mode
+#  define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , mode
+#  include "at-func.c"
+#  undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#  undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#  undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#  undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+# endif /* HAVE_MKFIFO */
+
+#endif /* HAVE_MKFIFOAT */
diff --git a/lib/mknod.c b/lib/mknod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3627ee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mknod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Create a device inode.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_MKNOD
+/* Mingw lacks mknod; always fail with ENOSYS.  */
+
+int
+mknod (_GL_UNUSED char const *name, _GL_UNUSED mode_t mode,
+       _GL_UNUSED dev_t dev)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_MKNOD */
+
+# undef mknod
+
+/* Create a file system node FILE, with access permissions and file
+   type in MODE, and device type in DEV.  Usually, non-root
+   applications can only create named fifos (mode includes S_IFIFO),
+   with DEV set to 0.  Also work around trailing slash bugs.  */
+
+int
+rpl_mknod (char const *name, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+{
+# if MKFIFO_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* Trailing slash only makes sense for directories.  Of course,
+     using mknod to create a directory is not very portable, so it may
+     still fail later on.  */
+  if (!S_ISDIR (mode))
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (name);
+      if (len && name[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          struct stat st;
+          if (stat (name, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+            errno = EEXIST;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+# endif
+# if MKNOD_FIFO_BUG
+  /* POSIX requires mknod to create fifos for non-privileged
+     processes, but BSD implementations fail with EPERM.  */
+  if (S_ISFIFO (mode) && dev == 0)
+    return mkfifo (name, mode & ~S_IFIFO);
+# endif
+  return mknod (name, mode, dev);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_MKNOD */
diff --git a/lib/mknodat.c b/lib/mknodat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01096d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mknodat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* Create an inode relative to an open directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MKNODAT
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <string.h>
+
+int
+rpl_mknodat (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+#undef mknodat
+{
+  /* Use the original mknodat(), but correct the trailing slash handling.  */
+  size_t len = strlen (file);
+  if (len && file[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+
+      if (fstatat (fd, file, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == EOVERFLOW)
+            /* It's surely a file, not a directory.  */
+            errno = ENOTDIR;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* It's a directory, otherwise fstatat() would have reported an error
+             ENOTDIR.  */
+          errno = EEXIST;
+        }
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return mknodat (fd, file, mode, dev);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# if !HAVE_MKNOD
+
+#  include <errno.h>
+
+/* Mingw lacks mknod, so this wrapper is trivial.  */
+
+int
+mknodat (_GL_UNUSED int fd, _GL_UNUSED char const *path,
+         _GL_UNUSED mode_t mode, _GL_UNUSED dev_t dev)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+# else
+
+/* Create a file system node FILE relative to directory FD, with
+   access permissions and file type in MODE, and device type in DEV.
+   Usually, non-root applications can only create named fifos, with
+   DEV set to 0.  If possible, create the node without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then mknod/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
+   fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+
+#  define AT_FUNC_NAME mknodat
+#  define AT_FUNC_F1 mknod
+#  define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , mode_t mode, dev_t dev
+#  define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , mode, dev
+#  include "at-func.c"
+#  undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#  undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#  undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#  undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mkostemp.c b/lib/mkostemp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eae289a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkostemp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2001, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is derived from the one in the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include "tempname.h"
+# define __gen_tempname gen_tempname
+# ifndef __GTFILE
+#  define __GT_FILE GT_FILE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary file name from XTEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of XTEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
+   Then open the file and return a fd. */
+int
+mkostemp (char *xtemplate, int flags)
+{
+  return __gen_tempname (xtemplate, 0, flags, __GT_FILE);
+}
diff --git a/lib/mkstemp-safer.c b/lib/mkstemp-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47b4d8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkstemp-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Invoke mkstemp, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "stdlib-safer.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+/* Like mkstemp, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+
+int
+mkstemp_safer (char *templ)
+{
+  return fd_safer (mkstemp (templ));
+}
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMP
+/* Like mkostemp, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+int
+mkostemp_safer (char *templ, int flags)
+{
+  return fd_safer_flag (mkostemp (templ, flags), flags);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS
+/* Like mkostemps, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+int
+mkostemps_safer (char *templ, int suffixlen, int flags)
+{
+  return fd_safer_flag (mkostemps (templ, suffixlen, flags), flags);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKSTEMPS
+/* Like mkstemps, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+int mkstemps_safer (char *templ, int suffixlen)
+{
+  return fd_safer (mkstemps (templ, suffixlen));
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mkstemp.c b/lib/mkstemp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e0a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mkstemp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2001, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is derived from the one in the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include "tempname.h"
+# define __gen_tempname gen_tempname
+# ifndef __GT_FILE
+#  define __GT_FILE GT_FILE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary file name from XTEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of XTEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
+   Then open the file and return a fd.
+
+   If you are creating temporary files which will later be removed,
+   consider using the clean-temp module, which avoids several pitfalls
+   of using mkstemp directly. */
+int
+mkstemp (char *xtemplate)
+{
+  return __gen_tempname (xtemplate, 0, 0, __GT_FILE);
+}
diff --git a/lib/mktime-internal.h b/lib/mktime-internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..170764e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mktime-internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* Internals of mktime and related functions
+   Copyright 2016-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Paul Eggert <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <time.h>
+#endif
+
+/* mktime_offset_t is a signed type wide enough to hold a UTC offset
+   in seconds, and used as part of the type of the offset-guess
+   argument to mktime_internal.  In Glibc, it is always long int.
+   When in Gnulib, use time_t on platforms where time_t
+   is signed, to be compatible with platforms like BeOS that export
+   this implementation detail of mktime.  On platforms where time_t is
+   unsigned, GNU and POSIX code can assume 'int' is at least 32 bits
+   which is wide enough for a UTC offset.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+typedef long int mktime_offset_t;
+#elif defined TIME_T_IS_SIGNED
+typedef time_t mktime_offset_t;
+#else
+typedef int mktime_offset_t;
+#endif
+
+/* The source code uses identifiers like __time64_t for glibc
+   timestamps that can contain 64-bit values even when time_t is only
+   32 bits.  These are just macros for the ordinary identifiers unless
+   compiling within glibc when time_t is 32 bits.  */
+#if ! (defined _LIBC && __TIMESIZE != 64)
+# undef __time64_t
+# define __time64_t time_t
+# define __gmtime64_r __gmtime_r
+# define __localtime64_r __localtime_r
+# define __mktime64 mktime
+# define __timegm64 timegm
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+
+/* Although glibc source code uses leading underscores, Gnulib wants
+   ordinary names.
+
+   Portable standalone applications should supply a <time.h> that
+   declares a POSIX-compliant localtime_r, for the benefit of older
+   implementations that lack localtime_r or have a nonstandard one.
+   Similarly for gmtime_r.  See the gnulib time_r module for one way
+   to implement this.  */
+
+# undef __gmtime_r
+# undef __localtime_r
+# define __gmtime_r gmtime_r
+# define __localtime_r localtime_r
+
+# define __mktime_internal mktime_internal
+
+#endif
+
+/* Subroutine of mktime.  Return the time_t representation of TP and
+   normalize TP, given that a struct tm * maps to a time_t as performed
+   by FUNC.  Record next guess for localtime-gmtime offset in *OFFSET.  */
+extern __time64_t __mktime_internal (struct tm *tp,
+                                     struct tm *(*func) (__time64_t const *,
+                                                         struct tm *),
+                                     mktime_offset_t *offset) attribute_hidden;
diff --git a/lib/mktime.c b/lib/mktime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dc9d67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mktime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+/* Convert a 'struct tm' to a time_t value.
+   Copyright (C) 1993-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* The following macros influence what gets defined when this file is compiled:
+
+   Macro/expression            Which gnulib module    This compilation unit
+                                                      should define
+
+   _LIBC                       (glibc proper)         mktime
+
+   NEED_MKTIME_WORKING         mktime                 rpl_mktime
+   || NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS
+
+   NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL        mktime-internal        mktime_internal
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Assume that leap seconds are possible, unless told otherwise.
+   If the host has a 'zic' command with a '-L leapsecondfilename' option,
+   then it supports leap seconds; otherwise it probably doesn't.  */
+#ifndef LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
+# define LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE 1
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <verify.h>
+
+#ifndef NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL
+# define NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL 0
+#endif
+#ifndef NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS
+# define NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS 0
+#endif
+#ifndef NEED_MKTIME_WORKING
+# define NEED_MKTIME_WORKING 0
+#endif
+
+#include "mktime-internal.h"
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && (NEED_MKTIME_WORKING || NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS)
+static void
+my_tzset (void)
+{
+# if NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS
+  /* Rectify the value of the environment variable TZ.
+     There are four possible kinds of such values:
+       - Traditional US time zone names, e.g. "PST8PDT".  Syntax: see
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/c-runtime-library/reference/tzset>
+       - Time zone names based on geography, that contain one or more
+         slashes, e.g. "Europe/Moscow".
+       - Time zone names based on geography, without slashes, e.g.
+         "Singapore".
+       - Time zone names that contain explicit DST rules.  Syntax: see
+         <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap08.html#tag_08_03>
+     The Microsoft CRT understands only the first kind.  It produces incorrect
+     results if the value of TZ is of the other kinds.
+     But in a Cygwin environment, /etc/profile.d/tzset.sh sets TZ to a value
+     of the second kind for most geographies, or of the first kind in a few
+     other geographies.  If it is of the second kind, neutralize it.  For the
+     Microsoft CRT, an absent or empty TZ means the time zone that the user
+     has set in the Windows Control Panel.
+     If the value of TZ is of the third or fourth kind -- Cygwin programs
+     understand these syntaxes as well --, it does not matter whether we
+     neutralize it or not, since these values occur only when a Cygwin user
+     has set TZ explicitly; this case is 1. rare and 2. under the user's
+     responsibility.  */
+  const char *tz = getenv ("TZ");
+  if (tz != NULL && strchr (tz, '/') != NULL)
+    _putenv ("TZ=");
+# else
+  tzset ();
+# endif
+}
+# undef __tzset
+# define __tzset() my_tzset ()
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || NEED_MKTIME_WORKING || NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL
+
+/* A signed type that can represent an integer number of years
+   multiplied by four times the number of seconds in a year.  It is
+   needed when converting a tm_year value times the number of seconds
+   in a year.  The factor of four comes because these products need
+   to be subtracted from each other, and sometimes with an offset
+   added to them, and then with another timestamp added, without
+   worrying about overflow.
+
+   Much of the code uses long_int to represent __time64_t values, to
+   lessen the hassle of dealing with platforms where __time64_t is
+   unsigned, and because long_int should suffice to represent all
+   __time64_t values that mktime can generate even on platforms where
+   __time64_t is wider than the int components of struct tm.  */
+
+#if INT_MAX <= LONG_MAX / 4 / 366 / 24 / 60 / 60
+typedef long int long_int;
+#else
+typedef long long int long_int;
+#endif
+verify (INT_MAX <= TYPE_MAXIMUM (long_int) / 4 / 366 / 24 / 60 / 60);
+
+/* Shift A right by B bits portably, by dividing A by 2**B and
+   truncating towards minus infinity.  B should be in the range 0 <= B
+   <= LONG_INT_BITS - 2, where LONG_INT_BITS is the number of useful
+   bits in a long_int.  LONG_INT_BITS is at least 32.
+
+   ISO C99 says that A >> B is implementation-defined if A < 0.  Some
+   implementations (e.g., UNICOS 9.0 on a Cray Y-MP EL) don't shift
+   right in the usual way when A < 0, so SHR falls back on division if
+   ordinary A >> B doesn't seem to be the usual signed shift.  */
+
+static long_int
+shr (long_int a, int b)
+{
+  long_int one = 1;
+  return (-one >> 1 == -1
+	  ? a >> b
+	  : (a + (a < 0)) / (one << b) - (a < 0));
+}
+
+/* Bounds for the intersection of __time64_t and long_int.  */
+
+static long_int const mktime_min
+  = ((TYPE_SIGNED (__time64_t)
+      && TYPE_MINIMUM (__time64_t) < TYPE_MINIMUM (long_int))
+     ? TYPE_MINIMUM (long_int) : TYPE_MINIMUM (__time64_t));
+static long_int const mktime_max
+  = (TYPE_MAXIMUM (long_int) < TYPE_MAXIMUM (__time64_t)
+     ? TYPE_MAXIMUM (long_int) : TYPE_MAXIMUM (__time64_t));
+
+#define EPOCH_YEAR 1970
+#define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
+verify (TM_YEAR_BASE % 100 == 0);
+
+/* Is YEAR + TM_YEAR_BASE a leap year?  */
+static bool
+leapyear (long_int year)
+{
+  /* Don't add YEAR to TM_YEAR_BASE, as that might overflow.
+     Also, work even if YEAR is negative.  */
+  return
+    ((year & 3) == 0
+     && (year % 100 != 0
+	 || ((year / 100) & 3) == (- (TM_YEAR_BASE / 100) & 3)));
+}
+
+/* How many days come before each month (0-12).  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+static
+#endif
+const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
+  {
+    /* Normal years.  */
+    { 0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151, 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334, 365 },
+    /* Leap years.  */
+    { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, 366 }
+  };
+
+
+/* Do the values A and B differ according to the rules for tm_isdst?
+   A and B differ if one is zero and the other positive.  */
+static bool
+isdst_differ (int a, int b)
+{
+  return (!a != !b) && (0 <= a) && (0 <= b);
+}
+
+/* Return an integer value measuring (YEAR1-YDAY1 HOUR1:MIN1:SEC1) -
+   (YEAR0-YDAY0 HOUR0:MIN0:SEC0) in seconds, assuming that the clocks
+   were not adjusted between the timestamps.
+
+   The YEAR values uses the same numbering as TP->tm_year.  Values
+   need not be in the usual range.  However, YEAR1 - YEAR0 must not
+   overflow even when multiplied by three times the number of seconds
+   in a year, and likewise for YDAY1 - YDAY0 and three times the
+   number of seconds in a day.  */
+
+static long_int
+ydhms_diff (long_int year1, long_int yday1, int hour1, int min1, int sec1,
+	    int year0, int yday0, int hour0, int min0, int sec0)
+{
+  verify (-1 / 2 == 0);
+
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid integer overflow here.  */
+  int a4 = shr (year1, 2) + shr (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (year1 & 3);
+  int b4 = shr (year0, 2) + shr (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (year0 & 3);
+  int a100 = (a4 + (a4 < 0)) / 25 - (a4 < 0);
+  int b100 = (b4 + (b4 < 0)) / 25 - (b4 < 0);
+  int a400 = shr (a100, 2);
+  int b400 = shr (b100, 2);
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+
+  /* Compute the desired time without overflowing.  */
+  long_int years = year1 - year0;
+  long_int days = 365 * years + yday1 - yday0 + intervening_leap_days;
+  long_int hours = 24 * days + hour1 - hour0;
+  long_int minutes = 60 * hours + min1 - min0;
+  long_int seconds = 60 * minutes + sec1 - sec0;
+  return seconds;
+}
+
+/* Return the average of A and B, even if A + B would overflow.
+   Round toward positive infinity.  */
+static long_int
+long_int_avg (long_int a, long_int b)
+{
+  return shr (a, 1) + shr (b, 1) + ((a | b) & 1);
+}
+
+/* Return a long_int value corresponding to (YEAR-YDAY HOUR:MIN:SEC)
+   minus *TP seconds, assuming no clock adjustments occurred between
+   the two timestamps.
+
+   YEAR and YDAY must not be so large that multiplying them by three times the
+   number of seconds in a year (or day, respectively) would overflow long_int.
+   *TP should be in the usual range.  */
+static long_int
+tm_diff (long_int year, long_int yday, int hour, int min, int sec,
+	 struct tm const *tp)
+{
+  return ydhms_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
+		     tp->tm_year, tp->tm_yday,
+		     tp->tm_hour, tp->tm_min, tp->tm_sec);
+}
+
+/* Use CONVERT to convert T to a struct tm value in *TM.  T must be in
+   range for __time64_t.  Return TM if successful, NULL (setting errno) on
+   failure.  */
+static struct tm *
+convert_time (struct tm *(*convert) (const __time64_t *, struct tm *),
+	      long_int t, struct tm *tm)
+{
+  __time64_t x = t;
+  return convert (&x, tm);
+}
+
+/* Use CONVERT to convert *T to a broken down time in *TP.
+   If *T is out of range for conversion, adjust it so that
+   it is the nearest in-range value and then convert that.
+   A value is in range if it fits in both __time64_t and long_int.
+   Return TP on success, NULL (setting errno) on failure.  */
+static struct tm *
+ranged_convert (struct tm *(*convert) (const __time64_t *, struct tm *),
+		long_int *t, struct tm *tp)
+{
+  long_int t1 = (*t < mktime_min ? mktime_min
+		 : *t <= mktime_max ? *t : mktime_max);
+  struct tm *r = convert_time (convert, t1, tp);
+  if (r)
+    {
+      *t = t1;
+      return r;
+    }
+  if (errno != EOVERFLOW)
+    return NULL;
+
+  long_int bad = t1;
+  long_int ok = 0;
+  struct tm oktm; oktm.tm_sec = -1;
+
+  /* BAD is a known out-of-range value, and OK is a known in-range one.
+     Use binary search to narrow the range between BAD and OK until
+     they differ by 1.  */
+  while (true)
+    {
+      long_int mid = long_int_avg (ok, bad);
+      if (mid == ok || mid == bad)
+	break;
+      if (convert_time (convert, mid, tp))
+	ok = mid, oktm = *tp;
+      else if (errno != EOVERFLOW)
+	return NULL;
+      else
+	bad = mid;
+    }
+
+  if (oktm.tm_sec < 0)
+    return NULL;
+  *t = ok;
+  *tp = oktm;
+  return tp;
+}
+
+
+/* Convert *TP to a __time64_t value, inverting
+   the monotonic and mostly-unit-linear conversion function CONVERT.
+   Use *OFFSET to keep track of a guess at the offset of the result,
+   compared to what the result would be for UTC without leap seconds.
+   If *OFFSET's guess is correct, only one CONVERT call is needed.
+   If successful, set *TP to the canonicalized struct tm;
+   otherwise leave *TP alone, return ((time_t) -1) and set errno.
+   This function is external because it is used also by timegm.c.  */
+__time64_t
+__mktime_internal (struct tm *tp,
+		   struct tm *(*convert) (const __time64_t *, struct tm *),
+		   mktime_offset_t *offset)
+{
+  struct tm tm;
+
+  /* The maximum number of probes (calls to CONVERT) should be enough
+     to handle any combinations of time zone rule changes, solar time,
+     leap seconds, and oscillations around a spring-forward gap.
+     POSIX.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts have them anyway.  */
+  int remaining_probes = 6;
+
+  /* Time requested.  Copy it in case CONVERT modifies *TP; this can
+     occur if TP is localtime's returned value and CONVERT is localtime.  */
+  int sec = tp->tm_sec;
+  int min = tp->tm_min;
+  int hour = tp->tm_hour;
+  int mday = tp->tm_mday;
+  int mon = tp->tm_mon;
+  int year_requested = tp->tm_year;
+  int isdst = tp->tm_isdst;
+
+  /* 1 if the previous probe was DST.  */
+  int dst2 = 0;
+
+  /* Ensure that mon is in range, and set year accordingly.  */
+  int mon_remainder = mon % 12;
+  int negative_mon_remainder = mon_remainder < 0;
+  int mon_years = mon / 12 - negative_mon_remainder;
+  long_int lyear_requested = year_requested;
+  long_int year = lyear_requested + mon_years;
+
+  /* The other values need not be in range:
+     the remaining code handles overflows correctly.  */
+
+  /* Calculate day of year from year, month, and day of month.
+     The result need not be in range.  */
+  int mon_yday = ((__mon_yday[leapyear (year)]
+		   [mon_remainder + 12 * negative_mon_remainder])
+		  - 1);
+  long_int lmday = mday;
+  long_int yday = mon_yday + lmday;
+
+  mktime_offset_t off = *offset;
+  int negative_offset_guess;
+
+  int sec_requested = sec;
+
+  if (LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE)
+    {
+      /* Handle out-of-range seconds specially,
+	 since ydhms_diff assumes every minute has 60 seconds.  */
+      if (sec < 0)
+	sec = 0;
+      if (59 < sec)
+	sec = 59;
+    }
+
+  /* Invert CONVERT by probing.  First assume the same offset as last
+     time.  */
+
+  INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, off, &negative_offset_guess);
+  long_int t0 = ydhms_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
+			    EPOCH_YEAR - TM_YEAR_BASE, 0, 0, 0,
+			    negative_offset_guess);
+  long_int t = t0, t1 = t0, t2 = t0;
+
+  /* Repeatedly use the error to improve the guess.  */
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      if (! ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm))
+	return -1;
+      long_int dt = tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &tm);
+      if (dt == 0)
+	break;
+
+      if (t == t1 && t != t2
+	  && (tm.tm_isdst < 0
+	      || (isdst < 0
+		  ? dst2 <= (tm.tm_isdst != 0)
+		  : (isdst != 0) != (tm.tm_isdst != 0))))
+	/* We can't possibly find a match, as we are oscillating
+	   between two values.  The requested time probably falls
+	   within a spring-forward gap of size DT.  Follow the common
+	   practice in this case, which is to return a time that is DT
+	   away from the requested time, preferring a time whose
+	   tm_isdst differs from the requested value.  (If no tm_isdst
+	   was requested and only one of the two values has a nonzero
+	   tm_isdst, prefer that value.)  In practice, this is more
+	   useful than returning -1.  */
+	goto offset_found;
+
+      remaining_probes--;
+      if (remaining_probes == 0)
+	{
+	  __set_errno (EOVERFLOW);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+      t1 = t2, t2 = t, t += dt, dst2 = tm.tm_isdst != 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We have a match.  Check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested
+     value, if any.  */
+  if (isdst_differ (isdst, tm.tm_isdst))
+    {
+      /* tm.tm_isdst has the wrong value.  Look for a neighboring
+	 time with the right value, and use its UTC offset.
+
+	 Heuristic: probe the adjacent timestamps in both directions,
+	 looking for the desired isdst.  If none is found within a
+	 reasonable duration bound, assume a one-hour DST difference.
+	 This should work for all real time zone histories in the tz
+	 database.  */
+
+      /* +1 if we wanted standard time but got DST, -1 if the reverse.  */
+      int dst_difference = (isdst == 0) - (tm.tm_isdst == 0);
+
+      /* Distance between probes when looking for a DST boundary.  In
+	 tzdata2003a, the shortest period of DST is 601200 seconds
+	 (e.g., America/Recife starting 2000-10-08 01:00), and the
+	 shortest period of non-DST surrounded by DST is 694800
+	 seconds (Africa/Tunis starting 1943-04-17 01:00).  Use the
+	 minimum of these two values, so we don't miss these short
+	 periods when probing.  */
+      int stride = 601200;
+
+      /* In TZDB 2021e, the longest period of DST (or of non-DST), in
+	 which the DST (or adjacent DST) difference is not one hour,
+	 is 457243209 seconds: e.g., America/Cambridge_Bay with leap
+	 seconds, starting 1965-10-31 00:00 in a switch from
+	 double-daylight time (-05) to standard time (-07), and
+	 continuing to 1980-04-27 02:00 in a switch from standard time
+	 (-07) to daylight time (-06).  */
+      int duration_max = 457243209;
+
+      /* Search in both directions, so the maximum distance is half
+	 the duration; add the stride to avoid off-by-1 problems.  */
+      int delta_bound = duration_max / 2 + stride;
+
+      int delta, direction;
+
+      for (delta = stride; delta < delta_bound; delta += stride)
+	for (direction = -1; direction <= 1; direction += 2)
+	  {
+	    long_int ot;
+	    if (! INT_ADD_WRAPV (t, delta * direction, &ot))
+	      {
+		struct tm otm;
+		if (! ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm))
+		  return -1;
+		if (! isdst_differ (isdst, otm.tm_isdst))
+		  {
+		    /* We found the desired tm_isdst.
+		       Extrapolate back to the desired time.  */
+		    long_int gt = ot + tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
+						&otm);
+		    if (mktime_min <= gt && gt <= mktime_max)
+		      {
+			if (convert_time (convert, gt, &tm))
+			  {
+			    t = gt;
+			    goto offset_found;
+			  }
+			if (errno != EOVERFLOW)
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+
+      /* No unusual DST offset was found nearby.  Assume one-hour DST.  */
+      t += 60 * 60 * dst_difference;
+      if (mktime_min <= t && t <= mktime_max && convert_time (convert, t, &tm))
+	goto offset_found;
+
+      __set_errno (EOVERFLOW);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+ offset_found:
+  /* Set *OFFSET to the low-order bits of T - T0 - NEGATIVE_OFFSET_GUESS.
+     This is just a heuristic to speed up the next mktime call, and
+     correctness is unaffected if integer overflow occurs here.  */
+  INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (t, t0, offset);
+  INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (*offset, negative_offset_guess, offset);
+
+  if (LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE && sec_requested != tm.tm_sec)
+    {
+      /* Adjust time to reflect the tm_sec requested, not the normalized value.
+	 Also, repair any damage from a false match due to a leap second.  */
+      long_int sec_adjustment = sec == 0 && tm.tm_sec == 60;
+      sec_adjustment -= sec;
+      sec_adjustment += sec_requested;
+      if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (t, sec_adjustment, &t)
+	  || ! (mktime_min <= t && t <= mktime_max))
+	{
+	  __set_errno (EOVERFLOW);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      if (! convert_time (convert, t, &tm))
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+  *tp = tm;
+  return t;
+}
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || NEED_MKTIME_WORKING || NEED_MKTIME_INTERNAL */
+
+#if defined _LIBC || NEED_MKTIME_WORKING || NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS
+
+/* Convert *TP to a __time64_t value.  */
+__time64_t
+__mktime64 (struct tm *tp)
+{
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable 'tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  __tzset ();
+
+# if defined _LIBC || NEED_MKTIME_WORKING
+  static mktime_offset_t localtime_offset;
+  return __mktime_internal (tp, __localtime64_r, &localtime_offset);
+# else
+#  undef mktime
+  return mktime (tp);
+# endif
+}
+#endif /* _LIBC || NEED_MKTIME_WORKING || NEED_MKTIME_WINDOWS */
+
+#if defined _LIBC && __TIMESIZE != 64
+
+libc_hidden_def (__mktime64)
+
+time_t
+mktime (struct tm *tp)
+{
+  struct tm tm = *tp;
+  __time64_t t = __mktime64 (&tm);
+  if (in_time_t_range (t))
+    {
+      *tp = tm;
+      return t;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      __set_errno (EOVERFLOW);
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+weak_alias (mktime, timelocal)
+libc_hidden_def (mktime)
+libc_hidden_weak (timelocal)
diff --git a/lib/modechange.c b/lib/modechange.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d34acc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/modechange.c
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+/* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
+
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1990, 1997-1999, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
+
+/* The ASCII mode string is compiled into an array of 'struct
+   modechange', which can then be applied to each file to be changed.
+   We do this instead of re-parsing the ASCII string for each file
+   because the compiled form requires less computation to use; when
+   changing the mode of many files, this probably results in a
+   performance gain.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "modechange.h"
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "stat-macros.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* The traditional octal values corresponding to each mode bit.  */
+#define SUID 04000
+#define SGID 02000
+#define SVTX 01000
+#define RUSR 00400
+#define WUSR 00200
+#define XUSR 00100
+#define RGRP 00040
+#define WGRP 00020
+#define XGRP 00010
+#define ROTH 00004
+#define WOTH 00002
+#define XOTH 00001
+#define ALLM 07777 /* all octal mode bits */
+
+/* Convert OCTAL, which uses one of the traditional octal values, to
+   an internal mode_t value.  */
+static mode_t
+octal_to_mode (unsigned int octal)
+{
+  /* Help the compiler optimize the usual case where mode_t uses
+     the traditional octal representation.  */
+  return ((S_ISUID == SUID && S_ISGID == SGID && S_ISVTX == SVTX
+           && S_IRUSR == RUSR && S_IWUSR == WUSR && S_IXUSR == XUSR
+           && S_IRGRP == RGRP && S_IWGRP == WGRP && S_IXGRP == XGRP
+           && S_IROTH == ROTH && S_IWOTH == WOTH && S_IXOTH == XOTH)
+          ? octal
+          : (mode_t) ((octal & SUID ? S_ISUID : 0)
+                      | (octal & SGID ? S_ISGID : 0)
+                      | (octal & SVTX ? S_ISVTX : 0)
+                      | (octal & RUSR ? S_IRUSR : 0)
+                      | (octal & WUSR ? S_IWUSR : 0)
+                      | (octal & XUSR ? S_IXUSR : 0)
+                      | (octal & RGRP ? S_IRGRP : 0)
+                      | (octal & WGRP ? S_IWGRP : 0)
+                      | (octal & XGRP ? S_IXGRP : 0)
+                      | (octal & ROTH ? S_IROTH : 0)
+                      | (octal & WOTH ? S_IWOTH : 0)
+                      | (octal & XOTH ? S_IXOTH : 0)));
+}
+
+/* Special operations flags.  */
+enum
+  {
+    /* For the sentinel at the end of the mode changes array.  */
+    MODE_DONE,
+
+    /* The typical case.  */
+    MODE_ORDINARY_CHANGE,
+
+    /* In addition to the typical case, affect the execute bits if at
+       least one execute bit is set already, or if the file is a
+       directory.  */
+    MODE_X_IF_ANY_X,
+
+    /* Instead of the typical case, copy some existing permissions for
+       u, g, or o onto the other two.  Which of u, g, or o is copied
+       is determined by which bits are set in the 'value' field.  */
+    MODE_COPY_EXISTING
+  };
+
+/* Description of a mode change.  */
+struct mode_change
+{
+  char op;                      /* One of "=+-".  */
+  char flag;                    /* Special operations flag.  */
+  mode_t affected;              /* Set for u, g, o, or a.  */
+  mode_t value;                 /* Bits to add/remove.  */
+  mode_t mentioned;             /* Bits explicitly mentioned.  */
+};
+
+/* Return a mode_change array with the specified "=ddd"-style
+   mode change operation, where NEW_MODE is "ddd" and MENTIONED
+   contains the bits explicitly mentioned in the mode are MENTIONED.  */
+
+static struct mode_change *
+make_node_op_equals (mode_t new_mode, mode_t mentioned)
+{
+  struct mode_change *p = xmalloc (2 * sizeof *p);
+  p->op = '=';
+  p->flag = MODE_ORDINARY_CHANGE;
+  p->affected = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
+  p->value = new_mode;
+  p->mentioned = mentioned;
+  p[1].flag = MODE_DONE;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to an array of file mode change operations created from
+   MODE_STRING, an ASCII string that contains either an octal number
+   specifying an absolute mode, or symbolic mode change operations with
+   the form:
+   [ugoa...][[+-=][rwxXstugo...]...][,...]
+
+   Return NULL if 'mode_string' does not contain a valid
+   representation of file mode change operations.  */
+
+struct mode_change *
+mode_compile (char const *mode_string)
+{
+  /* The array of mode-change directives to be returned.  */
+  struct mode_change *mc;
+  size_t used = 0;
+  char const *p;
+
+  if ('0' <= *mode_string && *mode_string < '8')
+    {
+      unsigned int octal_mode = 0;
+      mode_t mode;
+      mode_t mentioned;
+
+      p = mode_string;
+      do
+        {
+          octal_mode = 8 * octal_mode + *p++ - '0';
+          if (ALLM < octal_mode)
+            return NULL;
+        }
+      while ('0' <= *p && *p < '8');
+
+      if (*p)
+        return NULL;
+
+      mode = octal_to_mode (octal_mode);
+      mentioned = (p - mode_string < 5
+                   ? (mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) | S_ISVTX | S_IRWXUGO
+                   : CHMOD_MODE_BITS);
+      return make_node_op_equals (mode, mentioned);
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate enough space to hold the result.  */
+  {
+    size_t needed = 1;
+    for (p = mode_string; *p; p++)
+      needed += (*p == '=' || *p == '+' || *p == '-');
+    mc = xnmalloc (needed, sizeof *mc);
+  }
+
+  /* One loop iteration for each
+     '[ugoa]*([-+=]([rwxXst]*|[ugo]))+|[-+=][0-7]+'.  */
+  for (p = mode_string; ; p++)
+    {
+      /* Which bits in the mode are operated on.  */
+      mode_t affected = 0;
+
+      /* Turn on all the bits in 'affected' for each group given.  */
+      for (;; p++)
+        switch (*p)
+          {
+          default:
+            goto invalid;
+          case 'u':
+            affected |= S_ISUID | S_IRWXU;
+            break;
+          case 'g':
+            affected |= S_ISGID | S_IRWXG;
+            break;
+          case 'o':
+            affected |= S_ISVTX | S_IRWXO;
+            break;
+          case 'a':
+            affected |= CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
+            break;
+          case '=': case '+': case '-':
+            goto no_more_affected;
+          }
+    no_more_affected:;
+
+      do
+        {
+          char op = *p++;
+          mode_t value;
+          mode_t mentioned = 0;
+          char flag = MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
+          struct mode_change *change;
+
+          switch (*p)
+            {
+            case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+            case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+              {
+                unsigned int octal_mode = 0;
+
+                do
+                  {
+                    octal_mode = 8 * octal_mode + *p++ - '0';
+                    if (ALLM < octal_mode)
+                      goto invalid;
+                  }
+                while ('0' <= *p && *p < '8');
+
+                if (affected || (*p && *p != ','))
+                  goto invalid;
+                affected = mentioned = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
+                value = octal_to_mode (octal_mode);
+                flag = MODE_ORDINARY_CHANGE;
+                break;
+              }
+
+            case 'u':
+              /* Set the affected bits to the value of the "u" bits
+                 on the same file.  */
+              value = S_IRWXU;
+              p++;
+              break;
+            case 'g':
+              /* Set the affected bits to the value of the "g" bits
+                 on the same file.  */
+              value = S_IRWXG;
+              p++;
+              break;
+            case 'o':
+              /* Set the affected bits to the value of the "o" bits
+                 on the same file.  */
+              value = S_IRWXO;
+              p++;
+              break;
+
+            default:
+              value = 0;
+              flag = MODE_ORDINARY_CHANGE;
+
+              for (;; p++)
+                switch (*p)
+                  {
+                  case 'r':
+                    value |= S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH;
+                    break;
+                  case 'w':
+                    value |= S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH;
+                    break;
+                  case 'x':
+                    value |= S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH;
+                    break;
+                  case 'X':
+                    flag = MODE_X_IF_ANY_X;
+                    break;
+                  case 's':
+                    /* Set the setuid/gid bits if 'u' or 'g' is selected.  */
+                    value |= S_ISUID | S_ISGID;
+                    break;
+                  case 't':
+                    /* Set the "save text image" bit if 'o' is selected.  */
+                    value |= S_ISVTX;
+                    break;
+                  default:
+                    goto no_more_values;
+                  }
+            no_more_values:;
+            }
+
+          change = &mc[used++];
+          change->op = op;
+          change->flag = flag;
+          change->affected = affected;
+          change->value = value;
+          change->mentioned =
+            (mentioned ? mentioned : affected ? affected & value : value);
+        }
+      while (*p == '=' || *p == '+' || *p == '-');
+
+      if (*p != ',')
+        break;
+    }
+
+  if (*p == 0)
+    {
+      mc[used].flag = MODE_DONE;
+      return mc;
+    }
+
+invalid:
+  free (mc);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Return a file mode change operation that sets permissions to match those
+   of REF_FILE.  Return NULL (setting errno) if REF_FILE can't be accessed.  */
+
+struct mode_change *
+mode_create_from_ref (const char *ref_file)
+{
+  struct stat ref_stats;
+
+  if (stat (ref_file, &ref_stats) != 0)
+    return NULL;
+  return make_node_op_equals (ref_stats.st_mode, CHMOD_MODE_BITS);
+}
+
+/* Return the file mode bits of OLDMODE (which is the mode of a
+   directory if DIR), assuming the umask is UMASK_VALUE, adjusted as
+   indicated by the list of change operations CHANGES.  If DIR, the
+   type 'X' change affects the returned value even if no execute bits
+   were set in OLDMODE, and set user and group ID bits are preserved
+   unless CHANGES mentioned them.  If PMODE_BITS is not null, store into
+   *PMODE_BITS a mask denoting file mode bits that are affected by
+   CHANGES.
+
+   The returned value and *PMODE_BITS contain only file mode bits.
+   For example, they have the S_IFMT bits cleared on a standard
+   Unix-like host.  */
+
+mode_t
+mode_adjust (mode_t oldmode, bool dir, mode_t umask_value,
+             struct mode_change const *changes, mode_t *pmode_bits)
+{
+  /* The adjusted mode.  */
+  mode_t newmode = oldmode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
+
+  /* File mode bits that CHANGES cares about.  */
+  mode_t mode_bits = 0;
+
+  for (; changes->flag != MODE_DONE; changes++)
+    {
+      mode_t affected = changes->affected;
+      mode_t omit_change =
+        (dir ? S_ISUID | S_ISGID : 0) & ~ changes->mentioned;
+      mode_t value = changes->value;
+
+      switch (changes->flag)
+        {
+        case MODE_ORDINARY_CHANGE:
+          break;
+
+        case MODE_COPY_EXISTING:
+          /* Isolate in 'value' the bits in 'newmode' to copy.  */
+          value &= newmode;
+
+          /* Copy the isolated bits to the other two parts.  */
+          value |= ((value & (S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH)
+                     ? S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
+                    | (value & (S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH)
+                       ? S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH : 0)
+                    | (value & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
+                       ? S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH : 0));
+          break;
+
+        case MODE_X_IF_ANY_X:
+          /* Affect the execute bits if execute bits are already set
+             or if the file is a directory.  */
+          if ((newmode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)) | dir)
+            value |= S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH;
+          break;
+        }
+
+      /* If WHO was specified, limit the change to the affected bits.
+         Otherwise, apply the umask.  Either way, omit changes as
+         requested.  */
+      value &= (affected ? affected : ~umask_value) & ~ omit_change;
+
+      switch (changes->op)
+        {
+        case '=':
+          /* If WHO was specified, preserve the previous values of
+             bits that are not affected by this change operation.
+             Otherwise, clear all the bits.  */
+          {
+            mode_t preserved = (affected ? ~affected : 0) | omit_change;
+            mode_bits |= CHMOD_MODE_BITS & ~preserved;
+            newmode = (newmode & preserved) | value;
+            break;
+          }
+
+        case '+':
+          mode_bits |= value;
+          newmode |= value;
+          break;
+
+        case '-':
+          mode_bits |= value;
+          newmode &= ~value;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (pmode_bits)
+    *pmode_bits = mode_bits;
+  return newmode;
+}
diff --git a/lib/modechange.h b/lib/modechange.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3982be1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/modechange.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* modechange.h -- definitions for file mode manipulation
+
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1990, 1997, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if ! defined MODECHANGE_H_
+# define MODECHANGE_H_
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+struct mode_change *mode_compile (const char *)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+struct mode_change *mode_create_from_ref (const char *)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+mode_t mode_adjust (mode_t, bool, mode_t, struct mode_change const *,
+                    mode_t *);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mountlist.c b/lib/mountlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fac5c45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mountlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1120 @@
+/* mountlist.c -- return a list of mounted file systems
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1997-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "mountlist.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
+# include <sys/mkdev.h>
+#elif MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
+# include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT   /* OSF/1, also (obsolete) Apple Darwin 1.3 */
+# if HAVE_SYS_UCRED_H
+#  include <grp.h> /* needed on OSF V4.0 for definition of NGROUPS,
+                      NGROUPS is used as an array dimension in ucred.h */
+#  include <sys/ucred.h> /* needed by powerpc-apple-darwin1.3.7 */
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#  include <sys/mount.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_FS_TYPES_H
+#  include <sys/fs_types.h> /* needed by powerpc-apple-darwin1.3.7 */
+# endif
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_FSSTAT_F_FSTYPENAME
+#  define FS_TYPE(Ent) ((Ent).f_fstypename)
+# else
+#  define FS_TYPE(Ent) mnt_names[(Ent).f_type]
+# endif
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1       /* glibc, HP-UX, IRIX, Cygwin, Android,
+                                   also (obsolete) 4.3BSD, SunOS */
+# include <mntent.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# if defined __ANDROID__        /* Android */
+   /* Bionic versions from between 2014-01-09 and 2015-01-08 define MOUNTED to
+      an incorrect value; older Bionic versions don't define it at all.  */
+#  undef MOUNTED
+#  define MOUNTED "/proc/mounts"
+# elif !defined MOUNTED
+#  if defined _PATH_MOUNTED     /* GNU libc  */
+#   define MOUNTED _PATH_MOUNTED
+#  endif
+#  if defined MNT_MNTTAB        /* HP-UX.  */
+#   define MOUNTED MNT_MNTTAB
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO       /* Mac OS X, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, also (obsolete) 4.4BSD */
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO2      /* NetBSD, Minix */
+# include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV      /* Haiku, also (obsolete) BeOS */
+# include <fs_info.h>
+# include <dirent.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP      /* (obsolete) SVR3 */
+# include <mnttab.h>
+# include <sys/fstyp.h>
+# include <sys/statfs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETEXTMNTENT     /* Solaris >= 8 */
+# include <sys/mnttab.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2       /* Solaris < 8, also (obsolete) SVR4 */
+# include <sys/mnttab.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT           /* AIX */
+# include <fshelp.h>
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_INTERIX_STATVFS  /* Interix */
+# include <sys/statvfs.h>
+# include <dirent.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H
+/* This is to get MNTOPT_IGNORE on e.g. SVR4.  */
+# include <sys/mntent.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1
+# if !HAVE_SETMNTENT            /* Android <= 4.4 */
+#  define setmntent(fp,mode) fopen (fp, mode "e")
+# endif
+# if !HAVE_ENDMNTENT            /* Android <= 4.4 */
+#  define endmntent(fp) fclose (fp)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_HASMNTOPT
+# define hasmntopt(mnt, opt) ((char *) 0)
+#endif
+
+#undef MNT_IGNORE
+#ifdef MNTOPT_IGNORE
+# if defined __sun && defined __SVR4
+/* Solaris defines hasmntopt(struct mnttab *, char *)
+   while it is otherwise hasmntopt(struct mnttab *, const char *).  */
+#  define MNT_IGNORE(M) hasmntopt (M, (char *) MNTOPT_IGNORE)
+# else
+#  define MNT_IGNORE(M) hasmntopt (M, MNTOPT_IGNORE)
+# endif
+#else
+# define MNT_IGNORE(M) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Each of the FILE streams in this file is only used in a single thread.  */
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
+/* The results of opendir() in this file are not used with dirfd and fchdir,
+   therefore save some unnecessary work in fchdir.c.  */
+#ifdef GNULIB_defined_opendir
+# undef opendir
+#endif
+#ifdef GNULIB_defined_closedir
+# undef closedir
+#endif
+
+#define ME_DUMMY_0(Fs_name, Fs_type)            \
+  (strcmp (Fs_type, "autofs") == 0              \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "proc") == 0             \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "subfs") == 0            \
+   /* for Linux 2.6/3.x */                      \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "debugfs") == 0          \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "devpts") == 0           \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "fusectl") == 0          \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "fuse.portal") == 0      \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "mqueue") == 0           \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "rpc_pipefs") == 0       \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "sysfs") == 0            \
+   /* FreeBSD, Linux 2.4 */                     \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "devfs") == 0            \
+   /* for NetBSD 3.0 */                         \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "kernfs") == 0           \
+   /* for Irix 6.5 */                           \
+   || strcmp (Fs_type, "ignore") == 0)
+
+/* Historically, we have marked as "dummy" any file system of type "none",
+   but now that programs like du need to know about bind-mounted directories,
+   we grant an exception to any with "bind" in its list of mount options.
+   I.e., those are *not* dummy entries.  */
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1
+# define ME_DUMMY(Fs_name, Fs_type, Bind)	\
+  (ME_DUMMY_0 (Fs_name, Fs_type)		\
+   || (strcmp (Fs_type, "none") == 0 && !Bind))
+#else
+# define ME_DUMMY(Fs_name, Fs_type)		\
+  (ME_DUMMY_0 (Fs_name, Fs_type) || strcmp (Fs_type, "none") == 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# include <windows.h>
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef GetDriveType
+# define GetDriveType GetDriveTypeA
+# define ME_REMOTE me_remote
+/* All cygwin mount points include ':' or start with '//'; so it
+   requires a native Windows call to determine remote disks.  */
+static bool
+me_remote (char const *fs_name, _GL_UNUSED char const *fs_type)
+{
+  if (fs_name[0] && fs_name[1] == ':')
+    {
+      char drive[4];
+      sprintf (drive, "%c:\\", fs_name[0]);
+      switch (GetDriveType (drive))
+        {
+        case DRIVE_REMOVABLE:
+        case DRIVE_FIXED:
+        case DRIVE_CDROM:
+        case DRIVE_RAMDISK:
+          return false;
+        }
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ME_REMOTE
+/* A file system is "remote" if its Fs_name contains a ':'
+   or if (it is of type (smbfs or cifs) and its Fs_name starts with '//')
+   or if it is of any other of the listed types
+   or Fs_name is equal to "-hosts" (used by autofs to mount remote fs).
+   "VM" file systems like prl_fs or vboxsf are not considered remote here. */
+# define ME_REMOTE(Fs_name, Fs_type)            \
+    (strchr (Fs_name, ':') != NULL              \
+     || ((Fs_name)[0] == '/'                    \
+         && (Fs_name)[1] == '/'                 \
+         && (strcmp (Fs_type, "smbfs") == 0     \
+             || strcmp (Fs_type, "smb3") == 0   \
+             || strcmp (Fs_type, "cifs") == 0)) \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "acfs") == 0           \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "afs") == 0            \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "coda") == 0           \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "auristorfs") == 0     \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "fhgfs") == 0          \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "gpfs") == 0           \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "ibrix") == 0          \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "ocfs2") == 0          \
+     || strcmp (Fs_type, "vxfs") == 0           \
+     || strcmp ("-hosts", Fs_name) == 0)
+#endif
+
+#if MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO          /* Mac OS X, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, also (obsolete) 4.4BSD */
+
+# if ! HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FSTYPENAME
+static char *
+fstype_to_string (short int t)
+{
+  switch (t)
+    {
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PC
+    case MOUNT_PC:
+      return "pc";
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_MFS
+    case MOUNT_MFS:
+      return "mfs";
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LO
+    case MOUNT_LO:
+      return "lo";
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_TFS
+    case MOUNT_TFS:
+      return "tfs";
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_TMP
+    case MOUNT_TMP:
+      return "tmp";
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UFS
+   case MOUNT_UFS:
+     return "ufs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_NFS
+   case MOUNT_NFS:
+     return "nfs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
+   case MOUNT_MSDOS:
+     return "msdos" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LFS
+   case MOUNT_LFS:
+     return "lfs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
+   case MOUNT_LOFS:
+     return "lofs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
+   case MOUNT_FDESC:
+     return "fdesc" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
+   case MOUNT_PORTAL:
+     return "portal" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_NULL
+   case MOUNT_NULL:
+     return "null" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
+   case MOUNT_UMAP:
+     return "umap" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
+   case MOUNT_KERNFS:
+     return "kernfs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
+   case MOUNT_PROCFS:
+     return "procfs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_AFS
+   case MOUNT_AFS:
+     return "afs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
+   case MOUNT_CD9660:
+     return "cd9660" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UNION
+   case MOUNT_UNION:
+     return "union" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
+   case MOUNT_DEVFS:
+     return "devfs" ;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
+   case MOUNT_EXT2FS:
+     return "ext2fs" ;
+#  endif
+    default:
+      return "?";
+    }
+}
+# endif
+
+static char *
+fsp_to_string (const struct statfs *fsp)
+{
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FSTYPENAME
+  return (char *) (fsp->f_fstypename);
+# else
+  return fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT           /* AIX */
+static char *
+fstype_to_string (int t)
+{
+  struct vfs_ent *e;
+
+  e = getvfsbytype (t);
+  if (!e || !e->vfsent_name)
+    return "none";
+  else
+    return e->vfsent_name;
+}
+#endif /* MOUNTED_VMOUNT */
+
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1 || defined MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2
+
+/* Return the device number from MOUNT_OPTIONS, if possible.
+   Otherwise return (dev_t) -1.  */
+static dev_t
+dev_from_mount_options (char const *mount_options)
+{
+  /* GNU/Linux allows file system implementations to define their own
+     meaning for "dev=" mount options, so don't trust the meaning
+     here.  */
+# ifndef __linux__
+
+  static char const dev_pattern[] = ",dev=";
+  char const *devopt = strstr (mount_options, dev_pattern);
+
+  if (devopt)
+    {
+      char const *optval = devopt + sizeof dev_pattern - 1;
+      char *optvalend;
+      unsigned long int dev;
+      errno = 0;
+      dev = strtoul (optval, &optvalend, 16);
+      if (optval != optvalend
+          && (*optvalend == '\0' || *optvalend == ',')
+          && ! (dev == ULONG_MAX && errno == ERANGE)
+          && dev == (dev_t) dev)
+        return dev;
+    }
+
+# endif
+  (void) mount_options;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1 && (defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__) /* GNU/Linux, Android */
+
+/* Unescape the paths in mount tables.
+   STR is updated in place.  */
+
+static void
+unescape_tab (char *str)
+{
+  size_t i, j = 0;
+  size_t len = strlen (str) + 1;
+  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+    {
+      if (str[i] == '\\' && (i + 4 < len)
+          && str[i + 1] >= '0' && str[i + 1] <= '3'
+          && str[i + 2] >= '0' && str[i + 2] <= '7'
+          && str[i + 3] >= '0' && str[i + 3] <= '7')
+        {
+          str[j++] = (str[i + 1] - '0') * 64 +
+                     (str[i + 2] - '0') * 8 +
+                     (str[i + 3] - '0');
+          i += 3;
+        }
+      else
+        str[j++] = str[i];
+    }
+}
+
+/* Find the next space in STR, terminate the string there in place,
+   and return that position.  Otherwise return NULL.  */
+
+static char *
+terminate_at_blank (char *str)
+{
+  char *s = strchr (str, ' ');
+  if (s)
+    *s = '\0';
+  return s;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return a list of the currently mounted file systems, or NULL on error.
+   Add each entry to the tail of the list so that they stay in order.
+   If NEED_FS_TYPE is true, ensure that the file system type fields in
+   the returned list are valid.  Otherwise, they might not be.  */
+
+struct mount_entry *
+read_file_system_list (bool need_fs_type)
+{
+  struct mount_entry *mount_list;
+  struct mount_entry *me;
+  struct mount_entry **mtail = &mount_list;
+  (void) need_fs_type;
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1       /* glibc, HP-UX, IRIX, Cygwin, Android,
+                                   also (obsolete) 4.3BSD, SunOS */
+  {
+    FILE *fp;
+
+# if defined __linux__ || defined __ANDROID__
+    /* Try parsing mountinfo first, as that make device IDs available.
+       Note we could use libmount routines to simplify this parsing a little
+       (and that code is in previous versions of this function), however
+       libmount depends on libselinux which pulls in many dependencies.  */
+    char const *mountinfo = "/proc/self/mountinfo";
+    fp = fopen (mountinfo, "re");
+    if (fp != NULL)
+      {
+        char *line = NULL;
+        size_t buf_size = 0;
+
+        while (getline (&line, &buf_size, fp) != -1)
+          {
+            unsigned int devmaj, devmin;
+            int rc, mntroot_s;
+
+            rc = sscanf(line, "%*u "        /* id - discarded  */
+                              "%*u "        /* parent - discarded  */
+                              "%u:%u "      /* dev major:minor  */
+                              "%n",         /* mountroot (start)  */
+                              &devmaj, &devmin,
+                              &mntroot_s);
+
+            if (rc != 2 && rc != 3)  /* 3 if %n included in count.  */
+              continue;
+
+            /* find end of MNTROOT.  */
+            char *mntroot = line + mntroot_s;
+            char *blank = terminate_at_blank (mntroot);
+            if (! blank)
+              continue;
+
+            /* find end of TARGET.  */
+            char *target = blank + 1;
+            blank = terminate_at_blank (target);
+            if (! blank)
+              continue;
+
+            /* skip optional fields, terminated by " - "  */
+            char *dash = strstr (blank + 1, " - ");
+            if (! dash)
+              continue;
+
+            /* advance past the " - " separator.  */
+            char *fstype = dash + 3;
+            blank = terminate_at_blank (fstype);
+            if (! blank)
+              continue;
+
+            /* find end of SOURCE.  */
+            char *source = blank + 1;
+            if (! terminate_at_blank (source))
+              continue;
+
+            /* manipulate the sub-strings in place.  */
+            unescape_tab (source);
+            unescape_tab (target);
+            unescape_tab (mntroot);
+            unescape_tab (fstype);
+
+            me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+
+            me->me_devname = xstrdup (source);
+            me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (target);
+            me->me_mntroot = xstrdup (mntroot);
+            me->me_type = xstrdup (fstype);
+            me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+            me->me_dev = makedev (devmaj, devmin);
+            /* we pass "false" for the "Bind" option as that's only
+               significant when the Fs_type is "none" which will not be
+               the case when parsing "/proc/self/mountinfo", and only
+               applies for static /etc/mtab files.  */
+            me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type, false);
+            me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+
+            /* Add to the linked list. */
+            *mtail = me;
+            mtail = &me->me_next;
+          }
+
+        free (line);
+
+        if (ferror (fp))
+          {
+            int saved_errno = errno;
+            fclose (fp);
+            errno = saved_errno;
+            goto free_then_fail;
+          }
+
+        if (fclose (fp) == EOF)
+          goto free_then_fail;
+      }
+    else /* fallback to /proc/self/mounts (/etc/mtab).  */
+# endif /* __linux __ || __ANDROID__ */
+      {
+        struct mntent *mnt;
+        char const *table = MOUNTED;
+
+        fp = setmntent (table, "r");
+        if (fp == NULL)
+          return NULL;
+
+        while ((mnt = getmntent (fp)))
+          {
+            bool bind = hasmntopt (mnt, "bind");
+
+            me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+            me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_fsname);
+            me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_dir);
+            me->me_mntroot = NULL;
+            me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_type);
+            me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+            me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type, bind);
+            me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+            me->me_dev = dev_from_mount_options (mnt->mnt_opts);
+
+            /* Add to the linked list. */
+            *mtail = me;
+            mtail = &me->me_next;
+          }
+
+        if (endmntent (fp) == 0)
+          goto free_then_fail;
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1. */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO       /* Mac OS X, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, also (obsolete) 4.4BSD */
+  {
+    struct statfs *fsp;
+    int entries;
+
+    entries = getmntinfo (&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
+    if (entries < 0)
+      return NULL;
+    for (; entries-- > 0; fsp++)
+      {
+        char *fs_type = fsp_to_string (fsp);
+
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntfromname);
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntonname);
+        me->me_mntroot = NULL;
+        me->me_type = fs_type;
+        me->me_type_malloced = 0;
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;        /* Magic; means not known yet. */
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO2      /* NetBSD, Minix */
+  {
+    struct statvfs *fsp;
+    int entries;
+
+    entries = getmntinfo (&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
+    if (entries < 0)
+      return NULL;
+    for (; entries-- > 0; fsp++)
+      {
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntfromname);
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntonname);
+        me->me_mntroot = NULL;
+        me->me_type = xstrdup (fsp->f_fstypename);
+        me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;        /* Magic; means not known yet. */
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO2 */
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV /* Haiku, also (obsolete) BeOS */
+  {
+    /* The next_dev() and fs_stat_dev() system calls give the list of
+       all file systems, including the information returned by statvfs()
+       (fs type, total blocks, free blocks etc.), but without the mount
+       point. But on BeOS all file systems except / are mounted in the
+       rootfs, directly under /.
+       The directory name of the mount point is often, but not always,
+       identical to the volume name of the device.
+       We therefore get the list of subdirectories of /, and the list
+       of all file systems, and match the two lists.  */
+
+    DIR *dirp;
+    struct rootdir_entry
+      {
+        char *name;
+        dev_t dev;
+        ino_t ino;
+        struct rootdir_entry *next;
+      };
+    struct rootdir_entry *rootdir_list;
+    struct rootdir_entry **rootdir_tail;
+    int32 pos;
+    dev_t dev;
+    fs_info fi;
+
+    /* All volumes are mounted in the rootfs, directly under /. */
+    rootdir_list = NULL;
+    rootdir_tail = &rootdir_list;
+    dirp = opendir ("/");
+    if (dirp)
+      {
+        struct dirent *d;
+
+        while ((d = readdir (dirp)) != NULL)
+          {
+            char *name;
+            struct stat statbuf;
+
+            if (strcmp (d->d_name, "..") == 0)
+              continue;
+
+            if (strcmp (d->d_name, ".") == 0)
+              name = xstrdup ("/");
+            else
+              {
+                name = xmalloc (1 + strlen (d->d_name) + 1);
+                name[0] = '/';
+                strcpy (name + 1, d->d_name);
+              }
+
+            if (lstat (name, &statbuf) >= 0 && S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+              {
+                struct rootdir_entry *re = xmalloc (sizeof *re);
+                re->name = name;
+                re->dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+                re->ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+
+                /* Add to the linked list.  */
+                *rootdir_tail = re;
+                rootdir_tail = &re->next;
+              }
+            else
+              free (name);
+          }
+        closedir (dirp);
+      }
+    *rootdir_tail = NULL;
+
+    for (pos = 0; (dev = next_dev (&pos)) >= 0; )
+      if (fs_stat_dev (dev, &fi) >= 0)
+        {
+          /* Note: fi.dev == dev. */
+          struct rootdir_entry *re;
+
+          for (re = rootdir_list; re; re = re->next)
+            if (re->dev == fi.dev && re->ino == fi.root)
+              break;
+
+          me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+          me->me_devname = xstrdup (fi.device_name[0] != '\0'
+                                    ? fi.device_name : fi.fsh_name);
+          me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (re != NULL ? re->name : fi.fsh_name);
+          me->me_mntroot = NULL;
+          me->me_type = xstrdup (fi.fsh_name);
+          me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+          me->me_dev = fi.dev;
+          me->me_dummy = 0;
+          me->me_remote = (fi.flags & B_FS_IS_SHARED) != 0;
+
+          /* Add to the linked list. */
+          *mtail = me;
+          mtail = &me->me_next;
+        }
+    *mtail = NULL;
+
+    while (rootdir_list != NULL)
+      {
+        struct rootdir_entry *re = rootdir_list;
+        rootdir_list = re->next;
+        free (re->name);
+        free (re);
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV */
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT   /* OSF/1, also (obsolete) Apple Darwin 1.3 */
+  {
+    int numsys, counter;
+    size_t bufsize;
+    struct statfs *stats;
+
+    numsys = getfsstat (NULL, 0L, MNT_NOWAIT);
+    if (numsys < 0)
+      return NULL;
+    if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof *stats <= numsys)
+      xalloc_die ();
+
+    bufsize = (1 + numsys) * sizeof *stats;
+    stats = xmalloc (bufsize);
+    numsys = getfsstat (stats, bufsize, MNT_NOWAIT);
+
+    if (numsys < 0)
+      {
+        free (stats);
+        return NULL;
+      }
+
+    for (counter = 0; counter < numsys; counter++)
+      {
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntfromname);
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntonname);
+        me->me_mntroot = NULL;
+        me->me_type = xstrdup (FS_TYPE (stats[counter]));
+        me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;        /* Magic; means not known yet. */
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+
+    free (stats);
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT */
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP /* (obsolete) SVR3 */
+  {
+    struct mnttab mnt;
+    char *table = "/etc/mnttab";
+    FILE *fp;
+
+    fp = fopen (table, "re");
+    if (fp == NULL)
+      return NULL;
+
+    while (fread (&mnt, sizeof mnt, 1, fp) > 0)
+      {
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mt_dev);
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mt_filsys);
+        me->me_mntroot = NULL;
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;        /* Magic; means not known yet. */
+        me->me_type = "";
+        me->me_type_malloced = 0;
+        if (need_fs_type)
+          {
+            struct statfs fsd;
+            char typebuf[FSTYPSZ];
+
+            if (statfs (me->me_mountdir, &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0) != -1
+                && sysfs (GETFSTYP, fsd.f_fstyp, typebuf) != -1)
+              {
+                me->me_type = xstrdup (typebuf);
+                me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+              }
+          }
+        me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+        me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+
+    if (ferror (fp))
+      {
+        /* The last fread() call must have failed.  */
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+        fclose (fp);
+        errno = saved_errno;
+        goto free_then_fail;
+      }
+
+    if (fclose (fp) == EOF)
+      goto free_then_fail;
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP.  */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETEXTMNTENT     /* Solaris >= 8 */
+  {
+    struct extmnttab mnt;
+    const char *table = MNTTAB;
+    FILE *fp;
+    int ret;
+
+    /* No locking is needed, because the contents of /etc/mnttab is generated
+       by the kernel.  */
+
+    errno = 0;
+    fp = fopen (table, "re");
+    if (fp == NULL)
+      ret = errno;
+    else
+      {
+        while ((ret = getextmntent (fp, &mnt, 1)) == 0)
+          {
+            me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+            me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
+            me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);
+            me->me_mntroot = NULL;
+            me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_fstype);
+            me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+            me->me_dummy = MNT_IGNORE (&mnt) != 0;
+            me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+            me->me_dev = makedev (mnt.mnt_major, mnt.mnt_minor);
+
+            /* Add to the linked list. */
+            *mtail = me;
+            mtail = &me->me_next;
+          }
+
+        ret = fclose (fp) == EOF ? errno : 0 < ret ? 0 : -1;
+        /* Here ret = -1 means success, ret >= 0 means failure.  */
+      }
+
+    if (0 <= ret)
+      {
+        errno = ret;
+        goto free_then_fail;
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETEXTMNTENT */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2       /* Solaris < 8, also (obsolete) SVR4 */
+  {
+    struct mnttab mnt;
+    const char *table = MNTTAB;
+    FILE *fp;
+    int ret;
+    int lockfd = -1;
+
+# if defined F_RDLCK && defined F_SETLKW
+    /* MNTTAB_LOCK is a macro name of our own invention; it's not present in
+       e.g. Solaris 2.6.  If the SVR4 folks ever define a macro
+       for this file name, we should use their macro name instead.
+       (Why not just lock MNTTAB directly?  We don't know.)  */
+#  ifndef MNTTAB_LOCK
+#   define MNTTAB_LOCK "/etc/.mnttab.lock"
+#  endif
+    lockfd = open (MNTTAB_LOCK, O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
+    if (0 <= lockfd)
+      {
+        struct flock flock;
+        flock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+        flock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+        flock.l_start = 0;
+        flock.l_len = 0;
+        while (fcntl (lockfd, F_SETLKW, &flock) == -1)
+          if (errno != EINTR)
+            {
+              int saved_errno = errno;
+              close (lockfd);
+              errno = saved_errno;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+      }
+    else if (errno != ENOENT)
+      return NULL;
+# endif
+
+    errno = 0;
+    fp = fopen (table, "re");
+    if (fp == NULL)
+      ret = errno;
+    else
+      {
+        while ((ret = getmntent (fp, &mnt)) == 0)
+          {
+            me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+            me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
+            me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);
+            me->me_mntroot = NULL;
+            me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_fstype);
+            me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+            me->me_dummy = MNT_IGNORE (&mnt) != 0;
+            me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+            me->me_dev = dev_from_mount_options (mnt.mnt_mntopts);
+
+            /* Add to the linked list. */
+            *mtail = me;
+            mtail = &me->me_next;
+          }
+
+        ret = fclose (fp) == EOF ? errno : 0 < ret ? 0 : -1;
+        /* Here ret = -1 means success, ret >= 0 means failure.  */
+      }
+
+    if (0 <= lockfd && close (lockfd) != 0)
+      ret = errno;
+
+    if (0 <= ret)
+      {
+        errno = ret;
+        goto free_then_fail;
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2.  */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT           /* AIX */
+  {
+    int bufsize;
+    void *entries;
+    char *thisent;
+    struct vmount *vmp;
+    int n_entries;
+    int i;
+
+    /* Ask how many bytes to allocate for the mounted file system info.  */
+    entries = &bufsize;
+    if (mntctl (MCTL_QUERY, sizeof bufsize, entries) != 0)
+      return NULL;
+    entries = xmalloc (bufsize);
+
+    /* Get the list of mounted file systems.  */
+    n_entries = mntctl (MCTL_QUERY, bufsize, entries);
+    if (n_entries < 0)
+      {
+        free (entries);
+        return NULL;
+      }
+
+    for (i = 0, thisent = entries;
+         i < n_entries;
+         i++, thisent += vmp->vmt_length)
+      {
+        char *options, *ignore;
+
+        vmp = (struct vmount *) thisent;
+        me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+        if (vmp->vmt_flags & MNT_REMOTE)
+          {
+            char *host, *dir;
+
+            me->me_remote = 1;
+            /* Prepend the remote dirname.  */
+            host = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_HOSTNAME].vmt_off;
+            dir = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_OBJECT].vmt_off;
+            me->me_devname = xmalloc (strlen (host) + strlen (dir) + 2);
+            strcpy (me->me_devname, host);
+            strcat (me->me_devname, ":");
+            strcat (me->me_devname, dir);
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            me->me_remote = 0;
+            me->me_devname = xstrdup (thisent +
+                                      vmp->vmt_data[VMT_OBJECT].vmt_off);
+          }
+        me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_STUB].vmt_off);
+        me->me_mntroot = NULL;
+        me->me_type = xstrdup (fstype_to_string (vmp->vmt_gfstype));
+        me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+        options = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_ARGS].vmt_off;
+        ignore = strstr (options, "ignore");
+        me->me_dummy = (ignore
+                        && (ignore == options || ignore[-1] == ',')
+                        && (ignore[sizeof "ignore" - 1] == ','
+                            || ignore[sizeof "ignore" - 1] == '\0'));
+        me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1; /* vmt_fsid might be the info we want.  */
+
+        /* Add to the linked list. */
+        *mtail = me;
+        mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+    free (entries);
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_VMOUNT. */
+
+#ifdef MOUNTED_INTERIX_STATVFS  /* Interix */
+  {
+    DIR *dirp = opendir ("/dev/fs");
+    char node[9 + NAME_MAX];
+
+    if (!dirp)
+      goto free_then_fail;
+
+    while (1)
+      {
+        struct statvfs dev;
+        struct dirent entry;
+        struct dirent *result;
+
+        /* FIXME: readdir_r is planned to be withdrawn from POSIX and
+           marked obsolescent in glibc.  Use readdir instead.  */
+        if (readdir_r (dirp, &entry, &result) || result == NULL)
+          break;
+
+        strcpy (node, "/dev/fs/");
+        strcat (node, entry.d_name);
+
+        if (statvfs (node, &dev) == 0)
+          {
+            me = xmalloc (sizeof *me);
+            me->me_devname = xstrdup (dev.f_mntfromname);
+            me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (dev.f_mntonname);
+            me->me_mntroot = NULL;
+            me->me_type = xstrdup (dev.f_fstypename);
+            me->me_type_malloced = 1;
+            me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+            me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+            me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;        /* Magic; means not known yet. */
+
+            /* Add to the linked list. */
+            *mtail = me;
+            mtail = &me->me_next;
+          }
+      }
+    closedir (dirp);
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_INTERIX_STATVFS */
+
+  *mtail = NULL;
+  return mount_list;
+
+
+ free_then_fail: _GL_UNUSED_LABEL;
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    *mtail = NULL;
+
+    while (mount_list)
+      {
+        me = mount_list->me_next;
+        free_mount_entry (mount_list);
+        mount_list = me;
+      }
+
+    errno = saved_errno;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Free a mount entry as returned from read_file_system_list ().  */
+
+void
+free_mount_entry (struct mount_entry *me)
+{
+  free (me->me_devname);
+  free (me->me_mountdir);
+  free (me->me_mntroot);
+  if (me->me_type_malloced)
+    free (me->me_type);
+  free (me);
+}
diff --git a/lib/mountlist.h b/lib/mountlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6edac12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mountlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* mountlist.h -- declarations for list of mounted file systems
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1998, 2000-2005, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef MOUNTLIST_H_
+# define MOUNTLIST_H_
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* A mount table entry. */
+struct mount_entry
+{
+  char *me_devname;             /* Device node name, including "/dev/". */
+  char *me_mountdir;            /* Mount point directory name. */
+  char *me_mntroot;             /* Directory on filesystem of device used */
+                                /* as root for the (bind) mount. */
+  char *me_type;                /* "nfs", "4.2", etc. */
+  dev_t me_dev;                 /* Device number of me_mountdir. */
+  unsigned int me_dummy : 1;    /* Nonzero for dummy file systems. */
+  unsigned int me_remote : 1;   /* Nonzero for remote file systems. */
+  unsigned int me_type_malloced : 1; /* Nonzero if me_type was malloced. */
+  struct mount_entry *me_next;
+};
+
+struct mount_entry *read_file_system_list (bool need_fs_type)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC;
+void free_mount_entry (struct mount_entry *entry);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/mpsort.c b/lib/mpsort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..459a63c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mpsort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* Sort a vector of pointers to data.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "mpsort.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* The type of qsort-style comparison functions.  */
+
+typedef int (*comparison_function) (void const *, void const *);
+
+static void mpsort_with_tmp (void const **restrict, size_t,
+                             void const **restrict, comparison_function);
+
+/* Sort a vector BASE containing N pointers, placing the sorted array
+   into TMP.  Compare pointers with CMP.  N must be at least 2.  */
+
+static void
+mpsort_into_tmp (void const **restrict base, size_t n,
+                 void const **restrict tmp,
+                 comparison_function cmp)
+{
+  size_t n1 = n / 2;
+  size_t n2 = n - n1;
+  size_t a = 0;
+  size_t alim = n1;
+  size_t b = n1;
+  size_t blim = n;
+  void const *ba;
+  void const *bb;
+
+  mpsort_with_tmp (base + n1, n2, tmp, cmp);
+  mpsort_with_tmp (base, n1, tmp, cmp);
+
+  ba = base[a];
+  bb = base[b];
+
+  for (;;)
+    if (cmp (ba, bb) <= 0)
+      {
+        *tmp++ = ba;
+        a++;
+        if (a == alim)
+          {
+            a = b;
+            alim = blim;
+            break;
+          }
+        ba = base[a];
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        *tmp++ = bb;
+        b++;
+        if (b == blim)
+          break;
+        bb = base[b];
+      }
+
+  memcpy (tmp, base + a, (alim - a) * sizeof *base);
+}
+
+/* Sort a vector BASE containing N pointers, in place.  Use TMP
+   (containing N / 2 pointers) for temporary storage.  Compare
+   pointers with CMP.  */
+
+static void
+mpsort_with_tmp (void const **restrict base, size_t n,
+                 void const **restrict tmp,
+                 comparison_function cmp)
+{
+  if (n <= 2)
+    {
+      if (n == 2)
+        {
+          void const *p0 = base[0];
+          void const *p1 = base[1];
+          if (! (cmp (p0, p1) <= 0))
+            {
+              base[0] = p1;
+              base[1] = p0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      size_t n1 = n / 2;
+      size_t n2 = n - n1;
+      size_t i;
+      size_t t = 0;
+      size_t tlim = n1;
+      size_t b = n1;
+      size_t blim = n;
+      void const *bb;
+      void const *tt;
+
+      mpsort_with_tmp (base + n1, n2, tmp, cmp);
+
+      if (n1 < 2)
+        tmp[0] = base[0];
+      else
+        mpsort_into_tmp (base, n1, tmp, cmp);
+
+      tt = tmp[t];
+      bb = base[b];
+
+      for (i = 0; ; )
+        if (cmp (tt, bb) <= 0)
+          {
+            base[i++] = tt;
+            t++;
+            if (t == tlim)
+              break;
+            tt = tmp[t];
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            base[i++] = bb;
+            b++;
+            if (b == blim)
+              {
+                memcpy (base + i, tmp + t, (tlim - t) * sizeof *base);
+                break;
+              }
+            bb = base[b];
+          }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Sort a vector BASE containing N pointers, in place.  BASE must
+   contain enough storage to hold N + N / 2 vectors; the trailing
+   vectors are used for temporaries.  Compare pointers with CMP.  */
+
+void
+mpsort (void const **base, size_t n, comparison_function cmp)
+{
+  mpsort_with_tmp (base, n, base + n, cmp);
+}
diff --git a/lib/mpsort.h b/lib/mpsort.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e255ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mpsort.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Sort a vector of pointers to data.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+void mpsort (void const **, size_t, int (*) (void const *, void const *));
diff --git a/lib/msvc-inval.c b/lib/msvc-inval.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6651ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/msvc-inval.c
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* Invalid parameter handler for MSVC runtime libraries.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "msvc-inval.h"
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER \
+    && !(MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING)
+
+/* Get _invalid_parameter_handler type and _set_invalid_parameter_handler
+   declaration.  */
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# if MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == DEFAULT_HANDLING
+
+static void __cdecl
+gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression,
+                                   const wchar_t *function,
+                                   const wchar_t *file,
+                                   unsigned int line,
+                                   uintptr_t dummy)
+{
+}
+
+# else
+
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+#  if defined _MSC_VER
+
+static void __cdecl
+gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression,
+                                   const wchar_t *function,
+                                   const wchar_t *file,
+                                   unsigned int line,
+                                   uintptr_t dummy)
+{
+  RaiseException (STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER, 0, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+#  else
+
+/* An index to thread-local storage.  */
+static DWORD tls_index;
+static int tls_initialized /* = 0 */;
+
+/* Used as a fallback only.  */
+static struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread not_per_thread;
+
+struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *
+gl_msvc_inval_current (void)
+{
+  if (!tls_initialized)
+    {
+      tls_index = TlsAlloc ();
+      tls_initialized = 1;
+    }
+  if (tls_index == TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES)
+    /* TlsAlloc had failed.  */
+    return &not_per_thread;
+  else
+    {
+      struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *pointer =
+        (struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *) TlsGetValue (tls_index);
+      if (pointer == NULL)
+        {
+          /* First call.  Allocate a new 'struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread'.  */
+          pointer =
+            (struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *)
+            malloc (sizeof (struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread));
+          if (pointer == NULL)
+            /* Could not allocate memory.  Use the global storage.  */
+            pointer = &not_per_thread;
+          TlsSetValue (tls_index, pointer);
+        }
+      return pointer;
+    }
+}
+
+static void __cdecl
+gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression,
+                                   const wchar_t *function,
+                                   const wchar_t *file,
+                                   unsigned int line,
+                                   uintptr_t dummy)
+{
+  struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *current = gl_msvc_inval_current ();
+  if (current->restart_valid)
+    longjmp (current->restart, 1);
+  else
+    /* An invalid parameter notification from outside the gnulib code.
+       Give the caller a chance to intervene.  */
+    RaiseException (STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER, 0, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+static int gl_msvc_inval_initialized /* = 0 */;
+
+void
+gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void)
+{
+  if (gl_msvc_inval_initialized == 0)
+    {
+      _set_invalid_parameter_handler (gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler);
+      gl_msvc_inval_initialized = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/msvc-inval.h b/lib/msvc-inval.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1230b89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/msvc-inval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/* Invalid parameter handler for MSVC runtime libraries.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _MSVC_INVAL_H
+#define _MSVC_INVAL_H
+
+/* With MSVC runtime libraries with the "invalid parameter handler" concept,
+   functions like fprintf(), dup2(), or close() crash when the caller passes
+   an invalid argument.  But POSIX wants error codes (such as EINVAL or EBADF)
+   instead.
+   This file defines macros that turn such an invalid parameter notification
+   into a non-local exit.  An error code can then be produced at the target
+   of this exit.  You can thus write code like
+
+     TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+       {
+         <Code that can trigger an invalid parameter notification
+          but does not do 'return', 'break', 'continue', nor 'goto'.>
+       }
+     CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+       {
+         <Code that handles an invalid parameter notification
+          but does not do 'return', 'break', 'continue', nor 'goto'.>
+       }
+     DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+   This entire block expands to a single statement.
+
+   The handling of invalid parameters can be done in three ways:
+
+     * The default way, which is reasonable for programs (not libraries):
+       AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [DEFAULT_HANDLING])
+
+     * The way for libraries that make "hairy" calls (like close(-1), or
+       fclose(fp) where fileno(fp) is closed, or simply getdtablesize()):
+       AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING])
+
+     * The way for libraries that make no "hairy" calls:
+       AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING])
+ */
+
+#define DEFAULT_HANDLING       0
+#define HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING 1
+#define SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING  2
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER \
+    && !(MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING)
+/* A native Windows platform with the "invalid parameter handler" concept,
+   and either DEFAULT_HANDLING or HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING.  */
+
+# if MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == DEFAULT_HANDLING
+/* Default handling.  */
+
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#  endif
+
+/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that just returns.
+   Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different
+   invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe.  */
+extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void);
+
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#  endif
+
+#  define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
+     do                                                                        \
+       {                                                                       \
+         gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler ();                                      \
+         if (1)
+#  define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
+         else
+#  define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
+       }                                                                       \
+     while (0)
+
+# else
+/* Handling for hairy libraries.  */
+
+#  include <excpt.h>
+
+/* Gnulib can define its own status codes, as described in the page
+   "Raising Software Exceptions" on microsoft.com
+   <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/cpp/raising-software-exceptions>.
+   Our status codes are composed of
+     - 0xE0000000, mandatory for all user-defined status codes,
+     - 0x474E550, a API identifier ("GNU"),
+     - 0, 1, 2, ..., used to distinguish different status codes from the
+       same API.  */
+#  define STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER (0xE0000000 + 0x474E550 + 0)
+
+#  if defined _MSC_VER
+/* A compiler that supports __try/__except, as described in the page
+   "try-except statement" on microsoft.com
+   <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/cpp/try-except-statement>.
+   With __try/__except, we can use the multithread-safe exception handling.  */
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#   endif
+
+/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that raises a
+   software exception with code STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+   Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different
+   invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe.  */
+extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void);
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#   endif
+
+#   define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
+      do                                                                       \
+        {                                                                      \
+          gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler ();                                     \
+          __try
+#   define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
+          __except (GetExceptionCode () == STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER     \
+                    ? EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER                                \
+                    : EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH)
+#   define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
+        }                                                                      \
+      while (0)
+
+#  else
+/* Any compiler.
+   We can only use setjmp/longjmp.  */
+
+#   include <setjmp.h>
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#   endif
+
+struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread
+{
+  /* The restart that will resume execution at the code between
+     CATCH_MSVC_INVAL and DONE_MSVC_INVAL.  It is enabled only between
+     TRY_MSVC_INVAL and CATCH_MSVC_INVAL.  */
+  jmp_buf restart;
+
+  /* Tells whether the contents of restart is valid.  */
+  int restart_valid;
+};
+
+/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that passes
+   control to the gl_msvc_inval_restart if it is valid, or raises a
+   software exception with code STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER otherwise.
+   Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different
+   invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe.  */
+extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void);
+
+/* Return a pointer to the per-thread data for the current thread.  */
+extern struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *gl_msvc_inval_current (void);
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#   endif
+
+#   define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
+      do                                                                       \
+        {                                                                      \
+          struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *msvc_inval_current;                 \
+          gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler ();                                     \
+          msvc_inval_current = gl_msvc_inval_current ();                       \
+          /* First, initialize gl_msvc_inval_restart.  */                      \
+          if (setjmp (msvc_inval_current->restart) == 0)                       \
+            {                                                                  \
+              /* Then, mark it as valid.  */                                   \
+              msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 1;
+#   define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
+              /* Execution completed.                                          \
+                 Mark gl_msvc_inval_restart as invalid.  */                    \
+              msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 0;                           \
+            }                                                                  \
+          else                                                                 \
+            {                                                                  \
+              /* Execution triggered an invalid parameter notification.        \
+                 Mark gl_msvc_inval_restart as invalid.  */                    \
+              msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 0;
+#   define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
+            }                                                                  \
+        }                                                                      \
+      while (0)
+
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* A platform that does not need to the invalid parameter handler,
+   or when SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING is desired.  */
+
+/* The braces here avoid GCC warnings like
+   "warning: suggest explicit braces to avoid ambiguous 'else'".  */
+# define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
+    do                                                                         \
+      {                                                                        \
+        if (1)
+# define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
+        else
+# define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
+      }                                                                        \
+    while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MSVC_INVAL_H */
diff --git a/lib/msvc-nothrow.c b/lib/msvc-nothrow.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa06964
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/msvc-nothrow.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* Wrappers that don't throw invalid parameter notifications
+   with MSVC runtime libraries.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+#endif
+
+#undef _get_osfhandle
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+intptr_t
+_gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle (int fd)
+{
+  intptr_t result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _get_osfhandle (fd);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = (intptr_t) INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/msvc-nothrow.h b/lib/msvc-nothrow.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5345155
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/msvc-nothrow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Wrappers that don't throw invalid parameter notifications
+   with MSVC runtime libraries.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _MSVC_NOTHROW_H
+#define _MSVC_NOTHROW_H
+
+/* With MSVC runtime libraries with the "invalid parameter handler" concept,
+   functions like fprintf(), dup2(), or close() crash when the caller passes
+   an invalid argument.  But POSIX wants error codes (such as EINVAL or EBADF)
+   instead.
+   This file defines wrappers that turn such an invalid parameter notification
+   into an error code.  */
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Get original declaration of _get_osfhandle.  */
+# include <io.h>
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+
+/* Override _get_osfhandle.  */
+extern intptr_t _gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle (int fd);
+#  define _get_osfhandle _gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MSVC_NOTHROW_H */
diff --git a/lib/nanosleep.c b/lib/nanosleep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..446794e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/nanosleep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/* Provide a replacement for the POSIX nanosleep function.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002, 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering
+   and Bruno Haible for the native Windows part */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+
+enum { BILLION = 1000 * 1000 * 1000 };
+
+#if HAVE_BUG_BIG_NANOSLEEP
+
+int
+nanosleep (const struct timespec *requested_delay,
+           struct timespec *remaining_delay)
+# undef nanosleep
+{
+  /* nanosleep mishandles large sleeps due to internal overflow problems.
+     The worst known case of this is Linux 2.6.9 with glibc 2.3.4, which
+     can't sleep more than 24.85 days (2^31 milliseconds).  Similarly,
+     cygwin 1.5.x, which can't sleep more than 49.7 days (2^32 milliseconds).
+     Solve this by breaking the sleep up into smaller chunks.  */
+
+  if (requested_delay->tv_nsec < 0 || BILLION <= requested_delay->tv_nsec)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  {
+    /* Verify that time_t is large enough.  */
+    verify (TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t) / 24 / 24 / 60 / 60);
+    const time_t limit = 24 * 24 * 60 * 60;
+    time_t seconds = requested_delay->tv_sec;
+    struct timespec intermediate;
+    intermediate.tv_nsec = requested_delay->tv_nsec;
+
+    while (limit < seconds)
+      {
+        int result;
+        intermediate.tv_sec = limit;
+        result = nanosleep (&intermediate, remaining_delay);
+        seconds -= limit;
+        if (result)
+          {
+            if (remaining_delay)
+              remaining_delay->tv_sec += seconds;
+            return result;
+          }
+        intermediate.tv_nsec = 0;
+      }
+    intermediate.tv_sec = seconds;
+    return nanosleep (&intermediate, remaining_delay);
+  }
+}
+
+#elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows platforms.  */
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+/* The Windows API function Sleep() has a resolution of about 15 ms and takes
+   at least 5 ms to execute.  We use this function for longer time periods.
+   Additionally, we use busy-looping over short time periods, to get a
+   resolution of about 0.01 ms.  In order to measure such short timespans,
+   we use the QueryPerformanceCounter() function.  */
+
+int
+nanosleep (const struct timespec *requested_delay,
+           struct timespec *remaining_delay)
+{
+  static bool initialized;
+  /* Number of performance counter increments per nanosecond,
+     or zero if it could not be determined.  */
+  static double ticks_per_nanosecond;
+
+  if (requested_delay->tv_nsec < 0 || BILLION <= requested_delay->tv_nsec)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* For requested delays of one second or more, 15ms resolution is
+     sufficient.  */
+  if (requested_delay->tv_sec == 0)
+    {
+      if (!initialized)
+        {
+          /* Initialize ticks_per_nanosecond.  */
+          LARGE_INTEGER ticks_per_second;
+
+          if (QueryPerformanceFrequency (&ticks_per_second))
+            ticks_per_nanosecond =
+              (double) ticks_per_second.QuadPart / 1000000000.0;
+
+          initialized = true;
+        }
+      if (ticks_per_nanosecond)
+        {
+          /* QueryPerformanceFrequency worked.  We can use
+             QueryPerformanceCounter.  Use a combination of Sleep and
+             busy-looping.  */
+          /* Number of milliseconds to pass to the Sleep function.
+             Since Sleep can take up to 8 ms less or 8 ms more than requested
+             (or maybe more if the system is loaded), we subtract 10 ms.  */
+          int sleep_millis = (int) requested_delay->tv_nsec / 1000000 - 10;
+          /* Determine how many ticks to delay.  */
+          LONGLONG wait_ticks = requested_delay->tv_nsec * ticks_per_nanosecond;
+          /* Start.  */
+          LARGE_INTEGER counter_before;
+          if (QueryPerformanceCounter (&counter_before))
+            {
+              /* Wait until the performance counter has reached this value.
+                 We don't need to worry about overflow, because the performance
+                 counter is reset at reboot, and with a frequency of 3.6E6
+                 ticks per second 63 bits suffice for over 80000 years.  */
+              LONGLONG wait_until = counter_before.QuadPart + wait_ticks;
+              /* Use Sleep for the longest part.  */
+              if (sleep_millis > 0)
+                Sleep (sleep_millis);
+              /* Busy-loop for the rest.  */
+              for (;;)
+                {
+                  LARGE_INTEGER counter_after;
+                  if (!QueryPerformanceCounter (&counter_after))
+                    /* QueryPerformanceCounter failed, but succeeded earlier.
+                       Should not happen.  */
+                    break;
+                  if (counter_after.QuadPart >= wait_until)
+                    /* The requested time has elapsed.  */
+                    break;
+                }
+              goto done;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  /* Implementation for long delays and as fallback.  */
+  Sleep (requested_delay->tv_sec * 1000 + requested_delay->tv_nsec / 1000000);
+
+ done:
+  /* Sleep is not interruptible.  So there is no remaining delay.  */
+  if (remaining_delay != NULL)
+    {
+      remaining_delay->tv_sec = 0;
+      remaining_delay->tv_nsec = 0;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#else
+/* Other platforms lacking nanosleep.
+   It's not clear whether these are still practical porting targets.
+   For now, just fall back on pselect.  */
+
+/* Suspend execution for at least *REQUESTED_DELAY seconds.  The
+   *REMAINING_DELAY part isn't implemented yet.  */
+
+int
+nanosleep (const struct timespec *requested_delay,
+           struct timespec *remaining_delay)
+{
+  return pselect (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, requested_delay, NULL);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/netdb.in.h b/lib/netdb.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e05cf4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/netdb.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/* Provide a netdb.h header file for systems lacking it (read: MinGW).
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file is supposed to be used on platforms that lack <netdb.h>.
+   It is intended to provide definitions and prototypes needed by an
+   application.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_NETDB_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if @HAVE_NETDB_H@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_NETDB_H@
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_NETDB_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_NETDB_H
+
+/* Get <netdb.h> definitions such as 'socklen_t' on IRIX 6.5 and OSF/1 4.0 and
+   'struct hostent' on MinGW.  */
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Declarations for a platform that lacks <netdb.h>, or where it is
+   incomplete.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETADDRINFO@
+
+# if !@HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO@
+
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#  endif
+
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_struct_addrinfo
+/* Structure to contain information about address of a service provider.  */
+struct addrinfo
+{
+  int ai_flags;                 /* Input flags.  */
+  int ai_family;                /* Protocol family for socket.  */
+  int ai_socktype;              /* Socket type.  */
+  int ai_protocol;              /* Protocol for socket.  */
+  socklen_t ai_addrlen;         /* Length of socket address.  */
+  struct sockaddr *ai_addr;     /* Socket address for socket.  */
+  char *ai_canonname;           /* Canonical name for service location.  */
+  struct addrinfo *ai_next;     /* Pointer to next in list.  */
+};
+#   define GNULIB_defined_struct_addrinfo 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* Possible values for 'ai_flags' field in 'addrinfo' structure.  */
+# ifndef AI_PASSIVE
+#  define AI_PASSIVE    0x0001  /* Socket address is intended for 'bind'.  */
+# endif
+# ifndef AI_CANONNAME
+#  define AI_CANONNAME  0x0002  /* Request for canonical name.  */
+# endif
+# ifndef AI_NUMERICSERV
+#  define AI_NUMERICSERV        0x0400  /* Don't use name resolution.  */
+# endif
+
+# if 0
+#  define AI_NUMERICHOST        0x0004  /* Don't use name resolution.  */
+# endif
+
+/* These symbolic constants are required to be present by POSIX, but
+   our getaddrinfo replacement doesn't use them (yet).  Setting them
+   to 0 on systems that doesn't have them avoids causing problems for
+   system getaddrinfo implementations that would be confused by
+   unknown values.  */
+# ifndef AI_V4MAPPED
+#  define AI_V4MAPPED    0 /* 0x0008: IPv4 mapped addresses are acceptable.  */
+# endif
+# ifndef AI_ALL
+#  define AI_ALL         0 /* 0x0010: Return IPv4 mapped and IPv6 addresses. */
+# endif
+# ifndef AI_ADDRCONFIG
+#  define AI_ADDRCONFIG  0 /* 0x0020: Use configuration of this host to choose
+                                      returned address type.  */
+# endif
+
+/* Error values for 'getaddrinfo' function.  */
+# ifndef EAI_BADFLAGS
+#  define EAI_BADFLAGS    -1    /* Invalid value for 'ai_flags' field.  */
+#  define EAI_NONAME      -2    /* NAME or SERVICE is unknown.  */
+#  define EAI_AGAIN       -3    /* Temporary failure in name resolution.  */
+#  define EAI_FAIL        -4    /* Non-recoverable failure in name res.  */
+#  define EAI_NODATA      -5    /* No address associated with NAME.  */
+#  define EAI_FAMILY      -6    /* 'ai_family' not supported.  */
+#  define EAI_SOCKTYPE    -7    /* 'ai_socktype' not supported.  */
+#  define EAI_SERVICE     -8    /* SERVICE not supported for 'ai_socktype'.  */
+#  define EAI_MEMORY      -10   /* Memory allocation failure.  */
+# endif
+
+/* Since EAI_NODATA is deprecated by RFC3493, some systems (at least
+   FreeBSD, which does define EAI_BADFLAGS) have removed the definition
+   in favor of EAI_NONAME.  */
+# if !defined EAI_NODATA && defined EAI_NONAME
+#  define EAI_NODATA EAI_NONAME
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EAI_OVERFLOW
+/* Not defined on mingw32 and Haiku. */
+#  define EAI_OVERFLOW    -12   /* Argument buffer overflow.  */
+# endif
+# ifndef EAI_ADDRFAMILY
+/* Not defined on mingw32. */
+#  define EAI_ADDRFAMILY  -9    /* Address family for NAME not supported.  */
+# endif
+# ifndef EAI_SYSTEM
+/* Not defined on mingw32. */
+#  define EAI_SYSTEM      -11   /* System error returned in 'errno'.  */
+# endif
+
+# if 0
+/* The commented out definitions below are not yet implemented in the
+   GNULIB getaddrinfo() replacement, so are not yet needed.
+
+   If they are restored, be sure to protect the definitions with #ifndef.  */
+#  ifndef EAI_INPROGRESS
+#   define EAI_INPROGRESS       -100    /* Processing request in progress.  */
+#   define EAI_CANCELED         -101    /* Request canceled.  */
+#   define EAI_NOTCANCELED      -102    /* Request not canceled.  */
+#   define EAI_ALLDONE          -103    /* All requests done.  */
+#   define EAI_INTR             -104    /* Interrupted by a signal.  */
+#   define EAI_IDN_ENCODE       -105    /* IDN encoding failed.  */
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Translate name of a service location and/or a service name to set of
+   socket addresses.
+   For more details, see the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getaddrinfo.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETADDRINFO@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getaddrinfo
+#   define getaddrinfo rpl_getaddrinfo
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getaddrinfo, int,
+                  (const char *restrict nodename,
+                   const char *restrict servname,
+                   const struct addrinfo *restrict hints,
+                   struct addrinfo **restrict res)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getaddrinfo, int,
+                  (const char *restrict nodename,
+                   const char *restrict servname,
+                   const struct addrinfo *restrict hints,
+                   struct addrinfo **restrict res));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_GETADDRINFO@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getaddrinfo, int,
+                  (const char *restrict nodename,
+                   const char *restrict servname,
+                   const struct addrinfo *restrict hints,
+                   struct addrinfo **restrict res)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((4)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getaddrinfo, int,
+                  (const char *restrict nodename,
+                   const char *restrict servname,
+                   const struct addrinfo *restrict hints,
+                   struct addrinfo **restrict res));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getaddrinfo);
+
+/* Free 'addrinfo' structure AI including associated storage.
+   For more details, see the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getaddrinfo.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETADDRINFO@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef freeaddrinfo
+#   define freeaddrinfo rpl_freeaddrinfo
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (freeaddrinfo, void, (struct addrinfo *ai)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (freeaddrinfo, void, (struct addrinfo *ai));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_FREEADDRINFO@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (freeaddrinfo, void, (struct addrinfo *ai)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (freeaddrinfo, void, (struct addrinfo *ai));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (freeaddrinfo);
+
+# if @REPLACE_GAI_STRERROR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gai_strerror
+#   define gai_strerror rpl_gai_strerror
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gai_strerror, const char *, (int ecode));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gai_strerror, const char *, (int ecode));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR@
+/* Convert error return from getaddrinfo() to a string.
+   For more details, see the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/gai_strerror.html>.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gai_strerror, const char *, (int ecode));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (gai_strerror, const char *, (int ecode));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gai_strerror);
+# endif
+
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETNAMEINFO@
+/* Convert socket address to printable node and service names.
+   For more details, see the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getnameinfo.html>.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getnameinfo, int,
+                  (const struct sockaddr *restrict sa, socklen_t salen,
+                   char *restrict node, socklen_t nodelen,
+                   char *restrict service, socklen_t servicelen,
+                   int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the seventh parameter is
+                        unsigned int flags.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getnameinfo, int,
+                       (const struct sockaddr *restrict sa, socklen_t salen,
+                        char *restrict node, socklen_t nodelen,
+                        char *restrict service, socklen_t servicelen,
+                        int flags));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getnameinfo);
+
+/* Possible flags for getnameinfo.  */
+# ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST
+#  define NI_NUMERICHOST 1
+# endif
+# ifndef NI_NUMERICSERV
+#  define NI_NUMERICSERV 2
+# endif
+
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+
+# undef getaddrinfo
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETADDRINFO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getaddrinfo, "getaddrinfo is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getaddrinfo for portability");
+# endif
+
+# undef freeaddrinfo
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FREEADDRINFO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (freeaddrinfo, "freeaddrinfo is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getaddrinfo for portability");
+# endif
+
+# undef gai_strerror
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GAI_STRERROR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gai_strerror, "gai_strerror is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getaddrinfo for portability");
+# endif
+
+# undef getnameinfo
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETNAMEINFO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getnameinfo, "getnameinfo is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getaddrinfo for portability");
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_NETDB_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_NETDB_H */
diff --git a/lib/netinet_in.in.h b/lib/netinet_in.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e23807c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/netinet_in.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Substitute for <netinet/in.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_NETINET_IN_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if @HAVE_NETINET_IN_H@
+
+/* On many platforms, <netinet/in.h> assumes prior inclusion of
+   <sys/types.h>.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_NETINET_IN_H@
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_NETINET_IN_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_NETINET_IN_H
+
+#if !@HAVE_NETINET_IN_H@
+
+/* A platform that lacks <netinet/in.h>.  */
+
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_NETINET_IN_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_NETINET_IN_H */
diff --git a/lib/nl_langinfo-lock.c b/lib/nl_langinfo-lock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c36882d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/nl_langinfo-lock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* Return the internal lock used by nl_langinfo.
+   Copyright (C) 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019-2020.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* When it is known that the gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock function is defined
+   by a dependency library, it should not be defined here.  */
+#if OMIT_NL_LANGINFO_LOCK
+
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+
+#else
+
+/* This file defines the internal lock used by nl_langinfo.
+   It is a separate compilation unit, so that only one copy of it is
+   present when linking statically.  */
+
+/* Prohibit renaming this symbol.  */
+# undef gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock
+
+/* Macro for exporting a symbol (function, not variable) defined in this file,
+   when compiled into a shared library.  */
+# ifndef DLL_EXPORTED
+#  if HAVE_VISIBILITY
+  /* Override the effect of the compiler option '-fvisibility=hidden'.  */
+#   define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
+#  elif defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
+#   define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#  else
+#   define DLL_EXPORTED
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+#  include "windows-initguard.h"
+
+/* The return type is a 'CRITICAL_SECTION *', not a 'glwthread_mutex_t *',
+   because the latter is not guaranteed to be a stable ABI in the future.  */
+
+/* Make sure the function gets exported from DLLs.  */
+DLL_EXPORTED CRITICAL_SECTION *gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock (void);
+
+static glwthread_initguard_t guard = GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT;
+static CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+
+/* Returns the internal lock used by nl_langinfo.  */
+CRITICAL_SECTION *
+gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock (void)
+{
+  if (!guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&guard.started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to need the lock.  Initialize it.  */
+          InitializeCriticalSection (&lock);
+          guard.done = 1;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this mutex.  */
+          while (!guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  return &lock;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API
+
+#  include <pthread.h>
+
+static pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+
+/* Make sure the function gets exported from shared libraries.  */
+DLL_EXPORTED pthread_mutex_t *gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock (void);
+
+/* Returns the internal lock used by nl_langinfo.  */
+pthread_mutex_t *
+gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock (void)
+{
+  return &mutex;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_THREADS_H
+
+#  include <threads.h>
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+
+static int volatile init_needed = 1;
+static once_flag init_once = ONCE_FLAG_INIT;
+static mtx_t mutex;
+
+static void
+atomic_init (void)
+{
+  if (mtx_init (&mutex, mtx_plain) != thrd_success)
+    abort ();
+  init_needed = 0;
+}
+
+/* Make sure the function gets exported from shared libraries.  */
+DLL_EXPORTED mtx_t *gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock (void);
+
+/* Returns the internal lock used by nl_langinfo.  */
+mtx_t *
+gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock (void)
+{
+  if (init_needed)
+    call_once (&init_once, atomic_init);
+  return &mutex;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__) && !defined _MSC_VER
+/* Make sure the '__declspec(dllimport)' in nl_langinfo.c does not cause
+   a link failure when no DLLs are involved.  */
+#  if defined _WIN64 || defined _LP64
+#   define IMP(x) __imp_##x
+#  else
+#   define IMP(x) _imp__##x
+#  endif
+void * IMP(gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock) = &gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock;
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/nl_langinfo.c b/lib/nl_langinfo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fa4782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/nl_langinfo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+/* nl_langinfo() replacement: query locale dependent information.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <langinfo.h>
+
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+# include <windows.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#if REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO && !NL_LANGINFO_MTSAFE
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+# elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API
+
+#  include <pthread.h>
+#  if HAVE_THREADS_H && HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOLS
+#   include <threads.h>
+#   pragma weak thrd_exit
+#   define c11_threads_in_use() (thrd_exit != NULL)
+#  else
+#   define c11_threads_in_use() 0
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_THREADS_H
+
+#  include <threads.h>
+
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* nl_langinfo() must be multithread-safe.  To achieve this without using
+   thread-local storage:
+     1. We use a specific static buffer for each possible argument.
+        So that different threads can call nl_langinfo with different arguments,
+        without interfering.
+     2. We use a simple strcpy or memcpy to fill this static buffer.  Filling it
+        through, for example, strcpy + strcat would not be guaranteed to leave
+        the buffer's contents intact if another thread is currently accessing
+        it.  If necessary, the contents is first assembled in a stack-allocated
+        buffer.  */
+
+#if !REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO || GNULIB_defined_CODESET
+/* Return the codeset of the current locale, if this is easily deducible.
+   Otherwise, return "".  */
+static char *
+ctype_codeset (void)
+{
+  static char result[2 + 10 + 1];
+  char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+  char locale[SETLOCALE_NULL_MAX];
+  char *codeset;
+  size_t codesetlen;
+
+  if (setlocale_null_r (LC_CTYPE, locale, sizeof (locale)))
+    locale[0] = '\0';
+
+  codeset = buf;
+  codeset[0] = '\0';
+
+  if (locale[0])
+    {
+      /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it.  */
+      char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+      if (dot)
+        {
+          /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+          char *codeset_start = dot + 1;
+          char const *modifier = strchr (codeset_start, '@');
+
+          if (! modifier)
+            codeset = codeset_start;
+          else
+            {
+              codesetlen = modifier - codeset_start;
+              if (codesetlen < sizeof buf)
+                {
+                  codeset = memcpy (buf, codeset_start, codesetlen);
+                  codeset[codesetlen] = '\0';
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* If setlocale is successful, it returns the number of the
+     codepage, as a string.  Otherwise, fall back on Windows API
+     GetACP, which returns the locale's codepage as a number (although
+     this doesn't change according to what the 'setlocale' call specified).
+     Either way, prepend "CP" to make it a valid codeset name.  */
+  codesetlen = strlen (codeset);
+  if (0 < codesetlen && codesetlen < sizeof buf - 2)
+    memmove (buf + 2, codeset, codesetlen + 1);
+  else
+    sprintf (buf + 2, "%u", GetACP ());
+  /* For a locale name such as "French_France.65001", in Windows 10,
+     setlocale now returns "French_France.utf8" instead.  */
+  if (strcmp (buf + 2, "65001") == 0 || strcmp (buf + 2, "utf8") == 0)
+    return (char *) "UTF-8";
+  else
+    {
+      memcpy (buf, "CP", 2);
+      strcpy (result, buf);
+      return result;
+    }
+# else
+  strcpy (result, codeset);
+  return result;
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO
+
+/* Override nl_langinfo with support for added nl_item values.  */
+
+# undef nl_langinfo
+
+/* Without locking, on Solaris 11.3, test-nl_langinfo-mt fails, with message
+   "thread5 disturbed by threadN!", even when threadN invokes only
+      nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+      nl_langinfo (CRNCYSTR);
+   Similarly on Solaris 10.  */
+
+# if !NL_LANGINFO_MTSAFE /* Solaris */
+
+#  define ITEMS (MAXSTRMSG + 1)
+#  define MAX_RESULT_LEN 80
+
+static char *
+nl_langinfo_unlocked (nl_item item)
+{
+  static char result[ITEMS][MAX_RESULT_LEN];
+
+  /* The result of nl_langinfo is in storage that can be overwritten by
+     other calls to nl_langinfo.  */
+  char *tmp = nl_langinfo (item);
+  if (item >= 0 && item < ITEMS && tmp != NULL)
+    {
+      size_t tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+      if (tmp_len < MAX_RESULT_LEN)
+        strcpy (result[item], tmp);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Produce a truncated result.  Oh well...  */
+          result[item][MAX_RESULT_LEN - 1] = '\0';
+          memcpy (result[item], tmp, MAX_RESULT_LEN - 1);
+        }
+      return result[item];
+    }
+  else
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+/* Use a lock, so that no two threads can invoke nl_langinfo_unlocked
+   at the same time.  */
+
+/* Prohibit renaming this symbol.  */
+#  undef gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock
+
+#  if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+
+extern __declspec(dllimport) CRITICAL_SECTION *gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock (void);
+
+static char *
+nl_langinfo_with_lock (nl_item item)
+{
+  CRITICAL_SECTION *lock = gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock ();
+  char *ret;
+
+  EnterCriticalSection (lock);
+  ret = nl_langinfo_unlocked (item);
+  LeaveCriticalSection (lock);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#  elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API
+
+extern
+#   if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
+  __declspec(dllimport)
+#   endif
+  pthread_mutex_t *gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock (void);
+
+#   if HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOLS /* musl libc, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, Haiku */
+
+     /* Avoid the need to link with '-lpthread'.  */
+#    pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
+#    pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
+
+     /* Determine whether libpthread is in use.  */
+#    pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_gettype
+     /* See the comments in lock.h.  */
+#    define pthread_in_use() \
+       (pthread_mutexattr_gettype != NULL || c11_threads_in_use ())
+
+#   else
+#    define pthread_in_use() 1
+#   endif
+
+static char *
+nl_langinfo_with_lock (nl_item item)
+{
+  if (pthread_in_use())
+    {
+      pthread_mutex_t *lock = gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock ();
+      char *ret;
+
+      if (pthread_mutex_lock (lock))
+        abort ();
+      ret = nl_langinfo_unlocked (item);
+      if (pthread_mutex_unlock (lock))
+        abort ();
+
+      return ret;
+    }
+  else
+    return nl_langinfo_unlocked (item);
+}
+
+#  elif HAVE_THREADS_H
+
+extern mtx_t *gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock (void);
+
+static char *
+nl_langinfo_with_lock (nl_item item)
+{
+  mtx_t *lock = gl_get_nl_langinfo_lock ();
+  char *ret;
+
+  if (mtx_lock (lock) != thrd_success)
+    abort ();
+  ret = nl_langinfo_unlocked (item);
+  if (mtx_unlock (lock) != thrd_success)
+    abort ();
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+/* On other platforms, no lock is needed.  */
+#  define nl_langinfo_with_lock nl_langinfo
+
+# endif
+
+char *
+rpl_nl_langinfo (nl_item item)
+{
+  switch (item)
+    {
+# if GNULIB_defined_CODESET
+    case CODESET:
+      return ctype_codeset ();
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_defined_T_FMT_AMPM
+    case T_FMT_AMPM:
+      return (char *) "%I:%M:%S %p";
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_defined_ALTMON
+    case ALTMON_1:
+    case ALTMON_2:
+    case ALTMON_3:
+    case ALTMON_4:
+    case ALTMON_5:
+    case ALTMON_6:
+    case ALTMON_7:
+    case ALTMON_8:
+    case ALTMON_9:
+    case ALTMON_10:
+    case ALTMON_11:
+    case ALTMON_12:
+      /* We don't ship the appropriate localizations with gnulib.  Therefore,
+         treat ALTMON_i like MON_i.  */
+      item = item - ALTMON_1 + MON_1;
+      break;
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_defined_ERA
+    case ERA:
+      /* The format is not standardized.  In glibc it is a sequence of strings
+         of the form "direction:offset:start_date:end_date:era_name:era_format"
+         with an empty string at the end.  */
+      return (char *) "";
+    case ERA_D_FMT:
+      /* The %Ex conversion in strftime behaves like %x if the locale does not
+         have an alternative time format.  */
+      item = D_FMT;
+      break;
+    case ERA_D_T_FMT:
+      /* The %Ec conversion in strftime behaves like %c if the locale does not
+         have an alternative time format.  */
+      item = D_T_FMT;
+      break;
+    case ERA_T_FMT:
+      /* The %EX conversion in strftime behaves like %X if the locale does not
+         have an alternative time format.  */
+      item = T_FMT;
+      break;
+    case ALT_DIGITS:
+      /* The format is not standardized.  In glibc it is a sequence of 10
+         strings, appended in memory.  */
+      return (char *) "\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0";
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_defined_YESEXPR || !FUNC_NL_LANGINFO_YESEXPR_WORKS
+    case YESEXPR:
+      return (char *) "^[yY]";
+    case NOEXPR:
+      return (char *) "^[nN]";
+# endif
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return nl_langinfo_with_lock (item);
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* Provide nl_langinfo from scratch, either for native MS-Windows, or
+   for old Unix platforms without locales, such as Linux libc5 or
+   BeOS.  */
+
+# include <time.h>
+
+char *
+nl_langinfo (nl_item item)
+{
+  char buf[100];
+  struct tm tmm = { 0 };
+
+  switch (item)
+    {
+    /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_CTYPE category */
+    case CODESET:
+      {
+        char *codeset = ctype_codeset ();
+        if (*codeset)
+          return codeset;
+      }
+# ifdef __BEOS__
+      return (char *) "UTF-8";
+# else
+      return (char *) "ISO-8859-1";
+# endif
+    /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_NUMERIC category */
+    case RADIXCHAR:
+      return localeconv () ->decimal_point;
+    case THOUSEP:
+      return localeconv () ->thousands_sep;
+# ifdef GROUPING
+    case GROUPING:
+      return localeconv () ->grouping;
+# endif
+    /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_TIME category.
+       TODO: Really use the locale.  */
+    case D_T_FMT:
+    case ERA_D_T_FMT:
+      return (char *) "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y";
+    case D_FMT:
+    case ERA_D_FMT:
+      return (char *) "%m/%d/%y";
+    case T_FMT:
+    case ERA_T_FMT:
+      return (char *) "%H:%M:%S";
+    case T_FMT_AMPM:
+      return (char *) "%I:%M:%S %p";
+    case AM_STR:
+      {
+        static char result[80];
+        if (!strftime (buf, sizeof result, "%p", &tmm))
+          return (char *) "AM";
+        strcpy (result, buf);
+        return result;
+      }
+    case PM_STR:
+      {
+        static char result[80];
+        tmm.tm_hour = 12;
+        if (!strftime (buf, sizeof result, "%p", &tmm))
+          return (char *) "PM";
+        strcpy (result, buf);
+        return result;
+      }
+    case DAY_1:
+    case DAY_2:
+    case DAY_3:
+    case DAY_4:
+    case DAY_5:
+    case DAY_6:
+    case DAY_7:
+      {
+        static char result[7][50];
+        static char const days[][sizeof "Wednesday"] = {
+          "Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday",
+          "Friday", "Saturday"
+        };
+        tmm.tm_wday = item - DAY_1;
+        if (!strftime (buf, sizeof result[0], "%A", &tmm))
+          return (char *) days[item - DAY_1];
+        strcpy (result[item - DAY_1], buf);
+        return result[item - DAY_1];
+      }
+    case ABDAY_1:
+    case ABDAY_2:
+    case ABDAY_3:
+    case ABDAY_4:
+    case ABDAY_5:
+    case ABDAY_6:
+    case ABDAY_7:
+      {
+        static char result[7][30];
+        static char const abdays[][sizeof "Sun"] = {
+          "Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat"
+        };
+        tmm.tm_wday = item - ABDAY_1;
+        if (!strftime (buf, sizeof result[0], "%a", &tmm))
+          return (char *) abdays[item - ABDAY_1];
+        strcpy (result[item - ABDAY_1], buf);
+        return result[item - ABDAY_1];
+      }
+    {
+      static char const months[][sizeof "September"] = {
+        "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July",
+        "September", "October", "November", "December"
+      };
+      case MON_1:
+      case MON_2:
+      case MON_3:
+      case MON_4:
+      case MON_5:
+      case MON_6:
+      case MON_7:
+      case MON_8:
+      case MON_9:
+      case MON_10:
+      case MON_11:
+      case MON_12:
+        {
+          static char result[12][50];
+          tmm.tm_mon = item - MON_1;
+          if (!strftime (buf, sizeof result[0], "%B", &tmm))
+            return (char *) months[item - MON_1];
+          strcpy (result[item - MON_1], buf);
+          return result[item - MON_1];
+        }
+      case ALTMON_1:
+      case ALTMON_2:
+      case ALTMON_3:
+      case ALTMON_4:
+      case ALTMON_5:
+      case ALTMON_6:
+      case ALTMON_7:
+      case ALTMON_8:
+      case ALTMON_9:
+      case ALTMON_10:
+      case ALTMON_11:
+      case ALTMON_12:
+        {
+          static char result[12][50];
+          tmm.tm_mon = item - ALTMON_1;
+          /* The platforms without nl_langinfo() don't support strftime with
+             %OB.  We don't even need to try.  */
+          #if 0
+          if (!strftime (buf, sizeof result[0], "%OB", &tmm))
+          #endif
+            if (!strftime (buf, sizeof result[0], "%B", &tmm))
+              return (char *) months[item - ALTMON_1];
+          strcpy (result[item - ALTMON_1], buf);
+          return result[item - ALTMON_1];
+        }
+    }
+    case ABMON_1:
+    case ABMON_2:
+    case ABMON_3:
+    case ABMON_4:
+    case ABMON_5:
+    case ABMON_6:
+    case ABMON_7:
+    case ABMON_8:
+    case ABMON_9:
+    case ABMON_10:
+    case ABMON_11:
+    case ABMON_12:
+      {
+        static char result[12][30];
+        static char const abmonths[][sizeof "Jan"] = {
+          "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul",
+          "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"
+        };
+        tmm.tm_mon = item - ABMON_1;
+        if (!strftime (buf, sizeof result[0], "%b", &tmm))
+          return (char *) abmonths[item - ABMON_1];
+        strcpy (result[item - ABMON_1], buf);
+        return result[item - ABMON_1];
+      }
+    case ERA:
+      return (char *) "";
+    case ALT_DIGITS:
+      return (char *) "\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0";
+    /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MONETARY category.  */
+    case CRNCYSTR:
+      return localeconv () ->currency_symbol;
+# ifdef INT_CURR_SYMBOL
+    case INT_CURR_SYMBOL:
+      return localeconv () ->int_curr_symbol;
+    case MON_DECIMAL_POINT:
+      return localeconv () ->mon_decimal_point;
+    case MON_THOUSANDS_SEP:
+      return localeconv () ->mon_thousands_sep;
+    case MON_GROUPING:
+      return localeconv () ->mon_grouping;
+    case POSITIVE_SIGN:
+      return localeconv () ->positive_sign;
+    case NEGATIVE_SIGN:
+      return localeconv () ->negative_sign;
+    case FRAC_DIGITS:
+      return & localeconv () ->frac_digits;
+    case INT_FRAC_DIGITS:
+      return & localeconv () ->int_frac_digits;
+    case P_CS_PRECEDES:
+      return & localeconv () ->p_cs_precedes;
+    case N_CS_PRECEDES:
+      return & localeconv () ->n_cs_precedes;
+    case P_SEP_BY_SPACE:
+      return & localeconv () ->p_sep_by_space;
+    case N_SEP_BY_SPACE:
+      return & localeconv () ->n_sep_by_space;
+    case P_SIGN_POSN:
+      return & localeconv () ->p_sign_posn;
+    case N_SIGN_POSN:
+      return & localeconv () ->n_sign_posn;
+# endif
+    /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MESSAGES category
+       TODO: Really use the locale. */
+    case YESEXPR:
+      return (char *) "^[yY]";
+    case NOEXPR:
+      return (char *) "^[nN]";
+    default:
+      return (char *) "";
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/nproc.c b/lib/nproc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..378d3ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/nproc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/* Detect the number of processors.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Glen Lenker and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "nproc.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if HAVE_PTHREAD_GETAFFINITY_NP && 0
+# include <pthread.h>
+# include <sched.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY_LIKE_GLIBC || HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY_NP
+# include <sched.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PSTAT_H
+# include <sys/pstat.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_SYSMP_H
+# include <sys/sysmp.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_SYSCTL_H && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+#include "minmax.h"
+
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
+
+/* Return the number of processors available to the current process, based
+   on a modern system call that returns the "affinity" between the current
+   process and each CPU.  Return 0 if unknown or if such a system call does
+   not exist.  */
+static unsigned long
+num_processors_via_affinity_mask (void)
+{
+  /* glibc >= 2.3.3 with NPTL and NetBSD 5 have pthread_getaffinity_np,
+     but with different APIs.  Also it requires linking with -lpthread.
+     Therefore this code is not enabled.
+     glibc >= 2.3.4 has sched_getaffinity whereas NetBSD 5 has
+     sched_getaffinity_np.  */
+#if HAVE_PTHREAD_GETAFFINITY_NP && defined __GLIBC__ && 0
+  {
+    cpu_set_t set;
+
+    if (pthread_getaffinity_np (pthread_self (), sizeof (set), &set) == 0)
+      {
+        unsigned long count;
+
+# ifdef CPU_COUNT
+        /* glibc >= 2.6 has the CPU_COUNT macro.  */
+        count = CPU_COUNT (&set);
+# else
+        size_t i;
+
+        count = 0;
+        for (i = 0; i < CPU_SETSIZE; i++)
+          if (CPU_ISSET (i, &set))
+            count++;
+# endif
+        if (count > 0)
+          return count;
+      }
+  }
+#elif HAVE_PTHREAD_GETAFFINITY_NP && defined __NetBSD__ && 0
+  {
+    cpuset_t *set;
+
+    set = cpuset_create ();
+    if (set != NULL)
+      {
+        unsigned long count = 0;
+
+        if (pthread_getaffinity_np (pthread_self (), cpuset_size (set), set)
+            == 0)
+          {
+            cpuid_t i;
+
+            for (i = 0;; i++)
+              {
+                int ret = cpuset_isset (i, set);
+                if (ret < 0)
+                  break;
+                if (ret > 0)
+                  count++;
+              }
+          }
+        cpuset_destroy (set);
+        if (count > 0)
+          return count;
+      }
+  }
+#elif HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY_LIKE_GLIBC /* glibc >= 2.3.4 */
+  {
+    cpu_set_t set;
+
+    if (sched_getaffinity (0, sizeof (set), &set) == 0)
+      {
+        unsigned long count;
+
+# ifdef CPU_COUNT
+        /* glibc >= 2.6 has the CPU_COUNT macro.  */
+        count = CPU_COUNT (&set);
+# else
+        size_t i;
+
+        count = 0;
+        for (i = 0; i < CPU_SETSIZE; i++)
+          if (CPU_ISSET (i, &set))
+            count++;
+# endif
+        if (count > 0)
+          return count;
+      }
+  }
+#elif HAVE_SCHED_GETAFFINITY_NP /* NetBSD >= 5 */
+  {
+    cpuset_t *set;
+
+    set = cpuset_create ();
+    if (set != NULL)
+      {
+        unsigned long count = 0;
+
+        if (sched_getaffinity_np (getpid (), cpuset_size (set), set) == 0)
+          {
+            cpuid_t i;
+
+            for (i = 0;; i++)
+              {
+                int ret = cpuset_isset (i, set);
+                if (ret < 0)
+                  break;
+                if (ret > 0)
+                  count++;
+              }
+          }
+        cpuset_destroy (set);
+        if (count > 0)
+          return count;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  { /* This works on native Windows platforms.  */
+    DWORD_PTR process_mask;
+    DWORD_PTR system_mask;
+
+    if (GetProcessAffinityMask (GetCurrentProcess (),
+                                &process_mask, &system_mask))
+      {
+        DWORD_PTR mask = process_mask;
+        unsigned long count = 0;
+
+        for (; mask != 0; mask = mask >> 1)
+          if (mask & 1)
+            count++;
+        if (count > 0)
+          return count;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Return the total number of processors.  Here QUERY must be one of
+   NPROC_ALL, NPROC_CURRENT.  The result is guaranteed to be at least 1.  */
+static unsigned long int
+num_processors_ignoring_omp (enum nproc_query query)
+{
+  /* On systems with a modern affinity mask system call, we have
+         sysconf (_SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF)
+            >= sysconf (_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+               >= num_processors_via_affinity_mask ()
+     The first number is the number of CPUs configured in the system.
+     The second number is the number of CPUs available to the scheduler.
+     The third number is the number of CPUs available to the current process.
+
+     Note! On Linux systems with glibc, the first and second number come from
+     the /sys and /proc file systems (see
+     glibc/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/getsysstats.c).
+     In some situations these file systems are not mounted, and the sysconf call
+     returns 1 or 2 (<https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=21542>),
+     which does not reflect the reality.  */
+
+  if (query == NPROC_CURRENT)
+    {
+      /* Try the modern affinity mask system call.  */
+      {
+        unsigned long nprocs = num_processors_via_affinity_mask ();
+
+        if (nprocs > 0)
+          return nprocs;
+      }
+
+#if defined _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN
+      { /* This works on glibc, Mac OS X 10.5, FreeBSD, AIX, OSF/1, Solaris,
+           Cygwin, Haiku.  */
+        long int nprocs = sysconf (_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN);
+        if (nprocs > 0)
+          return nprocs;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+  else /* query == NPROC_ALL */
+    {
+#if defined _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF
+      { /* This works on glibc, Mac OS X 10.5, FreeBSD, AIX, OSF/1, Solaris,
+           Cygwin, Haiku.  */
+        long int nprocs = sysconf (_SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF);
+
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && defined __linux__
+        /* On Linux systems with glibc, this information comes from the /sys and
+           /proc file systems (see glibc/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/getsysstats.c).
+           In some situations these file systems are not mounted, and the
+           sysconf call returns 1 or 2.  But we wish to guarantee that
+           num_processors (NPROC_ALL) >= num_processors (NPROC_CURRENT).  */
+        if (nprocs == 1 || nprocs == 2)
+          {
+            unsigned long nprocs_current = num_processors_via_affinity_mask ();
+
+            if (/* nprocs_current > 0 && */ nprocs_current > nprocs)
+              nprocs = nprocs_current;
+          }
+# endif
+
+        if (nprocs > 0)
+          return nprocs;
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+#if HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC
+  { /* This works on HP-UX.  */
+    struct pst_dynamic psd;
+    if (pstat_getdynamic (&psd, sizeof psd, 1, 0) >= 0)
+      {
+        /* The field psd_proc_cnt contains the number of active processors.
+           In newer releases of HP-UX 11, the field psd_max_proc_cnt includes
+           deactivated processors.  */
+        if (query == NPROC_CURRENT)
+          {
+            if (psd.psd_proc_cnt > 0)
+              return psd.psd_proc_cnt;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            if (psd.psd_max_proc_cnt > 0)
+              return psd.psd_max_proc_cnt;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYSMP && defined MP_NAPROCS && defined MP_NPROCS
+  { /* This works on IRIX.  */
+    /* MP_NPROCS yields the number of installed processors.
+       MP_NAPROCS yields the number of processors available to unprivileged
+       processes.  */
+    int nprocs =
+      sysmp (query == NPROC_CURRENT && getuid () != 0
+             ? MP_NAPROCS
+             : MP_NPROCS);
+    if (nprocs > 0)
+      return nprocs;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Finally, as fallback, use the APIs that don't distinguish between
+     NPROC_CURRENT and NPROC_ALL.  */
+
+#if HAVE_SYSCTL && ! defined __GLIBC__ && defined HW_NCPU
+  { /* This works on macOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD.
+       macOS 10.14 does not allow mib to be const.  */
+    int nprocs;
+    size_t len = sizeof (nprocs);
+    static int mib[][2] = {
+# ifdef HW_NCPUONLINE
+      { CTL_HW, HW_NCPUONLINE },
+# endif
+      { CTL_HW, HW_NCPU }
+    };
+    for (int i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mib); i++)
+      {
+        if (sysctl (mib[i], ARRAY_SIZE (mib[i]), &nprocs, &len, NULL, 0) == 0
+            && len == sizeof (nprocs)
+            && 0 < nprocs)
+          return nprocs;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  { /* This works on native Windows platforms.  */
+    SYSTEM_INFO system_info;
+    GetSystemInfo (&system_info);
+    if (0 < system_info.dwNumberOfProcessors)
+      return system_info.dwNumberOfProcessors;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Parse OMP environment variables without dependence on OMP.
+   Return 0 for invalid values.  */
+static unsigned long int
+parse_omp_threads (char const* threads)
+{
+  unsigned long int ret = 0;
+
+  if (threads == NULL)
+    return ret;
+
+  /* The OpenMP spec says that the value assigned to the environment variables
+     "may have leading and trailing white space".  */
+  while (*threads != '\0' && c_isspace (*threads))
+    threads++;
+
+  /* Convert it from positive decimal to 'unsigned long'.  */
+  if (c_isdigit (*threads))
+    {
+      char *endptr = NULL;
+      unsigned long int value = strtoul (threads, &endptr, 10);
+
+      if (endptr != NULL)
+        {
+          while (*endptr != '\0' && c_isspace (*endptr))
+            endptr++;
+          if (*endptr == '\0')
+            return value;
+          /* Also accept the first value in a nesting level,
+             since we can't determine the nesting level from env vars.  */
+          else if (*endptr == ',')
+            return value;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+unsigned long int
+num_processors (enum nproc_query query)
+{
+  unsigned long int omp_env_limit = ULONG_MAX;
+
+  if (query == NPROC_CURRENT_OVERRIDABLE)
+    {
+      unsigned long int omp_env_threads;
+      /* Honor the OpenMP environment variables, recognized also by all
+         programs that are based on OpenMP.  */
+      omp_env_threads = parse_omp_threads (getenv ("OMP_NUM_THREADS"));
+      omp_env_limit = parse_omp_threads (getenv ("OMP_THREAD_LIMIT"));
+      if (! omp_env_limit)
+        omp_env_limit = ULONG_MAX;
+
+      if (omp_env_threads)
+        return MIN (omp_env_threads, omp_env_limit);
+
+      query = NPROC_CURRENT;
+    }
+  /* Here query is one of NPROC_ALL, NPROC_CURRENT.  */
+  {
+    unsigned long nprocs = num_processors_ignoring_omp (query);
+    return MIN (nprocs, omp_env_limit);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/lib/nproc.h b/lib/nproc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..505351d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/nproc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Detect the number of processors.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Glen Lenker and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A "processor" in this context means a thread execution unit, that is either
+   - an execution core in a (possibly multi-core) chip, in a (possibly multi-
+     chip) module, in a single computer, or
+   - a thread execution unit inside a core
+     (hyper-threading, see <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyper-threading>).
+   Which of the two definitions is used, is unspecified.  */
+
+enum nproc_query
+{
+  NPROC_ALL,                 /* total number of processors */
+  NPROC_CURRENT,             /* processors available to the current process */
+  NPROC_CURRENT_OVERRIDABLE  /* likewise, but overridable through the
+                                OMP_NUM_THREADS environment variable */
+};
+
+/* Return the total number of processors.  The result is guaranteed to
+   be at least 1.  */
+extern unsigned long int num_processors (enum nproc_query query);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* C++ */
diff --git a/lib/nstrftime.c b/lib/nstrftime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1dd554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/nstrftime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1491 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL 1
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY 1
+# define HAVE_TM_GMTOFF 1
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE 1
+# define HAVE_TZNAME 1
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#else
+# include <libc-config.h>
+# if FPRINTFTIME
+#  include "fprintftime.h"
+# else
+#  include "strftime.h"
+# endif
+# include "time-internal.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if HAVE_TZNAME && !HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
+extern char *tzname[];
+#endif
+
+/* Do multibyte processing if multibyte encodings are supported, unless
+   multibyte sequences are safe in formats.  Multibyte sequences are
+   safe if they cannot contain byte sequences that look like format
+   conversion specifications.  The multibyte encodings used by the
+   C library on the various platforms (UTF-8, GB2312, GBK, CP936,
+   GB18030, EUC-TW, BIG5, BIG5-HKSCS, CP950, EUC-JP, EUC-KR, CP949,
+   SHIFT_JIS, CP932, JOHAB) are safe for formats, because the byte '%'
+   cannot occur in a multibyte character except in the first byte.
+
+   The DEC-HANYU encoding used on OSF/1 is not safe for formats, but
+   this encoding has never been seen in real-life use, so we ignore
+   it.  */
+#if !(defined __osf__ && 0)
+# define MULTIBYTE_IS_FORMAT_SAFE 1
+#endif
+#define DO_MULTIBYTE (! MULTIBYTE_IS_FORMAT_SAFE)
+
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE
+# include <wchar.h>
+  static const mbstate_t mbstate_zero;
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "attribute.h"
+#include <intprops.h>
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+# include <endian.h>
+# define CHAR_T wchar_t
+# define UCHAR_T unsigned int
+# define L_(Str) L##Str
+# define NLW(Sym) _NL_W##Sym
+
+# define MEMCPY(d, s, n) __wmemcpy (d, s, n)
+# define STRLEN(s) __wcslen (s)
+
+#else
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define UCHAR_T unsigned char
+# define L_(Str) Str
+# define NLW(Sym) Sym
+# define ABALTMON_1 _NL_ABALTMON_1
+
+# define MEMCPY(d, s, n) memcpy (d, s, n)
+# define STRLEN(s) strlen (s)
+
+#endif
+
+/* Shift A right by B bits portably, by dividing A by 2**B and
+   truncating towards minus infinity.  A and B should be free of side
+   effects, and B should be in the range 0 <= B <= INT_BITS - 2, where
+   INT_BITS is the number of useful bits in an int.  GNU code can
+   assume that INT_BITS is at least 32.
+
+   ISO C99 says that A >> B is implementation-defined if A < 0.  Some
+   implementations (e.g., UNICOS 9.0 on a Cray Y-MP EL) don't shift
+   right in the usual way when A < 0, so SHR falls back on division if
+   ordinary A >> B doesn't seem to be the usual signed shift.  */
+#define SHR(a, b)       \
+  (-1 >> 1 == -1        \
+   ? (a) >> (b)         \
+   : ((a) + ((a) < 0)) / (1 << (b)) - ((a) < 0))
+
+#define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
+
+#ifndef __isleap
+/* Nonzero if YEAR is a leap year (every 4 years,
+   except every 100th isn't, and every 400th is).  */
+# define __isleap(year) \
+  ((year) % 4 == 0 && ((year) % 100 != 0 || (year) % 400 == 0))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define mktime_z(tz, tm) mktime (tm)
+# define tzname __tzname
+# define tzset __tzset
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FPRINTFTIME
+# define FPRINTFTIME 0
+#endif
+
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# define STREAM_OR_CHAR_T FILE
+# define STRFTIME_ARG(x) /* empty */
+#else
+# define STREAM_OR_CHAR_T CHAR_T
+# define STRFTIME_ARG(x) x,
+#endif
+
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# define memset_byte(P, Len, Byte) \
+  do { size_t _i; for (_i = 0; _i < Len; _i++) fputc (Byte, P); } while (0)
+# define memset_space(P, Len) memset_byte (P, Len, ' ')
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) memset_byte (P, Len, '0')
+#elif defined COMPILE_WIDE
+# define memset_space(P, Len) (wmemset (P, L' ', Len), (P) += (Len))
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) (wmemset (P, L'0', Len), (P) += (Len))
+#else
+# define memset_space(P, Len) (memset (P, ' ', Len), (P) += (Len))
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) (memset (P, '0', Len), (P) += (Len))
+#endif
+
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# define advance(P, N)
+#else
+# define advance(P, N) ((P) += (N))
+#endif
+
+#define add(n, f) width_add (width, n, f)
+#define width_add(width, n, f)                                                \
+  do                                                                          \
+    {                                                                         \
+      size_t _n = (n);                                                        \
+      size_t _w = pad == L_('-') || width < 0 ? 0 : width;                    \
+      size_t _incr = _n < _w ? _w : _n;                                       \
+      if (_incr >= maxsize - i)                                               \
+        {                                                                     \
+          errno = ERANGE;                                                     \
+          return 0;                                                           \
+        }                                                                     \
+      if (p)                                                                  \
+        {                                                                     \
+          if (_n < _w)                                                        \
+            {                                                                 \
+              size_t _delta = _w - _n;                                        \
+              if (pad == L_('0') || pad == L_('+'))                           \
+                memset_zero (p, _delta);                                      \
+              else                                                            \
+                memset_space (p, _delta);                                     \
+            }                                                                 \
+          f;                                                                  \
+          advance (p, _n);                                                    \
+        }                                                                     \
+      i += _incr;                                                             \
+    } while (0)
+
+#define add1(c) width_add1 (width, c)
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# define width_add1(width, c) width_add (width, 1, fputc (c, p))
+#else
+# define width_add1(width, c) width_add (width, 1, *p = c)
+#endif
+
+#define cpy(n, s) width_cpy (width, n, s)
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# define width_cpy(width, n, s)                                               \
+    width_add (width, n,                                                      \
+     do                                                                       \
+       {                                                                      \
+         if (to_lowcase)                                                      \
+           fwrite_lowcase (p, (s), _n);                                       \
+         else if (to_uppcase)                                                 \
+           fwrite_uppcase (p, (s), _n);                                       \
+         else                                                                 \
+           {                                                                  \
+             /* Ignore the value of fwrite.  The caller can determine whether \
+                an error occurred by inspecting ferror (P).  All known fwrite \
+                implementations set the stream's error indicator when they    \
+                fail due to ENOMEM etc., even though C11 and POSIX.1-2008 do  \
+                not require this.  */                                         \
+             fwrite (s, _n, 1, p);                                            \
+           }                                                                  \
+       }                                                                      \
+     while (0)                                                                \
+    )
+#else
+# define width_cpy(width, n, s)                                               \
+    width_add (width, n,                                                      \
+         if (to_lowcase)                                                      \
+           memcpy_lowcase (p, (s), _n LOCALE_ARG);                            \
+         else if (to_uppcase)                                                 \
+           memcpy_uppcase (p, (s), _n LOCALE_ARG);                            \
+         else                                                                 \
+           MEMCPY ((void *) p, (void const *) (s), _n))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+# ifndef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  undef __mbsrtowcs_l
+#  define __mbsrtowcs_l(d, s, l, st, loc) __mbsrtowcs (d, s, l, st)
+# endif
+# define widen(os, ws, l) \
+  {                                                                           \
+    mbstate_t __st;                                                           \
+    const char *__s = os;                                                     \
+    memset (&__st, '\0', sizeof (__st));                                      \
+    l = __mbsrtowcs_l (NULL, &__s, 0, &__st, loc);                            \
+    ws = (wchar_t *) alloca ((l + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));                     \
+    (void) __mbsrtowcs_l (ws, &__s, l, &__st, loc);                           \
+  }
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+# define strftime               __strftime_l
+# define wcsftime               __wcsftime_l
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_PARAM , locale_t loc
+# define LOCALE_ARG , loc
+# define HELPER_LOCALE_ARG  , current
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM
+# define LOCALE_ARG
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define HELPER_LOCALE_ARG , _NL_CURRENT_DATA (LC_TIME)
+# else
+#  define HELPER_LOCALE_ARG
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) __towupper_l (Ch, L)
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) __towlower_l (Ch, L)
+# else
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) towupper (Ch)
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) towlower (Ch)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) __toupper_l (Ch, L)
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) __tolower_l (Ch, L)
+# else
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) toupper (Ch)
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) tolower (Ch)
+# endif
+#endif
+/* We don't use 'isdigit' here since the locale dependent
+   interpretation is not what we want here.  We only need to accept
+   the arabic digits in the ASCII range.  One day there is perhaps a
+   more reliable way to accept other sets of digits.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(Ch) ((unsigned int) (Ch) - L_('0') <= 9)
+
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+static void
+fwrite_lowcase (FILE *fp, const CHAR_T *src, size_t len)
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    {
+      fputc (TOLOWER ((UCHAR_T) *src, loc), fp);
+      ++src;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+fwrite_uppcase (FILE *fp, const CHAR_T *src, size_t len)
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    {
+      fputc (TOUPPER ((UCHAR_T) *src, loc), fp);
+      ++src;
+    }
+}
+#else
+static CHAR_T *memcpy_lowcase (CHAR_T *dest, const CHAR_T *src,
+                               size_t len LOCALE_PARAM);
+
+static CHAR_T *
+memcpy_lowcase (CHAR_T *dest, const CHAR_T *src, size_t len LOCALE_PARAM)
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    dest[len] = TOLOWER ((UCHAR_T) src[len], loc);
+  return dest;
+}
+
+static CHAR_T *memcpy_uppcase (CHAR_T *dest, const CHAR_T *src,
+                               size_t len LOCALE_PARAM);
+
+static CHAR_T *
+memcpy_uppcase (CHAR_T *dest, const CHAR_T *src, size_t len LOCALE_PARAM)
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    dest[len] = TOUPPER ((UCHAR_T) src[len], loc);
+  return dest;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+/* Yield the difference between *A and *B,
+   measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.  */
+# define tm_diff ftime_tm_diff
+static int tm_diff (const struct tm *, const struct tm *);
+static int
+tm_diff (const struct tm *a, const struct tm *b)
+{
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid int overflow in leap day calculations,
+     but it's OK to assume that A and B are close to each other.  */
+  int a4 = SHR (a->tm_year, 2) + SHR (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (a->tm_year & 3);
+  int b4 = SHR (b->tm_year, 2) + SHR (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (b->tm_year & 3);
+  int a100 = (a4 + (a4 < 0)) / 25 - (a4 < 0);
+  int b100 = (b4 + (b4 < 0)) / 25 - (b4 < 0);
+  int a400 = SHR (a100, 2);
+  int b400 = SHR (b100, 2);
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+  int years = a->tm_year - b->tm_year;
+  int days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
+              + (a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday));
+  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
+                + (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
+          + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
+}
+#endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */
+
+
+
+/* The number of days from the first day of the first ISO week of this
+   year to the year day YDAY with week day WDAY.  ISO weeks start on
+   Monday; the first ISO week has the year's first Thursday.  YDAY may
+   be as small as YDAY_MINIMUM.  */
+#define ISO_WEEK_START_WDAY 1 /* Monday */
+#define ISO_WEEK1_WDAY 4 /* Thursday */
+#define YDAY_MINIMUM (-366)
+static int iso_week_days (int, int);
+static __inline int
+iso_week_days (int yday, int wday)
+{
+  /* Add enough to the first operand of % to make it nonnegative.  */
+  int big_enough_multiple_of_7 = (-YDAY_MINIMUM / 7 + 2) * 7;
+  return (yday
+          - (yday - wday + ISO_WEEK1_WDAY + big_enough_multiple_of_7) % 7
+          + ISO_WEEK1_WDAY - ISO_WEEK_START_WDAY);
+}
+
+
+/* When compiling this file, GNU applications can #define my_strftime
+   to a symbol (typically nstrftime) to get an extended strftime with
+   extra arguments TZ and NS.  */
+
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+# undef my_strftime
+# define my_strftime fprintftime
+#endif
+
+#ifdef my_strftime
+# define extra_args , tz, ns
+# define extra_args_spec , timezone_t tz, int ns
+#else
+# if defined COMPILE_WIDE
+#  define my_strftime wcsftime
+#  define nl_get_alt_digit _nl_get_walt_digit
+# else
+#  define my_strftime strftime
+#  define nl_get_alt_digit _nl_get_alt_digit
+# endif
+# define extra_args
+# define extra_args_spec
+/* We don't have this information in general.  */
+# define tz 1
+# define ns 0
+#endif
+
+static size_t __strftime_internal (STREAM_OR_CHAR_T *, STRFTIME_ARG (size_t)
+                                   const CHAR_T *, const struct tm *,
+                                   bool, int, int, bool *
+                                   extra_args_spec LOCALE_PARAM);
+
+/* Write information from TP into S according to the format
+   string FORMAT, writing no more that MAXSIZE characters
+   (including the terminating '\0') and returning number of
+   characters written.  If S is NULL, nothing will be written
+   anywhere, so to determine how many characters would be
+   written, use NULL for S and (size_t) -1 for MAXSIZE.  */
+size_t
+my_strftime (STREAM_OR_CHAR_T *s, STRFTIME_ARG (size_t maxsize)
+             const CHAR_T *format,
+             const struct tm *tp extra_args_spec LOCALE_PARAM)
+{
+  bool tzset_called = false;
+  return __strftime_internal (s, STRFTIME_ARG (maxsize) format, tp, false,
+                              0, -1, &tzset_called extra_args LOCALE_ARG);
+}
+libc_hidden_def (my_strftime)
+
+/* Just like my_strftime, above, but with more parameters.
+   UPCASE indicates that the result should be converted to upper case.
+   YR_SPEC and WIDTH specify the padding and width for the year.
+   *TZSET_CALLED indicates whether tzset has been called here.  */
+static size_t
+__strftime_internal (STREAM_OR_CHAR_T *s, STRFTIME_ARG (size_t maxsize)
+                     const CHAR_T *format,
+                     const struct tm *tp, bool upcase,
+                     int yr_spec, int width, bool *tzset_called
+                     extra_args_spec LOCALE_PARAM)
+{
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct __locale_data *const current = loc->__locales[LC_TIME];
+#endif
+#if FPRINTFTIME
+  size_t maxsize = (size_t) -1;
+#endif
+
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+  int hour12 = tp->tm_hour;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+  /* We cannot make the following values variables since we must delay
+     the evaluation of these values until really needed since some
+     expressions might not be valid in every situation.  The 'struct tm'
+     might be generated by a strptime() call that initialized
+     only a few elements.  Dereference the pointers only if the format
+     requires this.  Then it is ok to fail if the pointers are invalid.  */
+# define a_wkday \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_wday < 0 || tp->tm_wday > 6                      \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ABDAY_1) + tp->tm_wday)))
+# define f_wkday \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_wday < 0 || tp->tm_wday > 6                      \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(DAY_1) + tp->tm_wday)))
+# define a_month \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_mon < 0 || tp->tm_mon > 11                       \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ABMON_1) + tp->tm_mon)))
+# define f_month \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_mon < 0 || tp->tm_mon > 11                       \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(MON_1) + tp->tm_mon)))
+# define a_altmonth \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_mon < 0 || tp->tm_mon > 11                       \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ABALTMON_1) + tp->tm_mon)))
+# define f_altmonth \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) (tp->tm_mon < 0 || tp->tm_mon > 11                       \
+                     ? "?" : _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ALTMON_1) + tp->tm_mon)))
+# define ampm \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, tp->tm_hour > 11                    \
+                                 ? NLW(PM_STR) : NLW(AM_STR)))
+
+# define aw_len STRLEN (a_wkday)
+# define am_len STRLEN (a_month)
+# define aam_len STRLEN (a_altmonth)
+# define ap_len STRLEN (ampm)
+#endif
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+  char **tzname_vec = tzname;
+#endif
+  const char *zone;
+  size_t i = 0;
+  STREAM_OR_CHAR_T *p = s;
+  const CHAR_T *f;
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE && !defined COMPILE_WIDE
+  const char *format_end = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  zone = NULL;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+  /* The POSIX test suite assumes that setting
+     the environment variable TZ to a new value before calling strftime()
+     will influence the result (the %Z format) even if the information in
+     TP is computed with a totally different time zone.
+     This is bogus: though POSIX allows bad behavior like this,
+     POSIX does not require it.  Do the right thing instead.  */
+  zone = (const char *) tp->tm_zone;
+#endif
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+  if (!tz)
+    {
+      if (! (zone && *zone))
+        zone = "GMT";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+# if !HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+      /* Infer the zone name from *TZ instead of from TZNAME.  */
+      tzname_vec = tz->tzname_copy;
+# endif
+    }
+  /* The tzset() call might have changed the value.  */
+  if (!(zone && *zone) && tp->tm_isdst >= 0)
+    {
+      /* POSIX.1 requires that local time zone information be used as
+         though strftime called tzset.  */
+# ifndef my_strftime
+      if (!*tzset_called)
+        {
+          tzset ();
+          *tzset_called = true;
+        }
+# endif
+      zone = tzname_vec[tp->tm_isdst != 0];
+    }
+#endif
+  if (! zone)
+    zone = "";
+
+  if (hour12 > 12)
+    hour12 -= 12;
+  else
+    if (hour12 == 0)
+      hour12 = 12;
+
+  for (f = format; *f != '\0'; width = -1, f++)
+    {
+      int pad = 0;  /* Padding for number ('_', '-', '+', '0', or 0).  */
+      int modifier;             /* Field modifier ('E', 'O', or 0).  */
+      int digits = 0;           /* Max digits for numeric format.  */
+      int number_value;         /* Numeric value to be printed.  */
+      unsigned int u_number_value; /* (unsigned int) number_value.  */
+      bool negative_number;     /* The number is negative.  */
+      bool always_output_a_sign; /* +/- should always be output.  */
+      int tz_colon_mask;        /* Bitmask of where ':' should appear.  */
+      const CHAR_T *subfmt;
+      CHAR_T *bufp;
+      CHAR_T buf[1
+                 + 2 /* for the two colons in a %::z or %:::z time zone */
+                 + (sizeof (int) < sizeof (time_t)
+                    ? INT_STRLEN_BOUND (time_t)
+                    : INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int))];
+      bool to_lowcase = false;
+      bool to_uppcase = upcase;
+      size_t colons;
+      bool change_case = false;
+      int format_char;
+      int subwidth;
+
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE && !defined COMPILE_WIDE
+      switch (*f)
+        {
+        case L_('%'):
+          break;
+
+        case L_('\b'): case L_('\t'): case L_('\n'):
+        case L_('\v'): case L_('\f'): case L_('\r'):
+        case L_(' '): case L_('!'): case L_('"'): case L_('#'): case L_('&'):
+        case L_('\''): case L_('('): case L_(')'): case L_('*'): case L_('+'):
+        case L_(','): case L_('-'): case L_('.'): case L_('/'): case L_('0'):
+        case L_('1'): case L_('2'): case L_('3'): case L_('4'): case L_('5'):
+        case L_('6'): case L_('7'): case L_('8'): case L_('9'): case L_(':'):
+        case L_(';'): case L_('<'): case L_('='): case L_('>'): case L_('?'):
+        case L_('A'): case L_('B'): case L_('C'): case L_('D'): case L_('E'):
+        case L_('F'): case L_('G'): case L_('H'): case L_('I'): case L_('J'):
+        case L_('K'): case L_('L'): case L_('M'): case L_('N'): case L_('O'):
+        case L_('P'): case L_('Q'): case L_('R'): case L_('S'): case L_('T'):
+        case L_('U'): case L_('V'): case L_('W'): case L_('X'): case L_('Y'):
+        case L_('Z'): case L_('['): case L_('\\'): case L_(']'): case L_('^'):
+        case L_('_'): case L_('a'): case L_('b'): case L_('c'): case L_('d'):
+        case L_('e'): case L_('f'): case L_('g'): case L_('h'): case L_('i'):
+        case L_('j'): case L_('k'): case L_('l'): case L_('m'): case L_('n'):
+        case L_('o'): case L_('p'): case L_('q'): case L_('r'): case L_('s'):
+        case L_('t'): case L_('u'): case L_('v'): case L_('w'): case L_('x'):
+        case L_('y'): case L_('z'): case L_('{'): case L_('|'): case L_('}'):
+        case L_('~'):
+          /* The C Standard requires these 98 characters (plus '%') to
+             be in the basic execution character set.  None of these
+             characters can start a multibyte sequence, so they need
+             not be analyzed further.  */
+          add1 (*f);
+          continue;
+
+        default:
+          /* Copy this multibyte sequence until we reach its end, find
+             an error, or come back to the initial shift state.  */
+          {
+            mbstate_t mbstate = mbstate_zero;
+            size_t len = 0;
+            size_t fsize;
+
+            if (! format_end)
+              format_end = f + strlen (f) + 1;
+            fsize = format_end - f;
+
+            do
+              {
+                size_t bytes = mbrlen (f + len, fsize - len, &mbstate);
+
+                if (bytes == 0)
+                  break;
+
+                if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+                  {
+                    len += strlen (f + len);
+                    break;
+                  }
+
+                if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+                  {
+                    len++;
+                    break;
+                  }
+
+                len += bytes;
+              }
+            while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+
+            cpy (len, f);
+            f += len - 1;
+            continue;
+          }
+        }
+
+#else /* ! DO_MULTIBYTE */
+
+      /* Either multibyte encodings are not supported, they are
+         safe for formats, so any non-'%' byte can be copied through,
+         or this is the wide character version.  */
+      if (*f != L_('%'))
+        {
+          add1 (*f);
+          continue;
+        }
+
+#endif /* ! DO_MULTIBYTE */
+
+      char const *percent = f;
+
+      /* Check for flags that can modify a format.  */
+      while (1)
+        {
+          switch (*++f)
+            {
+              /* This influences the number formats.  */
+            case L_('_'):
+            case L_('-'):
+            case L_('+'):
+            case L_('0'):
+              pad = *f;
+              continue;
+
+              /* This changes textual output.  */
+            case L_('^'):
+              to_uppcase = true;
+              continue;
+            case L_('#'):
+              change_case = true;
+              continue;
+
+            default:
+              break;
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+
+      if (ISDIGIT (*f))
+        {
+          width = 0;
+          do
+            {
+              if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (width, 10, &width)
+                  || INT_ADD_WRAPV (width, *f - L_('0'), &width))
+                width = INT_MAX;
+              ++f;
+            }
+          while (ISDIGIT (*f));
+        }
+
+      /* Check for modifiers.  */
+      switch (*f)
+        {
+        case L_('E'):
+        case L_('O'):
+          modifier = *f++;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          modifier = 0;
+          break;
+        }
+
+      /* Now do the specified format.  */
+      format_char = *f;
+      switch (format_char)
+        {
+#define DO_NUMBER(d, v) \
+          do                                                                  \
+            {                                                                 \
+              digits = d;                                                     \
+              number_value = v;                                               \
+              goto do_number;                                                 \
+            }                                                                 \
+          while (0)
+#define DO_SIGNED_NUMBER(d, negative, v) \
+          DO_MAYBE_SIGNED_NUMBER (d, negative, v, do_signed_number)
+#define DO_YEARISH(d, negative, v) \
+          DO_MAYBE_SIGNED_NUMBER (d, negative, v, do_yearish)
+#define DO_MAYBE_SIGNED_NUMBER(d, negative, v, label) \
+          do                                                                  \
+            {                                                                 \
+              digits = d;                                                     \
+              negative_number = negative;                                     \
+              u_number_value = v;                                             \
+              goto label;                                                     \
+            }                                                                 \
+          while (0)
+
+          /* The mask is not what you might think.
+             When the ordinal i'th bit is set, insert a colon
+             before the i'th digit of the time zone representation.  */
+#define DO_TZ_OFFSET(d, mask, v) \
+          do                                                                  \
+            {                                                                 \
+              digits = d;                                                     \
+              tz_colon_mask = mask;                                           \
+              u_number_value = v;                                             \
+              goto do_tz_offset;                                              \
+            }                                                                 \
+          while (0)
+#define DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD(d, v) \
+          do                                                                  \
+            {                                                                 \
+              digits = d;                                                     \
+              number_value = v;                                               \
+              goto do_number_spacepad;                                        \
+            }                                                                 \
+          while (0)
+
+        case L_('%'):
+          if (f - 1 != percent)
+            goto bad_percent;
+          add1 (*f);
+          break;
+
+        case L_('a'):
+          if (modifier != 0)
+            goto bad_format;
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = true;
+              to_lowcase = false;
+            }
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          cpy (aw_len, a_wkday);
+          break;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case 'A':
+          if (modifier != 0)
+            goto bad_format;
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = true;
+              to_lowcase = false;
+            }
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          cpy (STRLEN (f_wkday), f_wkday);
+          break;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('b'):
+        case L_('h'):
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = true;
+              to_lowcase = false;
+            }
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            cpy (aam_len, a_altmonth);
+          else
+            cpy (am_len, a_month);
+          break;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('B'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = true;
+              to_lowcase = false;
+            }
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            cpy (STRLEN (f_altmonth), f_altmonth);
+          else
+            cpy (STRLEN (f_month), f_month);
+          break;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('c'):
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (! (modifier == L_('E')
+                 && (*(subfmt =
+                       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+                                                     NLW(ERA_D_T_FMT)))
+                     != '\0')))
+            subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_T_FMT));
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        subformat:
+          subwidth = -1;
+        subformat_width:
+          {
+            size_t len = __strftime_internal (NULL, STRFTIME_ARG ((size_t) -1)
+                                              subfmt, tp, to_uppcase,
+                                              pad, subwidth, tzset_called
+                                              extra_args LOCALE_ARG);
+            add (len, __strftime_internal (p,
+                                           STRFTIME_ARG (maxsize - i)
+                                           subfmt, tp, to_uppcase,
+                                           pad, subwidth, tzset_called
+                                           extra_args LOCALE_ARG));
+          }
+          break;
+
+#if !(defined _NL_CURRENT && HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY)
+        underlying_strftime:
+          {
+            /* The relevant information is available only via the
+               underlying strftime implementation, so use that.  */
+            char ufmt[5];
+            char *u = ufmt;
+            char ubuf[1024]; /* enough for any single format in practice */
+            size_t len;
+            /* Make sure we're calling the actual underlying strftime.
+               In some cases, config.h contains something like
+               "#define strftime rpl_strftime".  */
+# ifdef strftime
+#  undef strftime
+            size_t strftime ();
+# endif
+
+            /* The space helps distinguish strftime failure from empty
+               output.  */
+            *u++ = ' ';
+            *u++ = '%';
+            if (modifier != 0)
+              *u++ = modifier;
+            *u++ = format_char;
+            *u = '\0';
+            len = strftime (ubuf, sizeof ubuf, ufmt, tp);
+            if (len != 0)
+              cpy (len - 1, ubuf + 1);
+          }
+          break;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('C'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+              struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+              if (era)
+                {
+# ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+                  size_t len = __wcslen (era->era_wname);
+                  cpy (len, era->era_wname);
+# else
+                  size_t len = strlen (era->era_name);
+                  cpy (len, era->era_name);
+# endif
+                  break;
+                }
+#else
+              goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+            }
+
+          {
+            bool negative_year = tp->tm_year < - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+            bool zero_thru_1899 = !negative_year & (tp->tm_year < 0);
+            int century = ((tp->tm_year - 99 * zero_thru_1899) / 100
+                           + TM_YEAR_BASE / 100);
+            DO_YEARISH (2, negative_year, century);
+          }
+
+        case L_('x'):
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (! (modifier == L_('E')
+                 && (*(subfmt =
+                       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_D_FMT)))
+                     != L_('\0'))))
+            subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_FMT));
+          goto subformat;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+        case L_('D'):
+          if (modifier != 0)
+            goto bad_format;
+          subfmt = L_("%m/%d/%y");
+          goto subformat;
+
+        case L_('d'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_mday);
+
+        case L_('e'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, tp->tm_mday);
+
+          /* All numeric formats set DIGITS and NUMBER_VALUE (or U_NUMBER_VALUE)
+             and then jump to one of these labels.  */
+
+        do_tz_offset:
+          always_output_a_sign = true;
+          goto do_number_body;
+
+        do_yearish:
+          if (pad == 0)
+            pad = yr_spec;
+          always_output_a_sign
+            = (pad == L_('+')
+               && ((digits == 2 ? 99 : 9999) < u_number_value
+                   || digits < width));
+          goto do_maybe_signed_number;
+
+        do_number_spacepad:
+          if (pad == 0)
+            pad = L_('_');
+
+        do_number:
+          /* Format NUMBER_VALUE according to the MODIFIER flag.  */
+          negative_number = number_value < 0;
+          u_number_value = number_value;
+
+        do_signed_number:
+          always_output_a_sign = false;
+
+        do_maybe_signed_number:
+          tz_colon_mask = 0;
+
+        do_number_body:
+          /* Format U_NUMBER_VALUE according to the MODIFIER flag.
+             NEGATIVE_NUMBER is nonzero if the original number was
+             negative; in this case it was converted directly to
+             unsigned int (i.e., modulo (UINT_MAX + 1)) without
+             negating it.  */
+          if (modifier == L_('O') && !negative_number)
+            {
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+              /* Get the locale specific alternate representation of
+                 the number.  If none exist NULL is returned.  */
+              const CHAR_T *cp = nl_get_alt_digit (u_number_value
+                                                   HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+
+              if (cp != NULL)
+                {
+                  size_t digitlen = STRLEN (cp);
+                  if (digitlen != 0)
+                    {
+                      cpy (digitlen, cp);
+                      break;
+                    }
+                }
+#else
+              goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+            }
+
+          bufp = buf + sizeof (buf) / sizeof (buf[0]);
+
+          if (negative_number)
+            u_number_value = - u_number_value;
+
+          do
+            {
+              if (tz_colon_mask & 1)
+                *--bufp = ':';
+              tz_colon_mask >>= 1;
+              *--bufp = u_number_value % 10 + L_('0');
+              u_number_value /= 10;
+            }
+          while (u_number_value != 0 || tz_colon_mask != 0);
+
+        do_number_sign_and_padding:
+          if (pad == 0)
+            pad = L_('0');
+          if (width < 0)
+            width = digits;
+
+          {
+            CHAR_T sign_char = (negative_number ? L_('-')
+                                : always_output_a_sign ? L_('+')
+                                : 0);
+            int numlen = buf + sizeof buf / sizeof buf[0] - bufp;
+            int shortage = width - !!sign_char - numlen;
+            int padding = pad == L_('-') || shortage <= 0 ? 0 : shortage;
+
+            if (sign_char)
+              {
+                if (pad == L_('_'))
+                  {
+                    if (p)
+                      memset_space (p, padding);
+                    i += padding;
+                    width -= padding;
+                  }
+                width_add1 (0, sign_char);
+                width--;
+              }
+
+            cpy (numlen, bufp);
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case L_('F'):
+          if (modifier != 0)
+            goto bad_format;
+          if (pad == 0 && width < 0)
+            {
+              pad = L_('+');
+              subwidth = 4;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              subwidth = width - 6;
+              if (subwidth < 0)
+                subwidth = 0;
+            }
+          subfmt = L_("%Y-%m-%d");
+          goto subformat_width;
+
+        case L_('H'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_hour);
+
+        case L_('I'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, hour12);
+
+        case L_('k'):           /* GNU extension.  */
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, tp->tm_hour);
+
+        case L_('l'):           /* GNU extension.  */
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, hour12);
+
+        case L_('j'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_SIGNED_NUMBER (3, tp->tm_yday < -1, tp->tm_yday + 1U);
+
+        case L_('M'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_min);
+
+        case L_('m'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_SIGNED_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_mon < -1, tp->tm_mon + 1U);
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+        case L_('N'):           /* GNU extension.  */
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+          {
+            int n = ns, ns_digits = 9;
+            if (width <= 0)
+              width = ns_digits;
+            int ndigs = ns_digits;
+            while (width < ndigs || (1 < ndigs && n % 10 == 0))
+              ndigs--, n /= 10;
+            for (int j = ndigs; 0 < j; j--)
+              buf[j - 1] = n % 10 + L_('0'), n /= 10;
+            if (!pad)
+              pad = L_('0');
+            width_cpy (0, ndigs, buf);
+            width_add (width - ndigs, 0, (void) 0);
+          }
+          break;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('n'):
+          add1 (L_('\n'));
+          break;
+
+        case L_('P'):
+          to_lowcase = true;
+#ifndef _NL_CURRENT
+          format_char = L_('p');
+#endif
+          FALLTHROUGH;
+        case L_('p'):
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = false;
+              to_lowcase = true;
+            }
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          cpy (ap_len, ampm);
+          break;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('q'):           /* GNU extension.  */
+          DO_SIGNED_NUMBER (1, false, ((tp->tm_mon * 11) >> 5) + 1);
+
+        case L_('R'):
+          subfmt = L_("%H:%M");
+          goto subformat;
+
+        case L_('r'):
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (*(subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+                                                       NLW(T_FMT_AMPM)))
+              == L_('\0'))
+            subfmt = L_("%I:%M:%S %p");
+          goto subformat;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+        case L_('S'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_sec);
+
+        case L_('s'):           /* GNU extension.  */
+          {
+            struct tm ltm;
+            time_t t;
+
+            ltm = *tp;
+            ltm.tm_yday = -1;
+            t = mktime_z (tz, &ltm);
+            if (ltm.tm_yday < 0)
+              {
+                errno = EOVERFLOW;
+                return 0;
+              }
+
+            /* Generate string value for T using time_t arithmetic;
+               this works even if sizeof (long) < sizeof (time_t).  */
+
+            bufp = buf + sizeof (buf) / sizeof (buf[0]);
+            negative_number = t < 0;
+
+            do
+              {
+                int d = t % 10;
+                t /= 10;
+                *--bufp = (negative_number ? -d : d) + L_('0');
+              }
+            while (t != 0);
+
+            digits = 1;
+            always_output_a_sign = false;
+            goto do_number_sign_and_padding;
+          }
+
+        case L_('X'):
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+          if (! (modifier == L_('E')
+                 && (*(subfmt =
+                       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_T_FMT)))
+                     != L_('\0'))))
+            subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(T_FMT));
+          goto subformat;
+#else
+          goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+        case L_('T'):
+          subfmt = L_("%H:%M:%S");
+          goto subformat;
+
+        case L_('t'):
+          add1 (L_('\t'));
+          break;
+
+        case L_('u'):
+          DO_NUMBER (1, (tp->tm_wday - 1 + 7) % 7 + 1);
+
+        case L_('U'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_yday - tp->tm_wday + 7) / 7);
+
+        case L_('V'):
+        case L_('g'):
+        case L_('G'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+          {
+            /* YEAR is a leap year if and only if (tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE)
+               is a leap year, except that YEAR and YEAR - 1 both work
+               correctly even when (tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE) would
+               overflow.  */
+            int year = (tp->tm_year
+                        + (tp->tm_year < 0
+                           ? TM_YEAR_BASE % 400
+                           : TM_YEAR_BASE % 400 - 400));
+            int year_adjust = 0;
+            int days = iso_week_days (tp->tm_yday, tp->tm_wday);
+
+            if (days < 0)
+              {
+                /* This ISO week belongs to the previous year.  */
+                year_adjust = -1;
+                days = iso_week_days (tp->tm_yday + (365 + __isleap (year - 1)),
+                                      tp->tm_wday);
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                int d = iso_week_days (tp->tm_yday - (365 + __isleap (year)),
+                                       tp->tm_wday);
+                if (0 <= d)
+                  {
+                    /* This ISO week belongs to the next year.  */
+                    year_adjust = 1;
+                    days = d;
+                  }
+              }
+
+            switch (*f)
+              {
+              case L_('g'):
+                {
+                  int yy = (tp->tm_year % 100 + year_adjust) % 100;
+                  DO_YEARISH (2, false,
+                              (0 <= yy
+                               ? yy
+                               : tp->tm_year < -TM_YEAR_BASE - year_adjust
+                               ? -yy
+                               : yy + 100));
+                }
+
+              case L_('G'):
+                DO_YEARISH (4, tp->tm_year < -TM_YEAR_BASE - year_adjust,
+                            (tp->tm_year + (unsigned int) TM_YEAR_BASE
+                             + year_adjust));
+
+              default:
+                DO_NUMBER (2, days / 7 + 1);
+              }
+          }
+
+        case L_('W'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_yday - (tp->tm_wday - 1 + 7) % 7 + 7) / 7);
+
+        case L_('w'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_NUMBER (1, tp->tm_wday);
+
+        case L_('Y'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+              struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+              if (era)
+                {
+# ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+                  subfmt = era->era_wformat;
+# else
+                  subfmt = era->era_format;
+# endif
+                  if (pad == 0)
+                    pad = yr_spec;
+                  goto subformat;
+                }
+#else
+              goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+            }
+          if (modifier == L_('O'))
+            goto bad_format;
+
+          DO_YEARISH (4, tp->tm_year < -TM_YEAR_BASE,
+                      tp->tm_year + (unsigned int) TM_YEAR_BASE);
+
+        case L_('y'):
+          if (modifier == L_('E'))
+            {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+              struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+              if (era)
+                {
+                  int delta = tp->tm_year - era->start_date[0];
+                  if (pad == 0)
+                    pad = yr_spec;
+                  DO_NUMBER (2, (era->offset
+                                 + delta * era->absolute_direction));
+                }
+#else
+              goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+            }
+
+          {
+            int yy = tp->tm_year % 100;
+            if (yy < 0)
+              yy = tp->tm_year < - TM_YEAR_BASE ? -yy : yy + 100;
+            DO_YEARISH (2, false, yy);
+          }
+
+        case L_('Z'):
+          if (change_case)
+            {
+              to_uppcase = false;
+              to_lowcase = true;
+            }
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+          {
+            /* The zone string is always given in multibyte form.  We have
+               to transform it first.  */
+            wchar_t *wczone;
+            size_t len;
+            widen (zone, wczone, len);
+            cpy (len, wczone);
+          }
+#else
+          cpy (strlen (zone), zone);
+#endif
+          break;
+
+        case L_(':'):
+          /* :, ::, and ::: are valid only just before 'z'.
+             :::: etc. are rejected later.  */
+          for (colons = 1; f[colons] == L_(':'); colons++)
+            continue;
+          if (f[colons] != L_('z'))
+            goto bad_format;
+          f += colons;
+          goto do_z_conversion;
+
+        case L_('z'):
+          colons = 0;
+
+        do_z_conversion:
+          if (tp->tm_isdst < 0)
+            break;
+
+          {
+            int diff;
+            int hour_diff;
+            int min_diff;
+            int sec_diff;
+#if HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+            diff = tp->tm_gmtoff;
+#else
+            if (!tz)
+              diff = 0;
+            else
+              {
+                struct tm gtm;
+                struct tm ltm;
+                time_t lt;
+
+                /* POSIX.1 requires that local time zone information be used as
+                   though strftime called tzset.  */
+# ifndef my_strftime
+                if (!*tzset_called)
+                  {
+                    tzset ();
+                    *tzset_called = true;
+                  }
+# endif
+
+                ltm = *tp;
+                ltm.tm_wday = -1;
+                lt = mktime_z (tz, &ltm);
+                if (ltm.tm_wday < 0 || ! localtime_rz (0, &lt, &gtm))
+                  break;
+                diff = tm_diff (&ltm, &gtm);
+              }
+#endif
+
+            negative_number = diff < 0 || (diff == 0 && *zone == '-');
+            hour_diff = diff / 60 / 60;
+            min_diff = diff / 60 % 60;
+            sec_diff = diff % 60;
+
+            switch (colons)
+              {
+              case 0: /* +hhmm */
+                DO_TZ_OFFSET (5, 0, hour_diff * 100 + min_diff);
+
+              case 1: tz_hh_mm: /* +hh:mm */
+                DO_TZ_OFFSET (6, 04, hour_diff * 100 + min_diff);
+
+              case 2: tz_hh_mm_ss: /* +hh:mm:ss */
+                DO_TZ_OFFSET (9, 024,
+                              hour_diff * 10000 + min_diff * 100 + sec_diff);
+
+              case 3: /* +hh if possible, else +hh:mm, else +hh:mm:ss */
+                if (sec_diff != 0)
+                  goto tz_hh_mm_ss;
+                if (min_diff != 0)
+                  goto tz_hh_mm;
+                DO_TZ_OFFSET (3, 0, hour_diff);
+
+              default:
+                goto bad_format;
+              }
+          }
+
+        case L_('\0'):          /* GNU extension: % at end of format.  */
+        bad_percent:
+            --f;
+            FALLTHROUGH;
+        default:
+          /* Unknown format; output the format, including the '%',
+             since this is most likely the right thing to do if a
+             multibyte string has been misparsed.  */
+        bad_format:
+          cpy (f - percent + 1, percent);
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+#if ! FPRINTFTIME
+  if (p && maxsize != 0)
+    *p = L_('\0');
+#endif
+
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return i;
+}
diff --git a/lib/obstack.c b/lib/obstack.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cf6045
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/obstack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
+   Copyright (C) 1988-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <obstack.h>
+#else
+# include <config.h>
+# include "obstack.h"
+#endif
+
+/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION in
+   obstack.h must be incremented whenever callers compiled using an old
+   obstack.h can no longer properly call the functions in this file.  */
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library
+   supports the same library interface we do.  This code is part of the GNU
+   C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand 'configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object
+   files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if (_GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION	      \
+      || (_GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == 1				      \
+          && _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == 2				      \
+          && defined SIZEOF_INT && defined SIZEOF_SIZE_T		      \
+          && SIZEOF_INT == SIZEOF_SIZE_T))
+#  define _OBSTACK_ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _OBSTACK_ELIDE_CODE
+/* If GCC, or if an oddball (testing?) host that #defines __alignof__,
+   use the already-supplied __alignof__.  Otherwise, this must be Gnulib
+   (as glibc assumes GCC); defer to Gnulib's alignof_type.  */
+# if !defined __GNUC__ && !defined __alignof__
+#  include <alignof.h>
+#  define __alignof__(type) alignof_type (type)
+# endif
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+# ifndef MAX
+#  define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+# endif
+
+/* Determine default alignment.  */
+
+/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
+   But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
+   DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.
+
+   DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT cannot be an enum constant; see gnulib's alignof.h.  */
+#define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT MAX (__alignof__ (long double),		      \
+                               MAX (__alignof__ (uintmax_t),		      \
+                                    __alignof__ (void *)))
+#define DEFAULT_ROUNDING MAX (sizeof (long double),			      \
+                               MAX (sizeof (uintmax_t),			      \
+                                    sizeof (void *)))
+
+/* Call functions with either the traditional malloc/free calling
+   interface, or the mmalloc/mfree interface (that adds an extra first
+   argument), based on the value of use_extra_arg.  */
+
+static void *
+call_chunkfun (struct obstack *h, size_t size)
+{
+  if (h->use_extra_arg)
+    return h->chunkfun.extra (h->extra_arg, size);
+  else
+    return h->chunkfun.plain (size);
+}
+
+static void
+call_freefun (struct obstack *h, void *old_chunk)
+{
+  if (h->use_extra_arg)
+    h->freefun.extra (h->extra_arg, old_chunk);
+  else
+    h->freefun.plain (old_chunk);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
+   Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default).
+
+   Return nonzero if successful, calls obstack_alloc_failed_handler if
+   allocation fails.  */
+
+static int
+_obstack_begin_worker (struct obstack *h,
+                       _OBSTACK_SIZE_T size, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T alignment)
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+         Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+         the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+         and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+         allocated.
+
+         These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+         less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+                    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+                   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = call_chunkfun (h, h->chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) chunk, chunk->contents,
+                                               alignment - 1);
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_begin (struct obstack *h,
+                _OBSTACK_SIZE_T size, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T alignment,
+                void *(*chunkfun) (size_t),
+                void (*freefun) (void *))
+{
+  h->chunkfun.plain = chunkfun;
+  h->freefun.plain = freefun;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 0;
+  return _obstack_begin_worker (h, size, alignment);
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *h,
+                  _OBSTACK_SIZE_T size, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T alignment,
+                  void *(*chunkfun) (void *, size_t),
+                  void (*freefun) (void *, void *),
+                  void *arg)
+{
+  h->chunkfun.extra = chunkfun;
+  h->freefun.extra = freefun;
+  h->extra_arg = arg;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 1;
+  return _obstack_begin_worker (h, size, alignment);
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H
+   on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added
+   to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated.
+   Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk
+   to the beginning of the new one.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *h, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T length)
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk;
+  struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk = 0;
+  size_t obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
+  char *object_base;
+
+  /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
+  size_t sum1 = obj_size + length;
+  size_t sum2 = sum1 + h->alignment_mask;
+  size_t new_size = sum2 + (obj_size >> 3) + 100;
+  if (new_size < sum2)
+    new_size = sum2;
+  if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
+    new_size = h->chunk_size;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
+  if (obj_size <= sum1 && sum1 <= sum2)
+    new_chunk = call_chunkfun (h, new_size);
+  if (!new_chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler)();
+  h->chunk = new_chunk;
+  new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
+  new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
+
+  /* Compute an aligned object_base in the new chunk */
+  object_base =
+    __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) new_chunk, new_chunk->contents, h->alignment_mask);
+
+  /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.  */
+  memcpy (object_base, h->object_base, obj_size);
+
+  /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
+     free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
+     But not if that chunk might contain an empty object.  */
+  if (!h->maybe_empty_object
+      && (h->object_base
+          == __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) old_chunk, old_chunk->contents,
+                          h->alignment_mask)))
+    {
+      new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev;
+      call_freefun (h, old_chunk);
+    }
+
+  h->object_base = object_base;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
+  /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H.
+   This is here for debugging.
+   If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */
+
+/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
+   obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
+int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, void *obj) __attribute_pure__;
+
+int
+_obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, void *obj)
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk *lp;    /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *plp;   /* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = (h)->chunk;
+  /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
+     the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
+     at the end of an adjacent chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((void *) lp >= obj || (void *) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      lp = plp;
+    }
+  return lp != 0;
+}
+
+/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate
+   more recently than OBJ.  If OBJ is zero, free everything in H.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_free (struct obstack *h, void *obj)
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk *lp;    /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *plp;   /* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((void *) lp >= obj || (void *) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      call_freefun (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+         chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+_OBSTACK_SIZE_T
+_obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *h)
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk *lp;
+  _OBSTACK_SIZE_T nbytes = 0;
+
+  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
+    {
+      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
+    }
+  return nbytes;
+}
+
+# ifndef _OBSTACK_NO_ERROR_HANDLER
+/* Define the error handler.  */
+#  include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Exit value used when 'print_and_abort' is used.  */
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+#  else
+#   include "exitfail.h"
+#   define obstack_exit_failure exit_failure
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+#   include <libintl.h>
+#  else
+#   include "gettext.h"
+#  endif
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+#   include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  endif
+
+static __attribute_noreturn__ void
+print_and_abort (void)
+{
+  /* Don't change any of these strings.  Yes, it would be possible to add
+     the newline to the string and use fputs or so.  But this must not
+     happen because the "memory exhausted" message appears in other places
+     like this and the translation should be reused instead of creating
+     a very similar string which requires a separate translation.  */
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  (void) __fxprintf (NULL, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
+#  else
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
+#  endif
+  exit (obstack_exit_failure);
+}
+
+/* The functions allocating more room by calling 'obstack_chunk_alloc'
+   jump to the handler pointed to by 'obstack_alloc_failed_handler'.
+   This can be set to a user defined function which should either
+   abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't return.  This
+   variable by default points to the internal function
+   'print_and_abort'.  */
+__attribute_noreturn__ void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void)
+  = print_and_abort;
+# endif /* !_OBSTACK_NO_ERROR_HANDLER */
+#endif /* !_OBSTACK_ELIDE_CODE */
diff --git a/lib/obstack.h b/lib/obstack.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de16ac9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/obstack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
+/* obstack.h - object stack macros
+   Copyright (C) 1988-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Summary:
+
+   All the apparent functions defined here are macros. The idea
+   is that you would use these pre-tested macros to solve a
+   very specific set of problems, and they would run fast.
+   Caution: no side-effects in arguments please!! They may be
+   evaluated MANY times!!
+
+   These macros operate a stack of objects.  Each object starts life
+   small, and may grow to maturity.  (Consider building a word syllable
+   by syllable.)  An object can move while it is growing.  Once it has
+   been "finished" it never changes address again.  So the "top of the
+   stack" is typically an immature growing object, while the rest of the
+   stack is of mature, fixed size and fixed address objects.
+
+   These routines grab large chunks of memory, using a function you
+   supply, called 'obstack_chunk_alloc'.  On occasion, they free chunks,
+   by calling 'obstack_chunk_free'.  You must define them and declare
+   them before using any obstack macros.
+
+   Each independent stack is represented by a 'struct obstack'.
+   Each of the obstack macros expects a pointer to such a structure
+   as the first argument.
+
+   One motivation for this package is the problem of growing char strings
+   in symbol tables.  Unless you are "fascist pig with a read-only mind"
+   --Gosper's immortal quote from HAKMEM item 154, out of context--you
+   would not like to put any arbitrary upper limit on the length of your
+   symbols.
+
+   In practice this often means you will build many short symbols and a
+   few long symbols.  At the time you are reading a symbol you don't know
+   how long it is.  One traditional method is to read a symbol into a
+   buffer, realloc()ating the buffer every time you try to read a symbol
+   that is longer than the buffer.  This is beaut, but you still will
+   want to copy the symbol from the buffer to a more permanent
+   symbol-table entry say about half the time.
+
+   With obstacks, you can work differently.  Use one obstack for all symbol
+   names.  As you read a symbol, grow the name in the obstack gradually.
+   When the name is complete, finalize it.  Then, if the symbol exists already,
+   free the newly read name.
+
+   The way we do this is to take a large chunk, allocating memory from
+   low addresses.  When you want to build a symbol in the chunk you just
+   add chars above the current "high water mark" in the chunk.  When you
+   have finished adding chars, because you got to the end of the symbol,
+   you know how long the chars are, and you can create a new object.
+   Mostly the chars will not burst over the highest address of the chunk,
+   because you would typically expect a chunk to be (say) 100 times as
+   long as an average object.
+
+   In case that isn't clear, when we have enough chars to make up
+   the object, THEY ARE ALREADY CONTIGUOUS IN THE CHUNK (guaranteed)
+   so we just point to it where it lies.  No moving of chars is
+   needed and this is the second win: potentially long strings need
+   never be explicitly shuffled. Once an object is formed, it does not
+   change its address during its lifetime.
+
+   When the chars burst over a chunk boundary, we allocate a larger
+   chunk, and then copy the partly formed object from the end of the old
+   chunk to the beginning of the new larger chunk.  We then carry on
+   accreting characters to the end of the object as we normally would.
+
+   A special macro is provided to add a single char at a time to a
+   growing object.  This allows the use of register variables, which
+   break the ordinary 'growth' macro.
+
+   Summary:
+        We allocate large chunks.
+        We carve out one object at a time from the current chunk.
+        Once carved, an object never moves.
+        We are free to append data of any size to the currently
+          growing object.
+        Exactly one object is growing in an obstack at any one time.
+        You can run one obstack per control block.
+        You may have as many control blocks as you dare.
+        Because of the way we do it, you can "unwind" an obstack
+          back to a previous state. (You may remove objects much
+          as you would with a stack.)
+ */
+
+
+/* Don't do the contents of this file more than once.  */
+
+#ifndef _OBSTACK_H
+#define _OBSTACK_H 1
+
+#ifndef _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
+# define _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>             /* For size_t and ptrdiff_t.  */
+#include <string.h>             /* For __GNU_LIBRARY__, and memcpy.  */
+
+#if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L || defined __HP_cc
+# define __FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER 1
+#else
+# define __FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
+#endif
+
+#if _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == 1
+/* For binary compatibility with obstack version 1, which used "int"
+   and "long" for these two types.  */
+# define _OBSTACK_SIZE_T unsigned int
+# define _CHUNK_SIZE_T unsigned long
+# define _OBSTACK_CAST(type, expr) ((type) (expr))
+#else
+/* Version 2 with sane types, especially for 64-bit hosts.  */
+# define _OBSTACK_SIZE_T size_t
+# define _CHUNK_SIZE_T size_t
+# define _OBSTACK_CAST(type, expr) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* If B is the base of an object addressed by P, return the result of
+   aligning P to the next multiple of A + 1.  B and P must be of type
+   char *.  A + 1 must be a power of 2.  */
+
+#define __BPTR_ALIGN(B, P, A) ((B) + (((P) - (B) + (A)) & ~(A)))
+
+/* Similar to __BPTR_ALIGN (B, P, A), except optimize the common case
+   where pointers can be converted to integers, aligned as integers,
+   and converted back again.  If ptrdiff_t is narrower than a
+   pointer (e.g., the AS/400), play it safe and compute the alignment
+   relative to B.  Otherwise, use the faster strategy of computing the
+   alignment relative to 0.  */
+
+#define __PTR_ALIGN(B, P, A)						      \
+  __BPTR_ALIGN (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) < sizeof (void *) ? (B) : (char *) 0,      \
+                P, A)
+
+#ifndef __attribute_pure__
+# define __attribute_pure__ _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+#endif
+
+/* Not the same as _Noreturn, since it also works with function pointers.  */
+#ifndef __attribute_noreturn__
+# if 2 < __GNUC__ + (8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || defined __clang__ || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
+#  define __attribute_noreturn__ __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# else
+#  define __attribute_noreturn__
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct _obstack_chunk           /* Lives at front of each chunk. */
+{
+  char *limit;                  /* 1 past end of this chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *prev;  /* address of prior chunk or NULL */
+  char contents[__FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; /* objects begin here */
+};
+
+struct obstack          /* control current object in current chunk */
+{
+  _CHUNK_SIZE_T chunk_size;     /* preferred size to allocate chunks in */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
+  char *object_base;            /* address of object we are building */
+  char *next_free;              /* where to add next char to current object */
+  char *chunk_limit;            /* address of char after current chunk */
+  union
+  {
+    _OBSTACK_SIZE_T i;
+    void *p;
+  } temp;                       /* Temporary for some macros.  */
+  _OBSTACK_SIZE_T alignment_mask;  /* Mask of alignment for each object. */
+
+  /* These prototypes vary based on 'use_extra_arg'.  */
+  union
+  {
+    void *(*plain) (size_t);
+    void *(*extra) (void *, size_t);
+  } chunkfun;
+  union
+  {
+    void (*plain) (void *);
+    void (*extra) (void *, void *);
+  } freefun;
+
+  void *extra_arg;              /* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+  unsigned use_extra_arg : 1;     /* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */
+  unsigned maybe_empty_object : 1; /* There is a possibility that the current
+                                      chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
+                                      prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate
+                                      a bigger chunk to replace it. */
+  unsigned alloc_failed : 1;      /* No longer used, as we now call the failed
+                                     handler on error, but retained for binary
+                                     compatibility.  */
+};
+
+/* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */
+
+extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T);
+extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *);
+extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *,
+                           _OBSTACK_SIZE_T, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T,
+                           void *(*) (size_t), void (*) (void *));
+extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *,
+                             _OBSTACK_SIZE_T, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T,
+                             void *(*) (void *, size_t),
+                             void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
+extern _OBSTACK_SIZE_T _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *)
+  __attribute_pure__;
+
+
+/* Error handler called when 'obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate
+   more memory.  This can be set to a user defined function which
+   should either abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't
+   return.  The default action is to print a message and abort.  */
+extern __attribute_noreturn__ void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void);
+
+/* Exit value used when 'print_and_abort' is used.  */
+extern int obstack_exit_failure;
+
+/* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next.
+   Note that this might not be the final address of the object
+   because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size.  */
+
+#define obstack_base(h) ((void *) (h)->object_base)
+
+/* Size for allocating ordinary chunks.  */
+
+#define obstack_chunk_size(h) ((h)->chunk_size)
+
+/* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk.  */
+
+#define obstack_next_free(h) ((void *) (h)->next_free)
+
+/* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object.  */
+
+#define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask)
+
+/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list.  */
+#define obstack_init(h)							      \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,						      \
+                  _OBSTACK_CAST (void *(*) (size_t), obstack_chunk_alloc),    \
+                  _OBSTACK_CAST (void (*) (void *), obstack_chunk_free))
+
+#define obstack_begin(h, size)						      \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,					      \
+                  _OBSTACK_CAST (void *(*) (size_t), obstack_chunk_alloc), \
+                  _OBSTACK_CAST (void (*) (void *), obstack_chunk_free))
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)     \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				      \
+                  _OBSTACK_CAST (void *(*) (size_t), chunkfun),		      \
+                  _OBSTACK_CAST (void (*) (void *), freefun))
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				      \
+                    _OBSTACK_CAST (void *(*) (void *, size_t), chunkfun),     \
+                    _OBSTACK_CAST (void (*) (void *, void *), freefun), arg)
+
+#define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun)				      \
+  ((void) ((h)->chunkfun.extra = (void *(*) (void *, size_t)) (newchunkfun)))
+
+#define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun)					      \
+  ((void) ((h)->freefun.extra = (void *(*) (void *, void *)) (newfreefun)))
+
+#define obstack_1grow_fast(h, achar) ((void) (*((h)->next_free)++ = (achar)))
+
+#define obstack_blank_fast(h, n) ((void) ((h)->next_free += (n)))
+
+#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+# if !(defined __GNUC_MINOR__ && __GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 2008 \
+       || defined __clang__)
+#  define __extension__
+# endif
+
+/* For GNU C, if not -traditional,
+   we can define these macros to compute all args only once
+   without using a global variable.
+   Also, we can avoid using the 'temp' slot, to make faster code.  */
+
+# define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK)					      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack const *__o = (OBSTACK);				      \
+       (_OBSTACK_SIZE_T) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); })
+
+/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a shadowed variable
+   warning when invoked from other obstack macros.  */
+# define obstack_room(OBSTACK)						      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack const *__o1 = (OBSTACK);				      \
+       (_OBSTACK_SIZE_T) (__o1->chunk_limit - __o1->next_free); })
+
+# define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK, length)				      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       _OBSTACK_SIZE_T __len = (length);				      \
+       if (obstack_room (__o) < __len)					      \
+         _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);				      \
+       (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK)					      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack const *__o = (OBSTACK);				      \
+       (__o->chunk->prev == 0						      \
+        && __o->next_free == __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) __o->chunk,		      \
+                                          __o->chunk->contents,		      \
+                                          __o->alignment_mask)); })
+
+# define obstack_grow(OBSTACK, where, length)				      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       _OBSTACK_SIZE_T __len = (length);				      \
+       if (obstack_room (__o) < __len)					      \
+         _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);				      \
+       memcpy (__o->next_free, where, __len);				      \
+       __o->next_free += __len;						      \
+       (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK, where, length)				      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       _OBSTACK_SIZE_T __len = (length);				      \
+       if (obstack_room (__o) < __len + 1)				      \
+         _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				      \
+       memcpy (__o->next_free, where, __len);				      \
+       __o->next_free += __len;						      \
+       *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						      \
+       (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK, datum)					      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       if (obstack_room (__o) < 1)					      \
+         _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1);					      \
+       obstack_1grow_fast (__o, datum); })
+
+/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers
+   or ints, and that the data added so far to the current object
+   shares that much alignment.  */
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK, datum)				      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       if (obstack_room (__o) < sizeof (void *))			      \
+         _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));			      \
+       obstack_ptr_grow_fast (__o, datum); })
+
+# define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK, datum)				      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       if (obstack_room (__o) < sizeof (int))				      \
+         _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				      \
+       obstack_int_grow_fast (__o, datum); })
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(OBSTACK, aptr)				      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);				      \
+       void *__p1 = __o1->next_free;					      \
+       *(const void **) __p1 = (aptr);					      \
+       __o1->next_free += sizeof (const void *);			      \
+       (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(OBSTACK, aint)				      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);				      \
+       void *__p1 = __o1->next_free;					      \
+       *(int *) __p1 = (aint);						      \
+       __o1->next_free += sizeof (int);					      \
+       (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_blank(OBSTACK, length)					      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       _OBSTACK_SIZE_T __len = (length);				      \
+       if (obstack_room (__o) < __len)					      \
+         _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);				      \
+       obstack_blank_fast (__o, __len); })
+
+# define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK, length)					      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       obstack_blank (__h, (length));					      \
+       obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+# define obstack_copy(OBSTACK, where, length)				      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       obstack_grow (__h, (where), (length));				      \
+       obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+# define obstack_copy0(OBSTACK, where, length)				      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       obstack_grow0 (__h, (where), (length));				      \
+       obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a shadowed variable
+   warning when invoked from other obstack macros, typically obstack_free.  */
+# define obstack_finish(OBSTACK)					      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);				      \
+       void *__value = (void *) __o1->object_base;			      \
+       if (__o1->next_free == __value)					      \
+         __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					      \
+       __o1->next_free							      \
+         = __PTR_ALIGN (__o1->object_base, __o1->next_free,		      \
+                        __o1->alignment_mask);				      \
+       if ((size_t) (__o1->next_free - (char *) __o1->chunk)		      \
+           > (size_t) (__o1->chunk_limit - (char *) __o1->chunk))	      \
+         __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				      \
+       __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;				      \
+       __value; })
+
+# define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ)					      \
+  __extension__								      \
+    ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					      \
+       void *__obj = (void *) (OBJ);					      \
+       if (__obj > (void *) __o->chunk && __obj < (void *) __o->chunk_limit)  \
+         __o->next_free = __o->object_base = (char *) __obj;		      \
+       else								      \
+         _obstack_free (__o, __obj); })
+
+#else /* not __GNUC__ */
+
+# define obstack_object_size(h)						      \
+  ((_OBSTACK_SIZE_T) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base))
+
+# define obstack_room(h)						      \
+  ((_OBSTACK_SIZE_T) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free))
+
+# define obstack_empty_p(h)						      \
+  ((h)->chunk->prev == 0						      \
+   && (h)->next_free == __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) (h)->chunk,		      \
+                                     (h)->chunk->contents,		      \
+                                     (h)->alignment_mask))
+
+/* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0)
+   so that we can avoid having void expressions
+   in the arms of the conditional expression.
+   Casting the third operand to void was tried before,
+   but some compilers won't accept it.  */
+
+# define obstack_make_room(h, length)					      \
+  ((h)->temp.i = (length),						      \
+   ((obstack_room (h) < (h)->temp.i)					      \
+    ? (_obstack_newchunk (h, (h)->temp.i), 0) : 0),			      \
+   (void) 0)
+
+# define obstack_grow(h, where, length)					      \
+  ((h)->temp.i = (length),						      \
+   ((obstack_room (h) < (h)->temp.i)					      \
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp.i), 0) : 0),			      \
+   memcpy ((h)->next_free, where, (h)->temp.i),				      \
+   (h)->next_free += (h)->temp.i,					      \
+   (void) 0)
+
+# define obstack_grow0(h, where, length)				      \
+  ((h)->temp.i = (length),						      \
+   ((obstack_room (h) < (h)->temp.i + 1)				      \
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp.i + 1), 0) : 0),		      \
+   memcpy ((h)->next_free, where, (h)->temp.i),				      \
+   (h)->next_free += (h)->temp.i,					      \
+   *((h)->next_free)++ = 0,						      \
+   (void) 0)
+
+# define obstack_1grow(h, datum)					      \
+  (((obstack_room (h) < 1)						      \
+    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0),				      \
+   obstack_1grow_fast (h, datum))
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow(h, datum)					      \
+  (((obstack_room (h) < sizeof (char *))				      \
+    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		      \
+   obstack_ptr_grow_fast (h, datum))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow(h, datum)					      \
+  (((obstack_room (h) < sizeof (int))					      \
+    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			      \
+   obstack_int_grow_fast (h, datum))
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h, aptr)					      \
+  (((const void **) ((h)->next_free += sizeof (void *)))[-1] = (aptr),	      \
+   (void) 0)
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h, aint)					      \
+  (((int *) ((h)->next_free += sizeof (int)))[-1] = (aint),		      \
+   (void) 0)
+
+# define obstack_blank(h, length)					      \
+  ((h)->temp.i = (length),						      \
+   ((obstack_room (h) < (h)->temp.i)					      \
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp.i), 0) : 0),			      \
+   obstack_blank_fast (h, (h)->temp.i))
+
+# define obstack_alloc(h, length)					      \
+  (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_copy(h, where, length)					      \
+  (obstack_grow ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_copy0(h, where, length)				      \
+  (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_finish(h)						      \
+  (((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					      \
+    ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0)				      \
+    : 0),								      \
+   (h)->temp.p = (h)->object_base,					      \
+   (h)->next_free							      \
+     = __PTR_ALIGN ((h)->object_base, (h)->next_free,			      \
+                    (h)->alignment_mask),				      \
+   (((size_t) ((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk)			      \
+     > (size_t) ((h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk))		      \
+   ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0),				      \
+   (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,					      \
+   (h)->temp.p)
+
+# define obstack_free(h, obj)						      \
+  ((h)->temp.p = (void *) (obj),					      \
+   (((h)->temp.p > (void *) (h)->chunk					      \
+     && (h)->temp.p < (void *) (h)->chunk_limit)			      \
+    ? (void) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base = (char *) (h)->temp.p)       \
+    : _obstack_free ((h), (h)->temp.p)))
+
+#endif /* not __GNUC__ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}       /* C++ */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _OBSTACK_H */
diff --git a/lib/offtostr.c b/lib/offtostr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df11155
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/offtostr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Convert 'off_t' integer to printable string.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define anytostr offtostr
+#define inttype off_t
+#include "anytostr.c"
diff --git a/lib/open-safer.c b/lib/open-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..006de5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/open-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Invoke open, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fcntl-safer.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+int
+open_safer (char const *file, int flags, ...)
+{
+  mode_t mode = 0;
+
+  if (flags & O_CREAT)
+    {
+      va_list ap;
+      va_start (ap, flags);
+
+      /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4
+         creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'.  */
+      mode = va_arg (ap, PROMOTED_MODE_T);
+
+      va_end (ap);
+    }
+
+  return fd_safer (open (file, flags, mode));
+}
diff --git a/lib/open.c b/lib/open.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..170bff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/open.c
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* Open a descriptor to a file.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <fcntl.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <fcntl.h> here, so that orig_open doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_open.  */
+#define __need_system_fcntl_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of open.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#undef __need_system_fcntl_h
+
+static int
+orig_open (const char *filename, int flags, mode_t mode)
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+  return _open (filename, flags, mode);
+#else
+  return open (filename, flags, mode);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+/* Write "fcntl.h" here, not <fcntl.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc eliminates
+   this include because of the preliminary #include <fcntl.h> above.  */
+#include "fcntl.h"
+
+#include "cloexec.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
+# define REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
+int
+open (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+{
+  /* 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC
+  int have_cloexec = -1;
+#else
+  static int have_cloexec;
+#endif
+
+  mode_t mode;
+  int fd;
+
+  mode = 0;
+  if (flags & O_CREAT)
+    {
+      va_list arg;
+      va_start (arg, flags);
+
+      /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4
+         creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'.  */
+      mode = va_arg (arg, PROMOTED_MODE_T);
+
+      va_end (arg);
+    }
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK
+  /* The only known platform that lacks O_NONBLOCK is mingw, but it
+     also lacks named pipes and Unix sockets, which are the only two
+     file types that require non-blocking handling in open().
+     Therefore, it is safe to ignore O_NONBLOCK here.  It is handy
+     that mingw also lacks openat(), so that is also covered here.  */
+  flags &= ~O_NONBLOCK;
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  if (strcmp (filename, "/dev/null") == 0)
+    filename = "NUL";
+#endif
+
+#if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* Fail if one of O_CREAT, O_WRONLY, O_RDWR is specified and the filename
+     ends in a slash, as POSIX says such a filename must name a directory
+     <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_13>:
+       "A pathname that contains at least one non-<slash> character and that
+        ends with one or more trailing <slash> characters shall not be resolved
+        successfully unless the last pathname component before the trailing
+        <slash> characters names an existing directory"
+     If the named file already exists as a directory, then
+       - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail because of the semantics
+         of O_CREAT,
+       - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because POSIX
+         <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/open.html>
+         says that it fails with errno = EISDIR in this case.
+     If the named file does not exist or does not name a directory, then
+       - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail since open() cannot create
+         directories,
+       - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because the
+         file does not contain a '.' directory.  */
+  if ((flags & O_CREAT)
+      || (flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_RDWR
+      || (flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_WRONLY)
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (filename);
+      if (len > 0 && filename[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          errno = EISDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  fd = orig_open (filename,
+                  flags & ~(have_cloexec < 0 ? O_CLOEXEC : 0), mode);
+
+  if (flags & O_CLOEXEC)
+    {
+      if (! have_cloexec)
+        {
+          if (0 <= fd)
+            have_cloexec = 1;
+          else if (errno == EINVAL)
+            {
+              fd = orig_open (filename, flags & ~O_CLOEXEC, mode);
+              have_cloexec = -1;
+            }
+        }
+      if (have_cloexec < 0 && 0 <= fd)
+        set_cloexec_flag (fd, true);
+    }
+
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  /* Implementing fchdir and fdopendir requires the ability to open a
+     directory file descriptor.  If open doesn't support that (as on
+     mingw), we use a dummy file that behaves the same as directories
+     on Linux (ie. always reports EOF on attempts to read()), and
+     override fstat() in fchdir.c to hide the fact that we have a
+     dummy.  */
+  if (REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY && fd < 0 && errno == EACCES
+      && ((flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_RDONLY
+          || (O_SEARCH != O_RDONLY && (flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_SEARCH)))
+    {
+      struct stat statbuf;
+      if (stat (filename, &statbuf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+        {
+          /* Maximum recursion depth of 1.  */
+          fd = open ("/dev/null", flags, mode);
+          if (0 <= fd)
+            fd = _gl_register_fd (fd, filename);
+        }
+      else
+        errno = EACCES;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* If the filename ends in a slash and fd does not refer to a directory,
+     then fail.
+     Rationale: POSIX says such a filename must name a directory
+     <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_13>:
+       "A pathname that contains at least one non-<slash> character and that
+        ends with one or more trailing <slash> characters shall not be resolved
+        successfully unless the last pathname component before the trailing
+        <slash> characters names an existing directory"
+     If the named file without the slash is not a directory, open() must fail
+     with ENOTDIR.  */
+  if (fd >= 0)
+    {
+      /* We know len is positive, since open did not fail with ENOENT.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (filename);
+      if (filename[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          struct stat statbuf;
+
+          if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) >= 0 && !S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+            {
+              close (fd);
+              errno = ENOTDIR;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (!REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY && 0 <= fd)
+    fd = _gl_register_fd (fd, filename);
+#endif
+
+  return fd;
+}
diff --git a/lib/openat-die.c b/lib/openat-die.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..486d06c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/openat-die.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Report a save- or restore-cwd failure in our openat replacement and then exit.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "openat.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef GNULIB_LIBPOSIX
+# include "error.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "exitfail.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+_Noreturn void
+openat_save_fail (int errnum)
+{
+#ifndef GNULIB_LIBPOSIX
+  error (exit_failure, errnum,
+         _("unable to record current working directory"));
+#endif
+  /* _Noreturn cannot be applied to error, since it returns
+     when its first argument is 0.  To help compilers understand that this
+     function does not return, call abort.  Also, the abort is a
+     safety feature if exit_failure is 0 (which shouldn't happen).  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+/* Exit with an error about failure to restore the working directory
+   during an openat emulation.  The caller must ensure that fd 2 is
+   not a just-opened fd, even when openat_safer is not in use.  */
+
+_Noreturn void
+openat_restore_fail (int errnum)
+{
+#ifndef GNULIB_LIBPOSIX
+  error (exit_failure, errnum,
+         _("failed to return to initial working directory"));
+#endif
+
+  /* As above.  */
+  abort ();
+}
diff --git a/lib/openat-priv.h b/lib/openat-priv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d60810
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/openat-priv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Internals for openat-like functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#ifndef _GL_HEADER_OPENAT_PRIV
+#define _GL_HEADER_OPENAT_PRIV
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Maximum number of bytes that it is safe to allocate as a single
+   array on the stack, and that is known as a compile-time constant.
+   The assumption is that we'll touch the array very quickly, or a
+   temporary very near the array, provoking an out-of-memory trap.  On
+   some operating systems, there is only one guard page for the stack,
+   and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  Subtract 64 in the
+   hope that this will let the compiler touch a nearby temporary and
+   provoke a trap.  */
+#define SAFER_ALLOCA_MAX (4096 - 64)
+
+#define SAFER_ALLOCA(m) ((m) < SAFER_ALLOCA_MAX ? (m) : SAFER_ALLOCA_MAX)
+
+#if defined PATH_MAX
+# define OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE SAFER_ALLOCA (PATH_MAX)
+#elif defined _XOPEN_PATH_MAX
+# define OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE SAFER_ALLOCA (_XOPEN_PATH_MAX)
+#else
+# define OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE SAFER_ALLOCA (1024)
+#endif
+
+char *openat_proc_name (char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE], int fd, char const *file);
+
+/* Trying to access a BUILD_PROC_NAME file will fail on systems without
+   /proc support, and even on systems *with* ProcFS support.  Return
+   nonzero if the failure may be legitimate, e.g., because /proc is not
+   readable, or the particular .../fd/N directory is not present.  */
+#define EXPECTED_ERRNO(Errno)                   \
+  ((Errno) == ENOTDIR || (Errno) == ENOENT      \
+   || (Errno) == EPERM || (Errno) == EACCES     \
+   || (Errno) == ENOSYS /* Solaris 8 */         \
+   || (Errno) == EOPNOTSUPP /* FreeBSD */)
+
+/* Wrapper function shared among linkat and renameat.  */
+int at_func2 (int fd1, char const *file1,
+              int fd2, char const *file2,
+              int (*func) (char const *file1, char const *file2));
+
+#endif /* _GL_HEADER_OPENAT_PRIV */
diff --git a/lib/openat-proc.c b/lib/openat-proc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bacf7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/openat-proc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* Create /proc/self/fd-related names for subfiles of open directories.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "openat-priv.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+/* Set BUF to the name of the subfile of the directory identified by
+   FD, where the subfile is named FILE.  If successful, return BUF if
+   the result fits in BUF, dynamically allocated memory otherwise.
+   Return NULL (setting errno) on error.  */
+char *
+openat_proc_name (char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE], int fd, char const *file)
+{
+  char *result = buf;
+  int dirlen;
+
+  /* Make sure the caller gets ENOENT when appropriate.  */
+  if (!*file)
+    {
+      buf[0] = '\0';
+      return buf;
+    }
+
+#ifndef __KLIBC__
+# define PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT "/proc/self/fd/%d/"
+  {
+    enum {
+      PROC_SELF_FD_DIR_SIZE_BOUND
+        = (sizeof PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT - (sizeof "%d" - 1)
+           + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int))
+    };
+
+    static int proc_status = 0;
+    if (! proc_status)
+      {
+        /* Set PROC_STATUS to a positive value if /proc/self/fd is
+           reliable, and a negative value otherwise.  Solaris 10
+           /proc/self/fd mishandles "..", and any file name might expand
+           to ".." after symbolic link expansion, so avoid /proc/self/fd
+           if it mishandles "..".  Solaris 10 has openat, but this
+           problem is exhibited on code that built on Solaris 8 and
+           running on Solaris 10.  */
+
+        int proc_self_fd =
+          open ("/proc/self/fd",
+                O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
+        if (proc_self_fd < 0)
+          proc_status = -1;
+        else
+          {
+            /* Detect whether /proc/self/fd/%i/../fd exists, where %i is the
+               number of a file descriptor open on /proc/self/fd.  On Linux,
+               that name resolves to /proc/self/fd, which was opened above.
+               However, on Solaris, it may resolve to /proc/self/fd/fd, which
+               cannot exist, since all names in /proc/self/fd are numeric.  */
+            char dotdot_buf[PROC_SELF_FD_DIR_SIZE_BOUND + sizeof "../fd" - 1];
+            sprintf (dotdot_buf, PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT "../fd", proc_self_fd);
+            proc_status = access (dotdot_buf, F_OK) ? -1 : 1;
+            close (proc_self_fd);
+          }
+      }
+
+    if (proc_status < 0)
+      return NULL;
+    else
+      {
+        size_t bufsize = PROC_SELF_FD_DIR_SIZE_BOUND + strlen (file);
+        if (OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE < bufsize)
+          {
+            result = malloc (bufsize);
+            if (! result)
+              return NULL;
+          }
+
+        dirlen = sprintf (result, PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT, fd);
+      }
+  }
+#else
+  /* OS/2 kLIBC provides a function to retrieve a path from a fd.  */
+  {
+    char dir[_MAX_PATH];
+    size_t bufsize;
+
+    if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, dir, sizeof dir))
+      return NULL;
+
+    dirlen = strlen (dir);
+    bufsize = dirlen + 1 + strlen (file) + 1; /* 1 for '/', 1 for null */
+    if (OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE < bufsize)
+      {
+        result = malloc (bufsize);
+        if (! result)
+          return NULL;
+      }
+
+    strcpy (result, dir);
+    result[dirlen++] = '/';
+  }
+#endif
+
+  strcpy (result + dirlen, file);
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/openat-safer.c b/lib/openat-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b9a873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/openat-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Invoke openat, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert for open, ported by Eric Blake for openat.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fcntl-safer.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+int
+openat_safer (int fd, char const *file, int flags, ...)
+{
+  mode_t mode = 0;
+
+  if (flags & O_CREAT)
+    {
+      va_list ap;
+      va_start (ap, flags);
+
+      /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4
+         creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'.  */
+      mode = va_arg (ap, PROMOTED_MODE_T);
+
+      va_end (ap);
+    }
+
+  return fd_safer (openat (fd, file, flags, mode));
+}
diff --git a/lib/openat.c b/lib/openat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52aab19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/openat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/* provide a replacement openat function
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <fcntl.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <fcntl.h> here, so that orig_openat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_openat.  */
+#define __need_system_fcntl_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of open.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#undef __need_system_fcntl_h
+
+#if HAVE_OPENAT
+static int
+orig_openat (int fd, char const *filename, int flags, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return openat (fd, filename, flags, mode);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Write "fcntl.h" here, not <fcntl.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc eliminates
+   this include because of the preliminary #include <fcntl.h> above.  */
+#include "fcntl.h"
+
+#include "openat.h"
+
+#include "cloexec.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if HAVE_OPENAT
+
+/* Like openat, but support O_CLOEXEC and work around Solaris 9 bugs
+   with trailing slash.  */
+int
+rpl_openat (int dfd, char const *filename, int flags, ...)
+{
+  /* 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC
+  int have_cloexec = -1;
+#else
+  static int have_cloexec;
+#endif
+
+  mode_t mode;
+  int fd;
+
+  mode = 0;
+  if (flags & O_CREAT)
+    {
+      va_list arg;
+      va_start (arg, flags);
+
+      /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4
+         creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'.  */
+      mode = va_arg (arg, PROMOTED_MODE_T);
+
+      va_end (arg);
+    }
+
+# if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* Fail if one of O_CREAT, O_WRONLY, O_RDWR is specified and the filename
+     ends in a slash, as POSIX says such a filename must name a directory
+     <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_13>:
+       "A pathname that contains at least one non-<slash> character and that
+        ends with one or more trailing <slash> characters shall not be resolved
+        successfully unless the last pathname component before the trailing
+        <slash> characters names an existing directory"
+     If the named file already exists as a directory, then
+       - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail because of the semantics
+         of O_CREAT,
+       - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because POSIX
+         <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/openat.html>
+         says that it fails with errno = EISDIR in this case.
+     If the named file does not exist or does not name a directory, then
+       - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail since open() cannot create
+         directories,
+       - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because the
+         file does not contain a '.' directory.  */
+  if ((flags & O_CREAT)
+      || (flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_RDWR
+      || (flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_WRONLY)
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (filename);
+      if (len > 0 && filename[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          errno = EISDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+# endif
+
+  fd = orig_openat (dfd, filename,
+                    flags & ~(have_cloexec < 0 ? O_CLOEXEC : 0), mode);
+
+  if (flags & O_CLOEXEC)
+    {
+      if (! have_cloexec)
+        {
+          if (0 <= fd)
+            have_cloexec = 1;
+          else if (errno == EINVAL)
+            {
+              fd = orig_openat (dfd, filename, flags & ~O_CLOEXEC, mode);
+              have_cloexec = -1;
+            }
+        }
+      if (have_cloexec < 0 && 0 <= fd)
+        set_cloexec_flag (fd, true);
+    }
+
+
+# if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* If the filename ends in a slash and fd does not refer to a directory,
+     then fail.
+     Rationale: POSIX says such a filename must name a directory
+     <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_13>:
+       "A pathname that contains at least one non-<slash> character and that
+        ends with one or more trailing <slash> characters shall not be resolved
+        successfully unless the last pathname component before the trailing
+        <slash> characters names an existing directory"
+     If the named file without the slash is not a directory, open() must fail
+     with ENOTDIR.  */
+  if (fd >= 0)
+    {
+      /* We know len is positive, since open did not fail with ENOENT.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (filename);
+      if (filename[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          struct stat statbuf;
+
+          if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) >= 0 && !S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+            {
+              close (fd);
+              errno = ENOTDIR;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return fd;
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_OPENAT */
+
+# include "filename.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
+# include "openat-priv.h"
+# include "save-cwd.h"
+
+/* Replacement for Solaris' openat function.
+   <https://www.google.com/search?q=openat+site:docs.oracle.com>
+   First, try to simulate it via open ("/proc/self/fd/FD/FILE").
+   Failing that, simulate it by doing save_cwd/fchdir/open/restore_cwd.
+   If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely),
+   then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+   Otherwise, upon failure, set errno and return -1, as openat does.
+   Upon successful completion, return a file descriptor.  */
+int
+openat (int fd, char const *file, int flags, ...)
+{
+  mode_t mode = 0;
+
+  if (flags & O_CREAT)
+    {
+      va_list arg;
+      va_start (arg, flags);
+
+      /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4
+         creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'.  */
+      mode = va_arg (arg, PROMOTED_MODE_T);
+
+      va_end (arg);
+    }
+
+  return openat_permissive (fd, file, flags, mode, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Like openat (FD, FILE, FLAGS, MODE), but if CWD_ERRNO is
+   nonnull, set *CWD_ERRNO to an errno value if unable to save
+   or restore the initial working directory.  This is needed only
+   the first time remove.c's remove_dir opens a command-line
+   directory argument.
+
+   If a previous attempt to restore the current working directory
+   failed, then we must not even try to access a '.'-relative name.
+   It is the caller's responsibility not to call this function
+   in that case.  */
+
+int
+openat_permissive (int fd, char const *file, int flags, mode_t mode,
+                   int *cwd_errno)
+{
+  struct saved_cwd saved_cwd;
+  int saved_errno;
+  int err;
+  bool save_ok;
+
+  if (fd == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file))
+    return open (file, flags, mode);
+
+  {
+    char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+    char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (buf, fd, file);
+    if (proc_file)
+      {
+        int open_result = open (proc_file, flags, mode);
+        int open_errno = errno;
+        if (proc_file != buf)
+          free (proc_file);
+        /* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected
+           errno value, then return right away.  Otherwise, fall through
+           and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd.  */
+        if (0 <= open_result || ! EXPECTED_ERRNO (open_errno))
+          {
+            errno = open_errno;
+            return open_result;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+
+  save_ok = (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) == 0);
+  if (! save_ok)
+    {
+      if (! cwd_errno)
+        openat_save_fail (errno);
+      *cwd_errno = errno;
+    }
+  if (0 <= fd && fd == saved_cwd.desc)
+    {
+      /* If saving the working directory collides with the user's
+         requested fd, then the user's fd must have been closed to
+         begin with.  */
+      free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  err = fchdir (fd);
+  saved_errno = errno;
+
+  if (! err)
+    {
+      err = open (file, flags, mode);
+      saved_errno = errno;
+      if (save_ok && restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
+        {
+          if (! cwd_errno)
+            {
+              /* Don't write a message to just-created fd 2.  */
+              saved_errno = errno;
+              if (err == STDERR_FILENO)
+                close (err);
+              openat_restore_fail (saved_errno);
+            }
+          *cwd_errno = errno;
+        }
+    }
+
+  free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Return true if our openat implementation must resort to
+   using save_cwd and restore_cwd.  */
+bool
+openat_needs_fchdir (void)
+{
+  bool needs_fchdir = true;
+  int fd = open ("/", O_SEARCH | O_CLOEXEC);
+
+  if (0 <= fd)
+    {
+      char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
+      char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (buf, fd, ".");
+      if (proc_file)
+        {
+          needs_fchdir = false;
+          if (proc_file != buf)
+            free (proc_file);
+        }
+      close (fd);
+    }
+
+  return needs_fchdir;
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_OPENAT */
diff --git a/lib/openat.h b/lib/openat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56919ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/openat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* provide a replacement openat function
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#ifndef _GL_HEADER_OPENAT
+#define _GL_HEADER_OPENAT
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+
+#if !HAVE_OPENAT
+
+int openat_permissive (int fd, char const *file, int flags, mode_t mode,
+                       int *cwd_errno);
+bool openat_needs_fchdir (void);
+
+#else
+
+# define openat_permissive(Fd, File, Flags, Mode, Cwd_errno) \
+    openat (Fd, File, Flags, Mode)
+# define openat_needs_fchdir() false
+
+#endif
+
+_Noreturn void openat_restore_fail (int);
+_Noreturn void openat_save_fail (int);
+
+/* Using these function names makes application code
+   slightly more readable than it would be with
+   fchownat (..., 0) or fchownat (..., AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW).  */
+
+#if GNULIB_CHOWNAT
+
+# ifndef CHOWNAT_INLINE
+#  define CHOWNAT_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+# endif
+
+CHOWNAT_INLINE int
+chownat (int fd, char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
+{
+  return fchownat (fd, file, owner, group, 0);
+}
+
+CHOWNAT_INLINE int
+lchownat (int fd, char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
+{
+  return fchownat (fd, file, owner, group, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_CHMODAT
+
+# ifndef CHMODAT_INLINE
+#  define CHMODAT_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+# endif
+
+CHMODAT_INLINE int
+chmodat (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return fchmodat (fd, file, mode, 0);
+}
+
+CHMODAT_INLINE int
+lchmodat (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return fchmodat (fd, file, mode, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_STATAT
+
+# ifndef STATAT_INLINE
+#  define STATAT_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+# endif
+
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
+STATAT_INLINE int
+statat (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st)
+{
+  return fstatat (fd, name, st, 0);
+}
+
+_GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
+STATAT_INLINE int
+lstatat (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st)
+{
+  return fstatat (fd, name, st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* For now, there are no wrappers named laccessat or leuidaccessat,
+   since gnulib doesn't support faccessat(,AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) and
+   since access rights on symlinks are of limited utility.  Likewise,
+   wrappers are not provided for accessat or euidaccessat, so as to
+   avoid dragging in -lgen on some platforms.  */
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_HEADER_OPENAT */
diff --git a/lib/opendir-safer.c b/lib/opendir-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1677fb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/opendir-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Invoke opendir, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirent-safer.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Like opendir, but do not clobber stdin, stdout, or stderr.  */
+
+DIR *
+opendir_safer (char const *name)
+{
+  DIR *dp = opendir (name);
+
+  if (dp)
+    {
+      int fd = dirfd (dp);
+
+      if (0 <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+        {
+          /* If fdopendir is native (as on Linux), then it is safe to
+             assume dirfd(fdopendir(n))==n.  If we are using the
+             gnulib module fdopendir, then this guarantee is not met,
+             but fdopendir recursively calls opendir_safer up to 3
+             times to at least get a safe fd.  If fdopendir is not
+             present but dirfd is accurate (as on cygwin 1.5.x), then
+             we recurse up to 3 times ourselves.  Finally, if dirfd
+             always fails (as on mingw), then we are already safe.  */
+          DIR *newdp;
+          int e;
+#if HAVE_FDOPENDIR || GNULIB_FDOPENDIR
+          int f = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+          if (f < 0)
+            {
+              e = errno;
+              newdp = NULL;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              newdp = fdopendir (f);
+              e = errno;
+              if (! newdp)
+                close (f);
+            }
+#else /* !FDOPENDIR */
+          newdp = opendir_safer (name);
+          e = errno;
+#endif
+          closedir (dp);
+          errno = e;
+          dp = newdp;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return dp;
+}
diff --git a/lib/opendir.c b/lib/opendir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc6b455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/opendir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/* Start reading the entries of a directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if HAVE_OPENDIR
+
+/* Override opendir(), to keep track of the open file descriptors.
+   Needed because there is a function dirfd().  */
+
+#else
+
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# include "dirent-private.h"
+# include "filename.h"
+
+#endif
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# include <io.h>
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef WIN32_FIND_DATA
+# define WIN32_FIND_DATA WIN32_FIND_DATAA
+# undef GetFullPathName
+# define GetFullPathName GetFullPathNameA
+# undef FindFirstFile
+# define FindFirstFile FindFirstFileA
+#endif
+
+DIR *
+opendir (const char *dir_name)
+{
+#if HAVE_OPENDIR
+# undef opendir
+  DIR *dirp;
+
+  dirp = opendir (dir_name);
+  if (dirp == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+# ifdef __KLIBC__
+  {
+    int fd = open (dir_name, O_RDONLY);
+    if (fd == -1 || _gl_register_dirp_fd (fd, dirp))
+      {
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+
+        close (fd);
+        closedir (dirp);
+
+        errno = saved_errno;
+
+        return NULL;
+      }
+  }
+# endif
+#else
+
+  char dir_name_mask[MAX_PATH + 1 + 1 + 1];
+  int status;
+  HANDLE current;
+  WIN32_FIND_DATA entry;
+  struct gl_directory *dirp;
+
+  if (dir_name[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Make the dir_name absolute, so that we continue reading the same
+     directory if the current directory changed between this opendir()
+     call and a subsequent rewinddir() call.  */
+  if (!GetFullPathName (dir_name, MAX_PATH, dir_name_mask, NULL))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Append the mask.
+     "*" and "*.*" appear to be equivalent.  */
+  {
+    char *p;
+
+    p = dir_name_mask + strlen (dir_name_mask);
+    if (p > dir_name_mask && !ISSLASH (p[-1]))
+      *p++ = '\\';
+    *p++ = '*';
+    *p = '\0';
+  }
+
+  /* Start searching the directory.  */
+  status = -1;
+  current = FindFirstFile (dir_name_mask, &entry);
+  if (current == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      switch (GetLastError ())
+        {
+        case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND:
+          status = -2;
+          break;
+        case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND:
+          errno = ENOENT;
+          return NULL;
+        case ERROR_DIRECTORY:
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return NULL;
+        case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+          errno = EACCES;
+          return NULL;
+        default:
+          errno = EIO;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate the result.  */
+  dirp =
+    (struct gl_directory *)
+    malloc (offsetof (struct gl_directory, dir_name_mask[0])
+            + strlen (dir_name_mask) + 1);
+  if (dirp == NULL)
+    {
+      if (current != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        FindClose (current);
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  dirp->status = status;
+  dirp->current = current;
+  if (status == -1)
+    memcpy (&dirp->entry, &entry, sizeof (WIN32_FIND_DATA));
+  strcpy (dirp->dir_name_mask, dir_name_mask);
+
+#endif
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  {
+    int fd = dirfd (dirp);
+    if (0 <= fd && _gl_register_fd (fd, dir_name) != fd)
+      {
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+        closedir (dirp);
+        errno = saved_errno;
+        return NULL;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return dirp;
+}
diff --git a/lib/opendirat.c b/lib/opendirat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1068ae0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/opendirat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Open a directory relative to another directory.
+
+   Copyright 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering and Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <opendirat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl--.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Relative to DIR_FD, open the directory DIR, passing EXTRA_FLAGS to
+   the underlying openat call.  On success, store into *PNEW_FD the
+   underlying file descriptor of the newly opened directory and return
+   the directory stream.  On failure, return NULL and set errno.
+
+   On success, *PNEW_FD is at least 3, so this is a "safer" function.  */
+
+DIR *
+opendirat (int dir_fd, char const *dir, int extra_flags, int *pnew_fd)
+{
+  int open_flags = (O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY
+                    | O_NONBLOCK | extra_flags);
+  int new_fd = openat (dir_fd, dir, open_flags);
+
+  if (new_fd < 0)
+    return NULL;
+  DIR *dirp = fdopendir (new_fd);
+  if (dirp)
+    *pnew_fd = new_fd;
+  else
+    {
+      int fdopendir_errno = errno;
+      close (new_fd);
+      errno = fdopendir_errno;
+    }
+  return dirp;
+}
diff --git a/lib/opendirat.h b/lib/opendirat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5568790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/opendirat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Open a directory relative to another directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+DIR *opendirat (int, char const *, int, int *)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1);
diff --git a/lib/parse-datetime-gen.h b/lib/parse-datetime-gen.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a2e6d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/parse-datetime-gen.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 3.7.4.  */
+
+/* Bison interface for Yacc-like parsers in C
+
+   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989-1990, 2000-2015, 2018-2020 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
+   part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
+   under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
+   parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
+   as a parser skeleton.  Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
+   the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
+   special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting
+   Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public
+   License without this special exception.
+
+   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in
+   version 2.2 of Bison.  */
+
+/* DO NOT RELY ON FEATURES THAT ARE NOT DOCUMENTED in the manual,
+   especially those whose name start with YY_ or yy_.  They are
+   private implementation details that can be changed or removed.  */
+
+#ifndef YY_YY_PARSE_DATETIME_TAB_H_INCLUDED
+# define YY_YY_PARSE_DATETIME_TAB_H_INCLUDED
+/* Debug traces.  */
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+# define YYDEBUG 0
+#endif
+#if YYDEBUG
+extern int yydebug;
+#endif
+
+/* Token kinds.  */
+#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
+# define YYTOKENTYPE
+  enum yytokentype
+  {
+    YYEMPTY = -2,
+    YYEOF = 0,                     /* "end of file"  */
+    YYerror = 256,                 /* error  */
+    YYUNDEF = 257,                 /* "invalid token"  */
+    tAGO = 258,                    /* tAGO  */
+    tDST = 259,                    /* tDST  */
+    tYEAR_UNIT = 260,              /* tYEAR_UNIT  */
+    tMONTH_UNIT = 261,             /* tMONTH_UNIT  */
+    tHOUR_UNIT = 262,              /* tHOUR_UNIT  */
+    tMINUTE_UNIT = 263,            /* tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+    tSEC_UNIT = 264,               /* tSEC_UNIT  */
+    tDAY_UNIT = 265,               /* tDAY_UNIT  */
+    tDAY_SHIFT = 266,              /* tDAY_SHIFT  */
+    tDAY = 267,                    /* tDAY  */
+    tDAYZONE = 268,                /* tDAYZONE  */
+    tLOCAL_ZONE = 269,             /* tLOCAL_ZONE  */
+    tMERIDIAN = 270,               /* tMERIDIAN  */
+    tMONTH = 271,                  /* tMONTH  */
+    tORDINAL = 272,                /* tORDINAL  */
+    tZONE = 273,                   /* tZONE  */
+    tSNUMBER = 274,                /* tSNUMBER  */
+    tUNUMBER = 275,                /* tUNUMBER  */
+    tSDECIMAL_NUMBER = 276,        /* tSDECIMAL_NUMBER  */
+    tUDECIMAL_NUMBER = 277         /* tUDECIMAL_NUMBER  */
+  };
+  typedef enum yytokentype yytoken_kind_t;
+#endif
+
+/* Value type.  */
+#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED
+union YYSTYPE
+{
+#line 576 "parse-datetime.y"
+
+  intmax_t intval;
+  textint textintval;
+  struct timespec timespec;
+  relative_time rel;
+
+#line 93 "parse-datetime-gen.h"
+
+};
+typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
+# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
+# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
+#endif
+
+
+
+int yyparse (parser_control *pc);
+
+#endif /* !YY_YY_PARSE_DATETIME_TAB_H_INCLUDED  */
diff --git a/lib/parse-datetime.c b/lib/parse-datetime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0060cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/parse-datetime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3990 @@
+/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 3.7.4.  */
+
+/* Bison implementation for Yacc-like parsers in C
+
+   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989-1990, 2000-2015, 2018-2020 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
+   part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
+   under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
+   parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
+   as a parser skeleton.  Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
+   the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
+   special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting
+   Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public
+   License without this special exception.
+
+   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in
+   version 2.2 of Bison.  */
+
+/* C LALR(1) parser skeleton written by Richard Stallman, by
+   simplifying the original so-called "semantic" parser.  */
+
+/* DO NOT RELY ON FEATURES THAT ARE NOT DOCUMENTED in the manual,
+   especially those whose name start with YY_ or yy_.  They are
+   private implementation details that can be changed or removed.  */
+
+/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
+   infringing on user name space.  This should be done even for local
+   variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
+   There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
+   define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
+   USER NAME SPACE" below.  */
+
+/* Identify Bison output, and Bison version.  */
+#define YYBISON 30704
+
+/* Bison version string.  */
+#define YYBISON_VERSION "3.7.4"
+
+/* Skeleton name.  */
+#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c"
+
+/* Pure parsers.  */
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* Push parsers.  */
+#define YYPUSH 0
+
+/* Pull parsers.  */
+#define YYPULL 1
+
+
+
+
+/* First part of user prologue.  */
+#line 1 "parse-datetime.y"
+
+/* Parse a string into an internal timestamp.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Originally written by Steven M. Bellovin <smb@research.att.com> while
+   at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  Later tweaked by
+   a couple of people on Usenet.  Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
+   <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990.
+
+   Modified by Assaf Gordon <assafgordon@gmail.com> in 2016 to add
+   debug output.
+
+   Modified by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> in 1999 to do the
+   right thing about local DST.  Also modified by Paul Eggert
+   <eggert@cs.ucla.edu> in 2004 to support nanosecond-resolution
+   timestamps, in 2004 to support TZ strings in dates, and in 2017 and 2020 to
+   check for integer overflow and to support longer-than-'long'
+   'time_t' and 'tv_nsec'.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "parse-datetime.h"
+
+#include "idx.h"
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "timespec.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+#include "strftime.h"
+
+/* There's no need to extend the stack, so there's no need to involve
+   alloca.  */
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA 0
+
+/* Tell Bison how much stack space is needed.  20 should be plenty for
+   this grammar, which is not right recursive.  Beware setting it too
+   high, since that might cause problems on machines whose
+   implementations have lame stack-overflow checking.  */
+#define YYMAXDEPTH 20
+#define YYINITDEPTH YYMAXDEPTH
+
+/* Since the code of parse-datetime.y is not included in the Emacs executable
+   itself, there is no need to #define static in this file.  Even if
+   the code were included in the Emacs executable, it probably
+   wouldn't do any harm to #undef it here; this will only cause
+   problems if we try to write to a static variable, which I don't
+   think this code needs to do.  */
+#ifdef emacs
+# undef static
+#endif
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <c-ctype.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+
+#define _(str) gettext (str)
+
+/* Bison's skeleton tests _STDLIB_H, while some stdlib.h headers
+   use _STDLIB_H_ as witness.  Map the latter to the one bison uses.  */
+/* FIXME: this is temporary.  Remove when we have a mechanism to ensure
+   that the version we're using is fixed, too.  */
+#ifdef _STDLIB_H_
+# undef _STDLIB_H
+# define _STDLIB_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* Shift A right by B bits portably, by dividing A by 2**B and
+   truncating towards minus infinity.  A and B should be free of side
+   effects, and B should be in the range 0 <= B <= INT_BITS - 2, where
+   INT_BITS is the number of useful bits in an int.  GNU code can
+   assume that INT_BITS is at least 32.
+
+   ISO C99 says that A >> B is implementation-defined if A < 0.  Some
+   implementations (e.g., UNICOS 9.0 on a Cray Y-MP EL) don't shift
+   right in the usual way when A < 0, so SHR falls back on division if
+   ordinary A >> B doesn't seem to be the usual signed shift.  */
+#define SHR(a, b)       \
+  (-1 >> 1 == -1        \
+   ? (a) >> (b)         \
+   : (a) / (1 << (b)) - ((a) % (1 << (b)) < 0))
+
+#define HOUR(x) (60 * 60 * (x))
+
+#define STREQ(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
+
+/* Verify that time_t is an integer as POSIX requires, and that every
+   time_t value fits in intmax_t.  Please file a bug report if these
+   assumptions are false on your platform.  */
+verify (TYPE_IS_INTEGER (time_t));
+verify (!TYPE_SIGNED (time_t) || INTMAX_MIN <= TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t));
+verify (TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t) <= INTMAX_MAX);
+
+/* True if N is out of range for time_t.  */
+static bool
+time_overflow (intmax_t n)
+{
+  return ! ((TYPE_SIGNED (time_t) ? TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t) <= n : 0 <= n)
+            && n <= TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t));
+}
+
+/* Convert a possibly-signed character to an unsigned character.  This is
+   a bit safer than casting to unsigned char, since it catches some type
+   errors that the cast doesn't.  */
+static unsigned char to_uchar (char ch) { return ch; }
+
+static void _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 1, 2))
+dbg_printf (char const *msg, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  /* TODO: use gnulib's 'program_name' instead?  */
+  fputs ("date: ", stderr);
+
+  va_start (args, msg);
+  vfprintf (stderr, msg, args);
+  va_end (args);
+}
+
+
+/* An integer value, and the number of digits in its textual
+   representation.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  bool negative;
+  intmax_t value;
+  idx_t digits;
+} textint;
+
+/* An entry in the lexical lookup table.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  char const *name;
+  int type;
+  int value;
+} table;
+
+/* Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.  */
+enum { MERam, MERpm, MER24 };
+
+/* A reasonable upper bound for the buffer used in debug output.  */
+enum { DBGBUFSIZE = 100 };
+
+enum { BILLION = 1000000000, LOG10_BILLION = 9 };
+
+/* Relative times.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* Relative year, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds, and nanoseconds.  */
+  intmax_t year;
+  intmax_t month;
+  intmax_t day;
+  intmax_t hour;
+  intmax_t minutes;
+  intmax_t seconds;
+  int ns;
+} relative_time;
+
+#if HAVE_COMPOUND_LITERALS
+# define RELATIVE_TIME_0 ((relative_time) { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 })
+#else
+static relative_time const RELATIVE_TIME_0;
+#endif
+
+/* Information passed to and from the parser.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* The input string remaining to be parsed.  */
+  const char *input;
+
+  /* N, if this is the Nth Tuesday.  */
+  intmax_t day_ordinal;
+
+  /* Day of week; Sunday is 0.  */
+  int day_number;
+
+  /* tm_isdst flag for the local zone.  */
+  int local_isdst;
+
+  /* Time zone, in seconds east of UT.  */
+  int time_zone;
+
+  /* Style used for time.  */
+  int meridian;
+
+  /* Gregorian year, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds, and nanoseconds.  */
+  textint year;
+  intmax_t month;
+  intmax_t day;
+  intmax_t hour;
+  intmax_t minutes;
+  struct timespec seconds; /* includes nanoseconds */
+
+  /* Relative year, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds, and nanoseconds.  */
+  relative_time rel;
+
+  /* Presence or counts of nonterminals of various flavors parsed so far.  */
+  bool timespec_seen;
+  bool rels_seen;
+  idx_t dates_seen;
+  idx_t days_seen;
+  idx_t local_zones_seen;
+  idx_t dsts_seen;
+  idx_t times_seen;
+  idx_t zones_seen;
+  bool year_seen;
+
+#ifdef GNULIB_PARSE_DATETIME2
+  /* Print debugging output to stderr.  */
+  bool parse_datetime_debug;
+#endif
+
+  /* Which of the 'seen' parts have been printed when debugging.  */
+  bool debug_dates_seen;
+  bool debug_days_seen;
+  bool debug_local_zones_seen;
+  bool debug_times_seen;
+  bool debug_zones_seen;
+  bool debug_year_seen;
+
+  /* The user specified explicit ordinal day value.  */
+  bool debug_ordinal_day_seen;
+
+  /* Table of local time zone abbreviations, terminated by a null entry.  */
+  table local_time_zone_table[3];
+} parser_control;
+
+static bool
+debugging (parser_control const *pc)
+{
+#ifdef GNULIB_PARSE_DATETIME2
+  return pc->parse_datetime_debug;
+#else
+  return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+union YYSTYPE;
+static int yylex (union YYSTYPE *, parser_control *);
+static int yyerror (parser_control const *, char const *);
+static bool time_zone_hhmm (parser_control *, textint, intmax_t);
+
+/* Extract into *PC any date and time info from a string of digits
+   of the form e.g., YYYYMMDD, YYMMDD, HHMM, HH (and sometimes YYY,
+   YYYY, ...).  */
+static void
+digits_to_date_time (parser_control *pc, textint text_int)
+{
+  if (pc->dates_seen && ! pc->year.digits
+      && ! pc->rels_seen && (pc->times_seen || 2 < text_int.digits))
+    {
+      pc->year_seen = true;
+      pc->year = text_int;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (4 < text_int.digits)
+        {
+          pc->dates_seen++;
+          pc->day = text_int.value % 100;
+          pc->month = (text_int.value / 100) % 100;
+          pc->year.value = text_int.value / 10000;
+          pc->year.digits = text_int.digits - 4;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          pc->times_seen++;
+          if (text_int.digits <= 2)
+            {
+              pc->hour = text_int.value;
+              pc->minutes = 0;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              pc->hour = text_int.value / 100;
+              pc->minutes = text_int.value % 100;
+            }
+          pc->seconds.tv_sec = 0;
+          pc->seconds.tv_nsec = 0;
+          pc->meridian = MER24;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Increment PC->rel by FACTOR * REL (FACTOR is 1 or -1).  Return true
+   if successful, false if an overflow occurred.  */
+static bool
+apply_relative_time (parser_control *pc, relative_time rel, int factor)
+{
+  if (factor < 0
+      ? (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.ns, rel.ns, &pc->rel.ns)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.seconds, rel.seconds, &pc->rel.seconds)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.minutes, rel.minutes, &pc->rel.minutes)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.hour, rel.hour, &pc->rel.hour)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.day, rel.day, &pc->rel.day)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.month, rel.month, &pc->rel.month)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.year, rel.year, &pc->rel.year))
+      : (INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.ns, rel.ns, &pc->rel.ns)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.seconds, rel.seconds, &pc->rel.seconds)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.minutes, rel.minutes, &pc->rel.minutes)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.hour, rel.hour, &pc->rel.hour)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.day, rel.day, &pc->rel.day)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.month, rel.month, &pc->rel.month)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.year, rel.year, &pc->rel.year)))
+    return false;
+  pc->rels_seen = true;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set PC-> hour, minutes, seconds and nanoseconds members from arguments.  */
+static void
+set_hhmmss (parser_control *pc, intmax_t hour, intmax_t minutes,
+            time_t sec, int nsec)
+{
+  pc->hour = hour;
+  pc->minutes = minutes;
+  pc->seconds.tv_sec = sec;
+  pc->seconds.tv_nsec = nsec;
+}
+
+/* Return a textual representation of the day ordinal/number values
+   in the parser_control struct (e.g., "last wed", "this tues", "thu").  */
+static const char *
+str_days (parser_control *pc, char *buffer, int n)
+{
+  /* TODO: use relative_time_table for reverse lookup.  */
+  static char const ordinal_values[][11] = {
+     "last",
+     "this",
+     "next/first",
+     "(SECOND)", /* SECOND is commented out in relative_time_table.  */
+     "third",
+     "fourth",
+     "fifth",
+     "sixth",
+     "seventh",
+     "eight",
+     "ninth",
+     "tenth",
+     "eleventh",
+     "twelfth"
+  };
+
+  static char const days_values[][4] = {
+     "Sun",
+     "Mon",
+     "Tue",
+     "Wed",
+     "Thu",
+     "Fri",
+     "Sat"
+  };
+
+  int len;
+
+  /* Don't add an ordinal prefix if the user didn't specify it
+     (e.g., "this wed" vs "wed").  */
+  if (pc->debug_ordinal_day_seen)
+    {
+      /* Use word description if possible (e.g., -1 = last, 3 = third).  */
+      len = (-1 <= pc->day_ordinal && pc->day_ordinal <= 12
+             ? snprintf (buffer, n, "%s", ordinal_values[pc->day_ordinal + 1])
+             : snprintf (buffer, n, "%"PRIdMAX, pc->day_ordinal));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      buffer[0] = '\0';
+      len = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Add the day name */
+  if (0 <= pc->day_number && pc->day_number <= 6 && 0 <= len && len < n)
+    snprintf (buffer + len, n - len, &" %s"[len == 0],
+              days_values[pc->day_number]);
+  else
+    {
+      /* invalid day_number value - should never happen */
+    }
+  return buffer;
+}
+
+/* Convert a time zone to its string representation.  */
+
+enum { TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE = INT_STRLEN_BOUND (intmax_t) + sizeof ":MM:SS" } ;
+
+static char const *
+time_zone_str (int time_zone, char time_zone_buf[TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE])
+{
+  char *p = time_zone_buf;
+  char sign = time_zone < 0 ? '-' : '+';
+  int hour = abs (time_zone / (60 * 60));
+  p += sprintf (time_zone_buf, "%c%02d", sign, hour);
+  int offset_from_hour = abs (time_zone % (60 * 60));
+  if (offset_from_hour != 0)
+    {
+      int mm = offset_from_hour / 60;
+      int ss = offset_from_hour % 60;
+      *p++ = ':';
+      *p++ = '0' + mm / 10;
+      *p++ = '0' + mm % 10;
+      if (ss)
+        {
+          *p++ = ':';
+          *p++ = '0' + ss / 10;
+          *p++ = '0' + ss % 10;
+        }
+      *p = '\0';
+    }
+  return time_zone_buf;
+}
+
+/* debugging: print the current time in the parser_control structure.
+   The parser will increment "*_seen" members for those which were parsed.
+   This function will print only newly seen parts.  */
+static void
+debug_print_current_time (char const *item, parser_control *pc)
+{
+  bool space = false;
+
+  if (!debugging (pc))
+    return;
+
+  /* no newline, more items printed below */
+  dbg_printf (_("parsed %s part: "), item);
+
+  if (pc->dates_seen && !pc->debug_dates_seen)
+    {
+      /*TODO: use pc->year.negative?  */
+      fprintf (stderr, "(Y-M-D) %04"PRIdMAX"-%02"PRIdMAX"-%02"PRIdMAX,
+              pc->year.value, pc->month, pc->day);
+      pc->debug_dates_seen = true;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  if (pc->year_seen != pc->debug_year_seen)
+    {
+      if (space)
+        fputc (' ', stderr);
+      fprintf (stderr, _("year: %04"PRIdMAX), pc->year.value);
+
+      pc->debug_year_seen = pc->year_seen;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  if (pc->times_seen && !pc->debug_times_seen)
+    {
+      intmax_t sec = pc->seconds.tv_sec;
+      fprintf (stderr, &" %02"PRIdMAX":%02"PRIdMAX":%02"PRIdMAX[!space],
+               pc->hour, pc->minutes, sec);
+      if (pc->seconds.tv_nsec != 0)
+        {
+          int nsec = pc->seconds.tv_nsec;
+          fprintf (stderr, ".%09d", nsec);
+        }
+      if (pc->meridian == MERpm)
+        fputs ("pm", stderr);
+
+      pc->debug_times_seen = true;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  if (pc->days_seen && !pc->debug_days_seen)
+    {
+      if (space)
+        fputc (' ', stderr);
+      char tmp[DBGBUFSIZE];
+      fprintf (stderr, _("%s (day ordinal=%"PRIdMAX" number=%d)"),
+               str_days (pc, tmp, sizeof tmp),
+               pc->day_ordinal, pc->day_number);
+      pc->debug_days_seen = true;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  /* local zone strings only change the DST settings,
+     not the timezone value.  If seen, inform about the DST.  */
+  if (pc->local_zones_seen && !pc->debug_local_zones_seen)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, &" isdst=%d%s"[!space],
+               pc->local_isdst, pc->dsts_seen ? " DST" : "");
+      pc->debug_local_zones_seen = true;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  if (pc->zones_seen && !pc->debug_zones_seen)
+    {
+      char time_zone_buf[TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE];
+      fprintf (stderr, &" UTC%s"[!space],
+               time_zone_str (pc->time_zone, time_zone_buf));
+      pc->debug_zones_seen = true;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  if (pc->timespec_seen)
+    {
+      intmax_t sec = pc->seconds.tv_sec;
+      if (space)
+        fputc (' ', stderr);
+      fprintf (stderr, _("number of seconds: %"PRIdMAX), sec);
+    }
+
+  fputc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Debugging: print the current relative values.  */
+
+static bool
+print_rel_part (bool space, intmax_t val, char const *name)
+{
+  if (val == 0)
+    return space;
+  fprintf (stderr, &" %+"PRIdMAX" %s"[!space], val, name);
+  return true;
+}
+
+static void
+debug_print_relative_time (char const *item, parser_control const *pc)
+{
+  bool space = false;
+
+  if (!debugging (pc))
+    return;
+
+  /* no newline, more items printed below */
+  dbg_printf (_("parsed %s part: "), item);
+
+  if (pc->rel.year == 0 && pc->rel.month == 0 && pc->rel.day == 0
+      && pc->rel.hour == 0 && pc->rel.minutes == 0 && pc->rel.seconds == 0
+      && pc->rel.ns == 0)
+    {
+      /* Special case: relative time of this/today/now */
+      fputs (_("today/this/now\n"), stderr);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.year, "year(s)");
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.month, "month(s)");
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.day, "day(s)");
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.hour, "hour(s)");
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.minutes, "minutes");
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.seconds, "seconds");
+  print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.ns, "nanoseconds");
+
+  fputc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+
+
+
+#line 636 "parse-datetime.c"
+
+# ifndef YY_CAST
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+#   define YY_CAST(Type, Val) static_cast<Type> (Val)
+#   define YY_REINTERPRET_CAST(Type, Val) reinterpret_cast<Type> (Val)
+#  else
+#   define YY_CAST(Type, Val) ((Type) (Val))
+#   define YY_REINTERPRET_CAST(Type, Val) ((Type) (Val))
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifndef YY_NULLPTR
+#  if defined __cplusplus
+#   if 201103L <= __cplusplus
+#    define YY_NULLPTR nullptr
+#   else
+#    define YY_NULLPTR 0
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define YY_NULLPTR ((void*)0)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#include "parse-datetime-gen.h"
+/* Symbol kind.  */
+enum yysymbol_kind_t
+{
+  YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY = -2,
+  YYSYMBOL_YYEOF = 0,                      /* "end of file"  */
+  YYSYMBOL_YYerror = 1,                    /* error  */
+  YYSYMBOL_YYUNDEF = 2,                    /* "invalid token"  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tAGO = 3,                       /* tAGO  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tDST = 4,                       /* tDST  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tYEAR_UNIT = 5,                 /* tYEAR_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tMONTH_UNIT = 6,                /* tMONTH_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tHOUR_UNIT = 7,                 /* tHOUR_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tMINUTE_UNIT = 8,               /* tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tSEC_UNIT = 9,                  /* tSEC_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tDAY_UNIT = 10,                 /* tDAY_UNIT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tDAY_SHIFT = 11,                /* tDAY_SHIFT  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tDAY = 12,                      /* tDAY  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tDAYZONE = 13,                  /* tDAYZONE  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tLOCAL_ZONE = 14,               /* tLOCAL_ZONE  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tMERIDIAN = 15,                 /* tMERIDIAN  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tMONTH = 16,                    /* tMONTH  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tORDINAL = 17,                  /* tORDINAL  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tZONE = 18,                     /* tZONE  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tSNUMBER = 19,                  /* tSNUMBER  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tUNUMBER = 20,                  /* tUNUMBER  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tSDECIMAL_NUMBER = 21,          /* tSDECIMAL_NUMBER  */
+  YYSYMBOL_tUDECIMAL_NUMBER = 22,          /* tUDECIMAL_NUMBER  */
+  YYSYMBOL_23_ = 23,                       /* '@'  */
+  YYSYMBOL_24_T_ = 24,                     /* 'T'  */
+  YYSYMBOL_25_ = 25,                       /* ':'  */
+  YYSYMBOL_26_ = 26,                       /* ','  */
+  YYSYMBOL_27_ = 27,                       /* '/'  */
+  YYSYMBOL_YYACCEPT = 28,                  /* $accept  */
+  YYSYMBOL_spec = 29,                      /* spec  */
+  YYSYMBOL_timespec = 30,                  /* timespec  */
+  YYSYMBOL_items = 31,                     /* items  */
+  YYSYMBOL_item = 32,                      /* item  */
+  YYSYMBOL_datetime = 33,                  /* datetime  */
+  YYSYMBOL_iso_8601_datetime = 34,         /* iso_8601_datetime  */
+  YYSYMBOL_time = 35,                      /* time  */
+  YYSYMBOL_iso_8601_time = 36,             /* iso_8601_time  */
+  YYSYMBOL_o_zone_offset = 37,             /* o_zone_offset  */
+  YYSYMBOL_zone_offset = 38,               /* zone_offset  */
+  YYSYMBOL_local_zone = 39,                /* local_zone  */
+  YYSYMBOL_zone = 40,                      /* zone  */
+  YYSYMBOL_day = 41,                       /* day  */
+  YYSYMBOL_date = 42,                      /* date  */
+  YYSYMBOL_iso_8601_date = 43,             /* iso_8601_date  */
+  YYSYMBOL_rel = 44,                       /* rel  */
+  YYSYMBOL_relunit = 45,                   /* relunit  */
+  YYSYMBOL_relunit_snumber = 46,           /* relunit_snumber  */
+  YYSYMBOL_dayshift = 47,                  /* dayshift  */
+  YYSYMBOL_seconds = 48,                   /* seconds  */
+  YYSYMBOL_signed_seconds = 49,            /* signed_seconds  */
+  YYSYMBOL_unsigned_seconds = 50,          /* unsigned_seconds  */
+  YYSYMBOL_number = 51,                    /* number  */
+  YYSYMBOL_hybrid = 52,                    /* hybrid  */
+  YYSYMBOL_o_colon_minutes = 53            /* o_colon_minutes  */
+};
+typedef enum yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol_kind_t;
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef short
+# undef short
+#endif
+
+/* On compilers that do not define __PTRDIFF_MAX__ etc., make sure
+   <limits.h> and (if available) <stdint.h> are included
+   so that the code can choose integer types of a good width.  */
+
+#ifndef __PTRDIFF_MAX__
+# include <limits.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901 <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#  include <stdint.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YY_STDINT_H
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Narrow types that promote to a signed type and that can represent a
+   signed or unsigned integer of at least N bits.  In tables they can
+   save space and decrease cache pressure.  Promoting to a signed type
+   helps avoid bugs in integer arithmetic.  */
+
+#ifdef __INT_LEAST8_MAX__
+typedef __INT_LEAST8_TYPE__ yytype_int8;
+#elif defined YY_STDINT_H
+typedef int_least8_t yytype_int8;
+#else
+typedef signed char yytype_int8;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __INT_LEAST16_MAX__
+typedef __INT_LEAST16_TYPE__ yytype_int16;
+#elif defined YY_STDINT_H
+typedef int_least16_t yytype_int16;
+#else
+typedef short yytype_int16;
+#endif
+
+#if defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ <= __INT_MAX__
+typedef __UINT_LEAST8_TYPE__ yytype_uint8;
+#elif (!defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && defined YY_STDINT_H \
+       && UINT_LEAST8_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+typedef uint_least8_t yytype_uint8;
+#elif !defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX
+typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8;
+#else
+typedef short yytype_uint8;
+#endif
+
+#if defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ <= __INT_MAX__
+typedef __UINT_LEAST16_TYPE__ yytype_uint16;
+#elif (!defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && defined YY_STDINT_H \
+       && UINT_LEAST16_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+typedef uint_least16_t yytype_uint16;
+#elif !defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && USHRT_MAX <= INT_MAX
+typedef unsigned short yytype_uint16;
+#else
+typedef int yytype_uint16;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYPTRDIFF_T
+# if defined __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ && defined __PTRDIFF_MAX__
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_T __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM __PTRDIFF_MAX__
+# elif defined PTRDIFF_MAX
+#  ifndef ptrdiff_t
+#   include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  endif
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_T ptrdiff_t
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM PTRDIFF_MAX
+# else
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_T long
+#  define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM LONG_MAX
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYSIZE_T
+# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__
+#  define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
+# elif defined size_t
+#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# elif defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901 <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#  include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# else
+#  define YYSIZE_T unsigned
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM                                  \
+  YY_CAST (YYPTRDIFF_T,                                 \
+           (YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM < YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, -1)  \
+            ? YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM                         \
+            : YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, -1)))
+
+#define YYSIZEOF(X) YY_CAST (YYPTRDIFF_T, sizeof (X))
+
+
+/* Stored state numbers (used for stacks). */
+typedef yytype_int8 yy_state_t;
+
+/* State numbers in computations.  */
+typedef int yy_state_fast_t;
+
+#ifndef YY_
+# if defined YYENABLE_NLS && YYENABLE_NLS
+#  if ENABLE_NLS
+#   include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   define YY_(Msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", Msgid)
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifndef YY_
+#  define YY_(Msgid) Msgid
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if defined __GNUC__ && 2 < __GNUC__ + (96 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# if defined __GNUC__ && 2 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# else
+#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E.  */
+#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__
+# define YYUSE(E) ((void) (E))
+#else
+# define YYUSE(E) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __ICC && 407 <= __GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__
+/* Suppress an incorrect diagnostic about yylval being uninitialized.  */
+# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN                            \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push")                                     \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuninitialized\"")              \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmaybe-uninitialized\"")
+# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END      \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#else
+# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) Value
+#endif
+#ifndef YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
+#endif
+#ifndef YY_INITIAL_VALUE
+# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) /* Nothing. */
+#endif
+
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __ICC && 6 <= __GNUC__
+# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN                          \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push")                            \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuseless-cast\"")
+# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END            \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#endif
+#ifndef YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
+# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
+# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
+#endif
+
+
+#define YY_ASSERT(E) ((void) (0 && (E)))
+
+#if !defined yyoverflow
+
+/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols.  */
+
+# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#  if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#   ifdef __GNUC__
+#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
+#   elif defined __BUILTIN_VA_ARG_INCR
+#    include <alloca.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   elif defined _AIX
+#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca
+#   elif defined _MSC_VER
+#    include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#    define alloca _alloca
+#   else
+#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#    if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
+#     include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+      /* Use EXIT_SUCCESS as a witness for stdlib.h.  */
+#     ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+#      define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#     endif
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
+   /* Pacify GCC's 'empty if-body' warning.  */
+#  define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
+#  ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
+    /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
+       and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
+       invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096.  Use a slightly smaller number
+       to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.  */
+#   define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC
+#  define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE
+#  ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
+#   define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM
+#  endif
+#  if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS \
+       && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \
+             && (defined YYFREE || defined free)))
+#   include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+#    define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  ifndef YYMALLOC
+#   define YYMALLOC malloc
+#   if ! defined malloc && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
+void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  ifndef YYFREE
+#   define YYFREE free
+#   if ! defined free && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
+void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif /* !defined yyoverflow */
+
+#if (! defined yyoverflow \
+     && (! defined __cplusplus \
+         || (defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
+
+/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member.  */
+union yyalloc
+{
+  yy_state_t yyss_alloc;
+  YYSTYPE yyvs_alloc;
+};
+
+/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next.  */
+# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (YYSIZEOF (union yyalloc) - 1)
+
+/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
+   N elements.  */
+# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
+     ((N) * (YYSIZEOF (yy_state_t) + YYSIZEOF (YYSTYPE)) \
+      + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)
+
+# define YYCOPY_NEEDED 1
+
+/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one.  The
+   local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
+   elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
+   stack.  Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
+   stack.  */
+# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack_alloc, Stack)                           \
+    do                                                                  \
+      {                                                                 \
+        YYPTRDIFF_T yynewbytes;                                         \
+        YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack_alloc, Stack, yysize);                    \
+        Stack = &yyptr->Stack_alloc;                                    \
+        yynewbytes = yystacksize * YYSIZEOF (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \
+        yyptr += yynewbytes / YYSIZEOF (*yyptr);                        \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined YYCOPY_NEEDED && YYCOPY_NEEDED
+/* Copy COUNT objects from SRC to DST.  The source and destination do
+   not overlap.  */
+# ifndef YYCOPY
+#  if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__
+#   define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count) \
+      __builtin_memcpy (Dst, Src, YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, (Count)) * sizeof (*(Src)))
+#  else
+#   define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count)              \
+      do                                        \
+        {                                       \
+          YYPTRDIFF_T yyi;                      \
+          for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++)   \
+            (Dst)[yyi] = (Src)[yyi];            \
+        }                                       \
+      while (0)
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif /* !YYCOPY_NEEDED */
+
+/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state.  */
+#define YYFINAL  12
+/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE.  */
+#define YYLAST   112
+
+/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals.  */
+#define YYNTOKENS  28
+/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals.  */
+#define YYNNTS  26
+/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules.  */
+#define YYNRULES  91
+/* YYNSTATES -- Number of states.  */
+#define YYNSTATES  114
+
+/* YYMAXUTOK -- Last valid token kind.  */
+#define YYMAXUTOK   277
+
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE(TOKEN-NUM) -- Symbol number corresponding to TOKEN-NUM
+   as returned by yylex, with out-of-bounds checking.  */
+#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX)                                \
+  (0 <= (YYX) && (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK                     \
+   ? YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yytranslate[YYX])        \
+   : YYSYMBOL_YYUNDEF)
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE[TOKEN-NUM] -- Symbol number corresponding to TOKEN-NUM
+   as returned by yylex.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yytranslate[] =
+{
+       0,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,    26,     2,     2,    27,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    25,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,    23,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,    24,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     2,     3,     4,
+       5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
+      15,    16,    17,    18,    19,    20,    21,    22
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  /* YYRLINE[YYN] -- Source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
+static const yytype_int16 yyrline[] =
+{
+       0,   603,   603,   604,   608,   616,   618,   622,   627,   632,
+     637,   642,   647,   652,   656,   660,   667,   671,   675,   680,
+     685,   690,   694,   699,   704,   711,   713,   717,   742,   744,
+     754,   756,   758,   763,   768,   771,   773,   778,   783,   788,
+     794,   803,   808,   841,   849,   857,   862,   868,   873,   879,
+     883,   893,   895,   897,   902,   904,   906,   908,   910,   912,
+     914,   917,   920,   922,   924,   926,   928,   930,   932,   934,
+     936,   938,   940,   942,   944,   948,   950,   952,   955,   957,
+     959,   964,   968,   968,   971,   972,   978,   979,   985,   990,
+    1001,  1002
+};
+#endif
+
+/** Accessing symbol of state STATE.  */
+#define YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL(State) YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yystos[State])
+
+#if YYDEBUG || 0
+/* The user-facing name of the symbol whose (internal) number is
+   YYSYMBOL.  No bounds checking.  */
+static const char *yysymbol_name (yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol) YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+
+/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
+   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals.  */
+static const char *const yytname[] =
+{
+  "\"end of file\"", "error", "\"invalid token\"", "tAGO", "tDST",
+  "tYEAR_UNIT", "tMONTH_UNIT", "tHOUR_UNIT", "tMINUTE_UNIT", "tSEC_UNIT",
+  "tDAY_UNIT", "tDAY_SHIFT", "tDAY", "tDAYZONE", "tLOCAL_ZONE",
+  "tMERIDIAN", "tMONTH", "tORDINAL", "tZONE", "tSNUMBER", "tUNUMBER",
+  "tSDECIMAL_NUMBER", "tUDECIMAL_NUMBER", "'@'", "'T'", "':'", "','",
+  "'/'", "$accept", "spec", "timespec", "items", "item", "datetime",
+  "iso_8601_datetime", "time", "iso_8601_time", "o_zone_offset",
+  "zone_offset", "local_zone", "zone", "day", "date", "iso_8601_date",
+  "rel", "relunit", "relunit_snumber", "dayshift", "seconds",
+  "signed_seconds", "unsigned_seconds", "number", "hybrid",
+  "o_colon_minutes", YY_NULLPTR
+};
+
+static const char *
+yysymbol_name (yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol)
+{
+  return yytname[yysymbol];
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYPRINT
+/* YYTOKNUM[NUM] -- (External) token number corresponding to the
+   (internal) symbol number NUM (which must be that of a token).  */
+static const yytype_int16 yytoknum[] =
+{
+       0,   256,   257,   258,   259,   260,   261,   262,   263,   264,
+     265,   266,   267,   268,   269,   270,   271,   272,   273,   274,
+     275,   276,   277,    64,    84,    58,    44,    47
+};
+#endif
+
+#define YYPACT_NINF (-93)
+
+#define yypact_value_is_default(Yyn) \
+  ((Yyn) == YYPACT_NINF)
+
+#define YYTABLE_NINF (-1)
+
+#define yytable_value_is_error(Yyn) \
+  0
+
+  /* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
+     STATE-NUM.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yypact[] =
+{
+      38,    27,    77,   -93,    46,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,
+     -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,
+      62,   -93,    82,    -3,    66,     3,    74,    -4,    83,    84,
+      75,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,
+      71,   -93,    93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,    78,
+      72,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,    25,
+     -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,
+     -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,    21,    19,    79,    80,   -93,
+     -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,    81,   -93,   -93,    85,    86,   -93,
+     -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,    -6,    76,    17,   -93,   -93,   -93,
+     -93,    87,    69,   -93,   -93,    88,    89,    -1,   -93,    18,
+     -93,   -93,    69,    91
+};
+
+  /* YYDEFACT[STATE-NUM] -- Default reduction number in state STATE-NUM.
+     Performed when YYTABLE does not specify something else to do.  Zero
+     means the default is an error.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yydefact[] =
+{
+       5,     0,     0,     2,     3,    85,    87,    84,    86,     4,
+      82,    83,     1,    56,    59,    65,    68,    73,    62,    81,
+      37,    35,    28,     0,     0,    30,     0,    88,     0,     0,
+      31,     6,     7,    16,     8,    21,     9,    10,    12,    11,
+      49,    13,    52,    74,    53,    14,    15,    38,    29,     0,
+      45,    54,    57,    63,    66,    69,    60,    39,    36,    90,
+      32,    75,    76,    78,    79,    80,    77,    55,    58,    64,
+      67,    70,    61,    40,    18,    47,    90,     0,     0,    22,
+      89,    71,    72,    33,     0,    51,    44,     0,     0,    34,
+      43,    48,    50,    27,    25,    41,     0,    17,    46,    91,
+      19,    90,     0,    23,    26,     0,     0,    25,    42,    25,
+      20,    24,     0,    25
+};
+
+  /* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
+static const yytype_int8 yypgoto[] =
+{
+     -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,    20,   -68,
+     -27,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,   -93,    60,   -93,
+     -93,   -93,   -92,   -93,   -93,    43
+};
+
+  /* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
+static const yytype_int8 yydefgoto[] =
+{
+      -1,     2,     3,     4,    31,    32,    33,    34,    35,   103,
+     104,    36,    37,    38,    39,    40,    41,    42,    43,    44,
+       9,    10,    11,    45,    46,    93
+};
+
+  /* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]] -- What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
+     positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule whose
+     number is the opposite.  If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yytable[] =
+{
+      79,    67,    68,    69,    70,    71,    72,    58,    73,   100,
+     107,    74,    75,   101,   110,    76,    49,    50,   101,   102,
+     113,    77,    59,    78,    61,    62,    63,    64,    65,    66,
+      61,    62,    63,    64,    65,    66,   101,   101,    92,   111,
+      90,    91,   106,   112,    88,   111,     5,     6,     7,     8,
+      88,    13,    14,    15,    16,    17,    18,    19,    20,    21,
+      22,     1,    23,    24,    25,    26,    27,    28,    29,    79,
+      30,    51,    52,    53,    54,    55,    56,    12,    57,    61,
+      62,    63,    64,    65,    66,    60,    48,    80,    47,     6,
+      83,     8,    81,    82,    26,    84,    85,    86,    87,    94,
+      95,    96,    89,   105,    97,    98,    99,     0,   108,   109,
+     101,     0,    88
+};
+
+static const yytype_int8 yycheck[] =
+{
+      27,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,     4,    12,    15,
+     102,    15,    16,    19,    15,    19,    19,    20,    19,    25,
+     112,    25,    19,    27,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,
+       5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,    19,    19,    19,   107,
+      19,    20,    25,    25,    25,   113,    19,    20,    21,    22,
+      25,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,
+      14,    23,    16,    17,    18,    19,    20,    21,    22,    96,
+      24,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,     0,    12,     5,
+       6,     7,     8,     9,    10,    25,     4,    27,    26,    20,
+      30,    22,     9,     9,    19,    24,     3,    19,    26,    20,
+      20,    20,    59,    27,    84,    20,    20,    -1,    20,    20,
+      19,    -1,    25
+};
+
+  /* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
+     symbol of state STATE-NUM.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yystos[] =
+{
+       0,    23,    29,    30,    31,    19,    20,    21,    22,    48,
+      49,    50,     0,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,    11,
+      12,    13,    14,    16,    17,    18,    19,    20,    21,    22,
+      24,    32,    33,    34,    35,    36,    39,    40,    41,    42,
+      43,    44,    45,    46,    47,    51,    52,    26,     4,    19,
+      20,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,    12,     4,    19,
+      46,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,     5,     6,     7,
+       8,     9,    10,    12,    15,    16,    19,    25,    27,    38,
+      46,     9,     9,    46,    24,     3,    19,    26,    25,    53,
+      19,    20,    19,    53,    20,    20,    20,    36,    20,    20,
+      15,    19,    25,    37,    38,    27,    25,    50,    20,    20,
+      15,    37,    25,    50
+};
+
+  /* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yyr1[] =
+{
+       0,    28,    29,    29,    30,    31,    31,    32,    32,    32,
+      32,    32,    32,    32,    32,    32,    33,    34,    35,    35,
+      35,    35,    36,    36,    36,    37,    37,    38,    39,    39,
+      40,    40,    40,    40,    40,    40,    40,    41,    41,    41,
+      41,    42,    42,    42,    42,    42,    42,    42,    42,    42,
+      43,    44,    44,    44,    45,    45,    45,    45,    45,    45,
+      45,    45,    45,    45,    45,    45,    45,    45,    45,    45,
+      45,    45,    45,    45,    45,    46,    46,    46,    46,    46,
+      46,    47,    48,    48,    49,    49,    50,    50,    51,    52,
+      53,    53
+};
+
+  /* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols on the right hand side of rule YYN.  */
+static const yytype_int8 yyr2[] =
+{
+       0,     2,     1,     1,     2,     0,     2,     1,     1,     1,
+       1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     3,     2,     4,
+       6,     1,     2,     4,     6,     0,     1,     2,     1,     2,
+       1,     1,     2,     2,     3,     1,     2,     1,     2,     2,
+       2,     3,     5,     3,     3,     2,     4,     2,     3,     1,
+       3,     2,     1,     1,     2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,
+       2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     1,     1,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     2,
+       0,     2
+};
+
+
+enum { YYENOMEM = -2 };
+
+#define yyerrok         (yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin       (yychar = YYEMPTY)
+
+#define YYACCEPT        goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT         goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR         goto yyerrorlab
+
+
+#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)
+
+#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value)                                    \
+  do                                                              \
+    if (yychar == YYEMPTY)                                        \
+      {                                                           \
+        yychar = (Token);                                         \
+        yylval = (Value);                                         \
+        YYPOPSTACK (yylen);                                       \
+        yystate = *yyssp;                                         \
+        goto yybackup;                                            \
+      }                                                           \
+    else                                                          \
+      {                                                           \
+        yyerror (pc, YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \
+        YYERROR;                                                  \
+      }                                                           \
+  while (0)
+
+/* Backward compatibility with an undocumented macro.
+   Use YYerror or YYUNDEF. */
+#define YYERRCODE YYUNDEF
+
+
+/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+
+# ifndef YYFPRINTF
+#  include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YYFPRINTF fprintf
+# endif
+
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args)                        \
+do {                                            \
+  if (yydebug)                                  \
+    YYFPRINTF Args;                             \
+} while (0)
+
+/* This macro is provided for backward compatibility. */
+# ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT
+#  define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0)
+# endif
+
+
+# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Kind, Value, Location)                    \
+do {                                                                      \
+  if (yydebug)                                                            \
+    {                                                                     \
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title);                                   \
+      yy_symbol_print (stderr,                                            \
+                  Kind, Value, pc); \
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");                                           \
+    }                                                                     \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------.
+| Print this symbol's value on YYO.  |
+`-----------------------------------*/
+
+static void
+yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyo,
+                       yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, parser_control *pc)
+{
+  FILE *yyoutput = yyo;
+  YYUSE (yyoutput);
+  YYUSE (pc);
+  if (!yyvaluep)
+    return;
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+  if (yykind < YYNTOKENS)
+    YYPRINT (yyo, yytoknum[yykind], *yyvaluep);
+# endif
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+  YYUSE (yykind);
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
+}
+
+
+/*---------------------------.
+| Print this symbol on YYO.  |
+`---------------------------*/
+
+static void
+yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyo,
+                 yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep, parser_control *pc)
+{
+  YYFPRINTF (yyo, "%s %s (",
+             yykind < YYNTOKENS ? "token" : "nterm", yysymbol_name (yykind));
+
+  yy_symbol_value_print (yyo, yykind, yyvaluep, pc);
+  YYFPRINTF (yyo, ")");
+}
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its |
+| TOP (included).                                                   |
+`------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void
+yy_stack_print (yy_state_t *yybottom, yy_state_t *yytop)
+{
+  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");
+  for (; yybottom <= yytop; yybottom++)
+    {
+      int yybot = *yybottom;
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", yybot);
+    }
+  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)                            \
+do {                                                            \
+  if (yydebug)                                                  \
+    yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top));                           \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------.
+| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced.  |
+`------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void
+yy_reduce_print (yy_state_t *yyssp, YYSTYPE *yyvsp,
+                 int yyrule, parser_control *pc)
+{
+  int yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
+  int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule];
+  int yyi;
+  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %d):\n",
+             yyrule - 1, yylno);
+  /* The symbols being reduced.  */
+  for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++)
+    {
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "   $%d = ", yyi + 1);
+      yy_symbol_print (stderr,
+                       YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (+yyssp[yyi + 1 - yynrhs]),
+                       &yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)], pc);
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)          \
+do {                                    \
+  if (yydebug)                          \
+    yy_reduce_print (yyssp, yyvsp, Rule, pc); \
+} while (0)
+
+/* Nonzero means print parse trace.  It is left uninitialized so that
+   multiple parsers can coexist.  */
+int yydebug;
+#else /* !YYDEBUG */
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args) ((void) 0)
+# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Kind, Value, Location)
+# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)
+# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)
+#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
+
+/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks.  */
+#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
+# define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
+   if the built-in stack extension method is used).
+
+   Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
+   YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
+   evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic.  */
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------.
+| Release the memory associated to this symbol.  |
+`-----------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void
+yydestruct (const char *yymsg,
+            yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep, parser_control *pc)
+{
+  YYUSE (yyvaluep);
+  YYUSE (pc);
+  if (!yymsg)
+    yymsg = "Deleting";
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yykind, yyvaluep, yylocationp);
+
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+  YYUSE (yykind);
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*----------.
+| yyparse.  |
+`----------*/
+
+int
+yyparse (parser_control *pc)
+{
+/* Lookahead token kind.  */
+int yychar;
+
+
+/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol.  */
+/* Default value used for initialization, for pacifying older GCCs
+   or non-GCC compilers.  */
+YY_INITIAL_VALUE (static YYSTYPE yyval_default;)
+YYSTYPE yylval YY_INITIAL_VALUE (= yyval_default);
+
+    /* Number of syntax errors so far.  */
+    int yynerrs = 0;
+
+    yy_state_fast_t yystate = 0;
+    /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled.  */
+    int yyerrstatus = 0;
+
+    /* Refer to the stacks through separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
+       to reallocate them elsewhere.  */
+
+    /* Their size.  */
+    YYPTRDIFF_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+
+    /* The state stack: array, bottom, top.  */
+    yy_state_t yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
+    yy_state_t *yyss = yyssa;
+    yy_state_t *yyssp = yyss;
+
+    /* The semantic value stack: array, bottom, top.  */
+    YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+    YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
+    YYSTYPE *yyvsp = yyvs;
+
+  int yyn;
+  /* The return value of yyparse.  */
+  int yyresult;
+  /* Lookahead symbol kind.  */
+  yysymbol_kind_t yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY;
+  /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
+     action routines.  */
+  YYSTYPE yyval;
+
+
+
+#define YYPOPSTACK(N)   (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N))
+
+  /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule.
+     Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped.  */
+  int yylen = 0;
+
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
+
+  yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read.  */
+  goto yysetstate;
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yynewstate -- push a new state, which is found in yystate.  |
+`------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yynewstate:
+  /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+     have just been pushed.  So pushing a state here evens the stacks.  */
+  yyssp++;
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yysetstate -- set current state (the top of the stack) to yystate.  |
+`--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yysetstate:
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
+  YY_ASSERT (0 <= yystate && yystate < YYNSTATES);
+  YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
+  *yyssp = YY_CAST (yy_state_t, yystate);
+  YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
+  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+
+  if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
+#if !defined yyoverflow && !defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+    goto yyexhaustedlab;
+#else
+    {
+      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
+      YYPTRDIFF_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+# if defined yyoverflow
+      {
+        /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack.  Use copies of
+           these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
+           memory.  */
+        yy_state_t *yyss1 = yyss;
+        YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+
+        /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
+           data in use in that stack, in bytes.  This used to be a
+           conditional around just the two extra args, but that might
+           be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
+        yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"),
+                    &yyss1, yysize * YYSIZEOF (*yyssp),
+                    &yyvs1, yysize * YYSIZEOF (*yyvsp),
+                    &yystacksize);
+        yyss = yyss1;
+        yyvs = yyvs1;
+      }
+# else /* defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE */
+      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
+      if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize)
+        goto yyexhaustedlab;
+      yystacksize *= 2;
+      if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize)
+        yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+
+      {
+        yy_state_t *yyss1 = yyss;
+        union yyalloc *yyptr =
+          YY_CAST (union yyalloc *,
+                   YYSTACK_ALLOC (YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize))));
+        if (! yyptr)
+          goto yyexhaustedlab;
+        YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss_alloc, yyss);
+        YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs_alloc, yyvs);
+#  undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+        if (yyss1 != yyssa)
+          YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
+      }
+# endif
+
+      yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
+      yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
+
+      YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %ld\n",
+                  YY_CAST (long, yystacksize)));
+      YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
+
+      if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
+        YYABORT;
+    }
+#endif /* !defined yyoverflow && !defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE */
+
+  if (yystate == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+  goto yybackup;
+
+
+/*-----------.
+| yybackup.  |
+`-----------*/
+yybackup:
+  /* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  Read a
+     lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
+
+  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
+
+  /* YYCHAR is either empty, or end-of-input, or a valid lookahead.  */
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+    {
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token\n"));
+      yychar = yylex (&yylval, pc);
+    }
+
+  if (yychar <= YYEOF)
+    {
+      yychar = YYEOF;
+      yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYEOF;
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
+    }
+  else if (yychar == YYerror)
+    {
+      /* The scanner already issued an error message, process directly
+         to error recovery.  But do not keep the error token as
+         lookahead, it is too special and may lead us to an endless
+         loop in error recovery. */
+      yychar = YYUNDEF;
+      yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYerror;
+      goto yyerrlab1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+      YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
+    }
+
+  /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to
+     detect an error, take that action.  */
+  yyn += yytoken;
+  if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken)
+    goto yydefault;
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+  if (yyn <= 0)
+    {
+      if (yytable_value_is_error (yyn))
+        goto yyerrlab;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+
+  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+     status.  */
+  if (yyerrstatus)
+    yyerrstatus--;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
+  yystate = yyn;
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
+
+  /* Discard the shifted token.  */
+  yychar = YYEMPTY;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
+| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state.  |
+`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+yydefault:
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+  goto yyreduce;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------.
+| yyreduce -- do a reduction.  |
+`-----------------------------*/
+yyreduce:
+  /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
+  yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+
+  /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
+     '$$ = $1'.
+
+     Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage.
+     This behavior is undocumented and Bison
+     users should not rely upon it.  Assigning to YYVAL
+     unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
+     GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized.  */
+  yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
+
+
+  YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn);
+  switch (yyn)
+    {
+  case 4: /* timespec: '@' seconds  */
+#line 609 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->seconds = (yyvsp[0].timespec);
+        pc->timespec_seen = true;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("number of seconds"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1768 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 7: /* item: datetime  */
+#line 623 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->times_seen++; pc->dates_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("datetime"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1777 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 8: /* item: time  */
+#line 628 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->times_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("time"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1786 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 9: /* item: local_zone  */
+#line 633 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->local_zones_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("local_zone"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1795 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 10: /* item: zone  */
+#line 638 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->zones_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("zone"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1804 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 11: /* item: date  */
+#line 643 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->dates_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("date"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1813 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 12: /* item: day  */
+#line 648 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->days_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("day"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1822 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 13: /* item: rel  */
+#line 653 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        debug_print_relative_time (_("relative"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1830 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 14: /* item: number  */
+#line 657 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        debug_print_current_time (_("number"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1838 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 15: /* item: hybrid  */
+#line 661 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        debug_print_relative_time (_("hybrid"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1846 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 18: /* time: tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN  */
+#line 676 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value, 0, 0, 0);
+        pc->meridian = (yyvsp[0].intval);
+      }
+#line 1855 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 19: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN  */
+#line 681 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, (yyvsp[-3].textintval).value, (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value, 0, 0);
+        pc->meridian = (yyvsp[0].intval);
+      }
+#line 1864 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 20: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' unsigned_seconds tMERIDIAN  */
+#line 686 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, (yyvsp[-5].textintval).value, (yyvsp[-3].textintval).value, (yyvsp[-1].timespec).tv_sec, (yyvsp[-1].timespec).tv_nsec);
+        pc->meridian = (yyvsp[0].intval);
+      }
+#line 1873 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 22: /* iso_8601_time: tUNUMBER zone_offset  */
+#line 695 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value, 0, 0, 0);
+        pc->meridian = MER24;
+      }
+#line 1882 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 23: /* iso_8601_time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_zone_offset  */
+#line 700 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, (yyvsp[-3].textintval).value, (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value, 0, 0);
+        pc->meridian = MER24;
+      }
+#line 1891 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 24: /* iso_8601_time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' unsigned_seconds o_zone_offset  */
+#line 705 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, (yyvsp[-5].textintval).value, (yyvsp[-3].textintval).value, (yyvsp[-1].timespec).tv_sec, (yyvsp[-1].timespec).tv_nsec);
+        pc->meridian = MER24;
+      }
+#line 1900 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 27: /* zone_offset: tSNUMBER o_colon_minutes  */
+#line 718 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->zones_seen++;
+        if (! time_zone_hhmm (pc, (yyvsp[-1].textintval), (yyvsp[0].intval))) YYABORT;
+      }
+#line 1909 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 28: /* local_zone: tLOCAL_ZONE  */
+#line 743 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { pc->local_isdst = (yyvsp[0].intval); }
+#line 1915 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 29: /* local_zone: tLOCAL_ZONE tDST  */
+#line 745 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->local_isdst = 1;
+        pc->dsts_seen++;
+      }
+#line 1924 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 30: /* zone: tZONE  */
+#line 755 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { pc->time_zone = (yyvsp[0].intval); }
+#line 1930 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 31: /* zone: 'T'  */
+#line 757 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { pc->time_zone = -HOUR (7); }
+#line 1936 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 32: /* zone: tZONE relunit_snumber  */
+#line 759 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { pc->time_zone = (yyvsp[-1].intval);
+        if (! apply_relative_time (pc, (yyvsp[0].rel), 1)) YYABORT;
+        debug_print_relative_time (_("relative"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1945 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 33: /* zone: 'T' relunit_snumber  */
+#line 764 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { pc->time_zone = -HOUR (7);
+        if (! apply_relative_time (pc, (yyvsp[0].rel), 1)) YYABORT;
+        debug_print_relative_time (_("relative"), pc);
+      }
+#line 1954 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 34: /* zone: tZONE tSNUMBER o_colon_minutes  */
+#line 769 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { if (! time_zone_hhmm (pc, (yyvsp[-1].textintval), (yyvsp[0].intval))) YYABORT;
+        if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->time_zone, (yyvsp[-2].intval), &pc->time_zone)) YYABORT; }
+#line 1961 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 35: /* zone: tDAYZONE  */
+#line 772 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { pc->time_zone = (yyvsp[0].intval) + 60 * 60; }
+#line 1967 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 36: /* zone: tZONE tDST  */
+#line 774 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { pc->time_zone = (yyvsp[-1].intval) + 60 * 60; }
+#line 1973 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 37: /* day: tDAY  */
+#line 779 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->day_ordinal = 0;
+        pc->day_number = (yyvsp[0].intval);
+      }
+#line 1982 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 38: /* day: tDAY ','  */
+#line 784 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->day_ordinal = 0;
+        pc->day_number = (yyvsp[-1].intval);
+      }
+#line 1991 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 39: /* day: tORDINAL tDAY  */
+#line 789 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->day_ordinal = (yyvsp[-1].intval);
+        pc->day_number = (yyvsp[0].intval);
+        pc->debug_ordinal_day_seen = true;
+      }
+#line 2001 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 40: /* day: tUNUMBER tDAY  */
+#line 795 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->day_ordinal = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value;
+        pc->day_number = (yyvsp[0].intval);
+        pc->debug_ordinal_day_seen = true;
+      }
+#line 2011 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 41: /* date: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER  */
+#line 804 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->month = (yyvsp[-2].textintval).value;
+        pc->day = (yyvsp[0].textintval).value;
+      }
+#line 2020 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 42: /* date: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER  */
+#line 809 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        /* Interpret as YYYY/MM/DD if the first value has 4 or more digits,
+           otherwise as MM/DD/YY.
+           The goal in recognizing YYYY/MM/DD is solely to support legacy
+           machine-generated dates like those in an RCS log listing.  If
+           you want portability, use the ISO 8601 format.  */
+        if (4 <= (yyvsp[-4].textintval).digits)
+          {
+            if (debugging (pc))
+              {
+                intmax_t digits = (yyvsp[-4].textintval).digits;
+                dbg_printf (_("warning: value %"PRIdMAX" has %"PRIdMAX" digits. "
+                              "Assuming YYYY/MM/DD\n"),
+                            (yyvsp[-4].textintval).value, digits);
+              }
+
+            pc->year = (yyvsp[-4].textintval);
+            pc->month = (yyvsp[-2].textintval).value;
+            pc->day = (yyvsp[0].textintval).value;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            if (debugging (pc))
+              dbg_printf (_("warning: value %"PRIdMAX" has less than 4 digits. "
+                            "Assuming MM/DD/YY[YY]\n"),
+                          (yyvsp[-4].textintval).value);
+
+            pc->month = (yyvsp[-4].textintval).value;
+            pc->day = (yyvsp[-2].textintval).value;
+            pc->year = (yyvsp[0].textintval);
+          }
+      }
+#line 2057 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 43: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH tSNUMBER  */
+#line 842 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        /* E.g., 17-JUN-1992.  */
+        pc->day = (yyvsp[-2].textintval).value;
+        pc->month = (yyvsp[-1].intval);
+        if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, (yyvsp[0].textintval).value, &pc->year.value)) YYABORT;
+        pc->year.digits = (yyvsp[0].textintval).digits;
+      }
+#line 2069 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 44: /* date: tMONTH tSNUMBER tSNUMBER  */
+#line 850 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        /* E.g., JUN-17-1992.  */
+        pc->month = (yyvsp[-2].intval);
+        if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value, &pc->day)) YYABORT;
+        if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, (yyvsp[0].textintval).value, &pc->year.value)) YYABORT;
+        pc->year.digits = (yyvsp[0].textintval).digits;
+      }
+#line 2081 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 45: /* date: tMONTH tUNUMBER  */
+#line 858 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->month = (yyvsp[-1].intval);
+        pc->day = (yyvsp[0].textintval).value;
+      }
+#line 2090 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 46: /* date: tMONTH tUNUMBER ',' tUNUMBER  */
+#line 863 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->month = (yyvsp[-3].intval);
+        pc->day = (yyvsp[-2].textintval).value;
+        pc->year = (yyvsp[0].textintval);
+      }
+#line 2100 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 47: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH  */
+#line 869 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->day = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value;
+        pc->month = (yyvsp[0].intval);
+      }
+#line 2109 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 48: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH tUNUMBER  */
+#line 874 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        pc->day = (yyvsp[-2].textintval).value;
+        pc->month = (yyvsp[-1].intval);
+        pc->year = (yyvsp[0].textintval);
+      }
+#line 2119 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 50: /* iso_8601_date: tUNUMBER tSNUMBER tSNUMBER  */
+#line 884 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        /* ISO 8601 format.  YYYY-MM-DD.  */
+        pc->year = (yyvsp[-2].textintval);
+        if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value, &pc->month)) YYABORT;
+        if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, (yyvsp[0].textintval).value, &pc->day)) YYABORT;
+      }
+#line 2130 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 51: /* rel: relunit tAGO  */
+#line 894 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { if (! apply_relative_time (pc, (yyvsp[-1].rel), (yyvsp[0].intval))) YYABORT; }
+#line 2136 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 52: /* rel: relunit  */
+#line 896 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { if (! apply_relative_time (pc, (yyvsp[0].rel), 1)) YYABORT; }
+#line 2142 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 53: /* rel: dayshift  */
+#line 898 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { if (! apply_relative_time (pc, (yyvsp[0].rel), 1)) YYABORT; }
+#line 2148 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 54: /* relunit: tORDINAL tYEAR_UNIT  */
+#line 903 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).year = (yyvsp[-1].intval); }
+#line 2154 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 55: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT  */
+#line 905 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).year = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value; }
+#line 2160 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 56: /* relunit: tYEAR_UNIT  */
+#line 907 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).year = 1; }
+#line 2166 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 57: /* relunit: tORDINAL tMONTH_UNIT  */
+#line 909 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).month = (yyvsp[-1].intval); }
+#line 2172 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 58: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT  */
+#line 911 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).month = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value; }
+#line 2178 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 59: /* relunit: tMONTH_UNIT  */
+#line 913 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).month = 1; }
+#line 2184 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 60: /* relunit: tORDINAL tDAY_UNIT  */
+#line 915 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0;
+        if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV ((yyvsp[-1].intval), (yyvsp[0].intval), &(yyval.rel).day)) YYABORT; }
+#line 2191 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 61: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT  */
+#line 918 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0;
+        if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV ((yyvsp[-1].textintval).value, (yyvsp[0].intval), &(yyval.rel).day)) YYABORT; }
+#line 2198 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 62: /* relunit: tDAY_UNIT  */
+#line 921 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).day = (yyvsp[0].intval); }
+#line 2204 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 63: /* relunit: tORDINAL tHOUR_UNIT  */
+#line 923 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).hour = (yyvsp[-1].intval); }
+#line 2210 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 64: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT  */
+#line 925 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).hour = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value; }
+#line 2216 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 65: /* relunit: tHOUR_UNIT  */
+#line 927 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).hour = 1; }
+#line 2222 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 66: /* relunit: tORDINAL tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+#line 929 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).minutes = (yyvsp[-1].intval); }
+#line 2228 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 67: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+#line 931 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).minutes = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value; }
+#line 2234 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 68: /* relunit: tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+#line 933 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).minutes = 1; }
+#line 2240 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 69: /* relunit: tORDINAL tSEC_UNIT  */
+#line 935 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).seconds = (yyvsp[-1].intval); }
+#line 2246 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 70: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT  */
+#line 937 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).seconds = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value; }
+#line 2252 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 71: /* relunit: tSDECIMAL_NUMBER tSEC_UNIT  */
+#line 939 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).seconds = (yyvsp[-1].timespec).tv_sec; (yyval.rel).ns = (yyvsp[-1].timespec).tv_nsec; }
+#line 2258 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 72: /* relunit: tUDECIMAL_NUMBER tSEC_UNIT  */
+#line 941 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).seconds = (yyvsp[-1].timespec).tv_sec; (yyval.rel).ns = (yyvsp[-1].timespec).tv_nsec; }
+#line 2264 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 73: /* relunit: tSEC_UNIT  */
+#line 943 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).seconds = 1; }
+#line 2270 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 75: /* relunit_snumber: tSNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT  */
+#line 949 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).year = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value; }
+#line 2276 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 76: /* relunit_snumber: tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT  */
+#line 951 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).month = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value; }
+#line 2282 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 77: /* relunit_snumber: tSNUMBER tDAY_UNIT  */
+#line 953 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0;
+        if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV ((yyvsp[-1].textintval).value, (yyvsp[0].intval), &(yyval.rel).day)) YYABORT; }
+#line 2289 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 78: /* relunit_snumber: tSNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT  */
+#line 956 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).hour = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value; }
+#line 2295 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 79: /* relunit_snumber: tSNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT  */
+#line 958 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).minutes = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value; }
+#line 2301 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 80: /* relunit_snumber: tSNUMBER tSEC_UNIT  */
+#line 960 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).seconds = (yyvsp[-1].textintval).value; }
+#line 2307 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 81: /* dayshift: tDAY_SHIFT  */
+#line 965 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.rel) = RELATIVE_TIME_0; (yyval.rel).day = (yyvsp[0].intval); }
+#line 2313 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 85: /* signed_seconds: tSNUMBER  */
+#line 973 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { if (time_overflow ((yyvsp[0].textintval).value)) YYABORT;
+        (yyval.timespec).tv_sec = (yyvsp[0].textintval).value; (yyval.timespec).tv_nsec = 0; }
+#line 2320 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 87: /* unsigned_seconds: tUNUMBER  */
+#line 980 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { if (time_overflow ((yyvsp[0].textintval).value)) YYABORT;
+        (yyval.timespec).tv_sec = (yyvsp[0].textintval).value; (yyval.timespec).tv_nsec = 0; }
+#line 2327 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 88: /* number: tUNUMBER  */
+#line 986 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { digits_to_date_time (pc, (yyvsp[0].textintval)); }
+#line 2333 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 89: /* hybrid: tUNUMBER relunit_snumber  */
+#line 991 "parse-datetime.y"
+      {
+        /* Hybrid all-digit and relative offset, so that we accept e.g.,
+           "YYYYMMDD +N days" as well as "YYYYMMDD N days".  */
+        digits_to_date_time (pc, (yyvsp[-1].textintval));
+        if (! apply_relative_time (pc, (yyvsp[0].rel), 1)) YYABORT;
+      }
+#line 2344 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 90: /* o_colon_minutes: %empty  */
+#line 1001 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.intval) = -1; }
+#line 2350 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+  case 91: /* o_colon_minutes: ':' tUNUMBER  */
+#line 1003 "parse-datetime.y"
+      { (yyval.intval) = (yyvsp[0].textintval).value; }
+#line 2356 "parse-datetime.c"
+    break;
+
+
+#line 2360 "parse-datetime.c"
+
+      default: break;
+    }
+  /* User semantic actions sometimes alter yychar, and that requires
+     that yytoken be updated with the new translation.  We take the
+     approach of translating immediately before every use of yytoken.
+     One alternative is translating here after every semantic action,
+     but that translation would be missed if the semantic action invokes
+     YYABORT, YYACCEPT, or YYERROR immediately after altering yychar or
+     if it invokes YYBACKUP.  In the case of YYABORT or YYACCEPT, an
+     incorrect destructor might then be invoked immediately.  In the
+     case of YYERROR or YYBACKUP, subsequent parser actions might lead
+     to an incorrect destructor call or verbose syntax error message
+     before the lookahead is translated.  */
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yyr1[yyn]), &yyval, &yyloc);
+
+  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
+  yylen = 0;
+
+  *++yyvsp = yyval;
+
+  /* Now 'shift' the result of the reduction.  Determine what state
+     that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
+     number reduced by.  */
+  {
+    const int yylhs = yyr1[yyn] - YYNTOKENS;
+    const int yyi = yypgoto[yylhs] + *yyssp;
+    yystate = (0 <= yyi && yyi <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyi] == *yyssp
+               ? yytable[yyi]
+               : yydefgoto[yylhs]);
+  }
+
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error.  |
+`--------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab:
+  /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation.  See comments at
+     user semantic actions for why this is necessary.  */
+  yytoken = yychar == YYEMPTY ? YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY : YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+  if (!yyerrstatus)
+    {
+      ++yynerrs;
+      yyerror (pc, YY_("syntax error"));
+    }
+
+  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
+         error, discard it.  */
+
+      if (yychar <= YYEOF)
+        {
+          /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
+          if (yychar == YYEOF)
+            YYABORT;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          yydestruct ("Error: discarding",
+                      yytoken, &yylval, pc);
+          yychar = YYEMPTY;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
+     token.  */
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR.  |
+`---------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrorlab:
+  /* Pacify compilers when the user code never invokes YYERROR and the
+     label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user code.  */
+  if (0)
+    YYERROR;
+
+  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule whose action triggered
+     this YYERROR.  */
+  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
+  yylen = 0;
+  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+  yystate = *yyssp;
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR.  |
+`-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab1:
+  yyerrstatus = 3;      /* Each real token shifted decrements this.  */
+
+  /* Pop stack until we find a state that shifts the error token.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      yyn = yypact[yystate];
+      if (!yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
+        {
+          yyn += YYSYMBOL_YYerror;
+          if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYSYMBOL_YYerror)
+            {
+              yyn = yytable[yyn];
+              if (0 < yyn)
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token.  */
+      if (yyssp == yyss)
+        YYABORT;
+
+
+      yydestruct ("Error: popping",
+                  YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (yystate), yyvsp, pc);
+      YYPOPSTACK (1);
+      yystate = *yyssp;
+      YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+    }
+
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
+
+
+  /* Shift the error token.  */
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (yyn), yyvsp, yylsp);
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------.
+| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here.  |
+`-------------------------------------*/
+yyacceptlab:
+  yyresult = 0;
+  goto yyreturn;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------.
+| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here.  |
+`-----------------------------------*/
+yyabortlab:
+  yyresult = 1;
+  goto yyreturn;
+
+
+#if !defined yyoverflow
+/*-------------------------------------------------.
+| yyexhaustedlab -- memory exhaustion comes here.  |
+`-------------------------------------------------*/
+yyexhaustedlab:
+  yyerror (pc, YY_("memory exhausted"));
+  yyresult = 2;
+  goto yyreturn;
+#endif
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyreturn -- parsing is finished, clean up and return.  |
+`-------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyreturn:
+  if (yychar != YYEMPTY)
+    {
+      /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation.  See comments at
+         user semantic actions for why this is necessary.  */
+      yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+      yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead",
+                  yytoken, &yylval, pc);
+    }
+  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule whose action triggered
+     this YYABORT or YYACCEPT.  */
+  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
+  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
+  while (yyssp != yyss)
+    {
+      yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping",
+                  YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (+*yyssp), yyvsp, pc);
+      YYPOPSTACK (1);
+    }
+#ifndef yyoverflow
+  if (yyss != yyssa)
+    YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
+#endif
+
+  return yyresult;
+}
+
+#line 1006 "parse-datetime.y"
+
+
+static table const meridian_table[] =
+{
+  { "AM",   tMERIDIAN, MERam },
+  { "A.M.", tMERIDIAN, MERam },
+  { "PM",   tMERIDIAN, MERpm },
+  { "P.M.", tMERIDIAN, MERpm },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+static table const dst_table[] =
+{
+  { "DST", tDST, 0 }
+};
+
+static table const month_and_day_table[] =
+{
+  { "JANUARY",  tMONTH,  1 },
+  { "FEBRUARY", tMONTH,  2 },
+  { "MARCH",    tMONTH,  3 },
+  { "APRIL",    tMONTH,  4 },
+  { "MAY",      tMONTH,  5 },
+  { "JUNE",     tMONTH,  6 },
+  { "JULY",     tMONTH,  7 },
+  { "AUGUST",   tMONTH,  8 },
+  { "SEPTEMBER",tMONTH,  9 },
+  { "SEPT",     tMONTH,  9 },
+  { "OCTOBER",  tMONTH, 10 },
+  { "NOVEMBER", tMONTH, 11 },
+  { "DECEMBER", tMONTH, 12 },
+  { "SUNDAY",   tDAY,    0 },
+  { "MONDAY",   tDAY,    1 },
+  { "TUESDAY",  tDAY,    2 },
+  { "TUES",     tDAY,    2 },
+  { "WEDNESDAY",tDAY,    3 },
+  { "WEDNES",   tDAY,    3 },
+  { "THURSDAY", tDAY,    4 },
+  { "THUR",     tDAY,    4 },
+  { "THURS",    tDAY,    4 },
+  { "FRIDAY",   tDAY,    5 },
+  { "SATURDAY", tDAY,    6 },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+static table const time_units_table[] =
+{
+  { "YEAR",     tYEAR_UNIT,      1 },
+  { "MONTH",    tMONTH_UNIT,     1 },
+  { "FORTNIGHT",tDAY_UNIT,      14 },
+  { "WEEK",     tDAY_UNIT,       7 },
+  { "DAY",      tDAY_UNIT,       1 },
+  { "HOUR",     tHOUR_UNIT,      1 },
+  { "MINUTE",   tMINUTE_UNIT,    1 },
+  { "MIN",      tMINUTE_UNIT,    1 },
+  { "SECOND",   tSEC_UNIT,       1 },
+  { "SEC",      tSEC_UNIT,       1 },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Assorted relative-time words.  */
+static table const relative_time_table[] =
+{
+  { "TOMORROW", tDAY_SHIFT,      1 },
+  { "YESTERDAY",tDAY_SHIFT,     -1 },
+  { "TODAY",    tDAY_SHIFT,      0 },
+  { "NOW",      tDAY_SHIFT,      0 },
+  { "LAST",     tORDINAL,       -1 },
+  { "THIS",     tORDINAL,        0 },
+  { "NEXT",     tORDINAL,        1 },
+  { "FIRST",    tORDINAL,        1 },
+/*{ "SECOND",   tORDINAL,        2 }, */
+  { "THIRD",    tORDINAL,        3 },
+  { "FOURTH",   tORDINAL,        4 },
+  { "FIFTH",    tORDINAL,        5 },
+  { "SIXTH",    tORDINAL,        6 },
+  { "SEVENTH",  tORDINAL,        7 },
+  { "EIGHTH",   tORDINAL,        8 },
+  { "NINTH",    tORDINAL,        9 },
+  { "TENTH",    tORDINAL,       10 },
+  { "ELEVENTH", tORDINAL,       11 },
+  { "TWELFTH",  tORDINAL,       12 },
+  { "AGO",      tAGO,           -1 },
+  { "HENCE",    tAGO,            1 },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* The universal time zone table.  These labels can be used even for
+   timestamps that would not otherwise be valid, e.g., GMT timestamps
+   oin London during summer.  */
+static table const universal_time_zone_table[] =
+{
+  { "GMT",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) }, /* Greenwich Mean */
+  { "UT",       tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) }, /* Universal (Coordinated) */
+  { "UTC",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* The time zone table.  This table is necessarily incomplete, as time
+   zone abbreviations are ambiguous; e.g., Australians interpret "EST"
+   as Eastern time in Australia, not as US Eastern Standard Time.
+   You cannot rely on parse_datetime to handle arbitrary time zone
+   abbreviations; use numeric abbreviations like "-0500" instead.  */
+static table const time_zone_table[] =
+{
+  { "WET",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) }, /* Western European */
+  { "WEST",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 0) }, /* Western European Summer */
+  { "BST",      tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 0) }, /* British Summer */
+  { "ART",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 3) }, /* Argentina */
+  { "BRT",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 3) }, /* Brazil */
+  { "BRST",     tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 3) }, /* Brazil Summer */
+  { "NST",      tZONE,   -(HOUR ( 3) + 30 * 60) }, /* Newfoundland Standard */
+  { "NDT",      tDAYZONE,-(HOUR ( 3) + 30 * 60) }, /* Newfoundland Daylight */
+  { "AST",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 4) }, /* Atlantic Standard */
+  { "ADT",      tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 4) }, /* Atlantic Daylight */
+  { "CLT",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 4) }, /* Chile */
+  { "CLST",     tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 4) }, /* Chile Summer */
+  { "EST",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 5) }, /* Eastern Standard */
+  { "EDT",      tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 5) }, /* Eastern Daylight */
+  { "CST",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 6) }, /* Central Standard */
+  { "CDT",      tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 6) }, /* Central Daylight */
+  { "MST",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 7) }, /* Mountain Standard */
+  { "MDT",      tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 7) }, /* Mountain Daylight */
+  { "PST",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 8) }, /* Pacific Standard */
+  { "PDT",      tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 8) }, /* Pacific Daylight */
+  { "AKST",     tZONE,    -HOUR ( 9) }, /* Alaska Standard */
+  { "AKDT",     tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 9) }, /* Alaska Daylight */
+  { "HST",      tZONE,    -HOUR (10) }, /* Hawaii Standard */
+  { "HAST",     tZONE,    -HOUR (10) }, /* Hawaii-Aleutian Standard */
+  { "HADT",     tDAYZONE, -HOUR (10) }, /* Hawaii-Aleutian Daylight */
+  { "SST",      tZONE,    -HOUR (12) }, /* Samoa Standard */
+  { "WAT",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) }, /* West Africa */
+  { "CET",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) }, /* Central European */
+  { "CEST",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 1) }, /* Central European Summer */
+  { "MET",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) }, /* Middle European */
+  { "MEZ",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) }, /* Middle European */
+  { "MEST",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 1) }, /* Middle European Summer */
+  { "MESZ",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 1) }, /* Middle European Summer */
+  { "EET",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 2) }, /* Eastern European */
+  { "EEST",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 2) }, /* Eastern European Summer */
+  { "CAT",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 2) }, /* Central Africa */
+  { "SAST",     tZONE,     HOUR ( 2) }, /* South Africa Standard */
+  { "EAT",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 3) }, /* East Africa */
+  { "MSK",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 3) }, /* Moscow */
+  { "MSD",      tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 3) }, /* Moscow Daylight */
+  { "IST",      tZONE,    (HOUR ( 5) + 30 * 60) }, /* India Standard */
+  { "SGT",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 8) }, /* Singapore */
+  { "KST",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 9) }, /* Korea Standard */
+  { "JST",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 9) }, /* Japan Standard */
+  { "GST",      tZONE,     HOUR (10) }, /* Guam Standard */
+  { "NZST",     tZONE,     HOUR (12) }, /* New Zealand Standard */
+  { "NZDT",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR (12) }, /* New Zealand Daylight */
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Military time zone table.
+
+   RFC 822 got these backwards, but RFC 5322 makes the incorrect
+   treatment optional, so do them the right way here.
+
+   Note 'T' is a special case, as it is used as the separator in ISO
+   8601 date and time of day representation.  */
+static table const military_table[] =
+{
+  { "A", tZONE,  HOUR ( 1) },
+  { "B", tZONE,  HOUR ( 2) },
+  { "C", tZONE,  HOUR ( 3) },
+  { "D", tZONE,  HOUR ( 4) },
+  { "E", tZONE,  HOUR ( 5) },
+  { "F", tZONE,  HOUR ( 6) },
+  { "G", tZONE,  HOUR ( 7) },
+  { "H", tZONE,  HOUR ( 8) },
+  { "I", tZONE,  HOUR ( 9) },
+  { "K", tZONE,  HOUR (10) },
+  { "L", tZONE,  HOUR (11) },
+  { "M", tZONE,  HOUR (12) },
+  { "N", tZONE, -HOUR ( 1) },
+  { "O", tZONE, -HOUR ( 2) },
+  { "P", tZONE, -HOUR ( 3) },
+  { "Q", tZONE, -HOUR ( 4) },
+  { "R", tZONE, -HOUR ( 5) },
+  { "S", tZONE, -HOUR ( 6) },
+  { "T", 'T',    0 },
+  { "U", tZONE, -HOUR ( 8) },
+  { "V", tZONE, -HOUR ( 9) },
+  { "W", tZONE, -HOUR (10) },
+  { "X", tZONE, -HOUR (11) },
+  { "Y", tZONE, -HOUR (12) },
+  { "Z", tZONE,  HOUR ( 0) },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+
+
+/* Convert a time zone expressed as HH:MM into an integer count of
+   seconds.  If MM is negative, then S is of the form HHMM and needs
+   to be picked apart; otherwise, S is of the form HH.  As specified in
+   https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap08.html#tag_08_03, allow
+   only valid TZ range, and consider first two digits as hours, if no
+   minutes specified.  Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+time_zone_hhmm (parser_control *pc, textint s, intmax_t mm)
+{
+  intmax_t n_minutes;
+  bool overflow = false;
+
+  /* If the length of S is 1 or 2 and no minutes are specified,
+     interpret it as a number of hours.  */
+  if (s.digits <= 2 && mm < 0)
+    s.value *= 100;
+
+  if (mm < 0)
+    n_minutes = (s.value / 100) * 60 + s.value % 100;
+  else
+    {
+      overflow |= INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (s.value, 60, &n_minutes);
+      overflow |= (s.negative
+                   ? INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (n_minutes, mm, &n_minutes)
+                   : INT_ADD_WRAPV (n_minutes, mm, &n_minutes));
+    }
+
+  if (overflow || ! (-24 * 60 <= n_minutes && n_minutes <= 24 * 60))
+    return false;
+  pc->time_zone = n_minutes * 60;
+  return true;
+}
+
+static int
+to_hour (intmax_t hours, int meridian)
+{
+  switch (meridian)
+    {
+    default: /* Pacify GCC.  */
+    case MER24:
+      return 0 <= hours && hours < 24 ? hours : -1;
+    case MERam:
+      return 0 < hours && hours < 12 ? hours : hours == 12 ? 0 : -1;
+    case MERpm:
+      return 0 < hours && hours < 12 ? hours + 12 : hours == 12 ? 12 : -1;
+    }
+}
+
+enum { TM_YEAR_BASE = 1900 };
+enum { TM_YEAR_BUFSIZE = INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (int) + 1 };
+
+/* Convert TM_YEAR, a year minus 1900, to a string that is numerically
+   correct even if subtracting 1900 would overflow.  */
+
+static char const *
+tm_year_str (int tm_year, char buf[TM_YEAR_BUFSIZE])
+{
+  verify (TM_YEAR_BASE % 100 == 0);
+  sprintf (buf, &"-%02d%02d"[-TM_YEAR_BASE <= tm_year],
+           abs (tm_year / 100 + TM_YEAR_BASE / 100),
+           abs (tm_year % 100));
+  return buf;
+}
+
+/* Convert a text year number to a year minus 1900, working correctly
+   even if the input is in the range INT_MAX .. INT_MAX + 1900 - 1.  */
+
+static bool
+to_tm_year (textint textyear, bool debug, int *tm_year)
+{
+  intmax_t year = textyear.value;
+
+  /* XPG4 suggests that years 00-68 map to 2000-2068, and
+     years 69-99 map to 1969-1999.  */
+  if (0 <= year && textyear.digits == 2)
+    {
+      year += year < 69 ? 2000 : 1900;
+      if (debug)
+        dbg_printf (_("warning: adjusting year value %"PRIdMAX
+                      " to %"PRIdMAX"\n"),
+                    textyear.value, year);
+    }
+
+  if (year < 0
+      ? INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (-TM_YEAR_BASE, year, tm_year)
+      : INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (year, TM_YEAR_BASE, tm_year))
+    {
+      if (debug)
+        dbg_printf (_("error: out-of-range year %"PRIdMAX"\n"), year);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static table const * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+lookup_zone (parser_control const *pc, char const *name)
+{
+  table const *tp;
+
+  for (tp = universal_time_zone_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (name, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  /* Try local zone abbreviations before those in time_zone_table, as
+     the local ones are more likely to be right.  */
+  for (tp = pc->local_time_zone_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (name, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  for (tp = time_zone_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (name, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+/* Yield the difference between *A and *B,
+   measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.
+   The body of this function is taken directly from the GNU C Library;
+   see strftime.c.  */
+static int
+tm_diff (const struct tm *a, const struct tm *b)
+{
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid int overflow in leap day calculations,
+     but it's OK to assume that A and B are close to each other.  */
+  int a4 = SHR (a->tm_year, 2) + SHR (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (a->tm_year & 3);
+  int b4 = SHR (b->tm_year, 2) + SHR (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (b->tm_year & 3);
+  int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+  int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+  int a400 = SHR (a100, 2);
+  int b400 = SHR (b100, 2);
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+  int years = a->tm_year - b->tm_year;
+  int days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
+              + (a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday));
+  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
+                + (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
+          + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
+}
+#endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */
+
+static table const *
+lookup_word (parser_control const *pc, char *word)
+{
+  char *p;
+  char *q;
+  idx_t wordlen;
+  table const *tp;
+  bool period_found;
+  bool abbrev;
+
+  /* Make it uppercase.  */
+  for (p = word; *p; p++)
+    *p = c_toupper (to_uchar (*p));
+
+  for (tp = meridian_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (word, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  /* See if we have an abbreviation for a month.  */
+  wordlen = strlen (word);
+  abbrev = wordlen == 3 || (wordlen == 4 && word[3] == '.');
+
+  for (tp = month_and_day_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if ((abbrev ? strncmp (word, tp->name, 3) : strcmp (word, tp->name)) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  if ((tp = lookup_zone (pc, word)))
+    return tp;
+
+  if (strcmp (word, dst_table[0].name) == 0)
+    return dst_table;
+
+  for (tp = time_units_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (word, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  /* Strip off any plural and try the units table again.  */
+  if (word[wordlen - 1] == 'S')
+    {
+      word[wordlen - 1] = '\0';
+      for (tp = time_units_table; tp->name; tp++)
+        if (strcmp (word, tp->name) == 0)
+          return tp;
+      word[wordlen - 1] = 'S';  /* For "this" in relative_time_table.  */
+    }
+
+  for (tp = relative_time_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (word, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  /* Military time zones.  */
+  if (wordlen == 1)
+    for (tp = military_table; tp->name; tp++)
+      if (word[0] == tp->name[0])
+        return tp;
+
+  /* Drop out any periods and try the time zone table again.  */
+  for (period_found = false, p = q = word; (*p = *q); q++)
+    if (*q == '.')
+      period_found = true;
+    else
+      p++;
+  if (period_found && (tp = lookup_zone (pc, word)))
+    return tp;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static int
+yylex (union YYSTYPE *lvalp, parser_control *pc)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      while (c = *pc->input, c_isspace (c))
+        pc->input++;
+
+      if (c_isdigit (c) || c == '-' || c == '+')
+        {
+          char const *p = pc->input;
+          int sign;
+          if (c == '-' || c == '+')
+            {
+              sign = c == '-' ? -1 : 1;
+              while (c = *(pc->input = ++p), c_isspace (c))
+                continue;
+              if (! c_isdigit (c))
+                /* skip the '-' sign */
+                continue;
+            }
+          else
+            sign = 0;
+
+          time_t value = 0;
+          do
+            {
+              if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (value, 10, &value))
+                return '?';
+              if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (value, sign < 0 ? '0' - c : c - '0', &value))
+                return '?';
+              c = *++p;
+            }
+          while (c_isdigit (c));
+
+          if ((c == '.' || c == ',') && c_isdigit (p[1]))
+            {
+              time_t s = value;
+              int digits;
+
+              /* Accumulate fraction, to ns precision.  */
+              p++;
+              int ns = *p++ - '0';
+              for (digits = 2; digits <= LOG10_BILLION; digits++)
+                {
+                  ns *= 10;
+                  if (c_isdigit (*p))
+                    ns += *p++ - '0';
+                }
+
+              /* Skip excess digits, truncating toward -Infinity.  */
+              if (sign < 0)
+                for (; c_isdigit (*p); p++)
+                  if (*p != '0')
+                    {
+                      ns++;
+                      break;
+                    }
+              while (c_isdigit (*p))
+                p++;
+
+              /* Adjust to the timespec convention, which is that
+                 tv_nsec is always a positive offset even if tv_sec is
+                 negative.  */
+              if (sign < 0 && ns)
+                {
+                  if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (s, 1, &s))
+                    return '?';
+                  ns = BILLION - ns;
+                }
+
+              lvalp->timespec.tv_sec = s;
+              lvalp->timespec.tv_nsec = ns;
+              pc->input = p;
+              return sign ? tSDECIMAL_NUMBER : tUDECIMAL_NUMBER;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              lvalp->textintval.negative = sign < 0;
+              lvalp->textintval.value = value;
+              lvalp->textintval.digits = p - pc->input;
+              pc->input = p;
+              return sign ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (c_isalpha (c))
+        {
+          char buff[20];
+          char *p = buff;
+          table const *tp;
+
+          do
+            {
+              if (p < buff + sizeof buff - 1)
+                *p++ = c;
+              c = *++pc->input;
+            }
+          while (c_isalpha (c) || c == '.');
+
+          *p = '\0';
+          tp = lookup_word (pc, buff);
+          if (! tp)
+            {
+              if (debugging (pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: unknown word '%s'\n"), buff);
+              return '?';
+            }
+          lvalp->intval = tp->value;
+          return tp->type;
+        }
+
+      if (c != '(')
+        return to_uchar (*pc->input++);
+
+      idx_t count = 0;
+      do
+        {
+          c = *pc->input++;
+          if (c == '\0')
+            return c;
+          if (c == '(')
+            count++;
+          else if (c == ')')
+            count--;
+        }
+      while (count != 0);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Do nothing if the parser reports an error.  */
+static int
+yyerror (_GL_UNUSED parser_control const *pc,
+         _GL_UNUSED char const *s)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* If *TM0 is the old and *TM1 is the new value of a struct tm after
+   passing it to mktime_z, return true if it's OK.  It's not OK if
+   mktime failed or if *TM0 has out-of-range mainline members.
+   The caller should set TM1->tm_wday to -1 before calling mktime,
+   as a negative tm_wday is how mktime failure is inferred.  */
+
+static bool
+mktime_ok (struct tm const *tm0, struct tm const *tm1)
+{
+  if (tm1->tm_wday < 0)
+    return false;
+
+  return ! ((tm0->tm_sec ^ tm1->tm_sec)
+            | (tm0->tm_min ^ tm1->tm_min)
+            | (tm0->tm_hour ^ tm1->tm_hour)
+            | (tm0->tm_mday ^ tm1->tm_mday)
+            | (tm0->tm_mon ^ tm1->tm_mon)
+            | (tm0->tm_year ^ tm1->tm_year));
+}
+
+/* Debugging: format a 'struct tm' into a buffer, taking the parser's
+   timezone information into account (if pc != NULL).  */
+static char const *
+debug_strfdatetime (struct tm const *tm, parser_control const *pc,
+                    char *buf, int n)
+{
+  /* TODO:
+     1. find an optimal way to print date string in a clear and unambiguous
+        format.  Currently, always add '(Y-M-D)' prefix.
+        Consider '2016y01m10d'  or 'year(2016) month(01) day(10)'.
+
+        If the user needs debug printing, it means he/she already having
+        issues with the parsing - better to avoid formats that could
+        be mis-interpreted (e.g., just YYYY-MM-DD).
+
+     2. Can strftime be used instead?
+        depends if it is portable and can print invalid dates on all systems.
+
+     3. Print timezone information ?
+
+     4. Print DST information ?
+
+     5. Print nanosecond information ?
+
+     NOTE:
+     Printed date/time values might not be valid, e.g., '2016-02-31'
+     or '2016-19-2016' .  These are the values as parsed from the user
+     string, before validation.
+  */
+  int m = nstrftime (buf, n, "(Y-M-D) %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", tm, 0, 0);
+
+  /* If parser_control information was provided (for timezone),
+     and there's enough space in the buffer, add timezone info.  */
+  if (pc && m < n && pc->zones_seen)
+    {
+      int tz = pc->time_zone;
+
+      /* Account for DST if tLOCAL_ZONE was seen.  */
+      if (pc->local_zones_seen && !pc->zones_seen && 0 < pc->local_isdst)
+        tz += 60 * 60;
+
+      char time_zone_buf[TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE];
+      snprintf (&buf[m], n - m, " TZ=%s", time_zone_str (tz, time_zone_buf));
+    }
+  return buf;
+}
+
+static char const *
+debug_strfdate (struct tm const *tm, char *buf, int n)
+{
+  char tm_year_buf[TM_YEAR_BUFSIZE];
+  snprintf (buf, n, "(Y-M-D) %s-%02d-%02d",
+            tm_year_str (tm->tm_year, tm_year_buf),
+            tm->tm_mon + 1, tm->tm_mday);
+  return buf;
+}
+
+static char const *
+debug_strftime (struct tm const *tm, char *buf, int n)
+{
+  snprintf (buf, n, "%02d:%02d:%02d", tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec);
+  return buf;
+}
+
+/* If mktime_ok failed, display the failed time values,
+   and provide possible hints.  Example output:
+
+    date: error: invalid date/time value:
+    date:     user provided time: '(Y-M-D) 2006-04-02 02:45:00'
+    date:        normalized time: '(Y-M-D) 2006-04-02 03:45:00'
+    date:                                             __
+    date:      possible reasons:
+    date:        non-existing due to daylight-saving time;
+    date:        numeric values overflow;
+    date:        missing timezone;
+ */
+static void
+debug_mktime_not_ok (struct tm const *tm0, struct tm const *tm1,
+                     parser_control const *pc, bool time_zone_seen)
+{
+  /* TODO: handle t == -1 (as in 'mktime_ok').  */
+  char tmp[DBGBUFSIZE];
+  int i;
+  const bool eq_sec   = (tm0->tm_sec  == tm1->tm_sec);
+  const bool eq_min   = (tm0->tm_min  == tm1->tm_min);
+  const bool eq_hour  = (tm0->tm_hour == tm1->tm_hour);
+  const bool eq_mday  = (tm0->tm_mday == tm1->tm_mday);
+  const bool eq_month = (tm0->tm_mon  == tm1->tm_mon);
+  const bool eq_year  = (tm0->tm_year == tm1->tm_year);
+
+  const bool dst_shift = eq_sec && eq_min && !eq_hour
+                         && eq_mday && eq_month && eq_year;
+
+  if (!debugging (pc))
+    return;
+
+  dbg_printf (_("error: invalid date/time value:\n"));
+  dbg_printf (_("    user provided time: '%s'\n"),
+              debug_strfdatetime (tm0, pc, tmp, sizeof tmp));
+  dbg_printf (_("       normalized time: '%s'\n"),
+              debug_strfdatetime (tm1, pc, tmp, sizeof tmp));
+  /* The format must be aligned with debug_strfdatetime and the two
+     DEBUG statements above.  This string is not translated.  */
+  i = snprintf (tmp, sizeof tmp,
+                "                                 %4s %2s %2s %2s %2s %2s",
+                eq_year ? "" : "----",
+                eq_month ? "" : "--",
+                eq_mday ? "" : "--",
+                eq_hour ? "" : "--",
+                eq_min ? "" : "--",
+                eq_sec ? "" : "--");
+  /* Trim trailing whitespace.  */
+  if (0 <= i)
+    {
+      if (sizeof tmp - 1 < i)
+        i = sizeof tmp - 1;
+      while (0 < i && tmp[i - 1] == ' ')
+        --i;
+      tmp[i] = '\0';
+    }
+  dbg_printf ("%s\n", tmp);
+
+  dbg_printf (_("     possible reasons:\n"));
+  if (dst_shift)
+    dbg_printf (_("       non-existing due to daylight-saving time;\n"));
+  if (!eq_mday && !eq_month)
+    dbg_printf (_("       invalid day/month combination;\n"));
+  dbg_printf (_("       numeric values overflow;\n"));
+  dbg_printf ("       %s\n", (time_zone_seen ? _("incorrect timezone")
+                              : _("missing timezone")));
+}
+
+/* Parse a date/time string, storing the resulting time value into *RESULT.
+   The string itself is pointed to by P.  Return true if successful.
+   P can be an incomplete or relative time specification; if so, use
+   *NOW as the basis for the returned time.  Default to timezone
+   TZDEFAULT, which corresponds to tzalloc (TZSTRING).  */
+static bool
+parse_datetime_body (struct timespec *result, char const *p,
+                     struct timespec const *now, unsigned int flags,
+                     timezone_t tzdefault, char const *tzstring)
+{
+  struct tm tm;
+  struct tm tm0;
+  char time_zone_buf[TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE];
+  char dbg_tm[DBGBUFSIZE];
+  bool ok = false;
+  char const *input_sentinel = p + strlen (p);
+  char *tz1alloc = NULL;
+
+  /* A reasonable upper bound for the size of ordinary TZ strings.
+     Use heap allocation if TZ's length exceeds this.  */
+  enum { TZBUFSIZE = 100 };
+  char tz1buf[TZBUFSIZE];
+
+  struct timespec gettime_buffer;
+  if (! now)
+    {
+      gettime (&gettime_buffer);
+      now = &gettime_buffer;
+    }
+
+  time_t Start = now->tv_sec;
+  int Start_ns = now->tv_nsec;
+
+  unsigned char c;
+  while (c = *p, c_isspace (c))
+    p++;
+
+  timezone_t tz = tzdefault;
+
+  /* Store a local copy prior to first "goto".  Without this, a prior use
+     below of RELATIVE_TIME_0 on the RHS might translate to an assignment-
+     to-temporary, which would trigger a -Wjump-misses-init warning.  */
+  const relative_time rel_time_0 = RELATIVE_TIME_0;
+
+  if (strncmp (p, "TZ=\"", 4) == 0)
+    {
+      char const *tzbase = p + 4;
+      idx_t tzsize = 1;
+      char const *s;
+
+      for (s = tzbase; *s; s++, tzsize++)
+        if (*s == '\\')
+          {
+            s++;
+            if (! (*s == '\\' || *s == '"'))
+              break;
+          }
+        else if (*s == '"')
+          {
+            timezone_t tz1;
+            char *tz1string = tz1buf;
+            char *z;
+            if (TZBUFSIZE < tzsize)
+              {
+                tz1alloc = malloc (tzsize);
+                if (!tz1alloc)
+                  goto fail;
+                tz1string = tz1alloc;
+              }
+            z = tz1string;
+            for (s = tzbase; *s != '"'; s++)
+              *z++ = *(s += *s == '\\');
+            *z = '\0';
+            tz1 = tzalloc (tz1string);
+            if (!tz1)
+              goto fail;
+            tz = tz1;
+            tzstring = tz1string;
+
+            p = s + 1;
+            while (c = *p, c_isspace (c))
+              p++;
+
+            break;
+          }
+    }
+
+  struct tm tmp;
+  if (! localtime_rz (tz, &now->tv_sec, &tmp))
+    goto fail;
+
+  /* As documented, be careful to treat the empty string just like
+     a date string of "0".  Without this, an empty string would be
+     declared invalid when parsed during a DST transition.  */
+  if (*p == '\0')
+    p = "0";
+
+  parser_control pc;
+  pc.input = p;
+#ifdef GNULIB_PARSE_DATETIME2
+  pc.parse_datetime_debug = (flags & PARSE_DATETIME_DEBUG) != 0;
+#endif
+  if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (tmp.tm_year, TM_YEAR_BASE, &pc.year.value))
+    {
+      if (debugging (&pc))
+        dbg_printf (_("error: initial year out of range\n"));
+      goto fail;
+    }
+  pc.year.digits = 0;
+  pc.month = tmp.tm_mon + 1;
+  pc.day = tmp.tm_mday;
+  pc.hour = tmp.tm_hour;
+  pc.minutes = tmp.tm_min;
+  pc.seconds.tv_sec = tmp.tm_sec;
+  pc.seconds.tv_nsec = Start_ns;
+  tm.tm_isdst = tmp.tm_isdst;
+
+  pc.meridian = MER24;
+  pc.rel = rel_time_0;
+  pc.timespec_seen = false;
+  pc.rels_seen = false;
+  pc.dates_seen = 0;
+  pc.days_seen = 0;
+  pc.times_seen = 0;
+  pc.local_zones_seen = 0;
+  pc.dsts_seen = 0;
+  pc.zones_seen = 0;
+  pc.year_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_dates_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_days_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_times_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_local_zones_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_zones_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_year_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_ordinal_day_seen = false;
+
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+  pc.local_time_zone_table[0].name = tmp.tm_zone;
+  pc.local_time_zone_table[0].type = tLOCAL_ZONE;
+  pc.local_time_zone_table[0].value = tmp.tm_isdst;
+  pc.local_time_zone_table[1].name = NULL;
+
+  /* Probe the names used in the next three calendar quarters, looking
+     for a tm_isdst different from the one we already have.  */
+  {
+    int quarter;
+    for (quarter = 1; quarter <= 3; quarter++)
+      {
+        time_t probe;
+        if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (Start, quarter * (90 * 24 * 60 * 60), &probe))
+          break;
+        struct tm probe_tm;
+        if (localtime_rz (tz, &probe, &probe_tm) && probe_tm.tm_zone
+            && probe_tm.tm_isdst != pc.local_time_zone_table[0].value)
+          {
+              {
+                pc.local_time_zone_table[1].name = probe_tm.tm_zone;
+                pc.local_time_zone_table[1].type = tLOCAL_ZONE;
+                pc.local_time_zone_table[1].value = probe_tm.tm_isdst;
+                pc.local_time_zone_table[2].name = NULL;
+              }
+            break;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+#else
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+  {
+# if !HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
+    extern char *tzname[];
+# endif
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+      {
+        pc.local_time_zone_table[i].name = tzname[i];
+        pc.local_time_zone_table[i].type = tLOCAL_ZONE;
+        pc.local_time_zone_table[i].value = i;
+      }
+    pc.local_time_zone_table[i].name = NULL;
+  }
+#else
+  pc.local_time_zone_table[0].name = NULL;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  if (pc.local_time_zone_table[0].name && pc.local_time_zone_table[1].name
+      && ! strcmp (pc.local_time_zone_table[0].name,
+                   pc.local_time_zone_table[1].name))
+    {
+      /* This locale uses the same abbreviation for standard and
+         daylight times.  So if we see that abbreviation, we don't
+         know whether it's daylight time.  */
+      pc.local_time_zone_table[0].value = -1;
+      pc.local_time_zone_table[1].name = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (yyparse (&pc) != 0)
+    {
+      if (debugging (&pc))
+        dbg_printf ((input_sentinel <= pc.input
+                     ? _("error: parsing failed\n")
+                     : _("error: parsing failed, stopped at '%s'\n")),
+                    pc.input);
+      goto fail;
+    }
+
+
+  /* Determine effective timezone source.  */
+
+  if (debugging (&pc))
+    {
+      dbg_printf (_("input timezone: "));
+
+      if (pc.timespec_seen)
+        fprintf (stderr, _("'@timespec' - always UTC"));
+      else if (pc.zones_seen)
+        fprintf (stderr, _("parsed date/time string"));
+      else if (tzstring)
+        {
+          if (tz != tzdefault)
+            fprintf (stderr, _("TZ=\"%s\" in date string"), tzstring);
+          else if (STREQ (tzstring, "UTC0"))
+            {
+              /* Special case: 'date -u' sets TZ="UTC0".  */
+              fprintf (stderr, _("TZ=\"UTC0\" environment value or -u"));
+            }
+          else
+            fprintf (stderr, _("TZ=\"%s\" environment value"), tzstring);
+        }
+      else
+        fprintf (stderr, _("system default"));
+
+      /* Account for DST changes if tLOCAL_ZONE was seen.
+         local timezone only changes DST and is relative to the
+         default timezone.*/
+      if (pc.local_zones_seen && !pc.zones_seen && 0 < pc.local_isdst)
+        fprintf (stderr, ", dst");
+
+      if (pc.zones_seen)
+        fprintf (stderr, " (%s)", time_zone_str (pc.time_zone, time_zone_buf));
+
+      fputc ('\n', stderr);
+    }
+
+  if (pc.timespec_seen)
+    *result = pc.seconds;
+  else
+    {
+      if (1 < (pc.times_seen | pc.dates_seen | pc.days_seen | pc.dsts_seen
+               | (pc.local_zones_seen + pc.zones_seen)))
+        {
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            {
+              if (pc.times_seen > 1)
+                dbg_printf ("error: seen multiple time parts\n");
+              if (pc.dates_seen > 1)
+                dbg_printf ("error: seen multiple date parts\n");
+              if (pc.days_seen > 1)
+                dbg_printf ("error: seen multiple days parts\n");
+              if (pc.dsts_seen > 1)
+                dbg_printf ("error: seen multiple daylight-saving parts\n");
+              if ((pc.local_zones_seen + pc.zones_seen) > 1)
+                dbg_printf ("error: seen multiple time-zone parts\n");
+            }
+          goto fail;
+        }
+
+      if (! to_tm_year (pc.year, debugging (&pc), &tm.tm_year)
+          || INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc.month, -1, &tm.tm_mon)
+          || INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc.day, 0, &tm.tm_mday))
+        {
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            dbg_printf (_("error: year, month, or day overflow\n"));
+          goto fail;
+        }
+      if (pc.times_seen || (pc.rels_seen && ! pc.dates_seen && ! pc.days_seen))
+        {
+          tm.tm_hour = to_hour (pc.hour, pc.meridian);
+          if (tm.tm_hour < 0)
+            {
+              char const *mrd = (pc.meridian == MERam ? "am"
+                                 : pc.meridian == MERpm ?"pm" : "");
+              if (debugging (&pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: invalid hour %"PRIdMAX"%s\n"),
+                            pc.hour, mrd);
+              goto fail;
+            }
+          tm.tm_min = pc.minutes;
+          tm.tm_sec = pc.seconds.tv_sec;
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            dbg_printf ((pc.times_seen
+                         ? _("using specified time as starting value: '%s'\n")
+                         : _("using current time as starting value: '%s'\n")),
+                        debug_strftime (&tm, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
+          pc.seconds.tv_nsec = 0;
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            dbg_printf ("warning: using midnight as starting time: 00:00:00\n");
+        }
+
+      /* Let mktime deduce tm_isdst if we have an absolute timestamp.  */
+      if (pc.dates_seen | pc.days_seen | pc.times_seen)
+        tm.tm_isdst = -1;
+
+      /* But if the input explicitly specifies local time with or without
+         DST, give mktime that information.  */
+      if (pc.local_zones_seen)
+        tm.tm_isdst = pc.local_isdst;
+
+      tm0.tm_sec = tm.tm_sec;
+      tm0.tm_min = tm.tm_min;
+      tm0.tm_hour = tm.tm_hour;
+      tm0.tm_mday = tm.tm_mday;
+      tm0.tm_mon = tm.tm_mon;
+      tm0.tm_year = tm.tm_year;
+      tm0.tm_isdst = tm.tm_isdst;
+      tm.tm_wday = -1;
+
+      Start = mktime_z (tz, &tm);
+
+      if (! mktime_ok (&tm0, &tm))
+        {
+          bool repaired = false;
+          bool time_zone_seen = pc.zones_seen != 0;
+          if (time_zone_seen)
+            {
+              /* Guard against falsely reporting errors near the time_t
+                 boundaries when parsing times in other time zones.  For
+                 example, suppose the input string "1969-12-31 23:00:00 -0100",
+                 the current time zone is 8 hours ahead of UTC, and the min
+                 time_t value is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC.  Then the min
+                 localtime value is 1970-01-01 08:00:00, and mktime will
+                 therefore fail on 1969-12-31 23:00:00.  To work around the
+                 problem, set the time zone to 1 hour behind UTC temporarily
+                 by setting TZ="XXX1:00" and try mktime again.  */
+
+              char tz2buf[sizeof "XXX" - 1 + TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE];
+              tz2buf[0] = tz2buf[1] = tz2buf[2] = 'X';
+              time_zone_str (pc.time_zone, &tz2buf[3]);
+              timezone_t tz2 = tzalloc (tz2buf);
+              if (!tz2)
+                {
+                  if (debugging (&pc))
+                    dbg_printf (_("error: tzalloc (\"%s\") failed\n"), tz2buf);
+                  goto fail;
+                }
+              tm.tm_sec = tm0.tm_sec;
+              tm.tm_min = tm0.tm_min;
+              tm.tm_hour = tm0.tm_hour;
+              tm.tm_mday = tm0.tm_mday;
+              tm.tm_mon = tm0.tm_mon;
+              tm.tm_year = tm0.tm_year;
+              tm.tm_isdst = tm0.tm_isdst;
+              tm.tm_wday = -1;
+              Start = mktime_z (tz2, &tm);
+              repaired = mktime_ok (&tm0, &tm);
+              tzfree (tz2);
+            }
+
+          if (! repaired)
+            {
+              debug_mktime_not_ok (&tm0, &tm, &pc, time_zone_seen);
+              goto fail;
+            }
+        }
+
+      char dbg_ord[DBGBUFSIZE];
+
+      if (pc.days_seen && ! pc.dates_seen)
+        {
+          intmax_t dayincr;
+          tm.tm_yday = -1;
+          if (! (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV ((pc.day_ordinal
+                                      - (0 < pc.day_ordinal
+                                         && tm.tm_wday != pc.day_number)),
+                                     7, &dayincr)
+                 || INT_ADD_WRAPV ((pc.day_number - tm.tm_wday + 7) % 7,
+                                   dayincr, &dayincr)
+                 || INT_ADD_WRAPV (dayincr, tm.tm_mday, &tm.tm_mday)))
+            {
+              tm.tm_isdst = -1;
+              Start = mktime_z (tz, &tm);
+            }
+
+          if (tm.tm_yday < 0)
+            {
+              if (debugging (&pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: day '%s' "
+                              "(day ordinal=%"PRIdMAX" number=%d) "
+                              "resulted in an invalid date: '%s'\n"),
+                            str_days (&pc, dbg_ord, sizeof dbg_ord),
+                            pc.day_ordinal, pc.day_number,
+                            debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm,
+                                                sizeof dbg_tm));
+              goto fail;
+            }
+
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            dbg_printf (_("new start date: '%s' is '%s'\n"),
+                        str_days (&pc, dbg_ord, sizeof dbg_ord),
+                        debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+
+        }
+
+      if (debugging (&pc))
+        {
+          if (!pc.dates_seen && !pc.days_seen)
+            dbg_printf (_("using current date as starting value: '%s'\n"),
+                        debug_strfdate (&tm, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+
+          if (pc.days_seen && pc.dates_seen)
+            dbg_printf (_("warning: day (%s) ignored when explicit dates "
+                          "are given\n"),
+                        str_days (&pc, dbg_ord, sizeof dbg_ord));
+
+          dbg_printf (_("starting date/time: '%s'\n"),
+                      debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+        }
+
+      /* Add relative date.  */
+      if (pc.rel.year | pc.rel.month | pc.rel.day)
+        {
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            {
+              if ((pc.rel.year != 0 || pc.rel.month != 0) && tm.tm_mday != 15)
+                dbg_printf (_("warning: when adding relative months/years, "
+                              "it is recommended to specify the 15th of the "
+                              "months\n"));
+
+              if (pc.rel.day != 0 && tm.tm_hour != 12)
+                dbg_printf (_("warning: when adding relative days, "
+                              "it is recommended to specify noon\n"));
+            }
+
+          int year, month, day;
+          if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (tm.tm_year, pc.rel.year, &year)
+              || INT_ADD_WRAPV (tm.tm_mon, pc.rel.month, &month)
+              || INT_ADD_WRAPV (tm.tm_mday, pc.rel.day, &day))
+            {
+              if (debugging (&pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: %s:%d\n"), __FILE__, __LINE__);
+              goto fail;
+            }
+          tm.tm_year = year;
+          tm.tm_mon = month;
+          tm.tm_mday = day;
+          tm.tm_hour = tm0.tm_hour;
+          tm.tm_min = tm0.tm_min;
+          tm.tm_sec = tm0.tm_sec;
+          tm.tm_isdst = tm0.tm_isdst;
+          tm.tm_wday = -1;
+          Start = mktime_z (tz, &tm);
+          if (tm.tm_wday < 0)
+            {
+              if (debugging (&pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: adding relative date resulted "
+                              "in an invalid date: '%s'\n"),
+                            debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm,
+                                                sizeof dbg_tm));
+              goto fail;
+            }
+
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            {
+              dbg_printf (_("after date adjustment "
+                            "(%+"PRIdMAX" years, %+"PRIdMAX" months, "
+                            "%+"PRIdMAX" days),\n"),
+                          pc.rel.year, pc.rel.month, pc.rel.day);
+              dbg_printf (_("    new date/time = '%s'\n"),
+                          debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm,
+                                              sizeof dbg_tm));
+
+              /* Warn about crossing DST due to time adjustment.
+                 Example: https://bugs.gnu.org/8357
+                 env TZ=Europe/Helsinki \
+                   date --debug \
+                        -d 'Mon Mar 28 00:36:07 2011 EEST 1 day ago'
+
+                 This case is different than DST changes due to time adjustment,
+                 i.e., "1 day ago" vs "24 hours ago" are calculated in different
+                 places.
+
+                 'tm0.tm_isdst' contains the DST of the input date,
+                 'tm.tm_isdst' is the normalized result after calling
+                 mktime (&tm).
+              */
+              if (tm0.tm_isdst != -1 && tm.tm_isdst != tm0.tm_isdst)
+                dbg_printf (_("warning: daylight saving time changed after "
+                              "date adjustment\n"));
+
+              /* Warn if the user did not ask to adjust days but mday changed,
+                 or
+                 user did not ask to adjust months/days but the month changed.
+
+                 Example for first case:
+                 2016-05-31 + 1 month => 2016-06-31 => 2016-07-01.
+                 User asked to adjust month, but the day changed from 31 to 01.
+
+                 Example for second case:
+                 2016-02-29 + 1 year => 2017-02-29 => 2017-03-01.
+                 User asked to adjust year, but the month changed from 02 to 03.
+              */
+              if (pc.rel.day == 0
+                  && (tm.tm_mday != day
+                      || (pc.rel.month == 0 && tm.tm_mon != month)))
+                {
+                  dbg_printf (_("warning: month/year adjustment resulted in "
+                                "shifted dates:\n"));
+                  char tm_year_buf[TM_YEAR_BUFSIZE];
+                  dbg_printf (_("     adjusted Y M D: %s %02d %02d\n"),
+                              tm_year_str (year, tm_year_buf), month + 1, day);
+                  dbg_printf (_("   normalized Y M D: %s %02d %02d\n"),
+                              tm_year_str (tm.tm_year, tm_year_buf),
+                              tm.tm_mon + 1, tm.tm_mday);
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+
+      /* The only "output" of this if-block is an updated Start value,
+         so this block must follow others that clobber Start.  */
+      if (pc.zones_seen)
+        {
+          bool overflow = false;
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+          long int utcoff = tm.tm_gmtoff;
+#else
+          time_t t = Start;
+          struct tm gmt;
+          int utcoff = (gmtime_r (&t, &gmt)
+                        ? tm_diff (&tm, &gmt)
+                        : (overflow = true, 0));
+#endif
+          intmax_t delta;
+          overflow |= INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc.time_zone, utcoff, &delta);
+          time_t t1;
+          overflow |= INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (Start, delta, &t1);
+          if (overflow)
+            {
+              if (debugging (&pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: timezone %d caused time_t overflow\n"),
+                            pc.time_zone);
+              goto fail;
+            }
+          Start = t1;
+        }
+
+      if (debugging (&pc))
+        {
+          intmax_t Starti = Start;
+          dbg_printf (_("'%s' = %"PRIdMAX" epoch-seconds\n"),
+                      debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm),
+                      Starti);
+        }
+
+
+      /* Add relative hours, minutes, and seconds.  On hosts that support
+         leap seconds, ignore the possibility of leap seconds; e.g.,
+         "+ 10 minutes" adds 600 seconds, even if one of them is a
+         leap second.  Typically this is not what the user wants, but it's
+         too hard to do it the other way, because the time zone indicator
+         must be applied before relative times, and if mktime is applied
+         again the time zone will be lost.  */
+      {
+        intmax_t orig_ns = pc.seconds.tv_nsec;
+        intmax_t sum_ns = orig_ns + pc.rel.ns;
+        int normalized_ns = (sum_ns % BILLION + BILLION) % BILLION;
+        int d4 = (sum_ns - normalized_ns) / BILLION;
+        intmax_t d1, t1, d2, t2, t3;
+        time_t t4;
+        if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (pc.rel.hour, 60 * 60, &d1)
+            || INT_ADD_WRAPV (Start, d1, &t1)
+            || INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (pc.rel.minutes, 60, &d2)
+            || INT_ADD_WRAPV (t1, d2, &t2)
+            || INT_ADD_WRAPV (t2, pc.rel.seconds, &t3)
+            || INT_ADD_WRAPV (t3, d4, &t4))
+          {
+            if (debugging (&pc))
+              dbg_printf (_("error: adding relative time caused an "
+                            "overflow\n"));
+            goto fail;
+          }
+
+        result->tv_sec = t4;
+        result->tv_nsec = normalized_ns;
+
+        if (debugging (&pc)
+            && (pc.rel.hour | pc.rel.minutes | pc.rel.seconds | pc.rel.ns))
+          {
+            dbg_printf (_("after time adjustment (%+"PRIdMAX" hours, "
+                          "%+"PRIdMAX" minutes, "
+                          "%+"PRIdMAX" seconds, %+d ns),\n"),
+                        pc.rel.hour, pc.rel.minutes, pc.rel.seconds,
+                        pc.rel.ns);
+            intmax_t t4i = t4;
+            dbg_printf (_("    new time = %"PRIdMAX" epoch-seconds\n"), t4i);
+
+            /* Warn about crossing DST due to time adjustment.
+               Example: https://bugs.gnu.org/8357
+               env TZ=Europe/Helsinki           \
+               date --debug                                             \
+               -d 'Mon Mar 28 00:36:07 2011 EEST 24 hours ago'
+
+               This case is different than DST changes due to days adjustment,
+               i.e., "1 day ago" vs "24 hours ago" are calculated in different
+               places.
+
+               'tm.tm_isdst' contains the date after date adjustment.  */
+            struct tm lmt;
+            if (tm.tm_isdst != -1 && localtime_rz (tz, &result->tv_sec, &lmt)
+                && tm.tm_isdst != lmt.tm_isdst)
+              dbg_printf (_("warning: daylight saving time changed after "
+                            "time adjustment\n"));
+          }
+      }
+    }
+
+  if (debugging (&pc))
+    {
+      /* Special case: using 'date -u' simply set TZ=UTC0 */
+      if (! tzstring)
+        dbg_printf (_("timezone: system default\n"));
+      else if (STREQ (tzstring, "UTC0"))
+        dbg_printf (_("timezone: Universal Time\n"));
+      else
+        dbg_printf (_("timezone: TZ=\"%s\" environment value\n"), tzstring);
+
+      intmax_t sec = result->tv_sec;
+      int nsec = result->tv_nsec;
+      dbg_printf (_("final: %"PRIdMAX".%09d (epoch-seconds)\n"),
+                  sec, nsec);
+
+      struct tm gmt, lmt;
+      bool got_utc = !!gmtime_r (&result->tv_sec, &gmt);
+      if (got_utc)
+        dbg_printf (_("final: %s (UTC)\n"),
+                    debug_strfdatetime (&gmt, NULL,
+                                        dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+      if (localtime_rz (tz, &result->tv_sec, &lmt))
+        {
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+          bool got_utcoff = true;
+          long int utcoff = lmt.tm_gmtoff;
+#else
+          bool got_utcoff = got_utc;
+          int utcoff;
+          if (got_utcoff)
+            utcoff = tm_diff (&lmt, &gmt);
+#endif
+          if (got_utcoff)
+            dbg_printf (_("final: %s (UTC%s)\n"),
+                        debug_strfdatetime (&lmt, NULL, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm),
+                        time_zone_str (utcoff, time_zone_buf));
+          else
+            dbg_printf (_("final: %s (unknown time zone offset)\n"),
+                        debug_strfdatetime (&lmt, NULL, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+        }
+    }
+
+  ok = true;
+
+ fail:
+  if (tz != tzdefault)
+    tzfree (tz);
+  free (tz1alloc);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+#ifdef GNULIB_PARSE_DATETIME2
+/* Parse a date/time string, storing the resulting time value into *RESULT.
+   The string itself is pointed to by P.  Return true if successful.
+   P can be an incomplete or relative time specification; if so, use
+   *NOW as the basis for the returned time.  Default to timezone
+   TZDEFAULT, which corresponds to tzalloc (TZSTRING).  */
+bool
+parse_datetime2 (struct timespec *result, char const *p,
+                 struct timespec const *now, unsigned int flags,
+                 timezone_t tzdefault, char const *tzstring)
+{
+  return parse_datetime_body (result, p, now, flags, tzdefault, tzstring);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* The plain interface: run with debug=false and the default timezone.   */
+bool
+parse_datetime (struct timespec *result, char const *p,
+                struct timespec const *now)
+{
+  char const *tzstring = getenv ("TZ");
+  timezone_t tz = tzalloc (tzstring);
+  if (!tz)
+    return false;
+  bool ok = parse_datetime_body (result, p, now, 0, tz, tzstring);
+  tzfree (tz);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+#if TEST
+
+int
+main (int ac, char **av)
+{
+  char buff[BUFSIZ];
+
+  printf ("Enter date, or blank line to exit.\n\t> ");
+  fflush (stdout);
+
+  buff[BUFSIZ - 1] = '\0';
+  while (fgets (buff, BUFSIZ - 1, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      struct timespec d;
+      struct tm const *tm;
+      if (! parse_datetime (&d, buff, NULL))
+        printf ("Bad format - couldn't convert.\n");
+      else if (! (tm = localtime (&d.tv_sec)))
+        {
+          intmax_t sec = d.tv_sec;
+          printf ("localtime (%"PRIdMAX") failed\n", sec);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          int ns = d.tv_nsec;
+          char tm_year_buf[TM_YEAR_BUFSIZE];
+          printf ("%s-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d.%09d\n",
+                  tm_year_str (tm->tm_year, tm_year_buf),
+                  tm->tm_mon + 1, tm->tm_mday,
+                  tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec, ns);
+        }
+      printf ("\t> ");
+      fflush (stdout);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/parse-datetime.h b/lib/parse-datetime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c333abc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/parse-datetime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Parse a string into an internal timestamp.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+bool parse_datetime (struct timespec *restrict,
+                     char const *, struct timespec const *);
+
+/* parse_datetime2 flag: if set, print debug/progress information to STDERR */
+#define PARSE_DATETIME_DEBUG 1
+
+/* same as above, supporting additional flags */
+bool parse_datetime2 (struct timespec *restrict,
+                      char const *, struct timespec const *,
+                      unsigned int flags, timezone_t, char const *);
diff --git a/lib/parse-datetime.y b/lib/parse-datetime.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fc14c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/parse-datetime.y
@@ -0,0 +1,2442 @@
+%{
+/* Parse a string into an internal timestamp.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Originally written by Steven M. Bellovin <smb@research.att.com> while
+   at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  Later tweaked by
+   a couple of people on Usenet.  Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
+   <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990.
+
+   Modified by Assaf Gordon <assafgordon@gmail.com> in 2016 to add
+   debug output.
+
+   Modified by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> in 1999 to do the
+   right thing about local DST.  Also modified by Paul Eggert
+   <eggert@cs.ucla.edu> in 2004 to support nanosecond-resolution
+   timestamps, in 2004 to support TZ strings in dates, and in 2017 and 2020 to
+   check for integer overflow and to support longer-than-'long'
+   'time_t' and 'tv_nsec'.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "parse-datetime.h"
+
+#include "idx.h"
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "timespec.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+#include "strftime.h"
+
+/* There's no need to extend the stack, so there's no need to involve
+   alloca.  */
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA 0
+
+/* Tell Bison how much stack space is needed.  20 should be plenty for
+   this grammar, which is not right recursive.  Beware setting it too
+   high, since that might cause problems on machines whose
+   implementations have lame stack-overflow checking.  */
+#define YYMAXDEPTH 20
+#define YYINITDEPTH YYMAXDEPTH
+
+/* Since the code of parse-datetime.y is not included in the Emacs executable
+   itself, there is no need to #define static in this file.  Even if
+   the code were included in the Emacs executable, it probably
+   wouldn't do any harm to #undef it here; this will only cause
+   problems if we try to write to a static variable, which I don't
+   think this code needs to do.  */
+#ifdef emacs
+# undef static
+#endif
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <c-ctype.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+
+#define _(str) gettext (str)
+
+/* Bison's skeleton tests _STDLIB_H, while some stdlib.h headers
+   use _STDLIB_H_ as witness.  Map the latter to the one bison uses.  */
+/* FIXME: this is temporary.  Remove when we have a mechanism to ensure
+   that the version we're using is fixed, too.  */
+#ifdef _STDLIB_H_
+# undef _STDLIB_H
+# define _STDLIB_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* Shift A right by B bits portably, by dividing A by 2**B and
+   truncating towards minus infinity.  A and B should be free of side
+   effects, and B should be in the range 0 <= B <= INT_BITS - 2, where
+   INT_BITS is the number of useful bits in an int.  GNU code can
+   assume that INT_BITS is at least 32.
+
+   ISO C99 says that A >> B is implementation-defined if A < 0.  Some
+   implementations (e.g., UNICOS 9.0 on a Cray Y-MP EL) don't shift
+   right in the usual way when A < 0, so SHR falls back on division if
+   ordinary A >> B doesn't seem to be the usual signed shift.  */
+#define SHR(a, b)       \
+  (-1 >> 1 == -1        \
+   ? (a) >> (b)         \
+   : (a) / (1 << (b)) - ((a) % (1 << (b)) < 0))
+
+#define HOUR(x) (60 * 60 * (x))
+
+#define STREQ(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
+
+/* Verify that time_t is an integer as POSIX requires, and that every
+   time_t value fits in intmax_t.  Please file a bug report if these
+   assumptions are false on your platform.  */
+verify (TYPE_IS_INTEGER (time_t));
+verify (!TYPE_SIGNED (time_t) || INTMAX_MIN <= TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t));
+verify (TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t) <= INTMAX_MAX);
+
+/* True if N is out of range for time_t.  */
+static bool
+time_overflow (intmax_t n)
+{
+  return ! ((TYPE_SIGNED (time_t) ? TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t) <= n : 0 <= n)
+            && n <= TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t));
+}
+
+/* Convert a possibly-signed character to an unsigned character.  This is
+   a bit safer than casting to unsigned char, since it catches some type
+   errors that the cast doesn't.  */
+static unsigned char to_uchar (char ch) { return ch; }
+
+static void _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 1, 2))
+dbg_printf (char const *msg, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  /* TODO: use gnulib's 'program_name' instead?  */
+  fputs ("date: ", stderr);
+
+  va_start (args, msg);
+  vfprintf (stderr, msg, args);
+  va_end (args);
+}
+
+
+/* An integer value, and the number of digits in its textual
+   representation.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  bool negative;
+  intmax_t value;
+  idx_t digits;
+} textint;
+
+/* An entry in the lexical lookup table.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  char const *name;
+  int type;
+  int value;
+} table;
+
+/* Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.  */
+enum { MERam, MERpm, MER24 };
+
+/* A reasonable upper bound for the buffer used in debug output.  */
+enum { DBGBUFSIZE = 100 };
+
+enum { BILLION = 1000000000, LOG10_BILLION = 9 };
+
+/* Relative times.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* Relative year, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds, and nanoseconds.  */
+  intmax_t year;
+  intmax_t month;
+  intmax_t day;
+  intmax_t hour;
+  intmax_t minutes;
+  intmax_t seconds;
+  int ns;
+} relative_time;
+
+#if HAVE_COMPOUND_LITERALS
+# define RELATIVE_TIME_0 ((relative_time) { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 })
+#else
+static relative_time const RELATIVE_TIME_0;
+#endif
+
+/* Information passed to and from the parser.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* The input string remaining to be parsed.  */
+  const char *input;
+
+  /* N, if this is the Nth Tuesday.  */
+  intmax_t day_ordinal;
+
+  /* Day of week; Sunday is 0.  */
+  int day_number;
+
+  /* tm_isdst flag for the local zone.  */
+  int local_isdst;
+
+  /* Time zone, in seconds east of UT.  */
+  int time_zone;
+
+  /* Style used for time.  */
+  int meridian;
+
+  /* Gregorian year, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds, and nanoseconds.  */
+  textint year;
+  intmax_t month;
+  intmax_t day;
+  intmax_t hour;
+  intmax_t minutes;
+  struct timespec seconds; /* includes nanoseconds */
+
+  /* Relative year, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds, and nanoseconds.  */
+  relative_time rel;
+
+  /* Presence or counts of nonterminals of various flavors parsed so far.  */
+  bool timespec_seen;
+  bool rels_seen;
+  idx_t dates_seen;
+  idx_t days_seen;
+  idx_t local_zones_seen;
+  idx_t dsts_seen;
+  idx_t times_seen;
+  idx_t zones_seen;
+  bool year_seen;
+
+#ifdef GNULIB_PARSE_DATETIME2
+  /* Print debugging output to stderr.  */
+  bool parse_datetime_debug;
+#endif
+
+  /* Which of the 'seen' parts have been printed when debugging.  */
+  bool debug_dates_seen;
+  bool debug_days_seen;
+  bool debug_local_zones_seen;
+  bool debug_times_seen;
+  bool debug_zones_seen;
+  bool debug_year_seen;
+
+  /* The user specified explicit ordinal day value.  */
+  bool debug_ordinal_day_seen;
+
+  /* Table of local time zone abbreviations, terminated by a null entry.  */
+  table local_time_zone_table[3];
+} parser_control;
+
+static bool
+debugging (parser_control const *pc)
+{
+#ifdef GNULIB_PARSE_DATETIME2
+  return pc->parse_datetime_debug;
+#else
+  return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+union YYSTYPE;
+static int yylex (union YYSTYPE *, parser_control *);
+static int yyerror (parser_control const *, char const *);
+static bool time_zone_hhmm (parser_control *, textint, intmax_t);
+
+/* Extract into *PC any date and time info from a string of digits
+   of the form e.g., YYYYMMDD, YYMMDD, HHMM, HH (and sometimes YYY,
+   YYYY, ...).  */
+static void
+digits_to_date_time (parser_control *pc, textint text_int)
+{
+  if (pc->dates_seen && ! pc->year.digits
+      && ! pc->rels_seen && (pc->times_seen || 2 < text_int.digits))
+    {
+      pc->year_seen = true;
+      pc->year = text_int;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (4 < text_int.digits)
+        {
+          pc->dates_seen++;
+          pc->day = text_int.value % 100;
+          pc->month = (text_int.value / 100) % 100;
+          pc->year.value = text_int.value / 10000;
+          pc->year.digits = text_int.digits - 4;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          pc->times_seen++;
+          if (text_int.digits <= 2)
+            {
+              pc->hour = text_int.value;
+              pc->minutes = 0;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              pc->hour = text_int.value / 100;
+              pc->minutes = text_int.value % 100;
+            }
+          pc->seconds.tv_sec = 0;
+          pc->seconds.tv_nsec = 0;
+          pc->meridian = MER24;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Increment PC->rel by FACTOR * REL (FACTOR is 1 or -1).  Return true
+   if successful, false if an overflow occurred.  */
+static bool
+apply_relative_time (parser_control *pc, relative_time rel, int factor)
+{
+  if (factor < 0
+      ? (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.ns, rel.ns, &pc->rel.ns)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.seconds, rel.seconds, &pc->rel.seconds)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.minutes, rel.minutes, &pc->rel.minutes)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.hour, rel.hour, &pc->rel.hour)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.day, rel.day, &pc->rel.day)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.month, rel.month, &pc->rel.month)
+         | INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc->rel.year, rel.year, &pc->rel.year))
+      : (INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.ns, rel.ns, &pc->rel.ns)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.seconds, rel.seconds, &pc->rel.seconds)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.minutes, rel.minutes, &pc->rel.minutes)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.hour, rel.hour, &pc->rel.hour)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.day, rel.day, &pc->rel.day)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.month, rel.month, &pc->rel.month)
+         | INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->rel.year, rel.year, &pc->rel.year)))
+    return false;
+  pc->rels_seen = true;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set PC-> hour, minutes, seconds and nanoseconds members from arguments.  */
+static void
+set_hhmmss (parser_control *pc, intmax_t hour, intmax_t minutes,
+            time_t sec, int nsec)
+{
+  pc->hour = hour;
+  pc->minutes = minutes;
+  pc->seconds.tv_sec = sec;
+  pc->seconds.tv_nsec = nsec;
+}
+
+/* Return a textual representation of the day ordinal/number values
+   in the parser_control struct (e.g., "last wed", "this tues", "thu").  */
+static const char *
+str_days (parser_control *pc, char *buffer, int n)
+{
+  /* TODO: use relative_time_table for reverse lookup.  */
+  static char const ordinal_values[][11] = {
+     "last",
+     "this",
+     "next/first",
+     "(SECOND)", /* SECOND is commented out in relative_time_table.  */
+     "third",
+     "fourth",
+     "fifth",
+     "sixth",
+     "seventh",
+     "eight",
+     "ninth",
+     "tenth",
+     "eleventh",
+     "twelfth"
+  };
+
+  static char const days_values[][4] = {
+     "Sun",
+     "Mon",
+     "Tue",
+     "Wed",
+     "Thu",
+     "Fri",
+     "Sat"
+  };
+
+  int len;
+
+  /* Don't add an ordinal prefix if the user didn't specify it
+     (e.g., "this wed" vs "wed").  */
+  if (pc->debug_ordinal_day_seen)
+    {
+      /* Use word description if possible (e.g., -1 = last, 3 = third).  */
+      len = (-1 <= pc->day_ordinal && pc->day_ordinal <= 12
+             ? snprintf (buffer, n, "%s", ordinal_values[pc->day_ordinal + 1])
+             : snprintf (buffer, n, "%"PRIdMAX, pc->day_ordinal));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      buffer[0] = '\0';
+      len = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Add the day name */
+  if (0 <= pc->day_number && pc->day_number <= 6 && 0 <= len && len < n)
+    snprintf (buffer + len, n - len, &" %s"[len == 0],
+              days_values[pc->day_number]);
+  else
+    {
+      /* invalid day_number value - should never happen */
+    }
+  return buffer;
+}
+
+/* Convert a time zone to its string representation.  */
+
+enum { TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE = INT_STRLEN_BOUND (intmax_t) + sizeof ":MM:SS" } ;
+
+static char const *
+time_zone_str (int time_zone, char time_zone_buf[TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE])
+{
+  char *p = time_zone_buf;
+  char sign = time_zone < 0 ? '-' : '+';
+  int hour = abs (time_zone / (60 * 60));
+  p += sprintf (time_zone_buf, "%c%02d", sign, hour);
+  int offset_from_hour = abs (time_zone % (60 * 60));
+  if (offset_from_hour != 0)
+    {
+      int mm = offset_from_hour / 60;
+      int ss = offset_from_hour % 60;
+      *p++ = ':';
+      *p++ = '0' + mm / 10;
+      *p++ = '0' + mm % 10;
+      if (ss)
+        {
+          *p++ = ':';
+          *p++ = '0' + ss / 10;
+          *p++ = '0' + ss % 10;
+        }
+      *p = '\0';
+    }
+  return time_zone_buf;
+}
+
+/* debugging: print the current time in the parser_control structure.
+   The parser will increment "*_seen" members for those which were parsed.
+   This function will print only newly seen parts.  */
+static void
+debug_print_current_time (char const *item, parser_control *pc)
+{
+  bool space = false;
+
+  if (!debugging (pc))
+    return;
+
+  /* no newline, more items printed below */
+  dbg_printf (_("parsed %s part: "), item);
+
+  if (pc->dates_seen && !pc->debug_dates_seen)
+    {
+      /*TODO: use pc->year.negative?  */
+      fprintf (stderr, "(Y-M-D) %04"PRIdMAX"-%02"PRIdMAX"-%02"PRIdMAX,
+              pc->year.value, pc->month, pc->day);
+      pc->debug_dates_seen = true;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  if (pc->year_seen != pc->debug_year_seen)
+    {
+      if (space)
+        fputc (' ', stderr);
+      fprintf (stderr, _("year: %04"PRIdMAX), pc->year.value);
+
+      pc->debug_year_seen = pc->year_seen;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  if (pc->times_seen && !pc->debug_times_seen)
+    {
+      intmax_t sec = pc->seconds.tv_sec;
+      fprintf (stderr, &" %02"PRIdMAX":%02"PRIdMAX":%02"PRIdMAX[!space],
+               pc->hour, pc->minutes, sec);
+      if (pc->seconds.tv_nsec != 0)
+        {
+          int nsec = pc->seconds.tv_nsec;
+          fprintf (stderr, ".%09d", nsec);
+        }
+      if (pc->meridian == MERpm)
+        fputs ("pm", stderr);
+
+      pc->debug_times_seen = true;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  if (pc->days_seen && !pc->debug_days_seen)
+    {
+      if (space)
+        fputc (' ', stderr);
+      char tmp[DBGBUFSIZE];
+      fprintf (stderr, _("%s (day ordinal=%"PRIdMAX" number=%d)"),
+               str_days (pc, tmp, sizeof tmp),
+               pc->day_ordinal, pc->day_number);
+      pc->debug_days_seen = true;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  /* local zone strings only change the DST settings,
+     not the timezone value.  If seen, inform about the DST.  */
+  if (pc->local_zones_seen && !pc->debug_local_zones_seen)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, &" isdst=%d%s"[!space],
+               pc->local_isdst, pc->dsts_seen ? " DST" : "");
+      pc->debug_local_zones_seen = true;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  if (pc->zones_seen && !pc->debug_zones_seen)
+    {
+      char time_zone_buf[TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE];
+      fprintf (stderr, &" UTC%s"[!space],
+               time_zone_str (pc->time_zone, time_zone_buf));
+      pc->debug_zones_seen = true;
+      space = true;
+    }
+
+  if (pc->timespec_seen)
+    {
+      intmax_t sec = pc->seconds.tv_sec;
+      if (space)
+        fputc (' ', stderr);
+      fprintf (stderr, _("number of seconds: %"PRIdMAX), sec);
+    }
+
+  fputc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Debugging: print the current relative values.  */
+
+static bool
+print_rel_part (bool space, intmax_t val, char const *name)
+{
+  if (val == 0)
+    return space;
+  fprintf (stderr, &" %+"PRIdMAX" %s"[!space], val, name);
+  return true;
+}
+
+static void
+debug_print_relative_time (char const *item, parser_control const *pc)
+{
+  bool space = false;
+
+  if (!debugging (pc))
+    return;
+
+  /* no newline, more items printed below */
+  dbg_printf (_("parsed %s part: "), item);
+
+  if (pc->rel.year == 0 && pc->rel.month == 0 && pc->rel.day == 0
+      && pc->rel.hour == 0 && pc->rel.minutes == 0 && pc->rel.seconds == 0
+      && pc->rel.ns == 0)
+    {
+      /* Special case: relative time of this/today/now */
+      fputs (_("today/this/now\n"), stderr);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.year, "year(s)");
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.month, "month(s)");
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.day, "day(s)");
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.hour, "hour(s)");
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.minutes, "minutes");
+  space = print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.seconds, "seconds");
+  print_rel_part (space, pc->rel.ns, "nanoseconds");
+
+  fputc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+
+
+%}
+
+/* We want a reentrant parser, even if the TZ manipulation and the calls to
+   localtime and gmtime are not reentrant.  */
+%define api.pure
+%parse-param { parser_control *pc }
+%lex-param { parser_control *pc }
+
+/* This grammar has 31 shift/reduce conflicts.  */
+%expect 31
+
+%union
+{
+  intmax_t intval;
+  textint textintval;
+  struct timespec timespec;
+  relative_time rel;
+}
+
+%token <intval> tAGO
+%token tDST
+
+%token tYEAR_UNIT tMONTH_UNIT tHOUR_UNIT tMINUTE_UNIT tSEC_UNIT
+%token <intval> tDAY_UNIT tDAY_SHIFT
+
+%token <intval> tDAY tDAYZONE tLOCAL_ZONE tMERIDIAN
+%token <intval> tMONTH tORDINAL tZONE
+
+%token <textintval> tSNUMBER tUNUMBER
+%token <timespec> tSDECIMAL_NUMBER tUDECIMAL_NUMBER
+
+%type <intval> o_colon_minutes
+%type <timespec> seconds signed_seconds unsigned_seconds
+
+%type <rel> relunit relunit_snumber dayshift
+
+%%
+
+spec:
+    timespec
+  | items
+  ;
+
+timespec:
+    '@' seconds
+      {
+        pc->seconds = $2;
+        pc->timespec_seen = true;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("number of seconds"), pc);
+      }
+  ;
+
+items:
+    /* empty */
+  | items item
+  ;
+
+item:
+    datetime
+      {
+        pc->times_seen++; pc->dates_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("datetime"), pc);
+      }
+  | time
+      {
+        pc->times_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("time"), pc);
+      }
+  | local_zone
+      {
+        pc->local_zones_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("local_zone"), pc);
+      }
+  | zone
+      {
+        pc->zones_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("zone"), pc);
+      }
+  | date
+      {
+        pc->dates_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("date"), pc);
+      }
+  | day
+      {
+        pc->days_seen++;
+        debug_print_current_time (_("day"), pc);
+      }
+  | rel
+      {
+        debug_print_relative_time (_("relative"), pc);
+      }
+  | number
+      {
+        debug_print_current_time (_("number"), pc);
+      }
+  | hybrid
+      {
+        debug_print_relative_time (_("hybrid"), pc);
+      }
+  ;
+
+datetime:
+    iso_8601_datetime
+  ;
+
+iso_8601_datetime:
+    iso_8601_date 'T' iso_8601_time
+  ;
+
+time:
+    tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, $1.value, 0, 0, 0);
+        pc->meridian = $2;
+      }
+  | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, $1.value, $3.value, 0, 0);
+        pc->meridian = $4;
+      }
+  | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' unsigned_seconds tMERIDIAN
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, $1.value, $3.value, $5.tv_sec, $5.tv_nsec);
+        pc->meridian = $6;
+      }
+  | iso_8601_time
+  ;
+
+iso_8601_time:
+    tUNUMBER zone_offset
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, $1.value, 0, 0, 0);
+        pc->meridian = MER24;
+      }
+  | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_zone_offset
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, $1.value, $3.value, 0, 0);
+        pc->meridian = MER24;
+      }
+  | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' unsigned_seconds o_zone_offset
+      {
+        set_hhmmss (pc, $1.value, $3.value, $5.tv_sec, $5.tv_nsec);
+        pc->meridian = MER24;
+      }
+  ;
+
+o_zone_offset:
+  /* empty */
+  | zone_offset
+  ;
+
+zone_offset:
+    tSNUMBER o_colon_minutes
+      {
+        pc->zones_seen++;
+        if (! time_zone_hhmm (pc, $1, $2)) YYABORT;
+      }
+  ;
+
+/* Local zone strings affect only the DST setting, and take effect
+   only if the current TZ setting is relevant.
+
+   Example 1:
+   'EEST' is parsed as tLOCAL_ZONE, as it relates to the effective TZ:
+        TZ='Europe/Helsinki' date -d '2016-06-30 EEST'
+
+   Example 2:
+   'EEST' is parsed as tDAYZONE:
+        TZ='Asia/Tokyo' date -d '2016-06-30 EEST'
+
+   This is implemented by probing the next three calendar quarters
+   of the effective timezone and looking for DST changes -
+   if found, the timezone name (EEST) is inserted into
+   the lexical lookup table with type tLOCAL_ZONE.
+   (Search for 'quarter' comment in  'parse_datetime2'.)
+*/
+local_zone:
+    tLOCAL_ZONE
+      { pc->local_isdst = $1; }
+  | tLOCAL_ZONE tDST
+      {
+        pc->local_isdst = 1;
+        pc->dsts_seen++;
+      }
+  ;
+
+/* Note 'T' is a special case, as it is used as the separator in ISO
+   8601 date and time of day representation.  */
+zone:
+    tZONE
+      { pc->time_zone = $1; }
+  | 'T'
+      { pc->time_zone = -HOUR (7); }
+  | tZONE relunit_snumber
+      { pc->time_zone = $1;
+        if (! apply_relative_time (pc, $2, 1)) YYABORT;
+        debug_print_relative_time (_("relative"), pc);
+      }
+  | 'T' relunit_snumber
+      { pc->time_zone = -HOUR (7);
+        if (! apply_relative_time (pc, $2, 1)) YYABORT;
+        debug_print_relative_time (_("relative"), pc);
+      }
+  | tZONE tSNUMBER o_colon_minutes
+      { if (! time_zone_hhmm (pc, $2, $3)) YYABORT;
+        if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc->time_zone, $1, &pc->time_zone)) YYABORT; }
+  | tDAYZONE
+      { pc->time_zone = $1 + 60 * 60; }
+  | tZONE tDST
+      { pc->time_zone = $1 + 60 * 60; }
+  ;
+
+day:
+    tDAY
+      {
+        pc->day_ordinal = 0;
+        pc->day_number = $1;
+      }
+  | tDAY ','
+      {
+        pc->day_ordinal = 0;
+        pc->day_number = $1;
+      }
+  | tORDINAL tDAY
+      {
+        pc->day_ordinal = $1;
+        pc->day_number = $2;
+        pc->debug_ordinal_day_seen = true;
+      }
+  | tUNUMBER tDAY
+      {
+        pc->day_ordinal = $1.value;
+        pc->day_number = $2;
+        pc->debug_ordinal_day_seen = true;
+      }
+  ;
+
+date:
+    tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER
+      {
+        pc->month = $1.value;
+        pc->day = $3.value;
+      }
+  | tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER
+      {
+        /* Interpret as YYYY/MM/DD if the first value has 4 or more digits,
+           otherwise as MM/DD/YY.
+           The goal in recognizing YYYY/MM/DD is solely to support legacy
+           machine-generated dates like those in an RCS log listing.  If
+           you want portability, use the ISO 8601 format.  */
+        if (4 <= $1.digits)
+          {
+            if (debugging (pc))
+              {
+                intmax_t digits = $1.digits;
+                dbg_printf (_("warning: value %"PRIdMAX" has %"PRIdMAX" digits. "
+                              "Assuming YYYY/MM/DD\n"),
+                            $1.value, digits);
+              }
+
+            pc->year = $1;
+            pc->month = $3.value;
+            pc->day = $5.value;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            if (debugging (pc))
+              dbg_printf (_("warning: value %"PRIdMAX" has less than 4 digits. "
+                            "Assuming MM/DD/YY[YY]\n"),
+                          $1.value);
+
+            pc->month = $1.value;
+            pc->day = $3.value;
+            pc->year = $5;
+          }
+      }
+  | tUNUMBER tMONTH tSNUMBER
+      {
+        /* E.g., 17-JUN-1992.  */
+        pc->day = $1.value;
+        pc->month = $2;
+        if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, $3.value, &pc->year.value)) YYABORT;
+        pc->year.digits = $3.digits;
+      }
+  | tMONTH tSNUMBER tSNUMBER
+      {
+        /* E.g., JUN-17-1992.  */
+        pc->month = $1;
+        if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, $2.value, &pc->day)) YYABORT;
+        if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, $3.value, &pc->year.value)) YYABORT;
+        pc->year.digits = $3.digits;
+      }
+  | tMONTH tUNUMBER
+      {
+        pc->month = $1;
+        pc->day = $2.value;
+      }
+  | tMONTH tUNUMBER ',' tUNUMBER
+      {
+        pc->month = $1;
+        pc->day = $2.value;
+        pc->year = $4;
+      }
+  | tUNUMBER tMONTH
+      {
+        pc->day = $1.value;
+        pc->month = $2;
+      }
+  | tUNUMBER tMONTH tUNUMBER
+      {
+        pc->day = $1.value;
+        pc->month = $2;
+        pc->year = $3;
+      }
+  | iso_8601_date
+  ;
+
+iso_8601_date:
+    tUNUMBER tSNUMBER tSNUMBER
+      {
+        /* ISO 8601 format.  YYYY-MM-DD.  */
+        pc->year = $1;
+        if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, $2.value, &pc->month)) YYABORT;
+        if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (0, $3.value, &pc->day)) YYABORT;
+      }
+  ;
+
+rel:
+    relunit tAGO
+      { if (! apply_relative_time (pc, $1, $2)) YYABORT; }
+  | relunit
+      { if (! apply_relative_time (pc, $1, 1)) YYABORT; }
+  | dayshift
+      { if (! apply_relative_time (pc, $1, 1)) YYABORT; }
+  ;
+
+relunit:
+    tORDINAL tYEAR_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.year = $1; }
+  | tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.year = $1.value; }
+  | tYEAR_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.year = 1; }
+  | tORDINAL tMONTH_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.month = $1; }
+  | tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.month = $1.value; }
+  | tMONTH_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.month = 1; }
+  | tORDINAL tDAY_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0;
+        if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV ($1, $2, &$$.day)) YYABORT; }
+  | tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0;
+        if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV ($1.value, $2, &$$.day)) YYABORT; }
+  | tDAY_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.day = $1; }
+  | tORDINAL tHOUR_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.hour = $1; }
+  | tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.hour = $1.value; }
+  | tHOUR_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.hour = 1; }
+  | tORDINAL tMINUTE_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.minutes = $1; }
+  | tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.minutes = $1.value; }
+  | tMINUTE_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.minutes = 1; }
+  | tORDINAL tSEC_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.seconds = $1; }
+  | tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.seconds = $1.value; }
+  | tSDECIMAL_NUMBER tSEC_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.seconds = $1.tv_sec; $$.ns = $1.tv_nsec; }
+  | tUDECIMAL_NUMBER tSEC_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.seconds = $1.tv_sec; $$.ns = $1.tv_nsec; }
+  | tSEC_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.seconds = 1; }
+  | relunit_snumber
+  ;
+
+relunit_snumber:
+    tSNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.year = $1.value; }
+  | tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.month = $1.value; }
+  | tSNUMBER tDAY_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0;
+        if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV ($1.value, $2, &$$.day)) YYABORT; }
+  | tSNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.hour = $1.value; }
+  | tSNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.minutes = $1.value; }
+  | tSNUMBER tSEC_UNIT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.seconds = $1.value; }
+  ;
+
+dayshift:
+    tDAY_SHIFT
+      { $$ = RELATIVE_TIME_0; $$.day = $1; }
+  ;
+
+seconds: signed_seconds | unsigned_seconds;
+
+signed_seconds:
+    tSDECIMAL_NUMBER
+  | tSNUMBER
+      { if (time_overflow ($1.value)) YYABORT;
+        $$.tv_sec = $1.value; $$.tv_nsec = 0; }
+  ;
+
+unsigned_seconds:
+    tUDECIMAL_NUMBER
+  | tUNUMBER
+      { if (time_overflow ($1.value)) YYABORT;
+        $$.tv_sec = $1.value; $$.tv_nsec = 0; }
+  ;
+
+number:
+    tUNUMBER
+      { digits_to_date_time (pc, $1); }
+  ;
+
+hybrid:
+    tUNUMBER relunit_snumber
+      {
+        /* Hybrid all-digit and relative offset, so that we accept e.g.,
+           "YYYYMMDD +N days" as well as "YYYYMMDD N days".  */
+        digits_to_date_time (pc, $1);
+        if (! apply_relative_time (pc, $2, 1)) YYABORT;
+      }
+  ;
+
+o_colon_minutes:
+    /* empty */
+      { $$ = -1; }
+  | ':' tUNUMBER
+      { $$ = $2.value; }
+  ;
+
+%%
+
+static table const meridian_table[] =
+{
+  { "AM",   tMERIDIAN, MERam },
+  { "A.M.", tMERIDIAN, MERam },
+  { "PM",   tMERIDIAN, MERpm },
+  { "P.M.", tMERIDIAN, MERpm },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+static table const dst_table[] =
+{
+  { "DST", tDST, 0 }
+};
+
+static table const month_and_day_table[] =
+{
+  { "JANUARY",  tMONTH,  1 },
+  { "FEBRUARY", tMONTH,  2 },
+  { "MARCH",    tMONTH,  3 },
+  { "APRIL",    tMONTH,  4 },
+  { "MAY",      tMONTH,  5 },
+  { "JUNE",     tMONTH,  6 },
+  { "JULY",     tMONTH,  7 },
+  { "AUGUST",   tMONTH,  8 },
+  { "SEPTEMBER",tMONTH,  9 },
+  { "SEPT",     tMONTH,  9 },
+  { "OCTOBER",  tMONTH, 10 },
+  { "NOVEMBER", tMONTH, 11 },
+  { "DECEMBER", tMONTH, 12 },
+  { "SUNDAY",   tDAY,    0 },
+  { "MONDAY",   tDAY,    1 },
+  { "TUESDAY",  tDAY,    2 },
+  { "TUES",     tDAY,    2 },
+  { "WEDNESDAY",tDAY,    3 },
+  { "WEDNES",   tDAY,    3 },
+  { "THURSDAY", tDAY,    4 },
+  { "THUR",     tDAY,    4 },
+  { "THURS",    tDAY,    4 },
+  { "FRIDAY",   tDAY,    5 },
+  { "SATURDAY", tDAY,    6 },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+static table const time_units_table[] =
+{
+  { "YEAR",     tYEAR_UNIT,      1 },
+  { "MONTH",    tMONTH_UNIT,     1 },
+  { "FORTNIGHT",tDAY_UNIT,      14 },
+  { "WEEK",     tDAY_UNIT,       7 },
+  { "DAY",      tDAY_UNIT,       1 },
+  { "HOUR",     tHOUR_UNIT,      1 },
+  { "MINUTE",   tMINUTE_UNIT,    1 },
+  { "MIN",      tMINUTE_UNIT,    1 },
+  { "SECOND",   tSEC_UNIT,       1 },
+  { "SEC",      tSEC_UNIT,       1 },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Assorted relative-time words.  */
+static table const relative_time_table[] =
+{
+  { "TOMORROW", tDAY_SHIFT,      1 },
+  { "YESTERDAY",tDAY_SHIFT,     -1 },
+  { "TODAY",    tDAY_SHIFT,      0 },
+  { "NOW",      tDAY_SHIFT,      0 },
+  { "LAST",     tORDINAL,       -1 },
+  { "THIS",     tORDINAL,        0 },
+  { "NEXT",     tORDINAL,        1 },
+  { "FIRST",    tORDINAL,        1 },
+/*{ "SECOND",   tORDINAL,        2 }, */
+  { "THIRD",    tORDINAL,        3 },
+  { "FOURTH",   tORDINAL,        4 },
+  { "FIFTH",    tORDINAL,        5 },
+  { "SIXTH",    tORDINAL,        6 },
+  { "SEVENTH",  tORDINAL,        7 },
+  { "EIGHTH",   tORDINAL,        8 },
+  { "NINTH",    tORDINAL,        9 },
+  { "TENTH",    tORDINAL,       10 },
+  { "ELEVENTH", tORDINAL,       11 },
+  { "TWELFTH",  tORDINAL,       12 },
+  { "AGO",      tAGO,           -1 },
+  { "HENCE",    tAGO,            1 },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* The universal time zone table.  These labels can be used even for
+   timestamps that would not otherwise be valid, e.g., GMT timestamps
+   oin London during summer.  */
+static table const universal_time_zone_table[] =
+{
+  { "GMT",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) }, /* Greenwich Mean */
+  { "UT",       tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) }, /* Universal (Coordinated) */
+  { "UTC",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* The time zone table.  This table is necessarily incomplete, as time
+   zone abbreviations are ambiguous; e.g., Australians interpret "EST"
+   as Eastern time in Australia, not as US Eastern Standard Time.
+   You cannot rely on parse_datetime to handle arbitrary time zone
+   abbreviations; use numeric abbreviations like "-0500" instead.  */
+static table const time_zone_table[] =
+{
+  { "WET",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) }, /* Western European */
+  { "WEST",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 0) }, /* Western European Summer */
+  { "BST",      tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 0) }, /* British Summer */
+  { "ART",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 3) }, /* Argentina */
+  { "BRT",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 3) }, /* Brazil */
+  { "BRST",     tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 3) }, /* Brazil Summer */
+  { "NST",      tZONE,   -(HOUR ( 3) + 30 * 60) }, /* Newfoundland Standard */
+  { "NDT",      tDAYZONE,-(HOUR ( 3) + 30 * 60) }, /* Newfoundland Daylight */
+  { "AST",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 4) }, /* Atlantic Standard */
+  { "ADT",      tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 4) }, /* Atlantic Daylight */
+  { "CLT",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 4) }, /* Chile */
+  { "CLST",     tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 4) }, /* Chile Summer */
+  { "EST",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 5) }, /* Eastern Standard */
+  { "EDT",      tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 5) }, /* Eastern Daylight */
+  { "CST",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 6) }, /* Central Standard */
+  { "CDT",      tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 6) }, /* Central Daylight */
+  { "MST",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 7) }, /* Mountain Standard */
+  { "MDT",      tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 7) }, /* Mountain Daylight */
+  { "PST",      tZONE,    -HOUR ( 8) }, /* Pacific Standard */
+  { "PDT",      tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 8) }, /* Pacific Daylight */
+  { "AKST",     tZONE,    -HOUR ( 9) }, /* Alaska Standard */
+  { "AKDT",     tDAYZONE, -HOUR ( 9) }, /* Alaska Daylight */
+  { "HST",      tZONE,    -HOUR (10) }, /* Hawaii Standard */
+  { "HAST",     tZONE,    -HOUR (10) }, /* Hawaii-Aleutian Standard */
+  { "HADT",     tDAYZONE, -HOUR (10) }, /* Hawaii-Aleutian Daylight */
+  { "SST",      tZONE,    -HOUR (12) }, /* Samoa Standard */
+  { "WAT",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) }, /* West Africa */
+  { "CET",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) }, /* Central European */
+  { "CEST",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 1) }, /* Central European Summer */
+  { "MET",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) }, /* Middle European */
+  { "MEZ",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) }, /* Middle European */
+  { "MEST",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 1) }, /* Middle European Summer */
+  { "MESZ",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 1) }, /* Middle European Summer */
+  { "EET",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 2) }, /* Eastern European */
+  { "EEST",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 2) }, /* Eastern European Summer */
+  { "CAT",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 2) }, /* Central Africa */
+  { "SAST",     tZONE,     HOUR ( 2) }, /* South Africa Standard */
+  { "EAT",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 3) }, /* East Africa */
+  { "MSK",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 3) }, /* Moscow */
+  { "MSD",      tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 3) }, /* Moscow Daylight */
+  { "IST",      tZONE,    (HOUR ( 5) + 30 * 60) }, /* India Standard */
+  { "SGT",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 8) }, /* Singapore */
+  { "KST",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 9) }, /* Korea Standard */
+  { "JST",      tZONE,     HOUR ( 9) }, /* Japan Standard */
+  { "GST",      tZONE,     HOUR (10) }, /* Guam Standard */
+  { "NZST",     tZONE,     HOUR (12) }, /* New Zealand Standard */
+  { "NZDT",     tDAYZONE,  HOUR (12) }, /* New Zealand Daylight */
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/* Military time zone table.
+
+   RFC 822 got these backwards, but RFC 5322 makes the incorrect
+   treatment optional, so do them the right way here.
+
+   Note 'T' is a special case, as it is used as the separator in ISO
+   8601 date and time of day representation.  */
+static table const military_table[] =
+{
+  { "A", tZONE,  HOUR ( 1) },
+  { "B", tZONE,  HOUR ( 2) },
+  { "C", tZONE,  HOUR ( 3) },
+  { "D", tZONE,  HOUR ( 4) },
+  { "E", tZONE,  HOUR ( 5) },
+  { "F", tZONE,  HOUR ( 6) },
+  { "G", tZONE,  HOUR ( 7) },
+  { "H", tZONE,  HOUR ( 8) },
+  { "I", tZONE,  HOUR ( 9) },
+  { "K", tZONE,  HOUR (10) },
+  { "L", tZONE,  HOUR (11) },
+  { "M", tZONE,  HOUR (12) },
+  { "N", tZONE, -HOUR ( 1) },
+  { "O", tZONE, -HOUR ( 2) },
+  { "P", tZONE, -HOUR ( 3) },
+  { "Q", tZONE, -HOUR ( 4) },
+  { "R", tZONE, -HOUR ( 5) },
+  { "S", tZONE, -HOUR ( 6) },
+  { "T", 'T',    0 },
+  { "U", tZONE, -HOUR ( 8) },
+  { "V", tZONE, -HOUR ( 9) },
+  { "W", tZONE, -HOUR (10) },
+  { "X", tZONE, -HOUR (11) },
+  { "Y", tZONE, -HOUR (12) },
+  { "Z", tZONE,  HOUR ( 0) },
+  { NULL, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+
+
+/* Convert a time zone expressed as HH:MM into an integer count of
+   seconds.  If MM is negative, then S is of the form HHMM and needs
+   to be picked apart; otherwise, S is of the form HH.  As specified in
+   https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap08.html#tag_08_03, allow
+   only valid TZ range, and consider first two digits as hours, if no
+   minutes specified.  Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+time_zone_hhmm (parser_control *pc, textint s, intmax_t mm)
+{
+  intmax_t n_minutes;
+  bool overflow = false;
+
+  /* If the length of S is 1 or 2 and no minutes are specified,
+     interpret it as a number of hours.  */
+  if (s.digits <= 2 && mm < 0)
+    s.value *= 100;
+
+  if (mm < 0)
+    n_minutes = (s.value / 100) * 60 + s.value % 100;
+  else
+    {
+      overflow |= INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (s.value, 60, &n_minutes);
+      overflow |= (s.negative
+                   ? INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (n_minutes, mm, &n_minutes)
+                   : INT_ADD_WRAPV (n_minutes, mm, &n_minutes));
+    }
+
+  if (overflow || ! (-24 * 60 <= n_minutes && n_minutes <= 24 * 60))
+    return false;
+  pc->time_zone = n_minutes * 60;
+  return true;
+}
+
+static int
+to_hour (intmax_t hours, int meridian)
+{
+  switch (meridian)
+    {
+    default: /* Pacify GCC.  */
+    case MER24:
+      return 0 <= hours && hours < 24 ? hours : -1;
+    case MERam:
+      return 0 < hours && hours < 12 ? hours : hours == 12 ? 0 : -1;
+    case MERpm:
+      return 0 < hours && hours < 12 ? hours + 12 : hours == 12 ? 12 : -1;
+    }
+}
+
+enum { TM_YEAR_BASE = 1900 };
+enum { TM_YEAR_BUFSIZE = INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (int) + 1 };
+
+/* Convert TM_YEAR, a year minus 1900, to a string that is numerically
+   correct even if subtracting 1900 would overflow.  */
+
+static char const *
+tm_year_str (int tm_year, char buf[TM_YEAR_BUFSIZE])
+{
+  verify (TM_YEAR_BASE % 100 == 0);
+  sprintf (buf, &"-%02d%02d"[-TM_YEAR_BASE <= tm_year],
+           abs (tm_year / 100 + TM_YEAR_BASE / 100),
+           abs (tm_year % 100));
+  return buf;
+}
+
+/* Convert a text year number to a year minus 1900, working correctly
+   even if the input is in the range INT_MAX .. INT_MAX + 1900 - 1.  */
+
+static bool
+to_tm_year (textint textyear, bool debug, int *tm_year)
+{
+  intmax_t year = textyear.value;
+
+  /* XPG4 suggests that years 00-68 map to 2000-2068, and
+     years 69-99 map to 1969-1999.  */
+  if (0 <= year && textyear.digits == 2)
+    {
+      year += year < 69 ? 2000 : 1900;
+      if (debug)
+        dbg_printf (_("warning: adjusting year value %"PRIdMAX
+                      " to %"PRIdMAX"\n"),
+                    textyear.value, year);
+    }
+
+  if (year < 0
+      ? INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (-TM_YEAR_BASE, year, tm_year)
+      : INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (year, TM_YEAR_BASE, tm_year))
+    {
+      if (debug)
+        dbg_printf (_("error: out-of-range year %"PRIdMAX"\n"), year);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static table const * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+lookup_zone (parser_control const *pc, char const *name)
+{
+  table const *tp;
+
+  for (tp = universal_time_zone_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (name, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  /* Try local zone abbreviations before those in time_zone_table, as
+     the local ones are more likely to be right.  */
+  for (tp = pc->local_time_zone_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (name, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  for (tp = time_zone_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (name, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+/* Yield the difference between *A and *B,
+   measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.
+   The body of this function is taken directly from the GNU C Library;
+   see strftime.c.  */
+static int
+tm_diff (const struct tm *a, const struct tm *b)
+{
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid int overflow in leap day calculations,
+     but it's OK to assume that A and B are close to each other.  */
+  int a4 = SHR (a->tm_year, 2) + SHR (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (a->tm_year & 3);
+  int b4 = SHR (b->tm_year, 2) + SHR (TM_YEAR_BASE, 2) - ! (b->tm_year & 3);
+  int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+  int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+  int a400 = SHR (a100, 2);
+  int b400 = SHR (b100, 2);
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+  int years = a->tm_year - b->tm_year;
+  int days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
+              + (a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday));
+  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
+                + (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
+          + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
+}
+#endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */
+
+static table const *
+lookup_word (parser_control const *pc, char *word)
+{
+  char *p;
+  char *q;
+  idx_t wordlen;
+  table const *tp;
+  bool period_found;
+  bool abbrev;
+
+  /* Make it uppercase.  */
+  for (p = word; *p; p++)
+    *p = c_toupper (to_uchar (*p));
+
+  for (tp = meridian_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (word, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  /* See if we have an abbreviation for a month.  */
+  wordlen = strlen (word);
+  abbrev = wordlen == 3 || (wordlen == 4 && word[3] == '.');
+
+  for (tp = month_and_day_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if ((abbrev ? strncmp (word, tp->name, 3) : strcmp (word, tp->name)) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  if ((tp = lookup_zone (pc, word)))
+    return tp;
+
+  if (strcmp (word, dst_table[0].name) == 0)
+    return dst_table;
+
+  for (tp = time_units_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (word, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  /* Strip off any plural and try the units table again.  */
+  if (word[wordlen - 1] == 'S')
+    {
+      word[wordlen - 1] = '\0';
+      for (tp = time_units_table; tp->name; tp++)
+        if (strcmp (word, tp->name) == 0)
+          return tp;
+      word[wordlen - 1] = 'S';  /* For "this" in relative_time_table.  */
+    }
+
+  for (tp = relative_time_table; tp->name; tp++)
+    if (strcmp (word, tp->name) == 0)
+      return tp;
+
+  /* Military time zones.  */
+  if (wordlen == 1)
+    for (tp = military_table; tp->name; tp++)
+      if (word[0] == tp->name[0])
+        return tp;
+
+  /* Drop out any periods and try the time zone table again.  */
+  for (period_found = false, p = q = word; (*p = *q); q++)
+    if (*q == '.')
+      period_found = true;
+    else
+      p++;
+  if (period_found && (tp = lookup_zone (pc, word)))
+    return tp;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static int
+yylex (union YYSTYPE *lvalp, parser_control *pc)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      while (c = *pc->input, c_isspace (c))
+        pc->input++;
+
+      if (c_isdigit (c) || c == '-' || c == '+')
+        {
+          char const *p = pc->input;
+          int sign;
+          if (c == '-' || c == '+')
+            {
+              sign = c == '-' ? -1 : 1;
+              while (c = *(pc->input = ++p), c_isspace (c))
+                continue;
+              if (! c_isdigit (c))
+                /* skip the '-' sign */
+                continue;
+            }
+          else
+            sign = 0;
+
+          time_t value = 0;
+          do
+            {
+              if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (value, 10, &value))
+                return '?';
+              if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (value, sign < 0 ? '0' - c : c - '0', &value))
+                return '?';
+              c = *++p;
+            }
+          while (c_isdigit (c));
+
+          if ((c == '.' || c == ',') && c_isdigit (p[1]))
+            {
+              time_t s = value;
+              int digits;
+
+              /* Accumulate fraction, to ns precision.  */
+              p++;
+              int ns = *p++ - '0';
+              for (digits = 2; digits <= LOG10_BILLION; digits++)
+                {
+                  ns *= 10;
+                  if (c_isdigit (*p))
+                    ns += *p++ - '0';
+                }
+
+              /* Skip excess digits, truncating toward -Infinity.  */
+              if (sign < 0)
+                for (; c_isdigit (*p); p++)
+                  if (*p != '0')
+                    {
+                      ns++;
+                      break;
+                    }
+              while (c_isdigit (*p))
+                p++;
+
+              /* Adjust to the timespec convention, which is that
+                 tv_nsec is always a positive offset even if tv_sec is
+                 negative.  */
+              if (sign < 0 && ns)
+                {
+                  if (INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (s, 1, &s))
+                    return '?';
+                  ns = BILLION - ns;
+                }
+
+              lvalp->timespec.tv_sec = s;
+              lvalp->timespec.tv_nsec = ns;
+              pc->input = p;
+              return sign ? tSDECIMAL_NUMBER : tUDECIMAL_NUMBER;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              lvalp->textintval.negative = sign < 0;
+              lvalp->textintval.value = value;
+              lvalp->textintval.digits = p - pc->input;
+              pc->input = p;
+              return sign ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (c_isalpha (c))
+        {
+          char buff[20];
+          char *p = buff;
+          table const *tp;
+
+          do
+            {
+              if (p < buff + sizeof buff - 1)
+                *p++ = c;
+              c = *++pc->input;
+            }
+          while (c_isalpha (c) || c == '.');
+
+          *p = '\0';
+          tp = lookup_word (pc, buff);
+          if (! tp)
+            {
+              if (debugging (pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: unknown word '%s'\n"), buff);
+              return '?';
+            }
+          lvalp->intval = tp->value;
+          return tp->type;
+        }
+
+      if (c != '(')
+        return to_uchar (*pc->input++);
+
+      idx_t count = 0;
+      do
+        {
+          c = *pc->input++;
+          if (c == '\0')
+            return c;
+          if (c == '(')
+            count++;
+          else if (c == ')')
+            count--;
+        }
+      while (count != 0);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Do nothing if the parser reports an error.  */
+static int
+yyerror (_GL_UNUSED parser_control const *pc,
+         _GL_UNUSED char const *s)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* If *TM0 is the old and *TM1 is the new value of a struct tm after
+   passing it to mktime_z, return true if it's OK.  It's not OK if
+   mktime failed or if *TM0 has out-of-range mainline members.
+   The caller should set TM1->tm_wday to -1 before calling mktime,
+   as a negative tm_wday is how mktime failure is inferred.  */
+
+static bool
+mktime_ok (struct tm const *tm0, struct tm const *tm1)
+{
+  if (tm1->tm_wday < 0)
+    return false;
+
+  return ! ((tm0->tm_sec ^ tm1->tm_sec)
+            | (tm0->tm_min ^ tm1->tm_min)
+            | (tm0->tm_hour ^ tm1->tm_hour)
+            | (tm0->tm_mday ^ tm1->tm_mday)
+            | (tm0->tm_mon ^ tm1->tm_mon)
+            | (tm0->tm_year ^ tm1->tm_year));
+}
+
+/* Debugging: format a 'struct tm' into a buffer, taking the parser's
+   timezone information into account (if pc != NULL).  */
+static char const *
+debug_strfdatetime (struct tm const *tm, parser_control const *pc,
+                    char *buf, int n)
+{
+  /* TODO:
+     1. find an optimal way to print date string in a clear and unambiguous
+        format.  Currently, always add '(Y-M-D)' prefix.
+        Consider '2016y01m10d'  or 'year(2016) month(01) day(10)'.
+
+        If the user needs debug printing, it means he/she already having
+        issues with the parsing - better to avoid formats that could
+        be mis-interpreted (e.g., just YYYY-MM-DD).
+
+     2. Can strftime be used instead?
+        depends if it is portable and can print invalid dates on all systems.
+
+     3. Print timezone information ?
+
+     4. Print DST information ?
+
+     5. Print nanosecond information ?
+
+     NOTE:
+     Printed date/time values might not be valid, e.g., '2016-02-31'
+     or '2016-19-2016' .  These are the values as parsed from the user
+     string, before validation.
+  */
+  int m = nstrftime (buf, n, "(Y-M-D) %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", tm, 0, 0);
+
+  /* If parser_control information was provided (for timezone),
+     and there's enough space in the buffer, add timezone info.  */
+  if (pc && m < n && pc->zones_seen)
+    {
+      int tz = pc->time_zone;
+
+      /* Account for DST if tLOCAL_ZONE was seen.  */
+      if (pc->local_zones_seen && !pc->zones_seen && 0 < pc->local_isdst)
+        tz += 60 * 60;
+
+      char time_zone_buf[TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE];
+      snprintf (&buf[m], n - m, " TZ=%s", time_zone_str (tz, time_zone_buf));
+    }
+  return buf;
+}
+
+static char const *
+debug_strfdate (struct tm const *tm, char *buf, int n)
+{
+  char tm_year_buf[TM_YEAR_BUFSIZE];
+  snprintf (buf, n, "(Y-M-D) %s-%02d-%02d",
+            tm_year_str (tm->tm_year, tm_year_buf),
+            tm->tm_mon + 1, tm->tm_mday);
+  return buf;
+}
+
+static char const *
+debug_strftime (struct tm const *tm, char *buf, int n)
+{
+  snprintf (buf, n, "%02d:%02d:%02d", tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec);
+  return buf;
+}
+
+/* If mktime_ok failed, display the failed time values,
+   and provide possible hints.  Example output:
+
+    date: error: invalid date/time value:
+    date:     user provided time: '(Y-M-D) 2006-04-02 02:45:00'
+    date:        normalized time: '(Y-M-D) 2006-04-02 03:45:00'
+    date:                                             __
+    date:      possible reasons:
+    date:        non-existing due to daylight-saving time;
+    date:        numeric values overflow;
+    date:        missing timezone;
+ */
+static void
+debug_mktime_not_ok (struct tm const *tm0, struct tm const *tm1,
+                     parser_control const *pc, bool time_zone_seen)
+{
+  /* TODO: handle t == -1 (as in 'mktime_ok').  */
+  char tmp[DBGBUFSIZE];
+  int i;
+  const bool eq_sec   = (tm0->tm_sec  == tm1->tm_sec);
+  const bool eq_min   = (tm0->tm_min  == tm1->tm_min);
+  const bool eq_hour  = (tm0->tm_hour == tm1->tm_hour);
+  const bool eq_mday  = (tm0->tm_mday == tm1->tm_mday);
+  const bool eq_month = (tm0->tm_mon  == tm1->tm_mon);
+  const bool eq_year  = (tm0->tm_year == tm1->tm_year);
+
+  const bool dst_shift = eq_sec && eq_min && !eq_hour
+                         && eq_mday && eq_month && eq_year;
+
+  if (!debugging (pc))
+    return;
+
+  dbg_printf (_("error: invalid date/time value:\n"));
+  dbg_printf (_("    user provided time: '%s'\n"),
+              debug_strfdatetime (tm0, pc, tmp, sizeof tmp));
+  dbg_printf (_("       normalized time: '%s'\n"),
+              debug_strfdatetime (tm1, pc, tmp, sizeof tmp));
+  /* The format must be aligned with debug_strfdatetime and the two
+     DEBUG statements above.  This string is not translated.  */
+  i = snprintf (tmp, sizeof tmp,
+                "                                 %4s %2s %2s %2s %2s %2s",
+                eq_year ? "" : "----",
+                eq_month ? "" : "--",
+                eq_mday ? "" : "--",
+                eq_hour ? "" : "--",
+                eq_min ? "" : "--",
+                eq_sec ? "" : "--");
+  /* Trim trailing whitespace.  */
+  if (0 <= i)
+    {
+      if (sizeof tmp - 1 < i)
+        i = sizeof tmp - 1;
+      while (0 < i && tmp[i - 1] == ' ')
+        --i;
+      tmp[i] = '\0';
+    }
+  dbg_printf ("%s\n", tmp);
+
+  dbg_printf (_("     possible reasons:\n"));
+  if (dst_shift)
+    dbg_printf (_("       non-existing due to daylight-saving time;\n"));
+  if (!eq_mday && !eq_month)
+    dbg_printf (_("       invalid day/month combination;\n"));
+  dbg_printf (_("       numeric values overflow;\n"));
+  dbg_printf ("       %s\n", (time_zone_seen ? _("incorrect timezone")
+                              : _("missing timezone")));
+}
+
+/* Parse a date/time string, storing the resulting time value into *RESULT.
+   The string itself is pointed to by P.  Return true if successful.
+   P can be an incomplete or relative time specification; if so, use
+   *NOW as the basis for the returned time.  Default to timezone
+   TZDEFAULT, which corresponds to tzalloc (TZSTRING).  */
+static bool
+parse_datetime_body (struct timespec *result, char const *p,
+                     struct timespec const *now, unsigned int flags,
+                     timezone_t tzdefault, char const *tzstring)
+{
+  struct tm tm;
+  struct tm tm0;
+  char time_zone_buf[TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE];
+  char dbg_tm[DBGBUFSIZE];
+  bool ok = false;
+  char const *input_sentinel = p + strlen (p);
+  char *tz1alloc = NULL;
+
+  /* A reasonable upper bound for the size of ordinary TZ strings.
+     Use heap allocation if TZ's length exceeds this.  */
+  enum { TZBUFSIZE = 100 };
+  char tz1buf[TZBUFSIZE];
+
+  struct timespec gettime_buffer;
+  if (! now)
+    {
+      gettime (&gettime_buffer);
+      now = &gettime_buffer;
+    }
+
+  time_t Start = now->tv_sec;
+  int Start_ns = now->tv_nsec;
+
+  unsigned char c;
+  while (c = *p, c_isspace (c))
+    p++;
+
+  timezone_t tz = tzdefault;
+
+  /* Store a local copy prior to first "goto".  Without this, a prior use
+     below of RELATIVE_TIME_0 on the RHS might translate to an assignment-
+     to-temporary, which would trigger a -Wjump-misses-init warning.  */
+  const relative_time rel_time_0 = RELATIVE_TIME_0;
+
+  if (strncmp (p, "TZ=\"", 4) == 0)
+    {
+      char const *tzbase = p + 4;
+      idx_t tzsize = 1;
+      char const *s;
+
+      for (s = tzbase; *s; s++, tzsize++)
+        if (*s == '\\')
+          {
+            s++;
+            if (! (*s == '\\' || *s == '"'))
+              break;
+          }
+        else if (*s == '"')
+          {
+            timezone_t tz1;
+            char *tz1string = tz1buf;
+            char *z;
+            if (TZBUFSIZE < tzsize)
+              {
+                tz1alloc = malloc (tzsize);
+                if (!tz1alloc)
+                  goto fail;
+                tz1string = tz1alloc;
+              }
+            z = tz1string;
+            for (s = tzbase; *s != '"'; s++)
+              *z++ = *(s += *s == '\\');
+            *z = '\0';
+            tz1 = tzalloc (tz1string);
+            if (!tz1)
+              goto fail;
+            tz = tz1;
+            tzstring = tz1string;
+
+            p = s + 1;
+            while (c = *p, c_isspace (c))
+              p++;
+
+            break;
+          }
+    }
+
+  struct tm tmp;
+  if (! localtime_rz (tz, &now->tv_sec, &tmp))
+    goto fail;
+
+  /* As documented, be careful to treat the empty string just like
+     a date string of "0".  Without this, an empty string would be
+     declared invalid when parsed during a DST transition.  */
+  if (*p == '\0')
+    p = "0";
+
+  parser_control pc;
+  pc.input = p;
+#ifdef GNULIB_PARSE_DATETIME2
+  pc.parse_datetime_debug = (flags & PARSE_DATETIME_DEBUG) != 0;
+#endif
+  if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (tmp.tm_year, TM_YEAR_BASE, &pc.year.value))
+    {
+      if (debugging (&pc))
+        dbg_printf (_("error: initial year out of range\n"));
+      goto fail;
+    }
+  pc.year.digits = 0;
+  pc.month = tmp.tm_mon + 1;
+  pc.day = tmp.tm_mday;
+  pc.hour = tmp.tm_hour;
+  pc.minutes = tmp.tm_min;
+  pc.seconds.tv_sec = tmp.tm_sec;
+  pc.seconds.tv_nsec = Start_ns;
+  tm.tm_isdst = tmp.tm_isdst;
+
+  pc.meridian = MER24;
+  pc.rel = rel_time_0;
+  pc.timespec_seen = false;
+  pc.rels_seen = false;
+  pc.dates_seen = 0;
+  pc.days_seen = 0;
+  pc.times_seen = 0;
+  pc.local_zones_seen = 0;
+  pc.dsts_seen = 0;
+  pc.zones_seen = 0;
+  pc.year_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_dates_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_days_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_times_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_local_zones_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_zones_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_year_seen = false;
+  pc.debug_ordinal_day_seen = false;
+
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+  pc.local_time_zone_table[0].name = tmp.tm_zone;
+  pc.local_time_zone_table[0].type = tLOCAL_ZONE;
+  pc.local_time_zone_table[0].value = tmp.tm_isdst;
+  pc.local_time_zone_table[1].name = NULL;
+
+  /* Probe the names used in the next three calendar quarters, looking
+     for a tm_isdst different from the one we already have.  */
+  {
+    int quarter;
+    for (quarter = 1; quarter <= 3; quarter++)
+      {
+        time_t probe;
+        if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (Start, quarter * (90 * 24 * 60 * 60), &probe))
+          break;
+        struct tm probe_tm;
+        if (localtime_rz (tz, &probe, &probe_tm) && probe_tm.tm_zone
+            && probe_tm.tm_isdst != pc.local_time_zone_table[0].value)
+          {
+              {
+                pc.local_time_zone_table[1].name = probe_tm.tm_zone;
+                pc.local_time_zone_table[1].type = tLOCAL_ZONE;
+                pc.local_time_zone_table[1].value = probe_tm.tm_isdst;
+                pc.local_time_zone_table[2].name = NULL;
+              }
+            break;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+#else
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+  {
+# if !HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
+    extern char *tzname[];
+# endif
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+      {
+        pc.local_time_zone_table[i].name = tzname[i];
+        pc.local_time_zone_table[i].type = tLOCAL_ZONE;
+        pc.local_time_zone_table[i].value = i;
+      }
+    pc.local_time_zone_table[i].name = NULL;
+  }
+#else
+  pc.local_time_zone_table[0].name = NULL;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  if (pc.local_time_zone_table[0].name && pc.local_time_zone_table[1].name
+      && ! strcmp (pc.local_time_zone_table[0].name,
+                   pc.local_time_zone_table[1].name))
+    {
+      /* This locale uses the same abbreviation for standard and
+         daylight times.  So if we see that abbreviation, we don't
+         know whether it's daylight time.  */
+      pc.local_time_zone_table[0].value = -1;
+      pc.local_time_zone_table[1].name = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (yyparse (&pc) != 0)
+    {
+      if (debugging (&pc))
+        dbg_printf ((input_sentinel <= pc.input
+                     ? _("error: parsing failed\n")
+                     : _("error: parsing failed, stopped at '%s'\n")),
+                    pc.input);
+      goto fail;
+    }
+
+
+  /* Determine effective timezone source.  */
+
+  if (debugging (&pc))
+    {
+      dbg_printf (_("input timezone: "));
+
+      if (pc.timespec_seen)
+        fprintf (stderr, _("'@timespec' - always UTC"));
+      else if (pc.zones_seen)
+        fprintf (stderr, _("parsed date/time string"));
+      else if (tzstring)
+        {
+          if (tz != tzdefault)
+            fprintf (stderr, _("TZ=\"%s\" in date string"), tzstring);
+          else if (STREQ (tzstring, "UTC0"))
+            {
+              /* Special case: 'date -u' sets TZ="UTC0".  */
+              fprintf (stderr, _("TZ=\"UTC0\" environment value or -u"));
+            }
+          else
+            fprintf (stderr, _("TZ=\"%s\" environment value"), tzstring);
+        }
+      else
+        fprintf (stderr, _("system default"));
+
+      /* Account for DST changes if tLOCAL_ZONE was seen.
+         local timezone only changes DST and is relative to the
+         default timezone.*/
+      if (pc.local_zones_seen && !pc.zones_seen && 0 < pc.local_isdst)
+        fprintf (stderr, ", dst");
+
+      if (pc.zones_seen)
+        fprintf (stderr, " (%s)", time_zone_str (pc.time_zone, time_zone_buf));
+
+      fputc ('\n', stderr);
+    }
+
+  if (pc.timespec_seen)
+    *result = pc.seconds;
+  else
+    {
+      if (1 < (pc.times_seen | pc.dates_seen | pc.days_seen | pc.dsts_seen
+               | (pc.local_zones_seen + pc.zones_seen)))
+        {
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            {
+              if (pc.times_seen > 1)
+                dbg_printf ("error: seen multiple time parts\n");
+              if (pc.dates_seen > 1)
+                dbg_printf ("error: seen multiple date parts\n");
+              if (pc.days_seen > 1)
+                dbg_printf ("error: seen multiple days parts\n");
+              if (pc.dsts_seen > 1)
+                dbg_printf ("error: seen multiple daylight-saving parts\n");
+              if ((pc.local_zones_seen + pc.zones_seen) > 1)
+                dbg_printf ("error: seen multiple time-zone parts\n");
+            }
+          goto fail;
+        }
+
+      if (! to_tm_year (pc.year, debugging (&pc), &tm.tm_year)
+          || INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc.month, -1, &tm.tm_mon)
+          || INT_ADD_WRAPV (pc.day, 0, &tm.tm_mday))
+        {
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            dbg_printf (_("error: year, month, or day overflow\n"));
+          goto fail;
+        }
+      if (pc.times_seen || (pc.rels_seen && ! pc.dates_seen && ! pc.days_seen))
+        {
+          tm.tm_hour = to_hour (pc.hour, pc.meridian);
+          if (tm.tm_hour < 0)
+            {
+              char const *mrd = (pc.meridian == MERam ? "am"
+                                 : pc.meridian == MERpm ?"pm" : "");
+              if (debugging (&pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: invalid hour %"PRIdMAX"%s\n"),
+                            pc.hour, mrd);
+              goto fail;
+            }
+          tm.tm_min = pc.minutes;
+          tm.tm_sec = pc.seconds.tv_sec;
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            dbg_printf ((pc.times_seen
+                         ? _("using specified time as starting value: '%s'\n")
+                         : _("using current time as starting value: '%s'\n")),
+                        debug_strftime (&tm, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
+          pc.seconds.tv_nsec = 0;
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            dbg_printf ("warning: using midnight as starting time: 00:00:00\n");
+        }
+
+      /* Let mktime deduce tm_isdst if we have an absolute timestamp.  */
+      if (pc.dates_seen | pc.days_seen | pc.times_seen)
+        tm.tm_isdst = -1;
+
+      /* But if the input explicitly specifies local time with or without
+         DST, give mktime that information.  */
+      if (pc.local_zones_seen)
+        tm.tm_isdst = pc.local_isdst;
+
+      tm0.tm_sec = tm.tm_sec;
+      tm0.tm_min = tm.tm_min;
+      tm0.tm_hour = tm.tm_hour;
+      tm0.tm_mday = tm.tm_mday;
+      tm0.tm_mon = tm.tm_mon;
+      tm0.tm_year = tm.tm_year;
+      tm0.tm_isdst = tm.tm_isdst;
+      tm.tm_wday = -1;
+
+      Start = mktime_z (tz, &tm);
+
+      if (! mktime_ok (&tm0, &tm))
+        {
+          bool repaired = false;
+          bool time_zone_seen = pc.zones_seen != 0;
+          if (time_zone_seen)
+            {
+              /* Guard against falsely reporting errors near the time_t
+                 boundaries when parsing times in other time zones.  For
+                 example, suppose the input string "1969-12-31 23:00:00 -0100",
+                 the current time zone is 8 hours ahead of UTC, and the min
+                 time_t value is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC.  Then the min
+                 localtime value is 1970-01-01 08:00:00, and mktime will
+                 therefore fail on 1969-12-31 23:00:00.  To work around the
+                 problem, set the time zone to 1 hour behind UTC temporarily
+                 by setting TZ="XXX1:00" and try mktime again.  */
+
+              char tz2buf[sizeof "XXX" - 1 + TIME_ZONE_BUFSIZE];
+              tz2buf[0] = tz2buf[1] = tz2buf[2] = 'X';
+              time_zone_str (pc.time_zone, &tz2buf[3]);
+              timezone_t tz2 = tzalloc (tz2buf);
+              if (!tz2)
+                {
+                  if (debugging (&pc))
+                    dbg_printf (_("error: tzalloc (\"%s\") failed\n"), tz2buf);
+                  goto fail;
+                }
+              tm.tm_sec = tm0.tm_sec;
+              tm.tm_min = tm0.tm_min;
+              tm.tm_hour = tm0.tm_hour;
+              tm.tm_mday = tm0.tm_mday;
+              tm.tm_mon = tm0.tm_mon;
+              tm.tm_year = tm0.tm_year;
+              tm.tm_isdst = tm0.tm_isdst;
+              tm.tm_wday = -1;
+              Start = mktime_z (tz2, &tm);
+              repaired = mktime_ok (&tm0, &tm);
+              tzfree (tz2);
+            }
+
+          if (! repaired)
+            {
+              debug_mktime_not_ok (&tm0, &tm, &pc, time_zone_seen);
+              goto fail;
+            }
+        }
+
+      char dbg_ord[DBGBUFSIZE];
+
+      if (pc.days_seen && ! pc.dates_seen)
+        {
+          intmax_t dayincr;
+          tm.tm_yday = -1;
+          if (! (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV ((pc.day_ordinal
+                                      - (0 < pc.day_ordinal
+                                         && tm.tm_wday != pc.day_number)),
+                                     7, &dayincr)
+                 || INT_ADD_WRAPV ((pc.day_number - tm.tm_wday + 7) % 7,
+                                   dayincr, &dayincr)
+                 || INT_ADD_WRAPV (dayincr, tm.tm_mday, &tm.tm_mday)))
+            {
+              tm.tm_isdst = -1;
+              Start = mktime_z (tz, &tm);
+            }
+
+          if (tm.tm_yday < 0)
+            {
+              if (debugging (&pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: day '%s' "
+                              "(day ordinal=%"PRIdMAX" number=%d) "
+                              "resulted in an invalid date: '%s'\n"),
+                            str_days (&pc, dbg_ord, sizeof dbg_ord),
+                            pc.day_ordinal, pc.day_number,
+                            debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm,
+                                                sizeof dbg_tm));
+              goto fail;
+            }
+
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            dbg_printf (_("new start date: '%s' is '%s'\n"),
+                        str_days (&pc, dbg_ord, sizeof dbg_ord),
+                        debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+
+        }
+
+      if (debugging (&pc))
+        {
+          if (!pc.dates_seen && !pc.days_seen)
+            dbg_printf (_("using current date as starting value: '%s'\n"),
+                        debug_strfdate (&tm, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+
+          if (pc.days_seen && pc.dates_seen)
+            dbg_printf (_("warning: day (%s) ignored when explicit dates "
+                          "are given\n"),
+                        str_days (&pc, dbg_ord, sizeof dbg_ord));
+
+          dbg_printf (_("starting date/time: '%s'\n"),
+                      debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+        }
+
+      /* Add relative date.  */
+      if (pc.rel.year | pc.rel.month | pc.rel.day)
+        {
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            {
+              if ((pc.rel.year != 0 || pc.rel.month != 0) && tm.tm_mday != 15)
+                dbg_printf (_("warning: when adding relative months/years, "
+                              "it is recommended to specify the 15th of the "
+                              "months\n"));
+
+              if (pc.rel.day != 0 && tm.tm_hour != 12)
+                dbg_printf (_("warning: when adding relative days, "
+                              "it is recommended to specify noon\n"));
+            }
+
+          int year, month, day;
+          if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (tm.tm_year, pc.rel.year, &year)
+              || INT_ADD_WRAPV (tm.tm_mon, pc.rel.month, &month)
+              || INT_ADD_WRAPV (tm.tm_mday, pc.rel.day, &day))
+            {
+              if (debugging (&pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: %s:%d\n"), __FILE__, __LINE__);
+              goto fail;
+            }
+          tm.tm_year = year;
+          tm.tm_mon = month;
+          tm.tm_mday = day;
+          tm.tm_hour = tm0.tm_hour;
+          tm.tm_min = tm0.tm_min;
+          tm.tm_sec = tm0.tm_sec;
+          tm.tm_isdst = tm0.tm_isdst;
+          tm.tm_wday = -1;
+          Start = mktime_z (tz, &tm);
+          if (tm.tm_wday < 0)
+            {
+              if (debugging (&pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: adding relative date resulted "
+                              "in an invalid date: '%s'\n"),
+                            debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm,
+                                                sizeof dbg_tm));
+              goto fail;
+            }
+
+          if (debugging (&pc))
+            {
+              dbg_printf (_("after date adjustment "
+                            "(%+"PRIdMAX" years, %+"PRIdMAX" months, "
+                            "%+"PRIdMAX" days),\n"),
+                          pc.rel.year, pc.rel.month, pc.rel.day);
+              dbg_printf (_("    new date/time = '%s'\n"),
+                          debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm,
+                                              sizeof dbg_tm));
+
+              /* Warn about crossing DST due to time adjustment.
+                 Example: https://bugs.gnu.org/8357
+                 env TZ=Europe/Helsinki \
+                   date --debug \
+                        -d 'Mon Mar 28 00:36:07 2011 EEST 1 day ago'
+
+                 This case is different than DST changes due to time adjustment,
+                 i.e., "1 day ago" vs "24 hours ago" are calculated in different
+                 places.
+
+                 'tm0.tm_isdst' contains the DST of the input date,
+                 'tm.tm_isdst' is the normalized result after calling
+                 mktime (&tm).
+              */
+              if (tm0.tm_isdst != -1 && tm.tm_isdst != tm0.tm_isdst)
+                dbg_printf (_("warning: daylight saving time changed after "
+                              "date adjustment\n"));
+
+              /* Warn if the user did not ask to adjust days but mday changed,
+                 or
+                 user did not ask to adjust months/days but the month changed.
+
+                 Example for first case:
+                 2016-05-31 + 1 month => 2016-06-31 => 2016-07-01.
+                 User asked to adjust month, but the day changed from 31 to 01.
+
+                 Example for second case:
+                 2016-02-29 + 1 year => 2017-02-29 => 2017-03-01.
+                 User asked to adjust year, but the month changed from 02 to 03.
+              */
+              if (pc.rel.day == 0
+                  && (tm.tm_mday != day
+                      || (pc.rel.month == 0 && tm.tm_mon != month)))
+                {
+                  dbg_printf (_("warning: month/year adjustment resulted in "
+                                "shifted dates:\n"));
+                  char tm_year_buf[TM_YEAR_BUFSIZE];
+                  dbg_printf (_("     adjusted Y M D: %s %02d %02d\n"),
+                              tm_year_str (year, tm_year_buf), month + 1, day);
+                  dbg_printf (_("   normalized Y M D: %s %02d %02d\n"),
+                              tm_year_str (tm.tm_year, tm_year_buf),
+                              tm.tm_mon + 1, tm.tm_mday);
+                }
+            }
+
+        }
+
+      /* The only "output" of this if-block is an updated Start value,
+         so this block must follow others that clobber Start.  */
+      if (pc.zones_seen)
+        {
+          bool overflow = false;
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+          long int utcoff = tm.tm_gmtoff;
+#else
+          time_t t = Start;
+          struct tm gmt;
+          int utcoff = (gmtime_r (&t, &gmt)
+                        ? tm_diff (&tm, &gmt)
+                        : (overflow = true, 0));
+#endif
+          intmax_t delta;
+          overflow |= INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (pc.time_zone, utcoff, &delta);
+          time_t t1;
+          overflow |= INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV (Start, delta, &t1);
+          if (overflow)
+            {
+              if (debugging (&pc))
+                dbg_printf (_("error: timezone %d caused time_t overflow\n"),
+                            pc.time_zone);
+              goto fail;
+            }
+          Start = t1;
+        }
+
+      if (debugging (&pc))
+        {
+          intmax_t Starti = Start;
+          dbg_printf (_("'%s' = %"PRIdMAX" epoch-seconds\n"),
+                      debug_strfdatetime (&tm, &pc, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm),
+                      Starti);
+        }
+
+
+      /* Add relative hours, minutes, and seconds.  On hosts that support
+         leap seconds, ignore the possibility of leap seconds; e.g.,
+         "+ 10 minutes" adds 600 seconds, even if one of them is a
+         leap second.  Typically this is not what the user wants, but it's
+         too hard to do it the other way, because the time zone indicator
+         must be applied before relative times, and if mktime is applied
+         again the time zone will be lost.  */
+      {
+        intmax_t orig_ns = pc.seconds.tv_nsec;
+        intmax_t sum_ns = orig_ns + pc.rel.ns;
+        int normalized_ns = (sum_ns % BILLION + BILLION) % BILLION;
+        int d4 = (sum_ns - normalized_ns) / BILLION;
+        intmax_t d1, t1, d2, t2, t3;
+        time_t t4;
+        if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (pc.rel.hour, 60 * 60, &d1)
+            || INT_ADD_WRAPV (Start, d1, &t1)
+            || INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (pc.rel.minutes, 60, &d2)
+            || INT_ADD_WRAPV (t1, d2, &t2)
+            || INT_ADD_WRAPV (t2, pc.rel.seconds, &t3)
+            || INT_ADD_WRAPV (t3, d4, &t4))
+          {
+            if (debugging (&pc))
+              dbg_printf (_("error: adding relative time caused an "
+                            "overflow\n"));
+            goto fail;
+          }
+
+        result->tv_sec = t4;
+        result->tv_nsec = normalized_ns;
+
+        if (debugging (&pc)
+            && (pc.rel.hour | pc.rel.minutes | pc.rel.seconds | pc.rel.ns))
+          {
+            dbg_printf (_("after time adjustment (%+"PRIdMAX" hours, "
+                          "%+"PRIdMAX" minutes, "
+                          "%+"PRIdMAX" seconds, %+d ns),\n"),
+                        pc.rel.hour, pc.rel.minutes, pc.rel.seconds,
+                        pc.rel.ns);
+            intmax_t t4i = t4;
+            dbg_printf (_("    new time = %"PRIdMAX" epoch-seconds\n"), t4i);
+
+            /* Warn about crossing DST due to time adjustment.
+               Example: https://bugs.gnu.org/8357
+               env TZ=Europe/Helsinki           \
+               date --debug                                             \
+               -d 'Mon Mar 28 00:36:07 2011 EEST 24 hours ago'
+
+               This case is different than DST changes due to days adjustment,
+               i.e., "1 day ago" vs "24 hours ago" are calculated in different
+               places.
+
+               'tm.tm_isdst' contains the date after date adjustment.  */
+            struct tm lmt;
+            if (tm.tm_isdst != -1 && localtime_rz (tz, &result->tv_sec, &lmt)
+                && tm.tm_isdst != lmt.tm_isdst)
+              dbg_printf (_("warning: daylight saving time changed after "
+                            "time adjustment\n"));
+          }
+      }
+    }
+
+  if (debugging (&pc))
+    {
+      /* Special case: using 'date -u' simply set TZ=UTC0 */
+      if (! tzstring)
+        dbg_printf (_("timezone: system default\n"));
+      else if (STREQ (tzstring, "UTC0"))
+        dbg_printf (_("timezone: Universal Time\n"));
+      else
+        dbg_printf (_("timezone: TZ=\"%s\" environment value\n"), tzstring);
+
+      intmax_t sec = result->tv_sec;
+      int nsec = result->tv_nsec;
+      dbg_printf (_("final: %"PRIdMAX".%09d (epoch-seconds)\n"),
+                  sec, nsec);
+
+      struct tm gmt, lmt;
+      bool got_utc = !!gmtime_r (&result->tv_sec, &gmt);
+      if (got_utc)
+        dbg_printf (_("final: %s (UTC)\n"),
+                    debug_strfdatetime (&gmt, NULL,
+                                        dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+      if (localtime_rz (tz, &result->tv_sec, &lmt))
+        {
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+          bool got_utcoff = true;
+          long int utcoff = lmt.tm_gmtoff;
+#else
+          bool got_utcoff = got_utc;
+          int utcoff;
+          if (got_utcoff)
+            utcoff = tm_diff (&lmt, &gmt);
+#endif
+          if (got_utcoff)
+            dbg_printf (_("final: %s (UTC%s)\n"),
+                        debug_strfdatetime (&lmt, NULL, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm),
+                        time_zone_str (utcoff, time_zone_buf));
+          else
+            dbg_printf (_("final: %s (unknown time zone offset)\n"),
+                        debug_strfdatetime (&lmt, NULL, dbg_tm, sizeof dbg_tm));
+        }
+    }
+
+  ok = true;
+
+ fail:
+  if (tz != tzdefault)
+    tzfree (tz);
+  free (tz1alloc);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+#ifdef GNULIB_PARSE_DATETIME2
+/* Parse a date/time string, storing the resulting time value into *RESULT.
+   The string itself is pointed to by P.  Return true if successful.
+   P can be an incomplete or relative time specification; if so, use
+   *NOW as the basis for the returned time.  Default to timezone
+   TZDEFAULT, which corresponds to tzalloc (TZSTRING).  */
+bool
+parse_datetime2 (struct timespec *result, char const *p,
+                 struct timespec const *now, unsigned int flags,
+                 timezone_t tzdefault, char const *tzstring)
+{
+  return parse_datetime_body (result, p, now, flags, tzdefault, tzstring);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* The plain interface: run with debug=false and the default timezone.   */
+bool
+parse_datetime (struct timespec *result, char const *p,
+                struct timespec const *now)
+{
+  char const *tzstring = getenv ("TZ");
+  timezone_t tz = tzalloc (tzstring);
+  if (!tz)
+    return false;
+  bool ok = parse_datetime_body (result, p, now, 0, tz, tzstring);
+  tzfree (tz);
+  return ok;
+}
+
+#if TEST
+
+int
+main (int ac, char **av)
+{
+  char buff[BUFSIZ];
+
+  printf ("Enter date, or blank line to exit.\n\t> ");
+  fflush (stdout);
+
+  buff[BUFSIZ - 1] = '\0';
+  while (fgets (buff, BUFSIZ - 1, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      struct timespec d;
+      struct tm const *tm;
+      if (! parse_datetime (&d, buff, NULL))
+        printf ("Bad format - couldn't convert.\n");
+      else if (! (tm = localtime (&d.tv_sec)))
+        {
+          intmax_t sec = d.tv_sec;
+          printf ("localtime (%"PRIdMAX") failed\n", sec);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          int ns = d.tv_nsec;
+          char tm_year_buf[TM_YEAR_BUFSIZE];
+          printf ("%s-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d.%09d\n",
+                  tm_year_str (tm->tm_year, tm_year_buf),
+                  tm->tm_mon + 1, tm->tm_mday,
+                  tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec, ns);
+        }
+      printf ("\t> ");
+      fflush (stdout);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/pathmax.h b/lib/pathmax.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19b93d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pathmax.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* Define PATH_MAX somehow.  Requires sys/types.h.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1999, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _PATHMAX_H
+# define _PATHMAX_H
+
+/* POSIX:2008 defines PATH_MAX to be the maximum number of bytes in a filename,
+   including the terminating NUL byte.
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/limits.h.html>
+   PATH_MAX is not defined on systems which have no limit on filename length,
+   such as GNU/Hurd.
+
+   This file does *not* define PATH_MAX always.  Programs that use this file
+   can handle the GNU/Hurd case in several ways:
+     - Either with a package-wide handling, or with a per-file handling,
+     - Either through a
+         #ifdef PATH_MAX
+       or through a fallback like
+         #ifndef PATH_MAX
+         # define PATH_MAX 8192
+         #endif
+       or through a fallback like
+         #ifndef PATH_MAX
+         # define PATH_MAX pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)
+         #endif
+ */
+
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# include <limits.h>
+
+# ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#  define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 256
+# endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
+# if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+
+# if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+#  define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __hpux
+/* On HP-UX, PATH_MAX designates the maximum number of bytes in a filename,
+   *not* including the terminating NUL byte, and is set to 1023.
+   Additionally, when _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined to 500 or more, PATH_MAX is
+   not defined at all any more.  */
+#  undef PATH_MAX
+#  define PATH_MAX 1024
+# endif
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* The page "Naming Files, Paths, and Namespaces" on msdn.microsoft.com,
+   section "Maximum Path Length Limitation",
+   <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/FileIO/naming-a-file#maximum-path-length-limitation>
+   explains that the maximum size of a filename, including the terminating
+   NUL byte, is 260 = 3 + 256 + 1.
+   This is the same value as
+     - FILENAME_MAX in <stdio.h>,
+     - _MAX_PATH in <stdlib.h>,
+     - MAX_PATH in <windef.h>.
+   Undefine the original value, because mingw's <limits.h> gets it wrong.  */
+#  undef PATH_MAX
+#  define PATH_MAX 260
+# endif
+
+#endif /* _PATHMAX_H */
diff --git a/lib/physmem.c b/lib/physmem.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d18520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/physmem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+/* Calculate the size of physical memory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "physmem.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PSTAT_H
+# include <sys/pstat.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_SYSMP_H
+# include <sys/sysmp.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_SYSINFO_H
+# include <sys/sysinfo.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_MACHINE_HAL_SYSINFO_H
+# include <machine/hal_sysinfo.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TABLE_H
+# include <sys/table.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_SYSCTL_H && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_SYSTEMCFG_H
+# include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef GetModuleHandle
+# define GetModuleHandle GetModuleHandleA
+
+/* Avoid warnings from gcc -Wcast-function-type.  */
+# define GetProcAddress \
+   (void *) GetProcAddress
+
+/*  MEMORYSTATUSEX is missing from older windows headers, so define
+    a local replacement.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  DWORD dwLength;
+  DWORD dwMemoryLoad;
+  DWORDLONG ullTotalPhys;
+  DWORDLONG ullAvailPhys;
+  DWORDLONG ullTotalPageFile;
+  DWORDLONG ullAvailPageFile;
+  DWORDLONG ullTotalVirtual;
+  DWORDLONG ullAvailVirtual;
+  DWORDLONG ullAvailExtendedVirtual;
+} lMEMORYSTATUSEX;
+typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_MS_EX) (lMEMORYSTATUSEX*);
+
+#endif
+
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
+
+/* Return the total amount of physical memory.  */
+double
+physmem_total (void)
+{
+#if defined _SC_PHYS_PAGES && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  { /* This works on linux-gnu, solaris2 and cygwin.  */
+    double pages = sysconf (_SC_PHYS_PAGES);
+    double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+    if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+      return pages * pagesize;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYSINFO && HAVE_STRUCT_SYSINFO_MEM_UNIT
+  { /* This works on linux.  */
+    struct sysinfo si;
+    if (sysinfo(&si) == 0)
+      return (double) si.totalram * si.mem_unit;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_PSTAT_GETSTATIC
+  { /* This works on hpux11.  */
+    struct pst_static pss;
+    if (0 <= pstat_getstatic (&pss, sizeof pss, 1, 0))
+      {
+        double pages = pss.physical_memory;
+        double pagesize = pss.page_size;
+        if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+          return pages * pagesize;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYSMP && defined MP_SAGET && defined MPSA_RMINFO && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  { /* This works on irix6. */
+    struct rminfo realmem;
+    if (sysmp (MP_SAGET, MPSA_RMINFO, &realmem, sizeof realmem) == 0)
+      {
+        double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+        double pages = realmem.physmem;
+        if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+          return pages * pagesize;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_GETSYSINFO && defined GSI_PHYSMEM
+  { /* This works on Tru64 UNIX V4/5.  */
+    int physmem;
+
+    if (getsysinfo (GSI_PHYSMEM, (caddr_t) &physmem, sizeof (physmem),
+                    NULL, NULL, NULL) == 1)
+      {
+        double kbytes = physmem;
+
+        if (0 <= kbytes)
+          return kbytes * 1024.0;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYSCTL && ! defined __GLIBC__ && defined HW_PHYSMEM
+  { /* This works on *bsd and darwin.  */
+    unsigned int physmem;
+    size_t len = sizeof physmem;
+    static int mib[2] = { CTL_HW, HW_PHYSMEM };
+
+    if (sysctl (mib, ARRAY_SIZE (mib), &physmem, &len, NULL, 0) == 0
+        && len == sizeof (physmem))
+      return (double) physmem;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE__SYSTEM_CONFIGURATION
+  /* This works on AIX.  */
+  return _system_configuration.physmem;
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32
+  { /* this works on windows */
+    PFN_MS_EX pfnex;
+    HMODULE h = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32.dll");
+
+    if (!h)
+      return 0.0;
+
+    /*  Use GlobalMemoryStatusEx if available.  */
+    if ((pfnex = (PFN_MS_EX) GetProcAddress (h, "GlobalMemoryStatusEx")))
+      {
+        lMEMORYSTATUSEX lms_ex;
+        lms_ex.dwLength = sizeof lms_ex;
+        if (!pfnex (&lms_ex))
+          return 0.0;
+        return (double) lms_ex.ullTotalPhys;
+      }
+
+    /*  Fall back to GlobalMemoryStatus which is always available.
+        but returns wrong results for physical memory > 4GB.  */
+    else
+      {
+        MEMORYSTATUS ms;
+        GlobalMemoryStatus (&ms);
+        return (double) ms.dwTotalPhys;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Guess 64 MB.  It's probably an older host, so guess small.  */
+  return 64 * 1024 * 1024;
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of physical memory available.  */
+double
+physmem_available (void)
+{
+#if defined _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  { /* This works on linux-gnu, solaris2 and cygwin.  */
+    double pages = sysconf (_SC_AVPHYS_PAGES);
+    double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+    if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+      return pages * pagesize;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYSINFO && HAVE_STRUCT_SYSINFO_MEM_UNIT
+  { /* This works on linux.  */
+    struct sysinfo si;
+    if (sysinfo(&si) == 0)
+      return ((double) si.freeram + si.bufferram) * si.mem_unit;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_PSTAT_GETSTATIC && HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC
+  { /* This works on hpux11.  */
+    struct pst_static pss;
+    struct pst_dynamic psd;
+    if (0 <= pstat_getstatic (&pss, sizeof pss, 1, 0)
+        && 0 <= pstat_getdynamic (&psd, sizeof psd, 1, 0))
+      {
+        double pages = psd.psd_free;
+        double pagesize = pss.page_size;
+        if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+          return pages * pagesize;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYSMP && defined MP_SAGET && defined MPSA_RMINFO && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  { /* This works on irix6. */
+    struct rminfo realmem;
+    if (sysmp (MP_SAGET, MPSA_RMINFO, &realmem, sizeof realmem) == 0)
+      {
+        double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+        double pages = realmem.availrmem;
+        if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+          return pages * pagesize;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_TABLE && defined TBL_VMSTATS
+  { /* This works on Tru64 UNIX V4/5.  */
+    struct tbl_vmstats vmstats;
+
+    if (table (TBL_VMSTATS, 0, &vmstats, 1, sizeof (vmstats)) == 1)
+      {
+        double pages = vmstats.free_count;
+        double pagesize = vmstats.pagesize;
+
+        if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+          return pages * pagesize;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYSCTL && ! defined __GLIBC__ && defined HW_USERMEM
+  { /* This works on *bsd and darwin.  */
+    unsigned int usermem;
+    size_t len = sizeof usermem;
+    static int mib[2] = { CTL_HW, HW_USERMEM };
+
+    if (sysctl (mib, ARRAY_SIZE (mib), &usermem, &len, NULL, 0) == 0
+        && len == sizeof (usermem))
+      return (double) usermem;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32
+  { /* this works on windows */
+    PFN_MS_EX pfnex;
+    HMODULE h = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32.dll");
+
+    if (!h)
+      return 0.0;
+
+    /*  Use GlobalMemoryStatusEx if available.  */
+    if ((pfnex = (PFN_MS_EX) GetProcAddress (h, "GlobalMemoryStatusEx")))
+      {
+        lMEMORYSTATUSEX lms_ex;
+        lms_ex.dwLength = sizeof lms_ex;
+        if (!pfnex (&lms_ex))
+          return 0.0;
+        return (double) lms_ex.ullAvailPhys;
+      }
+
+    /*  Fall back to GlobalMemoryStatus which is always available.
+        but returns wrong results for physical memory > 4GB  */
+    else
+      {
+        MEMORYSTATUS ms;
+        GlobalMemoryStatus (&ms);
+        return (double) ms.dwAvailPhys;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Guess 25% of physical memory.  */
+  return physmem_total () / 4;
+}
+
+
+#if DEBUG
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main (void)
+{
+  printf ("%12.f %12.f\n", physmem_total (), physmem_available ());
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG -g -O -Wall -W physmem.c"
+End:
+*/
diff --git a/lib/physmem.h b/lib/physmem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebbd796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/physmem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Calculate the size of physical memory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef PHYSMEM_H_
+# define PHYSMEM_H_ 1
+
+double physmem_total (void);
+double physmem_available (void);
+
+#endif /* PHYSMEM_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/pipe-safer.c b/lib/pipe-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22f8695
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pipe-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Invoke pipe, but avoid some glitches.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Like pipe, but ensure that neither of the file descriptors is
+   STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or STDERR_FILENO.  Fail with ENOSYS on
+   platforms that lack pipe.  */
+
+int
+pipe_safer (int fd[2])
+{
+  if (pipe (fd) == 0)
+    {
+      int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+        {
+          fd[i] = fd_safer (fd[i]);
+          if (fd[i] < 0)
+            {
+              int saved_errno = errno;
+              close (fd[1 - i]);
+              errno = saved_errno;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/lib/pipe.c b/lib/pipe.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce909b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pipe.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* Create a pipe.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+
+/* Get _pipe().  */
+# include <io.h>
+
+/* Get _O_BINARY.  */
+# include <fcntl.h>
+
+int
+pipe (int fd[2])
+{
+  /* Mingw changes fd to {-1,-1} on failure, but this violates
+     http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=467 */
+  int tmp[2];
+  int result = _pipe (tmp, 4096, _O_BINARY);
+  if (!result)
+    {
+      fd[0] = tmp[0];
+      fd[1] = tmp[1];
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#else
+
+# error "This platform lacks a pipe function, and Gnulib doesn't provide a replacement. This is a bug in Gnulib."
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/pipe2.c b/lib/pipe2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..400aff0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pipe2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/* Create a pipe, with specific opening flags.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include "binary-io.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK
+# include "nonblocking.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+
+# include <io.h>
+
+#endif
+
+int
+pipe2 (int fd[2], int flags)
+{
+  /* Mingw _pipe() corrupts fd on failure; also, if we succeed at
+     creating the pipe but later fail at changing fcntl, we want
+     to leave fd unchanged: http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=467  */
+  int tmp[2];
+  tmp[0] = fd[0];
+  tmp[1] = fd[1];
+
+#if HAVE_PIPE2
+# undef pipe2
+  /* Try the system call first, if it exists.  (We may be running with a glibc
+     that has the function but with an older kernel that lacks it.)  */
+  {
+    /* Cache the information whether the system call really exists.  */
+    static int have_pipe2_really; /* 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no */
+    if (have_pipe2_really >= 0)
+      {
+        int result = pipe2 (fd, flags);
+        if (!(result < 0 && errno == ENOSYS))
+          {
+            have_pipe2_really = 1;
+            return result;
+          }
+        have_pipe2_really = -1;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Check the supported flags.  */
+  if ((flags & ~(O_CLOEXEC | O_NONBLOCK | O_BINARY | O_TEXT)) != 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+
+  if (_pipe (fd, 4096, flags & ~O_NONBLOCK) < 0)
+    {
+      fd[0] = tmp[0];
+      fd[1] = tmp[1];
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* O_NONBLOCK handling.
+     On native Windows platforms, O_NONBLOCK is defined by gnulib.  Use the
+     functions defined by the gnulib module 'nonblocking'.  */
+# if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK
+  if (flags & O_NONBLOCK)
+    {
+      if (set_nonblocking_flag (fd[0], true) != 0
+          || set_nonblocking_flag (fd[1], true) != 0)
+        goto fail;
+    }
+# else
+  {
+    verify (O_NONBLOCK == 0);
+  }
+# endif
+
+  return 0;
+
+#else
+/* Unix API.  */
+
+  if (pipe (fd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* POSIX <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pipe.html>
+     says that initially, the O_NONBLOCK and FD_CLOEXEC flags are cleared on
+     both fd[0] and fd[1].  */
+
+  /* O_NONBLOCK handling.
+     On Unix platforms, O_NONBLOCK is defined by the system.  Use fcntl().  */
+  if (flags & O_NONBLOCK)
+    {
+      int fcntl_flags;
+
+      if ((fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[1], F_GETFL, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[1], F_SETFL, fcntl_flags | O_NONBLOCK) == -1
+          || (fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[0], F_GETFL, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[0], F_SETFL, fcntl_flags | O_NONBLOCK) == -1)
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+  if (flags & O_CLOEXEC)
+    {
+      int fcntl_flags;
+
+      if ((fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[1], F_GETFD, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[1], F_SETFD, fcntl_flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1
+          || (fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[0], F_GETFD, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[0], F_SETFD, fcntl_flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+# if O_BINARY
+  if (flags & O_BINARY)
+    {
+      set_binary_mode (fd[1], O_BINARY);
+      set_binary_mode (fd[0], O_BINARY);
+    }
+  else if (flags & O_TEXT)
+    {
+      set_binary_mode (fd[1], O_TEXT);
+      set_binary_mode (fd[0], O_TEXT);
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return 0;
+
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK || !(defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+ fail:
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    close (fd[0]);
+    close (fd[1]);
+    fd[0] = tmp[0];
+    fd[1] = tmp[1];
+    errno = saved_errno;
+    return -1;
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/posix_memalign.c b/lib/posix_memalign.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b490665
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/posix_memalign.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* A posix_memalign() function that works around platform bugs.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int
+posix_memalign (void **memptr, size_t alignment, size_t size)
+#undef posix_memalign
+{
+  /* Round up SIZE to the next multiple of ALIGNMENT, namely
+     (SIZE + ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(ALIGNMENT - 1).  */
+  size += alignment - 1;
+  if (size >= alignment - 1) /* no overflow? */
+    return posix_memalign (memptr, alignment, size & ~(size_t)(alignment - 1));
+  else
+    return ENOMEM;
+}
diff --git a/lib/posixtm.c b/lib/posixtm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b00cef4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/posixtm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* Parse dates for touch and date.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1991, 1998, 2000-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Yacc-based version written by Jim Kingdon and David MacKenzie.
+   Rewritten by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "posixtm.h"
+
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+#include "idx.h"
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+  POSIX requires:
+
+  touch -t [[CC]YY]mmddhhmm[.ss] FILE...
+    8, 10, or 12 digits, followed by optional .ss
+    (PDS_CENTURY | PDS_SECONDS)
+
+  touch mmddhhmm[YY] FILE... (obsoleted by POSIX 1003.1-2001)
+    8 or 10 digits, YY (if present) must be in the range 69-99
+    (PDS_TRAILING_YEAR | PDS_PRE_2000)
+
+  date mmddhhmm[[CC]YY]
+    8, 10, or 12 digits
+    (PDS_TRAILING_YEAR | PDS_CENTURY)
+
+*/
+
+static bool
+year (struct tm *tm, const int *digit_pair, idx_t n, unsigned int syntax_bits)
+{
+  switch (n)
+    {
+    case 1:
+      tm->tm_year = *digit_pair;
+      /* Deduce the century based on the year.
+         POSIX requires that 00-68 be interpreted as 2000-2068,
+         and that 69-99 be interpreted as 1969-1999.  */
+      if (digit_pair[0] <= 68)
+        {
+          if (syntax_bits & PDS_PRE_2000)
+            return false;
+          tm->tm_year += 100;
+        }
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      if (! (syntax_bits & PDS_CENTURY))
+        return false;
+      tm->tm_year = digit_pair[0] * 100 + digit_pair[1] - 1900;
+      break;
+
+    case 0:
+      {
+        /* Use current year.  */
+        time_t now = time (NULL);
+        struct tm *tmp = localtime (&now);
+        if (! tmp)
+          return false;
+        tm->tm_year = tmp->tm_year;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assume (false);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+posix_time_parse (struct tm *tm, const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits)
+{
+  const char *dot = NULL;
+  int pair[6];
+
+  idx_t s_len = strlen (s);
+  idx_t len = s_len;
+
+  if (syntax_bits & PDS_SECONDS)
+    {
+      dot = strchr (s, '.');
+      if (dot)
+        {
+          len = dot - s;
+          if (s_len - len != 3)
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (! (8 <= len && len <= 12 && len % 2 == 0))
+    return false;
+
+  for (idx_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+    if (!c_isdigit (s[i]))
+      return false;
+
+  len /= 2;
+  for (idx_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+    pair[i] = 10 * (s[2*i] - '0') + s[2*i + 1] - '0';
+
+  int *p = pair;
+  if (! (syntax_bits & PDS_TRAILING_YEAR))
+    {
+      if (! year (tm, p, len - 4, syntax_bits))
+        return false;
+      p += len - 4;
+      len = 4;
+    }
+
+  /* Handle 8 digits worth of 'MMDDhhmm'.  */
+  tm->tm_mon = *p++ - 1;
+  tm->tm_mday = *p++;
+  tm->tm_hour = *p++;
+  tm->tm_min = *p++;
+  len -= 4;
+
+  /* Handle any trailing year.  */
+  if (syntax_bits & PDS_TRAILING_YEAR)
+    {
+      if (! year (tm, p, len, syntax_bits))
+        return false;
+    }
+
+  /* Handle seconds.  */
+  if (!dot)
+    tm->tm_sec = 0;
+  else if (c_isdigit (dot[1]) && c_isdigit (dot[2]))
+    tm->tm_sec = 10 * (dot[1] - '0') + dot[2] - '0';
+  else
+    return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Parse a POSIX-style date, returning true if successful.  */
+
+bool
+posixtime (time_t *p, const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits)
+{
+  struct tm tm0;
+  bool leapsec = false;
+
+  if (! posix_time_parse (&tm0, s, syntax_bits))
+    return false;
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      struct tm tm1;
+      tm1.tm_sec = tm0.tm_sec;
+      tm1.tm_min = tm0.tm_min;
+      tm1.tm_hour = tm0.tm_hour;
+      tm1.tm_mday = tm0.tm_mday;
+      tm1.tm_mon = tm0.tm_mon;
+      tm1.tm_year = tm0.tm_year;
+      tm1.tm_wday = -1;
+      tm1.tm_isdst = -1;
+      time_t t = mktime (&tm1);
+
+      if (tm1.tm_wday < 0)
+        return false;
+
+      /* Reject dates like "September 31" and times like "25:61".
+         However, allow a seconds count of 60 even in time zones that do
+         not support leap seconds, treating it as the following second;
+         POSIX requires this.  */
+      if (! ((tm0.tm_year ^ tm1.tm_year)
+             | (tm0.tm_mon ^ tm1.tm_mon)
+             | (tm0.tm_mday ^ tm1.tm_mday)
+             | (tm0.tm_hour ^ tm1.tm_hour)
+             | (tm0.tm_min ^ tm1.tm_min)
+             | (tm0.tm_sec ^ tm1.tm_sec)))
+        {
+          if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (t, leapsec, &t))
+            return false;
+          *p = t;
+          return true;
+        }
+
+      /* Any mismatch without 60 in the tm_sec field is invalid.  */
+      if (tm0.tm_sec != 60)
+        return false;
+
+      /* Allow times like 01:35:60 or 23:59:60.  */
+      tm0.tm_sec = 59;
+      leapsec = true;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/posixtm.h b/lib/posixtm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb8a6bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/posixtm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Parse dates for touch and date.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 2003, 2005, 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Yacc-based version written by Jim Kingdon and David MacKenzie.
+   Rewritten by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef POSIXTM_H_
+# define POSIXTM_H_
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <time.h>
+
+/* POSIX Date Syntax flags.  */
+# define PDS_TRAILING_YEAR 1
+# define PDS_CENTURY 2
+# define PDS_SECONDS 4
+# define PDS_PRE_2000 8
+
+/* For compatibility with older versions of this header, in which
+   PDS_LEADING_YEAR had its own bit.  */
+# define PDS_LEADING_YEAR 0
+
+bool posixtime (time_t *p, const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/posixver.c b/lib/posixver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cb7713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/posixver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Which POSIX version to conform to, for utilities.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "posixver.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifndef _POSIX2_VERSION
+# define _POSIX2_VERSION 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_POSIX2_VERSION
+# define DEFAULT_POSIX2_VERSION _POSIX2_VERSION
+#endif
+
+/* The POSIX version that utilities should conform to.  The default is
+   specified by the system.  */
+
+int
+posix2_version (void)
+{
+  long int v = DEFAULT_POSIX2_VERSION;
+  char const *s = getenv ("_POSIX2_VERSION");
+
+  if (s && *s)
+    {
+      char *e;
+      long int i = strtol (s, &e, 10);
+      if (! *e)
+        v = i;
+    }
+
+  return v < INT_MIN ? INT_MIN : v < INT_MAX ? v : INT_MAX;
+}
diff --git a/lib/posixver.h b/lib/posixver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f5e6c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/posixver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* Which POSIX version to conform to, for utilities.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+int posix2_version (void);
diff --git a/lib/printf-args.c b/lib/printf-args.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..669c24a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-args.c
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/* Decomposed printf argument list.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+     ENABLE_UNISTDIO    Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
+     PRINTF_FETCHARGS   Name of the function to be defined.
+     STATIC             Set to 'static' to declare the function static.  */
+
+#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
+# include "printf-args.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+int
+PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  argument *ap;
+
+  for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
+    switch (ap->type)
+      {
+      case TYPE_SCHAR:
+        ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_UCHAR:
+        ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_SHORT:
+        ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_USHORT:
+        ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_INT:
+        ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_UINT:
+        ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_LONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_DOUBLE:
+        ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+        ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_CHAR:
+        ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
+        break;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+      case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+        /* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
+           default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
+           where wint_t is 'unsigned short'.  */
+        ap->a.a_wide_char =
+          (sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
+           ? (wint_t) va_arg (args, int)
+           : va_arg (args, wint_t));
+        break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
+          ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
+        break;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+      case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
+          {
+            static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
+              {
+                (wchar_t)'(',
+                (wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
+                (wchar_t)')',
+                (wchar_t)0
+              };
+            ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
+          }
+        break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
+        break;
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+      /* The unistdio extensions.  */
+      case TYPE_U8_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL)
+          {
+            static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] =
+              { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
+            ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string;
+          }
+        break;
+      case TYPE_U16_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL)
+          {
+            static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] =
+              { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
+            ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string;
+          }
+        break;
+      case TYPE_U32_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL)
+          {
+            static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] =
+              { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
+            ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string;
+          }
+        break;
+#endif
+      default:
+        /* Unknown type.  */
+        return -1;
+      }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/printf-args.h b/lib/printf-args.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..553fe96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-args.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* Decomposed printf argument list.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007, 2011-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
+#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+     ENABLE_UNISTDIO    Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
+     PRINTF_FETCHARGS   Name of the function to be declared.
+     STATIC             Set to 'static' to declare the function static.  */
+
+/* Default parameters.  */
+#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
+# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs
+#endif
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get wchar_t.  */
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get wint_t.  */
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+
+/* Argument types */
+typedef enum
+{
+  TYPE_NONE,
+  TYPE_SCHAR,
+  TYPE_UCHAR,
+  TYPE_SHORT,
+  TYPE_USHORT,
+  TYPE_INT,
+  TYPE_UINT,
+  TYPE_LONGINT,
+  TYPE_ULONGINT,
+  TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
+  TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
+  TYPE_DOUBLE,
+  TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
+  TYPE_CHAR,
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+  TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
+#endif
+  TYPE_STRING,
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+  TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
+#endif
+  TYPE_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+  /* The unistdio extensions.  */
+, TYPE_U8_STRING
+, TYPE_U16_STRING
+, TYPE_U32_STRING
+#endif
+} arg_type;
+
+/* Polymorphic argument */
+typedef struct
+{
+  arg_type type;
+  union
+  {
+    signed char                 a_schar;
+    unsigned char               a_uchar;
+    short                       a_short;
+    unsigned short              a_ushort;
+    int                         a_int;
+    unsigned int                a_uint;
+    long int                    a_longint;
+    unsigned long int           a_ulongint;
+    long long int               a_longlongint;
+    unsigned long long int      a_ulonglongint;
+    float                       a_float;
+    double                      a_double;
+    long double                 a_longdouble;
+    int                         a_char;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+    wint_t                      a_wide_char;
+#endif
+    const char*                 a_string;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+    const wchar_t*              a_wide_string;
+#endif
+    void*                       a_pointer;
+    signed char *               a_count_schar_pointer;
+    short *                     a_count_short_pointer;
+    int *                       a_count_int_pointer;
+    long int *                  a_count_longint_pointer;
+    long long int *             a_count_longlongint_pointer;
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+    /* The unistdio extensions.  */
+    const uint8_t *             a_u8_string;
+    const uint16_t *            a_u16_string;
+    const uint32_t *            a_u32_string;
+#endif
+  }
+  a;
+}
+argument;
+
+/* Number of directly allocated arguments (no malloc() needed).  */
+#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS 7
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  argument *arg;
+  argument direct_alloc_arg[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS];
+}
+arguments;
+
+
+/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#else
+extern
+#endif
+int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a);
+
+#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */
diff --git a/lib/printf-frexp.c b/lib/printf-frexp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68fce68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-frexp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/* Split a double into fraction and mantissa, for hexadecimal printf.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if ! defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include "printf-frexpl.h"
+#else
+# include "printf-frexp.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <float.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include "fpucw.h"
+#endif
+
+/* This file assumes FLT_RADIX = 2.  If FLT_RADIX is a power of 2 greater
+   than 2, or not even a power of 2, some rounding errors can occur, so that
+   then the returned mantissa is only guaranteed to be <= 2.0, not < 2.0.  */
+
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# define FUNC printf_frexpl
+# define DOUBLE long double
+# define MIN_EXP LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# if HAVE_FREXPL_IN_LIBC && HAVE_LDEXPL_IN_LIBC
+#  define USE_FREXP_LDEXP
+#  define FREXP frexpl
+#  define LDEXP ldexpl
+# endif
+# define DECL_ROUNDING DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+# define BEGIN_ROUNDING() BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()
+# define END_ROUNDING() END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()
+# define L_(literal) literal##L
+#else
+# define FUNC printf_frexp
+# define DOUBLE double
+# define MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
+# if HAVE_FREXP_IN_LIBC && HAVE_LDEXP_IN_LIBC
+#  define USE_FREXP_LDEXP
+#  define FREXP frexp
+#  define LDEXP ldexp
+# endif
+# define DECL_ROUNDING
+# define BEGIN_ROUNDING()
+# define END_ROUNDING()
+# define L_(literal) literal
+#endif
+
+DOUBLE
+FUNC (DOUBLE x, int *expptr)
+{
+  int exponent;
+  DECL_ROUNDING
+
+  BEGIN_ROUNDING ();
+
+#ifdef USE_FREXP_LDEXP
+  /* frexp and ldexp are usually faster than the loop below.  */
+  x = FREXP (x, &exponent);
+
+  x = x + x;
+  exponent -= 1;
+
+  if (exponent < MIN_EXP - 1)
+    {
+      x = LDEXP (x, exponent - (MIN_EXP - 1));
+      exponent = MIN_EXP - 1;
+    }
+#else
+  {
+    /* Since the exponent is an 'int', it fits in 64 bits.  Therefore the
+       loops are executed no more than 64 times.  */
+    DOUBLE pow2[64]; /* pow2[i] = 2^2^i */
+    DOUBLE powh[64]; /* powh[i] = 2^-2^i */
+    int i;
+
+    exponent = 0;
+    if (x >= L_(1.0))
+      {
+        /* A nonnegative exponent.  */
+        {
+          DOUBLE pow2_i; /* = pow2[i] */
+          DOUBLE powh_i; /* = powh[i] */
+
+          /* Invariants: pow2_i = 2^2^i, powh_i = 2^-2^i,
+             x * 2^exponent = argument, x >= 1.0.  */
+          for (i = 0, pow2_i = L_(2.0), powh_i = L_(0.5);
+               ;
+               i++, pow2_i = pow2_i * pow2_i, powh_i = powh_i * powh_i)
+            {
+              if (x >= pow2_i)
+                {
+                  exponent += (1 << i);
+                  x *= powh_i;
+                }
+              else
+                break;
+
+              pow2[i] = pow2_i;
+              powh[i] = powh_i;
+            }
+        }
+        /* Here 1.0 <= x < 2^2^i.  */
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* A negative exponent.  */
+        {
+          DOUBLE pow2_i; /* = pow2[i] */
+          DOUBLE powh_i; /* = powh[i] */
+
+          /* Invariants: pow2_i = 2^2^i, powh_i = 2^-2^i,
+             x * 2^exponent = argument, x < 1.0, exponent >= MIN_EXP - 1.  */
+          for (i = 0, pow2_i = L_(2.0), powh_i = L_(0.5);
+               ;
+               i++, pow2_i = pow2_i * pow2_i, powh_i = powh_i * powh_i)
+            {
+              if (exponent - (1 << i) < MIN_EXP - 1)
+                break;
+
+              exponent -= (1 << i);
+              x *= pow2_i;
+              if (x >= L_(1.0))
+                break;
+
+              pow2[i] = pow2_i;
+              powh[i] = powh_i;
+            }
+        }
+        /* Here either x < 1.0 and exponent - 2^i < MIN_EXP - 1 <= exponent,
+           or 1.0 <= x < 2^2^i and exponent >= MIN_EXP - 1.  */
+
+        if (x < L_(1.0))
+          /* Invariants: x * 2^exponent = argument, x < 1.0 and
+             exponent - 2^i < MIN_EXP - 1 <= exponent.  */
+          while (i > 0)
+            {
+              i--;
+              if (exponent - (1 << i) >= MIN_EXP - 1)
+                {
+                  exponent -= (1 << i);
+                  x *= pow2[i];
+                  if (x >= L_(1.0))
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+
+        /* Here either x < 1.0 and exponent = MIN_EXP - 1,
+           or 1.0 <= x < 2^2^i and exponent >= MIN_EXP - 1.  */
+      }
+
+    /* Invariants: x * 2^exponent = argument, and
+       either x < 1.0 and exponent = MIN_EXP - 1,
+       or 1.0 <= x < 2^2^i and exponent >= MIN_EXP - 1.  */
+    while (i > 0)
+      {
+        i--;
+        if (x >= pow2[i])
+          {
+            exponent += (1 << i);
+            x *= powh[i];
+          }
+      }
+    /* Here either x < 1.0 and exponent = MIN_EXP - 1,
+       or 1.0 <= x < 2.0 and exponent >= MIN_EXP - 1.  */
+  }
+#endif
+
+  END_ROUNDING ();
+
+  *expptr = exponent;
+  return x;
+}
diff --git a/lib/printf-frexp.h b/lib/printf-frexp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44ece5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-frexp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Split a double into fraction and mantissa, for hexadecimal printf.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Write a finite, positive number x as
+     x = mantissa * 2^exp
+   where exp >= DBL_MIN_EXP - 1,
+         mantissa < 2.0,
+         if x is not a denormalized number then mantissa >= 1.0.
+   Store exp in *EXPPTR and return mantissa.  */
+extern double printf_frexp (double x, int *expptr);
diff --git a/lib/printf-frexpl.c b/lib/printf-frexpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0004e02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-frexpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Split a 'long double' into fraction and mantissa, for hexadecimal printf.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE
+
+/* Specification.  */
+# include "printf-frexpl.h"
+
+# include "printf-frexp.h"
+
+long double
+printf_frexpl (long double x, int *expptr)
+{
+  return printf_frexp (x, expptr);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# define USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include "printf-frexp.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/printf-frexpl.h b/lib/printf-frexpl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9220d7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-frexpl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Split a 'long double' into fraction and mantissa, for hexadecimal printf.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Write a finite, positive number x as
+     x = mantissa * 2^exp
+   where exp >= LDBL_MIN_EXP - 1,
+         mantissa < 2.0,
+         if x is not a denormalized number then mantissa >= 1.0.
+   Store exp in *EXPPTR and return mantissa.  */
+extern long double printf_frexpl (long double x, int *expptr);
diff --git a/lib/printf-parse.c b/lib/printf-parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aab02dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+     CHAR_T             The element type of the format string.
+     CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII  Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
+                        in the format string are ASCII.
+     DIRECTIVE          Structure denoting a format directive.
+                        Depends on CHAR_T.
+     DIRECTIVES         Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
+                        format string.  Depends on CHAR_T.
+     PRINTF_PARSE       Function that parses a format string.
+                        Depends on CHAR_T.
+     STATIC             Set to 'static' to declare the function static.
+     ENABLE_UNISTDIO    Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.  */
+
+#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
+# include "printf-parse.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Default parameters.  */
+#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
+# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
+#endif
+
+/* Get size_t, NULL.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get intmax_t.  */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* malloc(), realloc(), free().  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* memcpy().  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* errno.  */
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Checked size_t computations.  */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
+/* c_isascii().  */
+# include "c-ctype.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+int
+PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
+{
+  const CHAR_T *cp = format;    /* pointer into format */
+  size_t arg_posn = 0;          /* number of regular arguments consumed */
+  size_t d_allocated;           /* allocated elements of d->dir */
+  size_t a_allocated;           /* allocated elements of a->arg */
+  size_t max_width_length = 0;
+  size_t max_precision_length = 0;
+
+  d->count = 0;
+  d_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES;
+  d->dir = d->direct_alloc_dir;
+
+  a->count = 0;
+  a_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS;
+  a->arg = a->direct_alloc_arg;
+
+#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
+  {                                                                     \
+    size_t n = (_index_);                                               \
+    if (n >= a_allocated)                                               \
+      {                                                                 \
+        size_t memory_size;                                             \
+        argument *memory;                                               \
+                                                                        \
+        a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2);                          \
+        if (a_allocated <= n)                                           \
+          a_allocated = xsum (n, 1);                                    \
+        memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument));          \
+        if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))                              \
+          /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */                 \
+          goto out_of_memory;                                           \
+        memory = (argument *) (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg            \
+                               ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size)          \
+                               : malloc (memory_size));                 \
+        if (memory == NULL)                                             \
+          /* Out of memory.  */                                         \
+          goto out_of_memory;                                           \
+        if (a->arg == a->direct_alloc_arg)                              \
+          memcpy (memory, a->arg, a->count * sizeof (argument));        \
+        a->arg = memory;                                                \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (a->count <= n)                                               \
+      a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE;                              \
+    if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE)                                    \
+      a->arg[n].type = (_type_);                                        \
+    else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_))                                \
+      /* Ambiguous type for positional argument.  */                    \
+      goto error;                                                       \
+  }
+
+  while (*cp != '\0')
+    {
+      CHAR_T c = *cp++;
+      if (c == '%')
+        {
+          size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+          DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */
+
+          /* Initialize the next directive.  */
+          dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
+          dp->flags = 0;
+          dp->width_start = NULL;
+          dp->width_end = NULL;
+          dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+          dp->precision_start = NULL;
+          dp->precision_end = NULL;
+          dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+          dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+
+          /* Test for positional argument.  */
+          if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+            {
+              const CHAR_T *np;
+
+              for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                ;
+              if (*np == '$')
+                {
+                  size_t n = 0;
+
+                  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                    n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+                  if (n == 0)
+                    /* Positional argument 0.  */
+                    goto error;
+                  if (size_overflow_p (n))
+                    /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later.  */
+                    goto error;
+                  arg_index = n - 1;
+                  cp = np + 1;
+                }
+            }
+
+          /* Read the flags.  */
+          for (;;)
+            {
+              if (*cp == '\'')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '-')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '+')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == ' ')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '#')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '0')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
+              else if (*cp == 'I')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_LOCALIZED;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+#endif
+              else
+                break;
+            }
+
+          /* Parse the field width.  */
+          if (*cp == '*')
+            {
+              dp->width_start = cp;
+              cp++;
+              dp->width_end = cp;
+              if (max_width_length < 1)
+                max_width_length = 1;
+
+              /* Test for positional argument.  */
+              if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+                {
+                  const CHAR_T *np;
+
+                  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                    ;
+                  if (*np == '$')
+                    {
+                      size_t n = 0;
+
+                      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                        n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+                      if (n == 0)
+                        /* Positional argument 0.  */
+                        goto error;
+                      if (size_overflow_p (n))
+                        /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later.  */
+                        goto error;
+                      dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
+                      cp = np + 1;
+                    }
+                }
+              if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                {
+                  dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
+                  if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                    /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+                    goto error;
+                }
+              REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
+            }
+          else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+            {
+              size_t width_length;
+
+              dp->width_start = cp;
+              for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
+                ;
+              dp->width_end = cp;
+              width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
+              if (max_width_length < width_length)
+                max_width_length = width_length;
+            }
+
+          /* Parse the precision.  */
+          if (*cp == '.')
+            {
+              cp++;
+              if (*cp == '*')
+                {
+                  dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
+                  cp++;
+                  dp->precision_end = cp;
+                  if (max_precision_length < 2)
+                    max_precision_length = 2;
+
+                  /* Test for positional argument.  */
+                  if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+                    {
+                      const CHAR_T *np;
+
+                      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                        ;
+                      if (*np == '$')
+                        {
+                          size_t n = 0;
+
+                          for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                            n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+                          if (n == 0)
+                            /* Positional argument 0.  */
+                            goto error;
+                          if (size_overflow_p (n))
+                            /* n too large, would lead to out of memory
+                               later.  */
+                            goto error;
+                          dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
+                          cp = np + 1;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                    {
+                      dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
+                      if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                        /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+                        goto error;
+                    }
+                  REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  size_t precision_length;
+
+                  dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
+                  for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
+                    ;
+                  dp->precision_end = cp;
+                  precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
+                  if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
+                    max_precision_length = precision_length;
+                }
+            }
+
+          {
+            arg_type type;
+
+            /* Parse argument type/size specifiers.  */
+            {
+              int flags = 0;
+
+              for (;;)
+                {
+                  if (*cp == 'h')
+                    {
+                      flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 'L')
+                    {
+                      flags |= 4;
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 'l')
+                    {
+                      flags += 8;
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 'j')
+                    {
+                      if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* intmax_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
+                        {
+                          /* intmax_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
+                    {
+                      /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
+                         because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
+                         only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784).  */
+                      if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* size_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
+                        {
+                          /* size_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 't')
+                    {
+                      if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* ptrdiff_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
+                        {
+                          /* ptrdiff_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+                  /* On Mac OS X 10.3, PRIdMAX is defined as "qd".
+                     We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
+                     be understood by the system's printf routines.  */
+                  else if (*cp == 'q')
+                    {
+                      if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* int64_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* int64_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+#endif
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                  /* On native Windows, PRIdMAX is defined as "I64d".
+                     We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
+                     be understood by the system's printf routines.  */
+                  else if (*cp == 'I' && cp[1] == '6' && cp[2] == '4')
+                    {
+                      if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* __int64 = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* __int64 = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp += 3;
+                    }
+#endif
+                  else
+                    break;
+                }
+
+              /* Read the conversion character.  */
+              c = *cp++;
+              switch (c)
+                {
+                case 'd': case 'i':
+                  /* If 'long long' is larger than 'long':  */
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
+                  else
+                  /* If 'long long' is the same as 'long', we parse "lld" into
+                     TYPE_LONGINT.  */
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_LONGINT;
+                  else if (flags & 2)
+                    type = TYPE_SCHAR;
+                  else if (flags & 1)
+                    type = TYPE_SHORT;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_INT;
+                  break;
+                case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
+                  /* If 'unsigned long long' is larger than 'unsigned long':  */
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
+                  else
+                  /* If 'unsigned long long' is the same as 'unsigned long', we
+                     parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT.  */
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
+                  else if (flags & 2)
+                    type = TYPE_UCHAR;
+                  else if (flags & 1)
+                    type = TYPE_USHORT;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_UINT;
+                  break;
+                case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+                case 'a': case 'A':
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
+                  break;
+                case 'c':
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+                    type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
+#else
+                    goto error;
+#endif
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_CHAR;
+                  break;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+                case 'C':
+                  type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
+                  c = 'c';
+                  break;
+#endif
+                case 's':
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                    type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
+#else
+                    goto error;
+#endif
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_STRING;
+                  break;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                case 'S':
+                  type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
+                  c = 's';
+                  break;
+#endif
+                case 'p':
+                  type = TYPE_POINTER;
+                  break;
+                case 'n':
+                  /* If 'long long' is larger than 'long':  */
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
+                  else
+                  /* If 'long long' is the same as 'long', we parse "lln" into
+                     TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER.  */
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
+                  else if (flags & 2)
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
+                  else if (flags & 1)
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
+                  break;
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                /* The unistdio extensions.  */
+                case 'U':
+                  if (flags >= 16)
+                    type = TYPE_U32_STRING;
+                  else if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_U16_STRING;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_U8_STRING;
+                  break;
+#endif
+                case '%':
+                  type = TYPE_NONE;
+                  break;
+                default:
+                  /* Unknown conversion character.  */
+                  goto error;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (type != TYPE_NONE)
+              {
+                dp->arg_index = arg_index;
+                if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                  {
+                    dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
+                    if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                      /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+                      goto error;
+                  }
+                REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
+              }
+            dp->conversion = c;
+            dp->dir_end = cp;
+          }
+
+          d->count++;
+          if (d->count >= d_allocated)
+            {
+              size_t memory_size;
+              DIRECTIVE *memory;
+
+              d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
+              memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
+              if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
+                /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+                goto out_of_memory;
+              memory = (DIRECTIVE *) (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir
+                                      ? realloc (d->dir, memory_size)
+                                      : malloc (memory_size));
+              if (memory == NULL)
+                /* Out of memory.  */
+                goto out_of_memory;
+              if (d->dir == d->direct_alloc_dir)
+                memcpy (memory, d->dir, d->count * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
+              d->dir = memory;
+            }
+        }
+#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
+      else if (!c_isascii (c))
+        {
+          /* Non-ASCII character.  Not supported.  */
+          goto error;
+        }
+#endif
+    }
+  d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
+
+  d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
+  d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
+  return 0;
+
+error:
+  if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
+    free (a->arg);
+  if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
+    free (d->dir);
+  errno = EINVAL;
+  return -1;
+
+out_of_memory:
+  if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
+    free (a->arg);
+  if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
+    free (d->dir);
+  errno = ENOMEM;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#undef PRINTF_PARSE
+#undef DIRECTIVES
+#undef DIRECTIVE
+#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
+#undef CHAR_T
diff --git a/lib/printf-parse.h b/lib/printf-parse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b12ccea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-parse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* Parse printf format string.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005, 2007, 2010-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
+#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+     ENABLE_UNISTDIO    Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
+     STATIC             Set to 'static' to declare the function static.  */
+
+#if HAVE_FEATURES_H
+# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__, __UCLIBC__ */
+#endif
+
+#include "printf-args.h"
+
+
+/* Flags */
+#define FLAG_GROUP       1      /* ' flag */
+#define FLAG_LEFT        2      /* - flag */
+#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN    4      /* + flag */
+#define FLAG_SPACE       8      /* space flag */
+#define FLAG_ALT        16      /* # flag */
+#define FLAG_ZERO       32
+#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
+# define FLAG_LOCALIZED 64      /* I flag, uses localized digits */
+#endif
+
+/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed.  */
+#define ARG_NONE        (~(size_t)0)
+
+/* xxx_directive: A parsed directive.
+   xxx_directives: A parsed format string.  */
+
+/* Number of directly allocated directives (no malloc() needed).  */
+#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES 7
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const char* dir_start;
+  const char* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const char* width_start;
+  const char* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const char* precision_start;
+  const char* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  char conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+char_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  char_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+  char_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+char_directives;
+
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const uint8_t* dir_start;
+  const uint8_t* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const uint8_t* width_start;
+  const uint8_t* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const uint8_t* precision_start;
+  const uint8_t* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  uint8_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+u8_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  u8_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+  u8_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+u8_directives;
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const uint16_t* dir_start;
+  const uint16_t* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const uint16_t* width_start;
+  const uint16_t* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const uint16_t* precision_start;
+  const uint16_t* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  uint16_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+u16_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  u16_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+  u16_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+u16_directives;
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const uint32_t* dir_start;
+  const uint32_t* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const uint32_t* width_start;
+  const uint32_t* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const uint32_t* precision_start;
+  const uint32_t* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  uint32_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+u32_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  u32_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+  u32_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+u32_directives;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Parses the format string.  Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
+   in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
+   to the end of the format string.  Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
+   arguments and the needed count of arguments.  */
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+extern int
+       ulc_printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
+extern int
+       u8_printf_parse (const uint8_t *format, u8_directives *d, arguments *a);
+extern int
+       u16_printf_parse (const uint16_t *format, u16_directives *d,
+                         arguments *a);
+extern int
+       u32_printf_parse (const uint32_t *format, u32_directives *d,
+                         arguments *a);
+#else
+# ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+# else
+extern
+# endif
+int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */
diff --git a/lib/priv-set.c b/lib/priv-set.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a7455b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/priv-set.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* Query, remove, or restore a Solaris privilege.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by David Bartley.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define PRIV_SET_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+
+#include "priv-set.h"
+
+#if HAVE_GETPPRIV && HAVE_PRIV_H
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <priv.h>
+
+/* Holds a (cached) copy of the effective set.  */
+static priv_set_t *eff_set;
+
+/* Holds a set of privileges that we have removed.  */
+static priv_set_t *rem_set;
+
+static bool initialized;
+
+static int
+priv_set_initialize (void)
+{
+  if (! initialized)
+    {
+      eff_set = priv_allocset ();
+      if (!eff_set)
+        {
+          return -1;
+        }
+      rem_set = priv_allocset ();
+      if (!rem_set)
+        {
+          priv_freeset (eff_set);
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (getppriv (PRIV_EFFECTIVE, eff_set) != 0)
+        {
+          priv_freeset (eff_set);
+          priv_freeset (rem_set);
+          return -1;
+        }
+      priv_emptyset (rem_set);
+      initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Check if priv is in the effective set.
+   Returns 1 if priv is a member and 0 if not.
+   Returns -1 on error with errno set appropriately.  */
+int
+priv_set_ismember (const char *priv)
+{
+  if (! initialized && priv_set_initialize () != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  return priv_ismember (eff_set, priv);
+}
+
+
+/* Try to remove priv from the effective set.
+   Returns 0 if priv was removed.
+   Returns -1 on error with errno set appropriately.  */
+int
+priv_set_remove (const char *priv)
+{
+  if (! initialized && priv_set_initialize () != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (priv_ismember (eff_set, priv))
+    {
+      /* priv_addset/priv_delset can only fail if priv is invalid, which is
+         checked above by the priv_ismember call.  */
+      priv_delset (eff_set, priv);
+      if (setppriv (PRIV_SET, PRIV_EFFECTIVE, eff_set) != 0)
+        {
+          priv_addset (eff_set, priv);
+          return -1;
+        }
+      priv_addset (rem_set, priv);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Try to restore priv to the effective set.
+   Returns 0 if priv was re-added to the effective set (after being previously
+   removed by a call to priv_set_remove).
+   Returns -1 on error with errno set appropriately.  */
+int
+priv_set_restore (const char *priv)
+{
+  if (! initialized && priv_set_initialize () != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (priv_ismember (rem_set, priv))
+    {
+      /* priv_addset/priv_delset can only fail if priv is invalid, which is
+         checked above by the priv_ismember call.  */
+      priv_addset (eff_set, priv);
+      if (setppriv (PRIV_SET, PRIV_EFFECTIVE, eff_set) != 0)
+        {
+          priv_delset (eff_set, priv);
+          return -1;
+        }
+      priv_delset (rem_set, priv);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/priv-set.h b/lib/priv-set.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c70a8f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/priv-set.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Query, remove, or restore a Solaris privilege.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by David Bartley.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef PRIV_SET_INLINE
+# define PRIV_SET_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_GETPPRIV && HAVE_PRIV_H
+
+# include <priv.h>
+
+int priv_set_ismember (const char *priv);
+int priv_set_remove (const char *priv);
+int priv_set_restore (const char *priv);
+
+PRIV_SET_INLINE int
+priv_set_remove_linkdir (void)
+{
+  return priv_set_remove (PRIV_SYS_LINKDIR);
+}
+
+PRIV_SET_INLINE int
+priv_set_restore_linkdir (void)
+{
+  return priv_set_restore (PRIV_SYS_LINKDIR);
+}
+
+#else
+
+PRIV_SET_INLINE int
+priv_set_remove_linkdir (void)
+{
+  return -1;
+}
+
+PRIV_SET_INLINE int
+priv_set_restore_linkdir (void)
+{
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
diff --git a/lib/progname.c b/lib/progname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f09c2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/progname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* Program name management.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#undef ENABLE_RELOCATABLE /* avoid defining set_program_name as a macro */
+#include "progname.h"
+
+#include <errno.h> /* get program_invocation_name declaration */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+/* String containing name the program is called with.
+   To be initialized by main().  */
+const char *program_name = NULL;
+
+/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].
+   argv0 must be a string allocated with indefinite extent, and must not be
+   modified after this call.  */
+void
+set_program_name (const char *argv0)
+{
+  /* libtool creates a temporary executable whose name is sometimes prefixed
+     with "lt-" (depends on the platform).  It also makes argv[0] absolute.
+     But the name of the temporary executable is a detail that should not be
+     visible to the end user and to the test suite.
+     Remove this "<dirname>/.libs/" or "<dirname>/.libs/lt-" prefix here.  */
+  const char *slash;
+  const char *base;
+
+  /* Sanity check.  POSIX requires the invoking process to pass a non-NULL
+     argv[0].  */
+  if (argv0 == NULL)
+    {
+      /* It's a bug in the invoking program.  Help diagnosing it.  */
+      fputs ("A NULL argv[0] was passed through an exec system call.\n",
+             stderr);
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  slash = strrchr (argv0, '/');
+  base = (slash != NULL ? slash + 1 : argv0);
+  if (base - argv0 >= 7 && strncmp (base - 7, "/.libs/", 7) == 0)
+    {
+      argv0 = base;
+      if (strncmp (base, "lt-", 3) == 0)
+        {
+          argv0 = base + 3;
+          /* On glibc systems, remove the "lt-" prefix from the variable
+             program_invocation_short_name.  */
+#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+          program_invocation_short_name = (char *) argv0;
+#endif
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* But don't strip off a leading <dirname>/ in general, because when the user
+     runs
+         /some/hidden/place/bin/cp foo foo
+     he should get the error message
+         /some/hidden/place/bin/cp: `foo' and `foo' are the same file
+     not
+         cp: `foo' and `foo' are the same file
+   */
+
+  program_name = argv0;
+
+  /* On glibc systems, the error() function comes from libc and uses the
+     variable program_invocation_name, not program_name.  So set this variable
+     as well.  */
+#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+  program_invocation_name = (char *) argv0;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/progname.h b/lib/progname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0561089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/progname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Program name management.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _PROGNAME_H
+#define _PROGNAME_H
+
+/* Programs using this file should do the following in main():
+     set_program_name (argv[0]);
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* String containing name the program is called with.  */
+extern const char *program_name;
+
+/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].
+   argv0 must be a string allocated with indefinite extent, and must not be
+   modified after this call.  */
+extern void set_program_name (const char *argv0);
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+/* Set program_name, based on argv[0], and original installation prefix and
+   directory, for relocatability.  */
+extern void set_program_name_and_installdir (const char *argv0,
+                                             const char *orig_installprefix,
+                                             const char *orig_installdir);
+#undef set_program_name
+#define set_program_name(ARG0) \
+  set_program_name_and_installdir (ARG0, INSTALLPREFIX, INSTALLDIR)
+
+/* Return the full pathname of the current executable, based on the earlier
+   call to set_program_name_and_installdir.  Return NULL if unknown.  */
+extern char *get_full_program_name (void);
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _PROGNAME_H */
diff --git a/lib/propername.c b/lib/propername.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eaef4f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/propername.c
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+/* Localization of proper names.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Without this pragma, gcc 4.7.0 20111124 mistakenly suggests that
+   the proper_name function might be candidate for attribute 'const'  */
+#if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=const"
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "propername.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "trim.h"
+#include "mbchar.h"
+#include "mbuiter.h"
+#include "localcharset.h"
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+#include "xstriconv.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+
+
+/* Tests whether STRING contains trim (SUB), starting and ending at word
+   boundaries.
+   Here, instead of implementing Unicode Standard Annex #29 for determining
+   word boundaries, we assume that trim (SUB) starts and ends with words and
+   only test whether the part before it ends with a non-word and the part
+   after it starts with a non-word.  */
+static bool
+mbsstr_trimmed_wordbounded (const char *string, const char *sub)
+{
+  char *tsub = trim (sub);
+  bool found = false;
+
+  for (; *string != '\0';)
+    {
+      const char *tsub_in_string = mbsstr (string, tsub);
+      if (tsub_in_string == NULL)
+        break;
+      else
+        {
+          if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+            {
+              mbui_iterator_t string_iter;
+              bool word_boundary_before;
+              bool word_boundary_after;
+
+              mbui_init (string_iter, string);
+              word_boundary_before = true;
+              if (mbui_cur_ptr (string_iter) < tsub_in_string)
+                {
+                  mbchar_t last_char_before_tsub;
+                  do
+                    {
+                      if (!mbui_avail (string_iter))
+                        abort ();
+                      last_char_before_tsub = mbui_cur (string_iter);
+                      mbui_advance (string_iter);
+                    }
+                  while (mbui_cur_ptr (string_iter) < tsub_in_string);
+                  if (mb_isalnum (last_char_before_tsub))
+                    word_boundary_before = false;
+                }
+
+              mbui_init (string_iter, tsub_in_string);
+              {
+                mbui_iterator_t tsub_iter;
+
+                for (mbui_init (tsub_iter, tsub);
+                     mbui_avail (tsub_iter);
+                     mbui_advance (tsub_iter))
+                  {
+                    if (!mbui_avail (string_iter))
+                      abort ();
+                    mbui_advance (string_iter);
+                  }
+              }
+              word_boundary_after = true;
+              if (mbui_avail (string_iter))
+                {
+                  mbchar_t first_char_after_tsub = mbui_cur (string_iter);
+                  if (mb_isalnum (first_char_after_tsub))
+                    word_boundary_after = false;
+                }
+
+              if (word_boundary_before && word_boundary_after)
+                {
+                  found = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+
+              mbui_init (string_iter, tsub_in_string);
+              if (!mbui_avail (string_iter))
+                break;
+              string = tsub_in_string + mb_len (mbui_cur (string_iter));
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              bool word_boundary_before;
+              const char *p;
+              bool word_boundary_after;
+
+              word_boundary_before = true;
+              if (string < tsub_in_string)
+                if (isalnum ((unsigned char) tsub_in_string[-1]))
+                  word_boundary_before = false;
+
+              p = tsub_in_string + strlen (tsub);
+              word_boundary_after = true;
+              if (*p != '\0')
+                if (isalnum ((unsigned char) *p))
+                  word_boundary_after = false;
+
+              if (word_boundary_before && word_boundary_after)
+                {
+                  found = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+
+              if (*tsub_in_string == '\0')
+                break;
+              string = tsub_in_string + 1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  free (tsub);
+  return found;
+}
+
+/* Return the localization of NAME.  NAME is written in ASCII.  */
+
+const char *
+proper_name (const char *name)
+{
+  /* See whether there is a translation.   */
+  const char *translation = gettext (name);
+
+  if (translation != name)
+    {
+      /* See whether the translation contains the original name.  */
+      if (mbsstr_trimmed_wordbounded (translation, name))
+        return translation;
+      else
+        {
+          /* Return "TRANSLATION (NAME)".  */
+          char *result =
+            XNMALLOC (strlen (translation) + 2 + strlen (name) + 1 + 1, char);
+
+          sprintf (result, "%s (%s)", translation, name);
+          return result;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    return name;
+}
+
+/* Return the localization of a name whose original writing is not ASCII.
+   NAME_UTF8 is the real name, written in UTF-8 with octal or hexadecimal
+   escape sequences.  NAME_ASCII is a fallback written only with ASCII
+   characters.  */
+
+const char *
+proper_name_utf8 (const char *name_ascii, const char *name_utf8)
+{
+  /* See whether there is a translation.   */
+  const char *translation = gettext (name_ascii);
+
+  /* Try to convert NAME_UTF8 to the locale encoding.  */
+  const char *locale_code = locale_charset ();
+  char *alloc_name_converted = NULL;
+  char *alloc_name_converted_translit = NULL;
+  const char *name_converted = NULL;
+  const char *name_converted_translit = NULL;
+  const char *name;
+
+  if (c_strcasecmp (locale_code, "UTF-8") != 0)
+    {
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+      name_converted = alloc_name_converted =
+        xstr_iconv (name_utf8, "UTF-8", locale_code);
+
+# if (((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2) \
+      && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+      {
+        char *converted_translit;
+
+        size_t len = strlen (locale_code);
+        char *locale_code_translit = XNMALLOC (len + 10 + 1, char);
+        memcpy (locale_code_translit, locale_code, len);
+        memcpy (locale_code_translit + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
+
+        converted_translit =
+          xstr_iconv (name_utf8, "UTF-8", locale_code_translit);
+
+        free (locale_code_translit);
+
+        if (converted_translit != NULL)
+          {
+#  if !_LIBICONV_VERSION
+            /* Don't use the transliteration if it added question marks.
+               glibc's transliteration falls back to question marks; libiconv's
+               transliteration does not.
+               mbschr is equivalent to strchr in this case.  */
+            if (strchr (converted_translit, '?') != NULL)
+              free (converted_translit);
+            else
+#  endif
+              name_converted_translit = alloc_name_converted_translit =
+                converted_translit;
+          }
+      }
+# endif
+#endif
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      name_converted = name_utf8;
+      name_converted_translit = name_utf8;
+    }
+
+  /* The name in locale encoding.  */
+  name = (name_converted != NULL ? name_converted :
+          name_converted_translit != NULL ? name_converted_translit :
+          name_ascii);
+
+  /* See whether we have a translation.  Some translators have not understood
+     that they should use the UTF-8 form of the name, if possible.  So if the
+     translator provided a no-op translation, we ignore it.  */
+  if (strcmp (translation, name_ascii) != 0)
+    {
+      /* See whether the translation contains the original name.  */
+      if (mbsstr_trimmed_wordbounded (translation, name_ascii)
+          || (name_converted != NULL
+              && mbsstr_trimmed_wordbounded (translation, name_converted))
+          || (name_converted_translit != NULL
+              && mbsstr_trimmed_wordbounded (translation, name_converted_translit)))
+        {
+          if (alloc_name_converted != NULL)
+            free (alloc_name_converted);
+          if (alloc_name_converted_translit != NULL)
+            free (alloc_name_converted_translit);
+          return translation;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Return "TRANSLATION (NAME)".  */
+          char *result =
+            XNMALLOC (strlen (translation) + 2 + strlen (name) + 1 + 1, char);
+
+          sprintf (result, "%s (%s)", translation, name);
+
+          if (alloc_name_converted != NULL)
+            free (alloc_name_converted);
+          if (alloc_name_converted_translit != NULL)
+            free (alloc_name_converted_translit);
+          return result;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (alloc_name_converted != NULL && alloc_name_converted != name)
+        free (alloc_name_converted);
+      if (alloc_name_converted_translit != NULL
+          && alloc_name_converted_translit != name)
+        free (alloc_name_converted_translit);
+      return name;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST1
+# include <locale.h>
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+  if (mbsstr_trimmed_wordbounded (argv[1], argv[2]))
+    printf("found\n");
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST2
+# include <locale.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+  printf ("%s\n", proper_name_utf8 ("Franc,ois Pinard", "Fran\303\247ois Pinard"));
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/propername.h b/lib/propername.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92d1ec5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/propername.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* Localization of proper names.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* INTRODUCTION
+
+   What do
+
+      Torbjörn Granlund    (coreutils)
+      François Pinard      (coreutils)
+      Danilo Šegan         (gettext)
+
+   have in common?
+
+   A non-ASCII name. This causes trouble in the --version output. The simple
+   "solution" unfortunately mutilates the name.
+
+     $ du --version | grep Granlund
+     Écrit par Torbjorn Granlund, David MacKenzie, Paul Eggert et Jim Meyering.
+
+     $ ptx --version | grep Pinard
+     Écrit par F. Pinard.
+
+   What is desirable, is to print the full name if the output character set
+   allows it, and the ASCIIfied name only as a fallback.
+
+     $ recode-sr-latin --version
+     ...
+     Written by Danilo Šegan and Bruno Haible.
+
+     $ LC_ALL=C recode-sr-latin --version
+     ...
+     Written by Danilo Segan and Bruno Haible.
+
+   The 'propername' module does exactly this. Plus, for languages that use
+   a different writing system than the Latin alphabet, it allows a translator
+   to write the name using that different writing system. In that case the
+   output will look like this:
+      <translated name> (<original name in English>)
+
+   To use the 'propername' module requires two simple steps:
+
+     1) Add it to the list of gnulib modules to import,
+
+     2) Change the arguments of version_etc(),
+
+          from "Paul Eggert"
+          to   proper_name ("Paul Eggert")
+
+          from "Torbjorn Granlund"
+          to   proper_name_utf8 ("Torbjorn Granlund", "Torbj\303\266rn Granlund")
+
+          from "F. Pinard"
+          to   proper_name_utf8 ("Franc,ois Pinard", "Fran\303\247ois Pinard")
+
+        (Optionally, here you can also add / * TRANSLATORS: ... * / comments
+        explaining how the name is written or pronounced.)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PROPERNAME_H
+#define _PROPERNAME_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Return the localization of NAME.  NAME is written in ASCII.  */
+extern const char * proper_name (const char *name) /* NOT attribute const */;
+
+/* Return the localization of a name whose original writing is not ASCII.
+   NAME_UTF8 is the real name, written in UTF-8 with octal or hexadecimal
+   escape sequences.  NAME_ASCII is a fallback written only with ASCII
+   characters.  */
+extern const char * proper_name_utf8 (const char *name_ascii,
+                                      const char *name_utf8);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _PROPERNAME_H */
diff --git a/lib/pselect.c b/lib/pselect.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1eca0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pselect.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* pselect - synchronous I/O multiplexing
+
+   Copyright 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/select.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/* Examine the size-NFDS file descriptor sets in RFDS, WFDS, and XFDS
+   to see whether some of their descriptors are ready for reading,
+   ready for writing, or have exceptions pending.  Wait for at most
+   TIMEOUT seconds, and use signal mask SIGMASK while waiting.  A null
+   pointer parameter stands for no descriptors, an infinite timeout,
+   or an unaffected signal mask.  */
+
+#if !HAVE_PSELECT
+
+int
+pselect (int nfds, fd_set *restrict rfds,
+         fd_set *restrict wfds, fd_set *restrict xfds,
+         struct timespec const *restrict timeout,
+         sigset_t const *restrict sigmask)
+{
+  int select_result;
+  sigset_t origmask;
+  struct timeval tv, *tvp;
+
+  if (timeout)
+    {
+      if (! (0 <= timeout->tv_nsec && timeout->tv_nsec < 1000000000))
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      tv.tv_sec = timeout->tv_sec;
+      tv.tv_usec = (timeout->tv_nsec + 999) / 1000;
+      tvp = &tv;
+    }
+  else
+    tvp = NULL;
+
+  /* Signal mask munging should be atomic, but this is the best we can
+     do in this emulation.  */
+  if (sigmask)
+    pthread_sigmask (SIG_SETMASK, sigmask, &origmask);
+
+  select_result = select (nfds, rfds, wfds, xfds, tvp);
+
+  if (sigmask)
+    {
+      int select_errno = errno;
+      pthread_sigmask (SIG_SETMASK, &origmask, NULL);
+      errno = select_errno;
+    }
+
+  return select_result;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_PSELECT */
+# include <unistd.h>
+# undef pselect
+
+int
+rpl_pselect (int nfds, fd_set *restrict rfds,
+             fd_set *restrict wfds, fd_set *restrict xfds,
+             struct timespec const *restrict timeout,
+             sigset_t const *restrict sigmask)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* FreeBSD 8.2 has a bug: it does not always detect invalid fds.  */
+  if (nfds < 0 || nfds > FD_SETSIZE)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  for (i = 0; i < nfds; i++)
+    {
+      if (((rfds && FD_ISSET (i, rfds))
+           || (wfds && FD_ISSET (i, wfds))
+           || (xfds && FD_ISSET (i, xfds)))
+          && dup2 (i, i) != i)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+  return pselect (nfds, rfds, wfds, xfds, timeout, sigmask);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/pthread-cond.c b/lib/pthread-cond.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06608f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pthread-cond.c
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/* POSIX condition variables.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, 2010, and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+# include "windows-thread.h"
+#else
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <time.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ((defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS) || !HAVE_PTHREAD_H
+
+int
+pthread_condattr_init (pthread_condattr_t *attr)
+{
+  *attr = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_condattr_destroy (_GL_UNUSED pthread_condattr_t *attr)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+/* Use Windows threads.  */
+
+int
+pthread_cond_init (pthread_cond_t *cond,
+                   _GL_UNUSED const pthread_condattr_t *attr)
+{
+  return glwthread_cond_init (cond);
+}
+
+int
+pthread_cond_wait (pthread_cond_t *cond, pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  return glwthread_cond_wait (cond, mutex,
+                              (int (*) (void *)) pthread_mutex_lock,
+                              (int (*) (void *)) pthread_mutex_unlock);
+}
+
+int
+pthread_cond_timedwait (pthread_cond_t *cond, pthread_mutex_t *mutex,
+                        const struct timespec *abstime)
+{
+  return glwthread_cond_timedwait (cond, mutex,
+                                   (int (*) (void *)) pthread_mutex_lock,
+                                   (int (*) (void *)) pthread_mutex_unlock,
+                                   abstime);
+}
+
+int
+pthread_cond_signal (pthread_cond_t *cond)
+{
+  return glwthread_cond_signal (cond);
+}
+
+int
+pthread_cond_broadcast (pthread_cond_t *cond)
+{
+  return glwthread_cond_broadcast (cond);
+}
+
+int
+pthread_cond_destroy (pthread_cond_t *cond)
+{
+  return glwthread_cond_destroy (cond);
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_PTHREAD_H
+/* Provide workarounds for POSIX threads.  */
+
+#else
+/* Provide a dummy implementation for single-threaded applications.  */
+
+int
+pthread_cond_init (_GL_UNUSED pthread_cond_t *cond,
+                   _GL_UNUSED const pthread_condattr_t *attr)
+{
+  /* COND is never seriously used.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_cond_wait (_GL_UNUSED pthread_cond_t *cond,
+                   _GL_UNUSED pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  /* No other thread can signal this condition variable.
+     Wait endlessly.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      struct timespec duration;
+
+      duration.tv_sec = 86400;
+      duration.tv_nsec = 0;
+      nanosleep (&duration, NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+pthread_cond_timedwait (_GL_UNUSED pthread_cond_t *cond,
+                        _GL_UNUSED pthread_mutex_t *mutex,
+                        const struct timespec *abstime)
+{
+  /* No other thread can signal this condition variable.
+     Wait until ABSTIME is reached.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      struct timeval currtime;
+      unsigned long remaining;
+      struct timespec duration;
+
+      gettimeofday (&currtime, NULL);
+
+      if (currtime.tv_sec > abstime->tv_sec)
+        remaining = 0;
+      else
+        {
+          unsigned long seconds = abstime->tv_sec - currtime.tv_sec;
+          remaining = seconds * 1000000000;
+          if (remaining / 1000000000 != seconds) /* overflow? */
+            remaining = ULONG_MAX;
+          else
+            {
+              long nanoseconds =
+                abstime->tv_nsec - currtime.tv_usec * 1000;
+              if (nanoseconds >= 0)
+                {
+                  remaining += nanoseconds;
+                  if (remaining < nanoseconds) /* overflow? */
+                    remaining = ULONG_MAX;
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  if (remaining >= - nanoseconds)
+                    remaining -= (- nanoseconds);
+                  else
+                    remaining = 0;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+      if (remaining == 0)
+        return ETIMEDOUT;
+
+      /* Sleep up to REMAINING ns.  */
+      duration.tv_sec = remaining / 1000000000;
+      duration.tv_nsec = remaining % 1000000000;
+      nanosleep (&duration, NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+pthread_cond_signal (_GL_UNUSED pthread_cond_t *cond)
+{
+  /* No threads can currently be blocked on COND.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_cond_broadcast (_GL_UNUSED pthread_cond_t *cond)
+{
+  /* No threads can currently be blocked on COND.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_cond_destroy (_GL_UNUSED pthread_cond_t *cond)
+{
+  /* COND is never seriously used.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/pthread-mutex.c b/lib/pthread-mutex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5af75b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pthread-mutex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/* POSIX mutexes (locks).
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, 2010, and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+# include "windows-timedmutex.h"
+# include "windows-timedrecmutex.h"
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ((defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS) || !HAVE_PTHREAD_H
+
+int
+pthread_mutexattr_init (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr)
+{
+  *attr = (PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED << 2) | PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutexattr_gettype (const pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int *typep)
+{
+  *typep = *attr & (PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT | PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL
+                    | PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK | PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutexattr_settype (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int type)
+{
+  if (!(type == PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT
+        || type == PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL
+        || type == PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK
+        || type == PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE))
+    return EINVAL;
+  *attr ^= (*attr ^ type)
+           & (PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT | PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL
+              | PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK | PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutexattr_getrobust (const pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int *robustp)
+{
+  *robustp = (*attr >> 2) & (PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED | PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutexattr_setrobust (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int robust)
+{
+  if (!(robust == PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED || robust == PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST))
+    return EINVAL;
+  *attr ^= (*attr ^ (robust << 2))
+           & ((PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED | PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST) << 2);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutexattr_destroy (_GL_UNUSED pthread_mutexattr_t *attr)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#elif PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_ROBUST_UNIMPLEMENTED
+
+int
+pthread_mutexattr_getrobust (const pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int *robustp)
+{
+  *robustp = PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutexattr_setrobust (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int robust)
+{
+  if (!(robust == PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED || robust == PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST))
+    return EINVAL;
+  if (!(robust == PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED))
+    return ENOTSUP;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+/* Use Windows threads.  */
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_init (pthread_mutex_t *mutex, const pthread_mutexattr_t *attr)
+{
+  /* This implementation does not support PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK
+     and ignores the 'robust' attribute.  */
+  if (attr != NULL
+      && (*attr & (PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT | PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL
+                   | PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK | PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE))
+         == PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
+    {
+      mutex->type = 2;
+      return glwthread_timedrecmutex_init (&mutex->u.u_timedrecmutex);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      mutex->type = 1;
+      return glwthread_timedmutex_init (&mutex->u.u_timedmutex);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_lock (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  switch (mutex->type)
+    {
+    case 1:
+      return glwthread_timedmutex_lock (&mutex->u.u_timedmutex);
+    case 2:
+      return glwthread_timedrecmutex_lock (&mutex->u.u_timedrecmutex);
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_trylock (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  switch (mutex->type)
+    {
+    case 1:
+      return glwthread_timedmutex_trylock (&mutex->u.u_timedmutex);
+    case 2:
+      return glwthread_timedrecmutex_trylock (&mutex->u.u_timedrecmutex);
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_timedlock (pthread_mutex_t *mutex, const struct timespec *abstime)
+{
+  switch (mutex->type)
+    {
+    case 1:
+      return glwthread_timedmutex_timedlock (&mutex->u.u_timedmutex, abstime);
+    case 2:
+      return glwthread_timedrecmutex_timedlock (&mutex->u.u_timedrecmutex,
+                                                abstime);
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_unlock (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  switch (mutex->type)
+    {
+    case 1:
+      return glwthread_timedmutex_unlock (&mutex->u.u_timedmutex);
+    case 2:
+      return glwthread_timedrecmutex_unlock (&mutex->u.u_timedrecmutex);
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_destroy (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  switch (mutex->type)
+    {
+    case 1:
+      return glwthread_timedmutex_destroy (&mutex->u.u_timedmutex);
+    case 2:
+      return glwthread_timedrecmutex_destroy (&mutex->u.u_timedrecmutex);
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_PTHREAD_H
+/* Provide workarounds for POSIX threads.  */
+
+/* pthread_mutex_timedlock is defined by the 'pthread_mutex_timedlock'
+   module.  */
+
+#else
+/* Provide a dummy implementation for single-threaded applications.  */
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_init (_GL_UNUSED pthread_mutex_t *mutex,
+                    _GL_UNUSED const pthread_mutexattr_t *attr)
+{
+  /* MUTEX is never seriously used.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_lock (_GL_UNUSED pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  /* There is only one thread, so it always gets the lock.  This
+     implementation does not support PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_trylock (_GL_UNUSED pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  /* There is only one thread, so it always gets the lock.  This
+     implementation does not support PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_timedlock (_GL_UNUSED pthread_mutex_t *mutex,
+                         _GL_UNUSED const struct timespec *abstime)
+{
+  /* There is only one thread, so it always gets the lock.  This
+     implementation does not support PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_unlock (_GL_UNUSED pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  /* There is only one thread, so it always unlocks successfully.
+     This implementation does not support robust mutexes or
+     PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_destroy (_GL_UNUSED pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  /* MUTEX is never seriously used.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/pthread-thread.c b/lib/pthread-thread.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5f07fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pthread-thread.c
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/* Creating and controlling POSIX threads.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, 2010, and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+# include "windows-thread.h"
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+typedef void * (* pthread_main_function_t) (void *);
+
+#if ((defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS) || !HAVE_PTHREAD_H
+
+int
+pthread_attr_init (pthread_attr_t *attr)
+{
+  *attr = PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_attr_getdetachstate (const pthread_attr_t *attr, int *detachstatep)
+{
+  *detachstatep = *attr & (PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE | PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_attr_setdetachstate (pthread_attr_t *attr, int detachstate)
+{
+  if (!(detachstate == PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+        || detachstate == PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED))
+    return EINVAL;
+  *attr ^= (*attr ^ detachstate)
+           & (PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE | PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_attr_destroy (_GL_UNUSED pthread_attr_t *attr)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+/* Use Windows threads.  */
+
+int
+pthread_create (pthread_t *threadp, const pthread_attr_t *attr,
+                pthread_main_function_t mainfunc, void *arg)
+{
+  unsigned int glwthread_attr =
+    (attr != NULL
+     && (*attr & (PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE | PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED))
+        != PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+     ? GLWTHREAD_ATTR_DETACHED
+     : 0);
+  return glwthread_thread_create (threadp, glwthread_attr, mainfunc, arg);
+}
+
+pthread_t
+pthread_self (void)
+{
+  return glwthread_thread_self ();
+}
+
+int
+pthread_equal (pthread_t thread1, pthread_t thread2)
+{
+  return thread1 == thread2;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_detach (pthread_t thread)
+{
+  return glwthread_thread_detach (thread);
+}
+
+int
+pthread_join (pthread_t thread, void **valuep)
+{
+  return glwthread_thread_join (thread, valuep);
+}
+
+void
+pthread_exit (void *value)
+{
+  glwthread_thread_exit (value);
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_PTHREAD_H
+/* Provide workarounds for POSIX threads.  */
+
+# if PTHREAD_CREATE_IS_INLINE
+int
+pthread_create (pthread_t *threadp, const pthread_attr_t *attr,
+                pthread_main_function_t mainfunc, void *arg)
+#  undef pthread_create
+{
+  return pthread_create (threadp, attr, mainfunc, arg);
+}
+
+int
+pthread_attr_init (pthread_attr_t *attr)
+#  undef pthread_attr_init
+{
+  return pthread_attr_init (attr);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* Provide a dummy implementation for single-threaded applications.  */
+
+int
+pthread_create (pthread_t *threadp, const pthread_attr_t *attr,
+                pthread_main_function_t mainfunc, void *arg)
+{
+  /* The maximum number of threads is reached.  Do not create a thread.  */
+  return EAGAIN;
+}
+
+pthread_t
+pthread_self (void)
+{
+  return 42;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_equal (pthread_t thread1, pthread_t thread2)
+{
+  return thread1 == thread2;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_detach (pthread_t thread)
+{
+  /* There are no joinable threads.  */
+  return EINVAL;
+}
+
+int
+pthread_join (pthread_t thread, void **valuep)
+{
+  /* There are no joinable threads.  */
+  return EINVAL;
+}
+
+void
+pthread_exit (void *value)
+{
+  /* There is just one thread, so the process exits.  */
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/pthread.in.h b/lib/pthread.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a658db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pthread.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1973 @@
+/* Implement the most essential subset of POSIX 1003.1-2008 pthread.h.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, Glen Lenker, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_PTHREAD_H
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   On Android, we have a sequence of nested includes
+   <pthread.h> -> <time.h> -> <sys/time.h> -> <sys/select.h> ->
+   <signal.h> -> <pthread.h>.
+   In this situation, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER is not yet defined,
+   therefore we should not attempt to define PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL etc.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_PTHREAD_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_PTHREAD_H_
+
+#if @HAVE_PTHREAD_H@
+
+# define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_PTHREAD_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_PTHREAD_H@
+
+# undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_PTHREAD_H
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_PTHREAD_H_
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_PTHREAD_H_
+
+#define __need_system_stdlib_h
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#undef __need_system_stdlib_h
+
+
+/* The pthreads-win32 <pthread.h> defines a couple of broken macros.  */
+#undef asctime_r
+#undef ctime_r
+#undef gmtime_r
+#undef localtime_r
+#undef rand_r
+#undef strtok_r
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sched.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _Noreturn is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* =========== Thread types and macros =========== */
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+# if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+#  include "windows-thread.h"
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_t rpl_pthread_t
+#   define pthread_attr_t rpl_pthread_attr_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_thread_types
+typedef glwthread_thread_t pthread_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_attr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_thread_types 1
+#  endif
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_t rpl_pthread_t
+#   define pthread_attr_t rpl_pthread_attr_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_thread_types
+typedef int pthread_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_attr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_thread_types 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+# undef PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+# undef PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED
+# define PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE 0
+# define PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED 1
+#else
+# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_thread_types
+typedef int pthread_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_attr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_thread_types 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED@
+#  define PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE 0
+#  define PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Once-only control (initialization) types and macros ========== */
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+# if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_ONCE@
+#  include "windows-once.h"
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_once_t rpl_pthread_once_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_once_types
+typedef glwthread_once_t pthread_once_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_once_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT
+#  define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT GLWTHREAD_ONCE_INIT
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_once_t rpl_pthread_once_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_once_types
+typedef int pthread_once_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_once_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT
+#  define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT { 0 }
+# endif
+#else
+# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_once_types
+typedef int pthread_once_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_once_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT
+#  define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT { 0 }
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Mutex types and macros =========== */
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+# if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+#  include "windows-timedmutex.h"
+#  include "windows-timedrecmutex.h"
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_mutex_t rpl_pthread_mutex_t
+#   define pthread_mutexattr_t rpl_pthread_mutexattr_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_mutex_types
+typedef struct
+        {
+          int type;
+          union
+            {
+              glwthread_timedmutex_t    u_timedmutex;
+              glwthread_timedrecmutex_t u_timedrecmutex;
+            }
+          u;
+        }
+        pthread_mutex_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_mutexattr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_mutex_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#  define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 1, { GLWTHREAD_TIMEDMUTEX_INIT } }
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_mutex_t rpl_pthread_mutex_t
+#   define pthread_mutexattr_t rpl_pthread_mutexattr_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_mutex_types
+typedef int pthread_mutex_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_mutexattr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_mutex_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#  define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+# endif
+# undef PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT
+# undef PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL
+# undef PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK
+# undef PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+# define PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL
+# define PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL 0
+# define PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK 1
+# define PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 2
+# undef PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED
+# undef PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST
+# define PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED 0
+# define PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST 1
+#else
+# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_mutex_types
+typedef int pthread_mutex_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_mutexattr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_mutex_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#  define PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+# endif
+# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE@
+#  define PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL
+#  define PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL 0
+#  define PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK 1
+#  define PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 2
+# endif
+# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST@
+#  define PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED 0
+#  define PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Read-write lock types and macros =========== */
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+# if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+#  include "windows-timedrwlock.h"
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_rwlock_t rpl_pthread_rwlock_t
+#   define pthread_rwlockattr_t rpl_pthread_rwlockattr_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_rwlock_types
+typedef glwthread_timedrwlock_t pthread_rwlock_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_rwlockattr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_rwlock_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+#  define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER GLWTHREAD_TIMEDRWLOCK_INIT
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_rwlock_t rpl_pthread_rwlock_t
+#   define pthread_rwlockattr_t rpl_pthread_rwlockattr_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_rwlock_types
+typedef int pthread_rwlock_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_rwlockattr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_rwlock_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+#  define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@ && @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT@ /* i.e. PTHREAD_RWLOCK_UNIMPLEMENTED */
+# if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#  define pthread_rwlock_t rpl_pthread_rwlock_t
+#  define pthread_rwlockattr_t rpl_pthread_rwlockattr_t
+# endif
+# if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_rwlock_types
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
+          pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
+          unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
+          int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
+        }
+        pthread_rwlock_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_rwlockattr_t;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_pthread_rwlock_types 1
+# endif
+# undef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+# define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER \
+   { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
+#else
+# if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#  if !defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER && defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER_NP /* z/OS */
+#   define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER_NP
+#  endif
+# else
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_rwlock_types
+typedef int pthread_rwlock_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_rwlockattr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_rwlock_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+#  define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Condition variable types and macros =========== */
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+# if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND@
+#  include "windows-cond.h"
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_cond_t rpl_pthread_cond_t
+#   define pthread_condattr_t rpl_pthread_condattr_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_cond_types
+typedef glwthread_cond_t pthread_cond_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_condattr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_cond_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER
+#  define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER GLWTHREAD_COND_INIT
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_cond_t rpl_pthread_cond_t
+#   define pthread_condattr_t rpl_pthread_condattr_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_cond_types
+typedef int pthread_cond_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_condattr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_cond_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER
+#  define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+# endif
+#else
+# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_cond_types
+typedef int pthread_cond_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_condattr_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_cond_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER
+#  define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Thread-specific storage types and macros =========== */
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+# if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_TSS@
+#  include "windows-tls.h"
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_key_t rpl_pthread_key_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_tss_types
+typedef glwthread_tls_key_t pthread_key_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_tss_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS
+#  define PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS GLWTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_key_t rpl_pthread_key_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_tss_types
+typedef void ** pthread_key_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_tss_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS
+#  define PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS 0
+# endif
+#else
+# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_tss_types
+typedef void ** pthread_key_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_tss_types 1
+#  endif
+#  undef PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS
+#  define PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Spinlock types and macros =========== */
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+# if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_SPIN@
+#  include "windows-spin.h"
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_spinlock_t rpl_pthread_spinlock_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_spin_types
+typedef glwthread_spinlock_t pthread_spinlock_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_spin_types 1
+#  endif
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+#   define pthread_spinlock_t rpl_pthread_spinlock_t
+#  endif
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_spin_types
+typedef pthread_mutex_t pthread_spinlock_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_spin_types 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+# undef PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE
+# undef PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED
+# define PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE 0
+# define PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 1
+#else
+# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_SPINLOCK_T@
+/* Approximate spinlocks with mutexes.  */
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_pthread_spin_types
+typedef pthread_mutex_t pthread_spinlock_t;
+#   define GNULIB_defined_pthread_spin_types 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED@
+#  define PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE 0
+#  define PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Other types and macros =========== */
+
+#if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_T@
+# if !GNULIB_defined_other_pthread_types
+typedef int pthread_barrier_t;
+typedef unsigned int pthread_barrierattr_t;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_other_pthread_types 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PTHREAD_CANCELED
+
+# define PTHREAD_BARRIER_SERIAL_THREAD (-1)
+
+# define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED 0
+# define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS 1
+
+# define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE 0
+# define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE 1
+
+# define PTHREAD_CANCELED ((void *) -1)
+
+# define PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED 0
+# define PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED 1
+
+# define PTHREAD_PRIO_NONE 0
+# define PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 1
+# define PTHREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 2
+
+# define PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM 0
+# define PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS 1
+
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Thread functions =========== */
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+/* The 'restrict' qualifier on ARG is nonsense, but POSIX specifies it this way.
+   Sigh.  */
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_CREATE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_create
+#   define pthread_create rpl_pthread_create
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_create, int,
+                  (pthread_t *restrict threadp,
+                   const pthread_attr_t *restrict attr,
+                   void * (*mainfunc) (void *), void *restrict arg)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_create, int,
+                  (pthread_t *restrict threadp,
+                   const pthread_attr_t *restrict attr,
+                   void * (*mainfunc) (void *), void *restrict arg));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_CREATE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_create, int,
+                  (pthread_t *restrict threadp,
+                   const pthread_attr_t *restrict attr,
+                   void * (*mainfunc) (void *), void *restrict arg)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (pthread_create, int,
+                       (pthread_t *restrict threadp,
+                        const pthread_attr_t *restrict attr,
+                        void * (*mainfunc) (void *), void *restrict arg));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_create);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_create
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_CREATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_create, "pthread_create is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-thread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_attr_init
+#   define pthread_attr_init rpl_pthread_attr_init
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_attr_init, int, (pthread_attr_t *attr)
+                                          _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_attr_init, int, (pthread_attr_t *attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_attr_init, int, (pthread_attr_t *attr)
+                                          _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_attr_init, int, (pthread_attr_t *attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_attr_init);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_attr_init
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_attr_init, "pthread_attr_init is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-thread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_attr_getdetachstate
+#   define pthread_attr_getdetachstate rpl_pthread_attr_getdetachstate
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_attr_getdetachstate, int,
+                  (const pthread_attr_t *attr, int *detachstatep)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_attr_getdetachstate, int,
+                  (const pthread_attr_t *attr, int *detachstatep));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_attr_getdetachstate, int,
+                  (const pthread_attr_t *attr, int *detachstatep)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_attr_getdetachstate, int,
+                  (const pthread_attr_t *attr, int *detachstatep));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_attr_getdetachstate);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_attr_getdetachstate
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_attr_getdetachstate, "pthread_attr_getdetachstate is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-thread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_attr_setdetachstate
+#   define pthread_attr_setdetachstate rpl_pthread_attr_setdetachstate
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_attr_setdetachstate, int,
+                  (pthread_attr_t *attr, int detachstate)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_attr_setdetachstate, int,
+                  (pthread_attr_t *attr, int detachstate));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_attr_setdetachstate, int,
+                  (pthread_attr_t *attr, int detachstate)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_attr_setdetachstate, int,
+                  (pthread_attr_t *attr, int detachstate));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_attr_setdetachstate);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_attr_setdetachstate
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_attr_setdetachstate, "pthread_attr_setdetachstate is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-thread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_attr_destroy
+#   define pthread_attr_destroy rpl_pthread_attr_destroy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_attr_destroy, int, (pthread_attr_t *attr)
+                                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_attr_destroy, int, (pthread_attr_t *attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_attr_destroy, int, (pthread_attr_t *attr)
+                                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_attr_destroy, int, (pthread_attr_t *attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_attr_destroy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_attr_destroy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_attr_destroy, "pthread_attr_destroy is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-thread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SELF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_self
+#   define pthread_self rpl_pthread_self
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_self, pthread_t, (void) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_self, pthread_t, (void));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_SELF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_self, pthread_t, (void) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_self, pthread_t, (void));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_self);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_self
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SELF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_self, "pthread_self is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-thread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_EQUAL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_equal
+#   define pthread_equal rpl_pthread_equal
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_equal, int, (pthread_t thread1, pthread_t thread2));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_equal, int, (pthread_t thread1, pthread_t thread2));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_EQUAL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_equal, int, (pthread_t thread1, pthread_t thread2));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_equal, int, (pthread_t thread1, pthread_t thread2));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_equal);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_equal
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_EQUAL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_equal, "pthread_equal is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-thread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_DETACH@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_detach
+#   define pthread_detach rpl_pthread_detach
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_detach, int, (pthread_t thread));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_detach, int, (pthread_t thread));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_DETACH@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_detach, int, (pthread_t thread));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_detach, int, (pthread_t thread));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_detach);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_detach
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_DETACH
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_detach, "pthread_detach is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-thread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_JOIN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_join
+#   define pthread_join rpl_pthread_join
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_join, int, (pthread_t thread, void **valuep));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_join, int, (pthread_t thread, void **valuep));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_JOIN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_join, int, (pthread_t thread, void **valuep));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_join, int, (pthread_t thread, void **valuep));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_join);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_join
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_JOIN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_join, "pthread_join is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-thread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_THREAD@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_EXIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_exit
+#   define pthread_exit rpl_pthread_exit
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_exit, _Noreturn void, (void *value));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_exit, void, (void *value));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_EXIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_exit, _Noreturn void, (void *value));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast because of AIX with xlclang++.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (pthread_exit, void, (void *value));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_exit);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_exit
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_EXIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_exit, "pthread_exit is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-thread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Once-only control (initialization) functions =========== */
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_ONCE@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_ONCE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_once
+#   define pthread_once rpl_pthread_once
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_once, int,
+                  (pthread_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_once, int,
+                  (pthread_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_ONCE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_once, int,
+                  (pthread_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
+                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (pthread_once, int,
+                       (pthread_once_t *once_control,
+                        void (*initfunction) (void)));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_once);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_once
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_ONCE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_once, "pthread_once is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-once for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Mutex functions =========== */
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutex_init
+#   define pthread_mutex_init rpl_pthread_mutex_init
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutex_init, int,
+                  (pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutex_init, int,
+                  (pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutex_init, int,
+                  (pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_mutex_init, int,
+                  (pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutex_init);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutex_init
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutex_init, "pthread_mutex_init is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutexattr_init
+#   define pthread_mutexattr_init rpl_pthread_mutexattr_init
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_init, int, (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr)
+                                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_init, int, (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutexattr_init, int, (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr)
+                                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_mutexattr_init, int, (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutexattr_init);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutexattr_init
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutexattr_init, "pthread_mutexattr_init is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETTYPE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutexattr_gettype
+#   define pthread_mutexattr_gettype rpl_pthread_mutexattr_gettype
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_gettype, int,
+                  (const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr,
+                   int *restrict typep)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_gettype, int,
+                  (const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr,
+                   int *restrict typep));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETTYPE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutexattr_gettype, int,
+                  (const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr,
+                   int *restrict typep)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on FreeBSD the first parameter is
+                        pthread_mutexattr_t *attr.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (pthread_mutexattr_gettype, int,
+                       (const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr,
+                        int *restrict typep));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutexattr_gettype);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutexattr_gettype
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETTYPE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutexattr_gettype, "pthread_mutexattr_gettype is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutexattr_settype
+#   define pthread_mutexattr_settype rpl_pthread_mutexattr_settype
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_settype, int,
+                  (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int type) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_settype, int,
+                  (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int type));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutexattr_settype, int,
+                  (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int type) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_mutexattr_settype, int,
+                  (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int type));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutexattr_settype);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutexattr_settype
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutexattr_settype, "pthread_mutexattr_settype is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETROBUST@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutexattr_getrobust
+#   define pthread_mutexattr_getrobust rpl_pthread_mutexattr_getrobust
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_getrobust, int,
+                  (const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr,
+                   int *restrict robustp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_getrobust, int,
+                  (const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr,
+                   int *restrict robustp));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETROBUST@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutexattr_getrobust, int,
+                  (const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr,
+                   int *restrict robustp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on FreeBSD the first parameter is
+                        pthread_mutexattr_t *attr.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (pthread_mutexattr_getrobust, int,
+                       (const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict attr,
+                        int *restrict robustp));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutexattr_getrobust);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutexattr_getrobust
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETROBUST
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutexattr_getrobust, "pthread_mutexattr_getrobust is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETROBUST@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutexattr_setrobust
+#   define pthread_mutexattr_setrobust rpl_pthread_mutexattr_setrobust
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_setrobust, int,
+                  (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int robust)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_setrobust, int,
+                  (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int robust));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETROBUST@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutexattr_setrobust, int,
+                  (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int robust)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_mutexattr_setrobust, int,
+                  (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr, int robust));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutexattr_setrobust);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutexattr_setrobust
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETROBUST
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutexattr_setrobust, "pthread_mutexattr_setrobust is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutexattr_destroy
+#   define pthread_mutexattr_destroy rpl_pthread_mutexattr_destroy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_destroy, int, (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr)
+                                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutexattr_destroy, int, (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutexattr_destroy, int, (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr)
+                                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_mutexattr_destroy, int, (pthread_mutexattr_t *attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutexattr_destroy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutexattr_destroy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutexattr_destroy, "pthread_mutexattr_destroy is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutex_lock
+#   define pthread_mutex_lock rpl_pthread_mutex_lock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutex_lock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+                                           _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutex_lock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutex_lock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+                                           _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_mutex_lock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutex_lock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutex_lock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutex_lock, "pthread_mutex_lock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutex_trylock
+#   define pthread_mutex_trylock rpl_pthread_mutex_trylock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutex_trylock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutex_trylock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutex_trylock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_mutex_trylock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutex_trylock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutex_trylock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutex_trylock, "pthread_mutex_trylock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutex_timedlock
+#   define pthread_mutex_timedlock rpl_pthread_mutex_timedlock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutex_timedlock, int,
+                  (pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutex_timedlock, int,
+                  (pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutex_timedlock, int,
+                  (pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_mutex_timedlock, int,
+                  (pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutex_timedlock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutex_timedlock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutex_timedlock, "pthread_mutex_timedlock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread_mutex_timedlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutex_unlock
+#   define pthread_mutex_unlock rpl_pthread_mutex_unlock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutex_unlock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+                                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutex_unlock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutex_unlock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+                                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_mutex_unlock, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutex_unlock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutex_unlock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutex_unlock, "pthread_mutex_unlock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_MUTEX@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_mutex_destroy
+#   define pthread_mutex_destroy rpl_pthread_mutex_destroy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_mutex_destroy, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_mutex_destroy, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_mutex_destroy, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_mutex_destroy, int, (pthread_mutex_t *mutex));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_mutex_destroy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_mutex_destroy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_mutex_destroy, "pthread_mutex_destroy is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-mutex for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Read-write lock functions =========== */
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlock_init
+#   define pthread_rwlock_init rpl_pthread_rwlock_init
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlock_init, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const pthread_rwlockattr_t *restrict attr)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlock_init, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const pthread_rwlockattr_t *restrict attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlock_init, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const pthread_rwlockattr_t *restrict attr)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlock_init, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const pthread_rwlockattr_t *restrict attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlock_init);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlock_init
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlock_init, "pthread_rwlock_init is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_INIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlockattr_init
+#   define pthread_rwlockattr_init rpl_pthread_rwlockattr_init
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlockattr_init, int, (pthread_rwlockattr_t *attr)
+                                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlockattr_init, int, (pthread_rwlockattr_t *attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_INIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlockattr_init, int, (pthread_rwlockattr_t *attr)
+                                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlockattr_init, int, (pthread_rwlockattr_t *attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlockattr_init);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlockattr_init
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_INIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlockattr_init, "pthread_rwlockattr_init is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_DESTROY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlockattr_destroy
+#   define pthread_rwlockattr_destroy rpl_pthread_rwlockattr_destroy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlockattr_destroy, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlockattr_t *attr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlockattr_destroy, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlockattr_t *attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_DESTROY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlockattr_destroy, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlockattr_t *attr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlockattr_destroy, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlockattr_t *attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlockattr_destroy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlockattr_destroy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_DESTROY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlockattr_destroy, "pthread_rwlockattr_destroy is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlock_rdlock
+#   define pthread_rwlock_rdlock rpl_pthread_rwlock_rdlock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlock_rdlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlock_rdlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlock_rdlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlock_rdlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlock_rdlock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlock_rdlock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlock_rdlock, "pthread_rwlock_rdlock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlock_wrlock
+#   define pthread_rwlock_wrlock rpl_pthread_rwlock_wrlock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlock_wrlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlock_wrlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlock_wrlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlock_wrlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlock_wrlock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlock_wrlock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlock_wrlock, "pthread_rwlock_wrlock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock
+#   define pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock rpl_pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock, "pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlock_trywrlock
+#   define pthread_rwlock_trywrlock rpl_pthread_rwlock_trywrlock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlock_trywrlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlock_trywrlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlock_trywrlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlock_trywrlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlock_trywrlock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlock_trywrlock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlock_trywrlock, "pthread_rwlock_trywrlock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDRDLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock
+#   define pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock rpl_pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDRDLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDRDLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock, "pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDWRLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock
+#   define pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock rpl_pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDWRLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock, int,
+                  (pthread_rwlock_t *restrict lock,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TIMEDWRLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock, "pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_UNLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlock_unlock
+#   define pthread_rwlock_unlock rpl_pthread_rwlock_unlock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlock_unlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlock_unlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_UNLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlock_unlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlock_unlock, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlock_unlock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlock_unlock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_UNLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlock_unlock, "pthread_rwlock_unlock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_RWLOCK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DESTROY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_rwlock_destroy
+#   define pthread_rwlock_destroy rpl_pthread_rwlock_destroy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_rwlock_destroy, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_rwlock_destroy, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DESTROY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_rwlock_destroy, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+                                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_rwlock_destroy, int, (pthread_rwlock_t *lock));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_rwlock_destroy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_rwlock_destroy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DESTROY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_rwlock_destroy, "pthread_rwlock_destroy is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-rwlock for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Condition variable functions =========== */
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_INIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_cond_init
+#   define pthread_cond_init rpl_pthread_cond_init
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_cond_init, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   const pthread_condattr_t *restrict attr)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_cond_init, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   const pthread_condattr_t *restrict attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_INIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_cond_init, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   const pthread_condattr_t *restrict attr)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_cond_init, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   const pthread_condattr_t *restrict attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_cond_init);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_cond_init
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_COND_INIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_cond_init, "pthread_cond_init is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-cond for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_condattr_init
+#   define pthread_condattr_init rpl_pthread_condattr_init
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_condattr_init, int, (pthread_condattr_t *attr)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_condattr_init, int, (pthread_condattr_t *attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_condattr_init, int, (pthread_condattr_t *attr)
+                                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_condattr_init, int, (pthread_condattr_t *attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_condattr_init);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_condattr_init
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_condattr_init, "pthread_condattr_init is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-cond for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DESTROY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_condattr_destroy
+#   define pthread_condattr_destroy rpl_pthread_condattr_destroy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_condattr_destroy, int, (pthread_condattr_t *attr)
+                                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_condattr_destroy, int, (pthread_condattr_t *attr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DESTROY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_condattr_destroy, int, (pthread_condattr_t *attr)
+                                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_condattr_destroy, int, (pthread_condattr_t *attr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_condattr_destroy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_condattr_destroy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DESTROY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_condattr_destroy, "pthread_condattr_destroy is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-cond for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_WAIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_cond_wait
+#   define pthread_cond_wait rpl_pthread_cond_wait
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_cond_wait, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_cond_wait, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_WAIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_cond_wait, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_cond_wait, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_cond_wait);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_cond_wait
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_COND_WAIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_cond_wait, "pthread_cond_wait is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-cond for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_cond_timedwait
+#   define pthread_cond_timedwait rpl_pthread_cond_timedwait
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_cond_timedwait, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_cond_timedwait, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_cond_timedwait, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_cond_timedwait, int,
+                  (pthread_cond_t *restrict cond,
+                   pthread_mutex_t *restrict mutex,
+                   const struct timespec *restrict abstime));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_cond_timedwait);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_cond_timedwait
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_cond_timedwait, "pthread_cond_timedwait is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-cond for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_cond_signal
+#   define pthread_cond_signal rpl_pthread_cond_signal
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_cond_signal, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond)
+                                            _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_cond_signal, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_cond_signal, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond)
+                                            _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_cond_signal, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_cond_signal);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_cond_signal
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_cond_signal, "pthread_cond_signal is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-cond for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_cond_broadcast
+#   define pthread_cond_broadcast rpl_pthread_cond_broadcast
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_cond_broadcast, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond)
+                                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_cond_broadcast, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_cond_broadcast, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond)
+                                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_cond_broadcast, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_cond_broadcast);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_cond_broadcast
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_cond_broadcast, "pthread_cond_broadcast is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-cond for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_COND@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_cond_destroy
+#   define pthread_cond_destroy rpl_pthread_cond_destroy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_cond_destroy, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond)
+                                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_cond_destroy, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_cond_destroy, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond)
+                                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_cond_destroy, int, (pthread_cond_t *cond));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_cond_destroy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_cond_destroy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_cond_destroy, "pthread_cond_destroy is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-cond for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Thread-specific storage functions =========== */
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_TSS@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_key_create
+#   define pthread_key_create rpl_pthread_key_create
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_key_create, int,
+                  (pthread_key_t *keyp, void (*destructor) (void *))
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_key_create, int,
+                  (pthread_key_t *keyp, void (*destructor) (void *)));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_key_create, int,
+                  (pthread_key_t *keyp, void (*destructor) (void *))
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (pthread_key_create, int,
+                       (pthread_key_t *keyp, void (*destructor) (void *)));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_key_create);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_key_create
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_key_create, "pthread_key_create is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-tss for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_TSS@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_setspecific
+#   define pthread_setspecific rpl_pthread_setspecific
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_setspecific, int,
+                  (pthread_key_t key, const void *value));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_setspecific, int,
+                  (pthread_key_t key, const void *value));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_setspecific, int,
+                  (pthread_key_t key, const void *value));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_setspecific, int,
+                  (pthread_key_t key, const void *value));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_setspecific);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_setspecific
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_setspecific, "pthread_setspecific is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-tss for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_TSS@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_getspecific
+#   define pthread_getspecific rpl_pthread_getspecific
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_getspecific, void *, (pthread_key_t key));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_getspecific, void *, (pthread_key_t key));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_getspecific, void *, (pthread_key_t key));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_getspecific, void *, (pthread_key_t key));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_getspecific);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_getspecific
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_getspecific, "pthread_getspecific is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-tss for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_TSS@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_key_delete
+#   define pthread_key_delete rpl_pthread_key_delete
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_key_delete, int, (pthread_key_t key));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_key_delete, int, (pthread_key_t key));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_key_delete, int, (pthread_key_t key));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_key_delete, int, (pthread_key_t key));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_key_delete);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_key_delete
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_key_delete, "pthread_key_delete is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-tss for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* =========== Spinlock functions =========== */
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_SPIN@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_INIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_spin_init
+#   define pthread_spin_init rpl_pthread_spin_init
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_spin_init, int,
+                  (pthread_spinlock_t *lock, int shared_across_processes)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_spin_init, int,
+                  (pthread_spinlock_t *lock, int shared_across_processes));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_INIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_spin_init, int,
+                  (pthread_spinlock_t *lock, int shared_across_processes)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_spin_init, int,
+                  (pthread_spinlock_t *lock, int shared_across_processes));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_spin_init);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_spin_init
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SPIN_INIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_spin_init, "pthread_spin_init is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-spin for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_SPIN@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_LOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_spin_lock
+#   define pthread_spin_lock rpl_pthread_spin_lock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_spin_lock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock)
+                                          _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_spin_lock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_LOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_spin_lock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock)
+                                          _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_spin_lock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_spin_lock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_spin_lock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SPIN_LOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_spin_lock, "pthread_spin_lock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-spin for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_SPIN@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_TRYLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_spin_trylock
+#   define pthread_spin_trylock rpl_pthread_spin_trylock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_spin_trylock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock)
+                                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_spin_trylock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_TRYLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_spin_trylock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock)
+                                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_spin_trylock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_spin_trylock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_spin_trylock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SPIN_TRYLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_spin_trylock, "pthread_spin_trylock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-spin for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_SPIN@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_UNLOCK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_spin_unlock
+#   define pthread_spin_unlock rpl_pthread_spin_unlock
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_spin_unlock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock)
+                                            _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_spin_unlock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_UNLOCK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_spin_unlock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock)
+                                            _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_spin_unlock, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_spin_unlock);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_spin_unlock
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SPIN_UNLOCK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_spin_unlock, "pthread_spin_unlock is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-spin for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_SPIN@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SPIN_DESTROY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_spin_destroy
+#   define pthread_spin_destroy rpl_pthread_spin_destroy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_spin_destroy, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock)
+                                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_spin_destroy, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_SPIN_DESTROY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_spin_destroy, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock)
+                                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_spin_destroy, int, (pthread_spinlock_t *lock));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_spin_destroy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_spin_destroy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SPIN_DESTROY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_spin_destroy, "pthread_spin_destroy is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread-spin for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_PTHREAD_H_ */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_PTHREAD_H_ */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/pthread_mutex_timedlock.c b/lib/pthread_mutex_timedlock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e8af03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pthread_mutex_timedlock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* Lock a mutex, abandoning after a certain time.
+   Copyright (C) 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+int
+pthread_mutex_timedlock (pthread_mutex_t *mutex, const struct timespec *abstime)
+{
+  /* Poll the mutex's state in regular intervals.  Ugh.  */
+  /* POSIX says:
+      "Under no circumstance shall the function fail with a timeout if
+       the mutex can be locked immediately. The validity of the abstime
+       parameter need not be checked if the mutex can be locked
+       immediately."
+     Therefore start the loop with a pthread_mutex_trylock call.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      int err;
+      struct timeval currtime;
+      unsigned long remaining;
+      struct timespec duration;
+
+      err = pthread_mutex_trylock (mutex);
+      if (err != EBUSY)
+        return err;
+
+      gettimeofday (&currtime, NULL);
+
+      if (currtime.tv_sec > abstime->tv_sec)
+        remaining = 0;
+      else
+        {
+          unsigned long seconds = abstime->tv_sec - currtime.tv_sec;
+          remaining = seconds * 1000000000;
+          if (remaining / 1000000000 != seconds) /* overflow? */
+            remaining = ULONG_MAX;
+          else
+            {
+              long nanoseconds =
+                abstime->tv_nsec - currtime.tv_usec * 1000;
+              if (nanoseconds >= 0)
+                {
+                  remaining += nanoseconds;
+                  if (remaining < nanoseconds) /* overflow? */
+                    remaining = ULONG_MAX;
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  if (remaining >= - nanoseconds)
+                    remaining -= (- nanoseconds);
+                  else
+                    remaining = 0;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+      if (remaining == 0)
+        return ETIMEDOUT;
+
+      /* Sleep 1 ms.  */
+      duration.tv_sec = 0;
+      duration.tv_nsec = 1000000;
+      if (duration.tv_nsec > remaining)
+        duration.tv_nsec = remaining;
+      nanosleep (&duration, NULL);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/pthread_sigmask.c b/lib/pthread_sigmask.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd4eb80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/pthread_sigmask.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* POSIX compatible signal blocking for threads.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_INEFFECTIVE
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_UNBLOCK_BUG
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+int
+pthread_sigmask (int how, const sigset_t *new_mask, sigset_t *old_mask)
+#undef pthread_sigmask
+{
+#if HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK
+  int ret;
+
+# if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_INEFFECTIVE
+  sigset_t omask, omask_copy;
+  sigset_t *old_mask_ptr = &omask;
+  sigemptyset (&omask);
+  /* Add a signal unlikely to be blocked, so that OMASK_COPY
+     is unlikely to match the actual mask.  */
+  sigaddset (&omask, SIGILL);
+  memcpy (&omask_copy, &omask, sizeof omask);
+# else
+  sigset_t *old_mask_ptr = old_mask;
+# endif
+
+  ret = pthread_sigmask (how, new_mask, old_mask_ptr);
+
+# if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_INEFFECTIVE
+  if (ret == 0)
+    {
+      /* Detect whether pthread_sigmask is currently ineffective.
+         Don't cache the information: libpthread.so could be dynamically
+         loaded after the program started and after pthread_sigmask was
+         called for the first time.  */
+      if (memcmp (&omask_copy, &omask, sizeof omask) == 0
+          && pthread_sigmask (1729, &omask_copy, NULL) == 0)
+        {
+          /* pthread_sigmask is currently ineffective.  The program is not
+             linked to -lpthread.  So use sigprocmask instead.  */
+          return (sigprocmask (how, new_mask, old_mask) < 0 ? errno : 0);
+        }
+
+      if (old_mask)
+        memcpy (old_mask, &omask, sizeof omask);
+    }
+# endif
+# if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_FAILS_WITH_ERRNO
+  if (ret == -1)
+    return errno;
+# endif
+# if PTHREAD_SIGMASK_UNBLOCK_BUG
+  if (ret == 0
+      && new_mask != NULL
+      && (how == SIG_UNBLOCK || how == SIG_SETMASK))
+    {
+      /* Give the OS the opportunity to raise signals that were pending before
+         the pthread_sigmask call and have now been unblocked.  */
+      usleep (1);
+    }
+# endif
+  return ret;
+#else
+  int ret = sigprocmask (how, new_mask, old_mask);
+  return (ret < 0 ? errno : 0);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/putenv.c b/lib/putenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0d27e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/putenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1997-1998, 2000, 2003-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Include errno.h *after* sys/types.h to work around header problems
+   on AIX 3.2.5.  */
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(ev) ((errno) = (ev))
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+# if HAVE_GNU_LD
+#  define environ __environ
+# else
+extern char **environ;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+/* This lock protects against simultaneous modifications of 'environ'.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, envlock)
+# define LOCK   __libc_lock_lock (envlock)
+# define UNLOCK __libc_lock_unlock (envlock)
+#else
+# define LOCK
+# define UNLOCK
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef SetEnvironmentVariable
+# define SetEnvironmentVariable SetEnvironmentVariableA
+#endif
+
+static int
+_unsetenv (const char *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+#if !HAVE_DECL__PUTENV
+  char **ep;
+#endif
+
+  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0' || strchr (name, '=') != NULL)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  len = strlen (name);
+
+#if HAVE_DECL__PUTENV
+  {
+    int putenv_result;
+    char *name_ = malloc (len + 2);
+    memcpy (name_, name, len);
+    name_[len] = '=';
+    name_[len + 1] = 0;
+    putenv_result = _putenv (name_);
+    free (name_);
+    return putenv_result;
+  }
+#else
+
+  LOCK;
+
+  ep = environ;
+  while (*ep != NULL)
+    if (!strncmp (*ep, name, len) && (*ep)[len] == '=')
+      {
+        /* Found it.  Remove this pointer by moving later ones back.  */
+        char **dp = ep;
+
+        do
+          dp[0] = dp[1];
+        while (*dp++);
+        /* Continue the loop in case NAME appears again.  */
+      }
+    else
+      ++ep;
+
+  UNLOCK;
+
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/* Put STRING, which is of the form "NAME=VALUE", in the environment.
+   If STRING contains no '=', then remove STRING from the environment.  */
+int
+putenv (char *string)
+{
+  const char *name_end = strchr (string, '=');
+  char **ep;
+
+  if (name_end == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Remove the variable from the environment.  */
+      return _unsetenv (string);
+    }
+
+#if HAVE_DECL__PUTENV
+  /* Rely on _putenv to allocate the new environment.  If other
+     parts of the application use _putenv, the !HAVE_DECL__PUTENV code
+     would fight over who owns the environ vector, causing a crash.  */
+  if (name_end[1])
+    return _putenv (string);
+  else
+    {
+      /* _putenv ("NAME=") unsets NAME, so invoke _putenv ("NAME= ")
+         to allocate the environ vector and then replace the new
+         entry with "NAME=".  */
+      int putenv_result;
+      char *name_x = malloc (name_end - string + sizeof "= ");
+      if (!name_x)
+        return -1;
+      memcpy (name_x, string, name_end - string + 1);
+      name_x[name_end - string + 1] = ' ';
+      name_x[name_end - string + 2] = 0;
+      putenv_result = _putenv (name_x);
+      for (ep = environ; *ep; ep++)
+        if (strcmp (*ep, name_x) == 0)
+          {
+            *ep = string;
+            break;
+          }
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+      if (putenv_result == 0)
+        {
+          /* _putenv propagated "NAME= " into the subprocess environment;
+             fix that by calling SetEnvironmentVariable directly.  */
+          name_x[name_end - string] = 0;
+          putenv_result = SetEnvironmentVariable (name_x, "") ? 0 : -1;
+          errno = ENOMEM; /* ENOMEM is the only way to fail.  */
+        }
+# endif
+      free (name_x);
+      return putenv_result;
+    }
+#else
+  for (ep = environ; *ep; ep++)
+    if (strncmp (*ep, string, name_end - string) == 0
+        && (*ep)[name_end - string] == '=')
+      break;
+
+  if (*ep)
+    *ep = string;
+  else
+    {
+      static char **last_environ = NULL;
+      size_t size = ep - environ;
+      char **new_environ = malloc ((size + 2) * sizeof *new_environ);
+      if (! new_environ)
+        return -1;
+      new_environ[0] = string;
+      memcpy (new_environ + 1, environ, (size + 1) * sizeof *new_environ);
+      free (last_environ);
+      last_environ = new_environ;
+      environ = new_environ;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/qcopy-acl.c b/lib/qcopy-acl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37fb179
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/qcopy-acl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* Copy access control list from one file to another.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+
+/* Copy access control lists from one file to another. If SOURCE_DESC is
+   a valid file descriptor, use file descriptor operations, else use
+   filename based operations on SRC_NAME. Likewise for DEST_DESC and
+   DST_NAME.
+   If access control lists are not available, fchmod the target file to
+   MODE.  Also sets the non-permission bits of the destination file
+   (S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX) to those from MODE if any are set.
+   Return 0 if successful.
+   Return -2 and set errno for an error relating to the source file.
+   Return -1 and set errno for an error relating to the destination file.  */
+
+int
+qcopy_acl (const char *src_name, int source_desc, const char *dst_name,
+           int dest_desc, mode_t mode)
+{
+  struct permission_context ctx;
+  int ret;
+
+  ret = get_permissions (src_name, source_desc, mode, &ctx);
+  if (ret != 0)
+    return -2;
+  ret = set_permissions (&ctx, dst_name, dest_desc);
+  free_permission_context (&ctx);
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/lib/qset-acl.c b/lib/qset-acl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..841677b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/qset-acl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* qset-acl.c - set access control list equivalent to a mode
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert and Andreas Gruenbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+
+/* Set the access control lists of a file. If DESC is a valid file
+   descriptor, use file descriptor operations where available, else use
+   filename based operations on NAME.  If access control lists are not
+   available, fchmod the target file to MODE.  Also sets the
+   non-permission bits of the destination file (S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX)
+   to those from MODE if any are set.
+   Return 0 if successful.  Return -1 and set errno upon failure.  */
+
+int
+qset_acl (char const *name, int desc, mode_t mode)
+{
+  struct permission_context ctx;
+  int ret;
+
+  memset (&ctx, 0, sizeof ctx);
+  ctx.mode = mode;
+  ret = set_permissions (&ctx, name, desc);
+  free_permission_context (&ctx);
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/lib/quote.h b/lib/quote.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0910ffd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/quote.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* quote.h - prototypes for quote.c
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2001, 2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef QUOTE_H_
+# define QUOTE_H_ 1
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* The quoting options used by quote_n and quote.  Its type is incomplete,
+   so it's useful only in expressions like '&quote_quoting_options'.  */
+extern struct quoting_options quote_quoting_options;
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of ARG (of size
+   ARGSIZE), allocated in slot N, suitable for diagnostics.  If
+   ARGSIZE is SIZE_MAX, use the string length of the argument for
+   ARGSIZE.  */
+char const *quote_n_mem (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of ARG (of size
+   ARGSIZE), suitable for diagnostics.  If ARGSIZE is SIZE_MAX, use
+   the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+char const *quote_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of ARG, allocated in
+   slot N, suitable for diagnostics.  */
+char const *quote_n (int n, char const *arg);
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of ARG, suitable for
+   diagnostics.  */
+char const *quote (char const *arg);
+
+#endif /* !QUOTE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/quotearg.c b/lib/quotearg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9180d9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/quotearg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1081 @@
+/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+/* Without this pragma, gcc 4.7.0 20111124 mistakenly suggests that
+   the quoting_options_from_style function might be candidate for
+   attribute 'pure'  */
+#if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure"
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+
+#include "attribute.h"
+#include "minmax.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "c-strcaseeq.h"
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+struct quoting_options
+{
+  /* Basic quoting style.  */
+  enum quoting_style style;
+
+  /* Additional flags.  Bitwise combination of enum quoting_flags.  */
+  int flags;
+
+  /* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
+     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
+  unsigned int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
+
+  /* The left quote for custom_quoting_style.  */
+  char const *left_quote;
+
+  /* The right quote for custom_quoting_style.  */
+  char const *right_quote;
+};
+
+/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
+{
+  "literal",
+  "shell",
+  "shell-always",
+  "shell-escape",
+  "shell-escape-always",
+  "c",
+  "c-maybe",
+  "escape",
+  "locale",
+  "clocale",
+  0
+};
+
+/* Correspondences to quoting style names.  */
+enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
+{
+  literal_quoting_style,
+  shell_quoting_style,
+  shell_always_quoting_style,
+  shell_escape_quoting_style,
+  shell_escape_always_quoting_style,
+  c_quoting_style,
+  c_maybe_quoting_style,
+  escape_quoting_style,
+  locale_quoting_style,
+  clocale_quoting_style
+};
+
+/* The default quoting options.  */
+static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *
+clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  int e = errno;
+  struct quoting_options *p = xmemdup (o ? o : &default_quoting_options,
+                                       sizeof *o);
+  errno = e;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style
+get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void
+set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int
+set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
+{
+  unsigned char uc = c;
+  unsigned int *p =
+    (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
+  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
+  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
+  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options flag to I, which can be a
+   bitwise combination of enum quoting_flags, or 0 for default
+   behavior.  Return the old value.  */
+int
+set_quoting_flags (struct quoting_options *o, int i)
+{
+  int r;
+  if (!o)
+    o = &default_quoting_options;
+  r = o->flags;
+  o->flags = i;
+  return r;
+}
+
+void
+set_custom_quoting (struct quoting_options *o,
+                    char const *left_quote, char const *right_quote)
+{
+  if (!o)
+    o = &default_quoting_options;
+  o->style = custom_quoting_style;
+  if (!left_quote || !right_quote)
+    abort ();
+  o->left_quote = left_quote;
+  o->right_quote = right_quote;
+}
+
+/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting.  */
+static struct quoting_options /* NOT PURE!! */
+quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
+{
+  struct quoting_options o = { literal_quoting_style, 0, { 0 }, NULL, NULL };
+  if (style == custom_quoting_style)
+    abort ();
+  o.style = style;
+  return o;
+}
+
+/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark.  Return its translation if it
+   has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S.
+
+   S is either clocale_quoting_style or locale_quoting_style.  */
+static char const *
+gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  char const *translation = _(msgid);
+  char const *locale_code;
+
+  if (translation != msgid)
+    return translation;
+
+  /* For UTF-8 and GB-18030, use single quotes U+2018 and U+2019.
+     Here is a list of other locales that include U+2018 and U+2019:
+
+        ISO-8859-7   0xA1                 KOI8-T       0x91
+        CP869        0x8B                 CP874        0x91
+        CP932        0x81 0x65            CP936        0xA1 0xAE
+        CP949        0xA1 0xAE            CP950        0xA1 0xA5
+        CP1250       0x91                 CP1251       0x91
+        CP1252       0x91                 CP1253       0x91
+        CP1254       0x91                 CP1255       0x91
+        CP1256       0x91                 CP1257       0x91
+        EUC-JP       0xA1 0xC6            EUC-KR       0xA1 0xAE
+        EUC-TW       0xA1 0xE4            BIG5         0xA1 0xA5
+        BIG5-HKSCS   0xA1 0xA5            EUC-CN       0xA1 0xAE
+        GBK          0xA1 0xAE            Georgian-PS  0x91
+        PT154        0x91
+
+     None of these is still in wide use; using iconv is overkill.  */
+  locale_code = locale_charset ();
+  if (STRCASEEQ (locale_code, "UTF-8", 'U','T','F','-','8',0,0,0,0))
+    return msgid[0] == '`' ? "\xe2\x80\x98": "\xe2\x80\x99";
+  if (STRCASEEQ (locale_code, "GB18030", 'G','B','1','8','0','3','0',0,0))
+    return msgid[0] == '`' ? "\xa1\ae": "\xa1\xaf";
+
+  return (s == clocale_quoting_style ? "\"" : "'");
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE, FLAGS, and
+   QUOTE_THESE_TOO to control quoting.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is SIZE_MAX, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
+
+   This function acts like quotearg_buffer (BUFFER, BUFFERSIZE, ARG,
+   ARGSIZE, O), except it breaks O into its component pieces and is
+   not careful about errno.  */
+
+static size_t
+quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+                          char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                          enum quoting_style quoting_style, int flags,
+                          unsigned int const *quote_these_too,
+                          char const *left_quote,
+                          char const *right_quote)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  size_t len = 0;
+  size_t orig_buffersize = 0;
+  char const *quote_string = 0;
+  size_t quote_string_len = 0;
+  bool backslash_escapes = false;
+  bool unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
+  bool elide_outer_quotes = (flags & QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES) != 0;
+  bool pending_shell_escape_end = false;
+  bool encountered_single_quote = false;
+  bool all_c_and_shell_quote_compat = true;
+
+#define STORE(c) \
+    do \
+      { \
+        if (len < buffersize) \
+          buffer[len] = (c); \
+        len++; \
+      } \
+    while (0)
+
+#define START_ESC() \
+    do \
+      { \
+        if (elide_outer_quotes) \
+          goto force_outer_quoting_style; \
+        escaping = true; \
+        if (quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style \
+            && ! pending_shell_escape_end) \
+          { \
+            STORE ('\''); \
+            STORE ('$'); \
+            STORE ('\''); \
+            pending_shell_escape_end = true; \
+          } \
+        STORE ('\\'); \
+      } \
+    while (0)
+
+#define END_ESC() \
+    do \
+      { \
+        if (pending_shell_escape_end && ! escaping) \
+          { \
+            STORE ('\''); \
+            STORE ('\''); \
+            pending_shell_escape_end = false; \
+          } \
+      } \
+    while (0)
+
+ process_input:
+
+  switch (quoting_style)
+    {
+    case c_maybe_quoting_style:
+      quoting_style = c_quoting_style;
+      elide_outer_quotes = true;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case c_quoting_style:
+      if (!elide_outer_quotes)
+        STORE ('"');
+      backslash_escapes = true;
+      quote_string = "\"";
+      quote_string_len = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case escape_quoting_style:
+      backslash_escapes = true;
+      elide_outer_quotes = false;
+      break;
+
+    case locale_quoting_style:
+    case clocale_quoting_style:
+    case custom_quoting_style:
+      {
+        if (quoting_style != custom_quoting_style)
+          {
+            /* TRANSLATORS:
+               Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
+               The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
+               quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
+               "'".  For example, a French Unicode local should translate
+               these to U+00AB (LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE
+               QUOTATION MARK), and U+00BB (RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE
+               QUOTATION MARK), respectively.
+
+               If the catalog has no translation, we will try to
+               use Unicode U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
+               Unicode U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK).  If the
+               current locale is not Unicode, locale_quoting_style
+               will quote 'like this', and clocale_quoting_style will
+               quote "like this".  You should always include translations
+               for "`" and "'" even if U+2018 and U+2019 are appropriate
+               for your locale.
+
+               If you don't know what to put here, please see
+               <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_marks_in_other_languages>
+               and use glyphs suitable for your language.  */
+            left_quote = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
+            right_quote = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
+          }
+        if (!elide_outer_quotes)
+          for (quote_string = left_quote; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+            STORE (*quote_string);
+        backslash_escapes = true;
+        quote_string = right_quote;
+        quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case shell_escape_quoting_style:
+      backslash_escapes = true;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case shell_quoting_style:
+      elide_outer_quotes = true;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case shell_escape_always_quoting_style:
+      if (!elide_outer_quotes)
+        backslash_escapes = true;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+      quoting_style = shell_always_quoting_style;
+      if (!elide_outer_quotes)
+        STORE ('\'');
+      quote_string = "'";
+      quote_string_len = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case literal_quoting_style:
+      elide_outer_quotes = false;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == SIZE_MAX ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char c;
+      unsigned char esc;
+      bool is_right_quote = false;
+      bool escaping = false;
+      bool c_and_shell_quote_compat = false;
+
+      if (backslash_escapes
+          && quoting_style != shell_always_quoting_style
+          && quote_string_len
+          && (i + quote_string_len
+              <= (argsize == SIZE_MAX && 1 < quote_string_len
+                  /* Use strlen only if we must: when argsize is SIZE_MAX,
+                     and when the quote string is more than 1 byte long.
+                     If we do call strlen, save the result.  */
+                  ? (argsize = strlen (arg)) : argsize))
+          && memcmp (arg + i, quote_string, quote_string_len) == 0)
+        {
+          if (elide_outer_quotes)
+            goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+          is_right_quote = true;
+        }
+
+      c = arg[i];
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case '\0':
+          if (backslash_escapes)
+            {
+              START_ESC ();
+              /* If quote_string were to begin with digits, we'd need to
+                 test for the end of the arg as well.  However, it's
+                 hard to imagine any locale that would use digits in
+                 quotes, and set_custom_quoting is documented not to
+                 accept them.  Use only a single \0 with shell-escape
+                 as currently digits are not printed within $'...'  */
+              if (quoting_style != shell_always_quoting_style
+                  && i + 1 < argsize && '0' <= arg[i + 1] && arg[i + 1] <= '9')
+                {
+                  STORE ('0');
+                  STORE ('0');
+                }
+              c = '0';
+              /* We don't have to worry that this last '0' will be
+                 backslash-escaped because, again, quote_string should
+                 not start with it and because quote_these_too is
+                 documented as not accepting it.  */
+            }
+          else if (flags & QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES)
+            continue;
+          break;
+
+        case '?':
+          switch (quoting_style)
+            {
+            case shell_always_quoting_style:
+              if (elide_outer_quotes)
+                goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+              break;
+
+            case c_quoting_style:
+              if ((flags & QA_SPLIT_TRIGRAPHS)
+                  && i + 2 < argsize && arg[i + 1] == '?')
+                switch (arg[i + 2])
+                  {
+                  case '!': case '\'':
+                  case '(': case ')': case '-': case '/':
+                  case '<': case '=': case '>':
+                    /* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
+                       a trigraph.  */
+                    if (elide_outer_quotes)
+                      goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+                    c = arg[i + 2];
+                    i += 2;
+                    STORE ('?');
+                    STORE ('"');
+                    STORE ('"');
+                    STORE ('?');
+                    break;
+
+                  default:
+                    break;
+                  }
+              break;
+
+            default:
+              break;
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case '\a': esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
+        case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
+        case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
+        case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+        case '\r': esc = 'r'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+        case '\t': esc = 't'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+        case '\v': esc = 'v'; goto c_escape;
+        case '\\': esc = c;
+          /* Never need to escape '\' in shell case.  */
+          if (quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style)
+            {
+              if (elide_outer_quotes)
+                goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+              goto store_c;
+            }
+
+          /* No need to escape the escape if we are trying to elide
+             outer quotes and nothing else is problematic.  */
+          if (backslash_escapes && elide_outer_quotes && quote_string_len)
+            goto store_c;
+
+        c_and_shell_escape:
+          if (quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style
+              && elide_outer_quotes)
+            goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+          /* fall through */
+        c_escape:
+          if (backslash_escapes)
+            {
+              c = esc;
+              goto store_escape;
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case '{': case '}': /* sometimes special if isolated */
+          if (! (argsize == SIZE_MAX ? arg[1] == '\0' : argsize == 1))
+            break;
+          FALLTHROUGH;
+        case '#': case '~':
+          if (i != 0)
+            break;
+          FALLTHROUGH;
+        case ' ':
+          c_and_shell_quote_compat = true;
+          FALLTHROUGH;
+        case '!': /* special in bash */
+        case '"': case '$': case '&':
+        case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
+        case '<':
+        case '=': /* sometimes special in 0th or (with "set -k") later args */
+        case '>': case '[':
+        case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
+        case '`': case '|':
+          /* A shell special character.  In theory, '$' and '`' could
+             be the first bytes of multibyte characters, which means
+             we should check them with mbrtowc, but in practice this
+             doesn't happen so it's not worth worrying about.  */
+          if (quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style
+              && elide_outer_quotes)
+            goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+          break;
+
+        case '\'':
+          encountered_single_quote = true;
+          c_and_shell_quote_compat = true;
+          if (quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style)
+            {
+              if (elide_outer_quotes)
+                goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+
+              if (buffersize && ! orig_buffersize)
+                {
+                  /* Just scan string to see if supports a more concise
+                     representation, rather than writing a longer string
+                     but returning the length of the more concise form.  */
+                  orig_buffersize = buffersize;
+                  buffersize = 0;
+                }
+
+              STORE ('\'');
+              STORE ('\\');
+              STORE ('\'');
+              pending_shell_escape_end = false;
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case '%': case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+        case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+        case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case ':':
+        case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+        case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+        case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+        case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+        case 'Y': case 'Z': case ']': case '_': case 'a': case 'b':
+        case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
+        case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
+        case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+        case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
+          /* These characters don't cause problems, no matter what the
+             quoting style is.  They cannot start multibyte sequences.
+             A digit or a special letter would cause trouble if it
+             appeared at the beginning of quote_string because we'd then
+             escape by prepending a backslash.  However, it's hard to
+             imagine any locale that would use digits or letters as
+             quotes, and set_custom_quoting is documented not to accept
+             them.  Also, a digit or a special letter would cause
+             trouble if it appeared in quote_these_too, but that's also
+             documented as not accepting them.  */
+          c_and_shell_quote_compat = true;
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          /* If we have a multibyte sequence, copy it until we reach
+             its end, find an error, or come back to the initial shift
+             state.  For C-like styles, if the sequence has
+             unprintable characters, escape the whole sequence, since
+             we can't easily escape single characters within it.  */
+          {
+            /* Length of multibyte sequence found so far.  */
+            size_t m;
+
+            bool printable;
+
+            if (unibyte_locale)
+              {
+                m = 1;
+                printable = isprint (c) != 0;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                mbstate_t mbstate;
+                memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+
+                m = 0;
+                printable = true;
+                if (argsize == SIZE_MAX)
+                  argsize = strlen (arg);
+
+                do
+                  {
+                    wchar_t w;
+                    size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
+                                            argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
+                    if (bytes == 0)
+                      break;
+                    else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+                      {
+                        printable = false;
+                        break;
+                      }
+                    else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+                      {
+                        printable = false;
+                        while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
+                          m++;
+                        break;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* Work around a bug with older shells that "see" a '\'
+                           that is really the 2nd byte of a multibyte character.
+                           In practice the problem is limited to ASCII
+                           chars >= '@' that are shell special chars.  */
+                        if ('[' == 0x5b && elide_outer_quotes
+                            && quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style)
+                          {
+                            size_t j;
+                            for (j = 1; j < bytes; j++)
+                              switch (arg[i + m + j])
+                                {
+                                case '[': case '\\': case '^':
+                                case '`': case '|':
+                                  goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+
+                                default:
+                                  break;
+                                }
+                          }
+
+                        if (! iswprint (w))
+                          printable = false;
+                        m += bytes;
+                      }
+                  }
+                while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+              }
+
+            c_and_shell_quote_compat = printable;
+
+            if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
+              {
+                /* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
+                   unprintable unibyte character.  */
+                size_t ilim = i + m;
+
+                for (;;)
+                  {
+                    if (backslash_escapes && ! printable)
+                      {
+                        START_ESC ();
+                        STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
+                        STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
+                        c = '0' + (c & 7);
+                      }
+                    else if (is_right_quote)
+                      {
+                        STORE ('\\');
+                        is_right_quote = false;
+                      }
+                    if (ilim <= i + 1)
+                      break;
+                    END_ESC ();
+                    STORE (c);
+                    c = arg[++i];
+                  }
+
+                goto store_c;
+              }
+          }
+        }
+
+      if (! (((backslash_escapes && quoting_style != shell_always_quoting_style)
+              || elide_outer_quotes)
+             && quote_these_too
+             && quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] >> (c % INT_BITS) & 1)
+          && !is_right_quote)
+        goto store_c;
+
+    store_escape:
+      START_ESC ();
+
+    store_c:
+      END_ESC ();
+      STORE (c);
+
+      if (! c_and_shell_quote_compat)
+        all_c_and_shell_quote_compat = false;
+    }
+
+  if (len == 0 && quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style
+      && elide_outer_quotes)
+    goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+
+  /* Single shell quotes (') are commonly enough used as an apostrophe,
+     that we attempt to minimize the quoting in this case.  Note itʼs
+     better to use the apostrophe modifier "\u02BC" if possible, as that
+     renders better and works with the word match regex \W+ etc.  */
+  if (quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style && ! elide_outer_quotes
+      && encountered_single_quote)
+    {
+      if (all_c_and_shell_quote_compat)
+        return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, orig_buffersize, arg, argsize,
+                                         c_quoting_style,
+                                         flags, quote_these_too,
+                                         left_quote, right_quote);
+      else if (! buffersize && orig_buffersize)
+        {
+          /* Disable read-only scan, and reprocess to write quoted string.  */
+          buffersize = orig_buffersize;
+          len = 0;
+          goto process_input;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (quote_string && !elide_outer_quotes)
+    for (; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+      STORE (*quote_string);
+
+  if (len < buffersize)
+    buffer[len] = '\0';
+  return len;
+
+ force_outer_quoting_style:
+  /* Don't reuse quote_these_too, since the addition of outer quotes
+     sufficiently quotes the specified characters.  */
+  if (quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style && backslash_escapes)
+    quoting_style = shell_escape_always_quoting_style;
+  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+                                   quoting_style,
+                                   flags & ~QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES, NULL,
+                                   left_quote, right_quote);
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is SIZE_MAX, use the string length of the argument for
+   ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t
+quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+                 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                 struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
+  int e = errno;
+  size_t r = quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+                                       p->style, p->flags, p->quote_these_too,
+                                       p->left_quote, p->right_quote);
+  errno = e;
+  return r;
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_alloc (char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  return quotearg_alloc_mem (arg, argsize, NULL, o);
+}
+
+/* Like quotearg_buffer (..., ARG, ARGSIZE, O), except return newly
+   allocated storage containing the quoted string, and store the
+   resulting size into *SIZE, if non-NULL.  The result can contain
+   embedded null bytes only if ARGSIZE is not SIZE_MAX, SIZE is not
+   NULL, and set_quoting_flags has not set the null byte elision
+   flag.  */
+char *
+quotearg_alloc_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize, size_t *size,
+                    struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
+  int e = errno;
+  /* Elide embedded null bytes if we can't return a size.  */
+  int flags = p->flags | (size ? 0 : QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES);
+  size_t bufsize = quotearg_buffer_restyled (0, 0, arg, argsize, p->style,
+                                             flags, p->quote_these_too,
+                                             p->left_quote,
+                                             p->right_quote) + 1;
+  char *buf = xcharalloc (bufsize);
+  quotearg_buffer_restyled (buf, bufsize, arg, argsize, p->style, flags,
+                            p->quote_these_too,
+                            p->left_quote, p->right_quote);
+  errno = e;
+  if (size)
+    *size = bufsize - 1;
+  return buf;
+}
+
+/* A storage slot with size and pointer to a value.  */
+struct slotvec
+{
+  size_t size;
+  char *val;
+};
+
+/* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
+   one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.  */
+static char slot0[256];
+static int nslots = 1;
+static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
+static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
+
+void
+quotearg_free (void)
+{
+  struct slotvec *sv = slotvec;
+  int i;
+  for (i = 1; i < nslots; i++)
+    free (sv[i].val);
+  if (sv[0].val != slot0)
+    {
+      free (sv[0].val);
+      slotvec0.size = sizeof slot0;
+      slotvec0.val = slot0;
+    }
+  if (sv != &slotvec0)
+    {
+      free (sv);
+      slotvec = &slotvec0;
+    }
+  nslots = 1;
+}
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
+   ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is SIZE_MAX, ARG is a
+   null-terminated string.
+   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative; it is typically small, and must be
+   less than MIN (INT_MAX, IDX_MAX).  The type of N is signed
+   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
+static char *
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                    struct quoting_options const *options)
+{
+  int e = errno;
+
+  struct slotvec *sv = slotvec;
+
+  int nslots_max = MIN (INT_MAX, IDX_MAX);
+  if (! (0 <= n && n < nslots_max))
+    abort ();
+
+  if (nslots <= n)
+    {
+      bool preallocated = (sv == &slotvec0);
+      idx_t new_nslots = nslots;
+
+      slotvec = sv = xpalloc (preallocated ? NULL : sv, &new_nslots,
+                              n - nslots + 1, nslots_max, sizeof *sv);
+      if (preallocated)
+        *sv = slotvec0;
+      memset (sv + nslots, 0, (new_nslots - nslots) * sizeof *sv);
+      nslots = new_nslots;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t size = sv[n].size;
+    char *val = sv[n].val;
+    /* Elide embedded null bytes since we don't return a size.  */
+    int flags = options->flags | QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES;
+    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer_restyled (val, size, arg, argsize,
+                                             options->style, flags,
+                                             options->quote_these_too,
+                                             options->left_quote,
+                                             options->right_quote);
+
+    if (size <= qsize)
+      {
+        sv[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
+        if (val != slot0)
+          free (val);
+        sv[n].val = val = xcharalloc (size);
+        quotearg_buffer_restyled (val, size, arg, argsize, options->style,
+                                  flags, options->quote_these_too,
+                                  options->left_quote,
+                                  options->right_quote);
+      }
+
+    errno = e;
+    return val;
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &default_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_mem (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &default_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_mem (0, arg, argsize);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
+                      char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_style (0, s, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_style_mem (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_style_mem (0, s, arg, argsize);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_char_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize, char ch)
+{
+  struct quoting_options options;
+  options = default_quoting_options;
+  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
+  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, argsize, &options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
+{
+  return quotearg_char_mem (arg, SIZE_MAX, ch);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_colon_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_char_mem (arg, argsize, ':');
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style_colon (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  struct quoting_options options;
+  options = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  set_char_quoting (&options, ':', 1);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_custom (int n, char const *left_quote,
+                   char const *right_quote, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_custom_mem (n, left_quote, right_quote, arg,
+                                SIZE_MAX);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_custom_mem (int n, char const *left_quote,
+                       char const *right_quote,
+                       char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  struct quoting_options o = default_quoting_options;
+  set_custom_quoting (&o, left_quote, right_quote);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_custom (char const *left_quote, char const *right_quote,
+                 char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_custom (0, left_quote, right_quote, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_custom_mem (char const *left_quote, char const *right_quote,
+                     char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_custom_mem (0, left_quote, right_quote, arg,
+                                argsize);
+}
+
+
+/* The quoting option used by the functions of quote.h.  */
+struct quoting_options quote_quoting_options =
+  {
+    locale_quoting_style,
+    0,
+    { 0 },
+    NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+char const *
+quote_n_mem (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &quote_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char const *
+quote_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quote_n_mem (0, arg, argsize);
+}
+
+char const *
+quote_n (int n, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quote_n_mem (n, arg, SIZE_MAX);
+}
+
+char const *
+quote (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quote_n (0, arg);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/quotearg.h b/lib/quotearg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2009fac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/quotearg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+#ifndef QUOTEARG_H_
+# define QUOTEARG_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Basic quoting styles.  For each style, an example is given on the
+   input strings "simple", "\0 \t\n'\"\033?""?/\\", and "a:b", using
+   quotearg_buffer, quotearg_mem, and quotearg_colon_mem with that
+   style and the default flags and quoted characters.  Note that the
+   examples are shown here as valid C strings rather than what
+   displays on a terminal (with "??/" as a trigraph for "\\").  */
+enum quoting_style
+  {
+    /* Output names as-is (ls --quoting-style=literal).  Can result in
+       embedded null bytes if QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES is not in
+       effect.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "simple", "\0 \t\n'\"\033??/\\", "a:b"
+       quotearg:
+       "simple", " \t\n'\"\033??/\\", "a:b"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "simple", " \t\n'\"\033??/\\", "a:b"
+    */
+    literal_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Quote names for the shell if they contain shell metacharacters
+       or would cause ambiguous output (ls --quoting-style=shell).
+       Can result in embedded null bytes if QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES is not
+       in effect.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "simple", "'\0 \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "a:b"
+       quotearg:
+       "simple", "' \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "a:b"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "simple", "' \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "'a:b'"
+    */
+    shell_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Quote names for the shell, even if they would normally not
+       require quoting (ls --quoting-style=shell-always).  Can result
+       in embedded null bytes if QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES is not in effect.
+       Behaves like shell_quoting_style if QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES is in
+       effect.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "'simple'", "'\0 \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "'a:b'"
+       quotearg:
+       "'simple'", "' \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "'a:b'"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "'simple'", "' \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "'a:b'"
+    */
+    shell_always_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Quote names for the shell if they contain shell metacharacters
+       or other problematic characters (ls --quoting-style=shell-escape).
+       Non printable characters are quoted using the $'...' syntax,
+       which originated in ksh93 and is widely supported by most shells,
+       and proposed for inclusion in POSIX.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "simple", "''$'\\0'' '$'\\t\\n'\\''\"'$'\\033''??/\\'", "a:b"
+       quotearg:
+       "simple", "''$'\\0'' '$'\\t\\n'\\''\"'$'\\033''??/\\'", "a:b"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "simple", "''$'\\0'' '$'\\t\\n'\\''\"'$'\\033''??/\\'", "'a:b'"
+    */
+    shell_escape_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Quote names for the shell even if they would normally not
+       require quoting (ls --quoting-style=shell-escape).
+       Non printable characters are quoted using the $'...' syntax,
+       which originated in ksh93 and is widely supported by most shells,
+       and proposed for inclusion in POSIX.  Behaves like
+       shell_escape_quoting_style if QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES is in effect.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "simple", "''$'\\0'' '$'\\t\\n'\\''\"'$'\\033''??/\'", "a:b"
+       quotearg:
+       "simple", "''$'\\0'' '$'\\t\\n'\\''\"'$'\\033''??/\'", "a:b"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "simple", "''$'\\0'' '$'\\t\\n'\\''\"'$'\\033''??/\'", "'a:b'"
+    */
+    shell_escape_always_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Quote names as for a C language string (ls --quoting-style=c).
+       Behaves like c_maybe_quoting_style if QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES is
+       in effect.  Split into consecutive strings if
+       QA_SPLIT_TRIGRAPHS.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a:b\""
+       quotearg:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a:b\""
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a\\:b\""
+    */
+    c_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Like c_quoting_style except omit the surrounding double-quote
+       characters if no quoted characters are encountered.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "simple", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "a:b"
+       quotearg:
+       "simple", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "a:b"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "simple", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a:b\""
+    */
+    c_maybe_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Like c_quoting_style except always omit the surrounding
+       double-quote characters and ignore QA_SPLIT_TRIGRAPHS
+       (ls --quoting-style=escape).
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "simple", "\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\", "a:b"
+       quotearg:
+       "simple", "\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\", "a:b"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "simple", "\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\", "a\\:b"
+    */
+    escape_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Like clocale_quoting_style, but use single quotes in the
+       default C locale or if the program does not use gettext
+       (ls --quoting-style=locale).  For UTF-8 locales, quote
+       characters will use Unicode.
+
+       LC_MESSAGES=C
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "`simple'", "`\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "`a:b'"
+       quotearg:
+       "`simple'", "`\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "`a:b'"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "`simple'", "`\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "`a\\:b'"
+
+       LC_MESSAGES=pt_PT.utf8
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a:b\302\273"
+       quotearg:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a:b\302\273"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a\\:b\302\273"
+    */
+    locale_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Like c_quoting_style except use quotation marks appropriate for
+       the locale and ignore QA_SPLIT_TRIGRAPHS
+       (ls --quoting-style=clocale).
+
+       LC_MESSAGES=C
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a:b\""
+       quotearg:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a:b\""
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a\\:b\""
+
+       LC_MESSAGES=pt_PT.utf8
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a:b\302\273"
+       quotearg:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a:b\302\273"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a\\:b\302\273"
+    */
+    clocale_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Like clocale_quoting_style except use the custom quotation marks
+       set by set_custom_quoting.  If custom quotation marks are not
+       set, the behavior is undefined.
+
+       left_quote = right_quote = "'"
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "'simple'", "'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "'a:b'"
+       quotearg:
+       "'simple'", "'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "'a:b'"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "'simple'", "'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "'a\\:b'"
+
+       left_quote = "(" and right_quote = ")"
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "(simple)", "(\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\)", "(a:b)"
+       quotearg:
+       "(simple)", "(\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\)", "(a:b)"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "(simple)", "(\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\)", "(a\\:b)"
+
+       left_quote = ":" and right_quote = " "
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       ":simple ", ":\\0\\ \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\ ", ":a:b "
+       quotearg:
+       ":simple ", ":\\0\\ \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\ ", ":a:b "
+       quotearg_colon:
+       ":simple ", ":\\0\\ \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\ ", ":a\\:b "
+
+       left_quote = "\"'" and right_quote = "'\""
+       Notice that this is treated as a single level of quotes or two
+       levels where the outer quote need not be escaped within the inner
+       quotes.  For two levels where the outer quote must be escaped
+       within the inner quotes, you must use separate quotearg
+       invocations.
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "\"'simple'\"", "\"'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'\"", "\"'a:b'\""
+       quotearg:
+       "\"'simple'\"", "\"'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'\"", "\"'a:b'\""
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "\"'simple'\"", "\"'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'\"", "\"'a\\:b'\""
+    */
+    custom_quoting_style
+  };
+
+/* Flags for use in set_quoting_flags.  */
+enum quoting_flags
+  {
+    /* Always elide null bytes from styles that do not quote them,
+       even when the length of the result is available to the
+       caller.  */
+    QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES = 0x01,
+
+    /* Omit the surrounding quote characters if no escaped characters
+       are encountered.  Note that if no other character needs
+       escaping, then neither does the escape character.  */
+    QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES = 0x02,
+
+    /* In the c_quoting_style and c_maybe_quoting_style, split ANSI
+       trigraph sequences into concatenated strings (for example,
+       "?""?/" rather than "??/", which could be confused with
+       "\\").  */
+    QA_SPLIT_TRIGRAPHS = 0x04
+  };
+
+/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but this may change.  */
+# ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
+#  define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
+# endif
+
+/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
+extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
+extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
+
+struct quoting_options;
+
+/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
+   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options const *o);
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s);
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  C must never be a digit or a
+   letter that has special meaning after a backslash (for example, "\t"
+   for tab).  */
+int set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i);
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options flag to I, which can be a
+   bitwise combination of enum quoting_flags, or 0 for default
+   behavior.  Return the old value.  */
+int set_quoting_flags (struct quoting_options *o, int i);
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to custom_quoting_style,
+   set the left quote to LEFT_QUOTE, and set the right quote to
+   RIGHT_QUOTE.  Each of LEFT_QUOTE and RIGHT_QUOTE must be
+   null-terminated and can be the empty string.  Because backslashes are
+   used for escaping, it does not make sense for RIGHT_QUOTE to contain
+   a backslash.  RIGHT_QUOTE must not begin with a digit or a letter
+   that has special meaning after a backslash (for example, "\t" for
+   tab).  */
+void set_custom_quoting (struct quoting_options *o,
+                         char const *left_quote,
+                         char const *right_quote);
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
+   On output, BUFFER might contain embedded null bytes if ARGSIZE was
+   not -1, the style of O does not use backslash escapes, and the
+   flags of O do not request elision of null bytes.*/
+size_t quotearg_buffer (char *restrict buffer, size_t buffersize,
+                        char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                        struct quoting_options const *o);
+
+/* Like quotearg_buffer, except return the result in a newly allocated
+   buffer.  It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  The
+   result will not contain embedded null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_alloc (char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                      struct quoting_options const *o)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+
+/* Like quotearg_alloc, except that the length of the result,
+   excluding the terminating null byte, is stored into SIZE if it is
+   non-NULL.  The result might contain embedded null bytes if ARGSIZE
+   was not -1, SIZE was not NULL, the style of O does not use
+   backslash escapes, and the flags of O do not request elision of
+   null bytes.*/
+char *quotearg_alloc_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                          size_t *size, struct quoting_options const *o)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   Use the default quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  The output of all functions in the
+   quotearg_n family are guaranteed to not contain embedded null
+   bytes.*/
+char *quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg (char const *arg);
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the argument ARG
+   of size ARGSIZE.  This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except it can
+   quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_n_mem (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_mem (0, ARG, ARGSIZE).  */
+char *quotearg_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except that it uses S with no other
+   options to specify the quoting method.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
+
+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the
+   argument ARG of size ARGSIZE.  This is like quotearg_n_style
+   (N, S, ARG), except it can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
+                            char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style_mem (0, S, ARG, ARGSIZE).  */
+char *quotearg_style_mem (enum quoting_style s,
+                          char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.
+   See set_char_quoting for a description of acceptable CH values.  */
+char *quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch);
+
+/* Like quotearg_char (ARG, CH), except it can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_char_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize, char ch);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
+char *quotearg_colon (char const *arg);
+
+/* Like quotearg_colon (ARG), except it can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_colon_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Like quotearg_n_style, except with ':' quoting enabled.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style_colon (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
+
+/* Like quotearg_n_style (N, S, ARG) but with S as custom_quoting_style
+   with left quote as LEFT_QUOTE and right quote as RIGHT_QUOTE.  See
+   set_custom_quoting for a description of acceptable LEFT_QUOTE and
+   RIGHT_QUOTE values.  */
+char *quotearg_n_custom (int n, char const *left_quote,
+                         char const *right_quote, char const *arg);
+
+/* Like quotearg_n_custom (N, LEFT_QUOTE, RIGHT_QUOTE, ARG) except it
+   can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_n_custom_mem (int n, char const *left_quote,
+                             char const *right_quote,
+                             char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_custom (0, LEFT_QUOTE, RIGHT_QUOTE, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg_custom (char const *left_quote, char const *right_quote,
+                       char const *arg);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_custom_mem (0, LEFT_QUOTE, RIGHT_QUOTE, ARG,
+                                        ARGSIZE).  */
+char *quotearg_custom_mem (char const *left_quote,
+                           char const *right_quote,
+                           char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Free any dynamically allocated memory.  */
+void quotearg_free (void);
+
+#endif /* !QUOTEARG_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/raise.c b/lib/raise.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..385ddd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/raise.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* Provide a non-threads replacement for the POSIX raise function.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if HAVE_RAISE
+/* Native Windows platform.  */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+#  include "msvc-inval.h"
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+/* Forward declaration.  */
+static int raise_nothrow (int sig);
+# else
+#  define raise_nothrow raise
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* An old Unix platform.  */
+
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+#endif
+
+int
+raise (int sig)
+#undef raise
+{
+#if GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking && GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+  if (sig == SIGPIPE)
+    return _gl_raise_SIGPIPE ();
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_RAISE
+  return raise_nothrow (sig);
+#else
+  return kill (getpid (), sig);
+#endif
+}
+
+#if HAVE_RAISE && HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+raise_nothrow (int sig)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = raise (sig);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EINVAL;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/rand-isaac.c b/lib/rand-isaac.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e19c47a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rand-isaac.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/* Bob Jenkins's cryptographic random number generators, ISAAC and ISAAC64.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999 Colin Plumb.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Colin Plumb and Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/*
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * We need a source of random numbers for some data.
+ * Cryptographically secure is desirable, but it's not life-or-death
+ * so I can be a little bit experimental in the choice of RNGs here.
+ *
+ * This generator is based somewhat on RC4, but has analysis
+ * <http://burtleburtle.net/bob/rand/isaacafa.html>
+ * pointing to it actually being better.  I like it because it's nice
+ * and fast, and because the author did good work analyzing it.
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "rand-isaac.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* If the platform supports unaligned access,
+   then don't have -fsanitize=undefined warn about it.  */
+#undef ATTRIBUTE_NO_WARN_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED
+#if !(_STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned) \
+    || __GNUC__ < 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 9)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_NO_WARN_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED /* empty */
+#else
+# define ATTRIBUTE_NO_WARN_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED \
+  __attribute__ ((__no_sanitize_undefined__))
+#endif
+
+/* A if 32-bit ISAAC, B if 64-bit.  This is a macro, not an inline
+   function, to prevent undefined behavior if the unused argument
+   shifts by more than a word width.  */
+#define IF32(a, b) (ISAAC_BITS == 32 ? (a) : (b))
+
+/* Discard bits outside the desired range.  On typical machines, any
+   decent compiler should optimize this function call away to nothing.
+   But machines with pad bits in integers may need to do more work.  */
+static inline isaac_word
+just (isaac_word a)
+{
+  isaac_word desired_bits = ((isaac_word) 1 << 1 << (ISAAC_BITS - 1)) - 1;
+  return a & desired_bits;
+}
+
+/* The index operation.  */
+static inline isaac_word
+ind (isaac_word const *m, isaac_word x)
+{
+  if (sizeof *m * CHAR_BIT == ISAAC_BITS)
+    {
+      /* The typical case, where words are exactly the right size.
+         Optimize this to a mask, an addition, and an indirect
+         load.  */
+      void const *void_m = m;
+      char const *base_p = void_m;
+      void const *word_p = base_p + (x & ((ISAAC_WORDS - 1) * sizeof *m));
+      isaac_word const *p = word_p;
+      return *p;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Atypical machines need more work.  */
+      return m[(x / (ISAAC_BITS / CHAR_BIT)) & (ISAAC_WORDS - 1)];
+    }
+}
+
+/* Use and update *S to generate random data to fill RESULT.  */
+void ATTRIBUTE_NO_WARN_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED
+isaac_refill (struct isaac_state *s, isaac_word result[ISAAC_WORDS])
+{
+  /* Caches of S->a and S->b.  */
+  isaac_word a = s->a;
+  isaac_word b = s->b + (++s->c);
+
+  /* Pointers into state array and into result.  */
+  isaac_word *m = s->m;
+  isaac_word *r = result;
+
+  enum { HALF = ISAAC_WORDS / 2 };
+
+  /* The central step.  S->m is the whole state array, while M is a
+     pointer to the current word.  OFF is the offset from M to the
+     word ISAAC_WORDS/2 words away in the SM array, i.e., +/-
+     ISAAC_WORDS/2.  A and B are state variables, and R the result.
+     This updates A, B, M[I], and R[I].  */
+  #define ISAAC_STEP(i, off, mix)                             \
+    {                                                         \
+      isaac_word x, y;                                        \
+      a = (IF32 (a, 0) ^ (mix)) + m[off + (i)];               \
+      x = m[i];                                               \
+      m[i] = y = ind (s->m, x) + a + b;                       \
+      r[i] = b = just (ind (s->m, y >> ISAAC_WORDS_LOG) + x); \
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      ISAAC_STEP (0, HALF, IF32 (      a  << 13, ~ (a ^ (a << 21))));
+      ISAAC_STEP (1, HALF, IF32 (just (a) >>  6, a ^ (just (a) >>  5)));
+      ISAAC_STEP (2, HALF, IF32 (      a  <<  2, a ^ (      a  << 12)));
+      ISAAC_STEP (3, HALF, IF32 (just (a) >> 16, a ^ (just (a) >> 33)));
+      r += 4;
+    }
+  while ((m += 4) < s->m + HALF);
+
+  do
+    {
+      ISAAC_STEP (0, -HALF, IF32 (      a  << 13, ~ (a ^ (a << 21))));
+      ISAAC_STEP (1, -HALF, IF32 (just (a) >>  6, a ^ (just (a) >>  5)));
+      ISAAC_STEP (2, -HALF, IF32 (      a  <<  2, a ^ (      a  << 12)));
+      ISAAC_STEP (3, -HALF, IF32 (just (a) >> 16, a ^ (just (a) >> 33)));
+      r += 4;
+    }
+  while ((m += 4) < s->m + ISAAC_WORDS);
+
+  s->a = a;
+  s->b = b;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The basic seed-scrambling step for initialization, based on Bob
+ * Jenkins' 256-bit hash.
+ */
+#if ISAAC_BITS == 32
+ #define mix(a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h)       \
+    {                                      \
+              a ^=       b  << 11; d += a; \
+      b += c; b ^= just (c) >>  2; e += b; \
+      c += d; c ^=       d  <<  8; f += c; \
+      d += e; d ^= just (e) >> 16; g += d; \
+      e += f; e ^=       f  << 10; h += e; \
+      f += g; f ^= just (g) >>  4; a += f; \
+      g += h; g ^=       h  <<  8; b += g; \
+      h += a; h ^= just (a) >>  9; c += h; \
+      a += b;                              \
+    }
+#else
+ #define mix(a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h)       \
+    {                                      \
+      a -= e; f ^= just (h) >>  9; h += a; \
+      b -= f; g ^=       a  <<  9; a += b; \
+      c -= g; h ^= just (b) >> 23; b += c; \
+      d -= h; a ^=       c  << 15; c += d; \
+      e -= a; b ^= just (d) >> 14; d += e; \
+      f -= b; c ^=       e  << 20; e += f; \
+      g -= c; d ^= just (f) >> 17; f += g; \
+      h -= d; e ^=       g  << 14; g += h; \
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+/* The basic ISAAC initialization pass.  */
+#define ISAAC_MIX(s, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, seed) \
+  {                                                \
+    int i;                                         \
+                                                   \
+    for (i = 0; i < ISAAC_WORDS; i += 8)           \
+      {                                            \
+        a += seed[i];                              \
+        b += seed[i + 1];                          \
+        c += seed[i + 2];                          \
+        d += seed[i + 3];                          \
+        e += seed[i + 4];                          \
+        f += seed[i + 5];                          \
+        g += seed[i + 6];                          \
+        h += seed[i + 7];                          \
+        mix (a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h);              \
+        s->m[i] = a;                               \
+        s->m[i + 1] = b;                           \
+        s->m[i + 2] = c;                           \
+        s->m[i + 3] = d;                           \
+        s->m[i + 4] = e;                           \
+        s->m[i + 5] = f;                           \
+        s->m[i + 6] = g;                           \
+        s->m[i + 7] = h;                           \
+      }                                            \
+  }
+
+#if 0 /* Provided for reference only; not used in this code */
+/*
+ * Initialize the ISAAC RNG with the given seed material.
+ * Its size MUST be a multiple of ISAAC_BYTES, and may be
+ * stored in the s->m array.
+ *
+ * This is a generalization of the original ISAAC initialization code
+ * to support larger seed sizes.  For seed sizes of 0 and ISAAC_BYTES,
+ * it is identical.
+ */
+static void
+isaac_init (struct isaac_state *s, isaac_word const *seed, size_t seedsize)
+{
+  isaac_word a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h;
+
+  a = b = c = d = e = f = g = h =          /* the golden ratio */
+    IF32 (UINT32_C (0x9e3779b9), UINT64_C (0x9e3779b97f4a7c13));
+  for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)              /* scramble it */
+    mix (a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h);
+  s->a = s->b = s->c = 0;
+
+  if (seedsize)
+    {
+      /* First pass (as in reference ISAAC code) */
+      ISAAC_MIX (s, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, seed);
+      /* Second and subsequent passes (extension to ISAAC) */
+      while (seedsize -= ISAAC_BYTES)
+        {
+          seed += ISAAC_WORDS;
+          for (i = 0; i < ISAAC_WORDS; i++)
+            s->m[i] += seed[i];
+          ISAAC_MIX (s, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, s->m);
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The no seed case (as in reference ISAAC code) */
+      for (i = 0; i < ISAAC_WORDS; i++)
+        s->m[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Final pass */
+  ISAAC_MIX (s, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, s->m);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize *S to a somewhat-random value, derived from a seed
+   stored in S->m.  */
+void
+isaac_seed (struct isaac_state *s)
+{
+  isaac_word a = IF32 (UINT32_C (0x1367df5a), UINT64_C (0x647c4677a2884b7c));
+  isaac_word b = IF32 (UINT32_C (0x95d90059), UINT64_C (0xb9f8b322c73ac862));
+  isaac_word c = IF32 (UINT32_C (0xc3163e4b), UINT64_C (0x8c0ea5053d4712a0));
+  isaac_word d = IF32 (UINT32_C (0x0f421ad8), UINT64_C (0xb29b2e824a595524));
+  isaac_word e = IF32 (UINT32_C (0xd92a4a78), UINT64_C (0x82f053db8355e0ce));
+  isaac_word f = IF32 (UINT32_C (0xa51a3c49), UINT64_C (0x48fe4a0fa5a09315));
+  isaac_word g = IF32 (UINT32_C (0xc4efea1b), UINT64_C (0xae985bf2cbfc89ed));
+  isaac_word h = IF32 (UINT32_C (0x30609119), UINT64_C (0x98f5704f6c44c0ab));
+
+#if 0
+  /* The initialization of a through h is a precomputed form of: */
+  a = b = c = d = e = f = g = h =          /* the golden ratio */
+    IF32 (UINT32_C (0x9e3779b9), UINT64_C (0x9e3779b97f4a7c13));
+  for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)              /* scramble it */
+    mix (a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h);
+#endif
+
+  /* Mix S->m so that every part of the seed affects every part of the
+     state.  */
+  ISAAC_MIX (s, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, s->m);
+  ISAAC_MIX (s, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, s->m);
+
+  s->a = s->b = s->c = 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/rand-isaac.h b/lib/rand-isaac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c443be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rand-isaac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Bob Jenkins's cryptographic random number generators, ISAAC and ISAAC64.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999 Colin Plumb.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Colin Plumb and Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_RAND_ISAAC_H
+#define _GL_RAND_ISAAC_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* Log base 2 of the number of useful bits in an ISAAC word.  It must
+   be either 5 or 6.  By default, this uses a value that should be
+   faster for this architecture.  */
+#ifndef ISAAC_BITS_LOG
+ #if SIZE_MAX >> 31 >> 31 < 3 /* SIZE_MAX < 2**64 - 1 */
+  #define ISAAC_BITS_LOG 5
+ #else
+  #define ISAAC_BITS_LOG 6
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/* The number of bits in an ISAAC word.  */
+#define ISAAC_BITS (1 << ISAAC_BITS_LOG)
+
+#if ISAAC_BITS == 32
+  typedef uint_least32_t isaac_word;
+#else
+  typedef uint_least64_t isaac_word;
+#endif
+
+/* Size of the state tables to use.  ISAAC_WORDS_LOG should be at least 3,
+   and smaller values give less security.  */
+#define ISAAC_WORDS_LOG 8
+#define ISAAC_WORDS (1 << ISAAC_WORDS_LOG)
+#define ISAAC_BYTES (ISAAC_WORDS * sizeof (isaac_word))
+
+/* State variables for the random number generator.  The M member
+   should be seeded with nonce data before calling isaac_seed.  The
+   other members are private.  */
+struct isaac_state
+  {
+    isaac_word m[ISAAC_WORDS];	/* Main state array */
+    isaac_word a, b, c;		/* Extra variables */
+  };
+
+void isaac_seed (struct isaac_state *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+void isaac_refill (struct isaac_state *, isaac_word[ISAAC_WORDS])
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/randint.c b/lib/randint.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02c04ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/randint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/* Generate random integers.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "randint.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+#if TEST
+# include <inttypes.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  randint i;
+  randint n = strtoumax (argv[1], NULL, 10);
+  randint choices = strtoumax (argv[2], NULL, 10);
+  char const *name = argv[3];
+  struct randint_source *ints = randint_all_new (name, SIZE_MAX);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+    printf ("%"PRIuMAX"\n", randint_choose (ints, choices));
+
+  return (randint_all_free (ints) == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* A source of random data for generating random integers.  */
+struct randint_source
+{
+  /* The source of random bytes.  */
+  struct randread_source *source;
+
+  /* RANDNUM is a buffered random integer, whose information has not
+     yet been delivered to the caller.  It is uniformly distributed in
+     the range 0 <= RANDNUM <= RANDMAX.  If RANDMAX is zero, then
+     RANDNUM must be zero (and in some sense it is not really
+     "random").  */
+  randint randnum;
+  randint randmax;
+};
+
+/* Create a new randint_source from SOURCE.  */
+
+struct randint_source *
+randint_new (struct randread_source *source)
+{
+  struct randint_source *s = xmalloc (sizeof *s);
+  s->source = source;
+  s->randnum = s->randmax = 0;
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* Create a new randint_source by creating a randread_source from
+   NAME and ESTIMATED_BYTES.  Return NULL (setting errno) if
+   unsuccessful.  */
+
+struct randint_source *
+randint_all_new (char const *name, size_t bytes_bound)
+{
+  struct randread_source *source = randread_new (name, bytes_bound);
+  return (source ? randint_new (source) : NULL);
+}
+
+/* Return the random data source of *S.  */
+
+struct randread_source *
+randint_get_source (struct randint_source const *s)
+{
+  return s->source;
+}
+
+/* HUGE_BYTES is true on hosts hosts where randint and unsigned char
+   have the same width and where shifting by the word size therefore
+   has undefined behavior.  */
+enum { HUGE_BYTES = RANDINT_MAX == UCHAR_MAX };
+
+/* Return X shifted left by CHAR_BIT bits.  */
+static inline randint shift_left (randint x)
+{
+  return HUGE_BYTES ? 0 : x << CHAR_BIT;
+}
+
+
+/* Consume random data from *S to generate a random number in the range
+   0 .. GENMAX.  */
+
+randint
+randint_genmax (struct randint_source *s, randint genmax)
+{
+  struct randread_source *source = s->source;
+  randint randnum = s->randnum;
+  randint randmax = s->randmax;
+  randint choices = genmax + 1;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (randmax < genmax)
+        {
+          /* Calculate how many input bytes will be needed, and read
+             the bytes.  */
+
+          size_t i = 0;
+          randint rmax = randmax;
+          unsigned char buf[sizeof randnum];
+
+          do
+            {
+              rmax = shift_left (rmax) + UCHAR_MAX;
+              i++;
+            }
+          while (rmax < genmax);
+
+          randread (source, buf, i);
+
+          /* Increase RANDMAX by appending random bytes to RANDNUM and
+             UCHAR_MAX to RANDMAX until RANDMAX is no less than
+             GENMAX.  This may lose up to CHAR_BIT bits of information
+             if (HUGE_BYTES ? 0 : RANDINT_MAX >> CHAR_BIT) < GENMAX,
+             but it is not worth the programming hassle of saving
+             these bits since GENMAX is rarely that large in practice.  */
+
+          i = 0;
+
+          do
+            {
+              randnum = shift_left (randnum) + buf[i];
+              randmax = shift_left (randmax) + UCHAR_MAX;
+              i++;
+            }
+          while (randmax < genmax);
+        }
+
+      if (randmax == genmax)
+        {
+          s->randnum = s->randmax = 0;
+          return randnum;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* GENMAX < RANDMAX, so attempt to generate a random number
+             by taking RANDNUM modulo GENMAX+1.  This will choose
+             fairly so long as RANDNUM falls within an integral
+             multiple of GENMAX+1; otherwise, LAST_USABLE_CHOICE < RANDNUM,
+             so discard this attempt and try again.
+
+             Since GENMAX cannot be RANDINT_MAX, CHOICES cannot be
+             zero and there is no need to worry about dividing by
+             zero.  */
+
+          randint excess_choices = randmax - genmax;
+          randint unusable_choices = excess_choices % choices;
+          randint last_usable_choice = randmax - unusable_choices;
+          randint reduced_randnum = randnum % choices;
+
+          if (randnum <= last_usable_choice)
+            {
+              s->randnum = randnum / choices;
+              s->randmax = excess_choices / choices;
+              return reduced_randnum;
+            }
+
+          /* Retry, but retain the randomness from the fact that RANDNUM fell
+             into the range LAST_USABLE_CHOICE+1 .. RANDMAX.  */
+          randnum = reduced_randnum;
+          randmax = unusable_choices - 1;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Clear *S so that it no longer contains undelivered random data.  */
+
+void
+randint_free (struct randint_source *s)
+{
+  explicit_bzero (s, sizeof *s);
+  free (s);
+}
+
+/* Likewise, but also clear the underlying randread object.  Return
+   0 if successful, -1 (setting errno) otherwise.  */
+
+int
+randint_all_free (struct randint_source *s)
+{
+  int r = randread_free (s->source);
+  int e = errno;
+  randint_free (s);
+  errno = e;
+  return r;
+}
diff --git a/lib/randint.h b/lib/randint.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..775d1b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/randint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Generate random integers.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef RANDINT_H
+
+# define RANDINT_H 1
+
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+# include "randread.h"
+
+/* An unsigned integer type, used for random integers, and its maximum
+   value.  */
+typedef uintmax_t randint;
+# define RANDINT_MAX UINTMAX_MAX
+
+struct randint_source;
+
+void randint_free (struct randint_source *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+int randint_all_free (struct randint_source *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+struct randint_source *randint_new (struct randread_source *)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (randint_free, 1)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+struct randint_source *randint_all_new (char const *, size_t)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (randint_all_free, 1);
+struct randread_source *randint_get_source (struct randint_source const *)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+randint randint_genmax (struct randint_source *, randint genmax)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+
+/* Consume random data from *S to generate a random number in the range
+   0 .. CHOICES-1.  CHOICES must be nonzero.  */
+static inline randint
+randint_choose (struct randint_source *s, randint choices)
+{
+  return randint_genmax (s, choices - 1);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/randperm.c b/lib/randperm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9bb652
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/randperm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/* Generate random permutations.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "randperm.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "attribute.h"
+#include "count-leading-zeros.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the floor of the log base 2 of N.  If N is zero, return -1.  */
+
+ATTRIBUTE_CONST static int
+floor_lg (size_t n)
+{
+  verify (SIZE_WIDTH <= ULLONG_WIDTH);
+  return (n == 0 ? -1
+          : SIZE_WIDTH <= UINT_WIDTH
+          ? UINT_WIDTH - 1 - count_leading_zeros (n)
+          : SIZE_WIDTH <= ULONG_WIDTH
+          ? ULONG_WIDTH - 1 - count_leading_zeros_l (n)
+          : ULLONG_WIDTH - 1 - count_leading_zeros_ll (n));
+}
+
+/* Return an upper bound on the number of random bytes needed to
+   generate the first H elements of a random permutation of N
+   elements.  H must not exceed N.  */
+
+size_t
+randperm_bound (size_t h, size_t n)
+{
+  /* Upper bound on number of bits needed to generate the first number
+     of the permutation.  */
+  uintmax_t lg_n = floor_lg (n) + 1;
+
+  /* Upper bound on number of bits needed to generated the first H elements.  */
+  uintmax_t ar = lg_n * h;
+
+  /* Convert the bit count to a byte count.  */
+  size_t bound = (ar + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT;
+
+  return bound;
+}
+
+/* Swap elements I and J in array V.  */
+
+static void
+swap (size_t *v, size_t i, size_t j)
+{
+  size_t t = v[i];
+  v[i] = v[j];
+  v[j] = t;
+}
+
+/* Structures and functions for a sparse_map abstract data type that's
+   used to effectively swap elements I and J in array V like swap(),
+   but in a more memory efficient manner (when the number of permutations
+   performed is significantly less than the size of the input).  */
+
+struct sparse_ent_
+{
+   size_t index;
+   size_t val;
+};
+
+static size_t
+sparse_hash_ (void const *x, size_t table_size)
+{
+  struct sparse_ent_ const *ent = x;
+  return ent->index % table_size;
+}
+
+static bool
+sparse_cmp_ (void const *x, void const *y)
+{
+  struct sparse_ent_ const *ent1 = x;
+  struct sparse_ent_ const *ent2 = y;
+  return ent1->index == ent2->index;
+}
+
+typedef Hash_table sparse_map;
+
+/* Initialize the structure for the sparse map,
+   when a best guess as to the number of entries
+   specified with SIZE_HINT.  */
+
+static sparse_map *
+sparse_new (size_t size_hint)
+{
+  return hash_initialize (size_hint, NULL, sparse_hash_, sparse_cmp_, free);
+}
+
+/* Swap the values for I and J.  If a value is not already present
+   then assume it's equal to the index.  Update the value for
+   index I in array V.  */
+
+static void
+sparse_swap (sparse_map *sv, size_t *v, size_t i, size_t j)
+{
+  struct sparse_ent_ *v1 = hash_remove (sv, &(struct sparse_ent_) {i,0});
+  struct sparse_ent_ *v2 = hash_remove (sv, &(struct sparse_ent_) {j,0});
+
+  /* FIXME: reduce the frequency of these mallocs.  */
+  if (!v1)
+    {
+      v1 = xmalloc (sizeof *v1);
+      v1->index = v1->val = i;
+    }
+  if (!v2)
+    {
+      v2 = xmalloc (sizeof *v2);
+      v2->index = v2->val = j;
+    }
+
+  size_t t = v1->val;
+  v1->val = v2->val;
+  v2->val = t;
+  if (!hash_insert (sv, v1))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  if (!hash_insert (sv, v2))
+    xalloc_die ();
+
+  v[i] = v1->val;
+}
+
+static void
+sparse_free (sparse_map *sv)
+{
+  hash_free (sv);
+}
+
+
+/* From R, allocate and return a malloc'd array of the first H elements
+   of a random permutation of N elements.  H must not exceed N.
+   Return NULL if H is zero.  */
+
+size_t *
+randperm_new (struct randint_source *r, size_t h, size_t n)
+{
+  size_t *v;
+
+  switch (h)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      v = NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case 1:
+      v = xmalloc (sizeof *v);
+      v[0] = randint_choose (r, n);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      {
+        /* The algorithm is essentially the same in both
+           the sparse and non sparse case.  In the sparse case we use
+           a hash to implement sparse storage for the set of n numbers
+           we're shuffling.  When to use the sparse method was
+           determined with the help of this script:
+
+           #!/bin/sh
+           for n in $(seq 2 32); do
+             for h in $(seq 2 32); do
+               test $h -gt $n && continue
+               for s in o n; do
+                 test $s = o && shuf=shuf || shuf=./shuf
+                 num=$(env time -f "$s:${h},${n} = %e,%M" \
+                       $shuf -i0-$((2**$n-2)) -n$((2**$h-2)) | wc -l)
+                 test $num = $((2**$h-2)) || echo "$s:${h},${n} = failed" >&2
+               done
+             done
+           done
+
+           This showed that if sparseness = n/h, then:
+
+           sparseness = 128 => .125 mem used, and about same speed
+           sparseness =  64 => .25  mem used, but 1.5 times slower
+           sparseness =  32 => .5   mem used, but 2 times slower
+
+           Also the memory usage was only significant when n > 128Ki
+        */
+        bool sparse = (n >= (128 * 1024)) && (n / h >= 32);
+
+        size_t i;
+        sparse_map *sv;
+
+        if (sparse)
+          {
+            sv = sparse_new (h * 2);
+            if (sv == NULL)
+              xalloc_die ();
+            v = xnmalloc (h, sizeof *v);
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            sv = NULL; /* To placate GCC's -Wuninitialized.  */
+            v = xnmalloc (n, sizeof *v);
+            for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+              v[i] = i;
+          }
+
+        for (i = 0; i < h; i++)
+          {
+            size_t j = i + randint_choose (r, n - i);
+            if (sparse)
+              sparse_swap (sv, v, i, j);
+            else
+              swap (v, i, j);
+          }
+
+        if (sparse)
+          sparse_free (sv);
+        else
+          v = xnrealloc (v, h, sizeof *v);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return v;
+}
diff --git a/lib/randperm.h b/lib/randperm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7efbeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/randperm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#include "randint.h"
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+size_t randperm_bound (size_t, size_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+size_t *randperm_new (struct randint_source *, size_t, size_t)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
diff --git a/lib/randread.c b/lib/randread.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3eaf19e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/randread.c
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/* Generate buffers of random data.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* FIXME: Improve performance by adding support for the RDRAND machine
+   instruction if available (e.g., Ivy Bridge processors).  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "randread.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <exitfail.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <quote.h>
+#include <stdalign.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/random.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include "minmax.h"
+#include "rand-isaac.h"
+#include "stdio-safer.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#if _STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned
+# define ALIGNED_POINTER(ptr, type) true
+#else
+# define ALIGNED_POINTER(ptr, type) ((size_t) (ptr) % alignof (type) == 0)
+#endif
+
+/* The maximum buffer size used for reads of random data.  Using the
+   value 2 * ISAAC_BYTES makes this the largest power of two that
+   would not otherwise cause struct randread_source to grow.  */
+#define RANDREAD_BUFFER_SIZE (2 * ISAAC_BYTES)
+
+/* A source of random data for generating random buffers.  */
+struct randread_source
+{
+  /* Stream to read random bytes from.  If null, the current
+     implementation uses an internal PRNG (ISAAC).  */
+  FILE *source;
+
+  /* Function to call, and its argument, if there is an input error or
+     end of file when reading from the stream; errno is nonzero if
+     there was an error.  If this function returns, it should fix the
+     problem before returning.  The default handler assumes that
+     handler_arg is the file name of the source.  */
+  void (*handler) (void const *);
+  void const *handler_arg;
+
+  /* The buffer for SOURCE.  It's kept here to simplify storage
+     allocation and to make it easier to clear out buffered random
+     data.  */
+  union
+  {
+    /* The stream buffer, if SOURCE is not null.  */
+    char c[RANDREAD_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+    /* The buffered ISAAC pseudorandom buffer, if SOURCE is null.  */
+    struct isaac
+    {
+      /* The number of bytes that are buffered at the end of data.b.  */
+      size_t buffered;
+
+      /* State of the ISAAC generator.  */
+      struct isaac_state state;
+
+      /* Up to a buffer's worth of pseudorandom data.  */
+      union
+      {
+        isaac_word w[ISAAC_WORDS];
+        unsigned char b[ISAAC_BYTES];
+      } data;
+    } isaac;
+  } buf;
+};
+
+
+/* The default error handler.  */
+
+static void
+randread_error (void const *file_name)
+{
+  if (file_name)
+    error (exit_failure, errno,
+           errno == 0 ? _("%s: end of file") : _("%s: read error"),
+           quote (file_name));
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/* Simply return a new randread_source object with the default error
+   handler.  */
+
+static struct randread_source *
+simple_new (FILE *source, void const *handler_arg)
+{
+  struct randread_source *s = xmalloc (sizeof *s);
+  s->source = source;
+  s->handler = randread_error;
+  s->handler_arg = handler_arg;
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* Put a nonce value into BUFFER, with size BUFSIZE.
+   Return true on success, false (setting errno) on failure.  */
+
+static bool
+get_nonce (void *buffer, size_t bufsize)
+{
+  char *buf = buffer, *buflim = buf + bufsize;
+  while (buf < buflim)
+    {
+      ssize_t nbytes = getrandom (buf, buflim - buf, 0);
+      if (0 <= nbytes)
+        buf += nbytes;
+      else if (errno != EINTR)
+        return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Body of randread_free, broken out to pacify gcc -Wmismatched-dealloc.  */
+
+static int
+randread_free_body (struct randread_source *s)
+{
+  FILE *source = s->source;
+  explicit_bzero (s, sizeof *s);
+  free (s);
+  return source ? fclose (source) : 0;
+}
+
+/* Create and initialize a random data source from NAME, or use a
+   reasonable default source if NAME is null.  BYTES_BOUND is an upper
+   bound on the number of bytes that will be needed.  If zero, it is a
+   hard bound; otherwise it is just an estimate.
+
+   If NAME is not null, NAME is saved for use as the argument of the
+   default handler.  Unless a non-default handler is used, NAME's
+   lifetime should be at least that of the returned value.
+
+   Return NULL (setting errno) on failure.  */
+
+struct randread_source *
+randread_new (char const *name, size_t bytes_bound)
+{
+  if (bytes_bound == 0)
+    return simple_new (NULL, NULL);
+  else
+    {
+      FILE *source = NULL;
+      struct randread_source *s;
+
+      if (name)
+        if (! (source = fopen_safer (name, "rb")))
+          return NULL;
+
+      s = simple_new (source, name);
+
+      if (source)
+        setvbuf (source, s->buf.c, _IOFBF, MIN (sizeof s->buf.c, bytes_bound));
+      else
+        {
+          s->buf.isaac.buffered = 0;
+          if (! get_nonce (s->buf.isaac.state.m,
+                           MIN (sizeof s->buf.isaac.state.m, bytes_bound)))
+            {
+              int e = errno;
+              randread_free_body (s);
+              errno = e;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+          isaac_seed (&s->buf.isaac.state);
+        }
+
+      return s;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Set S's handler and its argument.  HANDLER (HANDLER_ARG) is called
+   when there is a read error or end of file from the random data
+   source; errno is nonzero if there was an error.  If HANDLER
+   returns, it should fix the problem before returning.  The default
+   handler assumes that handler_arg is the file name of the source; it
+   does not return.  */
+
+void
+randread_set_handler (struct randread_source *s, void (*handler) (void const *))
+{
+  s->handler = handler;
+}
+
+void
+randread_set_handler_arg (struct randread_source *s, void const *handler_arg)
+{
+  s->handler_arg = handler_arg;
+}
+
+
+/* Place SIZE random bytes into the buffer beginning at P, using
+   the stream in S.  */
+
+static void
+readsource (struct randread_source *s, unsigned char *p, size_t size)
+{
+  while (true)
+    {
+      size_t inbytes = fread (p, sizeof *p, size, s->source);
+      int fread_errno = errno;
+      p += inbytes;
+      size -= inbytes;
+      if (size == 0)
+        break;
+      errno = (ferror (s->source) ? fread_errno : 0);
+      s->handler (s->handler_arg);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Place SIZE pseudorandom bytes into the buffer beginning at P, using
+   the buffered ISAAC generator in ISAAC.  */
+
+static void
+readisaac (struct isaac *isaac, void *p, size_t size)
+{
+  size_t inbytes = isaac->buffered;
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      char *char_p = p;
+
+      if (size <= inbytes)
+        {
+          memcpy (p, isaac->data.b + ISAAC_BYTES - inbytes, size);
+          isaac->buffered = inbytes - size;
+          return;
+        }
+
+      memcpy (p, isaac->data.b + ISAAC_BYTES - inbytes, inbytes);
+      p = char_p + inbytes;
+      size -= inbytes;
+
+      /* If P is aligned, write to *P directly to avoid the overhead
+         of copying from the buffer.  */
+      if (ALIGNED_POINTER (p, isaac_word))
+        {
+          isaac_word *wp = p;
+          while (ISAAC_BYTES <= size)
+            {
+              isaac_refill (&isaac->state, wp);
+              wp += ISAAC_WORDS;
+              size -= ISAAC_BYTES;
+              if (size == 0)
+                {
+                  isaac->buffered = 0;
+                  return;
+                }
+            }
+          p = wp;
+        }
+
+      isaac_refill (&isaac->state, isaac->data.w);
+      inbytes = ISAAC_BYTES;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Consume random data from *S to generate a random buffer BUF of size
+   SIZE.  */
+
+void
+randread (struct randread_source *s, void *buf, size_t size)
+{
+  if (s->source)
+    readsource (s, buf, size);
+  else
+    readisaac (&s->buf.isaac, buf, size);
+}
+
+
+/* Clear *S so that it no longer contains undelivered random data, and
+   deallocate any system resources associated with *S.  Return 0 if
+   successful, a negative number (setting errno) if not (this is rare,
+   but can occur in theory if there is an input error).  */
+
+int
+randread_free (struct randread_source *s)
+{
+  return randread_free_body (s);
+}
diff --git a/lib/randread.h b/lib/randread.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9e4f59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/randread.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Generate buffers of random data.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef RANDREAD_H
+# define RANDREAD_H 1
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+struct randread_source;
+
+int randread_free (struct randread_source *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+struct randread_source *randread_new (char const *, size_t)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (randread_free, 1);
+void randread (struct randread_source *, void *, size_t)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+void randread_set_handler (struct randread_source *, void (*) (void const *))
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+void randread_set_handler_arg (struct randread_source *, void const *)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/rawmemchr.c b/lib/rawmemchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea68c1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rawmemchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* Searching in a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* A function definition is only needed if HAVE_RAWMEMCHR is not defined.  */
+#if !HAVE_RAWMEMCHR
+
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <stdalign.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+# include "verify.h"
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S.  */
+void *
+rawmemchr (const void *s, int c_in)
+{
+  /* Change this typedef to experiment with performance.  */
+  typedef uintptr_t longword;
+  /* If you change the "uintptr_t", you should change UINTPTR_WIDTH to match.
+     This verifies that the type does not have padding bits.  */
+  verify (UINTPTR_WIDTH == UCHAR_WIDTH * sizeof (longword));
+
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  unsigned char c = c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+       (uintptr_t) char_ptr % alignof (longword) != 0;
+       ++char_ptr)
+    if (*char_ptr == c)
+      return (void *) char_ptr;
+
+  longword const *longword_ptr = s = char_ptr;
+
+  /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+     repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c has c in every byte.  */
+  longword repeated_one = (longword) -1 / UCHAR_MAX;
+  longword repeated_c = repeated_one * c;
+  longword repeated_hibit = repeated_one * (UCHAR_MAX / 2 + 1);
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will
+     test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing if any of
+     the bytes in the longword in question are equal to
+     c.  We first use an xor with repeated_c.  This reduces the task
+     to testing whether any of the bytes in longword1 is zero.
+
+     (The following comments assume 8-bit bytes, as POSIX requires;
+     the code's use of UCHAR_MAX should work even if bytes have more
+     than 8 bits.)
+
+     We compute tmp =
+       ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one * 0x80).
+     That is, we perform the following operations:
+       1. Subtract repeated_one.
+       2. & ~longword1.
+       3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+     Consider what happens in each byte:
+       - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+         and step 3 transforms it into 0x80.  A carry can also be propagated
+         to more significant bytes.
+       - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+         position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0.  After step 1,
+         the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+         After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1.  After
+         step 3, the result is 0.  And no carry is produced.
+     So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
+     Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+     significant zero byte.  Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+     j-1 and a 0x80 at position j.  We cannot predict the result at the more
+     significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+     already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+     The test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent
+     to testing whether tmp is nonzero.
+
+     This test can read beyond the end of a string, depending on where
+     C_IN is encountered.  However, this is considered safe since the
+     initialization phase ensured that the read will be aligned,
+     therefore, the read will not cross page boundaries and will not
+     cause a fault.  */
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
+
+      if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & repeated_hibit) != 0)
+        break;
+      longword_ptr++;
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = s = longword_ptr;
+
+  /* At this point, we know that one of the sizeof (longword) bytes
+     starting at char_ptr is == c.  If we knew endianness, we
+     could determine the first such byte without any further memory
+     accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
+     iteration.  However, the following simple and portable code does
+     not attempt this potential optimization.  */
+
+  while (*char_ptr != c)
+    char_ptr++;
+  return (void *) char_ptr;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/rawmemchr.valgrind b/lib/rawmemchr.valgrind
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64cf86c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rawmemchr.valgrind
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in rawmemchr().
+
+# Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+# License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# This use is OK because it provides only a speedup.
+{
+    rawmemchr-value4
+    Memcheck:Value4
+    fun:rawmemchr
+}
+{
+    rawmemchr-value8
+    Memcheck:Value8
+    fun:rawmemchr
+}
diff --git a/lib/read-file.c b/lib/read-file.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e02a43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/read-file.c
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/* read-file.c -- read file contents into a string
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson and Bruno Haible.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "read-file.h"
+
+/* Get fstat.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/* Get ftello.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Get PTRDIFF_MAX.  */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* Get malloc, realloc, free. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Get explicit_bzero, memcpy. */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Get errno. */
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Read a STREAM and return a newly allocated string with the content,
+   and set *LENGTH to the length of the string.  The string is
+   zero-terminated, but the terminating zero byte is not counted in
+   *LENGTH.  On errors, *LENGTH is undefined, errno preserves the
+   values set by system functions (if any), and NULL is returned.
+
+   If the RF_SENSITIVE flag is set in FLAGS:
+     - You should control the buffering of STREAM using 'setvbuf'.  Either
+       clear the buffer of STREAM after closing it, or disable buffering of
+       STREAM before calling this function.
+     - The memory buffer internally allocated will be cleared upon failure.  */
+char *
+fread_file (FILE *stream, int flags, size_t *length)
+{
+  char *buf = NULL;
+  size_t alloc = BUFSIZ;
+
+  /* For a regular file, allocate a buffer that has exactly the right
+     size.  This avoids the need to do dynamic reallocations later.  */
+  {
+    struct stat st;
+
+    if (fstat (fileno (stream), &st) >= 0 && S_ISREG (st.st_mode))
+      {
+        off_t pos = ftello (stream);
+
+        if (pos >= 0 && pos < st.st_size)
+          {
+            off_t alloc_off = st.st_size - pos;
+
+            /* '1' below, accounts for the trailing NUL.  */
+            if (PTRDIFF_MAX - 1 < alloc_off)
+              {
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return NULL;
+              }
+
+            alloc = alloc_off + 1;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+
+  if (!(buf = malloc (alloc)))
+    return NULL; /* errno is ENOMEM.  */
+
+  {
+    size_t size = 0; /* number of bytes read so far */
+    int save_errno;
+
+    for (;;)
+      {
+        /* This reads 1 more than the size of a regular file
+           so that we get eof immediately.  */
+        size_t requested = alloc - size;
+        size_t count = fread (buf + size, 1, requested, stream);
+        size += count;
+
+        if (count != requested)
+          {
+            save_errno = errno;
+            if (ferror (stream))
+              break;
+
+            /* Shrink the allocated memory if possible.  */
+            if (size < alloc - 1)
+              {
+                if (flags & RF_SENSITIVE)
+                  {
+                    char *smaller_buf = malloc (size + 1);
+                    if (smaller_buf == NULL)
+                      explicit_bzero (buf + size, alloc - size);
+                    else
+                      {
+                        memcpy (smaller_buf, buf, size);
+                        explicit_bzero (buf, alloc);
+                        free (buf);
+                        buf = smaller_buf;
+                      }
+                  }
+                else
+                  {
+                    char *smaller_buf = realloc (buf, size + 1);
+                    if (smaller_buf != NULL)
+                      buf = smaller_buf;
+                  }
+              }
+
+            buf[size] = '\0';
+            *length = size;
+            return buf;
+          }
+
+        {
+          char *new_buf;
+          size_t save_alloc = alloc;
+
+          if (alloc == PTRDIFF_MAX)
+            {
+              save_errno = ENOMEM;
+              break;
+            }
+
+          if (alloc < PTRDIFF_MAX - alloc / 2)
+            alloc = alloc + alloc / 2;
+          else
+            alloc = PTRDIFF_MAX;
+
+          if (flags & RF_SENSITIVE)
+            {
+              new_buf = malloc (alloc);
+              if (!new_buf)
+                {
+                  /* BUF should be cleared below after the loop.  */
+                  save_errno = errno;
+                  break;
+                }
+              memcpy (new_buf, buf, save_alloc);
+              explicit_bzero (buf, save_alloc);
+              free (buf);
+            }
+          else if (!(new_buf = realloc (buf, alloc)))
+            {
+              save_errno = errno;
+              break;
+            }
+
+          buf = new_buf;
+        }
+      }
+
+    if (flags & RF_SENSITIVE)
+      explicit_bzero (buf, alloc);
+
+    free (buf);
+    errno = save_errno;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Open and read the contents of FILENAME, and return a newly
+   allocated string with the content, and set *LENGTH to the length of
+   the string.  The string is zero-terminated, but the terminating
+   zero byte is not counted in *LENGTH.  On errors, *LENGTH is
+   undefined, errno preserves the values set by system functions (if
+   any), and NULL is returned.
+
+   If the RF_BINARY flag is set in FLAGS, the file is opened in binary
+   mode.  If the RF_SENSITIVE flag is set in FLAGS, the memory buffer
+   internally allocated will be cleared upon failure.  */
+char *
+read_file (const char *filename, int flags, size_t *length)
+{
+  const char *mode = (flags & RF_BINARY) ? "rbe" : "re";
+  FILE *stream = fopen (filename, mode);
+  char *out;
+
+  if (!stream)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (flags & RF_SENSITIVE)
+    setvbuf (stream, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+
+  out = fread_file (stream, flags, length);
+
+  if (fclose (stream) != 0)
+    {
+      if (out)
+        {
+          if (flags & RF_SENSITIVE)
+            explicit_bzero (out, *length);
+          free (out);
+        }
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return out;
+}
diff --git a/lib/read-file.h b/lib/read-file.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2067bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/read-file.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* read-file.h -- read file contents into a string
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef READ_FILE_H
+#define READ_FILE_H
+
+/* Get size_t, free().  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Get FILE.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Indicate that the file is treated as binary.  */
+#define RF_BINARY 0x1
+
+/* Indicate that the file content contains sensitive information.  */
+#define RF_SENSITIVE 0x2
+
+extern char *fread_file (FILE * stream, int flags, size_t * length)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+extern char *read_file (const char *filename, int flags, size_t * length)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+#endif /* READ_FILE_H */
diff --git a/lib/read.c b/lib/read.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bb7d90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* POSIX compatible read() function.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <io.h>
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+#  include "msvc-inval.h"
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef GetNamedPipeHandleState
+# define GetNamedPipeHandleState GetNamedPipeHandleStateA
+
+# undef read
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static ssize_t
+read_nothrow (int fd, void *buf, size_t count)
+{
+  ssize_t result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _read (fd, buf, count);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EBADF;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define read_nothrow _read
+# endif
+
+ssize_t
+rpl_read (int fd, void *buf, size_t count)
+{
+  ssize_t ret = read_nothrow (fd, buf, count);
+
+# if GNULIB_NONBLOCKING
+  if (ret < 0
+      && GetLastError () == ERROR_NO_DATA)
+    {
+      HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+      if (GetFileType (h) == FILE_TYPE_PIPE)
+        {
+          /* h is a pipe or socket.  */
+          DWORD state;
+          if (GetNamedPipeHandleState (h, &state, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0)
+              && (state & PIPE_NOWAIT) != 0)
+            /* h is a pipe in non-blocking mode.
+               Change errno from EINVAL to EAGAIN.  */
+            errno = EAGAIN;
+        }
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readdir.c b/lib/readdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e841df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* Read the next entry of a directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "dirent-private.h"
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#undef FindNextFile
+#define FindNextFile FindNextFileA
+
+struct dirent *
+readdir (DIR *dirp)
+{
+  char type;
+  struct dirent *result;
+
+  /* There is no need to add code to produce entries for "." and "..".
+     According to the POSIX:2008 section "4.12 Pathname Resolution"
+     <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html>
+     "." and ".." are syntactic entities.
+     POSIX also says:
+       "If entries for dot or dot-dot exist, one entry shall be returned
+        for dot and one entry shall be returned for dot-dot; otherwise,
+        they shall not be returned."  */
+
+  switch (dirp->status)
+    {
+    case -2:
+      /* End of directory already reached.  */
+      return NULL;
+    case -1:
+      break;
+    case 0:
+      if (!FindNextFile (dirp->current, &dirp->entry))
+        {
+          switch (GetLastError ())
+            {
+            case ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES:
+              dirp->status = -2;
+              return NULL;
+            default:
+              errno = EIO;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+      break;
+    default:
+      errno = dirp->status;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  dirp->status = 0;
+
+  if (dirp->entry.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)
+    type = DT_DIR;
+  else if (dirp->entry.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT)
+    type = DT_LNK;
+  else if ((dirp->entry.dwFileAttributes
+            & ~(FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY
+                | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
+                | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM
+                | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE
+                | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL
+                | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
+                | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SPARSE_FILE
+                | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_COMPRESSED
+                | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_CONTENT_INDEXED
+                | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ENCRYPTED)) == 0)
+    /* Devices like COM1, LPT1, NUL would also have the attributes 0x20 but
+       they cannot occur here.  */
+    type = DT_REG;
+  else
+    type = DT_UNKNOWN;
+
+  /* Reuse the memory of dirp->entry for the result.  */
+  result =
+    (struct dirent *)
+    ((char *) dirp->entry.cFileName - offsetof (struct dirent, d_name[0]));
+  result->d_type = type;
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readlink.c b/lib/readlink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed03cc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readlink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* Read the contents of a symbolic link.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_READLINK
+
+/* readlink() substitute for systems that don't have a readlink() function,
+   such as DJGPP 2.03 and mingw32.  */
+
+ssize_t
+readlink (char const *file, _GL_UNUSED char *buf,
+          _GL_UNUSED size_t bufsize)
+{
+  struct stat statbuf;
+
+  /* In general we should use lstat() here, not stat().  But on platforms
+     without symbolic links, lstat() - if it exists - would be equivalent to
+     stat(), therefore we can use stat().  This saves us a configure check.  */
+  if (stat (file, &statbuf) >= 0)
+    errno = EINVAL;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_READLINK */
+
+# undef readlink
+
+/* readlink() wrapper that uses correct types, for systems like cygwin
+   1.5.x where readlink returns int, and which rejects trailing slash,
+   for Solaris 9.  */
+
+ssize_t
+rpl_readlink (char const *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+{
+# if READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  size_t file_len = strlen (file);
+  if (file_len && file[file_len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      /* Even if FILE without the slash is a symlink to a directory,
+         both lstat() and stat() must resolve the trailing slash to
+         the directory rather than the symlink.  We can therefore
+         safely use stat() to distinguish between EINVAL and
+         ENOTDIR/ENOENT, avoiding extra overhead of rpl_lstat().  */
+      struct stat st;
+      if (stat (file, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */
+
+  ssize_t r = readlink (file, buf, bufsize);
+
+# if READLINK_TRUNCATE_BUG
+  if (r < 0 && errno == ERANGE)
+    {
+      /* Try again with a bigger buffer.  This is just for test cases;
+         real code invariably discards short reads.  */
+      char stackbuf[4032];
+      r = readlink (file, stackbuf, sizeof stackbuf);
+      if (r < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ERANGE)
+            {
+              /* Clear the buffer, which is good enough for real code.
+                 Thankfully, no test cases try short reads of enormous
+                 symlinks and what would be the point anyway?  */
+              r = bufsize;
+              memset (buf, 0, r);
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (bufsize < r)
+            r = bufsize;
+          memcpy (buf, stackbuf, r);
+        }
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_READLINK */
diff --git a/lib/readlinkat.c b/lib/readlinkat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab45e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readlinkat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* Read a symlink relative to an open directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if HAVE_READLINKAT
+
+# undef fstatat
+# undef readlinkat
+
+ssize_t
+rpl_readlinkat (int fd, char const *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+{
+# if READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  size_t file_len = strlen (file);
+  if (file_len && file[file_len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      /* Even if FILE without the slash is a symlink to a directory,
+         both lstat() and stat() must resolve the trailing slash to
+         the directory rather than the symlink.  We can therefore
+         safely use fstatat(..., 0) to distinguish between EINVAL and
+         ENOTDIR/ENOENT, avoiding extra overhead of rpl_fstatat().  */
+      struct stat st;
+      if (fstatat (fd, file, &st, 0) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */
+
+  ssize_t r = readlinkat (fd, file, buf, bufsize);
+
+# if READLINK_TRUNCATE_BUG
+  if (r < 0 && errno == ERANGE)
+    {
+      /* Try again with a bigger buffer.  This is just for test cases;
+         real code invariably discards short reads.  */
+      char stackbuf[4032];
+      r = readlinkat (fd, file, stackbuf, sizeof stackbuf);
+      if (r < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ERANGE)
+            {
+              /* Clear the buffer, which is good enough for real code.
+                 Thankfully, no test cases try short reads of enormous
+                 symlinks and what would be the point anyway?  */
+              r = bufsize;
+              memset (buf, 0, r);
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (bufsize < r)
+            r = bufsize;
+          memcpy (buf, stackbuf, r);
+        }
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* Gnulib provides a readlink stub for mingw; use it for distinction
+   between EINVAL and ENOENT, rather than always failing with ENOSYS.  */
+
+/* POSIX 2008 says that unlike readlink, readlinkat returns 0 for
+   success instead of the buffer length.  But this would render
+   readlinkat worthless since readlink does not guarantee a
+   NUL-terminated buffer.  Assume this was a bug in POSIX.  */
+
+/* Read the contents of symlink FILE into buffer BUF of size BUFSIZE, in the
+   directory open on descriptor FD.  If possible, do it without changing
+   the working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then readlink/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
+   fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME readlinkat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 readlink
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , char *buf, size_t bufsize
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , buf, bufsize
+# define AT_FUNC_RESULT ssize_t
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+# undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readtokens.c b/lib/readtokens.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f165580
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readtokens.c
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* readtokens.c  -- Functions for reading tokens from an input stream.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1991, 1999-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+/* This almost supersedes xreadline stuff -- using delim="\n"
+   gives the same functionality, except that these functions
+   would never return empty lines. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "readtokens.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize a tokenbuffer. */
+
+void
+init_tokenbuffer (token_buffer *tokenbuffer)
+{
+  tokenbuffer->size = 0;
+  tokenbuffer->buffer = NULL;
+}
+
+typedef size_t word;
+enum { bits_per_word = sizeof (word) * CHAR_BIT };
+
+static bool
+get_nth_bit (size_t n, word const *bitset)
+{
+  return bitset[n / bits_per_word] >> n % bits_per_word & 1;
+}
+
+static void
+set_nth_bit (size_t n, word *bitset)
+{
+  size_t one = 1;
+  bitset[n / bits_per_word] |= one << n % bits_per_word;
+}
+
+/* Read a token from STREAM into TOKENBUFFER.
+   A token is delimited by any of the N_DELIM bytes in DELIM.
+   Upon return, the token is in tokenbuffer->buffer and
+   has a trailing '\0' instead of any original delimiter.
+   The function value is the length of the token not including
+   the final '\0'.  Upon EOF (i.e. on the call after the last
+   token is read) or error, return -1 without modifying tokenbuffer.
+   The EOF and error conditions may be distinguished in the caller
+   by testing ferror (STREAM).
+
+   This function works properly on lines containing NUL bytes
+   and on files that do not end with a delimiter.  */
+
+size_t
+readtoken (FILE *stream,
+           const char *delim,
+           size_t n_delim,
+           token_buffer *tokenbuffer)
+{
+  int c;
+  idx_t i;
+  word isdelim[(UCHAR_MAX + bits_per_word) / bits_per_word];
+
+  memset (isdelim, 0, sizeof isdelim);
+  for (i = 0; i < n_delim; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char ch = delim[i];
+      set_nth_bit (ch, isdelim);
+    }
+
+  /* skip over any leading delimiters */
+  for (c = getc (stream); c >= 0 && get_nth_bit (c, isdelim); c = getc (stream))
+    {
+      /* empty */
+    }
+
+  char *p = tokenbuffer->buffer;
+  idx_t n = tokenbuffer->size;
+  i = 0;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (c < 0 && i == 0)
+        return -1;
+
+      if (i == n)
+        p = xpalloc (p, &n, 1, -1, sizeof *p);
+
+      if (c < 0)
+        {
+          p[i] = 0;
+          break;
+        }
+      if (get_nth_bit (c, isdelim))
+        {
+          p[i] = 0;
+          break;
+        }
+      p[i++] = c;
+      c = getc (stream);
+    }
+
+  tokenbuffer->buffer = p;
+  tokenbuffer->size = n;
+  return i;
+}
+
+/* Build a NULL-terminated array of pointers to tokens
+   read from STREAM.  Return the number of tokens read.
+   All storage is obtained through calls to xmalloc-like functions.
+
+   %%% Question: is it worth it to do a single
+   %%% realloc() of 'tokens' just before returning? */
+
+size_t
+readtokens (FILE *stream,
+            size_t projected_n_tokens,
+            const char *delim,
+            size_t n_delim,
+            char ***tokens_out,
+            size_t **token_lengths)
+{
+  token_buffer tb, *token = &tb;
+  char **tokens;
+  size_t *lengths;
+  idx_t sz, n_tokens;
+
+  if (projected_n_tokens == 0)
+    projected_n_tokens = 64;
+  else
+    projected_n_tokens++;       /* add one for trailing NULL pointer */
+
+  sz = projected_n_tokens;
+  tokens = xnmalloc (sz, sizeof *tokens);
+  lengths = xnmalloc (sz, sizeof *lengths);
+
+  n_tokens = 0;
+  init_tokenbuffer (token);
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      char *tmp;
+      size_t token_length = readtoken (stream, delim, n_delim, token);
+      if (n_tokens >= sz)
+        {
+          tokens = xpalloc (tokens, &sz, 1, -1, sizeof *tokens);
+          lengths = xreallocarray (lengths, sz, sizeof *lengths);
+        }
+
+      if (token_length == (size_t) -1)
+        {
+          /* don't increment n_tokens for NULL entry */
+          tokens[n_tokens] = NULL;
+          lengths[n_tokens] = 0;
+          break;
+        }
+      tmp = xnmalloc (token_length + 1, sizeof *tmp);
+      lengths[n_tokens] = token_length;
+      tokens[n_tokens] = memcpy (tmp, token->buffer, token_length + 1);
+      n_tokens++;
+    }
+
+  free (token->buffer);
+  *tokens_out = tokens;
+  if (token_lengths != NULL)
+    *token_lengths = lengths;
+  else
+    free (lengths);
+  return n_tokens;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readtokens.h b/lib/readtokens.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..427bce9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readtokens.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* readtokens.h -- Functions for reading tokens from an input stream.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1991, 1999, 2001-2004, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#ifndef READTOKENS_H
+# define READTOKENS_H
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+/* FIXME: This header should use idx_t, not size_t.  */
+
+struct tokenbuffer
+{
+  size_t size;
+  char *buffer;
+};
+typedef struct tokenbuffer token_buffer;
+
+void init_tokenbuffer (token_buffer *tokenbuffer);
+
+size_t
+  readtoken (FILE *stream, const char *delim, size_t n_delim,
+             token_buffer *tokenbuffer);
+size_t
+  readtokens (FILE *stream, size_t projected_n_tokens,
+              const char *delim, size_t n_delim,
+              char ***tokens_out, size_t **token_lengths);
+
+#endif /* not READTOKENS_H */
diff --git a/lib/readtokens0.c b/lib/readtokens0.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c0c40b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readtokens0.c
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* readtokens0.c -- Read NUL-separated tokens from an input stream.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "readtokens0.h"
+
+#define obstack_chunk_alloc malloc
+#define obstack_chunk_free free
+
+void
+readtokens0_init (struct Tokens *t)
+{
+  t->n_tok = 0;
+  t->tok = NULL;
+  t->tok_len = NULL;
+  obstack_init (&t->o_data);
+  obstack_init (&t->o_tok);
+  obstack_init (&t->o_tok_len);
+}
+
+void
+readtokens0_free (struct Tokens *t)
+{
+  obstack_free (&t->o_data, NULL);
+  obstack_free (&t->o_tok, NULL);
+  obstack_free (&t->o_tok_len, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Finalize (in the obstack_finish sense) the current token
+   and record its pointer and length.  */
+static void
+save_token (struct Tokens *t)
+{
+  /* Don't count the trailing NUL byte in the length.  */
+  size_t len = obstack_object_size (&t->o_data) - 1;
+  char const *s = obstack_finish (&t->o_data);
+  obstack_ptr_grow (&t->o_tok, s);
+  obstack_grow (&t->o_tok_len, &len, sizeof len);
+  t->n_tok++;
+}
+
+/* Read NUL-separated tokens from stream IN into T until EOF or error.
+   The final NUL is optional.  Always append a NULL pointer to the
+   resulting list of token pointers, but that pointer isn't counted
+   via t->n_tok.  Return true if successful.  */
+bool
+readtokens0 (FILE *in, struct Tokens *t)
+{
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int c = fgetc (in);
+      if (c == EOF)
+        {
+          size_t len = obstack_object_size (&t->o_data);
+          /* If the current object has nonzero length, then there
+             was no NUL byte at EOF -- or maybe there was an error,
+             in which case, we need to append a NUL byte to our buffer.  */
+          if (len)
+            {
+              obstack_1grow (&t->o_data, '\0');
+              save_token (t);
+            }
+
+          break;
+        }
+
+      obstack_1grow (&t->o_data, c);
+      if (c == '\0')
+        save_token (t);
+    }
+
+  /* Add a NULL pointer at the end, in case the caller (like du)
+     requires an argv-style array of strings.  */
+  obstack_ptr_grow (&t->o_tok, NULL);
+
+  t->tok = obstack_finish (&t->o_tok);
+  t->tok_len = obstack_finish (&t->o_tok_len);
+  return ! ferror (in);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readtokens0.h b/lib/readtokens0.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bfbb02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readtokens0.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* readtokens0.h -- read NUL-separated tokens from an input stream.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#ifndef READTOKENS0_H
+# define READTOKENS0_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include "obstack.h"
+
+struct Tokens
+{
+  size_t n_tok;
+  char **tok;
+  size_t *tok_len;
+  struct obstack o_data; /* Contains data pointed to by each tok[i].  */
+  struct obstack o_tok; /* array of pointers to tokens  */
+  struct obstack o_tok_len; /* array of token lengths  */
+};
+
+void readtokens0_init (struct Tokens *t);
+void readtokens0_free (struct Tokens *t);
+bool readtokens0 (FILE *in, struct Tokens *t);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readutmp.c b/lib/readutmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b6f843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readutmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* GNU's read utmp module.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by jla; revised by djm */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "readutmp.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Each of the FILE streams in this file is only used in a single thread.  */
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
+#if 8 <= __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess"
+#endif
+
+/* Copy UT->ut_name into storage obtained from malloc.  Then remove any
+   trailing spaces from the copy, NUL terminate it, and return the copy.  */
+
+char *
+extract_trimmed_name (const STRUCT_UTMP *ut)
+{
+  char *p, *trimmed_name;
+
+  trimmed_name = xmalloc (sizeof (UT_USER (ut)) + 1);
+  strncpy (trimmed_name, UT_USER (ut), sizeof (UT_USER (ut)));
+  /* Append a trailing NUL.  Some systems pad names shorter than the
+     maximum with spaces, others pad with NULs.  Remove any trailing
+     spaces.  */
+  trimmed_name[sizeof (UT_USER (ut))] = '\0';
+  for (p = trimmed_name + strlen (trimmed_name);
+       trimmed_name < p && p[-1] == ' ';
+       *--p = '\0')
+    continue;
+  return trimmed_name;
+}
+
+/* Is the utmp entry U desired by the user who asked for OPTIONS?  */
+
+static bool
+desirable_utmp_entry (STRUCT_UTMP const *u, int options)
+{
+  bool user_proc = IS_USER_PROCESS (u);
+  if ((options & READ_UTMP_USER_PROCESS) && !user_proc)
+    return false;
+  if ((options & READ_UTMP_CHECK_PIDS)
+      && user_proc
+      && 0 < UT_PID (u)
+      && (kill (UT_PID (u), 0) < 0 && errno == ESRCH))
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Read the utmp entries corresponding to file FILE into freshly-
+   malloc'd storage, set *UTMP_BUF to that pointer, set *N_ENTRIES to
+   the number of entries, and return zero.  If there is any error,
+   return -1, setting errno, and don't modify the parameters.
+   If OPTIONS & READ_UTMP_CHECK_PIDS is nonzero, omit entries whose
+   process-IDs do not currently exist.  */
+
+#ifdef UTMP_NAME_FUNCTION
+
+int
+read_utmp (char const *file, size_t *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf,
+           int options)
+{
+  idx_t n_read = 0;
+  idx_t n_alloc = 0;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *utmp = NULL;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *u;
+
+  /* Ignore the return value for now.
+     Solaris' utmpname returns 1 upon success -- which is contrary
+     to what the GNU libc version does.  In addition, older GNU libc
+     versions are actually void.   */
+  UTMP_NAME_FUNCTION ((char *) file);
+
+  SET_UTMP_ENT ();
+
+  while ((u = GET_UTMP_ENT ()) != NULL)
+    if (desirable_utmp_entry (u, options))
+      {
+        if (n_read == n_alloc)
+          utmp = xpalloc (utmp, &n_alloc, 1, -1, sizeof *utmp);
+
+        utmp[n_read++] = *u;
+      }
+
+  END_UTMP_ENT ();
+
+  *n_entries = n_read;
+  *utmp_buf = utmp;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#else
+
+int
+read_utmp (char const *file, size_t *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf,
+           int options)
+{
+  idx_t n_read = 0;
+  idx_t n_alloc = 0;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *utmp = NULL;
+  int saved_errno;
+  FILE *f = fopen (file, "re");
+
+  if (! f)
+    return -1;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (n_read == n_alloc)
+        utmp = xpalloc (utmp, &n_alloc, 1, -1, sizeof *utmp);
+      if (fread (&utmp[n_read], sizeof utmp[n_read], 1, f) == 0)
+        break;
+      n_read += desirable_utmp_entry (&utmp[n_read], options);
+    }
+
+  saved_errno = ferror (f) ? errno : 0;
+  if (fclose (f) != 0)
+    saved_errno = errno;
+  if (saved_errno != 0)
+    {
+      free (utmp);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  *n_entries = n_read;
+  *utmp_buf = utmp;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readutmp.h b/lib/readutmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb83f8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readutmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/* Declarations for GNU's read utmp module.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by jla; revised by djm */
+
+#ifndef __READUTMP_H__
+# define __READUTMP_H__
+
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* AIX 4.3.3 has both utmp.h and utmpx.h, but only struct utmp
+   has the ut_exit member.  */
+# if (HAVE_UTMPX_H && HAVE_UTMP_H && HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT \
+      && ! HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT)
+#  undef HAVE_UTMPX_H
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#  if HAVE_UTMP_H
+    /* HPUX 10.20 needs utmp.h, for the definition of e.g., UTMP_FILE.  */
+#   include <utmp.h>
+#  endif
+#  if defined _THREAD_SAFE && defined UTMP_DATA_INIT
+    /* When including both utmp.h and utmpx.h on AIX 4.3, with _THREAD_SAFE
+       defined, work around the duplicate struct utmp_data declaration.  */
+#   define utmp_data gl_aix_4_3_workaround_utmp_data
+#  endif
+#  include <utmpx.h>
+#  define UTMP_STRUCT_NAME utmpx
+#  define UT_TIME_MEMBER(UT_PTR) ((UT_PTR)->ut_tv.tv_sec)
+#  define SET_UTMP_ENT setutxent
+#  define GET_UTMP_ENT getutxent
+#  define END_UTMP_ENT endutxent
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPXNAME
+#   define UTMP_NAME_FUNCTION utmpxname
+#  elif defined UTXDB_ACTIVE
+#   define UTMP_NAME_FUNCTION(x) setutxdb (UTXDB_ACTIVE, x)
+#  endif
+
+#  if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION
+#   define UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION(U) ((U)->ut_exit.e_termination)
+#  else
+#   if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT_UT_TERMINATION
+#    define UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION(U) ((U)->ut_exit.ut_termination)
+#   else
+#    define UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION(U) 0
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+#  if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT_E_EXIT
+#   define UT_EXIT_E_EXIT(U) ((U)->ut_exit.e_exit)
+#  else
+#   if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT_UT_EXIT
+#    define UT_EXIT_E_EXIT(U) ((U)->ut_exit.ut_exit)
+#   else
+#    define UT_EXIT_E_EXIT(U) 0
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_UTMP_H
+
+#  include <utmp.h>
+#  if !HAVE_DECL_GETUTENT
+    struct utmp *getutent (void);
+#  endif
+#  define UTMP_STRUCT_NAME utmp
+#  define UT_TIME_MEMBER(UT_PTR) ((UT_PTR)->ut_time)
+#  define SET_UTMP_ENT setutent
+#  define GET_UTMP_ENT getutent
+#  define END_UTMP_ENT endutent
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPNAME
+#   define UTMP_NAME_FUNCTION utmpname
+#  endif
+
+#  if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION
+#   define UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION(U) ((U)->ut_exit.e_termination)
+#  else
+#   if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT_UT_TERMINATION
+#    define UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION(U) ((U)->ut_exit.ut_termination)
+#   else
+#    define UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION(U) 0
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+#  if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT_E_EXIT
+#   define UT_EXIT_E_EXIT(U) ((U)->ut_exit.e_exit)
+#  else
+#   if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT_UT_EXIT
+#    define UT_EXIT_E_EXIT(U) ((U)->ut_exit.ut_exit)
+#   else
+#    define UT_EXIT_E_EXIT(U) 0
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* Accessor macro for the member named ut_user or ut_name.  */
+# if HAVE_UTMPX_H
+
+#  if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_USER
+#   define UT_USER(Utmp) ((Utmp)->ut_user)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_NAME
+#   undef UT_USER
+#   define UT_USER(Utmp) ((Utmp)->ut_name)
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_UTMP_H
+
+#  if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER
+#   define UT_USER(Utmp) ((Utmp)->ut_user)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME
+#   undef UT_USER
+#   define UT_USER(Utmp) ((Utmp)->ut_name)
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_XTMP_UT_EXIT \
+    (HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_EXIT \
+     || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_EXIT)
+
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_XTMP_UT_ID \
+    (HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID \
+     || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ID)
+
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_XTMP_UT_PID \
+    (HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_PID \
+     || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_PID)
+
+typedef struct UTMP_STRUCT_NAME STRUCT_UTMP;
+
+enum { UT_USER_SIZE = sizeof UT_USER ((STRUCT_UTMP *) 0) };
+
+# if !defined UTMP_FILE && defined _PATH_UTMP
+#  define UTMP_FILE _PATH_UTMP
+# endif
+
+# if !defined WTMP_FILE && defined _PATH_WTMP
+#  define WTMP_FILE _PATH_WTMP
+# endif
+
+# ifdef UTMPX_FILE /* Solaris, SysVr4 */
+#  undef UTMP_FILE
+#  define UTMP_FILE UTMPX_FILE
+# endif
+
+# ifdef WTMPX_FILE /* Solaris, SysVr4 */
+#  undef WTMP_FILE
+#  define WTMP_FILE WTMPX_FILE
+# endif
+
+# ifndef UTMP_FILE
+#  define UTMP_FILE "/etc/utmp"
+# endif
+
+# ifndef WTMP_FILE
+#  define WTMP_FILE "/etc/wtmp"
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_XTMP_UT_PID
+#  define UT_PID(U) ((U)->ut_pid)
+# else
+#  define UT_PID(U) 0
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TYPE
+#  define UT_TYPE_EQ(U, V) ((U)->ut_type == (V))
+#  define UT_TYPE_NOT_DEFINED 0
+# else
+#  define UT_TYPE_EQ(U, V) 0
+#  define UT_TYPE_NOT_DEFINED 1
+# endif
+
+# ifdef BOOT_TIME
+#  define UT_TYPE_BOOT_TIME(U) UT_TYPE_EQ (U, BOOT_TIME)
+# else
+#  define UT_TYPE_BOOT_TIME(U) 0
+# endif
+
+# ifdef USER_PROCESS
+#  define UT_TYPE_USER_PROCESS(U) UT_TYPE_EQ (U, USER_PROCESS)
+# else
+#  define UT_TYPE_USER_PROCESS(U) 0
+# endif
+
+# define IS_USER_PROCESS(U)                                     \
+   (UT_USER (U)[0]                                              \
+    && (UT_TYPE_USER_PROCESS (U)                                \
+        || (UT_TYPE_NOT_DEFINED && UT_TIME_MEMBER (U) != 0)))
+
+/* Options for read_utmp.  */
+enum
+  {
+    READ_UTMP_CHECK_PIDS = 1,
+    READ_UTMP_USER_PROCESS = 2
+  };
+
+char *extract_trimmed_name (const STRUCT_UTMP *ut)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+
+/* FIXME: This header should use idx_t, not size_t.  */
+int read_utmp (char const *file, size_t *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf,
+               int options);
+
+#endif /* __READUTMP_H__ */
diff --git a/lib/realloc.c b/lib/realloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c878381
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/realloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* realloc() function that is glibc compatible.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2003-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
+
+/* Call the system's realloc below.  This file does not define
+   _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC because it needs Gnulib's malloc if present.  */
+#undef realloc
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  If P is NULL, use malloc.  Otherwise if N is zero,
+   free P and return NULL.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_realloc (void *p, size_t n)
+{
+  if (p == NULL)
+    return malloc (n);
+
+  if (n == 0)
+    {
+      free (p);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, 1))
+    {
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  void *result = realloc (p, n);
+
+#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
+  if (result == NULL)
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/reallocarray.c b/lib/reallocarray.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc4cba4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/reallocarray.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* reallocarray function that is glibc compatible.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Darshit Shah */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+void *
+reallocarray (void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+{
+  size_t nbytes;
+  if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (nmemb, size, &nbytes))
+    {
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Rely on the semantics of GNU realloc.  */
+  return realloc (ptr, nbytes);
+}
diff --git a/lib/regcomp.c b/lib/regcomp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b607c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/regcomp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3778 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <locale/weight.h>
+#endif
+
+static reg_errcode_t re_compile_internal (regex_t *preg, const char * pattern,
+					  size_t length, reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static void re_compile_fastmap_iter (regex_t *bufp,
+				     const re_dfastate_t *init_state,
+				     char *fastmap);
+static reg_errcode_t init_dfa (re_dfa_t *dfa, size_t pat_len);
+static void free_charset (re_charset_t *cset);
+static void free_workarea_compile (regex_t *preg);
+static reg_errcode_t create_initial_state (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static void optimize_utf8 (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static reg_errcode_t analyze (regex_t *preg);
+static reg_errcode_t preorder (bin_tree_t *root,
+			       reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+			       void *extra);
+static reg_errcode_t postorder (bin_tree_t *root,
+				reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+				void *extra);
+static reg_errcode_t optimize_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t lower_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static bin_tree_t *lower_subexp (reg_errcode_t *err, regex_t *preg,
+				 bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_first (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_next (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t link_nfa_nodes (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static Idx duplicate_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_idx, unsigned int constraint);
+static Idx search_duplicated_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_node,
+				   unsigned int constraint);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_eclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_eclosure_iter (re_node_set *new_set, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					 Idx node, bool root);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_inveclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static Idx fetch_number (re_string_t *input, re_token_t *token,
+			 reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static int peek_token (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input,
+			reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static bin_tree_t *parse (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+			  reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_reg_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+				  re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+				  Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_branch (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+				 re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+				 Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_expression (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+				     re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+				     Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_sub_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+				  re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+				  Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_dup_op (bin_tree_t *dup_elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+				 re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t *token,
+				 reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_bracket_exp (re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+				      re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+				      reg_errcode_t *err);
+static reg_errcode_t parse_bracket_element (bracket_elem_t *elem,
+					    re_string_t *regexp,
+					    re_token_t *token, int token_len,
+					    re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					    reg_syntax_t syntax,
+					    bool accept_hyphen);
+static reg_errcode_t parse_bracket_symbol (bracket_elem_t *elem,
+					  re_string_t *regexp,
+					  re_token_t *token);
+static reg_errcode_t build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset,
+					re_charset_t *mbcset,
+					Idx *equiv_class_alloc,
+					const unsigned char *name);
+static reg_errcode_t build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+				      bitset_t sbcset,
+				      re_charset_t *mbcset,
+				      Idx *char_class_alloc,
+				      const char *class_name,
+				      reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static bin_tree_t *build_charclass_op (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+				       RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+				       const char *class_name,
+				       const char *extra,
+				       bool non_match, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *create_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+				bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+				re_token_type_t type);
+static bin_tree_t *create_token_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+				      bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+				      const re_token_t *token);
+static bin_tree_t *duplicate_tree (const bin_tree_t *src, re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static void free_token (re_token_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t free_tree (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t mark_opt_subexp (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+
+/* This table gives an error message for each of the error codes listed
+   in regex.h.  Obviously the order here has to be same as there.
+   POSIX doesn't require that we do anything for REG_NOERROR,
+   but why not be nice?  */
+
+static const char __re_error_msgid[] =
+  {
+#define REG_NOERROR_IDX	0
+    gettext_noop ("Success")	/* REG_NOERROR */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_NOMATCH_IDX (REG_NOERROR_IDX + sizeof "Success")
+    gettext_noop ("No match")	/* REG_NOMATCH */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADPAT_IDX	(REG_NOMATCH_IDX + sizeof "No match")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid regular expression") /* REG_BADPAT */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ECOLLATE_IDX (REG_BADPAT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid collation character") /* REG_ECOLLATE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ECTYPE_IDX	(REG_ECOLLATE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid collation character")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid character class name") /* REG_ECTYPE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EESCAPE_IDX	(REG_ECTYPE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid character class name")
+    gettext_noop ("Trailing backslash") /* REG_EESCAPE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESUBREG_IDX	(REG_EESCAPE_IDX + sizeof "Trailing backslash")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid back reference") /* REG_ESUBREG */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EBRACK_IDX	(REG_ESUBREG_IDX + sizeof "Invalid back reference")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched [, [^, [:, [., or [=")	/* REG_EBRACK */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EPAREN_IDX	(REG_EBRACK_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched [, [^, [:, [., or [=")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched ( or \\(") /* REG_EPAREN */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EBRACE_IDX	(REG_EPAREN_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched ( or \\(")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched \\{") /* REG_EBRACE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADBR_IDX	(REG_EBRACE_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched \\{")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid content of \\{\\}") /* REG_BADBR */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ERANGE_IDX	(REG_BADBR_IDX + sizeof "Invalid content of \\{\\}")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid range end")	/* REG_ERANGE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESPACE_IDX	(REG_ERANGE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid range end")
+    gettext_noop ("Memory exhausted") /* REG_ESPACE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADRPT_IDX	(REG_ESPACE_IDX + sizeof "Memory exhausted")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid preceding regular expression") /* REG_BADRPT */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EEND_IDX	(REG_BADRPT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid preceding regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Premature end of regular expression") /* REG_EEND */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESIZE_IDX	(REG_EEND_IDX + sizeof "Premature end of regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Regular expression too big") /* REG_ESIZE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ERPAREN_IDX	(REG_ESIZE_IDX + sizeof "Regular expression too big")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched ) or \\)") /* REG_ERPAREN */
+  };
+
+static const size_t __re_error_msgid_idx[] =
+  {
+    REG_NOERROR_IDX,
+    REG_NOMATCH_IDX,
+    REG_BADPAT_IDX,
+    REG_ECOLLATE_IDX,
+    REG_ECTYPE_IDX,
+    REG_EESCAPE_IDX,
+    REG_ESUBREG_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACK_IDX,
+    REG_EPAREN_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADBR_IDX,
+    REG_ERANGE_IDX,
+    REG_ESPACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADRPT_IDX,
+    REG_EEND_IDX,
+    REG_ESIZE_IDX,
+    REG_ERPAREN_IDX
+  };
+
+/* Entry points for GNU code.  */
+
+/* re_compile_pattern is the GNU regular expression compiler: it
+   compiles PATTERN (of length LENGTH) and puts the result in BUFP.
+   Returns 0 if the pattern was valid, otherwise an error string.
+
+   Assumes the 'allocated' (and perhaps 'buffer') and 'translate' fields
+   are set in BUFP on entry.  */
+
+const char *
+re_compile_pattern (const char *pattern, size_t length,
+		    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  /* And GNU code determines whether or not to get register information
+     by passing null for the REGS argument to re_match, etc., not by
+     setting no_sub, unless RE_NO_SUB is set.  */
+  bufp->no_sub = !!(re_syntax_options & RE_NO_SUB);
+
+  /* Match anchors at newline.  */
+  bufp->newline_anchor = 1;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (bufp, pattern, length, re_syntax_options);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+  return gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+weak_alias (__re_compile_pattern, re_compile_pattern)
+
+/* Set by 're_set_syntax' to the current regexp syntax to recognize.  Can
+   also be assigned to arbitrarily: each pattern buffer stores its own
+   syntax, so it can be changed between regex compilations.  */
+/* This has no initializer because initialized variables in Emacs
+   become read-only after dumping.  */
+reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+
+/* Specify the precise syntax of regexps for compilation.  This provides
+   for compatibility for various utilities which historically have
+   different, incompatible syntaxes.
+
+   The argument SYNTAX is a bit mask comprised of the various bits
+   defined in regex.h.  We return the old syntax.  */
+
+reg_syntax_t
+re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  reg_syntax_t ret = re_syntax_options;
+
+  re_syntax_options = syntax;
+  return ret;
+}
+weak_alias (__re_set_syntax, re_set_syntax)
+
+int
+re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = bufp->buffer;
+  char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap;
+
+  memset (fastmap, '\0', sizeof (char) * SBC_MAX);
+  re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_word)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_word, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_nl)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_nl, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_begbuf)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_begbuf, fastmap);
+  bufp->fastmap_accurate = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+weak_alias (__re_compile_fastmap, re_compile_fastmap)
+
+static __always_inline void
+re_set_fastmap (char *fastmap, bool icase, int ch)
+{
+  fastmap[ch] = 1;
+  if (icase)
+    fastmap[tolower (ch)] = 1;
+}
+
+/* Helper function for re_compile_fastmap.
+   Compile fastmap for the initial_state INIT_STATE.  */
+
+static void
+re_compile_fastmap_iter (regex_t *bufp, const re_dfastate_t *init_state,
+			 char *fastmap)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = bufp->buffer;
+  Idx node_cnt;
+  bool icase = (dfa->mb_cur_max == 1 && (bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE));
+  for (node_cnt = 0; node_cnt < init_state->nodes.nelem; ++node_cnt)
+    {
+      Idx node = init_state->nodes.elems[node_cnt];
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+
+      if (type == CHARACTER)
+	{
+	  re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, dfa->nodes[node].opr.c);
+	  if ((bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE) && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	    {
+	      unsigned char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+	      unsigned char *p;
+	      wchar_t wc;
+	      mbstate_t state;
+
+	      p = buf;
+	      *p++ = dfa->nodes[node].opr.c;
+	      while (++node < dfa->nodes_len
+		     &&	dfa->nodes[node].type == CHARACTER
+		     && dfa->nodes[node].mb_partial)
+		*p++ = dfa->nodes[node].opr.c;
+	      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state));
+	      if (__mbrtowc (&wc, (const char *) buf, p - buf,
+			     &state) == p - buf
+		  && (__wcrtomb ((char *) buf, __towlower (wc), &state)
+		      != (size_t) -1))
+		re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, buf[0]);
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (type == SIMPLE_BRACKET)
+	{
+	  int i, ch;
+	  for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+	    {
+	      int j;
+	      bitset_word_t w = dfa->nodes[node].opr.sbcset[i];
+	      for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+		if (w & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << j))
+		  re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, ch);
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (type == COMPLEX_BRACKET)
+	{
+	  re_charset_t *cset = dfa->nodes[node].opr.mbcset;
+	  Idx i;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+	  /* See if we have to try all bytes which start multiple collation
+	     elements.
+	     e.g. In da_DK, we want to catch 'a' since "aa" is a valid
+		  collation element, and don't catch 'b' since 'b' is
+		  the only collation element which starts from 'b' (and
+		  it is caught by SIMPLE_BRACKET).  */
+	      if (_NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES) != 0
+		  && (cset->ncoll_syms || cset->nranges))
+		{
+		  const int32_t *table = (const int32_t *)
+		    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+		  for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)
+		    if (table[i] < 0)
+		      re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, i);
+		}
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+	  /* See if we have to start the match at all multibyte characters,
+	     i.e. where we would not find an invalid sequence.  This only
+	     applies to multibyte character sets; for single byte character
+	     sets, the SIMPLE_BRACKET again suffices.  */
+	  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1
+	      && (cset->nchar_classes || cset->non_match || cset->nranges
+#ifdef _LIBC
+		  || cset->nequiv_classes
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+		 ))
+	    {
+	      unsigned char c = 0;
+	      do
+		{
+		  mbstate_t mbs;
+		  memset (&mbs, 0, sizeof (mbs));
+		  if (__mbrtowc (NULL, (char *) &c, 1, &mbs) == (size_t) -2)
+		    re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, (int) c);
+		}
+	      while (++c != 0);
+	    }
+
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* ... Else catch all bytes which can start the mbchars.  */
+	      for (i = 0; i < cset->nmbchars; ++i)
+		{
+		  char buf[256];
+		  mbstate_t state;
+		  memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state));
+		  if (__wcrtomb (buf, cset->mbchars[i], &state) != (size_t) -1)
+		    re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, *(unsigned char *) buf);
+		  if ((bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE) && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+		    {
+		      if (__wcrtomb (buf, __towlower (cset->mbchars[i]), &state)
+			  != (size_t) -1)
+			re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, *(unsigned char *) buf);
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (type == OP_PERIOD || type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD || type == END_OF_RE)
+	{
+	  memset (fastmap, '\1', sizeof (char) * SBC_MAX);
+	  if (type == END_OF_RE)
+	    bufp->can_be_null = 1;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Entry point for POSIX code.  */
+/* regcomp takes a regular expression as a string and compiles it.
+
+   PREG is a regex_t *.  We do not expect any fields to be initialized,
+   since POSIX says we shouldn't.  Thus, we set
+
+     'buffer' to the compiled pattern;
+     'used' to the length of the compiled pattern;
+     'syntax' to RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED if the
+       REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to
+       RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC;
+     'newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS;
+     'fastmap' to an allocated space for the fastmap;
+     'fastmap_accurate' to zero;
+     're_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN.
+
+   PATTERN is the address of the pattern string.
+
+   CFLAGS is a series of bits which affect compilation.
+
+     If REG_EXTENDED is set, we use POSIX extended syntax; otherwise, we
+     use POSIX basic syntax.
+
+     If REG_NEWLINE is set, then . and [^...] don't match newline.
+     Also, regexec will try a match beginning after every newline.
+
+     If REG_ICASE is set, then we considers upper- and lowercase
+     versions of letters to be equivalent when matching.
+
+     If REG_NOSUB is set, then when PREG is passed to regexec, that
+     routine will report only success or failure, and nothing about the
+     registers.
+
+   It returns 0 if it succeeds, nonzero if it doesn't.  (See regex.h for
+   the return codes and their meanings.)  */
+
+int
+regcomp (regex_t *__restrict preg, const char *__restrict pattern, int cflags)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax = ((cflags & REG_EXTENDED) ? RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED
+			 : RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC);
+
+  preg->buffer = NULL;
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+
+  /* Try to allocate space for the fastmap.  */
+  preg->fastmap = re_malloc (char, SBC_MAX);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (preg->fastmap == NULL))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  syntax |= (cflags & REG_ICASE) ? RE_ICASE : 0;
+
+  /* If REG_NEWLINE is set, newlines are treated differently.  */
+  if (cflags & REG_NEWLINE)
+    { /* REG_NEWLINE implies neither . nor [^...] match newline.  */
+      syntax &= ~RE_DOT_NEWLINE;
+      syntax |= RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE;
+      /* It also changes the matching behavior.  */
+      preg->newline_anchor = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    preg->newline_anchor = 0;
+  preg->no_sub = !!(cflags & REG_NOSUB);
+  preg->translate = NULL;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (preg, pattern, strlen (pattern), syntax);
+
+  /* POSIX doesn't distinguish between an unmatched open-group and an
+     unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN.  */
+  if (ret == REG_ERPAREN)
+    ret = REG_EPAREN;
+
+  /* We have already checked preg->fastmap != NULL.  */
+  if (__glibc_likely (ret == REG_NOERROR))
+    /* Compute the fastmap now, since regexec cannot modify the pattern
+       buffer.  This function never fails in this implementation.  */
+    (void) re_compile_fastmap (preg);
+  else
+    {
+      /* Some error occurred while compiling the expression.  */
+      re_free (preg->fastmap);
+      preg->fastmap = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (int) ret;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__regcomp)
+weak_alias (__regcomp, regcomp)
+
+/* Returns a message corresponding to an error code, ERRCODE, returned
+   from either regcomp or regexec.   We don't use PREG here.  */
+
+size_t
+regerror (int errcode, const regex_t *__restrict preg, char *__restrict errbuf,
+	  size_t errbuf_size)
+{
+  const char *msg;
+  size_t msg_size;
+  int nerrcodes = sizeof __re_error_msgid_idx / sizeof __re_error_msgid_idx[0];
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (errcode < 0 || errcode >= nerrcodes))
+    /* Only error codes returned by the rest of the code should be passed
+       to this routine.  If we are given anything else, or if other regex
+       code generates an invalid error code, then the program has a bug.
+       Dump core so we can fix it.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  msg = gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[errcode]);
+
+  msg_size = strlen (msg) + 1; /* Includes the null.  */
+
+  if (__glibc_likely (errbuf_size != 0))
+    {
+      size_t cpy_size = msg_size;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (msg_size > errbuf_size))
+	{
+	  cpy_size = errbuf_size - 1;
+	  errbuf[cpy_size] = '\0';
+	}
+      memcpy (errbuf, msg, cpy_size);
+    }
+
+  return msg_size;
+}
+weak_alias (__regerror, regerror)
+
+
+/* This static array is used for the map to single-byte characters when
+   UTF-8 is used.  Otherwise we would allocate memory just to initialize
+   it the same all the time.  UTF-8 is the preferred encoding so this is
+   a worthwhile optimization.  */
+static const bitset_t utf8_sb_map =
+{
+  /* Set the first 128 bits.  */
+#if (defined __GNUC__ || __clang_major__ >= 4) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__
+  [0 ... 0x80 / BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1] = BITSET_WORD_MAX
+#else
+# if 4 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+#  error "bitset_word_t is narrower than 32 bits"
+# elif 3 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+# elif 2 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+# elif 1 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+# endif
+  (BITSET_WORD_MAX
+   >> (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0
+       ? 0
+       : BITSET_WORD_BITS - SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS))
+#endif
+};
+
+
+static void
+free_dfa_content (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx i, j;
+
+  if (dfa->nodes)
+    for (i = 0; i < dfa->nodes_len; ++i)
+      free_token (dfa->nodes + i);
+  re_free (dfa->nexts);
+  for (i = 0; i < dfa->nodes_len; ++i)
+    {
+      if (dfa->eclosures != NULL)
+	re_node_set_free (dfa->eclosures + i);
+      if (dfa->inveclosures != NULL)
+	re_node_set_free (dfa->inveclosures + i);
+      if (dfa->edests != NULL)
+	re_node_set_free (dfa->edests + i);
+    }
+  re_free (dfa->edests);
+  re_free (dfa->eclosures);
+  re_free (dfa->inveclosures);
+  re_free (dfa->nodes);
+
+  if (dfa->state_table)
+    for (i = 0; i <= dfa->state_hash_mask; ++i)
+      {
+	struct re_state_table_entry *entry = dfa->state_table + i;
+	for (j = 0; j < entry->num; ++j)
+	  {
+	    re_dfastate_t *state = entry->array[j];
+	    free_state (state);
+	  }
+	re_free (entry->array);
+      }
+  re_free (dfa->state_table);
+  if (dfa->sb_char != utf8_sb_map)
+    re_free (dfa->sb_char);
+  re_free (dfa->subexp_map);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  re_free (dfa->re_str);
+#endif
+
+  re_free (dfa);
+}
+
+
+/* Free dynamically allocated space used by PREG.  */
+
+void
+regfree (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  if (__glibc_likely (dfa != NULL))
+    {
+      lock_fini (dfa->lock);
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+    }
+  preg->buffer = NULL;
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+
+  re_free (preg->fastmap);
+  preg->fastmap = NULL;
+
+  re_free (preg->translate);
+  preg->translate = NULL;
+}
+libc_hidden_def (__regfree)
+weak_alias (__regfree, regfree)
+
+/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library.  We don't define
+   them unless specifically requested.  */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+
+/* BSD has one and only one pattern buffer.  */
+static struct re_pattern_buffer re_comp_buf;
+
+char *
+# ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make these definitions weak in libc, so POSIX programs can redefine
+   these names if they don't use our functions, and still use
+   regcomp/regexec above without link errors.  */
+weak_function
+# endif
+re_comp (const char *s)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  char *fastmap;
+
+  if (!s)
+    {
+      if (!re_comp_buf.buffer)
+	return gettext ("No previous regular expression");
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (re_comp_buf.buffer)
+    {
+      fastmap = re_comp_buf.fastmap;
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = NULL;
+      __regfree (&re_comp_buf);
+      memset (&re_comp_buf, '\0', sizeof (re_comp_buf));
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = fastmap;
+    }
+
+  if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL)
+    {
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = re_malloc (char, SBC_MAX);
+      if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL)
+	return (char *) gettext (__re_error_msgid
+				 + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) REG_ESPACE]);
+    }
+
+  /* Since 're_exec' always passes NULL for the 'regs' argument, we
+     don't need to initialize the pattern buffer fields which affect it.  */
+
+  /* Match anchors at newlines.  */
+  re_comp_buf.newline_anchor = 1;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (&re_comp_buf, s, strlen (s), re_syntax_options);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Yes, we're discarding 'const' here if !HAVE_LIBINTL.  */
+  return (char *) gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+  __regfree (&re_comp_buf);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */
+
+/* Internal entry point.
+   Compile the regular expression PATTERN, whose length is LENGTH.
+   SYNTAX indicate regular expression's syntax.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+re_compile_internal (regex_t *preg, const char * pattern, size_t length,
+		     reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa;
+  re_string_t regexp;
+
+  /* Initialize the pattern buffer.  */
+  preg->fastmap_accurate = 0;
+  preg->syntax = syntax;
+  preg->not_bol = preg->not_eol = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+  preg->re_nsub = 0;
+  preg->can_be_null = 0;
+  preg->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+
+  /* Initialize the dfa.  */
+  dfa = preg->buffer;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (preg->allocated < sizeof (re_dfa_t)))
+    {
+      /* If zero allocated, but buffer is non-null, try to realloc
+	 enough space.  This loses if buffer's address is bogus, but
+	 that is the user's responsibility.  If ->buffer is NULL this
+	 is a simple allocation.  */
+      dfa = re_realloc (preg->buffer, re_dfa_t, 1);
+      if (dfa == NULL)
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      preg->allocated = sizeof (re_dfa_t);
+      preg->buffer = dfa;
+    }
+  preg->used = sizeof (re_dfa_t);
+
+  err = init_dfa (dfa, length);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err == REG_NOERROR && lock_init (dfa->lock) != 0))
+    err = REG_ESPACE;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+      return err;
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  /* Note: length+1 will not overflow since it is checked in init_dfa.  */
+  dfa->re_str = re_malloc (char, length + 1);
+  strncpy (dfa->re_str, pattern, length + 1);
+#endif
+
+  err = re_string_construct (&regexp, pattern, length, preg->translate,
+			     (syntax & RE_ICASE) != 0, dfa);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+    re_compile_internal_free_return:
+      free_workarea_compile (preg);
+      re_string_destruct (&regexp);
+      lock_fini (dfa->lock);
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+      return err;
+    }
+
+  /* Parse the regular expression, and build a structure tree.  */
+  preg->re_nsub = 0;
+  dfa->str_tree = parse (&regexp, preg, syntax, &err);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->str_tree == NULL))
+    goto re_compile_internal_free_return;
+
+  /* Analyze the tree and create the nfa.  */
+  err = analyze (preg);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    goto re_compile_internal_free_return;
+
+  /* If possible, do searching in single byte encoding to speed things up.  */
+  if (dfa->is_utf8 && !(syntax & RE_ICASE) && preg->translate == NULL)
+    optimize_utf8 (dfa);
+
+  /* Then create the initial state of the dfa.  */
+  err = create_initial_state (dfa);
+
+  /* Release work areas.  */
+  free_workarea_compile (preg);
+  re_string_destruct (&regexp);
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      lock_fini (dfa->lock);
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Initialize DFA.  We use the length of the regular expression PAT_LEN
+   as the initial length of some arrays.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+init_dfa (re_dfa_t *dfa, size_t pat_len)
+{
+  __re_size_t table_size;
+#ifndef _LIBC
+  const char *codeset_name;
+#endif
+  size_t max_i18n_object_size = MAX (sizeof (wchar_t), sizeof (wctype_t));
+  size_t max_object_size =
+    MAX (sizeof (struct re_state_table_entry),
+	 MAX (sizeof (re_token_t),
+	      MAX (sizeof (re_node_set),
+		   MAX (sizeof (regmatch_t),
+			max_i18n_object_size))));
+
+  memset (dfa, '\0', sizeof (re_dfa_t));
+
+  /* Force allocation of str_tree_storage the first time.  */
+  dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE;
+
+  /* Avoid overflows.  The extra "/ 2" is for the table_size doubling
+     calculation below, and for similar doubling calculations
+     elsewhere.  And it's <= rather than <, because some of the
+     doubling calculations add 1 afterwards.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size) / 2
+			<= pat_len))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  dfa->nodes_alloc = pat_len + 1;
+  dfa->nodes = re_malloc (re_token_t, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+
+  /*  table_size = 2 ^ ceil(log pat_len) */
+  for (table_size = 1; ; table_size <<= 1)
+    if (table_size > pat_len)
+      break;
+
+  dfa->state_table = calloc (sizeof (struct re_state_table_entry), table_size);
+  dfa->state_hash_mask = table_size - 1;
+
+  dfa->mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max == 6
+      && strcmp (_NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, _NL_CTYPE_CODESET_NAME), "UTF-8") == 0)
+    dfa->is_utf8 = 1;
+  dfa->map_notascii = (_NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_CTYPE, _NL_CTYPE_MAP_TO_NONASCII)
+		       != 0);
+#else
+  codeset_name = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+  if ((codeset_name[0] == 'U' || codeset_name[0] == 'u')
+      && (codeset_name[1] == 'T' || codeset_name[1] == 't')
+      && (codeset_name[2] == 'F' || codeset_name[2] == 'f')
+      && strcmp (codeset_name + 3 + (codeset_name[3] == '-'), "8") == 0)
+    dfa->is_utf8 = 1;
+
+  /* We check exhaustively in the loop below if this charset is a
+     superset of ASCII.  */
+  dfa->map_notascii = 0;
+#endif
+
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      if (dfa->is_utf8)
+	dfa->sb_char = (re_bitset_ptr_t) utf8_sb_map;
+      else
+	{
+	  int i, j, ch;
+
+	  dfa->sb_char = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->sb_char == NULL))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+	  /* Set the bits corresponding to single byte chars.  */
+	  for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+	    for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+	      {
+		wint_t wch = __btowc (ch);
+		if (wch != WEOF)
+		  dfa->sb_char[i] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << j;
+#ifndef _LIBC
+		if (isascii (ch) && wch != ch)
+		  dfa->map_notascii = 1;
+#endif
+	      }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->nodes == NULL || dfa->state_table == NULL))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Initialize WORD_CHAR table, which indicate which character is
+   "word".  In this case "word" means that it is the word construction
+   character used by some operators like "\<", "\>", etc.  */
+
+static void
+init_word_char (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  int i = 0;
+  int j;
+  int ch = 0;
+  dfa->word_ops_used = 1;
+  if (__glibc_likely (dfa->map_notascii == 0))
+    {
+      bitset_word_t bits0 = 0x00000000;
+      bitset_word_t bits1 = 0x03ff0000;
+      bitset_word_t bits2 = 0x87fffffe;
+      bitset_word_t bits3 = 0x07fffffe;
+      if (BITSET_WORD_BITS == 64)
+	{
+	  /* Pacify gcc -Woverflow on 32-bit platformns.  */
+	  dfa->word_char[0] = bits1 << 31 << 1 | bits0;
+	  dfa->word_char[1] = bits3 << 31 << 1 | bits2;
+	  i = 2;
+	}
+      else if (BITSET_WORD_BITS == 32)
+	{
+	  dfa->word_char[0] = bits0;
+	  dfa->word_char[1] = bits1;
+	  dfa->word_char[2] = bits2;
+	  dfa->word_char[3] = bits3;
+	  i = 4;
+	}
+      else
+        goto general_case;
+      ch = 128;
+
+      if (__glibc_likely (dfa->is_utf8))
+	{
+	  memset (&dfa->word_char[i], '\0', (SBC_MAX - ch) / 8);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+ general_case:
+  for (; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+    for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+      if (isalnum (ch) || ch == '_')
+	dfa->word_char[i] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << j;
+}
+
+/* Free the work area which are only used while compiling.  */
+
+static void
+free_workarea_compile (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_storage_t *storage, *next;
+  for (storage = dfa->str_tree_storage; storage; storage = next)
+    {
+      next = storage->next;
+      re_free (storage);
+    }
+  dfa->str_tree_storage = NULL;
+  dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE;
+  dfa->str_tree = NULL;
+  re_free (dfa->org_indices);
+  dfa->org_indices = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Create initial states for all contexts.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+create_initial_state (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx first, i;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_node_set init_nodes;
+
+  /* Initial states have the epsilon closure of the node which is
+     the first node of the regular expression.  */
+  first = dfa->str_tree->first->node_idx;
+  dfa->init_node = first;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&init_nodes, dfa->eclosures + first);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+
+  /* The back-references which are in initial states can epsilon transit,
+     since in this case all of the subexpressions can be null.
+     Then we add epsilon closures of the nodes which are the next nodes of
+     the back-references.  */
+  if (dfa->nbackref > 0)
+    for (i = 0; i < init_nodes.nelem; ++i)
+      {
+	Idx node_idx = init_nodes.elems[i];
+	re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node_idx].type;
+
+	Idx clexp_idx;
+	if (type != OP_BACK_REF)
+	  continue;
+	for (clexp_idx = 0; clexp_idx < init_nodes.nelem; ++clexp_idx)
+	  {
+	    re_token_t *clexp_node;
+	    clexp_node = dfa->nodes + init_nodes.elems[clexp_idx];
+	    if (clexp_node->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP
+		&& clexp_node->opr.idx == dfa->nodes[node_idx].opr.idx)
+	      break;
+	  }
+	if (clexp_idx == init_nodes.nelem)
+	  continue;
+
+	if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	  {
+	    Idx dest_idx = dfa->edests[node_idx].elems[0];
+	    if (!re_node_set_contains (&init_nodes, dest_idx))
+	      {
+		reg_errcode_t merge_err
+                  = re_node_set_merge (&init_nodes, dfa->eclosures + dest_idx);
+		if (merge_err != REG_NOERROR)
+		  return merge_err;
+		i = 0;
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* It must be the first time to invoke acquire_state.  */
+  dfa->init_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes, 0);
+  /* We don't check ERR here, since the initial state must not be NULL.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->init_state == NULL))
+    return err;
+  if (dfa->init_state->has_constraint)
+    {
+      dfa->init_state_word = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes,
+						       CONTEXT_WORD);
+      dfa->init_state_nl = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes,
+						     CONTEXT_NEWLINE);
+      dfa->init_state_begbuf = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa,
+							 &init_nodes,
+							 CONTEXT_NEWLINE
+							 | CONTEXT_BEGBUF);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->init_state_word == NULL
+			    || dfa->init_state_nl == NULL
+			    || dfa->init_state_begbuf == NULL))
+	return err;
+    }
+  else
+    dfa->init_state_word = dfa->init_state_nl
+      = dfa->init_state_begbuf = dfa->init_state;
+
+  re_node_set_free (&init_nodes);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* If it is possible to do searching in single byte encoding instead of UTF-8
+   to speed things up, set dfa->mb_cur_max to 1, clear is_utf8 and change
+   DFA nodes where needed.  */
+
+static void
+optimize_utf8 (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx node;
+  int i;
+  bool mb_chars = false;
+  bool has_period = false;
+
+  for (node = 0; node < dfa->nodes_len; ++node)
+    switch (dfa->nodes[node].type)
+      {
+      case CHARACTER:
+	if (dfa->nodes[node].opr.c >= ASCII_CHARS)
+	  mb_chars = true;
+	break;
+      case ANCHOR:
+	switch (dfa->nodes[node].opr.ctx_type)
+	  {
+	  case LINE_FIRST:
+	  case LINE_LAST:
+	  case BUF_FIRST:
+	  case BUF_LAST:
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    /* Word anchors etc. cannot be handled.  It's okay to test
+	       opr.ctx_type since constraints (for all DFA nodes) are
+	       created by ORing one or more opr.ctx_type values.  */
+	    return;
+	  }
+	break;
+      case OP_PERIOD:
+	has_period = true;
+	break;
+      case OP_BACK_REF:
+      case OP_ALT:
+      case END_OF_RE:
+      case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+      case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+      case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+	break;
+      case COMPLEX_BRACKET:
+	return;
+      case SIMPLE_BRACKET:
+	/* Just double check.  */
+	{
+	  int rshift = (ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0
+			? 0
+			: BITSET_WORD_BITS - ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+	  for (i = ASCII_CHARS / BITSET_WORD_BITS; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+	    {
+	      if (dfa->nodes[node].opr.sbcset[i] >> rshift != 0)
+		return;
+	      rshift = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+      default:
+	abort ();
+      }
+
+  if (mb_chars || has_period)
+    for (node = 0; node < dfa->nodes_len; ++node)
+      {
+	if (dfa->nodes[node].type == CHARACTER
+	    && dfa->nodes[node].opr.c >= ASCII_CHARS)
+	  dfa->nodes[node].mb_partial = 0;
+	else if (dfa->nodes[node].type == OP_PERIOD)
+	  dfa->nodes[node].type = OP_UTF8_PERIOD;
+      }
+
+  /* The search can be in single byte locale.  */
+  dfa->mb_cur_max = 1;
+  dfa->is_utf8 = 0;
+  dfa->has_mb_node = dfa->nbackref > 0 || has_period;
+}
+
+/* Analyze the structure tree, and calculate "first", "next", "edest",
+   "eclosure", and "inveclosure".  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+analyze (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  /* Allocate arrays.  */
+  dfa->nexts = re_malloc (Idx, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->org_indices = re_malloc (Idx, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->edests = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->eclosures = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->nexts == NULL || dfa->org_indices == NULL
+			|| dfa->edests == NULL || dfa->eclosures == NULL))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  dfa->subexp_map = re_malloc (Idx, preg->re_nsub);
+  if (dfa->subexp_map != NULL)
+    {
+      Idx i;
+      for (i = 0; i < preg->re_nsub; i++)
+	dfa->subexp_map[i] = i;
+      preorder (dfa->str_tree, optimize_subexps, dfa);
+      for (i = 0; i < preg->re_nsub; i++)
+	if (dfa->subexp_map[i] != i)
+	  break;
+      if (i == preg->re_nsub)
+	{
+	  re_free (dfa->subexp_map);
+	  dfa->subexp_map = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  ret = postorder (dfa->str_tree, lower_subexps, preg);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+  ret = postorder (dfa->str_tree, calc_first, dfa);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+  preorder (dfa->str_tree, calc_next, dfa);
+  ret = preorder (dfa->str_tree, link_nfa_nodes, dfa);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+  ret = calc_eclosure (dfa);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+
+  /* We only need this during the prune_impossible_nodes pass in regexec.c;
+     skip it if p_i_n will not run, as calc_inveclosure can be quadratic.  */
+  if ((!preg->no_sub && preg->re_nsub > 0 && dfa->has_plural_match)
+      || dfa->nbackref)
+    {
+      dfa->inveclosures = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_len);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->inveclosures == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      ret = calc_inveclosure (dfa);
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Our parse trees are very unbalanced, so we cannot use a stack to
+   implement parse tree visits.  Instead, we use parent pointers and
+   some hairy code in these two functions.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+postorder (bin_tree_t *root, reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+	   void *extra)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *node, *prev;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      /* Descend down the tree, preferably to the left (or to the right
+	 if that's the only child).  */
+      while (node->left || node->right)
+	if (node->left)
+	  node = node->left;
+	else
+	  node = node->right;
+
+      do
+	{
+	  reg_errcode_t err = fn (extra, node);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+	  if (node->parent == NULL)
+	    return REG_NOERROR;
+	  prev = node;
+	  node = node->parent;
+	}
+      /* Go up while we have a node that is reached from the right.  */
+      while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL);
+      node = node->right;
+    }
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+preorder (bin_tree_t *root, reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+	  void *extra)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *node;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err = fn (extra, node);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return err;
+
+      /* Go to the left node, or up and to the right.  */
+      if (node->left)
+	node = node->left;
+      else
+	{
+	  bin_tree_t *prev = NULL;
+	  while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL)
+	    {
+	      prev = node;
+	      node = node->parent;
+	      if (!node)
+		return REG_NOERROR;
+	    }
+	  node = node->right;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Optimization pass: if a SUBEXP is entirely contained, strip it and tell
+   re_search_internal to map the inner one's opr.idx to this one's.  Adjust
+   backreferences as well.  Requires a preorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+optimize_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+
+  if (node->token.type == OP_BACK_REF && dfa->subexp_map)
+    {
+      int idx = node->token.opr.idx;
+      node->token.opr.idx = dfa->subexp_map[idx];
+      dfa->used_bkref_map |= 1 << node->token.opr.idx;
+    }
+
+  else if (node->token.type == SUBEXP
+	   && node->left && node->left->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      Idx other_idx = node->left->token.opr.idx;
+
+      node->left = node->left->left;
+      if (node->left)
+	node->left->parent = node;
+
+      dfa->subexp_map[other_idx] = dfa->subexp_map[node->token.opr.idx];
+      if (other_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+	dfa->used_bkref_map &= ~((bitset_word_t) 1 << other_idx);
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Lowering pass: Turn each SUBEXP node into the appropriate concatenation
+   of OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, the body of the SUBEXP (if any) and OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+lower_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  regex_t *preg = (regex_t *) extra;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+
+  if (node->left && node->left->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      node->left = lower_subexp (&err, preg, node->left);
+      if (node->left)
+	node->left->parent = node;
+    }
+  if (node->right && node->right->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      node->right = lower_subexp (&err, preg, node->right);
+      if (node->right)
+	node->right->parent = node;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+lower_subexp (reg_errcode_t *err, regex_t *preg, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *body = node->left;
+  bin_tree_t *op, *cls, *tree1, *tree;
+
+  if (preg->no_sub
+      /* We do not optimize empty subexpressions, because otherwise we may
+	 have bad CONCAT nodes with NULL children.  This is obviously not
+	 very common, so we do not lose much.  An example that triggers
+	 this case is the sed "script" /\(\)/x.  */
+      && node->left != NULL
+      && (node->token.opr.idx >= BITSET_WORD_BITS
+	  || !(dfa->used_bkref_map
+	       & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << node->token.opr.idx))))
+    return node->left;
+
+  /* Convert the SUBEXP node to the concatenation of an
+     OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, the contents, and an OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+  op = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, OP_OPEN_SUBEXP);
+  cls = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+  tree1 = body ? create_tree (dfa, body, cls, CONCAT) : cls;
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, op, tree1, CONCAT);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL || tree1 == NULL
+			|| op == NULL || cls == NULL))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  op->token.opr.idx = cls->token.opr.idx = node->token.opr.idx;
+  op->token.opt_subexp = cls->token.opt_subexp = node->token.opt_subexp;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* Pass 1 in building the NFA: compute FIRST and create unlinked automaton
+   nodes.  Requires a postorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_first (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+  if (node->token.type == CONCAT)
+    {
+      node->first = node->left->first;
+      node->node_idx = node->left->node_idx;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      node->first = node;
+      node->node_idx = re_dfa_add_node (dfa, node->token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (node->node_idx == -1))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      if (node->token.type == ANCHOR)
+	dfa->nodes[node->node_idx].constraint = node->token.opr.ctx_type;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Pass 2: compute NEXT on the tree.  Preorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_next (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  switch (node->token.type)
+    {
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+      node->left->next = node;
+      break;
+    case CONCAT:
+      node->left->next = node->right->first;
+      node->right->next = node->next;
+      break;
+    default:
+      if (node->left)
+	node->left->next = node->next;
+      if (node->right)
+	node->right->next = node->next;
+      break;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Pass 3: link all DFA nodes to their NEXT node (any order will do).  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+link_nfa_nodes (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+  Idx idx = node->node_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+
+  switch (node->token.type)
+    {
+    case CONCAT:
+      break;
+
+    case END_OF_RE:
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (node->next == NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+    case OP_ALT:
+      {
+	Idx left, right;
+	dfa->has_plural_match = 1;
+	if (node->left != NULL)
+	  left = node->left->first->node_idx;
+	else
+	  left = node->next->node_idx;
+	if (node->right != NULL)
+	  right = node->right->first->node_idx;
+	else
+	  right = node->next->node_idx;
+	DEBUG_ASSERT (left > -1);
+	DEBUG_ASSERT (right > -1);
+	err = re_node_set_init_2 (dfa->edests + idx, left, right);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case ANCHOR:
+    case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+    case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+      err = re_node_set_init_1 (dfa->edests + idx, node->next->node_idx);
+      break;
+
+    case OP_BACK_REF:
+      dfa->nexts[idx] = node->next->node_idx;
+      if (node->token.type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	err = re_node_set_init_1 (dfa->edests + idx, dfa->nexts[idx]);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (node->token.type));
+      dfa->nexts[idx] = node->next->node_idx;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Duplicate the epsilon closure of the node ROOT_NODE.
+   Note that duplicated nodes have constraint INIT_CONSTRAINT in addition
+   to their own constraint.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+duplicate_node_closure (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx top_org_node, Idx top_clone_node,
+			Idx root_node, unsigned int init_constraint)
+{
+  Idx org_node, clone_node;
+  bool ok;
+  unsigned int constraint = init_constraint;
+  for (org_node = top_org_node, clone_node = top_clone_node;;)
+    {
+      Idx org_dest, clone_dest;
+      if (dfa->nodes[org_node].type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	{
+	  /* If the back reference epsilon-transit, its destination must
+	     also have the constraint.  Then duplicate the epsilon closure
+	     of the destination of the back reference, and store it in
+	     edests of the back reference.  */
+	  org_dest = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+	  re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+	  clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (clone_dest == -1))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  dfa->nexts[clone_node] = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      else if (dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 0)
+	{
+	  /* In case of the node can't epsilon-transit, don't duplicate the
+	     destination and store the original destination as the
+	     destination of the node.  */
+	  dfa->nexts[clone_node] = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+	  break;
+	}
+      else if (dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 1)
+	{
+	  /* In case of the node can epsilon-transit, and it has only one
+	     destination.  */
+	  org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[0];
+	  re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+	  /* If the node is root_node itself, it means the epsilon closure
+	     has a loop.  Then tie it to the destination of the root_node.  */
+	  if (org_node == root_node && clone_node != org_node)
+	    {
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, org_dest);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+	        return REG_ESPACE;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /* In case the node has another constraint, append it.  */
+	  constraint |= dfa->nodes[org_node].constraint;
+	  clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (clone_dest == -1))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      else /* dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 2 */
+	{
+	  /* In case of the node can epsilon-transit, and it has two
+	     destinations. In the bin_tree_t and DFA, that's '|' and '*'.   */
+	  org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[0];
+	  re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+	  /* Search for a duplicated node which satisfies the constraint.  */
+	  clone_dest = search_duplicated_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+	  if (clone_dest == -1)
+	    {
+	      /* There is no such duplicated node, create a new one.  */
+	      reg_errcode_t err;
+	      clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (clone_dest == -1))
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	      err = duplicate_node_closure (dfa, org_dest, clone_dest,
+					    root_node, constraint);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		return err;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* There is a duplicated node which satisfies the constraint,
+		 use it to avoid infinite loop.  */
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	    }
+
+	  org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[1];
+	  clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (clone_dest == -1))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      org_node = org_dest;
+      clone_node = clone_dest;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Search for a node which is duplicated from the node ORG_NODE, and
+   satisfies the constraint CONSTRAINT.  */
+
+static Idx
+search_duplicated_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_node,
+			unsigned int constraint)
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  for (idx = dfa->nodes_len - 1; dfa->nodes[idx].duplicated && idx > 0; --idx)
+    {
+      if (org_node == dfa->org_indices[idx]
+	  && constraint == dfa->nodes[idx].constraint)
+	return idx; /* Found.  */
+    }
+  return -1; /* Not found.  */
+}
+
+/* Duplicate the node whose index is ORG_IDX and set the constraint CONSTRAINT.
+   Return the index of the new node, or -1 if insufficient storage is
+   available.  */
+
+static Idx
+duplicate_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_idx, unsigned int constraint)
+{
+  Idx dup_idx = re_dfa_add_node (dfa, dfa->nodes[org_idx]);
+  if (__glibc_likely (dup_idx != -1))
+    {
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].constraint = constraint;
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].constraint |= dfa->nodes[org_idx].constraint;
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].duplicated = 1;
+
+      /* Store the index of the original node.  */
+      dfa->org_indices[dup_idx] = org_idx;
+    }
+  return dup_idx;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_inveclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx src, idx;
+  bool ok;
+  for (idx = 0; idx < dfa->nodes_len; ++idx)
+    re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->inveclosures + idx);
+
+  for (src = 0; src < dfa->nodes_len; ++src)
+    {
+      Idx *elems = dfa->eclosures[src].elems;
+      for (idx = 0; idx < dfa->eclosures[src].nelem; ++idx)
+	{
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert_last (dfa->inveclosures + elems[idx], src);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate "eclosure" for all the node in DFA.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_eclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx node_idx;
+  bool incomplete;
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (dfa->nodes_len > 0);
+  incomplete = false;
+  /* For each nodes, calculate epsilon closure.  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; ; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      re_node_set eclosure_elem;
+      if (node_idx == dfa->nodes_len)
+	{
+	  if (!incomplete)
+	    break;
+	  incomplete = false;
+	  node_idx = 0;
+	}
+
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem != -1);
+
+      /* If we have already calculated, skip it.  */
+      if (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem != 0)
+	continue;
+      /* Calculate epsilon closure of 'node_idx'.  */
+      err = calc_eclosure_iter (&eclosure_elem, dfa, node_idx, true);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return err;
+
+      if (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem == 0)
+	{
+	  incomplete = true;
+	  re_node_set_free (&eclosure_elem);
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate epsilon closure of NODE.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_eclosure_iter (re_node_set *new_set, re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, bool root)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+  re_node_set eclosure;
+  bool incomplete = false;
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&eclosure, dfa->edests[node].nelem + 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+
+  /* An epsilon closure includes itself.  */
+  eclosure.elems[eclosure.nelem++] = node;
+
+  /* This indicates that we are calculating this node now.
+     We reference this value to avoid infinite loop.  */
+  dfa->eclosures[node].nelem = -1;
+
+  /* If the current node has constraints, duplicate all nodes
+     since they must inherit the constraints.  */
+  if (dfa->nodes[node].constraint
+      && dfa->edests[node].nelem
+      && !dfa->nodes[dfa->edests[node].elems[0]].duplicated)
+    {
+      err = duplicate_node_closure (dfa, node, node, node,
+				    dfa->nodes[node].constraint);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return err;
+    }
+
+  /* Expand each epsilon destination nodes.  */
+  if (IS_EPSILON_NODE(dfa->nodes[node].type))
+    for (i = 0; i < dfa->edests[node].nelem; ++i)
+      {
+	re_node_set eclosure_elem;
+	Idx edest = dfa->edests[node].elems[i];
+	/* If calculating the epsilon closure of 'edest' is in progress,
+	   return intermediate result.  */
+	if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == -1)
+	  {
+	    incomplete = true;
+	    continue;
+	  }
+	/* If we haven't calculated the epsilon closure of 'edest' yet,
+	   calculate now. Otherwise use calculated epsilon closure.  */
+	if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == 0)
+	  {
+	    err = calc_eclosure_iter (&eclosure_elem, dfa, edest, false);
+	    if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	      return err;
+	  }
+	else
+	  eclosure_elem = dfa->eclosures[edest];
+	/* Merge the epsilon closure of 'edest'.  */
+	err = re_node_set_merge (&eclosure, &eclosure_elem);
+	if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	  return err;
+	/* If the epsilon closure of 'edest' is incomplete,
+	   the epsilon closure of this node is also incomplete.  */
+	if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == 0)
+	  {
+	    incomplete = true;
+	    re_node_set_free (&eclosure_elem);
+	  }
+      }
+
+  if (incomplete && !root)
+    dfa->eclosures[node].nelem = 0;
+  else
+    dfa->eclosures[node] = eclosure;
+  *new_set = eclosure;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Functions for token which are used in the parser.  */
+
+/* Fetch a token from INPUT.
+   We must not use this function inside bracket expressions.  */
+
+static void
+fetch_token (re_token_t *result, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  re_string_skip_bytes (input, peek_token (result, input, syntax));
+}
+
+/* Peek a token from INPUT, and return the length of the token.
+   We must not use this function inside bracket expressions.  */
+
+static int
+peek_token (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  if (re_string_eoi (input))
+    {
+      token->type = END_OF_RE;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  c = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+  token->opr.c = c;
+
+  token->word_char = 0;
+  token->mb_partial = 0;
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1
+      && !re_string_first_byte (input, re_string_cur_idx (input)))
+    {
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      token->mb_partial = 1;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  if (c == '\\')
+    {
+      unsigned char c2;
+      if (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 >= re_string_length (input))
+	{
+	  token->type = BACK_SLASH;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      c2 = re_string_peek_byte_case (input, 1);
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	{
+	  wint_t wc = re_string_wchar_at (input,
+					  re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1);
+	  token->word_char = IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc) != 0;
+	}
+      else
+	token->word_char = IS_WORD_CHAR (c2) != 0;
+
+      switch (c2)
+	{
+	case '|':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR))
+	    token->type = OP_ALT;
+	  break;
+	case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+	case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_REFS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = OP_BACK_REF;
+	      token->opr.idx = c2 - '1';
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case '<':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_FIRST;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case '>':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_LAST;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'b':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_DELIM;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'B':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = NOT_WORD_DELIM;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'w':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    token->type = OP_WORD;
+	  break;
+	case 'W':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    token->type = OP_NOTWORD;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    token->type = OP_SPACE;
+	  break;
+	case 'S':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    token->type = OP_NOTSPACE;
+	  break;
+	case '`':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = BUF_FIRST;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case '\'':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = BUF_LAST;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case '(':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS))
+	    token->type = OP_OPEN_SUBEXP;
+	  break;
+	case ')':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS))
+	    token->type = OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP;
+	  break;
+	case '+':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+	    token->type = OP_DUP_PLUS;
+	  break;
+	case '?':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+	    token->type = OP_DUP_QUESTION;
+	  break;
+	case '{':
+	  if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)))
+	    token->type = OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM;
+	  break;
+	case '}':
+	  if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)))
+	    token->type = OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      return 2;
+    }
+
+  token->type = CHARACTER;
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t wc = re_string_wchar_at (input, re_string_cur_idx (input));
+      token->word_char = IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc) != 0;
+    }
+  else
+    token->word_char = IS_WORD_CHAR (token->opr.c);
+
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '\n':
+      if (syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+	token->type = OP_ALT;
+      break;
+    case '|':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR))
+	token->type = OP_ALT;
+      break;
+    case '*':
+      token->type = OP_DUP_ASTERISK;
+      break;
+    case '+':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+	token->type = OP_DUP_PLUS;
+      break;
+    case '?':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+	token->type = OP_DUP_QUESTION;
+      break;
+    case '{':
+      if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+	token->type = OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM;
+      break;
+    case '}':
+      if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+	token->type = OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM;
+      break;
+    case '(':
+      if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+	token->type = OP_OPEN_SUBEXP;
+      break;
+    case ')':
+      if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+	token->type = OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP;
+      break;
+    case '[':
+      token->type = OP_OPEN_BRACKET;
+      break;
+    case '.':
+      token->type = OP_PERIOD;
+      break;
+    case '^':
+      if (!(syntax & (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE))
+	  && re_string_cur_idx (input) != 0)
+	{
+	  char prev = re_string_peek_byte (input, -1);
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT) || prev != '\n')
+	    break;
+	}
+      token->type = ANCHOR;
+      token->opr.ctx_type = LINE_FIRST;
+      break;
+    case '$':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS)
+	  && re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 != re_string_length (input))
+	{
+	  re_token_t next;
+	  re_string_skip_bytes (input, 1);
+	  peek_token (&next, input, syntax);
+	  re_string_skip_bytes (input, -1);
+	  if (next.type != OP_ALT && next.type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+	    break;
+	}
+      token->type = ANCHOR;
+      token->opr.ctx_type = LINE_LAST;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Peek a token from INPUT, and return the length of the token.
+   We must not use this function out of bracket expressions.  */
+
+static int
+peek_token_bracket (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+  if (re_string_eoi (input))
+    {
+      token->type = END_OF_RE;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  c = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+  token->opr.c = c;
+
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1
+      && !re_string_first_byte (input, re_string_cur_idx (input)))
+    {
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  if (c == '\\' && (syntax & RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS)
+      && re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 < re_string_length (input))
+    {
+      /* In this case, '\' escape a character.  */
+      unsigned char c2;
+      re_string_skip_bytes (input, 1);
+      c2 = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  if (c == '[') /* '[' is a special char in a bracket exps.  */
+    {
+      unsigned char c2;
+      int token_len;
+      if (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 < re_string_length (input))
+	c2 = re_string_peek_byte (input, 1);
+      else
+	c2 = 0;
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token_len = 2;
+      switch (c2)
+	{
+	case '.':
+	  token->type = OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM;
+	  break;
+
+	case '=':
+	  token->type = OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS;
+	  break;
+
+	case ':':
+	  if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES)
+	    {
+	      token->type = OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  FALLTHROUGH;
+	default:
+	  token->type = CHARACTER;
+	  token->opr.c = c;
+	  token_len = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+      return token_len;
+    }
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '-':
+      token->type = OP_CHARSET_RANGE;
+      break;
+    case ']':
+      token->type = OP_CLOSE_BRACKET;
+      break;
+    case '^':
+      token->type = OP_NON_MATCH_LIST;
+      break;
+    default:
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Functions for parser.  */
+
+/* Entry point of the parser.
+   Parse the regular expression REGEXP and return the structure tree.
+   If an error occurs, ERR is set by error code, and return NULL.
+   This function build the following tree, from regular expression <reg_exp>:
+	   CAT
+	   / \
+	  /   \
+   <reg_exp>  EOR
+
+   CAT means concatenation.
+   EOR means end of regular expression.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+       reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *eor, *root;
+  re_token_t current_token;
+  dfa->syntax = syntax;
+  fetch_token (&current_token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+  tree = parse_reg_exp (regexp, preg, &current_token, syntax, 0, err);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+  eor = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, END_OF_RE);
+  if (tree != NULL)
+    root = create_tree (dfa, tree, eor, CONCAT);
+  else
+    root = eor;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (eor == NULL || root == NULL))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  return root;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   <branch1>|<branch2>:
+	   ALT
+	   / \
+	  /   \
+   <branch1> <branch2>
+
+   ALT means alternative, which represents the operator '|'.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_reg_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+	       reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *branch = NULL;
+  bitset_word_t initial_bkref_map = dfa->completed_bkref_map;
+  tree = parse_branch (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+
+  while (token->type == OP_ALT)
+    {
+      fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+      if (token->type != OP_ALT && token->type != END_OF_RE
+	  && (nest == 0 || token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP))
+	{
+	  bitset_word_t accumulated_bkref_map = dfa->completed_bkref_map;
+	  dfa->completed_bkref_map = initial_bkref_map;
+	  branch = parse_branch (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && branch == NULL))
+	    {
+	      if (tree != NULL)
+		postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	  dfa->completed_bkref_map |= accumulated_bkref_map;
+	}
+      else
+	branch = NULL;
+      tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, branch, OP_ALT);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   <exp1><exp2>:
+	CAT
+	/ \
+       /   \
+   <exp1> <exp2>
+
+   CAT means concatenation.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_branch (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+	      reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *expr;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  tree = parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+
+  while (token->type != OP_ALT && token->type != END_OF_RE
+	 && (nest == 0 || token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP))
+    {
+      expr = parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && expr == NULL))
+	{
+	  if (tree != NULL)
+	    postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      if (tree != NULL && expr != NULL)
+	{
+	  bin_tree_t *newtree = create_tree (dfa, tree, expr, CONCAT);
+	  if (newtree == NULL)
+	    {
+	      postorder (expr, free_tree, NULL);
+	      postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+	      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	  tree = newtree;
+	}
+      else if (tree == NULL)
+	tree = expr;
+      /* Otherwise expr == NULL, we don't need to create new tree.  */
+    }
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression a*:
+	 *
+	 |
+	 a
+*/
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_expression (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+		  reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  switch (token->type)
+    {
+    case CHARACTER:
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	{
+	  while (!re_string_eoi (regexp)
+		 && !re_string_first_byte (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp)))
+	    {
+	      bin_tree_t *mbc_remain;
+	      fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+	      mbc_remain = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+	      tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, mbc_remain, CONCAT);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbc_remain == NULL || tree == NULL))
+		{
+		  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+		  return NULL;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+      tree = parse_sub_exp (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest + 1, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_OPEN_BRACKET:
+      tree = parse_bracket_exp (regexp, dfa, token, syntax, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_BACK_REF:
+      if (!__glibc_likely (dfa->completed_bkref_map & (1 << token->opr.idx)))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESUBREG;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      dfa->used_bkref_map |= 1 << token->opr.idx;
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      ++dfa->nbackref;
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM:
+      if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+	{
+	  *err = REG_BADRPT;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+    case OP_DUP_PLUS:
+    case OP_DUP_QUESTION:
+      if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS)
+	{
+	  *err = REG_BADRPT;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      else if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS)
+	{
+	  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+	  return parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+	}
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+      if ((token->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+	  && !(syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ERPAREN;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM:
+      /* We treat it as a normal character.  */
+
+      /* Then we can these characters as normal characters.  */
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      /* mb_partial and word_char bits should be initialized already
+	 by peek_token.  */
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case ANCHOR:
+      if ((token->opr.ctx_type
+	   & (WORD_DELIM | NOT_WORD_DELIM | WORD_FIRST | WORD_LAST))
+	  && dfa->word_ops_used == 0)
+	init_word_char (dfa);
+      if (token->opr.ctx_type == WORD_DELIM
+	  || token->opr.ctx_type == NOT_WORD_DELIM)
+	{
+	  bin_tree_t *tree_first, *tree_last;
+	  if (token->opr.ctx_type == WORD_DELIM)
+	    {
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_FIRST;
+	      tree_first = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_LAST;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = INSIDE_WORD;
+	      tree_first = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = INSIDE_NOTWORD;
+	    }
+	  tree_last = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+	  tree = create_tree (dfa, tree_first, tree_last, OP_ALT);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (tree_first == NULL || tree_last == NULL
+				|| tree == NULL))
+	    {
+	      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+	    {
+	      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+      /* We must return here, since ANCHORs can't be followed
+	 by repetition operators.
+	 eg. RE"^*" is invalid or "<ANCHOR(^)><CHAR(*)>",
+	     it must not be "<ANCHOR(^)><REPEAT(*)>".  */
+      fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+      return tree;
+
+    case OP_PERIOD:
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_WORD:
+    case OP_NOTWORD:
+      tree = build_charclass_op (dfa, regexp->trans,
+				 "alnum",
+				 "_",
+				 token->type == OP_NOTWORD, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_SPACE:
+    case OP_NOTSPACE:
+      tree = build_charclass_op (dfa, regexp->trans,
+				 "space",
+				 "",
+				 token->type == OP_NOTSPACE, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL))
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_ALT:
+    case END_OF_RE:
+      return NULL;
+
+    case BACK_SLASH:
+      *err = REG_EESCAPE;
+      return NULL;
+
+    default:
+      /* Must not happen?  */
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (false);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+  while (token->type == OP_DUP_ASTERISK || token->type == OP_DUP_PLUS
+	 || token->type == OP_DUP_QUESTION || token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM)
+    {
+      bin_tree_t *dup_tree = parse_dup_op (tree, regexp, dfa, token,
+					   syntax, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR && dup_tree == NULL))
+	{
+	  if (tree != NULL)
+	    postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      tree = dup_tree;
+      /* In BRE consecutive duplications are not allowed.  */
+      if ((syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+	  && (token->type == OP_DUP_ASTERISK
+	      || token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM))
+	{
+	  if (tree != NULL)
+	    postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+	  *err = REG_BADRPT;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   (<reg_exp>):
+	 SUBEXP
+	    |
+	<reg_exp>
+*/
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_sub_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+	       reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  size_t cur_nsub;
+  cur_nsub = preg->re_nsub++;
+
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+
+  /* The subexpression may be a null string.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+    tree = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      tree = parse_reg_exp (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err == REG_NOERROR
+			    && token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP))
+	{
+	  if (tree != NULL)
+	    postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+	  *err = REG_EPAREN;
+	}
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (cur_nsub <= '9' - '1')
+    dfa->completed_bkref_map |= 1 << cur_nsub;
+
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, NULL, SUBEXP);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  tree->token.opr.idx = cur_nsub;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function parse repetition operators like "*", "+", "{1,3}" etc.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_dup_op (bin_tree_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+	      re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree = NULL, *old_tree = NULL;
+  Idx i, start, end, start_idx = re_string_cur_idx (regexp);
+  re_token_t start_token = *token;
+
+  if (token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM)
+    {
+      end = 0;
+      start = fetch_number (regexp, token, syntax);
+      if (start == -1)
+	{
+	  if (token->type == CHARACTER && token->opr.c == ',')
+	    start = 0; /* We treat "{,m}" as "{0,m}".  */
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *err = REG_BADBR; /* <re>{} is invalid.  */
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (__glibc_likely (start != -2))
+	{
+	  /* We treat "{n}" as "{n,n}".  */
+	  end = ((token->type == OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM) ? start
+		 : ((token->type == CHARACTER && token->opr.c == ',')
+		    ? fetch_number (regexp, token, syntax) : -2));
+	}
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (start == -2 || end == -2))
+	{
+	  /* Invalid sequence.  */
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (!(syntax & RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)))
+	    {
+	      if (token->type == END_OF_RE)
+		*err = REG_EBRACE;
+	      else
+		*err = REG_BADBR;
+
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If the syntax bit is set, rollback.  */
+	  re_string_set_index (regexp, start_idx);
+	  *token = start_token;
+	  token->type = CHARACTER;
+	  /* mb_partial and word_char bits should be already initialized by
+	     peek_token.  */
+	  return elem;
+	}
+
+      if (__glibc_unlikely ((end != -1 && start > end)
+			    || token->type != OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM))
+	{
+	  /* First number greater than second.  */
+	  *err = REG_BADBR;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (RE_DUP_MAX < (end == -1 ? start : end)))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESIZE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      start = (token->type == OP_DUP_PLUS) ? 1 : 0;
+      end = (token->type == OP_DUP_QUESTION) ? 1 : -1;
+    }
+
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (elem == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start == 0 && end == 0))
+    {
+      postorder (elem, free_tree, NULL);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Extract "<re>{n,m}" to "<re><re>...<re><re>{0,<m-n>}".  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start > 0))
+    {
+      tree = elem;
+      for (i = 2; i <= start; ++i)
+	{
+	  elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+	  tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, elem, CONCAT);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (elem == NULL || tree == NULL))
+	    goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+	}
+
+      if (start == end)
+	return tree;
+
+      /* Duplicate ELEM before it is marked optional.  */
+      elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (elem == NULL))
+        goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+      old_tree = tree;
+    }
+  else
+    old_tree = NULL;
+
+  if (elem->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      uintptr_t subidx = elem->token.opr.idx;
+      postorder (elem, mark_opt_subexp, (void *) subidx);
+    }
+
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, elem, NULL,
+		      (end == -1 ? OP_DUP_ASTERISK : OP_ALT));
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+    goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+
+  /* This loop is actually executed only when end != -1,
+     to rewrite <re>{0,n} as (<re>(<re>...<re>?)?)?...  We have
+     already created the start+1-th copy.  */
+  if (TYPE_SIGNED (Idx) || end != -1)
+    for (i = start + 2; i <= end; ++i)
+      {
+	elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+	tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, elem, CONCAT);
+	if (__glibc_unlikely (elem == NULL || tree == NULL))
+	  goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+
+	tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, NULL, OP_ALT);
+	if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+	  goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+      }
+
+  if (old_tree)
+    tree = create_tree (dfa, old_tree, tree, CONCAT);
+
+  return tree;
+
+ parse_dup_op_espace:
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Size of the names for collating symbol/equivalence_class/character_class.
+   I'm not sure, but maybe enough.  */
+#define BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE 32
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+
+/* Convert the byte B to the corresponding wide character.  In a
+   unibyte locale, treat B as itself.  In a multibyte locale, return
+   WEOF if B is an encoding error.  */
+static wint_t
+parse_byte (unsigned char b, re_dfa_t const *dfa)
+{
+  return dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 ? __btowc (b) : b;
+}
+
+/* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+   Build the range expression which starts from START_ELEM, and ends
+   at END_ELEM.  The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+   RANGE_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->range_starts, and
+   mbcset->range_ends, is a pointer argument since we may
+   update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+build_range_exp (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *range_alloc,
+		 bracket_elem_t *start_elem, bracket_elem_t *end_elem,
+		 re_dfa_t *dfa, reg_syntax_t syntax, uint_fast32_t nrules,
+		 const unsigned char *collseqmb, const char *collseqwc,
+		 int_fast32_t table_size, const void *symb_table,
+		 const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  /* Equivalence Classes and Character Classes can't be a range start/end.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS
+			|| start_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS
+			|| end_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS
+			|| end_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS))
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* We can handle no multi character collating elements without libc
+     support.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM
+			 && strlen ((char *) start_elem->opr.name) > 1)
+			|| (end_elem->type == COLL_SYM
+			    && strlen ((char *) end_elem->opr.name) > 1)))
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+  unsigned int
+    start_ch = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR) ? start_elem->opr.ch
+		: ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? start_elem->opr.name[0]
+		   : 0)),
+    end_ch = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR) ? end_elem->opr.ch
+	      : ((end_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? end_elem->opr.name[0]
+		 : 0));
+  wint_t
+    start_wc = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR || start_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+		? parse_byte (start_ch, dfa) : start_elem->opr.wch),
+    end_wc = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR || end_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+	      ? parse_byte (end_ch, dfa) : end_elem->opr.wch);
+
+  if (start_wc == WEOF || end_wc == WEOF)
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+  else if (__glibc_unlikely ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+                             && start_wc > end_wc))
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* Got valid collation sequence values, add them as a new entry.
+     However, for !_LIBC we have no collation elements: if the
+     character set is single byte, the single byte character set
+     that we build below suffices.  parse_bracket_exp passes
+     no MBCSET if dfa->mb_cur_max == 1.  */
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*range_alloc == mbcset->nranges))
+        {
+          /* There is not enough space, need realloc.  */
+          wchar_t *new_array_start, *new_array_end;
+          Idx new_nranges;
+
+          /* +1 in case of mbcset->nranges is 0.  */
+          new_nranges = 2 * mbcset->nranges + 1;
+          /* Use realloc since mbcset->range_starts and mbcset->range_ends
+             are NULL if *range_alloc == 0.  */
+          new_array_start = re_realloc (mbcset->range_starts, wchar_t,
+                                        new_nranges);
+          new_array_end = re_realloc (mbcset->range_ends, wchar_t,
+                                      new_nranges);
+
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array_start == NULL
+                                || new_array_end == NULL))
+            {
+              re_free (new_array_start);
+              re_free (new_array_end);
+              return REG_ESPACE;
+            }
+
+          mbcset->range_starts = new_array_start;
+          mbcset->range_ends = new_array_end;
+          *range_alloc = new_nranges;
+        }
+
+      mbcset->range_starts[mbcset->nranges] = start_wc;
+      mbcset->range_ends[mbcset->nranges++] = end_wc;
+    }
+
+  /* Build the table for single byte characters.  */
+  for (wchar_t wc = 0; wc < SBC_MAX; ++wc)
+    {
+      if (start_wc <= wc && wc <= end_wc)
+        bitset_set (sbcset, wc);
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+/* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp only used in case of NOT _LIBC.
+   Build the collating element which is represented by NAME.
+   The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+   COLL_SYM_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->coll_sym, is a
+   pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+build_collating_symbol (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset,
+			Idx *coll_sym_alloc, const unsigned char *name,
+			uint_fast32_t nrules, int_fast32_t table_size,
+			const void *symb_table, const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  size_t name_len = strlen ((const char *) name);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (name_len != 1))
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+  else
+    {
+      bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+   Seek the collating symbol entry corresponding to NAME.
+   Return the index of the symbol in the SYMB_TABLE,
+   or -1 if not found.  */
+
+static __always_inline int32_t
+seek_collating_symbol_entry (const unsigned char *name, size_t name_len,
+			     const int32_t *symb_table,
+			     int_fast32_t table_size,
+			     const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  int_fast32_t elem;
+
+  for (elem = 0; elem < table_size; elem++)
+    if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+      {
+	int32_t idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+	/* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+	idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+	if (/* Compare the length of the name.  */
+	    name_len == extra[idx]
+	    /* Compare the name.  */
+	    && memcmp (name, &extra[idx + 1], name_len) == 0)
+	  /* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+	  return elem;
+      }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+   Look up the collation sequence value of BR_ELEM.
+   Return the value if succeeded, UINT_MAX otherwise.  */
+
+static __always_inline unsigned int
+lookup_collation_sequence_value (bracket_elem_t *br_elem, uint32_t nrules,
+				 const unsigned char *collseqmb,
+				 const char *collseqwc,
+				 int_fast32_t table_size,
+				 const int32_t *symb_table,
+				 const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  if (br_elem->type == SB_CHAR)
+    {
+      /* if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1) */
+      if (nrules == 0)
+	return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.ch];
+      else
+	{
+	  wint_t wc = __btowc (br_elem->opr.ch);
+	  return __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, wc);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (br_elem->type == MB_CHAR)
+    {
+      if (nrules != 0)
+	return __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, br_elem->opr.wch);
+    }
+  else if (br_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+    {
+      size_t sym_name_len = strlen ((char *) br_elem->opr.name);
+      if (nrules != 0)
+	{
+	  int32_t elem, idx;
+	  elem = seek_collating_symbol_entry (br_elem->opr.name,
+					      sym_name_len,
+					      symb_table, table_size,
+					      extra);
+	  if (elem != -1)
+	    {
+	      /* We found the entry.  */
+	      idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+	      /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+	      idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+	      /* Skip the byte sequence of the collating element.  */
+	      idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+	      /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+	      idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+	      /* Skip the multibyte collation sequence value.  */
+	      idx += sizeof (unsigned int);
+	      /* Skip the wide char sequence of the collating element.  */
+	      idx += sizeof (unsigned int) *
+		(1 + *(unsigned int *) (extra + idx));
+	      /* Return the collation sequence value.  */
+	      return *(unsigned int *) (extra + idx);
+	    }
+	  else if (sym_name_len == 1)
+	    {
+	      /* No valid character.  Match it as a single byte
+		 character.  */
+	      return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.name[0]];
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (sym_name_len == 1)
+	return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.name[0]];
+    }
+  return UINT_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+   Build the range expression which starts from START_ELEM, and ends
+   at END_ELEM.  The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+   RANGE_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->range_starts, and
+   mbcset->range_ends, is a pointer argument since we may
+   update it.  */
+
+static __always_inline reg_errcode_t
+build_range_exp (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *range_alloc,
+		 bracket_elem_t *start_elem, bracket_elem_t *end_elem,
+		 re_dfa_t *dfa, reg_syntax_t syntax, uint32_t nrules,
+		 const unsigned char *collseqmb, const char *collseqwc,
+		 int_fast32_t table_size, const int32_t *symb_table,
+		 const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  unsigned int ch;
+  uint32_t start_collseq;
+  uint32_t end_collseq;
+
+  /* Equivalence Classes and Character Classes can't be a range
+     start/end.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS
+                        || start_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS
+                        || end_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS
+                        || end_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS))
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* FIXME: Implement rational ranges here, too.  */
+  start_collseq = lookup_collation_sequence_value (start_elem, nrules, collseqmb, collseqwc,
+						   table_size, symb_table, extra);
+  end_collseq = lookup_collation_sequence_value (end_elem, nrules, collseqmb, collseqwc,
+						 table_size, symb_table, extra);
+  /* Check start/end collation sequence values.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start_collseq == UINT_MAX
+                        || end_collseq == UINT_MAX))
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+                        && start_collseq > end_collseq))
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* Got valid collation sequence values, add them as a new entry.
+     However, if we have no collation elements, and the character set
+     is single byte, the single byte character set that we
+     build below suffices. */
+  if (nrules > 0 || dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*range_alloc == mbcset->nranges))
+	{
+	  /* There is not enough space, need realloc.  */
+	  uint32_t *new_array_start;
+	  uint32_t *new_array_end;
+	  int new_nranges;
+
+	  /* +1 in case of mbcset->nranges is 0.  */
+	  new_nranges = 2 * mbcset->nranges + 1;
+	  new_array_start = re_realloc (mbcset->range_starts, uint32_t,
+					new_nranges);
+	  new_array_end = re_realloc (mbcset->range_ends, uint32_t,
+				      new_nranges);
+
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array_start == NULL
+                                || new_array_end == NULL))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+	  mbcset->range_starts = new_array_start;
+	  mbcset->range_ends = new_array_end;
+	  *range_alloc = new_nranges;
+	}
+
+      mbcset->range_starts[mbcset->nranges] = start_collseq;
+      mbcset->range_ends[mbcset->nranges++] = end_collseq;
+    }
+
+  /* Build the table for single byte characters.  */
+  for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ch++)
+    {
+      uint32_t ch_collseq;
+      /* if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1) */
+      if (nrules == 0)
+	ch_collseq = collseqmb[ch];
+      else
+	ch_collseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, __btowc (ch));
+      if (start_collseq <= ch_collseq && ch_collseq <= end_collseq)
+	bitset_set (sbcset, ch);
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+   Build the collating element which is represented by NAME.
+   The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+   COLL_SYM_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->coll_sym, is a
+   pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static __always_inline reg_errcode_t
+build_collating_symbol (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset,
+			Idx *coll_sym_alloc, const unsigned char *name,
+			uint_fast32_t nrules, int_fast32_t table_size,
+			const int32_t *symb_table, const unsigned char *extra)
+{
+  int32_t elem, idx;
+  size_t name_len = strlen ((const char *) name);
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      elem = seek_collating_symbol_entry (name, name_len, symb_table,
+					  table_size, extra);
+      if (elem != -1)
+	{
+	  /* We found the entry.  */
+	  idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+	  /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+	  idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+	}
+      else if (name_len == 1)
+	{
+	  /* No valid character, treat it as a normal
+	     character.  */
+	  bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+	  return REG_NOERROR;
+	}
+      else
+	return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+      /* Got valid collation sequence, add it as a new entry.  */
+      /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*coll_sym_alloc == mbcset->ncoll_syms))
+	{
+	  /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+	  /* +1 in case of mbcset->ncoll_syms is 0.  */
+	  int new_coll_sym_alloc = 2 * mbcset->ncoll_syms + 1;
+	  /* Use realloc since mbcset->coll_syms is NULL
+	     if *alloc == 0.  */
+	  int32_t *new_coll_syms = re_realloc (mbcset->coll_syms, int32_t,
+					       new_coll_sym_alloc);
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (new_coll_syms == NULL))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  mbcset->coll_syms = new_coll_syms;
+	  *coll_sym_alloc = new_coll_sym_alloc;
+	}
+      mbcset->coll_syms[mbcset->ncoll_syms++] = idx;
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (name_len != 1))
+	return REG_ECOLLATE;
+      else
+	{
+	  bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+	  return REG_NOERROR;
+	}
+    }
+}
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+/* This function parse bracket expression like "[abc]", "[a-c]",
+   "[[.a-a.]]" etc.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_bracket_exp (re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t *token,
+		   reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  const unsigned char *collseqmb = NULL;
+  const char *collseqwc = NULL;
+  uint_fast32_t nrules = 0;
+  int_fast32_t table_size = 0;
+  const void *symb_table = NULL;
+  const unsigned char *extra = NULL;
+
+  re_token_t br_token;
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;
+  re_charset_t *mbcset;
+  Idx coll_sym_alloc = 0, range_alloc = 0, mbchar_alloc = 0;
+  Idx equiv_class_alloc = 0, char_class_alloc = 0;
+  bool non_match = false;
+  bin_tree_t *work_tree;
+  int token_len;
+  bool first_round = true;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  collseqmb = (const unsigned char *)
+    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+  nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules)
+    {
+      /*
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+      */
+      collseqwc = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+      table_size = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB);
+      symb_table = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						   _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+    }
+#endif
+  sbcset = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+  mbcset = (re_charset_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_charset_t), 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (sbcset == NULL || mbcset == NULL))
+    {
+      re_free (sbcset);
+      re_free (mbcset);
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == END_OF_RE))
+    {
+      *err = REG_BADPAT;
+      goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+    }
+  if (token->type == OP_NON_MATCH_LIST)
+    {
+      mbcset->non_match = 1;
+      non_match = true;
+      if (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE)
+	bitset_set (sbcset, '\n');
+      re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+      token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == END_OF_RE))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_BADPAT;
+	  goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We treat the first ']' as a normal character.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+    token->type = CHARACTER;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      bracket_elem_t start_elem, end_elem;
+      unsigned char start_name_buf[BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE];
+      unsigned char end_name_buf[BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE];
+      reg_errcode_t ret;
+      int token_len2 = 0;
+      bool is_range_exp = false;
+      re_token_t token2;
+
+      start_elem.opr.name = start_name_buf;
+      start_elem.type = COLL_SYM;
+      ret = parse_bracket_element (&start_elem, regexp, token, token_len, dfa,
+				   syntax, first_round);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	}
+      first_round = false;
+
+      /* Get information about the next token.  We need it in any case.  */
+      token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+      /* Do not check for ranges if we know they are not allowed.  */
+      if (start_elem.type != CHAR_CLASS && start_elem.type != EQUIV_CLASS)
+	{
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == END_OF_RE))
+	    {
+	      *err = REG_EBRACK;
+	      goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	    }
+	  if (token->type == OP_CHARSET_RANGE)
+	    {
+	      re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip '-'.  */
+	      token_len2 = peek_token_bracket (&token2, regexp, syntax);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (token2.type == END_OF_RE))
+		{
+		  *err = REG_EBRACK;
+		  goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+		}
+	      if (token2.type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+		{
+		  /* We treat the last '-' as a normal character.  */
+		  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, -token_len);
+		  token->type = CHARACTER;
+		}
+	      else
+		is_range_exp = true;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (is_range_exp == true)
+	{
+	  end_elem.opr.name = end_name_buf;
+	  end_elem.type = COLL_SYM;
+	  ret = parse_bracket_element (&end_elem, regexp, &token2, token_len2,
+				       dfa, syntax, true);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      *err = ret;
+	      goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	    }
+
+	  token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+	  *err = build_range_exp (sbcset, mbcset, &range_alloc,
+				  &start_elem, &end_elem,
+				  dfa, syntax, nrules, collseqmb, collseqwc,
+				  table_size, symb_table, extra);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  switch (start_elem.type)
+	    {
+	    case SB_CHAR:
+	      bitset_set (sbcset, start_elem.opr.ch);
+	      break;
+	    case MB_CHAR:
+	      /* Check whether the array has enough space.  */
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbchar_alloc == mbcset->nmbchars))
+		{
+		  wchar_t *new_mbchars;
+		  /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+		  /* +1 in case of mbcset->nmbchars is 0.  */
+		  mbchar_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nmbchars + 1;
+		  /* Use realloc since array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+		  new_mbchars = re_realloc (mbcset->mbchars, wchar_t,
+					    mbchar_alloc);
+		  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_mbchars == NULL))
+		    goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+		  mbcset->mbchars = new_mbchars;
+		}
+	      mbcset->mbchars[mbcset->nmbchars++] = start_elem.opr.wch;
+	      break;
+	    case EQUIV_CLASS:
+	      *err = build_equiv_class (sbcset,
+					mbcset, &equiv_class_alloc,
+					start_elem.opr.name);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+		goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	      break;
+	    case COLL_SYM:
+	      *err = build_collating_symbol (sbcset,
+					     mbcset, &coll_sym_alloc,
+					     start_elem.opr.name,
+					     nrules, table_size, symb_table, extra);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+		goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	      break;
+	    case CHAR_CLASS:
+	      *err = build_charclass (regexp->trans, sbcset,
+				      mbcset, &char_class_alloc,
+				      (const char *) start_elem.opr.name,
+				      syntax);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+	       goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      DEBUG_ASSERT (false);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == END_OF_RE))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_EBRACK;
+	  goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	}
+      if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+	break;
+    }
+
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+
+  /* If it is non-matching list.  */
+  if (non_match)
+    bitset_not (sbcset);
+
+  /* Ensure only single byte characters are set.  */
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    bitset_mask (sbcset, dfa->sb_char);
+
+  if (mbcset->nmbchars || mbcset->ncoll_syms || mbcset->nequiv_classes
+      || mbcset->nranges || (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 && (mbcset->nchar_classes
+						     || mbcset->non_match)))
+    {
+      bin_tree_t *mbc_tree;
+      int sbc_idx;
+      /* Build a tree for complex bracket.  */
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      br_token.type = COMPLEX_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.mbcset = mbcset;
+      mbc_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbc_tree == NULL))
+	goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+      for (sbc_idx = 0; sbc_idx < BITSET_WORDS; ++sbc_idx)
+	if (sbcset[sbc_idx])
+	  break;
+      /* If there are no bits set in sbcset, there is no point
+	 of having both SIMPLE_BRACKET and COMPLEX_BRACKET.  */
+      if (sbc_idx < BITSET_WORDS)
+	{
+	  /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+	  br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET;
+	  br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset;
+	  work_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (work_tree == NULL))
+	    goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+
+	  /* Then join them by ALT node.  */
+	  work_tree = create_tree (dfa, work_tree, mbc_tree, OP_ALT);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (work_tree == NULL))
+	    goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  re_free (sbcset);
+	  work_tree = mbc_tree;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+      /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+      br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset;
+      work_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (work_tree == NULL))
+	goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+    }
+  return work_tree;
+
+ parse_bracket_exp_espace:
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+ parse_bracket_exp_free_return:
+  re_free (sbcset);
+  free_charset (mbcset);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Parse an element in the bracket expression.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+parse_bracket_element (bracket_elem_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+		       re_token_t *token, int token_len, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+		       reg_syntax_t syntax, bool accept_hyphen)
+{
+  int cur_char_size;
+  cur_char_size = re_string_char_size_at (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp));
+  if (cur_char_size > 1)
+    {
+      elem->type = MB_CHAR;
+      elem->opr.wch = re_string_wchar_at (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp));
+      re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, cur_char_size);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM || token->type == OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS
+      || token->type == OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS)
+    return parse_bracket_symbol (elem, regexp, token);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == OP_CHARSET_RANGE) && !accept_hyphen)
+    {
+      /* A '-' must only appear as anything but a range indicator before
+	 the closing bracket.  Everything else is an error.  */
+      re_token_t token2;
+      (void) peek_token_bracket (&token2, regexp, syntax);
+      if (token2.type != OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+	/* The actual error value is not standardized since this whole
+	   case is undefined.  But ERANGE makes good sense.  */
+	return REG_ERANGE;
+    }
+  elem->type = SB_CHAR;
+  elem->opr.ch = token->opr.c;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Parse a bracket symbol in the bracket expression.  Bracket symbols are
+   such as [:<character_class>:], [.<collating_element>.], and
+   [=<equivalent_class>=].  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+parse_bracket_symbol (bracket_elem_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+		      re_token_t *token)
+{
+  unsigned char ch, delim = token->opr.c;
+  int i = 0;
+  if (re_string_eoi(regexp))
+    return REG_EBRACK;
+  for (;; ++i)
+    {
+      if (i >= BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE)
+	return REG_EBRACK;
+      if (token->type == OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS)
+	ch = re_string_fetch_byte_case (regexp);
+      else
+	ch = re_string_fetch_byte (regexp);
+      if (re_string_eoi(regexp))
+	return REG_EBRACK;
+      if (ch == delim && re_string_peek_byte (regexp, 0) == ']')
+	break;
+      elem->opr.name[i] = ch;
+    }
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, 1);
+  elem->opr.name[i] = '\0';
+  switch (token->type)
+    {
+    case OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM:
+      elem->type = COLL_SYM;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS:
+      elem->type = EQUIV_CLASS;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS:
+      elem->type = CHAR_CLASS;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+  /* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp.
+     Build the equivalence class which is represented by NAME.
+     The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     EQUIV_CLASS_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->equiv_classes,
+     is a pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset,
+		   Idx *equiv_class_alloc, const unsigned char *name)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  uint32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+      const unsigned char *weights, *extra, *cp;
+      unsigned char char_buf[2];
+      int32_t idx1, idx2;
+      unsigned int ch;
+      size_t len;
+      /* Calculate the index for equivalence class.  */
+      cp = name;
+      table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+      weights = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					       _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						   _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+      indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						_NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+      idx1 = findidx (table, indirect, extra, &cp, -1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (idx1 == 0 || *cp != '\0'))
+	/* This isn't a valid character.  */
+	return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+      /* Build single byte matching table for this equivalence class.  */
+      len = weights[idx1 & 0xffffff];
+      for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ++ch)
+	{
+	  char_buf[0] = ch;
+	  cp = char_buf;
+	  idx2 = findidx (table, indirect, extra, &cp, 1);
+/*
+	  idx2 = table[ch];
+*/
+	  if (idx2 == 0)
+	    /* This isn't a valid character.  */
+	    continue;
+	  /* Compare only if the length matches and the collation rule
+	     index is the same.  */
+	  if (len == weights[idx2 & 0xffffff] && (idx1 >> 24) == (idx2 >> 24)
+	      && memcmp (weights + (idx1 & 0xffffff) + 1,
+			 weights + (idx2 & 0xffffff) + 1, len) == 0)
+	    bitset_set (sbcset, ch);
+	}
+      /* Check whether the array has enough space.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*equiv_class_alloc == mbcset->nequiv_classes))
+	{
+	  /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+	  /* +1 in case of mbcset->nequiv_classes is 0.  */
+	  Idx new_equiv_class_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nequiv_classes + 1;
+	  /* Use realloc since the array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+	  int32_t *new_equiv_classes = re_realloc (mbcset->equiv_classes,
+						   int32_t,
+						   new_equiv_class_alloc);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_equiv_classes == NULL))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  mbcset->equiv_classes = new_equiv_classes;
+	  *equiv_class_alloc = new_equiv_class_alloc;
+	}
+      mbcset->equiv_classes[mbcset->nequiv_classes++] = idx1;
+    }
+  else
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+    {
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (strlen ((const char *) name) != 1))
+	return REG_ECOLLATE;
+      bitset_set (sbcset, *name);
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+  /* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp.
+     Build the character class which is represented by NAME.
+     The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     CHAR_CLASS_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->char_classes,
+     is a pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bitset_t sbcset,
+		 re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *char_class_alloc,
+		 const char *class_name, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *name = class_name;
+
+  /* In case of REG_ICASE "upper" and "lower" match the both of
+     upper and lower cases.  */
+  if ((syntax & RE_ICASE)
+      && (strcmp (name, "upper") == 0 || strcmp (name, "lower") == 0))
+    name = "alpha";
+
+  /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (*char_class_alloc == mbcset->nchar_classes))
+    {
+      /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+      /* +1 in case of mbcset->nchar_classes is 0.  */
+      Idx new_char_class_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nchar_classes + 1;
+      /* Use realloc since array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+      wctype_t *new_char_classes = re_realloc (mbcset->char_classes, wctype_t,
+					       new_char_class_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_char_classes == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      mbcset->char_classes = new_char_classes;
+      *char_class_alloc = new_char_class_alloc;
+    }
+  mbcset->char_classes[mbcset->nchar_classes++] = __wctype (name);
+
+#define BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP(ctype_func)	\
+  do {						\
+    if (__glibc_unlikely (trans != NULL))			\
+      {						\
+	for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)		\
+	  if (ctype_func (i))			\
+	    bitset_set (sbcset, trans[i]);	\
+      }						\
+    else					\
+      {						\
+	for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)		\
+	  if (ctype_func (i))			\
+	    bitset_set (sbcset, i);		\
+      }						\
+  } while (0)
+
+  if (strcmp (name, "alnum") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isalnum);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "cntrl") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (iscntrl);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "lower") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (islower);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "space") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isspace);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "alpha") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isalpha);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "digit") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isdigit);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "print") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isprint);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "upper") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isupper);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "blank") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isblank);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "graph") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isgraph);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "punct") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (ispunct);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "xdigit") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isxdigit);
+  else
+    return REG_ECTYPE;
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+build_charclass_op (re_dfa_t *dfa, RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+		    const char *class_name,
+		    const char *extra, bool non_match,
+		    reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;
+  re_charset_t *mbcset;
+  Idx alloc = 0;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+
+  sbcset = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (sbcset == NULL))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  mbcset = (re_charset_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_charset_t), 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (mbcset == NULL))
+    {
+      re_free (sbcset);
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  mbcset->non_match = non_match;
+
+  /* We don't care the syntax in this case.  */
+  ret = build_charclass (trans, sbcset, mbcset, &alloc, class_name, 0);
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      re_free (sbcset);
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+      *err = ret;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  /* \w match '_' also.  */
+  for (; *extra; extra++)
+    bitset_set (sbcset, *extra);
+
+  /* If it is non-matching list.  */
+  if (non_match)
+    bitset_not (sbcset);
+
+  /* Ensure only single byte characters are set.  */
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    bitset_mask (sbcset, dfa->sb_char);
+
+  /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+  re_token_t br_token = { .type = SIMPLE_BRACKET, .opr.sbcset = sbcset };
+  tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (tree == NULL))
+    goto build_word_op_espace;
+
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      bin_tree_t *mbc_tree;
+      /* Build a tree for complex bracket.  */
+      br_token.type = COMPLEX_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.mbcset = mbcset;
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      mbc_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbc_tree == NULL))
+	goto build_word_op_espace;
+      /* Then join them by ALT node.  */
+      tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, mbc_tree, OP_ALT);
+      if (__glibc_likely (mbc_tree != NULL))
+	return tree;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+      return tree;
+    }
+
+ build_word_op_espace:
+  re_free (sbcset);
+  free_charset (mbcset);
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* This is intended for the expressions like "a{1,3}".
+   Fetch a number from 'input', and return the number.
+   Return -1 if the number field is empty like "{,1}".
+   Return RE_DUP_MAX + 1 if the number field is too large.
+   Return -2 if an error occurred.  */
+
+static Idx
+fetch_number (re_string_t *input, re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  Idx num = -1;
+  unsigned char c;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      fetch_token (token, input, syntax);
+      c = token->opr.c;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (token->type == END_OF_RE))
+	return -2;
+      if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM || c == ',')
+	break;
+      num = ((token->type != CHARACTER || c < '0' || '9' < c || num == -2)
+	     ? -2
+	     : num == -1
+	     ? c - '0'
+	     : MIN (RE_DUP_MAX + 1, num * 10 + c - '0'));
+    }
+  return num;
+}
+
+static void
+free_charset (re_charset_t *cset)
+{
+  re_free (cset->mbchars);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  re_free (cset->coll_syms);
+  re_free (cset->equiv_classes);
+#endif
+  re_free (cset->range_starts);
+  re_free (cset->range_ends);
+  re_free (cset->char_classes);
+  re_free (cset);
+}
+
+/* Functions for binary tree operation.  */
+
+/* Create a tree node.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+create_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+	     re_token_type_t type)
+{
+  re_token_t t = { .type = type };
+  return create_token_tree (dfa, left, right, &t);
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+create_token_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+		   const re_token_t *token)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->str_tree_storage_idx == BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE))
+    {
+      bin_tree_storage_t *storage = re_malloc (bin_tree_storage_t, 1);
+
+      if (storage == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      storage->next = dfa->str_tree_storage;
+      dfa->str_tree_storage = storage;
+      dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = 0;
+    }
+  tree = &dfa->str_tree_storage->data[dfa->str_tree_storage_idx++];
+
+  tree->parent = NULL;
+  tree->left = left;
+  tree->right = right;
+  tree->token = *token;
+  tree->token.duplicated = 0;
+  tree->token.opt_subexp = 0;
+  tree->first = NULL;
+  tree->next = NULL;
+  tree->node_idx = -1;
+
+  if (left != NULL)
+    left->parent = tree;
+  if (right != NULL)
+    right->parent = tree;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* Mark the tree SRC as an optional subexpression.
+   To be called from preorder or postorder.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+mark_opt_subexp (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  Idx idx = (uintptr_t) extra;
+  if (node->token.type == SUBEXP && node->token.opr.idx == idx)
+    node->token.opt_subexp = 1;
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Free the allocated memory inside NODE. */
+
+static void
+free_token (re_token_t *node)
+{
+  if (node->type == COMPLEX_BRACKET && node->duplicated == 0)
+    free_charset (node->opr.mbcset);
+  else if (node->type == SIMPLE_BRACKET && node->duplicated == 0)
+    re_free (node->opr.sbcset);
+}
+
+/* Worker function for tree walking.  Free the allocated memory inside NODE
+   and its children. */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+free_tree (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  free_token (&node->token);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Duplicate the node SRC, and return new node.  This is a preorder
+   visit similar to the one implemented by the generic visitor, but
+   we need more infrastructure to maintain two parallel trees --- so,
+   it's easier to duplicate.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+duplicate_tree (const bin_tree_t *root, re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  const bin_tree_t *node;
+  bin_tree_t *dup_root;
+  bin_tree_t **p_new = &dup_root, *dup_node = root->parent;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      /* Create a new tree and link it back to the current parent.  */
+      *p_new = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &node->token);
+      if (*p_new == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      (*p_new)->parent = dup_node;
+      (*p_new)->token.duplicated = 1;
+      dup_node = *p_new;
+
+      /* Go to the left node, or up and to the right.  */
+      if (node->left)
+	{
+	  node = node->left;
+	  p_new = &dup_node->left;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  const bin_tree_t *prev = NULL;
+	  while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL)
+	    {
+	      prev = node;
+	      node = node->parent;
+	      dup_node = dup_node->parent;
+	      if (!node)
+		return dup_root;
+	    }
+	  node = node->right;
+	  p_new = &dup_node->right;
+	}
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/regex.c b/lib/regex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff11767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/regex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6)
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure"
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wvla"
+# endif
+# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-definition"
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure no one compiles this code with a C++ compiler.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined _LIBC
+# error "This is C code, use a C compiler"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to keep the namespace clean.  */
+# define regfree(preg) __regfree (preg)
+# define regexec(pr, st, nm, pm, ef) __regexec (pr, st, nm, pm, ef)
+# define regcomp(preg, pattern, cflags) __regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
+# define regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) \
+	__regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
+# define re_set_registers(bu, re, nu, st, en) \
+	__re_set_registers (bu, re, nu, st, en)
+# define re_match_2(bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) \
+	__re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
+# define re_match(bufp, string, size, pos, regs) \
+	__re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs)
+# define re_search(bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) \
+	__re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs)
+# define re_compile_pattern(pattern, length, bufp) \
+	__re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
+# define re_set_syntax(syntax) __re_set_syntax (syntax)
+# define re_search_2(bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) \
+	__re_search_2 (bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop)
+# define re_compile_fastmap(bufp) __re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
+
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* On some systems, limits.h sets RE_DUP_MAX to a lower value than
+   GNU regex allows.  Include it before <regex.h>, which correctly
+   #undefs RE_DUP_MAX and sets it to the right value.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <regex.h>
+#include "regex_internal.h"
+
+#include "regex_internal.c"
+#include "regcomp.c"
+#include "regexec.c"
+
+/* Binary backward compatibility.  */
+#if _LIBC
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
+link_warning (re_max_failures, "the 're_max_failures' variable is obsolete and will go away.")
+int re_max_failures = 2000;
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/regex.h b/lib/regex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7e0bd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/regex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
+/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
+   expression library.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_H
+#define _REGEX_H 1
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Define __USE_GNU to declare GNU extensions that violate the
+   POSIX name space rules.  */
+#ifdef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define __USE_GNU 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+
+/* Use types and values that are wide enough to represent signed and
+   unsigned byte offsets in memory.  This currently works only when
+   the regex code is used outside of the GNU C library; it is not yet
+   supported within glibc itself, and glibc users should not define
+   _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS.  */
+
+/* The type of object sizes.  */
+typedef size_t __re_size_t;
+
+/* The type of object sizes, in places where the traditional code
+   uses unsigned long int.  */
+typedef size_t __re_long_size_t;
+
+#else
+
+/* The traditional GNU regex implementation mishandles strings longer
+   than INT_MAX.  */
+typedef unsigned int __re_size_t;
+typedef unsigned long int __re_long_size_t;
+
+#endif
+
+/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
+   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
+   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
+   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
+typedef long int s_reg_t;
+typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
+
+/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
+   recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
+   remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
+   the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
+   add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
+typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
+   If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
+# define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
+     literals.
+   If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals.  */
+# define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported.  They are:
+     [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:],  [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
+     [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
+   If not set, then character classes are not supported.  */
+# define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
+     expressions, of course).
+   If this bit is not set, then it depends:
+	^  is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
+	   expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
+	$  is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
+	   before a close-group or an alternation operator.
+
+   This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
+   POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
+   We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
+   invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
+     regardless of where they are in the pattern.
+   If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
+     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically,
+     * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
+     open-group, or alternation operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
+     immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
+   If not set, then it doesn't.  */
+# define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
+   If not set, then it does.  */
+# define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
+   If not set, they do.  */
+# define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
+     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
+   If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals.  */
+# define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
+   If not set, they are.  */
+# define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
+   If not set, newline is literal.  */
+# define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then '{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
+     are literals.
+  If not set, then '\{...\}' defines an interval.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
+   If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
+   If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
+   If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
+     than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
+   If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
+     starting range point, the range is ignored.  */
+# define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
+   If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid.  */
+# define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
+   without further backtracking.  */
+# define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
+   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
+# define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
+   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
+   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
+   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
+   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
+   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
+# define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
+   a string of ordinary characters.  For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
+   treated as 'a\{1'.  */
+# define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+# define RE_ICASE (RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD << 1)
+
+/* This bit is used internally like RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS but only
+   for ^, because it is difficult to scan the regex backwards to find
+   whether ^ should be special.  */
+# define RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE (RE_ICASE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \{ cannot be first in a regex or
+   immediately after an alternation, open-group or \} operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP (RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then no_sub will be set to 1 during
+   re_compile_pattern.  */
+# define RE_NO_SUB (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP << 1)
+#endif
+
+/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
+   some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
+   stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
+   already-compiled regexps.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
+   (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
+   don't delete them!)  */
+/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_AWK							\
+  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
+   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE		  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS		\
+   | RE_CHAR_CLASSES							\
+   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK						\
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
+    | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)						\
+   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS				\
+      | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS ))
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK						\
+  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS	    | RE_NO_GNU_OPS				\
+   | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_GREP							\
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC | RE_NEWLINE_ALT)				\
+   & ~(RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL))
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP						\
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD | RE_NEWLINE_ALT) \
+   & ~(RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL))
+
+/* POSIX grep -E behavior is no longer incompatible with GNU.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP						\
+  RE_SYNTAX_EGREP
+
+/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax.  */
+# define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON					\
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE      | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS  | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC						\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
+   RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized.  Actually, this
+   isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC					\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED					\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS   | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_VBAR				\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
+   removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED				\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_REFS				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR	    | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
+
+/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow.  POSIX-conforming
+   systems might define this in <limits.h>, but we want our
+   value, so remove any previous define.  */
+# ifdef _REGEX_INCLUDE_LIMITS_H
+#  include <limits.h>
+# endif
+# ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
+#  undef RE_DUP_MAX
+# endif
+
+/* RE_DUP_MAX is 2**15 - 1 because an earlier implementation stored
+   the counter as a 2-byte signed integer.  This is no longer true, so
+   RE_DUP_MAX could be increased to (INT_MAX / 10 - 1), or to
+   ((SIZE_MAX - 9) / 10) if _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS is defined.
+   However, there would be a huge performance problem if someone
+   actually used a pattern like a\{214748363\}, so RE_DUP_MAX retains
+   its historical value.  */
+# define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX 'cflags' bits (i.e., information for 'regcomp').  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
+   If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax.  */
+#define REG_EXTENDED 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+#define REG_ICASE (1 << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
+     characters in the string.
+   If not set, then anchors do match at newlines.  */
+#define REG_NEWLINE (1 << 2)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
+   If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors.  */
+#define REG_NOSUB (1 << 3)
+
+
+/* POSIX 'eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec).  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
+     the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
+     beginning of a line).
+   If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
+     beginning of the string.  */
+#define REG_NOTBOL 1
+
+/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line.  */
+#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
+
+/* Use PMATCH[0] to delimit the start and end of the search in the
+   buffer.  */
+#define REG_STARTEND (1 << 2)
+
+
+/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
+   '__re_error_msgid' table in regcomp.c.  */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  _REG_ENOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+  _REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
+  _REG_NOMATCH,		/* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
+
+  /* POSIX regcomp return error codes.  (In the order listed in the
+     standard.)  */
+  _REG_BADPAT,		/* Invalid pattern.  */
+  _REG_ECOLLATE,	/* Invalid collating element.  */
+  _REG_ECTYPE,		/* Invalid character class name.  */
+  _REG_EESCAPE,		/* Trailing backslash.  */
+  _REG_ESUBREG,		/* Invalid back reference.  */
+  _REG_EBRACK,		/* Unmatched left bracket.  */
+  _REG_EPAREN,		/* Parenthesis imbalance.  */
+  _REG_EBRACE,		/* Unmatched \{.  */
+  _REG_BADBR,		/* Invalid contents of \{\}.  */
+  _REG_ERANGE,		/* Invalid range end.  */
+  _REG_ESPACE,		/* Ran out of memory.  */
+  _REG_BADRPT,		/* No preceding re for repetition op.  */
+
+  /* Error codes we've added.  */
+  _REG_EEND,		/* Premature end.  */
+  _REG_ESIZE,		/* Too large (e.g., repeat count too large).  */
+  _REG_ERPAREN		/* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp.  */
+} reg_errcode_t;
+
+#if defined _XOPEN_SOURCE || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
+# define REG_ENOSYS	_REG_ENOSYS
+#endif
+#define REG_NOERROR	_REG_NOERROR
+#define REG_NOMATCH	_REG_NOMATCH
+#define REG_BADPAT	_REG_BADPAT
+#define REG_ECOLLATE	_REG_ECOLLATE
+#define REG_ECTYPE	_REG_ECTYPE
+#define REG_EESCAPE	_REG_EESCAPE
+#define REG_ESUBREG	_REG_ESUBREG
+#define REG_EBRACK	_REG_EBRACK
+#define REG_EPAREN	_REG_EPAREN
+#define REG_EBRACE	_REG_EBRACE
+#define REG_BADBR	_REG_BADBR
+#define REG_ERANGE	_REG_ERANGE
+#define REG_ESPACE	_REG_ESPACE
+#define REG_BADRPT	_REG_BADRPT
+#define REG_EEND	_REG_EEND
+#define REG_ESIZE	_REG_ESIZE
+#define REG_ERPAREN	_REG_ERPAREN
+
+/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern.  Before calling
+   the pattern compiler, the fields 'buffer', 'allocated', 'fastmap',
+   and 'translate' can be set.  After the pattern has been compiled,
+   the fields 're_nsub', 'not_bol' and 'not_eol' are available.  All
+   other fields are private to the regex routines.  */
+
+#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+# define __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char *
+# ifdef __USE_GNU
+#  define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+# define __REPB_PREFIX(name) name
+#else
+# define __REPB_PREFIX(name) __##name
+#endif
+
+struct re_pattern_buffer
+{
+  /* Space that holds the compiled pattern.  The type
+     'struct re_dfa_t' is private and is not declared here.  */
+  struct re_dfa_t *__REPB_PREFIX(buffer);
+
+  /* Number of bytes to which 'buffer' points.  */
+  __re_long_size_t __REPB_PREFIX(allocated);
+
+  /* Number of bytes actually used in 'buffer'.  */
+  __re_long_size_t __REPB_PREFIX(used);
+
+  /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
+  reg_syntax_t __REPB_PREFIX(syntax);
+
+  /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero.  re_search uses the
+     fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible starting points
+     for matches.  */
+  char *__REPB_PREFIX(fastmap);
+
+  /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
+     comparing them, or zero for no translation.  The translation is
+     applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string when it
+     is matched.  */
+  __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE __REPB_PREFIX(translate);
+
+  /* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler.  */
+  size_t re_nsub;
+
+  /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
+     Well, in truth it's used only in 're_search_2', to see whether or
+     not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set this absolutely
+     perfectly; see 're_compile_fastmap' (the "duplicate" case).  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(can_be_null) : 1;
+
+  /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the 'regs' structure
+     for 'max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
+     If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
+     If REGS_FIXED, use what's there.  */
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+# define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
+# define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
+# define REGS_FIXED 2
+#endif
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(regs_allocated) : 2;
+
+  /* Set to zero when 're_compile_pattern' compiles a pattern; set to
+     one by 're_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(fastmap_accurate) : 1;
+
+  /* If set, 're_match_2' does not return information about
+     subexpressions.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(no_sub) : 1;
+
+  /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the beginning
+     of the string.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(not_bol) : 1;
+
+  /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(not_eol) : 1;
+
+  /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(newline_anchor) : 1;
+};
+
+typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
+
+/* Type for byte offsets within the string.  POSIX mandates this.  */
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+/* POSIX 1003.1-2008 requires that regoff_t be at least as wide as
+   ptrdiff_t and ssize_t.  We don't know of any hosts where ptrdiff_t
+   is wider than ssize_t, so ssize_t is safe.  ptrdiff_t is not
+   visible here, so use ssize_t.  */
+typedef ssize_t regoff_t;
+#else
+/* The traditional GNU regex implementation mishandles strings longer
+   than INT_MAX.  */
+typedef int regoff_t;
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* This is the structure we store register match data in.  See
+   regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match.  */
+struct re_registers
+{
+  __re_size_t num_regs;
+  regoff_t *start;
+  regoff_t *end;
+};
+
+
+/* If 'regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
+   're_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
+   the first time a 'regs' structure is passed.  */
+# ifndef RE_NREGS
+#  define RE_NREGS 30
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX specification for registers.  Aside from the different names than
+   're_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
+   structure of arrays.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  regoff_t rm_so;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start.  */
+  regoff_t rm_eo;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end.  */
+} regmatch_t;
+
+/* Declarations for routines.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_NELTS
+# if (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+	&& !defined __STDC_NO_VLA__)
+#  define _REGEX_NELTS(n) n
+# else
+#  define _REGEX_NELTS(n)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# pragma GCC diagnostic push
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wvla"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _Attr_access_
+# ifdef __attr_access
+#  define _Attr_access_(arg) __attr_access (arg)
+# elif defined __GNUC__ && 10 <= __GNUC__
+#  define _Attr_access_(x) __attribute__ ((__access__ x))
+# else
+#  define _Attr_access_(x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
+   You can also simply assign to the 're_syntax_options' variable.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t __syntax);
+
+/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
+   and syntax given by the global 're_syntax_options', into the buffer
+   BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.
+
+   To free the allocated storage, you must call 'regfree' on BUFFER.
+   Note that the translate table must either have been initialized by
+   'regcomp', with a malloc'ed value, or set to NULL before calling
+   'regfree'.  */
+extern const char *re_compile_pattern (const char *__pattern, size_t __length,
+				       struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 1, 2));
+
+
+/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
+   accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
+   internal error.  */
+extern int re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
+
+
+/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
+   compiled into BUFFER.  Start searching at position START, for RANGE
+   characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
+   match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
+   information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
+extern regoff_t re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			   const char *__String, regoff_t __length,
+			   regoff_t __start, regoff_t __range,
+			   struct re_registers *__regs)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 2, 3));
+
+
+/* Like 're_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
+   STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
+extern regoff_t re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			     const char *__string1, regoff_t __length1,
+			     const char *__string2, regoff_t __length2,
+			     regoff_t __start, regoff_t __range,
+			     struct re_registers *__regs,
+			     regoff_t __stop)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 2, 3))
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 4, 5));
+
+
+/* Like 're_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
+   in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
+extern regoff_t re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			  const char *__String, regoff_t __length,
+			  regoff_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 2, 3));
+
+
+/* Relates to 're_match' as 're_search_2' relates to 're_search'.  */
+extern regoff_t re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			    const char *__string1, regoff_t __length1,
+			    const char *__string2, regoff_t __length2,
+			    regoff_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs,
+			    regoff_t __stop)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 2, 3))
+    _Attr_access_ ((__read_only__, 4, 5));
+
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
+   for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS must be
+   allocated with malloc, and must each be at least 'NUM_REGS * sizeof
+   (regoff_t)' bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+extern void re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			      struct re_registers *__regs,
+			      __re_size_t __num_regs,
+			      regoff_t *__starts, regoff_t *__ends);
+#endif	/* Use GNU */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || (defined _LIBC && defined __USE_MISC)
+/* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
+extern char *re_comp (const char *);
+extern int re_exec (const char *);
+#endif
+
+/* For plain 'restrict', use glibc's __restrict if defined.
+   Otherwise, GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
+   Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
+   'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words, so pick a
+   different name.  */
+#ifndef _Restrict_
+# if defined __restrict \
+     || 2 < __GNUC__ + (95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+     || __clang_major__ >= 3
+#  define _Restrict_ __restrict
+# elif 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ || defined restrict
+#  define _Restrict_ restrict
+# else
+#  define _Restrict_
+# endif
+#endif
+/* For the ISO C99 syntax
+     array_name[restrict]
+   use glibc's __restrict_arr if available.
+   Otherwise, GCC 3.1 and clang support this syntax (but not in C++ mode).
+   Other ISO C99 compilers support it as well.  */
+#ifndef _Restrict_arr_
+# ifdef __restrict_arr
+#  define _Restrict_arr_ __restrict_arr
+# elif ((199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+         || 3 < __GNUC__ + (1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+         || __clang_major__ >= 3) \
+        && !defined __cplusplus)
+#  define _Restrict_arr_ _Restrict_
+# else
+#  define _Restrict_arr_
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX compatibility.  */
+extern int regcomp (regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+		    const char *_Restrict_ __pattern,
+		    int __cflags);
+
+extern int regexec (const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+		    const char *_Restrict_ __String, size_t __nmatch,
+		    regmatch_t __pmatch[_Restrict_arr_
+					_REGEX_NELTS (__nmatch)],
+		    int __eflags);
+
+extern size_t regerror (int __errcode, const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+			char *_Restrict_ __errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size)
+    _Attr_access_ ((__write_only__, 3, 4));
+
+extern void regfree (regex_t *__preg);
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif	/* C++ */
+
+#endif /* regex.h */
diff --git a/lib/regex_internal.c b/lib/regex_internal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e6919f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/regex_internal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1711 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+static void re_string_construct_common (const char *str, Idx len,
+					re_string_t *pstr,
+					RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase,
+					const re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static re_dfastate_t *create_ci_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					  const re_node_set *nodes,
+					  re_hashval_t hash);
+static re_dfastate_t *create_cd_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					  const re_node_set *nodes,
+					  unsigned int context,
+					  re_hashval_t hash);
+static reg_errcode_t re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr,
+						Idx new_buf_len);
+static void build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr);
+static reg_errcode_t build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr);
+static void build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr);
+static void re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr);
+static unsigned int re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx,
+					  int eflags) __attribute__ ((pure));
+
+/* Functions for string operation.  */
+
+/* This function allocate the buffers.  It is necessary to call
+   re_string_reconstruct before using the object.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_allocate (re_string_t *pstr, const char *str, Idx len, Idx init_len,
+		    RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  Idx init_buf_len;
+
+  /* Ensure at least one character fits into the buffers.  */
+  if (init_len < dfa->mb_cur_max)
+    init_len = dfa->mb_cur_max;
+  init_buf_len = (len + 1 < init_len) ? len + 1: init_len;
+  re_string_construct_common (str, len, pstr, trans, icase, dfa);
+
+  ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, init_buf_len);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+
+  pstr->word_char = dfa->word_char;
+  pstr->word_ops_used = dfa->word_ops_used;
+  pstr->mbs = pstr->mbs_allocated ? pstr->mbs : (unsigned char *) str;
+  pstr->valid_len = (pstr->mbs_allocated || dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) ? 0 : len;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* This function allocate the buffers, and initialize them.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_construct (re_string_t *pstr, const char *str, Idx len,
+		     RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  memset (pstr, '\0', sizeof (re_string_t));
+  re_string_construct_common (str, len, pstr, trans, icase, dfa);
+
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, len + 1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+	return ret;
+    }
+  pstr->mbs = pstr->mbs_allocated ? pstr->mbs : (unsigned char *) str;
+
+  if (icase)
+    {
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	{
+	  while (1)
+	    {
+	      ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+		return ret;
+	      if (pstr->valid_raw_len >= len)
+		break;
+	      if (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->valid_len + dfa->mb_cur_max)
+		break;
+	      ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, pstr->bufs_len * 2);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+		return ret;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+      else
+	{
+	  if (trans != NULL)
+	    re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      pstr->valid_len = pstr->bufs_len;
+	      pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->bufs_len;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for re_string_allocate, and re_string_construct.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr, Idx new_buf_len)
+{
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t *new_wcs;
+
+      /* Avoid overflow in realloc.  */
+      const size_t max_object_size = MAX (sizeof (wint_t), sizeof (Idx));
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size)
+			    < new_buf_len))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+
+      new_wcs = re_realloc (pstr->wcs, wint_t, new_buf_len);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_wcs == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      pstr->wcs = new_wcs;
+      if (pstr->offsets != NULL)
+	{
+	  Idx *new_offsets = re_realloc (pstr->offsets, Idx, new_buf_len);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_offsets == NULL))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  pstr->offsets = new_offsets;
+	}
+    }
+  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+    {
+      unsigned char *new_mbs = re_realloc (pstr->mbs, unsigned char,
+					   new_buf_len);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_mbs == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      pstr->mbs = new_mbs;
+    }
+  pstr->bufs_len = new_buf_len;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+static void
+re_string_construct_common (const char *str, Idx len, re_string_t *pstr,
+			    RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase,
+			    const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  pstr->raw_mbs = (const unsigned char *) str;
+  pstr->len = len;
+  pstr->raw_len = len;
+  pstr->trans = trans;
+  pstr->icase = icase;
+  pstr->mbs_allocated = (trans != NULL || icase);
+  pstr->mb_cur_max = dfa->mb_cur_max;
+  pstr->is_utf8 = dfa->is_utf8;
+  pstr->map_notascii = dfa->map_notascii;
+  pstr->stop = pstr->len;
+  pstr->raw_stop = pstr->stop;
+}
+
+
+/* Build wide character buffer PSTR->WCS.
+   If the byte sequence of the string are:
+     <mb1>(0), <mb1>(1), <mb2>(0), <mb2>(1), <sb3>
+   Then wide character buffer will be:
+     <wc1>   , WEOF    , <wc2>   , WEOF    , <wc3>
+   We use WEOF for padding, they indicate that the position isn't
+   a first byte of a multibyte character.
+
+   Note that this function assumes PSTR->VALID_LEN elements are already
+   built and starts from PSTR->VALID_LEN.  */
+
+static void
+build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  unsigned char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (MB_LEN_MAX >= pstr->mb_cur_max);
+#else
+  unsigned char buf[64];
+#endif
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx byte_idx, end_idx, remain_len;
+  size_t mbclen;
+
+  /* Build the buffers from pstr->valid_len to either pstr->len or
+     pstr->bufs_len.  */
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+  for (byte_idx = pstr->valid_len; byte_idx < end_idx;)
+    {
+      wchar_t wc;
+      const char *p;
+
+      remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+      prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+      /* Apply the translation if we need.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+	{
+	  int i, ch;
+
+	  for (i = 0; i < pstr->mb_cur_max && i < remain_len; ++i)
+	    {
+	      ch = pstr->raw_mbs [pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx + i];
+	      buf[i] = pstr->mbs[byte_idx + i] = pstr->trans[ch];
+	    }
+	  p = (const char *) buf;
+	}
+      else
+	p = (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx;
+      mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc, p, remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0
+			    || (mbclen == (size_t) -2
+				&& pstr->bufs_len >= pstr->len)))
+	{
+	  /* We treat these cases as a singlebyte character.  */
+	  mbclen = 1;
+	  wc = (wchar_t) pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx];
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+	    wc = pstr->trans[wc];
+	  pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	}
+      else if (__glibc_unlikely (mbclen == (size_t) -2))
+	{
+	  /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+	  pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Write wide character and padding.  */
+      pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wc;
+      /* Write paddings.  */
+      for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+	pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+    }
+  pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = byte_idx;
+}
+
+/* Build wide character buffer PSTR->WCS like build_wcs_buffer,
+   but for REG_ICASE.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx src_idx, byte_idx, end_idx, remain_len;
+  size_t mbclen;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (pstr->mb_cur_max <= MB_LEN_MAX);
+#else
+  char buf[64];
+#endif
+
+  byte_idx = pstr->valid_len;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  /* The following optimization assumes that ASCII characters can be
+     mapped to wide characters with a simple cast.  */
+  if (! pstr->map_notascii && pstr->trans == NULL && !pstr->offsets_needed)
+    {
+      while (byte_idx < end_idx)
+	{
+	  wchar_t wc;
+	  unsigned char ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx];
+
+	  if (isascii (ch) && mbsinit (&pstr->cur_state))
+	    {
+	      /* The next step uses the assumption that wchar_t is encoded
+		 ASCII-safe: all ASCII values can be converted like this.  */
+	      wchar_t wcu = __towupper (ch);
+	      if (isascii (wcu))
+		{
+		  pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = wcu;
+		  pstr->wcs[byte_idx] = wcu;
+		  byte_idx++;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+	  prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+	  mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc,
+			      ((const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx
+			       + byte_idx), remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+	  if (__glibc_likely (0 < mbclen && mbclen < (size_t) -2))
+	    {
+	      wchar_t wcu = __towupper (wc);
+	      if (wcu != wc)
+		{
+		  size_t mbcdlen;
+
+		  mbcdlen = __wcrtomb (buf, wcu, &prev_st);
+		  if (__glibc_likely (mbclen == mbcdlen))
+		    memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbclen);
+		  else
+		    {
+		      src_idx = byte_idx;
+		      goto offsets_needed;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx,
+			pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx, mbclen);
+	      pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wcu;
+	      /* Write paddings.  */
+	      for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+		pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+	    }
+	  else if (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0
+		   || (mbclen == (size_t) -2 && pstr->bufs_len >= pstr->len))
+	    {
+	      /* It is an invalid character, an incomplete character
+		 at the end of the string, or '\0'.  Just use the byte.  */
+	      pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = ch;
+	      /* And also cast it to wide char.  */
+	      pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = (wchar_t) ch;
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbclen == (size_t) -1))
+		pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+	      pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+      pstr->valid_raw_len = byte_idx;
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  else
+    for (src_idx = pstr->valid_raw_len; byte_idx < end_idx;)
+      {
+	wchar_t wc;
+	const char *p;
+      offsets_needed:
+	remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+	prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+	if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+	  {
+	    int i, ch;
+
+	    for (i = 0; i < pstr->mb_cur_max && i < remain_len; ++i)
+	      {
+		ch = pstr->raw_mbs [pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx + i];
+		buf[i] = pstr->trans[ch];
+	      }
+	    p = (const char *) buf;
+	  }
+	else
+	  p = (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx;
+	mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc, p, remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+	if (__glibc_likely (0 < mbclen && mbclen < (size_t) -2))
+	  {
+	    wchar_t wcu = __towupper (wc);
+	    if (wcu != wc)
+	      {
+		size_t mbcdlen;
+
+		mbcdlen = __wcrtomb ((char *) buf, wcu, &prev_st);
+		if (__glibc_likely (mbclen == mbcdlen))
+		  memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbclen);
+		else if (mbcdlen != (size_t) -1)
+		  {
+		    size_t i;
+
+		    if (byte_idx + mbcdlen > pstr->bufs_len)
+		      {
+			pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+			break;
+		      }
+
+		    if (pstr->offsets == NULL)
+		      {
+			pstr->offsets = re_malloc (Idx, pstr->bufs_len);
+
+			if (pstr->offsets == NULL)
+			  return REG_ESPACE;
+		      }
+		    if (!pstr->offsets_needed)
+		      {
+			for (i = 0; i < (size_t) byte_idx; ++i)
+			  pstr->offsets[i] = i;
+			pstr->offsets_needed = 1;
+		      }
+
+		    memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbcdlen);
+		    pstr->wcs[byte_idx] = wcu;
+		    pstr->offsets[byte_idx] = src_idx;
+		    for (i = 1; i < mbcdlen; ++i)
+		      {
+			pstr->offsets[byte_idx + i]
+			  = src_idx + (i < mbclen ? i : mbclen - 1);
+			pstr->wcs[byte_idx + i] = WEOF;
+		      }
+		    pstr->len += mbcdlen - mbclen;
+		    if (pstr->raw_stop > src_idx)
+		      pstr->stop += mbcdlen - mbclen;
+		    end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len)
+			      ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+		    byte_idx += mbcdlen;
+		    src_idx += mbclen;
+		    continue;
+		  }
+		else
+		  memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, p, mbclen);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, p, mbclen);
+
+	    if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->offsets_needed != 0))
+	      {
+		size_t i;
+		for (i = 0; i < mbclen; ++i)
+		  pstr->offsets[byte_idx + i] = src_idx + i;
+	      }
+	    src_idx += mbclen;
+
+	    pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wcu;
+	    /* Write paddings.  */
+	    for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+	      pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+	  }
+	else if (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0
+		 || (mbclen == (size_t) -2 && pstr->bufs_len >= pstr->len))
+	  {
+	    /* It is an invalid character or '\0'.  Just use the byte.  */
+	    int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx];
+
+	    if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+	      ch = pstr->trans [ch];
+	    pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = ch;
+
+	    if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->offsets_needed != 0))
+	      pstr->offsets[byte_idx] = src_idx;
+	    ++src_idx;
+
+	    /* And also cast it to wide char.  */
+	    pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = (wchar_t) ch;
+	    if (__glibc_unlikely (mbclen == (size_t) -1))
+	      pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+	    pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	    break;
+	  }
+      }
+  pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = src_idx;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Skip characters until the index becomes greater than NEW_RAW_IDX.
+   Return the index.  */
+
+static Idx
+re_string_skip_chars (re_string_t *pstr, Idx new_raw_idx, wint_t *last_wc)
+{
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx rawbuf_idx;
+  size_t mbclen;
+  wint_t wc = WEOF;
+
+  /* Skip the characters which are not necessary to check.  */
+  for (rawbuf_idx = pstr->raw_mbs_idx + pstr->valid_raw_len;
+       rawbuf_idx < new_raw_idx;)
+    {
+      wchar_t wc2;
+      Idx remain_len = pstr->raw_len - rawbuf_idx;
+      prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+      mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc2, (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + rawbuf_idx,
+			  remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mbclen == (size_t) -2 || mbclen == (size_t) -1
+			    || mbclen == 0))
+	{
+	  /* We treat these cases as a single byte character.  */
+	  if (mbclen == 0 || remain_len == 0)
+	    wc = L'\0';
+	  else
+	    wc = *(unsigned char *) (pstr->raw_mbs + rawbuf_idx);
+	  mbclen = 1;
+	  pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	}
+      else
+	wc = wc2;
+      /* Then proceed the next character.  */
+      rawbuf_idx += mbclen;
+    }
+  *last_wc = wc;
+  return rawbuf_idx;
+}
+
+/* Build the buffer PSTR->MBS, and apply the translation if we need.
+   This function is used in case of REG_ICASE.  */
+
+static void
+build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  Idx char_idx, end_idx;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  for (char_idx = pstr->valid_len; char_idx < end_idx; ++char_idx)
+    {
+      int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + char_idx];
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+	ch = pstr->trans[ch];
+      pstr->mbs[char_idx] = toupper (ch);
+    }
+  pstr->valid_len = char_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = char_idx;
+}
+
+/* Apply TRANS to the buffer in PSTR.  */
+
+static void
+re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  Idx buf_idx, end_idx;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  for (buf_idx = pstr->valid_len; buf_idx < end_idx; ++buf_idx)
+    {
+      int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + buf_idx];
+      pstr->mbs[buf_idx] = pstr->trans[ch];
+    }
+
+  pstr->valid_len = buf_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = buf_idx;
+}
+
+/* This function re-construct the buffers.
+   Concretely, convert to wide character in case of pstr->mb_cur_max > 1,
+   convert to upper case in case of REG_ICASE, apply translation.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_reconstruct (re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx, int eflags)
+{
+  Idx offset;
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->raw_mbs_idx <= idx))
+    offset = idx - pstr->raw_mbs_idx;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Reset buffer.  */
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+      pstr->len = pstr->raw_len;
+      pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop;
+      pstr->valid_len = 0;
+      pstr->raw_mbs_idx = 0;
+      pstr->valid_raw_len = 0;
+      pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+      pstr->tip_context = ((eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? CONTEXT_BEGBUF
+			   : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_BEGBUF);
+      if (!pstr->mbs_allocated)
+	pstr->mbs = (unsigned char *) pstr->raw_mbs;
+      offset = idx;
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_likely (offset != 0))
+    {
+      /* Should the already checked characters be kept?  */
+      if (__glibc_likely (offset < pstr->valid_raw_len))
+	{
+	  /* Yes, move them to the front of the buffer.  */
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->offsets_needed))
+	    {
+	      Idx low = 0, high = pstr->valid_len, mid;
+	      do
+		{
+		  mid = (high + low) / 2;
+		  if (pstr->offsets[mid] > offset)
+		    high = mid;
+		  else if (pstr->offsets[mid] < offset)
+		    low = mid + 1;
+		  else
+		    break;
+		}
+	      while (low < high);
+	      if (pstr->offsets[mid] < offset)
+		++mid;
+	      pstr->tip_context = re_string_context_at (pstr, mid - 1,
+							eflags);
+	      /* This can be quite complicated, so handle specially
+		 only the common and easy case where the character with
+		 different length representation of lower and upper
+		 case is present at or after offset.  */
+	      if (pstr->valid_len > offset
+		  && mid == offset && pstr->offsets[mid] == offset)
+		{
+		  memmove (pstr->wcs, pstr->wcs + offset,
+			   (pstr->valid_len - offset) * sizeof (wint_t));
+		  memmove (pstr->mbs, pstr->mbs + offset, pstr->valid_len - offset);
+		  pstr->valid_len -= offset;
+		  pstr->valid_raw_len -= offset;
+		  for (low = 0; low < pstr->valid_len; low++)
+		    pstr->offsets[low] = pstr->offsets[low + offset] - offset;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* Otherwise, just find out how long the partial multibyte
+		     character at offset is and fill it with WEOF/255.  */
+		  pstr->len = pstr->raw_len - idx + offset;
+		  pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop - idx + offset;
+		  pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+		  while (mid > 0 && pstr->offsets[mid - 1] == offset)
+		    --mid;
+		  while (mid < pstr->valid_len)
+		    if (pstr->wcs[mid] != WEOF)
+		      break;
+		    else
+		      ++mid;
+		  if (mid == pstr->valid_len)
+		    pstr->valid_len = 0;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      pstr->valid_len = pstr->offsets[mid] - offset;
+		      if (pstr->valid_len)
+			{
+			  for (low = 0; low < pstr->valid_len; ++low)
+			    pstr->wcs[low] = WEOF;
+			  memset (pstr->mbs, 255, pstr->valid_len);
+			}
+		    }
+		  pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      pstr->tip_context = re_string_context_at (pstr, offset - 1,
+							eflags);
+	      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+		memmove (pstr->wcs, pstr->wcs + offset,
+			 (pstr->valid_len - offset) * sizeof (wint_t));
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->mbs_allocated))
+		memmove (pstr->mbs, pstr->mbs + offset,
+			 pstr->valid_len - offset);
+	      pstr->valid_len -= offset;
+	      pstr->valid_raw_len -= offset;
+	      DEBUG_ASSERT (pstr->valid_len > 0);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* No, skip all characters until IDX.  */
+	  Idx prev_valid_len = pstr->valid_len;
+
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->offsets_needed))
+	    {
+	      pstr->len = pstr->raw_len - idx + offset;
+	      pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop - idx + offset;
+	      pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+	    }
+	  pstr->valid_len = 0;
+	  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	    {
+	      Idx wcs_idx;
+	      wint_t wc = WEOF;
+
+	      if (pstr->is_utf8)
+		{
+		  const unsigned char *raw, *p, *end;
+
+		  /* Special case UTF-8.  Multi-byte chars start with any
+		     byte other than 0x80 - 0xbf.  */
+		  raw = pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx;
+		  end = raw + (offset - pstr->mb_cur_max);
+		  if (end < pstr->raw_mbs)
+		    end = pstr->raw_mbs;
+		  p = raw + offset - 1;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+		  /* We know the wchar_t encoding is UCS4, so for the simple
+		     case, ASCII characters, skip the conversion step.  */
+		  if (isascii (*p) && __glibc_likely (pstr->trans == NULL))
+		    {
+		      memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+		      /* pstr->valid_len = 0; */
+		      wc = (wchar_t) *p;
+		    }
+		  else
+#endif
+		    for (; p >= end; --p)
+		      if ((*p & 0xc0) != 0x80)
+			{
+			  mbstate_t cur_state;
+			  wchar_t wc2;
+			  Idx mlen = raw + pstr->len - p;
+			  unsigned char buf[6];
+			  size_t mbclen;
+
+			  const unsigned char *pp = p;
+			  if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->trans != NULL))
+			    {
+			      int i = mlen < 6 ? mlen : 6;
+			      while (--i >= 0)
+				buf[i] = pstr->trans[p[i]];
+			      pp = buf;
+			    }
+			  /* XXX Don't use mbrtowc, we know which conversion
+			     to use (UTF-8 -> UCS4).  */
+			  memset (&cur_state, 0, sizeof (cur_state));
+			  mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc2, (const char *) pp, mlen,
+					      &cur_state);
+			  if (raw + offset - p <= mbclen
+			      && mbclen < (size_t) -2)
+			    {
+			      memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0',
+				      sizeof (mbstate_t));
+			      pstr->valid_len = mbclen - (raw + offset - p);
+			      wc = wc2;
+			    }
+			  break;
+			}
+		}
+
+	      if (wc == WEOF)
+		pstr->valid_len = re_string_skip_chars (pstr, idx, &wc) - idx;
+	      if (wc == WEOF)
+		pstr->tip_context
+		  = re_string_context_at (pstr, prev_valid_len - 1, eflags);
+	      else
+		pstr->tip_context = ((__glibc_unlikely (pstr->word_ops_used != 0)
+				      && IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc))
+				     ? CONTEXT_WORD
+				     : ((IS_WIDE_NEWLINE (wc)
+					 && pstr->newline_anchor)
+					? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0));
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->valid_len))
+		{
+		  for (wcs_idx = 0; wcs_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++wcs_idx)
+		    pstr->wcs[wcs_idx] = WEOF;
+		  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+		    memset (pstr->mbs, 255, pstr->valid_len);
+		}
+	      pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      int c = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + offset - 1];
+	      pstr->valid_raw_len = 0;
+	      if (pstr->trans)
+		c = pstr->trans[c];
+	      pstr->tip_context = (bitset_contain (pstr->word_char, c)
+				   ? CONTEXT_WORD
+				   : ((IS_NEWLINE (c) && pstr->newline_anchor)
+				      ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0));
+	    }
+	}
+      if (!__glibc_unlikely (pstr->mbs_allocated))
+	pstr->mbs += offset;
+    }
+  pstr->raw_mbs_idx = idx;
+  pstr->len -= offset;
+  pstr->stop -= offset;
+
+  /* Then build the buffers.  */
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      if (pstr->icase)
+	{
+	  reg_errcode_t ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return ret;
+	}
+      else
+	build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+    if (__glibc_unlikely (pstr->mbs_allocated))
+      {
+	if (pstr->icase)
+	  build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+	else if (pstr->trans != NULL)
+	  re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+      }
+    else
+      pstr->valid_len = pstr->len;
+
+  pstr->cur_idx = 0;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static unsigned char
+__attribute__ ((pure))
+re_string_peek_byte_case (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  int ch;
+  Idx off;
+
+  /* Handle the common (easiest) cases first.  */
+  if (__glibc_likely (!pstr->mbs_allocated))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1
+      && ! re_string_is_single_byte_char (pstr, pstr->cur_idx + idx))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+
+  off = pstr->cur_idx + idx;
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed)
+    off = pstr->offsets[off];
+
+  ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + off];
+
+  /* Ensure that e.g. for tr_TR.UTF-8 BACKSLASH DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I
+     this function returns CAPITAL LETTER I instead of first byte of
+     DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I.  The latter would confuse the parser,
+     since peek_byte_case doesn't advance cur_idx in any way.  */
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed && !isascii (ch))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+
+  return ch;
+}
+
+static unsigned char
+re_string_fetch_byte_case (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  if (__glibc_likely (!pstr->mbs_allocated))
+    return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed)
+    {
+      Idx off;
+      int ch;
+
+      /* For tr_TR.UTF-8 [[:islower:]] there is
+	 [[: CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DOT lower:]] in mbs.  Skip
+	 in that case the whole multi-byte character and return
+	 the original letter.  On the other side, with
+	 [[: DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I return [[:I, as doing
+	 anything else would complicate things too much.  */
+
+      if (!re_string_first_byte (pstr, pstr->cur_idx))
+	return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+      off = pstr->offsets[pstr->cur_idx];
+      ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + off];
+
+      if (! isascii (ch))
+	return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+      re_string_skip_bytes (pstr,
+			    re_string_char_size_at (pstr, pstr->cur_idx));
+      return ch;
+    }
+
+  return pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + pstr->cur_idx++];
+}
+
+static void
+re_string_destruct (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  re_free (pstr->wcs);
+  re_free (pstr->offsets);
+  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+    re_free (pstr->mbs);
+}
+
+/* Return the context at IDX in INPUT.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx, int eflags)
+{
+  int c;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (idx < 0))
+    /* In this case, we use the value stored in input->tip_context,
+       since we can't know the character in input->mbs[-1] here.  */
+    return input->tip_context;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (idx == input->len))
+    return ((eflags & REG_NOTEOL) ? CONTEXT_ENDBUF
+	    : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_ENDBUF);
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t wc;
+      Idx wc_idx = idx;
+      while(input->wcs[wc_idx] == WEOF)
+	{
+	  DEBUG_ASSERT (wc_idx >= 0);
+	  --wc_idx;
+	  if (wc_idx < 0)
+	    return input->tip_context;
+	}
+      wc = input->wcs[wc_idx];
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (input->word_ops_used != 0)
+	  && IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc))
+	return CONTEXT_WORD;
+      return (IS_WIDE_NEWLINE (wc) && input->newline_anchor
+	      ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      c = re_string_byte_at (input, idx);
+      if (bitset_contain (input->word_char, c))
+	return CONTEXT_WORD;
+      return IS_NEWLINE (c) && input->newline_anchor ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Functions for set operation.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_alloc (re_node_set *set, Idx size)
+{
+  set->alloc = size;
+  set->nelem = 0;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, size);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (set->elems == NULL)
+      && (MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL || size != 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_1 (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  set->alloc = 1;
+  set->nelem = 1;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (set->elems == NULL))
+    {
+      set->alloc = set->nelem = 0;
+      return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  set->elems[0] = elem;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_2 (re_node_set *set, Idx elem1, Idx elem2)
+{
+  set->alloc = 2;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, 2);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (set->elems == NULL))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  if (elem1 == elem2)
+    {
+      set->nelem = 1;
+      set->elems[0] = elem1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      set->nelem = 2;
+      if (elem1 < elem2)
+	{
+	  set->elems[0] = elem1;
+	  set->elems[1] = elem2;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  set->elems[0] = elem2;
+	  set->elems[1] = elem1;
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_copy (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src)
+{
+  dest->nelem = src->nelem;
+  if (src->nelem > 0)
+    {
+      dest->alloc = dest->nelem;
+      dest->elems = re_malloc (Idx, dest->alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dest->elems == NULL))
+	{
+	  dest->alloc = dest->nelem = 0;
+	  return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      memcpy (dest->elems, src->elems, src->nelem * sizeof (Idx));
+    }
+  else
+    re_node_set_init_empty (dest);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the intersection of the sets SRC1 and SRC2. And merge it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.
+   Note: We assume dest->elems is NULL, when dest->alloc is 0.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_add_intersect (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src1,
+			   const re_node_set *src2)
+{
+  Idx i1, i2, is, id, delta, sbase;
+  if (src1->nelem == 0 || src2->nelem == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  /* We need dest->nelem + 2 * elems_in_intersection; this is a
+     conservative estimate.  */
+  if (src1->nelem + src2->nelem + dest->nelem > dest->alloc)
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = src1->nelem + src2->nelem + dest->alloc;
+      Idx *new_elems = re_realloc (dest->elems, Idx, new_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_elems == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      dest->elems = new_elems;
+      dest->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+
+  /* Find the items in the intersection of SRC1 and SRC2, and copy
+     into the top of DEST those that are not already in DEST itself.  */
+  sbase = dest->nelem + src1->nelem + src2->nelem;
+  i1 = src1->nelem - 1;
+  i2 = src2->nelem - 1;
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (src1->elems[i1] == src2->elems[i2])
+	{
+	  /* Try to find the item in DEST.  Maybe we could binary search?  */
+	  while (id >= 0 && dest->elems[id] > src1->elems[i1])
+	    --id;
+
+	  if (id < 0 || dest->elems[id] != src1->elems[i1])
+            dest->elems[--sbase] = src1->elems[i1];
+
+	  if (--i1 < 0 || --i2 < 0)
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      /* Lower the highest of the two items.  */
+      else if (src1->elems[i1] < src2->elems[i2])
+	{
+	  if (--i2 < 0)
+	    break;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (--i1 < 0)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  is = dest->nelem + src1->nelem + src2->nelem - 1;
+  delta = is - sbase + 1;
+
+  /* Now copy.  When DELTA becomes zero, the remaining
+     DEST elements are already in place; this is more or
+     less the same loop that is in re_node_set_merge.  */
+  dest->nelem += delta;
+  if (delta > 0 && id >= 0)
+    for (;;)
+      {
+	if (dest->elems[is] > dest->elems[id])
+	  {
+	    /* Copy from the top.  */
+	    dest->elems[id + delta--] = dest->elems[is--];
+	    if (delta == 0)
+	      break;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* Slide from the bottom.  */
+	    dest->elems[id + delta] = dest->elems[id];
+	    if (--id < 0)
+	      break;
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* Copy remaining SRC elements.  */
+  memcpy (dest->elems, dest->elems + sbase, delta * sizeof (Idx));
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the union set of the sets SRC1 and SRC2. And store it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_union (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src1,
+			const re_node_set *src2)
+{
+  Idx i1, i2, id;
+  if (src1 != NULL && src1->nelem > 0 && src2 != NULL && src2->nelem > 0)
+    {
+      dest->alloc = src1->nelem + src2->nelem;
+      dest->elems = re_malloc (Idx, dest->alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dest->elems == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (src1 != NULL && src1->nelem > 0)
+	return re_node_set_init_copy (dest, src1);
+      else if (src2 != NULL && src2->nelem > 0)
+	return re_node_set_init_copy (dest, src2);
+      else
+	re_node_set_init_empty (dest);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  for (i1 = i2 = id = 0 ; i1 < src1->nelem && i2 < src2->nelem ;)
+    {
+      if (src1->elems[i1] > src2->elems[i2])
+	{
+	  dest->elems[id++] = src2->elems[i2++];
+	  continue;
+	}
+      if (src1->elems[i1] == src2->elems[i2])
+	++i2;
+      dest->elems[id++] = src1->elems[i1++];
+    }
+  if (i1 < src1->nelem)
+    {
+      memcpy (dest->elems + id, src1->elems + i1,
+	     (src1->nelem - i1) * sizeof (Idx));
+      id += src1->nelem - i1;
+    }
+  else if (i2 < src2->nelem)
+    {
+      memcpy (dest->elems + id, src2->elems + i2,
+	     (src2->nelem - i2) * sizeof (Idx));
+      id += src2->nelem - i2;
+    }
+  dest->nelem = id;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the union set of the sets DEST and SRC. And store it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_merge (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src)
+{
+  Idx is, id, sbase, delta;
+  if (src == NULL || src->nelem == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+  if (dest->alloc < 2 * src->nelem + dest->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = 2 * (src->nelem + dest->alloc);
+      Idx *new_buffer = re_realloc (dest->elems, Idx, new_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_buffer == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      dest->elems = new_buffer;
+      dest->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dest->nelem == 0))
+    {
+      /* Although we already guaranteed above that dest->alloc != 0 and
+         therefore dest->elems != NULL, add a debug assertion to pacify
+         GCC 11.2.1's -fanalyzer.  */
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (dest->elems);
+      dest->nelem = src->nelem;
+      memcpy (dest->elems, src->elems, src->nelem * sizeof (Idx));
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy into the top of DEST the items of SRC that are not
+     found in DEST.  Maybe we could binary search in DEST?  */
+  for (sbase = dest->nelem + 2 * src->nelem,
+       is = src->nelem - 1, id = dest->nelem - 1; is >= 0 && id >= 0; )
+    {
+      if (dest->elems[id] == src->elems[is])
+	is--, id--;
+      else if (dest->elems[id] < src->elems[is])
+	dest->elems[--sbase] = src->elems[is--];
+      else /* if (dest->elems[id] > src->elems[is]) */
+	--id;
+    }
+
+  if (is >= 0)
+    {
+      /* If DEST is exhausted, the remaining items of SRC must be unique.  */
+      sbase -= is + 1;
+      memcpy (dest->elems + sbase, src->elems, (is + 1) * sizeof (Idx));
+    }
+
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  is = dest->nelem + 2 * src->nelem - 1;
+  delta = is - sbase + 1;
+  if (delta == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  /* Now copy.  When DELTA becomes zero, the remaining
+     DEST elements are already in place.  */
+  dest->nelem += delta;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (dest->elems[is] > dest->elems[id])
+	{
+	  /* Copy from the top.  */
+	  dest->elems[id + delta--] = dest->elems[is--];
+	  if (delta == 0)
+	    break;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Slide from the bottom.  */
+	  dest->elems[id + delta] = dest->elems[id];
+	  if (--id < 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Copy remaining SRC elements.  */
+	      memcpy (dest->elems, dest->elems + sbase,
+		      delta * sizeof (Idx));
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Insert the new element ELEM to the re_node_set* SET.
+   SET should not already have ELEM.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_insert (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  /* In case the set is empty.  */
+  if (set->alloc == 0)
+    return __glibc_likely (re_node_set_init_1 (set, elem) == REG_NOERROR);
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (set->nelem) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Although we already guaranteed above that set->alloc != 0 and
+         therefore set->elems != NULL, add a debug assertion to pacify
+         GCC 11.2 -fanalyzer.  */
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (set->elems);
+      set->elems[0] = elem;
+      ++set->nelem;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Realloc if we need.  */
+  if (set->alloc == set->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx *new_elems;
+      set->alloc = set->alloc * 2;
+      new_elems = re_realloc (set->elems, Idx, set->alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_elems == NULL))
+	return false;
+      set->elems = new_elems;
+    }
+
+  /* Move the elements which follows the new element.  Test the
+     first element separately to skip a check in the inner loop.  */
+  if (elem < set->elems[0])
+    {
+      for (idx = set->nelem; idx > 0; idx--)
+	set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx - 1];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (idx = set->nelem; set->elems[idx - 1] > elem; idx--)
+	set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx - 1];
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (set->elems[idx - 1] < elem);
+    }
+
+  /* Insert the new element.  */
+  set->elems[idx] = elem;
+  ++set->nelem;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Insert the new element ELEM to the re_node_set* SET.
+   SET should not already have any element greater than or equal to ELEM.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_insert_last (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  /* Realloc if we need.  */
+  if (set->alloc == set->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx *new_elems;
+      set->alloc = (set->alloc + 1) * 2;
+      new_elems = re_realloc (set->elems, Idx, set->alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_elems == NULL))
+	return false;
+      set->elems = new_elems;
+    }
+
+  /* Insert the new element.  */
+  set->elems[set->nelem++] = elem;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Compare two node sets SET1 and SET2.
+   Return true if SET1 and SET2 are equivalent.  */
+
+static bool
+__attribute__ ((pure))
+re_node_set_compare (const re_node_set *set1, const re_node_set *set2)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  if (set1 == NULL || set2 == NULL || set1->nelem != set2->nelem)
+    return false;
+  for (i = set1->nelem ; --i >= 0 ; )
+    if (set1->elems[i] != set2->elems[i])
+      return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return (idx + 1) if SET contains the element ELEM, return 0 otherwise.  */
+
+static Idx
+__attribute__ ((pure))
+re_node_set_contains (const re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  __re_size_t idx, right, mid;
+  if (set->nelem <= 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Binary search the element.  */
+  idx = 0;
+  right = set->nelem - 1;
+  while (idx < right)
+    {
+      mid = (idx + right) / 2;
+      if (set->elems[mid] < elem)
+	idx = mid + 1;
+      else
+	right = mid;
+    }
+  return set->elems[idx] == elem ? idx + 1 : 0;
+}
+
+static void
+re_node_set_remove_at (re_node_set *set, Idx idx)
+{
+  if (idx < 0 || idx >= set->nelem)
+    return;
+  --set->nelem;
+  for (; idx < set->nelem; idx++)
+    set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx + 1];
+}
+
+
+/* Add the token TOKEN to dfa->nodes, and return the index of the token.
+   Or return -1 if an error occurred.  */
+
+static Idx
+re_dfa_add_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t token)
+{
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->nodes_len >= dfa->nodes_alloc))
+    {
+      size_t new_nodes_alloc = dfa->nodes_alloc * 2;
+      Idx *new_nexts, *new_indices;
+      re_node_set *new_edests, *new_eclosures;
+      re_token_t *new_nodes;
+
+      /* Avoid overflows in realloc.  */
+      const size_t max_object_size = MAX (sizeof (re_token_t),
+					  MAX (sizeof (re_node_set),
+					       sizeof (Idx)));
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size)
+			    < new_nodes_alloc))
+	return -1;
+
+      new_nodes = re_realloc (dfa->nodes, re_token_t, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_nodes == NULL))
+	return -1;
+      dfa->nodes = new_nodes;
+      dfa->nodes_alloc = new_nodes_alloc;
+      new_nexts = re_realloc (dfa->nexts, Idx, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (new_nexts != NULL)
+	dfa->nexts = new_nexts;
+      new_indices = re_realloc (dfa->org_indices, Idx, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (new_indices != NULL)
+	dfa->org_indices = new_indices;
+      new_edests = re_realloc (dfa->edests, re_node_set, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (new_edests != NULL)
+	dfa->edests = new_edests;
+      new_eclosures = re_realloc (dfa->eclosures, re_node_set, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (new_eclosures != NULL)
+	dfa->eclosures = new_eclosures;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_nexts == NULL || new_indices == NULL
+			    || new_edests == NULL || new_eclosures == NULL))
+	return -1;
+    }
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len] = token;
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len].constraint = 0;
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len].accept_mb =
+    ((token.type == OP_PERIOD && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+     || token.type == COMPLEX_BRACKET);
+  dfa->nexts[dfa->nodes_len] = -1;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->edests + dfa->nodes_len);
+  re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->eclosures + dfa->nodes_len);
+  return dfa->nodes_len++;
+}
+
+static re_hashval_t
+calc_state_hash (const re_node_set *nodes, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash = nodes->nelem + context;
+  Idx i;
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    hash += nodes->elems[i];
+  return hash;
+}
+
+/* Search for the state whose node_set is equivalent to NODES.
+   Return the pointer to the state, if we found it in the DFA.
+   Otherwise create the new one and return it.  In case of an error
+   return NULL and set the error code in ERR.
+   Note: - We assume NULL as the invalid state, then it is possible that
+	   return value is NULL and ERR is REG_NOERROR.
+	 - We never return non-NULL value in case of any errors, it is for
+	   optimization.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_acquire_state (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+		  const re_node_set *nodes)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_dfastate_t *new_state;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  Idx i;
+#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+  /* Suppress bogus uninitialized-variable warnings.  */
+  *err = REG_NOERROR;
+#endif
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (nodes->nelem == 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_NOERROR;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  hash = calc_state_hash (nodes, 0);
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < spot->num ; i++)
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *state = spot->array[i];
+      if (hash != state->hash)
+	continue;
+      if (re_node_set_compare (&state->nodes, nodes))
+	return state;
+    }
+
+  /* There are no appropriate state in the dfa, create the new one.  */
+  new_state = create_ci_newstate (dfa, nodes, hash);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_state == NULL))
+    *err = REG_ESPACE;
+
+  return new_state;
+}
+
+/* Search for the state whose node_set is equivalent to NODES and
+   whose context is equivalent to CONTEXT.
+   Return the pointer to the state, if we found it in the DFA.
+   Otherwise create the new one and return it.  In case of an error
+   return NULL and set the error code in ERR.
+   Note: - We assume NULL as the invalid state, then it is possible that
+	   return value is NULL and ERR is REG_NOERROR.
+	 - We never return non-NULL value in case of any errors, it is for
+	   optimization.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_acquire_state_context (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+			  const re_node_set *nodes, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_dfastate_t *new_state;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  Idx i;
+#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+  /* Suppress bogus uninitialized-variable warnings.  */
+  *err = REG_NOERROR;
+#endif
+  if (nodes->nelem == 0)
+    {
+      *err = REG_NOERROR;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  hash = calc_state_hash (nodes, context);
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < spot->num ; i++)
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *state = spot->array[i];
+      if (state->hash == hash
+	  && state->context == context
+	  && re_node_set_compare (state->entrance_nodes, nodes))
+	return state;
+    }
+  /* There are no appropriate state in 'dfa', create the new one.  */
+  new_state = create_cd_newstate (dfa, nodes, context, hash);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_state == NULL))
+    *err = REG_ESPACE;
+
+  return new_state;
+}
+
+/* Finish initialization of the new state NEWSTATE, and using its hash value
+   HASH put in the appropriate bucket of DFA's state table.  Return value
+   indicates the error code if failed.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+register_state (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *newstate,
+		re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+
+  newstate->hash = hash;
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&newstate->non_eps_nodes, newstate->nodes.nelem);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  for (i = 0; i < newstate->nodes.nelem; i++)
+    {
+      Idx elem = newstate->nodes.elems[i];
+      if (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[elem].type))
+	if (! re_node_set_insert_last (&newstate->non_eps_nodes, elem))
+	  return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (spot->alloc <= spot->num))
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = 2 * spot->num + 2;
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array = re_realloc (spot->array, re_dfastate_t *,
+					      new_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      spot->array = new_array;
+      spot->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+  spot->array[spot->num++] = newstate;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static void
+free_state (re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  re_node_set_free (&state->non_eps_nodes);
+  re_node_set_free (&state->inveclosure);
+  if (state->entrance_nodes != &state->nodes)
+    {
+      re_node_set_free (state->entrance_nodes);
+      re_free (state->entrance_nodes);
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&state->nodes);
+  re_free (state->word_trtable);
+  re_free (state->trtable);
+  re_free (state);
+}
+
+/* Create the new state which is independent of contexts.
+   Return the new state if succeeded, otherwise return NULL.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+create_ci_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+		    re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_dfastate_t *newstate;
+
+  newstate = (re_dfastate_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t), 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (newstate == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&newstate->nodes, nodes);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      re_free (newstate);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  newstate->entrance_nodes = &newstate->nodes;
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + nodes->elems[i];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      if (type == CHARACTER && !node->constraint)
+	continue;
+      newstate->accept_mb |= node->accept_mb;
+
+      /* If the state has the halt node, the state is a halt state.  */
+      if (type == END_OF_RE)
+	newstate->halt = 1;
+      else if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	newstate->has_backref = 1;
+      else if (type == ANCHOR || node->constraint)
+	newstate->has_constraint = 1;
+    }
+  err = register_state (dfa, newstate, hash);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      free_state (newstate);
+      newstate = NULL;
+    }
+  return newstate;
+}
+
+/* Create the new state which is depend on the context CONTEXT.
+   Return the new state if succeeded, otherwise return NULL.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+create_cd_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+		    unsigned int context, re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  Idx i, nctx_nodes = 0;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_dfastate_t *newstate;
+
+  newstate = (re_dfastate_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t), 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (newstate == NULL))
+    return NULL;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&newstate->nodes, nodes);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      re_free (newstate);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  newstate->context = context;
+  newstate->entrance_nodes = &newstate->nodes;
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + nodes->elems[i];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      unsigned int constraint = node->constraint;
+
+      if (type == CHARACTER && !constraint)
+	continue;
+      newstate->accept_mb |= node->accept_mb;
+
+      /* If the state has the halt node, the state is a halt state.  */
+      if (type == END_OF_RE)
+	newstate->halt = 1;
+      else if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	newstate->has_backref = 1;
+
+      if (constraint)
+	{
+	  if (newstate->entrance_nodes == &newstate->nodes)
+	    {
+	      re_node_set *entrance_nodes = re_malloc (re_node_set, 1);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (entrance_nodes == NULL))
+		{
+		  free_state (newstate);
+		  return NULL;
+		}
+	      newstate->entrance_nodes = entrance_nodes;
+	      if (re_node_set_init_copy (newstate->entrance_nodes, nodes)
+		  != REG_NOERROR)
+		{
+		  free_state (newstate);
+		  return NULL;
+		}
+	      nctx_nodes = 0;
+	      newstate->has_constraint = 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT (constraint,context))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_remove_at (&newstate->nodes, i - nctx_nodes);
+	      ++nctx_nodes;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  err = register_state (dfa, newstate, hash);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+      free_state (newstate);
+      newstate = NULL;
+    }
+  return  newstate;
+}
diff --git a/lib/regex_internal.h b/lib/regex_internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57a455b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/regex_internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,835 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_INTERNAL_H
+#define _REGEX_INTERNAL_H 1
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <dynarray.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <verify.h>
+
+#if defined DEBUG && DEBUG != 0
+# include <assert.h>
+# define DEBUG_ASSERT(x) assert (x)
+#else
+# define DEBUG_ASSERT(x) assume (x)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libc-lock.h>
+# define lock_define(name) __libc_lock_define (, name)
+# define lock_init(lock) (__libc_lock_init (lock), 0)
+# define lock_fini(lock) ((void) 0)
+# define lock_lock(lock) __libc_lock_lock (lock)
+# define lock_unlock(lock) __libc_lock_unlock (lock)
+#elif defined GNULIB_LOCK && !defined GNULIB_REGEX_SINGLE_THREAD
+# include "glthread/lock.h"
+# define lock_define(name) gl_lock_define (, name)
+# define lock_init(lock) glthread_lock_init (&(lock))
+# define lock_fini(lock) glthread_lock_destroy (&(lock))
+# define lock_lock(lock) glthread_lock_lock (&(lock))
+# define lock_unlock(lock) glthread_lock_unlock (&(lock))
+#elif defined GNULIB_PTHREAD && !defined GNULIB_REGEX_SINGLE_THREAD
+# include <pthread.h>
+# define lock_define(name) pthread_mutex_t name;
+# define lock_init(lock) pthread_mutex_init (&(lock), 0)
+# define lock_fini(lock) pthread_mutex_destroy (&(lock))
+# define lock_lock(lock) pthread_mutex_lock (&(lock))
+# define lock_unlock(lock) pthread_mutex_unlock (&(lock))
+#else
+# define lock_define(name)
+# define lock_init(lock) 0
+# define lock_fini(lock) ((void) 0)
+  /* The 'dfa' avoids an "unused variable 'dfa'" warning from GCC.  */
+# define lock_lock(lock) ((void) dfa)
+# define lock_unlock(lock) ((void) 0)
+#endif
+
+/* In case that the system doesn't have isblank().  */
+#if !defined _LIBC && ! (defined isblank || (HAVE_ISBLANK && HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK))
+# define isblank(ch) ((ch) == ' ' || (ch) == '\t')
+#endif
+
+/* regex code assumes isascii has its usual numeric meaning,
+   even if the portable character set uses EBCDIC encoding,
+   and even if wint_t is wider than int.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# undef isascii
+# define isascii(c) (((c) & ~0x7f) == 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifndef _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS
+#  define _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS 1
+#   include <locale/localeinfo.h>
+#   include <locale/coll-lookup.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+#if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(msgid) \
+  __dcgettext (_libc_intl_domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+# endif
+#else
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef gettext_noop
+/* This define is so xgettext can find the internationalizable
+   strings.  */
+# define gettext_noop(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* Number of ASCII characters.  */
+#define ASCII_CHARS 0x80
+
+/* Number of single byte characters.  */
+#define SBC_MAX (UCHAR_MAX + 1)
+
+#define COLL_ELEM_LEN_MAX 8
+
+/* The character which represents newline.  */
+#define NEWLINE_CHAR '\n'
+#define WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR L'\n'
+
+/* Rename to standard API for using out of glibc.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# undef __wctype
+# undef __iswalnum
+# undef __iswctype
+# undef __towlower
+# undef __towupper
+# define __wctype wctype
+# define __iswalnum iswalnum
+# define __iswctype iswctype
+# define __towlower towlower
+# define __towupper towupper
+# define __btowc btowc
+# define __mbrtowc mbrtowc
+# define __wcrtomb wcrtomb
+# define __regfree regfree
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+/* Types related to integers.  Unless protected by #ifdef _LIBC, the
+   regex code should avoid exact-width types like int32_t and uint64_t
+   as some non-GCC platforms lack them, an issue when this code is
+   used in Gnulib.  */
+
+#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
+#endif
+#ifndef ULONG_WIDTH
+# define ULONG_WIDTH REGEX_UINTEGER_WIDTH (ULONG_MAX)
+/* The number of usable bits in an unsigned integer type with maximum
+   value MAX, as an int expression suitable in #if.  Cover all known
+   practical hosts.  This implementation exploits the fact that MAX is
+   1 less than a power of 2, and merely counts the number of 1 bits in
+   MAX; "COBn" means "count the number of 1 bits in the low-order n bits".  */
+# define REGEX_UINTEGER_WIDTH(max) REGEX_COB128 (max)
+# define REGEX_COB128(n) (REGEX_COB64 ((n) >> 31 >> 31 >> 2) + REGEX_COB64 (n))
+# define REGEX_COB64(n) (REGEX_COB32 ((n) >> 31 >> 1) + REGEX_COB32 (n))
+# define REGEX_COB32(n) (REGEX_COB16 ((n) >> 16) + REGEX_COB16 (n))
+# define REGEX_COB16(n) (REGEX_COB8 ((n) >> 8) + REGEX_COB8 (n))
+# define REGEX_COB8(n) (REGEX_COB4 ((n) >> 4) + REGEX_COB4 (n))
+# define REGEX_COB4(n) (!!((n) & 8) + !!((n) & 4) + !!((n) & 2) + ((n) & 1))
+# if ULONG_MAX / 2 + 1 != 1ul << (ULONG_WIDTH - 1)
+#  error "ULONG_MAX out of range"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The type of indexes into strings.  This is signed, not size_t,
+   since the API requires indexes to fit in regoff_t anyway, and using
+   signed integers makes the code a bit smaller and presumably faster.
+   The traditional GNU regex implementation uses int for indexes.
+   The POSIX-compatible implementation uses a possibly-wider type.
+   The name 'Idx' is three letters to minimize the hassle of
+   reindenting a lot of regex code that formerly used 'int'.  */
+typedef regoff_t Idx;
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+# define IDX_MAX SSIZE_MAX
+#else
+# define IDX_MAX INT_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* A hash value, suitable for computing hash tables.  */
+typedef __re_size_t re_hashval_t;
+
+/* An integer used to represent a set of bits.  It must be unsigned,
+   and must be at least as wide as unsigned int.  */
+typedef unsigned long int bitset_word_t;
+/* All bits set in a bitset_word_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORD_MAX ULONG_MAX
+/* Number of bits in a bitset_word_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORD_BITS ULONG_WIDTH
+
+/* Number of bitset_word_t values in a bitset_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORDS ((SBC_MAX + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+
+typedef bitset_word_t bitset_t[BITSET_WORDS];
+typedef bitset_word_t *re_bitset_ptr_t;
+typedef const bitset_word_t *re_const_bitset_ptr_t;
+
+#define PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0001
+#define PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0002
+#define NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0004
+#define NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0008
+#define PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0010
+#define NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0020
+#define PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0040
+#define NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0080
+#define WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0100
+#define NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0200
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  INSIDE_WORD = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_FIRST = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_LAST = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  INSIDE_NOTWORD = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  LINE_FIRST = PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
+  LINE_LAST = NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
+  BUF_FIRST = PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT,
+  BUF_LAST = NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_DELIM = WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT,
+  NOT_WORD_DELIM = NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT
+} re_context_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx alloc;
+  Idx nelem;
+  Idx *elems;
+} re_node_set;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  NON_TYPE = 0,
+
+  /* Node type, These are used by token, node, tree.  */
+  CHARACTER = 1,
+  END_OF_RE = 2,
+  SIMPLE_BRACKET = 3,
+  OP_BACK_REF = 4,
+  OP_PERIOD = 5,
+  COMPLEX_BRACKET = 6,
+  OP_UTF8_PERIOD = 7,
+
+  /* We define EPSILON_BIT as a macro so that OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is used
+     when the debugger shows values of this enum type.  */
+#define EPSILON_BIT 8
+  OP_OPEN_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 0,
+  OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 1,
+  OP_ALT = EPSILON_BIT | 2,
+  OP_DUP_ASTERISK = EPSILON_BIT | 3,
+  ANCHOR = EPSILON_BIT | 4,
+
+  /* Tree type, these are used only by tree. */
+  CONCAT = 16,
+  SUBEXP = 17,
+
+  /* Token type, these are used only by token.  */
+  OP_DUP_PLUS = 18,
+  OP_DUP_QUESTION,
+  OP_OPEN_BRACKET,
+  OP_CLOSE_BRACKET,
+  OP_CHARSET_RANGE,
+  OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM,
+  OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM,
+  OP_NON_MATCH_LIST,
+  OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM,
+  OP_CLOSE_COLL_ELEM,
+  OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS,
+  OP_CLOSE_EQUIV_CLASS,
+  OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS,
+  OP_CLOSE_CHAR_CLASS,
+  OP_WORD,
+  OP_NOTWORD,
+  OP_SPACE,
+  OP_NOTSPACE,
+  BACK_SLASH
+
+} re_token_type_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* Multibyte characters.  */
+  wchar_t *mbchars;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* Collating symbols.  */
+  int32_t *coll_syms;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* Equivalence classes. */
+  int32_t *equiv_classes;
+#endif
+
+  /* Range expressions. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  uint32_t *range_starts;
+  uint32_t *range_ends;
+#else
+  wchar_t *range_starts;
+  wchar_t *range_ends;
+#endif
+
+  /* Character classes. */
+  wctype_t *char_classes;
+
+  /* If this character set is the non-matching list.  */
+  unsigned int non_match : 1;
+
+  /* # of multibyte characters.  */
+  Idx nmbchars;
+
+  /* # of collating symbols.  */
+  Idx ncoll_syms;
+
+  /* # of equivalence classes. */
+  Idx nequiv_classes;
+
+  /* # of range expressions. */
+  Idx nranges;
+
+  /* # of character classes. */
+  Idx nchar_classes;
+} re_charset_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned char c;		/* for CHARACTER */
+    re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;	/* for SIMPLE_BRACKET */
+    re_charset_t *mbcset;	/* for COMPLEX_BRACKET */
+    Idx idx;			/* for BACK_REF */
+    re_context_type ctx_type;	/* for ANCHOR */
+  } opr;
+#if (__GNUC__ >= 2 || defined __clang__) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__
+  re_token_type_t type : 8;
+#else
+  re_token_type_t type;
+#endif
+  unsigned int constraint : 10;	/* context constraint */
+  unsigned int duplicated : 1;
+  unsigned int opt_subexp : 1;
+  unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
+  /* These 2 bits can be moved into the union if needed (e.g. if running out
+     of bits; move opr.c to opr.c.c and move the flags to opr.c.flags).  */
+  unsigned int mb_partial : 1;
+  unsigned int word_char : 1;
+} re_token_t;
+
+#define IS_EPSILON_NODE(type) ((type) & EPSILON_BIT)
+
+struct re_string_t
+{
+  /* Indicate the raw buffer which is the original string passed as an
+     argument of regexec(), re_search(), etc..  */
+  const unsigned char *raw_mbs;
+  /* Store the multibyte string.  In case of "case insensitive mode" like
+     REG_ICASE, upper cases of the string are stored, otherwise MBS points
+     the same address that RAW_MBS points.  */
+  unsigned char *mbs;
+  /* Store the wide character string which is corresponding to MBS.  */
+  wint_t *wcs;
+  Idx *offsets;
+  mbstate_t cur_state;
+  /* Index in RAW_MBS.  Each character mbs[i] corresponds to
+     raw_mbs[raw_mbs_idx + i].  */
+  Idx raw_mbs_idx;
+  /* The length of the valid characters in the buffers.  */
+  Idx valid_len;
+  /* The corresponding number of bytes in raw_mbs array.  */
+  Idx valid_raw_len;
+  /* The length of the buffers MBS and WCS.  */
+  Idx bufs_len;
+  /* The index in MBS, which is updated by re_string_fetch_byte.  */
+  Idx cur_idx;
+  /* length of RAW_MBS array.  */
+  Idx raw_len;
+  /* This is RAW_LEN - RAW_MBS_IDX + VALID_LEN - VALID_RAW_LEN.  */
+  Idx len;
+  /* End of the buffer may be shorter than its length in the cases such
+     as re_match_2, re_search_2.  Then, we use STOP for end of the buffer
+     instead of LEN.  */
+  Idx raw_stop;
+  /* This is RAW_STOP - RAW_MBS_IDX adjusted through OFFSETS.  */
+  Idx stop;
+
+  /* The context of mbs[0].  We store the context independently, since
+     the context of mbs[0] may be different from raw_mbs[0], which is
+     the beginning of the input string.  */
+  unsigned int tip_context;
+  /* The translation passed as a part of an argument of re_compile_pattern.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans;
+  /* Copy of re_dfa_t's word_char.  */
+  re_const_bitset_ptr_t word_char;
+  /* true if REG_ICASE.  */
+  unsigned char icase;
+  unsigned char is_utf8;
+  unsigned char map_notascii;
+  unsigned char mbs_allocated;
+  unsigned char offsets_needed;
+  unsigned char newline_anchor;
+  unsigned char word_ops_used;
+  int mb_cur_max;
+};
+typedef struct re_string_t re_string_t;
+
+
+struct re_dfa_t;
+typedef struct re_dfa_t re_dfa_t;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define IS_IN(libc) false
+#endif
+
+#define re_string_peek_byte(pstr, offset) \
+  ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx + offset])
+#define re_string_fetch_byte(pstr) \
+  ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx++])
+#define re_string_first_byte(pstr, idx) \
+  ((idx) == (pstr)->valid_len || (pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF)
+#define re_string_is_single_byte_char(pstr, idx) \
+  ((pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF && ((pstr)->valid_len == (idx) + 1 \
+				|| (pstr)->wcs[(idx) + 1] != WEOF))
+#define re_string_eoi(pstr) ((pstr)->stop <= (pstr)->cur_idx)
+#define re_string_cur_idx(pstr) ((pstr)->cur_idx)
+#define re_string_get_buffer(pstr) ((pstr)->mbs)
+#define re_string_length(pstr) ((pstr)->len)
+#define re_string_byte_at(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->mbs[idx])
+#define re_string_skip_bytes(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx += (idx))
+#define re_string_set_index(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx = (idx))
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL 1
+#elif !defined MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL
+# define MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define re_malloc(t,n) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define re_realloc(p,t,n) ((t *) realloc (p, (n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define re_free(p) free (p)
+
+struct bin_tree_t
+{
+  struct bin_tree_t *parent;
+  struct bin_tree_t *left;
+  struct bin_tree_t *right;
+  struct bin_tree_t *first;
+  struct bin_tree_t *next;
+
+  re_token_t token;
+
+  /* 'node_idx' is the index in dfa->nodes, if 'type' == 0.
+     Otherwise 'type' indicate the type of this node.  */
+  Idx node_idx;
+};
+typedef struct bin_tree_t bin_tree_t;
+
+#define BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE \
+  ((1024 - sizeof (void *)) / sizeof (bin_tree_t))
+
+struct bin_tree_storage_t
+{
+  struct bin_tree_storage_t *next;
+  bin_tree_t data[BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE];
+};
+typedef struct bin_tree_storage_t bin_tree_storage_t;
+
+#define CONTEXT_WORD 1
+#define CONTEXT_NEWLINE (CONTEXT_WORD << 1)
+#define CONTEXT_BEGBUF (CONTEXT_NEWLINE << 1)
+#define CONTEXT_ENDBUF (CONTEXT_BEGBUF << 1)
+
+#define IS_WORD_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_WORD)
+#define IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_NEWLINE)
+#define IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_BEGBUF)
+#define IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_ENDBUF)
+#define IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT(c) ((c) == 0)
+
+#define IS_WORD_CHAR(ch) (isalnum (ch) || (ch) == '_')
+#define IS_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == NEWLINE_CHAR)
+#define IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR(ch) (__iswalnum (ch) || (ch) == L'_')
+#define IS_WIDE_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR)
+
+#define NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
+ ((((constraint) & PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || ((constraint & PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || ((constraint & PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))\
+  || ((constraint & PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
+
+#define NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
+ ((((constraint) & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
+
+struct re_dfastate_t
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_node_set nodes;
+  re_node_set non_eps_nodes;
+  re_node_set inveclosure;
+  re_node_set *entrance_nodes;
+  struct re_dfastate_t **trtable, **word_trtable;
+  unsigned int context : 4;
+  unsigned int halt : 1;
+  /* If this state can accept "multi byte".
+     Note that we refer to multibyte characters, and multi character
+     collating elements as "multi byte".  */
+  unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
+  /* If this state has backreference node(s).  */
+  unsigned int has_backref : 1;
+  unsigned int has_constraint : 1;
+};
+typedef struct re_dfastate_t re_dfastate_t;
+
+struct re_state_table_entry
+{
+  Idx num;
+  Idx alloc;
+  re_dfastate_t **array;
+};
+
+/* Array type used in re_sub_match_last_t and re_sub_match_top_t.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx next_idx;
+  Idx alloc;
+  re_dfastate_t **array;
+} state_array_t;
+
+/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx node;
+  Idx str_idx; /* The position NODE match at.  */
+  state_array_t path;
+} re_sub_match_last_t;
+
+/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP.
+   And information about the node, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP,
+   corresponding to NODE is stored in LASTS.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx str_idx;
+  Idx node;
+  state_array_t *path;
+  Idx alasts; /* Allocation size of LASTS.  */
+  Idx nlasts; /* The number of LASTS.  */
+  re_sub_match_last_t **lasts;
+} re_sub_match_top_t;
+
+struct re_backref_cache_entry
+{
+  Idx node;
+  Idx str_idx;
+  Idx subexp_from;
+  Idx subexp_to;
+  bitset_word_t eps_reachable_subexps_map;
+  char more;
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* The string object corresponding to the input string.  */
+  re_string_t input;
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa;
+  /* EFLAGS of the argument of regexec.  */
+  int eflags;
+  /* Where the matching ends.  */
+  Idx match_last;
+  Idx last_node;
+  /* The state log used by the matcher.  */
+  re_dfastate_t **state_log;
+  Idx state_log_top;
+  /* Back reference cache.  */
+  Idx nbkref_ents;
+  Idx abkref_ents;
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents;
+  int max_mb_elem_len;
+  Idx nsub_tops;
+  Idx asub_tops;
+  re_sub_match_top_t **sub_tops;
+} re_match_context_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  re_dfastate_t **sifted_states;
+  re_dfastate_t **limited_states;
+  Idx last_node;
+  Idx last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set limits;
+} re_sift_context_t;
+
+struct re_fail_stack_ent_t
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  Idx node;
+  regmatch_t *regs;
+  re_node_set eps_via_nodes;
+};
+
+struct re_fail_stack_t
+{
+  Idx num;
+  Idx alloc;
+  struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *stack;
+};
+
+struct re_dfa_t
+{
+  re_token_t *nodes;
+  size_t nodes_alloc;
+  size_t nodes_len;
+  Idx *nexts;
+  Idx *org_indices;
+  re_node_set *edests;
+  re_node_set *eclosures;
+  re_node_set *inveclosures;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *state_table;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_word;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_nl;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_begbuf;
+  bin_tree_t *str_tree;
+  bin_tree_storage_t *str_tree_storage;
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sb_char;
+  int str_tree_storage_idx;
+
+  /* number of subexpressions 're_nsub' is in regex_t.  */
+  re_hashval_t state_hash_mask;
+  Idx init_node;
+  Idx nbackref; /* The number of backreference in this dfa.  */
+
+  /* Bitmap expressing which backreference is used.  */
+  bitset_word_t used_bkref_map;
+  bitset_word_t completed_bkref_map;
+
+  unsigned int has_plural_match : 1;
+  /* If this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a backreference or
+     a node which can accept multibyte character or multi character
+     collating element.  */
+  unsigned int has_mb_node : 1;
+  unsigned int is_utf8 : 1;
+  unsigned int map_notascii : 1;
+  unsigned int word_ops_used : 1;
+  int mb_cur_max;
+  bitset_t word_char;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax;
+  Idx *subexp_map;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  char* re_str;
+#endif
+  lock_define (lock)
+};
+
+#define re_node_set_init_empty(set) memset (set, '\0', sizeof (re_node_set))
+#define re_node_set_remove(set,id) \
+  (re_node_set_remove_at (set, re_node_set_contains (set, id) - 1))
+#define re_node_set_empty(p) ((p)->nelem = 0)
+#define re_node_set_free(set) re_free ((set)->elems)
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  SB_CHAR,
+  MB_CHAR,
+  EQUIV_CLASS,
+  COLL_SYM,
+  CHAR_CLASS
+} bracket_elem_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  bracket_elem_type type;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned char ch;
+    unsigned char *name;
+    wchar_t wch;
+  } opr;
+} bracket_elem_t;
+
+
+/* Functions for bitset_t operation.  */
+
+static inline void
+bitset_set (bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_clear (bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] &= ~ ((bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+}
+
+static inline bool
+bitset_contain (const bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  return (set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] >> i % BITSET_WORD_BITS) & 1;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_empty (bitset_t set)
+{
+  memset (set, '\0', sizeof (bitset_t));
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_set_all (bitset_t set)
+{
+  memset (set, -1, sizeof (bitset_word_t) * (SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
+    set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
+      ((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1;
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_copy (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  memcpy (dest, src, sizeof (bitset_t));
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_not (bitset_t set)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++bitset_i)
+    set[bitset_i] = ~set[bitset_i];
+  if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
+    set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
+      ((((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1)
+       & ~set[BITSET_WORDS - 1]);
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_merge (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
+    dest[bitset_i] |= src[bitset_i];
+}
+
+static inline void
+bitset_mask (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
+    dest[bitset_i] &= src[bitset_i];
+}
+
+/* Functions for re_string.  */
+static int
+__attribute__ ((pure, unused))
+re_string_char_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  int byte_idx;
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
+    return 1;
+  for (byte_idx = 1; idx + byte_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++byte_idx)
+    if (pstr->wcs[idx + byte_idx] != WEOF)
+      break;
+  return byte_idx;
+}
+
+static wint_t
+__attribute__ ((pure, unused))
+re_string_wchar_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
+    return (wint_t) pstr->mbs[idx];
+  return (wint_t) pstr->wcs[idx];
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <locale/weight.h>
+#endif
+
+static int
+__attribute__ ((pure, unused))
+re_string_elem_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  const unsigned char *p, *extra;
+  const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+  uint_fast32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *)
+	_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+      indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						_NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+      p = pstr->mbs + idx;
+      findidx (table, indirect, extra, &p, pstr->len - idx);
+      return p - pstr->mbs - idx;
+    }
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 7
+#  define FALLTHROUGH __attribute__ ((__fallthrough__))
+# else
+#  define FALLTHROUGH ((void) 0)
+# endif
+#else
+# include "attribute.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /*  _REGEX_INTERNAL_H */
diff --git a/lib/regexec.c b/lib/regexec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..521cb02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/regexec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4221 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_init (re_match_context_t *cache, int eflags,
+				     Idx n);
+static void match_ctx_clean (re_match_context_t *mctx);
+static void match_ctx_free (re_match_context_t *cache);
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_add_entry (re_match_context_t *cache, Idx node,
+					  Idx str_idx, Idx from, Idx to);
+static Idx search_cur_bkref_entry (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_add_subtop (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node,
+					   Idx str_idx);
+static re_sub_match_last_t * match_ctx_add_sublast (re_sub_match_top_t *subtop,
+						    Idx node, Idx str_idx);
+static void sift_ctx_init (re_sift_context_t *sctx, re_dfastate_t **sifted_sts,
+			   re_dfastate_t **limited_sts, Idx last_node,
+			   Idx last_str_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t re_search_internal (const regex_t *preg,
+					 const char *string, Idx length,
+					 Idx start, Idx last_start, Idx stop,
+					 size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[],
+					 int eflags);
+static regoff_t re_search_2_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+				  const char *string1, Idx length1,
+				  const char *string2, Idx length2,
+				  Idx start, regoff_t range,
+				  struct re_registers *regs,
+				  Idx stop, bool ret_len);
+static regoff_t re_search_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+				const char *string, Idx length, Idx start,
+				regoff_t range, Idx stop,
+				struct re_registers *regs,
+				bool ret_len);
+static unsigned re_copy_regs (struct re_registers *regs, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+                              Idx nregs, int regs_allocated);
+static reg_errcode_t prune_impossible_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx);
+static Idx check_matching (re_match_context_t *mctx, bool fl_longest_match,
+			   Idx *p_match_first);
+static Idx check_halt_state_context (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				     const re_dfastate_t *state, Idx idx);
+static void update_regs (const re_dfa_t *dfa, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+			 regmatch_t *prev_idx_match, Idx cur_node,
+			 Idx cur_idx, Idx nmatch);
+static reg_errcode_t push_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs,
+				      Idx str_idx, Idx dest_node, Idx nregs,
+				      regmatch_t *regs, regmatch_t *prevregs,
+				      re_node_set *eps_via_nodes);
+static reg_errcode_t set_regs (const regex_t *preg,
+			       const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			       size_t nmatch, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+			       bool fl_backtrack);
+static reg_errcode_t free_fail_stack_return (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs);
+
+static int sift_states_iter_mb (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+				Idx node_idx, Idx str_idx, Idx max_str_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t sift_states_backward (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					   re_sift_context_t *sctx);
+static reg_errcode_t build_sifted_states (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					  re_sift_context_t *sctx, Idx str_idx,
+					  re_node_set *cur_dest);
+static reg_errcode_t update_cur_sifted_state (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					      re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+					      Idx str_idx,
+					      re_node_set *dest_nodes);
+static reg_errcode_t add_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					    re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+					    const re_node_set *candidates);
+static bool check_dst_limits (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			      const re_node_set *limits,
+			      Idx dst_node, Idx dst_idx, Idx src_node,
+			      Idx src_idx);
+static int check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					int boundaries, Idx subexp_idx,
+					Idx from_node, Idx bkref_idx);
+static int check_dst_limits_calc_pos (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				      Idx limit, Idx subexp_idx,
+				      Idx node, Idx str_idx,
+				      Idx bkref_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t check_subexp_limits (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					  re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+					  const re_node_set *candidates,
+					  re_node_set *limits,
+					  struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents,
+					  Idx str_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t sift_states_bkref (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+					Idx str_idx, const re_node_set *candidates);
+static reg_errcode_t merge_state_array (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					re_dfastate_t **dst,
+					re_dfastate_t **src, Idx num);
+static re_dfastate_t *find_recover_state (reg_errcode_t *err,
+					 re_match_context_t *mctx);
+static re_dfastate_t *transit_state (reg_errcode_t *err,
+				     re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				     re_dfastate_t *state);
+static re_dfastate_t *merge_state_with_log (reg_errcode_t *err,
+					    re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					    re_dfastate_t *next_state);
+static reg_errcode_t check_subexp_matching_top (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+						re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+						Idx str_idx);
+#if 0
+static re_dfastate_t *transit_state_sb (reg_errcode_t *err,
+					re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					re_dfastate_t *pstate);
+#endif
+static reg_errcode_t transit_state_mb (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				       re_dfastate_t *pstate);
+static reg_errcode_t transit_state_bkref (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					  const re_node_set *nodes);
+static reg_errcode_t get_subexp (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				 Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str_idx);
+static reg_errcode_t get_subexp_sub (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				     const re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top,
+				     re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last,
+				     Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str);
+static Idx find_subexp_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+			     Idx subexp_idx, int type);
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				    state_array_t *path, Idx top_node,
+				    Idx top_str, Idx last_node, Idx last_str,
+				    int type);
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_add_next_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+						   Idx str_idx,
+						   re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+						   re_node_set *next_nodes);
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_expand_ecl (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					       re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+					       Idx ex_subexp, int type);
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+						   re_node_set *dst_nodes,
+						   Idx target, Idx ex_subexp,
+						   int type);
+static reg_errcode_t expand_bkref_cache (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					 re_node_set *cur_nodes, Idx cur_str,
+					 Idx subexp_num, int type);
+static bool build_trtable (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *state);
+static int check_node_accept_bytes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node_idx,
+				    const re_string_t *input, Idx idx);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static unsigned int find_collation_sequence_value (const unsigned char *mbs,
+						   size_t name_len);
+#endif
+static Idx group_nodes_into_DFAstates (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+				       const re_dfastate_t *state,
+				       re_node_set *states_node,
+				       bitset_t *states_ch);
+static bool check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			       const re_token_t *node, Idx idx);
+static reg_errcode_t extend_buffers (re_match_context_t *mctx, int min_len);
+
+/* Entry point for POSIX code.  */
+
+/* regexec searches for a given pattern, specified by PREG, in the
+   string STRING.
+
+   If NMATCH is zero or REG_NOSUB was set in the cflags argument to
+   'regcomp', we ignore PMATCH.  Otherwise, we assume PMATCH has at
+   least NMATCH elements, and we set them to the offsets of the
+   corresponding matched substrings.
+
+   EFLAGS specifies "execution flags" which affect matching: if
+   REG_NOTBOL is set, then ^ does not match at the beginning of the
+   string; if REG_NOTEOL is set, then $ does not match at the end.
+
+   Return 0 if a match is found, REG_NOMATCH if not, REG_BADPAT if
+   EFLAGS is invalid.  */
+
+int
+regexec (const regex_t *__restrict preg, const char *__restrict string,
+	 size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[_REGEX_NELTS (nmatch)], int eflags)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx start, length;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+
+  if (eflags & ~(REG_NOTBOL | REG_NOTEOL | REG_STARTEND))
+    return REG_BADPAT;
+
+  if (eflags & REG_STARTEND)
+    {
+      start = pmatch[0].rm_so;
+      length = pmatch[0].rm_eo;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      start = 0;
+      length = strlen (string);
+    }
+
+  lock_lock (dfa->lock);
+  if (preg->no_sub)
+    err = re_search_internal (preg, string, length, start, length,
+			      length, 0, NULL, eflags);
+  else
+    err = re_search_internal (preg, string, length, start, length,
+			      length, nmatch, pmatch, eflags);
+  lock_unlock (dfa->lock);
+  return err != REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_hidden_def (__regexec)
+
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+versioned_symbol (libc, __regexec, regexec, GLIBC_2_3_4);
+
+# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3_4)
+__typeof__ (__regexec) __compat_regexec;
+
+int
+attribute_compat_text_section
+__compat_regexec (const regex_t *__restrict preg,
+		  const char *__restrict string, size_t nmatch,
+		  regmatch_t pmatch[_REGEX_NELTS (nmatch)], int eflags)
+{
+  return regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch,
+		  eflags & (REG_NOTBOL | REG_NOTEOL));
+}
+compat_symbol (libc, __compat_regexec, regexec, GLIBC_2_0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points for GNU code.  */
+
+/* re_match, re_search, re_match_2, re_search_2
+
+   The former two functions operate on STRING with length LENGTH,
+   while the later two operate on concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2
+   with lengths LENGTH1 and LENGTH2, respectively.
+
+   re_match() matches the compiled pattern in BUFP against the string,
+   starting at index START.
+
+   re_search() first tries matching at index START, then it tries to match
+   starting from index START + 1, and so on.  The last start position tried
+   is START + RANGE.  (Thus RANGE = 0 forces re_search to operate the same
+   way as re_match().)
+
+   The parameter STOP of re_{match,search}_2 specifies that no match exceeding
+   the first STOP characters of the concatenation of the strings should be
+   concerned.
+
+   If REGS is not NULL, and BUFP->no_sub is not set, the offsets of the match
+   and all groups is stored in REGS.  (For the "_2" variants, the offsets are
+   computed relative to the concatenation, not relative to the individual
+   strings.)
+
+   On success, re_match* functions return the length of the match, re_search*
+   return the position of the start of the match.  They return -1 on
+   match failure, -2 on error.  */
+
+regoff_t
+re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string, Idx length,
+	  Idx start, struct re_registers *regs)
+{
+  return re_search_stub (bufp, string, length, start, 0, length, regs, true);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match, re_match)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string, Idx length,
+	   Idx start, regoff_t range, struct re_registers *regs)
+{
+  return re_search_stub (bufp, string, length, start, range, length, regs,
+			 false);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search, re_search)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string1, Idx length1,
+	    const char *string2, Idx length2, Idx start,
+	    struct re_registers *regs, Idx stop)
+{
+  return re_search_2_stub (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2,
+			   start, 0, regs, stop, true);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match_2, re_match_2)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string1, Idx length1,
+	     const char *string2, Idx length2, Idx start, regoff_t range,
+	     struct re_registers *regs, Idx stop)
+{
+  return re_search_2_stub (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2,
+			   start, range, regs, stop, false);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search_2, re_search_2)
+#endif
+
+static regoff_t
+re_search_2_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string1,
+		  Idx length1, const char *string2, Idx length2, Idx start,
+		  regoff_t range, struct re_registers *regs,
+		  Idx stop, bool ret_len)
+{
+  const char *str;
+  regoff_t rval;
+  Idx len;
+  char *s = NULL;
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely ((length1 < 0 || length2 < 0 || stop < 0
+			 || INT_ADD_WRAPV (length1, length2, &len))))
+    return -2;
+
+  /* Concatenate the strings.  */
+  if (length2 > 0)
+    if (length1 > 0)
+      {
+	s = re_malloc (char, len);
+
+	if (__glibc_unlikely (s == NULL))
+	  return -2;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+	memcpy (__mempcpy (s, string1, length1), string2, length2);
+#else
+	memcpy (s, string1, length1);
+	memcpy (s + length1, string2, length2);
+#endif
+	str = s;
+      }
+    else
+      str = string2;
+  else
+    str = string1;
+
+  rval = re_search_stub (bufp, str, len, start, range, stop, regs,
+			 ret_len);
+  re_free (s);
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* The parameters have the same meaning as those of re_search.
+   Additional parameters:
+   If RET_LEN is true the length of the match is returned (re_match style);
+   otherwise the position of the match is returned.  */
+
+static regoff_t
+re_search_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, const char *string, Idx length,
+		Idx start, regoff_t range, Idx stop, struct re_registers *regs,
+		bool ret_len)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t result;
+  regmatch_t *pmatch;
+  Idx nregs;
+  regoff_t rval;
+  int eflags = 0;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = bufp->buffer;
+  Idx last_start = start + range;
+
+  /* Check for out-of-range.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (start < 0 || start > length))
+    return -1;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (length < last_start
+			|| (0 <= range && last_start < start)))
+    last_start = length;
+  else if (__glibc_unlikely (last_start < 0
+			     || (range < 0 && start <= last_start)))
+    last_start = 0;
+
+  lock_lock (dfa->lock);
+
+  eflags |= (bufp->not_bol) ? REG_NOTBOL : 0;
+  eflags |= (bufp->not_eol) ? REG_NOTEOL : 0;
+
+  /* Compile fastmap if we haven't yet.  */
+  if (start < last_start && bufp->fastmap != NULL && !bufp->fastmap_accurate)
+    re_compile_fastmap (bufp);
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (bufp->no_sub))
+    regs = NULL;
+
+  /* We need at least 1 register.  */
+  if (regs == NULL)
+    nregs = 1;
+  else if (__glibc_unlikely (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED
+			     && regs->num_regs <= bufp->re_nsub))
+    {
+      nregs = regs->num_regs;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (nregs < 1))
+	{
+	  /* Nothing can be copied to regs.  */
+	  regs = NULL;
+	  nregs = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    nregs = bufp->re_nsub + 1;
+  pmatch = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nregs);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (pmatch == NULL))
+    {
+      rval = -2;
+      goto out;
+    }
+
+  result = re_search_internal (bufp, string, length, start, last_start, stop,
+			       nregs, pmatch, eflags);
+
+  rval = 0;
+
+  /* I hope we needn't fill their regs with -1's when no match was found.  */
+  if (result != REG_NOERROR)
+    rval = result == REG_NOMATCH ? -1 : -2;
+  else if (regs != NULL)
+    {
+      /* If caller wants register contents data back, copy them.  */
+      bufp->regs_allocated = re_copy_regs (regs, pmatch, nregs,
+					   bufp->regs_allocated);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED))
+	rval = -2;
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_likely (rval == 0))
+    {
+      if (ret_len)
+	{
+	  DEBUG_ASSERT (pmatch[0].rm_so == start);
+	  rval = pmatch[0].rm_eo - start;
+	}
+      else
+	rval = pmatch[0].rm_so;
+    }
+  re_free (pmatch);
+ out:
+  lock_unlock (dfa->lock);
+  return rval;
+}
+
+static unsigned
+re_copy_regs (struct re_registers *regs, regmatch_t *pmatch, Idx nregs,
+	      int regs_allocated)
+{
+  int rval = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+  Idx i;
+  Idx need_regs = nregs + 1;
+  /* We need one extra element beyond 'num_regs' for the '-1' marker GNU code
+     uses.  */
+
+  /* Have the register data arrays been allocated?  */
+  if (regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED)
+    { /* No.  So allocate them with malloc.  */
+      regs->start = re_malloc (regoff_t, need_regs);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (regs->start == NULL))
+	return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+      regs->end = re_malloc (regoff_t, need_regs);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (regs->end == NULL))
+	{
+	  re_free (regs->start);
+	  return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+	}
+      regs->num_regs = need_regs;
+    }
+  else if (regs_allocated == REGS_REALLOCATE)
+    { /* Yes.  If we need more elements than were already
+	 allocated, reallocate them.  If we need fewer, just
+	 leave it alone.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (need_regs > regs->num_regs))
+	{
+	  regoff_t *new_start = re_realloc (regs->start, regoff_t, need_regs);
+	  regoff_t *new_end;
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_start == NULL))
+	    return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+	  new_end = re_realloc (regs->end, regoff_t, need_regs);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (new_end == NULL))
+	    {
+	      re_free (new_start);
+	      return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+	    }
+	  regs->start = new_start;
+	  regs->end = new_end;
+	  regs->num_regs = need_regs;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED);
+      /* This function may not be called with REGS_FIXED and nregs too big.  */
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (nregs <= regs->num_regs);
+      rval = REGS_FIXED;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy the regs.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < nregs; ++i)
+    {
+      regs->start[i] = pmatch[i].rm_so;
+      regs->end[i] = pmatch[i].rm_eo;
+    }
+  for ( ; i < regs->num_regs; ++i)
+    regs->start[i] = regs->end[i] = -1;
+
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using PATTERN_BUFFER and REGS will use
+   this memory for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS
+   must be allocated using the malloc library routine, and must each
+   be at least NUM_REGS * sizeof (regoff_t) bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+
+void
+re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp, struct re_registers *regs,
+		  __re_size_t num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends)
+{
+  if (num_regs)
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+      regs->num_regs = num_regs;
+      regs->start = starts;
+      regs->end = ends;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+      regs->num_regs = 0;
+      regs->start = regs->end = NULL;
+    }
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_set_registers, re_set_registers)
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library.  We don't define
+   them unless specifically requested.  */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+int
+# ifdef _LIBC
+weak_function
+# endif
+re_exec (const char *s)
+{
+  return 0 == regexec (&re_comp_buf, s, 0, NULL, 0);
+}
+#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */
+
+/* Internal entry point.  */
+
+/* Searches for a compiled pattern PREG in the string STRING, whose
+   length is LENGTH.  NMATCH, PMATCH, and EFLAGS have the same
+   meaning as with regexec.  LAST_START is START + RANGE, where
+   START and RANGE have the same meaning as with re_search.
+   Return REG_NOERROR if we find a match, and REG_NOMATCH if not,
+   otherwise return the error code.
+   Note: We assume front end functions already check ranges.
+   (0 <= LAST_START && LAST_START <= LENGTH)  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_search_internal (const regex_t *preg, const char *string, Idx length,
+		    Idx start, Idx last_start, Idx stop, size_t nmatch,
+		    regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  Idx left_lim, right_lim;
+  int incr;
+  bool fl_longest_match;
+  int match_kind;
+  Idx match_first;
+  Idx match_last = -1;
+  Idx extra_nmatch;
+  bool sb;
+  int ch;
+  re_match_context_t mctx = { .dfa = dfa };
+  char *fastmap = ((preg->fastmap != NULL && preg->fastmap_accurate
+		    && start != last_start && !preg->can_be_null)
+		   ? preg->fastmap : NULL);
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE t = preg->translate;
+
+  extra_nmatch = (nmatch > preg->re_nsub) ? nmatch - (preg->re_nsub + 1) : 0;
+  nmatch -= extra_nmatch;
+
+  /* Check if the DFA haven't been compiled.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (preg->used == 0 || dfa->init_state == NULL
+			|| dfa->init_state_word == NULL
+			|| dfa->init_state_nl == NULL
+			|| dfa->init_state_begbuf == NULL))
+    return REG_NOMATCH;
+
+  /* We assume front-end functions already check them.  */
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (0 <= last_start && last_start <= length);
+
+  /* If initial states with non-begbuf contexts have no elements,
+     the regex must be anchored.  If preg->newline_anchor is set,
+     we'll never use init_state_nl, so do not check it.  */
+  if (dfa->init_state->nodes.nelem == 0
+      && dfa->init_state_word->nodes.nelem == 0
+      && (dfa->init_state_nl->nodes.nelem == 0
+	  || !preg->newline_anchor))
+    {
+      if (start != 0 && last_start != 0)
+        return REG_NOMATCH;
+      start = last_start = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We must check the longest matching, if nmatch > 0.  */
+  fl_longest_match = (nmatch != 0 || dfa->nbackref);
+
+  err = re_string_allocate (&mctx.input, string, length, dfa->nodes_len + 1,
+			    preg->translate, (preg->syntax & RE_ICASE) != 0,
+			    dfa);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    goto free_return;
+  mctx.input.stop = stop;
+  mctx.input.raw_stop = stop;
+  mctx.input.newline_anchor = preg->newline_anchor;
+
+  err = match_ctx_init (&mctx, eflags, dfa->nbackref * 2);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    goto free_return;
+
+  /* We will log all the DFA states through which the dfa pass,
+     if nmatch > 1, or this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a
+     back-reference or a node which can accept multibyte character or
+     multi character collating element.  */
+  if (nmatch > 1 || dfa->has_mb_node)
+    {
+      /* Avoid overflow.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely ((MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *))
+			     <= mctx.input.bufs_len)))
+	{
+	  err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  goto free_return;
+	}
+
+      mctx.state_log = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, mctx.input.bufs_len + 1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx.state_log == NULL))
+	{
+	  err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  goto free_return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  match_first = start;
+  mctx.input.tip_context = (eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? CONTEXT_BEGBUF
+			   : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_BEGBUF;
+
+  /* Check incrementally whether the input string matches.  */
+  incr = (last_start < start) ? -1 : 1;
+  left_lim = (last_start < start) ? last_start : start;
+  right_lim = (last_start < start) ? start : last_start;
+  sb = dfa->mb_cur_max == 1;
+  match_kind =
+    (fastmap
+     ? ((sb || !(preg->syntax & RE_ICASE || t) ? 4 : 0)
+	| (start <= last_start ? 2 : 0)
+	| (t != NULL ? 1 : 0))
+     : 8);
+
+  for (;; match_first += incr)
+    {
+      err = REG_NOMATCH;
+      if (match_first < left_lim || right_lim < match_first)
+	goto free_return;
+
+      /* Advance as rapidly as possible through the string, until we
+	 find a plausible place to start matching.  This may be done
+	 with varying efficiency, so there are various possibilities:
+	 only the most common of them are specialized, in order to
+	 save on code size.  We use a switch statement for speed.  */
+      switch (match_kind)
+	{
+	case 8:
+	  /* No fastmap.  */
+	  break;
+
+	case 7:
+	  /* Fastmap with single-byte translation, match forward.  */
+	  while (__glibc_likely (match_first < right_lim)
+		 && !fastmap[t[(unsigned char) string[match_first]]])
+	    ++match_first;
+	  goto forward_match_found_start_or_reached_end;
+
+	case 6:
+	  /* Fastmap without translation, match forward.  */
+	  while (__glibc_likely (match_first < right_lim)
+		 && !fastmap[(unsigned char) string[match_first]])
+	    ++match_first;
+
+	forward_match_found_start_or_reached_end:
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (match_first == right_lim))
+	    {
+	      ch = match_first >= length
+		       ? 0 : (unsigned char) string[match_first];
+	      if (!fastmap[t ? t[ch] : ch])
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case 4:
+	case 5:
+	  /* Fastmap without multi-byte translation, match backwards.  */
+	  while (match_first >= left_lim)
+	    {
+	      ch = match_first >= length
+		       ? 0 : (unsigned char) string[match_first];
+	      if (fastmap[t ? t[ch] : ch])
+		break;
+	      --match_first;
+	    }
+	  if (match_first < left_lim)
+	    goto free_return;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  /* In this case, we can't determine easily the current byte,
+	     since it might be a component byte of a multibyte
+	     character.  Then we use the constructed buffer instead.  */
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      /* If MATCH_FIRST is out of the valid range, reconstruct the
+		 buffers.  */
+	      __re_size_t offset = match_first - mctx.input.raw_mbs_idx;
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (offset
+				    >= (__re_size_t) mctx.input.valid_raw_len))
+		{
+		  err = re_string_reconstruct (&mctx.input, match_first,
+					       eflags);
+		  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		    goto free_return;
+
+		  offset = match_first - mctx.input.raw_mbs_idx;
+		}
+	      /* Use buffer byte if OFFSET is in buffer, otherwise '\0'.  */
+	      ch = (offset < mctx.input.valid_len
+		    ? re_string_byte_at (&mctx.input, offset) : 0);
+	      if (fastmap[ch])
+		break;
+	      match_first += incr;
+	      if (match_first < left_lim || match_first > right_lim)
+		{
+		  err = REG_NOMATCH;
+		  goto free_return;
+		}
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Reconstruct the buffers so that the matcher can assume that
+	 the matching starts from the beginning of the buffer.  */
+      err = re_string_reconstruct (&mctx.input, match_first, eflags);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	goto free_return;
+
+      /* Don't consider this char as a possible match start if it part,
+         yet isn't the head, of a multibyte character.  */
+      if (!sb && !re_string_first_byte (&mctx.input, 0))
+	continue;
+
+      /* It seems to be appropriate one, then use the matcher.  */
+      /* We assume that the matching starts from 0.  */
+      mctx.state_log_top = mctx.nbkref_ents = mctx.max_mb_elem_len = 0;
+      match_last = check_matching (&mctx, fl_longest_match,
+				   start <= last_start ? &match_first : NULL);
+      if (match_last != -1)
+	{
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (match_last == -2))
+	    {
+	      err = REG_ESPACE;
+	      goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      mctx.match_last = match_last;
+	      if ((!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1) || dfa->nbackref)
+		{
+		  re_dfastate_t *pstate = mctx.state_log[match_last];
+		  mctx.last_node = check_halt_state_context (&mctx, pstate,
+							     match_last);
+		}
+	      if ((!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1 && dfa->has_plural_match)
+		  || dfa->nbackref)
+		{
+		  err = prune_impossible_nodes (&mctx);
+		  if (err == REG_NOERROR)
+		    break;
+		  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOMATCH))
+		    goto free_return;
+		  match_last = -1;
+		}
+	      else
+		break; /* We found a match.  */
+	    }
+	}
+
+      match_ctx_clean (&mctx);
+    }
+
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (match_last != -1);
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (err == REG_NOERROR);
+
+  /* Set pmatch[] if we need.  */
+  if (nmatch > 0)
+    {
+      Idx reg_idx;
+
+      /* Initialize registers.  */
+      for (reg_idx = 1; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+	pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so = pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo = -1;
+
+      /* Set the points where matching start/end.  */
+      pmatch[0].rm_so = 0;
+      pmatch[0].rm_eo = mctx.match_last;
+      /* FIXME: This function should fail if mctx.match_last exceeds
+	 the maximum possible regoff_t value.  We need a new error
+	 code REG_OVERFLOW.  */
+
+      if (!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1)
+	{
+	  err = set_regs (preg, &mctx, nmatch, pmatch,
+			  dfa->has_plural_match && dfa->nbackref > 0);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    goto free_return;
+	}
+
+      /* At last, add the offset to each register, since we slid
+	 the buffers so that we could assume that the matching starts
+	 from 0.  */
+      for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+	if (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so != -1)
+	  {
+	    if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx.input.offsets_needed != 0))
+	      {
+		pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so =
+		  (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so == mctx.input.valid_len
+		   ? mctx.input.valid_raw_len
+		   : mctx.input.offsets[pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so]);
+		pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo =
+		  (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo == mctx.input.valid_len
+		   ? mctx.input.valid_raw_len
+		   : mctx.input.offsets[pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo]);
+	      }
+	    pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so += match_first;
+	    pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo += match_first;
+	  }
+      for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < extra_nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+	{
+	  pmatch[nmatch + reg_idx].rm_so = -1;
+	  pmatch[nmatch + reg_idx].rm_eo = -1;
+	}
+
+      if (dfa->subexp_map)
+	for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx + 1 < nmatch; reg_idx++)
+	  if (dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] != reg_idx)
+	    {
+	      pmatch[reg_idx + 1].rm_so
+		= pmatch[dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] + 1].rm_so;
+	      pmatch[reg_idx + 1].rm_eo
+		= pmatch[dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] + 1].rm_eo;
+	    }
+    }
+
+ free_return:
+  re_free (mctx.state_log);
+  if (dfa->nbackref)
+    match_ctx_free (&mctx);
+  re_string_destruct (&mctx.input);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+prune_impossible_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx halt_node, match_last;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  re_dfastate_t **sifted_states;
+  re_dfastate_t **lim_states = NULL;
+  re_sift_context_t sctx;
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->state_log != NULL);
+  match_last = mctx->match_last;
+  halt_node = mctx->last_node;
+
+  /* Avoid overflow.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *))
+			<= match_last))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  sifted_states = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, match_last + 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (sifted_states == NULL))
+    {
+      ret = REG_ESPACE;
+      goto free_return;
+    }
+  if (dfa->nbackref)
+    {
+      lim_states = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, match_last + 1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (lim_states == NULL))
+	{
+	  ret = REG_ESPACE;
+	  goto free_return;
+	}
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  memset (lim_states, '\0',
+		  sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (match_last + 1));
+	  sift_ctx_init (&sctx, sifted_states, lim_states, halt_node,
+			 match_last);
+	  ret = sift_states_backward (mctx, &sctx);
+	  re_node_set_free (&sctx.limits);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+	      goto free_return;
+	  if (sifted_states[0] != NULL || lim_states[0] != NULL)
+	    break;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      --match_last;
+	      if (match_last < 0)
+		{
+		  ret = REG_NOMATCH;
+		  goto free_return;
+		}
+	    } while (mctx->state_log[match_last] == NULL
+		     || !mctx->state_log[match_last]->halt);
+	  halt_node = check_halt_state_context (mctx,
+						mctx->state_log[match_last],
+						match_last);
+	}
+      ret = merge_state_array (dfa, sifted_states, lim_states,
+			       match_last + 1);
+      re_free (lim_states);
+      lim_states = NULL;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+	goto free_return;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      sift_ctx_init (&sctx, sifted_states, lim_states, halt_node, match_last);
+      ret = sift_states_backward (mctx, &sctx);
+      re_node_set_free (&sctx.limits);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+	goto free_return;
+      if (sifted_states[0] == NULL)
+	{
+	  ret = REG_NOMATCH;
+	  goto free_return;
+	}
+    }
+  re_free (mctx->state_log);
+  mctx->state_log = sifted_states;
+  sifted_states = NULL;
+  mctx->last_node = halt_node;
+  mctx->match_last = match_last;
+  ret = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  re_free (sifted_states);
+  re_free (lim_states);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Acquire an initial state and return it.
+   We must select appropriate initial state depending on the context,
+   since initial states may have constraints like "\<", "^", etc..  */
+
+static __always_inline re_dfastate_t *
+acquire_init_state_context (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			    Idx idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  if (dfa->init_state->has_constraint)
+    {
+      unsigned int context;
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+      if (IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context))
+	return dfa->init_state_word;
+      else if (IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT (context))
+	return dfa->init_state;
+      else if (IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context) && IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))
+	return dfa->init_state_begbuf;
+      else if (IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))
+	return dfa->init_state_nl;
+      else if (IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context))
+	{
+	  /* It is relatively rare case, then calculate on demand.  */
+	  return re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa,
+					   dfa->init_state->entrance_nodes,
+					   context);
+	}
+      else
+	/* Must not happen?  */
+	return dfa->init_state;
+    }
+  else
+    return dfa->init_state;
+}
+
+/* Check whether the regular expression match input string INPUT or not,
+   and return the index where the matching end.  Return -1 if
+   there is no match, and return -2 in case of an error.
+   FL_LONGEST_MATCH means we want the POSIX longest matching.
+   If P_MATCH_FIRST is not NULL, and the match fails, it is set to the
+   next place where we may want to try matching.
+   Note that the matcher assumes that the matching starts from the current
+   index of the buffer.  */
+
+static Idx
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_matching (re_match_context_t *mctx, bool fl_longest_match,
+		Idx *p_match_first)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx match = 0;
+  Idx match_last = -1;
+  Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+  bool at_init_state = p_match_first != NULL;
+  Idx next_start_idx = cur_str_idx;
+
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+  cur_state = acquire_init_state_context (&err, mctx, cur_str_idx);
+  /* An initial state must not be NULL (invalid).  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_state == NULL))
+    {
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (err == REG_ESPACE);
+      return -2;
+    }
+
+  if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] = cur_state;
+
+      /* Check OP_OPEN_SUBEXP in the initial state in case that we use them
+	 later.  E.g. Processing back references.  */
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->nbackref))
+	{
+	  at_init_state = false;
+	  err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, &cur_state->nodes, 0);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+
+	  if (cur_state->has_backref)
+	    {
+	      err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, &cur_state->nodes);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		return err;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If the RE accepts NULL string.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_state->halt))
+    {
+      if (!cur_state->has_constraint
+	  || check_halt_state_context (mctx, cur_state, cur_str_idx))
+	{
+	  if (!fl_longest_match)
+	    return cur_str_idx;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      match_last = cur_str_idx;
+	      match = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  while (!re_string_eoi (&mctx->input))
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *old_state = cur_state;
+      Idx next_char_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) + 1;
+
+      if ((__glibc_unlikely (next_char_idx >= mctx->input.bufs_len)
+	   && mctx->input.bufs_len < mctx->input.len)
+	  || (__glibc_unlikely (next_char_idx >= mctx->input.valid_len)
+	      && mctx->input.valid_len < mctx->input.len))
+	{
+	  err = extend_buffers (mctx, next_char_idx + 1);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      DEBUG_ASSERT (err == REG_ESPACE);
+	      return -2;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      cur_state = transit_state (&err, mctx, cur_state);
+      if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+	cur_state = merge_state_with_log (&err, mctx, cur_state);
+
+      if (cur_state == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Reached the invalid state or an error.  Try to recover a valid
+	     state using the state log, if available and if we have not
+	     already found a valid (even if not the longest) match.  */
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return -2;
+
+	  if (mctx->state_log == NULL
+	      || (match && !fl_longest_match)
+	      || (cur_state = find_recover_state (&err, mctx)) == NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (at_init_state))
+	{
+	  if (old_state == cur_state)
+	    next_start_idx = next_char_idx;
+	  else
+	    at_init_state = false;
+	}
+
+      if (cur_state->halt)
+	{
+	  /* Reached a halt state.
+	     Check the halt state can satisfy the current context.  */
+	  if (!cur_state->has_constraint
+	      || check_halt_state_context (mctx, cur_state,
+					   re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input)))
+	    {
+	      /* We found an appropriate halt state.  */
+	      match_last = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+	      match = 1;
+
+	      /* We found a match, do not modify match_first below.  */
+	      p_match_first = NULL;
+	      if (!fl_longest_match)
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (p_match_first)
+    *p_match_first += next_start_idx;
+
+  return match_last;
+}
+
+/* Check NODE match the current context.  */
+
+static bool
+check_halt_node_context (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+  unsigned int constraint = dfa->nodes[node].constraint;
+  if (type != END_OF_RE)
+    return false;
+  if (!constraint)
+    return true;
+  if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (constraint, context))
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Check the halt state STATE match the current context.
+   Return 0 if not match, if the node, STATE has, is a halt node and
+   match the context, return the node.  */
+
+static Idx
+check_halt_state_context (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			  const re_dfastate_t *state, Idx idx)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  unsigned int context;
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (state->halt);
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx, mctx->eflags);
+  for (i = 0; i < state->nodes.nelem; ++i)
+    if (check_halt_node_context (mctx->dfa, state->nodes.elems[i], context))
+      return state->nodes.elems[i];
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compute the next node to which "NFA" transit from NODE("NFA" is a NFA
+   corresponding to the DFA).
+   Return the destination node, and update EPS_VIA_NODES;
+   return -1 on match failure, -2 on error.  */
+
+static Idx
+proceed_next_node (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx nregs, regmatch_t *regs,
+		   regmatch_t *prevregs,
+		   Idx *pidx, Idx node, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes,
+		   struct re_fail_stack_t *fs)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  if (IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[node].type))
+    {
+      re_node_set *cur_nodes = &mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes;
+      re_node_set *edests = &dfa->edests[node];
+
+      if (! re_node_set_contains (eps_via_nodes, node))
+        {
+          bool ok = re_node_set_insert (eps_via_nodes, node);
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+            return -2;
+        }
+
+      /* Pick a valid destination, or return -1 if none is found.  */
+      Idx dest_node = -1;
+      for (Idx i = 0; i < edests->nelem; i++)
+	{
+	  Idx candidate = edests->elems[i];
+	  if (!re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, candidate))
+	    continue;
+          if (dest_node == -1)
+	    dest_node = candidate;
+
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* In order to avoid infinite loop like "(a*)*", return the second
+		 epsilon-transition if the first was already considered.  */
+	      if (re_node_set_contains (eps_via_nodes, dest_node))
+		return candidate;
+
+	      /* Otherwise, push the second epsilon-transition on the fail stack.  */
+	      else if (fs != NULL
+		       && push_fail_stack (fs, *pidx, candidate, nregs, regs,
+					   prevregs, eps_via_nodes))
+		return -2;
+
+	      /* We know we are going to exit.  */
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      return dest_node;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      Idx naccepted = 0;
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[node].accept_mb)
+	naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, node, &mctx->input, *pidx);
+      else if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	{
+	  Idx subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx + 1;
+	  if (subexp_idx < nregs)
+	    naccepted = regs[subexp_idx].rm_eo - regs[subexp_idx].rm_so;
+	  if (fs != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (subexp_idx >= nregs
+		  || regs[subexp_idx].rm_so == -1
+		  || regs[subexp_idx].rm_eo == -1)
+		return -1;
+	      else if (naccepted)
+		{
+		  char *buf = (char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+		  if (mctx->input.valid_len - *pidx < naccepted
+		      || (memcmp (buf + regs[subexp_idx].rm_so, buf + *pidx,
+				  naccepted)
+			  != 0))
+		    return -1;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (naccepted == 0)
+	    {
+	      Idx dest_node;
+	      bool ok = re_node_set_insert (eps_via_nodes, node);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+		return -2;
+	      dest_node = dfa->edests[node].elems[0];
+	      if (re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes,
+					dest_node))
+		return dest_node;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (naccepted != 0
+	  || check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + node, *pidx))
+	{
+	  Idx dest_node = dfa->nexts[node];
+	  *pidx = (naccepted == 0) ? *pidx + 1 : *pidx + naccepted;
+	  if (fs && (*pidx > mctx->match_last || mctx->state_log[*pidx] == NULL
+		     || !re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes,
+					       dest_node)))
+	    return -1;
+	  re_node_set_empty (eps_via_nodes);
+	  return dest_node;
+	}
+    }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+push_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, Idx str_idx, Idx dest_node,
+		 Idx nregs, regmatch_t *regs, regmatch_t *prevregs,
+		 re_node_set *eps_via_nodes)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx num = fs->num;
+  if (num == fs->alloc)
+    {
+      struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *new_array;
+      new_array = re_realloc (fs->stack, struct re_fail_stack_ent_t,
+                              fs->alloc * 2);
+      if (new_array == NULL)
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      fs->alloc *= 2;
+      fs->stack = new_array;
+    }
+  fs->stack[num].idx = str_idx;
+  fs->stack[num].node = dest_node;
+  fs->stack[num].regs = re_malloc (regmatch_t, 2 * nregs);
+  if (fs->stack[num].regs == NULL)
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  fs->num = num + 1;
+  memcpy (fs->stack[num].regs, regs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  memcpy (fs->stack[num].regs + nregs, prevregs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&fs->stack[num].eps_via_nodes, eps_via_nodes);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static Idx
+pop_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, Idx *pidx, Idx nregs,
+		regmatch_t *regs, regmatch_t *prevregs,
+		re_node_set *eps_via_nodes)
+{
+  if (fs == NULL || fs->num == 0)
+    return -1;
+  Idx num = --fs->num;
+  *pidx = fs->stack[num].idx;
+  memcpy (regs, fs->stack[num].regs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  memcpy (prevregs, fs->stack[num].regs + nregs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  re_node_set_free (eps_via_nodes);
+  re_free (fs->stack[num].regs);
+  *eps_via_nodes = fs->stack[num].eps_via_nodes;
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (0 <= fs->stack[num].node);
+  return fs->stack[num].node;
+}
+
+
+#define DYNARRAY_STRUCT  regmatch_list
+#define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT regmatch_t
+#define DYNARRAY_PREFIX  regmatch_list_
+#include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
+
+/* Set the positions where the subexpressions are starts/ends to registers
+   PMATCH.
+   Note: We assume that pmatch[0] is already set, and
+   pmatch[i].rm_so == pmatch[i].rm_eo == -1 for 0 < i < nmatch.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+set_regs (const regex_t *preg, const re_match_context_t *mctx, size_t nmatch,
+	  regmatch_t *pmatch, bool fl_backtrack)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  Idx idx, cur_node;
+  re_node_set eps_via_nodes;
+  struct re_fail_stack_t *fs;
+  struct re_fail_stack_t fs_body = { 0, 2, NULL };
+  struct regmatch_list prev_match;
+  regmatch_list_init (&prev_match);
+
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (nmatch > 1);
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->state_log != NULL);
+  if (fl_backtrack)
+    {
+      fs = &fs_body;
+      fs->stack = re_malloc (struct re_fail_stack_ent_t, fs->alloc);
+      if (fs->stack == NULL)
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  else
+    fs = NULL;
+
+  cur_node = dfa->init_node;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&eps_via_nodes);
+
+  if (!regmatch_list_resize (&prev_match, nmatch))
+    {
+      regmatch_list_free (&prev_match);
+      free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+      return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  regmatch_t *prev_idx_match = regmatch_list_begin (&prev_match);
+  memcpy (prev_idx_match, pmatch, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+
+  for (idx = pmatch[0].rm_so; idx <= pmatch[0].rm_eo ;)
+    {
+      update_regs (dfa, pmatch, prev_idx_match, cur_node, idx, nmatch);
+
+      if ((idx == pmatch[0].rm_eo && cur_node == mctx->last_node)
+	  || (fs && re_node_set_contains (&eps_via_nodes, cur_node)))
+	{
+	  Idx reg_idx;
+	  cur_node = -1;
+	  if (fs)
+	    {
+	      for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+		if (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so > -1 && pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo == -1)
+		  {
+		    cur_node = pop_fail_stack (fs, &idx, nmatch, pmatch,
+					       prev_idx_match, &eps_via_nodes);
+		    break;
+		  }
+	    }
+	  if (cur_node < 0)
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+	      regmatch_list_free (&prev_match);
+	      return free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Proceed to next node.  */
+      cur_node = proceed_next_node (mctx, nmatch, pmatch, prev_idx_match,
+				    &idx, cur_node,
+				    &eps_via_nodes, fs);
+
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_node < 0))
+	{
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_node == -2))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+	      regmatch_list_free (&prev_match);
+	      free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+	      return REG_ESPACE;
+	    }
+	  cur_node = pop_fail_stack (fs, &idx, nmatch, pmatch,
+				     prev_idx_match, &eps_via_nodes);
+	  if (cur_node < 0)
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+	      regmatch_list_free (&prev_match);
+	      free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+	      return REG_NOMATCH;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+  regmatch_list_free (&prev_match);
+  return free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+free_fail_stack_return (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs)
+{
+  if (fs)
+    {
+      Idx fs_idx;
+      for (fs_idx = 0; fs_idx < fs->num; ++fs_idx)
+	{
+	  re_node_set_free (&fs->stack[fs_idx].eps_via_nodes);
+	  re_free (fs->stack[fs_idx].regs);
+	}
+      re_free (fs->stack);
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static void
+update_regs (const re_dfa_t *dfa, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+	     regmatch_t *prev_idx_match, Idx cur_node, Idx cur_idx, Idx nmatch)
+{
+  int type = dfa->nodes[cur_node].type;
+  if (type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP)
+    {
+      Idx reg_num = dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx + 1;
+
+      /* We are at the first node of this sub expression.  */
+      if (reg_num < nmatch)
+	{
+	  pmatch[reg_num].rm_so = cur_idx;
+	  pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = -1;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+    {
+      /* We are at the last node of this sub expression.  */
+      Idx reg_num = dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx + 1;
+      if (reg_num < nmatch)
+	{
+	  if (pmatch[reg_num].rm_so < cur_idx)
+	    {
+	      pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = cur_idx;
+	      /* This is a non-empty match or we are not inside an optional
+		 subexpression.  Accept this right away.  */
+	      memcpy (prev_idx_match, pmatch, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].opt_subexp
+		  && prev_idx_match[reg_num].rm_so != -1)
+		/* We transited through an empty match for an optional
+		   subexpression, like (a?)*, and this is not the subexp's
+		   first match.  Copy back the old content of the registers
+		   so that matches of an inner subexpression are undone as
+		   well, like in ((a?))*.  */
+		memcpy (pmatch, prev_idx_match, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+	      else
+		/* We completed a subexpression, but it may be part of
+		   an optional one, so do not update PREV_IDX_MATCH.  */
+		pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = cur_idx;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* This function checks the STATE_LOG from the SCTX->last_str_idx to 0
+   and sift the nodes in each states according to the following rules.
+   Updated state_log will be wrote to STATE_LOG.
+
+   Rules: We throw away the Node 'a' in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX] if...
+     1. When STR_IDX == MATCH_LAST(the last index in the state_log):
+	If 'a' isn't the LAST_NODE and 'a' can't epsilon transit to
+	the LAST_NODE, we throw away the node 'a'.
+     2. When 0 <= STR_IDX < MATCH_LAST and 'a' accepts
+	string 's' and transit to 'b':
+	i. If 'b' isn't in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX+strlen('s')], we throw
+	   away the node 'a'.
+	ii. If 'b' is in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX+strlen('s')] but 'b' is
+	    thrown away, we throw away the node 'a'.
+     3. When 0 <= STR_IDX < MATCH_LAST and 'a' epsilon transit to 'b':
+	i. If 'b' isn't in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX], we throw away the
+	   node 'a'.
+	ii. If 'b' is in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX] but 'b' is thrown away,
+	    we throw away the node 'a'.  */
+
+#define STATE_NODE_CONTAINS(state,node) \
+  ((state) != NULL && re_node_set_contains (&(state)->nodes, node))
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+sift_states_backward (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  int null_cnt = 0;
+  Idx str_idx = sctx->last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set cur_dest;
+
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->state_log != NULL && mctx->state_log[str_idx] != NULL);
+
+  /* Build sifted state_log[str_idx].  It has the nodes which can epsilon
+     transit to the last_node and the last_node itself.  */
+  err = re_node_set_init_1 (&cur_dest, sctx->last_node);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+  err = update_cur_sifted_state (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    goto free_return;
+
+  /* Then check each states in the state_log.  */
+  while (str_idx > 0)
+    {
+      /* Update counters.  */
+      null_cnt = (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] == NULL) ? null_cnt + 1 : 0;
+      if (null_cnt > mctx->max_mb_elem_len)
+	{
+	  memset (sctx->sifted_states, '\0',
+		  sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * str_idx);
+	  re_node_set_free (&cur_dest);
+	  return REG_NOERROR;
+	}
+      re_node_set_empty (&cur_dest);
+      --str_idx;
+
+      if (mctx->state_log[str_idx])
+	{
+	  err = build_sifted_states (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    goto free_return;
+	}
+
+      /* Add all the nodes which satisfy the following conditions:
+	 - It can epsilon transit to a node in CUR_DEST.
+	 - It is in CUR_SRC.
+	 And update state_log.  */
+      err = update_cur_sifted_state (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	goto free_return;
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  re_node_set_free (&cur_dest);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+build_sifted_states (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+		     Idx str_idx, re_node_set *cur_dest)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  const re_node_set *cur_src = &mctx->state_log[str_idx]->non_eps_nodes;
+  Idx i;
+
+  /* Then build the next sifted state.
+     We build the next sifted state on 'cur_dest', and update
+     'sifted_states[str_idx]' with 'cur_dest'.
+     Note:
+     'cur_dest' is the sifted state from 'state_log[str_idx + 1]'.
+     'cur_src' points the node_set of the old 'state_log[str_idx]'
+     (with the epsilon nodes pre-filtered out).  */
+  for (i = 0; i < cur_src->nelem; i++)
+    {
+      Idx prev_node = cur_src->elems[i];
+      int naccepted = 0;
+      bool ok;
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[prev_node].type));
+
+      /* If the node may accept "multi byte".  */
+      if (dfa->nodes[prev_node].accept_mb)
+	naccepted = sift_states_iter_mb (mctx, sctx, prev_node,
+					 str_idx, sctx->last_str_idx);
+
+      /* We don't check backreferences here.
+	 See update_cur_sifted_state().  */
+      if (!naccepted
+	  && check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + prev_node, str_idx)
+	  && STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx + 1],
+				  dfa->nexts[prev_node]))
+	naccepted = 1;
+
+      if (naccepted == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      if (sctx->limits.nelem)
+	{
+	  Idx to_idx = str_idx + naccepted;
+	  if (check_dst_limits (mctx, &sctx->limits,
+				dfa->nexts[prev_node], to_idx,
+				prev_node, str_idx))
+	    continue;
+	}
+      ok = re_node_set_insert (cur_dest, prev_node);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+clean_state_log_if_needed (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx next_state_log_idx)
+{
+  Idx top = mctx->state_log_top;
+
+  if ((next_state_log_idx >= mctx->input.bufs_len
+       && mctx->input.bufs_len < mctx->input.len)
+      || (next_state_log_idx >= mctx->input.valid_len
+	  && mctx->input.valid_len < mctx->input.len))
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      err = extend_buffers (mctx, next_state_log_idx + 1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return err;
+    }
+
+  if (top < next_state_log_idx)
+    {
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->state_log != NULL);
+      memset (mctx->state_log + top + 1, '\0',
+	      sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (next_state_log_idx - top));
+      mctx->state_log_top = next_state_log_idx;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+merge_state_array (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t **dst,
+		   re_dfastate_t **src, Idx num)
+{
+  Idx st_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  for (st_idx = 0; st_idx < num; ++st_idx)
+    {
+      if (dst[st_idx] == NULL)
+	dst[st_idx] = src[st_idx];
+      else if (src[st_idx] != NULL)
+	{
+	  re_node_set merged_set;
+	  err = re_node_set_init_union (&merged_set, &dst[st_idx]->nodes,
+					&src[st_idx]->nodes);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+	  dst[st_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, &merged_set);
+	  re_node_set_free (&merged_set);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+update_cur_sifted_state (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			 re_sift_context_t *sctx, Idx str_idx,
+			 re_node_set *dest_nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  const re_node_set *candidates;
+  candidates = ((mctx->state_log[str_idx] == NULL) ? NULL
+		: &mctx->state_log[str_idx]->nodes);
+
+  if (dest_nodes->nelem == 0)
+    sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      if (candidates)
+	{
+	  /* At first, add the nodes which can epsilon transit to a node in
+	     DEST_NODE.  */
+	  err = add_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, dest_nodes, candidates);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+
+	  /* Then, check the limitations in the current sift_context.  */
+	  if (sctx->limits.nelem)
+	    {
+	      err = check_subexp_limits (dfa, dest_nodes, candidates, &sctx->limits,
+					 mctx->bkref_ents, str_idx);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		return err;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, dest_nodes);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return err;
+    }
+
+  if (candidates && mctx->state_log[str_idx]->has_backref)
+    {
+      err = sift_states_bkref (mctx, sctx, str_idx, candidates);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return err;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+add_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+		       const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  Idx i;
+
+  re_dfastate_t *state = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, dest_nodes);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+
+  if (!state->inveclosure.alloc)
+    {
+      err = re_node_set_alloc (&state->inveclosure, dest_nodes->nelem);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      for (i = 0; i < dest_nodes->nelem; i++)
+	{
+	  err = re_node_set_merge (&state->inveclosure,
+				   dfa->inveclosures + dest_nodes->elems[i]);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+    }
+  return re_node_set_add_intersect (dest_nodes, candidates,
+				    &state->inveclosure);
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+sub_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+		       const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+    Idx ecl_idx;
+    reg_errcode_t err;
+    re_node_set *inv_eclosure = dfa->inveclosures + node;
+    re_node_set except_nodes;
+    re_node_set_init_empty (&except_nodes);
+    for (ecl_idx = 0; ecl_idx < inv_eclosure->nelem; ++ecl_idx)
+      {
+	Idx cur_node = inv_eclosure->elems[ecl_idx];
+	if (cur_node == node)
+	  continue;
+	if (IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type))
+	  {
+	    Idx edst1 = dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[0];
+	    Idx edst2 = ((dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem > 1)
+			 ? dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[1] : -1);
+	    if ((!re_node_set_contains (inv_eclosure, edst1)
+		 && re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, edst1))
+		|| (edst2 > 0
+		    && !re_node_set_contains (inv_eclosure, edst2)
+		    && re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, edst2)))
+	      {
+		err = re_node_set_add_intersect (&except_nodes, candidates,
+						 dfa->inveclosures + cur_node);
+		if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		  {
+		    re_node_set_free (&except_nodes);
+		    return err;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+    for (ecl_idx = 0; ecl_idx < inv_eclosure->nelem; ++ecl_idx)
+      {
+	Idx cur_node = inv_eclosure->elems[ecl_idx];
+	if (!re_node_set_contains (&except_nodes, cur_node))
+	  {
+	    Idx idx = re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, cur_node) - 1;
+	    re_node_set_remove_at (dest_nodes, idx);
+	  }
+      }
+    re_node_set_free (&except_nodes);
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static bool
+check_dst_limits (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_node_set *limits,
+		  Idx dst_node, Idx dst_idx, Idx src_node, Idx src_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx lim_idx, src_pos, dst_pos;
+
+  Idx dst_bkref_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, dst_idx);
+  Idx src_bkref_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, src_idx);
+  for (lim_idx = 0; lim_idx < limits->nelem; ++lim_idx)
+    {
+      Idx subexp_idx;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+      ent = mctx->bkref_ents + limits->elems[lim_idx];
+      subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[ent->node].opr.idx;
+
+      dst_pos = check_dst_limits_calc_pos (mctx, limits->elems[lim_idx],
+					   subexp_idx, dst_node, dst_idx,
+					   dst_bkref_idx);
+      src_pos = check_dst_limits_calc_pos (mctx, limits->elems[lim_idx],
+					   subexp_idx, src_node, src_idx,
+					   src_bkref_idx);
+
+      /* In case of:
+	 <src> <dst> ( <subexp> )
+	 ( <subexp> ) <src> <dst>
+	 ( <subexp1> <src> <subexp2> <dst> <subexp3> )  */
+      if (src_pos == dst_pos)
+	continue; /* This is unrelated limitation.  */
+      else
+	return true;
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+static int
+check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (const re_match_context_t *mctx, int boundaries,
+			     Idx subexp_idx, Idx from_node, Idx bkref_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  const re_node_set *eclosures = dfa->eclosures + from_node;
+  Idx node_idx;
+
+  /* Else, we are on the boundary: examine the nodes on the epsilon
+     closure.  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < eclosures->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx node = eclosures->elems[node_idx];
+      switch (dfa->nodes[node].type)
+	{
+	case OP_BACK_REF:
+	  if (bkref_idx != -1)
+	    {
+	      struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent = mctx->bkref_ents + bkref_idx;
+	      do
+		{
+		  Idx dst;
+		  int cpos;
+
+		  if (ent->node != node)
+		    continue;
+
+		  if (subexp_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS
+		      && !(ent->eps_reachable_subexps_map
+			   & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << subexp_idx)))
+		    continue;
+
+		  /* Recurse trying to reach the OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and
+		     OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP cases below.  But, if the
+		     destination node is the same node as the source
+		     node, don't recurse because it would cause an
+		     infinite loop: a regex that exhibits this behavior
+		     is ()\1*\1*  */
+		  dst = dfa->edests[node].elems[0];
+		  if (dst == from_node)
+		    {
+		      if (boundaries & 1)
+			return -1;
+		      else /* if (boundaries & 2) */
+			return 0;
+		    }
+
+		  cpos =
+		    check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (mctx, boundaries, subexp_idx,
+						 dst, bkref_idx);
+		  if (cpos == -1 /* && (boundaries & 1) */)
+		    return -1;
+		  if (cpos == 0 && (boundaries & 2))
+		    return 0;
+
+		  if (subexp_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+		    ent->eps_reachable_subexps_map
+		      &= ~((bitset_word_t) 1 << subexp_idx);
+		}
+	      while (ent++->more);
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+	  if ((boundaries & 1) && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+	    return -1;
+	  break;
+
+	case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+	  if ((boundaries & 2) && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+	    return 0;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (boundaries & 2) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+static int
+check_dst_limits_calc_pos (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx limit,
+			   Idx subexp_idx, Idx from_node, Idx str_idx,
+			   Idx bkref_idx)
+{
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *lim = mctx->bkref_ents + limit;
+  int boundaries;
+
+  /* If we are outside the range of the subexpression, return -1 or 1.  */
+  if (str_idx < lim->subexp_from)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (lim->subexp_to < str_idx)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* If we are within the subexpression, return 0.  */
+  boundaries = (str_idx == lim->subexp_from);
+  boundaries |= (str_idx == lim->subexp_to) << 1;
+  if (boundaries == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Else, examine epsilon closure.  */
+  return check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (mctx, boundaries, subexp_idx,
+				      from_node, bkref_idx);
+}
+
+/* Check the limitations of sub expressions LIMITS, and remove the nodes
+   which are against limitations from DEST_NODES. */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+check_subexp_limits (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+		     const re_node_set *candidates, re_node_set *limits,
+		     struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx node_idx, lim_idx;
+
+  for (lim_idx = 0; lim_idx < limits->nelem; ++lim_idx)
+    {
+      Idx subexp_idx;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+      ent = bkref_ents + limits->elems[lim_idx];
+
+      if (str_idx <= ent->subexp_from || ent->str_idx < str_idx)
+	continue; /* This is unrelated limitation.  */
+
+      subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[ent->node].opr.idx;
+      if (ent->subexp_to == str_idx)
+	{
+	  Idx ops_node = -1;
+	  Idx cls_node = -1;
+	  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+	    {
+	      Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+	      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+	      if (type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP
+		  && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+		ops_node = node;
+	      else if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP
+		       && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+		cls_node = node;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Check the limitation of the open subexpression.  */
+	  /* Note that (ent->subexp_to = str_idx != ent->subexp_from).  */
+	  if (ops_node >= 0)
+	    {
+	      err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, ops_node, dest_nodes,
+					   candidates);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		return err;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Check the limitation of the close subexpression.  */
+	  if (cls_node >= 0)
+	    for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+	      {
+		Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+		if (!re_node_set_contains (dfa->inveclosures + node,
+					   cls_node)
+		    && !re_node_set_contains (dfa->eclosures + node,
+					      cls_node))
+		  {
+		    /* It is against this limitation.
+		       Remove it form the current sifted state.  */
+		    err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, node, dest_nodes,
+						 candidates);
+		    if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		      return err;
+		    --node_idx;
+		  }
+	      }
+	}
+      else /* (ent->subexp_to != str_idx)  */
+	{
+	  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+	    {
+	      Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+	      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+	      if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP || type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP)
+		{
+		  if (subexp_idx != dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+		    continue;
+		  /* It is against this limitation.
+		     Remove it form the current sifted state.  */
+		  err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, node, dest_nodes,
+					       candidates);
+		  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		    return err;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+sift_states_bkref (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+		   Idx str_idx, const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx node_idx, node;
+  re_sift_context_t local_sctx;
+  Idx first_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, str_idx);
+
+  if (first_idx == -1)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  local_sctx.sifted_states = NULL; /* Mark that it hasn't been initialized.  */
+
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < candidates->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx enabled_idx;
+      re_token_type_t type;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *entry;
+      node = candidates->elems[node_idx];
+      type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+      /* Avoid infinite loop for the REs like "()\1+".  */
+      if (node == sctx->last_node && str_idx == sctx->last_str_idx)
+	continue;
+      if (type != OP_BACK_REF)
+	continue;
+
+      entry = mctx->bkref_ents + first_idx;
+      enabled_idx = first_idx;
+      do
+	{
+	  Idx subexp_len;
+	  Idx to_idx;
+	  Idx dst_node;
+	  bool ok;
+	  re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+
+	  if (entry->node != node)
+	    continue;
+	  subexp_len = entry->subexp_to - entry->subexp_from;
+	  to_idx = str_idx + subexp_len;
+	  dst_node = (subexp_len ? dfa->nexts[node]
+		      : dfa->edests[node].elems[0]);
+
+	  if (to_idx > sctx->last_str_idx
+	      || sctx->sifted_states[to_idx] == NULL
+	      || !STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[to_idx], dst_node)
+	      || check_dst_limits (mctx, &sctx->limits, node,
+				   str_idx, dst_node, to_idx))
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (local_sctx.sifted_states == NULL)
+	    {
+	      local_sctx = *sctx;
+	      err = re_node_set_init_copy (&local_sctx.limits, &sctx->limits);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  local_sctx.last_node = node;
+	  local_sctx.last_str_idx = str_idx;
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (&local_sctx.limits, enabled_idx);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+	    {
+	      err = REG_ESPACE;
+	      goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  cur_state = local_sctx.sifted_states[str_idx];
+	  err = sift_states_backward (mctx, &local_sctx);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    goto free_return;
+	  if (sctx->limited_states != NULL)
+	    {
+	      err = merge_state_array (dfa, sctx->limited_states,
+				       local_sctx.sifted_states,
+				       str_idx + 1);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  local_sctx.sifted_states[str_idx] = cur_state;
+	  re_node_set_remove (&local_sctx.limits, enabled_idx);
+
+	  /* mctx->bkref_ents may have changed, reload the pointer.  */
+	  entry = mctx->bkref_ents + enabled_idx;
+	}
+      while (enabled_idx++, entry++->more);
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  if (local_sctx.sifted_states != NULL)
+    {
+      re_node_set_free (&local_sctx.limits);
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+static int
+sift_states_iter_mb (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+		     Idx node_idx, Idx str_idx, Idx max_str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  int naccepted;
+  /* Check the node can accept "multi byte".  */
+  naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, node_idx, &mctx->input, str_idx);
+  if (naccepted > 0 && str_idx + naccepted <= max_str_idx
+      && !STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx + naccepted],
+			       dfa->nexts[node_idx]))
+    /* The node can't accept the "multi byte", or the
+       destination was already thrown away, then the node
+       couldn't accept the current input "multi byte".   */
+    naccepted = 0;
+  /* Otherwise, it is sure that the node could accept
+     'naccepted' bytes input.  */
+  return naccepted;
+}
+
+/* Functions for state transition.  */
+
+/* Return the next state to which the current state STATE will transit by
+   accepting the current input byte, and update STATE_LOG if necessary.
+   Return NULL on failure.
+   If STATE can accept a multibyte char/collating element/back reference
+   update the destination of STATE_LOG.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+transit_state (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+	       re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  re_dfastate_t **trtable;
+  unsigned char ch;
+
+  /* If the current state can accept multibyte.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (state->accept_mb))
+    {
+      *err = transit_state_mb (mctx, state);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Then decide the next state with the single byte.  */
+#if 0
+  if (0)
+    /* don't use transition table  */
+    return transit_state_sb (err, mctx, state);
+#endif
+
+  /* Use transition table  */
+  ch = re_string_fetch_byte (&mctx->input);
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      trtable = state->trtable;
+      if (__glibc_likely (trtable != NULL))
+	return trtable[ch];
+
+      trtable = state->word_trtable;
+      if (__glibc_likely (trtable != NULL))
+	{
+	  unsigned int context;
+	  context
+	    = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+				    re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) - 1,
+				    mctx->eflags);
+	  if (IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context))
+	    return trtable[ch + SBC_MAX];
+	  else
+	    return trtable[ch];
+	}
+
+      if (!build_trtable (mctx->dfa, state))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+
+      /* Retry, we now have a transition table.  */
+    }
+}
+
+/* Update the state_log if we need */
+static re_dfastate_t *
+merge_state_with_log (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+		      re_dfastate_t *next_state)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx cur_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+  if (cur_idx > mctx->state_log_top)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_idx] = next_state;
+      mctx->state_log_top = cur_idx;
+    }
+  else if (mctx->state_log[cur_idx] == 0)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_idx] = next_state;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *pstate;
+      unsigned int context;
+      re_node_set next_nodes, *log_nodes, *table_nodes = NULL;
+      /* If (state_log[cur_idx] != 0), it implies that cur_idx is
+	 the destination of a multibyte char/collating element/
+	 back reference.  Then the next state is the union set of
+	 these destinations and the results of the transition table.  */
+      pstate = mctx->state_log[cur_idx];
+      log_nodes = pstate->entrance_nodes;
+      if (next_state != NULL)
+	{
+	  table_nodes = next_state->entrance_nodes;
+	  *err = re_node_set_init_union (&next_nodes, table_nodes,
+					     log_nodes);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+      else
+	next_nodes = *log_nodes;
+      /* Note: We already add the nodes of the initial state,
+	 then we don't need to add them here.  */
+
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+				      re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) - 1,
+				      mctx->eflags);
+      next_state = mctx->state_log[cur_idx]
+	= re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      /* We don't need to check errors here, since the return value of
+	 this function is next_state and ERR is already set.  */
+
+      if (table_nodes != NULL)
+	re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+    }
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (dfa->nbackref) && next_state != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Check OP_OPEN_SUBEXP in the current state in case that we use them
+	 later.  We must check them here, since the back references in the
+	 next state might use them.  */
+      *err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, &next_state->nodes,
+					cur_idx);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return NULL;
+
+      /* If the next state has back references.  */
+      if (next_state->has_backref)
+	{
+	  *err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, &next_state->nodes);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return NULL;
+	  next_state = mctx->state_log[cur_idx];
+	}
+    }
+
+  return next_state;
+}
+
+/* Skip bytes in the input that correspond to part of a
+   multi-byte match, then look in the log for a state
+   from which to restart matching.  */
+static re_dfastate_t *
+find_recover_state (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+  do
+    {
+      Idx max = mctx->state_log_top;
+      Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+      do
+	{
+	  if (++cur_str_idx > max)
+	    return NULL;
+	  re_string_skip_bytes (&mctx->input, 1);
+	}
+      while (mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] == NULL);
+
+      cur_state = merge_state_with_log (err, mctx, NULL);
+    }
+  while (*err == REG_NOERROR && cur_state == NULL);
+  return cur_state;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for transit_state.  */
+
+/* From the node set CUR_NODES, pick up the nodes whose types are
+   OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and which have corresponding back references in the regular
+   expression. And register them to use them later for evaluating the
+   corresponding back references.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+check_subexp_matching_top (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+			   Idx str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx node_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+
+  /* TODO: This isn't efficient.
+	   Because there might be more than one nodes whose types are
+	   OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX, we must check all
+	   nodes.
+	   E.g. RE: (a){2}  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx node = cur_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+      if (dfa->nodes[node].type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP
+	  && dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS
+	  && (dfa->used_bkref_map
+	      & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)))
+	{
+	  err = match_ctx_add_subtop (mctx, node, str_idx);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Return the next state to which the current state STATE will transit by
+   accepting the current input byte.  Return NULL on failure.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+transit_state_sb (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+		  re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  re_node_set next_nodes;
+  re_dfastate_t *next_state;
+  Idx node_cnt, cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+  unsigned int context;
+
+  *err = re_node_set_alloc (&next_nodes, state->nodes.nelem + 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return NULL;
+  for (node_cnt = 0; node_cnt < state->nodes.nelem; ++node_cnt)
+    {
+      Idx cur_node = state->nodes.elems[node_cnt];
+      if (check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + cur_node, cur_str_idx))
+	{
+	  *err = re_node_set_merge (&next_nodes,
+				    dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[cur_node]);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (*err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, cur_str_idx, mctx->eflags);
+  next_state = re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+  /* We don't need to check errors here, since the return value of
+     this function is next_state and ERR is already set.  */
+
+  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+  re_string_skip_bytes (&mctx->input, 1);
+  return next_state;
+}
+#endif
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+transit_state_mb (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_dfastate_t *pstate)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < pstate->nodes.nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      re_node_set dest_nodes, *new_nodes;
+      Idx cur_node_idx = pstate->nodes.elems[i];
+      int naccepted;
+      Idx dest_idx;
+      unsigned int context;
+      re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+
+      if (!dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].accept_mb)
+	continue;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].constraint)
+	{
+	  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+					  re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input),
+					  mctx->eflags);
+	  if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].constraint,
+					   context))
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      /* How many bytes the node can accept?  */
+      naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, cur_node_idx, &mctx->input,
+					   re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input));
+      if (naccepted == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* The node can accepts 'naccepted' bytes.  */
+      dest_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) + naccepted;
+      mctx->max_mb_elem_len = ((mctx->max_mb_elem_len < naccepted) ? naccepted
+			       : mctx->max_mb_elem_len);
+      err = clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, dest_idx);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return err;
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (dfa->nexts[cur_node_idx] != -1);
+      new_nodes = dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[cur_node_idx];
+
+      dest_state = mctx->state_log[dest_idx];
+      if (dest_state == NULL)
+	dest_nodes = *new_nodes;
+      else
+	{
+	  err = re_node_set_init_union (&dest_nodes,
+					dest_state->entrance_nodes, new_nodes);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+	}
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, dest_idx - 1,
+				      mctx->eflags);
+      mctx->state_log[dest_idx]
+	= re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &dest_nodes, context);
+      if (dest_state != NULL)
+	re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->state_log[dest_idx] == NULL
+			    && err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return err;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+transit_state_bkref (re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_node_set *nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+  Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < nodes->nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      Idx dest_str_idx, prev_nelem, bkc_idx;
+      Idx node_idx = nodes->elems[i];
+      unsigned int context;
+      const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + node_idx;
+      re_node_set *new_dest_nodes;
+
+      /* Check whether 'node' is a backreference or not.  */
+      if (node->type != OP_BACK_REF)
+	continue;
+
+      if (node->constraint)
+	{
+	  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, cur_str_idx,
+					  mctx->eflags);
+	  if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (node->constraint, context))
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      /* 'node' is a backreference.
+	 Check the substring which the substring matched.  */
+      bkc_idx = mctx->nbkref_ents;
+      err = get_subexp (mctx, node_idx, cur_str_idx);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	goto free_return;
+
+      /* And add the epsilon closures (which is 'new_dest_nodes') of
+	 the backreference to appropriate state_log.  */
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (dfa->nexts[node_idx] != -1);
+      for (; bkc_idx < mctx->nbkref_ents; ++bkc_idx)
+	{
+	  Idx subexp_len;
+	  re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+	  struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ent;
+	  bkref_ent = mctx->bkref_ents + bkc_idx;
+	  if (bkref_ent->node != node_idx || bkref_ent->str_idx != cur_str_idx)
+	    continue;
+	  subexp_len = bkref_ent->subexp_to - bkref_ent->subexp_from;
+	  new_dest_nodes = (subexp_len == 0
+			    ? dfa->eclosures + dfa->edests[node_idx].elems[0]
+			    : dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[node_idx]);
+	  dest_str_idx = (cur_str_idx + bkref_ent->subexp_to
+			  - bkref_ent->subexp_from);
+	  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, dest_str_idx - 1,
+					  mctx->eflags);
+	  dest_state = mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx];
+	  prev_nelem = ((mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] == NULL) ? 0
+			: mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx]->nodes.nelem);
+	  /* Add 'new_dest_node' to state_log.  */
+	  if (dest_state == NULL)
+	    {
+	      mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx]
+		= re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, new_dest_nodes,
+					    context);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] == NULL
+				    && err != REG_NOERROR))
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      re_node_set dest_nodes;
+	      err = re_node_set_init_union (&dest_nodes,
+					    dest_state->entrance_nodes,
+					    new_dest_nodes);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		{
+		  re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+		  goto free_return;
+		}
+	      mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx]
+		= re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &dest_nodes, context);
+	      re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] == NULL
+				    && err != REG_NOERROR))
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  /* We need to check recursively if the backreference can epsilon
+	     transit.  */
+	  if (subexp_len == 0
+	      && mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx]->nodes.nelem > prev_nelem)
+	    {
+	      err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, new_dest_nodes,
+					       cur_str_idx);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		goto free_return;
+	      err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, new_dest_nodes);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Enumerate all the candidates which the backreference BKREF_NODE can match
+   at BKREF_STR_IDX, and register them by match_ctx_add_entry().
+   Note that we might collect inappropriate candidates here.
+   However, the cost of checking them strictly here is too high, then we
+   delay these checking for prune_impossible_nodes().  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+get_subexp (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx subexp_num, sub_top_idx;
+  const char *buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+  /* Return if we have already checked BKREF_NODE at BKREF_STR_IDX.  */
+  Idx cache_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, bkref_str_idx);
+  if (cache_idx != -1)
+    {
+      const struct re_backref_cache_entry *entry
+	= mctx->bkref_ents + cache_idx;
+      do
+	if (entry->node == bkref_node)
+	  return REG_NOERROR; /* We already checked it.  */
+      while (entry++->more);
+    }
+
+  subexp_num = dfa->nodes[bkref_node].opr.idx;
+
+  /* For each sub expression  */
+  for (sub_top_idx = 0; sub_top_idx < mctx->nsub_tops; ++sub_top_idx)
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top = mctx->sub_tops[sub_top_idx];
+      re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last;
+      Idx sub_last_idx, sl_str, bkref_str_off;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[sub_top->node].opr.idx != subexp_num)
+	continue; /* It isn't related.  */
+
+      sl_str = sub_top->str_idx;
+      bkref_str_off = bkref_str_idx;
+      /* At first, check the last node of sub expressions we already
+	 evaluated.  */
+      for (sub_last_idx = 0; sub_last_idx < sub_top->nlasts; ++sub_last_idx)
+	{
+	  regoff_t sl_str_diff;
+	  sub_last = sub_top->lasts[sub_last_idx];
+	  sl_str_diff = sub_last->str_idx - sl_str;
+	  /* The matched string by the sub expression match with the substring
+	     at the back reference?  */
+	  if (sl_str_diff > 0)
+	    {
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (bkref_str_off + sl_str_diff
+				    > mctx->input.valid_len))
+		{
+		  /* Not enough chars for a successful match.  */
+		  if (bkref_str_off + sl_str_diff > mctx->input.len)
+		    break;
+
+		  err = clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx,
+						   bkref_str_off
+						   + sl_str_diff);
+		  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		    return err;
+		  buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+		}
+	      if (memcmp (buf + bkref_str_off, buf + sl_str, sl_str_diff) != 0)
+		/* We don't need to search this sub expression any more.  */
+		break;
+	    }
+	  bkref_str_off += sl_str_diff;
+	  sl_str += sl_str_diff;
+	  err = get_subexp_sub (mctx, sub_top, sub_last, bkref_node,
+				bkref_str_idx);
+
+	  /* Reload buf, since the preceding call might have reallocated
+	     the buffer.  */
+	  buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+
+	  if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+	    continue;
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+	}
+
+      if (sub_last_idx < sub_top->nlasts)
+	continue;
+      if (sub_last_idx > 0)
+	++sl_str;
+      /* Then, search for the other last nodes of the sub expression.  */
+      for (; sl_str <= bkref_str_idx; ++sl_str)
+	{
+	  Idx cls_node;
+	  regoff_t sl_str_off;
+	  const re_node_set *nodes;
+	  sl_str_off = sl_str - sub_top->str_idx;
+	  /* The matched string by the sub expression match with the substring
+	     at the back reference?  */
+	  if (sl_str_off > 0)
+	    {
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (bkref_str_off >= mctx->input.valid_len))
+		{
+		  /* If we are at the end of the input, we cannot match.  */
+		  if (bkref_str_off >= mctx->input.len)
+		    break;
+
+		  err = extend_buffers (mctx, bkref_str_off + 1);
+		  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		    return err;
+
+		  buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+		}
+	      if (buf [bkref_str_off++] != buf[sl_str - 1])
+		break; /* We don't need to search this sub expression
+			  any more.  */
+	    }
+	  if (mctx->state_log[sl_str] == NULL)
+	    continue;
+	  /* Does this state have a ')' of the sub expression?  */
+	  nodes = &mctx->state_log[sl_str]->nodes;
+	  cls_node = find_subexp_node (dfa, nodes, subexp_num,
+				       OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+	  if (cls_node == -1)
+	    continue; /* No.  */
+	  if (sub_top->path == NULL)
+	    {
+	      sub_top->path = calloc (sizeof (state_array_t),
+				      sl_str - sub_top->str_idx + 1);
+	      if (sub_top->path == NULL)
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	    }
+	  /* Can the OP_OPEN_SUBEXP node arrive the OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP node
+	     in the current context?  */
+	  err = check_arrival (mctx, sub_top->path, sub_top->node,
+			       sub_top->str_idx, cls_node, sl_str,
+			       OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+	  if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+	      continue;
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	      return err;
+	  sub_last = match_ctx_add_sublast (sub_top, cls_node, sl_str);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (sub_last == NULL))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  err = get_subexp_sub (mctx, sub_top, sub_last, bkref_node,
+				bkref_str_idx);
+	  buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+	  if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+	    continue;
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for get_subexp().  */
+
+/* Check SUB_LAST can arrive to the back reference BKREF_NODE at BKREF_STR.
+   If it can arrive, register the sub expression expressed with SUB_TOP
+   and SUB_LAST.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+get_subexp_sub (re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top,
+		re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last, Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx to_idx;
+  /* Can the subexpression arrive the back reference?  */
+  err = check_arrival (mctx, &sub_last->path, sub_last->node,
+		       sub_last->str_idx, bkref_node, bkref_str,
+		       OP_OPEN_SUBEXP);
+  if (err != REG_NOERROR)
+    return err;
+  err = match_ctx_add_entry (mctx, bkref_node, bkref_str, sub_top->str_idx,
+			     sub_last->str_idx);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+  to_idx = bkref_str + sub_last->str_idx - sub_top->str_idx;
+  return clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, to_idx);
+}
+
+/* Find the first node which is '(' or ')' and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX.
+   Search '(' if FL_OPEN, or search ')' otherwise.
+   TODO: This function isn't efficient...
+	 Because there might be more than one nodes whose types are
+	 OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX, we must check all
+	 nodes.
+	 E.g. RE: (a){2}  */
+
+static Idx
+find_subexp_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+		  Idx subexp_idx, int type)
+{
+  Idx cls_idx;
+  for (cls_idx = 0; cls_idx < nodes->nelem; ++cls_idx)
+    {
+      Idx cls_node = nodes->elems[cls_idx];
+      const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + cls_node;
+      if (node->type == type
+	  && node->opr.idx == subexp_idx)
+	return cls_node;
+    }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Check whether the node TOP_NODE at TOP_STR can arrive to the node
+   LAST_NODE at LAST_STR.  We record the path onto PATH since it will be
+   heavily reused.
+   Return REG_NOERROR if it can arrive, REG_NOMATCH if it cannot,
+   REG_ESPACE if memory is exhausted.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_arrival (re_match_context_t *mctx, state_array_t *path, Idx top_node,
+	       Idx top_str, Idx last_node, Idx last_str, int type)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  Idx subexp_num, backup_cur_idx, str_idx, null_cnt;
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state = NULL;
+  re_node_set *cur_nodes, next_nodes;
+  re_dfastate_t **backup_state_log;
+  unsigned int context;
+
+  subexp_num = dfa->nodes[top_node].opr.idx;
+  /* Extend the buffer if we need.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (path->alloc < last_str + mctx->max_mb_elem_len + 1))
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array;
+      Idx old_alloc = path->alloc;
+      Idx incr_alloc = last_str + mctx->max_mb_elem_len + 1;
+      Idx new_alloc;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (IDX_MAX - old_alloc < incr_alloc))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      new_alloc = old_alloc + incr_alloc;
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) < new_alloc))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      new_array = re_realloc (path->array, re_dfastate_t *, new_alloc);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      path->array = new_array;
+      path->alloc = new_alloc;
+      memset (new_array + old_alloc, '\0',
+	      sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (path->alloc - old_alloc));
+    }
+
+  str_idx = path->next_idx ? path->next_idx : top_str;
+
+  /* Temporary modify MCTX.  */
+  backup_state_log = mctx->state_log;
+  backup_cur_idx = mctx->input.cur_idx;
+  mctx->state_log = path->array;
+  mctx->input.cur_idx = str_idx;
+
+  /* Setup initial node set.  */
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, str_idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+  if (str_idx == top_str)
+    {
+      err = re_node_set_init_1 (&next_nodes, top_node);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	return err;
+      err = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &next_nodes, subexp_num, type);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	{
+	  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	  return err;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      cur_state = mctx->state_log[str_idx];
+      if (cur_state && cur_state->has_backref)
+	{
+	  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&next_nodes, &cur_state->nodes);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+	}
+      else
+	re_node_set_init_empty (&next_nodes);
+    }
+  if (str_idx == top_str || (cur_state && cur_state->has_backref))
+    {
+      if (next_nodes.nelem)
+	{
+	  err = expand_bkref_cache (mctx, &next_nodes, str_idx,
+				    subexp_num, type);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+      cur_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_state == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR))
+	{
+	  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	  return err;
+	}
+      mctx->state_log[str_idx] = cur_state;
+    }
+
+  for (null_cnt = 0; str_idx < last_str && null_cnt <= mctx->max_mb_elem_len;)
+    {
+      re_node_set_empty (&next_nodes);
+      if (mctx->state_log[str_idx + 1])
+	{
+	  err = re_node_set_merge (&next_nodes,
+				   &mctx->state_log[str_idx + 1]->nodes);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (cur_state)
+	{
+	  err = check_arrival_add_next_nodes (mctx, str_idx,
+					      &cur_state->non_eps_nodes,
+					      &next_nodes);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+      ++str_idx;
+      if (next_nodes.nelem)
+	{
+	  err = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &next_nodes, subexp_num, type);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	  err = expand_bkref_cache (mctx, &next_nodes, str_idx,
+				    subexp_num, type);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, str_idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+      cur_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (cur_state == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR))
+	{
+	  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	  return err;
+	}
+      mctx->state_log[str_idx] = cur_state;
+      null_cnt = cur_state == NULL ? null_cnt + 1 : 0;
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+  cur_nodes = (mctx->state_log[last_str] == NULL ? NULL
+	       : &mctx->state_log[last_str]->nodes);
+  path->next_idx = str_idx;
+
+  /* Fix MCTX.  */
+  mctx->state_log = backup_state_log;
+  mctx->input.cur_idx = backup_cur_idx;
+
+  /* Then check the current node set has the node LAST_NODE.  */
+  if (cur_nodes != NULL && re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, last_node))
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  return REG_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for check_arrival.  */
+
+/* Calculate the destination nodes of CUR_NODES at STR_IDX, and append them
+   to NEXT_NODES.
+   TODO: This function is similar to the functions transit_state*(),
+	 however this function has many additional works.
+	 Can't we unify them?  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_arrival_add_next_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx,
+			      re_node_set *cur_nodes, re_node_set *next_nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  bool ok;
+  Idx cur_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  re_node_set union_set;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&union_set);
+  for (cur_idx = 0; cur_idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++cur_idx)
+    {
+      int naccepted = 0;
+      Idx cur_node = cur_nodes->elems[cur_idx];
+      DEBUG_ASSERT (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type));
+
+      /* If the node may accept "multi byte".  */
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].accept_mb)
+	{
+	  naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, cur_node, &mctx->input,
+					       str_idx);
+	  if (naccepted > 1)
+	    {
+	      re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+	      Idx next_node = dfa->nexts[cur_node];
+	      Idx next_idx = str_idx + naccepted;
+	      dest_state = mctx->state_log[next_idx];
+	      re_node_set_empty (&union_set);
+	      if (dest_state)
+		{
+		  err = re_node_set_merge (&union_set, &dest_state->nodes);
+		  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		    {
+		      re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+		      return err;
+		    }
+		}
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (&union_set, next_node);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+		{
+		  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+		  return REG_ESPACE;
+		}
+	      mctx->state_log[next_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa,
+							    &union_set);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->state_log[next_idx] == NULL
+				    && err != REG_NOERROR))
+		{
+		  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+		  return err;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (naccepted
+	  || check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + cur_node, str_idx))
+	{
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (next_nodes, dfa->nexts[cur_node]);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+	      return REG_ESPACE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* For all the nodes in CUR_NODES, add the epsilon closures of them to
+   CUR_NODES, however exclude the nodes which are:
+    - inside the sub expression whose number is EX_SUBEXP, if FL_OPEN.
+    - out of the sub expression whose number is EX_SUBEXP, if !FL_OPEN.
+*/
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+check_arrival_expand_ecl (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+			  Idx ex_subexp, int type)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx idx, outside_node;
+  re_node_set new_nodes;
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (cur_nodes->nelem);
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&new_nodes, cur_nodes->nelem);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    return err;
+  /* Create a new node set NEW_NODES with the nodes which are epsilon
+     closures of the node in CUR_NODES.  */
+
+  for (idx = 0; idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++idx)
+    {
+      Idx cur_node = cur_nodes->elems[idx];
+      const re_node_set *eclosure = dfa->eclosures + cur_node;
+      outside_node = find_subexp_node (dfa, eclosure, ex_subexp, type);
+      if (outside_node == -1)
+	{
+	  /* There are no problematic nodes, just merge them.  */
+	  err = re_node_set_merge (&new_nodes, eclosure);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&new_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* There are problematic nodes, re-calculate incrementally.  */
+	  err = check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (dfa, &new_nodes, cur_node,
+					      ex_subexp, type);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&new_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (cur_nodes);
+  *cur_nodes = new_nodes;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper function for check_arrival_expand_ecl.
+   Check incrementally the epsilon closure of TARGET, and if it isn't
+   problematic append it to DST_NODES.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dst_nodes,
+			      Idx target, Idx ex_subexp, int type)
+{
+  Idx cur_node;
+  for (cur_node = target; !re_node_set_contains (dst_nodes, cur_node);)
+    {
+      bool ok;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type == type
+	  && dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx == ex_subexp)
+	{
+	  if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+	    {
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (dst_nodes, cur_node);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+      ok = re_node_set_insert (dst_nodes, cur_node);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      if (dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem == 0)
+	break;
+      if (dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem == 2)
+	{
+	  reg_errcode_t err;
+	  err = check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (dfa, dst_nodes,
+					      dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[1],
+					      ex_subexp, type);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+	}
+      cur_node = dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[0];
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* For all the back references in the current state, calculate the
+   destination of the back references by the appropriate entry
+   in MCTX->BKREF_ENTS.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+expand_bkref_cache (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+		    Idx cur_str, Idx subexp_num, int type)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx cache_idx_start = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, cur_str);
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+
+  if (cache_idx_start == -1)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+ restart:
+  ent = mctx->bkref_ents + cache_idx_start;
+  do
+    {
+      Idx to_idx, next_node;
+
+      /* Is this entry ENT is appropriate?  */
+      if (!re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, ent->node))
+	continue; /* No.  */
+
+      to_idx = cur_str + ent->subexp_to - ent->subexp_from;
+      /* Calculate the destination of the back reference, and append it
+	 to MCTX->STATE_LOG.  */
+      if (to_idx == cur_str)
+	{
+	  /* The backreference did epsilon transit, we must re-check all the
+	     node in the current state.  */
+	  re_node_set new_dests;
+	  reg_errcode_t err2, err3;
+	  next_node = dfa->edests[ent->node].elems[0];
+	  if (re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, next_node))
+	    continue;
+	  err = re_node_set_init_1 (&new_dests, next_node);
+	  err2 = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &new_dests, subexp_num, type);
+	  err3 = re_node_set_merge (cur_nodes, &new_dests);
+	  re_node_set_free (&new_dests);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR || err2 != REG_NOERROR
+				|| err3 != REG_NOERROR))
+	    {
+	      err = (err != REG_NOERROR ? err
+		     : (err2 != REG_NOERROR ? err2 : err3));
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	  /* TODO: It is still inefficient...  */
+	  goto restart;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  re_node_set union_set;
+	  next_node = dfa->nexts[ent->node];
+	  if (mctx->state_log[to_idx])
+	    {
+	      bool ok;
+	      if (re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[to_idx]->nodes,
+					next_node))
+		continue;
+	      err = re_node_set_init_copy (&union_set,
+					   &mctx->state_log[to_idx]->nodes);
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (&union_set, next_node);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR || ! ok))
+		{
+		  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+		  err = err != REG_NOERROR ? err : REG_ESPACE;
+		  return err;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      err = re_node_set_init_1 (&union_set, next_node);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		return err;
+	    }
+	  mctx->state_log[to_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, &union_set);
+	  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->state_log[to_idx] == NULL
+				&& err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return err;
+	}
+    }
+  while (ent++->more);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Build transition table for the state.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool __attribute_noinline__
+build_trtable (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i, j;
+  int ch;
+  bool need_word_trtable = false;
+  bitset_word_t elem, mask;
+  Idx ndests; /* Number of the destination states from 'state'.  */
+  re_dfastate_t **trtable;
+  re_dfastate_t *dest_states[SBC_MAX];
+  re_dfastate_t *dest_states_word[SBC_MAX];
+  re_dfastate_t *dest_states_nl[SBC_MAX];
+  re_node_set follows;
+  bitset_t acceptable;
+
+  /* We build DFA states which corresponds to the destination nodes
+     from 'state'.  'dests_node[i]' represents the nodes which i-th
+     destination state contains, and 'dests_ch[i]' represents the
+     characters which i-th destination state accepts.  */
+  re_node_set dests_node[SBC_MAX];
+  bitset_t dests_ch[SBC_MAX];
+
+  /* Initialize transition table.  */
+  state->word_trtable = state->trtable = NULL;
+
+  /* At first, group all nodes belonging to 'state' into several
+     destinations.  */
+  ndests = group_nodes_into_DFAstates (dfa, state, dests_node, dests_ch);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ndests <= 0))
+    {
+      /* Return false in case of an error, true otherwise.  */
+      if (ndests == 0)
+	{
+	  state->trtable = (re_dfastate_t **)
+	    calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), SBC_MAX);
+          if (__glibc_unlikely (state->trtable == NULL))
+            return false;
+	  return true;
+	}
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&follows, ndests + 1);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+    {
+    out_free:
+      re_node_set_free (&follows);
+      for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+	re_node_set_free (dests_node + i);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  bitset_empty (acceptable);
+
+  /* Then build the states for all destinations.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+    {
+      Idx next_node;
+      re_node_set_empty (&follows);
+      /* Merge the follows of this destination states.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < dests_node[i].nelem; ++j)
+	{
+	  next_node = dfa->nexts[dests_node[i].elems[j]];
+	  if (next_node != -1)
+	    {
+	      err = re_node_set_merge (&follows, dfa->eclosures + next_node);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		goto out_free;
+	    }
+	}
+      dest_states[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows, 0);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (dest_states[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR))
+	goto out_free;
+      /* If the new state has context constraint,
+	 build appropriate states for these contexts.  */
+      if (dest_states[i]->has_constraint)
+	{
+	  dest_states_word[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows,
+							  CONTEXT_WORD);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (dest_states_word[i] == NULL
+				&& err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    goto out_free;
+
+	  if (dest_states[i] != dest_states_word[i] && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	    need_word_trtable = true;
+
+	  dest_states_nl[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows,
+							CONTEXT_NEWLINE);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (dest_states_nl[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    goto out_free;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  dest_states_word[i] = dest_states[i];
+	  dest_states_nl[i] = dest_states[i];
+	}
+      bitset_merge (acceptable, dests_ch[i]);
+    }
+
+  if (!__glibc_unlikely (need_word_trtable))
+    {
+      /* We don't care about whether the following character is a word
+	 character, or we are in a single-byte character set so we can
+	 discern by looking at the character code: allocate a
+	 256-entry transition table.  */
+      trtable = state->trtable =
+	(re_dfastate_t **) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), SBC_MAX);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (trtable == NULL))
+	goto out_free;
+
+      /* For all characters ch...:  */
+      for (i = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+	for (ch = i * BITSET_WORD_BITS, elem = acceptable[i], mask = 1;
+	     elem;
+	     mask <<= 1, elem >>= 1, ++ch)
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (elem & 1))
+	    {
+	      /* There must be exactly one destination which accepts
+		 character ch.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+	      for (j = 0; (dests_ch[j][i] & mask) == 0; ++j)
+		;
+
+	      /* j-th destination accepts the word character ch.  */
+	      if (dfa->word_char[i] & mask)
+		trtable[ch] = dest_states_word[j];
+	      else
+		trtable[ch] = dest_states[j];
+	    }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We care about whether the following character is a word
+	 character, and we are in a multi-byte character set: discern
+	 by looking at the character code: build two 256-entry
+	 transition tables, one starting at trtable[0] and one
+	 starting at trtable[SBC_MAX].  */
+      trtable = state->word_trtable =
+	(re_dfastate_t **) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), 2 * SBC_MAX);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (trtable == NULL))
+	goto out_free;
+
+      /* For all characters ch...:  */
+      for (i = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+	for (ch = i * BITSET_WORD_BITS, elem = acceptable[i], mask = 1;
+	     elem;
+	     mask <<= 1, elem >>= 1, ++ch)
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (elem & 1))
+	    {
+	      /* There must be exactly one destination which accepts
+		 character ch.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+	      for (j = 0; (dests_ch[j][i] & mask) == 0; ++j)
+		;
+
+	      /* j-th destination accepts the word character ch.  */
+	      trtable[ch] = dest_states[j];
+	      trtable[ch + SBC_MAX] = dest_states_word[j];
+	    }
+    }
+
+  /* new line */
+  if (bitset_contain (acceptable, NEWLINE_CHAR))
+    {
+      /* The current state accepts newline character.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+	if (bitset_contain (dests_ch[j], NEWLINE_CHAR))
+	  {
+	    /* k-th destination accepts newline character.  */
+	    trtable[NEWLINE_CHAR] = dest_states_nl[j];
+	    if (need_word_trtable)
+	      trtable[NEWLINE_CHAR + SBC_MAX] = dest_states_nl[j];
+	    /* There must be only one destination which accepts
+	       newline.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+	    break;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  re_node_set_free (&follows);
+  for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+    re_node_set_free (dests_node + i);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Group all nodes belonging to STATE into several destinations.
+   Then for all destinations, set the nodes belonging to the destination
+   to DESTS_NODE[i] and set the characters accepted by the destination
+   to DEST_CH[i].  Return the number of destinations if successful,
+   -1 on internal error.  */
+
+static Idx
+group_nodes_into_DFAstates (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_dfastate_t *state,
+			    re_node_set *dests_node, bitset_t *dests_ch)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  bool ok;
+  Idx i, j, k;
+  Idx ndests; /* Number of the destinations from 'state'.  */
+  bitset_t accepts; /* Characters a node can accept.  */
+  const re_node_set *cur_nodes = &state->nodes;
+  bitset_empty (accepts);
+  ndests = 0;
+
+  /* For all the nodes belonging to 'state',  */
+  for (i = 0; i < cur_nodes->nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = &dfa->nodes[cur_nodes->elems[i]];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      unsigned int constraint = node->constraint;
+
+      /* Enumerate all single byte character this node can accept.  */
+      if (type == CHARACTER)
+	bitset_set (accepts, node->opr.c);
+      else if (type == SIMPLE_BRACKET)
+	{
+	  bitset_merge (accepts, node->opr.sbcset);
+	}
+      else if (type == OP_PERIOD)
+	{
+	  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	    bitset_merge (accepts, dfa->sb_char);
+	  else
+	    bitset_set_all (accepts);
+	  if (!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+	    bitset_clear (accepts, '\n');
+	  if (dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)
+	    bitset_clear (accepts, '\0');
+	}
+      else if (type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD)
+	{
+	  if (ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0)
+	    memset (accepts, -1, ASCII_CHARS / CHAR_BIT);
+	  else
+	    bitset_merge (accepts, utf8_sb_map);
+	  if (!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+	    bitset_clear (accepts, '\n');
+	  if (dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)
+	    bitset_clear (accepts, '\0');
+	}
+      else
+	continue;
+
+      /* Check the 'accepts' and sift the characters which are not
+	 match it the context.  */
+      if (constraint)
+	{
+	  if (constraint & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT)
+	    {
+	      bool accepts_newline = bitset_contain (accepts, NEWLINE_CHAR);
+	      bitset_empty (accepts);
+	      if (accepts_newline)
+		bitset_set (accepts, NEWLINE_CHAR);
+	      else
+		continue;
+	    }
+	  if (constraint & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT)
+	    {
+	      bitset_empty (accepts);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (constraint & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT)
+	    {
+	      bitset_word_t any_set = 0;
+	      if (type == CHARACTER && !node->word_char)
+		{
+		  bitset_empty (accepts);
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+		for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+		  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= (dfa->word_char[j] | ~dfa->sb_char[j]));
+	      else
+		for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+		  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= dfa->word_char[j]);
+	      if (!any_set)
+		continue;
+	    }
+	  if (constraint & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT)
+	    {
+	      bitset_word_t any_set = 0;
+	      if (type == CHARACTER && node->word_char)
+		{
+		  bitset_empty (accepts);
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+		for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+		  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= ~(dfa->word_char[j] & dfa->sb_char[j]));
+	      else
+		for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+		  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= ~dfa->word_char[j]);
+	      if (!any_set)
+		continue;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Then divide 'accepts' into DFA states, or create a new
+	 state.  Above, we make sure that accepts is not empty.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+	{
+	  bitset_t intersec; /* Intersection sets, see below.  */
+	  bitset_t remains;
+	  /* Flags, see below.  */
+	  bitset_word_t has_intersec, not_subset, not_consumed;
+
+	  /* Optimization, skip if this state doesn't accept the character.  */
+	  if (type == CHARACTER && !bitset_contain (dests_ch[j], node->opr.c))
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* Enumerate the intersection set of this state and 'accepts'.  */
+	  has_intersec = 0;
+	  for (k = 0; k < BITSET_WORDS; ++k)
+	    has_intersec |= intersec[k] = accepts[k] & dests_ch[j][k];
+	  /* And skip if the intersection set is empty.  */
+	  if (!has_intersec)
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* Then check if this state is a subset of 'accepts'.  */
+	  not_subset = not_consumed = 0;
+	  for (k = 0; k < BITSET_WORDS; ++k)
+	    {
+	      not_subset |= remains[k] = ~accepts[k] & dests_ch[j][k];
+	      not_consumed |= accepts[k] = accepts[k] & ~dests_ch[j][k];
+	    }
+
+	  /* If this state isn't a subset of 'accepts', create a
+	     new group state, which has the 'remains'. */
+	  if (not_subset)
+	    {
+	      bitset_copy (dests_ch[ndests], remains);
+	      bitset_copy (dests_ch[j], intersec);
+	      err = re_node_set_init_copy (dests_node + ndests, &dests_node[j]);
+	      if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+		goto error_return;
+	      ++ndests;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Put the position in the current group. */
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (&dests_node[j], cur_nodes->elems[i]);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (! ok))
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  /* If all characters are consumed, go to next node. */
+	  if (!not_consumed)
+	    break;
+	}
+      /* Some characters remain, create a new group. */
+      if (j == ndests)
+	{
+	  bitset_copy (dests_ch[ndests], accepts);
+	  err = re_node_set_init_1 (dests_node + ndests, cur_nodes->elems[i]);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (err != REG_NOERROR))
+	    goto error_return;
+	  ++ndests;
+	  bitset_empty (accepts);
+	}
+    }
+  assume (ndests <= SBC_MAX);
+  return ndests;
+ error_return:
+  for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+    re_node_set_free (dests_node + j);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Check how many bytes the node 'dfa->nodes[node_idx]' accepts.
+   Return the number of the bytes the node accepts.
+   STR_IDX is the current index of the input string.
+
+   This function handles the nodes which can accept one character, or
+   one collating element like '.', '[a-z]', opposite to the other nodes
+   can only accept one byte.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <locale/weight.h>
+#endif
+
+static int
+check_node_accept_bytes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node_idx,
+			 const re_string_t *input, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + node_idx;
+  int char_len, elem_len;
+  Idx i;
+
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (node->type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD))
+    {
+      unsigned char c = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx), d;
+      if (__glibc_likely (c < 0xc2))
+	return 0;
+
+      if (str_idx + 2 > input->len)
+	return 0;
+
+      d = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx + 1);
+      if (c < 0xe0)
+	return (d < 0x80 || d > 0xbf) ? 0 : 2;
+      else if (c < 0xf0)
+	{
+	  char_len = 3;
+	  if (c == 0xe0 && d < 0xa0)
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      else if (c < 0xf8)
+	{
+	  char_len = 4;
+	  if (c == 0xf0 && d < 0x90)
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      else if (c < 0xfc)
+	{
+	  char_len = 5;
+	  if (c == 0xf8 && d < 0x88)
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      else if (c < 0xfe)
+	{
+	  char_len = 6;
+	  if (c == 0xfc && d < 0x84)
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      else
+	return 0;
+
+      if (str_idx + char_len > input->len)
+	return 0;
+
+      for (i = 1; i < char_len; ++i)
+	{
+	  d = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx + i);
+	  if (d < 0x80 || d > 0xbf)
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      return char_len;
+    }
+
+  char_len = re_string_char_size_at (input, str_idx);
+  if (node->type == OP_PERIOD)
+    {
+      if (char_len <= 1)
+	return 0;
+      /* FIXME: I don't think this if is needed, as both '\n'
+	 and '\0' are char_len == 1.  */
+      /* '.' accepts any one character except the following two cases.  */
+      if ((!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE)
+	   && re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx) == '\n')
+	  || ((dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)
+	      && re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx) == '\0'))
+	return 0;
+      return char_len;
+    }
+
+  elem_len = re_string_elem_size_at (input, str_idx);
+  if ((elem_len <= 1 && char_len <= 1) || char_len == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (node->type == COMPLEX_BRACKET)
+    {
+      const re_charset_t *cset = node->opr.mbcset;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      const unsigned char *pin
+	= ((const unsigned char *) re_string_get_buffer (input) + str_idx);
+      Idx j;
+      uint32_t nrules;
+#endif
+      int match_len = 0;
+      wchar_t wc = ((cset->nranges || cset->nchar_classes || cset->nmbchars)
+		    ? re_string_wchar_at (input, str_idx) : 0);
+
+      /* match with multibyte character?  */
+      for (i = 0; i < cset->nmbchars; ++i)
+	if (wc == cset->mbchars[i])
+	  {
+	    match_len = char_len;
+	    goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+	  }
+      /* match with character_class?  */
+      for (i = 0; i < cset->nchar_classes; ++i)
+	{
+	  wctype_t wt = cset->char_classes[i];
+	  if (__iswctype (wc, wt))
+	    {
+	      match_len = char_len;
+	      goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+	    }
+	}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+      if (nrules != 0)
+	{
+	  unsigned int in_collseq = 0;
+	  const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+	  const unsigned char *weights, *extra;
+	  const char *collseqwc;
+
+	  /* match with collating_symbol?  */
+	  if (cset->ncoll_syms)
+	    extra = (const unsigned char *)
+	      _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+	  for (i = 0; i < cset->ncoll_syms; ++i)
+	    {
+	      const unsigned char *coll_sym = extra + cset->coll_syms[i];
+	      /* Compare the length of input collating element and
+		 the length of current collating element.  */
+	      if (*coll_sym != elem_len)
+		continue;
+	      /* Compare each bytes.  */
+	      for (j = 0; j < *coll_sym; j++)
+		if (pin[j] != coll_sym[1 + j])
+		  break;
+	      if (j == *coll_sym)
+		{
+		  /* Match if every bytes is equal.  */
+		  match_len = j;
+		  goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (cset->nranges)
+	    {
+	      if (elem_len <= char_len)
+		{
+		  collseqwc = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+		  in_collseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, wc);
+		}
+	      else
+		in_collseq = find_collation_sequence_value (pin, elem_len);
+	    }
+	  /* match with range expression?  */
+	  /* FIXME: Implement rational ranges here, too.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < cset->nranges; ++i)
+	    if (cset->range_starts[i] <= in_collseq
+		&& in_collseq <= cset->range_ends[i])
+	      {
+		match_len = elem_len;
+		goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+	      }
+
+	  /* match with equivalence_class?  */
+	  if (cset->nequiv_classes)
+	    {
+	      const unsigned char *cp = pin;
+	      table = (const int32_t *)
+		_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+	      weights = (const unsigned char *)
+		_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+	      extra = (const unsigned char *)
+		_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+	      indirect = (const int32_t *)
+		_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+	      int32_t idx = findidx (table, indirect, extra, &cp, elem_len);
+	      int32_t rule = idx >> 24;
+	      idx &= 0xffffff;
+	      if (idx > 0)
+		{
+		  size_t weight_len = weights[idx];
+		  for (i = 0; i < cset->nequiv_classes; ++i)
+		    {
+		      int32_t equiv_class_idx = cset->equiv_classes[i];
+		      int32_t equiv_class_rule = equiv_class_idx >> 24;
+		      equiv_class_idx &= 0xffffff;
+		      if (weights[equiv_class_idx] == weight_len
+			  && equiv_class_rule == rule
+			  && memcmp (weights + idx + 1,
+				     weights + equiv_class_idx + 1,
+				     weight_len) == 0)
+			{
+			  match_len = elem_len;
+			  goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+	{
+	  /* match with range expression?  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < cset->nranges; ++i)
+	    {
+	      if (cset->range_starts[i] <= wc && wc <= cset->range_ends[i])
+		{
+		  match_len = char_len;
+		  goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    check_node_accept_bytes_match:
+      if (!cset->non_match)
+	return match_len;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (match_len > 0)
+	    return 0;
+	  else
+	    return (elem_len > char_len) ? elem_len : char_len;
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static unsigned int
+find_collation_sequence_value (const unsigned char *mbs, size_t mbs_len)
+{
+  uint32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules == 0)
+    {
+      if (mbs_len == 1)
+	{
+	  /* No valid character.  Match it as a single byte character.  */
+	  const unsigned char *collseq = (const unsigned char *)
+	    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+	  return collseq[mbs[0]];
+	}
+      return UINT_MAX;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int32_t idx;
+      const unsigned char *extra = (const unsigned char *)
+	_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+      int32_t extrasize = (const unsigned char *)
+	_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB + 1) - extra;
+
+      for (idx = 0; idx < extrasize;)
+	{
+	  int mbs_cnt;
+	  bool found = false;
+	  int32_t elem_mbs_len;
+	  /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+	  idx = idx + extra[idx] + 1;
+	  elem_mbs_len = extra[idx++];
+	  if (mbs_len == elem_mbs_len)
+	    {
+	      for (mbs_cnt = 0; mbs_cnt < elem_mbs_len; ++mbs_cnt)
+		if (extra[idx + mbs_cnt] != mbs[mbs_cnt])
+		  break;
+	      if (mbs_cnt == elem_mbs_len)
+		/* Found the entry.  */
+		found = true;
+	    }
+	  /* Skip the byte sequence of the collating element.  */
+	  idx += elem_mbs_len;
+	  /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+	  idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+	  /* Skip the collation sequence value.  */
+	  idx += sizeof (uint32_t);
+	  /* Skip the wide char sequence of the collating element.  */
+	  idx = idx + sizeof (uint32_t) * (*(int32_t *) (extra + idx) + 1);
+	  /* If we found the entry, return the sequence value.  */
+	  if (found)
+	    return *(uint32_t *) (extra + idx);
+	  /* Skip the collation sequence value.  */
+	  idx += sizeof (uint32_t);
+	}
+      return UINT_MAX;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+/* Check whether the node accepts the byte which is IDX-th
+   byte of the INPUT.  */
+
+static bool
+check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_token_t *node,
+		   Idx idx)
+{
+  unsigned char ch;
+  ch = re_string_byte_at (&mctx->input, idx);
+  switch (node->type)
+    {
+    case CHARACTER:
+      if (node->opr.c != ch)
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case SIMPLE_BRACKET:
+      if (!bitset_contain (node->opr.sbcset, ch))
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case OP_UTF8_PERIOD:
+      if (ch >= ASCII_CHARS)
+        return false;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case OP_PERIOD:
+      if ((ch == '\n' && !(mctx->dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+	  || (ch == '\0' && (mctx->dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (node->constraint)
+    {
+      /* The node has constraints.  Check whether the current context
+	 satisfies the constraints.  */
+      unsigned int context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx,
+						   mctx->eflags);
+      if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (node->constraint, context))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Extend the buffers, if the buffers have run out.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+extend_buffers (re_match_context_t *mctx, int min_len)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  re_string_t *pstr = &mctx->input;
+
+  /* Avoid overflow.  */
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *)) / 2
+			<= pstr->bufs_len))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  /* Double the lengths of the buffers, but allocate at least MIN_LEN.  */
+  ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr,
+				   MAX (min_len,
+					MIN (pstr->len, pstr->bufs_len * 2)));
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+    return ret;
+
+  if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+    {
+      /* And double the length of state_log.  */
+      /* XXX We have no indication of the size of this buffer.  If this
+	 allocation fail we have no indication that the state_log array
+	 does not have the right size.  */
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array = re_realloc (mctx->state_log, re_dfastate_t *,
+					      pstr->bufs_len + 1);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      mctx->state_log = new_array;
+    }
+
+  /* Then reconstruct the buffers.  */
+  if (pstr->icase)
+    {
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	{
+	  ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+	  if (__glibc_unlikely (ret != REG_NOERROR))
+	    return ret;
+	}
+      else
+	build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+      else
+	{
+	  if (pstr->trans != NULL)
+	    re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Functions for matching context.  */
+
+/* Initialize MCTX.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+match_ctx_init (re_match_context_t *mctx, int eflags, Idx n)
+{
+  mctx->eflags = eflags;
+  mctx->match_last = -1;
+  if (n > 0)
+    {
+      /* Avoid overflow.  */
+      size_t max_object_size =
+	MAX (sizeof (struct re_backref_cache_entry),
+	     sizeof (re_sub_match_top_t *));
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size) < n))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+
+      mctx->bkref_ents = re_malloc (struct re_backref_cache_entry, n);
+      mctx->sub_tops = re_malloc (re_sub_match_top_t *, n);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->bkref_ents == NULL || mctx->sub_tops == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  /* Already zero-ed by the caller.
+     else
+       mctx->bkref_ents = NULL;
+     mctx->nbkref_ents = 0;
+     mctx->nsub_tops = 0;  */
+  mctx->abkref_ents = n;
+  mctx->max_mb_elem_len = 1;
+  mctx->asub_tops = n;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Clean the entries which depend on the current input in MCTX.
+   This function must be invoked when the matcher changes the start index
+   of the input, or changes the input string.  */
+
+static void
+match_ctx_clean (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  Idx st_idx;
+  for (st_idx = 0; st_idx < mctx->nsub_tops; ++st_idx)
+    {
+      Idx sl_idx;
+      re_sub_match_top_t *top = mctx->sub_tops[st_idx];
+      for (sl_idx = 0; sl_idx < top->nlasts; ++sl_idx)
+	{
+	  re_sub_match_last_t *last = top->lasts[sl_idx];
+	  re_free (last->path.array);
+	  re_free (last);
+	}
+      re_free (top->lasts);
+      if (top->path)
+	{
+	  re_free (top->path->array);
+	  re_free (top->path);
+	}
+      re_free (top);
+    }
+
+  mctx->nsub_tops = 0;
+  mctx->nbkref_ents = 0;
+}
+
+/* Free all the memory associated with MCTX.  */
+
+static void
+match_ctx_free (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  /* First, free all the memory associated with MCTX->SUB_TOPS.  */
+  match_ctx_clean (mctx);
+  re_free (mctx->sub_tops);
+  re_free (mctx->bkref_ents);
+}
+
+/* Add a new backreference entry to MCTX.
+   Note that we assume that caller never call this function with duplicate
+   entry, and call with STR_IDX which isn't smaller than any existing entry.
+*/
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+match_ctx_add_entry (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, Idx str_idx, Idx from,
+		     Idx to)
+{
+  if (mctx->nbkref_ents >= mctx->abkref_ents)
+    {
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry* new_entry;
+      new_entry = re_realloc (mctx->bkref_ents, struct re_backref_cache_entry,
+			      mctx->abkref_ents * 2);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_entry == NULL))
+	{
+	  re_free (mctx->bkref_ents);
+	  return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      mctx->bkref_ents = new_entry;
+      memset (mctx->bkref_ents + mctx->nbkref_ents, '\0',
+	      sizeof (struct re_backref_cache_entry) * mctx->abkref_ents);
+      mctx->abkref_ents *= 2;
+    }
+  if (mctx->nbkref_ents > 0
+      && mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents - 1].str_idx == str_idx)
+    mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents - 1].more = 1;
+
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].node = node;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].str_idx = str_idx;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].subexp_from = from;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].subexp_to = to;
+
+  /* This is a cache that saves negative results of check_dst_limits_calc_pos.
+     If bit N is clear, means that this entry won't epsilon-transition to
+     an OP_OPEN_SUBEXP or OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP for the N+1-th subexpression.  If
+     it is set, check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 will recurse and try to find one
+     such node.
+
+     A backreference does not epsilon-transition unless it is empty, so set
+     to all zeros if FROM != TO.  */
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].eps_reachable_subexps_map
+    = (from == to ? -1 : 0);
+
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents++].more = 0;
+  if (mctx->max_mb_elem_len < to - from)
+    mctx->max_mb_elem_len = to - from;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Return the first entry with the same str_idx, or -1 if none is
+   found.  Note that MCTX->BKREF_ENTS is already sorted by MCTX->STR_IDX.  */
+
+static Idx
+search_cur_bkref_entry (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  Idx left, right, mid, last;
+  last = right = mctx->nbkref_ents;
+  for (left = 0; left < right;)
+    {
+      mid = (left + right) / 2;
+      if (mctx->bkref_ents[mid].str_idx < str_idx)
+	left = mid + 1;
+      else
+	right = mid;
+    }
+  if (left < last && mctx->bkref_ents[left].str_idx == str_idx)
+    return left;
+  else
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/* Register the node NODE, whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, and which matches
+   at STR_IDX.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+match_ctx_add_subtop (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->sub_tops != NULL);
+  DEBUG_ASSERT (mctx->asub_tops > 0);
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->nsub_tops == mctx->asub_tops))
+    {
+      Idx new_asub_tops = mctx->asub_tops * 2;
+      re_sub_match_top_t **new_array = re_realloc (mctx->sub_tops,
+						   re_sub_match_top_t *,
+						   new_asub_tops);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array == NULL))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      mctx->sub_tops = new_array;
+      mctx->asub_tops = new_asub_tops;
+    }
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops] = calloc (1, sizeof (re_sub_match_top_t));
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops] == NULL))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops]->node = node;
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops++]->str_idx = str_idx;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Register the node NODE, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP, and which matches
+   at STR_IDX, whose corresponding OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is SUB_TOP.
+   Return the new entry if successful, NULL if memory is exhausted.  */
+
+static re_sub_match_last_t *
+match_ctx_add_sublast (re_sub_match_top_t *subtop, Idx node, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  re_sub_match_last_t *new_entry;
+  if (__glibc_unlikely (subtop->nlasts == subtop->alasts))
+    {
+      Idx new_alasts = 2 * subtop->alasts + 1;
+      re_sub_match_last_t **new_array = re_realloc (subtop->lasts,
+						    re_sub_match_last_t *,
+						    new_alasts);
+      if (__glibc_unlikely (new_array == NULL))
+	return NULL;
+      subtop->lasts = new_array;
+      subtop->alasts = new_alasts;
+    }
+  new_entry = calloc (1, sizeof (re_sub_match_last_t));
+  if (__glibc_likely (new_entry != NULL))
+    {
+      subtop->lasts[subtop->nlasts] = new_entry;
+      new_entry->node = node;
+      new_entry->str_idx = str_idx;
+      ++subtop->nlasts;
+    }
+  return new_entry;
+}
+
+static void
+sift_ctx_init (re_sift_context_t *sctx, re_dfastate_t **sifted_sts,
+	       re_dfastate_t **limited_sts, Idx last_node, Idx last_str_idx)
+{
+  sctx->sifted_states = sifted_sts;
+  sctx->limited_states = limited_sts;
+  sctx->last_node = last_node;
+  sctx->last_str_idx = last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&sctx->limits);
+}
diff --git a/lib/remove.c b/lib/remove.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7218e2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/remove.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Remove a file or directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#undef remove
+
+/* Remove NAME from the file system.  This works around C89 platforms
+   that don't handle directories like POSIX requires; it also works
+   around Solaris 9 bugs with trailing slash.  */
+int
+rpl_remove (char const *name)
+{
+  /* It is faster to just try rmdir, and fall back on unlink, than it
+     is to use lstat to see what we are about to remove.  Technically,
+     it is more likely that we want unlink, not rmdir, but we cannot
+     guarantee the safety of unlink on directories.  Trailing slash
+     bugs are handled by our rmdir and unlink wrappers.  */
+  int result = rmdir (name);
+  if (result && errno == ENOTDIR)
+    result = unlink (name);
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/rename.c b/lib/rename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..119abe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
+/* Work around rename bugs in some systems.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Volker Borchert, Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#undef rename
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* The mingw rename has problems with trailing slashes; it also
+   requires use of native Windows calls to allow atomic renames over
+   existing files.  */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# include "dirname.h"
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef MoveFileEx
+# define MoveFileEx MoveFileExA
+
+/* Rename the file SRC to DST.  This replacement is necessary on
+   Windows, on which the system rename function will not replace
+   an existing DST.  */
+int
+rpl_rename (char const *src, char const *dst)
+{
+  int error;
+  size_t src_len = strlen (src);
+  size_t dst_len = strlen (dst);
+  char *src_base = last_component (src);
+  char *dst_base = last_component (dst);
+  bool src_slash;
+  bool dst_slash;
+  bool dst_exists;
+  struct stat src_st;
+  struct stat dst_st;
+
+  /* Filter out dot as last component.  */
+  if (!src_len || !dst_len)
+    {
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (*src_base == '.')
+    {
+      size_t len = base_len (src_base);
+      if (len == 1 || (len == 2 && src_base[1] == '.'))
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+  if (*dst_base == '.')
+    {
+      size_t len = base_len (dst_base);
+      if (len == 1 || (len == 2 && dst_base[1] == '.'))
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Presence of a trailing slash requires directory semantics.  If
+     the source does not exist, or if the destination cannot be turned
+     into a directory, give up now.  Otherwise, strip trailing slashes
+     before calling rename.  There are no symlinks on mingw, so stat
+     works instead of lstat.  */
+  src_slash = ISSLASH (src[src_len - 1]);
+  dst_slash = ISSLASH (dst[dst_len - 1]);
+  if (stat (src, &src_st))
+    return -1;
+  if (stat (dst, &dst_st))
+    {
+      if (errno != ENOENT || (!S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode) && dst_slash))
+        return -1;
+      dst_exists = false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode) != S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode) ? EISDIR : ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      dst_exists = true;
+    }
+
+  /* There are no symlinks, so if a file existed with a trailing
+     slash, it must be a directory, and we don't have to worry about
+     stripping strip trailing slash.  However, mingw refuses to
+     replace an existing empty directory, so we have to help it out.
+     And canonicalize_file_name is not yet ported to mingw; however,
+     for directories, getcwd works as a viable alternative.  Ensure
+     that we can get back to where we started before using it; later
+     attempts to return are fatal.  Note that we can end up losing a
+     directory if rename then fails, but it was empty, so not much
+     damage was done.  */
+  if (dst_exists && S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode))
+    {
+      char *cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0);
+      char *src_temp;
+      char *dst_temp;
+      if (!cwd || chdir (cwd))
+        return -1;
+      if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (src))
+        {
+          dst_temp = chdir (dst) ? NULL : getcwd (NULL, 0);
+          src_temp = chdir (src) ? NULL : getcwd (NULL, 0);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          src_temp = chdir (src) ? NULL : getcwd (NULL, 0);
+          if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (dst) && chdir (cwd))
+            abort ();
+          dst_temp = chdir (dst) ? NULL : getcwd (NULL, 0);
+        }
+      if (chdir (cwd))
+        abort ();
+      free (cwd);
+      if (!src_temp || !dst_temp)
+        {
+          free (src_temp);
+          free (dst_temp);
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      src_len = strlen (src_temp);
+      if (strncmp (src_temp, dst_temp, src_len) == 0
+          && (ISSLASH (dst_temp[src_len]) || dst_temp[src_len] == '\0'))
+        {
+          error = dst_temp[src_len];
+          free (src_temp);
+          free (dst_temp);
+          if (error)
+            {
+              errno = EINVAL;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          return 0;
+        }
+      if (rmdir (dst))
+        {
+          free (src_temp);
+          free (dst_temp);
+          return -1;
+        }
+      free (src_temp);
+      free (dst_temp);
+    }
+
+  /* MoveFileEx works if SRC is a directory without any flags, but
+     fails with MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING, so try without flags first.
+     Thankfully, MoveFileEx handles hard links correctly, even though
+     rename() does not.  */
+  if (MoveFileEx (src, dst, 0))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Retry with MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING if the move failed
+     due to the destination already existing.  */
+  error = GetLastError ();
+  if (error == ERROR_FILE_EXISTS || error == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS)
+    {
+      if (MoveFileEx (src, dst, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING))
+        return 0;
+
+      error = GetLastError ();
+    }
+
+  switch (error)
+    {
+    case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND:
+    case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND:
+    case ERROR_BAD_PATHNAME:
+    case ERROR_DIRECTORY:
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+    case ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION:
+      errno = EACCES;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY:
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_CURRENT_DIRECTORY:
+      errno = EBUSY;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_NOT_SAME_DEVICE:
+      errno = EXDEV;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_WRITE_PROTECT:
+      errno = EROFS;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_WRITE_FAULT:
+    case ERROR_READ_FAULT:
+    case ERROR_GEN_FAILURE:
+      errno = EIO;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL:
+    case ERROR_DISK_FULL:
+    case ERROR_DISK_TOO_FRAGMENTED:
+      errno = ENOSPC;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_FILE_EXISTS:
+    case ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS:
+      errno = EEXIST;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW:
+    case ERROR_FILENAME_EXCED_RANGE:
+      errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_INVALID_NAME:
+    case ERROR_DELETE_PENDING:
+      errno = EPERM;        /* ? */
+      break;
+
+# ifndef ERROR_FILE_TOO_LARGE
+/* This value is documented but not defined in all versions of windows.h.  */
+#  define ERROR_FILE_TOO_LARGE 223
+# endif
+    case ERROR_FILE_TOO_LARGE:
+      errno = EFBIG;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* ! W32 platform */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# include "dirname.h"
+# include "same-inode.h"
+
+/* Rename the file SRC to DST, fixing any trailing slash bugs.  */
+
+int
+rpl_rename (char const *src, char const *dst)
+{
+  size_t src_len = strlen (src);
+  size_t dst_len = strlen (dst);
+  char *src_temp = (char *) src;
+  char *dst_temp = (char *) dst;
+  bool src_slash;
+  bool dst_slash;
+  _GL_UNUSED bool dst_exists;
+  int ret_val = -1;
+  int rename_errno = ENOTDIR;
+  struct stat src_st;
+  struct stat dst_st;
+
+  if (!src_len || !dst_len)
+    return rename (src, dst); /* Let strace see the ENOENT failure.  */
+
+# if RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG
+  {
+    char *src_base = last_component (src);
+    char *dst_base = last_component (dst);
+    if (*src_base == '.')
+      {
+        size_t len = base_len (src_base);
+        if (len == 1 || (len == 2 && src_base[1] == '.'))
+          {
+            errno = EINVAL;
+            return -1;
+          }
+      }
+    if (*dst_base == '.')
+      {
+        size_t len = base_len (dst_base);
+        if (len == 1 || (len == 2 && dst_base[1] == '.'))
+          {
+            errno = EINVAL;
+            return -1;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+# endif /* RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG */
+
+  src_slash = src[src_len - 1] == '/';
+  dst_slash = dst[dst_len - 1] == '/';
+
+# if !RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG && !RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG
+  /* If there are no trailing slashes, then trust the native
+     implementation unless we also suspect issues with hard link
+     detection or file/directory conflicts.  */
+  if (!src_slash && !dst_slash)
+    return rename (src, dst);
+# endif /* !RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG && !RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG */
+
+  /* Presence of a trailing slash requires directory semantics.  If
+     the source does not exist, or if the destination cannot be turned
+     into a directory, give up now.  Otherwise, strip trailing slashes
+     before calling rename.  */
+  if (lstat (src, &src_st))
+    return -1;
+  if (lstat (dst, &dst_st))
+    {
+      if (errno != ENOENT || (!S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode) && dst_slash))
+        return -1;
+      dst_exists = false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode) != S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode) ? EISDIR : ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+# if RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG
+      if (SAME_INODE (src_st, dst_st))
+        return 0;
+# endif /* RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG */
+      dst_exists = true;
+    }
+
+# if (RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_SOURCE_BUG || RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG        \
+      || RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG)
+  /* If the only bug was that a trailing slash was allowed on a
+     non-existing file destination, as in Solaris 10, then we've
+     already covered that situation.  But if there is any problem with
+     a trailing slash on an existing source or destination, as in
+     Solaris 9, or if a directory can overwrite a symlink, as on
+     Cygwin 1.5, or if directories cannot be created with trailing
+     slash, as on NetBSD 1.6, then we must strip the offending slash
+     and check that we have not encountered a symlink instead of a
+     directory.
+
+     Stripping a trailing slash interferes with POSIX semantics, where
+     rename behavior on a symlink with a trailing slash operates on
+     the corresponding target directory.  We prefer the GNU semantics
+     of rejecting any use of a symlink with trailing slash, but do not
+     enforce them, since Solaris 10 is able to obey POSIX semantics
+     and there might be clients expecting it, as counter-intuitive as
+     those semantics are.
+
+     Technically, we could also follow the POSIX behavior by chasing a
+     readlink trail, but that is harder to implement.  */
+  if (src_slash)
+    {
+      src_temp = strdup (src);
+      if (!src_temp)
+        {
+          /* Rather than rely on strdup-posix, we set errno ourselves.  */
+          rename_errno = ENOMEM;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      strip_trailing_slashes (src_temp);
+      if (lstat (src_temp, &src_st))
+        {
+          rename_errno = errno;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      if (S_ISLNK (src_st.st_mode))
+        goto out;
+    }
+  if (dst_slash)
+    {
+      dst_temp = strdup (dst);
+      if (!dst_temp)
+        {
+          rename_errno = ENOMEM;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      strip_trailing_slashes (dst_temp);
+      if (lstat (dst_temp, &dst_st))
+        {
+          if (errno != ENOENT)
+            {
+              rename_errno = errno;
+              goto out;
+            }
+        }
+      else if (S_ISLNK (dst_st.st_mode))
+        goto out;
+    }
+# endif /* RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_SOURCE_BUG || RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG
+           || RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG */
+
+# if RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG
+  /* Cygwin 1.5 sometimes behaves oddly when moving a non-empty
+     directory on top of an empty one (the old directory name can
+     reappear if the new directory tree is removed).  Work around this
+     by removing the target first, but don't remove the target if it
+     is a subdirectory of the source.  Note that we can end up losing
+     a directory if rename then fails, but it was empty, so not much
+     damage was done.  */
+  if (dst_exists && S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode))
+    {
+      if (src_st.st_dev != dst_st.st_dev)
+        {
+          rename_errno = EXDEV;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      if (src_temp != src)
+        free (src_temp);
+      src_temp = canonicalize_file_name (src);
+      if (dst_temp != dst)
+        free (dst_temp);
+      dst_temp = canonicalize_file_name (dst);
+      if (!src_temp || !dst_temp)
+        {
+          rename_errno = ENOMEM;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      src_len = strlen (src_temp);
+      if (strncmp (src_temp, dst_temp, src_len) == 0
+          && dst_temp[src_len] == '/')
+        {
+          rename_errno = EINVAL;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      if (rmdir (dst))
+        {
+          rename_errno = errno;
+          goto out;
+        }
+    }
+# endif /* RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG */
+
+  ret_val = rename (src_temp, dst_temp);
+  rename_errno = errno;
+
+ out: _GL_UNUSED_LABEL;
+
+  if (src_temp != src)
+    free (src_temp);
+  if (dst_temp != dst)
+    free (dst_temp);
+  errno = rename_errno;
+  return ret_val;
+}
+#endif /* ! W32 platform */
diff --git a/lib/renameat.c b/lib/renameat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f08be7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/renameat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* Rename a file relative to open directories.
+   Copyright 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "renameatu.h"
+
+int
+renameat (int fd1, char const *src, int fd2, char const *dst)
+{
+  return renameatu (fd1, src, fd2, dst, 0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/renameatu.c b/lib/renameatu.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4e317d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/renameatu.c
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/* Rename a file relative to open directories.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake and Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "renameatu.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __linux__
+# include <sys/syscall.h>
+#endif
+
+static int
+errno_fail (int e)
+{
+  errno = e;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#if HAVE_RENAMEAT
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+
+# include "dirname.h"
+# include "openat.h"
+
+#else
+# include "openat-priv.h"
+
+static int
+rename_noreplace (char const *src, char const *dst)
+{
+  /* This has a race between the call to lstat and the call to rename.  */
+  struct stat st;
+  return (lstat (dst, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW ? errno_fail (EEXIST)
+          : errno == ENOENT ? rename (src, dst)
+          : -1);
+}
+#endif
+
+#undef renameat
+
+#if HAVE_RENAMEAT
+
+/* Act like renameat (FD1, SRC, FD2, DST), except fail with EEXIST if
+   FLAGS is nonzero and it is easy to fail atomically if DST already exists.
+   This lets renameatu be atomic when it can be implemented in terms
+   of renameatx_np.  */
+static int
+renameat2ish (int fd1, char const *src, int fd2, char const *dst,
+              unsigned int flags)
+{
+# ifdef RENAME_EXCL
+  if (flags)
+    {
+      int r = renameatx_np (fd1, src, fd2, dst, RENAME_EXCL);
+      if (r == 0 || errno != ENOTSUP)
+        return r;
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return renameat (fd1, src, fd2, dst);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Rename FILE1, in the directory open on descriptor FD1, to FILE2, in
+   the directory open on descriptor FD2.  If possible, do it without
+   changing the working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using
+   save_cwd/fchdir, then rename/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or
+   the restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+
+   Obey FLAGS when doing the renaming.  If FLAGS is zero, this
+   function is equivalent to renameat (FD1, SRC, FD2, DST).
+   Otherwise, attempt to implement FLAGS even if the implementation is
+   not atomic; this differs from the GNU/Linux native renameat2,
+   which fails if it cannot guarantee atomicity.  */
+
+int
+renameatu (int fd1, char const *src, int fd2, char const *dst,
+           unsigned int flags)
+{
+  int ret_val = -1;
+  int err = EINVAL;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_RENAMEAT2
+  ret_val = renameat2 (fd1, src, fd2, dst, flags);
+  err = errno;
+#elif defined SYS_renameat2
+  ret_val = syscall (SYS_renameat2, fd1, src, fd2, dst, flags);
+  err = errno;
+#endif
+
+  if (! (ret_val < 0 && (err == EINVAL || err == ENOSYS || err == ENOTSUP)))
+    return ret_val;
+
+#if HAVE_RENAMEAT
+  {
+  size_t src_len;
+  size_t dst_len;
+  char *src_temp = (char *) src;
+  char *dst_temp = (char *) dst;
+  bool src_slash;
+  bool dst_slash;
+  int rename_errno = ENOTDIR;
+  struct stat src_st;
+  struct stat dst_st;
+  bool dst_found_nonexistent = false;
+
+  switch (flags)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      break;
+
+    case RENAME_NOREPLACE:
+      /* This has a race between the call to fstatat and the calls to
+         renameat below.  This fstatat is needed even if RENAME_EXCL
+         is defined, because RENAME_EXCL is buggy on macOS 11.2:
+         renameatx_np (fd, "X", fd, "X", RENAME_EXCL) incorrectly
+         succeeds when X exists.  */
+      if (fstatat (fd2, dst, &dst_st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) == 0
+          || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        return errno_fail (EEXIST);
+      if (errno != ENOENT)
+        return -1;
+      dst_found_nonexistent = true;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return errno_fail (ENOTSUP);
+    }
+
+  /* Let strace see any ENOENT failure.  */
+  src_len = strlen (src);
+  dst_len = strlen (dst);
+  if (!src_len || !dst_len)
+    return renameat2ish (fd1, src, fd2, dst, flags);
+
+  src_slash = src[src_len - 1] == '/';
+  dst_slash = dst[dst_len - 1] == '/';
+  if (!src_slash && !dst_slash)
+    return renameat2ish (fd1, src, fd2, dst, flags);
+
+  /* Presence of a trailing slash requires directory semantics.  If
+     the source does not exist, or if the destination cannot be turned
+     into a directory, give up now.  Otherwise, strip trailing slashes
+     before calling rename.  */
+  if (fstatat (fd1, src, &src_st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW))
+    return -1;
+  if (dst_found_nonexistent)
+    {
+      if (!S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode))
+        return errno_fail (ENOENT);
+    }
+  else if (fstatat (fd2, dst, &dst_st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW))
+    {
+      if (errno != ENOENT || !S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode))
+        return -1;
+    }
+  else if (!S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode))
+    return errno_fail (ENOTDIR);
+  else if (!S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode))
+    return errno_fail (EISDIR);
+
+# if RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_SOURCE_BUG
+  /* See the lengthy comment in rename.c why Solaris 9 is forced to
+     GNU behavior, while Solaris 10 is left with POSIX behavior,
+     regarding symlinks with trailing slash.  */
+  ret_val = -1;
+  if (src_slash)
+    {
+      src_temp = strdup (src);
+      if (!src_temp)
+        {
+          /* Rather than rely on strdup-posix, we set errno ourselves.  */
+          rename_errno = ENOMEM;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      strip_trailing_slashes (src_temp);
+      if (fstatat (fd1, src_temp, &src_st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW))
+        {
+          rename_errno = errno;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      if (S_ISLNK (src_st.st_mode))
+        goto out;
+    }
+  if (dst_slash)
+    {
+      dst_temp = strdup (dst);
+      if (!dst_temp)
+        {
+          rename_errno = ENOMEM;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      strip_trailing_slashes (dst_temp);
+      if (fstatat (fd2, dst_temp, &dst_st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW))
+        {
+          if (errno != ENOENT)
+            {
+              rename_errno = errno;
+              goto out;
+            }
+        }
+      else if (S_ISLNK (dst_st.st_mode))
+        goto out;
+    }
+# endif /* RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_SOURCE_BUG */
+
+  /* renameat does not honor trailing / on Solaris 10.  Solve it in a
+     similar manner to rename.  No need to worry about bugs not present
+     on Solaris, since all other systems either lack renameat or honor
+     trailing slash correctly.  */
+
+  ret_val = renameat2ish (fd1, src_temp, fd2, dst_temp, flags);
+  rename_errno = errno;
+  goto out;
+ out:
+  if (src_temp != src)
+    free (src_temp);
+  if (dst_temp != dst)
+    free (dst_temp);
+  errno = rename_errno;
+  return ret_val;
+  }
+#else /* !HAVE_RENAMEAT */
+
+  /* RENAME_NOREPLACE is the only flag currently supported.  */
+  if (flags & ~RENAME_NOREPLACE)
+    return errno_fail (ENOTSUP);
+  return at_func2 (fd1, src, fd2, dst, flags ? rename_noreplace : rename);
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_RENAMEAT */
+}
diff --git a/lib/renameatu.h b/lib/renameatu.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..239df4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/renameatu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Rename a file relative to open directories.
+   Copyright 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+/* Get RENAME_* macros from <stdio.h> if present, otherwise supply
+   the traditional Linux values.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef RENAME_NOREPLACE
+# define RENAME_NOREPLACE  (1 << 0)
+# define RENAME_EXCHANGE   (1 << 1)
+# define RENAME_WHITEOUT   (1 << 2)
+#endif
+
+extern int renameatu (int, char const *, int, char const *, unsigned int);
diff --git a/lib/rewinddir.c b/lib/rewinddir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b07aaf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rewinddir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* Restart reading the entries of a directory from the beginning.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "dirent-private.h"
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#undef FindFirstFile
+#define FindFirstFile FindFirstFileA
+
+void
+rewinddir (DIR *dirp)
+{
+  /* Like in closedir().  */
+  if (dirp->current != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    FindClose (dirp->current);
+
+  /* Like in opendir().  */
+  dirp->status = -1;
+  dirp->current = FindFirstFile (dirp->dir_name_mask, &dirp->entry);
+  if (dirp->current == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      switch (GetLastError ())
+        {
+        case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND:
+          dirp->status = -2;
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* Save the error code for the next readdir() call.  */
+          dirp->status = ENOENT;
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/rmdir.c b/lib/rmdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c8b75e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rmdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Work around rmdir bugs.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1999, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "filename.h"
+
+#undef rmdir
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# define rmdir _rmdir
+#endif
+
+/* Remove directory DIR.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not.  */
+
+int
+rpl_rmdir (char const *dir)
+{
+  /* Work around cygwin 1.5.x bug where rmdir("dir/./") succeeds.  */
+  size_t len = strlen (dir);
+  int result;
+  while (len && ISSLASH (dir[len - 1]))
+    len--;
+  if (len && dir[len - 1] == '.' && (1 == len || ISSLASH (dir[len - 2])))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  result = rmdir (dir);
+  /* Work around mingw bug, where rmdir("file/") fails with EINVAL
+     instead of ENOTDIR.  We've already filtered out trailing ., the
+     only reason allowed by POSIX for EINVAL.  */
+  if (result == -1 && errno == EINVAL)
+    errno = ENOTDIR;
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/root-dev-ino.c b/lib/root-dev-ino.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfa9a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/root-dev-ino.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* root-dev-ino.c -- get the device and inode numbers for '/'.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "root-dev-ino.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Call lstat to get the device and inode numbers for '/'.
+   Upon failure, return NULL.  Otherwise, set the members of
+   *ROOT_D_I accordingly and return ROOT_D_I.  */
+struct dev_ino *
+get_root_dev_ino (struct dev_ino *root_d_i)
+{
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  if (lstat ("/", &statbuf))
+    return NULL;
+  root_d_i->st_ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+  root_d_i->st_dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+  return root_d_i;
+}
diff --git a/lib/root-dev-ino.h b/lib/root-dev-ino.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e416577
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/root-dev-ino.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Root device and inode number checking.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef ROOT_DEV_INO_H
+# define ROOT_DEV_INO_H 1
+
+# include "dev-ino.h"
+# include "same-inode.h"
+
+struct dev_ino *
+get_root_dev_ino (struct dev_ino *root_d_i) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ();
+
+/* These macros are common to the programs that support the
+   --preserve-root and --no-preserve-root options.  */
+
+# define ROOT_DEV_INO_CHECK(Root_dev_ino, Dir_statbuf) \
+    (Root_dev_ino && SAME_INODE (*Dir_statbuf, *Root_dev_ino))
+
+# define ROOT_DEV_INO_WARN(Dirname)					\
+  do									\
+    {									\
+      if (STREQ (Dirname, "/"))						\
+        error (0, 0, _("it is dangerous to operate recursively on %s"),	\
+               quoteaf (Dirname));					\
+      else								\
+        error (0, 0,							\
+               _("it is dangerous to operate recursively on %s (same as %s)"), \
+               quoteaf_n (0, Dirname), quoteaf_n (1, "/"));		\
+      error (0, 0, _("use --no-preserve-root to override this failsafe")); \
+    }									\
+  while (0)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/root-uid.h b/lib/root-uid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3274e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/root-uid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* The user ID that always has appropriate privileges in the POSIX sense.
+
+   Copyright 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef ROOT_UID_H_
+#define ROOT_UID_H_
+
+/* The user ID that always has appropriate privileges in the POSIX sense.  */
+#ifdef __TANDEM
+# define ROOT_UID 65535
+#else
+# define ROOT_UID 0
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/rpmatch.c b/lib/rpmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01eab24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rpmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* Determine whether string value is affirmation or negative response
+   according to current locale's data.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <string.h>
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# endif
+# include <regex.h>
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+# define N_(msgid) gettext_noop (msgid)
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR
+/* Return the localized regular expression pattern corresponding to
+   ENGLISH_PATTERN.  NL_INDEX can be used with nl_langinfo.
+   The resulting string may only be used until the next nl_langinfo call.  */
+static const char *
+localized_pattern (const char *english_pattern, nl_item nl_index,
+                   bool posixly_correct)
+{
+  const char *translated_pattern;
+
+  /* We prefer to get the patterns from a PO file.  It would be possible to
+     always use nl_langinfo (YESEXPR) instead of _("^[yY]"), and
+     nl_langinfo (NOEXPR) instead of _("^[nN]"), if we could assume that the
+     system's locale support is good.  But this is not the case e.g. on Cygwin.
+     The localizations of gnulib.pot are of better quality in general.
+     Also, if we use locale info from non-free systems that don't have a
+     'localedef' command, we deprive the users of the freedom to localize
+     this pattern for their preferred language.
+     But some programs, such as 'cp', 'mv', 'rm', 'find', 'xargs', are
+     specified by POSIX to use nl_langinfo (YESEXPR).  We implement this
+     behaviour if POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, for the sake of these programs.  */
+
+  /* If the user wants strict POSIX compliance, use nl_langinfo.  */
+  if (posixly_correct)
+    {
+      translated_pattern = nl_langinfo (nl_index);
+      /* Check against a broken system return value.  */
+      if (translated_pattern != NULL && translated_pattern[0] != '\0')
+        return translated_pattern;
+   }
+
+  /* Look in the gnulib message catalog.  */
+  translated_pattern = _(english_pattern);
+  if (translated_pattern == english_pattern)
+    {
+      /* The gnulib message catalog provides no translation.
+         Try the system's message catalog.  */
+      translated_pattern = nl_langinfo (nl_index);
+      /* Check against a broken system return value.  */
+      if (translated_pattern != NULL && translated_pattern[0] != '\0')
+        return translated_pattern;
+      /* Fall back to English.  */
+      translated_pattern = english_pattern;
+    }
+  return translated_pattern;
+}
+# else
+#  define localized_pattern(english_pattern,nl_index,posixly_correct) \
+     _(english_pattern)
+# endif
+
+static int
+try (const char *response, const char *pattern, char **lastp, regex_t *re)
+{
+  if (*lastp == NULL || strcmp (pattern, *lastp) != 0)
+    {
+      char *safe_pattern;
+
+      /* The pattern has changed.  */
+      if (*lastp != NULL)
+        {
+          /* Free the old compiled pattern.  */
+          regfree (re);
+          free (*lastp);
+          *lastp = NULL;
+        }
+      /* Put the PATTERN into safe memory before calling regcomp.
+         (regcomp may call nl_langinfo, overwriting PATTERN's storage.  */
+      safe_pattern = strdup (pattern);
+      if (safe_pattern == NULL)
+        return -1;
+      /* Compile the pattern and cache it for future runs.  */
+      if (regcomp (re, safe_pattern, REG_EXTENDED) != 0)
+        {
+          free (safe_pattern);
+          return -1;
+        }
+      *lastp = safe_pattern;
+    }
+
+  /* See if the regular expression matches RESPONSE.  */
+  return regexec (re, response, 0, NULL, 0) == 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+int
+rpmatch (const char *response)
+{
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+  /* Match against one of the response patterns, compiling the pattern
+     first if necessary.  */
+
+  /* We cache the response patterns and compiled regexps here.  */
+  static char *last_yesexpr, *last_noexpr;
+  static regex_t cached_yesre, cached_nore;
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR
+  bool posixly_correct = (getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL);
+# endif
+
+  const char *yesexpr, *noexpr;
+  int result;
+
+  /* TRANSLATORS: A regular expression testing for an affirmative answer
+     (english: "yes").  Testing the first character may be sufficient.
+     Take care to consider upper and lower case.
+     To enquire the regular expression that your system uses for this
+     purpose, you can use the command
+       locale -k LC_MESSAGES | grep '^yesexpr='  */
+  yesexpr = localized_pattern (N_("^[yY]"), YESEXPR, posixly_correct);
+  result = try (response, yesexpr, &last_yesexpr, &cached_yesre);
+  if (result < 0)
+    return -1;
+  if (result)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* TRANSLATORS: A regular expression testing for a negative answer
+     (english: "no").  Testing the first character may be sufficient.
+     Take care to consider upper and lower case.
+     To enquire the regular expression that your system uses for this
+     purpose, you can use the command
+       locale -k LC_MESSAGES | grep '^noexpr='  */
+  noexpr = localized_pattern (N_("^[nN]"), NOEXPR, posixly_correct);
+  result = try (response, noexpr, &last_noexpr, &cached_nore);
+  if (result < 0)
+    return -1;
+  if (result)
+    return 0;
+
+  return -1;
+#else
+  /* Test against "^[yY]" and "^[nN]", hardcoded to avoid requiring regex */
+  return (*response == 'y' || *response == 'Y' ? 1
+          : *response == 'n' || *response == 'N' ? 0 : -1);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/safe-read.c b/lib/safe-read.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04ffa7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/safe-read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* An interface to read and write that retries after interrupts.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993-1994, 1998, 2002-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef SAFE_WRITE
+# include "safe-write.h"
+#else
+# include "safe-read.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Get ssize_t.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef EINTR
+# define IS_EINTR(x) ((x) == EINTR)
+#else
+# define IS_EINTR(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#include "sys-limits.h"
+
+#ifdef SAFE_WRITE
+# define safe_rw safe_write
+# define rw write
+#else
+# define safe_rw safe_read
+# define rw read
+# undef const
+# define const /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* Read(write) up to COUNT bytes at BUF from(to) descriptor FD, retrying if
+   interrupted.  Return the actual number of bytes read(written), zero for EOF,
+   or SAFE_READ_ERROR(SAFE_WRITE_ERROR) upon error.  */
+size_t
+safe_rw (int fd, void const *buf, size_t count)
+{
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      ssize_t result = rw (fd, buf, count);
+
+      if (0 <= result)
+        return result;
+      else if (IS_EINTR (errno))
+        continue;
+      else if (errno == EINVAL && SYS_BUFSIZE_MAX < count)
+        count = SYS_BUFSIZE_MAX;
+      else
+        return result;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/safe-read.h b/lib/safe-read.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a39bb98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/safe-read.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* An interface to read() that retries after interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Some system calls may be interrupted and fail with errno = EINTR in the
+   following situations:
+     - The process is stopped and restarted (signal SIGSTOP and SIGCONT, user
+       types Ctrl-Z) on some platforms: Mac OS X.
+     - The process receives a signal for which a signal handler was installed
+       with sigaction() with an sa_flags field that does not contain
+       SA_RESTART.
+     - The process receives a signal for which a signal handler was installed
+       with signal() and for which no call to siginterrupt(sig,0) was done,
+       on some platforms: AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris.
+
+   This module provides a wrapper around read() that handles EINTR.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#define SAFE_READ_ERROR ((size_t) -1)
+
+/* Read up to COUNT bytes at BUF from descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted.
+   Return the actual number of bytes read, zero for EOF, or SAFE_READ_ERROR
+   upon error.  */
+extern size_t safe_read (int fd, void *buf, size_t count);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/safe-write.c b/lib/safe-write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b779b36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/safe-write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* An interface to write that retries after interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define SAFE_WRITE
+#include "safe-read.c"
diff --git a/lib/safe-write.h b/lib/safe-write.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5a6c90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/safe-write.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* An interface to write() that retries after interrupts.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Some system calls may be interrupted and fail with errno = EINTR in the
+   following situations:
+     - The process is stopped and restarted (signal SIGSTOP and SIGCONT, user
+       types Ctrl-Z) on some platforms: Mac OS X.
+     - The process receives a signal for which a signal handler was installed
+       with sigaction() with an sa_flags field that does not contain
+       SA_RESTART.
+     - The process receives a signal for which a signal handler was installed
+       with signal() and for which no call to siginterrupt(sig,0) was done,
+       on some platforms: AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris.
+
+   This module provides a wrapper around write() that handles EINTR.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define SAFE_WRITE_ERROR ((size_t) -1)
+
+/* Write up to COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted.
+   Return the actual number of bytes written, zero for EOF, or SAFE_WRITE_ERROR
+   upon error.  */
+extern size_t safe_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);
diff --git a/lib/same-inode.h b/lib/same-inode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f65f3d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/same-inode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Determine whether two stat buffers are known to refer to the same file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef SAME_INODE_H
+# define SAME_INODE_H 1
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# if defined __VMS && __CRTL_VER < 80200000
+#  define SAME_INODE(a, b)             \
+    ((a).st_ino[0] == (b).st_ino[0]    \
+     && (a).st_ino[1] == (b).st_ino[1] \
+     && (a).st_ino[2] == (b).st_ino[2] \
+     && (a).st_dev == (b).st_dev)
+# elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+   /* Native Windows.  */
+#  if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES
+    /* stat() and fstat() set st_dev and st_ino to 0 if information about
+       the inode is not available.  */
+#   define SAME_INODE(a, b) \
+     (!((a).st_ino == 0 && (a).st_dev == 0) \
+      && (a).st_ino == (b).st_ino && (a).st_dev == (b).st_dev)
+#  else
+    /* stat() and fstat() set st_ino to 0 always.  */
+#   define SAME_INODE(a, b) 0
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define SAME_INODE(a, b)    \
+    ((a).st_ino == (b).st_ino \
+     && (a).st_dev == (b).st_dev)
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/same.c b/lib/same.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b68b995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/same.c
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/* Determine whether two file names refer to the same file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-2000, 2002-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
+# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
+#endif
+
+#include "same.h"
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "same-inode.h"
+
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+/* Whether file name components are silently truncated (behavior that
+   POSIX stopped allowing in 2008).  This enables checks whether
+   truncated base names are the same, while checking the directories.  */
+#if !_POSIX_NO_TRUNC && HAVE_FPATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX
+# define CHECK_TRUNCATION true
+#else
+# define CHECK_TRUNCATION false
+#endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if SOURCE and DEST point to the same name in the same
+   directory.  */
+
+bool
+same_name (const char *source, const char *dest)
+{
+  return same_nameat (AT_FDCWD, source, AT_FDCWD, dest);
+}
+
+/* Likewise, but interpret the file names relative to SOURCE_FD and DEST_FD,
+   in the style of openat.  */
+
+bool
+same_nameat (int source_dfd, char const *source,
+             int dest_dfd, char const *dest)
+{
+  /* Compare the basenames.  */
+  char const *source_basename = last_component (source);
+  char const *dest_basename = last_component (dest);
+  size_t source_baselen = base_len (source_basename);
+  size_t dest_baselen = base_len (dest_basename);
+  bool identical_basenames =
+    (source_baselen == dest_baselen
+     && memcmp (source_basename, dest_basename, dest_baselen) == 0);
+  bool compare_dirs = identical_basenames;
+  bool same = false;
+
+#if CHECK_TRUNCATION
+  size_t slen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : _POSIX_NAME_MAX;
+  size_t min_baselen = MIN (source_baselen, dest_baselen);
+  if (slen_max <= min_baselen
+      && memcmp (source_basename, dest_basename, slen_max) == 0)
+    compare_dirs = true;
+#endif
+
+  if (compare_dirs)
+    {
+      struct stat source_dir_stats;
+      struct stat dest_dir_stats;
+
+      /* Compare the parent directories (via the device and inode numbers).  */
+      char *source_dirname = dir_name (source);
+      int flags = AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW;
+      if (fstatat (source_dfd, source_dirname, &source_dir_stats, flags) != 0)
+        {
+          /* Shouldn't happen.  */
+          error (1, errno, "%s", source_dirname);
+        }
+      free (source_dirname);
+
+      char *dest_dirname = dir_name (dest);
+
+#if CHECK_TRUNCATION
+      int destdir_errno = 0;
+      int open_flags = O_SEARCH | O_CLOEXEC | O_DIRECTORY;
+      int destdir_fd = openat (dest_dfd, dest_dirname, open_flags);
+      if (destdir_fd < 0 || fstat (destdir_fd, &dest_dir_stats) != 0)
+        destdir_errno = errno;
+      else if (SAME_INODE (source_dir_stats, dest_dir_stats))
+        {
+          same = identical_basenames;
+          if (! same)
+            {
+              errno = 0;
+              long name_max = fpathconf (destdir_fd, _PC_NAME_MAX);
+              if (name_max < 0)
+                destdir_errno = errno;
+              else
+                same = (name_max <= min_baselen
+                        && (memcmp (source_basename, dest_basename, name_max)
+                            == 0));
+            }
+        }
+      close (destdir_fd);
+      if (destdir_errno != 0)
+        {
+          /* Shouldn't happen.  */
+          error (1, destdir_errno, "%s", dest_dirname);
+        }
+#else
+      if (fstatat (dest_dfd, dest_dirname, &dest_dir_stats, flags) != 0)
+        {
+          /* Shouldn't happen.  */
+          error (1, errno, "%s", dest_dirname);
+        }
+      same = SAME_INODE (source_dir_stats, dest_dir_stats);
+#endif
+
+      free (dest_dirname);
+    }
+
+  return same;
+}
diff --git a/lib/same.h b/lib/same.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6066850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/same.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Determine whether two file names refer to the same file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-2000, 2003-2004, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef SAME_H_
+# define SAME_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+bool same_name (const char *source, const char *dest);
+bool same_nameat (int, char const *, int, char const *);
+
+#endif /* SAME_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/save-cwd.c b/lib/save-cwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea487a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/save-cwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* save-cwd.c -- Save and restore current working directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "save-cwd.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "chdir-long.h"
+#include "unistd--.h"
+
+#if GNULIB_FCNTL_SAFER
+# include "fcntl--.h"
+#else
+# define GNULIB_FCNTL_SAFER 0
+#endif
+
+/* Record the location of the current working directory in CWD so that
+   the program may change to other directories and later use restore_cwd
+   to return to the recorded location.  This function may allocate
+   space using malloc (via getcwd) or leave a file descriptor open;
+   use free_cwd to perform the necessary free or close.  Upon failure,
+   no memory is allocated, any locally opened file descriptors are
+   closed;  return non-zero -- in that case, free_cwd need not be
+   called, but doing so is ok.  Otherwise, return zero.
+
+   The _raison d'etre_ for this interface is that the working directory
+   is sometimes inaccessible, and getcwd is not robust or as efficient.
+   So, we prefer to use the open/fchdir approach, but fall back on
+   getcwd if necessary.  This module works for most cases with just
+   the getcwd-lgpl module, but to be truly robust, use the getcwd module.
+
+   Some systems lack fchdir altogether: e.g., OS/2, pre-2001 Cygwin,
+   SCO Xenix.  Also, SunOS 4 and Irix 5.3 provide the function, yet it
+   doesn't work for partitions on which auditing is enabled.  If
+   you're still using an obsolete system with these problems, please
+   send email to the maintainer of this code.  */
+
+int
+save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
+{
+  cwd->name = NULL;
+
+  cwd->desc = open (".", O_SEARCH | O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (!GNULIB_FCNTL_SAFER)
+    cwd->desc = fd_safer_flag (cwd->desc, O_CLOEXEC);
+  if (cwd->desc < 0)
+    {
+      cwd->name = getcwd (NULL, 0);
+      return cwd->name ? 0 : -1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Change to recorded location, CWD, in directory hierarchy.
+   Upon failure, return -1 (errno is set by chdir or fchdir).
+   Upon success, return zero.  */
+
+int
+restore_cwd (const struct saved_cwd *cwd)
+{
+  if (0 <= cwd->desc)
+    return fchdir (cwd->desc);
+  else
+    return chdir_long (cwd->name);
+}
+
+void
+free_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
+{
+  if (cwd->desc >= 0)
+    close (cwd->desc);
+  free (cwd->name);
+}
diff --git a/lib/save-cwd.h b/lib/save-cwd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90e8a07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/save-cwd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Save and restore current working directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef SAVE_CWD_H
+# define SAVE_CWD_H 1
+
+struct saved_cwd
+  {
+    int desc;
+    char *name;
+  };
+
+int save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd);
+int restore_cwd (const struct saved_cwd *cwd);
+void free_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd);
+
+#endif /* SAVE_CWD_H */
diff --git a/lib/savedir.c b/lib/savedir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e91ceb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/savedir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/* savedir.c -- save the list of files in a directory in a string
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "savedir.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "dirent--.h"
+#ifndef _D_EXACT_NAMLEN
+# define _D_EXACT_NAMLEN(dp)    strlen ((dp)->d_name)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  char *name;
+#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
+  ino_t ino;
+#endif
+} direntry_t;
+
+/* Compare the names of two directory entries */
+
+static int
+direntry_cmp_name (void const *a, void const *b)
+{
+  direntry_t const *dea = a;
+  direntry_t const *deb = b;
+
+  return strcmp (dea->name, deb->name);
+}
+
+#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
+/* Compare the inode numbers of two directory entries */
+
+static int
+direntry_cmp_inode (void const *a, void const *b)
+{
+  direntry_t const *dea = a;
+  direntry_t const *deb = b;
+
+  return _GL_CMP (dea->ino, deb->ino);
+}
+#endif
+
+typedef int (*comparison_function) (void const *, void const *);
+
+static comparison_function const comparison_function_table[] =
+  {
+    0,
+    direntry_cmp_name
+#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
+    , direntry_cmp_inode
+#endif
+  };
+
+/* Return a freshly allocated string containing the file names
+   in directory DIRP, separated by '\0' characters;
+   the end is marked by two '\0' characters in a row.
+   Returned values are sorted according to OPTION.
+   Return NULL (setting errno) if DIRP cannot be read.
+   If DIRP is NULL, return NULL without affecting errno.  */
+
+char *
+streamsavedir (DIR *dirp, enum savedir_option option)
+{
+  char *name_space = NULL;
+  idx_t allocated = 0;
+  direntry_t *entries = NULL;
+  idx_t entries_allocated = 0;
+  idx_t entries_used = 0;
+  idx_t used = 0;
+  comparison_function cmp = comparison_function_table[option];
+
+  if (dirp == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      struct dirent const *dp;
+      char const *entry;
+
+      errno = 0;
+      dp = readdir (dirp);
+      if (! dp)
+        break;
+
+      /* Skip "", ".", and "..".  "" is returned by at least one buggy
+         implementation: Solaris 2.4 readdir on NFS file systems.  */
+      entry = dp->d_name;
+      if (entry[entry[0] != '.' ? 0 : entry[1] != '.' ? 1 : 2] != '\0')
+        {
+          idx_t entry_size = _D_EXACT_NAMLEN (dp) + 1;
+          if (cmp)
+            {
+              if (entries_allocated == entries_used)
+                entries = xpalloc (entries, &entries_allocated, 1, -1,
+                                   sizeof *entries);
+              entries[entries_used].name = xstrdup (entry);
+#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
+              entries[entries_used].ino = dp->d_ino;
+#endif
+              entries_used++;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              if (allocated - used <= entry_size)
+                name_space = xpalloc (name_space, &allocated,
+                                      entry_size - (allocated - used),
+                                      IDX_MAX - 1, sizeof *name_space);
+              memcpy (name_space + used, entry, entry_size);
+            }
+          used += entry_size;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (errno != 0)
+    {
+      free (entries);
+      free (name_space);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (cmp)
+    {
+      if (entries_used)
+        qsort (entries, entries_used, sizeof *entries, cmp);
+      name_space = ximalloc (used + 1);
+      used = 0;
+      for (idx_t i = 0; i < entries_used; i++)
+        {
+          char *dest = name_space + used;
+          used += stpcpy (dest, entries[i].name) - dest + 1;
+          free (entries[i].name);
+        }
+      free (entries);
+    }
+  else if (used == allocated)
+    name_space = xirealloc (name_space, used + 1);
+
+  name_space[used] = '\0';
+  return name_space;
+}
+
+/* Return a freshly allocated string containing the file names
+   in directory DIR, separated by '\0' characters;
+   the end is marked by two '\0' characters in a row.
+   Return NULL (setting errno) if DIR cannot be opened, read, or closed.  */
+
+char *
+savedir (char const *dir, enum savedir_option option)
+{
+  DIR *dirp = opendir (dir);
+  if (! dirp)
+    return NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      char *name_space = streamsavedir (dirp, option);
+      if (closedir (dirp) != 0)
+        {
+          free (name_space);
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      return name_space;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/savedir.h b/lib/savedir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45912cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/savedir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Save the list of files in a directory in a string.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
+
+#ifndef _GL_SAVEDIR_H
+#define _GL_SAVEDIR_H
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+enum savedir_option
+  {
+    SAVEDIR_SORT_NONE,
+    SAVEDIR_SORT_NAME,
+#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
+    SAVEDIR_SORT_INODE,
+    SAVEDIR_SORT_FASTREAD = SAVEDIR_SORT_INODE
+#else
+    SAVEDIR_SORT_FASTREAD = SAVEDIR_SORT_NONE
+#endif
+  };
+
+char *streamsavedir (DIR *, enum savedir_option)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+char *savedir (char const *, enum savedir_option)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/savewd.c b/lib/savewd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..804924a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/savewd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/* Save and restore the working directory, possibly using a child process.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define SAVEWD_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+
+#include "savewd.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "assure.h"
+#include "attribute.h"
+#include "fcntl-safer.h"
+#include "filename.h"
+
+/* Save the working directory into *WD, if it hasn't been saved
+   already.  Return true if a child has been forked to do the real
+   work.  */
+static bool
+savewd_save (struct savewd *wd)
+{
+  switch (wd->state)
+    {
+    case INITIAL_STATE:
+      /* Save the working directory, or prepare to fall back if possible.  */
+      {
+        int fd = open_safer (".", O_SEARCH);
+        if (0 <= fd)
+          {
+            wd->state = FD_STATE;
+            wd->val.fd = fd;
+            break;
+          }
+        if (errno != EACCES && errno != ESTALE)
+          {
+            wd->state = ERROR_STATE;
+            wd->val.errnum = errno;
+            break;
+          }
+      }
+      wd->state = FORKING_STATE;
+      wd->val.child = -1;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case FORKING_STATE:
+      if (wd->val.child < 0)
+        {
+          /* "Save" the initial working directory by forking a new
+             subprocess that will attempt all the work from the chdir
+             until the next savewd_restore.  */
+          wd->val.child = fork ();
+          if (wd->val.child != 0)
+            {
+              if (0 < wd->val.child)
+                return true;
+              wd->state = ERROR_STATE;
+              wd->val.errnum = errno;
+            }
+        }
+      break;
+
+    case FD_STATE:
+    case FD_POST_CHDIR_STATE:
+    case ERROR_STATE:
+    case FINAL_STATE:
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assure (false);
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+int
+savewd_chdir (struct savewd *wd, char const *dir, int options,
+              int open_result[2])
+{
+  int fd = -1;
+  int result = 0;
+
+  /* Open the directory if requested, or if avoiding a race condition
+     is requested and possible.  */
+  if (open_result
+      || (options & (HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW ? SAVEWD_CHDIR_NOFOLLOW : 0)))
+    {
+      fd = open (dir,
+                 (O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK
+                  | (options & SAVEWD_CHDIR_NOFOLLOW ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0)));
+
+      if (open_result)
+        {
+          open_result[0] = fd;
+          open_result[1] = errno;
+        }
+
+      if (fd < 0 && errno != EACCES)
+        result = -1;
+    }
+
+  if (result == 0 && ! (0 <= fd && options & SAVEWD_CHDIR_SKIP_READABLE))
+    {
+      if (savewd_save (wd))
+        {
+          open_result = NULL;
+          result = -2;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          result = (fd < 0 ? chdir (dir) : fchdir (fd));
+
+          if (result == 0)
+            switch (wd->state)
+              {
+              case FD_STATE:
+                wd->state = FD_POST_CHDIR_STATE;
+                break;
+
+              case ERROR_STATE:
+              case FD_POST_CHDIR_STATE:
+              case FINAL_STATE:
+                break;
+
+              case FORKING_STATE:
+                assure (wd->val.child == 0);
+                break;
+
+              default:
+                assure (false);
+              }
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (0 <= fd && ! open_result)
+    {
+      int e = errno;
+      close (fd);
+      errno = e;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+int
+savewd_restore (struct savewd *wd, int status)
+{
+  switch (wd->state)
+    {
+    case INITIAL_STATE:
+    case FD_STATE:
+      /* The working directory is the desired directory, so there's no
+         work to do.  */
+      break;
+
+    case FD_POST_CHDIR_STATE:
+      /* Restore the working directory using fchdir.  */
+      if (fchdir (wd->val.fd) == 0)
+        {
+          wd->state = FD_STATE;
+          break;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          int chdir_errno = errno;
+          close (wd->val.fd);
+          wd->state = ERROR_STATE;
+          wd->val.errnum = chdir_errno;
+        }
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case ERROR_STATE:
+      /* Report an error if asked to restore the working directory.  */
+      errno = wd->val.errnum;
+      return -1;
+
+    case FORKING_STATE:
+      /* "Restore" the working directory by waiting for the subprocess
+         to finish.  */
+      {
+        pid_t child = wd->val.child;
+        if (child == 0)
+          _exit (status);
+        if (0 < child)
+          {
+            int child_status;
+            while (waitpid (child, &child_status, 0) < 0)
+              assure (errno == EINTR);
+            wd->val.child = -1;
+            if (! WIFEXITED (child_status))
+              raise (WTERMSIG (child_status));
+            return WEXITSTATUS (child_status);
+          }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assure (false);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+savewd_finish (struct savewd *wd)
+{
+  switch (wd->state)
+    {
+    case INITIAL_STATE:
+    case ERROR_STATE:
+      break;
+
+    case FD_STATE:
+    case FD_POST_CHDIR_STATE:
+      close (wd->val.fd);
+      break;
+
+    case FORKING_STATE:
+      assure (wd->val.child < 0);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assure (false);
+    }
+
+  wd->state = FINAL_STATE;
+}
+
+/* Return true if the actual work is currently being done by a
+   subprocess.
+
+   A true return means that the caller and the subprocess should
+   resynchronize later with savewd_restore, using only their own
+   memory to decide when to resynchronize; they should not consult the
+   file system to decide, because that might lead to race conditions.
+   This is why savewd_chdir is broken out into another function;
+   savewd_chdir's callers _can_ inspect the file system to decide
+   whether to call savewd_chdir.  */
+static bool
+savewd_delegating (struct savewd const *wd)
+{
+  return wd->state == FORKING_STATE && 0 < wd->val.child;
+}
+
+int
+savewd_process_files (int n_files, char **file,
+                      int (*act) (char *, struct savewd *, void *),
+                      void *options)
+{
+  int i = 0;
+  int last_relative;
+  int exit_status = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+  struct savewd wd;
+  savewd_init (&wd);
+
+  for (last_relative = n_files - 1; 0 <= last_relative; last_relative--)
+    if (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file[last_relative]))
+      break;
+
+  for (; i < last_relative; i++)
+    {
+      if (! savewd_delegating (&wd))
+        {
+          int s = act (file[i], &wd, options);
+          if (exit_status < s)
+            exit_status = s;
+        }
+
+      if (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file[i + 1]))
+        {
+          int r = savewd_restore (&wd, exit_status);
+          if (exit_status < r)
+            exit_status = r;
+        }
+    }
+
+  savewd_finish (&wd);
+
+  for (; i < n_files; i++)
+    {
+      int s = act (file[i], &wd, options);
+      if (exit_status < s)
+        exit_status = s;
+    }
+
+  return exit_status;
+}
diff --git a/lib/savewd.h b/lib/savewd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80cd280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/savewd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/* Save and restore the working directory, possibly using a subprocess.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef SAVEWD_H
+# define SAVEWD_H 1
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef SAVEWD_INLINE
+# define SAVEWD_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* A saved working directory.  The member names and constants defined
+   by this structure are private to the savewd module.  */
+struct savewd
+{
+  /* The state of this object.  */
+  enum
+    {
+      /* This object has been created but does not yet represent
+         the working directory.  */
+      INITIAL_STATE,
+
+      /* val.fd is the original working directory's file descriptor.
+         It is still the working directory.  */
+      FD_STATE,
+
+      /* Like FD_STATE, but the working directory has changed, so
+         restoring it will require a fchdir.  */
+      FD_POST_CHDIR_STATE,
+
+      /* Fork and let the subprocess do the work.  val.child is 0 in a
+         child, negative in a childless parent, and the child process
+         ID in a parent with a child.  */
+      FORKING_STATE,
+
+      /* A serious problem argues against further efforts.  val.errnum
+         contains the error number (e.g., EIO).  */
+      ERROR_STATE,
+
+      /* savewd_finish has been called, so the application no longer
+         cares whether the working directory is saved, and there is no
+         more work to do.  */
+      FINAL_STATE
+    } state;
+
+  /* The object's value.  */
+  union
+  {
+    int fd;
+    int errnum;
+    pid_t child;
+  } val;
+};
+
+/* Initialize a saved working directory object.  */
+SAVEWD_INLINE void
+savewd_init (struct savewd *wd)
+{
+  wd->state = INITIAL_STATE;
+}
+
+
+/* Options for savewd_chdir.  Can be ORed together.  */
+enum
+  {
+    /* Do not follow symbolic links, if supported.  */
+    SAVEWD_CHDIR_NOFOLLOW = 1,
+
+    /* Do not chdir if the directory is readable; simply succeed
+       without invoking chdir if the directory was opened.  */
+    SAVEWD_CHDIR_SKIP_READABLE = 2
+  };
+
+/* Change the directory, and if successful, record into *WD the fact
+   that the process chdired into DIR.  A process using this module
+   should use savewd_chdir rather than chdir or fchdir.  Obey the
+   options specified in OPTIONS.
+
+   If OPEN_RESULT is not null, store into OPEN_RESULT[0] a file
+   descriptor that accesses DIR if a file descriptor is successfully
+   obtained.  Store -1 otherwise, setting OPEN_RESULT[1] to the error
+   number.  Store through OPEN_RESULT regardless of whether the chdir
+   is successful.  However, when -2 is returned, the contents of
+   OPEN_RESULT are indeterminate since the file descriptor is closed
+   in the parent.
+
+   Return -2 if a subprocess was spun off to do the real work, -1
+   (setting errno) if unsuccessful, 0 if successful.  */
+int savewd_chdir (struct savewd *wd, char const *dir, int options,
+                  int open_result[2]);
+
+/* Restore the working directory from *WD.  STATUS indicates the exit
+   status corresponding to the work done since the last save; this is
+   used when the caller is in a subprocess.  Return 0 if successful,
+   -1 (setting errno) on our failure, a positive subprocess exit
+   status if the working directory was restored in the parent but the
+   subprocess failed.  */
+int savewd_restore (struct savewd *wd, int status);
+
+/* Return WD's error number, or 0 if WD is not in an error state.  */
+SAVEWD_INLINE int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+savewd_errno (struct savewd const *wd)
+{
+  return (wd->state == ERROR_STATE ? wd->val.errnum : 0);
+}
+
+/* Deallocate any resources associated with WD.  A program that chdirs
+   should restore before finishing.  */
+void savewd_finish (struct savewd *wd);
+
+/* Process N_FILES file names, FILE[0] through FILE[N_FILES - 1].
+   For each file name F, call ACT (F, WD, OPTIONS); ACT should invoke
+   savewd_chdir as needed, and should return an exit status.  WD
+   represents the working directory; it may be in an error state when
+   ACT is called.
+
+   Save and restore the working directory as needed by the file name
+   vector; assume that ACT does not require access to any relative
+   file names other than its first argument, and that it is OK if the
+   working directory is changed when this function returns.  Some
+   actions may be applied in a subprocess.
+
+   Return the maximum exit status that any call to ACT returned, or
+   EXIT_SUCCESS (i.e., 0) if no calls were made.  */
+int savewd_process_files (int n_files, char **file,
+                          int (*act) (char *, struct savewd *, void *),
+                          void *options);
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sched.in.h b/lib/sched.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d19c502
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sched.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* A GNU-like <sched.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SCHED_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_SCHED_H@
+# if @HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H@
+#  include <sys/cdefs.h>
+# endif
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SCHED_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SCHED_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SCHED_H
+
+/* Get pid_t.
+   This is needed on glibc 2.11 (see
+   glibc bug <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13198>)
+   and Mac OS X 10.5.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+/* On OS/2 kLIBC, struct sched_param is in spawn.h.  */
+# include <spawn.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __VMS
+/* On OpenVMS, struct sched_param is in <pthread.h>.  */
+# include <pthread.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+#if !@HAVE_STRUCT_SCHED_PARAM@
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_sched_param
+struct sched_param
+{
+  int sched_priority;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_sched_param 1
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if !(defined SCHED_FIFO && defined SCHED_RR && defined SCHED_OTHER)
+# define SCHED_FIFO   1
+# define SCHED_RR     2
+# define SCHED_OTHER  0
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SCHED_YIELD@
+# if @REPLACE_SCHED_YIELD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef sched_yield
+#   define sched_yield rpl_sched_yield
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sched_yield, int, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sched_yield, int, (void));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SCHED_YIELD@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sched_yield, int, (void));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sched_yield, int, (void));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sched_yield);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sched_yield
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SCHED_YIELD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sched_yield, "sched_yield is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sched_yield for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SCHED_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SCHED_H */
diff --git a/lib/scratch_buffer.h b/lib/scratch_buffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4fe5e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/scratch_buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* Variable-sized buffer with on-stack default allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, 2017.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_SCRATCH_BUFFER_H
+#define _GL_SCRATCH_BUFFER_H
+
+/* Scratch buffers with a default stack allocation and fallback to
+   heap allocation.  It is expected that this function is used in this
+   way:
+
+     struct scratch_buffer tmpbuf;
+     scratch_buffer_init (&tmpbuf);
+
+     while (!function_that_uses_buffer (tmpbuf.data, tmpbuf.length))
+       if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&tmpbuf))
+         return -1;
+
+     scratch_buffer_free (&tmpbuf);
+     return 0;
+
+   The allocation functions (scratch_buffer_grow,
+   scratch_buffer_grow_preserve, scratch_buffer_set_array_size) make
+   sure that the heap allocation, if any, is freed, so that the code
+   above does not have a memory leak.  The buffer still remains in a
+   state that can be deallocated using scratch_buffer_free, so a loop
+   like this is valid as well:
+
+     struct scratch_buffer tmpbuf;
+     scratch_buffer_init (&tmpbuf);
+
+     while (!function_that_uses_buffer (tmpbuf.data, tmpbuf.length))
+       if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&tmpbuf))
+         break;
+
+     scratch_buffer_free (&tmpbuf);
+
+   scratch_buffer_grow and scratch_buffer_grow_preserve are guaranteed
+   to grow the buffer by at least 512 bytes.  This means that when
+   using the scratch buffer as a backing store for a non-character
+   array whose element size, in bytes, is 512 or smaller, the scratch
+   buffer only has to grow once to make room for at least one more
+   element.
+*/
+
+/* Scratch buffer.  Must be initialized with scratch_buffer_init
+   before its use.  */
+struct scratch_buffer;
+
+/* Initializes *BUFFER so that BUFFER->data points to BUFFER->__space
+   and BUFFER->length reflects the available space.  */
+#if 0
+extern void scratch_buffer_init (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+#endif
+
+/* Deallocates *BUFFER (if it was heap-allocated).  */
+#if 0
+extern void scratch_buffer_free (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+#endif
+
+/* Grow *BUFFER by some arbitrary amount.  The buffer contents is NOT
+   preserved.  Return true on success, false on allocation failure (in
+   which case the old buffer is freed).  On success, the new buffer is
+   larger than the previous size.  On failure, *BUFFER is deallocated,
+   but remains in a free-able state, and errno is set.  */
+#if 0
+extern bool scratch_buffer_grow (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+#endif
+
+/* Like scratch_buffer_grow, but preserve the old buffer
+   contents on success, as a prefix of the new buffer.  */
+#if 0
+extern bool scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (struct scratch_buffer *buffer);
+#endif
+
+/* Grow *BUFFER so that it can store at least NELEM elements of SIZE
+   bytes.  The buffer contents are NOT preserved.  Both NELEM and SIZE
+   can be zero.  Return true on success, false on allocation failure
+   (in which case the old buffer is freed, but *BUFFER remains in a
+   free-able state, and errno is set).  It is unspecified whether this
+   function can reduce the array size.  */
+#if 0
+extern bool scratch_buffer_set_array_size (struct scratch_buffer *buffer,
+                                           size_t nelem, size_t size);
+#endif
+
+/* Return a copy of *BUFFER's first SIZE bytes as a heap-allocated block,
+   deallocating *BUFFER if it was heap-allocated.  SIZE must be at
+   most *BUFFER's size.  Return NULL (setting errno) on memory
+   exhaustion.  */
+#if 0
+extern void *scratch_buffer_dupfree (struct scratch_buffer *buffer,
+                                     size_t size);
+#endif
+
+
+/* The implementation is imported from glibc.  */
+
+/* Avoid possible conflicts with symbols exported by the GNU libc.  */
+#define __libc_scratch_buffer_dupfree gl_scratch_buffer_dupfree
+#define __libc_scratch_buffer_grow gl_scratch_buffer_grow
+#define __libc_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve gl_scratch_buffer_grow_preserve
+#define __libc_scratch_buffer_set_array_size gl_scratch_buffer_set_array_size
+
+#ifndef _GL_LIKELY
+/* Rely on __builtin_expect, as provided by the module 'builtin-expect'.  */
+# define _GL_LIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
+# define _GL_UNLIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
+#endif
+
+#include <malloc/scratch_buffer.gl.h>
+
+#endif /* _GL_SCRATCH_BUFFER_H */
diff --git a/lib/se-context.c b/lib/se-context.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4679f47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/se-context.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Replacements for <selinux/context.h> functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define SE_CONTEXT_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include <selinux/context.h>
diff --git a/lib/se-context.in.h b/lib/se-context.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57f920c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/se-context.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* SELinux-related headers.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering, 2007.  */
+
+#ifndef SELINUX_CONTEXT_H
+# define SELINUX_CONTEXT_H
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef SE_CONTEXT_INLINE
+# define SE_CONTEXT_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED declares that it is not a programming mistake if
+   the entity is not used.  The compiler should not warn if the entity is not
+   used.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
+# if 0 /* no GCC or clang version supports this yet */
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED [[__maybe_unused__]]
+# elif defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
+# endif
+#endif
+
+typedef int context_t;
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE context_t
+context_new (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *s)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return 0; }
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE char *
+context_str (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED context_t con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return (void *) 0; }
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE void context_free (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED context_t c) {}
+
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE int
+context_user_set (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED context_t sc,
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *s)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE int
+context_role_set (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED context_t sc,
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *s)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE int
+context_range_set (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED context_t sc,
+                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *s)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE int
+context_type_set (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED context_t sc,
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *s)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE char *
+context_type_get (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED context_t sc)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return (void *) 0; }
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE char *
+context_range_get (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED context_t sc)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return (void *) 0; }
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE char *
+context_role_get (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED context_t sc)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return (void *) 0; }
+SE_CONTEXT_INLINE char *
+context_user_get (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED context_t sc)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return (void *) 0; }
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/se-label.c b/lib/se-label.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a9e406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/se-label.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Replacements for <selinux/label.h> functions.
+
+   Copyright 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define SE_LABEL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include <selinux/label.h>
diff --git a/lib/se-label.in.h b/lib/se-label.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4512f1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/se-label.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Replacement <selinux/label.h> for platforms that lack it.
+   Copyright 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef SELINUX_LABEL_H
+
+#define SELINUX_LABEL_H
+
+#include <selinux/selinux.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef SE_LABEL_INLINE
+# define SE_LABEL_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED declares that it is not a programming mistake if
+   the entity is not used.  The compiler should not warn if the entity is not
+   used.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
+# if 0 /* no GCC or clang version supports this yet */
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED [[__maybe_unused__]]
+# elif defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define SELABEL_CTX_FILE 0
+
+struct selabel_handle;
+
+SE_LABEL_INLINE int
+selabel_lookup (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED struct selabel_handle *hnd,
+                _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char **context,
+                _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *key,
+                _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED int type)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+
+SE_LABEL_INLINE struct selabel_handle *
+selabel_open (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED int backend,
+              _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED struct selinux_opt *options,
+              _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED unsigned nopt)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return 0; }
+
+SE_LABEL_INLINE void
+selabel_close (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED struct selabel_handle *hnd)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; }
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/se-selinux.c b/lib/se-selinux.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7830eb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/se-selinux.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Replacements for <selinux/selinux.h> functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define SE_SELINUX_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include <selinux/selinux.h>
diff --git a/lib/se-selinux.in.h b/lib/se-selinux.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf8c391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/se-selinux.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/* Replacement <selinux/selinux.h> for platforms that lack it.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if HAVE_SELINUX_SELINUX_H
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SELINUX_SELINUX_H@
+
+#else
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SELINUX_SELINUX_H
+#  define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SELINUX_SELINUX_H
+
+#  include <sys/types.h>
+#  include <errno.h>
+
+#  ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+    #error "Please include config.h first."
+#  endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#  ifndef SE_SELINUX_INLINE
+#   define SE_SELINUX_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#  endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED declares that it is not a programming mistake if
+   the entity is not used.  The compiler should not warn if the entity is not
+   used.  */
+#  ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
+#   if 0 /* no GCC or clang version supports this yet */
+#    define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED [[__maybe_unused__]]
+#   elif defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+#    define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#   else
+#    define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_security_types
+
+typedef unsigned short security_class_t;
+struct selinux_opt;
+#   define is_selinux_enabled() 0
+
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+getcon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char **con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE void
+freecon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char *con) {}
+
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+getfscreatecon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char **con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+setfscreatecon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+matchpathcon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *file,
+              _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED mode_t m,
+              _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char **con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+getfilecon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *file,
+            _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char **con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+lgetfilecon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *file,
+             _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char **con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+fgetfilecon (int fd,_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char **con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+setfilecon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *file,
+            _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+lsetfilecon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *file,
+             _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+fsetfilecon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED int fd,
+             _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+security_check_context (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+security_check_context_raw (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+setexeccon (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *con)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+security_compute_create (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *scon,
+                         _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *tcon,
+                         _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED security_class_t tclass,
+                         _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char **newcon)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE security_class_t
+string_to_security_class (char const *name)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return 0; }
+SE_SELINUX_INLINE int
+matchpathcon_init_prefix (_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *path,
+                          _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED char const *prefix)
+  { errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+
+#   define GNULIB_defined_security_types 1
+#  endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/select.c b/lib/select.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c242498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/select.c
@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+/* Emulation for select(2)
+   Contributed by Paolo Bonzini.
+
+   Copyright 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/select.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows.  */
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <winsock2.h>
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <io.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <conio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* Get the overridden 'struct timeval'.  */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+#else
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef select
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#undef GetModuleHandle
+#define GetModuleHandle GetModuleHandleA
+#undef PeekConsoleInput
+#define PeekConsoleInput PeekConsoleInputA
+#undef CreateEvent
+#define CreateEvent CreateEventA
+#undef PeekMessage
+#define PeekMessage PeekMessageA
+#undef DispatchMessage
+#define DispatchMessage DispatchMessageA
+
+/* Avoid warnings from gcc -Wcast-function-type.  */
+#define GetProcAddress \
+  (void *) GetProcAddress
+
+struct bitset {
+  unsigned char in[FD_SETSIZE / CHAR_BIT];
+  unsigned char out[FD_SETSIZE / CHAR_BIT];
+};
+
+/* Declare data structures for ntdll functions.  */
+typedef struct _FILE_PIPE_LOCAL_INFORMATION {
+  ULONG NamedPipeType;
+  ULONG NamedPipeConfiguration;
+  ULONG MaximumInstances;
+  ULONG CurrentInstances;
+  ULONG InboundQuota;
+  ULONG ReadDataAvailable;
+  ULONG OutboundQuota;
+  ULONG WriteQuotaAvailable;
+  ULONG NamedPipeState;
+  ULONG NamedPipeEnd;
+} FILE_PIPE_LOCAL_INFORMATION, *PFILE_PIPE_LOCAL_INFORMATION;
+
+typedef struct _IO_STATUS_BLOCK
+{
+  union {
+    DWORD Status;
+    PVOID Pointer;
+  } u;
+  ULONG_PTR Information;
+} IO_STATUS_BLOCK, *PIO_STATUS_BLOCK;
+
+typedef enum _FILE_INFORMATION_CLASS {
+  FilePipeLocalInformation = 24
+} FILE_INFORMATION_CLASS, *PFILE_INFORMATION_CLASS;
+
+typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PNtQueryInformationFile)
+         (HANDLE, IO_STATUS_BLOCK *, VOID *, ULONG, FILE_INFORMATION_CLASS);
+
+#ifndef PIPE_BUF
+#define PIPE_BUF        512
+#endif
+
+static BOOL IsConsoleHandle (HANDLE h)
+{
+  DWORD mode;
+  return GetConsoleMode (h, &mode) != 0;
+}
+
+static BOOL
+IsSocketHandle (HANDLE h)
+{
+  WSANETWORKEVENTS ev;
+
+  if (IsConsoleHandle (h))
+    return FALSE;
+
+  /* Under Wine, it seems that getsockopt returns 0 for pipes too.
+     WSAEnumNetworkEvents instead distinguishes the two correctly.  */
+  ev.lNetworkEvents = 0xDEADBEEF;
+  WSAEnumNetworkEvents ((SOCKET) h, NULL, &ev);
+  return ev.lNetworkEvents != 0xDEADBEEF;
+}
+
+/* Compute output fd_sets for libc descriptor FD (whose Windows handle is
+   H).  */
+
+static int
+windows_poll_handle (HANDLE h, int fd,
+                     struct bitset *rbits,
+                     struct bitset *wbits,
+                     struct bitset *xbits)
+{
+  BOOL read, write, except;
+  int i, ret;
+  INPUT_RECORD *irbuffer;
+  DWORD avail, nbuffer;
+  BOOL bRet;
+  IO_STATUS_BLOCK iosb;
+  FILE_PIPE_LOCAL_INFORMATION fpli;
+  static PNtQueryInformationFile NtQueryInformationFile;
+  static BOOL once_only;
+
+  read = write = except = FALSE;
+  switch (GetFileType (h))
+    {
+    case FILE_TYPE_DISK:
+      read = TRUE;
+      write = TRUE;
+      break;
+
+    case FILE_TYPE_PIPE:
+      if (!once_only)
+        {
+          NtQueryInformationFile = (PNtQueryInformationFile)
+            GetProcAddress (GetModuleHandle ("ntdll.dll"),
+                            "NtQueryInformationFile");
+          once_only = TRUE;
+        }
+
+      if (PeekNamedPipe (h, NULL, 0, NULL, &avail, NULL) != 0)
+        {
+          if (avail)
+            read = TRUE;
+        }
+      else if (GetLastError () == ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE)
+        ;
+
+      else
+        {
+          /* It was the write-end of the pipe.  Check if it is writable.
+             If NtQueryInformationFile fails, optimistically assume the pipe is
+             writable.  This could happen on Windows 9x, where
+             NtQueryInformationFile is not available, or if we inherit a pipe
+             that doesn't permit FILE_READ_ATTRIBUTES access on the write end
+             (I think this should not happen since Windows XP SP2; WINE seems
+             fine too).  Otherwise, ensure that enough space is available for
+             atomic writes.  */
+          memset (&iosb, 0, sizeof (iosb));
+          memset (&fpli, 0, sizeof (fpli));
+
+          if (!NtQueryInformationFile
+              || NtQueryInformationFile (h, &iosb, &fpli, sizeof (fpli),
+                                         FilePipeLocalInformation)
+              || fpli.WriteQuotaAvailable >= PIPE_BUF
+              || (fpli.OutboundQuota < PIPE_BUF &&
+                  fpli.WriteQuotaAvailable == fpli.OutboundQuota))
+            write = TRUE;
+        }
+      break;
+
+    case FILE_TYPE_CHAR:
+      write = TRUE;
+      if (!(rbits->in[fd / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1)))))
+        break;
+
+      ret = WaitForSingleObject (h, 0);
+      if (ret == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
+        {
+          if (!IsConsoleHandle (h))
+            {
+              read = TRUE;
+              break;
+            }
+
+          nbuffer = avail = 0;
+          bRet = GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents (h, &nbuffer);
+
+          /* Screen buffers handles are filtered earlier.  */
+          assert (bRet);
+          if (nbuffer == 0)
+            {
+              except = TRUE;
+              break;
+            }
+
+          irbuffer = (INPUT_RECORD *) alloca (nbuffer * sizeof (INPUT_RECORD));
+          bRet = PeekConsoleInput (h, irbuffer, nbuffer, &avail);
+          if (!bRet || avail == 0)
+            {
+              except = TRUE;
+              break;
+            }
+
+          for (i = 0; i < avail; i++)
+            if (irbuffer[i].EventType == KEY_EVENT)
+              read = TRUE;
+        }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ret = WaitForSingleObject (h, 0);
+      write = TRUE;
+      if (ret == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
+        read = TRUE;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+  ret = 0;
+  if (read && (rbits->in[fd / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1)))))
+    {
+      rbits->out[fd / CHAR_BIT] |= (1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1)));
+      ret++;
+    }
+
+  if (write && (wbits->in[fd / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1)))))
+    {
+      wbits->out[fd / CHAR_BIT] |= (1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1)));
+      ret++;
+    }
+
+  if (except && (xbits->in[fd / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1)))))
+    {
+      xbits->out[fd / CHAR_BIT] |= (1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1)));
+      ret++;
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+int
+rpl_select (int nfds, fd_set *rfds, fd_set *wfds, fd_set *xfds,
+            struct timeval *timeout)
+#undef timeval
+{
+  static struct timeval tv0;
+  static HANDLE hEvent;
+  HANDLE h, handle_array[FD_SETSIZE + 2];
+  fd_set handle_rfds, handle_wfds, handle_xfds;
+  struct bitset rbits, wbits, xbits;
+  unsigned char anyfds_in[FD_SETSIZE / CHAR_BIT];
+  DWORD ret, wait_timeout, nhandles, nsock, nbuffer;
+  MSG msg;
+  int i, fd, rc;
+  clock_t tend;
+
+  if (nfds > FD_SETSIZE)
+    nfds = FD_SETSIZE;
+
+  if (!timeout)
+    wait_timeout = INFINITE;
+  else
+    {
+      wait_timeout = timeout->tv_sec * 1000 + timeout->tv_usec / 1000;
+
+      /* select is also used as a portable usleep.  */
+      if (!rfds && !wfds && !xfds)
+        {
+          Sleep (wait_timeout);
+          return 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (!hEvent)
+    hEvent = CreateEvent (NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
+
+  handle_array[0] = hEvent;
+  nhandles = 1;
+  nsock = 0;
+
+  /* Copy descriptors to bitsets.  At the same time, eliminate
+     bits in the "wrong" direction for console input buffers
+     and screen buffers, because screen buffers are waitable
+     and they will block until a character is available.  */
+  memset (&rbits, 0, sizeof (rbits));
+  memset (&wbits, 0, sizeof (wbits));
+  memset (&xbits, 0, sizeof (xbits));
+  memset (anyfds_in, 0, sizeof (anyfds_in));
+  if (rfds)
+    for (i = 0; i < rfds->fd_count; i++)
+      {
+        fd = rfds->fd_array[i];
+        h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+        if (IsConsoleHandle (h)
+            && !GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents (h, &nbuffer))
+          continue;
+
+        rbits.in[fd / CHAR_BIT] |= 1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1));
+        anyfds_in[fd / CHAR_BIT] |= 1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1));
+      }
+  else
+    rfds = (fd_set *) alloca (sizeof (fd_set));
+
+  if (wfds)
+    for (i = 0; i < wfds->fd_count; i++)
+      {
+        fd = wfds->fd_array[i];
+        h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+        if (IsConsoleHandle (h)
+            && GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents (h, &nbuffer))
+          continue;
+
+        wbits.in[fd / CHAR_BIT] |= 1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1));
+        anyfds_in[fd / CHAR_BIT] |= 1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1));
+      }
+  else
+    wfds = (fd_set *) alloca (sizeof (fd_set));
+
+  if (xfds)
+    for (i = 0; i < xfds->fd_count; i++)
+      {
+        fd = xfds->fd_array[i];
+        xbits.in[fd / CHAR_BIT] |= 1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1));
+        anyfds_in[fd / CHAR_BIT] |= 1 << (fd & (CHAR_BIT - 1));
+      }
+  else
+    xfds = (fd_set *) alloca (sizeof (fd_set));
+
+  /* Zero all the fd_sets, including the application's.  */
+  FD_ZERO (rfds);
+  FD_ZERO (wfds);
+  FD_ZERO (xfds);
+  FD_ZERO (&handle_rfds);
+  FD_ZERO (&handle_wfds);
+  FD_ZERO (&handle_xfds);
+
+  /* Classify handles.  Create fd sets for sockets, poll the others. */
+  for (i = 0; i < nfds; i++)
+    {
+      if ((anyfds_in[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1)))) == 0)
+        continue;
+
+      h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (i);
+      if (!h)
+        {
+          errno = EBADF;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      if (IsSocketHandle (h))
+        {
+          int requested = FD_CLOSE;
+
+          /* See above; socket handles are mapped onto select, but we
+             need to map descriptors to handles.  */
+          if (rbits.in[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1))))
+            {
+              requested |= FD_READ | FD_ACCEPT;
+              FD_SET ((SOCKET) h, rfds);
+              FD_SET ((SOCKET) h, &handle_rfds);
+            }
+          if (wbits.in[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1))))
+            {
+              requested |= FD_WRITE | FD_CONNECT;
+              FD_SET ((SOCKET) h, wfds);
+              FD_SET ((SOCKET) h, &handle_wfds);
+            }
+          if (xbits.in[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1))))
+            {
+              requested |= FD_OOB;
+              FD_SET ((SOCKET) h, xfds);
+              FD_SET ((SOCKET) h, &handle_xfds);
+            }
+
+          WSAEventSelect ((SOCKET) h, hEvent, requested);
+          nsock++;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          handle_array[nhandles++] = h;
+
+          /* Poll now.  If we get an event, do not wait below.  */
+          if (wait_timeout != 0
+              && windows_poll_handle (h, i, &rbits, &wbits, &xbits))
+            wait_timeout = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Place a sentinel at the end of the array.  */
+  handle_array[nhandles] = NULL;
+
+  /* When will the waiting period expire?  */
+  if (wait_timeout != INFINITE)
+    tend = clock () + wait_timeout;
+
+restart:
+  if (wait_timeout == 0 || nsock == 0)
+    rc = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      /* See if we need to wait in the loop below.  If any select is ready,
+         do MsgWaitForMultipleObjects anyway to dispatch messages, but
+         no need to call select again.  */
+      rc = select (0, &handle_rfds, &handle_wfds, &handle_xfds, &tv0);
+      if (rc == 0)
+        {
+          /* Restore the fd_sets for the other select we do below.  */
+          memcpy (&handle_rfds, rfds, sizeof (fd_set));
+          memcpy (&handle_wfds, wfds, sizeof (fd_set));
+          memcpy (&handle_xfds, xfds, sizeof (fd_set));
+        }
+      else
+        wait_timeout = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* How much is left to wait?  */
+  if (wait_timeout != INFINITE)
+    {
+      clock_t tnow = clock ();
+      if (tend >= tnow)
+        wait_timeout = tend - tnow;
+      else
+        wait_timeout = 0;
+    }
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      ret = MsgWaitForMultipleObjects (nhandles, handle_array, FALSE,
+                                       wait_timeout, QS_ALLINPUT);
+
+      if (ret == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + nhandles)
+        {
+          /* new input of some other kind */
+          BOOL bRet;
+          while ((bRet = PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_REMOVE)) != 0)
+            {
+              TranslateMessage (&msg);
+              DispatchMessage (&msg);
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        break;
+    }
+
+  /* If we haven't done it yet, check the status of the sockets.  */
+  if (rc == 0 && nsock > 0)
+    rc = select (0, &handle_rfds, &handle_wfds, &handle_xfds, &tv0);
+
+  if (nhandles > 1)
+    {
+      /* Count results that are not counted in the return value of select.  */
+      nhandles = 1;
+      for (i = 0; i < nfds; i++)
+        {
+          if ((anyfds_in[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1)))) == 0)
+            continue;
+
+          h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (i);
+          if (h == handle_array[nhandles])
+            {
+              /* Not a socket.  */
+              nhandles++;
+              windows_poll_handle (h, i, &rbits, &wbits, &xbits);
+              if (rbits.out[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+                  || wbits.out[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+                  || xbits.out[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1))))
+                rc++;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (rc == 0
+          && (wait_timeout == INFINITE
+              /* If NHANDLES > 1, but no bits are set, it means we've
+                 been told incorrectly that some handle was signaled.
+                 This happens with anonymous pipes, which always cause
+                 MsgWaitForMultipleObjects to exit immediately, but no
+                 data is found ready to be read by windows_poll_handle.
+                 To avoid a total failure (whereby we return zero and
+                 don't wait at all), let's poll in a more busy loop.  */
+              || (wait_timeout != 0 && nhandles > 1)))
+        {
+          /* Sleep 1 millisecond to avoid busy wait and retry with the
+             original fd_sets.  */
+          memcpy (&handle_rfds, rfds, sizeof (fd_set));
+          memcpy (&handle_wfds, wfds, sizeof (fd_set));
+          memcpy (&handle_xfds, xfds, sizeof (fd_set));
+          SleepEx (1, TRUE);
+          goto restart;
+        }
+      if (timeout && wait_timeout == 0 && rc == 0)
+        timeout->tv_sec = timeout->tv_usec = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Now fill in the results.  */
+  FD_ZERO (rfds);
+  FD_ZERO (wfds);
+  FD_ZERO (xfds);
+  nhandles = 1;
+  for (i = 0; i < nfds; i++)
+    {
+      if ((anyfds_in[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1)))) == 0)
+        continue;
+
+      h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (i);
+      if (h != handle_array[nhandles])
+        {
+          /* Perform handle->descriptor mapping.  */
+          SOCKET s = (SOCKET) h;
+          WSAEventSelect (s, NULL, 0);
+          if (FD_ISSET (s, &handle_rfds))
+            FD_SET (i, rfds);
+          if (FD_ISSET (s, &handle_wfds))
+            FD_SET (i, wfds);
+          if (FD_ISSET (s, &handle_xfds))
+            FD_SET (i, xfds);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Not a socket.  */
+          nhandles++;
+          if (rbits.out[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1))))
+            FD_SET (i, rfds);
+          if (wbits.out[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1))))
+            FD_SET (i, wfds);
+          if (xbits.out[i / CHAR_BIT] & (1 << (i & (CHAR_BIT - 1))))
+            FD_SET (i, xfds);
+        }
+    }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#else /* ! Native Windows.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* NULL */
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#undef select
+
+int
+rpl_select (int nfds, fd_set *rfds, fd_set *wfds, fd_set *xfds,
+            struct timeval *timeout)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* FreeBSD 8.2 has a bug: it does not always detect invalid fds.  */
+  if (nfds < 0 || nfds > FD_SETSIZE)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  for (i = 0; i < nfds; i++)
+    {
+      if (((rfds && FD_ISSET (i, rfds))
+           || (wfds && FD_ISSET (i, wfds))
+           || (xfds && FD_ISSET (i, xfds)))
+          && dup2 (i, i) != i)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Interix 3.5 has a bug: it does not support nfds == 0.  */
+  if (nfds == 0)
+    {
+      nfds = 1;
+      rfds = NULL;
+      wfds = NULL;
+      xfds = NULL;
+    }
+  return select (nfds, rfds, wfds, xfds, timeout);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/selinux-at.c b/lib/selinux-at.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff971d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/selinux-at.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* openat-style fd-relative functions for SE Linux
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "selinux-at.h"
+#include "openat.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include "save-cwd.h"
+
+#include "openat-priv.h"
+
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME getfileconat
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 getfilecon
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , char **con
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , con
+#include "at-func.c"
+#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME lgetfileconat
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 lgetfilecon
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , char **con
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , con
+#include "at-func.c"
+#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME setfileconat
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 setfilecon
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , char const *con
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , con
+#include "at-func.c"
+#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME lsetfileconat
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 lsetfilecon
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , char const *con
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , con
+#include "at-func.c"
+#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
diff --git a/lib/selinux-at.h b/lib/selinux-at.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c5e163
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/selinux-at.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Prototypes for openat-style fd-relative SELinux functions
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <selinux/selinux.h>
+#include <selinux/context.h>
+
+/* These are the dir-fd-relative variants of the functions without the
+   "at" suffix.  For example, getfileconat (AT_FDCWD, file, &c) is usually
+   equivalent to getfilecon (file, &c).  The emulation is accomplished
+   by first attempting getfilecon ("/proc/self/fd/DIR_FD/FILE", &c).
+   Failing that, simulate it via save_cwd/fchdir/getfilecon/restore_cwd.
+   If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely),
+   then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+
+/* dir-fd-relative getfilecon.  Set *CON to the SELinux security context
+   of the file specified by DIR_FD and FILE and return the length of *CON.
+   DIR_FD and FILE are interpreted as for fstatat[*].  A non-NULL *CON
+   must be freed with freecon.  Upon error, set *CON to NULL, set errno
+   and return -1.
+   [*] with flags=0 here, with flags=AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW for lgetfileconat  */
+int  getfileconat (int dir_fd, char const *file, char **con);
+
+/* dir-fd-relative lgetfilecon.  This function is just like getfileconat,
+   except when DIR_FD and FILE specify a symlink:  lgetfileconat operates on
+   the symlink, while getfileconat operates on the referent of the symlink.  */
+int lgetfileconat (int dir_fd, char const *file, char **con);
+
+/* dir-fd-relative setfilecon.  Set the SELinux security context of
+   the file specified by DIR_FD and FILE to CON.  DIR_FD and FILE are
+   interpreted as for fstatat[*].  Upon success, return 0.
+   Otherwise, return -1 and set errno.  */
+int  setfileconat (int dir_fd, char const *file, char const *con);
+
+/* dir-fd-relative lsetfilecon.  This function is just like setfileconat,
+   except that rather than dereferencing a symlink, this function affects it. */
+/* dir-fd-relative lsetfilecon.  This function is just like setfileconat,
+   except when DIR_FD and FILE specify a symlink:  lsetfileconat operates on
+   the symlink, while setfileconat operates on the referent of the symlink.  */
+int lsetfileconat (int dir_fd, char const *file, char const *con);
diff --git a/lib/set-acl.c b/lib/set-acl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2b6475
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/set-acl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* set-acl.c - set access control list equivalent to a mode
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert and Andreas Gruenbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "quote.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+
+/* Set the access control lists of a file. If DESC is a valid file
+   descriptor, use file descriptor operations where available, else use
+   filename based operations on NAME.  If access control lists are not
+   available, fchmod the target file to MODE.  Also sets the
+   non-permission bits of the destination file (S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX)
+   to those from MODE if any are set.
+   Return 0 if successful.  On failure, output a diagnostic, set errno and
+   return -1.  */
+
+int
+set_acl (char const *name, int desc, mode_t mode)
+{
+  int ret = qset_acl (name, desc, mode);
+  if (ret != 0)
+    error (0, errno, _("setting permissions for %s"), quote (name));
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/lib/set-permissions.c b/lib/set-permissions.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1a4b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/set-permissions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,847 @@
+/* Set permissions of a file.  -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "acl.h"
+
+#include "acl-internal.h"
+
+#if USE_ACL
+# if ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_MODE && defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_TEXT /* FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+#  if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE && !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+
+static acl_t
+acl_from_mode (mode_t mode)
+{
+#  if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
+  char acl_text[] = "u::---,g::---,o::---,";
+#  else /* FreeBSD, IRIX, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+  char acl_text[] = "u::---,g::---,o::---";
+#  endif
+
+  if (mode & S_IRUSR) acl_text[ 3] = 'r';
+  if (mode & S_IWUSR) acl_text[ 4] = 'w';
+  if (mode & S_IXUSR) acl_text[ 5] = 'x';
+  if (mode & S_IRGRP) acl_text[10] = 'r';
+  if (mode & S_IWGRP) acl_text[11] = 'w';
+  if (mode & S_IXGRP) acl_text[12] = 'x';
+  if (mode & S_IROTH) acl_text[17] = 'r';
+  if (mode & S_IWOTH) acl_text[18] = 'w';
+  if (mode & S_IXOTH) acl_text[19] = 'x';
+
+  return acl_from_text (acl_text);
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
+static int
+set_acls_from_mode (const char *name, int desc, mode_t mode, bool *must_chmod)
+{
+#  ifdef ACE_GETACL
+  /* Solaris also has a different variant of ACLs, used in ZFS and NFSv4
+     file systems (whereas the other ones are used in UFS file systems).  */
+
+  /* The flags in the ace_t structure changed in a binary incompatible way
+     when ACL_NO_TRIVIAL etc. were introduced in <sys/acl.h> version 1.15.
+     How to distinguish the two conventions at runtime?
+     We fetch the existing ACL.  In the old convention, usually three ACEs have
+     a_flags = ACE_OWNER / ACE_GROUP / ACE_OTHER, in the range 0x0100..0x0400.
+     In the new convention, these values are not used.  */
+  int convention;
+
+  {
+    /* Initially, try to read the entries into a stack-allocated buffer.
+       Use malloc if it does not fit.  */
+    enum
+      {
+        alloc_init = 4000 / sizeof (ace_t), /* >= 3 */
+        alloc_max = MIN (INT_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (ace_t))
+      };
+    ace_t buf[alloc_init];
+    size_t alloc = alloc_init;
+    ace_t *entries = buf;
+    ace_t *malloced = NULL;
+    int count;
+
+    for (;;)
+      {
+        count = (desc != -1
+                 ? facl (desc, ACE_GETACL, alloc, entries)
+                 : acl (name, ACE_GETACL, alloc, entries));
+        if (count < 0 && errno == ENOSPC)
+          {
+            /* Increase the size of the buffer.  */
+            free (malloced);
+            if (alloc > alloc_max / 2)
+              {
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return -1;
+              }
+            alloc = 2 * alloc; /* <= alloc_max */
+            entries = malloced = (ace_t *) malloc (alloc * sizeof (ace_t));
+            if (entries == NULL)
+              {
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return -1;
+              }
+            continue;
+          }
+        break;
+      }
+
+    if (count <= 0)
+      convention = -1;
+    else
+      {
+        int i;
+
+        convention = 0;
+        for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+          if (entries[i].a_flags & (OLD_ACE_OWNER | OLD_ACE_GROUP | OLD_ACE_OTHER))
+            {
+              convention = 1;
+              break;
+            }
+      }
+    free (malloced);
+  }
+
+  if (convention >= 0)
+    {
+      ace_t entries[6];
+      int count;
+      int ret;
+
+      if (convention)
+        {
+          /* Running on Solaris 10.  */
+          entries[0].a_type = OLD_ALLOW;
+          entries[0].a_flags = OLD_ACE_OWNER;
+          entries[0].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[0].a_access_mask = (mode >> 6) & 7;
+          entries[1].a_type = OLD_ALLOW;
+          entries[1].a_flags = OLD_ACE_GROUP;
+          entries[1].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[1].a_access_mask = (mode >> 3) & 7;
+          entries[2].a_type = OLD_ALLOW;
+          entries[2].a_flags = OLD_ACE_OTHER;
+          entries[2].a_who = 0;
+          entries[2].a_access_mask = mode & 7;
+          count = 3;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Running on Solaris 10 (newer version) or Solaris 11.
+             The details here were found through "/bin/ls -lvd somefiles".  */
+          entries[0].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[0].a_flags = NEW_ACE_OWNER;
+          entries[0].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[0].a_access_mask = 0;
+          entries[1].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[1].a_flags = NEW_ACE_OWNER;
+          entries[1].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[1].a_access_mask = NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER;
+          if (mode & 0400)
+            entries[1].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[0].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0200)
+            entries[1].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[0].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0100)
+            entries[1].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          else
+            entries[0].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          entries[2].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[2].a_flags = NEW_ACE_GROUP | NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP;
+          entries[2].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[2].a_access_mask = 0;
+          entries[3].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[3].a_flags = NEW_ACE_GROUP | NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP;
+          entries[3].a_who = 0; /* irrelevant */
+          entries[3].a_access_mask = 0;
+          if (mode & 0040)
+            entries[3].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[2].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0020)
+            entries[3].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[2].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0010)
+            entries[3].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          else
+            entries[2].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          entries[4].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[4].a_flags = NEW_ACE_EVERYONE;
+          entries[4].a_who = 0;
+          entries[4].a_access_mask = NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
+                                     | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER;
+          entries[5].a_type = NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+          entries[5].a_flags = NEW_ACE_EVERYONE;
+          entries[5].a_who = 0;
+          entries[5].a_access_mask = NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
+                                     | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
+                                     | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
+                                     | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE;
+          if (mode & 0004)
+            entries[5].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[4].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_READ_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0002)
+            entries[5].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          else
+            entries[4].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA;
+          if (mode & 0001)
+            entries[5].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          else
+            entries[4].a_access_mask |= NEW_ACE_EXECUTE;
+          count = 6;
+        }
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, ACE_SETACL, count, entries);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, ACE_SETACL, count, entries);
+      if (ret < 0 && errno != EINVAL && errno != ENOTSUP)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS)
+            {
+              *must_chmod = true;
+              return 0;
+            }
+          return -1;
+        }
+      if (ret == 0)
+        return 0;
+    }
+#  endif
+
+  {
+    aclent_t entries[3];
+    int ret;
+
+    entries[0].a_type = USER_OBJ;
+    entries[0].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+    entries[0].a_perm = (mode >> 6) & 7;
+    entries[1].a_type = GROUP_OBJ;
+    entries[1].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+    entries[1].a_perm = (mode >> 3) & 7;
+    entries[2].a_type = OTHER_OBJ;
+    entries[2].a_id = 0;
+    entries[2].a_perm = mode & 7;
+
+    if (desc != -1)
+      ret = facl (desc, SETACL,
+                  sizeof (entries) / sizeof (aclent_t), entries);
+    else
+      ret = acl (name, SETACL,
+                 sizeof (entries) / sizeof (aclent_t), entries);
+    if (ret < 0)
+      {
+        if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP)
+          {
+            *must_chmod = true;
+            return 0;
+          }
+        return -1;
+      }
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+static int
+context_acl_from_mode (struct permission_context *ctx, const char *name, int desc)
+{
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  int ret;
+
+  if (desc != -1)
+    ret = fstat (desc, &statbuf);
+  else
+    ret = stat (name, &statbuf);
+  if (ret < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  ctx->entries[0].uid = statbuf.st_uid;
+  ctx->entries[0].gid = ACL_NSGROUP;
+  ctx->entries[0].mode = (ctx->mode >> 6) & 7;
+  ctx->entries[1].uid = ACL_NSUSER;
+  ctx->entries[1].gid = statbuf.st_gid;
+  ctx->entries[1].mode = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->entries[2].uid = ACL_NSUSER;
+  ctx->entries[2].gid = ACL_NSGROUP;
+  ctx->entries[2].mode = ctx->mode & 7;
+  ctx->count = 3;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
+static int
+context_aclv_from_mode (struct permission_context *ctx)
+{
+  int ret;
+
+  ctx->aclv_entries[0].a_type = USER_OBJ;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[0].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+  ctx->aclv_entries[0].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 6) & 7;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[1].a_type = GROUP_OBJ;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[1].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+  ctx->aclv_entries[1].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[2].a_type = CLASS_OBJ;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[2].a_id = 0;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[2].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[3].a_type = OTHER_OBJ;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[3].a_id = 0;
+  ctx->aclv_entries[3].a_perm = ctx->mode & 7;
+  ctx->aclv_count = 4;
+
+  ret = aclsort (ctx->aclv_count, 1, ctx->aclv_entries);
+  if (ret > 0)
+    abort ();
+  return ret;
+}
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && defined ACL_AIX_WIP /* AIX */
+static int
+set_acls_from_mode (const char *name, int desc, mode_t mode, bool *must_chmod)
+{
+  acl_type_list_t types;
+  size_t types_size = sizeof (types);
+  acl_type_t type;
+
+  if (aclx_gettypes (name, &types, &types_size) < 0
+      || types.num_entries == 0)
+    {
+      *must_chmod = true;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* XXX Do we need to clear all types of ACLs for the given file, or is it
+     sufficient to clear the first one?  */
+  type = types.entries[0];
+  if (type.u64 == ACL_AIXC)
+    {
+      union { struct acl a; char room[128]; } u;
+      int ret;
+
+      u.a.acl_len = (char *) &u.a.acl_ext[0] - (char *) &u.a; /* no entries */
+      u.a.acl_mode = mode & ~(S_IXACL | 0777);
+      u.a.u_access = (mode >> 6) & 7;
+      u.a.g_access = (mode >> 3) & 7;
+      u.a.o_access = mode & 7;
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = aclx_fput (desc, SET_ACL | SET_MODE_S_BITS,
+                         type, &u.a, u.a.acl_len, mode);
+      else
+        ret = aclx_put (name, SET_ACL | SET_MODE_S_BITS,
+                        type, &u.a, u.a.acl_len, mode);
+      if (!(ret < 0 && errno == ENOSYS))
+        return ret;
+    }
+  else if (type.u64 == ACL_NFS4)
+    {
+      union { nfs4_acl_int_t a; char room[128]; } u;
+      nfs4_ace_int_t *ace;
+      int ret;
+
+      u.a.aclVersion = NFS4_ACL_INT_STRUCT_VERSION;
+      u.a.aclEntryN = 0;
+      ace = &u.a.aclEntry[0];
+      {
+        ace->flags = ACE4_ID_SPECIAL;
+        ace->aceWho.special_whoid = ACE4_WHO_OWNER;
+        ace->aceType = ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+        ace->aceFlags = 0;
+        ace->aceMask =
+          (mode & 0400 ? ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY : 0)
+          | (mode & 0200
+             ? ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE | ACE4_APPEND_DATA
+               | ACE4_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY
+             : 0)
+          | (mode & 0100 ? ACE4_EXECUTE : 0);
+        ace->aceWhoString[0] = '\0';
+        ace->entryLen = (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4] - (char *) ace;
+        ace = (nfs4_ace_int_t *) (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4];
+        u.a.aclEntryN++;
+      }
+      {
+        ace->flags = ACE4_ID_SPECIAL;
+        ace->aceWho.special_whoid = ACE4_WHO_GROUP;
+        ace->aceType = ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+        ace->aceFlags = 0;
+        ace->aceMask =
+          (mode & 0040 ? ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY : 0)
+          | (mode & 0020
+             ? ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE | ACE4_APPEND_DATA
+               | ACE4_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY
+             : 0)
+          | (mode & 0010 ? ACE4_EXECUTE : 0);
+        ace->aceWhoString[0] = '\0';
+        ace->entryLen = (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4] - (char *) ace;
+        ace = (nfs4_ace_int_t *) (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4];
+        u.a.aclEntryN++;
+      }
+      {
+        ace->flags = ACE4_ID_SPECIAL;
+        ace->aceWho.special_whoid = ACE4_WHO_EVERYONE;
+        ace->aceType = ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE;
+        ace->aceFlags = 0;
+        ace->aceMask =
+          (mode & 0004 ? ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY : 0)
+          | (mode & 0002
+             ? ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE | ACE4_APPEND_DATA
+               | ACE4_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY
+             : 0)
+          | (mode & 0001 ? ACE4_EXECUTE : 0);
+        ace->aceWhoString[0] = '\0';
+        ace->entryLen = (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4] - (char *) ace;
+        ace = (nfs4_ace_int_t *) (char *) &ace->aceWhoString[4];
+        u.a.aclEntryN++;
+      }
+      u.a.aclLength = (char *) ace - (char *) &u.a;
+
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = aclx_fput (desc, SET_ACL | SET_MODE_S_BITS,
+                         type, &u.a, u.a.aclLength, mode);
+      else
+        ret = aclx_put (name, SET_ACL | SET_MODE_S_BITS,
+                        type, &u.a, u.a.aclLength, mode);
+      if (!(ret < 0 && errno == ENOSYS))
+        return ret;
+    }
+
+  *must_chmod = true;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+static int
+context_acl_from_mode (struct permission_context *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->u.a.acl_len = (char *) &ctx->u.a.acl_ext[0] - (char *) &ctx->u.a; /* no entries */
+  ctx->u.a.acl_mode = ctx->mode & ~(S_IXACL | 0777);
+  ctx->u.a.u_access = (ctx->mode >> 6) & 7;
+  ctx->u.a.g_access = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->u.a.o_access = ctx->mode & 7;
+  ctx->have_u = true;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+static int
+context_acl_from_mode (struct permission_context *ctx)
+{
+  int ret;
+
+  ctx->entries[0].a_type = USER_OBJ;
+  ctx->entries[0].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+  ctx->entries[0].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 6) & 7;
+  ctx->entries[1].a_type = GROUP_OBJ;
+  ctx->entries[1].a_id = 0; /* irrelevant */
+  ctx->entries[1].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->entries[2].a_type = CLASS_OBJ;
+  ctx->entries[2].a_id = 0;
+  ctx->entries[2].a_perm = (ctx->mode >> 3) & 7;
+  ctx->entries[3].a_type = OTHER_OBJ;
+  ctx->entries[3].a_id = 0;
+  ctx->entries[3].a_perm = ctx->mode & 7;
+  ctx->count = 4;
+
+  ret = aclsort (ctx->count, 1, entries);
+  if (ret > 0)
+    abort ();
+  return ret;
+}
+# endif
+
+static int
+set_acls (struct permission_context *ctx, const char *name, int desc,
+          int from_mode, bool *must_chmod, bool *acls_set)
+{
+  int ret = 0;
+
+# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
+  /* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version.  */
+  /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+#  if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+  /* Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
+
+#   ifndef HAVE_ACL_FROM_TEXT
+#    error Must have acl_from_text (see POSIX 1003.1e draft 17).
+#   endif
+#   ifndef HAVE_ACL_DELETE_DEF_FILE
+#    error Must have acl_delete_def_file (see POSIX 1003.1e draft 17).
+#   endif
+
+  if (! ctx->acls_not_supported)
+    {
+      if (ret == 0 && from_mode)
+        {
+          if (ctx->acl)
+            acl_free (ctx->acl);
+          ctx->acl = acl_from_mode (ctx->mode);
+          if (ctx->acl == NULL)
+            ret = -1;
+        }
+
+      if (ret == 0 && ctx->acl)
+        {
+          if (HAVE_ACL_SET_FD && desc != -1)
+            ret = acl_set_fd (desc, ctx->acl);
+          else
+            ret = acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, ctx->acl);
+          if (ret != 0)
+            {
+              if (! acl_errno_valid (errno))
+                {
+                  ctx->acls_not_supported = true;
+                  if (from_mode || acl_access_nontrivial (ctx->acl) == 0)
+                    ret = 0;
+                }
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              *acls_set = true;
+              if (S_ISDIR(ctx->mode))
+                {
+                  if (! from_mode && ctx->default_acl &&
+                      acl_default_nontrivial (ctx->default_acl))
+                    ret = acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT,
+                                        ctx->default_acl);
+                  else
+                    ret = acl_delete_def_file (name);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#   if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_NFS4  /* FreeBSD */
+
+  /* File systems either support POSIX ACLs (for example, ufs) or NFS4 ACLs
+     (for example, zfs). */
+
+  /* TODO: Implement setting ACLs once get_permissions() reads them. */
+
+#   endif
+
+#  else /* HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED */
+  /* Mac OS X */
+
+  /* On Mac OS X,  acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
+     and           acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT)
+     always return NULL / EINVAL.  You have to use
+                   acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED)
+     or            acl_get_fd (open (name, ...))
+     to retrieve an ACL.
+     On the other hand,
+                   acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, acl)
+     and           acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT, acl)
+     have the same effect as
+                   acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED, acl):
+     Each of these calls sets the file's ACL.  */
+
+  if (ctx->acl == NULL)
+    {
+      acl_t acl;
+
+      /* Remove ACLs if the file has ACLs.  */
+      if (HAVE_ACL_GET_FD && desc != -1)
+        acl = acl_get_fd (desc);
+      else
+        acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED);
+      if (acl)
+        {
+          acl_free (acl);
+
+          acl = acl_init (0);
+          if (acl)
+            {
+              if (HAVE_ACL_SET_FD && desc != -1)
+                ret = acl_set_fd (desc, acl);
+              else
+                ret = acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED, acl);
+              acl_free (acl);
+            }
+          else
+            ret = -1;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (HAVE_ACL_SET_FD && desc != -1)
+        ret = acl_set_fd (desc, ctx->acl);
+      else
+        ret = acl_set_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED, ctx->acl);
+      if (ret != 0)
+        {
+          if (! acl_errno_valid (errno)
+              && ! acl_extended_nontrivial (ctx->acl))
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+    }
+  *acls_set = true;
+
+#  endif
+
+# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin, not HP-UX */
+
+  /* Solaris 2.5 through Solaris 10, Cygwin, and contemporaneous versions
+     of Unixware.  The acl() call returns the access and default ACL both
+     at once.  */
+
+  /* If both ace_entries and entries are available, try SETACL before
+     ACE_SETACL, because SETACL cannot fail with ENOTSUP whereas ACE_SETACL
+     can.  */
+
+  if (from_mode)
+    return set_acls_from_mode (name, desc, ctx->mode, must_chmod);
+
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->count)
+    {
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, SETACL, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, SETACL, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if ((errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == EINVAL)
+              && acl_nontrivial (ctx->count, ctx->entries) == 0)
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+
+#  ifdef ACE_GETACL
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->ace_count)
+    {
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = facl (desc, ACE_SETACL, ctx->ace_count, ctx->ace_entries);
+      else
+        ret = acl (name, ACE_SETACL, ctx->ace_count, ctx->ace_entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if ((errno == ENOSYS || errno == EINVAL || errno == ENOTSUP)
+              && acl_ace_nontrivial (ctx->ace_count, ctx->ace_entries) == 0)
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
+
+  if (from_mode)
+    ret = context_acl_from_mode (ctx, name, desc);
+
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->count > 0)
+    {
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = fsetacl (desc, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      else
+        ret = setacl (name, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if ((errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == ENOTSUP)
+              && (from_mode || !acl_nontrivial (ctx->count, ctx->entries)))
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+
+#  if HAVE_ACLV_H
+  if (from_mode)
+    ret = context_aclv_from_mode (ctx);
+
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->aclv_count > 0)
+    {
+      ret = acl ((char *) name, ACL_SET, ctx->aclv_count, ctx->aclv_entries);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if ((errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == EINVAL)
+              && (from_mode || !aclv_nontrivial (ctx->aclv_count, ctx->aclv_entries)))
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && ACL_AIX_WIP /* AIX */
+
+  /* TODO: Implement setting ACLs once get_permissions() reads them. */
+
+  if (from_mode)
+    ret = set_acls_from_mode (name, desc, mode, must_chmod);
+
+# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
+
+  if (from_mode)
+    ret = context_acl_from_mode (ctx);
+
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->have_u)
+    {
+      if (desc != -1)
+        ret = fchacl (desc, &ctx->u.a, ctx->u.a.acl_len);
+      else
+        ret = chacl ((char *) name, &ctx->u.a, ctx->u.a.acl_len);
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno == ENOSYS && from_mode)
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+
+# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
+
+  if (from_mode)
+    ret = context_acl_from_mode (ctx);
+
+  if (ret == 0 && ctx->count)
+    {
+      ret = acl ((char *) name, ACL_SET, ctx->count, ctx->entries);
+      if (ret != 0)
+        {
+          if (!acl_nontrivial (ctx->count, ctx->entries))
+            ret = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        *acls_set = true;
+    }
+
+# else  /* No ACLs */
+
+  /* Nothing to do. */
+
+# endif
+
+  return ret;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* If DESC is a valid file descriptor use fchmod to change the
+   file's mode to MODE on systems that have fchmod. On systems
+   that don't have fchmod and if DESC is invalid, use chmod on
+   NAME instead.
+   Return 0 if successful.  Return -1 and set errno upon failure.  */
+
+int
+chmod_or_fchmod (const char *name, int desc, mode_t mode)
+{
+  if (HAVE_FCHMOD && desc != -1)
+    return fchmod (desc, mode);
+  else
+    return chmod (name, mode);
+}
+
+/* Set the permissions in CTX on a file. If DESC is a valid file descriptor,
+   use file descriptor operations, else use filename based operations on NAME.
+   If access control lists are not available, fchmod the target file to the
+   mode in CTX.  Also sets the non-permission bits of the destination file
+   (S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX) to those from the mode in CTX if any are set.
+   Return 0 if successful.  Return -1 and set errno upon failure.  */
+
+int
+set_permissions (struct permission_context *ctx, const char *name, int desc)
+{
+  _GL_UNUSED bool acls_set = false;
+  bool early_chmod;
+  bool must_chmod = false;
+  int ret = 0;
+
+#if USE_ACL
+# if HAVE_STATACL
+  /* older AIX */
+  /* There is no need to call chmod_or_fchmod, since the mode
+     bits S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX are also stored in the ACL.  */
+
+  early_chmod = false;
+# else
+  /* All other platforms */
+  /* On Cygwin, it is necessary to call chmod before acl, because
+     chmod can change the contents of the ACL (in ways that don't
+     change the allowed accesses, but still visible).  */
+
+  early_chmod = (! MODE_INSIDE_ACL || (ctx->mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX)));
+# endif
+#else
+  /* No ACLs */
+
+  early_chmod = true;
+#endif
+
+  if (early_chmod)
+    {
+      ret = chmod_or_fchmod (name, desc, ctx->mode);
+      if (ret != 0)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+#if USE_ACL
+  ret = set_acls (ctx, name, desc, false, &must_chmod, &acls_set);
+  if (! acls_set)
+    {
+      int saved_errno = ret ? errno : 0;
+
+      /* If we can't set an acl which we expect to be able to set, try setting
+         the permissions to ctx->mode. Due to possible inherited permissions,
+         we cannot simply chmod.  */
+
+      ret = set_acls (ctx, name, desc, true, &must_chmod, &acls_set);
+      if (! acls_set)
+        must_chmod = true;
+
+      if (saved_errno)
+        {
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          ret = -1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (must_chmod && ! early_chmod)
+    {
+      int saved_errno = ret ? errno : 0;
+
+      ret = chmod_or_fchmod (name, desc, ctx->mode);
+
+      if (saved_errno)
+        {
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          ret = -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/lib/setenv.c b/lib/setenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebfd4e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/setenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992, 1995-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit.  Otherwise gcc
+   optimizes away the name == NULL test below.  */
+# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+
+# define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(ev) ((errno) = (ev))
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if _LIBC || HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include "malloca.h"
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC || !HAVE_SETENV
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# define __environ      environ
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+/* This lock protects against simultaneous modifications of 'environ'.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, envlock)
+# define LOCK   __libc_lock_lock (envlock)
+# define UNLOCK __libc_lock_unlock (envlock)
+#else
+# define LOCK
+# define UNLOCK
+#endif
+
+/* In the GNU C library we must keep the namespace clean.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define setenv __setenv
+# define clearenv __clearenv
+# define tfind __tfind
+# define tsearch __tsearch
+#endif
+
+/* In the GNU C library implementation we try to be more clever and
+   allow arbitrarily many changes of the environment given that the used
+   values are from a small set.  Outside glibc this will eat up all
+   memory after a while.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SEARCH_H && defined HAVE_TSEARCH \
+                      && (defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__))
+# define USE_TSEARCH    1
+# include <search.h>
+typedef int (*compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *);
+
+/* This is a pointer to the root of the search tree with the known
+   values.  */
+static void *known_values;
+
+# define KNOWN_VALUE(Str) \
+  ({                                                                          \
+    void *value = tfind (Str, &known_values, (compar_fn_t) strcmp);           \
+    value != NULL ? *(char **) value : NULL;                                  \
+  })
+# define STORE_VALUE(Str) \
+  tsearch (Str, &known_values, (compar_fn_t) strcmp)
+
+#else
+# undef USE_TSEARCH
+
+# define KNOWN_VALUE(Str) NULL
+# define STORE_VALUE(Str) do { } while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* If this variable is not a null pointer we allocated the current
+   environment.  */
+static char **last_environ;
+
+
+/* This function is used by 'setenv' and 'putenv'.  The difference between
+   the two functions is that for the former must create a new string which
+   is then placed in the environment, while the argument of 'putenv'
+   must be used directly.  This is all complicated by the fact that we try
+   to reuse values once generated for a 'setenv' call since we can never
+   free the strings.  */
+int
+__add_to_environ (const char *name, const char *value, const char *combined,
+                  int replace)
+{
+  char **ep;
+  size_t size;
+  const size_t namelen = strlen (name);
+  const size_t vallen = value != NULL ? strlen (value) + 1 : 0;
+
+  LOCK;
+
+  /* We have to get the pointer now that we have the lock and not earlier
+     since another thread might have created a new environment.  */
+  ep = __environ;
+
+  size = 0;
+  if (ep != NULL)
+    {
+      for (; *ep != NULL; ++ep)
+        if (!strncmp (*ep, name, namelen) && (*ep)[namelen] == '=')
+          break;
+        else
+          ++size;
+    }
+
+  if (ep == NULL || *ep == NULL)
+    {
+      char **new_environ;
+#ifdef USE_TSEARCH
+      char *new_value;
+#endif
+
+      /* We allocated this space; we can extend it.  */
+      new_environ =
+        (char **) (last_environ == NULL
+                   ? malloc ((size + 2) * sizeof (char *))
+                   : realloc (last_environ, (size + 2) * sizeof (char *)));
+      if (new_environ == NULL)
+        {
+          /* It's easier to set errno to ENOMEM than to rely on the
+             'malloc-posix' and 'realloc-posix' gnulib modules.  */
+          __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+          UNLOCK;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      /* If the whole entry is given add it.  */
+      if (combined != NULL)
+        /* We must not add the string to the search tree since it belongs
+           to the user.  */
+        new_environ[size] = (char *) combined;
+      else
+        {
+          /* See whether the value is already known.  */
+#ifdef USE_TSEARCH
+# ifdef _LIBC
+          new_value = (char *) alloca (namelen + 1 + vallen);
+          __mempcpy (__mempcpy (__mempcpy (new_value, name, namelen), "=", 1),
+                     value, vallen);
+# else
+          new_value = (char *) malloca (namelen + 1 + vallen);
+          if (new_value == NULL)
+            {
+              __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+              UNLOCK;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          memcpy (new_value, name, namelen);
+          new_value[namelen] = '=';
+          memcpy (&new_value[namelen + 1], value, vallen);
+# endif
+
+          new_environ[size] = KNOWN_VALUE (new_value);
+          if (new_environ[size] == NULL)
+#endif
+            {
+              new_environ[size] = (char *) malloc (namelen + 1 + vallen);
+              if (new_environ[size] == NULL)
+                {
+#if defined USE_TSEARCH && !defined _LIBC
+                  freea (new_value);
+#endif
+                  __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+                  UNLOCK;
+                  return -1;
+                }
+
+#ifdef USE_TSEARCH
+              memcpy (new_environ[size], new_value, namelen + 1 + vallen);
+#else
+              memcpy (new_environ[size], name, namelen);
+              new_environ[size][namelen] = '=';
+              memcpy (&new_environ[size][namelen + 1], value, vallen);
+#endif
+              /* And save the value now.  We cannot do this when we remove
+                 the string since then we cannot decide whether it is a
+                 user string or not.  */
+              STORE_VALUE (new_environ[size]);
+            }
+#if defined USE_TSEARCH && !defined _LIBC
+          freea (new_value);
+#endif
+        }
+
+      if (__environ != last_environ)
+        memcpy ((char *) new_environ, (char *) __environ,
+                size * sizeof (char *));
+
+      new_environ[size + 1] = NULL;
+
+      last_environ = __environ = new_environ;
+    }
+  else if (replace)
+    {
+      char *np;
+
+      /* Use the user string if given.  */
+      if (combined != NULL)
+        np = (char *) combined;
+      else
+        {
+#ifdef USE_TSEARCH
+          char *new_value;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+          new_value = alloca (namelen + 1 + vallen);
+          __mempcpy (__mempcpy (__mempcpy (new_value, name, namelen), "=", 1),
+                     value, vallen);
+# else
+          new_value = malloca (namelen + 1 + vallen);
+          if (new_value == NULL)
+            {
+              __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+              UNLOCK;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          memcpy (new_value, name, namelen);
+          new_value[namelen] = '=';
+          memcpy (&new_value[namelen + 1], value, vallen);
+# endif
+
+          np = KNOWN_VALUE (new_value);
+          if (np == NULL)
+#endif
+            {
+              np = (char *) malloc (namelen + 1 + vallen);
+              if (np == NULL)
+                {
+#if defined USE_TSEARCH && !defined _LIBC
+                  freea (new_value);
+#endif
+                  __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+                  UNLOCK;
+                  return -1;
+                }
+
+#ifdef USE_TSEARCH
+              memcpy (np, new_value, namelen + 1 + vallen);
+#else
+              memcpy (np, name, namelen);
+              np[namelen] = '=';
+              memcpy (&np[namelen + 1], value, vallen);
+#endif
+              /* And remember the value.  */
+              STORE_VALUE (np);
+            }
+#if defined USE_TSEARCH && !defined _LIBC
+          freea (new_value);
+#endif
+        }
+
+      *ep = np;
+    }
+
+  UNLOCK;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+setenv (const char *name, const char *value, int replace)
+{
+  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0' || strchr (name, '=') != NULL)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return __add_to_environ (name, value, NULL, replace);
+}
+
+/* The 'clearenv' was planned to be added to POSIX.1 but probably
+   never made it.  Nevertheless the POSIX.9 standard (POSIX bindings
+   for Fortran 77) requires this function.  */
+int
+clearenv (void)
+{
+  LOCK;
+
+  if (__environ == last_environ && __environ != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We allocated this environment so we can free it.  */
+      free (__environ);
+      last_environ = NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Clear the environment pointer removes the whole environment.  */
+  __environ = NULL;
+
+  UNLOCK;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  /* Remove all traces.  */
+  clearenv ();
+
+  /* Now remove the search tree.  */
+  __tdestroy (known_values, free);
+  known_values = NULL;
+}
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+
+
+# undef setenv
+# undef clearenv
+weak_alias (__setenv, setenv)
+weak_alias (__clearenv, clearenv)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || !HAVE_SETENV */
+
+/* The rest of this file is called into use when replacing an existing
+   but buggy setenv.  Known bugs include failure to diagnose invalid
+   name, and consuming a leading '=' from value.  */
+#if HAVE_SETENV
+
+# undef setenv
+# if !HAVE_DECL_SETENV
+extern int setenv (const char *, const char *, int);
+# endif
+# define STREQ(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
+
+int
+rpl_setenv (const char *name, const char *value, int replace)
+{
+  int result;
+  if (!name || !*name || strchr (name, '='))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  /* Call the real setenv even if replace is 0, in case implementation
+     has underlying data to update, such as when environ changes.  */
+  result = setenv (name, value, replace);
+  if (result == 0 && replace && *value == '=')
+    {
+      char *tmp = getenv (name);
+      if (!STREQ (tmp, value))
+        {
+          int saved_errno;
+          size_t len = strlen (value);
+          tmp = malloca (len + 2);
+          /* Since leading '=' is eaten, double it up.  */
+          *tmp = '=';
+          memcpy (tmp + 1, value, len + 1);
+          result = setenv (name, tmp, replace);
+          saved_errno = errno;
+          freea (tmp);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+        }
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_SETENV */
diff --git a/lib/setlocale-lock.c b/lib/setlocale-lock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e7540e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/setlocale-lock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* Return the internal lock used by setlocale_null_r.
+   Copyright (C) 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* When it is known that the gl_get_setlocale_null_lock function is defined
+   by a dependency library, it should not be defined here.  */
+#if OMIT_SETLOCALE_LOCK
+
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+
+#else
+
+/* This file defines the internal lock used by setlocale_null_r.
+   It is a separate compilation unit, so that only one copy of it is
+   present when linking statically.  */
+
+/* Prohibit renaming this symbol.  */
+# undef gl_get_setlocale_null_lock
+
+/* Macro for exporting a symbol (function, not variable) defined in this file,
+   when compiled into a shared library.  */
+# ifndef DLL_EXPORTED
+#  if HAVE_VISIBILITY
+  /* Override the effect of the compiler option '-fvisibility=hidden'.  */
+#   define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
+#  elif defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
+#   define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#  else
+#   define DLL_EXPORTED
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+#  include "windows-initguard.h"
+
+/* The return type is a 'CRITICAL_SECTION *', not a 'glwthread_mutex_t *',
+   because the latter is not guaranteed to be a stable ABI in the future.  */
+
+/* Make sure the function gets exported from DLLs.  */
+DLL_EXPORTED CRITICAL_SECTION *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
+
+static glwthread_initguard_t guard = GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT;
+static CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+
+/* Returns the internal lock used by setlocale_null_r.  */
+CRITICAL_SECTION *
+gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void)
+{
+  if (!guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&guard.started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to need the lock.  Initialize it.  */
+          InitializeCriticalSection (&lock);
+          guard.done = 1;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this mutex.  */
+          while (!guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  return &lock;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API
+
+#  include <pthread.h>
+
+static pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+
+/* Make sure the function gets exported from shared libraries.  */
+DLL_EXPORTED pthread_mutex_t *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
+
+/* Returns the internal lock used by setlocale_null_r.  */
+pthread_mutex_t *
+gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void)
+{
+  return &mutex;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_THREADS_H
+
+#  include <threads.h>
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+
+static int volatile init_needed = 1;
+static once_flag init_once = ONCE_FLAG_INIT;
+static mtx_t mutex;
+
+static void
+atomic_init (void)
+{
+  if (mtx_init (&mutex, mtx_plain) != thrd_success)
+    abort ();
+  init_needed = 0;
+}
+
+/* Make sure the function gets exported from shared libraries.  */
+DLL_EXPORTED mtx_t *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
+
+/* Returns the internal lock used by setlocale_null_r.  */
+mtx_t *
+gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void)
+{
+  if (init_needed)
+    call_once (&init_once, atomic_init);
+  return &mutex;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__) && !defined _MSC_VER
+/* Make sure the '__declspec(dllimport)' in setlocale_null.c does not cause
+   a link failure when no DLLs are involved.  */
+#  if defined _WIN64 || defined _LP64
+#   define IMP(x) __imp_##x
+#  else
+#   define IMP(x) _imp__##x
+#  endif
+void * IMP(gl_get_setlocale_null_lock) = &gl_get_setlocale_null_lock;
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/setlocale_null.c b/lib/setlocale_null.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..778429b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/setlocale_null.c
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/* Query the name of the current global locale.
+   Copyright (C) 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "setlocale_null.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !(SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE && SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE)
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+# elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API
+
+#  include <pthread.h>
+#  if HAVE_THREADS_H && HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOLS
+#   include <threads.h>
+#   pragma weak thrd_exit
+#   define c11_threads_in_use() (thrd_exit != NULL)
+#  else
+#   define c11_threads_in_use() 0
+#  endif
+
+# elif HAVE_THREADS_H
+
+#  include <threads.h>
+
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Use the system's setlocale() function, not the gnulib override, here.  */
+#undef setlocale
+
+static const char *
+setlocale_null_androidfix (int category)
+{
+  const char *result = setlocale (category, NULL);
+
+#ifdef __ANDROID__
+  if (result == NULL)
+    switch (category)
+      {
+      case LC_CTYPE:
+      case LC_NUMERIC:
+      case LC_TIME:
+      case LC_COLLATE:
+      case LC_MONETARY:
+      case LC_MESSAGES:
+      case LC_ALL:
+      case LC_PAPER:
+      case LC_NAME:
+      case LC_ADDRESS:
+      case LC_TELEPHONE:
+      case LC_MEASUREMENT:
+        result = "C";
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+      }
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+static int
+setlocale_null_unlocked (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__ && defined _MSC_VER
+  /* On native Windows, nowadays, the setlocale() implementation is based
+     on _wsetlocale() and uses malloc() for the result.  We are better off
+     using _wsetlocale() directly.  */
+  const wchar_t *result = _wsetlocale (category, NULL);
+
+  if (result == NULL)
+    {
+      /* CATEGORY is invalid.  */
+      if (bufsize > 0)
+        /* Return an empty string in BUF.
+           This is a convenience for callers that don't want to write explicit
+           code for handling EINVAL.  */
+        buf[0] = '\0';
+      return EINVAL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      size_t length = wcslen (result);
+      if (length < bufsize)
+        {
+          size_t i;
+
+          /* Convert wchar_t[] -> char[], assuming plain ASCII.  */
+          for (i = 0; i <= length; i++)
+            buf[i] = result[i];
+
+          return 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (bufsize > 0)
+            {
+              /* Return a truncated result in BUF.
+                 This is a convenience for callers that don't want to write
+                 explicit code for handling ERANGE.  */
+              size_t i;
+
+              /* Convert wchar_t[] -> char[], assuming plain ASCII.  */
+              for (i = 0; i < bufsize; i++)
+                buf[i] = result[i];
+              buf[bufsize - 1] = '\0';
+            }
+          return ERANGE;
+        }
+    }
+#else
+  const char *result = setlocale_null_androidfix (category);
+
+  if (result == NULL)
+    {
+      /* CATEGORY is invalid.  */
+      if (bufsize > 0)
+        /* Return an empty string in BUF.
+           This is a convenience for callers that don't want to write explicit
+           code for handling EINVAL.  */
+        buf[0] = '\0';
+      return EINVAL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      size_t length = strlen (result);
+      if (length < bufsize)
+        {
+          memcpy (buf, result, length + 1);
+          return 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (bufsize > 0)
+            {
+              /* Return a truncated result in BUF.
+                 This is a convenience for callers that don't want to write
+                 explicit code for handling ERANGE.  */
+              memcpy (buf, result, bufsize - 1);
+              buf[bufsize - 1] = '\0';
+            }
+          return ERANGE;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+#if !(SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE && SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE) /* musl libc, macOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, AIX, Haiku, Cygwin */
+
+/* Use a lock, so that no two threads can invoke setlocale_null_unlocked
+   at the same time.  */
+
+/* Prohibit renaming this symbol.  */
+# undef gl_get_setlocale_null_lock
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+
+extern __declspec(dllimport) CRITICAL_SECTION *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
+
+static int
+setlocale_null_with_lock (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+{
+  CRITICAL_SECTION *lock = gl_get_setlocale_null_lock ();
+  int ret;
+
+  EnterCriticalSection (lock);
+  ret = setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
+  LeaveCriticalSection (lock);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API /* musl libc, macOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, AIX, Haiku, Cygwin */
+
+extern
+#  if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
+  __declspec(dllimport)
+#  endif
+  pthread_mutex_t *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
+
+#  if HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOLS /* musl libc, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, Haiku */
+
+    /* Avoid the need to link with '-lpthread'.  */
+#   pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
+#   pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
+
+    /* Determine whether libpthread is in use.  */
+#   pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_gettype
+    /* See the comments in lock.h.  */
+#   define pthread_in_use() \
+      (pthread_mutexattr_gettype != NULL || c11_threads_in_use ())
+
+#  else
+#   define pthread_in_use() 1
+#  endif
+
+static int
+setlocale_null_with_lock (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+{
+  if (pthread_in_use())
+    {
+      pthread_mutex_t *lock = gl_get_setlocale_null_lock ();
+      int ret;
+
+      if (pthread_mutex_lock (lock))
+        abort ();
+      ret = setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
+      if (pthread_mutex_unlock (lock))
+        abort ();
+
+      return ret;
+    }
+  else
+    return setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
+}
+
+# elif HAVE_THREADS_H
+
+extern mtx_t *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
+
+static int
+setlocale_null_with_lock (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+{
+  mtx_t *lock = gl_get_setlocale_null_lock ();
+  int ret;
+
+  if (mtx_lock (lock) != thrd_success)
+    abort ();
+  ret = setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
+  if (mtx_unlock (lock) != thrd_success)
+    abort ();
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+int
+setlocale_null_r (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+{
+#if SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE
+# if SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE
+
+  return setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
+
+# else
+
+  if (category == LC_ALL)
+    return setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
+  else
+    return setlocale_null_with_lock (category, buf, bufsize);
+
+# endif
+#else
+# if SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE
+
+  if (category == LC_ALL)
+    return setlocale_null_with_lock (category, buf, bufsize);
+  else
+    return setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
+
+# else
+
+  return setlocale_null_with_lock (category, buf, bufsize);
+
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+const char *
+setlocale_null (int category)
+{
+#if SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE && SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE
+  return setlocale_null_androidfix (category);
+#else
+
+  /* This call must be multithread-safe.  To achieve this without using
+     thread-local storage:
+       1. We use a specific static buffer for each possible CATEGORY
+          argument.  So that different threads can call setlocale_mtsafe
+          with different CATEGORY arguments, without interfering.
+       2. We use a simple strcpy or memcpy to fill this static buffer.
+          Filling it through, for example, strcpy + strcat would not be
+          guaranteed to leave the buffer's contents intact if another thread
+          is currently accessing it.  If necessary, the contents is first
+          assembled in a stack-allocated buffer.  */
+  if (category == LC_ALL)
+    {
+# if SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE
+      return setlocale_null_androidfix (LC_ALL);
+# else
+      char buf[SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MAX];
+      static char resultbuf[SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MAX];
+
+      if (setlocale_null_r (LC_ALL, buf, sizeof (buf)))
+        return "C";
+      strcpy (resultbuf, buf);
+      return resultbuf;
+# endif
+    }
+  else
+    {
+# if SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE
+      return setlocale_null_androidfix (category);
+# else
+      enum
+        {
+          LC_CTYPE_INDEX,
+          LC_NUMERIC_INDEX,
+          LC_TIME_INDEX,
+          LC_COLLATE_INDEX,
+          LC_MONETARY_INDEX,
+          LC_MESSAGES_INDEX,
+#  ifdef LC_PAPER
+          LC_PAPER_INDEX,
+#  endif
+#  ifdef LC_NAME
+          LC_NAME_INDEX,
+#  endif
+#  ifdef LC_ADDRESS
+          LC_ADDRESS_INDEX,
+#  endif
+#  ifdef LC_TELEPHONE
+          LC_TELEPHONE_INDEX,
+#  endif
+#  ifdef LC_MEASUREMENT
+          LC_MEASUREMENT_INDEX,
+#  endif
+#  ifdef LC_IDENTIFICATION
+          LC_IDENTIFICATION_INDEX,
+#  endif
+          LC_INDICES_COUNT
+        }
+        i;
+      char buf[SETLOCALE_NULL_MAX];
+      static char resultbuf[LC_INDICES_COUNT][SETLOCALE_NULL_MAX];
+      int err;
+
+      err = setlocale_null_r (category, buf, sizeof (buf));
+      if (err == EINVAL)
+        return NULL;
+      if (err)
+        return "C";
+
+      switch (category)
+        {
+        case LC_CTYPE:          i = LC_CTYPE_INDEX;          break;
+        case LC_NUMERIC:        i = LC_NUMERIC_INDEX;        break;
+        case LC_TIME:           i = LC_TIME_INDEX;           break;
+        case LC_COLLATE:        i = LC_COLLATE_INDEX;        break;
+        case LC_MONETARY:       i = LC_MONETARY_INDEX;       break;
+        case LC_MESSAGES:       i = LC_MESSAGES_INDEX;       break;
+#  ifdef LC_PAPER
+        case LC_PAPER:          i = LC_PAPER_INDEX;          break;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef LC_NAME
+        case LC_NAME:           i = LC_NAME_INDEX;           break;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef LC_ADDRESS
+        case LC_ADDRESS:        i = LC_ADDRESS_INDEX;        break;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef LC_TELEPHONE
+        case LC_TELEPHONE:      i = LC_TELEPHONE_INDEX;      break;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef LC_MEASUREMENT
+        case LC_MEASUREMENT:    i = LC_MEASUREMENT_INDEX;    break;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef LC_IDENTIFICATION
+        case LC_IDENTIFICATION: i = LC_IDENTIFICATION_INDEX; break;
+#  endif
+        default:
+          /* If you get here, a #ifdef LC_xxx is missing.  */
+          abort ();
+        }
+
+      strcpy (resultbuf[i], buf);
+      return resultbuf[i];
+# endif
+    }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/setlocale_null.h b/lib/setlocale_null.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1921b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/setlocale_null.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* Query the name of the current global locale.
+   Copyright (C) 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019.  */
+
+#ifndef _SETLOCALE_NULL_H
+#define _SETLOCALE_NULL_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "arg-nonnull.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Recommended size of a buffer for a locale name for a single category.
+   On glibc systems, you can have locale names that are relative file names;
+   assume a maximum length 256.
+   In native Windows, in 2018 the longest locale name was of length 58
+   ("FYRO Macedonian_Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia.1251").  */
+#define SETLOCALE_NULL_MAX (256+1)
+
+/* Recommended size of a buffer for a locale name with all categories.
+   On glibc systems, you can have locale names that are relative file names;
+   assume maximum length 256 for each.  There are 12 categories; so, the
+   maximum total length is 148+12*256.
+   In native Windows, there are 5 categories, and the maximum total length is
+   55+5*58.  */
+#define SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MAX (148+12*256+1)
+
+/* setlocale_null_r (CATEGORY, BUF, BUFSIZE) is like setlocale (CATEGORY, NULL),
+   except that
+     - it is guaranteed to be multithread-safe,
+     - it returns the resulting locale category name or locale name in the
+       user-supplied buffer BUF, which must be BUFSIZE bytes long.
+   The recommended minimum buffer size is
+     - SETLOCALE_NULL_MAX for CATEGORY != LC_ALL, and
+     - SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MAX for CATEGORY == LC_ALL.
+   The return value is an error code: 0 if the call is successful, EINVAL if
+   CATEGORY is invalid, or ERANGE if BUFSIZE is smaller than the length needed
+   size (including the trailing NUL byte).  In the latter case, a truncated
+   result is returned in BUF, but still NUL-terminated if BUFSIZE > 0.
+   For this call to be multithread-safe, *all* calls to
+   setlocale (CATEGORY, NULL) in all other threads must have been converted
+   to use setlocale_null_r or setlocale_null as well, and the other threads
+   must not make other setlocale invocations (since changing the global locale
+   has side effects on all threads).  */
+extern int setlocale_null_r (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2));
+
+/* setlocale_null (CATEGORY) is like setlocale (CATEGORY, NULL), except that
+   it is guaranteed to be multithread-safe.
+   The return value is NULL if CATEGORY is invalid.
+   For this call to be multithread-safe, *all* calls to
+   setlocale (CATEGORY, NULL) in all other threads must have been converted
+   to use setlocale_null_r or setlocale_null as well, and the other threads
+   must not make other setlocale invocations (since changing the global locale
+   has side effects on all threads).  */
+extern const char *setlocale_null (int category);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _SETLOCALE_NULL_H */
diff --git a/lib/settime.c b/lib/settime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a5bc81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/settime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* settime -- set the system clock
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Set the system time.  */
+
+int
+settime (struct timespec const *ts)
+{
+#if defined CLOCK_REALTIME && HAVE_CLOCK_SETTIME
+  {
+    int r = clock_settime (CLOCK_REALTIME, ts);
+    if (r == 0 || errno == EPERM)
+      return r;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SETTIMEOFDAY
+  {
+    struct timeval tv;
+
+    tv.tv_sec = ts->tv_sec;
+    tv.tv_usec = ts->tv_nsec / 1000;
+    return settimeofday (&tv, 0);
+  }
+#elif HAVE_STIME
+  /* This fails to compile on OSF1 V5.1, due to stime requiring
+     a 'long int*' and tv_sec is 'int'.  But that system does provide
+     settimeofday.  */
+  return stime (&ts->tv_sec);
+#else
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/sha1-stream.c b/lib/sha1-stream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ba0435
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sha1-stream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* sha1.c - Functions to compute SHA1 message digest of files or
+   memory blocks according to the NIST specification FIPS-180-1.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Scott G. Miller
+   Credits:
+      Robert Klep <robert@ilse.nl>  -- Expansion function fix
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA1
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sha1.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "af_alg.h"
+
+#define BLOCKSIZE 32768
+#if BLOCKSIZE % 64 != 0
+# error "invalid BLOCKSIZE"
+#endif
+
+/* Compute SHA1 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 20 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+int
+sha1_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  switch (afalg_stream (stream, "sha1", resblock, SHA1_DIGEST_SIZE))
+    {
+    case 0: return 0;
+    case -EIO: return 1;
+    }
+
+  char *buffer = malloc (BLOCKSIZE + 72);
+  if (!buffer)
+    return 1;
+
+  struct sha1_ctx ctx;
+  sha1_init_ctx (&ctx);
+  size_t sum;
+
+  /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes.  One call of the
+         computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
+         next round of the loop another block can be read.  */
+      size_t n;
+      sum = 0;
+
+      /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
+      while (1)
+        {
+          /* Either process a partial fread() from this loop,
+             or the fread() in afalg_stream may have gotten EOF.
+             We need to avoid a subsequent fread() as EOF may
+             not be sticky.  For details of such systems, see:
+             https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1190  */
+          if (feof (stream))
+            goto process_partial_block;
+
+          n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+
+          sum += n;
+
+          if (sum == BLOCKSIZE)
+            break;
+
+          if (n == 0)
+            {
+              /* Check for the error flag IFF N == 0, so that we don't
+                 exit the loop after a partial read due to e.g., EAGAIN
+                 or EWOULDBLOCK.  */
+              if (ferror (stream))
+                {
+                  free (buffer);
+                  return 1;
+                }
+              goto process_partial_block;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes.  Note that
+                        BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0
+       */
+      sha1_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
+    }
+
+ process_partial_block:;
+
+  /* Process any remaining bytes.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    sha1_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
+
+  /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
+  sha1_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  free (buffer);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sha1.c b/lib/sha1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79e50ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sha1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+/* sha1.c - Functions to compute SHA1 message digest of files or
+   memory blocks according to the NIST specification FIPS-180-1.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Scott G. Miller
+   Credits:
+      Robert Klep <robert@ilse.nl>  -- Expansion function fix
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA1
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sha1.h"
+
+#include <stdalign.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#else
+# define SWAP(n) bswap_32 (n)
+#endif
+
+#if ! HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA1
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   64-byte boundary.  (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1)  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/* Take a pointer to a 160 bit block of data (five 32 bit ints) and
+   initialize it to the start constants of the SHA1 algorithm.  This
+   must be called before using hash in the call to sha1_hash.  */
+void
+sha1_init_ctx (struct sha1_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->A = 0x67452301;
+  ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
+  ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
+  ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+  ctx->E = 0xc3d2e1f0;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the 4 byte value from v into the memory location pointed to by *cp,
+   If your architecture allows unaligned access this is equivalent to
+   * (uint32_t *) cp = v  */
+static void
+set_uint32 (char *cp, uint32_t v)
+{
+  memcpy (cp, &v, sizeof v);
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 20 bytes following RESBUF.  The result
+   must be in little endian byte order.  */
+void *
+sha1_read_ctx (const struct sha1_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  char *r = resbuf;
+  set_uint32 (r + 0 * sizeof ctx->A, SWAP (ctx->A));
+  set_uint32 (r + 1 * sizeof ctx->B, SWAP (ctx->B));
+  set_uint32 (r + 2 * sizeof ctx->C, SWAP (ctx->C));
+  set_uint32 (r + 3 * sizeof ctx->D, SWAP (ctx->D));
+  set_uint32 (r + 4 * sizeof ctx->E, SWAP (ctx->E));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.  */
+void *
+sha1_finish_ctx (struct sha1_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  uint32_t bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t size = (bytes < 56) ? 64 / 4 : 64 * 2 / 4;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
+  ctx->buffer[size - 2] = SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) | (ctx->total[0] >> 29));
+  ctx->buffer[size - 1] = SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
+
+  memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 4 - bytes);
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  sha1_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 4, ctx);
+
+  return sha1_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute SHA1 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+sha1_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha1_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha1_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  sha1_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha1_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void
+sha1_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha1_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (ctx->buflen > 64)
+        {
+          sha1_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~63, ctx);
+
+          ctx->buflen &= 63;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because ctx->buflen < 64 ≤ (left_over + add) & ~63.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer,
+                  &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+                  ctx->buflen);
+        }
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len >= 64)
+    {
+#if !(_STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned)
+# define UNALIGNED_P(p) ((uintptr_t) (p) % alignof (uint32_t) != 0)
+      if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer))
+        while (len > 64)
+          {
+            sha1_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 64), 64, ctx);
+            buffer = (const char *) buffer + 64;
+            len -= 64;
+          }
+      else
+#endif
+        {
+          sha1_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+          buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+          len &= 63;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len);
+      left_over += len;
+      if (left_over >= 64)
+        {
+          sha1_process_block (ctx->buffer, 64, ctx);
+          left_over -= 64;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because left_over ≤ 64.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over);
+        }
+      ctx->buflen = left_over;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --- Code below is the primary difference between md5.c and sha1.c --- */
+
+/* SHA1 round constants */
+#define K1 0x5a827999
+#define K2 0x6ed9eba1
+#define K3 0x8f1bbcdc
+#define K4 0xca62c1d6
+
+/* Round functions.  Note that F2 is the same as F4.  */
+#define F1(B,C,D) ( D ^ ( B & ( C ^ D ) ) )
+#define F2(B,C,D) (B ^ C ^ D)
+#define F3(B,C,D) ( ( B & C ) | ( D & ( B | C ) ) )
+#define F4(B,C,D) (B ^ C ^ D)
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0.
+   Most of this code comes from GnuPG's cipher/sha1.c.  */
+
+void
+sha1_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha1_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  const uint32_t *words = buffer;
+  size_t nwords = len / sizeof (uint32_t);
+  const uint32_t *endp = words + nwords;
+  uint32_t x[16];
+  uint32_t a = ctx->A;
+  uint32_t b = ctx->B;
+  uint32_t c = ctx->C;
+  uint32_t d = ctx->D;
+  uint32_t e = ctx->E;
+  uint32_t lolen = len;
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  RFC 1321 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += lolen;
+  ctx->total[1] += (len >> 31 >> 1) + (ctx->total[0] < lolen);
+
+#define rol(x, n) (((x) << (n)) | ((uint32_t) (x) >> (32 - (n))))
+
+#define M(I) ( tm =   x[I&0x0f] ^ x[(I-14)&0x0f] \
+                    ^ x[(I-8)&0x0f] ^ x[(I-3)&0x0f] \
+               , (x[I&0x0f] = rol(tm, 1)) )
+
+#define R(A,B,C,D,E,F,K,M)  do { E += rol( A, 5 )     \
+                                      + F( B, C, D )  \
+                                      + K             \
+                                      + M;            \
+                                 B = rol( B, 30 );    \
+                               } while(0)
+
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      uint32_t tm;
+      int t;
+      for (t = 0; t < 16; t++)
+        {
+          x[t] = SWAP (*words);
+          words++;
+        }
+
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[ 0] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[ 1] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[ 2] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[ 3] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[ 4] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[ 5] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[ 6] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[ 7] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[ 8] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[ 9] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[10] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[11] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[12] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[13] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[14] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[15] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, M(16) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, M(17) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, M(18) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, M(19) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(20) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(21) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(22) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(23) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(24) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(25) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(26) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(27) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(28) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(29) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(30) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(31) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(32) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(33) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(34) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(35) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(36) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(37) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(38) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(39) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(40) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(41) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(42) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(43) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(44) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(45) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(46) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(47) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(48) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(49) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(50) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(51) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(52) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(53) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(54) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(55) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(56) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(57) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(58) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(59) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(60) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(61) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(62) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(63) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(64) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(65) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(66) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(67) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(68) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(69) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(70) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(71) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(72) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(73) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(74) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(75) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(76) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(77) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(78) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(79) );
+
+      a = ctx->A += a;
+      b = ctx->B += b;
+      c = ctx->C += c;
+      d = ctx->D += d;
+      e = ctx->E += e;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sha1.h b/lib/sha1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..098678d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sha1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* Declarations of functions and data types used for SHA1 sum
+   library functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef SHA1_H
+# define SHA1_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA1
+#  include <openssl/sha.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# define SHA1_DIGEST_SIZE 20
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA1
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 1
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+# else
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct sha1_ctx
+{
+  uint32_t A;
+  uint32_t B;
+  uint32_t C;
+  uint32_t D;
+  uint32_t E;
+
+  uint32_t total[2];
+  uint32_t buflen;     /* ≥ 0, ≤ 128 */
+  uint32_t buffer[32]; /* 128 bytes; the first buflen bytes are in use */
+};
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */
+extern void sha1_init_ctx (struct sha1_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void sha1_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                struct sha1_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void sha1_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                struct sha1_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 20 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sha1_finish_ctx (struct sha1_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 20 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sha1_read_ctx (const struct sha1_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Compute SHA1 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *sha1_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                          void *restrict resblock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* Compute SHA1 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.
+   STREAM is an open file stream.  Regular files are handled more efficiently.
+   The contents of STREAM from its current position to its end will be read.
+   The case that the last operation on STREAM was an 'ungetc' is not supported.
+   The resulting message digest number will be written into the 20 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int sha1_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sha256-stream.c b/lib/sha256-stream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2e6398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sha256-stream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* sha256.c - Functions to compute SHA256 and SHA224 message digest of files or
+   memory blocks according to the NIST specification FIPS-180-2.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David Madore, considerably copypasting from
+   Scott G. Miller's sha1.c
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA256
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sha256.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "af_alg.h"
+
+#define BLOCKSIZE 32768
+#if BLOCKSIZE % 64 != 0
+# error "invalid BLOCKSIZE"
+#endif
+
+/* Compute message digest for bytes read from STREAM using algorithm ALG.
+   Write the message digest into RESBLOCK, which contains HASHLEN bytes.
+   The initial and finishing operations are INIT_CTX and FINISH_CTX.
+   Return zero if and only if successful.  */
+static int
+shaxxx_stream (FILE *stream, char const *alg, void *resblock,
+               ssize_t hashlen, void (*init_ctx) (struct sha256_ctx *),
+               void *(*finish_ctx) (struct sha256_ctx *, void *))
+{
+  switch (afalg_stream (stream, alg, resblock, hashlen))
+    {
+    case 0: return 0;
+    case -EIO: return 1;
+    }
+
+  char *buffer = malloc (BLOCKSIZE + 72);
+  if (!buffer)
+    return 1;
+
+  struct sha256_ctx ctx;
+  init_ctx (&ctx);
+  size_t sum;
+
+  /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes.  One call of the
+         computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
+         next round of the loop another block can be read.  */
+      size_t n;
+      sum = 0;
+
+      /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
+      while (1)
+        {
+          /* Either process a partial fread() from this loop,
+             or the fread() in afalg_stream may have gotten EOF.
+             We need to avoid a subsequent fread() as EOF may
+             not be sticky.  For details of such systems, see:
+             https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1190  */
+          if (feof (stream))
+            goto process_partial_block;
+
+          n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+
+          sum += n;
+
+          if (sum == BLOCKSIZE)
+            break;
+
+          if (n == 0)
+            {
+              /* Check for the error flag IFF N == 0, so that we don't
+                 exit the loop after a partial read due to e.g., EAGAIN
+                 or EWOULDBLOCK.  */
+              if (ferror (stream))
+                {
+                  free (buffer);
+                  return 1;
+                }
+              goto process_partial_block;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes.  Note that
+                        BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0
+       */
+      sha256_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
+    }
+
+ process_partial_block:;
+
+  /* Process any remaining bytes.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    sha256_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
+
+  /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
+  finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  free (buffer);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+sha256_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  return shaxxx_stream (stream, "sha256", resblock, SHA256_DIGEST_SIZE,
+                        sha256_init_ctx, sha256_finish_ctx);
+}
+
+int
+sha224_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  return shaxxx_stream (stream, "sha224", resblock, SHA224_DIGEST_SIZE,
+                        sha224_init_ctx, sha224_finish_ctx);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sha256.c b/lib/sha256.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9ca618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sha256.c
@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+/* sha256.c - Functions to compute SHA256 and SHA224 message digest of files or
+   memory blocks according to the NIST specification FIPS-180-2.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David Madore, considerably copypasting from
+   Scott G. Miller's sha1.c
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA256
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sha256.h"
+
+#include <stdalign.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#else
+# define SWAP(n) bswap_32 (n)
+#endif
+
+#if ! HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA256
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   64-byte boundary.  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/*
+  Takes a pointer to a 256 bit block of data (eight 32 bit ints) and
+  initializes it to the start constants of the SHA256 algorithm.  This
+  must be called before using hash in the call to sha256_hash
+*/
+void
+sha256_init_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->state[0] = 0x6a09e667UL;
+  ctx->state[1] = 0xbb67ae85UL;
+  ctx->state[2] = 0x3c6ef372UL;
+  ctx->state[3] = 0xa54ff53aUL;
+  ctx->state[4] = 0x510e527fUL;
+  ctx->state[5] = 0x9b05688cUL;
+  ctx->state[6] = 0x1f83d9abUL;
+  ctx->state[7] = 0x5be0cd19UL;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+void
+sha224_init_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->state[0] = 0xc1059ed8UL;
+  ctx->state[1] = 0x367cd507UL;
+  ctx->state[2] = 0x3070dd17UL;
+  ctx->state[3] = 0xf70e5939UL;
+  ctx->state[4] = 0xffc00b31UL;
+  ctx->state[5] = 0x68581511UL;
+  ctx->state[6] = 0x64f98fa7UL;
+  ctx->state[7] = 0xbefa4fa4UL;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the value from v into the memory location pointed to by *CP,
+   If your architecture allows unaligned access, this is equivalent to
+   * (__typeof__ (v) *) cp = v  */
+static void
+set_uint32 (char *cp, uint32_t v)
+{
+  memcpy (cp, &v, sizeof v);
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 32 bytes following RESBUF.
+   The result must be in little endian byte order.  */
+void *
+sha256_read_ctx (const struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *r = resbuf;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+    set_uint32 (r + i * sizeof ctx->state[0], SWAP (ctx->state[i]));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+void *
+sha224_read_ctx (const struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *r = resbuf;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 7; i++)
+    set_uint32 (r + i * sizeof ctx->state[0], SWAP (ctx->state[i]));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.  */
+static void
+sha256_conclude_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  size_t bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t size = (bytes < 56) ? 64 / 4 : 64 * 2 / 4;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.
+     Use set_uint32 rather than a simple assignment, to avoid risk of
+     unaligned access.  */
+  set_uint32 ((char *) &ctx->buffer[size - 2],
+              SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) | (ctx->total[0] >> 29)));
+  set_uint32 ((char *) &ctx->buffer[size - 1],
+              SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3));
+
+  memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 4 - bytes);
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  sha256_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 4, ctx);
+}
+
+void *
+sha256_finish_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  sha256_conclude_ctx (ctx);
+  return sha256_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+void *
+sha224_finish_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  sha256_conclude_ctx (ctx);
+  return sha224_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute SHA256 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+sha256_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha256_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha256_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  sha256_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha256_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void *
+sha224_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha256_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha224_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  sha256_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha224_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void
+sha256_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha256_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (ctx->buflen > 64)
+        {
+          sha256_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~63, ctx);
+
+          ctx->buflen &= 63;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because ctx->buflen < 64 ≤ (left_over + add) & ~63.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer,
+                  &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+                  ctx->buflen);
+        }
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len >= 64)
+    {
+#if !(_STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned)
+# define UNALIGNED_P(p) ((uintptr_t) (p) % alignof (uint32_t) != 0)
+      if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer))
+        while (len > 64)
+          {
+            sha256_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 64), 64, ctx);
+            buffer = (const char *) buffer + 64;
+            len -= 64;
+          }
+      else
+#endif
+        {
+          sha256_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+          buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+          len &= 63;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len);
+      left_over += len;
+      if (left_over >= 64)
+        {
+          sha256_process_block (ctx->buffer, 64, ctx);
+          left_over -= 64;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because left_over ≤ 64.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over);
+        }
+      ctx->buflen = left_over;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --- Code below is the primary difference between sha1.c and sha256.c --- */
+
+/* SHA256 round constants */
+#define K(I) sha256_round_constants[I]
+static const uint32_t sha256_round_constants[64] = {
+  0x428a2f98UL, 0x71374491UL, 0xb5c0fbcfUL, 0xe9b5dba5UL,
+  0x3956c25bUL, 0x59f111f1UL, 0x923f82a4UL, 0xab1c5ed5UL,
+  0xd807aa98UL, 0x12835b01UL, 0x243185beUL, 0x550c7dc3UL,
+  0x72be5d74UL, 0x80deb1feUL, 0x9bdc06a7UL, 0xc19bf174UL,
+  0xe49b69c1UL, 0xefbe4786UL, 0x0fc19dc6UL, 0x240ca1ccUL,
+  0x2de92c6fUL, 0x4a7484aaUL, 0x5cb0a9dcUL, 0x76f988daUL,
+  0x983e5152UL, 0xa831c66dUL, 0xb00327c8UL, 0xbf597fc7UL,
+  0xc6e00bf3UL, 0xd5a79147UL, 0x06ca6351UL, 0x14292967UL,
+  0x27b70a85UL, 0x2e1b2138UL, 0x4d2c6dfcUL, 0x53380d13UL,
+  0x650a7354UL, 0x766a0abbUL, 0x81c2c92eUL, 0x92722c85UL,
+  0xa2bfe8a1UL, 0xa81a664bUL, 0xc24b8b70UL, 0xc76c51a3UL,
+  0xd192e819UL, 0xd6990624UL, 0xf40e3585UL, 0x106aa070UL,
+  0x19a4c116UL, 0x1e376c08UL, 0x2748774cUL, 0x34b0bcb5UL,
+  0x391c0cb3UL, 0x4ed8aa4aUL, 0x5b9cca4fUL, 0x682e6ff3UL,
+  0x748f82eeUL, 0x78a5636fUL, 0x84c87814UL, 0x8cc70208UL,
+  0x90befffaUL, 0xa4506cebUL, 0xbef9a3f7UL, 0xc67178f2UL,
+};
+
+/* Round functions.  */
+#define F2(A,B,C) ( ( A & B ) | ( C & ( A | B ) ) )
+#define F1(E,F,G) ( G ^ ( E & ( F ^ G ) ) )
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0.
+   Most of this code comes from GnuPG's cipher/sha1.c.  */
+
+void
+sha256_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha256_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  const uint32_t *words = buffer;
+  size_t nwords = len / sizeof (uint32_t);
+  const uint32_t *endp = words + nwords;
+  uint32_t x[16];
+  uint32_t a = ctx->state[0];
+  uint32_t b = ctx->state[1];
+  uint32_t c = ctx->state[2];
+  uint32_t d = ctx->state[3];
+  uint32_t e = ctx->state[4];
+  uint32_t f = ctx->state[5];
+  uint32_t g = ctx->state[6];
+  uint32_t h = ctx->state[7];
+  uint32_t lolen = len;
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  FIPS PUB 180-2 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += lolen;
+  ctx->total[1] += (len >> 31 >> 1) + (ctx->total[0] < lolen);
+
+#define rol(x, n) (((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32 - (n))))
+#define S0(x) (rol(x,25)^rol(x,14)^(x>>3))
+#define S1(x) (rol(x,15)^rol(x,13)^(x>>10))
+#define SS0(x) (rol(x,30)^rol(x,19)^rol(x,10))
+#define SS1(x) (rol(x,26)^rol(x,21)^rol(x,7))
+
+#define M(I) ( tm =   S1(x[(I-2)&0x0f]) + x[(I-7)&0x0f] \
+                    + S0(x[(I-15)&0x0f]) + x[I&0x0f]    \
+               , x[I&0x0f] = tm )
+
+#define R(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,K,M)  do { t0 = SS0(A) + F2(A,B,C); \
+                                     t1 = H + SS1(E)  \
+                                      + F1(E,F,G)     \
+                                      + K             \
+                                      + M;            \
+                                     D += t1;  H = t0 + t1; \
+                               } while(0)
+
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      uint32_t tm;
+      uint32_t t0, t1;
+      int t;
+      /* FIXME: see sha1.c for a better implementation.  */
+      for (t = 0; t < 16; t++)
+        {
+          x[t] = SWAP (*words);
+          words++;
+        }
+
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K( 0), x[ 0] );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K( 1), x[ 1] );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K( 2), x[ 2] );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K( 3), x[ 3] );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K( 4), x[ 4] );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K( 5), x[ 5] );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K( 6), x[ 6] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K( 7), x[ 7] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K( 8), x[ 8] );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K( 9), x[ 9] );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(10), x[10] );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(11), x[11] );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(12), x[12] );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(13), x[13] );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(14), x[14] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(15), x[15] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(16), M(16) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(17), M(17) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(18), M(18) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(19), M(19) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(20), M(20) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(21), M(21) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(22), M(22) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(23), M(23) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(24), M(24) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(25), M(25) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(26), M(26) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(27), M(27) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(28), M(28) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(29), M(29) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(30), M(30) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(31), M(31) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(32), M(32) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(33), M(33) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(34), M(34) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(35), M(35) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(36), M(36) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(37), M(37) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(38), M(38) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(39), M(39) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(40), M(40) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(41), M(41) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(42), M(42) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(43), M(43) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(44), M(44) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(45), M(45) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(46), M(46) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(47), M(47) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(48), M(48) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(49), M(49) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(50), M(50) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(51), M(51) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(52), M(52) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(53), M(53) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(54), M(54) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(55), M(55) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(56), M(56) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(57), M(57) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(58), M(58) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(59), M(59) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(60), M(60) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(61), M(61) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(62), M(62) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(63), M(63) );
+
+      a = ctx->state[0] += a;
+      b = ctx->state[1] += b;
+      c = ctx->state[2] += c;
+      d = ctx->state[3] += d;
+      e = ctx->state[4] += e;
+      f = ctx->state[5] += f;
+      g = ctx->state[6] += g;
+      h = ctx->state[7] += h;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sha256.h b/lib/sha256.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc9d87e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sha256.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* Declarations of functions and data types used for SHA256 and SHA224 sum
+   library functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef SHA256_H
+# define SHA256_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA256
+#  include <openssl/sha.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+enum { SHA224_DIGEST_SIZE = 224 / 8 };
+enum { SHA256_DIGEST_SIZE = 256 / 8 };
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA256
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 224
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 256
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+# else
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct sha256_ctx
+{
+  uint32_t state[8];
+
+  uint32_t total[2];
+  size_t buflen;       /* ≥ 0, ≤ 128 */
+  uint32_t buffer[32]; /* 128 bytes; the first buflen bytes are in use */
+};
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */
+extern void sha256_init_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx);
+extern void sha224_init_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void sha256_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                  struct sha256_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void sha256_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                  struct sha256_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 32 (28) bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sha256_finish_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+extern void *sha224_finish_ctx (struct sha256_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 32 (28) bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sha256_read_ctx (const struct sha256_ctx *ctx,
+                              void *restrict resbuf);
+extern void *sha224_read_ctx (const struct sha256_ctx *ctx,
+                              void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Compute SHA256 (SHA224) message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.
+   The result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *sha256_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                            void *restrict resblock);
+extern void *sha224_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                            void *restrict resblock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* Compute SHA256 (SHA224) message digest for bytes read from STREAM.
+   STREAM is an open file stream.  Regular files are handled more efficiently.
+   The contents of STREAM from its current position to its end will be read.
+   The case that the last operation on STREAM was an 'ungetc' is not supported.
+   The resulting message digest number will be written into the 32 (28) bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int sha256_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+extern int sha224_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sha512-stream.c b/lib/sha512-stream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78fa081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sha512-stream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* sha512.c - Functions to compute SHA512 and SHA384 message digest of files or
+   memory blocks according to the NIST specification FIPS-180-2.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David Madore, considerably copypasting from
+   Scott G. Miller's sha1.c
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA512
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sha512.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "af_alg.h"
+
+#define BLOCKSIZE 32768
+#if BLOCKSIZE % 128 != 0
+# error "invalid BLOCKSIZE"
+#endif
+
+/* Compute message digest for bytes read from STREAM using algorithm ALG.
+   Write the message digest into RESBLOCK, which contains HASHLEN bytes.
+   The initial and finishing operations are INIT_CTX and FINISH_CTX.
+   Return zero if and only if successful.  */
+static int
+shaxxx_stream (FILE *stream, char const *alg, void *resblock,
+               ssize_t hashlen, void (*init_ctx) (struct sha512_ctx *),
+               void *(*finish_ctx) (struct sha512_ctx *, void *))
+{
+  switch (afalg_stream (stream, alg, resblock, hashlen))
+    {
+    case 0: return 0;
+    case -EIO: return 1;
+    }
+
+  char *buffer = malloc (BLOCKSIZE + 72);
+  if (!buffer)
+    return 1;
+
+  struct sha512_ctx ctx;
+  init_ctx (&ctx);
+  size_t sum;
+
+  /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes.  One call of the
+         computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
+         next round of the loop another block can be read.  */
+      size_t n;
+      sum = 0;
+
+      /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
+      while (1)
+        {
+          /* Either process a partial fread() from this loop,
+             or the fread() in afalg_stream may have gotten EOF.
+             We need to avoid a subsequent fread() as EOF may
+             not be sticky.  For details of such systems, see:
+             https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1190  */
+          if (feof (stream))
+            goto process_partial_block;
+
+          n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+
+          sum += n;
+
+          if (sum == BLOCKSIZE)
+            break;
+
+          if (n == 0)
+            {
+              /* Check for the error flag IFF N == 0, so that we don't
+                 exit the loop after a partial read due to e.g., EAGAIN
+                 or EWOULDBLOCK.  */
+              if (ferror (stream))
+                {
+                  free (buffer);
+                  return 1;
+                }
+              goto process_partial_block;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes.  Note that
+                        BLOCKSIZE % 128 == 0
+       */
+      sha512_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
+    }
+
+ process_partial_block:;
+
+  /* Process any remaining bytes.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    sha512_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
+
+  /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
+  finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  free (buffer);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+sha512_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  return shaxxx_stream (stream, "sha512", resblock, SHA512_DIGEST_SIZE,
+                        sha512_init_ctx, sha512_finish_ctx);
+}
+
+int
+sha384_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  return shaxxx_stream (stream, "sha384", resblock, SHA384_DIGEST_SIZE,
+                        sha384_init_ctx, sha384_finish_ctx);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sha512.c b/lib/sha512.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6776bb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sha512.c
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+/* sha512.c - Functions to compute SHA512 and SHA384 message digest of files or
+   memory blocks according to the NIST specification FIPS-180-2.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David Madore, considerably copypasting from
+   Scott G. Miller's sha1.c
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA512
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sha512.h"
+
+#include <stdalign.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#else
+# define SWAP(n) bswap_64 (n)
+#endif
+
+#if ! HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA512
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   128-byte boundary.  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[128] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/*
+  Takes a pointer to a 512 bit block of data (eight 64 bit ints) and
+  initializes it to the start constants of the SHA512 algorithm.  This
+  must be called before using hash in the call to sha512_hash
+*/
+void
+sha512_init_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->state[0] = u64hilo (0x6a09e667, 0xf3bcc908);
+  ctx->state[1] = u64hilo (0xbb67ae85, 0x84caa73b);
+  ctx->state[2] = u64hilo (0x3c6ef372, 0xfe94f82b);
+  ctx->state[3] = u64hilo (0xa54ff53a, 0x5f1d36f1);
+  ctx->state[4] = u64hilo (0x510e527f, 0xade682d1);
+  ctx->state[5] = u64hilo (0x9b05688c, 0x2b3e6c1f);
+  ctx->state[6] = u64hilo (0x1f83d9ab, 0xfb41bd6b);
+  ctx->state[7] = u64hilo (0x5be0cd19, 0x137e2179);
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = u64lo (0);
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+void
+sha384_init_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->state[0] = u64hilo (0xcbbb9d5d, 0xc1059ed8);
+  ctx->state[1] = u64hilo (0x629a292a, 0x367cd507);
+  ctx->state[2] = u64hilo (0x9159015a, 0x3070dd17);
+  ctx->state[3] = u64hilo (0x152fecd8, 0xf70e5939);
+  ctx->state[4] = u64hilo (0x67332667, 0xffc00b31);
+  ctx->state[5] = u64hilo (0x8eb44a87, 0x68581511);
+  ctx->state[6] = u64hilo (0xdb0c2e0d, 0x64f98fa7);
+  ctx->state[7] = u64hilo (0x47b5481d, 0xbefa4fa4);
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = u64lo (0);
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the value from V into the memory location pointed to by *CP,
+   If your architecture allows unaligned access, this is equivalent to
+   * (__typeof__ (v) *) cp = v  */
+static void
+set_uint64 (char *cp, u64 v)
+{
+  memcpy (cp, &v, sizeof v);
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 64 bytes following RESBUF.
+   The result must be in little endian byte order.  */
+void *
+sha512_read_ctx (const struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *r = resbuf;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+    set_uint64 (r + i * sizeof ctx->state[0], SWAP (ctx->state[i]));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+void *
+sha384_read_ctx (const struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *r = resbuf;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+    set_uint64 (r + i * sizeof ctx->state[0], SWAP (ctx->state[i]));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.  */
+static void
+sha512_conclude_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  size_t bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t size = (bytes < 112) ? 128 / 8 : 128 * 2 / 8;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] = u64plus (ctx->total[0], u64lo (bytes));
+  if (u64lt (ctx->total[0], u64lo (bytes)))
+    ctx->total[1] = u64plus (ctx->total[1], u64lo (1));
+
+  /* Put the 128-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.
+     Use set_uint64 rather than a simple assignment, to avoid risk of
+     unaligned access.  */
+  set_uint64 ((char *) &ctx->buffer[size - 2],
+              SWAP (u64or (u64shl (ctx->total[1], 3),
+                           u64shr (ctx->total[0], 61))));
+  set_uint64 ((char *) &ctx->buffer[size - 1],
+              SWAP (u64shl (ctx->total[0], 3)));
+
+  memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 8 - bytes);
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  sha512_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 8, ctx);
+}
+
+void *
+sha512_finish_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  sha512_conclude_ctx (ctx);
+  return sha512_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+void *
+sha384_finish_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  sha512_conclude_ctx (ctx);
+  return sha384_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute SHA512 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+sha512_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha512_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha512_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 128 bytes.  */
+  sha512_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha512_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void *
+sha384_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha512_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha384_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 128 bytes.  */
+  sha512_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha384_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void
+sha512_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha512_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 256 - left_over > len ? len : 256 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (ctx->buflen > 128)
+        {
+          sha512_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~127, ctx);
+
+          ctx->buflen &= 127;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because ctx->buflen < 128 ≤ (left_over + add) & ~127.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer,
+                  &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~127],
+                  ctx->buflen);
+        }
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len >= 128)
+    {
+#if !(_STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned)
+# define UNALIGNED_P(p) ((uintptr_t) (p) % alignof (u64) != 0)
+      if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer))
+        while (len > 128)
+          {
+            sha512_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 128), 128, ctx);
+            buffer = (const char *) buffer + 128;
+            len -= 128;
+          }
+      else
+#endif
+        {
+          sha512_process_block (buffer, len & ~127, ctx);
+          buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~127);
+          len &= 127;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len);
+      left_over += len;
+      if (left_over >= 128)
+        {
+          sha512_process_block (ctx->buffer, 128, ctx);
+          left_over -= 128;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because left_over ≤ 128.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over);
+        }
+      ctx->buflen = left_over;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --- Code below is the primary difference between sha1.c and sha512.c --- */
+
+/* SHA512 round constants */
+#define K(I) sha512_round_constants[I]
+static u64 const sha512_round_constants[80] = {
+  u64init (0x428a2f98, 0xd728ae22), u64init (0x71374491, 0x23ef65cd),
+  u64init (0xb5c0fbcf, 0xec4d3b2f), u64init (0xe9b5dba5, 0x8189dbbc),
+  u64init (0x3956c25b, 0xf348b538), u64init (0x59f111f1, 0xb605d019),
+  u64init (0x923f82a4, 0xaf194f9b), u64init (0xab1c5ed5, 0xda6d8118),
+  u64init (0xd807aa98, 0xa3030242), u64init (0x12835b01, 0x45706fbe),
+  u64init (0x243185be, 0x4ee4b28c), u64init (0x550c7dc3, 0xd5ffb4e2),
+  u64init (0x72be5d74, 0xf27b896f), u64init (0x80deb1fe, 0x3b1696b1),
+  u64init (0x9bdc06a7, 0x25c71235), u64init (0xc19bf174, 0xcf692694),
+  u64init (0xe49b69c1, 0x9ef14ad2), u64init (0xefbe4786, 0x384f25e3),
+  u64init (0x0fc19dc6, 0x8b8cd5b5), u64init (0x240ca1cc, 0x77ac9c65),
+  u64init (0x2de92c6f, 0x592b0275), u64init (0x4a7484aa, 0x6ea6e483),
+  u64init (0x5cb0a9dc, 0xbd41fbd4), u64init (0x76f988da, 0x831153b5),
+  u64init (0x983e5152, 0xee66dfab), u64init (0xa831c66d, 0x2db43210),
+  u64init (0xb00327c8, 0x98fb213f), u64init (0xbf597fc7, 0xbeef0ee4),
+  u64init (0xc6e00bf3, 0x3da88fc2), u64init (0xd5a79147, 0x930aa725),
+  u64init (0x06ca6351, 0xe003826f), u64init (0x14292967, 0x0a0e6e70),
+  u64init (0x27b70a85, 0x46d22ffc), u64init (0x2e1b2138, 0x5c26c926),
+  u64init (0x4d2c6dfc, 0x5ac42aed), u64init (0x53380d13, 0x9d95b3df),
+  u64init (0x650a7354, 0x8baf63de), u64init (0x766a0abb, 0x3c77b2a8),
+  u64init (0x81c2c92e, 0x47edaee6), u64init (0x92722c85, 0x1482353b),
+  u64init (0xa2bfe8a1, 0x4cf10364), u64init (0xa81a664b, 0xbc423001),
+  u64init (0xc24b8b70, 0xd0f89791), u64init (0xc76c51a3, 0x0654be30),
+  u64init (0xd192e819, 0xd6ef5218), u64init (0xd6990624, 0x5565a910),
+  u64init (0xf40e3585, 0x5771202a), u64init (0x106aa070, 0x32bbd1b8),
+  u64init (0x19a4c116, 0xb8d2d0c8), u64init (0x1e376c08, 0x5141ab53),
+  u64init (0x2748774c, 0xdf8eeb99), u64init (0x34b0bcb5, 0xe19b48a8),
+  u64init (0x391c0cb3, 0xc5c95a63), u64init (0x4ed8aa4a, 0xe3418acb),
+  u64init (0x5b9cca4f, 0x7763e373), u64init (0x682e6ff3, 0xd6b2b8a3),
+  u64init (0x748f82ee, 0x5defb2fc), u64init (0x78a5636f, 0x43172f60),
+  u64init (0x84c87814, 0xa1f0ab72), u64init (0x8cc70208, 0x1a6439ec),
+  u64init (0x90befffa, 0x23631e28), u64init (0xa4506ceb, 0xde82bde9),
+  u64init (0xbef9a3f7, 0xb2c67915), u64init (0xc67178f2, 0xe372532b),
+  u64init (0xca273ece, 0xea26619c), u64init (0xd186b8c7, 0x21c0c207),
+  u64init (0xeada7dd6, 0xcde0eb1e), u64init (0xf57d4f7f, 0xee6ed178),
+  u64init (0x06f067aa, 0x72176fba), u64init (0x0a637dc5, 0xa2c898a6),
+  u64init (0x113f9804, 0xbef90dae), u64init (0x1b710b35, 0x131c471b),
+  u64init (0x28db77f5, 0x23047d84), u64init (0x32caab7b, 0x40c72493),
+  u64init (0x3c9ebe0a, 0x15c9bebc), u64init (0x431d67c4, 0x9c100d4c),
+  u64init (0x4cc5d4be, 0xcb3e42b6), u64init (0x597f299c, 0xfc657e2a),
+  u64init (0x5fcb6fab, 0x3ad6faec), u64init (0x6c44198c, 0x4a475817),
+};
+
+/* Round functions.  */
+#define F2(A, B, C) u64or (u64and (A, B), u64and (C, u64or (A, B)))
+#define F1(E, F, G) u64xor (G, u64and (E, u64xor (F, G)))
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 128 == 0.
+   Most of this code comes from GnuPG's cipher/sha1.c.  */
+
+void
+sha512_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha512_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  u64 const *words = buffer;
+  u64 const *endp = words + len / sizeof (u64);
+  u64 x[16];
+  u64 a = ctx->state[0];
+  u64 b = ctx->state[1];
+  u64 c = ctx->state[2];
+  u64 d = ctx->state[3];
+  u64 e = ctx->state[4];
+  u64 f = ctx->state[5];
+  u64 g = ctx->state[6];
+  u64 h = ctx->state[7];
+  u64 lolen = u64size (len);
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  FIPS PUB 180-2 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^128 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] = u64plus (ctx->total[0], lolen);
+  ctx->total[1] = u64plus (ctx->total[1],
+                           u64plus (u64size (len >> 31 >> 31 >> 2),
+                                    u64lo (u64lt (ctx->total[0], lolen))));
+
+#define S0(x) u64xor (u64rol(x, 63), u64xor (u64rol (x, 56), u64shr (x, 7)))
+#define S1(x) u64xor (u64rol (x, 45), u64xor (u64rol (x, 3), u64shr (x, 6)))
+#define SS0(x) u64xor (u64rol (x, 36), u64xor (u64rol (x, 30), u64rol (x, 25)))
+#define SS1(x) u64xor (u64rol(x, 50), u64xor (u64rol (x, 46), u64rol (x, 23)))
+
+#define M(I) (x[(I) & 15]                                                 \
+              = u64plus (x[(I) & 15],                                     \
+                         u64plus (S1 (x[((I) - 2) & 15]),                 \
+                                  u64plus (x[((I) - 7) & 15],             \
+                                           S0 (x[((I) - 15) & 15])))))
+
+#define R(A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, K, M)                                   \
+  do                                                                      \
+    {                                                                     \
+      u64 t0 = u64plus (SS0 (A), F2 (A, B, C));                           \
+      u64 t1 =                                                            \
+        u64plus (H, u64plus (SS1 (E),                                     \
+                             u64plus (F1 (E, F, G), u64plus (K, M))));    \
+      D = u64plus (D, t1);                                                \
+      H = u64plus (t0, t1);                                               \
+    }                                                                     \
+  while (0)
+
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      int t;
+      /* FIXME: see sha1.c for a better implementation.  */
+      for (t = 0; t < 16; t++)
+        {
+          x[t] = SWAP (*words);
+          words++;
+        }
+
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K( 0), x[ 0] );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K( 1), x[ 1] );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K( 2), x[ 2] );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K( 3), x[ 3] );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K( 4), x[ 4] );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K( 5), x[ 5] );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K( 6), x[ 6] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K( 7), x[ 7] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K( 8), x[ 8] );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K( 9), x[ 9] );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(10), x[10] );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(11), x[11] );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(12), x[12] );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(13), x[13] );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(14), x[14] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(15), x[15] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(16), M(16) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(17), M(17) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(18), M(18) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(19), M(19) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(20), M(20) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(21), M(21) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(22), M(22) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(23), M(23) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(24), M(24) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(25), M(25) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(26), M(26) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(27), M(27) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(28), M(28) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(29), M(29) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(30), M(30) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(31), M(31) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(32), M(32) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(33), M(33) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(34), M(34) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(35), M(35) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(36), M(36) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(37), M(37) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(38), M(38) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(39), M(39) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(40), M(40) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(41), M(41) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(42), M(42) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(43), M(43) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(44), M(44) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(45), M(45) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(46), M(46) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(47), M(47) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(48), M(48) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(49), M(49) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(50), M(50) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(51), M(51) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(52), M(52) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(53), M(53) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(54), M(54) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(55), M(55) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(56), M(56) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(57), M(57) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(58), M(58) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(59), M(59) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(60), M(60) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(61), M(61) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(62), M(62) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(63), M(63) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(64), M(64) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(65), M(65) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(66), M(66) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(67), M(67) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(68), M(68) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(69), M(69) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(70), M(70) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(71), M(71) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, K(72), M(72) );
+      R( h, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, K(73), M(73) );
+      R( g, h, a, b, c, d, e, f, K(74), M(74) );
+      R( f, g, h, a, b, c, d, e, K(75), M(75) );
+      R( e, f, g, h, a, b, c, d, K(76), M(76) );
+      R( d, e, f, g, h, a, b, c, K(77), M(77) );
+      R( c, d, e, f, g, h, a, b, K(78), M(78) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, f, g, h, a, K(79), M(79) );
+
+      a = ctx->state[0] = u64plus (ctx->state[0], a);
+      b = ctx->state[1] = u64plus (ctx->state[1], b);
+      c = ctx->state[2] = u64plus (ctx->state[2], c);
+      d = ctx->state[3] = u64plus (ctx->state[3], d);
+      e = ctx->state[4] = u64plus (ctx->state[4], e);
+      f = ctx->state[5] = u64plus (ctx->state[5], f);
+      g = ctx->state[6] = u64plus (ctx->state[6], g);
+      h = ctx->state[7] = u64plus (ctx->state[7], h);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sha512.h b/lib/sha512.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f38819f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sha512.h
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* Declarations of functions and data types used for SHA512 and SHA384 sum
+   library functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef SHA512_H
+# define SHA512_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "u64.h"
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA512
+#  include <openssl/sha.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+enum { SHA384_DIGEST_SIZE = 384 / 8 };
+enum { SHA512_DIGEST_SIZE = 512 / 8 };
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA512
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 384
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 512
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+# else
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct sha512_ctx
+{
+  u64 state[8];
+
+  u64 total[2];
+  size_t buflen;  /* ≥ 0, ≤ 256 */
+  u64 buffer[32]; /* 256 bytes; the first buflen bytes are in use */
+};
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */
+extern void sha512_init_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx);
+extern void sha384_init_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 128!!! */
+extern void sha512_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                  struct sha512_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 128.  */
+extern void sha512_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                                  struct sha512_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 64 (48) bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sha512_finish_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+extern void *sha384_finish_ctx (struct sha512_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 64 (48) bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *sha512_read_ctx (const struct sha512_ctx *ctx,
+                              void *restrict resbuf);
+extern void *sha384_read_ctx (const struct sha512_ctx *ctx,
+                              void *restrict resbuf);
+
+
+/* Compute SHA512 (SHA384) message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.
+   The result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *sha512_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                            void *restrict resblock);
+extern void *sha384_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                            void *restrict resblock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* Compute SHA512 (SHA384) message digest for bytes read from STREAM.
+   STREAM is an open file stream.  Regular files are handled more efficiently.
+   The contents of STREAM from its current position to its end will be read.
+   The case that the last operation on STREAM was an 'ungetc' is not supported.
+   The resulting message digest number will be written into the 64 (48) bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int sha512_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+extern int sha384_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sig-handler.c b/lib/sig-handler.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ab63ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sig-handler.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Convenience declarations when working with <signal.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define SIG_HANDLER_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "sig-handler.h"
diff --git a/lib/sig-handler.h b/lib/sig-handler.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ca8d54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sig-handler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* Convenience declarations when working with <signal.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_SIG_HANDLER_H
+#define _GL_SIG_HANDLER_H
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef SIG_HANDLER_INLINE
+# define SIG_HANDLER_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Convenience type when working with signal handlers.  */
+typedef void (*sa_handler_t) (int);
+
+/* Return the handler of a signal, as a sa_handler_t value regardless
+   of its true type.  The resulting function can be compared to
+   special values like SIG_IGN but it is not portable to call it.  */
+SIG_HANDLER_INLINE sa_handler_t _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_handler (struct sigaction const *a)
+{
+  /* POSIX says that special values like SIG_IGN can only occur when
+     action.sa_flags does not contain SA_SIGINFO.  But in Linux 2.4,
+     for example, sa_sigaction and sa_handler are aliases and a signal
+     is ignored if sa_sigaction (after casting) equals SIG_IGN.  In
+     this case, this implementation relies on the fact that the two
+     are aliases, and simply returns sa_handler.  */
+  return a->sa_handler;
+}
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_SIG_HANDLER_H */
diff --git a/lib/sig2str.c b/lib/sig2str.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e2fc0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sig2str.c
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+/* sig2str.c -- convert between signal names and numbers
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "sig2str.h"
+
+#ifndef SIGRTMIN
+# define SIGRTMIN 0
+# undef SIGRTMAX
+#endif
+#ifndef SIGRTMAX
+# define SIGRTMAX (SIGRTMIN - 1)
+#endif
+
+#define NUMNAME(name) { SIG##name, #name }
+
+/* Signal names and numbers.  Put the preferred name first.  */
+static struct numname { int num; char const name[8]; } numname_table[] =
+  {
+    /* Signals required by POSIX 1003.1-2001 base, listed in
+       traditional numeric order where possible.  */
+#ifdef SIGHUP
+    NUMNAME (HUP),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGINT
+    NUMNAME (INT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGQUIT
+    NUMNAME (QUIT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGILL
+    NUMNAME (ILL),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTRAP
+    NUMNAME (TRAP),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGABRT
+    NUMNAME (ABRT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGFPE
+    NUMNAME (FPE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGKILL
+    NUMNAME (KILL),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSEGV
+    NUMNAME (SEGV),
+#endif
+    /* On Haiku, SIGSEGV == SIGBUS, but we prefer SIGSEGV to match
+       strsignal.c output, so SIGBUS must be listed second.  */
+#ifdef SIGBUS
+    NUMNAME (BUS),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPIPE
+    NUMNAME (PIPE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGALRM
+    NUMNAME (ALRM),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTERM
+    NUMNAME (TERM),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGUSR1
+    NUMNAME (USR1),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGUSR2
+    NUMNAME (USR2),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGCHLD
+    NUMNAME (CHLD),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGURG
+    NUMNAME (URG),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSTOP
+    NUMNAME (STOP),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTSTP
+    NUMNAME (TSTP),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGCONT
+    NUMNAME (CONT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTTIN
+    NUMNAME (TTIN),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTTOU
+    NUMNAME (TTOU),
+#endif
+
+    /* Signals required by POSIX 1003.1-2001 with the XSI extension.  */
+#ifdef SIGSYS
+    NUMNAME (SYS),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPOLL
+    NUMNAME (POLL),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGVTALRM
+    NUMNAME (VTALRM),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPROF
+    NUMNAME (PROF),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXCPU
+    NUMNAME (XCPU),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXFSZ
+    NUMNAME (XFSZ),
+#endif
+
+    /* Unix Version 7.  */
+#ifdef SIGIOT
+    NUMNAME (IOT),      /* Older name for ABRT.  */
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGEMT
+    NUMNAME (EMT),
+#endif
+
+    /* USG Unix.  */
+#ifdef SIGPHONE
+    NUMNAME (PHONE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGWIND
+    NUMNAME (WIND),
+#endif
+
+    /* Unix System V.  */
+#ifdef SIGCLD
+    NUMNAME (CLD),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPWR
+    NUMNAME (PWR),
+#endif
+
+    /* GNU/Linux 2.2 and Solaris 8.  */
+#ifdef SIGCANCEL
+    NUMNAME (CANCEL),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGLWP
+    NUMNAME (LWP),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGWAITING
+    NUMNAME (WAITING),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGFREEZE
+    NUMNAME (FREEZE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTHAW
+    NUMNAME (THAW),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGLOST
+    NUMNAME (LOST),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGWINCH
+    NUMNAME (WINCH),
+#endif
+
+    /* GNU/Linux 2.2.  */
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+    NUMNAME (INFO),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGIO
+    NUMNAME (IO),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSTKFLT
+    NUMNAME (STKFLT),
+#endif
+
+    /* AIX 7.  */
+#ifdef SIGCPUFAIL
+    NUMNAME (CPUFAIL),
+#endif
+
+    /* AIX 5L.  */
+#ifdef SIGDANGER
+    NUMNAME (DANGER),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGGRANT
+    NUMNAME (GRANT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGMIGRATE
+    NUMNAME (MIGRATE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGMSG
+    NUMNAME (MSG),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPRE
+    NUMNAME (PRE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGRETRACT
+    NUMNAME (RETRACT),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSAK
+    NUMNAME (SAK),
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSOUND
+    NUMNAME (SOUND),
+#endif
+
+    /* Older AIX versions.  */
+#ifdef SIGALRM1
+    NUMNAME (ALRM1),    /* unknown; taken from Bash 2.05 */
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGKAP
+    NUMNAME (KAP),      /* Older name for SIGGRANT.  */
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGVIRT
+    NUMNAME (VIRT),     /* unknown; taken from Bash 2.05 */
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGWINDOW
+    NUMNAME (WINDOW),   /* Older name for SIGWINCH.  */
+#endif
+
+    /* OpenBSD.  */
+#ifdef SIGTHR
+    NUMNAME (THR),
+#endif
+
+    /* BeOS, Haiku */
+#ifdef SIGKILLTHR
+    NUMNAME (KILLTHR),
+#endif
+
+    /* Older HP-UX versions.  */
+#ifdef SIGDIL
+    NUMNAME (DIL),
+#endif
+
+    /* native Windows */
+#ifdef SIGBREAK
+    NUMNAME (BREAK),
+#endif
+
+    /* Korn shell and Bash, of uncertain vintage.  */
+    { 0, "EXIT" }
+  };
+
+#define NUMNAME_ENTRIES (sizeof numname_table / sizeof numname_table[0])
+
+/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
+   - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char
+     or EOF.
+   - It's typically faster.
+   POSIX says that only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to
+   isdigit unless it's important to use the locale's definition
+   of "digit" even when the host does not conform to POSIX.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned int) (c) - '0' <= 9)
+
+/* Convert the signal name SIGNAME to a signal number.  Return the
+   signal number if successful, -1 otherwise.  */
+
+static int
+str2signum (char const *signame)
+{
+  if (ISDIGIT (*signame))
+    {
+      char *endp;
+      long int n = strtol (signame, &endp, 10);
+      if (! *endp && n <= SIGNUM_BOUND)
+        return n;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < NUMNAME_ENTRIES; i++)
+        if (strcmp (numname_table[i].name, signame) == 0)
+          return numname_table[i].num;
+
+      {
+        char *endp;
+        int rtmin = SIGRTMIN;
+        int rtmax = SIGRTMAX;
+
+        if (0 < rtmin && strncmp (signame, "RTMIN", 5) == 0)
+          {
+            long int n = strtol (signame + 5, &endp, 10);
+            if (! *endp && 0 <= n && n <= rtmax - rtmin)
+              return rtmin + n;
+          }
+        else if (0 < rtmax && strncmp (signame, "RTMAX", 5) == 0)
+          {
+            long int n = strtol (signame + 5, &endp, 10);
+            if (! *endp && rtmin - rtmax <= n && n <= 0)
+              return rtmax + n;
+          }
+      }
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Convert the signal name SIGNAME to the signal number *SIGNUM.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 otherwise.  */
+
+int
+str2sig (char const *signame, int *signum)
+{
+  *signum = str2signum (signame);
+  return *signum < 0 ? -1 : 0;
+}
+
+/* Convert SIGNUM to a signal name in SIGNAME.  SIGNAME must point to
+   a buffer of at least SIG2STR_MAX bytes.  Return 0 if successful, -1
+   otherwise.  */
+
+int
+sig2str (int signum, char *signame)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < NUMNAME_ENTRIES; i++)
+    if (numname_table[i].num == signum)
+      {
+        strcpy (signame, numname_table[i].name);
+        return 0;
+      }
+
+  {
+    int rtmin = SIGRTMIN;
+    int rtmax = SIGRTMAX;
+    int base, delta;
+
+    if (! (rtmin <= signum && signum <= rtmax))
+      return -1;
+
+    if (signum <= rtmin + (rtmax - rtmin) / 2)
+      {
+        strcpy (signame, "RTMIN");
+        base = rtmin;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        strcpy (signame, "RTMAX");
+        base = rtmax;
+      }
+
+    delta = signum - base;
+    if (delta != 0)
+      sprintf (signame + 5, "%+d", delta);
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/lib/sig2str.h b/lib/sig2str.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a45af7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sig2str.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* sig2str.h -- convert between signal names and numbers
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/* Don't override system declarations of SIG2STR_MAX, sig2str, str2sig.  */
+#ifndef SIG2STR_MAX
+
+# include "intprops.h"
+
+/* Size of a buffer needed to hold a signal name like "HUP".  */
+# define SIG2STR_MAX (sizeof "SIGRTMAX" + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) - 1)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+int sig2str (int, char *);
+int str2sig (char const *, int *);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* An upper bound on signal numbers allowed by the system.  */
+
+#if defined _sys_nsig
+# define SIGNUM_BOUND (_sys_nsig - 1)
+#elif defined _SIG_MAXSIG
+# define SIGNUM_BOUND (_SIG_MAXSIG - 2) /* FreeBSD >= 7.  */
+#elif defined NSIG
+# define SIGNUM_BOUND (NSIG - 1)
+#else
+# define SIGNUM_BOUND 64
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sigaction.c b/lib/sigaction.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..953a6ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sigaction.c
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/* POSIX compatible signal blocking.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* This implementation of sigaction is tailored to native Windows behavior:
+   signal() has SysV semantics (ie. the handler is uninstalled before
+   it is invoked).  This is an inherent data race if an asynchronous
+   signal is sent twice in a row before we can reinstall our handler,
+   but there's nothing we can do about it.  Meanwhile, sigprocmask()
+   is not present, and while we can use the gnulib replacement to
+   provide critical sections, it too suffers from potential data races
+   in the face of an ill-timed asynchronous signal.  And we compound
+   the situation by reading static storage in a signal handler, which
+   POSIX warns is not generically async-signal-safe.  Oh well.
+
+   Additionally:
+     - We don't implement SA_NOCLDSTOP or SA_NOCLDWAIT, because SIGCHLD
+       is not defined.
+     - We don't implement SA_ONSTACK, because sigaltstack() is not present.
+     - We ignore SA_RESTART, because blocking native Windows API calls are
+       not interrupted anyway when an asynchronous signal occurs, and the
+       MSVCRT runtime never sets errno to EINTR.
+     - We don't implement SA_SIGINFO because it is impossible to do so
+       portably.
+
+   POSIX states that an application should not mix signal() and
+   sigaction().  We support the use of signal() within the gnulib
+   sigprocmask() substitute, but all other application code linked
+   with this module should stick with only sigaction().  */
+
+/* Check some of our assumptions.  */
+#if defined SIGCHLD || defined HAVE_SIGALTSTACK || defined HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT
+# error "Revisit the assumptions made in the sigaction module"
+#endif
+
+/* Out-of-range substitutes make a good fallback for uncatchable
+   signals.  */
+#ifndef SIGKILL
+# define SIGKILL (-1)
+#endif
+#ifndef SIGSTOP
+# define SIGSTOP (-1)
+#endif
+
+/* On native Windows, as of 2008, the signal SIGABRT_COMPAT is an alias
+   for the signal SIGABRT.  Only one signal handler is stored for both
+   SIGABRT and SIGABRT_COMPAT.  SIGABRT_COMPAT is not a signal of its own.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# undef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+# define SIGABRT_COMPAT 6
+#endif
+
+/* A signal handler.  */
+typedef void (*handler_t) (int signal);
+
+/* Set of current actions.  If sa_handler for an entry is NULL, then
+   that signal is not currently handled by the sigaction handler.  */
+static struct sigaction volatile action_array[NSIG] /* = 0 */;
+
+/* Signal handler that is installed for signals.  */
+static void
+sigaction_handler (int sig)
+{
+  handler_t handler;
+  sigset_t mask;
+  sigset_t oldmask;
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+  if (sig < 0 || NSIG <= sig || !action_array[sig].sa_handler)
+    {
+      /* Unexpected situation; be careful to avoid recursive abort.  */
+      if (sig == SIGABRT)
+        signal (SIGABRT, SIG_DFL);
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  /* Reinstall the signal handler when required; otherwise update the
+     bookkeeping so that the user's handler may call sigaction and get
+     accurate results.  We know the signal isn't currently blocked, or
+     we wouldn't be in its handler, therefore we know that we are not
+     interrupting a sigaction() call.  There is a race where any
+     asynchronous instance of the same signal occurring before we
+     reinstall the handler will trigger the default handler; oh
+     well.  */
+  handler = action_array[sig].sa_handler;
+  if ((action_array[sig].sa_flags & SA_RESETHAND) == 0)
+    signal (sig, sigaction_handler);
+  else
+    action_array[sig].sa_handler = NULL;
+
+  /* Block appropriate signals.  */
+  mask = action_array[sig].sa_mask;
+  if ((action_array[sig].sa_flags & SA_NODEFER) == 0)
+    sigaddset (&mask, sig);
+  sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &oldmask);
+
+  /* Invoke the user's handler, then restore prior mask.  */
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  handler (sig);
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &oldmask, NULL);
+  errno = saved_errno;
+}
+
+/* Change and/or query the action that will be taken on delivery of
+   signal SIG.  If not NULL, ACT describes the new behavior.  If not
+   NULL, OACT is set to the prior behavior.  Return 0 on success, or
+   set errno and return -1 on failure.  */
+int
+sigaction (int sig, const struct sigaction *restrict act,
+           struct sigaction *restrict oact)
+{
+  sigset_t mask;
+  sigset_t oldmask;
+  int saved_errno;
+
+  if (sig < 0 || NSIG <= sig || sig == SIGKILL || sig == SIGSTOP
+      || (act && act->sa_handler == SIG_ERR))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+  if (sig == SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+    sig = SIGABRT;
+#endif
+
+  /* POSIX requires sigaction() to be async-signal-safe.  In other
+     words, if an asynchronous signal can occur while we are anywhere
+     inside this function, the user's handler could then call
+     sigaction() recursively and expect consistent results.  We meet
+     this rule by using sigprocmask to block all signals before
+     modifying any data structure that could be read from a signal
+     handler; this works since we know that the gnulib sigprocmask
+     replacement does not try to use sigaction() from its handler.  */
+  if (!act && !oact)
+    return 0;
+  sigfillset (&mask);
+  sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &oldmask);
+  if (oact)
+    {
+      if (action_array[sig].sa_handler)
+        *oact = action_array[sig];
+      else
+        {
+          /* Safe to change the handler at will here, since all
+             signals are currently blocked.  */
+          oact->sa_handler = signal (sig, SIG_DFL);
+          if (oact->sa_handler == SIG_ERR)
+            goto failure;
+          signal (sig, oact->sa_handler);
+          oact->sa_flags = SA_RESETHAND | SA_NODEFER;
+          sigemptyset (&oact->sa_mask);
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (act)
+    {
+      /* Safe to install the handler before updating action_array,
+         since all signals are currently blocked.  */
+      if (act->sa_handler == SIG_DFL || act->sa_handler == SIG_IGN)
+        {
+          if (signal (sig, act->sa_handler) == SIG_ERR)
+            goto failure;
+          action_array[sig].sa_handler = NULL;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (signal (sig, sigaction_handler) == SIG_ERR)
+            goto failure;
+          action_array[sig] = *act;
+        }
+    }
+  sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &oldmask, NULL);
+  return 0;
+
+ failure:
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &oldmask, NULL);
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/lib/siglist.h b/lib/siglist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f66bac1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/siglist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* Canonical list of all signal names.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file should be usable for any platform, since it just associates
+   the SIG* macros with text names and descriptions.  The actual values
+   come from <bits/signum.h> (via <signal.h>).  For any signal macros do not
+   exist on every platform, we can use #ifdef tests here and still use
+   this single common file for all platforms.  */
+
+/* This file is included multiple times.  */
+
+/* Duplicate values (such as SIGBUS==SIGSEGV on Haiku) favor the last
+   list entry.  */
+
+/* Standard signals  */
+#ifdef SIGHUP
+  init_sig (SIGHUP, "HUP", N_("Hangup"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGINT
+  init_sig (SIGINT, "INT", N_("Interrupt"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGQUIT
+  init_sig (SIGQUIT, "QUIT", N_("Quit"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGILL
+  init_sig (SIGILL, "ILL", N_("Illegal instruction"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTRAP
+  init_sig (SIGTRAP, "TRAP", N_("Trace/breakpoint trap"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGABRT
+  init_sig (SIGABRT, "ABRT", N_("Aborted"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGFPE
+  init_sig (SIGFPE, "FPE", N_("Floating point exception"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGKILL
+  init_sig (SIGKILL, "KILL", N_("Killed"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGBUS
+  init_sig (SIGBUS, "BUS", N_("Bus error"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSEGV
+  init_sig (SIGSEGV, "SEGV", N_("Segmentation fault"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPIPE
+  init_sig (SIGPIPE, "PIPE", N_("Broken pipe"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGALRM
+  init_sig (SIGALRM, "ALRM", N_("Alarm clock"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTERM
+  init_sig (SIGTERM, "TERM", N_("Terminated"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGURG
+  init_sig (SIGURG, "URG", N_("Urgent I/O condition"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSTOP
+  init_sig (SIGSTOP, "STOP", N_("Stopped (signal)"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTSTP
+  init_sig (SIGTSTP, "TSTP", N_("Stopped"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGCONT
+  init_sig (SIGCONT, "CONT", N_("Continued"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGCHLD
+  init_sig (SIGCHLD, "CHLD", N_("Child exited"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTTIN
+  init_sig (SIGTTIN, "TTIN", N_("Stopped (tty input)"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTTOU
+  init_sig (SIGTTOU, "TTOU", N_("Stopped (tty output)"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGIO
+  init_sig (SIGIO, "IO", N_("I/O possible"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXCPU
+  init_sig (SIGXCPU, "XCPU", N_("CPU time limit exceeded"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXFSZ
+  init_sig (SIGXFSZ, "XFSZ", N_("File size limit exceeded"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGVTALRM
+  init_sig (SIGVTALRM, "VTALRM", N_("Virtual timer expired"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPROF
+  init_sig (SIGPROF, "PROF", N_("Profiling timer expired"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGWINCH
+  init_sig (SIGWINCH, "WINCH", N_("Window changed"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGUSR1
+  init_sig (SIGUSR1, "USR1", N_("User defined signal 1"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGUSR2
+  init_sig (SIGUSR2, "USR2", N_("User defined signal 2"))
+#endif
+
+/* Variations  */
+#ifdef SIGEMT
+  init_sig (SIGEMT, "EMT", N_("EMT trap"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSYS
+  init_sig (SIGSYS, "SYS", N_("Bad system call"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSTKFLT
+  init_sig (SIGSTKFLT, "STKFLT", N_("Stack fault"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+  init_sig (SIGINFO, "INFO", N_("Information request"))
+#elif defined(SIGPWR) && (!defined(SIGLOST) || (SIGPWR != SIGLOST))
+  init_sig (SIGPWR, "PWR", N_("Power failure"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGLOST
+  init_sig (SIGLOST, "LOST", N_("Resource lost"))
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/signal.in.h b/lib/signal.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..640b502
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/signal.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
+/* A GNU-like <signal.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined __need_sig_atomic_t || defined __need_sigset_t || defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H || (defined _SIGNAL_H && !defined __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T)
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - Inside glibc header files.
+   - On glibc systems we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <signal.h> -> <ucontext.h> -> <signal.h>.
+     In this situation, the functions are not yet declared, therefore we cannot
+     provide the C++ aliases.
+   - On glibc systems with GCC 4.3 we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <csignal> -> </usr/include/signal.h> -> <sys/ucontext.h> -> <signal.h>.
+     In this situation, some of the functions are not yet declared, therefore
+     we cannot provide the C++ aliases.  */
+
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SIGNAL_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H
+
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H
+
+/* Define pid_t, uid_t.
+   Also, mingw defines sigset_t not in <signal.h>, but in <sys/types.h>.
+   On Solaris 10, <signal.h> includes <sys/types.h>, which eventually includes
+   us; so include <sys/types.h> now, before the second inclusion guard.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SIGNAL_H@
+
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H
+
+/* Mac OS X 10.3, FreeBSD 6.4, OpenBSD 3.8, OSF/1 4.0, Solaris 2.6, Android,
+   OS/2 kLIBC declare pthread_sigmask in <pthread.h>, not in <signal.h>.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.*/
+#if (@GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && ((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) \
+        || defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __OpenBSD__ || defined __osf__ \
+        || defined __sun || defined __ANDROID__ || defined __KLIBC__) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <pthread.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* On AIX, sig_atomic_t already includes volatile.  C99 requires that
+   'volatile sig_atomic_t' ignore the extra modifier, but C89 did not.
+   Hence, redefine this to a non-volatile type as needed.  */
+#if ! @HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
+# if !GNULIB_defined_sig_atomic_t
+typedef int rpl_sig_atomic_t;
+#  undef sig_atomic_t
+#  define sig_atomic_t rpl_sig_atomic_t
+#  define GNULIB_defined_sig_atomic_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* A set or mask of signals.  */
+#if !@HAVE_SIGSET_T@
+# if !GNULIB_defined_sigset_t
+typedef unsigned int sigset_t;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_sigset_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define sighandler_t, the type of signal handlers.  A GNU extension.  */
+#if !@HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T@
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+# if !GNULIB_defined_sighandler_t
+typedef void (*sighandler_t) (int);
+#  define GNULIB_defined_sighandler_t 1
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE@
+# ifndef SIGPIPE
+/* Define SIGPIPE to a value that does not overlap with other signals.  */
+#  define SIGPIPE 13
+#  define GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE 1
+/* To actually use SIGPIPE, you also need the gnulib modules 'sigprocmask',
+   'write', 'stdio'.  */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Maximum signal number + 1.  */
+#ifndef NSIG
+# if defined __TANDEM
+#  define NSIG 32
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@
+# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_sigmask
+#   define pthread_sigmask rpl_pthread_sigmask
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict new_mask,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_mask));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict new_mask,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_mask));
+# else
+#  if !(@HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@ || defined pthread_sigmask)
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict new_mask,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_mask));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict new_mask,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_mask));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_sigmask);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_sigmask
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SIGMASK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_sigmask, "pthread_sigmask is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread_sigmask for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_RAISE@
+# if @REPLACE_RAISE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef raise
+#   define raise rpl_raise
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (raise, int, (int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (raise, int, (int sig));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_RAISE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (raise, int, (int sig));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (raise, int, (int sig));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (raise);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef raise
+/* Assume raise is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (raise, "raise can crash on native Windows - "
+                 "use gnulib module raise for portability");
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK@
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+
+#  ifndef GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking
+#   define GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking 1
+#  endif
+
+/* Maximum signal number + 1.  */
+#  ifndef NSIG
+#   define NSIG 32
+#  endif
+
+/* This code supports only 32 signals.  */
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_verify_NSIG_constraint
+typedef int verify_NSIG_constraint[NSIG <= 32 ? 1 : -1];
+#   define GNULIB_defined_verify_NSIG_constraint 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* When also using extern inline, suppress the use of static inline in
+   standard headers of problematic Apple configurations, as Libc at
+   least through Libc-825.26 (2013-04-09) mishandles it; see, e.g.,
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html>.
+   Perhaps Apple will fix this some day.  */
+#if (defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE && defined __APPLE__ \
+     && (defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__))
+# undef sigaddset
+# undef sigdelset
+# undef sigemptyset
+# undef sigfillset
+# undef sigismember
+#endif
+
+/* Test whether a given signal is contained in a signal set.  */
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigismember
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigismember, int, (const sigset_t *set, int sig)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigismember, int, (const sigset_t *set, int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigismember);
+
+/* Initialize a signal set to the empty set.  */
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigemptyset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigemptyset, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigemptyset, int, (sigset_t *set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigemptyset);
+
+/* Add a signal to a signal set.  */
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigaddset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigaddset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigaddset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigaddset);
+
+/* Remove a signal from a signal set.  */
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigdelset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigdelset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigdelset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigdelset);
+
+/* Fill a signal set with all possible signals.  */
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigfillset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigfillset, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigfillset, int, (sigset_t *set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigfillset);
+
+/* Return the set of those blocked signals that are pending.  */
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigpending, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigpending, int, (sigset_t *set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigpending);
+
+/* If OLD_SET is not NULL, put the current set of blocked signals in *OLD_SET.
+   Then, if SET is not NULL, affect the current set of blocked signals by
+   combining it with *SET as indicated in OPERATION.
+   In this implementation, you are not allowed to change a signal handler
+   while the signal is blocked.  */
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+#  define SIG_BLOCK   0  /* blocked_set = blocked_set | *set; */
+#  define SIG_SETMASK 1  /* blocked_set = *set; */
+#  define SIG_UNBLOCK 2  /* blocked_set = blocked_set & ~*set; */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigprocmask, int,
+                  (int operation,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict set,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_set));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigprocmask, int,
+                  (int operation,
+                   const sigset_t *restrict set,
+                   sigset_t *restrict old_set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigprocmask);
+
+/* Install the handler FUNC for signal SIG, and return the previous
+   handler.  */
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+# if !GNULIB_defined_function_taking_int_returning_void_t
+typedef void (*_gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t) (int);
+#  define GNULIB_defined_function_taking_int_returning_void_t 1
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define signal rpl_signal
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+# else
+/* On OpenBSD, the declaration of 'signal' may not be present at this point,
+   because it occurs in <sys/signal.h>, not <signal.h> directly.  */
+#  if defined __OpenBSD__
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (signal);
+# endif
+
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ && GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+/* Raise signal SIGPIPE.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_raise_SIGPIPE (void);
+# endif
+
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sigaddset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGADDSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigaddset, "sigaddset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigdelset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGDELSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigdelset, "sigdelset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigemptyset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGEMPTYSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigemptyset, "sigemptyset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigfillset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGFILLSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigfillset, "sigfillset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigismember
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGISMEMBER
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigismember, "sigismember is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigpending
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGPENDING
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigpending, "sigpending is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigprocmask
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGPROCMASK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigprocmask, "sigprocmask is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+#endif /* @GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK@ */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SIGACTION@
+# if !@HAVE_SIGACTION@
+
+#  if !@HAVE_SIGINFO_T@
+
+#   if !GNULIB_defined_siginfo_types
+
+/* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib.  */
+union sigval
+{
+  int sival_int;
+  void *sival_ptr;
+};
+
+/* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib.  */
+struct siginfo_t
+{
+  int si_signo;
+  int si_code;
+  int si_errno;
+  pid_t si_pid;
+  uid_t si_uid;
+  void *si_addr;
+  int si_status;
+  long si_band;
+  union sigval si_value;
+};
+typedef struct siginfo_t siginfo_t;
+
+#    define GNULIB_defined_siginfo_types 1
+#   endif
+
+#  endif /* !@HAVE_SIGINFO_T@ */
+
+/* We assume that platforms which lack the sigaction() function also lack
+   the 'struct sigaction' type, and vice versa.  */
+
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_struct_sigaction
+
+struct sigaction
+{
+  union
+  {
+    void (*_sa_handler) (int);
+    /* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib.  POSIX
+       says that implementations may, but not must, make sa_sigaction
+       overlap with sa_handler, but we know of no implementation where
+       they do not overlap.  */
+    void (*_sa_sigaction) (int, siginfo_t *, void *);
+  } _sa_func;
+  sigset_t sa_mask;
+  /* Not all POSIX flags are supported.  */
+  int sa_flags;
+};
+#   define sa_handler _sa_func._sa_handler
+#   define sa_sigaction _sa_func._sa_sigaction
+/* Unsupported flags are not present.  */
+#   define SA_RESETHAND 1
+#   define SA_NODEFER 2
+#   define SA_RESTART 4
+
+#   define GNULIB_defined_struct_sigaction 1
+#  endif
+
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigaction, int, (int, const struct sigaction *restrict,
+                                   struct sigaction *restrict));
+
+# elif !@HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION@
+
+#  define sa_sigaction sa_handler
+
+# endif /* !@HAVE_SIGACTION@, !@HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION@ */
+
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigaction, int, (int, const struct sigaction *restrict,
+                                   struct sigaction *restrict));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigaction);
+
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sigaction
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGACTION
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigaction, "sigaction is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigaction for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems don't have SA_NODEFER.  */
+#ifndef SA_NODEFER
+# define SA_NODEFER 0
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/signbitd.c b/lib/signbitd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..776dd73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/signbitd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* signbit() macro: Determine the sign bit of a floating-point number.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "isnand-nolibm.h"
+#include "float+.h"
+
+#ifdef gl_signbitd_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+# undef gl_signbitd
+#endif
+
+int
+gl_signbitd (double arg)
+{
+#if defined DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT
+  /* The use of a union to extract the bits of the representation of a
+     'long double' is safe in practice, despite of the "aliasing rules" of
+     C99, because the GCC docs say
+       "Even with '-fstrict-aliasing', type-punning is allowed, provided the
+        memory is accessed through the union type."
+     and similarly for other compilers.  */
+# define NWORDS \
+    ((sizeof (double) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+  union { double value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } m;
+  m.value = arg;
+  return (m.word[DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;
+#elif HAVE_COPYSIGN_IN_LIBC
+  return copysign (1.0, arg) < 0;
+#else
+  /* This does not do the right thing for NaN, but this is irrelevant for
+     most use cases.  */
+  if (isnand (arg))
+    return 0;
+  if (arg < 0.0)
+    return 1;
+  else if (arg == 0.0)
+    {
+      /* Distinguish 0.0 and -0.0.  */
+      static double plus_zero = 0.0;
+      double arg_mem = arg;
+      return (memcmp (&plus_zero, &arg_mem, SIZEOF_DBL) != 0);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/signbitf.c b/lib/signbitf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0adf001
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/signbitf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* signbit() macro: Determine the sign bit of a floating-point number.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "isnanf-nolibm.h"
+#include "float+.h"
+
+#ifdef gl_signbitf_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+# undef gl_signbitf
+#endif
+
+int
+gl_signbitf (float arg)
+{
+#if defined FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT
+  /* The use of a union to extract the bits of the representation of a
+     'long double' is safe in practice, despite of the "aliasing rules" of
+     C99, because the GCC docs say
+       "Even with '-fstrict-aliasing', type-punning is allowed, provided the
+        memory is accessed through the union type."
+     and similarly for other compilers.  */
+# define NWORDS \
+    ((sizeof (float) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+  union { float value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } m;
+  m.value = arg;
+  return (m.word[FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;
+#elif HAVE_COPYSIGNF_IN_LIBC
+  return copysignf (1.0f, arg) < 0;
+#else
+  /* This does not do the right thing for NaN, but this is irrelevant for
+     most use cases.  */
+  if (isnanf (arg))
+    return 0;
+  if (arg < 0.0f)
+    return 1;
+  else if (arg == 0.0f)
+    {
+      /* Distinguish 0.0f and -0.0f.  */
+      static float plus_zero = 0.0f;
+      float arg_mem = arg;
+      return (memcmp (&plus_zero, &arg_mem, SIZEOF_FLT) != 0);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/signbitl.c b/lib/signbitl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..865d276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/signbitl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* signbit() macro: Determine the sign bit of a floating-point number.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "isnanl-nolibm.h"
+#include "float+.h"
+
+#ifdef gl_signbitl_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+# undef gl_signbitl
+#endif
+
+int
+gl_signbitl (long double arg)
+{
+#if defined LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT
+  /* The use of a union to extract the bits of the representation of a
+     'long double' is safe in practice, despite of the "aliasing rules" of
+     C99, because the GCC docs say
+       "Even with '-fstrict-aliasing', type-punning is allowed, provided the
+        memory is accessed through the union type."
+     and similarly for other compilers.  */
+# define NWORDS \
+    ((sizeof (long double) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+  union { long double value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } m;
+  m.value = arg;
+  return (m.word[LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;
+#elif HAVE_COPYSIGNL_IN_LIBC
+  return copysignl (1.0L, arg) < 0;
+#else
+  /* This does not do the right thing for NaN, but this is irrelevant for
+     most use cases.  */
+  if (isnanl (arg))
+    return 0;
+  if (arg < 0.0L)
+    return 1;
+  else if (arg == 0.0L)
+    {
+      /* Distinguish 0.0L and -0.0L.  */
+      static long double plus_zero = 0.0L;
+      long double arg_mem = arg;
+      return (memcmp (&plus_zero, &arg_mem, SIZEOF_LDBL) != 0);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/sigprocmask.c b/lib/sigprocmask.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a805da6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sigprocmask.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/* POSIX compatible signal blocking.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+#endif
+
+/* We assume that a platform without POSIX signal blocking functions
+   also does not have the POSIX sigaction() function, only the
+   signal() function.  We also assume signal() has SysV semantics,
+   where any handler is uninstalled prior to being invoked.  This is
+   true for native Windows platforms.  */
+
+/* We use raw signal(), but also provide a wrapper rpl_signal() so
+   that applications can query or change a blocked signal.  */
+#undef signal
+
+/* Provide invalid signal numbers as fallbacks if the uncatchable
+   signals are not defined.  */
+#ifndef SIGKILL
+# define SIGKILL (-1)
+#endif
+#ifndef SIGSTOP
+# define SIGSTOP (-1)
+#endif
+
+/* On native Windows, as of 2008, the signal SIGABRT_COMPAT is an alias
+   for the signal SIGABRT.  Only one signal handler is stored for both
+   SIGABRT and SIGABRT_COMPAT.  SIGABRT_COMPAT is not a signal of its own.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# undef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+# define SIGABRT_COMPAT 6
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+# define SIGABRT_COMPAT_MASK (1U << SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+#else
+# define SIGABRT_COMPAT_MASK 0
+#endif
+
+typedef void (*handler_t) (int);
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static handler_t
+signal_nothrow (int sig, handler_t handler)
+{
+  handler_t result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = signal (sig, handler);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = SIG_ERR;
+      errno = EINVAL;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# define signal signal_nothrow
+#endif
+
+/* Handling of gnulib defined signals.  */
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+static handler_t SIGPIPE_handler = SIG_DFL;
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+static handler_t
+ext_signal (int sig, handler_t handler)
+{
+  switch (sig)
+    {
+    case SIGPIPE:
+      {
+        handler_t old_handler = SIGPIPE_handler;
+        SIGPIPE_handler = handler;
+        return old_handler;
+      }
+    default: /* System defined signal */
+      return signal (sig, handler);
+    }
+}
+# undef signal
+# define signal ext_signal
+#endif
+
+int
+sigismember (const sigset_t *set, int sig)
+{
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG)
+    {
+      #ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+      if (sig == SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+        sig = SIGABRT;
+      #endif
+
+      return (*set >> sig) & 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+sigemptyset (sigset_t *set)
+{
+  *set = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+sigaddset (sigset_t *set, int sig)
+{
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG)
+    {
+      #ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+      if (sig == SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+        sig = SIGABRT;
+      #endif
+
+      *set |= 1U << sig;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+sigdelset (sigset_t *set, int sig)
+{
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG)
+    {
+      #ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+      if (sig == SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+        sig = SIGABRT;
+      #endif
+
+      *set &= ~(1U << sig);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+int
+sigfillset (sigset_t *set)
+{
+  *set = ((2U << (NSIG - 1)) - 1) & ~ SIGABRT_COMPAT_MASK;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set of currently blocked signals.  */
+static volatile sigset_t blocked_set /* = 0 */;
+
+/* Set of currently blocked and pending signals.  */
+static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_array[NSIG] /* = { 0 } */;
+
+/* Signal handler that is installed for blocked signals.  */
+static void
+blocked_handler (int sig)
+{
+  /* Reinstall the handler, in case the signal occurs multiple times
+     while blocked.  There is an inherent race where an asynchronous
+     signal in between when the kernel uninstalled the handler and
+     when we reinstall it will trigger the default handler; oh
+     well.  */
+  signal (sig, blocked_handler);
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG)
+    pending_array[sig] = 1;
+}
+
+int
+sigpending (sigset_t *set)
+{
+  sigset_t pending = 0;
+  int sig;
+
+  for (sig = 0; sig < NSIG; sig++)
+    if (pending_array[sig])
+      pending |= 1U << sig;
+  *set = pending;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* The previous signal handlers.
+   Only the array elements corresponding to blocked signals are relevant.  */
+static volatile handler_t old_handlers[NSIG];
+
+int
+sigprocmask (int operation, const sigset_t *set, sigset_t *old_set)
+{
+  if (old_set != NULL)
+    *old_set = blocked_set;
+
+  if (set != NULL)
+    {
+      sigset_t new_blocked_set;
+      sigset_t to_unblock;
+      sigset_t to_block;
+
+      switch (operation)
+        {
+        case SIG_BLOCK:
+          new_blocked_set = blocked_set | *set;
+          break;
+        case SIG_SETMASK:
+          new_blocked_set = *set;
+          break;
+        case SIG_UNBLOCK:
+          new_blocked_set = blocked_set & ~*set;
+          break;
+        default:
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      to_unblock = blocked_set & ~new_blocked_set;
+      to_block = new_blocked_set & ~blocked_set;
+
+      if (to_block != 0)
+        {
+          int sig;
+
+          for (sig = 0; sig < NSIG; sig++)
+            if ((to_block >> sig) & 1)
+              {
+                pending_array[sig] = 0;
+                if ((old_handlers[sig] = signal (sig, blocked_handler)) != SIG_ERR)
+                  blocked_set |= 1U << sig;
+              }
+        }
+
+      if (to_unblock != 0)
+        {
+          sig_atomic_t received[NSIG];
+          int sig;
+
+          for (sig = 0; sig < NSIG; sig++)
+            if ((to_unblock >> sig) & 1)
+              {
+                if (signal (sig, old_handlers[sig]) != blocked_handler)
+                  /* The application changed a signal handler while the signal
+                     was blocked, bypassing our rpl_signal replacement.
+                     We don't support this.  */
+                  abort ();
+                received[sig] = pending_array[sig];
+                blocked_set &= ~(1U << sig);
+                pending_array[sig] = 0;
+              }
+            else
+              received[sig] = 0;
+
+          for (sig = 0; sig < NSIG; sig++)
+            if (received[sig])
+              raise (sig);
+        }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Install the handler FUNC for signal SIG, and return the previous
+   handler.  */
+handler_t
+rpl_signal (int sig, handler_t handler)
+{
+  /* We must provide a wrapper, so that a user can query what handler
+     they installed even if that signal is currently blocked.  */
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG && sig != SIGKILL && sig != SIGSTOP
+      && handler != SIG_ERR)
+    {
+      #ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+      if (sig == SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+        sig = SIGABRT;
+      #endif
+
+      if (blocked_set & (1U << sig))
+        {
+          /* POSIX states that sigprocmask and signal are both
+             async-signal-safe.  This is not true of our
+             implementation - there is a slight data race where an
+             asynchronous interrupt on signal A can occur after we
+             install blocked_handler but before we have updated
+             old_handlers for signal B, such that handler A can see
+             stale information if it calls signal(B).  Oh well -
+             signal handlers really shouldn't try to manipulate the
+             installed handlers of unrelated signals.  */
+          handler_t result = old_handlers[sig];
+          old_handlers[sig] = handler;
+          return result;
+        }
+      else
+        return signal (sig, handler);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return SIG_ERR;
+    }
+}
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+/* Raise the signal SIGPIPE.  */
+int
+_gl_raise_SIGPIPE (void)
+{
+  if (blocked_set & (1U << SIGPIPE))
+    pending_array[SIGPIPE] = 1;
+  else
+    {
+      handler_t handler = SIGPIPE_handler;
+      if (handler == SIG_DFL)
+        exit (128 + SIGPIPE);
+      else if (handler != SIG_IGN)
+        (*handler) (SIGPIPE);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/size_max.h b/lib/size_max.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dee2b8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/size_max.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* size_max.h -- declare SIZE_MAX through system headers
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H
+#define GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H
+
+/* Get SIZE_MAX declaration on systems like Solaris 7/8/9.  */
+# include <limits.h>
+/* Get SIZE_MAX declaration on systems like glibc 2.  */
+# if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#  include <stdint.h>
+# endif
+/* On systems where these include files don't define it, SIZE_MAX is defined
+   in config.h.  */
+
+#endif /* GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H */
diff --git a/lib/sm3-stream.c b/lib/sm3-stream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc976bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sm3-stream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* sm3.c - Functions to compute SM3 message digest of files or memory blocks
+   according to the specification GM/T 004-2012 Cryptographic Hash Algorithm
+   SM3, published by State Encryption Management Bureau, China.
+
+   SM3 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+   <http://www.sca.gov.cn/sca/xwdt/2010-12/17/content_1002389.shtml>
+
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jia Zhang <qianyue.zj@alibaba-inc.com>, 2017,
+   considerably copypasting from David Madore's sha256.c */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SM3
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sm3.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#define BLOCKSIZE 32768
+#if BLOCKSIZE % 64 != 0
+# error "invalid BLOCKSIZE"
+#endif
+
+/* Compute SM3 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 32 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+int
+sm3_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sm3_ctx ctx;
+  size_t sum;
+
+  char *buffer = malloc (BLOCKSIZE + 72);
+  if (!buffer)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sm3_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes.  One call of the
+         computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
+         next round of the loop another block can be read.  */
+      size_t n;
+      sum = 0;
+
+      /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
+      while (1)
+        {
+          n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+
+          sum += n;
+
+          if (sum == BLOCKSIZE)
+            break;
+
+          if (n == 0)
+            {
+              /* Check for the error flag IFF N == 0, so that we don't
+                 exit the loop after a partial read due to e.g., EAGAIN
+                 or EWOULDBLOCK.  */
+              if (ferror (stream))
+                {
+                  free (buffer);
+                  return 1;
+                }
+              goto process_partial_block;
+            }
+
+          /* We've read at least one byte, so ignore errors.  But always
+             check for EOF, since feof may be true even though N > 0.
+             Otherwise, we could end up calling fread after EOF.  */
+          if (feof (stream))
+            goto process_partial_block;
+        }
+
+      /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes.  Note that
+                        BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0
+       */
+      sm3_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
+    }
+
+ process_partial_block:;
+
+  /* Process any remaining bytes.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    sm3_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
+
+  /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
+  sm3_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  free (buffer);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sm3.c b/lib/sm3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5594945
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sm3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+/* sm3.c - Functions to compute SM3 message digest of files or memory blocks
+   according to the specification GM/T 004-2012 Cryptographic Hash Algorithm
+   SM3, published by State Encryption Management Bureau, China.
+
+   SM3 cryptographic hash algorithm.
+   <http://www.sca.gov.cn/sca/xwdt/2010-12/17/content_1002389.shtml>
+
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jia Zhang <qianyue.zj@alibaba-inc.com>, 2017,
+   considerably copypasting from David Madore's sha256.c */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if HAVE_OPENSSL_SM3
+# define GL_OPENSSL_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#endif
+#include "sm3.h"
+
+#include <stdalign.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#else
+# define SWAP(n) bswap_32 (n)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEBUG_SM3
+# define DEBUG_SM3 0
+#endif
+
+#if ! DEBUG_SM3
+# define dbg_printf(fmt, ...) do { } while (0)
+#else
+# define dbg_printf printf
+#endif
+
+#if ! HAVE_OPENSSL_SM3
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   64-byte boundary.  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/*
+  Takes a pointer to a 256 bit block of data (eight 32 bit ints) and
+  initializes it to the start constants of the SM3 algorithm.  This
+  must be called before using hash in the call to sm3_hash
+*/
+void
+sm3_init_ctx (struct sm3_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->state[0] = 0x7380166fUL;
+  ctx->state[1] = 0x4914b2b9UL;
+  ctx->state[2] = 0x172442d7UL;
+  ctx->state[3] = 0xda8a0600UL;
+  ctx->state[4] = 0xa96f30bcUL;
+  ctx->state[5] = 0x163138aaUL;
+  ctx->state[6] = 0xe38dee4dUL;
+  ctx->state[7] = 0xb0fb0e4eUL;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the value from v into the memory location pointed to by *cp,
+   If your architecture allows unaligned access this is equivalent to
+   * (uint32_t *) cp = v  */
+static void
+set_uint32 (char *cp, uint32_t v)
+{
+  memcpy (cp, &v, sizeof v);
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 32 bytes following RESBUF.  The result
+   must be in little endian byte order.  */
+void *
+sm3_read_ctx (const struct sm3_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *r = resbuf;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+    set_uint32 (r + i * sizeof ctx->state[0], SWAP (ctx->state[i]));
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.  */
+static void
+sm3_conclude_ctx (struct sm3_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  size_t bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t size = (bytes < 56) ? 64 / 4 : 64 * 2 / 4;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.
+     Use set_uint32 rather than a simple assignment, to avoid risk of
+     unaligned access.  */
+  set_uint32 ((char *) &ctx->buffer[size - 2],
+              SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) | (ctx->total[0] >> 29)));
+  set_uint32 ((char *) &ctx->buffer[size - 1],
+              SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3));
+
+  memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 4 - bytes);
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  sm3_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 4, ctx);
+}
+
+void *
+sm3_finish_ctx (struct sm3_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  sm3_conclude_ctx (ctx);
+  return sm3_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute SM3 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+sm3_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sm3_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sm3_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  sm3_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sm3_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void
+sm3_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sm3_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (ctx->buflen > 64)
+        {
+          sm3_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~63, ctx);
+
+          ctx->buflen &= 63;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because ctx->buflen < 64 ≤ (left_over + add) & ~63.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer,
+                  &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+                  ctx->buflen);
+        }
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len >= 64)
+    {
+#if !(_STRING_ARCH_unaligned || _STRING_INLINE_unaligned)
+# define UNALIGNED_P(p) ((uintptr_t) (p) % alignof (uint32_t) != 0)
+      if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer))
+        while (len > 64)
+          {
+            sm3_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 64), 64, ctx);
+            buffer = (const char *) buffer + 64;
+            len -= 64;
+          }
+      else
+#endif
+        {
+          sm3_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+          buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+          len &= 63;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+
+      memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len);
+      left_over += len;
+      if (left_over >= 64)
+        {
+          sm3_process_block (ctx->buffer, 64, ctx);
+          left_over -= 64;
+          /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap,
+             because left_over ≤ 64.  */
+          memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over);
+        }
+      ctx->buflen = left_over;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --- Code below is the primary difference between sha256.c and sm3.c --- */
+
+/* SM3 round constants */
+#define T(j) sm3_round_constants[j]
+static const uint32_t sm3_round_constants[64] = {
+  0x79cc4519UL, 0xf3988a32UL, 0xe7311465UL, 0xce6228cbUL,
+  0x9cc45197UL, 0x3988a32fUL, 0x7311465eUL, 0xe6228cbcUL,
+  0xcc451979UL, 0x988a32f3UL, 0x311465e7UL, 0x6228cbceUL,
+  0xc451979cUL, 0x88a32f39UL, 0x11465e73UL, 0x228cbce6UL,
+  0x9d8a7a87UL, 0x3b14f50fUL, 0x7629ea1eUL, 0xec53d43cUL,
+  0xd8a7a879UL, 0xb14f50f3UL, 0x629ea1e7UL, 0xc53d43ceUL,
+  0x8a7a879dUL, 0x14f50f3bUL, 0x29ea1e76UL, 0x53d43cecUL,
+  0xa7a879d8UL, 0x4f50f3b1UL, 0x9ea1e762UL, 0x3d43cec5UL,
+  0x7a879d8aUL, 0xf50f3b14UL, 0xea1e7629UL, 0xd43cec53UL,
+  0xa879d8a7UL, 0x50f3b14fUL, 0xa1e7629eUL, 0x43cec53dUL,
+  0x879d8a7aUL, 0x0f3b14f5UL, 0x1e7629eaUL, 0x3cec53d4UL,
+  0x79d8a7a8UL, 0xf3b14f50UL, 0xe7629ea1UL, 0xcec53d43UL,
+  0x9d8a7a87UL, 0x3b14f50fUL, 0x7629ea1eUL, 0xec53d43cUL,
+  0xd8a7a879UL, 0xb14f50f3UL, 0x629ea1e7UL, 0xc53d43ceUL,
+  0x8a7a879dUL, 0x14f50f3bUL, 0x29ea1e76UL, 0x53d43cecUL,
+  0xa7a879d8UL, 0x4f50f3b1UL, 0x9ea1e762UL, 0x3d43cec5UL,
+};
+
+/* Round functions.  */
+#define FF1(X,Y,Z) ( X ^ Y ^ Z )
+#define FF2(X,Y,Z) ( ( X & Y ) | ( X & Z ) | ( Y & Z ) )
+#define GG1(X,Y,Z) ( X ^ Y ^ Z )
+#define GG2(X,Y,Z) ( ( X & Y ) | ( ~X & Z ) )
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0.
+   Most of this code comes from David Madore's sha256.c.  */
+
+void
+sm3_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sm3_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  const uint32_t *words = buffer;
+  size_t nwords = len / sizeof (uint32_t);
+  const uint32_t *endp = words + nwords;
+  uint32_t x[16];
+  uint32_t a = ctx->state[0];
+  uint32_t b = ctx->state[1];
+  uint32_t c = ctx->state[2];
+  uint32_t d = ctx->state[3];
+  uint32_t e = ctx->state[4];
+  uint32_t f = ctx->state[5];
+  uint32_t g = ctx->state[6];
+  uint32_t h = ctx->state[7];
+  uint32_t lolen = len;
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  GM/T 004-2012 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += lolen;
+  ctx->total[1] += (len >> 31 >> 1) + (ctx->total[0] < lolen);
+
+#define rol(x, n) (((x) << ((n) & 31)) | ((x) >> ((32 - (n)) & 31)))
+#define P0(x) ((x)^rol(x,9)^rol(x,17))
+#define P1(x) ((x)^rol(x,15)^rol(x,23))
+
+#define W1(I) ( x[I&0x0f] )
+#define W2(I) ( tw =   P1(x[I&0x0f]^x[(I-9)&0x0f]^rol(x[(I-3)&0x0f],15)) \
+                     ^ rol(x[(I-13)&0x0f],7) ^ x[(I-6)&0x0f] \
+                , x[I&0x0f] = tw )
+
+#define R(i,A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,T,W1,W2) \
+  do { \
+       if (++j) \
+         dbg_printf("%2d %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x\n", \
+                    j-1, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H); \
+       ss1 = rol(rol(A,12) + E + T,7); \
+       ss2 = ss1 ^ rol(A,12); \
+       D += FF##i(A,B,C) + ss2 + (W1 ^ W2); \
+       H += GG##i(E,F,G) + ss1 + W1; \
+       B = rol(B,9); \
+       F = rol(F,19); \
+       H = P0(H); \
+     } while(0)
+
+#define R1(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,T,W1,W2) R(1,A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,T,W1,W2)
+#define R2(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,T,W1,W2) R(2,A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,T,W1,W2)
+
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      uint32_t tw;
+      uint32_t ss1, ss2;
+      int j;
+
+      for (j = 0; j < 16; j++)
+        {
+          x[j] = SWAP (*words);
+          words++;
+        }
+
+      j = -1;
+
+      dbg_printf (" j    A        B        C        D        E  "
+                  "      F        G        H\n"
+                  "   %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x\n",
+                  a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h);
+
+      R1( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T( 0), W1( 0), W1( 4) );
+      R1( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T( 1), W1( 1), W1( 5) );
+      R1( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T( 2), W1( 2), W1( 6) );
+      R1( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T( 3), W1( 3), W1( 7) );
+      R1( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T( 4), W1( 4), W1( 8) );
+      R1( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T( 5), W1( 5), W1( 9) );
+      R1( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T( 6), W1( 6), W1(10) );
+      R1( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T( 7), W1( 7), W1(11) );
+      R1( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T( 8), W1( 8), W1(12) );
+      R1( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T( 9), W1( 9), W1(13) );
+      R1( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(10), W1(10), W1(14) );
+      R1( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(11), W1(11), W1(15) );
+      R1( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(12), W1(12), W2(16) );
+      R1( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(13), W1(13), W2(17) );
+      R1( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(14), W1(14), W2(18) );
+      R1( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(15), W1(15), W2(19) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(16), W1(16), W2(20) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(17), W1(17), W2(21) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(18), W1(18), W2(22) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(19), W1(19), W2(23) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(20), W1(20), W2(24) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(21), W1(21), W2(25) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(22), W1(22), W2(26) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(23), W1(23), W2(27) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(24), W1(24), W2(28) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(25), W1(25), W2(29) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(26), W1(26), W2(30) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(27), W1(27), W2(31) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(28), W1(28), W2(32) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(29), W1(29), W2(33) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(30), W1(30), W2(34) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(31), W1(31), W2(35) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(32), W1(32), W2(36) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(33), W1(33), W2(37) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(34), W1(34), W2(38) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(35), W1(35), W2(39) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(36), W1(36), W2(40) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(37), W1(37), W2(41) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(38), W1(38), W2(42) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(39), W1(39), W2(43) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(40), W1(40), W2(44) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(41), W1(41), W2(45) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(42), W1(42), W2(46) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(43), W1(43), W2(47) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(44), W1(44), W2(48) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(45), W1(45), W2(49) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(46), W1(46), W2(50) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(47), W1(47), W2(51) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(48), W1(48), W2(52) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(49), W1(49), W2(53) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(50), W1(50), W2(54) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(51), W1(51), W2(55) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(52), W1(52), W2(56) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(53), W1(53), W2(57) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(54), W1(54), W2(58) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(55), W1(55), W2(59) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(56), W1(56), W2(60) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(57), W1(57), W2(61) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(58), W1(58), W2(62) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(59), W1(59), W2(63) );
+      R2( a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, T(60), W1(60), W2(64) );
+      R2( d, a, b, c, h, e, f, g, T(61), W1(61), W2(65) );
+      R2( c, d, a, b, g, h, e, f, T(62), W1(62), W2(66) );
+      R2( b, c, d, a, f, g, h, e, T(63), W1(63), W2(67) );
+
+      dbg_printf("%2d %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x\n",
+                 j, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h);
+
+      a = ctx->state[0] ^= a;
+      b = ctx->state[1] ^= b;
+      c = ctx->state[2] ^= c;
+      d = ctx->state[3] ^= d;
+      e = ctx->state[4] ^= e;
+      f = ctx->state[5] ^= f;
+      g = ctx->state[6] ^= g;
+      h = ctx->state[7] ^= h;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/sm3.h b/lib/sm3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d606fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sm3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* Declarations of functions and data types used for SM3 sum library
+   function.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This module can be used to compute SM3 message digest of files or
+   memory blocks according to the specification GM/T 004-2012
+   Cryptographic Hash Algorithm SM3, published by State Cryptography
+   Administration, China.
+
+   The official SM3 cryptographic hash algorithm specification is
+   available at
+   <http://www.sca.gov.cn/sca/xwdt/2010-12/17/content_1002389.shtml>. */
+
+#ifndef SM3_H
+# define SM3_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SM3
+#  include <openssl/sm3.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+enum { SM3_DIGEST_SIZE = 256 / 8 };
+
+# if HAVE_OPENSSL_SM3
+#  define GL_OPENSSL_NAME 3
+#  include "gl_openssl.h"
+# else
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct sm3_ctx
+{
+  uint32_t state[8];
+
+  uint32_t total[2];
+  size_t buflen;       /* ≥ 0, ≤ 128 */
+  uint32_t buffer[32]; /* 128 bytes; the first buflen bytes are in use */
+};
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */
+extern void sm3_init_ctx (struct sm3_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void sm3_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                               struct sm3_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void sm3_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                               struct sm3_ctx *ctx);
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 32 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sm3_finish_ctx (struct sm3_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 32 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.  */
+extern void *sm3_read_ctx (const struct sm3_ctx *ctx, void *restrict resbuf);
+
+/* Compute SM3 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *sm3_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+                         void *restrict resblock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* Compute SM3 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 32 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int sm3_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Hey Emacs!
+ * Local Variables:
+ * coding: utf-8
+ * End:
+ */
diff --git a/lib/smack.h b/lib/smack.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcebf08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/smack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Include and determine availability of smack routines
+   Copyright (C) 2013-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Here we replace or wrap the most common smack functions used by coreutils.
+   Others will need to be protected by HAVE_SMACK.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SMACK
+# include <sys/smack.h>
+#else
+static inline ssize_t
+smack_new_label_from_self (char **label)
+{
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static inline int
+smack_set_label_for_self (char const *label)
+{
+  return -1;
+}
+#endif
+
+static inline bool
+is_smack_enabled (void)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_SMACK
+  return smack_smackfs_path () != NULL;
+#else
+  return false;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/snprintf.c b/lib/snprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d87854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/snprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson and Paul Eggert.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+/* Print formatted output to string STR.  Similar to sprintf, but
+   additional length SIZE limit how much is written into STR.  Returns
+   string length of formatted string (which may be larger than SIZE).
+   STR may be NULL, in which case nothing will be written.  On error,
+   return a negative value.  */
+int
+snprintf (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  char *output;
+  size_t len;
+  size_t lenbuf = size;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  output = vasnprintf (str, &lenbuf, format, args);
+  len = lenbuf;
+  va_end (args);
+
+  if (!output)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (output != str)
+    {
+      if (size)
+        {
+          size_t pruned_len = (len < size ? len : size - 1);
+          memcpy (str, output, pruned_len);
+          str[pruned_len] = '\0';
+        }
+
+      free (output);
+    }
+
+  if (INT_MAX < len)
+    {
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sockets.c b/lib/sockets.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31b4302
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sockets.c
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* sockets.c --- wrappers for Windows socket functions
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Simon Josefsson */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "sockets.h"
+
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+
+/* This includes winsock2.h on MinGW. */
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+
+# include "fd-hook.h"
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Get set_winsock_errno, FD_TO_SOCKET etc. */
+# include "w32sock.h"
+
+static int
+close_fd_maybe_socket (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                       gl_close_fn primary,
+                       int fd)
+{
+  /* Note about multithread-safety: There is a race condition where, between
+     our calls to closesocket() and the primary close(), some other thread
+     could make system calls that allocate precisely the same HANDLE value
+     as sock; then the primary close() would call CloseHandle() on it.  */
+  SOCKET sock;
+  WSANETWORKEVENTS ev;
+
+  /* Test whether fd refers to a socket.  */
+  sock = FD_TO_SOCKET (fd);
+  ev.lNetworkEvents = 0xDEADBEEF;
+  WSAEnumNetworkEvents (sock, NULL, &ev);
+  if (ev.lNetworkEvents != 0xDEADBEEF)
+    {
+      /* fd refers to a socket.  */
+      /* FIXME: other applications, like squid, use an undocumented
+         _free_osfhnd free function.  But this is not enough: The 'osfile'
+         flags for fd also needs to be cleared, but it is hard to access it.
+         Instead, here we just close twice the file descriptor.  */
+      if (closesocket (sock))
+        {
+          set_winsock_errno ();
+          return -1;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* This call frees the file descriptor and does a
+             CloseHandle ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd)), which fails.  */
+          _close (fd);
+          return 0;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    /* Some other type of file descriptor.  */
+    return execute_close_hooks (remaining_list, primary, fd);
+}
+
+static int
+ioctl_fd_maybe_socket (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                       gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                       int fd, int request, void *arg)
+{
+  SOCKET sock;
+  WSANETWORKEVENTS ev;
+
+  /* Test whether fd refers to a socket.  */
+  sock = FD_TO_SOCKET (fd);
+  ev.lNetworkEvents = 0xDEADBEEF;
+  WSAEnumNetworkEvents (sock, NULL, &ev);
+  if (ev.lNetworkEvents != 0xDEADBEEF)
+    {
+      /* fd refers to a socket.  */
+      if (ioctlsocket (sock, request, arg) < 0)
+        {
+          set_winsock_errno ();
+          return -1;
+        }
+      else
+        return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    /* Some other type of file descriptor.  */
+    return execute_ioctl_hooks (remaining_list, primary, fd, request, arg);
+}
+
+static struct fd_hook fd_sockets_hook;
+
+static int initialized_sockets_version /* = 0 */;
+
+#endif /* WINDOWS_SOCKETS */
+
+int
+gl_sockets_startup (_GL_UNUSED int version)
+{
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+  if (version > initialized_sockets_version)
+    {
+      WSADATA data;
+      int err;
+
+      err = WSAStartup (version, &data);
+      if (err != 0)
+        return 1;
+
+      if (data.wVersion != version)
+        {
+          WSACleanup ();
+          return 2;
+        }
+
+      if (initialized_sockets_version == 0)
+        register_fd_hook (close_fd_maybe_socket, ioctl_fd_maybe_socket,
+                          &fd_sockets_hook);
+
+      initialized_sockets_version = version;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+gl_sockets_cleanup (void)
+{
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+  int err;
+
+  initialized_sockets_version = 0;
+
+  unregister_fd_hook (&fd_sockets_hook);
+
+  err = WSACleanup ();
+  if (err != 0)
+    return 1;
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sockets.h b/lib/sockets.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75e49fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sockets.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* sockets.h - wrappers for Windows socket functions
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Simon Josefsson */
+
+#ifndef SOCKETS_H
+#define SOCKETS_H 1
+
+#define SOCKETS_1_0 0x0001
+#define SOCKETS_1_1 0x0101
+#define SOCKETS_2_0 0x0002
+#define SOCKETS_2_1 0x0102
+#define SOCKETS_2_2 0x0202
+
+int gl_sockets_startup (int version)
+#ifndef WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+#endif
+  ;
+
+int gl_sockets_cleanup (void)
+#ifndef WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+#endif
+  ;
+
+/* This function is useful it you create a socket using gnulib's
+   Winsock wrappers but needs to pass on the socket handle to some
+   other library that only accepts sockets. */
+#ifdef WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+static inline SOCKET
+gl_fd_to_handle (int fd)
+{
+  return _get_osfhandle (fd);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# define gl_fd_to_handle(x) (x)
+
+#endif /* WINDOWS_SOCKETS */
+
+#endif /* SOCKETS_H */
diff --git a/lib/stat-macros.h b/lib/stat-macros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e131a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stat-macros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* stat-related macros
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* All the mode bits that can be affected by chmod.  */
+#define CHMOD_MODE_BITS \
+  (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
diff --git a/lib/stat-size.h b/lib/stat-size.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98cb11e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stat-size.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* macros useful in interpreting size-related values in struct stat.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+/*
+   Macros defined by this file (s is an rvalue of type struct stat):
+
+   DEV_BSIZE:       The device blocksize.  But use ST_NBLOCKSIZE instead.
+   ST_BLKSIZE(s):   Preferred (in the sense of best performance) I/O blocksize
+                    for the file, in bytes.
+   ST_NBLOCKS(s):   Number of blocks in the file, including indirect blocks.
+   ST_NBLOCKSIZE:   Size of blocks used when calculating ST_NBLOCKS.
+ */
+#ifndef STAT_SIZE_H
+#define STAT_SIZE_H
+
+/* sys/param.h may define DEV_BSIZE */
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* Get or fake the disk device blocksize.
+   Usually defined by sys/param.h (if at all).  */
+#if !defined DEV_BSIZE && defined BSIZE
+# define DEV_BSIZE BSIZE
+#endif
+#if !defined DEV_BSIZE && defined BBSIZE /* SGI sys/param.h */
+# define DEV_BSIZE BBSIZE
+#endif
+#ifndef DEV_BSIZE
+# define DEV_BSIZE 4096
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Extract or fake data from a 'struct stat'.
+   ST_BLKSIZE: Preferred I/O blocksize for the file, in bytes.
+   ST_NBLOCKS: Number of blocks in the file, including indirect blocks.
+   ST_NBLOCKSIZE: Size of blocks used when calculating ST_NBLOCKS.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
+# define ST_BLKSIZE(statbuf) DEV_BSIZE
+  /* coreutils' fileblocks.c also uses BSIZE.  */
+# if defined _POSIX_SOURCE || !defined BSIZE
+#  define ST_NBLOCKS(statbuf) \
+  ((statbuf).st_size / ST_NBLOCKSIZE + ((statbuf).st_size % ST_NBLOCKSIZE != 0))
+# else
+   /* This definition calls st_blocks, which is in the fileblocks module. */
+#  define ST_NBLOCKS(statbuf) \
+  (S_ISREG ((statbuf).st_mode) || S_ISDIR ((statbuf).st_mode) ? \
+   st_blocks ((statbuf).st_size) : 0)
+# endif
+#else
+/* When running 'rsh hpux11-system cat any-file', cat would
+   determine that the output stream had an st_blksize of 2147421096.
+   Conversely st_blksize can be 2 GiB (or maybe even larger) with XFS
+   on 64-bit hosts.  Somewhat arbitrarily, limit the "optimal" block
+   size to SIZE_MAX / 8 + 1.  (Dividing SIZE_MAX by only 4 wouldn't
+   suffice, since "cat" sometimes multiplies the result by 4.)  If
+   anyone knows of a system for which this limit is too small, please
+   report it as a bug in this code.  */
+# define ST_BLKSIZE(statbuf) ((0 < (statbuf).st_blksize \
+                               && (statbuf).st_blksize <= ((size_t)-1) / 8 + 1) \
+                              ? (statbuf).st_blksize : DEV_BSIZE)
+# if defined hpux || defined __hpux__ || defined __hpux
+  /* HP-UX counts st_blocks in 1024-byte units.
+     This loses when mixing HP-UX and BSD file systems with NFS.  */
+#  define ST_NBLOCKSIZE 1024
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ST_NBLOCKS
+# define ST_NBLOCKS(statbuf) ((statbuf).st_blocks)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ST_NBLOCKSIZE
+# ifdef S_BLKSIZE
+#  define ST_NBLOCKSIZE S_BLKSIZE
+# else
+#  define ST_NBLOCKSIZE 512
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* STAT_SIZE_H */
diff --git a/lib/stat-time.c b/lib/stat-time.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d48a2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stat-time.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* stat-related time functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "stat-time.h"
diff --git a/lib/stat-time.h b/lib/stat-time.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b0088e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stat-time.h
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/* stat-related time functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef STAT_TIME_H
+#define STAT_TIME_H 1
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE
+# define _GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* STAT_TIMESPEC (ST, ST_XTIM) is the ST_XTIM member for *ST of type
+   struct timespec, if available.  If not, then STAT_TIMESPEC_NS (ST,
+   ST_XTIM) is the nanosecond component of the ST_XTIM member for *ST,
+   if available.  ST_XTIM can be st_atim, st_ctim, st_mtim, or st_birthtim
+   for access, status change, data modification, or birth (creation)
+   time respectively.
+
+   These macros are private to stat-time.h.  */
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_TV_NSEC
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC || defined TYPEOF_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_IS_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
+#  define STAT_TIMESPEC(st, st_xtim) ((st)->st_xtim)
+# else
+#  define STAT_TIMESPEC_NS(st, st_xtim) ((st)->st_xtim.tv_nsec)
+# endif
+#elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMESPEC_TV_NSEC
+# define STAT_TIMESPEC(st, st_xtim) ((st)->st_xtim##espec)
+#elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
+# define STAT_TIMESPEC_NS(st, st_xtim) ((st)->st_xtim##ensec)
+#elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_ST__TIM_TV_NSEC
+# define STAT_TIMESPEC_NS(st, st_xtim) ((st)->st_xtim.st__tim.tv_nsec)
+#endif
+
+/* Return the nanosecond component of *ST's access time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE long int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_atime_ns (struct stat const *st)
+{
+# if defined STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_atim).tv_nsec;
+# elif defined STAT_TIMESPEC_NS
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC_NS (st, st_atim);
+# else
+  return 0;
+# endif
+}
+
+/* Return the nanosecond component of *ST's status change time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE long int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_ctime_ns (struct stat const *st)
+{
+# if defined STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_ctim).tv_nsec;
+# elif defined STAT_TIMESPEC_NS
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC_NS (st, st_ctim);
+# else
+  return 0;
+# endif
+}
+
+/* Return the nanosecond component of *ST's data modification time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE long int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_mtime_ns (struct stat const *st)
+{
+# if defined STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_mtim).tv_nsec;
+# elif defined STAT_TIMESPEC_NS
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC_NS (st, st_mtim);
+# else
+  return 0;
+# endif
+}
+
+/* Return the nanosecond component of *ST's birth time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE long int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_birthtime_ns (_GL_UNUSED struct stat const *st)
+{
+# if defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMESPEC_TV_NSEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_birthtim).tv_nsec;
+# elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMENSEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC_NS (st, st_birthtim);
+# else
+  return 0;
+# endif
+}
+
+/* Return *ST's access time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE struct timespec _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_atime (struct stat const *st)
+{
+#ifdef STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_atim);
+#else
+  struct timespec t;
+  t.tv_sec = st->st_atime;
+  t.tv_nsec = get_stat_atime_ns (st);
+  return t;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return *ST's status change time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE struct timespec _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_ctime (struct stat const *st)
+{
+#ifdef STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_ctim);
+#else
+  struct timespec t;
+  t.tv_sec = st->st_ctime;
+  t.tv_nsec = get_stat_ctime_ns (st);
+  return t;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return *ST's data modification time.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE struct timespec _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_mtime (struct stat const *st)
+{
+#ifdef STAT_TIMESPEC
+  return STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_mtim);
+#else
+  struct timespec t;
+  t.tv_sec = st->st_mtime;
+  t.tv_nsec = get_stat_mtime_ns (st);
+  return t;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return *ST's birth time, if available; otherwise return a value
+   with tv_sec and tv_nsec both equal to -1.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE struct timespec _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+get_stat_birthtime (_GL_UNUSED struct stat const *st)
+{
+  struct timespec t;
+
+#if (defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMESPEC_TV_NSEC \
+     || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIM_TV_NSEC)
+  t = STAT_TIMESPEC (st, st_birthtim);
+#elif defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMENSEC
+  t.tv_sec = st->st_birthtime;
+  t.tv_nsec = st->st_birthtimensec;
+#elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* Native Windows platforms (but not Cygwin) put the "file creation
+     time" in st_ctime (!).  See
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/c-runtime-library/reference/stat-functions>.  */
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC
+  t = st->st_ctim;
+# else
+  t.tv_sec = st->st_ctime;
+  t.tv_nsec = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+  /* Birth time is not supported.  */
+  t.tv_sec = -1;
+  t.tv_nsec = -1;
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMESPEC_TV_NSEC \
+     || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIM_TV_NSEC \
+     || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMENSEC)
+  /* FreeBSD and NetBSD sometimes signal the absence of knowledge by
+     using zero.  Attempt to work around this problem.  Alas, this can
+     report failure even for valid timestamps.  Also, NetBSD
+     sometimes returns junk in the birth time fields; work around this
+     bug if it is detected.  */
+  if (! (t.tv_sec && 0 <= t.tv_nsec && t.tv_nsec < 1000000000))
+    {
+      t.tv_sec = -1;
+      t.tv_nsec = -1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return t;
+}
+
+/* If a stat-like function returned RESULT, normalize the timestamps
+   in *ST, in case this platform suffers from the Solaris 11 bug where
+   tv_nsec might be negative.  Return the adjusted RESULT, setting
+   errno to EOVERFLOW if normalization overflowed.  This function
+   is intended to be private to this .h file.  */
+_GL_STAT_TIME_INLINE int
+stat_time_normalize (int result, _GL_UNUSED struct stat *st)
+{
+#if defined __sun && defined STAT_TIMESPEC
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      long int timespec_hz = 1000000000;
+      short int const ts_off[] = { offsetof (struct stat, st_atim),
+                                   offsetof (struct stat, st_mtim),
+                                   offsetof (struct stat, st_ctim) };
+      int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < sizeof ts_off / sizeof *ts_off; i++)
+        {
+          struct timespec *ts = (struct timespec *) ((char *) st + ts_off[i]);
+          long int q = ts->tv_nsec / timespec_hz;
+          long int r = ts->tv_nsec % timespec_hz;
+          if (r < 0)
+            {
+              r += timespec_hz;
+              q--;
+            }
+          ts->tv_nsec = r;
+          /* Overflow is possible, as Solaris 11 stat can yield
+             tv_sec == TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t) && tv_nsec == -1000000000.
+             INT_ADD_WRAPV is OK, since time_t is signed on Solaris.  */
+          if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (q, ts->tv_sec, &ts->tv_sec))
+            {
+              errno = EOVERFLOW;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stat-w32.c b/lib/stat-w32.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1a2923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stat-w32.c
@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+/* Core of implementation of fstat and stat for native Windows.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Attempt to make <windows.h> define FILE_ID_INFO.
+   But ensure that the redefinition of _WIN32_WINNT does not make us assume
+   Windows Vista or newer when building for an older version of Windows.  */
+#if HAVE_SDKDDKVER_H
+# include <sdkddkver.h>
+# if _WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_VISTA
+#  define WIN32_ASSUME_VISTA 1
+# else
+#  define WIN32_ASSUME_VISTA 0
+# endif
+# if !defined _WIN32_WINNT || (_WIN32_WINNT < _WIN32_WINNT_WIN8)
+#  undef _WIN32_WINNT
+#  define _WIN32_WINNT _WIN32_WINNT_WIN8
+# endif
+#else
+# define WIN32_ASSUME_VISTA (_WIN32_WINNT >= _WIN32_WINNT_VISTA)
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <windows.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "stat-w32.h"
+
+#include "pathmax.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#undef LoadLibrary
+#define LoadLibrary LoadLibraryA
+#undef GetFinalPathNameByHandle
+#define GetFinalPathNameByHandle GetFinalPathNameByHandleA
+
+/* Older mingw headers do not define VOLUME_NAME_NONE.  */
+#ifndef VOLUME_NAME_NONE
+# define VOLUME_NAME_NONE 4
+#endif
+
+#if !WIN32_ASSUME_VISTA
+
+/* Avoid warnings from gcc -Wcast-function-type.  */
+# define GetProcAddress \
+   (void *) GetProcAddress
+
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES == 2
+/* GetFileInformationByHandleEx was introduced only in Windows Vista.  */
+typedef DWORD (WINAPI * GetFileInformationByHandleExFuncType) (HANDLE hFile,
+                                                               FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS fiClass,
+                                                               LPVOID lpBuffer,
+                                                               DWORD dwBufferSize);
+static GetFileInformationByHandleExFuncType GetFileInformationByHandleExFunc = NULL;
+# endif
+/* GetFinalPathNameByHandle was introduced only in Windows Vista.  */
+typedef DWORD (WINAPI * GetFinalPathNameByHandleFuncType) (HANDLE hFile,
+                                                           LPSTR lpFilePath,
+                                                           DWORD lenFilePath,
+                                                           DWORD dwFlags);
+static GetFinalPathNameByHandleFuncType GetFinalPathNameByHandleFunc = NULL;
+static BOOL initialized = FALSE;
+
+static void
+initialize (void)
+{
+  HMODULE kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("kernel32.dll");
+  if (kernel32 != NULL)
+    {
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES == 2
+      GetFileInformationByHandleExFunc =
+        (GetFileInformationByHandleExFuncType) GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetFileInformationByHandleEx");
+# endif
+      GetFinalPathNameByHandleFunc =
+        (GetFinalPathNameByHandleFuncType) GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetFinalPathNameByHandleA");
+    }
+  initialized = TRUE;
+}
+
+#else
+
+# define GetFileInformationByHandleExFunc GetFileInformationByHandleEx
+# define GetFinalPathNameByHandleFunc GetFinalPathNameByHandle
+
+#endif
+
+/* Converts a FILETIME to GMT time since 1970-01-01 00:00:00.  */
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC
+struct timespec
+_gl_convert_FILETIME_to_timespec (const FILETIME *ft)
+{
+  struct timespec result;
+  /* FILETIME: <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ns-minwinbase-filetime> */
+  unsigned long long since_1601 =
+    ((unsigned long long) ft->dwHighDateTime << 32)
+    | (unsigned long long) ft->dwLowDateTime;
+  if (since_1601 == 0)
+    {
+      result.tv_sec = 0;
+      result.tv_nsec = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Between 1601-01-01 and 1970-01-01 there were 280 normal years and 89
+         leap years, in total 134774 days.  */
+      unsigned long long since_1970 =
+        since_1601 - (unsigned long long) 134774 * (unsigned long long) 86400 * (unsigned long long) 10000000;
+      result.tv_sec = since_1970 / (unsigned long long) 10000000;
+      result.tv_nsec = (unsigned long) (since_1970 % (unsigned long long) 10000000) * 100;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+#else
+time_t
+_gl_convert_FILETIME_to_POSIX (const FILETIME *ft)
+{
+  /* FILETIME: <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ns-minwinbase-filetime> */
+  unsigned long long since_1601 =
+    ((unsigned long long) ft->dwHighDateTime << 32)
+    | (unsigned long long) ft->dwLowDateTime;
+  if (since_1601 == 0)
+    return 0;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Between 1601-01-01 and 1970-01-01 there were 280 normal years and 89
+         leap years, in total 134774 days.  */
+      unsigned long long since_1970 =
+        since_1601 - (unsigned long long) 134774 * (unsigned long long) 86400 * (unsigned long long) 10000000;
+      return since_1970 / (unsigned long long) 10000000;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Fill *BUF with information about the file designated by H.
+   PATH is the file name, if known, otherwise NULL.
+   Return 0 if successful, or -1 with errno set upon failure.  */
+int
+_gl_fstat_by_handle (HANDLE h, const char *path, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  /* GetFileType
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfiletype> */
+  DWORD type = GetFileType (h);
+  if (type == FILE_TYPE_DISK)
+    {
+#if !WIN32_ASSUME_VISTA
+      if (!initialized)
+        initialize ();
+#endif
+
+      /* st_mode can be determined through
+         GetFileAttributesEx
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfileattributesexa>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/ns-fileapi-_win32_file_attribute_data>
+         or through
+         GetFileInformationByHandle
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfileinformationbyhandle>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/ns-fileapi-_by_handle_file_information>
+         or through
+         GetFileInformationByHandleEx with argument FileBasicInfo
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/nf-winbase-getfileinformationbyhandleex>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/ns-winbase-_file_basic_info>
+         The latter requires -D_WIN32_WINNT=_WIN32_WINNT_VISTA or higher.  */
+      BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION info;
+      if (! GetFileInformationByHandle (h, &info))
+        goto failed;
+
+      /* Test for error conditions before starting to fill *buf.  */
+      if (sizeof (buf->st_size) <= 4 && info.nFileSizeHigh > 0)
+        {
+          errno = EOVERFLOW;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES
+      /* st_ino can be determined through
+         GetFileInformationByHandle
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfileinformationbyhandle>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/ns-fileapi-_by_handle_file_information>
+         as 64 bits, or through
+         GetFileInformationByHandleEx with argument FileIdInfo
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/nf-winbase-getfileinformationbyhandleex>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/ns-winbase-_file_id_info>
+         as 128 bits.
+         The latter requires -D_WIN32_WINNT=_WIN32_WINNT_WIN8 or higher.  */
+      /* Experiments show that GetFileInformationByHandleEx does not provide
+         much more information than GetFileInformationByHandle:
+           * The dwVolumeSerialNumber from GetFileInformationByHandle is equal
+             to the low 32 bits of the 64-bit VolumeSerialNumber from
+             GetFileInformationByHandleEx, and is apparently sufficient for
+             identifying the device.
+           * The nFileIndex from GetFileInformationByHandle is equal to the low
+             64 bits of the 128-bit FileId from GetFileInformationByHandleEx,
+             and the high 64 bits of this 128-bit FileId are zero.
+           * On a FAT file system, GetFileInformationByHandleEx fails with error
+             ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER, whereas GetFileInformationByHandle
+             succeeds.
+           * On a CIFS/SMB file system, GetFileInformationByHandleEx fails with
+             error ERROR_INVALID_LEVEL, whereas GetFileInformationByHandle
+             succeeds.  */
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES == 2
+      if (GetFileInformationByHandleExFunc != NULL)
+        {
+          FILE_ID_INFO id;
+          if (GetFileInformationByHandleExFunc (h, FileIdInfo, &id, sizeof (id)))
+            {
+              buf->st_dev = id.VolumeSerialNumber;
+              verify (sizeof (ino_t) == sizeof (id.FileId));
+              memcpy (&buf->st_ino, &id.FileId, sizeof (ino_t));
+              goto ino_done;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              switch (GetLastError ())
+                {
+                case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER: /* older Windows version, or FAT */
+                case ERROR_INVALID_LEVEL: /* CIFS/SMB file system */
+                  goto fallback;
+                default:
+                  goto failed;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+     fallback: ;
+      /* Fallback for older Windows versions.  */
+      buf->st_dev = info.dwVolumeSerialNumber;
+      buf->st_ino._gl_ino[0] = ((ULONGLONG) info.nFileIndexHigh << 32) | (ULONGLONG) info.nFileIndexLow;
+      buf->st_ino._gl_ino[1] = 0;
+     ino_done: ;
+# else /* _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES == 1 */
+      buf->st_dev = info.dwVolumeSerialNumber;
+      buf->st_ino = ((ULONGLONG) info.nFileIndexHigh << 32) | (ULONGLONG) info.nFileIndexLow;
+# endif
+#else
+      /* st_ino is not wide enough for identifying a file on a device.
+         Without st_ino, st_dev is pointless.  */
+      buf->st_dev = 0;
+      buf->st_ino = 0;
+#endif
+
+      /* st_mode.  */
+      unsigned int mode =
+        /* XXX How to handle FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT ?  */
+        ((info.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) ? _S_IFDIR | S_IEXEC_UGO : _S_IFREG)
+        | S_IREAD_UGO
+        | ((info.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) ? 0 : S_IWRITE_UGO);
+      if (!(info.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY))
+        {
+          /* Determine whether the file is executable by looking at the file
+             name suffix.
+             If the file name is already known, use it. Otherwise, for
+             non-empty files, it can be determined through
+             GetFinalPathNameByHandle
+             <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfinalpathnamebyhandlea>
+             or through
+             GetFileInformationByHandleEx with argument FileNameInfo
+             <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/nf-winbase-getfileinformationbyhandleex>
+             <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/ns-winbase-_file_name_info>
+             Both require -D_WIN32_WINNT=_WIN32_WINNT_VISTA or higher.  */
+          if (info.nFileSizeHigh > 0 || info.nFileSizeLow > 0)
+            {
+              char fpath[PATH_MAX];
+              if (path != NULL
+                  || (GetFinalPathNameByHandleFunc != NULL
+                      && GetFinalPathNameByHandleFunc (h, fpath, sizeof (fpath), VOLUME_NAME_NONE)
+                         < sizeof (fpath)
+                      && (path = fpath, 1)))
+                {
+                  const char *last_dot = NULL;
+                  const char *p;
+                  for (p = path; *p != '\0'; p++)
+                    if (*p == '.')
+                      last_dot = p;
+                  if (last_dot != NULL)
+                    {
+                      const char *suffix = last_dot + 1;
+                      if (_stricmp (suffix, "exe") == 0
+                          || _stricmp (suffix, "bat") == 0
+                          || _stricmp (suffix, "cmd") == 0
+                          || _stricmp (suffix, "com") == 0)
+                        mode |= S_IEXEC_UGO;
+                    }
+                }
+              else
+                /* Cannot determine file name.  Pretend that it is executable.  */
+                mode |= S_IEXEC_UGO;
+            }
+        }
+      buf->st_mode = mode;
+
+      /* st_nlink can be determined through
+         GetFileInformationByHandle
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfileinformationbyhandle>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/ns-fileapi-_by_handle_file_information>
+         or through
+         GetFileInformationByHandleEx with argument FileStandardInfo
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/nf-winbase-getfileinformationbyhandleex>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/ns-winbase-_file_standard_info>
+         The latter requires -D_WIN32_WINNT=_WIN32_WINNT_VISTA or higher.  */
+      buf->st_nlink = (info.nNumberOfLinks > SHRT_MAX ? SHRT_MAX : info.nNumberOfLinks);
+
+      /* There's no easy way to map the Windows SID concept to an integer.  */
+      buf->st_uid = 0;
+      buf->st_gid = 0;
+
+      /* st_rdev is irrelevant for normal files and directories.  */
+      buf->st_rdev = 0;
+
+      /* st_size can be determined through
+         GetFileSizeEx
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfilesizeex>
+         or through
+         GetFileAttributesEx
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfileattributesexa>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/ns-fileapi-_win32_file_attribute_data>
+         or through
+         GetFileInformationByHandle
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfileinformationbyhandle>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/ns-fileapi-_by_handle_file_information>
+         or through
+         GetFileInformationByHandleEx with argument FileStandardInfo
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/nf-winbase-getfileinformationbyhandleex>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/ns-winbase-_file_standard_info>
+         The latter requires -D_WIN32_WINNT=_WIN32_WINNT_VISTA or higher.  */
+      if (sizeof (buf->st_size) <= 4)
+        /* Range check already done above.  */
+        buf->st_size = info.nFileSizeLow;
+      else
+        buf->st_size = ((long long) info.nFileSizeHigh << 32) | (long long) info.nFileSizeLow;
+
+      /* st_atime, st_mtime, st_ctime can be determined through
+         GetFileTime
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfiletime>
+         or through
+         GetFileAttributesEx
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfileattributesexa>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/ns-fileapi-_win32_file_attribute_data>
+         or through
+         GetFileInformationByHandle
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfileinformationbyhandle>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/ns-fileapi-_by_handle_file_information>
+         or through
+         GetFileInformationByHandleEx with argument FileBasicInfo
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/nf-winbase-getfileinformationbyhandleex>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/winbase/ns-winbase-_file_basic_info>
+         The latter requires -D_WIN32_WINNT=_WIN32_WINNT_VISTA or higher.  */
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC
+      buf->st_atim = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_timespec (&info.ftLastAccessTime);
+      buf->st_mtim = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_timespec (&info.ftLastWriteTime);
+      buf->st_ctim = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_timespec (&info.ftCreationTime);
+#else
+      buf->st_atime = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_POSIX (&info.ftLastAccessTime);
+      buf->st_mtime = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_POSIX (&info.ftLastWriteTime);
+      buf->st_ctime = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_POSIX (&info.ftCreationTime);
+#endif
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (type == FILE_TYPE_CHAR || type == FILE_TYPE_PIPE)
+    {
+      buf->st_dev = 0;
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES == 2
+      buf->st_ino._gl_ino[0] = buf->st_ino._gl_ino[1] = 0;
+#else
+      buf->st_ino = 0;
+#endif
+      buf->st_mode = (type == FILE_TYPE_PIPE ? _S_IFIFO : _S_IFCHR);
+      buf->st_nlink = 1;
+      buf->st_uid = 0;
+      buf->st_gid = 0;
+      buf->st_rdev = 0;
+      if (type == FILE_TYPE_PIPE)
+        {
+          /* PeekNamedPipe
+             <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa365779.aspx> */
+          DWORD bytes_available;
+          if (PeekNamedPipe (h, NULL, 0, NULL, &bytes_available, NULL))
+            buf->st_size = bytes_available;
+          else
+            buf->st_size = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        buf->st_size = 0;
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC
+      buf->st_atim.tv_sec = 0; buf->st_atim.tv_nsec = 0;
+      buf->st_mtim.tv_sec = 0; buf->st_mtim.tv_nsec = 0;
+      buf->st_ctim.tv_sec = 0; buf->st_ctim.tv_nsec = 0;
+#else
+      buf->st_atime = 0;
+      buf->st_mtime = 0;
+      buf->st_ctime = 0;
+#endif
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+ failed:
+  {
+    DWORD error = GetLastError ();
+    #if 0
+    fprintf (stderr, "_gl_fstat_by_handle error 0x%x\n", (unsigned int) error);
+    #endif
+    switch (error)
+      {
+      case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+      case ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION:
+        errno = EACCES;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY:
+        errno = ENOMEM;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_WRITE_FAULT:
+      case ERROR_READ_FAULT:
+      case ERROR_GEN_FAILURE:
+        errno = EIO;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        errno = EINVAL;
+        break;
+      }
+    return -1;
+  }
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stat-w32.h b/lib/stat-w32.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f79d61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stat-w32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Core of implementation of fstat and stat for native Windows.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _STAT_W32_H
+#define _STAT_W32_H 1
+
+/* Converts a FILETIME to GMT time since 1970-01-01 00:00:00.  */
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC
+extern struct timespec _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_timespec (const FILETIME *ft);
+#else
+extern time_t _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_POSIX (const FILETIME *ft);
+#endif
+
+/* Fill *BUF with information about the file designated by H.
+   PATH is the file name, if known, otherwise NULL.
+   Return 0 if successful, or -1 with errno set upon failure.  */
+extern int _gl_fstat_by_handle (HANDLE h, const char *path, struct stat *buf);
+
+/* Bitmasks for st_mode.  */
+#define S_IREAD_UGO  (_S_IREAD | (_S_IREAD >> 3) | (_S_IREAD >> 6))
+#define S_IWRITE_UGO (_S_IWRITE | (_S_IWRITE >> 3) | (_S_IWRITE >> 6))
+#define S_IEXEC_UGO  (_S_IEXEC | (_S_IEXEC >> 3) | (_S_IEXEC >> 6))
+
+#endif /* _STAT_W32_H */
diff --git a/lib/stat.c b/lib/stat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..574489a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/* Work around platform bugs in stat.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_stat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_stat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of stat.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
+#endif
+
+#if !defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
+
+static int
+orig_stat (const char *filename, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  return stat (filename, buf);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef __osf__
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+# include "sys/stat.h"
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "stat-time.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "filename.h"
+#include "malloca.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+# include "stat-w32.h"
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef WIN32_FIND_DATA
+# define WIN32_FIND_DATA WIN32_FIND_DATAA
+# undef CreateFile
+# define CreateFile CreateFileA
+# undef FindFirstFile
+# define FindFirstFile FindFirstFileA
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+/* Return TRUE if the given file name denotes an UNC root.  */
+static BOOL
+is_unc_root (const char *rname)
+{
+  /* Test whether it has the syntax '\\server\share'.  */
+  if (ISSLASH (rname[0]) && ISSLASH (rname[1]))
+    {
+      /* It starts with two slashes.  Find the next slash.  */
+      const char *p = rname + 2;
+      const char *q = p;
+      while (*q != '\0' && !ISSLASH (*q))
+        q++;
+      if (q > p && *q != '\0')
+        {
+          /* Found the next slash at q.  */
+          q++;
+          const char *r = q;
+          while (*r != '\0' && !ISSLASH (*r))
+            r++;
+          if (r > q && *r == '\0')
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+  return FALSE;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Store information about NAME into ST.  Work around bugs with
+   trailing slashes.  Mingw has other bugs (such as st_ino always
+   being 0 on success) which this wrapper does not work around.  But
+   at least this implementation provides the ability to emulate fchdir
+   correctly.  */
+
+int
+rpl_stat (char const *name, struct stat *buf)
+{
+#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
+  /* Fill the fields ourselves, because the original stat function returns
+     values for st_atime, st_mtime, st_ctime that depend on the current time
+     zone.  See
+     <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2017-04/msg00134.html>  */
+  /* XXX Should we convert to wchar_t* and prepend '\\?\', in order to work
+     around length limitations
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/FileIO/naming-a-file> ?  */
+
+  /* POSIX <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_13>
+     specifies: "More than two leading <slash> characters shall be treated as
+     a single <slash> character."  */
+  if (ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ISSLASH (name[2]))
+    {
+      name += 2;
+      while (ISSLASH (name[1]))
+        name++;
+    }
+
+  size_t len = strlen (name);
+  size_t drive_prefix_len = (HAS_DEVICE (name) ? 2 : 0);
+
+  /* Remove trailing slashes (except the very first one, at position
+     drive_prefix_len), but remember their presence.  */
+  size_t rlen;
+  bool check_dir = false;
+
+  rlen = len;
+  while (rlen > drive_prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[rlen-1]))
+    {
+      check_dir = true;
+      if (rlen == drive_prefix_len + 1)
+        break;
+      rlen--;
+    }
+
+  /* Handle '' and 'C:'.  */
+  if (!check_dir && rlen == drive_prefix_len)
+    {
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Handle '\\'.  */
+  if (rlen == 1 && ISSLASH (name[0]) && len >= 2)
+    {
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  const char *rname;
+  char *malloca_rname;
+  if (rlen == len)
+    {
+      rname = name;
+      malloca_rname = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      malloca_rname = malloca (rlen + 1);
+      if (malloca_rname == NULL)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      memcpy (malloca_rname, name, rlen);
+      malloca_rname[rlen] = '\0';
+      rname = malloca_rname;
+    }
+
+  /* There are two ways to get at the requested information:
+       - by scanning the parent directory and examining the relevant
+         directory entry,
+       - by opening the file directly.
+     The first approach fails for root directories (e.g. 'C:\') and
+     UNC root directories (e.g. '\\server\share').
+     The second approach fails for some system files (e.g. 'C:\pagefile.sys'
+     and 'C:\hiberfil.sys'): ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION.
+     The second approach gives more information (in particular, correct
+     st_dev, st_ino, st_nlink fields).
+     So we use the second approach and, as a fallback except for root and
+     UNC root directories, also the first approach.  */
+  {
+    int ret;
+
+    {
+      /* Approach based on the file.  */
+
+      /* Open a handle to the file.
+         CreateFile
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-createfilea>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/FileIO/creating-and-opening-files>  */
+      HANDLE h =
+        CreateFile (rname,
+                    FILE_READ_ATTRIBUTES,
+                    FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE | FILE_SHARE_DELETE,
+                    NULL,
+                    OPEN_EXISTING,
+                    /* FILE_FLAG_POSIX_SEMANTICS (treat file names that differ only
+                       in case as different) makes sense only when applied to *all*
+                       filesystem operations.  */
+                    FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS /* | FILE_FLAG_POSIX_SEMANTICS */,
+                    NULL);
+      if (h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+          ret = _gl_fstat_by_handle (h, rname, buf);
+          CloseHandle (h);
+          goto done;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Test for root and UNC root directories.  */
+    if ((rlen == drive_prefix_len + 1 && ISSLASH (rname[drive_prefix_len]))
+        || is_unc_root (rname))
+      goto failed;
+
+    /* Fallback.  */
+    {
+      /* Approach based on the directory entry.  */
+
+      if (strchr (rname, '?') != NULL || strchr (rname, '*') != NULL)
+        {
+          /* Other Windows API functions would fail with error
+             ERROR_INVALID_NAME.  */
+          if (malloca_rname != NULL)
+            freea (malloca_rname);
+          errno = ENOENT;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      /* Get the details about the directory entry.  This can be done through
+         FindFirstFile
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-findfirstfilea>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ns-minwinbase-_win32_find_dataa>
+         or through
+         FindFirstFileEx with argument FindExInfoBasic
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-findfirstfileexa>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ne-minwinbase-findex_info_levels>
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ns-minwinbase-_win32_find_dataa>  */
+      WIN32_FIND_DATA info;
+      HANDLE h = FindFirstFile (rname, &info);
+      if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        goto failed;
+
+      /* Test for error conditions before starting to fill *buf.  */
+      if (sizeof (buf->st_size) <= 4 && info.nFileSizeHigh > 0)
+        {
+          FindClose (h);
+          if (malloca_rname != NULL)
+            freea (malloca_rname);
+          errno = EOVERFLOW;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES
+      buf->st_dev = 0;
+#  if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES == 2
+      buf->st_ino._gl_ino[0] = buf->st_ino._gl_ino[1] = 0;
+#  else /* _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES == 1 */
+      buf->st_ino = 0;
+#  endif
+# else
+      /* st_ino is not wide enough for identifying a file on a device.
+         Without st_ino, st_dev is pointless.  */
+      buf->st_dev = 0;
+      buf->st_ino = 0;
+# endif
+
+      /* st_mode.  */
+      unsigned int mode =
+        /* XXX How to handle FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT ?  */
+        ((info.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) ? _S_IFDIR | S_IEXEC_UGO : _S_IFREG)
+        | S_IREAD_UGO
+        | ((info.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) ? 0 : S_IWRITE_UGO);
+      if (!(info.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY))
+        {
+          /* Determine whether the file is executable by looking at the file
+             name suffix.  */
+          if (info.nFileSizeHigh > 0 || info.nFileSizeLow > 0)
+            {
+              const char *last_dot = NULL;
+              const char *p;
+              for (p = info.cFileName; *p != '\0'; p++)
+                if (*p == '.')
+                  last_dot = p;
+              if (last_dot != NULL)
+                {
+                  const char *suffix = last_dot + 1;
+                  if (_stricmp (suffix, "exe") == 0
+                      || _stricmp (suffix, "bat") == 0
+                      || _stricmp (suffix, "cmd") == 0
+                      || _stricmp (suffix, "com") == 0)
+                    mode |= S_IEXEC_UGO;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+      buf->st_mode = mode;
+
+      /* st_nlink.  Ignore hard links here.  */
+      buf->st_nlink = 1;
+
+      /* There's no easy way to map the Windows SID concept to an integer.  */
+      buf->st_uid = 0;
+      buf->st_gid = 0;
+
+      /* st_rdev is irrelevant for normal files and directories.  */
+      buf->st_rdev = 0;
+
+      /* st_size.  */
+      if (sizeof (buf->st_size) <= 4)
+        /* Range check already done above.  */
+        buf->st_size = info.nFileSizeLow;
+      else
+        buf->st_size = ((long long) info.nFileSizeHigh << 32) | (long long) info.nFileSizeLow;
+
+      /* st_atime, st_mtime, st_ctime.  */
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC
+      buf->st_atim = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_timespec (&info.ftLastAccessTime);
+      buf->st_mtim = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_timespec (&info.ftLastWriteTime);
+      buf->st_ctim = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_timespec (&info.ftCreationTime);
+# else
+      buf->st_atime = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_POSIX (&info.ftLastAccessTime);
+      buf->st_mtime = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_POSIX (&info.ftLastWriteTime);
+      buf->st_ctime = _gl_convert_FILETIME_to_POSIX (&info.ftCreationTime);
+# endif
+
+      FindClose (h);
+
+      ret = 0;
+    }
+
+   done:
+    if (ret >= 0 && check_dir && !S_ISDIR (buf->st_mode))
+      {
+        errno = ENOTDIR;
+        ret = -1;
+      }
+    if (malloca_rname != NULL)
+      {
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+        freea (malloca_rname);
+        errno = saved_errno;
+      }
+    return ret;
+  }
+
+ failed:
+  {
+    DWORD error = GetLastError ();
+    #if 0
+    fprintf (stderr, "rpl_stat error 0x%x\n", (unsigned int) error);
+    #endif
+
+    if (malloca_rname != NULL)
+      freea (malloca_rname);
+
+    switch (error)
+      {
+      /* Some of these errors probably cannot happen with the specific flags
+         that we pass to CreateFile.  But who knows...  */
+      case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND: /* The last component of rname does not exist.  */
+      case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND: /* Some directory component in rname does not exist.  */
+      case ERROR_BAD_PATHNAME:   /* rname is such as '\\server'.  */
+      case ERROR_BAD_NET_NAME:   /* rname is such as '\\server\nonexistentshare'.  */
+      case ERROR_INVALID_NAME:   /* rname contains wildcards, misplaced colon, etc.  */
+      case ERROR_DIRECTORY:
+        errno = ENOENT;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:  /* rname is such as 'C:\System Volume Information\foo'.  */
+      case ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION: /* rname is such as 'C:\pagefile.sys' (second approach only).  */
+                                    /* XXX map to EACCES or EPERM? */
+        errno = EACCES;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY:
+        errno = ENOMEM;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_WRITE_PROTECT:
+        errno = EROFS;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_WRITE_FAULT:
+      case ERROR_READ_FAULT:
+      case ERROR_GEN_FAILURE:
+        errno = EIO;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW:
+      case ERROR_FILENAME_EXCED_RANGE:
+        errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_DELETE_PENDING: /* XXX map to EACCES or EPERM? */
+        errno = EPERM;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        errno = EINVAL;
+        break;
+      }
+
+    return -1;
+  }
+#else
+  int result = orig_stat (name, buf);
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+# if REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE
+      /* Solaris 9 mistakenly succeeds when given a non-directory with a
+         trailing slash.  */
+      if (!S_ISDIR (buf->st_mode))
+        {
+          size_t len = strlen (name);
+          if (ISSLASH (name[len - 1]))
+            {
+              errno = ENOTDIR;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+# endif /* REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE */
+      result = stat_time_normalize (result, buf);
+    }
+  return result;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/stdalign.in.h b/lib/stdalign.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b117df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdalign.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* A substitute for ISO C11 <stdalign.h>.
+
+   Copyright 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STDALIGN_H
+#define _GL_STDALIGN_H
+
+/* ISO C11 <stdalign.h> for platforms that lack it.
+
+   References:
+   ISO C11 (latest free draft
+   <http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg14/www/docs/n1570.pdf>)
+   sections 6.5.3.4, 6.7.5, 7.15.
+   C++11 (latest free draft
+   <http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2011/n3242.pdf>)
+   section 18.10. */
+
+/* alignof (TYPE), also known as _Alignof (TYPE), yields the alignment
+   requirement of a structure member (i.e., slot or field) that is of
+   type TYPE, as an integer constant expression.
+
+   This differs from GCC's and clang's __alignof__ operator, which can
+   yield a better-performing alignment for an object of that type.  For
+   example, on x86 with GCC and on Linux/x86 with clang,
+   __alignof__ (double) and __alignof__ (long long) are 8, whereas
+   alignof (double) and alignof (long long) are 4 unless the option
+   '-malign-double' is used.
+
+   The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant, if you
+   want to be portable to HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc.
+
+   Include <stddef.h> for offsetof.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* FreeBSD 9.1 <sys/cdefs.h>, included by <stddef.h> and lots of other
+   standard headers, defines conflicting implementations of _Alignas
+   and _Alignof that are no better than ours; override them.  */
+#undef _Alignas
+#undef _Alignof
+
+/* GCC releases before GCC 4.9 had a bug in _Alignof.  See GCC bug 52023
+   <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=52023>.
+   clang versions < 8.0.0 have the same bug.  */
+#if (!defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112 \
+     || (defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ < 4 + (__GNUC_MINOR__ < 9) \
+         && !defined __clang__) \
+     || (defined __clang__ && __clang_major__ < 8))
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  if 201103 <= __cplusplus
+#   define _Alignof(type) alignof (type)
+#  else
+   template <class __t> struct __alignof_helper { char __a; __t __b; };
+#   define _Alignof(type) offsetof (__alignof_helper<type>, __b)
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define _Alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char __a; type __b; }, __b)
+# endif
+#endif
+#if ! (defined __cplusplus && 201103 <= __cplusplus)
+# define alignof _Alignof
+#endif
+#define __alignof_is_defined 1
+
+/* alignas (A), also known as _Alignas (A), aligns a variable or type
+   to the alignment A, where A is an integer constant expression.  For
+   example:
+
+      int alignas (8) foo;
+      struct s { int a; int alignas (8) bar; };
+
+   aligns the address of FOO and the offset of BAR to be multiples of 8.
+
+   A should be a power of two that is at least the type's alignment
+   and at most the implementation's alignment limit.  This limit is
+   2**28 on typical GNUish hosts, and 2**13 on MSVC.  To be portable
+   to MSVC through at least version 10.0, A should be an integer
+   constant, as MSVC does not support expressions such as 1 << 3.
+   To be portable to Sun C 5.11, do not align auto variables to
+   anything stricter than their default alignment.
+
+   The following C11 requirements are not supported here:
+
+     - If A is zero, alignas has no effect.
+     - alignas can be used multiple times; the strictest one wins.
+     - alignas (TYPE) is equivalent to alignas (alignof (TYPE)).
+
+   */
+
+#if !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112
+# if defined __cplusplus && 201103 <= __cplusplus
+#  define _Alignas(a) alignas (a)
+# elif (!defined __attribute__ \
+        && ((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ \
+             ? 4 < __GNUC__ + (1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+             : __GNUC__ && !defined __ibmxl__) \
+            || (4 <= __clang_major__) \
+            || (__ia64 && (61200 <= __HP_cc || 61200 <= __HP_aCC)) \
+            || __ICC || 0x590 <= __SUNPRO_C || 0x0600 <= __xlC__))
+#  define _Alignas(a) __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (a)))
+# elif 1300 <= _MSC_VER
+#  define _Alignas(a) __declspec (align (a))
+# endif
+#endif
+#if ((defined _Alignas && ! (defined __cplusplus && 201103 <= __cplusplus)) \
+     || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 201112 <= __STDC_VERSION__))
+# define alignas _Alignas
+#endif
+#if defined alignas || (defined __cplusplus && 201103 <= __cplusplus)
+# define __alignas_is_defined 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_STDALIGN_H */
diff --git a/lib/stdarg.in.h b/lib/stdarg.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95306bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdarg.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <stdarg.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDARG_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDARG_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDARG_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDARG_H
+
+#ifndef va_copy
+# define va_copy(a,b) ((a) = (b))
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDARG_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDARG_H */
diff --git a/lib/stdbool.in.h b/lib/stdbool.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03840f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdbool.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STDBOOL_H
+#define _GL_STDBOOL_H
+
+/* ISO C 99 <stdbool.h> for platforms that lack it.  */
+
+/* Usage suggestions:
+
+   Programs that use <stdbool.h> should be aware of some limitations
+   and standards compliance issues.
+
+   Standards compliance:
+
+       - <stdbool.h> must be #included before 'bool', 'false', 'true'
+         can be used.
+
+       - You cannot assume that sizeof (bool) == 1.
+
+       - Programs should not undefine the macros bool, true, and false,
+         as C99 lists that as an "obsolescent feature".
+
+   Limitations of this substitute, when used in a C89 environment:
+
+       - <stdbool.h> must be #included before the '_Bool' type can be used.
+
+       - You cannot assume that _Bool is a typedef; it might be a macro.
+
+       - Bit-fields of type 'bool' are not supported.  Portable code
+         should use 'unsigned int foo : 1;' rather than 'bool foo : 1;'.
+
+       - In C99, casts and automatic conversions to '_Bool' or 'bool' are
+         performed in such a way that every nonzero value gets converted
+         to 'true', and zero gets converted to 'false'.  This doesn't work
+         with this substitute.  With this substitute, only the values 0 and 1
+         give the expected result when converted to _Bool' or 'bool'.
+
+       - C99 allows the use of (_Bool)0.0 in constant expressions, but
+         this substitute cannot always provide this property.
+
+   Also, it is suggested that programs use 'bool' rather than '_Bool';
+   this isn't required, but 'bool' is more common.  */
+
+
+/* 7.16. Boolean type and values */
+
+/* BeOS <sys/socket.h> already #defines false 0, true 1.  We use the same
+   definitions below, but temporarily we have to #undef them.  */
+#if defined __BEOS__ && !defined __HAIKU__
+# include <OS.h> /* defines bool but not _Bool */
+# undef false
+# undef true
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# define _Bool bool
+# define bool bool
+#else
+# if defined __BEOS__ && !defined __HAIKU__
+  /* A compiler known to have 'bool'.  */
+  /* If the compiler already has both 'bool' and '_Bool', we can assume they
+     are the same types.  */
+#  if !@HAVE__BOOL@
+typedef bool _Bool;
+#  endif
+# else
+#  if !defined __GNUC__
+   /* If @HAVE__BOOL@:
+        Some HP-UX cc and AIX IBM C compiler versions have compiler bugs when
+        the built-in _Bool type is used.  See
+          https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html
+          https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html
+          https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html
+        Similar bugs are likely with other compilers as well; this file
+        wouldn't be used if <stdbool.h> was working.
+        So we override the _Bool type.
+      If !@HAVE__BOOL@:
+        Need to define _Bool ourselves. As 'signed char' or as an enum type?
+        Use of a typedef, with SunPRO C, leads to a stupid
+          "warning: _Bool is a keyword in ISO C99".
+        Use of an enum type, with IRIX cc, leads to a stupid
+          "warning(1185): enumerated type mixed with another type".
+        Even the existence of an enum type, without a typedef,
+          "Invalid enumerator. (badenum)" with HP-UX cc on Tru64.
+        The only benefit of the enum, debuggability, is not important
+        with these compilers.  So use 'signed char' and no enum.  */
+#   define _Bool signed char
+#  else
+   /* With this compiler, trust the _Bool type if the compiler has it.  */
+#   if !@HAVE__BOOL@
+   /* For the sake of symbolic names in gdb, define true and false as
+      enum constants, not only as macros.
+      It is tempting to write
+         typedef enum { false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+      so that gdb prints values of type 'bool' symbolically.  But then
+      values of type '_Bool' might promote to 'int' or 'unsigned int'
+      (see ISO C 99 6.7.2.2.(4)); however, '_Bool' must promote to 'int'
+      (see ISO C 99 6.3.1.1.(2)).  So add a negative value to the
+      enum; this ensures that '_Bool' promotes to 'int'.  */
+typedef enum { _Bool_must_promote_to_int = -1, false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+# define bool _Bool
+#endif
+
+/* The other macros must be usable in preprocessor directives.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# define false false
+# define true true
+#else
+# define false 0
+# define true 1
+#endif
+
+#define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
+
+#endif /* _GL_STDBOOL_H */
diff --git a/lib/stddef.in.h b/lib/stddef.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c9a747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stddef.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* A substitute for POSIX 2008 <stddef.h>, for platforms that have issues.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+/*
+ * POSIX 2008 <stddef.h> for platforms that have issues.
+ * <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/stddef.h.html>
+ */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined __need_wchar_t || defined __need_size_t  \
+  || defined __need_ptrdiff_t || defined __need_NULL \
+  || defined __need_wint_t
+/* Special invocation convention inside gcc header files.  In
+   particular, gcc provides a version of <stddef.h> that blindly
+   redefines NULL even when __need_wint_t was defined, even though
+   wint_t is not normally provided by <stddef.h>.  Hence, we must
+   remember if special invocation has ever been used to obtain wint_t,
+   in which case we need to clean up NULL yet again.  */
+
+# if !(defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H && defined _GL_STDDEF_WINT_T)
+#  ifdef __need_wint_t
+#   define _GL_STDDEF_WINT_T
+#  endif
+#  @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDDEF_H@
+   /* On TinyCC, make sure that the macros that indicate the special invocation
+      convention get undefined.  */
+#  undef __need_wchar_t
+#  undef __need_size_t
+#  undef __need_ptrdiff_t
+#  undef __need_NULL
+#  undef __need_wint_t
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+# ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
+
+/* On AIX 7.2, with xlc in 64-bit mode, <stddef.h> defines max_align_t to a
+   type with alignment 4, but 'long' has alignment 8.  */
+#  if defined _AIX && defined __LP64__
+#   if !GNULIB_defined_max_align_t
+#    ifdef _MAX_ALIGN_T
+/* /usr/include/stddef.h has already defined max_align_t.  Override it.  */
+typedef long rpl_max_align_t;
+#     define max_align_t rpl_max_align_t
+#    else
+/* Prevent /usr/include/stddef.h from defining max_align_t.  */
+typedef long max_align_t;
+#     define _MAX_ALIGN_T
+#    endif
+#    define GNULIB_defined_max_align_t 1
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+
+#  @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDDEF_H@
+
+/* On NetBSD 5.0, the definition of NULL lacks proper parentheses.  */
+#  if (@REPLACE_NULL@ \
+       && (!defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H || defined _GL_STDDEF_WINT_T))
+#   undef NULL
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+   /* ISO C++ says that the macro NULL must expand to an integer constant
+      expression, hence '((void *) 0)' is not allowed in C++.  */
+#    if __GNUG__ >= 3
+    /* GNU C++ has a __null macro that behaves like an integer ('int' or
+       'long') but has the same size as a pointer.  Use that, to avoid
+       warnings.  */
+#     define NULL __null
+#    else
+#     define NULL 0L
+#    endif
+#   else
+#    define NULL ((void *) 0)
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
+#   define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
+
+/* Some platforms lack wchar_t.  */
+#if !@HAVE_WCHAR_T@
+# define wchar_t int
+#endif
+
+/* Some platforms lack max_align_t.  The check for _GCC_MAX_ALIGN_T is
+   a hack in case the configure-time test was done with g++ even though
+   we are currently compiling with gcc.
+   On MSVC, max_align_t is defined only in C++ mode, after <cstddef> was
+   included.  Its definition is good since it has an alignment of 8 (on x86
+   and x86_64).
+   Similarly on OS/2 kLIBC.  */
+#if (defined _MSC_VER || (defined __KLIBC__ && !defined __LIBCN__)) \
+    && defined __cplusplus
+# include <cstddef>
+#else
+# if ! (@HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T@ || (defined _GCC_MAX_ALIGN_T && !defined __clang__))
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_max_align_t
+/* On the x86, the maximum storage alignment of double, long, etc. is 4,
+   but GCC's C11 ABI for x86 says that max_align_t has an alignment of 8,
+   and the C11 standard allows this.  Work around this problem by
+   using __alignof__ (which returns 8 for double) rather than _Alignof
+   (which returns 4), and align each union member accordingly.  */
+#   if defined __GNUC__ || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+#    define _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS(type) \
+       __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (__alignof__ (type))))
+#   else
+#    define _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS(type) /* */
+#   endif
+typedef union
+{
+  char *__p _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS (char *);
+  double __d _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS (double);
+  long double __ld _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS (long double);
+  long int __i _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS (long int);
+} rpl_max_align_t;
+#   define max_align_t rpl_max_align_t
+#   define GNULIB_defined_max_align_t 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#  endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H */
+# endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H */
+#endif /* __need_XXX */
diff --git a/lib/stdint.in.h b/lib/stdint.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eaa7874
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdint.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,740 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, Sam Steingold, Peter Burwood.
+   This file is part of gnulib.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <stdint.h> for platforms that lack it.
+ * <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/stdint.h.html>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* When including a system file that in turn includes <inttypes.h>,
+   use the system <inttypes.h>, not our substitute.  This avoids
+   problems with (for example) VMS, whose <sys/bitypes.h> includes
+   <inttypes.h>.  */
+#define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* On Android (Bionic libc), <sys/types.h> includes this file before
+   having defined 'time_t'.  Therefore in this case avoid including
+   other system header files; just include the system's <stdint.h>.
+   Ideally we should test __BIONIC__ here, but it is only defined after
+   <sys/cdefs.h> has been included; hence test __ANDROID__ instead.  */
+#if defined __ANDROID__ && defined _GL_INCLUDING_SYS_TYPES_H
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDINT_H@
+#else
+
+/* Get those types that are already defined in other system include
+   files, so that we can "#define int8_t signed char" below without
+   worrying about a later system include file containing a "typedef
+   signed char int8_t;" that will get messed up by our macro.  Our
+   macros should all be consistent with the system versions, except
+   for the "fast" types and macros, which we recommend against using
+   in public interfaces due to compiler differences.  */
+
+#if @HAVE_STDINT_H@
+# if defined __sgi && ! defined __c99
+   /* Bypass IRIX's <stdint.h> if in C89 mode, since it merely annoys users
+      with "This header file is to be used only for c99 mode compilations"
+      diagnostics.  */
+#  define __STDINT_H__
+# endif
+
+  /* Some pre-C++11 <stdint.h> implementations need this.  */
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  ifndef __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+#   define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS 1
+#  endif
+#  ifndef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
+#   define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+  /* Other systems may have an incomplete or buggy <stdint.h>.
+     Include it before <inttypes.h>, since any "#include <stdint.h>"
+     in <inttypes.h> would reinclude us, skipping our contents because
+     _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H is defined.
+     The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDINT_H@
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H && ! defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H
+
+/* Get SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX, UCHAR_MAX, INT_MIN, INT_MAX,
+   LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX, ULONG_MAX, _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Override WINT_MIN and WINT_MAX if gnulib's <wchar.h> or <wctype.h> overrides
+   wint_t.  */
+#if @GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T@
+# undef WINT_MIN
+# undef WINT_MAX
+# define WINT_MIN 0x0U
+# define WINT_MAX 0xffffffffU
+#endif
+
+#if ! @HAVE_C99_STDINT_H@
+
+/* <sys/types.h> defines some of the stdint.h types as well, on glibc,
+   IRIX 6.5, and OpenBSD 3.8 (via <machine/types.h>).
+   AIX 5.2 <sys/types.h> isn't needed and causes troubles.
+   Mac OS X 10.4.6 <sys/types.h> includes <stdint.h> (which is us), but
+   relies on the system <stdint.h> definitions, so include
+   <sys/types.h> after @NEXT_STDINT_H@.  */
+# if @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@ && ! defined _AIX
+#  include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+
+# if @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
+  /* In OpenBSD 3.8, <inttypes.h> includes <machine/types.h>, which defines
+     int{8,16,32,64}_t, uint{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__.
+     <inttypes.h> also defines intptr_t and uintptr_t.  */
+#  include <inttypes.h>
+# elif @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@
+  /* Solaris 7 <sys/inttypes.h> has the types except the *_fast*_t types, and
+     the macros except for *_FAST*_*, INTPTR_MIN, PTRDIFF_MIN, PTRDIFF_MAX.  */
+#  include <sys/inttypes.h>
+# endif
+
+# if @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@ && ! defined __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__
+  /* Linux libc4 >= 4.6.7 and libc5 have a <sys/bitypes.h> that defines
+     int{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__.  In libc5 >= 5.2.2 it is
+     included by <sys/types.h>.  */
+#  include <sys/bitypes.h>
+# endif
+
+# undef _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Minimum and maximum values for an integer type under the usual assumption.
+   Return an unspecified value if BITS == 0, adding a check to pacify
+   picky compilers.  */
+
+/* These are separate macros, because if you try to merge these macros into
+   a single one, HP-UX cc rejects the resulting expression in constant
+   expressions.  */
+# define _STDINT_UNSIGNED_MIN(bits, zero) \
+    (zero)
+# define _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN(bits, zero) \
+    (~ _STDINT_MAX (1, bits, zero))
+
+# define _STDINT_MAX(signed, bits, zero) \
+    (((((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 - (signed) : 0)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
+
+#if !GNULIB_defined_stdint_types
+
+/* 7.18.1.1. Exact-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits.  */
+
+# undef int8_t
+# undef uint8_t
+typedef signed char gl_int8_t;
+typedef unsigned char gl_uint8_t;
+# define int8_t gl_int8_t
+# define uint8_t gl_uint8_t
+
+# undef int16_t
+# undef uint16_t
+typedef short int gl_int16_t;
+typedef unsigned short int gl_uint16_t;
+# define int16_t gl_int16_t
+# define uint16_t gl_uint16_t
+
+# undef int32_t
+# undef uint32_t
+typedef int gl_int32_t;
+typedef unsigned int gl_uint32_t;
+# define int32_t gl_int32_t
+# define uint32_t gl_uint32_t
+
+/* If the system defines INT64_MAX, assume int64_t works.  That way,
+   if the underlying platform defines int64_t to be a 64-bit long long
+   int, the code below won't mistakenly define it to be a 64-bit long
+   int, which would mess up C++ name mangling.  We must use #ifdef
+   rather than #if, to avoid an error with HP-UX 10.20 cc.  */
+
+# ifdef INT64_MAX
+#  define GL_INT64_T
+# else
+/* Do not undefine int64_t if gnulib is not being used with 64-bit
+   types, since otherwise it breaks platforms like Tandem/NSK.  */
+#  if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1
+#   undef int64_t
+typedef long int gl_int64_t;
+#   define int64_t gl_int64_t
+#   define GL_INT64_T
+#  elif defined _MSC_VER
+#   undef int64_t
+typedef __int64 gl_int64_t;
+#   define int64_t gl_int64_t
+#   define GL_INT64_T
+#  else
+#   undef int64_t
+typedef long long int gl_int64_t;
+#   define int64_t gl_int64_t
+#   define GL_INT64_T
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef UINT64_MAX
+#  define GL_UINT64_T
+# else
+#  if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
+#   undef uint64_t
+typedef unsigned long int gl_uint64_t;
+#   define uint64_t gl_uint64_t
+#   define GL_UINT64_T
+#  elif defined _MSC_VER
+#   undef uint64_t
+typedef unsigned __int64 gl_uint64_t;
+#   define uint64_t gl_uint64_t
+#   define GL_UINT64_T
+#  else
+#   undef uint64_t
+typedef unsigned long long int gl_uint64_t;
+#   define uint64_t gl_uint64_t
+#   define GL_UINT64_T
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Avoid collision with Solaris 2.5.1 <pthread.h> etc.  */
+# define _UINT8_T
+# define _UINT32_T
+# define _UINT64_T
+
+
+/* 7.18.1.2. Minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types
+   are the same as the corresponding N_t types.  */
+
+# undef int_least8_t
+# undef uint_least8_t
+# undef int_least16_t
+# undef uint_least16_t
+# undef int_least32_t
+# undef uint_least32_t
+# undef int_least64_t
+# undef uint_least64_t
+# define int_least8_t int8_t
+# define uint_least8_t uint8_t
+# define int_least16_t int16_t
+# define uint_least16_t uint16_t
+# define int_least32_t int32_t
+# define uint_least32_t uint32_t
+# ifdef GL_INT64_T
+#  define int_least64_t int64_t
+# endif
+# ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+#  define uint_least64_t uint64_t
+# endif
+
+/* 7.18.1.3. Fastest minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Note: Other <stdint.h> substitutes may define these types differently.
+   It is not recommended to use these types in public header files. */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types
+   are taken from the same list of types.  The following code normally
+   uses types consistent with glibc, as that lessens the chance of
+   incompatibility with older GNU hosts.  */
+
+# undef int_fast8_t
+# undef uint_fast8_t
+# undef int_fast16_t
+# undef uint_fast16_t
+# undef int_fast32_t
+# undef uint_fast32_t
+# undef int_fast64_t
+# undef uint_fast64_t
+typedef signed char gl_int_fast8_t;
+typedef unsigned char gl_uint_fast8_t;
+
+# ifdef __sun
+/* Define types compatible with SunOS 5.10, so that code compiled under
+   earlier SunOS versions works with code compiled under SunOS 5.10.  */
+typedef int gl_int_fast32_t;
+typedef unsigned int gl_uint_fast32_t;
+# else
+typedef long int gl_int_fast32_t;
+typedef unsigned long int gl_uint_fast32_t;
+# endif
+typedef gl_int_fast32_t gl_int_fast16_t;
+typedef gl_uint_fast32_t gl_uint_fast16_t;
+
+# define int_fast8_t gl_int_fast8_t
+# define uint_fast8_t gl_uint_fast8_t
+# define int_fast16_t gl_int_fast16_t
+# define uint_fast16_t gl_uint_fast16_t
+# define int_fast32_t gl_int_fast32_t
+# define uint_fast32_t gl_uint_fast32_t
+# ifdef GL_INT64_T
+#  define int_fast64_t int64_t
+# endif
+# ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+#  define uint_fast64_t uint64_t
+# endif
+
+/* 7.18.1.4. Integer types capable of holding object pointers */
+
+/* kLIBC's <stdint.h> defines _INTPTR_T_DECLARED and needs its own
+   definitions of intptr_t and uintptr_t (which use int and unsigned)
+   to avoid clashes with declarations of system functions like sbrk.
+   Similarly, MinGW WSL-5.4.1 <stdint.h> needs its own intptr_t and
+   uintptr_t to avoid conflicting declarations of system functions like
+   _findclose in <io.h>.  */
+# if !((defined __KLIBC__ && defined _INTPTR_T_DECLARED) \
+       || defined __MINGW32__)
+#  undef intptr_t
+#  undef uintptr_t
+#  ifdef _WIN64
+typedef long long int gl_intptr_t;
+typedef unsigned long long int gl_uintptr_t;
+#  else
+typedef long int gl_intptr_t;
+typedef unsigned long int gl_uintptr_t;
+#  endif
+#  define intptr_t gl_intptr_t
+#  define uintptr_t gl_uintptr_t
+# endif
+
+/* 7.18.1.5. Greatest-width integer types */
+
+/* Note: These types are compiler dependent. It may be unwise to use them in
+   public header files. */
+
+/* If the system defines INTMAX_MAX, assume that intmax_t works, and
+   similarly for UINTMAX_MAX and uintmax_t.  This avoids problems with
+   assuming one type where another is used by the system.  */
+
+# ifndef INTMAX_MAX
+#  undef INTMAX_C
+#  undef intmax_t
+#  if LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+typedef long long int gl_intmax_t;
+#   define intmax_t gl_intmax_t
+#  elif defined GL_INT64_T
+#   define intmax_t int64_t
+#  else
+typedef long int gl_intmax_t;
+#   define intmax_t gl_intmax_t
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef UINTMAX_MAX
+#  undef UINTMAX_C
+#  undef uintmax_t
+#  if ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+typedef unsigned long long int gl_uintmax_t;
+#   define uintmax_t gl_uintmax_t
+#  elif defined GL_UINT64_T
+#   define uintmax_t uint64_t
+#  else
+typedef unsigned long int gl_uintmax_t;
+#   define uintmax_t gl_uintmax_t
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Verify that intmax_t and uintmax_t have the same size.  Too much code
+   breaks if this is not the case.  If this check fails, the reason is likely
+   to be found in the autoconf macros.  */
+typedef int _verify_intmax_size[sizeof (intmax_t) == sizeof (uintmax_t)
+                                ? 1 : -1];
+
+# define GNULIB_defined_stdint_types 1
+# endif /* !GNULIB_defined_stdint_types */
+
+/* 7.18.2. Limits of specified-width integer types */
+
+/* 7.18.2.1. Limits of exact-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits.  */
+
+# undef INT8_MIN
+# undef INT8_MAX
+# undef UINT8_MAX
+# define INT8_MIN  (~ INT8_MAX)
+# define INT8_MAX  127
+# define UINT8_MAX  255
+
+# undef INT16_MIN
+# undef INT16_MAX
+# undef UINT16_MAX
+# define INT16_MIN  (~ INT16_MAX)
+# define INT16_MAX  32767
+# define UINT16_MAX  65535
+
+# undef INT32_MIN
+# undef INT32_MAX
+# undef UINT32_MAX
+# define INT32_MIN  (~ INT32_MAX)
+# define INT32_MAX  2147483647
+# define UINT32_MAX  4294967295U
+
+# if defined GL_INT64_T && ! defined INT64_MAX
+/* Prefer (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63) over (~ INT64_MAX) because SunPRO C 5.0
+   evaluates the latter incorrectly in preprocessor expressions.  */
+#  define INT64_MIN  (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63)
+#  define INT64_MAX  INTMAX_C (9223372036854775807)
+# endif
+
+# if defined GL_UINT64_T && ! defined UINT64_MAX
+#  define UINT64_MAX  UINTMAX_C (18446744073709551615)
+# endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.2. Limits of minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types
+   are the same as the corresponding N_t types.  */
+
+# undef INT_LEAST8_MIN
+# undef INT_LEAST8_MAX
+# undef UINT_LEAST8_MAX
+# define INT_LEAST8_MIN  INT8_MIN
+# define INT_LEAST8_MAX  INT8_MAX
+# define UINT_LEAST8_MAX  UINT8_MAX
+
+# undef INT_LEAST16_MIN
+# undef INT_LEAST16_MAX
+# undef UINT_LEAST16_MAX
+# define INT_LEAST16_MIN  INT16_MIN
+# define INT_LEAST16_MAX  INT16_MAX
+# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX  UINT16_MAX
+
+# undef INT_LEAST32_MIN
+# undef INT_LEAST32_MAX
+# undef UINT_LEAST32_MAX
+# define INT_LEAST32_MIN  INT32_MIN
+# define INT_LEAST32_MAX  INT32_MAX
+# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX  UINT32_MAX
+
+# undef INT_LEAST64_MIN
+# undef INT_LEAST64_MAX
+# ifdef GL_INT64_T
+#  define INT_LEAST64_MIN  INT64_MIN
+#  define INT_LEAST64_MAX  INT64_MAX
+# endif
+
+# undef UINT_LEAST64_MAX
+# ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+#  define UINT_LEAST64_MAX  UINT64_MAX
+# endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.3. Limits of fastest minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types
+   are taken from the same list of types.  */
+
+# undef INT_FAST8_MIN
+# undef INT_FAST8_MAX
+# undef UINT_FAST8_MAX
+# define INT_FAST8_MIN  SCHAR_MIN
+# define INT_FAST8_MAX  SCHAR_MAX
+# define UINT_FAST8_MAX  UCHAR_MAX
+
+# undef INT_FAST16_MIN
+# undef INT_FAST16_MAX
+# undef UINT_FAST16_MAX
+# define INT_FAST16_MIN  INT_FAST32_MIN
+# define INT_FAST16_MAX  INT_FAST32_MAX
+# define UINT_FAST16_MAX  UINT_FAST32_MAX
+
+# undef INT_FAST32_MIN
+# undef INT_FAST32_MAX
+# undef UINT_FAST32_MAX
+# ifdef __sun
+#  define INT_FAST32_MIN  INT_MIN
+#  define INT_FAST32_MAX  INT_MAX
+#  define UINT_FAST32_MAX  UINT_MAX
+# else
+#  define INT_FAST32_MIN  LONG_MIN
+#  define INT_FAST32_MAX  LONG_MAX
+#  define UINT_FAST32_MAX  ULONG_MAX
+# endif
+
+# undef INT_FAST64_MIN
+# undef INT_FAST64_MAX
+# ifdef GL_INT64_T
+#  define INT_FAST64_MIN  INT64_MIN
+#  define INT_FAST64_MAX  INT64_MAX
+# endif
+
+# undef UINT_FAST64_MAX
+# ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+#  define UINT_FAST64_MAX  UINT64_MAX
+# endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.4. Limits of integer types capable of holding object pointers */
+
+# undef INTPTR_MIN
+# undef INTPTR_MAX
+# undef UINTPTR_MAX
+# ifdef _WIN64
+#  define INTPTR_MIN  LLONG_MIN
+#  define INTPTR_MAX  LLONG_MAX
+#  define UINTPTR_MAX  ULLONG_MAX
+# else
+#  define INTPTR_MIN  LONG_MIN
+#  define INTPTR_MAX  LONG_MAX
+#  define UINTPTR_MAX  ULONG_MAX
+# endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.5. Limits of greatest-width integer types */
+
+# ifndef INTMAX_MAX
+#  undef INTMAX_MIN
+#  ifdef INT64_MAX
+#   define INTMAX_MIN  INT64_MIN
+#   define INTMAX_MAX  INT64_MAX
+#  else
+#   define INTMAX_MIN  INT32_MIN
+#   define INTMAX_MAX  INT32_MAX
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef UINTMAX_MAX
+#  ifdef UINT64_MAX
+#   define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT64_MAX
+#  else
+#   define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT32_MAX
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* 7.18.3. Limits of other integer types */
+
+/* ptrdiff_t limits */
+# undef PTRDIFF_MIN
+# undef PTRDIFF_MAX
+# if @APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@
+#  ifdef _LP64
+#   define PTRDIFF_MIN  _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (64, 0l)
+#   define PTRDIFF_MAX  _STDINT_MAX (1, 64, 0l)
+#  else
+#   define PTRDIFF_MIN  _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (32, 0)
+#   define PTRDIFF_MAX  _STDINT_MAX (1, 32, 0)
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define PTRDIFF_MIN  \
+    _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@)
+#  define PTRDIFF_MAX  \
+    _STDINT_MAX (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@)
+# endif
+
+/* sig_atomic_t limits */
+# undef SIG_ATOMIC_MIN
+# undef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
+# if @HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
+#  define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN  \
+    _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
+# else
+#  define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN  \
+    _STDINT_UNSIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
+# endif
+# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX  \
+   _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \
+                0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+
+/* size_t limit */
+# undef SIZE_MAX
+# if @APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@
+#  ifdef _LP64
+#   define SIZE_MAX  _STDINT_MAX (0, 64, 0ul)
+#  else
+#   define SIZE_MAX  _STDINT_MAX (0, 32, 0ul)
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define SIZE_MAX  _STDINT_MAX (0, @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@, 0@SIZE_T_SUFFIX@)
+# endif
+
+/* wchar_t limits */
+/* Get WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX.
+   This include is not on the top, above, because on OSF/1 4.0 we have a
+   sequence of nested includes
+   <wchar.h> -> <stdio.h> -> <getopt.h> -> <stdlib.h>, and the latter includes
+   <stdint.h> and assumes its types are already defined.  */
+# if @HAVE_WCHAR_H@ && ! (defined WCHAR_MIN && defined WCHAR_MAX)
+#  define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_WCHAR_H
+#  include <wchar.h>
+#  undef _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_WCHAR_H
+# endif
+# undef WCHAR_MIN
+# undef WCHAR_MAX
+# if @HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@
+#  define WCHAR_MIN  \
+    _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@)
+# else
+#  define WCHAR_MIN  \
+    _STDINT_UNSIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@)
+# endif
+# define WCHAR_MAX  \
+   _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+/* wint_t limits */
+/* If gnulib's <wchar.h> or <wctype.h> overrides wint_t, @WINT_T_SUFFIX@ is not
+   accurate, therefore use the definitions from above.  */
+# if !@GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T@
+#  undef WINT_MIN
+#  undef WINT_MAX
+#  if @HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@
+#   define WINT_MIN  \
+     _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@)
+#  else
+#   define WINT_MIN  \
+     _STDINT_UNSIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@)
+#  endif
+#  define WINT_MAX  \
+    _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@)
+# endif
+
+/* 7.18.4. Macros for integer constants */
+
+/* 7.18.4.1. Macros for minimum-width integer constants */
+/* According to ISO C 99 Technical Corrigendum 1 */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+   types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits, and int is 32 bits.  */
+
+# undef INT8_C
+# undef UINT8_C
+# define INT8_C(x) x
+# define UINT8_C(x) x
+
+# undef INT16_C
+# undef UINT16_C
+# define INT16_C(x) x
+# define UINT16_C(x) x
+
+# undef INT32_C
+# undef UINT32_C
+# define INT32_C(x) x
+# define UINT32_C(x) x ## U
+
+# undef INT64_C
+# undef UINT64_C
+# if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1
+#  define INT64_C(x) x##L
+# elif defined _MSC_VER
+#  define INT64_C(x) x##i64
+# else
+#  define INT64_C(x) x##LL
+# endif
+# if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
+#  define UINT64_C(x) x##UL
+# elif defined _MSC_VER
+#  define UINT64_C(x) x##ui64
+# else
+#  define UINT64_C(x) x##ULL
+# endif
+
+/* 7.18.4.2. Macros for greatest-width integer constants */
+
+# ifndef INTMAX_C
+#  if LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+#   define INTMAX_C(x)   x##LL
+#  elif defined GL_INT64_T
+#   define INTMAX_C(x)   INT64_C(x)
+#  else
+#   define INTMAX_C(x)   x##L
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef UINTMAX_C
+#  if ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+#   define UINTMAX_C(x)  x##ULL
+#  elif defined GL_UINT64_T
+#   define UINTMAX_C(x)  UINT64_C(x)
+#  else
+#   define UINTMAX_C(x)  x##UL
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !@HAVE_C99_STDINT_H@ */
+
+/* Macros specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014.  */
+
+#if (!defined UINTMAX_WIDTH \
+     && (defined _GNU_SOURCE || defined __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__))
+# ifdef INT8_MAX
+#  define INT8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT8_MIN, INT8_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifdef UINT8_MAX
+#  define UINT8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT8_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifdef INT16_MAX
+#  define INT16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT16_MIN, INT16_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifdef UINT16_MAX
+#  define UINT16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT16_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifdef INT32_MAX
+#  define INT32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT32_MIN, INT32_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifdef UINT32_MAX
+#  define UINT32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT32_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifdef INT64_MAX
+#  define INT64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT64_MIN, INT64_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifdef UINT64_MAX
+#  define UINT64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT64_MAX)
+# endif
+# define INT_LEAST8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_LEAST8_MIN, INT_LEAST8_MAX)
+# define UINT_LEAST8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_LEAST8_MAX)
+# define INT_LEAST16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_LEAST16_MIN, INT_LEAST16_MAX)
+# define UINT_LEAST16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_LEAST16_MAX)
+# define INT_LEAST32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_LEAST32_MIN, INT_LEAST32_MAX)
+# define UINT_LEAST32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_LEAST32_MAX)
+# define INT_LEAST64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_LEAST64_MIN, INT_LEAST64_MAX)
+# define UINT_LEAST64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_LEAST64_MAX)
+# define INT_FAST8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_FAST8_MIN, INT_FAST8_MAX)
+# define UINT_FAST8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_FAST8_MAX)
+# define INT_FAST16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_FAST16_MIN, INT_FAST16_MAX)
+# define UINT_FAST16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_FAST16_MAX)
+# define INT_FAST32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_FAST32_MIN, INT_FAST32_MAX)
+# define UINT_FAST32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_FAST32_MAX)
+# define INT_FAST64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_FAST64_MIN, INT_FAST64_MAX)
+# define UINT_FAST64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_FAST64_MAX)
+# define INTPTR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INTPTR_MIN, INTPTR_MAX)
+# define UINTPTR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINTPTR_MAX)
+# define INTMAX_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INTMAX_MIN, INTMAX_MAX)
+# define UINTMAX_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINTMAX_MAX)
+# define PTRDIFF_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (PTRDIFF_MIN, PTRDIFF_MAX)
+# define SIZE_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, SIZE_MAX)
+# define WCHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX)
+# ifdef WINT_MAX
+#  define WINT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (WINT_MIN, WINT_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifdef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
+#  define SIG_ATOMIC_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (SIG_ATOMIC_MIN, SIG_ATOMIC_MAX)
+# endif
+#endif /* !WINT_WIDTH && (_GNU_SOURCE || __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__) */
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H */
+#endif /* !(defined __ANDROID__ && ...) */
+#endif /* !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H && !defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H */
diff --git a/lib/stdio--.h b/lib/stdio--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d4e9d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdio--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Like stdio.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "stdio-safer.h"
+
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_SAFER
+# undef fopen
+# define fopen fopen_safer
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
+# undef freopen
+# define freopen freopen_safer
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_TMPFILE_SAFER
+# undef tmpfile
+# define tmpfile tmpfile_safer
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_POPEN_SAFER
+# undef popen
+# define popen popen_safer
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stdio-impl.h b/lib/stdio-impl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed32e69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdio-impl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/* Implementation details of FILE streams.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2008, 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Many stdio implementations have the same logic and therefore can share
+   the same implementation of stdio extension API, except that some fields
+   have different naming conventions, or their access requires some casts.  */
+
+/* Glibc 2.28 made _IO_UNBUFFERED and _IO_IN_BACKUP private.  For now, work
+   around this problem by defining them ourselves.  FIXME: Do not rely on glibc
+   internals.  */
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN
+# if !defined _IO_UNBUFFERED
+#  define _IO_UNBUFFERED 0x2
+# endif
+# if !defined _IO_IN_BACKUP
+#  define _IO_IN_BACKUP 0x100
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* BSD stdio derived implementations.  */
+
+#if defined __NetBSD__                         /* NetBSD */
+/* Get __NetBSD_Version__.  */
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>                             /* For detecting Plan9.  */
+
+#if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ || defined __ANDROID__
+  /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin, Minix 3, Android */
+
+# if defined __DragonFly__          /* DragonFly */
+  /* See <https://gitweb.dragonflybsd.org/dragonfly.git/blob_plain/HEAD:/lib/libc/stdio/priv_stdio.h>.  */
+#  define fp_ ((struct { struct __FILE_public pub; \
+                         struct { unsigned char *_base; int _size; } _bf; \
+                         void *cookie; \
+                         void *_close; \
+                         void *_read; \
+                         void *_seek; \
+                         void *_write; \
+                         struct { unsigned char *_base; int _size; } _ub; \
+                         int _ur; \
+                         unsigned char _ubuf[3]; \
+                         unsigned char _nbuf[1]; \
+                         struct { unsigned char *_base; int _size; } _lb; \
+                         int _blksize; \
+                         fpos_t _offset; \
+                         /* More fields, not relevant here.  */ \
+                       } *) fp)
+  /* See <https://gitweb.dragonflybsd.org/dragonfly.git/blob_plain/HEAD:/include/stdio.h>.  */
+#  define _p pub._p
+#  define _flags pub._flags
+#  define _r pub._r
+#  define _w pub._w
+# elif defined __ANDROID__ /* Android */
+#  ifdef __LP64__
+#   define _gl_flags_file_t int
+#  else
+#   define _gl_flags_file_t short
+#  endif
+  /* Up to this commit from 2015-10-12
+     <https://android.googlesource.com/platform/bionic.git/+/f0141dfab10a4b332769d52fa76631a64741297a>
+     the innards of FILE were public, and fp_ub could be defined like for OpenBSD,
+     see <https://android.googlesource.com/platform/bionic.git/+/e78392637d5086384a5631ddfdfa8d7ec8326ee3/libc/stdio/fileext.h>
+     and <https://android.googlesource.com/platform/bionic.git/+/e78392637d5086384a5631ddfdfa8d7ec8326ee3/libc/stdio/local.h>.
+     After this commit, the innards of FILE are hidden.  */
+#  define fp_ ((struct { unsigned char *_p; \
+                         int _r; \
+                         int _w; \
+                         _gl_flags_file_t _flags; \
+                         _gl_flags_file_t _file; \
+                         struct { unsigned char *_base; size_t _size; } _bf; \
+                         int _lbfsize; \
+                         void *_cookie; \
+                         void *_close; \
+                         void *_read; \
+                         void *_seek; \
+                         void *_write; \
+                         struct { unsigned char *_base; size_t _size; } _ext; \
+                         unsigned char *_up; \
+                         int _ur; \
+                         unsigned char _ubuf[3]; \
+                         unsigned char _nbuf[1]; \
+                         struct { unsigned char *_base; size_t _size; } _lb; \
+                         int _blksize; \
+                         fpos_t _offset; \
+                         /* More fields, not relevant here.  */ \
+                       } *) fp)
+# else
+#  define fp_ fp
+# endif
+
+# if (defined __NetBSD__ && __NetBSD_Version__ >= 105270000) || defined __OpenBSD__ || defined __minix /* NetBSD >= 1.5ZA, OpenBSD, Minix 3 */
+  /* See <http://cvsweb.netbsd.org/bsdweb.cgi/src/lib/libc/stdio/fileext.h?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup>
+     and <https://cvsweb.openbsd.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb/src/lib/libc/stdio/fileext.h?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup>
+     and <https://github.com/Stichting-MINIX-Research-Foundation/minix/blob/master/lib/libc/stdio/fileext.h> */
+  struct __sfileext
+    {
+      struct  __sbuf _ub; /* ungetc buffer */
+      /* More fields, not relevant here.  */
+    };
+#  define fp_ub ((struct __sfileext *) fp->_ext._base)->_ub
+# elif defined __ANDROID__                     /* Android */
+  struct __sfileext
+    {
+      struct { unsigned char *_base; size_t _size; } _ub; /* ungetc buffer */
+      /* More fields, not relevant here.  */
+    };
+#  define fp_ub ((struct __sfileext *) fp_->_ext._base)->_ub
+# else                                         /* FreeBSD, NetBSD <= 1.5Z, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+#  define fp_ub fp_->_ub
+# endif
+
+# define HASUB(fp) (fp_ub._base != NULL)
+
+# if defined __ANDROID__ /* Android */
+  /* Needed after this commit from 2016-01-25
+     <https://android.googlesource.com/platform/bionic.git/+/e70e0e9267d069bf56a5078c99307e08a7280de7> */
+#  ifndef __SEOF
+#   define __SLBF 1
+#   define __SNBF 2
+#   define __SRD 4
+#   define __SWR 8
+#   define __SRW 0x10
+#   define __SEOF 0x20
+#   define __SERR 0x40
+#  endif
+#  ifndef __SOFF
+#   define __SOFF 0x1000
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* SystemV derived implementations.  */
+
+#ifdef __TANDEM                     /* NonStop Kernel */
+# ifndef _IOERR
+/* These values were determined by the program 'stdioext-flags' at
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2010-12/msg00165.html>.  */
+#  define _IOERR   0x40
+#  define _IOREAD  0x80
+#  define _IOWRT    0x4
+#  define _IORW   0x100
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _IOERR
+
+# if defined __sun && defined _LP64 /* Solaris/{SPARC,AMD64} 64-bit */
+#  define fp_ ((struct { unsigned char *_ptr; \
+                         unsigned char *_base; \
+                         unsigned char *_end; \
+                         long _cnt; \
+                         int _file; \
+                         unsigned int _flag; \
+                       } *) fp)
+# elif defined __VMS                /* OpenVMS */
+#  define fp_ ((struct _iobuf *) fp)
+# else
+#  define fp_ fp
+# endif
+
+# if defined _SCO_DS || (defined __SCO_VERSION__ || defined __sysv5__)  /* OpenServer 5, OpenServer 6, UnixWare 7 */
+#  define _cnt __cnt
+#  define _ptr __ptr
+#  define _base __base
+#  define _flag __flag
+# endif
+
+#elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__  /* newer Windows with MSVC */
+
+/* <stdio.h> does not define the innards of FILE any more.  */
+# define WINDOWS_OPAQUE_FILE
+
+struct _gl_real_FILE
+{
+  /* Note: Compared to older Windows and to mingw, it has the fields
+     _base and _cnt swapped. */
+  unsigned char *_ptr;
+  unsigned char *_base;
+  int _cnt;
+  int _flag;
+  int _file;
+  int _charbuf;
+  int _bufsiz;
+};
+# define fp_ ((struct _gl_real_FILE *) fp)
+
+/* These values were determined by a program similar to the one at
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2010-12/msg00165.html>.  */
+# define _IOREAD   0x1
+# define _IOWRT    0x2
+# define _IORW     0x4
+# define _IOEOF    0x8
+# define _IOERR   0x10
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stdio-read.c b/lib/stdio-read.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85efa0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdio-read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* POSIX compatible FILE stream read function.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Replace these functions only if module 'nonblocking' is requested.  */
+#if GNULIB_NONBLOCKING
+
+/* On native Windows platforms, when read() is called on a non-blocking pipe
+   with an empty buffer, ReadFile() fails with error GetLastError() =
+   ERROR_NO_DATA, and read() in consequence fails with error EINVAL.  This
+   read() function is at the basis of the function which fills the buffer of
+   a FILE stream.  */
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  include <errno.h>
+#  include <io.h>
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+#  if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#   include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+#  else
+#   include <io.h>
+#  endif
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#  undef GetNamedPipeHandleState
+#  define GetNamedPipeHandleState GetNamedPipeHandleStateA
+
+#  define CALL_WITH_ERRNO_FIX(RETTYPE, EXPRESSION, FAILED) \
+  if (ferror (stream))                                                        \
+    return (EXPRESSION);                                                      \
+  else                                                                        \
+    {                                                                         \
+      RETTYPE ret;                                                            \
+      SetLastError (0);                                                       \
+      ret = (EXPRESSION);                                                     \
+      if (FAILED)                                                             \
+        {                                                                     \
+          if (GetLastError () == ERROR_NO_DATA && ferror (stream))            \
+            {                                                                 \
+              int fd = fileno (stream);                                       \
+              if (fd >= 0)                                                    \
+                {                                                             \
+                  HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);                    \
+                  if (GetFileType (h) == FILE_TYPE_PIPE)                      \
+                    {                                                         \
+                      /* h is a pipe or socket.  */                           \
+                      DWORD state;                                            \
+                      if (GetNamedPipeHandleState (h, &state, NULL, NULL,     \
+                                                   NULL, NULL, 0)             \
+                          && (state & PIPE_NOWAIT) != 0)                      \
+                        /* h is a pipe in non-blocking mode.                  \
+                           Change errno from EINVAL to EAGAIN.  */            \
+                        errno = EAGAIN;                                       \
+                    }                                                         \
+                }                                                             \
+            }                                                                 \
+        }                                                                     \
+      return ret;                                                             \
+    }
+
+/* Enable this function definition only if gnulib's <stdio.h> has prepared it.
+   Otherwise we get a function definition conflict with mingw64's <stdio.h>.  */
+#  if GNULIB_SCANF
+int
+scanf (const char *format, ...)
+{
+  int retval;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = vfscanf (stdin, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#  endif
+
+/* Enable this function definition only if gnulib's <stdio.h> has prepared it.
+   Otherwise we get a function definition conflict with mingw64's <stdio.h>.  */
+#  if GNULIB_FSCANF
+int
+fscanf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  int retval;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = vfscanf (stream, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#  endif
+
+/* Enable this function definition only if gnulib's <stdio.h> has prepared it.
+   Otherwise we get a function definition conflict with mingw64's <stdio.h>.  */
+#  if GNULIB_VSCANF
+int
+vscanf (const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  return vfscanf (stdin, format, args);
+}
+#  endif
+
+/* Enable this function definition only if gnulib's <stdio.h> has prepared it.
+   Otherwise we get a function definition conflict with mingw64's <stdio.h>.  */
+#  if GNULIB_VFSCANF
+int
+vfscanf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
+#undef vfscanf
+{
+  CALL_WITH_ERRNO_FIX (int, vfscanf (stream, format, args), ret == EOF)
+}
+#  endif
+
+int
+getchar (void)
+{
+  return fgetc (stdin);
+}
+
+int
+fgetc (FILE *stream)
+#undef fgetc
+{
+  CALL_WITH_ERRNO_FIX (int, fgetc (stream), ret == EOF)
+}
+
+char *
+fgets (char *s, int n, FILE *stream)
+#undef fgets
+{
+  CALL_WITH_ERRNO_FIX (char *, fgets (s, n, stream), ret == NULL)
+}
+
+/* We intentionally don't bother to fix gets.  */
+
+size_t
+fread (void *ptr, size_t s, size_t n, FILE *stream)
+#undef fread
+{
+  CALL_WITH_ERRNO_FIX (size_t, fread (ptr, s, n, stream), ret < n)
+}
+
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stdio-safer.h b/lib/stdio-safer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..204732f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdio-safer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Invoke stdio functions, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_SAFER
+FILE *fopen_safer (char const *, char const *)
+  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
+FILE *freopen_safer (char const *, char const *, FILE *)
+  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_POPEN_SAFER
+FILE *popen_safer (char const *, char const *)
+  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (pclose, 1);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_TMPFILE_SAFER
+FILE *tmpfile_safer (void)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stdio-write.c b/lib/stdio-write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82facf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdio-write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/* POSIX compatible FILE stream write function.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Replace these functions only if module 'nonblocking' or module 'sigpipe' is
+   requested.  */
+#if GNULIB_NONBLOCKING || GNULIB_SIGPIPE
+
+/* On native Windows platforms, SIGPIPE does not exist.  When write() is
+   called on a pipe with no readers, WriteFile() fails with error
+   GetLastError() = ERROR_NO_DATA, and write() in consequence fails with
+   error EINVAL.  This write() function is at the basis of the function
+   which flushes the buffer of a FILE stream.  */
+
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  include <errno.h>
+#  include <signal.h>
+#  include <io.h>
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+#  if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#   include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+#  else
+#   include <io.h>
+#  endif
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#  undef GetNamedPipeHandleState
+#  define GetNamedPipeHandleState GetNamedPipeHandleStateA
+
+#  if GNULIB_NONBLOCKING
+#   define CLEAR_ERRNO \
+      errno = 0;
+#   define HANDLE_ENOSPC \
+          if (errno == ENOSPC && ferror (stream))                             \
+            {                                                                 \
+              int fd = fileno (stream);                                       \
+              if (fd >= 0)                                                    \
+                {                                                             \
+                  HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);                    \
+                  if (GetFileType (h) == FILE_TYPE_PIPE)                      \
+                    {                                                         \
+                      /* h is a pipe or socket.  */                           \
+                      DWORD state;                                            \
+                      if (GetNamedPipeHandleState (h, &state, NULL, NULL,     \
+                                                   NULL, NULL, 0)             \
+                          && (state & PIPE_NOWAIT) != 0)                      \
+                        /* h is a pipe in non-blocking mode.                  \
+                           Change errno from ENOSPC to EAGAIN.  */            \
+                        errno = EAGAIN;                                       \
+                    }                                                         \
+                }                                                             \
+            }                                                                 \
+          else
+#  else
+#   define CLEAR_ERRNO
+#   define HANDLE_ENOSPC
+#  endif
+
+#  if GNULIB_SIGPIPE
+#   define CLEAR_LastError \
+      SetLastError (0);
+#   define HANDLE_ERROR_NO_DATA \
+          if (GetLastError () == ERROR_NO_DATA && ferror (stream))            \
+            {                                                                 \
+              int fd = fileno (stream);                                       \
+              if (fd >= 0                                                     \
+                  && GetFileType ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd))               \
+                     == FILE_TYPE_PIPE)                                       \
+                {                                                             \
+                  /* Try to raise signal SIGPIPE.  */                         \
+                  raise (SIGPIPE);                                            \
+                  /* If it is currently blocked or ignored, change errno from \
+                     EINVAL to EPIPE.  */                                     \
+                  errno = EPIPE;                                              \
+                }                                                             \
+            }                                                                 \
+          else
+#  else
+#   define CLEAR_LastError
+#   define HANDLE_ERROR_NO_DATA
+#  endif
+
+#  define CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION(RETTYPE, EXPRESSION, FAILED) \
+  if (ferror (stream))                                                        \
+    return (EXPRESSION);                                                      \
+  else                                                                        \
+    {                                                                         \
+      RETTYPE ret;                                                            \
+      CLEAR_ERRNO                                                             \
+      CLEAR_LastError                                                         \
+      ret = (EXPRESSION);                                                     \
+      if (FAILED)                                                             \
+        {                                                                     \
+          HANDLE_ENOSPC                                                       \
+          HANDLE_ERROR_NO_DATA                                                \
+          ;                                                                   \
+        }                                                                     \
+      return ret;                                                             \
+    }
+
+#  if !REPLACE_PRINTF_POSIX /* avoid collision with printf.c */
+int
+printf (const char *format, ...)
+{
+  int retval;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#  endif
+
+#  if !REPLACE_FPRINTF_POSIX /* avoid collision with fprintf.c */
+int
+fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  int retval;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = vfprintf (stream, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#  endif
+
+#  if !REPLACE_VPRINTF_POSIX /* avoid collision with vprintf.c */
+int
+vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  return vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
+}
+#  endif
+
+#  if !REPLACE_VFPRINTF_POSIX /* avoid collision with vfprintf.c */
+int
+vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
+#undef vfprintf
+{
+  CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION (int, vfprintf (stream, format, args), ret == EOF)
+}
+#  endif
+
+int
+putchar (int c)
+{
+  return fputc (c, stdout);
+}
+
+int
+fputc (int c, FILE *stream)
+#undef fputc
+{
+  CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION (int, fputc (c, stream), ret == EOF)
+}
+
+int
+fputs (const char *string, FILE *stream)
+#undef fputs
+{
+  CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION (int, fputs (string, stream), ret == EOF)
+}
+
+int
+puts (const char *string)
+#undef puts
+{
+  FILE *stream = stdout;
+  CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION (int, puts (string), ret == EOF)
+}
+
+size_t
+fwrite (const void *ptr, size_t s, size_t n, FILE *stream)
+#undef fwrite
+{
+  CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION (size_t, fwrite (ptr, s, n, stream), ret < n)
+}
+
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stdio.in.h b/lib/stdio.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b36dac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdio.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1711 @@
+/* A GNU-like <stdio.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined __need_FILE || defined __need___FILE || defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - Inside glibc header files.
+   - On OSF/1 5.1 we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <stdio.h> -> <getopt.h> -> <ctype.h> -> <sys/localedef.h> ->
+     <sys/lc_core.h> -> <nl_types.h> -> <mesg.h> -> <stdio.h>.
+     In this situation, the functions are not yet declared, therefore we cannot
+     provide the C++ aliases.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDIO_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDIO_H
+
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDIO_H@
+
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDIO_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDIO_H
+
+/* Get va_list.  Needed on many systems, including glibc 2.8.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get off_t and ssize_t.  Needed on many systems, including glibc 2.8
+   and eglibc 2.11.2.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Solaris 10 and NetBSD 7.0 declare renameat in <unistd.h>, not in <stdio.h>.  */
+/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_RENAMEAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && (defined __sun || defined __NetBSD__) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Android 4.3 declares renameat in <sys/stat.h>, not in <stdio.h>.  */
+/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_RENAMEAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && defined __ANDROID__ \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+/* MSVC declares 'perror' in <stdlib.h>, not in <stdio.h>.  We must include
+   it before we  #define perror rpl_perror.  */
+/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_PERROR@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+/* MSVC declares 'remove' in <io.h>, not in <stdio.h>.  We must include
+   it before we  #define remove rpl_remove.  */
+/* MSVC declares 'rename' in <io.h>, not in <stdio.h>.  We must include
+   it before we  #define rename rpl_rename.  */
+/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_REMOVE@ || @GNULIB_RENAME@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
+   that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
+   function F.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (f, i)))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
+   accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
+   We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
+   gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
+   the 'printf' function.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* An __attribute__ __format__ specifier for a function that takes a format
+   string and arguments, where the format string directives are the ones
+   standardized by ISO C99 and POSIX.
+   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD  */
+/* __gnu_printf__ is supported in GCC >= 4.4.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD __gnu_printf__
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD __printf__
+#endif
+
+/* An __attribute__ __format__ specifier for a function that takes a format
+   string and arguments, where the format string directives are the ones of the
+   system printf(), rather than the ones standardized by ISO C99 and POSIX.
+   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM  */
+/* On mingw, Gnulib sets __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO in order to get closer to
+   the standards.  The macro GNULIB_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE_FLAVOR_GNU indicates
+   whether this change is effective.  On older mingw, it is not.  */
+#if GNULIB_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE_FLAVOR_GNU
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM __printf__
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD
+   indicates to GCC that the function takes a format string and arguments,
+   where the format string directives are the ones standardized by ISO C99
+   and POSIX.  */
+#define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, formatstring_parameter, first_argument))
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM is like _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD,
+   except that it indicates to GCC that the supported format string directives
+   are the ones of the system printf(), rather than the ones standardized by
+   ISO C99 and POSIX.  */
+#define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM, formatstring_parameter, first_argument))
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF
+   indicates to GCC that the function takes a format string and arguments,
+   where the format string directives are the ones standardized by ISO C99
+   and POSIX.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \
+   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__gnu_scanf__, formatstring_parameter, first_argument))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \
+   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__scanf__, formatstring_parameter, first_argument))
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM is like _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF,
+   except that it indicates to GCC that the supported format string directives
+   are the ones of the system scanf(), rather than the ones standardized by
+   ISO C99 and POSIX.  */
+#define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__scanf__, formatstring_parameter, first_argument))
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Macros for stringification.  */
+#define _GL_STDIO_STRINGIZE(token) #token
+#define _GL_STDIO_MACROEXPAND_AND_STRINGIZE(token) _GL_STDIO_STRINGIZE(token)
+
+/* When also using extern inline, suppress the use of static inline in
+   standard headers of problematic Apple configurations, as Libc at
+   least through Libc-825.26 (2013-04-09) mishandles it; see, e.g.,
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html>.
+   Perhaps Apple will fix this some day.  */
+#if (defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE && defined __APPLE__ \
+     && defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC__)
+# undef putc_unlocked
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_DPRINTF@
+# if @REPLACE_DPRINTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define dprintf rpl_dprintf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dprintf, int, (int fd, const char *restrict format, ...)
+                                _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 3)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dprintf, int, (int fd, const char *restrict format, ...));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DPRINTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dprintf, int, (int fd, const char *restrict format, ...)
+                                _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 3)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dprintf, int, (int fd, const char *restrict format, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dprintf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dprintf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DPRINTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dprintf, "dprintf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dprintf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FCLOSE@
+/* Close STREAM and its underlying file descriptor.  */
+# if @REPLACE_FCLOSE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define fclose rpl_fclose
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fclose, int, (FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fclose, int, (FILE *stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fclose, int, (FILE *stream));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fclose);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fclose
+/* Assume fclose is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fclose, "fclose is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module fclose for portable POSIX compliance");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_FCLOSEALL@
+/* On native Windows, map 'fcloseall' to '_fcloseall', so that -loldnames is
+   not required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::fcloseall on all platforms that have
+   it.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fcloseall
+#   define fcloseall _fcloseall
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (fcloseall, int, (void));
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_DECL_FCLOSEALL@
+#   if defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __DragonFly__
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcloseall, void, (void));
+#   else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcloseall, int, (void));
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__) || @HAVE_DECL_FCLOSEALL@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcloseall);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FDOPEN@
+# if @REPLACE_FDOPEN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fdopen
+#   define fdopen rpl_fdopen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fdopen, FILE *,
+                  (int fd, const char *mode)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fdopen, FILE *, (int fd, const char *mode));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fdopen
+#   define fdopen _fdopen
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (fdopen, FILE *, (int fd, const char *mode));
+# else
+#  if __GNUC__ >= 11
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate fdopen with fclose or rpl_fclose.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopen, FILE *,
+                  (int fd, const char *mode)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdopen, FILE *, (int fd, const char *mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdopen);
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_FCLOSE@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined fdopen
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate fdopen with fclose or rpl_fclose.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopen, FILE *,
+                  (int fd, const char *mode)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1));
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef fdopen
+/* Assume fdopen is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdopen, "fdopen on native Windows platforms is not POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module fdopen for portability");
+# elif @GNULIB_MDA_FDOPEN@
+/* On native Windows, map 'fdopen' to '_fdopen', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::fdopen always.  */
+#  if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef fdopen
+#    define fdopen _fdopen
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (fdopen, FILE *, (int fd, const char *mode));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdopen, FILE *, (int fd, const char *mode));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdopen);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FFLUSH@
+/* Flush all pending data on STREAM according to POSIX rules.  Both
+   output and seekable input streams are supported.
+   Note! LOSS OF DATA can occur if fflush is applied on an input stream
+   that is _not_seekable_ or on an update stream that is _not_seekable_
+   and in which the most recent operation was input.  Seekability can
+   be tested with lseek(fileno(fp),0,SEEK_CUR).  */
+# if @REPLACE_FFLUSH@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define fflush rpl_fflush
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fflush, int, (FILE *gl_stream));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fflush, int, (FILE *gl_stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fflush, int, (FILE *gl_stream));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fflush);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fflush
+/* Assume fflush is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fflush, "fflush is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module fflush for portable POSIX compliance");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FGETC@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fgetc
+#   define fgetc rpl_fgetc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fgetc, int, (FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fgetc, int, (FILE *stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fgetc, int, (FILE *stream));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fgetc);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FGETS@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fgets
+#   define fgets rpl_fgets
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fgets, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, int n, FILE *restrict stream)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fgets, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, int n, FILE *restrict stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fgets, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, int n, FILE *restrict stream));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fgets);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_FILENO@
+/* On native Windows, map 'fileno' to '_fileno', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::fileno always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fileno
+#   define fileno _fileno
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (fileno, int, (FILE *restrict stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fileno, int, (FILE *restrict stream));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fileno);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FOPEN@
+# if (@GNULIB_FOPEN@ && @REPLACE_FOPEN@) \
+     || (@GNULIB_FOPEN_GNU@ && @REPLACE_FOPEN_FOR_FOPEN_GNU@)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fopen
+#   define fopen rpl_fopen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fopen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *restrict filename, const char *restrict mode)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fopen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *restrict filename, const char *restrict mode));
+# else
+#  if __GNUC__ >= 11
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate fopen with fclose or rpl_fclose.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fopen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *restrict filename, const char *restrict mode)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fopen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *restrict filename, const char *restrict mode));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fopen);
+# endif
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_FCLOSE@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined fopen
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate fopen with fclose or rpl_fclose.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fopen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *restrict filename, const char *restrict mode)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1));
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef fopen
+/* Assume fopen is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fopen, "fopen on native Windows platforms is not POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module fopen for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_FPRINTF@
+# if (@GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_FPRINTF@) \
+     || (@GNULIB_FPRINTF@ && @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@))
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define fprintf rpl_fprintf
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_overrides_fprintf 1
+#  if @GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fprintf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict fp, const char *restrict format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 3)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fprintf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict fp, const char *restrict format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM (2, 3)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fprintf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict fp, const char *restrict format, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fprintf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict fp, const char *restrict format, ...));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fprintf);
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !@GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@ && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if !GNULIB_overrides_fprintf
+#  undef fprintf
+# endif
+/* Assume fprintf is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fprintf, "fprintf is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module fprintf-posix for portable "
+                 "POSIX compliance");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FPURGE@
+/* Discard all pending buffered I/O data on STREAM.
+   STREAM must not be wide-character oriented.
+   When discarding pending output, the file position is set back to where it
+   was before the write calls.  When discarding pending input, the file
+   position is advanced to match the end of the previously read input.
+   Return 0 if successful.  Upon error, return -1 and set errno.  */
+# if @REPLACE_FPURGE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define fpurge rpl_fpurge
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fpurge, int, (FILE *gl_stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fpurge, int, (FILE *gl_stream));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_FPURGE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fpurge, int, (FILE *gl_stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fpurge, int, (FILE *gl_stream));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fpurge);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fpurge
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FPURGE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fpurge, "fpurge is not always present - "
+                 "use gnulib module fpurge for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FPUTC@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fputc
+#   define fputc rpl_fputc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fputc, int, (int c, FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fputc, int, (int c, FILE *stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fputc, int, (int c, FILE *stream));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fputc);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FPUTS@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fputs
+#   define fputs rpl_fputs
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fputs, int,
+                  (const char *restrict string, FILE *restrict stream)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fputs, int,
+                  (const char *restrict string, FILE *restrict stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fputs, int,
+                  (const char *restrict string, FILE *restrict stream));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fputs);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FREAD@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fread
+#   define fread rpl_fread
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fread, size_t,
+                  (void *restrict ptr, size_t s, size_t n,
+                   FILE *restrict stream)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fread, size_t,
+                  (void *restrict ptr, size_t s, size_t n,
+                   FILE *restrict stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fread, size_t,
+                  (void *restrict ptr, size_t s, size_t n,
+                   FILE *restrict stream));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fread);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FREOPEN@
+# if @REPLACE_FREOPEN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef freopen
+#   define freopen rpl_freopen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (freopen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *restrict filename, const char *restrict mode,
+                   FILE *restrict stream)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (freopen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *restrict filename, const char *restrict mode,
+                   FILE *restrict stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (freopen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *restrict filename, const char *restrict mode,
+                   FILE *restrict stream));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (freopen);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef freopen
+/* Assume freopen is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (freopen,
+                 "freopen on native Windows platforms is not POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module freopen for portability");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FSCANF@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fscanf
+#   define fscanf rpl_fscanf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fscanf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict stream, const char *restrict format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM (2, 3)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fscanf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict stream, const char *restrict format, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fscanf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict stream, const char *restrict format, ...));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fscanf);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set up the following warnings, based on which modules are in use.
+   GNU Coding Standards discourage the use of fseek, since it imposes
+   an arbitrary limitation on some 32-bit hosts.  Remember that the
+   fseek module depends on the fseeko module, so we only have three
+   cases to consider:
+
+   1. The developer is not using either module.  Issue a warning under
+   GNULIB_POSIXCHECK for both functions, to remind them that both
+   functions have bugs on some systems.  _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES has no
+   impact on this warning.
+
+   2. The developer is using both modules.  They may be unaware of the
+   arbitrary limitations of fseek, so issue a warning under
+   GNULIB_POSIXCHECK.  On the other hand, they may be using both
+   modules intentionally, so the developer can define
+   _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES in the compilation units where the use of fseek
+   is safe, to silence the warning.
+
+   3. The developer is using the fseeko module, but not fseek.  Gnulib
+   guarantees that fseek will still work around platform bugs in that
+   case, but we presume that the developer is aware of the pitfalls of
+   fseek and was trying to avoid it, so issue a warning even when
+   GNULIB_POSIXCHECK is undefined.  Again, _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES can be
+   defined to silence the warning in particular compilation units.
+   In C++ compilations with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, in order to avoid that
+   fseek gets defined as a macro, it is recommended that the developer
+   uses the fseek module, even if he is not calling the fseek function.
+
+   Most gnulib clients that perform stream operations should fall into
+   category 3.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_FSEEK@
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK && !defined _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES
+#  define _GL_FSEEK_WARN /* Category 2, above.  */
+#  undef fseek
+# endif
+# if @REPLACE_FSEEK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fseek
+#   define fseek rpl_fseek
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fseek, int, (FILE *fp, long offset, int whence)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fseek, int, (FILE *fp, long offset, int whence));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fseek, int, (FILE *fp, long offset, int whence));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fseek);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FSEEKO@
+# if !@GNULIB_FSEEK@ && !defined _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES
+#  define _GL_FSEEK_WARN /* Category 3, above.  */
+#  undef fseek
+# endif
+# if @REPLACE_FSEEKO@
+/* Provide an fseeko function that is aware of a preceding fflush(), and which
+   detects pipes.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fseeko
+#   define fseeko rpl_fseeko
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fseeko, int, (FILE *fp, off_t offset, int whence)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fseeko, int, (FILE *fp, off_t offset, int whence));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fseeko, int, (FILE *fp, off_t offset, int whence)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fseeko, int, (FILE *fp, off_t offset, int whence));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fseeko);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# define _GL_FSEEK_WARN /* Category 1, above.  */
+# undef fseek
+# undef fseeko
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSEEKO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fseeko, "fseeko is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fseeko for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _GL_FSEEK_WARN
+# undef _GL_FSEEK_WARN
+/* Here, either fseek is undefined (but C89 guarantees that it is
+   declared), or it is defined as rpl_fseek (declared above).  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fseek, "fseek cannot handle files larger than 4 GB "
+                 "on 32-bit platforms - "
+                 "use fseeko function for handling of large files");
+#endif
+
+
+/* ftell, ftello.  See the comments on fseek/fseeko.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_FTELL@
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK && !defined _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES
+#  define _GL_FTELL_WARN /* Category 2, above.  */
+#  undef ftell
+# endif
+# if @REPLACE_FTELL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ftell
+#   define ftell rpl_ftell
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ftell, long, (FILE *fp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ftell, long, (FILE *fp));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ftell, long, (FILE *fp));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ftell);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_FTELLO@
+# if !@GNULIB_FTELL@ && !defined _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES
+#  define _GL_FTELL_WARN /* Category 3, above.  */
+#  undef ftell
+# endif
+# if @REPLACE_FTELLO@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ftello
+#   define ftello rpl_ftello
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ftello, off_t, (FILE *fp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ftello, off_t, (FILE *fp));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_DECL_FTELLO@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ftello, off_t, (FILE *fp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ftello, off_t, (FILE *fp));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ftello);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# define _GL_FTELL_WARN /* Category 1, above.  */
+# undef ftell
+# undef ftello
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FTELLO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ftello, "ftello is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ftello for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _GL_FTELL_WARN
+# undef _GL_FTELL_WARN
+/* Here, either ftell is undefined (but C89 guarantees that it is
+   declared), or it is defined as rpl_ftell (declared above).  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ftell, "ftell cannot handle files larger than 4 GB "
+                 "on 32-bit platforms - "
+                 "use ftello function for handling of large files");
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FWRITE@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fwrite
+#   define fwrite rpl_fwrite
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fwrite, size_t,
+                  (const void *restrict ptr, size_t s, size_t n,
+                   FILE *restrict stream)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fwrite, size_t,
+                  (const void *restrict ptr, size_t s, size_t n,
+                   FILE *restrict stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fwrite, size_t,
+                  (const void *restrict ptr, size_t s, size_t n,
+                   FILE *restrict stream));
+
+/* Work around bug 11959 when fortifying glibc 2.4 through 2.15
+   <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=11959>,
+   which sometimes causes an unwanted diagnostic for fwrite calls.
+   This affects only function declaration attributes under certain
+   versions of gcc and clang, and is not needed for C++.  */
+#  if (0 < __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL                                          \
+       && __GLIBC__ == 2 && 4 <= __GLIBC_MINOR__ && __GLIBC_MINOR__ <= 15 \
+       && 3 < __GNUC__ + (4 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)                          \
+       && !defined __cplusplus)
+#   undef fwrite
+#   undef fwrite_unlocked
+extern size_t __REDIRECT (rpl_fwrite,
+                          (const void *__restrict, size_t, size_t,
+                           FILE *__restrict),
+                          fwrite);
+extern size_t __REDIRECT (rpl_fwrite_unlocked,
+                          (const void *__restrict, size_t, size_t,
+                           FILE *__restrict),
+                          fwrite_unlocked);
+#   define fwrite rpl_fwrite
+#   define fwrite_unlocked rpl_fwrite_unlocked
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fwrite);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETC@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getc
+#   define getc rpl_fgetc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fgetc, int, (FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (getc, rpl_fgetc, int, (FILE *stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getc, int, (FILE *stream));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getc);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETCHAR@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getchar
+#   define getchar rpl_getchar
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getchar, int, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getchar, int, (void));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getchar, int, (void));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getchar);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETDELIM@
+/* Read input, up to (and including) the next occurrence of DELIMITER, from
+   STREAM, store it in *LINEPTR (and NUL-terminate it).
+   *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or NULL), pointing to *LINESIZE
+   bytes of space.  It is realloc'd as necessary.
+   Return the number of bytes read and stored at *LINEPTR (not including the
+   NUL terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETDELIM@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getdelim
+#   define getdelim rpl_getdelim
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getdelim, ssize_t,
+                  (char **restrict lineptr, size_t *restrict linesize,
+                   int delimiter,
+                   FILE *restrict stream)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getdelim, ssize_t,
+                  (char **restrict lineptr, size_t *restrict linesize,
+                   int delimiter,
+                   FILE *restrict stream));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getdelim, ssize_t,
+                  (char **restrict lineptr, size_t *restrict linesize,
+                   int delimiter,
+                   FILE *restrict stream)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 4)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getdelim, ssize_t,
+                  (char **restrict lineptr, size_t *restrict linesize,
+                   int delimiter,
+                   FILE *restrict stream));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getdelim);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getdelim
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETDELIM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getdelim, "getdelim is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getdelim for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETLINE@
+/* Read a line, up to (and including) the next newline, from STREAM, store it
+   in *LINEPTR (and NUL-terminate it).
+   *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or NULL), pointing to *LINESIZE
+   bytes of space.  It is realloc'd as necessary.
+   Return the number of bytes read and stored at *LINEPTR (not including the
+   NUL terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETLINE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getline
+#   define getline rpl_getline
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getline, ssize_t,
+                  (char **restrict lineptr, size_t *restrict linesize,
+                   FILE *restrict stream)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getline, ssize_t,
+                  (char **restrict lineptr, size_t *restrict linesize,
+                   FILE *restrict stream));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLINE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getline, ssize_t,
+                  (char **restrict lineptr, size_t *restrict linesize,
+                   FILE *restrict stream)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getline, ssize_t,
+                  (char **restrict lineptr, size_t *restrict linesize,
+                   FILE *restrict stream));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_DECL_GETLINE@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getline);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getline
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getline, "getline is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getline for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* It is very rare that the developer ever has full control of stdin,
+   so any use of gets warrants an unconditional warning; besides, C11
+   removed it.  */
+#undef gets
+#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETS && !defined __cplusplus
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gets, "gets is a security hole - use fgets instead");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_GETW@
+/* On native Windows, map 'getw' to '_getw', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::getw always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getw
+#   define getw _getw
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (getw, int, (FILE *restrict stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getw, int, (FILE *restrict stream));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getw);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF@ || @GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX@
+struct obstack;
+/* Grow an obstack with formatted output.  Return the number of
+   bytes added to OBS.  No trailing nul byte is added, and the
+   object should be closed with obstack_finish before use.  Upon
+   memory allocation error, call obstack_alloc_failed_handler.  Upon
+   other error, return -1.  */
+# if @REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define obstack_printf rpl_obstack_printf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (obstack_printf, int,
+                  (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 3)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (obstack_printf, int,
+                  (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (obstack_printf, int,
+                  (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 3)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (obstack_printf, int,
+                  (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (obstack_printf);
+# if @REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define obstack_vprintf rpl_obstack_vprintf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (obstack_vprintf, int,
+                  (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (obstack_vprintf, int,
+                  (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (obstack_vprintf, int,
+                  (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (obstack_vprintf, int,
+                  (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (obstack_vprintf);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PCLOSE@
+# if !@HAVE_PCLOSE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pclose, int, (FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pclose, int, (FILE *stream));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pclose);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pclose
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PCLOSE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pclose, "pclose is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pclose for more portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PERROR@
+/* Print a message to standard error, describing the value of ERRNO,
+   (if STRING is not NULL and not empty) prefixed with STRING and ": ",
+   and terminated with a newline.  */
+# if @REPLACE_PERROR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define perror rpl_perror
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (perror, void, (const char *string));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (perror, void, (const char *string));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (perror, void, (const char *string));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (perror);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef perror
+/* Assume perror is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (perror, "perror is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module perror for portability");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_POPEN@
+# if @REPLACE_POPEN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef popen
+#   define popen rpl_popen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (popen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *cmd, const char *mode)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (pclose, 1));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (popen, FILE *, (const char *cmd, const char *mode));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_POPEN@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (popen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *cmd, const char *mode)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (pclose, 1));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (popen, FILE *, (const char *cmd, const char *mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (popen);
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_PCLOSE@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined popen
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate popen with pclose or rpl_pclose.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (popen, FILE *,
+                  (const char *cmd, const char *mode)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (pclose, 1));
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef popen
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POPEN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (popen, "popen is buggy on some platforms - "
+                 "use gnulib module popen or pipe for more portability");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_PRINTF@
+# if (@GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_PRINTF@) \
+     || (@GNULIB_PRINTF@ && @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@))
+#  if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).  */
+#    define printf __printf__
+#   endif
+#   if @GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (__printf__, int,
+                    (const char *restrict format, ...)
+                    __asm__ (@ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX@
+                             _GL_STDIO_MACROEXPAND_AND_STRINGIZE(rpl_printf))
+                    _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (1, 2)
+                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#   else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (__printf__, int,
+                    (const char *restrict format, ...)
+                    __asm__ (@ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX@
+                             _GL_STDIO_MACROEXPAND_AND_STRINGIZE(rpl_printf))
+                    _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM (1, 2)
+                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (printf, __printf__, int, (const char *format, ...));
+#  else
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    define printf rpl_printf
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (printf, int,
+                  (const char *restrict format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (1, 2)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (printf, int, (const char *restrict format, ...));
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_overrides_printf 1
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (printf, int, (const char *restrict format, ...));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (printf);
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !@GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@ && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if !GNULIB_overrides_printf
+#  undef printf
+# endif
+/* Assume printf is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (printf, "printf is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module printf-posix for portable "
+                 "POSIX compliance");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PUTC@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef putc
+#   define putc rpl_fputc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fputc, int, (int c, FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (putc, rpl_fputc, int, (int c, FILE *stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (putc, int, (int c, FILE *stream));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (putc);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PUTCHAR@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef putchar
+#   define putchar rpl_putchar
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (putchar, int, (int c));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (putchar, int, (int c));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (putchar, int, (int c));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (putchar);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PUTS@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef puts
+#   define puts rpl_puts
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (puts, int, (const char *string) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (puts, int, (const char *string));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (puts, int, (const char *string));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (puts);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_PUTW@
+/* On native Windows, map 'putw' to '_putw', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::putw always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef putw
+#   define putw _putw
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (putw, int, (int w, FILE *restrict stream));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (putw, int, (int w, FILE *restrict stream));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (putw);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_REMOVE@
+# if @REPLACE_REMOVE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef remove
+#   define remove rpl_remove
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (remove, int, (const char *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (remove, int, (const char *name));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (remove, int, (const char *name));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (remove);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef remove
+/* Assume remove is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (remove, "remove cannot handle directories on some platforms - "
+                 "use gnulib module remove for more portability");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RENAME@
+# if @REPLACE_RENAME@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef rename
+#   define rename rpl_rename
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (rename, int,
+                  (const char *old_filename, const char *new_filename)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (rename, int,
+                  (const char *old_filename, const char *new_filename));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rename, int,
+                  (const char *old_filename, const char *new_filename));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rename);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rename
+/* Assume rename is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rename, "rename is buggy on some platforms - "
+                 "use gnulib module rename for more portability");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RENAMEAT@
+# if @REPLACE_RENAMEAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef renameat
+#   define renameat rpl_renameat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (renameat, int,
+                  (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (renameat, int,
+                  (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_RENAMEAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (renameat, int,
+                  (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (renameat, int,
+                  (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (renameat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef renameat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RENAMEAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (renameat, "renameat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module renameat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SCANF@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
+#  if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef scanf
+/* Don't break __attribute__((format(scanf,M,N))).  */
+#    define scanf __scanf__
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (__scanf__, int,
+                    (const char *restrict format, ...)
+                    __asm__ (@ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX@
+                             _GL_STDIO_MACROEXPAND_AND_STRINGIZE(rpl_scanf))
+                    _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM (1, 2)
+                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (scanf, __scanf__, int, (const char *restrict format, ...));
+#  else
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef scanf
+#    define scanf rpl_scanf
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (scanf, int, (const char *restrict format, ...)
+                              _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM (1, 2)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (scanf, int, (const char *restrict format, ...));
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (scanf, int, (const char *restrict format, ...));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (scanf);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SNPRINTF@
+# if @REPLACE_SNPRINTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define snprintf rpl_snprintf
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_overrides_snprintf 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (snprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, size_t size,
+                   const char *restrict format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (3, 4)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (snprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, size_t size,
+                   const char *restrict format, ...));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (snprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, size_t size,
+                   const char *restrict format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (3, 4)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (snprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, size_t size,
+                   const char *restrict format, ...));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (snprintf);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef snprintf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SNPRINTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (snprintf, "snprintf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module snprintf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Some people would argue that all sprintf uses should be warned about
+   (for example, OpenBSD issues a link warning for it),
+   since it can cause security holes due to buffer overruns.
+   However, we believe that sprintf can be used safely, and is more
+   efficient than snprintf in those safe cases; and as proof of our
+   belief, we use sprintf in several gnulib modules.  So this header
+   intentionally avoids adding a warning to sprintf except when
+   GNULIB_POSIXCHECK is defined.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX@
+# if @REPLACE_SPRINTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define sprintf rpl_sprintf
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_overrides_sprintf 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, const char *restrict format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 3)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, const char *restrict format, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, const char *restrict format, ...));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sprintf);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sprintf
+/* Assume sprintf is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sprintf, "sprintf is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module sprintf-posix for portable "
+                 "POSIX compliance");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_TEMPNAM@
+/* On native Windows, map 'tempnam' to '_tempnam', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::tempnam always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef tempnam
+#   define tempnam _tempnam
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (tempnam, char *, (const char *dir, const char *prefix));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tempnam, char *, (const char *dir, const char *prefix));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tempnam);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_TMPFILE@
+# if @REPLACE_TMPFILE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define tmpfile rpl_tmpfile
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (tmpfile, FILE *, (void)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (tmpfile, FILE *, (void));
+# else
+#  if __GNUC__ >= 11
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate tmpfile with fclose or rpl_fclose.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tmpfile, FILE *, (void)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tmpfile, FILE *, (void));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tmpfile);
+# endif
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_FCLOSE@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined tmpfile
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate tmpfile with fclose or rpl_fclose.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tmpfile, FILE *, (void)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fclose, 1));
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef tmpfile
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TMPFILE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (tmpfile, "tmpfile is not usable on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module tmpfile for portability");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_VASPRINTF@
+/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
+   If the memory allocation succeeds, store the address of the string in
+   *RESULT and return the number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing
+   NUL.  Upon memory allocation error, or some other error, return -1.  */
+# if @REPLACE_VASPRINTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define asprintf rpl_asprintf
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_overrides_asprintf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (asprintf, int,
+                  (char **result, const char *format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 3)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (asprintf, int,
+                  (char **result, const char *format, ...));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_VASPRINTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (asprintf, int,
+                  (char **result, const char *format, ...)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 3)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (asprintf, int,
+                  (char **result, const char *format, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (asprintf);
+# if @REPLACE_VASPRINTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define vasprintf rpl_vasprintf
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_overrides_vasprintf 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vasprintf, int,
+                  (char **result, const char *format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vasprintf, int,
+                  (char **result, const char *format, va_list args));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_VASPRINTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (vasprintf, int,
+                  (char **result, const char *format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (vasprintf, int,
+                  (char **result, const char *format, va_list args));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vasprintf);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_VDPRINTF@
+# if @REPLACE_VDPRINTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define vdprintf rpl_vdprintf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vdprintf, int,
+                  (int fd, const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vdprintf, int,
+                  (int fd, const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_VDPRINTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (vdprintf, int,
+                  (int fd, const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris, the third parameter will likely be
+                                                    __va_list args.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (vdprintf, int,
+                       (int fd, const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vdprintf);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef vdprintf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_VDPRINTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (vdprintf, "vdprintf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module vdprintf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_VFPRINTF@
+# if (@GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_VFPRINTF@) \
+     || (@GNULIB_VFPRINTF@ && @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@))
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define vfprintf rpl_vfprintf
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_overrides_vfprintf 1
+#  if @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vfprintf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict fp,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vfprintf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict fp,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM (2, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vfprintf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict fp,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris, the third parameter is
+                                                      __va_list args
+   and GCC's fixincludes did not change this to __gnuc_va_list.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (vfprintf, int,
+                       (FILE *restrict fp,
+                        const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vfprintf);
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !@GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@ && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if !GNULIB_overrides_vfprintf
+#  undef vfprintf
+# endif
+/* Assume vfprintf is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (vfprintf, "vfprintf is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module vfprintf-posix for portable "
+                      "POSIX compliance");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_VFSCANF@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef vfscanf
+#   define vfscanf rpl_vfscanf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vfscanf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict stream,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM (2, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vfscanf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict stream,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (vfscanf, int,
+                  (FILE *restrict stream,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vfscanf);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_VPRINTF@
+# if (@GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_VPRINTF@) \
+     || (@GNULIB_VPRINTF@ && @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@))
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define vprintf rpl_vprintf
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_overrides_vprintf 1
+#  if @GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vprintf, int, (const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                                _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (1, 0)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vprintf, int, (const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                                _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM (1, 0)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vprintf, int, (const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris, the second parameter is
+                                                          __va_list args
+   and GCC's fixincludes did not change this to __gnuc_va_list.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (vprintf, int,
+                       (const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vprintf);
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !@GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@ && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if !GNULIB_overrides_vprintf
+#  undef vprintf
+# endif
+/* Assume vprintf is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (vprintf, "vprintf is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module vprintf-posix for portable "
+                 "POSIX compliance");
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_VSCANF@
+# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef vscanf
+#   define vscanf rpl_vscanf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vscanf, int, (const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                               _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM (1, 0)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vscanf, int, (const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (vscanf, int, (const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vscanf);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_VSNPRINTF@
+# if @REPLACE_VSNPRINTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define vsnprintf rpl_vsnprintf
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_overrides_vsnprintf 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vsnprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, size_t size,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (3, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vsnprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, size_t size,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (vsnprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, size_t size,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (3, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (vsnprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str, size_t size,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vsnprintf);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef vsnprintf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_VSNPRINTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (vsnprintf, "vsnprintf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module vsnprintf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX@
+# if @REPLACE_VSPRINTF@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define vsprintf rpl_vsprintf
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_overrides_vsprintf 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vsprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (2, 0)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vsprintf, int,
+                  (char *restrict str,
+                   const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris, the third parameter is
+                                                       __va_list args
+   and GCC's fixincludes did not change this to __gnuc_va_list.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (vsprintf, int,
+                       (char *restrict str,
+                        const char *restrict format, va_list args));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vsprintf);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef vsprintf
+/* Assume vsprintf is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (vsprintf, "vsprintf is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module vsprintf-posix for portable "
+                      "POSIX compliance");
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDIO_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDIO_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stdlib--.h b/lib/stdlib--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5f4808
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdlib--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Like stdlib.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "stdlib-safer.h"
+
+#undef mkstemp
+#define mkstemp mkstemp_safer
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMP
+# define mkostemp mkostemp_safer
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS
+# define mkostemps mkostemps_safer
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKSTEMPS
+# define mkstemps mkstemps_safer
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stdlib-safer.h b/lib/stdlib-safer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c26db7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdlib-safer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Invoke stdlib.h functions, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+int mkstemp_safer (char *);
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMP
+int mkostemp_safer (char *, int);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS
+int mkostemps_safer (char *, int, int);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKSTEMPS
+int mkstemps_safer (char *, int);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stdlib.in.h b/lib/stdlib.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d52c2f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdlib.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1555 @@
+/* A GNU-like <stdlib.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2001-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined __need_system_stdlib_h || defined __need_malloc_and_calloc
+/* Special invocation conventions inside some gnulib header files,
+   and inside some glibc header files, respectively.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDLIB_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDLIB_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* MirBSD 10 defines WEXITSTATUS in <sys/wait.h>, not in <stdlib.h>.  */
+#if @GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX@ && !defined WEXITSTATUS
+# include <sys/wait.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Solaris declares getloadavg() in <sys/loadavg.h>.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_GETLOADAVG@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && @HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H@
+/* OpenIndiana has a bug: <sys/time.h> must be included before
+   <sys/loadavg.h>.  */
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <sys/loadavg.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare _mktemp() in <io.h>.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
+
+/* OSF/1 5.1 declares 'struct random_data' in <random.h>, which is included
+   from <stdlib.h> if _REENTRANT is defined.  Include it whenever we need
+   'struct random_data'.  */
+# if @HAVE_RANDOM_H@
+#  include <random.h>
+# endif
+
+# if !@HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA@ || @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@ || !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
+#  include <stdint.h>
+# endif
+
+# if !@HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA@
+/* Define 'struct random_data'.
+   But allow multiple gnulib generated <stdlib.h> replacements to coexist.  */
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_struct_random_data
+struct random_data
+{
+  int32_t *fptr;                /* Front pointer.  */
+  int32_t *rptr;                /* Rear pointer.  */
+  int32_t *state;               /* Array of state values.  */
+  int rand_type;                /* Type of random number generator.  */
+  int rand_deg;                 /* Degree of random number generator.  */
+  int rand_sep;                 /* Distance between front and rear.  */
+  int32_t *end_ptr;             /* Pointer behind state table.  */
+};
+#   define GNULIB_defined_struct_random_data 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (@GNULIB_MKSTEMP@ || @GNULIB_MKSTEMPS@ || @GNULIB_MKOSTEMP@ || @GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS@ || @GNULIB_GETSUBOPT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && ! defined __GLIBC__ && !(defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+/* On Mac OS X 10.3, only <unistd.h> declares mkstemp.  */
+/* On Mac OS X 10.5, only <unistd.h> declares mkstemps.  */
+/* On Mac OS X 10.13, only <unistd.h> declares mkostemp and mkostemps.  */
+/* On Cygwin 1.7.1, only <unistd.h> declares getsubopt.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems and native Windows.  */
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
+   that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
+   function F.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (f, i)))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
+   can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  Cannot be used on inline functions.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (free, 1)
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC declares that the function returns a pointer to freshly
+   allocated memory.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _Noreturn is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Some systems do not define EXIT_*, despite otherwise supporting C89.  */
+#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#endif
+/* Tandem/NSK and other platforms that define EXIT_FAILURE as -1 interfere
+   with proper operation of xargs.  */
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#elif EXIT_FAILURE != 1
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB__EXIT@
+/* Terminate the current process with the given return code, without running
+   the 'atexit' handlers.  */
+# if !@HAVE__EXIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (_Exit, _Noreturn void, (int status));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (_Exit, void, (int status));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (_Exit);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef _Exit
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL__EXIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (_Exit, "_Exit is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module _Exit for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FREE_POSIX@
+# if @REPLACE_FREE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef free
+#   define free rpl_free
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (free, void, (void *ptr));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (free, void, (void *ptr));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (free, void, (void *ptr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (free);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef free
+/* Assume free is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (free, "free is not future POSIX compliant everywhere - "
+                 "use gnulib module free for portability");
+#endif
+
+
+/* Allocate memory with indefinite extent and specified alignment.  */
+#if @GNULIB_ALIGNED_ALLOC@
+# if @REPLACE_ALIGNED_ALLOC@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef aligned_alloc
+#   define aligned_alloc rpl_aligned_alloc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (aligned_alloc, void *,
+                  (size_t alignment, size_t size)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (aligned_alloc, void *, (size_t alignment, size_t size));
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_ALIGNED_ALLOC@
+#   if __GNUC__ >= 11
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate aligned_alloc with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (aligned_alloc, void *,
+                  (size_t alignment, size_t size)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (aligned_alloc, void *, (size_t alignment, size_t size));
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_ALIGNED_ALLOC@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (aligned_alloc);
+# endif
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_FREE_POSIX@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined aligned_alloc
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate aligned_alloc with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (aligned_alloc, void *,
+                  (size_t alignment, size_t size)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef aligned_alloc
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ALIGNED_ALLOC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (aligned_alloc, "aligned_alloc is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module aligned_alloc for portability");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ATOLL@
+/* Parse a signed decimal integer.
+   Returns the value of the integer.  Errors are not detected.  */
+# if !@HAVE_ATOLL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (atoll, long long, (const char *string)
+                                    _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (atoll, long long, (const char *string));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (atoll);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef atoll
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ATOLL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (atoll, "atoll is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module atoll for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX@
+# if (@GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_POSIX@) \
+     || (@GNULIB_CALLOC_GNU@ && @REPLACE_CALLOC_FOR_CALLOC_GNU@)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef calloc
+#   define calloc rpl_calloc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (calloc, void *,
+                  (size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (calloc, void *, (size_t nmemb, size_t size));
+# else
+#  if __GNUC__ >= 11
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate calloc with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (calloc, void *,
+                  (size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (calloc, void *, (size_t nmemb, size_t size));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (calloc);
+# endif
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_FREE_POSIX@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined calloc
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate calloc with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (calloc, void *,
+                  (size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef calloc
+/* Assume calloc is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (calloc, "calloc is not POSIX compliant everywhere - "
+                 "use gnulib module calloc-posix for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
+# if @REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define canonicalize_file_name rpl_canonicalize_file_name
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (canonicalize_file_name, char *,
+                  (const char *name)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (canonicalize_file_name, char *, (const char *name));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (canonicalize_file_name, char *,
+                  (const char *name)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (canonicalize_file_name, char *, (const char *name));
+# endif
+# ifndef GNULIB_defined_canonicalize_file_name
+#  define GNULIB_defined_canonicalize_file_name \
+     (!@HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@ || @REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@)
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (canonicalize_file_name);
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_FREE_POSIX@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined canonicalize_file_name
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate canonicalize_file_name with free or
+   rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (canonicalize_file_name, char *,
+                  (const char *name)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef canonicalize_file_name
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (canonicalize_file_name,
+                 "canonicalize_file_name is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module canonicalize-lgpl for portability");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_ECVT@
+/* On native Windows, map 'ecvt' to '_ecvt', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::ecvt on all platforms that have
+   it.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ecvt
+#   define ecvt _ecvt
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (ecvt, char *,
+                  (double number, int ndigits, int *decptp, int *signp));
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_DECL_ECVT@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ecvt, char *,
+                  (double number, int ndigits, int *decptp, int *signp));
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__) || @HAVE_DECL_ECVT@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ecvt);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_FCVT@
+/* On native Windows, map 'fcvt' to '_fcvt', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::fcvt on all platforms that have
+   it.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fcvt
+#   define fcvt _fcvt
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (fcvt, char *,
+                  (double number, int ndigits, int *decptp, int *signp));
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_DECL_FCVT@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcvt, char *,
+                  (double number, int ndigits, int *decptp, int *signp));
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__) || @HAVE_DECL_FCVT@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcvt);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_GCVT@
+/* On native Windows, map 'gcvt' to '_gcvt', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::gcvt on all platforms that have
+   it.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gcvt
+#   define gcvt _gcvt
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (gcvt, char *, (double number, int ndigits, char *buf));
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_DECL_GCVT@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (gcvt, char *, (double number, int ndigits, char *buf));
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__) || @HAVE_DECL_GCVT@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gcvt);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETLOADAVG@
+/* Store max(NELEM,3) load average numbers in LOADAVG[].
+   The three numbers are the load average of the last 1 minute, the last 5
+   minutes, and the last 15 minutes, respectively.
+   LOADAVG is an array of NELEM numbers.  */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getloadavg, int, (double loadavg[], int nelem)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getloadavg, int, (double loadavg[], int nelem));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getloadavg);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getloadavg
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOADAVG
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getloadavg, "getloadavg is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getloadavg for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETSUBOPT@
+/* Assuming *OPTIONP is a comma separated list of elements of the form
+   "token" or "token=value", getsubopt parses the first of these elements.
+   If the first element refers to a "token" that is member of the given
+   NULL-terminated array of tokens:
+     - It replaces the comma with a NUL byte, updates *OPTIONP to point past
+       the first option and the comma, sets *VALUEP to the value of the
+       element (or NULL if it doesn't contain an "=" sign),
+     - It returns the index of the "token" in the given array of tokens.
+   Otherwise it returns -1, and *OPTIONP and *VALUEP are undefined.
+   For more details see the POSIX specification.
+   https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getsubopt.html */
+# if !@HAVE_GETSUBOPT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getsubopt, int,
+                  (char **optionp, char *const *tokens, char **valuep)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getsubopt, int,
+                  (char **optionp, char *const *tokens, char **valuep));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getsubopt);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getsubopt
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETSUBOPT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsubopt, "getsubopt is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getsubopt for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GRANTPT@
+/* Change the ownership and access permission of the slave side of the
+   pseudo-terminal whose master side is specified by FD.  */
+# if !@HAVE_GRANTPT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (grantpt, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (grantpt, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (grantpt);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef grantpt
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GRANTPT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (grantpt, "grantpt is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module grantpt for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC is nonzero, the including module does not
+   rely on GNU or POSIX semantics for malloc and realloc (for example,
+   by never specifying a zero size), so it does not need malloc or
+   realloc to be redefined.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX@
+# if (@GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_POSIX@) \
+     || (@GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU@ && @REPLACE_MALLOC_FOR_MALLOC_GNU@)
+#  if !((defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) \
+        || _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC)
+#   undef malloc
+#   define malloc rpl_malloc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (malloc, void *,
+                  (size_t size)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (malloc, void *, (size_t size));
+# else
+#  if __GNUC__ >= 11
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate malloc with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (malloc, void *,
+                  (size_t size)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (malloc, void *, (size_t size));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (malloc);
+# endif
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_FREE_POSIX@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined malloc
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate malloc with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (malloc, void *,
+                  (size_t size)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK && !_GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC
+#  undef malloc
+/* Assume malloc is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (malloc, "malloc is not POSIX compliant everywhere - "
+                 "use gnulib module malloc-posix for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Convert a multibyte character to a wide character.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MBTOWC@
+# if @REPLACE_MBTOWC@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mbtowc
+#   define mbtowc rpl_mbtowc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbtowc, int,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict pwc, const char *restrict s, size_t n));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbtowc, int,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict pwc, const char *restrict s, size_t n));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MBTOWC@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbtowc, int,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict pwc, const char *restrict s, size_t n));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbtowc, int,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict pwc, const char *restrict s, size_t n));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbtowc);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mbtowc
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBTOWC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbtowc, "mbtowc is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mbtowc for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKDTEMP@
+/* Create a unique temporary directory from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the directory name unique.
+   Returns TEMPLATE, or a null pointer if it cannot get a unique name.
+   The directory is created mode 700.  */
+# if !@HAVE_MKDTEMP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkdtemp, char *, (char * /*template*/) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdtemp, char *, (char * /*template*/));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdtemp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkdtemp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKDTEMP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkdtemp, "mkdtemp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkdtemp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKOSTEMP@
+/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
+   The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
+   and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
+   The file is then created, with the specified flags, ensuring it didn't exist
+   before.
+   The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be
+   world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the
+   implementation.
+   Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno
+   set.  */
+# if !@HAVE_MKOSTEMP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkostemp, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*flags*/)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkostemp, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*flags*/));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkostemp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkostemp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKOSTEMP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkostemp, "mkostemp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkostemp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS@
+/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE before a suffix of length
+   SUFFIXLEN must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
+   The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
+   and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
+   The file is then created, with the specified flags, ensuring it didn't exist
+   before.
+   The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be
+   world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the
+   implementation.
+   Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno
+   set.  */
+# if !@HAVE_MKOSTEMPS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkostemps, int,
+                  (char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/, int /*flags*/)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkostemps, int,
+                  (char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/, int /*flags*/));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkostemps);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkostemps
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKOSTEMPS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkostemps, "mkostemps is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkostemps for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKSTEMP@
+/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
+   The file is then created, ensuring it didn't exist before.
+   The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be
+   world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the
+   implementation.
+   Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno
+   set.  */
+# if @REPLACE_MKSTEMP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define mkstemp rpl_mkstemp
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_MKSTEMP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkstemp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkstemp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKSTEMP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkstemp, "mkstemp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkstemp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKSTEMPS@
+/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE prior to a suffix of length
+   SUFFIXLEN must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
+   The file is then created, ensuring it didn't exist before.
+   The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be
+   world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the
+   implementation.
+   Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno
+   set.  */
+# if !@HAVE_MKSTEMPS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkstemps, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkstemps, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkstemps);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkstemps
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKSTEMPS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkstemps, "mkstemps is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkstemps for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_MKTEMP@
+/* On native Windows, map 'mktemp' to '_mktemp', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::mktemp always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mktemp
+#   define mktemp _mktemp
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (mktemp, char *, (char * /*template*/));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mktemp, char *, (char * /*template*/));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mktemp);
+#endif
+
+/* Allocate memory with indefinite extent and specified alignment.  */
+#if @GNULIB_POSIX_MEMALIGN@
+# if @REPLACE_POSIX_MEMALIGN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef posix_memalign
+#   define posix_memalign rpl_posix_memalign
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_memalign, int,
+                  (void **memptr, size_t alignment, size_t size)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_memalign, int,
+                  (void **memptr, size_t alignment, size_t size));
+# else
+#  if @HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_memalign, int,
+                  (void **memptr, size_t alignment, size_t size));
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_POSIX_MEMALIGN@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_memalign);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_memalign
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_MEMALIGN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_memalign, "posix_memalign is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_memalign for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT@
+/* Return an FD open to the master side of a pseudo-terminal.  Flags should
+   include O_RDWR, and may also include O_NOCTTY.  */
+# if !@HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_openpt, int, (int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_openpt, int, (int flags));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_openpt);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_openpt
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_OPENPT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_openpt, "posix_openpt is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_openpt for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTSNAME@
+/* Return the pathname of the pseudo-terminal slave associated with
+   the master FD is open on, or NULL on errors.  */
+# if @REPLACE_PTSNAME@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ptsname
+#   define ptsname rpl_ptsname
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ptsname, char *, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ptsname, char *, (int fd));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTSNAME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ptsname, char *, (int fd));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ptsname, char *, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ptsname);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ptsname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTSNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ptsname, "ptsname is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ptsname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PTSNAME_R@
+/* Set the pathname of the pseudo-terminal slave associated with
+   the master FD is open on and return 0, or set errno and return
+   non-zero on errors.  */
+# if @REPLACE_PTSNAME_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ptsname_r
+#   define ptsname_r rpl_ptsname_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PTSNAME_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len));
+# endif
+# ifndef GNULIB_defined_ptsname_r
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ptsname_r (!@HAVE_PTSNAME_R@ || @REPLACE_PTSNAME_R@)
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ptsname_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ptsname_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTSNAME_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ptsname_r, "ptsname_r is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ptsname_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_PUTENV@
+# if @REPLACE_PUTENV@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef putenv
+#   define putenv rpl_putenv
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (putenv, int, (char *string) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (putenv, int, (char *string));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef putenv
+#   define putenv _putenv
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (putenv, int, (char *string));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (putenv, int, (char *string));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (putenv);
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_PUTENV@
+/* On native Windows, map 'putenv' to '_putenv', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::putenv always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef putenv
+#   define putenv _putenv
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the parameter is either
+   'const char *string' or 'char *string'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (putenv, int, (char *string));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (putenv, int, (char *string));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (putenv);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_QSORT_R@
+/* Sort an array of NMEMB elements, starting at address BASE, each element
+   occupying SIZE bytes, in ascending order according to the comparison
+   function COMPARE.  */
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+# if !GNULIB_defined_qsort_r_fn_types
+typedef int (*_gl_qsort_r_compar_fn) (void const *, void const *, void *);
+#  define GNULIB_defined_qsort_r_fn_types 1
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+# if @REPLACE_QSORT_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef qsort_r
+#   define qsort_r rpl_qsort_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (qsort_r, void, (void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
+                                  _gl_qsort_r_compar_fn compare,
+                                  void *arg) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (qsort_r, void, (void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
+                                  _gl_qsort_r_compar_fn compare,
+                                  void *arg));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_QSORT_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (qsort_r, void, (void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
+                                  _gl_qsort_r_compar_fn compare,
+                                  void *arg) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 4)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (qsort_r, void, (void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
+                                  _gl_qsort_r_compar_fn compare,
+                                  void *arg));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (qsort_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef qsort_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_QSORT_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (qsort_r, "qsort_r is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module qsort_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
+# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
+#  ifndef RAND_MAX
+#   define RAND_MAX 2147483647
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@
+# if @REPLACE_RANDOM@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef random
+#   define random rpl_random
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (random, long, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (random, long, (void));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_RANDOM@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (random, long, (void));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Haiku, the return type is
+                               int.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (random, long, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (random);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef random
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RANDOM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (random, "random is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module random for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@
+# if @REPLACE_RANDOM@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef srandom
+#   define srandom rpl_srandom
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (srandom, void, (unsigned int seed));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (srandom, void, (unsigned int seed));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_RANDOM@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (srandom, void, (unsigned int seed));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on FreeBSD, the first parameter is
+                                       unsigned long seed.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (srandom, void, (unsigned int seed));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (srandom);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef srandom
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SRANDOM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (srandom, "srandom is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module random for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@
+# if @REPLACE_INITSTATE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef initstate
+#   define initstate rpl_initstate
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (initstate, char *,
+                  (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (initstate, char *,
+                  (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_INITSTATE@ || !@HAVE_DECL_INITSTATE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (initstate, char *,
+                  (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on FreeBSD, the first parameter is
+                        unsigned long seed.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (initstate, char *,
+                       (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (initstate);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef initstate
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INITSTATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (initstate, "initstate is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module random for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@
+# if @REPLACE_SETSTATE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef setstate
+#   define setstate rpl_setstate
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setstate, char *, (char *arg_state) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setstate, char *, (char *arg_state));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SETSTATE@ || !@HAVE_DECL_SETSTATE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setstate, char *, (char *arg_state) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Mac OS X 10.13, HP-UX, Solaris the first parameter
+   is                                     const char *arg_state.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (setstate, char *, (char *arg_state));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setstate);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef setstate
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETSTATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setstate, "setstate is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module random for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
+# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef random_r
+#   define random_r rpl_random_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (random_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef random_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RANDOM_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (random_r, "random_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module random_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
+# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef srandom_r
+#   define srandom_r rpl_srandom_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (srandom_r, int,
+                  (unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (srandom_r, int,
+                  (unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (srandom_r, int,
+                  (unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (srandom_r, int,
+                  (unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (srandom_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef srandom_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SRANDOM_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (srandom_r, "srandom_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module random_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
+# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef initstate_r
+#   define initstate_r rpl_initstate_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (initstate_r, int,
+                  (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size,
+                   struct random_data *rand_state)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (initstate_r, int,
+                  (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size,
+                   struct random_data *rand_state));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (initstate_r, int,
+                  (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size,
+                   struct random_data *rand_state)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Haiku, the third parameter is
+                                                     unsigned long buf_size.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (initstate_r, int,
+                       (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size,
+                        struct random_data *rand_state));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (initstate_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef initstate_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INITSTATE_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (initstate_r, "initstate_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module random_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
+# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef setstate_r
+#   define setstate_r rpl_setstate_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setstate_r, int,
+                  (char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setstate_r, int,
+                  (char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setstate_r, int,
+                  (char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Haiku, the first parameter is
+                        void *arg_state.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (setstate_r, int,
+                       (char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setstate_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef setstate_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETSTATE_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setstate_r, "setstate_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module random_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX@
+# if (@GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_POSIX@) \
+     || (@GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU@ && @REPLACE_REALLOC_FOR_REALLOC_GNU@)
+#  if !((defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) \
+        || _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC)
+#   undef realloc
+#   define realloc rpl_realloc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size));
+# else
+#  if __GNUC__ >= 11
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate realloc with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (realloc);
+# endif
+#else
+# if @GNULIB_FREE_POSIX@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined realloc
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate realloc with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK && !_GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC
+#  undef realloc
+/* Assume realloc is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (realloc, "realloc is not POSIX compliant everywhere - "
+                 "use gnulib module realloc-posix for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY@
+# if @REPLACE_REALLOCARRAY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef reallocarray
+#   define reallocarray rpl_reallocarray
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (reallocarray, void *,
+                  (void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (reallocarray, void *,
+                  (void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_REALLOCARRAY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (reallocarray, void *,
+                  (void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (reallocarray, void *,
+                  (void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (reallocarray);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef reallocarray
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REALLOCARRAY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (reallocarray, "reallocarray is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module reallocarray for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_REALPATH@
+# if @REPLACE_REALPATH@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define realpath rpl_realpath
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (realpath, char *,
+                  (const char *restrict name, char *restrict resolved)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (realpath, char *,
+                  (const char *restrict name, char *restrict resolved));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_REALPATH@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (realpath, char *,
+                  (const char *restrict name, char *restrict resolved)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (realpath, char *,
+                  (const char *restrict name, char *restrict resolved));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (realpath);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef realpath
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REALPATH
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (realpath, "realpath is unportable - use gnulib module "
+                 "canonicalize or canonicalize-lgpl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RPMATCH@
+/* Test a user response to a question.
+   Return 1 if it is affirmative, 0 if it is negative, or -1 if not clear.  */
+# if !@HAVE_RPMATCH@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rpmatch, int, (const char *response) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rpmatch, int, (const char *response));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rpmatch);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rpmatch
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RPMATCH
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpmatch, "rpmatch is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rpmatch for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV@
+/* Look up NAME in the environment, returning 0 in insecure situations.  */
+# if !@HAVE_SECURE_GETENV@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (secure_getenv, char *,
+                  (char const *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (secure_getenv, char *, (char const *name));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (secure_getenv);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef secure_getenv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SECURE_GETENV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (secure_getenv, "secure_getenv is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module secure_getenv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SETENV@
+/* Set NAME to VALUE in the environment.
+   If REPLACE is nonzero, overwrite an existing value.  */
+# if @REPLACE_SETENV@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef setenv
+#   define setenv rpl_setenv
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setenv, int,
+                  (const char *name, const char *value, int replace)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setenv, int,
+                  (const char *name, const char *value, int replace));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_SETENV@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setenv, int,
+                  (const char *name, const char *value, int replace)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setenv, int,
+                  (const char *name, const char *value, int replace));
+# endif
+# if !(@REPLACE_SETENV@ && !@HAVE_DECL_SETENV@)
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setenv);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef setenv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETENV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setenv, "setenv is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module setenv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOD@
+ /* Parse a double from STRING, updating ENDP if appropriate.  */
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strtod rpl_strtod
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_strtod_function 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtod, double,
+                  (const char *restrict str, char **restrict endp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtod, double,
+                  (const char *restrict str, char **restrict endp));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_STRTOD@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtod, double,
+                  (const char *restrict str, char **restrict endp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtod, double,
+                  (const char *restrict str, char **restrict endp));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtod);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtod
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtod, "strtod is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtod for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOLD@
+ /* Parse a 'long double' from STRING, updating ENDP if appropriate.  */
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOLD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strtold rpl_strtold
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_strtold_function 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtold, long double,
+                  (const char *restrict str, char **restrict endp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtold, long double,
+                  (const char *restrict str, char **restrict endp));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_STRTOLD@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtold, long double,
+                  (const char *restrict str, char **restrict endp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtold, long double,
+                  (const char *restrict str, char **restrict endp));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtold);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtold
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOLD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtold, "strtold is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtold for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOL@
+/* Parse a signed integer whose textual representation starts at STRING.
+   The integer is expected to be in base BASE (2 <= BASE <= 36); if BASE == 0,
+   it may be decimal or octal (with prefix "0") or hexadecimal (with prefix
+   "0x").
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, the address of the first byte after the integer is
+   stored in *ENDPTR.
+   Upon overflow, the return value is LONG_MAX or LONG_MIN, and errno is set
+   to ERANGE.  */
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strtol rpl_strtol
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_strtol_function 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtol, long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtol, long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_STRTOL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtol, long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtol, long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtol);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtol
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtol, "strtol is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtol for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOLL@
+/* Parse a signed integer whose textual representation starts at STRING.
+   The integer is expected to be in base BASE (2 <= BASE <= 36); if BASE == 0,
+   it may be decimal or octal (with prefix "0") or hexadecimal (with prefix
+   "0x").
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, the address of the first byte after the integer is
+   stored in *ENDPTR.
+   Upon overflow, the return value is LLONG_MAX or LLONG_MIN, and errno is set
+   to ERANGE.  */
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOLL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strtoll rpl_strtoll
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_strtoll_function 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtoll, long long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtoll, long long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_STRTOLL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoll, long long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoll, long long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoll);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtoll
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOLL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoll, "strtoll is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtoll for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOUL@
+/* Parse an unsigned integer whose textual representation starts at STRING.
+   The integer is expected to be in base BASE (2 <= BASE <= 36); if BASE == 0,
+   it may be decimal or octal (with prefix "0") or hexadecimal (with prefix
+   "0x").
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, the address of the first byte after the integer is
+   stored in *ENDPTR.
+   Upon overflow, the return value is ULONG_MAX, and errno is set to ERANGE.  */
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOUL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strtoul rpl_strtoul
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_strtoul_function 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtoul, unsigned long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtoul, unsigned long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_STRTOUL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoul, unsigned long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoul, unsigned long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoul);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtoul
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOUL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoul, "strtoul is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtoul for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOULL@
+/* Parse an unsigned integer whose textual representation starts at STRING.
+   The integer is expected to be in base BASE (2 <= BASE <= 36); if BASE == 0,
+   it may be decimal or octal (with prefix "0") or hexadecimal (with prefix
+   "0x").
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, the address of the first byte after the integer is
+   stored in *ENDPTR.
+   Upon overflow, the return value is ULLONG_MAX, and errno is set to
+   ERANGE.  */
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOULL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strtoull rpl_strtoull
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_strtoull_function 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtoull, unsigned long long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtoull, unsigned long long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_STRTOULL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoull, unsigned long long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoull, unsigned long long,
+                  (const char *restrict string, char **restrict endptr,
+                   int base));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoull);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtoull
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOULL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoull, "strtoull is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtoull for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_UNLOCKPT@
+/* Unlock the slave side of the pseudo-terminal whose master side is specified
+   by FD, so that it can be opened.  */
+# if !@HAVE_UNLOCKPT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (unlockpt, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlockpt, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlockpt);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef unlockpt
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLOCKPT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlockpt, "unlockpt is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module unlockpt for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_UNSETENV@
+/* Remove the variable NAME from the environment.  */
+# if @REPLACE_UNSETENV@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unsetenv
+#   define unsetenv rpl_unsetenv
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unsetenv, int, (const char *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unsetenv, int, (const char *name));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (unsetenv, int, (const char *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unsetenv, int, (const char *name));
+# endif
+# if !(@REPLACE_UNSETENV@ && !@HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV@)
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unsetenv);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef unsetenv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNSETENV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unsetenv, "unsetenv is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module unsetenv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Convert a wide character to a multibyte character.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCTOMB@
+# if @REPLACE_WCTOMB@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef wctomb
+#   define wctomb rpl_wctomb
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wctomb, int, (char *s, wchar_t wc));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wctomb, int, (char *s, wchar_t wc));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wctomb, int, (char *s, wchar_t wc));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wctomb);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stpcpy.c b/lib/stpcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..434f84a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stpcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997-1998, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#undef __stpcpy
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef stpcpy
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __stpcpy stpcpy
+#endif
+
+/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
+char *
+__stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+{
+  register char *d = dest;
+  register const char *s = src;
+
+  do
+    *d++ = *s;
+  while (*s++ != '\0');
+
+  return d - 1;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__stpcpy, stpcpy)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stpncpy.c b/lib/stpncpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a720a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stpncpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1995-1997, 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This is almost copied from strncpy.c, written by Torbjorn Granlund.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __stpncpy stpncpy
+#endif
+
+/* Copy no more than N bytes of SRC to DST, returning a pointer past the
+   last non-NUL byte written into DST.  */
+char *
+(__stpncpy) (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
+{
+  char c;
+  char *s = dest;
+
+  if (n >= 4)
+    {
+      size_t n4 = n >> 2;
+
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          c = *src++;
+          *dest++ = c;
+          if (c == '\0')
+            break;
+          c = *src++;
+          *dest++ = c;
+          if (c == '\0')
+            break;
+          c = *src++;
+          *dest++ = c;
+          if (c == '\0')
+            break;
+          c = *src++;
+          *dest++ = c;
+          if (c == '\0')
+            break;
+          if (--n4 == 0)
+            goto last_chars;
+        }
+      n -= dest - s;
+      goto zero_fill;
+    }
+
+ last_chars:
+  n &= 3;
+  if (n == 0)
+    return dest;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      c = *src++;
+      --n;
+      *dest++ = c;
+      if (c == '\0')
+        break;
+      if (n == 0)
+        return dest;
+    }
+
+ zero_fill:
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    dest[n] = '\0';
+
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__stpncpy, stpncpy)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/str-kmp.h b/lib/str-kmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..959ff65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/str-kmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* Substring search in a NUL terminated string of UNIT elements,
+   using the Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+
+   This file is free software.
+   It is dual-licensed under "the GNU LGPLv3+ or the GNU GPLv2+".
+   You can redistribute it and/or modify it under either
+     - the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+       by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3, or (at your
+       option) any later version, or
+     - the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+       Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+       any later version, or
+     - the same dual license "the GNU LGPLv3+ or the GNU GPLv2+".
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License and the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License and of the GNU General Public License along with this
+   program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Before including this file, you need to define:
+     UNIT                    The element type of the needle and haystack.
+     CANON_ELEMENT(c)        A macro that canonicalizes an element right after
+                             it has been fetched from needle or haystack.
+                             The argument is of type UNIT; the result must be
+                             of type UNIT as well.  */
+
+/* Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm.
+   See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Knuth-Morris-Pratt_algorithm
+   HAYSTACK is the NUL terminated string in which to search for.
+   NEEDLE is the string to search for in HAYSTACK, consisting of NEEDLE_LEN
+   units.
+   Return a boolean indicating success:
+   Return true and set *RESULTP if the search was completed.
+   Return false if it was aborted because not enough memory was available.  */
+static bool
+knuth_morris_pratt (const UNIT *haystack,
+                    const UNIT *needle, size_t needle_len,
+                    const UNIT **resultp)
+{
+  size_t m = needle_len;
+
+  /* Allocate the table.  */
+  size_t *table = (size_t *) nmalloca (m, sizeof (size_t));
+  if (table == NULL)
+    return false;
+  /* Fill the table.
+     For 0 < i < m:
+       0 < table[i] <= i is defined such that
+       forall 0 < x < table[i]: needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x],
+       and table[i] is as large as possible with this property.
+     This implies:
+     1) For 0 < i < m:
+          If table[i] < i,
+          needle[table[i]..i-1] = needle[0..i-1-table[i]].
+     2) For 0 < i < m:
+          rhaystack[0..i-1] == needle[0..i-1]
+          and exists h, i <= h < m: rhaystack[h] != needle[h]
+          implies
+          forall 0 <= x < table[i]: rhaystack[x..x+m-1] != needle[0..m-1].
+     table[0] remains uninitialized.  */
+  {
+    size_t i, j;
+
+    /* i = 1: Nothing to verify for x = 0.  */
+    table[1] = 1;
+    j = 0;
+
+    for (i = 2; i < m; i++)
+      {
+        /* Here: j = i-1 - table[i-1].
+           The inequality needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x] is known to hold
+           for x < table[i-1], by induction.
+           Furthermore, if j>0: needle[i-1-j..i-2] = needle[0..j-1].  */
+        UNIT b = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i - 1]);
+
+        for (;;)
+          {
+            /* Invariants: The inequality needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x]
+               is known to hold for x < i-1-j.
+               Furthermore, if j>0: needle[i-1-j..i-2] = needle[0..j-1].  */
+            if (b == CANON_ELEMENT (needle[j]))
+              {
+                /* Set table[i] := i-1-j.  */
+                table[i] = i - ++j;
+                break;
+              }
+            /* The inequality needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x] also holds
+               for x = i-1-j, because
+                 needle[i-1] != needle[j] = needle[i-1-x].  */
+            if (j == 0)
+              {
+                /* The inequality holds for all possible x.  */
+                table[i] = i;
+                break;
+              }
+            /* The inequality needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x] also holds
+               for i-1-j < x < i-1-j+table[j], because for these x:
+                 needle[x..i-2]
+                 = needle[x-(i-1-j)..j-1]
+                 != needle[0..j-1-(x-(i-1-j))]  (by definition of table[j])
+                    = needle[0..i-2-x],
+               hence needle[x..i-1] != needle[0..i-1-x].
+               Furthermore
+                 needle[i-1-j+table[j]..i-2]
+                 = needle[table[j]..j-1]
+                 = needle[0..j-1-table[j]]  (by definition of table[j]).  */
+            j = j - table[j];
+          }
+        /* Here: j = i - table[i].  */
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* Search, using the table to accelerate the processing.  */
+  {
+    size_t j;
+    const UNIT *rhaystack;
+    const UNIT *phaystack;
+
+    *resultp = NULL;
+    j = 0;
+    rhaystack = haystack;
+    phaystack = haystack;
+    /* Invariant: phaystack = rhaystack + j.  */
+    while (*phaystack != 0)
+      if (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[j]) == CANON_ELEMENT (*phaystack))
+        {
+          j++;
+          phaystack++;
+          if (j == m)
+            {
+              /* The entire needle has been found.  */
+              *resultp = rhaystack;
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+      else if (j > 0)
+        {
+          /* Found a match of needle[0..j-1], mismatch at needle[j].  */
+          rhaystack += table[j];
+          j -= table[j];
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Found a mismatch at needle[0] already.  */
+          rhaystack++;
+          phaystack++;
+        }
+  }
+
+  freea (table);
+  return true;
+}
+
+#undef CANON_ELEMENT
diff --git a/lib/str-two-way.h b/lib/str-two-way.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ee344a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/str-two-way.h
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+/* Byte-wise substring search, using the Two-Way algorithm.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Before including this file, you need to include <config.h> and
+   <string.h>, and define:
+     RETURN_TYPE             A macro that expands to the return type.
+     AVAILABLE(h, h_l, j, n_l)
+                             A macro that returns nonzero if there are
+                             at least N_L bytes left starting at H[J].
+                             H is 'unsigned char *', H_L, J, and N_L
+                             are 'size_t'; H_L is an lvalue.  For
+                             NUL-terminated searches, H_L can be
+                             modified each iteration to avoid having
+                             to compute the end of H up front.
+
+  For case-insensitivity, you may optionally define:
+     CMP_FUNC(p1, p2, l)     A macro that returns 0 iff the first L
+                             characters of P1 and P2 are equal.
+     CANON_ELEMENT(c)        A macro that canonicalizes an element right after
+                             it has been fetched from one of the two strings.
+                             The argument is an 'unsigned char'; the result
+                             must be an 'unsigned char' as well.
+
+  This file undefines the macros documented above, and defines
+  LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD.
+*/
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* We use the Two-Way string matching algorithm (also known as
+   Chrochemore-Perrin), which guarantees linear complexity with
+   constant space.  Additionally, for long needles, we also use a bad
+   character shift table similar to the Boyer-Moore algorithm to
+   achieve improved (potentially sub-linear) performance.
+
+   See https://www-igm.univ-mlv.fr/~lecroq/string/node26.html#SECTION00260,
+   https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boyer-Moore_string_search_algorithm,
+   https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.34.6641&rep=rep1&type=pdf
+*/
+
+/* Point at which computing a bad-byte shift table is likely to be
+   worthwhile.  Small needles should not compute a table, since it
+   adds (1 << CHAR_BIT) + NEEDLE_LEN computations of preparation for a
+   speedup no greater than a factor of NEEDLE_LEN.  The larger the
+   needle, the better the potential performance gain.  On the other
+   hand, on non-POSIX systems with CHAR_BIT larger than eight, the
+   memory required for the table is prohibitive.  */
+#if CHAR_BIT < 10
+# define LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD 32U
+#else
+# define LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD SIZE_MAX
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a, b) ((a < b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CANON_ELEMENT
+# define CANON_ELEMENT(c) c
+#endif
+#ifndef CMP_FUNC
+# define CMP_FUNC memcmp
+#endif
+
+/* Perform a critical factorization of NEEDLE, of length NEEDLE_LEN.
+   Return the index of the first byte in the right half, and set
+   *PERIOD to the global period of the right half.
+
+   The global period of a string is the smallest index (possibly its
+   length) at which all remaining bytes in the string are repetitions
+   of the prefix (the last repetition may be a subset of the prefix).
+
+   When NEEDLE is factored into two halves, a local period is the
+   length of the smallest word that shares a suffix with the left half
+   and shares a prefix with the right half.  All factorizations of a
+   non-empty NEEDLE have a local period of at least 1 and no greater
+   than NEEDLE_LEN.
+
+   A critical factorization has the property that the local period
+   equals the global period.  All strings have at least one critical
+   factorization with the left half smaller than the global period.
+   And while some strings have more than one critical factorization,
+   it is provable that with an ordered alphabet, at least one of the
+   critical factorizations corresponds to a maximal suffix.
+
+   Given an ordered alphabet, a critical factorization can be computed
+   in linear time, with 2 * NEEDLE_LEN comparisons, by computing the
+   shorter of two ordered maximal suffixes.  The ordered maximal
+   suffixes are determined by lexicographic comparison while tracking
+   periodicity.  */
+static size_t
+critical_factorization (const unsigned char *needle, size_t needle_len,
+                        size_t *period)
+{
+  /* Index of last byte of left half, or SIZE_MAX.  */
+  size_t max_suffix, max_suffix_rev;
+  size_t j; /* Index into NEEDLE for current candidate suffix.  */
+  size_t k; /* Offset into current period.  */
+  size_t p; /* Intermediate period.  */
+  unsigned char a, b; /* Current comparison bytes.  */
+
+  /* Special case NEEDLE_LEN of 1 or 2 (all callers already filtered
+     out 0-length needles.  */
+  if (needle_len < 3)
+    {
+      *period = 1;
+      return needle_len - 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Invariants:
+     0 <= j < NEEDLE_LEN - 1
+     -1 <= max_suffix{,_rev} < j (treating SIZE_MAX as if it were signed)
+     min(max_suffix, max_suffix_rev) < global period of NEEDLE
+     1 <= p <= global period of NEEDLE
+     p == global period of the substring NEEDLE[max_suffix{,_rev}+1...j]
+     1 <= k <= p
+  */
+
+  /* Perform lexicographic search.  */
+  max_suffix = SIZE_MAX;
+  j = 0;
+  k = p = 1;
+  while (j + k < needle_len)
+    {
+      a = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[j + k]);
+      b = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[max_suffix + k]);
+      if (a < b)
+        {
+          /* Suffix is smaller, period is entire prefix so far.  */
+          j += k;
+          k = 1;
+          p = j - max_suffix;
+        }
+      else if (a == b)
+        {
+          /* Advance through repetition of the current period.  */
+          if (k != p)
+            ++k;
+          else
+            {
+              j += p;
+              k = 1;
+            }
+        }
+      else /* b < a */
+        {
+          /* Suffix is larger, start over from current location.  */
+          max_suffix = j++;
+          k = p = 1;
+        }
+    }
+  *period = p;
+
+  /* Perform reverse lexicographic search.  */
+  max_suffix_rev = SIZE_MAX;
+  j = 0;
+  k = p = 1;
+  while (j + k < needle_len)
+    {
+      a = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[j + k]);
+      b = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[max_suffix_rev + k]);
+      if (b < a)
+        {
+          /* Suffix is smaller, period is entire prefix so far.  */
+          j += k;
+          k = 1;
+          p = j - max_suffix_rev;
+        }
+      else if (a == b)
+        {
+          /* Advance through repetition of the current period.  */
+          if (k != p)
+            ++k;
+          else
+            {
+              j += p;
+              k = 1;
+            }
+        }
+      else /* a < b */
+        {
+          /* Suffix is larger, start over from current location.  */
+          max_suffix_rev = j++;
+          k = p = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Choose the shorter suffix.  Return the index of the first byte of
+     the right half, rather than the last byte of the left half.
+
+     For some examples, 'banana' has two critical factorizations, both
+     exposed by the two lexicographic extreme suffixes of 'anana' and
+     'nana', where both suffixes have a period of 2.  On the other
+     hand, with 'aab' and 'bba', both strings have a single critical
+     factorization of the last byte, with the suffix having a period
+     of 1.  While the maximal lexicographic suffix of 'aab' is 'b',
+     the maximal lexicographic suffix of 'bba' is 'ba', which is not a
+     critical factorization.  Conversely, the maximal reverse
+     lexicographic suffix of 'a' works for 'bba', but not 'ab' for
+     'aab'.  The shorter suffix of the two will always be a critical
+     factorization.  */
+  if (max_suffix_rev + 1 < max_suffix + 1)
+    return max_suffix + 1;
+  *period = p;
+  return max_suffix_rev + 1;
+}
+
+/* Return the first location of non-empty NEEDLE within HAYSTACK, or
+   NULL.  HAYSTACK_LEN is the minimum known length of HAYSTACK.  This
+   method is optimized for NEEDLE_LEN < LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD.
+   Performance is guaranteed to be linear, with an initialization cost
+   of 2 * NEEDLE_LEN comparisons.
+
+   If AVAILABLE does not modify HAYSTACK_LEN (as in memmem), then at
+   most 2 * HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching.
+   If AVAILABLE modifies HAYSTACK_LEN (as in strstr), then at most 3 *
+   HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching.  */
+static RETURN_TYPE
+two_way_short_needle (const unsigned char *haystack, size_t haystack_len,
+                      const unsigned char *needle, size_t needle_len)
+{
+  size_t i; /* Index into current byte of NEEDLE.  */
+  size_t j; /* Index into current window of HAYSTACK.  */
+  size_t period; /* The period of the right half of needle.  */
+  size_t suffix; /* The index of the right half of needle.  */
+
+  /* Factor the needle into two halves, such that the left half is
+     smaller than the global period, and the right half is
+     periodic (with a period as large as NEEDLE_LEN - suffix).  */
+  suffix = critical_factorization (needle, needle_len, &period);
+
+  /* Perform the search.  Each iteration compares the right half
+     first.  */
+  if (CMP_FUNC (needle, needle + period, suffix) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Entire needle is periodic; a mismatch in the left half can
+         only advance by the period, so use memory to avoid rescanning
+         known occurrences of the period in the right half.  */
+      size_t memory = 0;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  */
+          i = MAX (suffix, memory);
+          while (i < needle_len && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                    == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (memory < i + 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i + 1 < memory + 1)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              /* No match, so remember how many repetitions of period
+                 on the right half were scanned.  */
+              j += period;
+              memory = needle_len - period;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              j += i - suffix + 1;
+              memory = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The two halves of needle are distinct; no extra memory is
+         required, and any mismatch results in a maximal shift.  */
+      period = MAX (suffix, needle_len - suffix) + 1;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  */
+          i = suffix;
+          while (i < needle_len && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                    == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (i != SIZE_MAX && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                       == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i == SIZE_MAX)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              j += period;
+            }
+          else
+            j += i - suffix + 1;
+        }
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Return the first location of non-empty NEEDLE within HAYSTACK, or
+   NULL.  HAYSTACK_LEN is the minimum known length of HAYSTACK.  This
+   method is optimized for LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD <= NEEDLE_LEN.
+   Performance is guaranteed to be linear, with an initialization cost
+   of 3 * NEEDLE_LEN + (1 << CHAR_BIT) operations.
+
+   If AVAILABLE does not modify HAYSTACK_LEN (as in memmem), then at
+   most 2 * HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching,
+   and sublinear performance O(HAYSTACK_LEN / NEEDLE_LEN) is possible.
+   If AVAILABLE modifies HAYSTACK_LEN (as in strstr), then at most 3 *
+   HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching, and
+   sublinear performance is not possible.  */
+static RETURN_TYPE
+two_way_long_needle (const unsigned char *haystack, size_t haystack_len,
+                     const unsigned char *needle, size_t needle_len)
+{
+  size_t i; /* Index into current byte of NEEDLE.  */
+  size_t j; /* Index into current window of HAYSTACK.  */
+  size_t period; /* The period of the right half of needle.  */
+  size_t suffix; /* The index of the right half of needle.  */
+  size_t shift_table[1U << CHAR_BIT]; /* See below.  */
+
+  /* Factor the needle into two halves, such that the left half is
+     smaller than the global period, and the right half is
+     periodic (with a period as large as NEEDLE_LEN - suffix).  */
+  suffix = critical_factorization (needle, needle_len, &period);
+
+  /* Populate shift_table.  For each possible byte value c,
+     shift_table[c] is the distance from the last occurrence of c to
+     the end of NEEDLE, or NEEDLE_LEN if c is absent from the NEEDLE.
+     shift_table[NEEDLE[NEEDLE_LEN - 1]] contains the only 0.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < 1U << CHAR_BIT; i++)
+    shift_table[i] = needle_len;
+  for (i = 0; i < needle_len; i++)
+    shift_table[CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])] = needle_len - i - 1;
+
+  /* Perform the search.  Each iteration compares the right half
+     first.  */
+  if (CMP_FUNC (needle, needle + period, suffix) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Entire needle is periodic; a mismatch in the left half can
+         only advance by the period, so use memory to avoid rescanning
+         known occurrences of the period in the right half.  */
+      size_t memory = 0;
+      size_t shift;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Check the last byte first; if it does not match, then
+             shift to the next possible match location.  */
+          shift = shift_table[CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[j + needle_len - 1])];
+          if (0 < shift)
+            {
+              if (memory && shift < period)
+                {
+                  /* Since needle is periodic, but the last period has
+                     a byte out of place, there can be no match until
+                     after the mismatch.  */
+                  shift = needle_len - period;
+                }
+              memory = 0;
+              j += shift;
+              continue;
+            }
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  The last byte has
+             already been matched, by virtue of the shift table.  */
+          i = MAX (suffix, memory);
+          while (i < needle_len - 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len - 1 <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (memory < i + 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i + 1 < memory + 1)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              /* No match, so remember how many repetitions of period
+                 on the right half were scanned.  */
+              j += period;
+              memory = needle_len - period;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              j += i - suffix + 1;
+              memory = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The two halves of needle are distinct; no extra memory is
+         required, and any mismatch results in a maximal shift.  */
+      size_t shift;
+      period = MAX (suffix, needle_len - suffix) + 1;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Check the last byte first; if it does not match, then
+             shift to the next possible match location.  */
+          shift = shift_table[CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[j + needle_len - 1])];
+          if (0 < shift)
+            {
+              j += shift;
+              continue;
+            }
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  The last byte has
+             already been matched, by virtue of the shift table.  */
+          i = suffix;
+          while (i < needle_len - 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len - 1 <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (i != SIZE_MAX && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                       == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i == SIZE_MAX)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              j += period;
+            }
+          else
+            j += i - suffix + 1;
+        }
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#undef AVAILABLE
+#undef CANON_ELEMENT
+#undef CMP_FUNC
+#undef MAX
+#undef RETURN_TYPE
diff --git a/lib/strdup.c b/lib/strdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a0df02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1996-1998, 2002-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef __strdup
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef strdup
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strdup strdup
+#endif
+
+/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
+char *
+__strdup (const char *s)
+{
+  size_t len = strlen (s) + 1;
+  void *new = malloc (len);
+
+  if (new == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  return (char *) memcpy (new, s, len);
+}
+#ifdef libc_hidden_def
+libc_hidden_def (__strdup)
+#endif
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strdup, strdup)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/streq.h b/lib/streq.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49f73c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/streq.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* Optimized string comparison.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STREQ_H
+#define _GL_STREQ_H
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* STREQ_OPT allows to optimize string comparison with a small literal string.
+     STREQ_OPT (s, "EUC-KR", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'K', 'R', 0, 0, 0)
+   is semantically equivalent to
+     strcmp (s, "EUC-KR") == 0
+   just faster.  */
+
+/* Help GCC to generate good code for string comparisons with
+   immediate strings. */
+#if (defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__) && defined __OPTIMIZE__
+
+static inline int
+streq9 (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  return strcmp (s1 + 9, s2 + 9) == 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq8 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[8] == s28)
+    {
+      if (s28 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq9 (s1, s2);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq7 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[7] == s27)
+    {
+      if (s27 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq8 (s1, s2, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq6 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[6] == s26)
+    {
+      if (s26 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq7 (s1, s2, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq5 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[5] == s25)
+    {
+      if (s25 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq6 (s1, s2, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq4 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[4] == s24)
+    {
+      if (s24 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq5 (s1, s2, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq3 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[3] == s23)
+    {
+      if (s23 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq4 (s1, s2, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq2 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[2] == s22)
+    {
+      if (s22 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq3 (s1, s2, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq1 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[1] == s21)
+    {
+      if (s21 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq2 (s1, s2, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq0 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s20, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[0] == s20)
+    {
+      if (s20 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq1 (s1, s2, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#define STREQ_OPT(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
+  streq0 (s1, s2, s20, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28)
+
+#else
+
+#define STREQ_OPT(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
+  (strcmp (s1, s2) == 0)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_STREQ_H */
diff --git a/lib/strerror-override.c b/lib/strerror-override.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6be1afd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strerror-override.c
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/* strerror-override.c --- POSIX compatible system error routine
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2010.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "strerror-override.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK /* native Windows platforms */
+# if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+#  include <winsock2.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !GNULIB_defined_strerror_override_macro
+
+/* If ERRNUM maps to an errno value defined by gnulib, return a string
+   describing the error.  Otherwise return NULL.  */
+const char *
+strerror_override (int errnum)
+{
+  /* These error messages are taken from glibc/sysdeps/gnu/errlist.c.  */
+  switch (errnum)
+    {
+# if REPLACE_STRERROR_0
+    case 0:
+      return "Success";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_ESOCK /* native Windows platforms with older <errno.h> */
+    case EINPROGRESS:
+      return "Operation now in progress";
+    case EALREADY:
+      return "Operation already in progress";
+    case ENOTSOCK:
+      return "Socket operation on non-socket";
+    case EDESTADDRREQ:
+      return "Destination address required";
+    case EMSGSIZE:
+      return "Message too long";
+    case EPROTOTYPE:
+      return "Protocol wrong type for socket";
+    case ENOPROTOOPT:
+      return "Protocol not available";
+    case EPROTONOSUPPORT:
+      return "Protocol not supported";
+    case EOPNOTSUPP:
+      return "Operation not supported";
+    case EAFNOSUPPORT:
+      return "Address family not supported by protocol";
+    case EADDRINUSE:
+      return "Address already in use";
+    case EADDRNOTAVAIL:
+      return "Cannot assign requested address";
+    case ENETDOWN:
+      return "Network is down";
+    case ENETUNREACH:
+      return "Network is unreachable";
+    case ECONNRESET:
+      return "Connection reset by peer";
+    case ENOBUFS:
+      return "No buffer space available";
+    case EISCONN:
+      return "Transport endpoint is already connected";
+    case ENOTCONN:
+      return "Transport endpoint is not connected";
+    case ETIMEDOUT:
+      return "Connection timed out";
+    case ECONNREFUSED:
+      return "Connection refused";
+    case ELOOP:
+      return "Too many levels of symbolic links";
+    case EHOSTUNREACH:
+      return "No route to host";
+    case EWOULDBLOCK:
+      return "Operation would block";
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS /* native Windows platforms with older <errno.h> */
+    case ETXTBSY:
+      return "Text file busy";
+    case ENODATA:
+      return "No data available";
+    case ENOSR:
+      return "Out of streams resources";
+    case ENOSTR:
+      return "Device not a stream";
+    case ETIME:
+      return "Timer expired";
+    case EOTHER:
+      return "Other error";
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK /* native Windows platforms */
+    case ESOCKTNOSUPPORT:
+      return "Socket type not supported";
+    case EPFNOSUPPORT:
+      return "Protocol family not supported";
+    case ESHUTDOWN:
+      return "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown";
+    case ETOOMANYREFS:
+      return "Too many references: cannot splice";
+    case EHOSTDOWN:
+      return "Host is down";
+    case EPROCLIM:
+      return "Too many processes";
+    case EUSERS:
+      return "Too many users";
+    case EDQUOT:
+      return "Disk quota exceeded";
+    case ESTALE:
+      return "Stale NFS file handle";
+    case EREMOTE:
+      return "Object is remote";
+#  if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+      /* WSA_INVALID_HANDLE maps to EBADF */
+      /* WSA_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY maps to ENOMEM */
+      /* WSA_INVALID_PARAMETER maps to EINVAL */
+    case WSA_OPERATION_ABORTED:
+      return "Overlapped operation aborted";
+    case WSA_IO_INCOMPLETE:
+      return "Overlapped I/O event object not in signaled state";
+    case WSA_IO_PENDING:
+      return "Overlapped operations will complete later";
+      /* WSAEINTR maps to EINTR */
+      /* WSAEBADF maps to EBADF */
+      /* WSAEACCES maps to EACCES */
+      /* WSAEFAULT maps to EFAULT */
+      /* WSAEINVAL maps to EINVAL */
+      /* WSAEMFILE maps to EMFILE */
+      /* WSAEWOULDBLOCK maps to EWOULDBLOCK */
+      /* WSAEINPROGRESS maps to EINPROGRESS */
+      /* WSAEALREADY maps to EALREADY */
+      /* WSAENOTSOCK maps to ENOTSOCK */
+      /* WSAEDESTADDRREQ maps to EDESTADDRREQ */
+      /* WSAEMSGSIZE maps to EMSGSIZE */
+      /* WSAEPROTOTYPE maps to EPROTOTYPE */
+      /* WSAENOPROTOOPT maps to ENOPROTOOPT */
+      /* WSAEPROTONOSUPPORT maps to EPROTONOSUPPORT */
+      /* WSAESOCKTNOSUPPORT is ESOCKTNOSUPPORT */
+      /* WSAEOPNOTSUPP maps to EOPNOTSUPP */
+      /* WSAEPFNOSUPPORT is EPFNOSUPPORT */
+      /* WSAEAFNOSUPPORT maps to EAFNOSUPPORT */
+      /* WSAEADDRINUSE maps to EADDRINUSE */
+      /* WSAEADDRNOTAVAIL maps to EADDRNOTAVAIL */
+      /* WSAENETDOWN maps to ENETDOWN */
+      /* WSAENETUNREACH maps to ENETUNREACH */
+      /* WSAENETRESET maps to ENETRESET */
+      /* WSAECONNABORTED maps to ECONNABORTED */
+      /* WSAECONNRESET maps to ECONNRESET */
+      /* WSAENOBUFS maps to ENOBUFS */
+      /* WSAEISCONN maps to EISCONN */
+      /* WSAENOTCONN maps to ENOTCONN */
+      /* WSAESHUTDOWN is ESHUTDOWN */
+      /* WSAETOOMANYREFS is ETOOMANYREFS */
+      /* WSAETIMEDOUT maps to ETIMEDOUT */
+      /* WSAECONNREFUSED maps to ECONNREFUSED */
+      /* WSAELOOP maps to ELOOP */
+      /* WSAENAMETOOLONG maps to ENAMETOOLONG */
+      /* WSAEHOSTDOWN is EHOSTDOWN */
+      /* WSAEHOSTUNREACH maps to EHOSTUNREACH */
+      /* WSAENOTEMPTY maps to ENOTEMPTY */
+      /* WSAEPROCLIM is EPROCLIM */
+      /* WSAEUSERS is EUSERS */
+      /* WSAEDQUOT is EDQUOT */
+      /* WSAESTALE is ESTALE */
+      /* WSAEREMOTE is EREMOTE */
+    case WSASYSNOTREADY:
+      return "Network subsystem is unavailable";
+    case WSAVERNOTSUPPORTED:
+      return "Winsock.dll version out of range";
+    case WSANOTINITIALISED:
+      return "Successful WSAStartup not yet performed";
+    case WSAEDISCON:
+      return "Graceful shutdown in progress";
+    case WSAENOMORE: case WSA_E_NO_MORE:
+      return "No more results";
+    case WSAECANCELLED: case WSA_E_CANCELLED:
+      return "Call was canceled";
+    case WSAEINVALIDPROCTABLE:
+      return "Procedure call table is invalid";
+    case WSAEINVALIDPROVIDER:
+      return "Service provider is invalid";
+    case WSAEPROVIDERFAILEDINIT:
+      return "Service provider failed to initialize";
+    case WSASYSCALLFAILURE:
+      return "System call failure";
+    case WSASERVICE_NOT_FOUND:
+      return "Service not found";
+    case WSATYPE_NOT_FOUND:
+      return "Class type not found";
+    case WSAEREFUSED:
+      return "Database query was refused";
+    case WSAHOST_NOT_FOUND:
+      return "Host not found";
+    case WSATRY_AGAIN:
+      return "Nonauthoritative host not found";
+    case WSANO_RECOVERY:
+      return "Nonrecoverable error";
+    case WSANO_DATA:
+      return "Valid name, no data record of requested type";
+      /* WSA_QOS_* omitted */
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG
+    case ENOMSG:
+      return "No message of desired type";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_EIDRM
+    case EIDRM:
+      return "Identifier removed";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK
+    case ENOLINK:
+      return "Link has been severed";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_EPROTO
+    case EPROTO:
+      return "Protocol error";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP
+    case EMULTIHOP:
+      return "Multihop attempted";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG
+    case EBADMSG:
+      return "Bad message";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW
+    case EOVERFLOW:
+      return "Value too large for defined data type";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP
+    case ENOTSUP:
+      return "Not supported";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET
+    case ENETRESET:
+      return "Network dropped connection on reset";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED
+    case ECONNABORTED:
+      return "Software caused connection abort";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_ESTALE
+    case ESTALE:
+      return "Stale NFS file handle";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT
+    case EDQUOT:
+      return "Disk quota exceeded";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED
+    case ECANCELED:
+      return "Operation canceled";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD
+    case EOWNERDEAD:
+      return "Owner died";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE
+    case ENOTRECOVERABLE:
+      return "State not recoverable";
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ
+    case EILSEQ:
+      return "Invalid or incomplete multibyte or wide character";
+# endif
+
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strerror-override.h b/lib/strerror-override.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d010d27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strerror-override.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* strerror-override.h --- POSIX compatible system error routine
+
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STRERROR_OVERRIDE_H
+# define _GL_STRERROR_OVERRIDE_H
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Reasonable buffer size that should never trigger ERANGE; if this
+   proves too small, we intentionally abort(), to remind us to fix
+   this value.  */
+# define STACKBUF_LEN 256
+
+/* If ERRNUM maps to an errno value defined by gnulib, return a string
+   describing the error.  Otherwise return NULL.  */
+# if REPLACE_STRERROR_0 \
+     || GNULIB_defined_ESOCK \
+     || GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS \
+     || GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK \
+     || GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG \
+     || GNULIB_defined_EIDRM \
+     || GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK \
+     || GNULIB_defined_EPROTO \
+     || GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP \
+     || GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG \
+     || GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW \
+     || GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP \
+     || GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET \
+     || GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED \
+     || GNULIB_defined_ESTALE \
+     || GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT \
+     || GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED \
+     || GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD \
+     || GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE \
+     || GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ
+extern const char *strerror_override (int errnum) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+# else
+#  define strerror_override(ignored) NULL
+#  define GNULIB_defined_strerror_override_macro 1
+# endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_STRERROR_OVERRIDE_H */
diff --git a/lib/strerror.c b/lib/strerror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67c5216
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strerror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* strerror.c --- POSIX compatible system error routine
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "strerror-override.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+/* Use the system functions, not the gnulib overrides in this file.  */
+#undef sprintf
+
+char *
+strerror (int n)
+#undef strerror
+{
+  static char buf[STACKBUF_LEN];
+  size_t len;
+
+  /* Cast away const, due to the historical signature of strerror;
+     callers should not be modifying the string.  */
+  const char *msg = strerror_override (n);
+  if (msg)
+    return (char *) msg;
+
+  msg = strerror (n);
+
+  /* Our strerror_r implementation might use the system's strerror
+     buffer, so all other clients of strerror have to see the error
+     copied into a buffer that we manage.  This is not thread-safe,
+     even if the system strerror is, but portable programs shouldn't
+     be using strerror if they care about thread-safety.  */
+  if (!msg || !*msg)
+    {
+      static char const fmt[] = "Unknown error %d";
+      verify (sizeof buf >= sizeof (fmt) + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (n));
+      sprintf (buf, fmt, n);
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return buf;
+    }
+
+  /* Fix STACKBUF_LEN if this ever aborts.  */
+  len = strlen (msg);
+  if (sizeof buf <= len)
+    abort ();
+
+  memcpy (buf, msg, len + 1);
+  return buf;
+}
diff --git a/lib/strftime.h b/lib/strftime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a984708
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strftime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* declarations for strftime.c
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Just like strftime, but with two more arguments:
+   POSIX requires that strftime use the local timezone information.
+   Use the timezone __TZ instead.  Use __NS as the number of
+   nanoseconds in the %N directive.
+
+   On error, set errno and return 0.  Otherwise, return the number of
+   bytes generated (not counting the trailing NUL), preserving errno
+   if the number is 0.  This errno behavior is in draft POSIX 202x
+   plus some requested changes to POSIX.  */
+size_t nstrftime (char *restrict, size_t, char const *, struct tm const *,
+                  timezone_t __tz, int __ns);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/striconv.c b/lib/striconv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3da10a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/striconv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+/* Charset conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2007, 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible and Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "striconv.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+/* Get MB_LEN_MAX, CHAR_BIT.  */
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+
+int
+mem_cd_iconv (const char *src, size_t srclen, iconv_t cd,
+              char **resultp, size_t *lengthp)
+{
+# define tmpbufsize 4096
+  size_t length;
+  char *result;
+
+  /* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug and Solaris 2.7-2.9 bug.  */
+# if defined _LIBICONV_VERSION \
+     || !(((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ <= 1) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+          || defined __sun)
+  /* Set to the initial state.  */
+  iconv (cd, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+# endif
+
+  /* Determine the length we need.  */
+  {
+    size_t count = 0;
+    /* The alignment is needed when converting e.g. to glibc's WCHAR_T or
+       libiconv's UCS-4-INTERNAL encoding.  */
+    union { unsigned int align; char buf[tmpbufsize]; } tmp;
+# define tmpbuf tmp.buf
+    const char *inptr = src;
+    size_t insize = srclen;
+
+    while (insize > 0)
+      {
+        char *outptr = tmpbuf;
+        size_t outsize = tmpbufsize;
+        size_t res = iconv (cd,
+                            (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &insize,
+                            &outptr, &outsize);
+
+        if (res == (size_t)(-1))
+          {
+            if (errno == E2BIG)
+              ;
+            else if (errno == EINVAL)
+              break;
+            else
+              return -1;
+          }
+# if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && !(defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __UCLIBC__)
+        /* Irix iconv() inserts a NUL byte if it cannot convert.
+           NetBSD iconv() inserts a question mark if it cannot convert.
+           Only GNU libiconv and GNU libc are known to prefer to fail rather
+           than doing a lossy conversion.  */
+        else if (res > 0)
+          {
+            errno = EILSEQ;
+            return -1;
+          }
+# endif
+        count += outptr - tmpbuf;
+      }
+    /* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug and Solaris 2.7 bug.  */
+# if defined _LIBICONV_VERSION \
+     || !(((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ <= 1) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+          || defined __sun)
+    {
+      char *outptr = tmpbuf;
+      size_t outsize = tmpbufsize;
+      size_t res = iconv (cd, NULL, NULL, &outptr, &outsize);
+
+      if (res == (size_t)(-1))
+        return -1;
+      count += outptr - tmpbuf;
+    }
+# endif
+    length = count;
+# undef tmpbuf
+  }
+
+  if (length == 0)
+    {
+      *lengthp = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  if (*resultp != NULL && *lengthp >= length)
+    result = *resultp;
+  else
+    {
+      result = (char *) malloc (length);
+      if (result == NULL)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug and Solaris 2.7-2.9 bug.  */
+# if defined _LIBICONV_VERSION \
+     || !(((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ <= 1) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+          || defined __sun)
+  /* Return to the initial state.  */
+  iconv (cd, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+# endif
+
+  /* Do the conversion for real.  */
+  {
+    const char *inptr = src;
+    size_t insize = srclen;
+    char *outptr = result;
+    size_t outsize = length;
+
+    while (insize > 0)
+      {
+        size_t res = iconv (cd,
+                            (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &insize,
+                            &outptr, &outsize);
+
+        if (res == (size_t)(-1))
+          {
+            if (errno == EINVAL)
+              break;
+            else
+              goto fail;
+          }
+# if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && !(defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __UCLIBC__)
+        /* Irix iconv() inserts a NUL byte if it cannot convert.
+           NetBSD iconv() inserts a question mark if it cannot convert.
+           Only GNU libiconv and GNU libc are known to prefer to fail rather
+           than doing a lossy conversion.  */
+        else if (res > 0)
+          {
+            errno = EILSEQ;
+            goto fail;
+          }
+# endif
+      }
+    /* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug and Solaris 2.7 bug.  */
+# if defined _LIBICONV_VERSION \
+     || !(((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ <= 1) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+          || defined __sun)
+    {
+      size_t res = iconv (cd, NULL, NULL, &outptr, &outsize);
+
+      if (res == (size_t)(-1))
+        goto fail;
+    }
+# endif
+    if (outsize != 0)
+      abort ();
+  }
+
+  *resultp = result;
+  *lengthp = length;
+
+  return 0;
+
+ fail:
+  {
+    if (result != *resultp)
+      free (result);
+    return -1;
+  }
+# undef tmpbufsize
+}
+
+char *
+str_cd_iconv (const char *src, iconv_t cd)
+{
+  /* For most encodings, a trailing NUL byte in the input will be converted
+     to a trailing NUL byte in the output.  But not for UTF-7.  So that this
+     function is usable for UTF-7, we have to exclude the NUL byte from the
+     conversion and add it by hand afterwards.  */
+# if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && !(defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __UCLIBC__)
+  /* Irix iconv() inserts a NUL byte if it cannot convert.
+     NetBSD iconv() inserts a question mark if it cannot convert.
+     Only GNU libiconv and GNU libc are known to prefer to fail rather
+     than doing a lossy conversion.  For other iconv() implementations,
+     we have to look at the number of irreversible conversions returned;
+     but this information is lost when iconv() returns for an E2BIG reason.
+     Therefore we cannot use the second, faster algorithm.  */
+
+  char *result = NULL;
+  size_t length = 0;
+  int retval = mem_cd_iconv (src, strlen (src), cd, &result, &length);
+  char *final_result;
+
+  if (retval < 0)
+    {
+      if (result != NULL)
+        abort ();
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Add the terminating NUL byte.  */
+  final_result =
+    (result != NULL ? realloc (result, length + 1) : malloc (length + 1));
+  if (final_result == NULL)
+    {
+      free (result);
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  final_result[length] = '\0';
+
+  return final_result;
+
+# else
+  /* This algorithm is likely faster than the one above.  But it may produce
+     iconv() returns for an E2BIG reason, when the output size guess is too
+     small.  Therefore it can only be used when we don't need the number of
+     irreversible conversions performed.  */
+  char *result;
+  size_t result_size;
+  size_t length;
+  const char *inptr = src;
+  size_t inbytes_remaining = strlen (src);
+
+  /* Make a guess for the worst-case output size, in order to avoid a
+     realloc.  It's OK if the guess is wrong as long as it is not zero and
+     doesn't lead to an integer overflow.  */
+  result_size = inbytes_remaining;
+  {
+    size_t approx_sqrt_SIZE_MAX = SIZE_MAX >> (sizeof (size_t) * CHAR_BIT / 2);
+    if (result_size <= approx_sqrt_SIZE_MAX / MB_LEN_MAX)
+      result_size *= MB_LEN_MAX;
+  }
+  result_size += 1; /* for the terminating NUL */
+
+  result = (char *) malloc (result_size);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    {
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug and Solaris 2.7-2.9 bug.  */
+# if defined _LIBICONV_VERSION \
+     || !(((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ <= 1) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+          || defined __sun)
+  /* Set to the initial state.  */
+  iconv (cd, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+# endif
+
+  /* Do the conversion.  */
+  {
+    char *outptr = result;
+    size_t outbytes_remaining = result_size - 1;
+
+    for (;;)
+      {
+        /* Here inptr + inbytes_remaining = src + strlen (src),
+                outptr + outbytes_remaining = result + result_size - 1.  */
+        size_t res = iconv (cd,
+                            (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inbytes_remaining,
+                            &outptr, &outbytes_remaining);
+
+        if (res == (size_t)(-1))
+          {
+            if (errno == EINVAL)
+              break;
+            else if (errno == E2BIG)
+              {
+                size_t used = outptr - result;
+                size_t newsize = result_size * 2;
+                char *newresult;
+
+                if (!(newsize > result_size))
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    goto failed;
+                  }
+                newresult = (char *) realloc (result, newsize);
+                if (newresult == NULL)
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    goto failed;
+                  }
+                result = newresult;
+                result_size = newsize;
+                outptr = result + used;
+                outbytes_remaining = result_size - 1 - used;
+              }
+            else
+              goto failed;
+          }
+        else
+          break;
+      }
+    /* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug and Solaris 2.7 bug.  */
+# if defined _LIBICONV_VERSION \
+     || !(((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ <= 1) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+          || defined __sun)
+    for (;;)
+      {
+        /* Here outptr + outbytes_remaining = result + result_size - 1.  */
+        size_t res = iconv (cd, NULL, NULL, &outptr, &outbytes_remaining);
+
+        if (res == (size_t)(-1))
+          {
+            if (errno == E2BIG)
+              {
+                size_t used = outptr - result;
+                size_t newsize = result_size * 2;
+                char *newresult;
+
+                if (!(newsize > result_size))
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    goto failed;
+                  }
+                newresult = (char *) realloc (result, newsize);
+                if (newresult == NULL)
+                  {
+                    errno = ENOMEM;
+                    goto failed;
+                  }
+                result = newresult;
+                result_size = newsize;
+                outptr = result + used;
+                outbytes_remaining = result_size - 1 - used;
+              }
+            else
+              goto failed;
+          }
+        else
+          break;
+      }
+# endif
+
+    /* Add the terminating NUL byte.  */
+    *outptr++ = '\0';
+
+    length = outptr - result;
+  }
+
+  /* Give away unused memory.  */
+  if (length < result_size)
+    {
+      char *smaller_result = (char *) realloc (result, length);
+
+      if (smaller_result != NULL)
+        result = smaller_result;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+
+ failed:
+  free (result);
+  return NULL;
+
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
+
+char *
+str_iconv (const char *src, const char *from_codeset, const char *to_codeset)
+{
+  if (*src == '\0' || c_strcasecmp (from_codeset, to_codeset) == 0)
+    {
+      char *result = strdup (src);
+
+      if (result == NULL)
+        errno = ENOMEM;
+      return result;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+      iconv_t cd;
+      char *result;
+
+      /* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug with EUC-KR.  */
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ <= 1) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION
+      if (c_strcasecmp (from_codeset, "EUC-KR") == 0
+          || c_strcasecmp (to_codeset, "EUC-KR") == 0)
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+# endif
+      cd = iconv_open (to_codeset, from_codeset);
+      if (cd == (iconv_t) -1)
+        return NULL;
+
+      result = str_cd_iconv (src, cd);
+
+      if (result == NULL)
+        {
+          /* Close cd, but preserve the errno from str_cd_iconv.  */
+          int saved_errno = errno;
+          iconv_close (cd);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (iconv_close (cd) < 0)
+            {
+              free (result);
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+      return result;
+#else
+      /* This is a different error code than if iconv_open existed but didn't
+         support from_codeset and to_codeset, so that the caller can emit
+         an error message such as
+           "iconv() is not supported. Installing GNU libiconv and
+            then reinstalling this package would fix this."  */
+      errno = ENOSYS;
+      return NULL;
+#endif
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/striconv.h b/lib/striconv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a184ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/striconv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Charset conversion.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible and Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _STRICONV_H
+#define _STRICONV_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+#include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Convert an entire string from one encoding to another, using iconv.
+   The original string is at [SRC,...,SRC+SRCLEN-1].
+   The conversion descriptor is passed as CD.
+   *RESULTP and *LENGTH should initially be a scratch buffer and its size,
+   or *RESULTP can initially be NULL.
+   May erase the contents of the memory at *RESULTP.
+   Return value: 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   If successful: The resulting string is stored in *RESULTP and its length
+   in *LENGTHP.  *RESULTP is set to a freshly allocated memory block, or is
+   unchanged if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary.  */
+extern int mem_cd_iconv (const char *src, size_t srclen, iconv_t cd,
+                         char **resultp, size_t *lengthp);
+
+/* Convert an entire string from one encoding to another, using iconv.
+   The original string is the NUL-terminated string starting at SRC.
+   The conversion descriptor is passed as CD.  Both the "from" and the "to"
+   encoding must use a single NUL byte at the end of the string (i.e. not
+   UCS-2, UCS-4, UTF-16, UTF-32).
+   Allocate a malloced memory block for the result.
+   Return value: the freshly allocated resulting NUL-terminated string if
+   successful, otherwise NULL and errno set.  */
+extern char * str_cd_iconv (const char *src, iconv_t cd)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+#endif
+
+/* Convert an entire string from one encoding to another, using iconv.
+   The original string is the NUL-terminated string starting at SRC.
+   Both the "from" and the "to" encoding must use a single NUL byte at the
+   end of the string (i.e. not UCS-2, UCS-4, UTF-16, UTF-32).
+   Allocate a malloced memory block for the result.
+   Return value: the freshly allocated resulting NUL-terminated string if
+   successful, otherwise NULL and errno set.  */
+extern char * str_iconv (const char *src,
+                         const char *from_codeset, const char *to_codeset)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _STRICONV_H */
diff --git a/lib/string.in.h b/lib/string.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c943294
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/string.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1269 @@
+/* A GNU-like <string.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STRING_H
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - On OS X/NetBSD we have a sequence of nested includes
+       <string.h> -> <strings.h> -> "string.h"
+     In this situation system _chk variants due to -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE
+     might be used after any replacements defined here.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STRING_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H
+
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STRING_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STRING_H@
+
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STRING_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* MirBSD defines mbslen as a macro.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MBSLEN@ && defined __MirBSD__
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 declares strsignal in <unistd.h>, not in <string.h>.  */
+/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_STRSIGNAL@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && defined __NetBSD__ \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* AIX 7.2 declares ffsl and ffsll in <strings.h>, not in <string.h>.  */
+/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if ((@GNULIB_FFSL@ || @GNULIB_FFSLL@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+     && defined _AIX) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
+   that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
+   function F.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (f, i)))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
+   can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  Cannot be used on inline functions.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (free, 1)
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC declares that the function returns a pointer to freshly
+   allocated memory.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Make _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE work, even though <stdlib.h> may not have
+   been included yet.  */
+#if @GNULIB_FREE_POSIX@
+# if (@REPLACE_FREE@ && !defined free \
+      && !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE))
+/* We can't do '#define free rpl_free' here.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C void rpl_free (void *);
+#  undef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (rpl_free, 1)
+# else
+#  if defined _MSC_VER
+_GL_EXTERN_C void __cdecl free (void *);
+#  else
+_GL_EXTERN_C void free (void *);
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# if defined _MSC_VER
+_GL_EXTERN_C void __cdecl free (void *);
+# else
+_GL_EXTERN_C void free (void *);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Clear a block of memory.  The compiler will not delete a call to
+   this function, even if the block is dead after the call.  */
+#if @GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO@
+# if ! @HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (explicit_bzero, void,
+                  (void *__dest, size_t __n) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (explicit_bzero, void, (void *__dest, size_t __n));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (explicit_bzero);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef explicit_bzero
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPLICIT_BZERO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (explicit_bzero, "explicit_bzero is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module explicit_bzero for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Find the index of the least-significant set bit.  */
+#if @GNULIB_FFSL@
+# if !@HAVE_FFSL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ffsl, int, (long int i));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ffsl, int, (long int i));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ffsl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ffsl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FFSL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ffsl, "ffsl is not portable - use the ffsl module");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Find the index of the least-significant set bit.  */
+#if @GNULIB_FFSLL@
+# if @REPLACE_FFSLL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define ffsll rpl_ffsll
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ffsll, int, (long long int i));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ffsll, int, (long long int i));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FFSLL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ffsll, int, (long long int i));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ffsll, int, (long long int i));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ffsll);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ffsll
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FFSLL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ffsll, "ffsll is not portable - use the ffsll module");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_MEMCCPY@
+/* On native Windows, map 'memccpy' to '_memccpy', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::memccpy always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef memccpy
+#   define memccpy _memccpy
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (memccpy, void *,
+                  (void *dest, const void *src, int c, size_t n));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (memccpy, void *,
+                  (void *dest, const void *src, int c, size_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memccpy);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return the first instance of C within N bytes of S, or NULL.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MEMCHR@
+# if @REPLACE_MEMCHR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef memchr
+#   define memchr rpl_memchr
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (memchr, void *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (memchr, void *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n));
+# else
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C" { const void * std::memchr (const void *, int, size_t); }
+       extern "C++" { void * std::memchr (void *, int, size_t); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (memchr,
+                        void *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n),
+                        void const *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n));
+# endif
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memchr, void *, (void *__s, int __c, size_t __n));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memchr, void const *,
+                   (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n));
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memchr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef memchr
+/* Assume memchr is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (memchr, "memchr has platform-specific bugs - "
+                 "use gnulib module memchr for portability" );
+#endif
+
+/* Return the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MEMMEM@
+# if @REPLACE_MEMMEM@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define memmem rpl_memmem
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (memmem, void *,
+                  (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len,
+                   void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (memmem, void *,
+                  (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len,
+                   void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (memmem, void *,
+                  (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len,
+                   void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (memmem, void *,
+                  (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len,
+                   void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memmem);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef memmem
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MEMMEM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (memmem, "memmem is unportable and often quadratic - "
+                 "use gnulib module memmem-simple for portability, "
+                 "and module memmem for speed" );
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
+   last written byte.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MEMPCPY@
+# if ! @HAVE_MEMPCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mempcpy, void *,
+                  (void *restrict __dest, void const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mempcpy, void *,
+                  (void *restrict __dest, void const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mempcpy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mempcpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MEMPCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mempcpy, "mempcpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mempcpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Search backwards through a block for a byte (specified as an int).  */
+#if @GNULIB_MEMRCHR@
+# if ! @HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (memrchr, void *, (void const *, int, size_t)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" { const void * std::memrchr (const void *, int, size_t); }
+       extern "C++" { void * std::memrchr (void *, int, size_t); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (memrchr,
+                        void *, (void const *, int, size_t),
+                        void const *, (void const *, int, size_t));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memrchr, void *, (void *, int, size_t));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memrchr, void const *, (void const *, int, size_t));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memrchr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef memrchr
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MEMRCHR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (memrchr, "memrchr is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module memrchr for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S.  More efficient than
+   memchr(S,C,N), at the expense of undefined behavior if C does not
+   occur within N bytes.  */
+#if @GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR@
+# if ! @HAVE_RAWMEMCHR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rawmemchr, void *, (void const *__s, int __c_in)
+                                     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" { const void * std::rawmemchr (const void *, int); }
+       extern "C++" { void * std::rawmemchr (void *, int); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (rawmemchr,
+                        void *, (void const *__s, int __c_in),
+                        void const *, (void const *__s, int __c_in));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (rawmemchr, void *, (void *__s, int __c_in));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (rawmemchr, void const *, (void const *__s, int __c_in));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rawmemchr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rawmemchr
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RAWMEMCHR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rawmemchr, "rawmemchr is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rawmemchr for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Copy SRC to DST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STPCPY@
+# if ! @HAVE_STPCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (stpcpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (stpcpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (stpcpy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef stpcpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STPCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (stpcpy, "stpcpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module stpcpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Copy no more than N bytes of SRC to DST, returning a pointer past the
+   last non-NUL byte written into DST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STPNCPY@
+# if @REPLACE_STPNCPY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef stpncpy
+#   define stpncpy rpl_stpncpy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (stpncpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (stpncpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_STPNCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (stpncpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (stpncpy, char *,
+                  (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src,
+                   size_t __n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (stpncpy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef stpncpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STPNCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (stpncpy, "stpncpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module stpncpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strchr() does not work with multibyte strings if the locale encoding is
+   GB18030 and the character to be searched is a digit.  */
+# undef strchr
+/* Assume strchr is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (strchr,
+                     const char *, char *, (const char *, int),
+                     "strchr cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                     "in some multibyte locales - "
+                     "use mbschr if you care about internationalization");
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S or the final NUL byte.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRCHRNUL@
+# if @REPLACE_STRCHRNUL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strchrnul rpl_strchrnul
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strchrnul, char *, (const char *__s, int __c_in)
+                                     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strchrnul, char *,
+                  (const char *str, int ch));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_STRCHRNUL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strchrnul, char *, (char const *__s, int __c_in)
+                                     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" { const char * std::strchrnul (const char *, int); }
+       extern "C++" { char * std::strchrnul (char *, int); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strchrnul,
+                        char *, (char const *__s, int __c_in),
+                        char const *, (char const *__s, int __c_in));
+# endif
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strchrnul, char *, (char *__s, int __c_in));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strchrnul, char const *, (char const *__s, int __c_in));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strchrnul);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strchrnul
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRCHRNUL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strchrnul, "strchrnul is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strchrnul for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRDUP@
+# if @REPLACE_STRDUP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strdup
+#   define strdup rpl_strdup
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strdup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strdup, char *, (char const *__s));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strdup
+#   define strdup _strdup
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (strdup, char *, (char const *__s));
+# else
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && defined strdup
+    /* strdup exists as a function and as a macro.  Get rid of the macro.  */
+#   undef strdup
+#  endif
+#  if (!@HAVE_DECL_STRDUP@ || __GNUC__ >= 11) && !defined strdup
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strdup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strdup, char *, (char const *__s));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strdup);
+#else
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined strdup
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate strdup with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strdup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef strdup
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRDUP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strdup, "strdup is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strdup for portability");
+#  endif
+# elif @GNULIB_MDA_STRDUP@
+/* On native Windows, map 'creat' to '_creat', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::strdup always.  */
+#  if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef strdup
+#    define strdup _strdup
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (strdup, char *, (char const *__s));
+#  else
+#   if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && defined strdup
+#    undef strdup
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strdup, char *, (char const *__s));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strdup);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Append no more than N characters from SRC onto DEST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRNCAT@
+# if @REPLACE_STRNCAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strncat
+#   define strncat rpl_strncat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strncat, char *,
+                  (char *restrict dest, const char *restrict src, size_t n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strncat, char *,
+                  (char *restrict dest, const char *restrict src, size_t n));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strncat, char *,
+                  (char *restrict dest, const char *restrict src, size_t n));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strncat);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strncat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNCAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strncat, "strncat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strncat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRNDUP@
+# if @REPLACE_STRNDUP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strndup
+#   define strndup rpl_strndup
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strndup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s, size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strndup, char *, (char const *__s, size_t __n));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strndup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s, size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strndup, char *, (char const *__s, size_t __n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strndup);
+#else
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate strndup with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strndup, char *,
+                  (char const *__s, size_t __n)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef strndup
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNDUP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strndup, "strndup is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strndup for portability");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Find the length (number of bytes) of STRING, but scan at most
+   MAXLEN bytes.  If no '\0' terminator is found in that many bytes,
+   return MAXLEN.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRNLEN@
+# if @REPLACE_STRNLEN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strnlen
+#   define strnlen rpl_strnlen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strnlen);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strnlen
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNLEN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strnlen, "strnlen is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strnlen for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strcspn() assumes the second argument is a list of single-byte characters.
+   Even in this simple case, it does not work with multibyte strings if the
+   locale encoding is GB18030 and one of the characters to be searched is a
+   digit.  */
+# undef strcspn
+/* Assume strcspn is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strcspn, "strcspn cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                 "in multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbscspn if you care about internationalization");
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence in S of any character in ACCEPT.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRPBRK@
+# if ! @HAVE_STRPBRK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strpbrk, char *, (char const *__s, char const *__accept)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C" { const char * strpbrk (const char *, const char *); }
+       extern "C++" { char * strpbrk (char *, const char *); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strpbrk,
+                        char *, (char const *__s, char const *__accept),
+                        const char *, (char const *__s, char const *__accept));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strpbrk, char *, (char *__s, char const *__accept));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strpbrk, char const *,
+                   (char const *__s, char const *__accept));
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strpbrk);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strpbrk() assumes the second argument is a list of single-byte characters.
+   Even in this simple case, it does not work with multibyte strings if the
+   locale encoding is GB18030 and one of the characters to be searched is a
+   digit.  */
+#  undef strpbrk
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (strpbrk,
+                     const char *, char *, (const char *, const char *),
+                     "strpbrk cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                     "in multibyte locales - "
+                     "use mbspbrk if you care about internationalization");
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strpbrk
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRPBRK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (strpbrk,
+                     const char *, char *, (const char *, const char *),
+                     "strpbrk is unportable - "
+                     "use gnulib module strpbrk for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strspn() assumes the second argument is a list of single-byte characters.
+   Even in this simple case, it cannot work with multibyte strings.  */
+# undef strspn
+/* Assume strspn is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strspn, "strspn cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                 "in multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbsspn if you care about internationalization");
+#endif
+
+#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strrchr() does not work with multibyte strings if the locale encoding is
+   GB18030 and the character to be searched is a digit.  */
+# undef strrchr
+/* Assume strrchr is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (strrchr,
+                     const char *, char *, (const char *, int),
+                     "strrchr cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                     "in some multibyte locales - "
+                     "use mbsrchr if you care about internationalization");
+#endif
+
+/* Search the next delimiter (char listed in DELIM) starting at *STRINGP.
+   If one is found, overwrite it with a NUL, and advance *STRINGP
+   to point to the next char after it.  Otherwise, set *STRINGP to NULL.
+   If *STRINGP was already NULL, nothing happens.
+   Return the old value of *STRINGP.
+
+   This is a variant of strtok() that is multithread-safe and supports
+   empty fields.
+
+   Caveat: It modifies the original string.
+   Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings.
+   Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
+   Caveat: It doesn't work with multibyte strings unless all of the delimiter
+           characters are ASCII characters < 0x30.
+
+   See also strtok_r().  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRSEP@
+# if ! @HAVE_STRSEP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strsep, char *,
+                  (char **restrict __stringp, char const *restrict __delim)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strsep, char *,
+                  (char **restrict __stringp, char const *restrict __delim));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strsep);
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef strsep
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strsep, "strsep cannot work correctly on character strings "
+                 "in multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbssep if you care about internationalization");
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strsep
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRSEP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strsep, "strsep is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strsep for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRSTR@
+# if @REPLACE_STRSTR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strstr rpl_strstr
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strstr, char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strstr, char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle));
+# else
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" { const char * strstr (const char *, const char *); }
+       extern "C++" { char * strstr (char *, const char *); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strstr,
+                        char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle),
+                        const char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle));
+# endif
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strstr, char *, (char *haystack, const char *needle));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strstr, const char *,
+                   (const char *haystack, const char *needle));
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strstr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strstr() does not work with multibyte strings if the locale encoding is
+   different from UTF-8:
+   POSIX says that it operates on "strings", and "string" in POSIX is defined
+   as a sequence of bytes, not of characters.  */
+# undef strstr
+/* Assume strstr is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strstr, "strstr is quadratic on many systems, and cannot "
+                 "work correctly on character strings in most "
+                 "multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbsstr if you care about internationalization, "
+                 "or use strstr if you care about speed");
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK, using case-insensitive
+   comparison.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRCASESTR@
+# if @REPLACE_STRCASESTR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strcasestr rpl_strcasestr
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strcasestr, char *,
+                  (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strcasestr, char *,
+                  (const char *haystack, const char *needle));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_STRCASESTR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strcasestr, char *,
+                  (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" { const char * strcasestr (const char *, const char *); }
+       extern "C++" { char * strcasestr (char *, const char *); }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strcasestr,
+                        char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle),
+                        const char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle));
+# endif
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strcasestr, char *, (char *haystack, const char *needle));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strcasestr, const char *,
+                   (const char *haystack, const char *needle));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strcasestr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* strcasestr() does not work with multibyte strings:
+   It is a glibc extension, and glibc implements it only for unibyte
+   locales.  */
+# undef strcasestr
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRCASESTR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strcasestr, "strcasestr does work correctly on character "
+                 "strings in multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbscasestr if you care about "
+                 "internationalization, or use c-strcasestr if you want "
+                 "a locale independent function");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Parse S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.
+   If S is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as
+   the next starting point.  For example:
+        char s[] = "-abc-=-def";
+        char *sp;
+        x = strtok_r(s, "-", &sp);      // x = "abc", sp = "=-def"
+        x = strtok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp);  // x = "def", sp = NULL
+        x = strtok_r(NULL, "=", &sp);   // x = NULL
+                // s = "abc\0-def\0"
+
+   This is a variant of strtok() that is multithread-safe.
+
+   For the POSIX documentation for this function, see:
+   https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/strtok.html
+
+   Caveat: It modifies the original string.
+   Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings.
+   Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
+   Caveat: It doesn't work with multibyte strings unless all of the delimiter
+           characters are ASCII characters < 0x30.
+
+   See also strsep().  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRTOK_R@
+# if @REPLACE_STRTOK_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strtok_r
+#   define strtok_r rpl_strtok_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtok_r, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim,
+                   char **restrict save_ptr)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtok_r, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim,
+                   char **restrict save_ptr));
+# else
+#  if @UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#   undef strtok_r
+#  endif
+#  if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtok_r, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim,
+                   char **restrict save_ptr)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtok_r, char *,
+                  (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim,
+                   char **restrict save_ptr));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtok_r);
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtok_r, "strtok_r cannot work correctly on character "
+                 "strings in multibyte locales - "
+                 "use mbstok_r if you care about internationalization");
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strtok_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOK_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtok_r, "strtok_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strtok_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* The following functions are not specified by POSIX.  They are gnulib
+   extensions.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSLEN@
+/* Return the number of multibyte characters in the character string STRING.
+   This considers multibyte characters, unlike strlen, which counts bytes.  */
+# ifdef __MirBSD__  /* MirBSD defines mbslen as a macro.  Override it.  */
+#  undef mbslen
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_MBSLEN@  /* AIX, OSF/1, MirBSD define mbslen already in libc.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define mbslen rpl_mbslen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbslen);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSNLEN@
+/* Return the number of multibyte characters in the character string starting
+   at STRING and ending at STRING + LEN.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C size_t mbsnlen (const char *string, size_t len)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSCHR@
+/* Locate the first single-byte character C in the character string STRING,
+   and return a pointer to it.  Return NULL if C is not found in STRING.
+   Unlike strchr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales with
+   encodings such as GB18030.  */
+# if defined __hpux
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define mbschr rpl_mbschr /* avoid collision with HP-UX function */
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbschr);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSRCHR@
+/* Locate the last single-byte character C in the character string STRING,
+   and return a pointer to it.  Return NULL if C is not found in STRING.
+   Unlike strrchr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales with
+   encodings such as GB18030.  */
+# if defined __hpux || defined __INTERIX
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define mbsrchr rpl_mbsrchr /* avoid collision with system function */
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbsrchr);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSSTR@
+/* Find the first occurrence of the character string NEEDLE in the character
+   string HAYSTACK.  Return NULL if NEEDLE is not found in HAYSTACK.
+   Unlike strstr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales with
+   encodings different from UTF-8.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbsstr (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSCASECMP@
+/* Compare the character strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than,
+   equal to or greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to
+   or greater than S2.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return 0 for strings of
+   different lengths!
+   Unlike strcasecmp(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int mbscasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP@
+/* Compare the initial segment of the character string S1 consisting of at most
+   N characters with the initial segment of the character string S2 consisting
+   of at most N characters, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if the initial segment of S1 is lexicographically less
+   than, equal to or greater than the initial segment of S2.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return 0 for initial segments
+   of different lengths!
+   Unlike strncasecmp(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.
+   But beware that N is not a byte count but a character count!  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int mbsncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP@
+/* Compare the initial segment of the character string STRING consisting of
+   at most mbslen (PREFIX) characters with the character string PREFIX,
+   ignoring case.  If the two match, return a pointer to the first byte
+   after this prefix in STRING.  Otherwise, return NULL.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return non-NULL if STRING
+   is of smaller length than PREFIX!
+   Unlike strncasecmp(), this function works correctly in multibyte
+   locales.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbspcasecmp (const char *string, const char *prefix)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSCASESTR@
+/* Find the first occurrence of the character string NEEDLE in the character
+   string HAYSTACK, using case-insensitive comparison.
+   Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return success even if
+   strlen (haystack) < strlen (needle) !
+   Unlike strcasestr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbscasestr (const char *haystack, const char *needle)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSCSPN@
+/* Find the first occurrence in the character string STRING of any character
+   in the character string ACCEPT.  Return the number of bytes from the
+   beginning of the string to this occurrence, or to the end of the string
+   if none exists.
+   Unlike strcspn(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C size_t mbscspn (const char *string, const char *accept)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSPBRK@
+/* Find the first occurrence in the character string STRING of any character
+   in the character string ACCEPT.  Return the pointer to it, or NULL if none
+   exists.
+   Unlike strpbrk(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+# if defined __hpux
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define mbspbrk rpl_mbspbrk /* avoid collision with HP-UX function */
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbspbrk);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSSPN@
+/* Find the first occurrence in the character string STRING of any character
+   not in the character string REJECT.  Return the number of bytes from the
+   beginning of the string to this occurrence, or to the end of the string
+   if none exists.
+   Unlike strspn(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C size_t mbsspn (const char *string, const char *reject)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSSEP@
+/* Search the next delimiter (multibyte character listed in the character
+   string DELIM) starting at the character string *STRINGP.
+   If one is found, overwrite it with a NUL, and advance *STRINGP to point
+   to the next multibyte character after it.  Otherwise, set *STRINGP to NULL.
+   If *STRINGP was already NULL, nothing happens.
+   Return the old value of *STRINGP.
+
+   This is a variant of mbstok_r() that supports empty fields.
+
+   Caveat: It modifies the original string.
+   Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings.
+   Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
+
+   See also mbstok_r().  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbssep (char **stringp, const char *delim)
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_MBSTOK_R@
+/* Parse the character string STRING into tokens separated by characters in
+   the character string DELIM.
+   If STRING is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as
+   the next starting point.  For example:
+        char s[] = "-abc-=-def";
+        char *sp;
+        x = mbstok_r(s, "-", &sp);      // x = "abc", sp = "=-def"
+        x = mbstok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp);  // x = "def", sp = NULL
+        x = mbstok_r(NULL, "=", &sp);   // x = NULL
+                // s = "abc\0-def\0"
+
+   Caveat: It modifies the original string.
+   Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings.
+   Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
+
+   See also mbssep().  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbstok_r (char *restrict string, const char *delim,
+                              char **save_ptr)
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+#endif
+
+/* Map any int, typically from errno, into an error message.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRERROR@
+# if @REPLACE_STRERROR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strerror
+#   define strerror rpl_strerror
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strerror, char *, (int));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strerror, char *, (int));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strerror, char *, (int));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strerror);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strerror
+/* Assume strerror is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strerror, "strerror is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strerror to guarantee non-NULL result");
+#endif
+
+/* Map any int, typically from errno, into an error message.  Multithread-safe.
+   Uses the POSIX declaration, not the glibc declaration.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRERROR_R@
+# if @REPLACE_STRERROR_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strerror_r
+#   define strerror_r rpl_strerror_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strerror_r);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strerror_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRERROR_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strerror_r, "strerror_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strerror_r-posix for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return the name of the system error code ERRNUM.  */
+#if @GNULIB_STRERRORNAME_NP@
+# if @REPLACE_STRERRORNAME_NP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef strerrorname_np
+#   define strerrorname_np rpl_strerrorname_np
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strerrorname_np, const char *, (int errnum));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strerrorname_np, const char *, (int errnum));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_STRERRORNAME_NP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strerrorname_np, const char *, (int errnum));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strerrorname_np, const char *, (int errnum));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strerrorname_np);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strerrorname_np
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRERRORNAME_NP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strerrorname_np, "strerrorname_np is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strerrorname_np for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return an abbreviation string for the signal number SIG.  */
+#if @GNULIB_SIGABBREV_NP@
+# if ! @HAVE_SIGABBREV_NP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigabbrev_np, const char *, (int sig));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigabbrev_np, const char *, (int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigabbrev_np);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sigabbrev_np
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGABBREV_NP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigabbrev_np, "sigabbrev_np is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sigabbrev_np for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return an English description string for the signal number SIG.  */
+#if @GNULIB_SIGDESCR_NP@
+# if ! @HAVE_SIGDESCR_NP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigdescr_np, const char *, (int sig));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigdescr_np, const char *, (int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigdescr_np);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sigdescr_np
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGDESCR_NP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigdescr_np, "sigdescr_np is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sigdescr_np for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRSIGNAL@
+# if @REPLACE_STRSIGNAL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define strsignal rpl_strsignal
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strsignal, char *, (int __sig));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strsignal, char *, (int __sig));
+# else
+#  if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strsignal, char *, (int __sig));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Cygwin 1.5.x systems, the return type is
+   'const char *'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (strsignal, char *, (int __sig));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strsignal);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strsignal
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRSIGNAL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strsignal, "strsignal is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strsignal for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_STRVERSCMP@
+# if !@HAVE_STRVERSCMP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strverscmp, int, (const char *, const char *)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strverscmp, int, (const char *, const char *));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strverscmp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef strverscmp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRVERSCMP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strverscmp, "strverscmp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module strverscmp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strintcmp.c b/lib/strintcmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acb6c4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strintcmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Compare integer strings.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "strnumcmp-in.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Compare strings A and B as integers without explicitly converting
+   them to machine numbers, to avoid overflow problems and perhaps
+   improve performance.  */
+
+int
+strintcmp (char const *a, char const *b)
+{
+  return numcompare (a, b, CHAR_MAX + 1, CHAR_MAX + 1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/stripslash.c b/lib/stripslash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aee89b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stripslash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* stripslash.c -- remove redundant trailing slashes from a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+/* Remove trailing slashes from FILE.  Return true if a trailing slash
+   was removed.  This is useful when using file name completion from a
+   shell that adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and
+   bash), because on symlinks to directories, several system calls
+   have different semantics according to whether a trailing slash is
+   present.  */
+
+bool
+strip_trailing_slashes (char *file)
+{
+  char *base = last_component (file);
+  char *base_lim;
+  bool had_slash;
+
+  /* last_component returns "" for file system roots, but we need to turn
+     "///" into "/".  */
+  if (! *base)
+    base = file;
+  base_lim = base + base_len (base);
+  had_slash = (*base_lim != '\0');
+  *base_lim = '\0';
+  return had_slash;
+}
diff --git a/lib/strncat.c b/lib/strncat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bfbc99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strncat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Concatenate strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2002.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+char *
+strncat (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
+{
+  char *destptr = dest + strlen (dest);
+
+  for (; n > 0 && (*destptr = *src) != '\0'; src++, destptr++, n--)
+    ;
+  if (n == 0)
+    *destptr = '\0';
+  return dest;
+}
diff --git a/lib/strnlen.c b/lib/strnlen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8fc69c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strnlen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
+
+size_t
+strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
+}
diff --git a/lib/strnlen1.c b/lib/strnlen1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c22f96b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strnlen1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "strnlen1.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes.
+   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
+/* This is the same as strnlen (string, maxlen - 1) + 1.  */
+size_t
+strnlen1 (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const char *end = (const char *) memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
+  if (end != NULL)
+    return end - string + 1;
+  else
+    return maxlen;
+}
diff --git a/lib/strnlen1.h b/lib/strnlen1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d45dd91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strnlen1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes.
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _STRNLEN1_H
+#define _STRNLEN1_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes.
+   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
+/* This is the same as strnlen (string, maxlen - 1) + 1.  */
+extern size_t strnlen1 (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _STRNLEN1_H */
diff --git a/lib/strnumcmp-in.h b/lib/strnumcmp-in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b124af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strnumcmp-in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/* Compare numeric strings.  This is an internal include file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Mike Haertel.  */
+
+#ifndef STRNUMCMP_IN_H
+# define STRNUMCMP_IN_H 1
+
+# include "strnumcmp.h"
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+# define NEGATION_SIGN   '-'
+# define NUMERIC_ZERO    '0'
+
+/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
+   - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char
+     or EOF.
+   - It's typically faster.
+   POSIX says that only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to
+   isdigit unless it's important to use the locale's definition
+   of 'digit' even when the host does not conform to POSIX.  */
+# define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned int) (c) - '0' <= 9)
+
+
+/* Compare strings A and B containing decimal fractions < 1.
+   DECIMAL_POINT is the decimal point.  Each string
+   should begin with a decimal point followed immediately by the digits
+   of the fraction.  Strings not of this form are treated as zero.  */
+
+/* The goal here, is to take two numbers a and b... compare these
+   in parallel.  Instead of converting each, and then comparing the
+   outcome.  Most likely stopping the comparison before the conversion
+   is complete.  The algorithm used, in the old "sort" utility:
+
+   Algorithm: fraccompare
+   Action   : compare two decimal fractions
+   accepts  : char *a, char *b
+   returns  : -1 if a<b, 0 if a=b, 1 if a>b.
+   implement:
+
+   if *a == decimal_point AND *b == decimal_point
+     find first character different in a and b.
+     if both are digits, return the difference *a - *b.
+     if *a is a digit
+       skip past zeros
+       if digit return 1, else 0
+     if *b is a digit
+       skip past zeros
+       if digit return -1, else 0
+   if *a is a decimal_point
+     skip past decimal_point and zeros
+     if digit return 1, else 0
+   if *b is a decimal_point
+     skip past decimal_point and zeros
+     if digit return -1, else 0
+   return 0 */
+
+static inline int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+fraccompare (char const *a, char const *b, char decimal_point)
+{
+  if (*a == decimal_point && *b == decimal_point)
+    {
+      while (*++a == *++b)
+        if (! ISDIGIT (*a))
+          return 0;
+      if (ISDIGIT (*a) && ISDIGIT (*b))
+        return *a - *b;
+      if (ISDIGIT (*a))
+        goto a_trailing_nonzero;
+      if (ISDIGIT (*b))
+        goto b_trailing_nonzero;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (*a++ == decimal_point)
+    {
+    a_trailing_nonzero:
+      while (*a == NUMERIC_ZERO)
+        a++;
+      return ISDIGIT (*a);
+    }
+  else if (*b++ == decimal_point)
+    {
+    b_trailing_nonzero:
+      while (*b == NUMERIC_ZERO)
+        b++;
+      return - ISDIGIT (*b);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compare strings A and B as numbers without explicitly converting
+   them to machine numbers, to avoid overflow problems and perhaps
+   improve performance.  DECIMAL_POINT is the decimal point and
+   THOUSANDS_SEP the thousands separator.  A DECIMAL_POINT outside
+   'char' range causes comparisons to act as if there is no decimal point
+   character, and likewise for THOUSANDS_SEP.  */
+
+static inline int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+numcompare (char const *a, char const *b,
+            int decimal_point, int thousands_sep)
+{
+  unsigned char tmpa = *a;
+  unsigned char tmpb = *b;
+  int tmp;
+  size_t log_a;
+  size_t log_b;
+
+  if (tmpa == NEGATION_SIGN)
+    {
+      do
+        tmpa = *++a;
+      while (tmpa == NUMERIC_ZERO || tmpa == thousands_sep);
+      if (tmpb != NEGATION_SIGN)
+        {
+          if (tmpa == decimal_point)
+            do
+              tmpa = *++a;
+            while (tmpa == NUMERIC_ZERO);
+          if (ISDIGIT (tmpa))
+            return -1;
+          while (tmpb == NUMERIC_ZERO || tmpb == thousands_sep)
+            tmpb = *++b;
+          if (tmpb == decimal_point)
+            do
+              tmpb = *++b;
+            while (tmpb == NUMERIC_ZERO);
+          return - ISDIGIT (tmpb);
+        }
+      do
+        tmpb = *++b;
+      while (tmpb == NUMERIC_ZERO || tmpb == thousands_sep);
+
+      while (tmpa == tmpb && ISDIGIT (tmpa))
+        {
+          do
+            tmpa = *++a;
+          while (tmpa == thousands_sep);
+          do
+            tmpb = *++b;
+          while (tmpb == thousands_sep);
+        }
+
+      if ((tmpa == decimal_point && !ISDIGIT (tmpb))
+          || (tmpb == decimal_point && !ISDIGIT (tmpa)))
+        return fraccompare (b, a, decimal_point);
+
+      tmp = tmpb - tmpa;
+
+      for (log_a = 0; ISDIGIT (tmpa); ++log_a)
+        do
+          tmpa = *++a;
+        while (tmpa == thousands_sep);
+
+      for (log_b = 0; ISDIGIT (tmpb); ++log_b)
+        do
+          tmpb = *++b;
+        while (tmpb == thousands_sep);
+
+      if (log_a != log_b)
+        return log_a < log_b ? 1 : -1;
+
+      if (!log_a)
+        return 0;
+
+      return tmp;
+    }
+  else if (tmpb == NEGATION_SIGN)
+    {
+      do
+        tmpb = *++b;
+      while (tmpb == NUMERIC_ZERO || tmpb == thousands_sep);
+      if (tmpb == decimal_point)
+        do
+          tmpb = *++b;
+        while (tmpb == NUMERIC_ZERO);
+      if (ISDIGIT (tmpb))
+        return 1;
+      while (tmpa == NUMERIC_ZERO || tmpa == thousands_sep)
+        tmpa = *++a;
+      if (tmpa == decimal_point)
+        do
+          tmpa = *++a;
+        while (tmpa == NUMERIC_ZERO);
+      return ISDIGIT (tmpa);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      while (tmpa == NUMERIC_ZERO || tmpa == thousands_sep)
+        tmpa = *++a;
+      while (tmpb == NUMERIC_ZERO || tmpb == thousands_sep)
+        tmpb = *++b;
+
+      while (tmpa == tmpb && ISDIGIT (tmpa))
+        {
+          do
+            tmpa = *++a;
+          while (tmpa == thousands_sep);
+          do
+            tmpb = *++b;
+          while (tmpb == thousands_sep);
+        }
+
+      if ((tmpa == decimal_point && !ISDIGIT (tmpb))
+          || (tmpb == decimal_point && !ISDIGIT (tmpa)))
+        return fraccompare (a, b, decimal_point);
+
+      tmp = tmpa - tmpb;
+
+      for (log_a = 0; ISDIGIT (tmpa); ++log_a)
+        do
+          tmpa = *++a;
+        while (tmpa == thousands_sep);
+
+      for (log_b = 0; ISDIGIT (tmpb); ++log_b)
+        do
+          tmpb = *++b;
+        while (tmpb == thousands_sep);
+
+      if (log_a != log_b)
+        return log_a < log_b ? -1 : 1;
+
+      if (!log_a)
+        return 0;
+
+      return tmp;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strnumcmp.c b/lib/strnumcmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c1f73d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strnumcmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Compare numeric strings.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "strnumcmp-in.h"
+
+/* Externally-visible name for numcompare.  */
+
+int
+strnumcmp (char const *a, char const *b,
+           int decimal_point, int thousands_sep)
+{
+  return numcompare (a, b, decimal_point, thousands_sep);
+}
diff --git a/lib/strnumcmp.h b/lib/strnumcmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6a02b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strnumcmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+int strintcmp (char const *, char const *)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+int strnumcmp (char const *, char const *, int, int)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
diff --git a/lib/strsignal.c b/lib/strsignal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4db5014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strsignal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994-2002, 2005, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+# define N_(msgid) gettext_noop (msgid)
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+# include "glthread/lock.h"
+# include "glthread/tls.h"
+# define __libc_once_define(CLASS, NAME) gl_once_define (CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_once(NAME, INIT) gl_once ((NAME), (INIT))
+# define __libc_key_t gl_tls_key_t
+# define __libc_getspecific(NAME) gl_tls_get ((NAME))
+# define __libc_setspecific(NAME, POINTER) gl_tls_set ((NAME), (POINTER))
+# define __snprintf snprintf
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+
+/* Defined in siglist.c.  */
+extern const char *const _sys_siglist[];
+extern const char *const _sys_siglist_internal[] attribute_hidden;
+
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+
+/* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h. */
+# if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+
+# define INTUSE(x) (x)
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
+#  undef _sys_siglist
+#  define _sys_siglist sys_siglist
+# else /* !HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST */
+#  ifndef NSIG
+#   define NSIG 32
+#  endif /* NSIG */
+#  if !HAVE_DECL__SYS_SIGLIST
+static const char *_sys_siglist[NSIG];
+#  endif
+# endif /* !HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+static __libc_key_t key;
+
+/* If nonzero the key allocation failed and we should better use a
+   static buffer than fail.  */
+#define BUFFERSIZ       100
+static char local_buf[BUFFERSIZ];
+static char *static_buf;
+
+/* Destructor for the thread-specific data.  */
+static void init (void);
+static void free_key_mem (void *mem);
+static char *getbuffer (void);
+
+
+/* Return a string describing the meaning of the signal number SIGNUM.  */
+char *
+strsignal (int signum)
+{
+  const char *desc;
+  __libc_once_define (static, once);
+
+  /* If we have not yet initialized the buffer do it now.  */
+  __libc_once (once, init);
+
+  if (
+#ifdef SIGRTMIN
+      (signum >= SIGRTMIN && signum <= SIGRTMAX) ||
+#endif
+      signum < 0 || signum >= NSIG
+      || (desc = INTUSE(_sys_siglist)[signum]) == NULL)
+    {
+      char *buffer = getbuffer ();
+      int len;
+#ifdef SIGRTMIN
+      if (signum >= SIGRTMIN && signum <= SIGRTMAX)
+        len = __snprintf (buffer, BUFFERSIZ - 1, _("Real-time signal %d"),
+                          signum - (int) SIGRTMIN);
+      else
+#endif
+        len = __snprintf (buffer, BUFFERSIZ - 1, _("Unknown signal %d"),
+                          signum);
+      if (len >= BUFFERSIZ)
+        buffer = NULL;
+      else
+        buffer[len] = '\0';
+
+      return buffer;
+    }
+
+  return (char *) _(desc);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialize buffer.  */
+static void
+init (void)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (__libc_key_create (&key, free_key_mem))
+    /* Creating the key failed.  This means something really went
+       wrong.  In any case use a static buffer which is better than
+       nothing.  */
+    static_buf = local_buf;
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+  gl_tls_key_init (key, free_key_mem);
+
+# if !HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
+  memset (_sys_siglist, 0, NSIG * sizeof *_sys_siglist);
+
+  /* No need to use a do {} while (0) here since init_sig(...) must expand
+     to a complete statement.  (We cannot use the ISO C99 designated array
+     initializer syntax since it is not supported by ANSI C compilers and
+     since some signal numbers might exceed NSIG.)  */
+#  define init_sig(sig, abbrev, desc) \
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG) \
+    _sys_siglist[sig] = desc;
+
+#  include "siglist.h"
+
+#  undef init_sig
+
+# endif /* !HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST */
+#endif /* !_LIBC */
+}
+
+
+/* Free the thread specific data, this is done if a thread terminates.  */
+static void
+free_key_mem (void *mem)
+{
+  free (mem);
+  __libc_setspecific (key, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/* Return the buffer to be used.  */
+static char *
+getbuffer (void)
+{
+  char *result;
+
+  if (static_buf != NULL)
+    result = static_buf;
+  else
+    {
+      /* We don't use the static buffer and so we have a key.  Use it
+         to get the thread-specific buffer.  */
+      result = __libc_getspecific (key);
+      if (result == NULL)
+        {
+          /* No buffer allocated so far.  */
+          result = malloc (BUFFERSIZ);
+          if (result == NULL)
+            /* No more memory available.  We use the static buffer.  */
+            result = local_buf;
+          else
+            __libc_setspecific (key, result);
+        }
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/strstr.c b/lib/strstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6236915
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-1994, 1996-1998, 2000, 2004, 2007-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This particular implementation was written by Eric Blake, 2008.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification of strstr.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#define RETURN_TYPE char *
+#define AVAILABLE(h, h_l, j, n_l)                       \
+  (!memchr ((h) + (h_l), '\0', (j) + (n_l) - (h_l))     \
+   && ((h_l) = (j) + (n_l)))
+#include "str-two-way.h"
+
+/* Return the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK.  Return HAYSTACK
+   if NEEDLE is empty, otherwise NULL if NEEDLE is not found in
+   HAYSTACK.  */
+char *
+strstr (const char *haystack_start, const char *needle_start)
+{
+  const char *haystack = haystack_start;
+  const char *needle = needle_start;
+  size_t needle_len; /* Length of NEEDLE.  */
+  size_t haystack_len; /* Known minimum length of HAYSTACK.  */
+  bool ok = true; /* True if NEEDLE is prefix of HAYSTACK.  */
+
+  /* Determine length of NEEDLE, and in the process, make sure
+     HAYSTACK is at least as long (no point processing all of a long
+     NEEDLE if HAYSTACK is too short).  */
+  while (*haystack && *needle)
+    ok &= *haystack++ == *needle++;
+  if (*needle)
+    return NULL;
+  if (ok)
+    return (char *) haystack_start;
+
+  /* Reduce the size of haystack using strchr, since it has a smaller
+     linear coefficient than the Two-Way algorithm.  */
+  needle_len = needle - needle_start;
+  haystack = strchr (haystack_start + 1, *needle_start);
+  if (!haystack || __builtin_expect (needle_len == 1, 0))
+    return (char *) haystack;
+  needle -= needle_len;
+  haystack_len = (haystack > haystack_start + needle_len ? 1
+                  : needle_len + haystack_start - haystack);
+
+  /* Perform the search.  Abstract memory is considered to be an array
+     of 'unsigned char' values, not an array of 'char' values.  See
+     ISO C 99 section 6.2.6.1.  */
+  if (needle_len < LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD)
+    return two_way_short_needle ((const unsigned char *) haystack,
+                                 haystack_len,
+                                 (const unsigned char *) needle, needle_len);
+  return two_way_long_needle ((const unsigned char *) haystack, haystack_len,
+                              (const unsigned char *) needle, needle_len);
+}
+
+#undef LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD
diff --git a/lib/strtod.c b/lib/strtod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b3a142
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1997, 1999, 2003, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if ! defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>      /* isspace() */
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <float.h>      /* {DBL,LDBL}_{MIN,MAX} */
+#include <limits.h>     /* LONG_{MIN,MAX} */
+#include <locale.h>     /* localeconv() */
+#include <math.h>       /* NAN */
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>      /* sprintf() */
+#include <string.h>     /* strdup() */
+#if HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
+# include <langinfo.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+#undef MIN
+#undef MAX
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# define STRTOD strtold
+# define LDEXP ldexpl
+# if defined __hpux && defined __hppa
+   /* We cannot call strtold on HP-UX/hppa, because its return type is a struct,
+      not a 'long double'.  */
+#  define HAVE_UNDERLYING_STRTOD 0
+# elif STRTOLD_HAS_UNDERFLOW_BUG
+   /* strtold would not set errno=ERANGE upon underflow.  */
+#  define HAVE_UNDERLYING_STRTOD 0
+# else
+#  define HAVE_UNDERLYING_STRTOD HAVE_STRTOLD
+# endif
+# define DOUBLE long double
+# define MIN LDBL_MIN
+# define MAX LDBL_MAX
+# define L_(literal) literal##L
+#else
+# define STRTOD strtod
+# define LDEXP ldexp
+# define HAVE_UNDERLYING_STRTOD 1
+# define DOUBLE double
+# define MIN DBL_MIN
+# define MAX DBL_MAX
+# define L_(literal) literal
+#endif
+
+#if (defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE ? HAVE_LDEXPM_IN_LIBC : HAVE_LDEXP_IN_LIBC)
+# define USE_LDEXP 1
+#else
+# define USE_LDEXP 0
+#endif
+
+/* Return true if C is a space in the current locale, avoiding
+   problems with signed char and isspace.  */
+static bool
+locale_isspace (char c)
+{
+  unsigned char uc = c;
+  return isspace (uc) != 0;
+}
+
+/* Determine the decimal-point character according to the current locale.  */
+static char
+decimal_point_char (void)
+{
+  const char *point;
+  /* Determine it in a multithread-safe way.  We know nl_langinfo is
+     multithread-safe on glibc systems and Mac OS X systems, but is not required
+     to be multithread-safe by POSIX.  sprintf(), however, is multithread-safe.
+     localeconv() is rarely multithread-safe.  */
+#if HAVE_NL_LANGINFO && (__GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__ || (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__))
+  point = nl_langinfo (RADIXCHAR);
+#elif 1
+  char pointbuf[5];
+  sprintf (pointbuf, "%#.0f", 1.0);
+  point = &pointbuf[1];
+#else
+  point = localeconv () -> decimal_point;
+#endif
+  /* The decimal point is always a single byte: either '.' or ','.  */
+  return (point[0] != '\0' ? point[0] : '.');
+}
+
+#if !USE_LDEXP
+ #undef LDEXP
+ #define LDEXP dummy_ldexp
+ /* A dummy definition that will never be invoked.  */
+ static DOUBLE LDEXP (_GL_UNUSED DOUBLE x, _GL_UNUSED int exponent)
+ {
+   abort ();
+   return L_(0.0);
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Return X * BASE**EXPONENT.  Return an extreme value and set errno
+   to ERANGE if underflow or overflow occurs.  */
+static DOUBLE
+scale_radix_exp (DOUBLE x, int radix, long int exponent)
+{
+  /* If RADIX == 10, this code is neither precise nor fast; it is
+     merely a straightforward and relatively portable approximation.
+     If N == 2, this code is precise on a radix-2 implementation,
+     albeit perhaps not fast if ldexp is not in libc.  */
+
+  long int e = exponent;
+
+  if (USE_LDEXP && radix == 2)
+    return LDEXP (x, e < INT_MIN ? INT_MIN : INT_MAX < e ? INT_MAX : e);
+  else
+    {
+      DOUBLE r = x;
+
+      if (r != 0)
+        {
+          if (e < 0)
+            {
+              while (e++ != 0)
+                {
+                  r /= radix;
+                  if (r == 0 && x != 0)
+                    {
+                      errno = ERANGE;
+                      break;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              while (e-- != 0)
+                {
+                  if (r < -MAX / radix)
+                    {
+                      errno = ERANGE;
+                      return -HUGE_VAL;
+                    }
+                  else if (MAX / radix < r)
+                    {
+                      errno = ERANGE;
+                      return HUGE_VAL;
+                    }
+                  else
+                    r *= radix;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+      return r;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Parse a number at NPTR; this is a bit like strtol (NPTR, ENDPTR)
+   except there are no leading spaces or signs or "0x", and ENDPTR is
+   nonnull.  The number uses a base BASE (either 10 or 16) fraction, a
+   radix RADIX (either 10 or 2) exponent, and exponent character
+   EXPCHAR.  BASE is RADIX**RADIX_MULTIPLIER.  */
+static DOUBLE
+parse_number (const char *nptr,
+              int base, int radix, int radix_multiplier, char radixchar,
+              char expchar,
+              char **endptr)
+{
+  const char *s = nptr;
+  const char *digits_start;
+  const char *digits_end;
+  const char *radixchar_ptr;
+  long int exponent;
+  DOUBLE num;
+
+  /* First, determine the start and end of the digit sequence.  */
+  digits_start = s;
+  radixchar_ptr = NULL;
+  for (;; ++s)
+    {
+      if (base == 16 ? c_isxdigit (*s) : c_isdigit (*s))
+        ;
+      else if (radixchar_ptr == NULL && *s == radixchar)
+        {
+          /* Record that we have found the decimal point.  */
+          radixchar_ptr = s;
+        }
+      else
+        /* Any other character terminates the digit sequence.  */
+        break;
+    }
+  digits_end = s;
+  /* Now radixchar_ptr == NULL or
+     digits_start <= radixchar_ptr < digits_end.  */
+
+  if (false)
+    { /* Unoptimized.  */
+      exponent =
+        (radixchar_ptr != NULL
+         ? - (long int) (digits_end - radixchar_ptr - 1)
+         : 0);
+    }
+  else
+    { /* Remove trailing zero digits.  This reduces rounding errors for
+         inputs such as 1.0000000000 or 10000000000e-10.  */
+      while (digits_end > digits_start)
+        {
+          if (digits_end - 1 == radixchar_ptr || *(digits_end - 1) == '0')
+            digits_end--;
+          else
+            break;
+        }
+      exponent =
+        (radixchar_ptr != NULL
+         ? (digits_end > radixchar_ptr
+            ? - (long int) (digits_end - radixchar_ptr - 1)
+            : (long int) (radixchar_ptr - digits_end))
+         : (long int) (s - digits_end));
+    }
+
+  /* Then, convert the digit sequence to a number.  */
+  {
+    const char *dp;
+    num = 0;
+    for (dp = digits_start; dp < digits_end; dp++)
+      if (dp != radixchar_ptr)
+        {
+          int digit;
+
+          /* Make sure that multiplication by BASE will not overflow.  */
+          if (!(num <= MAX / base))
+            {
+              /* The value of the digit and all subsequent digits don't matter,
+                 since we have already gotten as many digits as can be
+                 represented in a 'DOUBLE'.  This doesn't necessarily mean that
+                 the result will overflow: The exponent may reduce it to within
+                 range.  */
+              exponent +=
+                (digits_end - dp)
+                - (radixchar_ptr >= dp && radixchar_ptr < digits_end ? 1 : 0);
+              break;
+            }
+
+          /* Eat the next digit.  */
+          if (c_isdigit (*dp))
+            digit = *dp - '0';
+          else if (base == 16 && c_isxdigit (*dp))
+            digit = c_tolower (*dp) - ('a' - 10);
+          else
+            abort ();
+          num = num * base + digit;
+        }
+  }
+
+  exponent = exponent * radix_multiplier;
+
+  /* Finally, parse the exponent.  */
+  if (c_tolower (*s) == expchar && ! locale_isspace (s[1]))
+    {
+      /* Add any given exponent to the implicit one.  */
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+      char *end;
+      long int value = strtol (s + 1, &end, 10);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+
+      if (s + 1 != end)
+        {
+          /* Skip past the exponent, and add in the implicit exponent,
+             resulting in an extreme value on overflow.  */
+          s = end;
+          exponent =
+            (exponent < 0
+             ? (value < LONG_MIN - exponent ? LONG_MIN : exponent + value)
+             : (LONG_MAX - exponent < value ? LONG_MAX : exponent + value));
+        }
+    }
+
+  *endptr = (char *) s;
+  return scale_radix_exp (num, radix, exponent);
+}
+
+/* HP cc on HP-UX 10.20 has a bug with the constant expression -0.0.
+   ICC 10.0 has a bug when optimizing the expression -zero.
+   The expression -MIN * MIN does not work when cross-compiling
+   to PowerPC on Mac OS X 10.5.  */
+static DOUBLE
+minus_zero (void)
+{
+#if defined __hpux || defined __sgi || defined __ICC
+  return -MIN * MIN;
+#else
+  return -0.0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Convert NPTR to a DOUBLE.  If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the
+   character after the last one used in the number is put in *ENDPTR.  */
+DOUBLE
+STRTOD (const char *nptr, char **endptr)
+#if HAVE_UNDERLYING_STRTOD
+# ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#  undef strtold
+# else
+#  undef strtod
+# endif
+#else
+# undef STRTOD
+# define STRTOD(NPTR,ENDPTR) \
+   parse_number (NPTR, 10, 10, 1, radixchar, 'e', ENDPTR)
+#endif
+/* From here on, STRTOD refers to the underlying implementation.  It needs
+   to handle only finite unsigned decimal numbers with non-null ENDPTR.  */
+{
+  char radixchar;
+  bool negative = false;
+
+  /* The number so far.  */
+  DOUBLE num;
+
+  const char *s = nptr;
+  const char *end;
+  char *endbuf;
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+
+  radixchar = decimal_point_char ();
+
+  /* Eat whitespace.  */
+  while (locale_isspace (*s))
+    ++s;
+
+  /* Get the sign.  */
+  negative = *s == '-';
+  if (*s == '-' || *s == '+')
+    ++s;
+
+  num = STRTOD (s, &endbuf);
+  end = endbuf;
+
+  if (c_isdigit (s[*s == radixchar]))
+    {
+      /* If a hex float was converted incorrectly, do it ourselves.
+         If the string starts with "0x" but does not contain digits,
+         consume the "0" ourselves.  If a hex float is followed by a
+         'p' but no exponent, then adjust the end pointer.  */
+      if (*s == '0' && c_tolower (s[1]) == 'x')
+        {
+          if (! c_isxdigit (s[2 + (s[2] == radixchar)]))
+            {
+              end = s + 1;
+
+              /* strtod() on z/OS returns ERANGE for "0x".  */
+              errno = saved_errno;
+            }
+          else if (end <= s + 2)
+            {
+              num = parse_number (s + 2, 16, 2, 4, radixchar, 'p', &endbuf);
+              end = endbuf;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              const char *p = s + 2;
+              while (p < end && c_tolower (*p) != 'p')
+                p++;
+              if (p < end && ! c_isdigit (p[1 + (p[1] == '-' || p[1] == '+')]))
+                {
+                  char *dup = strdup (s);
+                  errno = saved_errno;
+                  if (!dup)
+                    {
+                      /* Not really our day, is it.  Rounding errors are
+                         better than outright failure.  */
+                      num =
+                        parse_number (s + 2, 16, 2, 4, radixchar, 'p', &endbuf);
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+                      dup[p - s] = '\0';
+                      num = STRTOD (dup, &endbuf);
+                      saved_errno = errno;
+                      free (dup);
+                      errno = saved_errno;
+                    }
+                  end = p;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* If "1e 1" was misparsed as 10.0 instead of 1.0, re-do the
+             underlying STRTOD on a copy of the original string
+             truncated to avoid the bug.  */
+          const char *e = s + 1;
+          while (e < end && c_tolower (*e) != 'e')
+            e++;
+          if (e < end && ! c_isdigit (e[1 + (e[1] == '-' || e[1] == '+')]))
+            {
+              char *dup = strdup (s);
+              errno = saved_errno;
+              if (!dup)
+                {
+                  /* Not really our day, is it.  Rounding errors are
+                     better than outright failure.  */
+                  num = parse_number (s, 10, 10, 1, radixchar, 'e', &endbuf);
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  dup[e - s] = '\0';
+                  num = STRTOD (dup, &endbuf);
+                  saved_errno = errno;
+                  free (dup);
+                  errno = saved_errno;
+                }
+              end = e;
+            }
+        }
+
+      s = end;
+    }
+
+  /* Check for infinities and NaNs.  */
+  else if (c_tolower (*s) == 'i'
+           && c_tolower (s[1]) == 'n'
+           && c_tolower (s[2]) == 'f')
+    {
+      s += 3;
+      if (c_tolower (*s) == 'i'
+          && c_tolower (s[1]) == 'n'
+          && c_tolower (s[2]) == 'i'
+          && c_tolower (s[3]) == 't'
+          && c_tolower (s[4]) == 'y')
+        s += 5;
+      num = HUGE_VAL;
+      errno = saved_errno;
+    }
+  else if (c_tolower (*s) == 'n'
+           && c_tolower (s[1]) == 'a'
+           && c_tolower (s[2]) == 'n')
+    {
+      s += 3;
+      if (*s == '(')
+        {
+          const char *p = s + 1;
+          while (c_isalnum (*p))
+            p++;
+          if (*p == ')')
+            s = p + 1;
+        }
+
+      /* If the underlying implementation misparsed the NaN, assume
+         its result is incorrect, and return a NaN.  Normally it's
+         better to use the underlying implementation's result, since a
+         nice implementation populates the bits of the NaN according
+         to interpreting n-char-sequence as a hexadecimal number.  */
+      if (s != end || num == num)
+        num = NAN;
+      errno = saved_errno;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* No conversion could be performed.  */
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      s = nptr;
+    }
+
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (char *) s;
+  /* Special case -0.0, since at least ICC miscompiles negation.  We
+     can't use copysign(), as that drags in -lm on some platforms.  */
+  if (!num && negative)
+    return minus_zero ();
+  return negative ? -num : num;
+}
diff --git a/lib/strtoimax.c b/lib/strtoimax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cad12d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtoimax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an intmax_t value.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2001-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Verify interface.  */
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#ifdef UNSIGNED
+# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+# endif
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+unsigned long long int strtoull (char const *, char **, int);
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+# endif
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+long long int strtoll (char const *, char **, int);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UNSIGNED
+# define Int uintmax_t
+# define Strtoimax strtoumax
+# define Strtol strtoul
+# define Strtoll strtoull
+# define Unsigned unsigned
+#else
+# define Int intmax_t
+# define Strtoimax strtoimax
+# define Strtol strtol
+# define Strtoll strtoll
+# define Unsigned
+#endif
+
+Int
+Strtoimax (char const *ptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+  verify (sizeof (Int) == sizeof (Unsigned long int)
+          || sizeof (Int) == sizeof (Unsigned long long int));
+
+  if (sizeof (Int) != sizeof (Unsigned long int))
+    return Strtoll (ptr, endptr, base);
+
+  return Strtol (ptr, endptr, base);
+}
diff --git a/lib/strtol.c b/lib/strtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c2e933
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991-1992, 1994-1999, 2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+#else
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if we are defining 'strtoul' or 'strtoull', operating on
+   unsigned integers.  */
+#ifndef UNSIGNED
+# define UNSIGNED 0
+# define INT LONG int
+#else
+# define INT unsigned LONG int
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the name.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# undef strtol
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstoul_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtoul_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstol_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtol_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  undef strtol
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstoul
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol strtoul
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   undef strtol
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoll
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstol
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    undef strtol
+#    define strtol strtoll
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining 'strtoll' or 'strtoull',
+   operating on 'long long int's.  */
+#ifdef QUAD
+# define LONG long long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LLONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LLONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULLONG_MAX
+# if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7
+   /* Work around gcc bug with using this constant.  */
+   static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULLONG_MAX;
+#  undef STRTOL_ULONG_MAX
+#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX maxquad
+# endif
+#else
+# define LONG long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# define GROUP_PARAM_PROTO , int group
+#else
+# define GROUP_PARAM_PROTO
+#endif
+
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO , __locale_t loc
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+# include <wchar.h>
+# include <wctype.h>
+# define L_(Ch) L##Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
+# define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
+# endif
+#else
+# define L_(Ch) Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
+# define STRING_TYPE char
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((unsigned char) (Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((unsigned char) (Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((unsigned char) (Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) isspace ((unsigned char) (Ch))
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) isalpha ((unsigned char) (Ch))
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) toupper ((unsigned char) (Ch))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
+# define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
+# define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
+#else
+# define INTERNAL(X) X
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+/* This file defines a function to check for correct grouping.  */
+# include "grouping.h"
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Convert NPTR to an 'unsigned long int' or 'long int' in base BASE.
+   If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
+   zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
+   If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is reset to 10.
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
+   one converted is stored in *ENDPTR.  */
+
+INT
+INTERNAL (strtol) (const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr,
+                   int base GROUP_PARAM_PROTO LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO)
+{
+  int negative;
+  register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
+  register unsigned int cutlim;
+  register unsigned LONG int i;
+  register const STRING_TYPE *s;
+  register UCHAR_TYPE c;
+  const STRING_TYPE *save, *end;
+  int overflow;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC];
+# endif
+  /* The thousands character of the current locale.  */
+  wchar_t thousands = L'\0';
+  /* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale,
+     in the format described in <locale.h>.  */
+  const char *grouping;
+
+  if (group)
+    {
+      grouping = _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, GROUPING);
+      if (*grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
+        grouping = NULL;
+      else
+        {
+          /* Figure out the thousands separator character.  */
+# if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC
+          thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP));
+          if (thousands == WEOF)
+            thousands = L'\0';
+# endif
+          if (thousands == L'\0')
+            grouping = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    grouping = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  save = s = nptr;
+
+  /* Skip white space.  */
+  while (ISSPACE (*s))
+    ++s;
+  if (*s == L_('\0'))
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Check for a sign.  */
+  if (*s == L_('-'))
+    {
+      negative = 1;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else if (*s == L_('+'))
+    {
+      negative = 0;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else
+    negative = 0;
+
+  /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
+  if (*s == L_('0'))
+    {
+      if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
+        {
+          s += 2;
+          base = 16;
+        }
+      else if (base == 0)
+        base = 8;
+    }
+  else if (base == 0)
+    base = 10;
+
+  /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened.  */
+  save = s;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+  if (group)
+    {
+      /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping.  */
+      end = s;
+      for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
+        if ((wchar_t) c != thousands
+            && ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9'))
+            && (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base))
+          break;
+      if (*s == thousands)
+        end = s;
+      else
+        end = correctly_grouped_prefix (s, end, thousands, grouping);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    end = NULL;
+
+  cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
+  cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
+
+  overflow = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s)
+    {
+      if (s == end)
+        break;
+      if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9'))
+        c -= L_('0');
+      else if (ISALPHA (c))
+        c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
+      else
+        break;
+      if ((int) c >= base)
+        break;
+      /* Check for overflow.  */
+      if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
+        overflow = 1;
+      else
+        {
+          i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
+          i += c;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Check if anything actually happened.  */
+  if (s == save)
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
+     past the last character we converted.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s;
+
+#if !UNSIGNED
+  /* Check for a value that is within the range of
+     'unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of 'LONG int'.  */
+  if (overflow == 0
+      && i > (negative
+              ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+              : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
+    overflow = 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (overflow)
+    {
+      __set_errno (ERANGE);
+#if UNSIGNED
+      return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
+#else
+      return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Return the result of the appropriate sign.  */
+  return negative ? -i : i;
+
+noconv:
+  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
+     first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
+     ENDPTR points to the 'x'.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    {
+      if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
+          && save[-2] == L_('0'))
+        *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
+      else
+        /*  There was no number to convert.  */
+        *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0L;
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+/* External user entry point.  */
+
+INT
+# ifdef weak_function
+weak_function
+# endif
+strtol (const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr,
+        int base LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO)
+{
+  return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strtold.c b/lib/strtold.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e825bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtold.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Convert string to 'long double'.
+   Copyright (C) 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE
+
+/* Specification.  */
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+long double
+strtold (const char *str, char **endp)
+{
+  return strtod (str, endp);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# define USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include "strtod.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strtoll.c b/lib/strtoll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acea42e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Function to parse a 'long long int' from text.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 1999, 2001, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define QUAD    1
+
+#include <strtol.c>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef SHARED
+#  include <shlib-compat.h>
+
+#  if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2)
+compat_symbol (libc, __strtoll_internal, __strtoq_internal, GLIBC_2_0);
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+weak_alias (strtoll, strtoq)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strtoul.c b/lib/strtoul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7408b54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtoul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1997, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define UNSIGNED        1
+
+#include "strtol.c"
diff --git a/lib/strtoull.c b/lib/strtoull.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84657b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtoull.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Function to parse an 'unsigned long long int' from text.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 1999, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define QUAD 1
+
+#include "strtoul.c"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+strong_alias (__strtoull_internal, __strtouq_internal)
+weak_alias (strtoull, strtouq)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/strtoumax.c b/lib/strtoumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05a87fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/strtoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into a uintmax_t value.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define UNSIGNED 1
+#include "strtoimax.c"
diff --git a/lib/symlink.c b/lib/symlink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26310af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/symlink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Stub for symlink().
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+
+#if HAVE_SYMLINK
+
+# undef symlink
+
+/* Create a symlink, but reject trailing slash.  */
+int
+rpl_symlink (char const *contents, char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len = strlen (name);
+  if (len && name[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      if (lstat (name, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        errno = EEXIST;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return symlink (contents, name);
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_SYMLINK */
+
+/* The system does not support symlinks.  */
+int
+symlink (_GL_UNUSED char const *contents,
+         _GL_UNUSED char const *name)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_SYMLINK */
diff --git a/lib/symlinkat.c b/lib/symlinkat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1346da8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/symlinkat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* Create a symlink relative to an open directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYMLINKAT
+# undef symlinkat
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Create a symlink, but reject trailing slash.  */
+int
+rpl_symlinkat (char const *contents, int fd, char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len = strlen (name);
+  if (len && name[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      if (fstatat (fd, name, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) == 0
+          || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        errno = EEXIST;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return symlinkat (contents, fd, name);
+}
+
+#elif !HAVE_SYMLINK
+/* Mingw lacks symlink, and it is more efficient to provide a trivial
+   wrapper than to go through at-func.c to call rpl_symlink.  */
+
+int
+symlinkat (_GL_UNUSED char const *path1, _GL_UNUSED int fd,
+           _GL_UNUSED char const *path2)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_SYMLINK */
+
+/* Our openat helper functions expect the directory parameter first,
+   not second.  These shims make life easier.  */
+
+/* Like symlink, but with arguments reversed.  */
+static int
+symlink_reversed (char const *file, char const *contents)
+{
+  return symlink (contents, file);
+}
+
+/* Like symlinkat, but with arguments reversed.  */
+
+static int
+symlinkat_reversed (int fd, char const *file, char const *contents);
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME symlinkat_reversed
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 symlink_reversed
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , char const *contents
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , contents
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+/* Create a symlink FILE, in the directory open on descriptor FD,
+   holding CONTENTS.  If possible, do it without changing the
+   working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
+   then symlink/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
+   fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.  */
+
+int
+symlinkat (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file)
+{
+  return symlinkat_reversed (fd, file, contents);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_SYMLINK */
diff --git a/lib/sys-limits.h b/lib/sys-limits.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d154f0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys-limits.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* System call limits
+
+   Copyright 2018-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_SYS_LIMITS_H
+#define _GL_SYS_LIMITS_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Maximum number of bytes to read or write in a single system call.
+   This can be useful for system calls like sendfile on GNU/Linux,
+   which do not handle more than MAX_RW_COUNT bytes correctly.
+   The Linux kernel MAX_RW_COUNT is at least INT_MAX >> 20 << 20,
+   where the 20 comes from the Hexagon port with 1 MiB pages; use that
+   as an approximation, as the exact value may not be available to us.
+
+   Using this also works around a serious Linux bug before 2.6.16; see
+   <https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=612839>.
+
+   Using this also works around a Tru64 5.1 bug, where attempting
+   to read INT_MAX bytes fails with errno == EINVAL.  See
+   <https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnu-utils/2002-04/msg00010.html>.
+
+   Using this is likely to work around similar bugs in other operating
+   systems.  */
+
+enum { SYS_BUFSIZE_MAX = INT_MAX >> 20 << 20 };
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sys_ioctl.in.h b/lib/sys_ioctl.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f1cdc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_ioctl.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <sys/ioctl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_IOCTL_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_IOCTL_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_IOCTL_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_IOCTL_H
+
+/* AIX 5.1 and Solaris 10 declare ioctl() in <unistd.h> and in <stropts.h>,
+   but not in <sys/ioctl.h>.
+   Haiku declares ioctl() in <unistd.h>, but not in <sys/ioctl.h>.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#ifndef __GLIBC__
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_IOCTL@
+# if @REPLACE_IOCTL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ioctl
+#   define ioctl rpl_ioctl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ioctl, int,
+                  (int fd, int request, ... /* {void *,char *} arg */));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ioctl, int,
+                  (int fd, int request, ... /* {void *,char *} arg */));
+# else
+#  if @SYS_IOCTL_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ || 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ioctl, int,
+                  (int fd, int request, ... /* {void *,char *} arg */));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ioctl, int,
+                  (int fd, int request, ... /* {void *,char *} arg */));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ioctl);
+#elif @SYS_IOCTL_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS@
+# undef ioctl
+# define ioctl ioctl_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_ioctl
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ioctl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_IOCTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ioctl, "ioctl does not portably work on sockets - "
+                 "use gnulib module ioctl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_IOCTL_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_IOCTL_H */
diff --git a/lib/sys_random.in.h b/lib/sys_random.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e730e61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_random.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* Substitute for <sys/random.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+# endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RANDOM_H
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H@
+
+/* On uClibc < 1.0.35, <sys/random.h> assumes prior inclusion of <stddef.h>.
+   Do not use __UCLIBC__ here, as it might not be defined yet.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+# ifndef __GLIBC__
+#  include <stddef.h>
+# endif
+/* On Mac OS X 10.5, <sys/random.h> assumes prior inclusion of <sys/types.h>.
+   On Max OS X 10.13, <sys/random.h> assumes prior inclusion of a file that
+   includes <Availability.h>, such as <stdlib.h> or <unistd.h>.  */
+# if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__                  /* Mac OS X */
+#  include <sys/types.h>
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_RANDOM_H@
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RANDOM_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RANDOM_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Define the GRND_* constants.  */
+#ifndef GRND_NONBLOCK
+# define GRND_NONBLOCK 1
+# define GRND_RANDOM 2
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETRANDOM@
+/* Fill a buffer with random bytes.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETRANDOM@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getrandom
+#   define getrandom rpl_getrandom
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getrandom, ssize_t,
+                  (void *buffer, size_t length, unsigned int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getrandom, ssize_t,
+                  (void *buffer, size_t length, unsigned int flags));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETRANDOM@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getrandom, ssize_t,
+                  (void *buffer, size_t length, unsigned int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getrandom, ssize_t,
+                  (void *buffer, size_t length, unsigned int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getrandom);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getrandom
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETRANDOM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getrandom, "getrandom is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getrandom for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RANDOM_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RANDOM_H */
diff --git a/lib/sys_resource.in.h b/lib/sys_resource.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02c4ac5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_resource.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* Substitute for <sys/resource.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+# endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H@
+
+/* On FreeBSD 5.0, <sys/resource.h> assumes prior inclusion of <sys/types.h>
+   and <sys/time.h>.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/time.h>
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_RESOURCE_H@
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+
+#if !@HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H@
+/* A platform that lacks <sys/resource.h>.  */
+
+/* Get 'struct timeval'.  */
+# include <sys/time.h>
+
+/* Define the RUSAGE_* constants.  */
+# define RUSAGE_SELF 0
+# define RUSAGE_CHILDREN -1
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_rusage
+/* All known platforms that lack <sys/resource.h> also lack any declaration
+   of struct rusage in any other header.  */
+struct rusage
+{
+  struct timeval ru_utime;      /* CPU time used in user mode */
+  struct timeval ru_stime;      /* CPU time used in system mode (kernel) */
+  long ru_maxrss;
+  long ru_ixrss;
+  long ru_idrss;
+  long ru_isrss;
+  long ru_minflt;
+  long ru_majflt;
+  long ru_nswap;
+  long ru_inblock;
+  long ru_oublock;
+  long ru_msgsnd;
+  long ru_msgrcv;
+  long ru_nsignals;
+  long ru_nvcsw;
+  long ru_nivcsw;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_rusage 1
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+# ifdef __VMS                      /* OpenVMS */
+/* Define the RUSAGE_* constants.  */
+#  ifndef RUSAGE_SELF
+#   define RUSAGE_SELF 0
+#  endif
+#  ifndef RUSAGE_CHILDREN
+#   define RUSAGE_CHILDREN -1
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETRUSAGE@
+# if !@HAVE_GETRUSAGE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getrusage, int, (int who, struct rusage *usage_p)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getrusage, int, (int who, struct rusage *usage_p));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getrusage);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getrusage
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETRUSAGE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getrusage, "getrusage is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getrusage for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RESOURCE_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_RESOURCE_H */
diff --git a/lib/sys_select.in.h b/lib/sys_select.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bd0e0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_select.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/* Substitute for <sys/select.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+# endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* On OSF/1 and Solaris 2.6, <sys/types.h> and <sys/time.h>
+   both include <sys/select.h>.
+   On Cygwin and OpenBSD, <sys/time.h> includes <sys/select.h>.
+   Simply delegate to the system's header in this case.  */
+#if (@HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@                                                \
+     && !defined _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_TYPES_H             \
+     && ((defined __osf__ && defined _SYS_TYPES_H_                      \
+          && defined _OSF_SOURCE)                                       \
+         || (defined __sun && defined _SYS_TYPES_H                      \
+             && (! (defined _XOPEN_SOURCE || defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE)   \
+                 || defined __EXTENSIONS__))))
+
+# define _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_TYPES_H
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+#elif (@HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@                                              \
+       && (defined _CYGWIN_SYS_TIME_H                                   \
+           || (!defined _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_TIME_H       \
+               && ((defined __osf__ && defined _SYS_TIME_H_             \
+                    && defined _OSF_SOURCE)                             \
+                   || (defined __OpenBSD__ && defined _SYS_TIME_H_)     \
+                   || (defined __sun && defined _SYS_TIME_H             \
+                       && (! (defined _XOPEN_SOURCE                     \
+                              || defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE)               \
+                           || defined __EXTENSIONS__))))))
+
+# define _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_TIME_H
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+/* On IRIX 6.5, <sys/timespec.h> includes <sys/types.h>, which includes
+   <sys/bsd_types.h>, which includes <sys/select.h>.  At this point we cannot
+   include <signal.h>, because that includes <internal/signal_core.h>, which
+   gives a syntax error because <sys/timespec.h> has not been completely
+   processed.  Simply delegate to the system's header in this case.  */
+#elif @HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@ && defined __sgi && (defined _SYS_BSD_TYPES_H && !defined _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_BSD_TYPES_H)
+
+# define _GL_SYS_SELECT_H_REDIRECT_FROM_SYS_BSD_TYPES_H
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+/* On OpenBSD 5.0, <pthread.h> includes <sys/types.h>, which includes
+   <sys/select.h>.  At this point we cannot include <signal.h>, because that
+   includes gnulib's pthread.h override, which gives a syntax error because
+   /usr/include/pthread.h has not been completely processed.  Simply delegate
+   to the system's header in this case.  */
+#elif @HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@ && defined __OpenBSD__ && (defined _PTHREAD_H_ && !defined PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER)
+
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+
+/* On many platforms, <sys/select.h> assumes prior inclusion of
+   <sys/types.h>.  Also, mingw defines sigset_t there, instead of
+   in <signal.h> where it belongs.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+/* On OSF/1 4.0, <sys/select.h> provides only a forward declaration
+   of 'struct timeval', and no definition of this type.
+   Also, Mac OS X, AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, Solaris, Interix declare select()
+   in <sys/time.h>.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems and "unknown type
+   name" problems on Cygwin.  */
+# if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __CYGWIN__)
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+# endif
+
+/* On AIX 7 and Solaris 10, <sys/select.h> provides an FD_ZERO implementation
+   that relies on memset(), but without including <string.h>.
+   But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+# if (defined __OpenBSD__ || defined _AIX || defined __sun || defined __osf__ || defined __BEOS__) \
+     && ! defined __GLIBC__
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SELECT_H@
+
+#endif
+
+/* Get definition of 'sigset_t'.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems and "unknown type
+   name" problems on Cygwin.
+   On OS/2 kLIBC, sigset_t is defined in <sys/select.h>, too. In addition,
+   if <sys/param.h> is included, <types.h> -> <sys/types.h> -> <sys/select.h>
+   are included. Then <signal.h> -> <pthread.h> are included by GNULIB. By the
+   way, <pthread.h> requires PAGE_SIZE defined in <sys/param.h>. However,
+   <sys/param.h> has not been processed, yet. As a result, 'PAGE_SIZE'
+   undeclared error occurs in <pthread.h>.
+   Do this after the include_next (for the sake of OpenBSD 5.0) but before
+   the split double-inclusion guard (for the sake of Solaris).  */
+#if !((defined __GLIBC__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __KLIBC__) \
+      && !defined __UCLIBC__)
+# include <signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+
+#if !@HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H@
+/* A platform that lacks <sys/select.h>.  */
+/* Get the 'struct timeval' and 'fd_set' types and the FD_* macros
+   on most platforms.  */
+# include <sys/time.h>
+/* On HP-UX 11, <sys/time.h> provides an FD_ZERO implementation
+   that relies on memset(), but without including <string.h>.  */
+# if defined __hpux
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
+/* On native Windows platforms:
+   Get the 'fd_set' type.
+   Get the close() declaration before we override it.  */
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#   define _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#   include <winsock2.h>
+#   undef _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#  endif
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Fix some definitions from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_fd_isset
+
+/* Re-define FD_ISSET to avoid a WSA call while we are not using
+   network sockets.  */
+static int
+rpl_fd_isset (SOCKET fd, fd_set * set)
+{
+  u_int i;
+  if (set == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < set->fd_count; i++)
+    if (set->fd_array[i] == fd)
+      return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  define GNULIB_defined_rpl_fd_isset 1
+# endif
+
+# undef FD_ISSET
+# define FD_ISSET(fd, set) rpl_fd_isset(fd, set)
+
+#endif
+
+/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close close_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  elif !defined __clang__
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (close,
+                     "close() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gethostname
+#   define gethostname gethostname_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  elif !defined __clang__
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname,
+                     "gethostname() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef socket
+#   define socket              socket_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef connect
+#   define connect             connect_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef accept
+#   define accept              accept_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef bind
+#   define bind                bind_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getpeername
+#   define getpeername         getpeername_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockname
+#   define getsockname         getsockname_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockopt
+#   define getsockopt          getsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef listen
+#   define listen              listen_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recv
+#   define recv                recv_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef send
+#   define send                send_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recvfrom
+#   define recvfrom            recvfrom_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef sendto
+#   define sendto              sendto_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef setsockopt
+#   define setsockopt          setsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef shutdown
+#   define shutdown            shutdown_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#  elif !defined __clang__
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket,
+                     "socket() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect,
+                     "connect() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept,
+                     "accept() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind,
+                     "bind() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername,
+                     "getpeername() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname,
+                     "getsockname() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt,
+                     "getsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen,
+                     "listen() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv,
+                     "recv() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (send,
+                     "send() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom,
+                     "recvfrom() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto,
+                     "sendto() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt,
+                     "setsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown,
+                     "shutdown() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PSELECT@
+# if @REPLACE_PSELECT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pselect
+#   define pselect rpl_pselect
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pselect, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   struct timespec const *restrict, const sigset_t *restrict));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pselect, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   struct timespec const *restrict, const sigset_t *restrict));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PSELECT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pselect, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   struct timespec const *restrict, const sigset_t *restrict));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on AIX 7, the second, third, fourth argument may be
+                        void *restrict,   void *restrict,   void *restrict.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (pselect, int,
+                       (int,
+                        fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                        struct timespec const *restrict,
+                        const sigset_t *restrict));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pselect);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pselect
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PSELECT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pselect, "pselect is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pselect for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SELECT@
+# if @REPLACE_SELECT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef select
+#   define select rpl_select
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (select, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   struct timeval *restrict));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (select, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   timeval *restrict));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (select, int,
+                  (int, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict, fd_set *restrict,
+                   timeval *restrict));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (select);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef select
+# define select select_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_select
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef select
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SELECT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (select, "select is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module select for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H */
+#endif /* OSF/1 */
diff --git a/lib/sys_socket.c b/lib/sys_socket.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bfd60f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_socket.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Inline functions for <sys/socket.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_SYS_SOCKET_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "sys/socket.h"
+typedef int dummy;
diff --git a/lib/sys_socket.in.h b/lib/sys_socket.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acdf7ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_socket.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
+/* Provide a sys/socket header file for systems lacking it (read: MinGW)
+   and for systems where it is incomplete.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file is supposed to be used on platforms that lack <sys/socket.h>,
+   on platforms where <sys/socket.h> cannot be included standalone, and on
+   platforms where <sys/socket.h> does not provide all necessary definitions.
+   It is intended to provide definitions and prototypes needed by an
+   application.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SYS_SOCKET_H
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - On Cygwin 1.5.x we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <sys/socket.h> -> <cygwin/socket.h> -> <asm/socket.h> -> <cygwin/if.h>,
+     and the latter includes <sys/socket.h>.  In this situation, the functions
+     are not yet declared, therefore we cannot provide the C++ aliases.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SOCKET_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H@
+
+# define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SYS_SOCKET_H
+
+/* On many platforms, <sys/socket.h> assumes prior inclusion of
+   <sys/types.h>.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* On FreeBSD 6.4, <sys/socket.h> defines some macros that assume that NULL
+   is defined.  */
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_SOCKET_H@
+
+# undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SYS_SOCKET_H
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_SYS_SOCKET_INLINE
+# define _GL_SYS_SOCKET_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+#if !@HAVE_SA_FAMILY_T@
+# if !GNULIB_defined_sa_family_t
+/* On OS/2 kLIBC, sa_family_t is unsigned char unless TCPV40HDRS is defined. */
+#  if !defined __KLIBC__ || defined TCPV40HDRS
+typedef unsigned short  sa_family_t;
+#  else
+typedef unsigned char   sa_family_t;
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_sa_family_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE@
+/* Make the 'struct sockaddr_storage' field 'ss_family' visible on AIX 7.1.  */
+# if !@HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_SS_FAMILY@
+#  ifndef ss_family
+#   define ss_family __ss_family
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# include <stdalign.h>
+/* Code taken from glibc sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/bits/socket.h on
+   2009-05-08, licensed under LGPLv2.1+, plus portability fixes. */
+# define __ss_aligntype unsigned long int
+# define _SS_SIZE 256
+# define _SS_PADSIZE \
+    (_SS_SIZE - ((sizeof (sa_family_t) >= alignof (__ss_aligntype)      \
+                  ? sizeof (sa_family_t)                                \
+                  : alignof (__ss_aligntype))                           \
+                 + sizeof (__ss_aligntype)))
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_sockaddr_storage
+struct sockaddr_storage
+{
+  sa_family_t ss_family;      /* Address family, etc.  */
+  __ss_aligntype __ss_align;  /* Force desired alignment.  */
+  char __ss_padding[_SS_PADSIZE];
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_sockaddr_storage 1
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* Get struct iovec.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <sys/uio.h>
+#endif
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H@
+
+/* A platform that has <sys/socket.h>.  */
+
+/* For shutdown().  */
+# if !defined SHUT_RD
+#  define SHUT_RD 0
+# endif
+# if !defined SHUT_WR
+#  define SHUT_WR 1
+# endif
+# if !defined SHUT_RDWR
+#  define SHUT_RDWR 2
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __VMS                        /* OpenVMS */
+#  ifndef CMSG_SPACE
+#   define CMSG_SPACE(length) _CMSG_SPACE(length)
+#  endif
+#  ifndef CMSG_LEN
+#   define CMSG_LEN(length) _CMSG_LEN(length)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#  error "Cygwin does have a sys/socket.h, doesn't it?!?"
+# endif
+
+/* A platform that lacks <sys/socket.h>.
+
+   Currently only MinGW is supported.  See the gnulib manual regarding
+   Windows sockets.  MinGW has the header files winsock2.h and
+   ws2tcpip.h that declare the sys/socket.h definitions we need.  Note
+   that you can influence which definitions you get by setting the
+   WINVER symbol before including these two files.  For example,
+   getaddrinfo is only available if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501 (that
+   symbol is set indirectly through WINVER).  You can set this by
+   adding AC_DEFINE(WINVER, 0x0501) to configure.ac.  Note that your
+   code may not run on older Windows releases then.  My Windows 2000
+   box was not able to run the code, for example.  The situation is
+   slightly confusing because
+   <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/ws2tcpip/nf-ws2tcpip-getaddrinfo>
+   suggests that getaddrinfo should be available on all Windows
+   releases. */
+
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  include <winsock2.h>
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_WS2TCPIP_H@
+#  include <ws2tcpip.h>
+# endif
+
+/* For shutdown(). */
+# if !defined SHUT_RD && defined SD_RECEIVE
+#  define SHUT_RD SD_RECEIVE
+# endif
+# if !defined SHUT_WR && defined SD_SEND
+#  define SHUT_WR SD_SEND
+# endif
+# if !defined SHUT_RDWR && defined SD_BOTH
+#  define SHUT_RDWR SD_BOTH
+# endif
+
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+/* Include headers needed by the emulation code.  */
+#  include <sys/types.h>
+#  include <io.h>
+/* If these headers don't define socklen_t, <config.h> does.  */
+# endif
+
+/* Rudimentary 'struct msghdr'; this works as long as you don't try to
+   access msg_control or msg_controllen.  */
+struct msghdr {
+  void *msg_name;
+  socklen_t msg_namelen;
+  struct iovec *msg_iov;
+  int msg_iovlen;
+  int msg_flags;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* Ensure SO_REUSEPORT is defined.  */
+/* For the subtle differences between SO_REUSEPORT and SO_REUSEADDR, see
+   https://stackoverflow.com/questions/14388706/socket-options-so-reuseaddr-and-so-reuseport-how-do-they-differ-do-they-mean-t
+   and https://lwn.net/Articles/542629/
+ */
+#ifndef SO_REUSEPORT
+# define SO_REUSEPORT SO_REUSEADDR
+#endif
+
+/* Fix some definitions from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_fd_isset
+
+/* Re-define FD_ISSET to avoid a WSA call while we are not using
+   network sockets.  */
+_GL_SYS_SOCKET_INLINE int
+rpl_fd_isset (SOCKET fd, fd_set * set)
+{
+  u_int i;
+  if (set == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < set->fd_count; i++)
+    if (set->fd_array[i] == fd)
+      return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#  define GNULIB_defined_rpl_fd_isset 1
+# endif
+
+# undef FD_ISSET
+# define FD_ISSET(fd, set) rpl_fd_isset(fd, set)
+
+#endif
+
+/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close close_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  elif !defined __clang__
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (close,
+                     "close() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gethostname
+#   define gethostname gethostname_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  else
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname,
+                     "gethostname() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef select
+#   define select select_used_without_including_sys_select_h
+#  else
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (select,
+                     "select() used without including <sys/select.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Wrap everything else to use libc file descriptors for sockets.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_SOCKET@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef socket
+#   define socket rpl_socket
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (socket, int, (int domain, int type, int protocol));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (socket, int, (int domain, int type, int protocol));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (socket, int, (int domain, int type, int protocol));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (socket);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef socket
+# define socket socket_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_socket
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef socket
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SOCKET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket, "socket is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module socket for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_CONNECT@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef connect
+#   define connect rpl_connect
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (connect, int,
+                  (int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (connect, int,
+                  (int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on NonStop Kernel, the third parameter is
+                                                     size_t addrlen.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (connect, int,
+                       (int fd,
+                        const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (connect);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef connect
+# define connect socket_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_connect
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef connect
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CONNECT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect, "connect is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module connect for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ACCEPT@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef accept
+#   define accept rpl_accept
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (accept, int,
+                  (int fd,
+                   struct sockaddr *restrict addr,
+                   socklen_t *restrict addrlen));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (accept, int,
+                  (int fd,
+                   struct sockaddr *restrict addr,
+                   socklen_t *restrict addrlen));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 systems, the third parameter is
+                        void *addrlen.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (accept, int,
+                       (int fd,
+                        struct sockaddr *restrict addr,
+                        socklen_t *restrict addrlen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (accept);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef accept
+# define accept accept_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_accept
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef accept
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ACCEPT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept, "accept is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module accept for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_BIND@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef bind
+#   define bind rpl_bind
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (bind, int,
+                  (int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (bind, int,
+                  (int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on NonStop Kernel, the third parameter is
+                                                     size_t addrlen.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (bind, int,
+                       (int fd,
+                        const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (bind);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef bind
+# define bind bind_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_bind
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef bind
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_BIND
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind, "bind is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module bind for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETPEERNAME@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getpeername
+#   define getpeername rpl_getpeername
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getpeername, int,
+                  (int fd, struct sockaddr *restrict addr,
+                   socklen_t *restrict addrlen)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getpeername, int,
+                  (int fd, struct sockaddr *restrict addr,
+                   socklen_t *restrict addrlen));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 systems, the third parameter is
+                        void *addrlen.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getpeername, int,
+                       (int fd, struct sockaddr *restrict addr,
+                        socklen_t *restrict addrlen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getpeername);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef getpeername
+# define getpeername getpeername_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_getpeername
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getpeername
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETPEERNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername, "getpeername is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module getpeername for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETSOCKNAME@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getsockname
+#   define getsockname rpl_getsockname
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getsockname, int,
+                  (int fd, struct sockaddr *restrict addr,
+                   socklen_t *restrict addrlen)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getsockname, int,
+                  (int fd, struct sockaddr *restrict addr,
+                   socklen_t *restrict addrlen));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 systems, the third parameter is
+                        void *addrlen.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getsockname, int,
+                       (int fd, struct sockaddr *restrict addr,
+                        socklen_t *restrict addrlen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getsockname);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef getsockname
+# define getsockname getsockname_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_getsockname
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getsockname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETSOCKNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname, "getsockname is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module getsockname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETSOCKOPT@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getsockopt
+#   define getsockopt rpl_getsockopt
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getsockopt, int,
+                  (int fd, int level, int optname,
+                   void *restrict optval, socklen_t *restrict optlen)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((4, 5)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getsockopt, int,
+                  (int fd, int level, int optname,
+                   void *restrict optval, socklen_t *restrict optlen));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 systems, the fifth parameter is
+                                                       void *optlen.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getsockopt, int,
+                       (int fd, int level, int optname,
+                        void *restrict optval, socklen_t *restrict optlen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getsockopt);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef getsockopt
+# define getsockopt getsockopt_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_getsockopt
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getsockopt
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETSOCKOPT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt, "getsockopt is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module getsockopt for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_LISTEN@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef listen
+#   define listen rpl_listen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (listen, int, (int fd, int backlog));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (listen, int, (int fd, int backlog));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (listen, int, (int fd, int backlog));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (listen);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef listen
+# define listen listen_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_listen
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef listen
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LISTEN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen, "listen is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module listen for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RECV@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef recv
+#   define recv rpl_recv
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (recv, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t len, int flags)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (recv, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t len, int flags));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on HP-UX 11.31 the return type may be
+                             int,
+   depending on compiler options.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (recv, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t len, int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (recv);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef recv
+# define recv recv_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_recv
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef recv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RECV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv, "recv is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module recv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SEND@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef send
+#   define send rpl_send
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (send, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t len, int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (send, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t len, int flags));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on HP-UX 11.31 the return type may be
+                             int,
+   depending on compiler options.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (send, ssize_t,
+                       (int fd, const void *buf, size_t len, int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (send);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef send
+# define send send_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_send
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef send
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SEND
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (send, "send is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module send for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_RECVFROM@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef recvfrom
+#   define recvfrom rpl_recvfrom
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (recvfrom, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *restrict buf, size_t len, int flags,
+                   struct sockaddr *restrict from,
+                   socklen_t *restrict fromlen)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (recvfrom, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *restrict buf, size_t len, int flags,
+                   struct sockaddr *restrict from,
+                   socklen_t *restrict fromlen));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 systems, the sixth parameter is
+                                               void *fromlen.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (recvfrom, ssize_t,
+                       (int fd, void *restrict buf, size_t len, int flags,
+                        struct sockaddr *restrict from,
+                        socklen_t *restrict fromlen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (recvfrom);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef recvfrom
+# define recvfrom recvfrom_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_recvfrom
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef recvfrom
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RECVFROM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom, "recvfrom is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module recvfrom for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SENDTO@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef sendto
+#   define sendto rpl_sendto
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sendto, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t len, int flags,
+                   const struct sockaddr *to, socklen_t tolen)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sendto, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t len, int flags,
+                   const struct sockaddr *to, socklen_t tolen));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on NonStop Kernel, the sixth parameter is
+                                                   size_t tolen.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (sendto, ssize_t,
+                       (int fd, const void *buf, size_t len, int flags,
+                        const struct sockaddr *to, socklen_t tolen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sendto);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef sendto
+# define sendto sendto_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_sendto
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sendto
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SENDTO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto, "sendto is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module sendto for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SETSOCKOPT@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef setsockopt
+#   define setsockopt rpl_setsockopt
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setsockopt, int, (int fd, int level, int optname,
+                                    const void * optval, socklen_t optlen)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setsockopt, int, (int fd, int level, int optname,
+                                    const void * optval, socklen_t optlen));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on NonStop Kernel, the fifth parameter is
+                                             size_t optlen.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (setsockopt, int,
+                       (int fd, int level, int optname,
+                        const void * optval, socklen_t optlen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setsockopt);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef setsockopt
+# define setsockopt setsockopt_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_setsockopt
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef setsockopt
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETSOCKOPT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt, "setsockopt is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module setsockopt for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_SHUTDOWN@
+# if @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef shutdown
+#   define shutdown rpl_shutdown
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (shutdown, int, (int fd, int how));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (shutdown, int, (int fd, int how));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (shutdown, int, (int fd, int how));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (shutdown);
+#elif @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef shutdown
+# define shutdown shutdown_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_shutdown
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef shutdown
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SHUTDOWN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown, "shutdown is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module shutdown for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ACCEPT4@
+/* Accept a connection on a socket, with specific opening flags.
+   The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
+   and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
+   See also the Linux man page at
+   <https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man2/accept4.2.html>.  */
+# if @HAVE_ACCEPT4@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define accept4 rpl_accept4
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (accept4, int,
+                  (int sockfd, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen,
+                   int flags));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (accept4, int,
+                  (int sockfd, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen,
+                   int flags));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (accept4, int,
+                  (int sockfd, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen,
+                   int flags));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (accept4, int,
+                  (int sockfd, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen,
+                   int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (accept4);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef accept4
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ACCEPT4
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept4, "accept4 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module accept4 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sys_stat.in.h b/lib/sys_stat.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28ddd42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_stat.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,928 @@
+/* Provide a more complete sys/stat.h header file.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake, Paul Eggert, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+/* This file is supposed to be used on platforms where <sys/stat.h> is
+   incomplete.  It is intended to provide definitions and prototypes
+   needed by an application.  Start with what the system provides.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined __need_system_sys_stat_h
+/* Special invocation convention.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_STAT_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Get nlink_t.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Get struct timespec.  */
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_STAT_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Before doing "#define mknod rpl_mknod" below, we need to include all
+   headers that may declare mknod().  OS/2 kLIBC declares mknod() in
+   <unistd.h>, not in <sys/stat.h>.  */
+#ifdef __KLIBC__
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Before doing "#define mkdir rpl_mkdir" below, we need to include all
+   headers that may declare mkdir().  Native Windows platforms declare mkdir
+   in <io.h> and/or <direct.h>, not in <sys/stat.h>.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <io.h>     /* mingw32, mingw64 */
+# include <direct.h> /* mingw64, MSVC 9 */
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare umask() in <io.h>.  */
+#if 0 && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Large File Support on native Windows.  */
+#if @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@
+# define stat _stati64
+#endif
+
+/* Optionally, override 'struct stat' on native Windows.  */
+#if @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+
+# undef stat
+# if @GNULIB_STAT@
+#  define stat rpl_stat
+# else
+   /* Provoke a clear link error if stat() is used as a function and
+      module 'stat' is not in use.  */
+#  define stat stat_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_stat
+# endif
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_stat
+struct stat
+{
+  dev_t st_dev;
+  ino_t st_ino;
+  mode_t st_mode;
+  nlink_t st_nlink;
+#  if 0
+  uid_t st_uid;
+#  else /* uid_t is not defined by default on native Windows.  */
+  short st_uid;
+#  endif
+#  if 0
+  gid_t st_gid;
+#  else /* gid_t is not defined by default on native Windows.  */
+  short st_gid;
+#  endif
+  dev_t st_rdev;
+  off_t st_size;
+#  if 0
+  blksize_t st_blksize;
+  blkcnt_t st_blocks;
+#  endif
+
+#  if @WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC@
+  struct timespec st_atim;
+  struct timespec st_mtim;
+  struct timespec st_ctim;
+#  else
+  time_t st_atime;
+  time_t st_mtime;
+  time_t st_ctime;
+#  endif
+};
+#  if @WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC@
+#   define st_atime st_atim.tv_sec
+#   define st_mtime st_mtim.tv_sec
+#   define st_ctime st_ctim.tv_sec
+    /* Indicator, for gnulib internal purposes.  */
+#   define _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC 1
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_stat 1
+# endif
+
+/* Other possible values of st_mode.  */
+# if 0
+#  define _S_IFBLK  0x6000
+# endif
+# if 0
+#  define _S_IFLNK  0xA000
+# endif
+# if 0
+#  define _S_IFSOCK 0xC000
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IFIFO
+# ifdef _S_IFIFO
+#  define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IFMT
+# define S_IFMT 0170000
+#endif
+
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISLNK
+# undef S_ISNAM
+# undef S_ISMPB
+# undef S_ISMPC
+# undef S_ISNWK
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISSOCK
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISBLK
+# ifdef S_IFBLK
+#  define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISBLK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISCHR
+# ifdef S_IFCHR
+#  define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+# else
+#  define S_ISCHR(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+# ifdef S_IFDIR
+#  define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# else
+#  define S_ISDIR(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISDOOR /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+# define S_ISDOOR(m) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISFIFO
+# ifdef S_IFIFO
+#  define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+# else
+#  define S_ISFIFO(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+# ifdef S_IFLNK
+#  define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISLNK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISMPB /* V7 */
+# ifdef S_IFMPB
+#  define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+#  define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
+# else
+#  define S_ISMPB(m) 0
+#  define S_ISMPC(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISMPX /* AIX */
+# define S_ISMPX(m) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISNAM /* Xenix */
+# ifdef S_IFNAM
+#  define S_ISNAM(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNAM)
+# else
+#  define S_ISNAM(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISNWK /* HP/UX */
+# ifdef S_IFNWK
+#  define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISNWK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISPORT /* Solaris 10 and up */
+# define S_ISPORT(m) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISREG
+# ifdef S_IFREG
+#  define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+# else
+#  define S_ISREG(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISSOCK
+# ifdef S_IFSOCK
+#  define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISSOCK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISMQ
+# define S_TYPEISMQ(p) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISTMO
+# define S_TYPEISTMO(p) 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISSEM
+# ifdef S_INSEM
+#  define S_TYPEISSEM(p) (S_ISNAM ((p)->st_mode) && (p)->st_rdev == S_INSEM)
+# else
+#  define S_TYPEISSEM(p) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISSHM
+# ifdef S_INSHD
+#  define S_TYPEISSHM(p) (S_ISNAM ((p)->st_mode) && (p)->st_rdev == S_INSHD)
+# else
+#  define S_TYPEISSHM(p) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* high performance ("contiguous data") */
+#ifndef S_ISCTG
+# define S_ISCTG(p) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Cray DMF (data migration facility): off line, with data  */
+#ifndef S_ISOFD
+# define S_ISOFD(p) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Cray DMF (data migration facility): off line, with no data  */
+#ifndef S_ISOFL
+# define S_ISOFL(p) 0
+#endif
+
+/* 4.4BSD whiteout */
+#ifndef S_ISWHT
+# define S_ISWHT(m) 0
+#endif
+
+/* If any of the following are undefined,
+   define them to their de facto standard values.  */
+#if !S_ISUID
+# define S_ISUID 04000
+#endif
+#if !S_ISGID
+# define S_ISGID 02000
+#endif
+
+/* S_ISVTX is a common extension to POSIX.  */
+#ifndef S_ISVTX
+# define S_ISVTX 01000
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IRUSR && S_IREAD
+# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 00400
+#endif
+#if !S_IRGRP
+# define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IROTH
+# define S_IROTH (S_IRUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IWUSR && S_IWRITE
+# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 00200
+#endif
+#if !S_IWGRP
+# define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWOTH
+# define S_IWOTH (S_IWUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IXUSR && S_IEXEC
+# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 00100
+#endif
+#if !S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH (S_IXUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IRWXU
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+#endif
+#if !S_IRWXG
+# define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
+#endif
+#if !S_IRWXO
+# define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
+#endif
+
+/* Although S_IXUGO and S_IRWXUGO are not specified by POSIX and are
+   not implemented in GNU/Linux, some Gnulib-using apps use the macros.  */
+#if !S_IXUGO
+# define S_IXUGO (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRWXUGO
+# define S_IRWXUGO (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
+#endif
+
+/* Macros for futimens and utimensat.  */
+#ifndef UTIME_NOW
+# define UTIME_NOW (-1)
+# define UTIME_OMIT (-2)
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_CHMOD@
+/* On native Windows, map 'chmod' to '_chmod', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::chmod always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chmod
+#   define chmod _chmod
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because in mingw the last argument is 'int mode'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (chmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chmod);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FCHMODAT@
+# if @REPLACE_FCHMODAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fchmodat
+#   define fchmodat rpl_fchmodat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fchmodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fchmodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FCHMODAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchmodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchmodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchmodat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fchmodat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHMODAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchmodat, "fchmodat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FSTAT@
+# if @REPLACE_FSTAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fstat
+#   define fstat rpl_fstat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fstat);
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+# undef fstat
+# define fstat fstat_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_fstat
+#elif @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@
+/* Above, we define stat to _stati64.  */
+# define fstat _fstati64
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fstat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSTAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fstat, "fstat has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module fstat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FSTATAT@
+# if @REPLACE_FSTATAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fstatat
+#   define fstatat rpl_fstatat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict name, struct stat *restrict st,
+                   int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict name, struct stat *restrict st,
+                   int flags));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FSTATAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict name, struct stat *restrict st,
+                   int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict name, struct stat *restrict st,
+                   int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fstatat);
+#elif @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+# undef fstatat
+# define fstatat fstatat_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_fstatat
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fstatat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSTATAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fstatat, "fstatat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FUTIMENS@
+/* Use the rpl_ prefix also on Solaris <= 9, because on Solaris 9 our futimens
+   implementation relies on futimesat, which on Solaris 10 makes an invocation
+   to futimens that is meant to invoke the libc's futimens(), not gnulib's
+   futimens().  */
+# if @REPLACE_FUTIMENS@ || (!@HAVE_FUTIMENS@ && defined __sun)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef futimens
+#   define futimens rpl_futimens
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FUTIMENS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_FUTIMENS@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (futimens);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef futimens
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FUTIMENS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (futimens, "futimens is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module futimens for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETUMASK@
+# if !@HAVE_GETUMASK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getumask, mode_t, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getumask, mode_t, (void));
+# if @HAVE_GETUMASK@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getumask);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getumask
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETUMASK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getumask, "getumask is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getumask for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LCHMOD@
+/* Change the mode of FILENAME to MODE, without dereferencing it if FILENAME
+   denotes a symbolic link.  */
+# if !@HAVE_LCHMOD@ || defined __hpux
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (lchmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lchmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lchmod);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lchmod
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LCHMOD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lchmod, "lchmod is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module lchmod for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LSTAT@
+# if ! @HAVE_LSTAT@
+/* mingw does not support symlinks, therefore it does not have lstat.  But
+   without links, stat does just fine.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define lstat stat
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (lstat, stat, int,
+                    (const char *restrict name, struct stat *restrict buf));
+# elif @REPLACE_LSTAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef lstat
+#   define lstat rpl_lstat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lstat, int,
+                  (const char *restrict name, struct stat *restrict buf)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lstat, int,
+                  (const char *restrict name, struct stat *restrict buf));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lstat, int,
+                  (const char *restrict name, struct stat *restrict buf));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_LSTAT@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lstat);
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+# undef lstat
+# define lstat lstat_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_lstat
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lstat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LSTAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lstat, "lstat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module lstat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKDIR@
+# if @REPLACE_MKDIR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkdir
+#   define mkdir rpl_mkdir
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+/* mingw's _mkdir() function has 1 argument, but we pass 2 arguments.
+   Additionally, it declares _mkdir (and depending on compile flags, an
+   alias mkdir), only in the nonstandard includes <direct.h> and <io.h>,
+   which are included above.  */
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir
+static int
+rpl_mkdir (char const *name, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return _mkdir (name);
+}
+#   define GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir 1
+#  endif
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkdir
+#   define mkdir rpl_mkdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkdir, "mkdir does not always support two parameters - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkdir for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_MKDIR@
+/* On native Windows, map 'mkdir' to '_mkdir', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::mkdir always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir
+static int
+rpl_mkdir (char const *name, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return _mkdir (name);
+}
+#   define GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir 1
+#  endif
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkdir
+#   define mkdir rpl_mkdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdir);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKDIRAT@
+# if !@HAVE_MKDIRAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkdirat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdirat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdirat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkdirat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKDIRAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkdirat, "mkdirat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKFIFO@
+# if @REPLACE_MKFIFO@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkfifo
+#   define mkfifo rpl_mkfifo
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MKFIFO@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkfifo);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkfifo
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKFIFO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkfifo, "mkfifo is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkfifo for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKFIFOAT@
+# if @REPLACE_MKFIFOAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkfifoat
+#   define mkfifoat rpl_mkfifoat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MKFIFOAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkfifoat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkfifoat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKFIFOAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkfifoat, "mkfifoat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkfifoat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKNOD@
+# if @REPLACE_MKNOD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mknod
+#   define mknod rpl_mknod
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MKNOD@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on OSF/1 5.1, the third parameter is '...'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mknod);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mknod
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKNOD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mknod, "mknod is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mknod for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MKNODAT@
+# if @REPLACE_MKNODAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mknodat
+#   define mknodat rpl_mknodat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mknodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mknodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MKNODAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mknodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mknodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mknodat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mknodat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKNODAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mknodat, "mknodat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkfifoat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_STAT@
+# if @REPLACE_STAT@
+#  if !@GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+    /* We can't use the object-like #define stat rpl_stat, because of
+       struct stat.  This means that rpl_stat will not be used if the user
+       does (stat)(a,b).  Oh well.  */
+#   if defined _AIX && defined stat && defined _LARGE_FILES
+     /* With _LARGE_FILES defined, AIX (only) defines stat to stat64,
+        so we have to replace stat64() instead of stat(). */
+#    undef stat64
+#    define stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#   elif @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@
+     /* Above, we define stat to _stati64.  */
+#    if defined __MINGW32__ && defined _stati64
+#     ifndef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+       /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat64.  */
+#      undef _stat64
+#      define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#     endif
+#    elif defined _MSC_VER && defined _stati64
+#     ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+       /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat32i64.  */
+#      undef _stat32i64
+#      define _stat32i64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#     else
+       /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat64.  */
+#      undef _stat64
+#      define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#     endif
+#    else
+#     undef _stati64
+#     define _stati64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    endif
+#   elif defined __MINGW32__ && defined stat
+#    ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+      /* The system headers define stat to _stat32i64.  */
+#     undef _stat32i64
+#     define _stat32i64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    else
+      /* The system headers define stat to _stat64.  */
+#     undef _stat64
+#     define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    endif
+#   elif defined _MSC_VER && defined stat
+#    ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+      /* The system headers define stat to _stat32.  */
+#     undef _stat32
+#     define _stat32(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    else
+      /* The system headers define stat to _stat64i32.  */
+#     undef _stat64i32
+#     define _stat64i32(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    endif
+#   else /* !(_AIX || __MINGW32__ || _MSC_VER) */
+#    undef stat
+#    define stat(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#   endif /* !_LARGE_FILES */
+#  endif /* !@GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@ */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int stat (const char *restrict name, struct stat *restrict buf)
+                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
+/* see above:
+  #define stat stat_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_stat
+ */
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef stat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (stat, "stat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module stat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_UMASK@
+/* On native Windows, map 'umask' to '_umask', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::umask always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef umask
+#   define umask _umask
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because in mingw the last argument is 'int mode'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (umask, mode_t, (mode_t mask));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (umask, mode_t, (mode_t mask));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (umask);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_UTIMENSAT@
+/* Use the rpl_ prefix also on Solaris <= 9, because on Solaris 9 our utimensat
+   implementation relies on futimesat, which on Solaris 10 makes an invocation
+   to utimensat that is meant to invoke the libc's utimensat(), not gnulib's
+   utimensat().  */
+# if @REPLACE_UTIMENSAT@ || (!@HAVE_UTIMENSAT@ && defined __sun)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef utimensat
+#   define utimensat rpl_utimensat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_UTIMENSAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_UTIMENSAT@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (utimensat);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef utimensat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UTIMENSAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (utimensat, "utimensat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module utimensat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sys_time.in.h b/lib/sys_time.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87db1a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_time.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/* Provide a more complete sys/time.h.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* On Cygwin and on many BSDish systems, <sys/time.h> includes itself
+   recursively via <sys/select.h>.
+   Simply delegate to the system's header in this case; it is a no-op.
+   Without this extra ifdef, the C++ gettimeofday declaration below
+   would be a forward declaration in gnulib's nested <sys/time.h>.  */
+#if defined _CYGWIN_SYS_TIME_H || defined _SYS_TIME_H || defined _SYS_TIME_H_
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TIME_H@
+#else
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_SYS_TIME_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TIME_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H
+
+#if ! @HAVE_SYS_TIME_H@
+# include <time.h>
+#endif
+
+/* On native Windows with MSVC, get the 'struct timeval' type.
+   Also, on native Windows with a 64-bit time_t, where we are overriding the
+   'struct timeval' type, get all declarations of system functions whose
+   signature contains 'struct timeval'.  */
+#if (defined _MSC_VER || @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@) && @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# define _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# include <winsock2.h>
+# undef _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !@HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@ || @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@
+
+# if @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@
+#  define timeval rpl_timeval
+# endif
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_timeval
+struct timeval
+{
+  time_t tv_sec;
+  long int tv_usec;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_timeval 1
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY@
+# if @REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gettimeofday
+#   define gettimeofday rpl_gettimeofday
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gettimeofday, int,
+                  (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gettimeofday, int,
+                  (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gettimeofday, int,
+                  (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, by default, the second argument is
+                                                  struct timezone *.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (gettimeofday, int,
+                       (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gettimeofday);
+# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
+  typedef ::timeval
+#  undef timeval
+    timeval;
+#  if @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@
+#   define timeval rpl_timeval
+  typedef ::timeval timeval;
+#  endif
+}
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef gettimeofday
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETTIMEOFDAY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gettimeofday, "gettimeofday is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module gettimeofday for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if defined _MSC_VER && @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close close_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  elif !defined __clang__
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (close,
+                      "close() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gethostname
+#   define gethostname gethostname_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  else
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname,
+                      "gethostname() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef socket
+#   define socket              socket_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef connect
+#   define connect             connect_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef accept
+#   define accept              accept_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef bind
+#   define bind                bind_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getpeername
+#   define getpeername         getpeername_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockname
+#   define getsockname         getsockname_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockopt
+#   define getsockopt          getsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef listen
+#   define listen              listen_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recv
+#   define recv                recv_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef send
+#   define send                send_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recvfrom
+#   define recvfrom            recvfrom_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef sendto
+#   define sendto              sendto_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef setsockopt
+#   define setsockopt          setsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef shutdown
+#   define shutdown            shutdown_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#  else
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket,
+                      "socket() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect,
+                      "connect() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept,
+                      "accept() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind,
+                      "bind() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername,
+                      "getpeername() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname,
+                      "getsockname() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt,
+                      "getsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen,
+                      "listen() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv,
+                      "recv() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (send,
+                      "send() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom,
+                      "recvfrom() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto,
+                      "sendto() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt,
+                      "setsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown,
+                      "shutdown() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef select
+#   define select select_used_without_including_sys_select_h
+#  else
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (select,
+                      "select() used without including <sys/select.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H */
+#endif /* _CYGWIN_SYS_TIME_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H */
diff --git a/lib/sys_types.in.h b/lib/sys_types.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..698e88d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_types.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* Provide a more complete sys/types.h.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__ \
+    && (defined __need_off_t || defined __need___off64_t \
+        || defined __need_ssize_t || defined __need_time_t)
+
+/* Special invocation convention inside mingw header files.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# define _GL_INCLUDING_SYS_TYPES_H
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H@
+# undef _GL_INCLUDING_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Override off_t if Large File Support is requested on native Windows.  */
+#if @WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T@
+/* Same as int64_t in <stdint.h>.  */
+# if defined _MSC_VER
+#  define off_t __int64
+# else
+#  define off_t long long int
+# endif
+/* Indicator, for gnulib internal purposes.  */
+# define _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T 1
+#endif
+
+/* Override dev_t and ino_t if distinguishable inodes support is requested
+   on native Windows.  */
+#if @WINDOWS_STAT_INODES@
+
+# if @WINDOWS_STAT_INODES@ == 2
+/* Experimental, not useful in Windows 10.  */
+
+/* Define dev_t to a 64-bit type.  */
+#  if !defined GNULIB_defined_dev_t
+typedef unsigned long long int rpl_dev_t;
+#   undef dev_t
+#   define dev_t rpl_dev_t
+#   define GNULIB_defined_dev_t 1
+#  endif
+
+/* Define ino_t to a 128-bit type.  */
+#  if !defined GNULIB_defined_ino_t
+/* MSVC does not have a 128-bit integer type.
+   GCC has a 128-bit integer type __int128, but only on 64-bit targets.  */
+typedef struct { unsigned long long int _gl_ino[2]; } rpl_ino_t;
+#   undef ino_t
+#   define ino_t rpl_ino_t
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ino_t 1
+#  endif
+
+# else /* @WINDOWS_STAT_INODES@ == 1 */
+
+/* Define ino_t to a 64-bit type.  */
+#  if !defined GNULIB_defined_ino_t
+typedef unsigned long long int rpl_ino_t;
+#   undef ino_t
+#   define ino_t rpl_ino_t
+#   define GNULIB_defined_ino_t 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* Indicator, for gnulib internal purposes.  */
+# define _GL_WINDOWS_STAT_INODES @WINDOWS_STAT_INODES@
+
+#endif
+
+/* MSVC 9 defines size_t in <stddef.h>, not in <sys/types.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H */
+#endif /* __need_XXX */
diff --git a/lib/sys_uio.in.h b/lib/sys_uio.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..788d461
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_uio.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Substitute for <sys/uio.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+# endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UIO_H
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_UIO_H@
+
+/* On OpenBSD 4.4, <sys/uio.h> assumes prior inclusion of <sys/types.h>.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_UIO_H@
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UIO_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UIO_H
+
+#if !@HAVE_SYS_UIO_H@
+/* A platform that lacks <sys/uio.h>.  */
+/* Get 'size_t' and 'ssize_t'.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_iovec
+/* All known platforms that lack <sys/uio.h> also lack any declaration
+   of struct iovec in any other header.  */
+struct iovec {
+  void *iov_base;
+  size_t iov_len;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_iovec 1
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UIO_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UIO_H */
diff --git a/lib/sys_utsname.in.h b/lib/sys_utsname.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be5ecf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_utsname.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* Substitute for <sys/utsname.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UTSNAME_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H@
+
+/* Minix 3.1.8 has a bug: <stddef.h> must be included before <sys/utsname.h>.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+# if defined __minix && !defined __GLIBC__
+#  include <stddef.h>
+# endif
+
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_UTSNAME_H@
+
+#endif
+
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UTSNAME_H
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !@HAVE_STRUCT_UTSNAME@
+/* Length of the entries in 'struct utsname' is 256.  */
+# define _UTSNAME_LENGTH 256
+
+# ifndef _UTSNAME_NODENAME_LENGTH
+#  define _UTSNAME_NODENAME_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
+# endif
+# ifndef _UTSNAME_SYSNAME_LENGTH
+#  define _UTSNAME_SYSNAME_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
+# endif
+# ifndef _UTSNAME_RELEASE_LENGTH
+#  define _UTSNAME_RELEASE_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
+# endif
+# ifndef _UTSNAME_VERSION_LENGTH
+#  define _UTSNAME_VERSION_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
+# endif
+# ifndef _UTSNAME_MACHINE_LENGTH
+#  define _UTSNAME_MACHINE_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH
+# endif
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_utsname
+/* Structure describing the system and machine.  */
+struct utsname
+  {
+    /* Name of this node on the network.  */
+    char nodename[_UTSNAME_NODENAME_LENGTH];
+
+    /* Name of the implementation of the operating system.  */
+    char sysname[_UTSNAME_SYSNAME_LENGTH];
+    /* Current release level of this implementation.  */
+    char release[_UTSNAME_RELEASE_LENGTH];
+    /* Current version level of this release.  */
+    char version[_UTSNAME_VERSION_LENGTH];
+
+    /* Name of the hardware type the system is running on.  */
+    char machine[_UTSNAME_MACHINE_LENGTH];
+  };
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_utsname 1
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !@HAVE_STRUCT_UTSNAME@ */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_UNAME@
+# if !@HAVE_UNAME@
+extern int uname (struct utsname *buf) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef uname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (uname, "uname is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module uname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UTSNAME_H */
diff --git a/lib/sys_wait.in.h b/lib/sys_wait.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c48c2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sys_wait.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* A POSIX-like <sys/wait.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if !(defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_WAIT_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_WAIT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Get pid_t.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+#if !(defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+/* Unix API.  */
+
+/* The following macros apply to an argument x, that is a status of a process,
+   as returned by waitpid().
+   On nearly all systems, including Linux/x86, WEXITSTATUS are bits 15..8 and
+   WTERMSIG are bits 7..0, while BeOS uses the opposite.  Therefore programs
+   have to use the abstract macros.  */
+
+/* For valid x, exactly one of WIFSIGNALED(x), WIFEXITED(x), WIFSTOPPED(x)
+   is true.  */
+# ifndef WIFSIGNALED
+#  define WIFSIGNALED(x) (WTERMSIG (x) != 0 && WTERMSIG(x) != 0x7f)
+# endif
+# ifndef WIFEXITED
+#  define WIFEXITED(x) (WTERMSIG (x) == 0)
+# endif
+# ifndef WIFSTOPPED
+#  define WIFSTOPPED(x) (WTERMSIG (x) == 0x7f)
+# endif
+
+/* The termination signal. Only to be accessed if WIFSIGNALED(x) is true.  */
+# ifndef WTERMSIG
+#  define WTERMSIG(x) ((x) & 0x7f)
+# endif
+
+/* The exit status. Only to be accessed if WIFEXITED(x) is true.  */
+# ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+#  define WEXITSTATUS(x) (((x) >> 8) & 0xff)
+# endif
+
+/* The stopping signal. Only to be accessed if WIFSTOPPED(x) is true.  */
+# ifndef WSTOPSIG
+#  define WSTOPSIG(x) (((x) >> 8) & 0x7f)
+# endif
+
+/* True if the process dumped core.  Not standardized by POSIX.  */
+# ifndef WCOREDUMP
+#  define WCOREDUMP(x) ((x) & 0x80)
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+
+# include <signal.h> /* for SIGTERM */
+
+/* The following macros apply to an argument x, that is a status of a process,
+   as returned by waitpid() or, equivalently, _cwait() or GetExitCodeProcess().
+   This value is simply an 'int', not composed of bit fields.  */
+
+/* When an unhandled fatal signal terminates a process, the exit code is 3.  */
+# define WIFSIGNALED(x) ((x) == 3)
+# define WIFEXITED(x) ((x) != 3)
+# define WIFSTOPPED(x) 0
+
+/* The signal that terminated a process is not known posthum.  */
+# define WTERMSIG(x) SIGTERM
+
+# define WEXITSTATUS(x) (x)
+
+/* There are no stopping signals.  */
+# define WSTOPSIG(x) 0
+
+/* There are no core dumps.  */
+# define WCOREDUMP(x) 0
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Declarations of functions.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_WAITPID@
+# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (waitpid, pid_t, (pid_t pid, int *statusp, int options));
+# endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Cygwin, the second parameter is
+                                                __wait_status_ptr_t statusp.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (waitpid, pid_t, (pid_t pid, int *statusp, int options));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (waitpid);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef waitpid
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WAITPID
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (waitpid, "waitpid is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sys_wait for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_WAIT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_WAIT_H */
diff --git a/lib/targetdir.c b/lib/targetdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0006ddc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/targetdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* Target directory operands for coreutils
+
+   Copyright 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define TARGETDIR_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include <targetdir.h>
+
+#include <attribute.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef O_PATH
+enum { O_PATHSEARCH = O_PATH };
+#else
+enum { O_PATHSEARCH = O_SEARCH };
+#endif
+
+/* Must F designate the working directory?  */
+
+ATTRIBUTE_PURE static bool
+must_be_working_directory (char const *f)
+{
+  /* Return true for ".", "./.", ".///./", etc.  */
+  while (*f++ == '.')
+    {
+      if (*f != '/')
+        return !*f;
+      while (*++f == '/')
+        continue;
+      if (!*f)
+        return true;
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Return a file descriptor open to FILE, for use in openat.
+   As an optimization, return AT_FDCWD if FILE must be the working directory.
+   As a side effect, possibly set *ST to the file's status.
+   Fail and set errno if FILE is not a directory.
+   On failure return -2 if AT_FDCWD is -1, -1 otherwise.  */
+
+int
+target_directory_operand (char const *file, struct stat *st)
+{
+  if (must_be_working_directory (file))
+    return AT_FDCWD;
+
+  int fd = -1;
+  int try_to_open = 1;
+  int stat_result;
+
+  /* On old systems without O_DIRECTORY, like Solaris 10, check with
+     stat first lest we try to open a fifo for example and hang.  */
+  if (!O_DIRECTORY)
+    {
+      stat_result = stat (file, st);
+      if (stat_result == 0)
+        {
+          try_to_open = S_ISDIR (st->st_mode);
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* On EOVERFLOW failure, give up on checking, as there is no
+             easy way to check.  This should be rare.  */
+          try_to_open = errno == EOVERFLOW;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (try_to_open)
+    {
+      fd = open (file, O_PATHSEARCH | O_DIRECTORY);
+
+      /* On platforms lacking O_PATH, using O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY to
+         open an overly-protected non-directory can fail with either
+         EACCES or ENOTDIR.  Prefer ENOTDIR as it makes for better
+         diagnostics.  */
+      if (O_PATHSEARCH == O_SEARCH && fd < 0 && errno == EACCES)
+        errno = (((O_DIRECTORY ? stat (file, st) : stat_result) == 0
+                  && !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode))
+                 ? ENOTDIR : EACCES);
+    }
+
+  if (!O_DIRECTORY && 0 <= fd)
+    {
+      /* On old systems like Solaris 10 double check type,
+         to ensure we've opened a directory.  */
+      int err;
+      if (fstat (fd, st) == 0
+          ? !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode) && (err = ENOTDIR, true)
+          : (err = errno) != EOVERFLOW)
+        {
+          close (fd);
+          errno = err;
+          fd = -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return fd - (AT_FDCWD == -1 && fd < 0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/targetdir.h b/lib/targetdir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..558853e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/targetdir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Target directory operands for coreutils
+
+   Copyright 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+# error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef TARGETDIR_INLINE
+# define TARGETDIR_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Return a file descriptor open to FILE, for use in openat.
+   As an optimization, return AT_FDCWD if FILE must be the working directory.
+   As a side effect, possibly set *ST to the file's status.
+   Fail and set errno if FILE is not a directory.
+   On failure return -2 if AT_FDCWD is -1, -1 otherwise.  */
+extern int target_directory_operand (char const *file, struct stat *st);
+
+/* Return true if FD represents success for target_directory_operand.  */
+TARGETDIR_INLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE bool
+target_dirfd_valid (int fd)
+{
+  return fd != -1 - (AT_FDCWD == -1);
+}
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
diff --git a/lib/tempname.c b/lib/tempname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fc5efe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tempname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+# include "tempname.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef P_tmpdir
+# define P_tmpdir "/tmp"
+#endif
+#ifndef TMP_MAX
+# define TMP_MAX 238328
+#endif
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE      0
+# define __GT_DIR       1
+# define __GT_NOCREATE  2
+#endif
+#if !_LIBC && (GT_FILE != __GT_FILE || GT_DIR != __GT_DIR       \
+               || GT_NOCREATE != __GT_NOCREATE)
+# error report this to bug-gnulib@gnu.org
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdalign.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/random.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if _LIBC
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat64
+# define __secure_getenv __libc_secure_getenv
+#else
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat
+# define __gen_tempname gen_tempname
+# define __mkdir mkdir
+# define __open open
+# define __lstat64(file, buf) lstat (file, buf)
+# define __stat64(file, buf) stat (file, buf)
+# define __getrandom getrandom
+# define __clock_gettime64 clock_gettime
+# define __timespec64 timespec
+#endif
+
+/* Use getrandom if it works, falling back on a 64-bit linear
+   congruential generator that starts with Var's value
+   mixed in with a clock's low-order bits if available.  */
+typedef uint_fast64_t random_value;
+#define RANDOM_VALUE_MAX UINT_FAST64_MAX
+#define BASE_62_DIGITS 10 /* 62**10 < UINT_FAST64_MAX */
+#define BASE_62_POWER (62LL * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62 * 62)
+
+static random_value
+random_bits (random_value var, bool use_getrandom)
+{
+  random_value r;
+  /* Without GRND_NONBLOCK it can be blocked for minutes on some systems.  */
+  if (use_getrandom && __getrandom (&r, sizeof r, GRND_NONBLOCK) == sizeof r)
+    return r;
+#if _LIBC || (defined CLOCK_MONOTONIC && HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME)
+  /* Add entropy if getrandom did not work.  */
+  struct __timespec64 tv;
+  __clock_gettime64 (CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &tv);
+  var ^= tv.tv_nsec;
+#endif
+  return 2862933555777941757 * var + 3037000493;
+}
+
+#if _LIBC
+/* Return nonzero if DIR is an existent directory.  */
+static int
+direxists (const char *dir)
+{
+  struct_stat64 buf;
+  return __stat64 (dir, &buf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (buf.st_mode);
+}
+
+/* Path search algorithm, for tmpnam, tmpfile, etc.  If DIR is
+   non-null and exists, uses it; otherwise uses the first of $TMPDIR,
+   P_tmpdir, /tmp that exists.  Copies into TMPL a template suitable
+   for use with mk[s]temp.  Will fail (-1) if DIR is non-null and
+   doesn't exist, none of the searched dirs exists, or there's not
+   enough space in TMPL. */
+int
+__path_search (char *tmpl, size_t tmpl_len, const char *dir, const char *pfx,
+               int try_tmpdir)
+{
+  const char *d;
+  size_t dlen, plen;
+
+  if (!pfx || !pfx[0])
+    {
+      pfx = "file";
+      plen = 4;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      plen = strlen (pfx);
+      if (plen > 5)
+        plen = 5;
+    }
+
+  if (try_tmpdir)
+    {
+      d = __secure_getenv ("TMPDIR");
+      if (d != NULL && direxists (d))
+        dir = d;
+      else if (dir != NULL && direxists (dir))
+        /* nothing */ ;
+      else
+        dir = NULL;
+    }
+  if (dir == NULL)
+    {
+      if (direxists (P_tmpdir))
+        dir = P_tmpdir;
+      else if (strcmp (P_tmpdir, "/tmp") != 0 && direxists ("/tmp"))
+        dir = "/tmp";
+      else
+        {
+          __set_errno (ENOENT);
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  dlen = strlen (dir);
+  while (dlen > 1 && dir[dlen - 1] == '/')
+    dlen--;                     /* remove trailing slashes */
+
+  /* check we have room for "${dir}/${pfx}XXXXXX\0" */
+  if (tmpl_len < dlen + 1 + plen + 6 + 1)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  sprintf (tmpl, "%.*s/%.*sXXXXXX", (int) dlen, dir, (int) plen, pfx);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+#if _LIBC
+static int try_tempname_len (char *, int, void *, int (*) (char *, void *),
+                             size_t);
+#endif
+
+static int
+try_file (char *tmpl, void *flags)
+{
+  int *openflags = flags;
+  return __open (tmpl,
+                 (*openflags & ~O_ACCMODE)
+                 | O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+}
+
+static int
+try_dir (char *tmpl, _GL_UNUSED void *flags)
+{
+  return __mkdir (tmpl, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
+}
+
+static int
+try_nocreate (char *tmpl, _GL_UNUSED void *flags)
+{
+  struct_stat64 st;
+
+  if (__lstat64 (tmpl, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+    __set_errno (EEXIST);
+  return errno == ENOENT ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+/* These are the characters used in temporary file names.  */
+static const char letters[] =
+"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
+
+/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL.  TMPL must match the
+   rules for mk[s]temp (i.e., end in at least X_SUFFIX_LEN "X"s,
+   possibly with a suffix).
+   The name constructed does not exist at the time of the call to
+   this function.  TMPL is overwritten with the result.
+
+   KIND may be one of:
+   __GT_NOCREATE:       simply verify that the name does not exist
+                        at the time of the call.
+   __GT_FILE:           create the file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
+                        and return a read-write fd.  The file is mode 0600.
+   __GT_DIR:            create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
+
+   We use a clever algorithm to get hard-to-predict names. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static
+#endif
+int
+gen_tempname_len (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, int flags, int kind,
+                  size_t x_suffix_len)
+{
+  static int (*const tryfunc[]) (char *, void *) =
+    {
+      [__GT_FILE] = try_file,
+      [__GT_DIR] = try_dir,
+      [__GT_NOCREATE] = try_nocreate
+    };
+  return try_tempname_len (tmpl, suffixlen, &flags, tryfunc[kind],
+                           x_suffix_len);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static
+#endif
+int
+try_tempname_len (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, void *args,
+                  int (*tryfunc) (char *, void *), size_t x_suffix_len)
+{
+  size_t len;
+  char *XXXXXX;
+  unsigned int count;
+  int fd = -1;
+  int save_errno = errno;
+
+  /* A lower bound on the number of temporary files to attempt to
+     generate.  The maximum total number of temporary file names that
+     can exist for a given template is 62**6.  It should never be
+     necessary to try all of these combinations.  Instead if a reasonable
+     number of names is tried (we define reasonable as 62**3) fail to
+     give the system administrator the chance to remove the problems.
+     This value requires that X_SUFFIX_LEN be at least 3.  */
+#define ATTEMPTS_MIN (62 * 62 * 62)
+
+  /* The number of times to attempt to generate a temporary file.  To
+     conform to POSIX, this must be no smaller than TMP_MAX.  */
+#if ATTEMPTS_MIN < TMP_MAX
+  unsigned int attempts = TMP_MAX;
+#else
+  unsigned int attempts = ATTEMPTS_MIN;
+#endif
+
+  /* A random variable.  The initial value is used only the for fallback path
+     on 'random_bits' on 'getrandom' failure.  Its initial value tries to use
+     some entropy from the ASLR and ignore possible bits from the stack
+     alignment.  */
+  random_value v = ((uintptr_t) &v) / alignof (max_align_t);
+
+  /* How many random base-62 digits can currently be extracted from V.  */
+  int vdigits = 0;
+
+  /* Whether to consume entropy when acquiring random bits.  On the
+     first try it's worth the entropy cost with __GT_NOCREATE, which
+     is inherently insecure and can use the entropy to make it a bit
+     less secure.  On the (rare) second and later attempts it might
+     help against DoS attacks.  */
+  bool use_getrandom = tryfunc == try_nocreate;
+
+  /* Least unfair value for V.  If V is less than this, V can generate
+     BASE_62_DIGITS digits fairly.  Otherwise it might be biased.  */
+  random_value const unfair_min
+    = RANDOM_VALUE_MAX - RANDOM_VALUE_MAX % BASE_62_POWER;
+
+  len = strlen (tmpl);
+  if (len < x_suffix_len + suffixlen
+      || strspn (&tmpl[len - x_suffix_len - suffixlen], "X") < x_suffix_len)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* This is where the Xs start.  */
+  XXXXXX = &tmpl[len - x_suffix_len - suffixlen];
+
+  for (count = 0; count < attempts; ++count)
+    {
+      for (size_t i = 0; i < x_suffix_len; i++)
+        {
+          if (vdigits == 0)
+            {
+              do
+                {
+                  v = random_bits (v, use_getrandom);
+                  use_getrandom = true;
+                }
+              while (unfair_min <= v);
+
+              vdigits = BASE_62_DIGITS;
+            }
+
+          XXXXXX[i] = letters[v % 62];
+          v /= 62;
+          vdigits--;
+        }
+
+      fd = tryfunc (tmpl, args);
+      if (fd >= 0)
+        {
+          __set_errno (save_errno);
+          return fd;
+        }
+      else if (errno != EEXIST)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* We got out of the loop because we ran out of combinations to try.  */
+  __set_errno (EEXIST);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+int
+__gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, int flags, int kind)
+{
+  return gen_tempname_len (tmpl, suffixlen, flags, kind, 6);
+}
+
+#if !_LIBC
+int
+try_tempname (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, void *args,
+              int (*tryfunc) (char *, void *))
+{
+  return try_tempname_len (tmpl, suffixlen, args, tryfunc, 6);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/tempname.h b/lib/tempname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c172820
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tempname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Create a temporary file or directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* header written by Eric Blake */
+
+#ifndef GL_TEMPNAME_H
+# define GL_TEMPNAME_H
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# ifdef __GT_FILE
+#  define GT_FILE     __GT_FILE
+#  define GT_DIR      __GT_DIR
+#  define GT_NOCREATE __GT_NOCREATE
+# else
+#  define GT_FILE     0
+#  define GT_DIR      1
+#  define GT_NOCREATE 2
+# endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL.  TMPL must match the
+   rules for mk[s]temp (i.e. end in "XXXXXX", possibly with a suffix).
+   The name constructed does not exist at the time of the call to
+   gen_tempname.  TMPL is overwritten with the result.
+
+   KIND may be one of:
+   GT_NOCREATE:         simply verify that the name does not exist
+                        at the time of the call.
+   GT_FILE:             create a large file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
+                        and return a read-write fd.  The file is mode 0600.
+   GT_DIR:              create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
+
+   We use a clever algorithm to get hard-to-predict names. */
+extern int gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, int flags, int kind);
+/* Similar, except X_SUFFIX_LEN gives the number of Xs.  */
+extern int gen_tempname_len (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, int flags, int kind,
+                             size_t x_suffix_len);
+
+/* Similar to gen_tempname, but TRYFUNC is called for each temporary
+   name to try.  If TRYFUNC returns a non-negative number, TRY_GEN_TEMPNAME
+   returns with this value.  Otherwise, if errno is set to EEXIST, another
+   name is tried, or else TRY_GEN_TEMPNAME returns -1. */
+extern int try_tempname (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, void *args,
+                         int (*tryfunc) (char *, void *));
+/* Similar, except X_SUFFIX_LEN gives the number of Xs.  */
+extern int try_tempname_len (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, void *args,
+                             int (*tryfunc) (char *, void *),
+                             size_t x_suffix_len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* GL_TEMPNAME_H */
diff --git a/lib/termios.in.h b/lib/termios.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32b7c5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termios.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <termios.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TERMIOS_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* On HP-UX 11.00, some of the function declarations in <sys/termio.h>,
+   included by <termios.h>, are not protected by extern "C".  Enforce
+   "C" linkage for these functions nevertheless.  */
+#if defined __hpux && defined __cplusplus
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+extern "C" {
+# include <sys/termio.h>
+}
+#endif
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_TERMIOS_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_TERMIOS_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TERMIOS_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TERMIOS_H
+
+/* Get pid_t.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_TCGETSID@
+/* Return the session ID of the controlling terminal of the current process.
+   The argument is a descriptor if this controlling terminal.
+   Return -1, with errno set, upon failure.  errno = ENOSYS means that the
+   function is unsupported.  */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_TCGETSID@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tcgetsid, pid_t, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tcgetsid, pid_t, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tcgetsid);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef tcgetsid
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TCGETSID
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (tcgetsid, "tcgetsid is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module tcgetsid for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TERMIOS_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TERMIOS_H */
diff --git a/lib/time-internal.h b/lib/time-internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8a2a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/time-internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Time internal interface
+
+   Copyright 2015-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* A time zone rule.  */
+struct tm_zone
+{
+  /* More abbreviations, should they be needed.  Their TZ_IS_SET
+     members are zero.  */
+  struct tm_zone *next;
+
+#if HAVE_TZNAME && !HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+  /* Copies of recent strings taken from tzname[0] and tzname[1].
+     The copies are in ABBRS, so that they survive tzset.  Null if unknown.  */
+  char *tzname_copy[2];
+#endif
+
+  /* If nonzero, the rule represents the TZ environment variable set
+     to the first "abbreviation" (this may be the empty string).
+     Otherwise, it represents an unset TZ.  */
+  char tz_is_set;
+
+  /* A sequence of null-terminated strings packed next to each other.
+     The strings are followed by an extra null byte.  If TZ_IS_SET,
+     there must be at least one string and the first string (which is
+     actually a TZ environment value) may be empty.  Otherwise all
+     strings must be nonempty.
+
+     Abbreviations are stored here because otherwise the values of
+     tm_zone and/or tzname would be dead after changing TZ and calling
+     tzset.  Abbreviations never move once allocated, and are live
+     until tzfree is called.  */
+  char abbrs[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
+};
diff --git a/lib/time.in.h b/lib/time.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d4c771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/time.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+/* A more-standard <time.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* Don't get in the way of glibc when it includes time.h merely to
+   declare a few standard symbols, rather than to declare all the
+   symbols.  (However, skip this for MinGW as it treats __need_time_t
+   incompatibly.)  Also, Solaris 8 <time.h> eventually includes itself
+   recursively; if that is happening, just include the system <time.h>
+   without adding our own declarations.  */
+#if (((defined __need_time_t || defined __need_clock_t \
+       || defined __need_timespec)                     \
+      && !defined __MINGW32__)                         \
+     || defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TIME_H)
+
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_TIME_H@
+
+#else
+
+# define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TIME_H
+
+/* mingw's <time.h> provides the functions asctime_r, ctime_r, gmtime_r,
+   localtime_r only if <unistd.h> or <pthread.h> has been included before.  */
+# if defined __MINGW32__
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_TIME_H@
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  */
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Some systems don't define struct timespec (e.g., AIX 4.1).
+   Or they define it with the wrong member names or define it in <sys/time.h>
+   (e.g., FreeBSD circa 1997).  Stock Mingw prior to 3.0 does not define it,
+   but the pthreads-win32 library defines it in <pthread.h>.  */
+# if ! @TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+#  if @SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+#   include <sys/time.h>
+#  elif @PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+#   include <pthread.h>
+#  elif @UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
+#   include <unistd.h>
+#  else
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#   endif
+
+#   if !GNULIB_defined_struct_timespec
+#    undef timespec
+#    define timespec rpl_timespec
+struct timespec
+{
+  time_t tv_sec;
+  long int tv_nsec;
+};
+#    define GNULIB_defined_struct_timespec 1
+#   endif
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#   endif
+
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_time_t_must_be_integral
+/* https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/sys_types.h.html
+   requires time_t to be an integer type, even though C99 permits floating
+   point.  We don't know of any implementation that uses floating
+   point, and it is much easier to write code that doesn't have to
+   worry about that corner case, so we force the issue.  */
+struct __time_t_must_be_integral {
+  unsigned int __floating_time_t_unsupported : (time_t) 1;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_time_t_must_be_integral 1
+# endif
+
+/* Define TIME_UTC, a positive integer constant used for timespec_get().  */
+# if ! @TIME_H_DEFINES_TIME_UTC@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_TIME_UTC
+#   define TIME_UTC 1
+#   define GNULIB_defined_TIME_UTC 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Set *TS to the current time, and return BASE.
+   Upon failure, return 0.  */
+# if @GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GET@
+#  if ! @HAVE_TIMESPEC_GET@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (timespec_get, int, (struct timespec *ts, int base)
+                                     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (timespec_get, int, (struct timespec *ts, int base));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (timespec_get);
+# endif
+
+/* Set *TS to the current time resolution, and return BASE.
+   Upon failure, return 0.  */
+# if @GNULIB_TIMESPEC_GETRES@
+#  if ! @HAVE_TIMESPEC_GETRES@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (timespec_getres, int, (struct timespec *ts, int base)
+                                        _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (timespec_getres, int, (struct timespec *ts, int base));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (timespec_getres);
+# endif
+
+/* Sleep for at least RQTP seconds unless interrupted,  If interrupted,
+   return -1 and store the remaining time into RMTP.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/nanosleep.html>.  */
+# if @GNULIB_NANOSLEEP@
+#  if @REPLACE_NANOSLEEP@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    define nanosleep rpl_nanosleep
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (nanosleep, int,
+                  (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (nanosleep, int,
+                  (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp));
+#  else
+#   if ! @HAVE_NANOSLEEP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (nanosleep, int,
+                  (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (nanosleep, int,
+                  (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (nanosleep);
+# endif
+
+/* Initialize time conversion information.  */
+# if @GNULIB_TZSET@
+#  if @REPLACE_TZSET@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef tzset
+#    define tzset rpl_tzset
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (tzset, void, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (tzset, void, (void));
+#  elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef tzset
+#    define tzset _tzset
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (tzset, void, (void));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tzset, void, (void));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tzset);
+# elif @GNULIB_MDA_TZSET@
+/* On native Windows, map 'tzset' to '_tzset', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::tzset always.  */
+#  if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef tzset
+#    define tzset _tzset
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (tzset, void, (void));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tzset, void, (void));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tzset);
+# endif
+
+/* Return the 'time_t' representation of TP and normalize TP.  */
+# if @GNULIB_MKTIME@
+#  if @REPLACE_MKTIME@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    define mktime rpl_mktime
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mktime, time_t, (struct tm *__tp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mktime, time_t, (struct tm *__tp));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mktime, time_t, (struct tm *__tp));
+#  endif
+#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mktime);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Convert TIMER to RESULT, assuming local time and UTC respectively.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/localtime_r.html> and
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/gmtime_r.html>.  */
+# if @GNULIB_TIME_R@
+#  if @REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef localtime_r
+#    define localtime_r rpl_localtime_r
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                             struct tm *restrict __result)
+                                            _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                             struct tm *restrict __result));
+#  else
+#   if ! @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                             struct tm *restrict __result)
+                                            _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                             struct tm *restrict __result));
+#  endif
+#  if @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (localtime_r);
+#  endif
+#  if @REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef gmtime_r
+#    define gmtime_r rpl_gmtime_r
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                          struct tm *restrict __result)
+                                         _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                          struct tm *restrict __result));
+#  else
+#   if ! @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                          struct tm *restrict __result)
+                                         _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                                          struct tm *restrict __result));
+#  endif
+#  if @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gmtime_r);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Convert TIMER to RESULT, assuming local time and UTC respectively.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/localtime.html> and
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/gmtime.html>.  */
+# if @GNULIB_LOCALTIME@ || @REPLACE_LOCALTIME@
+#  if @REPLACE_LOCALTIME@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef localtime
+#    define localtime rpl_localtime
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (localtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer)
+                                          _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (localtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer));
+#  endif
+#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (localtime);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if 0 || @REPLACE_GMTIME@
+#  if @REPLACE_GMTIME@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef gmtime
+#    define gmtime rpl_gmtime
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gmtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer)
+                                       _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gmtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (gmtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gmtime);
+# endif
+
+/* Parse BUF as a timestamp, assuming FORMAT specifies its layout, and store
+   the resulting broken-down time into TM.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/strptime.html>.  */
+# if @GNULIB_STRPTIME@
+#  if ! @HAVE_STRPTIME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strptime, char *, (char const *restrict __buf,
+                                     char const *restrict __format,
+                                     struct tm *restrict __tm)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strptime, char *, (char const *restrict __buf,
+                                     char const *restrict __format,
+                                     struct tm *restrict __tm));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strptime);
+# endif
+
+/* Convert *TP to a date and time string.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/ctime.html>.  */
+# if @GNULIB_CTIME@
+#  if @REPLACE_CTIME@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    define ctime rpl_ctime
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ctime, char *, (time_t const *__tp)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ctime, char *, (time_t const *__tp));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ctime, char *, (time_t const *__tp));
+#  endif
+#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ctime);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Convert *TP to a date and time string.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/strftime.html>.  */
+# if @GNULIB_STRFTIME@
+#  if @REPLACE_STRFTIME@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    define strftime rpl_strftime
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strftime, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict __buf, size_t __bufsize,
+                   const char *restrict __fmt, const struct tm *restrict __tp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strftime, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict __buf, size_t __bufsize,
+                   const char *restrict __fmt, const struct tm *restrict __tp));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strftime, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict __buf, size_t __bufsize,
+                   const char *restrict __fmt, const struct tm *restrict __tp));
+#  endif
+#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strftime);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# if defined _GNU_SOURCE && @GNULIB_TIME_RZ@ && ! @HAVE_TIMEZONE_T@
+/* Functions that use a first-class time zone data type, instead of
+   relying on an implicit global time zone.
+   Inspired by NetBSD.  */
+
+/* Represents a time zone.
+   (timezone_t) NULL stands for UTC.  */
+typedef struct tm_zone *timezone_t;
+
+/* tzalloc (name)
+   Returns a time zone object for the given time zone NAME.  This object
+   represents the time zone that other functions would use it the TZ
+   environment variable was set to NAME.
+   If NAME is NULL, the result represents the time zone that other functions
+   would use it the TZ environment variable was unset.
+   May return NULL if NAME is invalid (this is platform dependent) or
+   upon memory allocation failure.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tzalloc, timezone_t, (char const *__name));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tzalloc, timezone_t, (char const *__name));
+
+/* tzfree (tz)
+   Frees a time zone object.
+   The argument must have been returned by tzalloc().  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tzfree, void, (timezone_t __tz));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tzfree, void, (timezone_t __tz));
+
+/* localtime_rz (tz, &t, &result)
+   Converts an absolute time T to a broken-down time RESULT, assuming the
+   time zone TZ.
+   This function is like 'localtime_r', but relies on the argument TZ instead
+   of an implicit global time zone.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (localtime_rz, struct tm *,
+                  (timezone_t __tz, time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                   struct tm *restrict __result) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localtime_rz, struct tm *,
+                  (timezone_t __tz, time_t const *restrict __timer,
+                   struct tm *restrict __result));
+
+/* mktime_z (tz, &tm)
+   Normalizes the broken-down time TM and converts it to an absolute time,
+   assuming the time zone TZ.  Returns the absolute time.
+   This function is like 'mktime', but relies on the argument TZ instead
+   of an implicit global time zone.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mktime_z, time_t,
+                  (timezone_t __tz, struct tm *restrict __tm)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mktime_z, time_t,
+                  (timezone_t __tz, struct tm *restrict __tm));
+
+/* Time zone abbreviation strings (returned by 'localtime_rz' or 'mktime_z'
+   in the 'tm_zone' member of 'struct tm') are valid as long as
+     - the 'struct tm' argument is not destroyed or overwritten,
+   and
+     - the 'timezone_t' argument is not freed through tzfree().  */
+
+# endif
+
+/* Convert TM to a time_t value, assuming UTC.  */
+# if @GNULIB_TIMEGM@
+#  if @REPLACE_TIMEGM@
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef timegm
+#    define timegm rpl_timegm
+#   endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm));
+#  else
+#   if ! @HAVE_TIMEGM@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (timegm);
+# endif
+
+/* Encourage applications to avoid unsafe functions that can overrun
+   buffers when given outlandish struct tm values.  Portable
+   applications should use strftime (or even sprintf) instead.  */
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef asctime
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asctime, "asctime can overrun buffers in some cases - "
+                 "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead");
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef asctime_r
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asctime_r, "asctime_r can overrun buffers in some cases - "
+                 "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead");
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef ctime
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ctime, "ctime can overrun buffers in some cases - "
+                 "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead");
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef ctime_r
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ctime_r, "ctime_r can overrun buffers in some cases - "
+                 "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead");
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/time_r.c b/lib/time_r.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4b2275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/time_r.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Reentrant time functions like localtime_r.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+static struct tm *
+copy_tm_result (struct tm *dest, struct tm const *src)
+{
+  if (! src)
+    return 0;
+  *dest = *src;
+  return dest;
+}
+
+
+struct tm *
+gmtime_r (time_t const * restrict t, struct tm * restrict tp)
+{
+  return copy_tm_result (tp, gmtime (t));
+}
+
+struct tm *
+localtime_r (time_t const * restrict t, struct tm * restrict tp)
+{
+  return copy_tm_result (tp, localtime (t));
+}
diff --git a/lib/time_rz.c b/lib/time_rz.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a91d37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/time_rz.c
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/* Time zone functions such as tzalloc and localtime_rz
+
+   Copyright 2015-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* Although this module is not thread-safe, any races should be fairly
+   rare and reasonably benign.  For complete thread-safety, use a C
+   library with a working timezone_t type, so that this module is not
+   needed.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "flexmember.h"
+#include "idx.h"
+#include "time-internal.h"
+
+/* The approximate size to use for small allocation requests.  This is
+   the largest "small" request for the GNU C library malloc.  */
+enum { DEFAULT_MXFAST = 64 * sizeof (size_t) / 4 };
+
+/* Minimum size of the ABBRS member of struct tm_zone.  ABBRS is larger
+   only in the unlikely case where an abbreviation longer than this is
+   used.  */
+enum { ABBR_SIZE_MIN = DEFAULT_MXFAST - offsetof (struct tm_zone, abbrs) };
+
+/* Magic cookie timezone_t value, for local time.  It differs from
+   NULL and from all other timezone_t values.  Only the address
+   matters; the pointer is never dereferenced.  */
+static timezone_t const local_tz = (timezone_t) 1;
+
+/* Copy to ABBRS the abbreviation at ABBR with size ABBR_SIZE (this
+   includes its trailing null byte).  Append an extra null byte to
+   mark the end of ABBRS.  */
+static void
+extend_abbrs (char *abbrs, char const *abbr, size_t abbr_size)
+{
+  memcpy (abbrs, abbr, abbr_size);
+  abbrs[abbr_size] = '\0';
+}
+
+/* Return a newly allocated time zone for NAME, or NULL on failure.
+   A null NAME stands for wall clock time (which is like unset TZ).  */
+timezone_t
+tzalloc (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t name_size = name ? strlen (name) + 1 : 0;
+  size_t abbr_size = name_size < ABBR_SIZE_MIN ? ABBR_SIZE_MIN : name_size + 1;
+  timezone_t tz = malloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct tm_zone, abbrs, abbr_size));
+  if (tz)
+    {
+      tz->next = NULL;
+#if HAVE_TZNAME && !HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+      tz->tzname_copy[0] = tz->tzname_copy[1] = NULL;
+#endif
+      tz->tz_is_set = !!name;
+      tz->abbrs[0] = '\0';
+      if (name)
+        extend_abbrs (tz->abbrs, name, name_size);
+    }
+  return tz;
+}
+
+/* Save into TZ any nontrivial time zone abbreviation used by TM, and
+   update *TM (if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE) or *TZ (if
+   !HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE && HAVE_TZNAME) if they use the abbreviation.
+   Return true if successful, false (setting errno) otherwise.  */
+static bool
+save_abbr (timezone_t tz, struct tm *tm)
+{
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE || HAVE_TZNAME
+  char const *zone = NULL;
+  char *zone_copy = (char *) "";
+
+# if HAVE_TZNAME
+  int tzname_index = -1;
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+  zone = tm->tm_zone;
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_TZNAME
+  if (! (zone && *zone) && 0 <= tm->tm_isdst)
+    {
+      tzname_index = tm->tm_isdst != 0;
+      zone = tzname[tzname_index];
+    }
+# endif
+
+  /* No need to replace null zones, or zones within the struct tm.  */
+  if (!zone || ((char *) tm <= zone && zone < (char *) (tm + 1)))
+    return true;
+
+  if (*zone)
+    {
+      zone_copy = tz->abbrs;
+
+      while (strcmp (zone_copy, zone) != 0)
+        {
+          if (! (*zone_copy || (zone_copy == tz->abbrs && tz->tz_is_set)))
+            {
+              idx_t zone_size = strlen (zone) + 1;
+              if (zone_size < tz->abbrs + ABBR_SIZE_MIN - zone_copy)
+                extend_abbrs (zone_copy, zone, zone_size);
+              else
+                {
+                  tz = tz->next = tzalloc (zone);
+                  if (!tz)
+                    return false;
+                  tz->tz_is_set = 0;
+                  zone_copy = tz->abbrs;
+                }
+              break;
+            }
+
+          zone_copy += strlen (zone_copy) + 1;
+          if (!*zone_copy && tz->next)
+            {
+              tz = tz->next;
+              zone_copy = tz->abbrs;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Replace the zone name so that its lifetime matches that of TZ.  */
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
+  tm->tm_zone = zone_copy;
+# else
+  if (0 <= tzname_index)
+    tz->tzname_copy[tzname_index] = zone_copy;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Free a time zone.  */
+void
+tzfree (timezone_t tz)
+{
+  if (tz != local_tz)
+    while (tz)
+      {
+        timezone_t next = tz->next;
+        free (tz);
+        tz = next;
+      }
+}
+
+/* Get and set the TZ environment variable.  These functions can be
+   overridden by programs like Emacs that manage their own environment.  */
+
+#ifndef getenv_TZ
+static char *
+getenv_TZ (void)
+{
+  return getenv ("TZ");
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef setenv_TZ
+static int
+setenv_TZ (char const *tz)
+{
+  return tz ? setenv ("TZ", tz, 1) : unsetenv ("TZ");
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Change the environment to match the specified timezone_t value.
+   Return true if successful, false (setting errno) otherwise.  */
+static bool
+change_env (timezone_t tz)
+{
+  if (setenv_TZ (tz->tz_is_set ? tz->abbrs : NULL) != 0)
+    return false;
+  tzset ();
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Temporarily set the time zone to TZ, which must not be null.
+   Return LOCAL_TZ if the time zone setting is already correct.
+   Otherwise return a newly allocated time zone representing the old
+   setting, or NULL (setting errno) on failure.  */
+static timezone_t
+set_tz (timezone_t tz)
+{
+  char *env_tz = getenv_TZ ();
+  if (env_tz
+      ? tz->tz_is_set && strcmp (tz->abbrs, env_tz) == 0
+      : !tz->tz_is_set)
+    return local_tz;
+  else
+    {
+      timezone_t old_tz = tzalloc (env_tz);
+      if (!old_tz)
+        return old_tz;
+      if (! change_env (tz))
+        {
+          int saved_errno = errno;
+          tzfree (old_tz);
+          errno = saved_errno;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+      return old_tz;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Restore an old setting returned by set_tz.  It must not be null.
+   Return true (preserving errno) if successful, false (setting errno)
+   otherwise.  */
+static bool
+revert_tz (timezone_t tz)
+{
+  if (tz == local_tz)
+    return true;
+  else
+    {
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+      bool ok = change_env (tz);
+      if (!ok)
+        saved_errno = errno;
+      tzfree (tz);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return ok;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Use time zone TZ to compute localtime_r (T, TM).  */
+struct tm *
+localtime_rz (timezone_t tz, time_t const *t, struct tm *tm)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_INFLOOP_BUG
+  /* The -67768038400665599 comes from:
+     https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2017-07/msg00142.html
+     On affected platforms the greatest POSIX-compatible time_t value
+     that could return nonnull is 67768036191766798 (when
+     TZ="XXX24:59:59" it resolves to the year 2**31 - 1 + 1900, on
+     12-31 at 23:59:59), so test for that too while we're in the
+     neighborhood.  */
+  if (! (-67768038400665599 <= *t && *t <= 67768036191766798))
+    {
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (!tz)
+    return gmtime_r (t, tm);
+  else
+    {
+      timezone_t old_tz = set_tz (tz);
+      if (old_tz)
+        {
+          bool abbr_saved = localtime_r (t, tm) && save_abbr (tz, tm);
+          if (revert_tz (old_tz) && abbr_saved)
+            return tm;
+        }
+      return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Use time zone TZ to compute mktime (TM).  */
+time_t
+mktime_z (timezone_t tz, struct tm *tm)
+{
+  if (!tz)
+    return timegm (tm);
+  else
+    {
+      timezone_t old_tz = set_tz (tz);
+      if (old_tz)
+        {
+          struct tm tm_1;
+          tm_1.tm_sec = tm->tm_sec;
+          tm_1.tm_min = tm->tm_min;
+          tm_1.tm_hour = tm->tm_hour;
+          tm_1.tm_mday = tm->tm_mday;
+          tm_1.tm_mon = tm->tm_mon;
+          tm_1.tm_year = tm->tm_year;
+          tm_1.tm_yday = -1;
+          tm_1.tm_isdst = tm->tm_isdst;
+          time_t t = mktime (&tm_1);
+          bool ok = 0 <= tm_1.tm_yday;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE || HAVE_TZNAME
+          ok = ok && save_abbr (tz, &tm_1);
+#endif
+          if (revert_tz (old_tz) && ok)
+            {
+              *tm = tm_1;
+              return t;
+            }
+        }
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/timegm.c b/lib/timegm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1b19ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/timegm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Convert UTC calendar time to simple time.  Like mktime but assumes UTC.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1994-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <libc-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "mktime-internal.h"
+
+__time64_t
+__timegm64 (struct tm *tmp)
+{
+  static mktime_offset_t gmtime_offset;
+  tmp->tm_isdst = 0;
+  return __mktime_internal (tmp, __gmtime64_r, &gmtime_offset);
+}
+
+#if defined _LIBC && __TIMESIZE != 64
+
+libc_hidden_def (__timegm64)
+
+time_t
+timegm (struct tm *tmp)
+{
+  struct tm tm = *tmp;
+  __time64_t t = __timegm64 (&tm);
+  if (in_time_t_range (t))
+    {
+      *tmp = tm;
+      return t;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      __set_errno (EOVERFLOW);
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/timespec.c b/lib/timespec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d136cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/timespec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Inline functions for <timespec.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "timespec.h"
diff --git a/lib/timespec.h b/lib/timespec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e35828
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/timespec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* timespec -- System time interface
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2004-2005, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if ! defined TIMESPEC_H
+#define TIMESPEC_H
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE
+# define _GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "arg-nonnull.h"
+
+/* Inverse resolution of timespec timestamps (in units per second),
+   and log base 10 of the inverse resolution.  */
+
+enum { TIMESPEC_HZ = 1000000000 };
+enum { LOG10_TIMESPEC_HZ = 9 };
+
+/* Obsolescent names for backward compatibility.
+   They are misnomers, because TIMESPEC_RESOLUTION is not a resolution.  */
+
+enum { TIMESPEC_RESOLUTION = TIMESPEC_HZ };
+enum { LOG10_TIMESPEC_RESOLUTION = LOG10_TIMESPEC_HZ };
+
+/* Return a timespec with seconds S and nanoseconds NS.  */
+
+_GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE struct timespec
+make_timespec (time_t s, long int ns)
+{
+  struct timespec r;
+  r.tv_sec = s;
+  r.tv_nsec = ns;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return negative, zero, positive if A < B, A == B, A > B, respectively.  */
+
+_GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+timespec_cmp (struct timespec a, struct timespec b)
+{
+  return 2 * _GL_CMP (a.tv_sec, b.tv_sec) + _GL_CMP (a.tv_nsec, b.tv_nsec);
+}
+
+/* Return -1, 0, 1, depending on the sign of A.  A.tv_nsec must be
+   nonnegative.  */
+_GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+timespec_sign (struct timespec a)
+{
+  return _GL_CMP (a.tv_sec, 0) + (!a.tv_sec & !!a.tv_nsec);
+}
+
+struct timespec timespec_add (struct timespec, struct timespec)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+struct timespec timespec_sub (struct timespec, struct timespec)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+struct timespec dtotimespec (double)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+
+/* Return an approximation to A, of type 'double'.  */
+_GL_TIMESPEC_INLINE double
+timespectod (struct timespec a)
+{
+  return a.tv_sec + a.tv_nsec / 1e9;
+}
+
+long int gettime_res (void);
+struct timespec current_timespec (void);
+void gettime (struct timespec *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
+int settime (struct timespec const *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/trim.c b/lib/trim.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..def08eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/trim.c
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* Removes leading and/or trailing whitespaces
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Davide Angelocola <davide.angelocola@gmail.com> */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "trim.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "mbchar.h"
+#include "mbiter.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Use this to suppress gcc's "...may be used before initialized" warnings. */
+#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
+#else
+# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+char *
+trim2 (const char *s, int how)
+{
+  char *d;
+
+  d = strdup (s);
+
+  if (!d)
+    xalloc_die ();
+
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      mbi_iterator_t i;
+
+      /* Trim leading whitespaces. */
+      if (how != TRIM_TRAILING)
+        {
+          mbi_init (i, d, strlen (d));
+
+          for (; mbi_avail (i) && mb_isspace (mbi_cur (i)); mbi_advance (i))
+            ;
+
+          memmove (d, mbi_cur_ptr (i), strlen (mbi_cur_ptr (i)) + 1);
+        }
+
+      /* Trim trailing whitespaces. */
+      if (how != TRIM_LEADING)
+        {
+          unsigned int state = 0;
+          char *r IF_LINT (= NULL); /* used only while state = 2 */
+
+          mbi_init (i, d, strlen (d));
+
+          for (; mbi_avail (i); mbi_advance (i))
+            {
+              if (state == 0 && mb_isspace (mbi_cur (i)))
+                continue;
+
+              if (state == 0 && !mb_isspace (mbi_cur (i)))
+                {
+                  state = 1;
+                  continue;
+                }
+
+              if (state == 1 && !mb_isspace (mbi_cur (i)))
+                continue;
+
+              if (state == 1 && mb_isspace (mbi_cur (i)))
+                {
+                  state = 2;
+                  r = (char *) mbi_cur_ptr (i);
+                }
+              else if (state == 2 && mb_isspace (mbi_cur (i)))
+                {
+                  /* empty */
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  state = 1;
+                }
+            }
+
+          if (state == 2)
+            *r = '\0';
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char *p;
+
+      /* Trim leading whitespaces. */
+      if (how != TRIM_TRAILING)
+        {
+          for (p = d; *p && isspace ((unsigned char) *p); p++)
+            ;
+
+          memmove (d, p, strlen (p) + 1);
+        }
+
+      /* Trim trailing whitespaces. */
+      if (how != TRIM_LEADING)
+        {
+          for (p = d + strlen (d) - 1;
+               p >= d && isspace ((unsigned char) *p); p--)
+            *p = '\0';
+        }
+    }
+
+  return d;
+}
diff --git a/lib/trim.h b/lib/trim.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b520e80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/trim.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Removes leading and/or trailing whitespaces
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Davide Angelocola <davide.angelocola@gmail.com> */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Trim mode. */
+#define TRIM_TRAILING 0
+#define TRIM_LEADING 1
+#define TRIM_BOTH 2
+
+/* Removes trailing and leading whitespaces. */
+#define trim(s) trim2(s, TRIM_BOTH)
+
+/* Removes trailing whitespaces. */
+#define trim_trailing(s) trim2(s, TRIM_TRAILING)
+
+/* Removes leading whitespaces. */
+#define trim_leading(s) trim2(s, TRIM_LEADING)
+
+char *trim2 (const char *, int)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
diff --git a/lib/tzset.c b/lib/tzset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..845d349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tzset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Provide tzset for systems that don't have it or for which it's broken.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+void
+rpl_tzset (void)
+#undef tzset
+{
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* Rectify the value of the environment variable TZ.
+     There are four possible kinds of such values:
+       - Traditional US time zone names, e.g. "PST8PDT".  Syntax: see
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/c-runtime-library/reference/tzset>
+       - Time zone names based on geography, that contain one or more
+         slashes, e.g. "Europe/Moscow".
+       - Time zone names based on geography, without slashes, e.g.
+         "Singapore".
+       - Time zone names that contain explicit DST rules.  Syntax: see
+         <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap08.html#tag_08_03>
+     The Microsoft CRT understands only the first kind.  It produces incorrect
+     results if the value of TZ is of the other kinds.
+     But in a Cygwin environment, /etc/profile.d/tzset.sh sets TZ to a value
+     of the second kind for most geographies, or of the first kind in a few
+     other geographies.  If it is of the second kind, neutralize it.  For the
+     Microsoft CRT, an absent or empty TZ means the time zone that the user
+     has set in the Windows Control Panel.
+     If the value of TZ is of the third or fourth kind -- Cygwin programs
+     understand these syntaxes as well --, it does not matter whether we
+     neutralize it or not, since these values occur only when a Cygwin user
+     has set TZ explicitly; this case is 1. rare and 2. under the user's
+     responsibility.  */
+  const char *tz = getenv ("TZ");
+  if (tz != NULL && strchr (tz, '/') != NULL)
+    _putenv ("TZ=");
+
+  /* On native Windows, tzset() is deprecated.  Use _tzset() instead.  See
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/c-runtime-library/reference/posix-tzset>
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/c-runtime-library/reference/tzset>  */
+  _tzset ();
+#else
+  tzset ();
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/u64.c b/lib/u64.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eefeae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/u64.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* uint64_t-like operations that work even on hosts lacking uint64_t
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_U64_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "u64.h"
+typedef int dummy;
diff --git a/lib/u64.h b/lib/u64.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1908e7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/u64.h
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/* uint64_t-like operations that work even on hosts lacking uint64_t
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_U64_INLINE
+# define _GL_U64_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Return X rotated left by N bits, where 0 < N < 64.  */
+#define u64rol(x, n) u64or (u64shl (x, n), u64shr (x, 64 - n))
+
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+
+/* Native implementations are trivial.  See below for comments on what
+   these operations do.  */
+typedef uint64_t u64;
+# define u64hilo(hi, lo) ((u64) (((u64) (hi) << 32) + (lo)))
+# define u64init(hi, lo) u64hilo (hi, lo)
+# define u64lo(x) ((u64) (x))
+# define u64size(x) u64lo (x)
+# define u64lt(x, y) ((x) < (y))
+# define u64and(x, y) ((x) & (y))
+# define u64or(x, y) ((x) | (y))
+# define u64xor(x, y) ((x) ^ (y))
+# define u64plus(x, y) ((x) + (y))
+# define u64shl(x, n) ((x) << (n))
+# define u64shr(x, n) ((x) >> (n))
+
+#else
+
+/* u64 is a 64-bit unsigned integer value.
+   u64init (HI, LO), is like u64hilo (HI, LO), but for use in
+   initializer contexts.  */
+# ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+typedef struct { uint32_t hi, lo; } u64;
+#  define u64init(hi, lo) { hi, lo }
+# else
+typedef struct { uint32_t lo, hi; } u64;
+#  define u64init(hi, lo) { lo, hi }
+# endif
+
+/* Given the high and low-order 32-bit quantities HI and LO, return a u64
+   value representing (HI << 32) + LO.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64hilo (uint32_t hi, uint32_t lo)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = hi;
+  r.lo = lo;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return a u64 value representing LO.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64lo (uint32_t lo)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = 0;
+  r.lo = lo;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return a u64 value representing SIZE.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64size (size_t size)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = size >> 31 >> 1;
+  r.lo = size;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X < Y.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE int
+u64lt (u64 x, u64 y)
+{
+  return x.hi < y.hi || (x.hi == y.hi && x.lo < y.lo);
+}
+
+/* Return X & Y.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64and (u64 x, u64 y)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = x.hi & y.hi;
+  r.lo = x.lo & y.lo;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X | Y.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64or (u64 x, u64 y)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = x.hi | y.hi;
+  r.lo = x.lo | y.lo;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X ^ Y.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64xor (u64 x, u64 y)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.hi = x.hi ^ y.hi;
+  r.lo = x.lo ^ y.lo;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X + Y.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64plus (u64 x, u64 y)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  r.lo = x.lo + y.lo;
+  r.hi = x.hi + y.hi + (r.lo < x.lo);
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X << N.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64shl (u64 x, int n)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  if (n < 32)
+    {
+      r.hi = (x.hi << n) | (x.lo >> (32 - n));
+      r.lo = x.lo << n;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      r.hi = x.lo << (n - 32);
+      r.lo = 0;
+    }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Return X >> N.  */
+_GL_U64_INLINE u64
+u64shr (u64 x, int n)
+{
+  u64 r;
+  if (n < 32)
+    {
+      r.hi = x.hi >> n;
+      r.lo = (x.hi << (32 - n)) | (x.lo >> n);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      r.hi = 0;
+      r.lo = x.hi >> (n - 32);
+    }
+  return r;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
diff --git a/lib/uinttostr.c b/lib/uinttostr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf26974
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/uinttostr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Convert 'unsigned int' integer to printable string.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define anytostr uinttostr
+#define inttype unsigned int
+#include "anytostr.c"
diff --git a/lib/umaxtostr.c b/lib/umaxtostr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69cdde9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/umaxtostr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Convert 'uintmax_t' integer to printable string.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define anytostr umaxtostr
+#define inttype uintmax_t
+#include "anytostr.c"
diff --git a/lib/uname.c b/lib/uname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6e8e66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/uname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/* uname replacement.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+
+/* This file provides an implementation only for the native Windows API.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <windows.h>
+
+/* Mingw headers don't have all the platform codes.  */
+# ifndef VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_CE
+#  define VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_CE 3
+# endif
+
+/* Some headers don't have all the processor architecture codes.  */
+# ifndef PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_AMD64
+#  define PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_AMD64 9
+# endif
+# ifndef PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_IA32_ON_WIN64
+#  define PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_IA32_ON_WIN64 10
+# endif
+
+/* Mingw headers don't have the latest processor codes.  */
+# ifndef PROCESSOR_AMD_X8664
+#  define PROCESSOR_AMD_X8664 8664
+# endif
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef OSVERSIONINFO
+# define OSVERSIONINFO OSVERSIONINFOA
+# undef GetVersionEx
+# define GetVersionEx GetVersionExA
+
+int
+uname (struct utsname *buf)
+{
+  OSVERSIONINFO version;
+  OSVERSIONINFOEX versionex;
+  BOOL have_versionex; /* indicates whether versionex is filled */
+  const char *super_version;
+
+  /* Preparation: Fill version and, if possible, also versionex.
+     But try to call GetVersionEx only once in the common case.  */
+  versionex.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof (OSVERSIONINFOEX);
+  have_versionex = GetVersionEx ((OSVERSIONINFO *) &versionex);
+  if (have_versionex)
+    {
+      /* We know that OSVERSIONINFO is a subset of OSVERSIONINFOEX.  */
+      memcpy (&version, &versionex, sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      version.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO);
+      if (!GetVersionEx (&version))
+        abort ();
+    }
+
+  /* Fill in nodename.  */
+  if (gethostname (buf->nodename, sizeof (buf->nodename)) < 0)
+    strcpy (buf->nodename, "localhost");
+
+  /* Determine major-major Windows version.  */
+  if (version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT)
+    {
+      /* Windows NT or newer.  */
+      super_version = "NT";
+    }
+  else if (version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_CE)
+    {
+      /* Windows CE or Embedded CE.  */
+      super_version = "CE";
+    }
+  else if (version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS)
+    {
+      /* Windows 95/98/ME.  */
+      switch (version.dwMinorVersion)
+        {
+        case 0:
+          super_version = "95";
+          break;
+        case 10:
+          super_version = "98";
+          break;
+        case 90:
+          super_version = "ME";
+          break;
+        default:
+          super_version = "";
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    super_version = "";
+
+  /* Fill in sysname.  */
+# ifdef __MINGW32__
+  /* Returns a string compatible with the MSYS uname.exe program,
+     so that no further changes are needed to GNU config.guess.
+     For example,
+       $ ./uname.exe -s      => MINGW32_NT-5.1
+   */
+  sprintf (buf->sysname, "MINGW32_%s-%u.%u", super_version,
+           (unsigned int) version.dwMajorVersion,
+           (unsigned int) version.dwMinorVersion);
+# else
+  sprintf (buf->sysname, "Windows%s", super_version);
+# endif
+
+  /* Fill in release, version.  */
+  /* The MSYS uname.exe programs uses strings from a modified Cygwin runtime:
+       $ ./uname.exe -r      => 1.0.11(0.46/3/2)
+       $ ./uname.exe -v      => 2008-08-25 23:40
+     There is no point in imitating this behaviour.  */
+  if (version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT)
+    {
+      /* Windows NT or newer.  */
+      struct windows_version
+        {
+          int major;
+          int minor;
+          unsigned int server_offset;
+          const char *name;
+        };
+
+      /* Storing the workstation and server version names in a single
+         stream does not waste memory when they are the same.  These
+         macros abstract the representation.  VERSION1 is used if
+         version.wProductType does not matter, VERSION2 if it does.  */
+      #define VERSION1(major, minor, name) \
+        { major, minor, 0, name }
+      #define VERSION2(major, minor, workstation, server) \
+        { major, minor, sizeof workstation, workstation "\0" server }
+      static const struct windows_version versions[] =
+        {
+          VERSION2 (3, -1, "Windows NT Workstation", "Windows NT Server"),
+          VERSION2 (4, -1, "Windows NT Workstation", "Windows NT Server"),
+          VERSION1 (5, 0, "Windows 2000"),
+          VERSION1 (5, 1, "Windows XP"),
+          VERSION1 (5, 2, "Windows Server 2003"),
+          VERSION2 (6, 0, "Windows Vista", "Windows Server 2008"),
+          VERSION2 (6, 1, "Windows 7", "Windows Server 2008 R2"),
+          VERSION2 (-1, -1, "Windows", "Windows Server")
+        };
+      const char *base;
+      const struct windows_version *v = versions;
+
+      /* Find a version that matches ours.  The last element is a
+         wildcard that always ends the loop.  */
+      while ((v->major != version.dwMajorVersion && v->major != -1)
+             || (v->minor != version.dwMinorVersion && v->minor != -1))
+        v++;
+
+      if (have_versionex && versionex.wProductType != VER_NT_WORKSTATION)
+        base = v->name + v->server_offset;
+      else
+        base = v->name;
+      if (v->major == -1 || v->minor == -1)
+        sprintf (buf->release, "%s %u.%u",
+                 base,
+                 (unsigned int) version.dwMajorVersion,
+                 (unsigned int) version.dwMinorVersion);
+      else
+        strcpy (buf->release, base);
+    }
+  else if (version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_CE)
+    {
+      /* Windows CE or Embedded CE.  */
+      sprintf (buf->release, "Windows CE %u.%u",
+               (unsigned int) version.dwMajorVersion,
+               (unsigned int) version.dwMinorVersion);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Windows 95/98/ME.  */
+      sprintf (buf->release, "Windows %s", super_version);
+    }
+  strcpy (buf->version, version.szCSDVersion);
+
+  /* Fill in machine.  */
+  {
+    SYSTEM_INFO info;
+
+    GetSystemInfo (&info);
+    /* Check for Windows NT or CE, since the info.wProcessorLevel is
+       garbage on Windows 95. */
+    if (version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT
+        || version.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_CE)
+      {
+        /* Windows NT or newer, or Windows CE or Embedded CE.  */
+        switch (info.wProcessorArchitecture)
+          {
+          case PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_AMD64:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "x86_64");
+            break;
+          case PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_IA64:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "ia64");
+            break;
+          case PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_INTEL:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "i386");
+            if (info.wProcessorLevel >= 3)
+              buf->machine[1] =
+                '0' + (info.wProcessorLevel <= 6 ? info.wProcessorLevel : 6);
+            break;
+          case PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_IA32_ON_WIN64:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "i686");
+            break;
+          case PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_MIPS:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "mips");
+            break;
+          case PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_ALPHA:
+          case PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_ALPHA64:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "alpha");
+            break;
+          case PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_PPC:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "powerpc");
+            break;
+          case PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_SHX:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "sh");
+            break;
+          case PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE_ARM:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "arm");
+            break;
+          default:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "unknown");
+            break;
+          }
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* Windows 95/98/ME.  */
+        switch (info.dwProcessorType)
+          {
+          case PROCESSOR_AMD_X8664:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "x86_64");
+            break;
+          case PROCESSOR_INTEL_IA64:
+            strcpy (buf->machine, "ia64");
+            break;
+          default:
+            if (info.dwProcessorType % 100 == 86)
+              sprintf (buf->machine, "i%u",
+                       (unsigned int) info.dwProcessorType);
+            else
+              strcpy (buf->machine, "unknown");
+            break;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/unicodeio.c b/lib/unicodeio.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccfe94e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unicodeio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/* Unicode character output to streams with locale dependent encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "unicodeio.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <error.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
+
+#include "localcharset.h"
+#include "unistr.h"
+
+/* When we pass a Unicode character to iconv(), we must pass it in a
+   suitable encoding. The standardized Unicode encodings are
+   UTF-8, UCS-2, UCS-4, UTF-16, UTF-16BE, UTF-16LE, UTF-7.
+   UCS-2 supports only characters up to \U0000FFFF.
+   UTF-16 and variants support only characters up to \U0010FFFF.
+   UTF-7 is way too complex and not supported by glibc-2.1.
+   UCS-4 specification leaves doubts about endianness and byte order
+   mark. glibc currently interprets it as big endian without byte order
+   mark, but this is not backed by an RFC.
+   So we use UTF-8. It supports characters up to \U7FFFFFFF and is
+   unambiguously defined.  */
+
+/* Luckily, the encoding's name is platform independent.  */
+#define UTF8_NAME "UTF-8"
+
+/* Converts the Unicode character CODE to its multibyte representation
+   in the current locale and calls the SUCCESS callback on the resulting
+   byte sequence.  If an error occurs, invokes the FAILURE callback instead,
+   passing it CODE and an English error string.
+   Returns whatever the callback returned.
+   Assumes that the locale doesn't change between two calls.  */
+long
+unicode_to_mb (unsigned int code,
+               long (*success) (const char *buf, size_t buflen,
+                                void *callback_arg),
+               long (*failure) (unsigned int code, const char *msg,
+                                void *callback_arg),
+               void *callback_arg)
+{
+  static int initialized;
+  static int is_utf8;
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+  static iconv_t utf8_to_local;
+#endif
+
+  char inbuf[6];
+  int count;
+
+  if (!initialized)
+    {
+      const char *charset = locale_charset ();
+
+      is_utf8 = !strcmp (charset, UTF8_NAME);
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+      if (!is_utf8)
+        {
+          utf8_to_local = iconv_open (charset, UTF8_NAME);
+          if (utf8_to_local == (iconv_t)(-1))
+            /* For an unknown encoding, assume ASCII.  */
+            utf8_to_local = iconv_open ("ASCII", UTF8_NAME);
+        }
+#endif
+      initialized = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Test whether the utf8_to_local converter is available at all.  */
+  if (!is_utf8)
+    {
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+      if (utf8_to_local == (iconv_t)(-1))
+        return failure (code, N_("iconv function not usable"), callback_arg);
+#else
+      return failure (code, N_("iconv function not available"), callback_arg);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Convert the character to UTF-8.  */
+  count = u8_uctomb ((unsigned char *) inbuf, code, sizeof (inbuf));
+  if (count < 0)
+    return failure (code, N_("character out of range"), callback_arg);
+
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+  if (!is_utf8)
+    {
+      char outbuf[25];
+      const char *inptr;
+      size_t inbytesleft;
+      char *outptr;
+      size_t outbytesleft;
+      size_t res;
+
+      inptr = inbuf;
+      inbytesleft = count;
+      outptr = outbuf;
+      outbytesleft = sizeof (outbuf);
+
+      /* Convert the character from UTF-8 to the locale's charset.  */
+      res = iconv (utf8_to_local,
+                   (ICONV_CONST char **)&inptr, &inbytesleft,
+                   &outptr, &outbytesleft);
+      /* Analyze what iconv() actually did and distinguish replacements
+         that are OK (no need to invoke the FAILURE callback), such as
+           - replacing GREEK SMALL LETTER MU with MICRO SIGN, or
+           - replacing FULLWIDTH COLON with ':', or
+           - replacing a Unicode TAG character (U+E00xx) with an empty string,
+         from replacements that are worse than the FAILURE callback, such as
+           - replacing 'ç' with '?' (NetBSD, Solaris 11) or '*' (musl) or
+             NUL (IRIX).  */
+      if (inbytesleft > 0 || res == (size_t)(-1)
+          /* Irix iconv() inserts a NUL byte if it cannot convert.  */
+# if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && (defined sgi || defined __sgi)
+          || (res > 0 && code != 0 && outptr - outbuf == 1 && *outbuf == '\0')
+# endif
+          /* FreeBSD iconv(), NetBSD iconv(), and Solaris 11 iconv() insert
+             a '?' if they cannot convert.  */
+# if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION
+          || (res > 0 && outptr - outbuf == 1 && *outbuf == '?')
+# endif
+          /* musl libc iconv() inserts a '*' if it cannot convert.  */
+# if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && MUSL_LIBC
+          || (res > 0 && outptr - outbuf == 1 && *outbuf == '*')
+# endif
+         )
+        return failure (code, NULL, callback_arg);
+
+      /* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug and Solaris 7 bug.  */
+# if defined _LIBICONV_VERSION \
+    || !(((__GLIBC__ - 0 == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ - 0 <= 1) \
+          && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+         || defined __sun)
+
+      /* Get back to the initial shift state.  */
+      res = iconv (utf8_to_local, NULL, NULL, &outptr, &outbytesleft);
+      if (res == (size_t)(-1))
+        return failure (code, NULL, callback_arg);
+# endif
+
+      return success (outbuf, outptr - outbuf, callback_arg);
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* At this point, is_utf8 is true, so no conversion is needed.  */
+  return success (inbuf, count, callback_arg);
+}
+
+/* Simple success callback that outputs the converted string.
+   The STREAM is passed as callback_arg.  */
+long
+fwrite_success_callback (const char *buf, size_t buflen, void *callback_arg)
+{
+  FILE *stream = (FILE *) callback_arg;
+
+  /* The return value of fwrite can be ignored here, because under normal
+     conditions (STREAM is an open stream and not wide-character oriented)
+     when fwrite() returns a value != buflen it also sets STREAM's error
+     indicator.  */
+  fwrite (buf, 1, buflen, stream);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Simple failure callback that displays an error and exits.  */
+static long
+exit_failure_callback (unsigned int code, const char *msg,
+                       _GL_UNUSED void *callback_arg)
+{
+  if (msg == NULL)
+    error (1, 0, _("cannot convert U+%04X to local character set"), code);
+  else
+    error (1, 0, _("cannot convert U+%04X to local character set: %s"), code,
+           gettext (msg));
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Simple failure callback that displays a fallback representation in plain
+   ASCII, using the same notation as ISO C99 strings.  */
+static long
+fallback_failure_callback (unsigned int code,
+                           _GL_UNUSED const char *msg,
+                           void *callback_arg)
+{
+  FILE *stream = (FILE *) callback_arg;
+
+  if (code < 0x10000)
+    fprintf (stream, "\\u%04X", code);
+  else
+    fprintf (stream, "\\U%08X", code);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Outputs the Unicode character CODE to the output stream STREAM.
+   Upon failure, exit if exit_on_error is true, otherwise output a fallback
+   notation.  */
+void
+print_unicode_char (FILE *stream, unsigned int code, int exit_on_error)
+{
+  unicode_to_mb (code, fwrite_success_callback,
+                 exit_on_error
+                 ? exit_failure_callback
+                 : fallback_failure_callback,
+                 stream);
+}
diff --git a/lib/unicodeio.h b/lib/unicodeio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd46f58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unicodeio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Unicode character output to streams with locale dependent encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef UNICODEIO_H
+# define UNICODEIO_H
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Converts the Unicode character CODE to its multibyte representation
+   in the current locale and calls the SUCCESS callback on the resulting
+   byte sequence.  If an error occurs, invokes the FAILURE callback instead,
+   passing it CODE and an English error string.
+   Returns whatever the callback returned.
+   Assumes that the locale doesn't change between two calls.  */
+extern long unicode_to_mb (unsigned int code,
+                           long (*success) (const char *buf, size_t buflen,
+                                            void *callback_arg),
+                           long (*failure) (unsigned int code, const char *msg,
+                                            void *callback_arg),
+                           void *callback_arg);
+
+/* Outputs the Unicode character CODE to the output stream STREAM.
+   Upon failure, exit if exit_on_error is true, otherwise output a fallback
+   notation.  */
+extern void print_unicode_char (FILE *stream, unsigned int code,
+                                int exit_on_error);
+
+/* Simple success callback that outputs the converted string.
+   The STREAM is passed as callback_arg.  */
+extern long fwrite_success_callback (const char *buf, size_t buflen,
+                                     void *callback_arg);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/unictype/bitmap.h b/lib/unictype/bitmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bd4636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unictype/bitmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Three-level bitmap lookup.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2000-2002.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+static inline int bitmap_lookup (const void *table, ucs4_t uc);
+
+/* These values are currently hardcoded into gen-uni-tables.c, function
+   output_predicate().  */
+#define header_0 16
+#define header_2 9
+#define header_3 127
+#define header_4 15
+
+static inline int
+bitmap_lookup (const void *table, ucs4_t uc)
+{
+  unsigned int index1 = uc >> header_0;
+  if (index1 < ((const int *) table)[0])
+    {
+      int lookup1 = ((const int *) table)[1 + index1];
+      if (lookup1 >= 0)
+        {
+          unsigned int index2 = (uc >> header_2) & header_3;
+          int lookup2 = ((const short *) table)[lookup1 + index2];
+          if (lookup2 >= 0)
+            {
+              unsigned int index3 = (uc >> 5) & header_4;
+              unsigned int lookup3 = ((const unsigned int *) table)[lookup2 + index3];
+
+              return (lookup3 >> (uc & 0x1f)) & 1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/unistd--.h b/lib/unistd--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d395f7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unistd--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Like unistd.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#undef dup
+#define dup dup_safer
+
+#undef pipe
+#define pipe pipe_safer
+
+#if GNULIB_PIPE2_SAFER
+# undef pipe2
+# define pipe2 pipe2_safer
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/unistd-safer.h b/lib/unistd-safer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db82c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unistd-safer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Invoke unistd-like functions, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Eric Blake.  */
+
+int dup_safer (int);
+int fd_safer (int);
+int pipe_safer (int[2]);
+
+#if GNULIB_FD_SAFER_FLAG
+int dup_safer_flag (int, int);
+int fd_safer_flag (int, int);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_PIPE2_SAFER
+int pipe2_safer (int[2], int);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/unistd.c b/lib/unistd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95978e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unistd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Inline functions for <unistd.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_UNISTD_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "unistd.h"
+typedef int dummy;
diff --git a/lib/unistd.in.h b/lib/unistd.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57df09e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unistd.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2327 @@
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <unistd.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ && defined _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - On Mac OS X 10.3.9 we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <unistd.h> -> <signal.h> -> <pthread.h> -> <unistd.h>
+     In this situation, the functions are not yet declared, therefore we cannot
+     provide the C++ aliases.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_UNISTD_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_UNISTD_H@
+# define _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_UNISTD_H@
+# undef _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
+#endif
+
+/* Get all possible declarations of gethostname().  */
+#if @GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@ && @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ \
+  && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# define _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# include <winsock2.h>
+# undef _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#endif
+
+#if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  Also get size_t.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#ifndef __GLIBC__
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* mingw doesn't define the SEEK_* or *_FILENO macros in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* MSVC declares 'unlink' in <stdio.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  We must include
+   it before we  #define unlink rpl_unlink.  */
+/* Cygwin 1.7.1 declares symlinkat in <stdio.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (!(defined SEEK_CUR && defined SEEK_END && defined SEEK_SET) \
+     || ((@GNULIB_UNLINK@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+         && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)) \
+     || ((@GNULIB_SYMLINKAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+         && defined __CYGWIN__)) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Cygwin 1.7.1 and Android 4.3 declare unlinkat in <fcntl.h>, not in
+   <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_UNLINKAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && (defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __ANDROID__) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+/* mingw fails to declare _exit in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* mingw, MSVC, BeOS, Haiku declare environ in <stdlib.h>, not in
+   <unistd.h>.  */
+/* Solaris declares getcwd not only in <unistd.h> but also in <stdlib.h>.  */
+/* OSF Tru64 Unix cannot see gnulib rpl_strtod when system <stdlib.h> is
+   included here.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if !defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __osf__
+# define __need_system_stdlib_h
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# undef __need_system_stdlib_h
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare _chdir, _getcwd, _rmdir in
+   <io.h> and/or <direct.h>, not in <unistd.h>.
+   They also declare _access(), _chmod(), _close(), _dup(), _dup2(), _isatty(),
+   _lseek(), _read(), _unlink(), _write() in <io.h>.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <io.h>
+# include <direct.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare _execl*, _execv* in <process.h>.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <process.h>
+#endif
+
+/* AIX and OSF/1 5.1 declare getdomainname in <netdb.h>, not in <unistd.h>.
+   NonStop Kernel declares gethostname in <netdb.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if ((@GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME@ && (defined _AIX || defined __osf__)) \
+     || (@GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@ && defined __TANDEM)) \
+    && !defined __GLIBC__
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Mac OS X 10.13, Solaris 11.4, and Android 9.0 declare getentropy in
+   <sys/random.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_GETENTROPY@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && ((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined __sun \
+        || defined __ANDROID__) \
+    && @UNISTD_H_HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H@ \
+    && !defined __GLIBC__
+# include <sys/random.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Android 4.3 declares fchownat in <sys/stat.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (@GNULIB_FCHOWNAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && defined __ANDROID__ \
+    && !defined __GLIBC__
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+/* MSVC defines off_t in <sys/types.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+/* Get off_t, ssize_t, mode_t.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Get getopt(), optarg, optind, opterr, optopt.  */
+#if @GNULIB_GETOPT_POSIX@ && @GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT@ && !defined _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+# include <getopt-cdefs.h>
+# include <getopt-pfx-core.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_UNISTD_INLINE
+# define _GL_UNISTD_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@ && @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef socket
+#   define socket              socket_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef connect
+#   define connect             connect_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef accept
+#   define accept              accept_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef bind
+#   define bind                bind_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getpeername
+#   define getpeername         getpeername_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockname
+#   define getsockname         getsockname_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockopt
+#   define getsockopt          getsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef listen
+#   define listen              listen_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recv
+#   define recv                recv_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef send
+#   define send                send_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recvfrom
+#   define recvfrom            recvfrom_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef sendto
+#   define sendto              sendto_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef setsockopt
+#   define setsockopt          setsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef shutdown
+#   define shutdown            shutdown_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#  else
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket,
+                     "socket() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect,
+                     "connect() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept,
+                     "accept() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind,
+                     "bind() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername,
+                     "getpeername() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname,
+                     "getsockname() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt,
+                     "getsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen,
+                     "listen() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv,
+                     "recv() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (send,
+                     "send() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom,
+                     "recvfrom() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto,
+                     "sendto() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt,
+                     "setsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown,
+                     "shutdown() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef select
+#   define select              select_used_without_including_sys_select_h
+#  else
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (select,
+                     "select() used without including <sys/select.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* OS/2 EMX lacks these macros.  */
+#ifndef STDIN_FILENO
+# define STDIN_FILENO 0
+#endif
+#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
+# define STDOUT_FILENO 1
+#endif
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+/* Ensure *_OK macros exist.  */
+#ifndef F_OK
+# define F_OK 0
+# define X_OK 1
+# define W_OK 2
+# define R_OK 4
+#endif
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ACCESS@
+# if @REPLACE_ACCESS@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef access
+#   define access rpl_access
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (access, int, (const char *file, int mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (access, int, (const char *file, int mode));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef access
+#   define access _access
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (access, int, (const char *file, int mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (access, int, (const char *file, int mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (access);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef access
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ACCESS
+/* The access() function is a security risk.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (access, "access does not always support X_OK - "
+                 "use gnulib module access for portability; "
+                 "also, this function is a security risk - "
+                 "use the gnulib module faccessat instead");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_ACCESS@
+/* On native Windows, map 'access' to '_access', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::access always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef access
+#   define access _access
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (access, int, (const char *file, int mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (access, int, (const char *file, int mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (access);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_CHDIR@
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chdir
+#   define chdir _chdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (chdir, int, (const char *file));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chdir, int, (const char *file) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef chdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CHDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (chown, "chdir is not always in <unistd.h> - "
+                 "use gnulib module chdir for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_CHDIR@
+/* On native Windows, map 'chdir' to '_chdir', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::chdir always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chdir
+#   define chdir _chdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (chdir, int, (const char *file));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chdir, int, (const char *file) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chdir);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_CHOWN@
+/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE
+   to GID (if GID is not -1).  Follow symbolic links.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/chown.html.  */
+# if @REPLACE_CHOWN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chown
+#   define chown rpl_chown
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_CHOWN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chown);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef chown
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CHOWN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (chown, "chown fails to follow symlinks on some systems and "
+                 "doesn't treat a uid or gid of -1 on some systems - "
+                 "use gnulib module chown for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_CLOSE@
+# if @REPLACE_CLOSE@
+/* Automatically included by modules that need a replacement for close.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close rpl_close
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (close, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (close, int, (int fd));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close _close
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (close, int, (int fd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (close, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (close);
+#elif @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS@
+# undef close
+# define close close_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_close
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef close
+/* Assume close is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (close, "close does not portably work on sockets - "
+                 "use gnulib module close for portability");
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_CLOSE@
+/* On native Windows, map 'close' to '_close', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::close always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close _close
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (close, int, (int fd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (close, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (close);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_COPY_FILE_RANGE@
+# if @REPLACE_COPY_FILE_RANGE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef copy_file_range
+#   define copy_file_range rpl_copy_file_range
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (copy_file_range, ssize_t, (int ifd, off_t *ipos,
+                                             int ofd, off_t *opos,
+                                             size_t len, unsigned flags));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (copy_file_range, ssize_t, (int ifd, off_t *ipos,
+                                             int ofd, off_t *opos,
+                                             size_t len, unsigned flags));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (copy_file_range, ssize_t, (int ifd, off_t *ipos,
+                                             int ofd, off_t *opos,
+                                             size_t len, unsigned flags));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (copy_file_range, ssize_t, (int ifd, off_t *ipos,
+                                             int ofd, off_t *opos,
+                                             size_t len, unsigned flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (copy_file_range);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef copy_file_range
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COPY_FILE_RANGE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (copy_file_range,
+                 "copy_file_range is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module copy_file_range for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_DUP@
+# if @REPLACE_DUP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define dup rpl_dup
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef dup
+#   define dup _dup
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dup
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup, "dup is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dup for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_DUP@
+/* On native Windows, map 'dup' to '_dup', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::dup always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef dup
+#   define dup _dup
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_DUP2@
+/* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD.  Do nothing if
+   NEWFD = OLDFD, otherwise close NEWFD first if it is open.
+   Return newfd if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/dup2.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_DUP2@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define dup2 rpl_dup2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef dup2
+#   define dup2 _dup2
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup2);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dup2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup2, "dup2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dup2 for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_DUP2@
+/* On native Windows, map 'dup2' to '_dup2', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::dup2 always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef dup2
+#   define dup2 _dup2
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup2);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_DUP3@
+/* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD, with the
+   specified flags.
+   The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
+   and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
+   Close NEWFD first if it is open.
+   Return newfd if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the Linux man page at
+   <https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man2/dup3.2.html>.  */
+# if @HAVE_DUP3@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define dup3 rpl_dup3
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup3);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dup3
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP3
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup3, "dup3 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dup3 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ENVIRON@
+# if defined __CYGWIN__ && !defined __i386__
+/* The 'environ' variable is defined in a DLL. Therefore its declaration needs
+   the '__declspec(dllimport)' attribute, but the system's <unistd.h> lacks it.
+   This leads to a link error on 64-bit Cygwin when the option
+   -Wl,--disable-auto-import is in use.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C __declspec(dllimport) char **environ;
+# endif
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@
+/* Set of environment variables and values.  An array of strings of the form
+   "VARIABLE=VALUE", terminated with a NULL.  */
+#  if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+#   include <TargetConditionals.h>
+#   if !TARGET_OS_IPHONE && !TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR
+#    define _GL_USE_CRT_EXTERNS
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  ifdef _GL_USE_CRT_EXTERNS
+#   include <crt_externs.h>
+#   define environ (*_NSGetEnviron ())
+#  else
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#   endif
+extern char **environ;
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
+_GL_UNISTD_INLINE char ***
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE ("environ is unportable - "
+                           "use gnulib module environ for portability")
+rpl_environ (void)
+{
+  return &environ;
+}
+#  undef environ
+#  define environ (*rpl_environ ())
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_EUIDACCESS@
+/* Like access(), except that it uses the effective user id and group id of
+   the current process.  */
+# if !@HAVE_EUIDACCESS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (euidaccess, int, (const char *filename, int mode)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (euidaccess, int, (const char *filename, int mode));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (euidaccess);
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* Like access(), this function is a security risk.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (euidaccess, "the euidaccess function is a security risk - "
+                 "use the gnulib module faccessat instead");
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef euidaccess
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EUIDACCESS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (euidaccess, "euidaccess is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module euidaccess for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECL@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECL@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execl
+#   define execl rpl_execl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execl, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execl, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execl, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execl, "execl behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execl for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECL@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execl' to '_execl', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execl always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execl
+#   define execl _execl
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (execl, intptr_t, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execl, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execl);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECLE@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECLE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execle
+#   define execle rpl_execle
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execle, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execle, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execle, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execle);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execle
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECLE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execle, "execle behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execle for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECLE@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execle' to '_execle', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execle always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execle
+#   define execle _execle
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (execle, intptr_t,
+                  (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execle, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execle);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECLP@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECLP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execlp
+#   define execlp rpl_execlp
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execlp, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execlp, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execlp, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execlp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execlp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECLP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execlp, "execlp behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execlp for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECLP@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execlp' to '_execlp', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execlp always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execlp
+#   define execlp _execlp
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (execlp, intptr_t,
+                  (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execlp, int, (const char *program, const char *arg, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execlp);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECV@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECV@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execv
+#   define execv rpl_execv
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execv, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execv, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execv, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execv);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execv, "execv behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execv for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECV@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execv' to '_execv', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execv always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execv
+#   define execv _execv
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (execv, intptr_t,
+                       (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execv, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execv);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECVE@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECVE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execve
+#   define execve rpl_execve
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execve, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execve, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execve, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execve);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execve
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECVE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execve, "execve behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execve for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECVE@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execve' to '_execve', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execve always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execve
+#   define execve _execve
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (execve, intptr_t,
+                       (const char *program, char * const *argv,
+                        char * const *env));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execve, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execve);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECVP@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECVP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execvp
+#   define execvp rpl_execvp
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execvp, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execvp, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execvp, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execvp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execvp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECVP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execvp, "execvp behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execvp for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECVP@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execvp' to '_execvp', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execvp always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execvp
+#   define execvp _execvp
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (execvp, intptr_t,
+                       (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execvp, int, (const char *program, char * const *argv));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execvp);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_EXECVPE@
+# if @REPLACE_EXECVPE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execvpe
+#   define execvpe rpl_execvpe
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execvpe);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef execvpe
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXECVPE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (execvpe, "execvpe behaves very differently on mingw - "
+                 "use gnulib module execvpe for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_EXECVPE@
+/* On native Windows, map 'execvpe' to '_execvpe', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::execvpe on all platforms that have
+   it.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef execvpe
+#   define execvpe _execvpe
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (execvpe, intptr_t,
+                       (const char *program, char * const *argv,
+                        char * const *env));
+# elif @HAVE_EXECVPE@
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_EXECVPE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (execvpe, int,
+                  (const char *program, char * const *argv, char * const *env));
+# endif
+# if (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__) || @HAVE_EXECVPE@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (execvpe);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FACCESSAT@
+# if @REPLACE_FACCESSAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef faccessat
+#   define faccessat rpl_faccessat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (faccessat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *name, int mode, int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (faccessat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *name, int mode, int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FACCESSAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (faccessat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (faccessat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (faccessat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef faccessat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FACCESSAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (faccessat, "faccessat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module faccessat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FCHDIR@
+/* Change the process' current working directory to the directory on which
+   the given file descriptor is open.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fchdir.html>.  */
+# if ! @HAVE_FCHDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/));
+
+/* Gnulib internal hooks needed to maintain the fchdir metadata.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_fd (int fd, const char *filename)
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2));
+_GL_EXTERN_C void _gl_unregister_fd (int fd);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_dup (int oldfd, int newfd);
+_GL_EXTERN_C const char *_gl_directory_name (int fd);
+
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/));
+#  endif
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fchdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchdir, "fchdir is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fchdir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FCHOWNAT@
+# if @REPLACE_FCHOWNAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fchownat
+#   define fchownat rpl_fchownat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FCHOWNAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchownat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fchownat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHOWNAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchownat, "fchownat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fchownat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FDATASYNC@
+/* Synchronize changes to a file.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fdatasync.html>.  */
+# if !@HAVE_FDATASYNC@ || !@HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdatasync, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdatasync, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdatasync);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fdatasync
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FDATASYNC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdatasync, "fdatasync is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fdatasync for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FSYNC@
+/* Synchronize changes, including metadata, to a file.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fsync.html>.  */
+# if !@HAVE_FSYNC@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fsync, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fsync, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fsync);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fsync
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSYNC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fsync, "fsync is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fsync for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@
+/* Change the size of the file to which FD is opened to become equal to LENGTH.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/ftruncate.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_FTRUNCATE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ftruncate
+#   define ftruncate rpl_ftruncate
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_FTRUNCATE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ftruncate);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ftruncate
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FTRUNCATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ftruncate, "ftruncate is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ftruncate for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETCWD@
+/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE bytes
+   of BUF.
+   Return BUF if successful, or NULL if the directory couldn't be determined
+   or SIZE was too small.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getcwd.html>.
+   Additionally, the gnulib module 'getcwd' guarantees the following GNU
+   extension: If BUF is NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array
+   is SIZE bytes long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as
+   necessary.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETCWD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define getcwd rpl_getcwd
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getcwd
+#   define getcwd _getcwd
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the second parameter is
+                                                   int size.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getcwd);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getcwd
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETCWD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getcwd, "getcwd is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getcwd for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_GETCWD@
+/* On native Windows, map 'getcwd' to '_getcwd', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::getcwd always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getcwd
+#   define getcwd _getcwd
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the second parameter is either
+   'int size' or 'size_t size'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getcwd);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME@
+/* Return the NIS domain name of the machine.
+   WARNING! The NIS domain name is unrelated to the fully qualified host name
+            of the machine.  It is also unrelated to email addresses.
+   WARNING! The NIS domain name is usually the empty string or "(none)" when
+            not using NIS.
+
+   Put up to LEN bytes of the NIS domain name into NAME.
+   Null terminate it if the name is shorter than LEN.
+   If the NIS domain name is longer than LEN, set errno = EINVAL and return -1.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise set errno and return -1.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getdomainname
+#   define getdomainname rpl_getdomainname
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getdomainname);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getdomainname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getdomainname, "getdomainname is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getdomainname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE@
+/* Return the maximum number of file descriptors in the current process.
+   In POSIX, this is same as sysconf (_SC_OPEN_MAX).  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getdtablesize
+#   define getdtablesize rpl_getdtablesize
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getdtablesize, int, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getdtablesize, int, (void));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getdtablesize, int, (void));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on AIX, the parameter list is
+                                           (...).  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getdtablesize, int, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getdtablesize);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getdtablesize
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETDTABLESIZE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getdtablesize, "getdtablesize is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getdtablesize for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETENTROPY@
+/* Fill a buffer with random bytes.  */
+# if !@HAVE_GETENTROPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getentropy, int, (void *buffer, size_t length));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getentropy, int, (void *buffer, size_t length));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getentropy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getentropy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETENTROPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getentropy, "getentropy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getentropy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETGROUPS@
+/* Return the supplemental groups that the current process belongs to.
+   It is unspecified whether the effective group id is in the list.
+   If N is 0, return the group count; otherwise, N describes how many
+   entries are available in GROUPS.  Return -1 and set errno if N is
+   not 0 and not large enough.  Fails with ENOSYS on some systems.  */
+# if @REPLACE_GETGROUPS@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getgroups
+#   define getgroups rpl_getgroups
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETGROUPS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getgroups);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getgroups
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETGROUPS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getgroups, "getgroups is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getgroups for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@
+/* Return the standard host name of the machine.
+   WARNING! The host name may or may not be fully qualified.
+
+   Put up to LEN bytes of the host name into NAME.
+   Null terminate it if the name is shorter than LEN.
+   If the host name is longer than LEN, set errno = EINVAL and return -1.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise set errno and return -1.  */
+# if @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gethostname
+#   define gethostname rpl_gethostname
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETHOSTNAME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 and OSF/1 5.1 systems, the second
+   parameter is
+                                                      int len.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gethostname);
+#elif @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
+# undef gethostname
+# define gethostname gethostname_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_gethostname
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef gethostname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETHOSTNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname, "gethostname is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module gethostname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETLOGIN@
+/* Returns the user's login name, or NULL if it cannot be found.  Upon error,
+   returns NULL with errno set.
+
+   See <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getlogin.html>.
+
+   Most programs don't need to use this function, because the information is
+   available through environment variables:
+     ${LOGNAME-$USER}        on Unix platforms,
+     $USERNAME               on native Windows platforms.
+ */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getlogin, char *, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getlogin, char *, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getlogin);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getlogin
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOGIN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getlogin, "getlogin is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getlogin for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@
+/* Copies the user's login name to NAME.
+   The array pointed to by NAME has room for SIZE bytes.
+
+   Returns 0 if successful.  Upon error, an error number is returned, or -1 in
+   the case that the login name cannot be found but no specific error is
+   provided (this case is hopefully rare but is left open by the POSIX spec).
+
+   See <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getlogin.html>.
+
+   Most programs don't need to use this function, because the information is
+   available through environment variables:
+     ${LOGNAME-$USER}        on Unix platforms,
+     $USERNAME               on native Windows platforms.
+ */
+# if @REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define getlogin_r rpl_getlogin_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 systems, the second argument is
+                                                     int size.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getlogin_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getlogin_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOGIN_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getlogin_r, "getlogin_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getlogin_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@
+# if @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define getpagesize rpl_getpagesize
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getpagesize, int, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getpagesize, int, (void));
+# else
+/* On HP-UX, getpagesize exists, but it is not declared in <unistd.h> even if
+   the compiler options -D_HPUX_SOURCE -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=600 are used.  */
+#  if defined __hpux
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getpagesize, int, (void));
+#  endif
+#  if !@HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@
+#   if !defined getpagesize
+/* This is for POSIX systems.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+#     if ! (defined __VMS && __VMS_VER < 70000000)
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE)
+#     endif
+#    endif
+/* This is for older VMS.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined __VMS
+#     ifdef __ALPHA
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() 8192
+#     else
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() 512
+#     endif
+#    endif
+/* This is for BeOS.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && @HAVE_OS_H@
+#     include <OS.h>
+#     if defined B_PAGE_SIZE
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() B_PAGE_SIZE
+#     endif
+#    endif
+/* This is for AmigaOS4.0.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined __amigaos4__
+#     define _gl_getpagesize() 2048
+#    endif
+/* This is for older Unix systems.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@
+#     include <sys/param.h>
+#     ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#     else
+#      ifdef NBPG
+#       ifndef CLSIZE
+#        define CLSIZE 1
+#       endif
+#       define _gl_getpagesize() (NBPG * CLSIZE)
+#      else
+#       ifdef NBPC
+#        define _gl_getpagesize() NBPC
+#       endif
+#      endif
+#     endif
+#    endif
+#    if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#     define getpagesize() _gl_getpagesize ()
+#    else
+#     if !GNULIB_defined_getpagesize_function
+_GL_UNISTD_INLINE int
+getpagesize ()
+{
+  return _gl_getpagesize ();
+}
+#      define GNULIB_defined_getpagesize_function 1
+#     endif
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Cygwin 1.5.x systems, the return type is size_t.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getpagesize, int, (void));
+# endif
+# if @HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getpagesize);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getpagesize
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETPAGESIZE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpagesize, "getpagesize is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getpagesize for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETPASS@
+/* Function getpass() from module 'getpass':
+     Read a password from /dev/tty or stdin.
+   Function getpass() from module 'getpass-gnu':
+     Read a password of arbitrary length from /dev/tty or stdin.  */
+# if (@GNULIB_GETPASS@ && @REPLACE_GETPASS@) \
+     || (@GNULIB_GETPASS_GNU@ && @REPLACE_GETPASS_FOR_GETPASS_GNU@)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getpass
+#   define getpass rpl_getpass
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getpass, char *, (const char *prompt)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getpass, char *, (const char *prompt));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_GETPASS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getpass, char *, (const char *prompt)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getpass, char *, (const char *prompt));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getpass);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getpass
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETPASS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpass, "getpass is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getpass or getpass-gnu for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_GETPID@
+/* On native Windows, map 'getpid' to '_getpid', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::getpid always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getpid
+#   define getpid _getpid
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (getpid, int, (void));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getpid, pid_t, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getpid);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@
+/* Return the next valid login shell on the system, or NULL when the end of
+   the list has been reached.  */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getusershell, char *, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getusershell, char *, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getusershell);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getusershell
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETUSERSHELL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getusershell, "getusershell is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getusershell for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@
+/* Rewind to pointer that is advanced at each getusershell() call.  */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setusershell, void, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setusershell, void, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setusershell);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef setusershell
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETUSERSHELL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setusershell, "setusershell is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getusershell for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@
+/* Free the pointer that is advanced at each getusershell() call and
+   associated resources.  */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (endusershell, void, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (endusershell, void, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (endusershell);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef endusershell
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENDUSERSHELL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (endusershell, "endusershell is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getusershell for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER@
+/* Determine whether group id is in calling user's group list.  */
+# if !@HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (group_member, int, (gid_t gid));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (group_member, int, (gid_t gid));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (group_member);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef group_member
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GROUP_MEMBER
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (group_member, "group_member is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module group-member for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_ISATTY@
+# if @REPLACE_ISATTY@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef isatty
+#   define isatty rpl_isatty
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_isatty 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (isatty, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef isatty
+#   define isatty _isatty
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (isatty);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef isatty
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISATTY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (isatty, "isatty has portability problems on native Windows - "
+                 "use gnulib module isatty for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_ISATTY@
+/* On native Windows, map 'isatty' to '_isatty', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::isatty always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef isatty
+#   define isatty _isatty
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (isatty);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LCHOWN@
+/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE
+   to GID (if GID is not -1).  Do not follow symbolic links.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/lchown.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_LCHOWN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef lchown
+#   define lchown rpl_lchown
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LCHOWN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lchown);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lchown
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LCHOWN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lchown, "lchown is unportable to pre-POSIX.1-2001 systems - "
+                 "use gnulib module lchown for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LINK@
+/* Create a new hard link for an existing file.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/link.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_LINK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define link rpl_link
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LINK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (link);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef link
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (link, "link is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module link for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LINKAT@
+/* Create a new hard link for an existing file, relative to two
+   directories.  FLAG controls whether symlinks are followed.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.  */
+# if @REPLACE_LINKAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef linkat
+#   define linkat rpl_linkat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_LINKAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (linkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef linkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (linkat, "linkat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module linkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LSEEK@
+/* Set the offset of FD relative to SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, or SEEK_END.
+   Return the new offset if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/lseek.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_LSEEK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define lseek rpl_lseek
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef lseek
+#   define lseek _lseek
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lseek);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lseek
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LSEEK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lseek, "lseek does not fail with ESPIPE on pipes on some "
+                 "systems - use gnulib module lseek for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_LSEEK@
+/* On native Windows, map 'lseek' to '_lseek', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::lseek always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef lseek
+#   define lseek _lseek
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (lseek, long, (int fd, long offset, int whence));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lseek);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PIPE@
+/* Create a pipe, defaulting to O_BINARY mode.
+   Store the read-end as fd[0] and the write-end as fd[1].
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 with errno set upon failure.  */
+# if !@HAVE_PIPE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pipe, int, (int fd[2]) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pipe, int, (int fd[2]));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pipe);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pipe
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PIPE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pipe, "pipe is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pipe-posix for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PIPE2@
+/* Create a pipe, applying the given flags when opening the read-end of the
+   pipe and the write-end of the pipe.
+   The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
+   and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
+   Store the read-end as fd[0] and the write-end as fd[1].
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 with errno set upon failure.
+   See also the Linux man page at
+   <https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man2/pipe2.2.html>.  */
+# if @HAVE_PIPE2@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define pipe2 rpl_pipe2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pipe2);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pipe2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PIPE2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pipe2, "pipe2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pipe2 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PREAD@
+/* Read at most BUFSIZE bytes from FD into BUF, starting at OFFSET.
+   Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if successful, otherwise
+   set errno and return -1.  0 indicates EOF.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pread.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_PREAD@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pread
+#   define pread rpl_pread
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PREAD@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pread);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pread
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PREAD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pread, "pread is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_PWRITE@
+/* Write at most BUFSIZE bytes from BUF into FD, starting at OFFSET.
+   Return the number of bytes written if successful, otherwise
+   set errno and return -1.  0 indicates nothing written.  See the
+   POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pwrite.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_PWRITE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pwrite
+#   define pwrite rpl_pwrite
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_PWRITE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pwrite);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pwrite
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PWRITE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pwrite, "pwrite is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pwrite for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_READ@
+/* Read up to COUNT bytes from file descriptor FD into the buffer starting
+   at BUF.  See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/read.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_READ@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef read
+#   define read rpl_read
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef read
+#   define read _read
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (read);
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_READ@
+/* On native Windows, map 'read' to '_read', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::read always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef read
+#   define read _read
+#  endif
+#  ifdef __MINGW32__
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (read, int, (int fd, void *buf, unsigned int count));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, unsigned int count));
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (read);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_READLINK@
+/* Read the contents of the symbolic link FILE and place the first BUFSIZE
+   bytes of it into BUF.  Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if
+   successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_READLINK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define readlink rpl_readlink
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t bufsize)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t bufsize));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_READLINK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t bufsize)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t bufsize));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readlink);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef readlink
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READLINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readlink, "readlink is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module readlink for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_READLINKAT@
+# if @REPLACE_READLINKAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define readlinkat rpl_readlinkat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (readlinkat, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t len)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (readlinkat, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t len));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_READLINKAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readlinkat, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t len)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readlinkat, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, char const *restrict file,
+                   char *restrict buf, size_t len));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readlinkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef readlinkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READLINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readlinkat, "readlinkat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module readlinkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_RMDIR@
+/* Remove the directory DIR.  */
+# if @REPLACE_RMDIR@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define rmdir rpl_rmdir
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (rmdir, int, (char const *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef rmdir
+#   define rmdir _rmdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rmdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rmdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RMDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rmdir, "rmdir is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rmdir for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_RMDIR@
+/* On native Windows, map 'rmdir' to '_rmdir', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::rmdir always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef rmdir
+#   define rmdir _rmdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rmdir);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME@
+/* Set the host name of the machine.
+   The host name may or may not be fully qualified.
+
+   Put LEN bytes of NAME into the host name.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise, set errno and return -1.
+
+   Platforms with no ability to set the hostname return -1 and set
+   errno = ENOSYS.  */
+# if !@HAVE_SETHOSTNAME@ || !@HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sethostname, int, (const char *name, size_t len)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 11 2011-10, Mac OS X 10.5, IRIX 6.5
+   and FreeBSD 6.4 the second parameter is int.  On Solaris 11
+   2011-10, the first parameter is not const.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (sethostname, int, (const char *name, size_t len));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sethostname);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sethostname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETHOSTNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sethostname, "sethostname is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sethostname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SLEEP@
+/* Pause the execution of the current thread for N seconds.
+   Returns the number of seconds left to sleep.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/sleep.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_SLEEP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef sleep
+#   define sleep rpl_sleep
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SLEEP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sleep);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sleep
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SLEEP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sleep, "sleep is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sleep for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_MDA_SWAB@
+/* On native Windows, map 'swab' to '_swab', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::swab always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef swab
+#   define swab _swab
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because in old mingw the arguments are
+                             (const char *from, char *to, size_t n).  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (swab, void, (char *from, char *to, int n));
+# else
+#  if defined __hpux /* HP-UX */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (swab, void, (const char *from, char *to, int n));
+#  elif defined __sun && !defined _XPG4 /* Solaris */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (swab, void, (const char *from, char *to, ssize_t n));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (swab, void, (const void *from, void *to, ssize_t n));
+#  endif
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (swab);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SYMLINK@
+# if @REPLACE_SYMLINK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef symlink
+#   define symlink rpl_symlink
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SYMLINK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (symlink);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef symlink
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SYMLINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (symlink, "symlink is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module symlink for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SYMLINKAT@
+# if @REPLACE_SYMLINKAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef symlinkat
+#   define symlinkat rpl_symlinkat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (symlinkat, int,
+                  (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (symlinkat, int,
+                  (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_SYMLINKAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (symlinkat, int,
+                  (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (symlinkat, int,
+                  (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (symlinkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef symlinkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SYMLINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (symlinkat, "symlinkat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module symlinkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_TRUNCATE@
+/* Change the size of the file designated by FILENAME to become equal to LENGTH.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/truncate.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_TRUNCATE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef truncate
+#   define truncate rpl_truncate
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (truncate, int, (const char *filename, off_t length)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (truncate, int, (const char *filename, off_t length));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (truncate, int, (const char *filename, off_t length)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (truncate, int, (const char *filename, off_t length));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (truncate);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef truncate
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TRUNCATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (truncate, "truncate is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module truncate for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_TTYNAME_R@
+/* Store at most BUFLEN characters of the pathname of the terminal FD is
+   open on in BUF.  Return 0 on success, otherwise an error number.  */
+# if @REPLACE_TTYNAME_R@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ttyname_r
+#   define ttyname_r rpl_ttyname_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ttyname_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ttyname_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TTYNAME_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ttyname_r, "ttyname_r is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ttyname_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_UNLINK@
+# if @REPLACE_UNLINK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unlink
+#   define unlink rpl_unlink
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unlink, int, (char const *file) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unlink
+#   define unlink _unlink
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlink);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef unlink
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlink, "unlink is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module unlink for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_UNLINK@
+/* On native Windows, map 'unlink' to '_unlink', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::unlink always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unlink
+#   define unlink _unlink
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlink);
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_UNLINKAT@
+# if @REPLACE_UNLINKAT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unlinkat
+#   define unlinkat rpl_unlinkat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_UNLINKAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlinkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef unlinkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlinkat, "unlinkat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module unlinkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_USLEEP@
+/* Pause the execution of the current thread for N microseconds.
+   Returns 0 on completion, or -1 on range error.
+   See the POSIX:2001 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/usleep.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_USLEEP@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef usleep
+#   define usleep rpl_usleep
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_USLEEP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Haiku, the first parameter is
+                                     unsigned int n.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (usleep);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef usleep
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_USLEEP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (usleep, "usleep is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module usleep for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_WRITE@
+/* Write up to COUNT bytes starting at BUF to file descriptor FD.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/write.html>.  */
+# if @REPLACE_WRITE@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef write
+#   define write rpl_write
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef write
+#   define write _write
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (write);
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_WRITE@
+/* On native Windows, map 'write' to '_write', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::write always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef write
+#   define write _write
+#  endif
+#  ifdef __MINGW32__
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (write, int, (int fd, const void *buf, unsigned int count));
+#  else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, unsigned int count));
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (write);
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H */
+#endif /* _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H */
diff --git a/lib/unistr.in.h b/lib/unistr.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d48751
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unistr.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
+/* Elementary Unicode string functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _UNISTR_H
+#define _UNISTR_H
+
+#include "unitypes.h"
+
+/* Get bool.  */
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Get size_t, ptrdiff_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get free().  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Conventions:
+
+   All functions prefixed with u8_ operate on UTF-8 encoded strings.
+   Their unit is an uint8_t (1 byte).
+
+   All functions prefixed with u16_ operate on UTF-16 encoded strings.
+   Their unit is an uint16_t (a 2-byte word).
+
+   All functions prefixed with u32_ operate on UCS-4 encoded strings.
+   Their unit is an uint32_t (a 4-byte word).
+
+   All argument pairs (s, n) denote a Unicode string s[0..n-1] with exactly
+   n units.
+
+   All arguments starting with "str" and the arguments of functions starting
+   with u8_str/u16_str/u32_str denote a NUL terminated string, i.e. a string
+   which terminates at the first NUL unit.  This termination unit is
+   considered part of the string for all memory allocation purposes, but
+   is not considered part of the string for all other logical purposes.
+
+   Functions returning a string result take a (resultbuf, lengthp) argument
+   pair.  If resultbuf is not NULL and the result fits into *lengthp units,
+   it is put in resultbuf, and resultbuf is returned.  Otherwise, a freshly
+   allocated string is returned.  In both cases, *lengthp is set to the
+   length (number of units) of the returned string.  In case of error,
+   NULL is returned and errno is set.  */
+
+
+/* Elementary string checks.  */
+
+/* Check whether an UTF-8 string is well-formed.
+   Return NULL if valid, or a pointer to the first invalid unit otherwise.  */
+extern const uint8_t *
+       u8_check (const uint8_t *s, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Check whether an UTF-16 string is well-formed.
+   Return NULL if valid, or a pointer to the first invalid unit otherwise.  */
+extern const uint16_t *
+       u16_check (const uint16_t *s, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Check whether an UCS-4 string is well-formed.
+   Return NULL if valid, or a pointer to the first invalid unit otherwise.  */
+extern const uint32_t *
+       u32_check (const uint32_t *s, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+
+/* Elementary string conversions.  */
+
+/* Convert an UTF-8 string to an UTF-16 string.  */
+extern uint16_t *
+       u8_to_u16 (const uint8_t *s, size_t n, uint16_t *resultbuf,
+                  size_t *lengthp);
+
+/* Convert an UTF-8 string to an UCS-4 string.  */
+extern uint32_t *
+       u8_to_u32 (const uint8_t *s, size_t n, uint32_t *resultbuf,
+                  size_t *lengthp);
+
+/* Convert an UTF-16 string to an UTF-8 string.  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u16_to_u8 (const uint16_t *s, size_t n, uint8_t *resultbuf,
+                  size_t *lengthp);
+
+/* Convert an UTF-16 string to an UCS-4 string.  */
+extern uint32_t *
+       u16_to_u32 (const uint16_t *s, size_t n, uint32_t *resultbuf,
+                   size_t *lengthp);
+
+/* Convert an UCS-4 string to an UTF-8 string.  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u32_to_u8 (const uint32_t *s, size_t n, uint8_t *resultbuf,
+                  size_t *lengthp);
+
+/* Convert an UCS-4 string to an UTF-16 string.  */
+extern uint16_t *
+       u32_to_u16 (const uint32_t *s, size_t n, uint16_t *resultbuf,
+                   size_t *lengthp);
+
+
+/* Elementary string functions.  */
+
+/* Return the length (number of units) of the first character in S, which is
+   no longer than N.  Return 0 if it is the NUL character.  Return -1 upon
+   failure.  */
+/* Similar to mblen(), except that s must not be NULL.  */
+extern int
+       u8_mblen (const uint8_t *s, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u16_mblen (const uint16_t *s, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u32_mblen (const uint32_t *s, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Return the length (number of units) of the first character in S, putting
+   its 'ucs4_t' representation in *PUC.  Upon failure, *PUC is set to 0xfffd,
+   and an appropriate number of units is returned.
+   The number of available units, N, must be > 0.  */
+/* Similar to mbtowc(), except that puc and s must not be NULL, n must be > 0,
+   and the NUL character is not treated specially.  */
+/* The variants with _unsafe suffix are for backward compatibility with
+   libunistring versions < 0.9.7.  */
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U8_MBTOUC_UNSAFE || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+# if !HAVE_INLINE
+extern int
+       u8_mbtouc_unsafe (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s, size_t n);
+# else
+extern int
+       u8_mbtouc_unsafe_aux (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s, size_t n);
+static inline int
+u8_mbtouc_unsafe (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s, size_t n)
+{
+  uint8_t c = *s;
+
+  if (c < 0x80)
+    {
+      *puc = c;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return u8_mbtouc_unsafe_aux (puc, s, n);
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U16_MBTOUC_UNSAFE || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+# if !HAVE_INLINE
+extern int
+       u16_mbtouc_unsafe (ucs4_t *puc, const uint16_t *s, size_t n);
+# else
+extern int
+       u16_mbtouc_unsafe_aux (ucs4_t *puc, const uint16_t *s, size_t n);
+static inline int
+u16_mbtouc_unsafe (ucs4_t *puc, const uint16_t *s, size_t n)
+{
+  uint16_t c = *s;
+
+  if (c < 0xd800 || c >= 0xe000)
+    {
+      *puc = c;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return u16_mbtouc_unsafe_aux (puc, s, n);
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U32_MBTOUC_UNSAFE || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+# if !HAVE_INLINE
+extern int
+       u32_mbtouc_unsafe (ucs4_t *puc, const uint32_t *s, size_t n);
+# else
+static inline int
+u32_mbtouc_unsafe (ucs4_t *puc,
+                   const uint32_t *s, _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED size_t n)
+{
+  uint32_t c = *s;
+
+  if (c < 0xd800 || (c >= 0xe000 && c < 0x110000))
+    *puc = c;
+  else
+    /* invalid multibyte character */
+    *puc = 0xfffd;
+  return 1;
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U8_MBTOUC || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+# if !HAVE_INLINE
+extern int
+       u8_mbtouc (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s, size_t n);
+# else
+extern int
+       u8_mbtouc_aux (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s, size_t n);
+static inline int
+u8_mbtouc (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s, size_t n)
+{
+  uint8_t c = *s;
+
+  if (c < 0x80)
+    {
+      *puc = c;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return u8_mbtouc_aux (puc, s, n);
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U16_MBTOUC || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+# if !HAVE_INLINE
+extern int
+       u16_mbtouc (ucs4_t *puc, const uint16_t *s, size_t n);
+# else
+extern int
+       u16_mbtouc_aux (ucs4_t *puc, const uint16_t *s, size_t n);
+static inline int
+u16_mbtouc (ucs4_t *puc, const uint16_t *s, size_t n)
+{
+  uint16_t c = *s;
+
+  if (c < 0xd800 || c >= 0xe000)
+    {
+      *puc = c;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return u16_mbtouc_aux (puc, s, n);
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U32_MBTOUC || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+# if !HAVE_INLINE
+extern int
+       u32_mbtouc (ucs4_t *puc, const uint32_t *s, size_t n);
+# else
+static inline int
+u32_mbtouc (ucs4_t *puc, const uint32_t *s,
+            _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED size_t n)
+{
+  uint32_t c = *s;
+
+  if (c < 0xd800 || (c >= 0xe000 && c < 0x110000))
+    *puc = c;
+  else
+    /* invalid multibyte character */
+    *puc = 0xfffd;
+  return 1;
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return the length (number of units) of the first character in S, putting
+   its 'ucs4_t' representation in *PUC.  Upon failure, *PUC is set to 0xfffd,
+   and -1 is returned for an invalid sequence of units, -2 is returned for an
+   incomplete sequence of units.
+   The number of available units, N, must be > 0.  */
+/* Similar to u*_mbtouc(), except that the return value gives more details
+   about the failure, similar to mbrtowc().  */
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U8_MBTOUCR || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+extern int
+       u8_mbtoucr (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s, size_t n);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U16_MBTOUCR || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+extern int
+       u16_mbtoucr (ucs4_t *puc, const uint16_t *s, size_t n);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U32_MBTOUCR || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+extern int
+       u32_mbtoucr (ucs4_t *puc, const uint32_t *s, size_t n);
+#endif
+
+/* Put the multibyte character represented by UC in S, returning its
+   length.  Return -1 upon failure, -2 if the number of available units, N,
+   is too small.  The latter case cannot occur if N >= 6/2/1, respectively.  */
+/* Similar to wctomb(), except that s must not be NULL, and the argument n
+   must be specified.  */
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U8_UCTOMB || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+/* Auxiliary function, also used by u8_chr, u8_strchr, u8_strrchr.  */
+extern int
+       u8_uctomb_aux (uint8_t *s, ucs4_t uc, ptrdiff_t n);
+# if !HAVE_INLINE
+extern int
+       u8_uctomb (uint8_t *s, ucs4_t uc, ptrdiff_t n);
+# else
+static inline int
+u8_uctomb (uint8_t *s, ucs4_t uc, ptrdiff_t n)
+{
+  if (uc < 0x80 && n > 0)
+    {
+      s[0] = uc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return u8_uctomb_aux (s, uc, n);
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U16_UCTOMB || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+/* Auxiliary function, also used by u16_chr, u16_strchr, u16_strrchr.  */
+extern int
+       u16_uctomb_aux (uint16_t *s, ucs4_t uc, ptrdiff_t n);
+# if !HAVE_INLINE
+extern int
+       u16_uctomb (uint16_t *s, ucs4_t uc, ptrdiff_t n);
+# else
+static inline int
+u16_uctomb (uint16_t *s, ucs4_t uc, ptrdiff_t n)
+{
+  if (uc < 0xd800 && n > 0)
+    {
+      s[0] = uc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return u16_uctomb_aux (s, uc, n);
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_UNISTR_U32_UCTOMB || HAVE_LIBUNISTRING
+# if !HAVE_INLINE
+extern int
+       u32_uctomb (uint32_t *s, ucs4_t uc, ptrdiff_t n);
+# else
+static inline int
+u32_uctomb (uint32_t *s, ucs4_t uc, ptrdiff_t n)
+{
+  if (uc < 0xd800 || (uc >= 0xe000 && uc < 0x110000))
+    {
+      if (n > 0)
+        {
+          *s = uc;
+          return 1;
+        }
+      else
+        return -2;
+    }
+  else
+    return -1;
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Copy N units from SRC to DEST.  */
+/* Similar to memcpy().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_cpy (uint8_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint8_t *src, size_t n);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_cpy (uint16_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint16_t *src, size_t n);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_cpy (uint32_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint32_t *src, size_t n);
+
+/* Copy N units from SRC to DEST, guaranteeing correct behavior for
+   overlapping memory areas.  */
+/* Similar to memmove().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_move (uint8_t *dest, const uint8_t *src, size_t n);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_move (uint16_t *dest, const uint16_t *src, size_t n);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_move (uint32_t *dest, const uint32_t *src, size_t n);
+
+/* Set the first N characters of S to UC.  UC should be a character that
+   occupies only 1 unit.  */
+/* Similar to memset().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_set (uint8_t *s, ucs4_t uc, size_t n);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_set (uint16_t *s, ucs4_t uc, size_t n);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_set (uint32_t *s, ucs4_t uc, size_t n);
+
+/* Compare S1 and S2, each of length N.  */
+/* Similar to memcmp().  */
+extern int
+       u8_cmp (const uint8_t *s1, const uint8_t *s2, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u16_cmp (const uint16_t *s1, const uint16_t *s2, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u32_cmp (const uint32_t *s1, const uint32_t *s2, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Compare S1 and S2.  */
+/* Similar to the gnulib function memcmp2().  */
+extern int
+       u8_cmp2 (const uint8_t *s1, size_t n1, const uint8_t *s2, size_t n2)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u16_cmp2 (const uint16_t *s1, size_t n1, const uint16_t *s2, size_t n2)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u32_cmp2 (const uint32_t *s1, size_t n1, const uint32_t *s2, size_t n2)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Search the string at S for UC.  */
+/* Similar to memchr().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_chr (const uint8_t *s, size_t n, ucs4_t uc)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_chr (const uint16_t *s, size_t n, ucs4_t uc)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_chr (const uint32_t *s, size_t n, ucs4_t uc)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Count the number of Unicode characters in the N units from S.  */
+/* Similar to mbsnlen().  */
+extern size_t
+       u8_mbsnlen (const uint8_t *s, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern size_t
+       u16_mbsnlen (const uint16_t *s, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern size_t
+       u32_mbsnlen (const uint32_t *s, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Elementary string functions with memory allocation.  */
+
+/* Make a freshly allocated copy of S, of length N.  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_cpy_alloc (const uint8_t *s, size_t n);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_cpy_alloc (const uint16_t *s, size_t n);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_cpy_alloc (const uint32_t *s, size_t n);
+
+/* Elementary string functions on NUL terminated strings.  */
+
+/* Return the length (number of units) of the first character in S.
+   Return 0 if it is the NUL character.  Return -1 upon failure.  */
+extern int
+       u8_strmblen (const uint8_t *s)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u16_strmblen (const uint16_t *s)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u32_strmblen (const uint32_t *s)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Return the length (number of units) of the first character in S, putting
+   its 'ucs4_t' representation in *PUC.  Return 0 if it is the NUL
+   character.  Return -1 upon failure.  */
+extern int
+       u8_strmbtouc (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s);
+extern int
+       u16_strmbtouc (ucs4_t *puc, const uint16_t *s);
+extern int
+       u32_strmbtouc (ucs4_t *puc, const uint32_t *s);
+
+/* Forward iteration step.  Advances the pointer past the next character,
+   or returns NULL if the end of the string has been reached.  Puts the
+   character's 'ucs4_t' representation in *PUC.  */
+extern const uint8_t *
+       u8_next (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s);
+extern const uint16_t *
+       u16_next (ucs4_t *puc, const uint16_t *s);
+extern const uint32_t *
+       u32_next (ucs4_t *puc, const uint32_t *s);
+
+/* Backward iteration step.  Advances the pointer to point to the previous
+   character, or returns NULL if the beginning of the string had been reached.
+   Puts the character's 'ucs4_t' representation in *PUC.  */
+extern const uint8_t *
+       u8_prev (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s, const uint8_t *start);
+extern const uint16_t *
+       u16_prev (ucs4_t *puc, const uint16_t *s, const uint16_t *start);
+extern const uint32_t *
+       u32_prev (ucs4_t *puc, const uint32_t *s, const uint32_t *start);
+
+/* Return the number of units in S.  */
+/* Similar to strlen(), wcslen().  */
+extern size_t
+       u8_strlen (const uint8_t *s)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern size_t
+       u16_strlen (const uint16_t *s)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern size_t
+       u32_strlen (const uint32_t *s)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Return the number of units in S, but at most MAXLEN.  */
+/* Similar to strnlen(), wcsnlen().  */
+extern size_t
+       u8_strnlen (const uint8_t *s, size_t maxlen)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern size_t
+       u16_strnlen (const uint16_t *s, size_t maxlen)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern size_t
+       u32_strnlen (const uint32_t *s, size_t maxlen)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Copy SRC to DEST.  */
+/* Similar to strcpy(), wcscpy().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_strcpy (uint8_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint8_t *src);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_strcpy (uint16_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint16_t *src);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_strcpy (uint32_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint32_t *src);
+
+/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating NUL in DEST.  */
+/* Similar to stpcpy().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_stpcpy (uint8_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint8_t *src);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_stpcpy (uint16_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint16_t *src);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_stpcpy (uint32_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint32_t *src);
+
+/* Copy no more than N units of SRC to DEST.  */
+/* Similar to strncpy(), wcsncpy().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_strncpy (uint8_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint8_t *src, size_t n);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_strncpy (uint16_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint16_t *src, size_t n);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_strncpy (uint32_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint32_t *src, size_t n);
+
+/* Copy no more than N units of SRC to DEST.  Return a pointer past the last
+   non-NUL unit written into DEST.  */
+/* Similar to stpncpy().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_stpncpy (uint8_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint8_t *src, size_t n);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_stpncpy (uint16_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint16_t *src, size_t n);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_stpncpy (uint32_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint32_t *src, size_t n);
+
+/* Append SRC onto DEST.  */
+/* Similar to strcat(), wcscat().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_strcat (uint8_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint8_t *src);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_strcat (uint16_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint16_t *src);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_strcat (uint32_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint32_t *src);
+
+/* Append no more than N units of SRC onto DEST.  */
+/* Similar to strncat(), wcsncat().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_strncat (uint8_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint8_t *src, size_t n);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_strncat (uint16_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint16_t *src, size_t n);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_strncat (uint32_t *_UC_RESTRICT dest, const uint32_t *src, size_t n);
+
+/* Compare S1 and S2.  */
+/* Similar to strcmp(), wcscmp().  */
+#ifdef __sun
+/* Avoid a collision with the u8_strcmp() function in Solaris 11 libc.  */
+extern int
+       u8_strcmp_gnu (const uint8_t *s1, const uint8_t *s2)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+# define u8_strcmp u8_strcmp_gnu
+#else
+extern int
+       u8_strcmp (const uint8_t *s1, const uint8_t *s2)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+#endif
+extern int
+       u16_strcmp (const uint16_t *s1, const uint16_t *s2)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u32_strcmp (const uint32_t *s1, const uint32_t *s2)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Compare S1 and S2 using the collation rules of the current locale.
+   Return -1 if S1 < S2, 0 if S1 = S2, 1 if S1 > S2.
+   Upon failure, set errno and return any value.  */
+/* Similar to strcoll(), wcscoll().  */
+extern int
+       u8_strcoll (const uint8_t *s1, const uint8_t *s2);
+extern int
+       u16_strcoll (const uint16_t *s1, const uint16_t *s2);
+extern int
+       u32_strcoll (const uint32_t *s1, const uint32_t *s2);
+
+/* Compare no more than N units of S1 and S2.  */
+/* Similar to strncmp(), wcsncmp().  */
+extern int
+       u8_strncmp (const uint8_t *s1, const uint8_t *s2, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u16_strncmp (const uint16_t *s1, const uint16_t *s2, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u32_strncmp (const uint32_t *s1, const uint32_t *s2, size_t n)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
+/* Similar to strdup(), wcsdup().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_strdup (const uint8_t *s)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_strdup (const uint16_t *s)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_strdup (const uint32_t *s)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of UC in STR.  */
+/* Similar to strchr(), wcschr().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_strchr (const uint8_t *str, ucs4_t uc)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_strchr (const uint16_t *str, ucs4_t uc)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_strchr (const uint32_t *str, ucs4_t uc)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Find the last occurrence of UC in STR.  */
+/* Similar to strrchr(), wcsrchr().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_strrchr (const uint8_t *str, ucs4_t uc)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_strrchr (const uint16_t *str, ucs4_t uc)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_strrchr (const uint32_t *str, ucs4_t uc)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Return the length of the initial segment of STR which consists entirely
+   of Unicode characters not in REJECT.  */
+/* Similar to strcspn(), wcscspn().  */
+extern size_t
+       u8_strcspn (const uint8_t *str, const uint8_t *reject)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern size_t
+       u16_strcspn (const uint16_t *str, const uint16_t *reject)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern size_t
+       u32_strcspn (const uint32_t *str, const uint32_t *reject)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Return the length of the initial segment of STR which consists entirely
+   of Unicode characters in ACCEPT.  */
+/* Similar to strspn(), wcsspn().  */
+extern size_t
+       u8_strspn (const uint8_t *str, const uint8_t *accept)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern size_t
+       u16_strspn (const uint16_t *str, const uint16_t *accept)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern size_t
+       u32_strspn (const uint32_t *str, const uint32_t *accept)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Find the first occurrence in STR of any character in ACCEPT.  */
+/* Similar to strpbrk(), wcspbrk().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_strpbrk (const uint8_t *str, const uint8_t *accept)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_strpbrk (const uint16_t *str, const uint16_t *accept)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_strpbrk (const uint32_t *str, const uint32_t *accept)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK.  */
+/* Similar to strstr(), wcsstr().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_strstr (const uint8_t *haystack, const uint8_t *needle)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_strstr (const uint16_t *haystack, const uint16_t *needle)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_strstr (const uint32_t *haystack, const uint32_t *needle)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Test whether STR starts with PREFIX.  */
+extern bool
+       u8_startswith (const uint8_t *str, const uint8_t *prefix)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern bool
+       u16_startswith (const uint16_t *str, const uint16_t *prefix)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern bool
+       u32_startswith (const uint32_t *str, const uint32_t *prefix)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Test whether STR ends with SUFFIX.  */
+extern bool
+       u8_endswith (const uint8_t *str, const uint8_t *suffix)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern bool
+       u16_endswith (const uint16_t *str, const uint16_t *suffix)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern bool
+       u32_endswith (const uint32_t *str, const uint32_t *suffix)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Divide STR into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.
+   This interface is actually more similar to wcstok than to strtok.  */
+/* Similar to strtok_r(), wcstok().  */
+extern uint8_t *
+       u8_strtok (uint8_t *_UC_RESTRICT str, const uint8_t *delim,
+                  uint8_t **ptr);
+extern uint16_t *
+       u16_strtok (uint16_t *_UC_RESTRICT str, const uint16_t *delim,
+                   uint16_t **ptr);
+extern uint32_t *
+       u32_strtok (uint32_t *_UC_RESTRICT str, const uint32_t *delim,
+                   uint32_t **ptr);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _UNISTR_H */
diff --git a/lib/unistr/u8-mbtoucr.c b/lib/unistr/u8-mbtoucr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6672298
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unistr/u8-mbtoucr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* Look at first character in UTF-8 string, returning an error code.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2002, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "unistr.h"
+
+int
+u8_mbtoucr (ucs4_t *puc, const uint8_t *s, size_t n)
+{
+  uint8_t c = *s;
+
+  if (c < 0x80)
+    {
+      *puc = c;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else if (c >= 0xc2)
+    {
+      if (c < 0xe0)
+        {
+          if (n >= 2)
+            {
+              if ((s[1] ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+                {
+                  *puc = ((unsigned int) (c & 0x1f) << 6)
+                         | (unsigned int) (s[1] ^ 0x80);
+                  return 2;
+                }
+              /* invalid multibyte character */
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* incomplete multibyte character */
+              *puc = 0xfffd;
+              return -2;
+            }
+        }
+      else if (c < 0xf0)
+        {
+          if (n >= 2)
+            {
+              if ((s[1] ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+                  && (c >= 0xe1 || s[1] >= 0xa0)
+                  && (c != 0xed || s[1] < 0xa0))
+                {
+                  if (n >= 3)
+                    {
+                      if ((s[2] ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+                        {
+                          *puc = ((unsigned int) (c & 0x0f) << 12)
+                                 | ((unsigned int) (s[1] ^ 0x80) << 6)
+                                 | (unsigned int) (s[2] ^ 0x80);
+                          return 3;
+                        }
+                      /* invalid multibyte character */
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+                      /* incomplete multibyte character */
+                      *puc = 0xfffd;
+                      return -2;
+                    }
+                }
+              /* invalid multibyte character */
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* incomplete multibyte character */
+              *puc = 0xfffd;
+              return -2;
+            }
+        }
+      else if (c < 0xf8)
+        {
+          if (n >= 2)
+            {
+              if ((s[1] ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+                  && (c >= 0xf1 || s[1] >= 0x90)
+                  && (c < 0xf4 || (c == 0xf4 && s[1] < 0x90)))
+                {
+                  if (n >= 3)
+                    {
+                      if ((s[2] ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+                        {
+                          if (n >= 4)
+                            {
+                              if ((s[3] ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+                                {
+                                  *puc = ((unsigned int) (c & 0x07) << 18)
+                                         | ((unsigned int) (s[1] ^ 0x80) << 12)
+                                         | ((unsigned int) (s[2] ^ 0x80) << 6)
+                                         | (unsigned int) (s[3] ^ 0x80);
+                                  return 4;
+                                }
+                              /* invalid multibyte character */
+                            }
+                          else
+                            {
+                              /* incomplete multibyte character */
+                              *puc = 0xfffd;
+                              return -2;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      /* invalid multibyte character */
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+                      /* incomplete multibyte character */
+                      *puc = 0xfffd;
+                      return -2;
+                    }
+                }
+              /* invalid multibyte character */
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* incomplete multibyte character */
+              *puc = 0xfffd;
+              return -2;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  /* invalid multibyte character */
+  *puc = 0xfffd;
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/lib/unistr/u8-uctomb-aux.c b/lib/unistr/u8-uctomb-aux.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ca2191
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unistr/u8-uctomb-aux.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Conversion UCS-4 to UTF-8.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2002.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "unistr.h"
+
+#include "attribute.h"
+
+int
+u8_uctomb_aux (uint8_t *s, ucs4_t uc, ptrdiff_t n)
+{
+  int count;
+
+  if (uc < 0x80)
+    /* The case n >= 1 is already handled by the caller.  */
+    return -2;
+  else if (uc < 0x800)
+    count = 2;
+  else if (uc < 0x10000)
+    {
+      if (uc < 0xd800 || uc >= 0xe000)
+        count = 3;
+      else
+        return -1;
+    }
+  else if (uc < 0x110000)
+    count = 4;
+  else
+    return -1;
+
+  if (n < count)
+    return -2;
+
+  switch (count) /* note: code falls through cases! */
+    {
+    case 4: s[3] = 0x80 | (uc & 0x3f); uc = uc >> 6; uc |= 0x10000;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case 3: s[2] = 0x80 | (uc & 0x3f); uc = uc >> 6; uc |= 0x800;
+      FALLTHROUGH;
+    case 2: s[1] = 0x80 | (uc & 0x3f); uc = uc >> 6; uc |= 0xc0;
+  /*case 1:*/ s[0] = uc;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
diff --git a/lib/unistr/u8-uctomb.c b/lib/unistr/u8-uctomb.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2259b1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unistr/u8-uctomb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* Store a character in UTF-8 string.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2002.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined IN_LIBUNISTRING
+/* Tell unistr.h to declare u8_uctomb as 'extern', not 'static inline'.  */
+# include "unistring-notinline.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "unistr.h"
+
+#include "attribute.h"
+
+#if !HAVE_INLINE
+
+int
+u8_uctomb (uint8_t *s, ucs4_t uc, ptrdiff_t n)
+{
+  if (uc < 0x80)
+    {
+      if (n > 0)
+        {
+          s[0] = uc;
+          return 1;
+        }
+      /* else return -2, below.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int count;
+
+      if (uc < 0x800)
+        count = 2;
+      else if (uc < 0x10000)
+        {
+          if (uc < 0xd800 || uc >= 0xe000)
+            count = 3;
+          else
+            return -1;
+        }
+      else if (uc < 0x110000)
+        count = 4;
+      else
+        return -1;
+
+      if (n >= count)
+        {
+          switch (count) /* note: code falls through cases! */
+            {
+            case 4: s[3] = 0x80 | (uc & 0x3f); uc = uc >> 6; uc |= 0x10000;
+              FALLTHROUGH;
+            case 3: s[2] = 0x80 | (uc & 0x3f); uc = uc >> 6; uc |= 0x800;
+              FALLTHROUGH;
+            case 2: s[1] = 0x80 | (uc & 0x3f); uc = uc >> 6; uc |= 0xc0;
+          /*case 1:*/ s[0] = uc;
+            }
+          return count;
+        }
+    }
+  return -2;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/unitypes.in.h b/lib/unitypes.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ea83aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unitypes.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Elementary types and macros for the GNU UniString library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _UNITYPES_H
+#define _UNITYPES_H
+
+/* Get uint8_t, uint16_t, uint32_t.  */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* Type representing a Unicode character.  */
+typedef uint32_t ucs4_t;
+
+/* Attribute of a function whose result depends only on the arguments
+   (not pointers!) and which has no side effects.  */
+#ifndef _UC_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95) || defined __clang__
+#  define _UC_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((__const__))
+# else
+#  define _UC_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Attribute of a function whose result depends only on the arguments
+   (possibly pointers) and global memory, and which has no side effects.  */
+#ifndef _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) || defined __clang__
+#  define _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Qualifier in a function declaration, that asserts that the caller must
+   pass a pointer to a different object in the specified pointer argument
+   than in the other pointer arguments.  */
+#ifndef _UC_RESTRICT
+# if defined __restrict \
+     || 2 < __GNUC__ + (95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+     || __clang_major__ >= 3
+#  define _UC_RESTRICT __restrict
+# elif 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ || defined restrict
+#  define _UC_RESTRICT restrict
+# else
+#  define _UC_RESTRICT
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _UNITYPES_H */
diff --git a/lib/uniwidth.in.h b/lib/uniwidth.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5e62c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/uniwidth.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Display width functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2005, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _UNIWIDTH_H
+#define _UNIWIDTH_H
+
+#include "unitypes.h"
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get locale_charset() declaration.  */
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Display width.  */
+
+/* These functions are locale dependent.  The encoding argument identifies
+   the encoding (e.g. "ISO-8859-2" for Polish).  */
+
+/* Determine number of column positions required for UC.  */
+extern int
+       uc_width (ucs4_t uc, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Determine number of column positions required for first N units
+   (or fewer if S ends before this) in S.  */
+extern int
+       u8_width (const uint8_t *s, size_t n, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u16_width (const uint16_t *s, size_t n, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u32_width (const uint32_t *s, size_t n, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Determine number of column positions required for S.  */
+extern int
+       u8_strwidth (const uint8_t *s, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u16_strwidth (const uint16_t *s, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u32_strwidth (const uint32_t *s, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _UNIWIDTH_H */
diff --git a/lib/uniwidth/cjk.h b/lib/uniwidth/cjk.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b791ba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/uniwidth/cjk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Test for CJK encoding.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2005-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2002.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include "streq.h"
+
+static int
+is_cjk_encoding (const char *encoding)
+{
+  if (0
+      /* Legacy Japanese encodings */
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "EUC-JP", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'J', 'P', 0, 0, 0)
+      /* Legacy Chinese encodings */
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "GB2312", 'G', 'B', '2', '3', '1', '2', 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "GBK", 'G', 'B', 'K', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "EUC-TW", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'T', 'W', 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "BIG5", 'B', 'I', 'G', '5', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+      /* Legacy Korean encodings */
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "EUC-KR", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'K', 'R', 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "CP949", 'C', 'P', '9', '4', '9', 0, 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "JOHAB", 'J', 'O', 'H', 'A', 'B', 0, 0, 0, 0))
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/uniwidth/width.c b/lib/uniwidth/width.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c945a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/uniwidth/width.c
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* Determine display width of Unicode character.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2002.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "uniwidth.h"
+
+#include "cjk.h"
+
+/* The non-spacing attribute table consists of:
+   * Non-spacing characters; generated from PropList.txt or
+     "grep '^[^;]*;[^;]*;[^;]*;[^;]*;NSM;' UnicodeData.txt"
+   * Format control characters; generated from
+     "grep '^[^;]*;[^;]*;Cf;' UnicodeData.txt"
+   * Zero width characters; generated from
+     "grep '^[^;]*;ZERO WIDTH ' UnicodeData.txt"
+   * Hangul Jamo characters that have conjoining behaviour:
+       - jungseong = syllable-middle vowels
+       - jongseong = syllable-final consonants
+     Rationale:
+     1) These characters act like combining characters. They have no
+     equivalent in legacy character sets. Therefore the EastAsianWidth.txt
+     file does not really matter for them; UAX #11 East Asian Width
+     <https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11/> makes it clear that it focus
+     is on compatibility with traditional Japanese layout.
+     By contrast, the same glyphs without conjoining behaviour are available
+     in the U+3130..U+318F block, and these characters are mapped to legacy
+     character sets, and traditional Japanese layout matters for them.
+     2) glibc does the same thing, see
+     <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=21750>
+     <https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=26120>
+ */
+#include "uniwidth/width0.h"
+
+#include "uniwidth/width2.h"
+#include "unictype/bitmap.h"
+
+#define SIZEOF(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof(a[0]))
+
+
+/* Determine number of column positions required for UC.  */
+int
+uc_width (ucs4_t uc, const char *encoding)
+{
+  /* Test for non-spacing or control character.  */
+  if ((uc >> 9) < SIZEOF (nonspacing_table_ind))
+    {
+      int ind = nonspacing_table_ind[uc >> 9];
+      if (ind >= 0)
+        if ((nonspacing_table_data[64*ind + ((uc >> 3) & 63)] >> (uc & 7)) & 1)
+          {
+            if (uc > 0 && uc < 0xa0)
+              return -1;
+            else
+              return 0;
+          }
+    }
+  else if ((uc >> 9) == (0xe0000 >> 9))
+    {
+      if (uc >= 0xe0100)
+        {
+          if (uc <= 0xe01ef)
+            return 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (uc >= 0xe0020 ? uc <= 0xe007f : uc == 0xe0001)
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+  /* Test for double-width character.  */
+  if (bitmap_lookup (&u_width2, uc))
+    return 2;
+  /* In ancient CJK encodings, Cyrillic and most other characters are
+     double-width as well.  */
+  if (uc >= 0x00A1 && uc < 0xFF61 && uc != 0x20A9
+      && is_cjk_encoding (encoding))
+    return 2;
+  return 1;
+}
diff --git a/lib/uniwidth/width0.h b/lib/uniwidth/width0.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eda0a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/uniwidth/width0.h
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Table of non-spacing or control characters.  */
+/* Generated automatically by gen-uni-tables.c for Unicode 14.0.0.  */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software.
+   It is dual-licensed under "the GNU LGPLv3+ or the GNU GPLv2+".
+   You can redistribute it and/or modify it under either
+     - the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+       by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3, or (at your
+       option) any later version, or
+     - the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+       Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+       any later version, or
+     - the same dual license "the GNU LGPLv3+ or the GNU GPLv2+".
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License and the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License and of the GNU General Public License along with this
+   program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+static const unsigned char nonspacing_table_data[47*64] = {
+  /* 0x0000-0x01ff */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0000-0x003f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, /* 0x0040-0x007f */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0080-0x00bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x00c0-0x00ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0100-0x013f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0140-0x017f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0180-0x01bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x01c0-0x01ff */
+  /* 0x0200-0x03ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0200-0x023f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0240-0x027f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0280-0x02bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x02c0-0x02ff */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x0300-0x033f */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0340-0x037f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0380-0x03bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x03c0-0x03ff */
+  /* 0x0400-0x05ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0400-0x043f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0440-0x047f */
+  0xf8, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0480-0x04bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x04c0-0x04ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0500-0x053f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0540-0x057f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xbf, /* 0x0580-0x05bf */
+  0xb6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x05c0-0x05ff */
+  /* 0x0600-0x07ff */
+  0x3f, 0x00, 0xff, 0x17, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0600-0x063f */
+  0x00, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, /* 0x0640-0x067f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0680-0x06bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xbf, 0x9f, 0x3d, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x06c0-0x06ff */
+  0x00, 0x80, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x0700-0x073f */
+  0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0740-0x077f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, /* 0x0780-0x07bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0x20, /* 0x07c0-0x07ff */
+  /* 0x0800-0x09ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xfb, 0xef, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0800-0x083f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0840-0x087f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0880-0x08bf */
+  0x00, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x08c0-0x08ff */
+  0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x14, /* 0x0900-0x093f */
+  0xfe, 0x21, 0xfe, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0940-0x097f */
+  0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, /* 0x0980-0x09bf */
+  0x1e, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, /* 0x09c0-0x09ff */
+  /* 0x0a00-0x0bff */
+  0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, /* 0x0a00-0x0a3f */
+  0x86, 0x39, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x23, 0x00, /* 0x0a40-0x0a7f */
+  0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, /* 0x0a80-0x0abf */
+  0xbe, 0x21, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, /* 0x0ac0-0x0aff */
+  0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x90, /* 0x0b00-0x0b3f */
+  0x1e, 0x20, 0x60, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0b40-0x0b7f */
+  0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0b80-0x0bbf */
+  0x01, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0bc0-0x0bff */
+  /* 0x0c00-0x0dff */
+  0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd0, /* 0x0c00-0x0c3f */
+  0xc1, 0x3d, 0x60, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0c40-0x0c7f */
+  0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, /* 0x0c80-0x0cbf */
+  0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0cc0-0x0cff */
+  0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, /* 0x0d00-0x0d3f */
+  0x1e, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0d40-0x0d7f */
+  0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0d80-0x0dbf */
+  0x00, 0x04, 0x5c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0dc0-0x0dff */
+  /* 0x0e00-0x0fff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf2, 0x07, /* 0x0e00-0x0e3f */
+  0x80, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0e40-0x0e7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf2, 0x1f, /* 0x0e80-0x0ebf */
+  0x00, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0ec0-0x0eff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0x02, /* 0x0f00-0x0f3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, /* 0x0f40-0x0f7f */
+  0xdf, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, /* 0x0f80-0x0fbf */
+  0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0fc0-0x0fff */
+  /* 0x1000-0x11ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xfd, 0x66, /* 0x1000-0x103f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc3, 0x01, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x00, /* 0x1040-0x107f */
+  0x64, 0x20, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1080-0x10bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10c0-0x10ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1100-0x113f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x1140-0x117f */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x1180-0x11bf */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x11c0-0x11ff */
+  /* 0x1200-0x13ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1200-0x123f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1240-0x127f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1280-0x12bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x12c0-0x12ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1300-0x133f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1340-0x137f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1380-0x13bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x13c0-0x13ff */
+  /* 0x1600-0x17ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1600-0x163f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1640-0x167f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1680-0x16bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16c0-0x16ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, /* 0x1700-0x173f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, /* 0x1740-0x177f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x3f, /* 0x1780-0x17bf */
+  0x40, 0xfe, 0x0f, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x17c0-0x17ff */
+  /* 0x1800-0x19ff */
+  0x00, 0xf8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1800-0x183f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1840-0x187f */
+  0x60, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1880-0x18bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x18c0-0x18ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x87, 0x01, 0x04, 0x0e, /* 0x1900-0x193f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1940-0x197f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1980-0x19bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x19c0-0x19ff */
+  /* 0x1a00-0x1bff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x09, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1a00-0x1a3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x7f, 0xe5, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0x9f, /* 0x1a40-0x1a7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x1a80-0x1abf */
+  0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1ac0-0x1aff */
+  0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd0, 0x17, /* 0x1b00-0x1b3f */
+  0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0x00, /* 0x1b40-0x1b7f */
+  0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x3b, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1b80-0x1bbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0xa3, 0x03, 0x00, /* 0x1bc0-0x1bff */
+  /* 0x1c00-0x1dff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xcf, 0x00, /* 0x1c00-0x1c3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1c40-0x1c7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1c80-0x1cbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xf7, 0xff, 0xfd, 0x21, 0x10, 0x03, /* 0x1cc0-0x1cff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d00-0x1d3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d40-0x1d7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d80-0x1dbf */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x1dc0-0x1dff */
+  /* 0x2000-0x21ff */
+  0x00, 0xf8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2000-0x203f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdf, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2040-0x207f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2080-0x20bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, /* 0x20c0-0x20ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2100-0x213f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2140-0x217f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2180-0x21bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x21c0-0x21ff */
+  /* 0x2c00-0x2dff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2c00-0x2c3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2c40-0x2c7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2c80-0x2cbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00, /* 0x2cc0-0x2cff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2d00-0x2d3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, /* 0x2d40-0x2d7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2d80-0x2dbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x2dc0-0x2dff */
+  /* 0x3000-0x31ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3000-0x303f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3040-0x307f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3080-0x30bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x30c0-0x30ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3100-0x313f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3140-0x317f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3180-0x31bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x31c0-0x31ff */
+  /* 0xa600-0xa7ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa600-0xa63f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xf7, 0x3f, /* 0xa640-0xa67f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa680-0xa6bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, /* 0xa6c0-0xa6ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa700-0xa73f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa740-0xa77f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa780-0xa7bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa7c0-0xa7ff */
+  /* 0xa800-0xa9ff */
+  0x44, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa800-0xa83f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa840-0xa87f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa880-0xa8bf */
+  0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x80, /* 0xa8c0-0xa8ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa900-0xa93f */
+  0x80, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa940-0xa97f */
+  0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc8, 0x33, /* 0xa980-0xa9bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa9c0-0xa9ff */
+  /* 0xaa00-0xabff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x66, 0x00, /* 0xaa00-0xaa3f */
+  0x08, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, /* 0xaa40-0xaa7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x9d, 0xc1, /* 0xaa80-0xaabf */
+  0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x40, 0x00, /* 0xaac0-0xaaff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xab00-0xab3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xab40-0xab7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xab80-0xabbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x21, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xabc0-0xabff */
+  /* 0xd600-0xd7ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xd600-0xd63f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xd640-0xd67f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xd680-0xd6bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xd6c0-0xd6ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xd700-0xd73f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xd740-0xd77f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0xd780-0xd7bf */
+  0x7f, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, /* 0xd7c0-0xd7ff */
+  /* 0xfa00-0xfbff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfa00-0xfa3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfa40-0xfa7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfa80-0xfabf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfac0-0xfaff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfb00-0xfb3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfb40-0xfb7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfb80-0xfbbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfbc0-0xfbff */
+  /* 0xfe00-0xffff */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfe00-0xfe3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfe40-0xfe7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfe80-0xfebf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, /* 0xfec0-0xfeff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xff00-0xff3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xff40-0xff7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xff80-0xffbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0e, /* 0xffc0-0xffff */
+  /* 0x10000-0x101ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10000-0x1003f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10040-0x1007f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10080-0x100bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x100c0-0x100ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10100-0x1013f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10140-0x1017f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10180-0x101bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, /* 0x101c0-0x101ff */
+  /* 0x10200-0x103ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10200-0x1023f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10240-0x1027f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10280-0x102bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x102c0-0x102ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10300-0x1033f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x07, /* 0x10340-0x1037f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10380-0x103bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x103c0-0x103ff */
+  /* 0x10a00-0x10bff */
+  0x6e, 0xf0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x87, /* 0x10a00-0x10a3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10a40-0x10a7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10a80-0x10abf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10ac0-0x10aff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10b00-0x10b3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10b40-0x10b7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10b80-0x10bbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10bc0-0x10bff */
+  /* 0x10c00-0x10dff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10c00-0x10c3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10c40-0x10c7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10c80-0x10cbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10cc0-0x10cff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10d00-0x10d3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10d40-0x10d7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10d80-0x10dbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10dc0-0x10dff */
+  /* 0x10e00-0x10fff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10e00-0x10e3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10e40-0x10e7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10e80-0x10ebf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10ec0-0x10eff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10f00-0x10f3f */
+  0xc0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10f40-0x10f7f */
+  0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10f80-0x10fbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10fc0-0x10fff */
+  /* 0x11000-0x111ff */
+  0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, /* 0x11000-0x1103f */
+  0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x19, 0x80, /* 0x11040-0x1107f */
+  0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x26, /* 0x11080-0x110bf */
+  0x04, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x110c0-0x110ff */
+  0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xef, 0x1f, 0x00, /* 0x11100-0x1113f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, /* 0x11140-0x1117f */
+  0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x7f, /* 0x11180-0x111bf */
+  0x00, 0x9e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x111c0-0x111ff */
+  /* 0x11200-0x113ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xd3, 0x40, /* 0x11200-0x1123f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11240-0x1127f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11280-0x112bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xf8, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x112c0-0x112ff */
+  0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, /* 0x11300-0x1133f */
+  0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x1f, 0x1f, 0x00, /* 0x11340-0x1137f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11380-0x113bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x113c0-0x113ff */
+  /* 0x11400-0x115ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, /* 0x11400-0x1143f */
+  0x5c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11440-0x1147f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x85, /* 0x11480-0x114bf */
+  0x0d, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x114c0-0x114ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11500-0x1153f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11540-0x1157f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0xb0, /* 0x11580-0x115bf */
+  0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x115c0-0x115ff */
+  /* 0x11600-0x117ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xa7, /* 0x11600-0x1163f */
+  0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11640-0x1167f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x28, 0xbf, 0x00, /* 0x11680-0x116bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x116c0-0x116ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xbc, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11700-0x1173f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11740-0x1177f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11780-0x117bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x117c0-0x117ff */
+  /* 0x11800-0x119ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xff, 0x06, /* 0x11800-0x1183f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11840-0x1187f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11880-0x118bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x118c0-0x118ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x58, /* 0x11900-0x1193f */
+  0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11940-0x1197f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11980-0x119bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x0c, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x119c0-0x119ff */
+  /* 0x11a00-0x11bff */
+  0x7e, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x79, /* 0x11a00-0x11a3f */
+  0x80, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11a40-0x11a7f */
+  0x00, 0xfc, 0x7f, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11a80-0x11abf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11ac0-0x11aff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11b00-0x11b3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11b40-0x11b7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11b80-0x11bbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11bc0-0x11bff */
+  /* 0x11c00-0x11dff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7f, 0x3f, /* 0x11c00-0x11c3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11c40-0x11c7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfc, 0x6d, 0x00, /* 0x11c80-0x11cbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11cc0-0x11cff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0xb4, /* 0x11d00-0x11d3f */
+  0xbf, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11d40-0x11d7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xa3, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11d80-0x11dbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11dc0-0x11dff */
+  /* 0x11e00-0x11fff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11e00-0x11e3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11e40-0x11e7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11e80-0x11ebf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, /* 0x11ec0-0x11eff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11f00-0x11f3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11f40-0x11f7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11f80-0x11fbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11fc0-0x11fff */
+  /* 0x13400-0x135ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0x01, /* 0x13400-0x1343f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x13440-0x1347f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x13480-0x134bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x134c0-0x134ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x13500-0x1353f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x13540-0x1357f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x13580-0x135bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x135c0-0x135ff */
+  /* 0x16a00-0x16bff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16a00-0x16a3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16a40-0x16a7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16a80-0x16abf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1f, 0x00, /* 0x16ac0-0x16aff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7f, 0x00, /* 0x16b00-0x16b3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16b40-0x16b7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16b80-0x16bbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16bc0-0x16bff */
+  /* 0x16e00-0x16fff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16e00-0x16e3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16e40-0x16e7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16e80-0x16ebf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16ec0-0x16eff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16f00-0x16f3f */
+  0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16f40-0x16f7f */
+  0x00, 0x80, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16f80-0x16fbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16fc0-0x16fff */
+  /* 0x1bc00-0x1bdff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1bc00-0x1bc3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1bc40-0x1bc7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1bc80-0x1bcbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1bcc0-0x1bcff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1bd00-0x1bd3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1bd40-0x1bd7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1bd80-0x1bdbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1bdc0-0x1bdff */
+  /* 0x1ce00-0x1cfff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1ce00-0x1ce3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1ce40-0x1ce7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1ce80-0x1cebf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1cec0-0x1ceff */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x1cf00-0x1cf3f */
+  0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1cf40-0x1cf7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1cf80-0x1cfbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1cfc0-0x1cfff */
+  /* 0x1d000-0x1d1ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d000-0x1d03f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d040-0x1d07f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d080-0x1d0bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d0c0-0x1d0ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d100-0x1d13f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x03, 0xf8, 0xff, /* 0x1d140-0x1d17f */
+  0xe7, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d180-0x1d1bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d1c0-0x1d1ff */
+  /* 0x1d200-0x1d3ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d200-0x1d23f */
+  0x1c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d240-0x1d27f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d280-0x1d2bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d2c0-0x1d2ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d300-0x1d33f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d340-0x1d37f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d380-0x1d3bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d3c0-0x1d3ff */
+  /* 0x1da00-0x1dbff */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xf8, /* 0x1da00-0x1da3f */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x20, 0x00, /* 0x1da40-0x1da7f */
+  0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xfe, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1da80-0x1dabf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1dac0-0x1daff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1db00-0x1db3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1db40-0x1db7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1db80-0x1dbbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1dbc0-0x1dbff */
+  /* 0x1e000-0x1e1ff */
+  0x7f, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf9, 0xdb, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e000-0x1e03f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e040-0x1e07f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e080-0x1e0bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e0c0-0x1e0ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7f, 0x00, /* 0x1e100-0x1e13f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e140-0x1e17f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e180-0x1e1bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e1c0-0x1e1ff */
+  /* 0x1e200-0x1e3ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e200-0x1e23f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e240-0x1e27f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e280-0x1e2bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e2c0-0x1e2ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e300-0x1e33f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e340-0x1e37f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e380-0x1e3bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e3c0-0x1e3ff */
+  /* 0x1e800-0x1e9ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e800-0x1e83f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e840-0x1e87f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e880-0x1e8bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e8c0-0x1e8ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e900-0x1e93f */
+  0xf0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e940-0x1e97f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1e980-0x1e9bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00  /* 0x1e9c0-0x1e9ff */
+};
+static const signed char nonspacing_table_ind[248] = {
+   0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7, /* 0x0000-0x0fff */
+   8,  9, -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1, /* 0x1000-0x1fff */
+  14, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 15, -1, /* 0x2000-0x2fff */
+  16, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x3000-0x3fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x4000-0x4fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x5000-0x5fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x6000-0x6fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x7000-0x7fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x8000-0x8fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x9000-0x9fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, 17, 18, 19, -1, -1, /* 0xa000-0xafff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0xb000-0xbfff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0xc000-0xcfff */
+  -1, -1, -1, 20, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0xd000-0xdfff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0xe000-0xefff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 21, -1, 22, /* 0xf000-0xffff */
+  23, 24, -1, -1, -1, 25, 26, 27, /* 0x10000-0x10fff */
+  28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, /* 0x11000-0x11fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x12000-0x12fff */
+  -1, -1, 36, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x13000-0x13fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x14000-0x14fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x15000-0x15fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 37, -1, 38, /* 0x16000-0x16fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x17000-0x17fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x18000-0x18fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x19000-0x19fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x1a000-0x1afff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 39, -1, /* 0x1b000-0x1bfff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 40, /* 0x1c000-0x1cfff */
+  41, 42, -1, -1, -1, 43, -1, -1, /* 0x1d000-0x1dfff */
+  44, 45, -1, -1, 46, -1, -1, -1  /* 0x1e000-0x1efff */
+};
diff --git a/lib/uniwidth/width2.h b/lib/uniwidth/width2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25364d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/uniwidth/width2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Width 2 property of Unicode characters.  */
+/* Generated automatically by gen-uni-tables.c for Unicode 14.0.0.  */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software.
+   It is dual-licensed under "the GNU LGPLv3+ or the GNU GPLv2+".
+   You can redistribute it and/or modify it under either
+     - the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+       by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3, or (at your
+       option) any later version, or
+     - the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+       Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+       any later version, or
+     - the same dual license "the GNU LGPLv3+ or the GNU GPLv2+".
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License and the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License and of the GNU General Public License along with this
+   program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define header_0 16
+#define header_2 9
+#define header_3 127
+#define header_4 15
+static const
+struct
+  {
+    int header[1];
+    int level1[4];
+    short level2[3 << 7];
+    unsigned int level3[28 << 4];
+  }
+u_width2 =
+{
+  { 4 },
+  {
+        5 * sizeof (int) / sizeof (short) +     0,
+        5 * sizeof (int) / sizeof (short) +   128,
+        5 * sizeof (int) / sizeof (short) +   256,
+        5 * sizeof (int) / sizeof (short) +   256
+  },
+  {
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +     0,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +    16,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +    32,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +    48,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +    64,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +    80,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +    96,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   112,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   144,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   160,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   176,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   192,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   208,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   224,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   240,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   256,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   272,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   288,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   304,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   320,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   336,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   352,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   368,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   384,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   400,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   416,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   432,
+       -1,
+       -1,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128,
+        5 +   384 * sizeof (short) / sizeof (int) +   128
+  },
+  {
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x0C000000U, 0x00000600U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00091E00U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x60000000U,
+    0x00300000U, 0x00000000U, 0x000FFF00U, 0x80000000U,
+    0x00080000U, 0x60000C02U, 0x00104030U, 0x242C0400U,
+    0x00000C20U, 0x00000100U, 0x00B85000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00E00000U, 0x80010000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x18000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00210000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x7FFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFF00FFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x0000FFFFU, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x1FFFFFFFU,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x0000000FU, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0xFFFF0000U, 0xFFFF0000U, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x0000FFFFU,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x00000001U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x0000007FU,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x0003000FU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x00FFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x003FFFFFU, 0x00000000U,
+    0x000001FFU, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x6FEF0000U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x00000007U, 0x00070000U, 0xFFFF00F0U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x0FFFFFFFU,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000010U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00008000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x07FE4000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFBFE001U, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xDFFFFFFFU,
+    0x000FFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x000F87FFU, 0xFF11FFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x7FFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFDU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x9FFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x3FFFFFFFU, 0xFFFF7800U, 0x040000FFU,
+    0x00600000U, 0x00000010U, 0x00000000U, 0xF8000000U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0x0000FFFFU, 0x00000000U,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xE0E7103FU, 0x1FF01800U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00010FFFU,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0xFFFFF000U, 0xF7FFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFBFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU, 0xFFFFFFFFU,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x1F1F0000U,
+    0xFFFF007FU, 0x07FF1FFFU, 0x03FF003FU, 0x007F00FFU,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U,
+    0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U, 0x00000000U
+  }
+};
diff --git a/lib/unlink.c b/lib/unlink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b549dd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unlink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* Work around unlink bugs.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "filename.h"
+
+#undef unlink
+#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+# define unlink _unlink
+#endif
+
+/* Remove file NAME.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not.  */
+
+int
+rpl_unlink (char const *name)
+{
+  /* Work around Solaris 9 bug where unlink("file/") succeeds.  */
+  size_t len = strlen (name);
+  int result = 0;
+  if (len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]))
+    {
+      /* We can't unlink(2) something if it doesn't exist.  If it does
+         exist, then it resolved to a directory, due to the trailing
+         slash, and POSIX requires that the unlink attempt to remove
+         that directory (which would leave the symlink dangling).
+         Unfortunately, Solaris 9 is one of the platforms where the
+         root user can unlink directories, and we don't want to
+         cripple this behavior on real directories, even if it is
+         seldom needed (at any rate, it's nicer to let coreutils'
+         unlink(1) give the correct errno for non-root users).  But we
+         don't know whether name was an actual directory, or a symlink
+         to a directory; and due to the bug of ignoring trailing
+         slash, Solaris 9 would end up successfully unlinking the
+         symlink instead of the directory.  Technically, we could use
+         realpath to find the canonical directory name to attempt
+         deletion on.  But that is a lot of work for a corner case; so
+         we instead just use an lstat on the shortened name, and
+         reject symlinks with trailing slashes.  The root user of
+         unlink(1) will just have to live with the rule that they
+         can't delete a directory via a symlink.  */
+      struct stat st;
+      result = lstat (name, &st);
+      if (result == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        {
+          /* Trailing NUL will overwrite the trailing slash.  */
+          char *short_name = malloc (len);
+          if (!short_name)
+            return -1;
+          memcpy (short_name, name, len);
+          while (len && ISSLASH (short_name[len - 1]))
+            short_name[--len] = '\0';
+          if (len && (lstat (short_name, &st) || S_ISLNK (st.st_mode)))
+            {
+              free (short_name);
+              errno = EPERM;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          free (short_name);
+          result = 0;
+        }
+    }
+  if (!result)
+    {
+#if UNLINK_PARENT_BUG
+      if (len >= 2 && name[len - 1] == '.' && name[len - 2] == '.'
+          && (len == 2 || ISSLASH (name[len - 3])))
+        {
+          errno = EISDIR; /* could also use EPERM */
+          return -1;
+        }
+#endif
+      result = unlink (name);
+    }
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/unlinkat.c b/lib/unlinkat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9ff3ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unlinkat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* Work around unlinkat bugs on Solaris 9 and Hurd.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "filename.h"
+#include "openat.h"
+
+#if HAVE_UNLINKAT
+
+# undef unlinkat
+
+/* unlinkat without AT_REMOVEDIR does not honor trailing / on Solaris 9.
+   Hurd has the same issue.
+
+   unlinkat without AT_REMOVEDIR erroneously ignores ".." on Darwin 14.
+
+   Solve these in a similar manner to unlink.  */
+
+int
+rpl_unlinkat (int fd, char const *name, int flag)
+{
+  size_t len;
+  int result = 0;
+  /* rmdir behavior has no problems with trailing slash.  */
+  if (flag & AT_REMOVEDIR)
+    return unlinkat (fd, name, flag);
+
+  len = strlen (name);
+  if (len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]))
+    {
+      /* See the lengthy comment in unlink.c why we disobey the POSIX
+         rule of letting unlink("link-to-dir/") attempt to unlink a
+         directory.  */
+      struct stat st;
+      result = fstatat (fd, name, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+      if (result == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW)
+        {
+          /* Trailing NUL will overwrite the trailing slash.  */
+          char *short_name = malloc (len);
+          if (!short_name)
+            {
+              errno = EPERM;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          memcpy (short_name, name, len);
+          while (len && ISSLASH (short_name[len - 1]))
+            short_name[--len] = '\0';
+          if (len && (fstatat (fd, short_name, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW)
+                      || S_ISLNK (st.st_mode)))
+            {
+              free (short_name);
+              errno = EPERM;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          free (short_name);
+          result = 0;
+        }
+    }
+  if (!result)
+    {
+# if UNLINK_PARENT_BUG
+      if (len >= 2 && name[len - 1] == '.' && name[len - 2] == '.'
+          && (len == 2 || ISSLASH (name[len - 3])))
+        {
+          errno = EISDIR; /* could also use EPERM */
+          return -1;
+        }
+# endif
+      result = unlinkat (fd, name, flag);
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_UNLINKAT */
+
+/* Replacement for Solaris' function by the same name.
+   <https://www.google.com/search?q=unlinkat+site:docs.oracle.com>
+   First, try to simulate it via (unlink|rmdir) ("/proc/self/fd/FD/FILE").
+   Failing that, simulate it via save_cwd/fchdir/(unlink|rmdir)/restore_cwd.
+   If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely),
+   then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+   Otherwise, this function works just like Solaris' unlinkat.  */
+
+# define AT_FUNC_NAME unlinkat
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 rmdir
+# define AT_FUNC_F2 unlink
+# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_REMOVEDIR
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , int flag
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        /* empty */
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_F2
+# undef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_UNLINKAT */
diff --git a/lib/unlinkdir.c b/lib/unlinkdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cca0eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unlinkdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* unlinkdir.c - determine whether we can unlink directories
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, Jim Meyering, and David Bartley.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "unlinkdir.h"
+#include "priv-set.h"
+#include "root-uid.h"
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if ! UNLINK_CANNOT_UNLINK_DIR
+
+/* Return true if we cannot unlink directories, false if we might be
+   able to unlink directories.  */
+
+bool
+cannot_unlink_dir (void)
+{
+  static bool initialized;
+  static bool cannot;
+
+  if (! initialized)
+    {
+# if defined PRIV_SYS_LINKDIR
+      /* We might be able to unlink directories if we cannot
+         determine our privileges, or if we have the
+         PRIV_SYS_LINKDIR privilege.  */
+      cannot = (priv_set_ismember (PRIV_SYS_LINKDIR) == 0);
+# else
+      /* In traditional Unix, only root can unlink directories.  */
+      cannot = (geteuid () != ROOT_UID);
+# endif
+      initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  return cannot;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/unlinkdir.h b/lib/unlinkdir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5086b9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unlinkdir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* unlinkdir.h - determine (and maybe change) whether we can unlink directories
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#if UNLINK_CANNOT_UNLINK_DIR
+# define cannot_unlink_dir() true
+#else
+bool cannot_unlink_dir (void);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/unlocked-io.h b/lib/unlocked-io.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7461d74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unlocked-io.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* Prefer faster, non-thread-safe stdio functions if available.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
+# define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
+
+/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from the GNU C library, and
+   from other C libraries supporting POSIX's optional thread-safe functions.
+
+   The standard I/O functions are thread-safe.  These *_unlocked ones are
+   more efficient but not thread-safe.  That they're not thread-safe is
+   fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded.
+
+   Also, some code that is shared with the GNU C library may invoke
+   the *_unlocked functions directly.  On hosts that lack those
+   functions, invoke the non-thread-safe versions instead.  */
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED || defined clearerr_unlocked
+#  undef clearerr
+#  define clearerr(x) clearerr_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED || defined feof_unlocked
+#  undef feof
+#  define feof(x) feof_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED || defined ferror_unlocked
+#  undef ferror
+#  define ferror(x) ferror_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED || defined fflush_unlocked
+#  undef fflush
+#  define fflush(x) fflush_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED || defined fgets_unlocked
+#  undef fgets
+#  define fgets(x,y,z) fgets_unlocked (x,y,z)
+# else
+#  define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED || defined fputc_unlocked
+#  undef fputc
+#  define fputc(x,y) fputc_unlocked (x,y)
+# else
+#  define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED || defined fputs_unlocked
+#  undef fputs
+#  define fputs(x,y) fputs_unlocked (x,y)
+# else
+#  define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED || defined fread_unlocked
+#  undef fread
+#  define fread(w,x,y,z) fread_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+# else
+#  define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED || defined fwrite_unlocked
+#  undef fwrite
+#  define fwrite(w,x,y,z) fwrite_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+# else
+#  define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED || defined get_unlocked
+#  undef getc
+#  define getc(x) getc_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED || defined getchar_unlocked
+#  undef getchar
+#  define getchar() getchar_unlocked ()
+# else
+#  define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED || defined putc_unlocked
+#  undef putc
+#  define putc(x,y) putc_unlocked (x,y)
+# else
+#  define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED || defined putchar_unlocked
+#  undef putchar
+#  define putchar(x) putchar_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
+# endif
+
+# undef flockfile
+# define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+
+# undef ftrylockfile
+# define ftrylockfile(x) 0
+
+# undef funlockfile
+# define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+
+#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */
diff --git a/lib/unsetenv.c b/lib/unsetenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07eac6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/unsetenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992, 1995-2002, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit.  Otherwise gcc
+   optimizes away the name == NULL test below.  */
+#define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !_LIBC
+# define __set_errno(ev) ((errno) = (ev))
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# define __environ      environ
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+/* This lock protects against simultaneous modifications of 'environ'.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, envlock)
+# define LOCK   __libc_lock_lock (envlock)
+# define UNLOCK __libc_lock_unlock (envlock)
+#else
+# define LOCK
+# define UNLOCK
+#endif
+
+/* In the GNU C library we must keep the namespace clean.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define unsetenv __unsetenv
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC || !HAVE_UNSETENV
+
+int
+unsetenv (const char *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+  char **ep;
+
+  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0' || strchr (name, '=') != NULL)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  len = strlen (name);
+
+  LOCK;
+
+  ep = __environ;
+  while (*ep != NULL)
+    if (!strncmp (*ep, name, len) && (*ep)[len] == '=')
+      {
+        /* Found it.  Remove this pointer by moving later ones back.  */
+        char **dp = ep;
+
+        do
+          dp[0] = dp[1];
+        while (*dp++);
+        /* Continue the loop in case NAME appears again.  */
+      }
+    else
+      ++ep;
+
+  UNLOCK;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef unsetenv
+weak_alias (__unsetenv, unsetenv)
+#endif
+
+#else /* HAVE_UNSETENV */
+
+# undef unsetenv
+# if !HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV
+#  if VOID_UNSETENV
+extern void unsetenv (const char *);
+#  else
+extern int unsetenv (const char *);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Call the underlying unsetenv, in case there is hidden bookkeeping
+   that needs updating beyond just modifying environ.  */
+int
+rpl_unsetenv (const char *name)
+{
+  int result = 0;
+  if (!name || !*name || strchr (name, '='))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  while (getenv (name))
+# if !VOID_UNSETENV
+    result =
+# endif
+      unsetenv (name);
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_UNSETENV */
diff --git a/lib/userspec.c b/lib/userspec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0635bf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/userspec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/* userspec.c -- Parse a user and group string.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1992, 1997-1998, 2000, 2002-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "userspec.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "inttostr.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "xstrtol.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ENDGRENT
+# define endgrent() ((void) 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ENDPWENT
+# define endpwent() ((void) 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UID_T_MAX
+# define UID_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (uid_t)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GID_T_MAX
+# define GID_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (gid_t)
+#endif
+
+/* MAXUID may come from limits.h or sys/params.h.  */
+#ifndef MAXUID
+# define MAXUID UID_T_MAX
+#endif
+#ifndef MAXGID
+# define MAXGID GID_T_MAX
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+
+/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
+   - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char
+     or EOF.
+   - It's typically faster.
+   POSIX says that only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to
+   isdigit unless it's important to use the locale's definition
+   of "digit" even when the host does not conform to POSIX.  */
+# define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned int) (c) - '0' <= 9)
+
+/* Return true if STR represents an unsigned decimal integer.  */
+
+static bool
+is_number (const char *str)
+{
+  do
+    {
+      if (!ISDIGIT (*str))
+        return false;
+    }
+  while (*++str);
+
+  return true;
+}
+#endif
+
+static char const *
+parse_with_separator (char const *spec, char const *separator,
+                      uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
+                      char **username, char **groupname)
+{
+  const char *error_msg;
+  struct passwd *pwd;
+  struct group *grp;
+  char *u;
+  char const *g;
+  char *gname = NULL;
+  uid_t unum = *uid;
+  gid_t gnum = gid ? *gid : -1;
+
+  error_msg = NULL;
+  if (username)
+    *username = NULL;
+  if (groupname)
+    *groupname = NULL;
+
+  /* Set U and G to nonzero length strings corresponding to user and
+     group specifiers or to NULL.  If U is not NULL, it is a newly
+     allocated string.  */
+
+  u = NULL;
+  if (separator == NULL)
+    {
+      if (*spec)
+        u = xstrdup (spec);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      idx_t ulen = separator - spec;
+      if (ulen != 0)
+        {
+          u = ximemdup (spec, ulen + 1);
+          u[ulen] = '\0';
+        }
+    }
+
+  g = (separator == NULL || *(separator + 1) == '\0'
+       ? NULL
+       : separator + 1);
+
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* Pretend that we are the user U whose group is G.  This makes
+     pwd and grp functions "know" about the UID and GID of these.  */
+  if (u && !is_number (u))
+    setenv ("USER", u, 1);
+  if (g && !is_number (g))
+    setenv ("GROUP", g, 1);
+#endif
+
+  if (u != NULL)
+    {
+      /* If it starts with "+", skip the look-up.  */
+      pwd = (*u == '+' ? NULL : getpwnam (u));
+      if (pwd == NULL)
+        {
+          username = NULL;
+          bool use_login_group = (separator != NULL && g == NULL);
+          if (use_login_group)
+            {
+              /* If there is no group,
+                 then there may not be a trailing ":", either.  */
+              error_msg = N_("invalid spec");
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              unsigned long int tmp;
+              if (xstrtoul (u, NULL, 10, &tmp, "") == LONGINT_OK
+                  && tmp <= MAXUID && (uid_t) tmp != (uid_t) -1)
+                unum = tmp;
+              else
+                error_msg = N_("invalid user");
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          unum = pwd->pw_uid;
+          if (g == NULL && separator != NULL)
+            {
+              /* A separator was given, but a group was not specified,
+                 so get the login group.  */
+              char buf[INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (uintmax_t)];
+              gnum = pwd->pw_gid;
+              grp = getgrgid (gnum);
+              gname = xstrdup (grp ? grp->gr_name : umaxtostr (gnum, buf));
+              endgrent ();
+            }
+        }
+      endpwent ();
+    }
+
+  if (g != NULL && error_msg == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Explicit group.  */
+      /* If it starts with "+", skip the look-up.  */
+      grp = (*g == '+' ? NULL : getgrnam (g));
+      if (grp == NULL)
+        {
+          groupname = NULL;
+          unsigned long int tmp;
+          if (xstrtoul (g, NULL, 10, &tmp, "") == LONGINT_OK
+              && tmp <= MAXGID && (gid_t) tmp != (gid_t) -1)
+            gnum = tmp;
+          else
+            error_msg = N_("invalid group");
+        }
+      else
+        gnum = grp->gr_gid;
+      endgrent ();              /* Save a file descriptor.  */
+      gname = xstrdup (g);
+    }
+
+  if (error_msg == NULL)
+    {
+      *uid = unum;
+      if (gid)
+        *gid = gnum;
+      if (username)
+        {
+          *username = u;
+          u = NULL;
+        }
+      if (groupname)
+        {
+          *groupname = gname;
+          gname = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+  free (u);
+  free (gname);
+  return error_msg ? _(error_msg) : NULL;
+}
+
+/* Extract from SPEC, which has the form "[user][:.][group]",
+   a USERNAME, UID U, GROUPNAME, and GID G.
+   If the GID parameter is NULL the entire SPEC is treated as a user.
+   If the USERNAME and GROUPNAME parameters are NULL they're ignored.
+   Either user or group, or both, must be present.
+   If the group is omitted but the separator is given,
+   use the given user's login group.
+   If SPEC contains a ':', then use that as the separator, ignoring
+   any '.'s.  If there is no ':', but there is a '.', then first look
+   up the entire SPEC as a login name.  If that look-up fails, then
+   try again interpreting the '.'  as a separator.
+
+   USERNAME and GROUPNAME will be in newly malloc'd memory.
+   Either one might be NULL instead, indicating that it was not
+   given and the corresponding numeric ID was left unchanged.
+
+   Return NULL if successful, a static error message string if not.
+   If PWARN is null, return NULL instead of a warning;
+   otherwise, set *PWARN to true depending on whether returning a warning.  */
+
+char const *
+parse_user_spec_warn (char const *spec, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
+                      char **username, char **groupname, bool *pwarn)
+{
+  char const *colon = gid ? strchr (spec, ':') : NULL;
+  char const *error_msg =
+    parse_with_separator (spec, colon, uid, gid, username, groupname);
+  bool warn = false;
+
+  if (gid && !colon && error_msg)
+    {
+      /* If there's no colon but there is a dot, and if looking up the
+         whole spec failed (i.e., the spec is not an owner name that
+         includes a dot), then try again, but interpret the dot as a
+         separator.  This is a compatible extension to POSIX, since
+         the POSIX-required behavior is always tried first.  */
+
+      char const *dot = strchr (spec, '.');
+      if (dot
+          && ! parse_with_separator (spec, dot, uid, gid, username, groupname))
+        {
+          warn = true;
+          error_msg = pwarn ? N_("warning: '.' should be ':'") : NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (pwarn)
+    *pwarn = warn;
+  return error_msg;
+}
+
+/* Like parse_user_spec_warn, but generate only errors; no warnings.  */
+
+char const *
+parse_user_spec (char const *spec, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
+                 char **username, char **groupname)
+{
+  return parse_user_spec_warn (spec, uid, gid, username, groupname, NULL);
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+# define NULL_CHECK(s) ((s) == NULL ? "(null)" : (s))
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      const char *e;
+      char *username, *groupname;
+      uid_t uid;
+      gid_t gid;
+      char *tmp;
+
+      tmp = strdup (argv[i]);
+      e = parse_user_spec (tmp, &uid, &gid, &username, &groupname);
+      free (tmp);
+      printf ("%s: %lu %lu %s %s %s\n",
+              argv[i],
+              (unsigned long int) uid,
+              (unsigned long int) gid,
+              NULL_CHECK (username),
+              NULL_CHECK (groupname),
+              NULL_CHECK (e));
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+*/
diff --git a/lib/userspec.h b/lib/userspec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d5d063
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/userspec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Parse a 'user:group' specifier (e.g. the first argument of chown utility).
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering, 2003.  */
+
+#ifndef USERSPEC_H
+# define USERSPEC_H 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+char const *
+parse_user_spec (char const *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
+                 char **username_arg, char **groupname_arg);
+char const *
+parse_user_spec_warn (char const *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
+                      char **username_arg, char **groupname_arg, bool *pwarn);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/utime.c b/lib/utime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..799be0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/utime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+/* Work around platform bugs in utime.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <utime.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <windows.h>
+# include "filename.h"
+# include "malloca.h"
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef CreateFile
+# define CreateFile CreateFileA
+# undef GetFileAttributes
+# define GetFileAttributes GetFileAttributesA
+
+int
+_gl_utimens_windows (const char *name, struct timespec ts[2])
+{
+  /* POSIX <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_13>
+     specifies: "More than two leading <slash> characters shall be treated as
+     a single <slash> character."  */
+  if (ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ISSLASH (name[2]))
+    {
+      name += 2;
+      while (ISSLASH (name[1]))
+        name++;
+    }
+
+  size_t len = strlen (name);
+  size_t drive_prefix_len = (HAS_DEVICE (name) ? 2 : 0);
+
+  /* Remove trailing slashes (except the very first one, at position
+     drive_prefix_len), but remember their presence.  */
+  size_t rlen;
+  bool check_dir = false;
+
+  rlen = len;
+  while (rlen > drive_prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[rlen-1]))
+    {
+      check_dir = true;
+      if (rlen == drive_prefix_len + 1)
+        break;
+      rlen--;
+    }
+
+  const char *rname;
+  char *malloca_rname;
+  if (rlen == len)
+    {
+      rname = name;
+      malloca_rname = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      malloca_rname = malloca (rlen + 1);
+      if (malloca_rname == NULL)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      memcpy (malloca_rname, name, rlen);
+      malloca_rname[rlen] = '\0';
+      rname = malloca_rname;
+    }
+
+  DWORD error;
+
+  /* Open a handle to the file.
+     CreateFile
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-createfilea>
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/FileIO/creating-and-opening-files>  */
+  HANDLE handle =
+    CreateFile (rname,
+                FILE_READ_ATTRIBUTES | FILE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES,
+                FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE | FILE_SHARE_DELETE,
+                NULL,
+                OPEN_EXISTING,
+                /* FILE_FLAG_POSIX_SEMANTICS (treat file names that differ only
+                   in case as different) makes sense only when applied to *all*
+                   filesystem operations.  */
+                FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS /* | FILE_FLAG_POSIX_SEMANTICS */,
+                NULL);
+  if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      error = GetLastError ();
+      goto failed;
+    }
+
+  if (check_dir)
+    {
+      /* GetFileAttributes
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-getfileattributesa>  */
+      DWORD attributes = GetFileAttributes (rname);
+      if (attributes == INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
+        {
+          error = GetLastError ();
+          CloseHandle (handle);
+          goto failed;
+        }
+      if ((attributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) == 0)
+        {
+          CloseHandle (handle);
+          if (malloca_rname != NULL)
+            freea (malloca_rname);
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  {
+    /* Use SetFileTime(). See
+       <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-setfiletime>
+       <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ns-minwinbase-filetime>  */
+    FILETIME last_access_time;
+    FILETIME last_write_time;
+    if (ts == NULL)
+      {
+        /* GetSystemTimeAsFileTime is the same as
+           GetSystemTime followed by SystemTimeToFileTime.
+           <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getsystemtimeasfiletime>.
+           It would be overkill to use
+           GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime
+           <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getsystemtimepreciseasfiletime>.  */
+        FILETIME current_time;
+        GetSystemTimeAsFileTime (&current_time);
+        last_access_time = current_time;
+        last_write_time = current_time;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        {
+          ULONGLONG time_since_16010101 =
+            (ULONGLONG) ts[0].tv_sec * 10000000 + ts[0].tv_nsec / 100 + 116444736000000000LL;
+          last_access_time.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD) time_since_16010101;
+          last_access_time.dwHighDateTime = time_since_16010101 >> 32;
+        }
+        {
+          ULONGLONG time_since_16010101 =
+            (ULONGLONG) ts[1].tv_sec * 10000000 + ts[1].tv_nsec / 100 + 116444736000000000LL;
+          last_write_time.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD) time_since_16010101;
+          last_write_time.dwHighDateTime = time_since_16010101 >> 32;
+        }
+      }
+    if (SetFileTime (handle, NULL, &last_access_time, &last_write_time))
+      {
+        CloseHandle (handle);
+        if (malloca_rname != NULL)
+          freea (malloca_rname);
+        return 0;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        #if 0
+        DWORD sft_error = GetLastError ();
+        fprintf (stderr, "utimens SetFileTime error 0x%x\n", (unsigned int) sft_error);
+        #endif
+        CloseHandle (handle);
+        if (malloca_rname != NULL)
+          freea (malloca_rname);
+        errno = EINVAL;
+        return -1;
+      }
+  }
+
+ failed:
+  {
+    #if 0
+    fprintf (stderr, "utimens CreateFile/GetFileAttributes error 0x%x\n", (unsigned int) error);
+    #endif
+    if (malloca_rname != NULL)
+      freea (malloca_rname);
+
+    switch (error)
+      {
+      /* Some of these errors probably cannot happen with the specific flags
+         that we pass to CreateFile.  But who knows...  */
+      case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND: /* The last component of rname does not exist.  */
+      case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND: /* Some directory component in rname does not exist.  */
+      case ERROR_BAD_PATHNAME:   /* rname is such as '\\server'.  */
+      case ERROR_BAD_NETPATH:    /* rname is such as '\\nonexistentserver\share'.  */
+      case ERROR_BAD_NET_NAME:   /* rname is such as '\\server\nonexistentshare'.  */
+      case ERROR_INVALID_NAME:   /* rname contains wildcards, misplaced colon, etc.  */
+      case ERROR_DIRECTORY:
+        errno = ENOENT;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:  /* rname is such as 'C:\System Volume Information\foo'.  */
+      case ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION: /* rname is such as 'C:\pagefile.sys'.  */
+        errno = (ts != NULL ? EPERM : EACCES);
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY:
+        errno = ENOMEM;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_WRITE_PROTECT:
+        errno = EROFS;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_WRITE_FAULT:
+      case ERROR_READ_FAULT:
+      case ERROR_GEN_FAILURE:
+        errno = EIO;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW:
+      case ERROR_FILENAME_EXCED_RANGE:
+        errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+        break;
+
+      case ERROR_DELETE_PENDING: /* XXX map to EACCES or EPERM? */
+        errno = EPERM;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        errno = EINVAL;
+        break;
+      }
+
+    return -1;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+utime (const char *name, const struct utimbuf *ts)
+{
+  if (ts == NULL)
+    return _gl_utimens_windows (name, NULL);
+  else
+    {
+      struct timespec ts_with_nanoseconds[2];
+      ts_with_nanoseconds[0].tv_sec = ts->actime;
+      ts_with_nanoseconds[0].tv_nsec = 0;
+      ts_with_nanoseconds[1].tv_sec = ts->modtime;
+      ts_with_nanoseconds[1].tv_nsec = 0;
+      return _gl_utimens_windows (name, ts_with_nanoseconds);
+    }
+}
+
+#else
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include "filename.h"
+
+int
+utime (const char *name, const struct utimbuf *ts)
+#undef utime
+{
+# if REPLACE_FUNC_UTIME_FILE
+  /* macOS 10.13 mistakenly succeeds when given a symbolic link to a
+     non-directory with a trailing slash.  */
+  size_t len = strlen (name);
+  if (len > 0 && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]))
+    {
+      struct stat buf;
+
+      if (stat (name, &buf) == -1 && errno != EOVERFLOW)
+        return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* REPLACE_FUNC_UTIME_FILE */
+
+  return utime (name, ts);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/utime.in.h b/lib/utime.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cf17b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/utime.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <utime.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UTIME_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_UTIME_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_UTIME_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UTIME_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UTIME_H
+
+#if !@HAVE_UTIME_H@
+# include <sys/utime.h>
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_UTIME@
+/* Get struct timespec.  */
+# include <time.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Define 'struct utimbuf' as an alias of 'struct _utimbuf'
+   (or possibly, if present, 'struct __utimbuf64').  */
+# define utimbuf _utimbuf
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_UTIME@
+# if @REPLACE_UTIME@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define utime rpl_utime
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (utime, int, (const char *filename, const struct utimbuf *ts)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (utime, int, (const char *filename, const struct utimbuf *ts));
+# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef utime
+#   define utime _utime
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (utime, int, (const char *filename, const struct utimbuf *ts));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_UTIME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (utime, int, (const char *filename, const struct utimbuf *ts)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (utime, int, (const char *filename, const struct utimbuf *ts));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (utime);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef utime
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UTIME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (utime,
+                 "utime is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module canonicalize-lgpl for portability");
+# endif
+#elif @GNULIB_MDA_UTIME@
+/* On native Windows, map 'utime' to '_utime', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::utime always.  */
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef utime
+#   define utime _utime
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (utime, int, (const char *filename, const struct utimbuf *ts));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (utime, int, (const char *filename, const struct utimbuf *ts));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (utime);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_UTIME@
+extern int _gl_utimens_windows (const char *filename, struct timespec ts[2]);
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UTIME_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UTIME_H */
diff --git a/lib/utimecmp.c b/lib/utimecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c00128
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/utimecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+/* utimecmp.c -- compare file timestamps
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "utimecmp.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "stat-time.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define BILLION (1000 * 1000 * 1000)
+
+/* Best possible resolution that utimens can set and stat can return,
+   due to system-call limitations.  It must be a power of 10 that is
+   no greater than 1 billion.  */
+#if HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+enum { SYSCALL_RESOLUTION = 1 };
+#elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* On native Windows, file times have 100 ns resolution. See
+   <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ns-minwinbase-filetime>  */
+enum { SYSCALL_RESOLUTION = 100 };
+#elif ((HAVE_FUTIMESAT || HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES)                  \
+       && (defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_TV_NSEC             \
+           || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMESPEC_TV_NSEC     \
+           || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC             \
+           || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_ST__TIM_TV_NSEC  \
+           || defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_SPARE1))
+enum { SYSCALL_RESOLUTION = 1000 };
+#else
+enum { SYSCALL_RESOLUTION = BILLION };
+#endif
+
+/* Describe a file system and its timestamp resolution in nanoseconds.  */
+struct fs_res
+{
+  /* Device number of file system.  */
+  dev_t dev;
+
+  /* An upper bound on the timestamp resolution of this file system,
+     ignoring any resolution that cannot be set via utimens.  It is
+     represented by an integer count of nanoseconds.  It must be
+     either 2 billion, or a power of 10 that is no greater than a
+     billion and is no less than SYSCALL_RESOLUTION.  */
+  int resolution;
+
+  /* True if RESOLUTION is known to be exact, and is not merely an
+     upper bound on the true resolution.  */
+  bool exact;
+};
+
+/* Hash some device info.  */
+static size_t
+dev_info_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size)
+{
+  struct fs_res const *p = x;
+
+  /* Beware signed arithmetic gotchas.  */
+  if (TYPE_SIGNED (dev_t) && SIZE_MAX < MAX (INT_MAX, TYPE_MAXIMUM (dev_t)))
+    {
+      uintmax_t dev = p->dev;
+      return dev % table_size;
+    }
+
+  return p->dev % table_size;
+}
+
+/* Compare two dev_info structs.  */
+static bool
+dev_info_compare (void const *x, void const *y)
+{
+  struct fs_res const *a = x;
+  struct fs_res const *b = y;
+  return a->dev == b->dev;
+}
+
+/* Return -1, 0, 1 based on whether the destination file (relative
+   to openat-like directory file descriptor DFD with name
+   DST_NAME and status DST_STAT) is older than SRC_STAT, the same age
+   as SRC_STAT, or newer than SRC_STAT, respectively.
+
+   DST_NAME may be NULL if OPTIONS is 0.
+
+   If OPTIONS & UTIMECMP_TRUNCATE_SOURCE, do the comparison after SRC is
+   converted to the destination's timestamp resolution as filtered through
+   utimens.  In this case, return -2 if the exact answer cannot be
+   determined; this can happen only if the timestamps are very close and
+   there is some trouble accessing the file system (e.g., the user does not
+   have permission to futz with the destination's timestamps).  */
+
+int
+utimecmp (char const *dst_name,
+          struct stat const *dst_stat,
+          struct stat const *src_stat,
+          int options)
+{
+  return utimecmpat (AT_FDCWD, dst_name, dst_stat, src_stat, options);
+}
+
+int
+utimecmpat (int dfd, char const *dst_name,
+            struct stat const *dst_stat,
+            struct stat const *src_stat,
+            int options)
+{
+  /* Things to watch out for:
+
+     The code uses a static hash table internally and is not safe in the
+     presence of signals, multiple threads, etc.  However, memory pressure
+     that prevents use of the hash table is not fatal - we just fall back
+     to redoing the computations on every call in that case.
+
+     int and long int might be 32 bits.  Many of the calculations store
+     numbers up to 2 billion, and multiply by 10; they have to avoid
+     multiplying 2 billion by 10, as this exceeds 32-bit capabilities.
+
+     time_t might be unsigned.  */
+
+  verify (TYPE_IS_INTEGER (time_t));
+
+  /* Destination and source timestamps.  */
+  time_t dst_s = dst_stat->st_mtime;
+  time_t src_s = src_stat->st_mtime;
+  int dst_ns = get_stat_mtime_ns (dst_stat);
+  int src_ns = get_stat_mtime_ns (src_stat);
+
+  if (options & UTIMECMP_TRUNCATE_SOURCE)
+    {
+#if defined _AIX
+      /* On AIX 7.2, on a jfs2 file system, the times may differ by up to
+         0.01 seconds in either direction.  But it does not seem to come
+         from clock ticks of 0.01 seconds each.  */
+      long long difference =
+        ((long long) dst_s - (long long) src_s) * BILLION
+        + ((long long) dst_ns - (long long) src_ns);
+      if (difference < 10000000 && difference > -10000000)
+        return 0;
+#endif
+
+      /* Look up the timestamp resolution for the destination device.  */
+
+      /* Hash table for caching information learned about devices.  */
+      static Hash_table *ht;
+
+      /* Information about the destination file system.  */
+      static struct fs_res *new_dst_res;
+      struct fs_res *dst_res = NULL;
+      struct fs_res tmp_dst_res;
+
+      /* timestamp resolution in nanoseconds.  */
+      int res;
+
+      /* Quick exit, if possible.  Since the worst resolution is 2
+         seconds, anything that differs by more than that does not
+         needs source truncation.  */
+      if (dst_s == src_s && dst_ns == src_ns)
+        return 0;
+      if (dst_s <= src_s - 2)
+        return -1;
+      if (src_s <= dst_s - 2)
+        return 1;
+
+      /* Try to do a hash lookup, but fall back to stack variables and
+         recomputation on low memory situations.  */
+      if (! ht)
+        ht = hash_initialize (16, NULL, dev_info_hash, dev_info_compare, free);
+      if (ht)
+        {
+          if (! new_dst_res)
+            {
+              new_dst_res = malloc (sizeof *new_dst_res);
+              if (!new_dst_res)
+                goto low_memory;
+              new_dst_res->resolution = 2 * BILLION;
+              new_dst_res->exact = false;
+            }
+          new_dst_res->dev = dst_stat->st_dev;
+          dst_res = hash_insert (ht, new_dst_res);
+          if (! dst_res)
+            goto low_memory;
+
+          if (dst_res == new_dst_res)
+            {
+              /* NEW_DST_RES is now in use in the hash table, so allocate a
+                 new entry next time.  */
+              new_dst_res = NULL;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+        low_memory:
+          if (ht)
+            {
+              tmp_dst_res.dev = dst_stat->st_dev;
+              dst_res = hash_lookup (ht, &tmp_dst_res);
+            }
+          if (!dst_res)
+            {
+              dst_res = &tmp_dst_res;
+              dst_res->resolution = 2 * BILLION;
+              dst_res->exact = false;
+            }
+        }
+
+      res = dst_res->resolution;
+
+#ifdef _PC_TIMESTAMP_RESOLUTION
+      /* If the system will tell us the resolution, we're set!  */
+      if (! dst_res->exact)
+        {
+          res = -1;
+          if (dfd == AT_FDCWD)
+            res = pathconf (dst_name, _PC_TIMESTAMP_RESOLUTION);
+          else
+            {
+              char *dstdir = mdir_name (dst_name);
+              if (dstdir)
+                {
+                  int destdirfd = openat (dfd, dstdir,
+                                          O_SEARCH | O_CLOEXEC | O_DIRECTORY);
+                  if (0 <= destdirfd)
+                    {
+                      res = fpathconf (destdirfd, _PC_TIMESTAMP_RESOLUTION);
+                      close (destdirfd);
+                    }
+                  free (dstdir);
+                }
+            }
+          if (0 < res)
+            {
+              dst_res->resolution = res;
+              dst_res->exact = true;
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+
+      if (! dst_res->exact)
+        {
+          /* This file system's resolution is not known exactly.
+             Deduce it, and store the result in the hash table.  */
+
+          time_t dst_a_s = dst_stat->st_atime;
+          time_t dst_c_s = dst_stat->st_ctime;
+          time_t dst_m_s = dst_s;
+          int dst_a_ns = get_stat_atime_ns (dst_stat);
+          int dst_c_ns = get_stat_ctime_ns (dst_stat);
+          int dst_m_ns = dst_ns;
+
+          /* Set RES to an upper bound on the file system resolution
+             (after truncation due to SYSCALL_RESOLUTION) by inspecting
+             the atime, ctime and mtime of the existing destination.
+             We don't know of any file system that stores atime or
+             ctime with a higher precision than mtime, so it's valid to
+             look at them too.  */
+          {
+            bool odd_second = (dst_a_s | dst_c_s | dst_m_s) & 1;
+
+            if (SYSCALL_RESOLUTION == BILLION)
+              {
+                if (odd_second | dst_a_ns | dst_c_ns | dst_m_ns)
+                  res = BILLION;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                int a = dst_a_ns;
+                int c = dst_c_ns;
+                int m = dst_m_ns;
+
+                /* Write it this way to avoid mistaken GCC warning
+                   about integer overflow in constant expression.  */
+                int SR10 = SYSCALL_RESOLUTION;  SR10 *= 10;
+
+                if ((a % SR10 | c % SR10 | m % SR10) != 0)
+                  res = SYSCALL_RESOLUTION;
+                else
+                  for (res = SR10, a /= SR10, c /= SR10, m /= SR10;
+                       (res < dst_res->resolution
+                        && (a % 10 | c % 10 | m % 10) == 0);
+                       res *= 10, a /= 10, c /= 10, m /= 10)
+                    if (res == BILLION)
+                      {
+                        if (! odd_second)
+                          res *= 2;
+                        break;
+                      }
+              }
+
+            dst_res->resolution = res;
+          }
+
+          if (SYSCALL_RESOLUTION < res)
+            {
+              struct timespec timespec[2];
+              struct stat dst_status;
+
+              /* Ignore source timestamp information that must necessarily
+                 be lost when filtered through utimens.  */
+              src_ns -= src_ns % SYSCALL_RESOLUTION;
+
+              /* If the timestamps disagree widely enough, there's no need
+                 to interrogate the file system to deduce the exact
+                 timestamp resolution; return the answer directly.  */
+              {
+                time_t s = src_s & ~ (res == 2 * BILLION ? 1 : 0);
+                if (src_s < dst_s || (src_s == dst_s && src_ns <= dst_ns))
+                  return 1;
+                if (dst_s < s
+                    || (dst_s == s && dst_ns < src_ns - src_ns % res))
+                  return -1;
+              }
+
+              /* Determine the actual timestamp resolution for the
+                 destination file system (after truncation due to
+                 SYSCALL_RESOLUTION) by setting the access timestamp of the
+                 destination to the existing access time, except with
+                 trailing nonzero digits.  */
+
+              timespec[0].tv_sec = dst_a_s;
+              timespec[0].tv_nsec = dst_a_ns;
+              timespec[1].tv_sec = dst_m_s | (res == 2 * BILLION);
+              timespec[1].tv_nsec = dst_m_ns + res / 9;
+
+              if (utimensat (dfd, dst_name, timespec, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW))
+                return -2;
+
+              /* Read the modification time that was set.  */
+              {
+                int stat_result
+                  = fstatat (dfd, dst_name, &dst_status, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+
+                if (stat_result
+                    | (dst_status.st_mtime ^ dst_m_s)
+                    | (get_stat_mtime_ns (&dst_status) ^ dst_m_ns))
+                  {
+                    /* The modification time changed, or we can't tell whether
+                       it changed.  Change it back as best we can.  */
+                    timespec[1].tv_sec = dst_m_s;
+                    timespec[1].tv_nsec = dst_m_ns;
+                    utimensat (dfd, dst_name, timespec, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+                  }
+
+                if (stat_result != 0)
+                  return -2;
+              }
+
+              /* Determine the exact resolution from the modification time
+                 that was read back.  */
+              {
+                int old_res = res;
+                int a = (BILLION * (dst_status.st_mtime & 1)
+                         + get_stat_mtime_ns (&dst_status));
+
+                res = SYSCALL_RESOLUTION;
+
+                for (a /= res; a % 10 == 0; a /= 10)
+                  {
+                    if (res == BILLION)
+                      {
+                        res *= 2;
+                        break;
+                      }
+                    res *= 10;
+                    if (res == old_res)
+                      break;
+                  }
+              }
+            }
+
+          dst_res->resolution = res;
+          dst_res->exact = true;
+        }
+
+      /* Truncate the source's timestamp according to the resolution.  */
+      src_s &= ~ (res == 2 * BILLION ? 1 : 0);
+      src_ns -= src_ns % res;
+    }
+
+  /* Compare the timestamps and return -1, 0, 1 accordingly.  */
+  return (_GL_CMP (dst_s, src_s)
+          + ((dst_s == src_s ? ~0 : 0) & _GL_CMP (dst_ns, src_ns)));
+}
diff --git a/lib/utimecmp.h b/lib/utimecmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0736e7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/utimecmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* utimecmp.h -- compare file timestamps
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef UTIMECMP_H
+#define UTIMECMP_H 1
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/* Options for utimecmp.  */
+enum
+{
+  /* Before comparing, truncate the source timestamp to the
+     resolution of the destination file system and to the resolution
+     of utimens.  */
+  UTIMECMP_TRUNCATE_SOURCE = 1
+};
+
+int utimecmp (char const *, struct stat const *, struct stat const *, int);
+int utimecmpat (int, char const *, struct stat const *, struct stat const *,
+                int);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/utimens.c b/lib/utimens.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fa1251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/utimens.c
@@ -0,0 +1,647 @@
+/* Set file access and modification times.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* derived from a function in touch.c */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_UTIMENS_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "utimens.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <utime.h>
+
+#include "stat-time.h"
+#include "timespec.h"
+
+/* On native Windows, use SetFileTime; but avoid this when compiling
+   GNU Emacs, which arranges for this in some other way and which
+   defines WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN itself.  */
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__ && ! defined EMACS_CONFIGURATION
+# define USE_SETFILETIME
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Avoid recursion with rpl_futimens or rpl_utimensat.  */
+#undef futimens
+#if !HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_UTIMENSAT
+# undef utimensat
+#endif
+
+/* Solaris 9 mistakenly succeeds when given a non-directory with a
+   trailing slash.  Force the use of rpl_stat for a fix.  */
+#ifndef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE
+# define REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UTIMENSAT || HAVE_FUTIMENS
+/* Cache variables for whether the utimensat syscall works; used to
+   avoid calling the syscall if we know it will just fail with ENOSYS,
+   and to avoid unnecessary work in massaging timestamps if the
+   syscall will work.  Multiple variables are needed, to distinguish
+   between the following scenarios on Linux:
+   utimensat doesn't exist, or is in glibc but kernel 2.6.18 fails with ENOSYS
+   kernel 2.6.22 and earlier rejects AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+   kernel 2.6.25 and earlier reject UTIME_NOW/UTIME_OMIT with non-zero tv_sec
+   kernel 2.6.32 used with xfs or ntfs-3g fail to honor UTIME_OMIT
+   utimensat completely works
+   For each cache variable: 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
+static int utimensat_works_really;
+static int lutimensat_works_really;
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMENSAT || HAVE_FUTIMENS */
+
+/* Validate the requested timestamps.  Return 0 if the resulting
+   timespec can be used for utimensat (after possibly modifying it to
+   work around bugs in utimensat).  Return a positive value if the
+   timespec needs further adjustment based on stat results: 1 if any
+   adjustment is needed for utimes, and 2 if any adjustment is needed
+   for Linux utimensat.  Return -1, with errno set to EINVAL, if
+   timespec is out of range.  */
+static int
+validate_timespec (struct timespec timespec[2])
+{
+  int result = 0;
+  int utime_omit_count = 0;
+  if ((timespec[0].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+       && timespec[0].tv_nsec != UTIME_OMIT
+       && ! (0 <= timespec[0].tv_nsec
+             && timespec[0].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ))
+      || (timespec[1].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+          && timespec[1].tv_nsec != UTIME_OMIT
+          && ! (0 <= timespec[1].tv_nsec
+                && timespec[1].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ)))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  /* Work around Linux kernel 2.6.25 bug, where utimensat fails with
+     EINVAL if tv_sec is not 0 when using the flag values of tv_nsec.
+     Flag a Linux kernel 2.6.32 bug, where an mtime of UTIME_OMIT
+     fails to bump ctime.  */
+  if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW
+      || timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+    {
+      timespec[0].tv_sec = 0;
+      result = 1;
+      if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+        utime_omit_count++;
+    }
+  if (timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW
+      || timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+    {
+      timespec[1].tv_sec = 0;
+      result = 1;
+      if (timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+        utime_omit_count++;
+    }
+  return result + (utime_omit_count == 1);
+}
+
+/* Normalize any UTIME_NOW or UTIME_OMIT values in (*TS)[0] and (*TS)[1],
+   using STATBUF to obtain the current timestamps of the file.  If
+   both times are UTIME_NOW, set *TS to NULL (as this can avoid some
+   permissions issues).  If both times are UTIME_OMIT, return true
+   (nothing further beyond the prior collection of STATBUF is
+   necessary); otherwise return false.  */
+static bool
+update_timespec (struct stat const *statbuf, struct timespec **ts)
+{
+  struct timespec *timespec = *ts;
+  if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT
+      && timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+    return true;
+  if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW
+      && timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+    {
+      *ts = NULL;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+    timespec[0] = get_stat_atime (statbuf);
+  else if (timespec[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+    gettime (&timespec[0]);
+
+  if (timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+    timespec[1] = get_stat_mtime (statbuf);
+  else if (timespec[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+    gettime (&timespec[1]);
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FD (a.k.a. FILE) to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively.
+   FD must be either negative -- in which case it is ignored --
+   or a file descriptor that is open on FILE.
+   If FD is nonnegative, then FILE can be NULL, which means
+   use just futimes (or equivalent) instead of utimes (or equivalent),
+   and fail if on an old system without futimes (or equivalent).
+   If TIMESPEC is null, set the timestamps to the current time.
+   Return 0 on success, -1 (setting errno) on failure.  */
+
+int
+fdutimens (int fd, char const *file, struct timespec const timespec[2])
+{
+  struct timespec adjusted_timespec[2];
+  struct timespec *ts = timespec ? adjusted_timespec : NULL;
+  int adjustment_needed = 0;
+  struct stat st;
+
+  if (ts)
+    {
+      adjusted_timespec[0] = timespec[0];
+      adjusted_timespec[1] = timespec[1];
+      adjustment_needed = validate_timespec (ts);
+    }
+  if (adjustment_needed < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Require that at least one of FD or FILE are potentially valid, to avoid
+     a Linux bug where futimens (AT_FDCWD, NULL) changes "." rather
+     than failing.  */
+  if (fd < 0 && !file)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Some Linux-based NFS clients are buggy, and mishandle timestamps
+     of files in NFS file systems in some cases.  We have no
+     configure-time test for this, but please see
+     <https://bugs.gentoo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=132673> for references to
+     some of the problems with Linux 2.6.16.  If this affects you,
+     compile with -DHAVE_BUGGY_NFS_TIME_STAMPS; this is reported to
+     help in some cases, albeit at a cost in performance.  But you
+     really should upgrade your kernel to a fixed version, since the
+     problem affects many applications.  */
+
+#if HAVE_BUGGY_NFS_TIME_STAMPS
+  if (fd < 0)
+    sync ();
+  else
+    fsync (fd);
+#endif
+
+  /* POSIX 2008 added two interfaces to set file timestamps with
+     nanosecond resolution; newer Linux implements both functions via
+     a single syscall.  We provide a fallback for ENOSYS (for example,
+     compiling against Linux 2.6.25 kernel headers and glibc 2.7, but
+     running on Linux 2.6.18 kernel).  */
+#if HAVE_UTIMENSAT || HAVE_FUTIMENS
+  if (0 <= utimensat_works_really)
+    {
+      int result;
+# if __linux__ || __sun
+      /* As recently as Linux kernel 2.6.32 (Dec 2009), several file
+         systems (xfs, ntfs-3g) have bugs with a single UTIME_OMIT,
+         but work if both times are either explicitly specified or
+         UTIME_NOW.  Work around it with a preparatory [f]stat prior
+         to calling futimens/utimensat; fortunately, there is not much
+         timing impact due to the extra syscall even on file systems
+         where UTIME_OMIT would have worked.
+
+         The same bug occurs in Solaris 11.1 (Apr 2013).
+
+         FIXME: Simplify this for Linux in 2016 and for Solaris in
+         2024, when file system bugs are no longer common.  */
+      if (adjustment_needed == 2)
+        {
+          if (fd < 0 ? stat (file, &st) : fstat (fd, &st))
+            return -1;
+          if (ts[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[0] = get_stat_atime (&st);
+          else if (ts[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[1] = get_stat_mtime (&st);
+          /* Note that st is good, in case utimensat gives ENOSYS.  */
+          adjustment_needed++;
+        }
+# endif
+# if HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+      if (fd < 0)
+        {
+#  if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+          size_t len = strlen (file);
+          if (len > 0 && file[len - 1] == '/')
+            {
+              struct stat statbuf;
+              if (stat (file, &statbuf) < 0)
+                return -1;
+              if (!S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+                {
+                  errno = ENOTDIR;
+                  return -1;
+                }
+            }
+#  endif
+          result = utimensat (AT_FDCWD, file, ts, 0);
+#  ifdef __linux__
+          /* Work around a kernel bug:
+             https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=442352
+             https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=449910
+             It appears that utimensat can mistakenly return 280 rather
+             than -1 upon ENOSYS failure.
+             FIXME: remove in 2010 or whenever the offending kernels
+             are no longer in common use.  */
+          if (0 < result)
+            errno = ENOSYS;
+#  endif /* __linux__ */
+          if (result == 0 || errno != ENOSYS)
+            {
+              utimensat_works_really = 1;
+              return result;
+            }
+        }
+# endif /* HAVE_UTIMENSAT */
+# if HAVE_FUTIMENS
+      if (0 <= fd)
+        {
+          result = futimens (fd, ts);
+#  ifdef __linux__
+          /* Work around the same bug as above.  */
+          if (0 < result)
+            errno = ENOSYS;
+#  endif /* __linux__ */
+          if (result == 0 || errno != ENOSYS)
+            {
+              utimensat_works_really = 1;
+              return result;
+            }
+        }
+# endif /* HAVE_FUTIMENS */
+    }
+  utimensat_works_really = -1;
+  lutimensat_works_really = -1;
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMENSAT || HAVE_FUTIMENS */
+
+#ifdef USE_SETFILETIME
+  /* On native Windows, use SetFileTime(). See
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/fileapi/nf-fileapi-setfiletime>
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/minwinbase/ns-minwinbase-filetime>  */
+  if (0 <= fd)
+    {
+      HANDLE handle;
+      FILETIME current_time;
+      FILETIME last_access_time;
+      FILETIME last_write_time;
+
+      handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+      if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+          errno = EBADF;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      if (ts == NULL || ts[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW || ts[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+        {
+          /* GetSystemTimeAsFileTime
+             <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getsystemtimeasfiletime>.
+             It would be overkill to use
+             GetSystemTimePreciseAsFileTime
+             <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getsystemtimepreciseasfiletime>.  */
+          GetSystemTimeAsFileTime (&current_time);
+        }
+
+      if (ts == NULL || ts[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+        {
+          last_access_time = current_time;
+        }
+      else if (ts[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+        {
+          last_access_time.dwLowDateTime = 0;
+          last_access_time.dwHighDateTime = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          ULONGLONG time_since_16010101 =
+            (ULONGLONG) ts[0].tv_sec * 10000000 + ts[0].tv_nsec / 100 + 116444736000000000LL;
+          last_access_time.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD) time_since_16010101;
+          last_access_time.dwHighDateTime = time_since_16010101 >> 32;
+        }
+
+      if (ts == NULL || ts[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW)
+        {
+          last_write_time = current_time;
+        }
+      else if (ts[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+        {
+          last_write_time.dwLowDateTime = 0;
+          last_write_time.dwHighDateTime = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          ULONGLONG time_since_16010101 =
+            (ULONGLONG) ts[1].tv_sec * 10000000 + ts[1].tv_nsec / 100 + 116444736000000000LL;
+          last_write_time.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD) time_since_16010101;
+          last_write_time.dwHighDateTime = time_since_16010101 >> 32;
+        }
+
+      if (SetFileTime (handle, NULL, &last_access_time, &last_write_time))
+        return 0;
+      else
+        {
+          DWORD sft_error = GetLastError ();
+          #if 0
+          fprintf (stderr, "fdutimens SetFileTime error 0x%x\n", (unsigned int) sft_error);
+          #endif
+          switch (sft_error)
+            {
+            case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED: /* fd was opened without O_RDWR */
+              errno = EACCES; /* not specified by POSIX */
+              break;
+            default:
+              errno = EINVAL;
+              break;
+            }
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* The platform lacks an interface to set file timestamps with
+     nanosecond resolution, so do the best we can, discarding any
+     fractional part of the timestamp.  */
+
+  if (adjustment_needed || (REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE && fd < 0))
+    {
+      if (adjustment_needed != 3
+          && (fd < 0 ? stat (file, &st) : fstat (fd, &st)))
+        return -1;
+      if (ts && update_timespec (&st, &ts))
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+  {
+#if HAVE_FUTIMESAT || HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES
+    struct timeval timeval[2];
+    struct timeval *t;
+    if (ts)
+      {
+        timeval[0].tv_sec = ts[0].tv_sec;
+        timeval[0].tv_usec = ts[0].tv_nsec / 1000;
+        timeval[1].tv_sec = ts[1].tv_sec;
+        timeval[1].tv_usec = ts[1].tv_nsec / 1000;
+        t = timeval;
+      }
+    else
+      t = NULL;
+
+    if (fd < 0)
+      {
+# if HAVE_FUTIMESAT
+        return futimesat (AT_FDCWD, file, t);
+# endif
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* If futimesat or futimes fails here, don't try to speed things
+           up by returning right away.  glibc can incorrectly fail with
+           errno == ENOENT if /proc isn't mounted.  Also, Mandrake 10.0
+           in high security mode doesn't allow ordinary users to read
+           /proc/self, so glibc incorrectly fails with errno == EACCES.
+           If errno == EIO, EPERM, or EROFS, it's probably safe to fail
+           right away, but these cases are rare enough that they're not
+           worth optimizing, and who knows what other messed-up systems
+           are out there?  So play it safe and fall back on the code
+           below.  */
+
+# if (HAVE_FUTIMESAT && !FUTIMESAT_NULL_BUG) || HAVE_FUTIMES
+#  if HAVE_FUTIMESAT && !FUTIMESAT_NULL_BUG
+#   undef futimes
+#   define futimes(fd, t) futimesat (fd, NULL, t)
+#  endif
+        if (futimes (fd, t) == 0)
+          {
+#  if __linux__ && __GLIBC__
+            /* Work around a longstanding glibc bug, still present as
+               of 2010-12-27.  On older Linux kernels that lack both
+               utimensat and utimes, glibc's futimes rounds instead of
+               truncating when falling back on utime.  The same bug
+               occurs in futimesat with a null 2nd arg.  */
+            if (t)
+              {
+                bool abig = 500000 <= t[0].tv_usec;
+                bool mbig = 500000 <= t[1].tv_usec;
+                if ((abig | mbig) && fstat (fd, &st) == 0)
+                  {
+                    /* If these two subtractions overflow, they'll
+                       track the overflows inside the buggy glibc.  */
+                    time_t adiff = st.st_atime - t[0].tv_sec;
+                    time_t mdiff = st.st_mtime - t[1].tv_sec;
+
+                    struct timeval *tt = NULL;
+                    struct timeval truncated_timeval[2];
+                    truncated_timeval[0] = t[0];
+                    truncated_timeval[1] = t[1];
+                    if (abig && adiff == 1 && get_stat_atime_ns (&st) == 0)
+                      {
+                        tt = truncated_timeval;
+                        tt[0].tv_usec = 0;
+                      }
+                    if (mbig && mdiff == 1 && get_stat_mtime_ns (&st) == 0)
+                      {
+                        tt = truncated_timeval;
+                        tt[1].tv_usec = 0;
+                      }
+                    if (tt)
+                      futimes (fd, tt);
+                  }
+              }
+#  endif
+
+            return 0;
+          }
+# endif
+      }
+#endif /* HAVE_FUTIMESAT || HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES */
+
+    if (!file)
+      {
+#if ! ((HAVE_FUTIMESAT && !FUTIMESAT_NULL_BUG)          \
+        || (HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES && HAVE_FUTIMES))
+        errno = ENOSYS;
+#endif
+        return -1;
+      }
+
+#ifdef USE_SETFILETIME
+    return _gl_utimens_windows (file, ts);
+#elif HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES
+    return utimes (file, t);
+#else
+    {
+      struct utimbuf utimbuf;
+      struct utimbuf *ut;
+      if (ts)
+        {
+          utimbuf.actime = ts[0].tv_sec;
+          utimbuf.modtime = ts[1].tv_sec;
+          ut = &utimbuf;
+        }
+      else
+        ut = NULL;
+
+      return utime (file, ut);
+    }
+#endif /* !HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES */
+  }
+}
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FILE to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively.  */
+int
+utimens (char const *file, struct timespec const timespec[2])
+{
+  return fdutimens (-1, file, timespec);
+}
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FILE to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively, without dereferencing
+   symlinks.  Fail with ENOSYS if the platform does not support
+   changing symlink timestamps, but FILE was a symlink.  */
+int
+lutimens (char const *file, struct timespec const timespec[2])
+{
+  struct timespec adjusted_timespec[2];
+  struct timespec *ts = timespec ? adjusted_timespec : NULL;
+  int adjustment_needed = 0;
+  struct stat st;
+
+  if (ts)
+    {
+      adjusted_timespec[0] = timespec[0];
+      adjusted_timespec[1] = timespec[1];
+      adjustment_needed = validate_timespec (ts);
+    }
+  if (adjustment_needed < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* The Linux kernel did not support symlink timestamps until
+     utimensat, in version 2.6.22, so we don't need to mimic
+     fdutimens' worry about buggy NFS clients.  But we do have to
+     worry about bogus return values.  */
+
+#if HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+  if (0 <= lutimensat_works_really)
+    {
+      int result;
+# if __linux__ || __sun
+      /* As recently as Linux kernel 2.6.32 (Dec 2009), several file
+         systems (xfs, ntfs-3g) have bugs with a single UTIME_OMIT,
+         but work if both times are either explicitly specified or
+         UTIME_NOW.  Work around it with a preparatory lstat prior to
+         calling utimensat; fortunately, there is not much timing
+         impact due to the extra syscall even on file systems where
+         UTIME_OMIT would have worked.
+
+         The same bug occurs in Solaris 11.1 (Apr 2013).
+
+         FIXME: Simplify this for Linux in 2016 and for Solaris in
+         2024, when file system bugs are no longer common.  */
+      if (adjustment_needed == 2)
+        {
+          if (lstat (file, &st))
+            return -1;
+          if (ts[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[0] = get_stat_atime (&st);
+          else if (ts[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[1] = get_stat_mtime (&st);
+          /* Note that st is good, in case utimensat gives ENOSYS.  */
+          adjustment_needed++;
+        }
+# endif
+      result = utimensat (AT_FDCWD, file, ts, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+# ifdef __linux__
+      /* Work around a kernel bug:
+         https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=442352
+         https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=449910
+         It appears that utimensat can mistakenly return 280 rather
+         than -1 upon ENOSYS failure.
+         FIXME: remove in 2010 or whenever the offending kernels
+         are no longer in common use.  */
+      if (0 < result)
+        errno = ENOSYS;
+# endif
+      if (result == 0 || errno != ENOSYS)
+        {
+          utimensat_works_really = 1;
+          lutimensat_works_really = 1;
+          return result;
+        }
+    }
+  lutimensat_works_really = -1;
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMENSAT */
+
+  /* The platform lacks an interface to set file timestamps with
+     nanosecond resolution, so do the best we can, discarding any
+     fractional part of the timestamp.  */
+
+  if (adjustment_needed || REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE)
+    {
+      if (adjustment_needed != 3 && lstat (file, &st))
+        return -1;
+      if (ts && update_timespec (&st, &ts))
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* On Linux, lutimes is a thin wrapper around utimensat, so there is
+     no point trying lutimes if utimensat failed with ENOSYS.  */
+#if HAVE_LUTIMES && !HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+  {
+    struct timeval timeval[2];
+    struct timeval *t;
+    int result;
+    if (ts)
+      {
+        timeval[0].tv_sec = ts[0].tv_sec;
+        timeval[0].tv_usec = ts[0].tv_nsec / 1000;
+        timeval[1].tv_sec = ts[1].tv_sec;
+        timeval[1].tv_usec = ts[1].tv_nsec / 1000;
+        t = timeval;
+      }
+    else
+      t = NULL;
+
+    result = lutimes (file, t);
+    if (result == 0 || errno != ENOSYS)
+      return result;
+  }
+#endif /* HAVE_LUTIMES && !HAVE_UTIMENSAT */
+
+  /* Out of luck for symlinks, but we still handle regular files.  */
+  if (!(adjustment_needed || REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE) && lstat (file, &st))
+    return -1;
+  if (!S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
+    return fdutimens (-1, file, ts);
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/lib/utimens.h b/lib/utimens.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ccc06e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/utimens.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Set file access and modification times.
+
+   Copyright 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <time.h>
+int fdutimens (int, char const *, struct timespec const [2]);
+int utimens (char const *, struct timespec const [2]);
+int lutimens (char const *, struct timespec const [2]);
+
+#if GNULIB_FDUTIMENSAT
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_UTIMENS_INLINE
+# define _GL_UTIMENS_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+int fdutimensat (int fd, int dir, char const *name, struct timespec const [2],
+                 int atflag);
+
+/* Using this function makes application code slightly more readable.  */
+_GL_UTIMENS_INLINE int
+lutimensat (int dir, char const *file, struct timespec const times[2])
+{
+  return utimensat (dir, file, times, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/utimensat.c b/lib/utimensat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f81b0c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/utimensat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/* Set the access and modification time of a file relative to directory fd.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "stat-time.h"
+#include "timespec.h"
+#include "utimens.h"
+
+#if HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_UTIMENSAT
+
+/* Use the original utimensat(), but correct the trailing slash handling.  */
+int
+rpl_utimensat (int fd, char const *file, struct timespec const times[2],
+               int flag)
+# undef utimensat
+{
+  size_t len = strlen (file);
+  if (len && file[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      struct stat st;
+      if (fstatat (fd, file, &st, flag & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) < 0)
+        return -1;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return utimensat (fd, file, times, flag);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# if HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+
+/* If we have a native utimensat, but are compiling this file, then
+   utimensat was defined to rpl_utimensat by our replacement
+   sys/stat.h.  We assume the native version might fail with ENOSYS,
+   or succeed without properly affecting ctime (as is the case when
+   using newer glibc but older Linux kernel).  In this scenario,
+   rpl_utimensat checks whether the native version is usable, and
+   local_utimensat provides the fallback manipulation.  */
+
+static int local_utimensat (int, char const *, struct timespec const[2], int);
+#  define AT_FUNC_NAME local_utimensat
+
+/* Like utimensat, but work around native bugs.  */
+
+int
+rpl_utimensat (int fd, char const *file, struct timespec const times[2],
+               int flag)
+#  undef utimensat
+{
+#  if defined __linux__ || defined __sun
+  struct timespec ts[2];
+#  endif
+
+  /* See comments in utimens.c for details.  */
+  static int utimensat_works_really; /* 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
+  if (0 <= utimensat_works_really)
+    {
+      int result;
+#  if defined __linux__ || defined __sun
+      struct stat st;
+      /* As recently as Linux kernel 2.6.32 (Dec 2009), several file
+         systems (xfs, ntfs-3g) have bugs with a single UTIME_OMIT,
+         but work if both times are either explicitly specified or
+         UTIME_NOW.  Work around it with a preparatory [l]stat prior
+         to calling utimensat; fortunately, there is not much timing
+         impact due to the extra syscall even on file systems where
+         UTIME_OMIT would have worked.
+
+         The same bug occurs in Solaris 11.1 (Apr 2013).
+
+         FIXME: Simplify this in 2024, when these file system bugs are
+         no longer common on Gnulib target platforms.  */
+      if (times && (times[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT
+                    || times[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT))
+        {
+          if (fstatat (fd, file, &st, flag))
+            return -1;
+          if (times[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT && times[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            return 0;
+          if (times[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[0] = get_stat_atime (&st);
+          else
+            ts[0] = times[0];
+          if (times[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_OMIT)
+            ts[1] = get_stat_mtime (&st);
+          else
+            ts[1] = times[1];
+          times = ts;
+        }
+#   ifdef __hppa__
+      /* Linux kernel 2.6.22.19 on hppa does not reject invalid tv_nsec
+         values.  */
+      else if (times
+               && ((times[0].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+                    && ! (0 <= times[0].tv_nsec
+                          && times[0].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ))
+                   || (times[1].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+                       && ! (0 <= times[1].tv_nsec
+                             && times[1].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ))))
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+      /* macOS 10.13 does not reject invalid tv_nsec values either.  */
+      if (times
+          && ((times[0].tv_nsec != UTIME_OMIT
+               && times[0].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+               && ! (0 <= times[0].tv_nsec
+                     && times[0].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ))
+              || (times[1].tv_nsec != UTIME_OMIT
+                  && times[1].tv_nsec != UTIME_NOW
+                  && ! (0 <= times[1].tv_nsec
+                        && times[1].tv_nsec < TIMESPEC_HZ))))
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      size_t len = strlen (file);
+      if (len > 0 && file[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          struct stat statbuf;
+          if (fstatat (fd, file, &statbuf, 0) < 0)
+            return -1;
+          if (!S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+            {
+              errno = ENOTDIR;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+#  endif
+      result = utimensat (fd, file, times, flag);
+      /* Linux kernel 2.6.25 has a bug where it returns EINVAL for
+         UTIME_NOW or UTIME_OMIT with non-zero tv_sec, which
+         local_utimensat works around.  Meanwhile, EINVAL for a bad
+         flag is indeterminate whether the native utimensat works, but
+         local_utimensat will also reject it.  */
+      if (result == -1 && errno == EINVAL && (flag & ~AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW))
+        return result;
+      if (result == 0 || (errno != ENOSYS && errno != EINVAL))
+        {
+          utimensat_works_really = 1;
+          return result;
+        }
+    }
+  /* No point in trying openat/futimens, since on Linux, futimens is
+     implemented with the same syscall as utimensat.  Only avoid the
+     native utimensat due to an ENOSYS failure; an EINVAL error was
+     data-dependent, and the next caller may pass valid data.  */
+  if (0 <= utimensat_works_really && errno == ENOSYS)
+    utimensat_works_really = -1;
+  return local_utimensat (fd, file, times, flag);
+}
+
+# else /* !HAVE_UTIMENSAT */
+
+#  define AT_FUNC_NAME utimensat
+
+# endif /* !HAVE_UTIMENSAT */
+
+/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FILE to be
+   TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively; relative to directory
+   FD.  If flag is AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW, change the times of a symlink,
+   or fail with ENOSYS if not possible.  If TIMESPEC is null, set the
+   timestamps to the current time.  If possible, do it without
+   changing the working directory.  Otherwise, resort to using
+   save_cwd/fchdir, then utimens/restore_cwd.  If either the save_cwd
+   or the restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
+   Return 0 on success, -1 (setting errno) on failure.  */
+
+/* AT_FUNC_NAME is now utimensat or local_utimensat.  */
+# define AT_FUNC_F1 lutimens
+# define AT_FUNC_F2 utimens
+# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , struct timespec const ts[2], int flag
+# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS        , ts
+# include "at-func.c"
+# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+# undef AT_FUNC_F1
+# undef AT_FUNC_F2
+# undef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_UTIMENSAT */
diff --git a/lib/vasnprintf.c b/lib/vasnprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4857452
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/vasnprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5872 @@
+/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+     VASNPRINTF         The name of the function being defined.
+     FCHAR_T            The element type of the format string.
+     DCHAR_T            The element type of the destination (result) string.
+     FCHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
+                        in the format string are ASCII. MUST be set if
+                        FCHAR_T and DCHAR_T are not the same type.
+     DIRECTIVE          Structure denoting a format directive.
+                        Depends on FCHAR_T.
+     DIRECTIVES         Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
+                        format string.  Depends on FCHAR_T.
+     PRINTF_PARSE       Function that parses a format string.
+                        Depends on FCHAR_T.
+     DCHAR_CPY          memcpy like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays.
+     DCHAR_SET          memset like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays.
+     DCHAR_MBSNLEN      mbsnlen like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays.
+     SNPRINTF           The system's snprintf (or similar) function.
+                        This may be either snprintf or swprintf.
+     TCHAR_T            The element type of the argument and result string
+                        of the said SNPRINTF function.  This may be either
+                        char or wchar_t.  The code exploits that
+                        sizeof (TCHAR_T) | sizeof (DCHAR_T) and
+                        alignof (TCHAR_T) <= alignof (DCHAR_T).
+     DCHAR_IS_TCHAR     Set to 1 if DCHAR_T and TCHAR_T are the same type.
+     DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING A function to convert from char[] to DCHAR[].
+     DCHAR_IS_UINT8_T   Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint8_t.
+     DCHAR_IS_UINT16_T  Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint16_t.
+     DCHAR_IS_UINT32_T  Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint32_t.
+     ENABLE_UNISTDIO    Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
+     ENABLE_WCHAR_FALLBACK  Set to 1 to avoid EILSEQ during conversion of wide
+                        characters (wchar_t) and wide character strings
+                        (wchar_t[]) to multibyte sequences.  The fallback is the
+                        hexadecimal escape syntax (\unnnn or \Unnnnnnnn) or,
+                        if wchar_t is not Unicode encoded, \wnnnn or \Wnnnnnnnn.
+ */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VASNPRINTF
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* As of GCC 11.2.1, gcc -Wanalyzer-too-complex reports that main's
+   use of CHECK macros expands to code that is too complicated for gcc
+   -fanalyzer.  Suppress the resulting bogus warnings.  */
+#if 10 <= __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wanalyzer-null-argument"
+#endif
+
+#include <alloca.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifndef VASNPRINTF
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+#  include "vasnwprintf.h"
+# else
+#  include "vasnprintf.h"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>     /* localeconv() */
+#include <stdio.h>      /* snprintf(), sprintf() */
+#include <stdlib.h>     /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */
+#include <string.h>     /* memcpy(), strlen() */
+#include <errno.h>      /* errno */
+#include <limits.h>     /* CHAR_BIT */
+#include <float.h>      /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */
+#if HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
+# include <langinfo.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef VASNPRINTF
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+#  include "wprintf-parse.h"
+# else
+#  include "printf-parse.h"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Checked size_t computations.  */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+#include "attribute.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+# include <math.h>
+# include "float+.h"
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+# include <math.h>
+# include "isnand-nolibm.h"
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+# include <math.h>
+# include "isnanl-nolibm.h"
+# include "fpucw.h"
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+# include <math.h>
+# include "isnand-nolibm.h"
+# include "printf-frexp.h"
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+# include <math.h>
+# include "isnanl-nolibm.h"
+# include "printf-frexpl.h"
+# include "fpucw.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Default parameters.  */
+#ifndef VASNPRINTF
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+#  define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf
+#  define FCHAR_T wchar_t
+#  define DCHAR_T wchar_t
+#  define TCHAR_T wchar_t
+#  define DCHAR_IS_TCHAR 1
+#  define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
+#  define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
+#  define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
+#  define DCHAR_CPY wmemcpy
+#  define DCHAR_SET wmemset
+# else
+#  define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf
+#  define FCHAR_T char
+#  define DCHAR_T char
+#  define TCHAR_T char
+#  define DCHAR_IS_TCHAR 1
+#  define DIRECTIVE char_directive
+#  define DIRECTIVES char_directives
+#  define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
+#  define DCHAR_CPY memcpy
+#  define DCHAR_SET memset
+# endif
+#endif
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+  /* TCHAR_T is wchar_t.  */
+# define USE_SNPRINTF 1
+# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
+   /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than
+      on Unix; we use the function _snwprintf() or - on mingw - snwprintf()
+      instead.  The mingw function snwprintf() has fewer bugs than the
+      MSVCRT function _snwprintf(), so prefer that.  */
+#  if defined __MINGW32__
+#   define SNPRINTF snwprintf
+#  else
+#   define SNPRINTF _snwprintf
+#   define USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF 1
+#  endif
+# else
+   /* Unix.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF swprintf
+# endif
+#else
+  /* TCHAR_T is char.  */
+  /* Use snprintf if it exists under the name 'snprintf' or '_snprintf'.
+     But don't use it on BeOS, since BeOS snprintf produces no output if the
+     size argument is >= 0x3000000.
+     Also don't use it on Linux libc5, since there snprintf with size = 1
+     writes any output without bounds, like sprintf.  */
+# if (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF) && !defined __BEOS__ && !(__GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1)
+#  define USE_SNPRINTF 1
+# else
+#  define USE_SNPRINTF 0
+# endif
+# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
+   /* Windows.  The mingw function snprintf() has fewer bugs than the MSVCRT
+      function _snprintf(), so prefer that.  */
+#  if defined __MINGW32__
+#   define SNPRINTF snprintf
+    /* Here we need to call the native snprintf, not rpl_snprintf.  */
+#   undef snprintf
+#  else
+    /* MSVC versions < 14 did not have snprintf, only _snprintf.  */
+#   define SNPRINTF _snprintf
+#   define USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF 1
+#  endif
+# else
+   /* Unix.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF snprintf
+   /* Here we need to call the native snprintf, not rpl_snprintf.  */
+#  undef snprintf
+# endif
+#endif
+/* Here we need to call the native sprintf, not rpl_sprintf.  */
+#undef sprintf
+
+/* GCC >= 4.0 with -Wall emits unjustified "... may be used uninitialized"
+   warnings in this file.  Use -Dlint to suppress them.  */
+#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
+# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
+#else
+# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* Avoid some warnings from "gcc -Wshadow".
+   This file doesn't use the exp() and remainder() functions.  */
+#undef exp
+#define exp expo
+#undef remainder
+#define remainder rem
+
+#if (!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF) && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# if (HAVE_STRNLEN && !defined _AIX)
+#  define local_strnlen strnlen
+# else
+#  ifndef local_strnlen_defined
+#   define local_strnlen_defined 1
+static size_t
+local_strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (((!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF) && WIDE_CHAR_VERSION) || ((!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF || (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_LS && !defined IN_LIBINTL)) && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION && DCHAR_IS_TCHAR)) && HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# if HAVE_WCSLEN
+#  define local_wcslen wcslen
+# else
+   /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid
+      a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute.
+      Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included
+      twice in the same compilation unit.  */
+#  ifndef local_wcslen_defined
+#   define local_wcslen_defined 1
+static size_t
+local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s)
+{
+  const wchar_t *ptr;
+
+  for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++)
+    ;
+  return ptr - s;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF) && HAVE_WCHAR_T && WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# if HAVE_WCSNLEN
+#  define local_wcsnlen wcsnlen
+# else
+#  ifndef local_wcsnlen_defined
+#   define local_wcsnlen_defined 1
+static size_t
+local_wcsnlen (const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const wchar_t *ptr;
+
+  for (ptr = s; maxlen > 0 && *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++, maxlen--)
+    ;
+  return ptr - s;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (((!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF || (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_LS && !defined IN_LIBINTL) || ENABLE_WCHAR_FALLBACK) && HAVE_WCHAR_T) || (ENABLE_WCHAR_FALLBACK && HAVE_WINT_T)) && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# if ENABLE_WCHAR_FALLBACK
+static size_t
+wctomb_fallback (char *s, wchar_t wc)
+{
+  static char hex[16] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+
+  s[0] = '\\';
+  if (sizeof (wchar_t) > 2 && wc > 0xffff)
+    {
+#  if __STDC_ISO_10646__ || (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || (defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__)
+      s[1] = 'U';
+#  else
+      s[1] = 'W';
+#  endif
+      s[2] = hex[(wc & 0xf0000000U) >> 28];
+      s[3] = hex[(wc & 0xf000000U) >> 24];
+      s[4] = hex[(wc & 0xf00000U) >> 20];
+      s[5] = hex[(wc & 0xf0000U) >> 16];
+      s[6] = hex[(wc & 0xf000U) >> 12];
+      s[7] = hex[(wc & 0xf00U) >> 8];
+      s[8] = hex[(wc & 0xf0U) >> 4];
+      s[9] = hex[wc & 0xfU];
+      return 10;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#  if __STDC_ISO_10646__ || (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || (defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__)
+      s[1] = 'u';
+#  else
+      s[1] = 'w';
+#  endif
+      s[2] = hex[(wc & 0xf000U) >> 12];
+      s[3] = hex[(wc & 0xf00U) >> 8];
+      s[4] = hex[(wc & 0xf0U) >> 4];
+      s[5] = hex[wc & 0xfU];
+      return 6;
+    }
+}
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+static size_t
+local_wcrtomb (char *s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+  size_t count = wcrtomb (s, wc, ps);
+  if (count == (size_t)(-1))
+    count = wctomb_fallback (s, wc);
+  return count;
+}
+#  else
+static int
+local_wctomb (char *s, wchar_t wc)
+{
+  int count = wctomb (s, wc);
+  if (count < 0)
+    count = wctomb_fallback (s, wc);
+  return count;
+}
+#   define local_wcrtomb(S, WC, PS)  local_wctomb ((S), (WC))
+#  endif
+# else
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+#   define local_wcrtomb(S, WC, PS)  wcrtomb ((S), (WC), (PS))
+#  else
+#   define local_wcrtomb(S, WC, PS)  wctomb ((S), (WC))
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+/* Determine the decimal-point character according to the current locale.  */
+# ifndef decimal_point_char_defined
+#  define decimal_point_char_defined 1
+static char
+decimal_point_char (void)
+{
+  const char *point;
+  /* Determine it in a multithread-safe way.  We know nl_langinfo is
+     multithread-safe on glibc systems and Mac OS X systems, but is not required
+     to be multithread-safe by POSIX.  sprintf(), however, is multithread-safe.
+     localeconv() is rarely multithread-safe.  */
+#  if HAVE_NL_LANGINFO && (__GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__ || (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__))
+  point = nl_langinfo (RADIXCHAR);
+#  elif 1
+  char pointbuf[5];
+  sprintf (pointbuf, "%#.0f", 1.0);
+  point = &pointbuf[1];
+#  else
+  point = localeconv () -> decimal_point;
+#  endif
+  /* The decimal point is always a single byte: either '.' or ','.  */
+  return (point[0] != '\0' ? point[0] : '.');
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE && !NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+
+/* Equivalent to !isfinite(x) || x == 0, but does not require libm.  */
+static int
+is_infinite_or_zero (double x)
+{
+  return isnand (x) || x + x == x;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE && !NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+
+/* Equivalent to !isfinite(x) || x == 0, but does not require libm.  */
+static int
+is_infinite_or_zerol (long double x)
+{
+  return isnanl (x) || x + x == x;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+
+/* Converting 'long double' to decimal without rare rounding bugs requires
+   real bignums.  We use the naming conventions of GNU gmp, but vastly simpler
+   (and slower) algorithms.  */
+
+typedef unsigned int mp_limb_t;
+# define GMP_LIMB_BITS 32
+verify (sizeof (mp_limb_t) * CHAR_BIT == GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+typedef unsigned long long mp_twolimb_t;
+# define GMP_TWOLIMB_BITS 64
+verify (sizeof (mp_twolimb_t) * CHAR_BIT == GMP_TWOLIMB_BITS);
+
+/* Representation of a bignum >= 0.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t nlimbs;
+  mp_limb_t *limbs; /* Bits in little-endian order, allocated with malloc().  */
+} mpn_t;
+
+/* Compute the product of two bignums >= 0.
+   Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory
+   allocation failure.  */
+static void *
+multiply (mpn_t src1, mpn_t src2, mpn_t *dest)
+{
+  const mp_limb_t *p1;
+  const mp_limb_t *p2;
+  size_t len1;
+  size_t len2;
+
+  if (src1.nlimbs <= src2.nlimbs)
+    {
+      len1 = src1.nlimbs;
+      p1 = src1.limbs;
+      len2 = src2.nlimbs;
+      p2 = src2.limbs;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      len1 = src2.nlimbs;
+      p1 = src2.limbs;
+      len2 = src1.nlimbs;
+      p2 = src1.limbs;
+    }
+  /* Now 0 <= len1 <= len2.  */
+  if (len1 == 0)
+    {
+      /* src1 or src2 is zero.  */
+      dest->nlimbs = 0;
+      dest->limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Here 1 <= len1 <= len2.  */
+      size_t dlen;
+      mp_limb_t *dp;
+      size_t k, i, j;
+
+      dlen = len1 + len2;
+      dp = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (dlen * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+      if (dp == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+      for (k = len2; k > 0; )
+        dp[--k] = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < len1; i++)
+        {
+          mp_limb_t digit1 = p1[i];
+          mp_twolimb_t carry = 0;
+          for (j = 0; j < len2; j++)
+            {
+              mp_limb_t digit2 = p2[j];
+              carry += (mp_twolimb_t) digit1 * (mp_twolimb_t) digit2;
+              carry += dp[i + j];
+              dp[i + j] = (mp_limb_t) carry;
+              carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+            }
+          dp[i + len2] = (mp_limb_t) carry;
+        }
+      /* Normalise.  */
+      while (dlen > 0 && dp[dlen - 1] == 0)
+        dlen--;
+      dest->nlimbs = dlen;
+      dest->limbs = dp;
+    }
+  return dest->limbs;
+}
+
+/* Compute the quotient of a bignum a >= 0 and a bignum b > 0.
+   a is written as  a = q * b + r  with 0 <= r < b.  q is the quotient, r
+   the remainder.
+   Finally, round-to-even is performed: If r > b/2 or if r = b/2 and q is odd,
+   q is incremented.
+   Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory
+   allocation failure.  */
+static void *
+divide (mpn_t a, mpn_t b, mpn_t *q)
+{
+  /* Algorithm:
+     First normalise a and b: a=[a[m-1],...,a[0]], b=[b[n-1],...,b[0]]
+     with m>=0 and n>0 (in base beta = 2^GMP_LIMB_BITS).
+     If m<n, then q:=0 and r:=a.
+     If m>=n=1, perform a single-precision division:
+       r:=0, j:=m,
+       while j>0 do
+         {Here (q[m-1]*beta^(m-1)+...+q[j]*beta^j) * b[0] + r*beta^j =
+               = a[m-1]*beta^(m-1)+...+a[j]*beta^j und 0<=r<b[0]<beta}
+         j:=j-1, r:=r*beta+a[j], q[j]:=floor(r/b[0]), r:=r-b[0]*q[j].
+       Normalise [q[m-1],...,q[0]], yields q.
+     If m>=n>1, perform a multiple-precision division:
+       We have a/b < beta^(m-n+1).
+       s:=intDsize-1-(highest bit in b[n-1]), 0<=s<intDsize.
+       Shift a and b left by s bits, copying them. r:=a.
+       r=[r[m],...,r[0]], b=[b[n-1],...,b[0]] with b[n-1]>=beta/2.
+       For j=m-n,...,0: {Here 0 <= r < b*beta^(j+1).}
+         Compute q* :
+           q* := floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1])/b[n-1]).
+           In case of overflow (q* >= beta) set q* := beta-1.
+           Compute c2 := ((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]) - q* * b[n-1])*beta + r[j+n-2]
+           and c3 := b[n-2] * q*.
+           {We have 0 <= c2 < 2*beta^2, even 0 <= c2 < beta^2 if no overflow
+            occurred.  Furthermore 0 <= c3 < beta^2.
+            If there was overflow and
+            r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - q* * b[n-1] >= beta, i.e. c2 >= beta^2,
+            the next test can be skipped.}
+           While c3 > c2, {Here 0 <= c2 < c3 < beta^2}
+             Put q* := q* - 1, c2 := c2 + b[n-1]*beta, c3 := c3 - b[n-2].
+           If q* > 0:
+             Put r := r - b * q* * beta^j. In detail:
+               [r[n+j],...,r[j]] := [r[n+j],...,r[j]] - q* * [b[n-1],...,b[0]].
+               hence: u:=0, for i:=0 to n-1 do
+                              u := u + q* * b[i],
+                              r[j+i]:=r[j+i]-(u mod beta) (+ beta, if carry),
+                              u:=u div beta (+ 1, if carry in subtraction)
+                      r[n+j]:=r[n+j]-u.
+               {Since always u = (q* * [b[i-1],...,b[0]] div beta^i) + 1
+                               < q* + 1 <= beta,
+                the carry u does not overflow.}
+             If a negative carry occurs, put q* := q* - 1
+               and [r[n+j],...,r[j]] := [r[n+j],...,r[j]] + [0,b[n-1],...,b[0]].
+         Set q[j] := q*.
+       Normalise [q[m-n],..,q[0]]; this yields the quotient q.
+       Shift [r[n-1],...,r[0]] right by s bits and normalise; this yields the
+       rest r.
+       The room for q[j] can be allocated at the memory location of r[n+j].
+     Finally, round-to-even:
+       Shift r left by 1 bit.
+       If r > b or if r = b and q[0] is odd, q := q+1.
+   */
+  const mp_limb_t *a_ptr = a.limbs;
+  size_t a_len = a.nlimbs;
+  const mp_limb_t *b_ptr = b.limbs;
+  size_t b_len = b.nlimbs;
+  mp_limb_t *roomptr;
+  mp_limb_t *tmp_roomptr = NULL;
+  mp_limb_t *q_ptr;
+  size_t q_len;
+  mp_limb_t *r_ptr;
+  size_t r_len;
+
+  /* Allocate room for a_len+2 digits.
+     (Need a_len+1 digits for the real division and 1 more digit for the
+     final rounding of q.)  */
+  roomptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc ((a_len + 2) * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+  if (roomptr == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Normalise a.  */
+  while (a_len > 0 && a_ptr[a_len - 1] == 0)
+    a_len--;
+
+  /* Normalise b.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (b_len == 0)
+        /* Division by zero.  */
+        abort ();
+      if (b_ptr[b_len - 1] == 0)
+        b_len--;
+      else
+        break;
+    }
+
+  /* Here m = a_len >= 0 and n = b_len > 0.  */
+
+  if (a_len < b_len)
+    {
+      /* m<n: trivial case.  q=0, r := copy of a.  */
+      r_ptr = roomptr;
+      r_len = a_len;
+      memcpy (r_ptr, a_ptr, a_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+      q_ptr = roomptr + a_len;
+      q_len = 0;
+    }
+  else if (b_len == 1)
+    {
+      /* n=1: single precision division.
+         beta^(m-1) <= a < beta^m  ==>  beta^(m-2) <= a/b < beta^m  */
+      r_ptr = roomptr;
+      q_ptr = roomptr + 1;
+      {
+        mp_limb_t den = b_ptr[0];
+        mp_limb_t remainder = 0;
+        const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = a_ptr + a_len;
+        mp_limb_t *destptr = q_ptr + a_len;
+        size_t count;
+        for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--)
+          {
+            mp_twolimb_t num =
+              ((mp_twolimb_t) remainder << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | *--sourceptr;
+            *--destptr = num / den;
+            remainder = num % den;
+          }
+        /* Normalise and store r.  */
+        if (remainder > 0)
+          {
+            r_ptr[0] = remainder;
+            r_len = 1;
+          }
+        else
+          r_len = 0;
+        /* Normalise q.  */
+        q_len = a_len;
+        if (q_ptr[q_len - 1] == 0)
+          q_len--;
+      }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* n>1: multiple precision division.
+         beta^(m-1) <= a < beta^m, beta^(n-1) <= b < beta^n  ==>
+         beta^(m-n-1) <= a/b < beta^(m-n+1).  */
+      /* Determine s.  */
+      size_t s;
+      {
+        mp_limb_t msd = b_ptr[b_len - 1]; /* = b[n-1], > 0 */
+        /* Determine s = GMP_LIMB_BITS - integer_length (msd).
+           Code copied from gnulib's integer_length.c.  */
+# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
+     || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
+        s = __builtin_clz (msd);
+# else
+#  if defined DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD && defined DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+        if (GMP_LIMB_BITS <= DBL_MANT_BIT)
+          {
+            /* Use 'double' operations.
+               Assumes an IEEE 754 'double' implementation.  */
+#   define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+#   define DBL_EXP_BIAS (DBL_EXP_MASK / 2 - 1)
+#   define NWORDS \
+     ((sizeof (double) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+            union { double value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } m;
+
+            /* Use a single integer to floating-point conversion.  */
+            m.value = msd;
+
+            s = GMP_LIMB_BITS
+                - (((m.word[DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD] >> DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT) & DBL_EXP_MASK)
+                   - DBL_EXP_BIAS);
+          }
+        else
+#   undef NWORDS
+#  endif
+          {
+            s = 31;
+            if (msd >= 0x10000)
+              {
+                msd = msd >> 16;
+                s -= 16;
+              }
+            if (msd >= 0x100)
+              {
+                msd = msd >> 8;
+                s -= 8;
+              }
+            if (msd >= 0x10)
+              {
+                msd = msd >> 4;
+                s -= 4;
+              }
+            if (msd >= 0x4)
+              {
+                msd = msd >> 2;
+                s -= 2;
+              }
+            if (msd >= 0x2)
+              {
+                msd = msd >> 1;
+                s -= 1;
+              }
+          }
+# endif
+      }
+      /* 0 <= s < GMP_LIMB_BITS.
+         Copy b, shifting it left by s bits.  */
+      if (s > 0)
+        {
+          tmp_roomptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (b_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+          if (tmp_roomptr == NULL)
+            {
+              free (roomptr);
+              return NULL;
+            }
+          {
+            const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr;
+            mp_limb_t *destptr = tmp_roomptr;
+            mp_twolimb_t accu = 0;
+            size_t count;
+            for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--)
+              {
+                accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s;
+                *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+                accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+              }
+            /* accu must be zero, since that was how s was determined.  */
+            if (accu != 0)
+              abort ();
+          }
+          b_ptr = tmp_roomptr;
+        }
+      /* Copy a, shifting it left by s bits, yields r.
+         Memory layout:
+         At the beginning: r = roomptr[0..a_len],
+         at the end: r = roomptr[0..b_len-1], q = roomptr[b_len..a_len]  */
+      r_ptr = roomptr;
+      if (s == 0)
+        {
+          memcpy (r_ptr, a_ptr, a_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+          r_ptr[a_len] = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = a_ptr;
+          mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr;
+          mp_twolimb_t accu = 0;
+          size_t count;
+          for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s;
+              *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+              accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+            }
+          *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+        }
+      q_ptr = roomptr + b_len;
+      q_len = a_len - b_len + 1; /* q will have m-n+1 limbs */
+      {
+        size_t j = a_len - b_len; /* m-n */
+        mp_limb_t b_msd = b_ptr[b_len - 1]; /* b[n-1] */
+        mp_limb_t b_2msd = b_ptr[b_len - 2]; /* b[n-2] */
+        mp_twolimb_t b_msdd = /* b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2] */
+          ((mp_twolimb_t) b_msd << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | b_2msd;
+        /* Division loop, traversed m-n+1 times.
+           j counts down, b is unchanged, beta/2 <= b[n-1] < beta.  */
+        for (;;)
+          {
+            mp_limb_t q_star;
+            mp_limb_t c1;
+            if (r_ptr[j + b_len] < b_msd) /* r[j+n] < b[n-1] ? */
+              {
+                /* Divide r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] by b[n-1], no overflow.  */
+                mp_twolimb_t num =
+                  ((mp_twolimb_t) r_ptr[j + b_len] << GMP_LIMB_BITS)
+                  | r_ptr[j + b_len - 1];
+                q_star = num / b_msd;
+                c1 = num % b_msd;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                /* Overflow, hence r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] >= beta*b[n-1].  */
+                q_star = (mp_limb_t)~(mp_limb_t)0; /* q* = beta-1 */
+                /* Test whether r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - (beta-1)*b[n-1] >= beta
+                   <==> r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] + b[n-1] >= beta*b[n-1]+beta
+                   <==> b[n-1] < floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]+b[n-1])/beta)
+                        {<= beta !}.
+                   If yes, jump directly to the subtraction loop.
+                   (Otherwise, r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - (beta-1)*b[n-1] < beta
+                    <==> floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]+b[n-1])/beta) = b[n-1] ) */
+                if (r_ptr[j + b_len] > b_msd
+                    || (c1 = r_ptr[j + b_len - 1] + b_msd) < b_msd)
+                  /* r[j+n] >= b[n-1]+1 or
+                     r[j+n] = b[n-1] and the addition r[j+n-1]+b[n-1] gives a
+                     carry.  */
+                  goto subtract;
+              }
+            /* q_star = q*,
+               c1 = (r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]) - q* * b[n-1] (>=0, <beta).  */
+            {
+              mp_twolimb_t c2 = /* c1*beta+r[j+n-2] */
+                ((mp_twolimb_t) c1 << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | r_ptr[j + b_len - 2];
+              mp_twolimb_t c3 = /* b[n-2] * q* */
+                (mp_twolimb_t) b_2msd * (mp_twolimb_t) q_star;
+              /* While c2 < c3, increase c2 and decrease c3.
+                 Consider c3-c2.  While it is > 0, decrease it by
+                 b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2].  Because of b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2] >= beta^2/2
+                 this can happen only twice.  */
+              if (c3 > c2)
+                {
+                  q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */
+                  if (c3 - c2 > b_msdd)
+                    q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */
+                }
+            }
+            if (q_star > 0)
+              subtract:
+              {
+                /* Subtract r := r - b * q* * beta^j.  */
+                mp_limb_t cr;
+                {
+                  const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr;
+                  mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr + j;
+                  mp_twolimb_t carry = 0;
+                  size_t count;
+                  for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--)
+                    {
+                      /* Here 0 <= carry <= q*.  */
+                      carry =
+                        carry
+                        + (mp_twolimb_t) q_star * (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++
+                        + (mp_limb_t) ~(*destptr);
+                      /* Here 0 <= carry <= beta*q* + beta-1.  */
+                      *destptr++ = ~(mp_limb_t) carry;
+                      carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; /* <= q* */
+                    }
+                  cr = (mp_limb_t) carry;
+                }
+                /* Subtract cr from r_ptr[j + b_len], then forget about
+                   r_ptr[j + b_len].  */
+                if (cr > r_ptr[j + b_len])
+                  {
+                    /* Subtraction gave a carry.  */
+                    q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */
+                    /* Add b back.  */
+                    {
+                      const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr;
+                      mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr + j;
+                      mp_limb_t carry = 0;
+                      size_t count;
+                      for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--)
+                        {
+                          mp_limb_t source1 = *sourceptr++;
+                          mp_limb_t source2 = *destptr;
+                          *destptr++ = source1 + source2 + carry;
+                          carry =
+                            (carry
+                             ? source1 >= (mp_limb_t) ~source2
+                             : source1 > (mp_limb_t) ~source2);
+                        }
+                    }
+                    /* Forget about the carry and about r[j+n].  */
+                  }
+              }
+            /* q* is determined.  Store it as q[j].  */
+            q_ptr[j] = q_star;
+            if (j == 0)
+              break;
+            j--;
+          }
+      }
+      r_len = b_len;
+      /* Normalise q.  */
+      if (q_ptr[q_len - 1] == 0)
+        q_len--;
+# if 0 /* Not needed here, since we need r only to compare it with b/2, and
+          b is shifted left by s bits.  */
+      /* Shift r right by s bits.  */
+      if (s > 0)
+        {
+          mp_limb_t ptr = r_ptr + r_len;
+          mp_twolimb_t accu = 0;
+          size_t count;
+          for (count = r_len; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              accu = (mp_twolimb_t) (mp_limb_t) accu << GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+              accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *--ptr << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - s);
+              *ptr = (mp_limb_t) (accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+            }
+        }
+# endif
+      /* Normalise r.  */
+      while (r_len > 0 && r_ptr[r_len - 1] == 0)
+        r_len--;
+    }
+  /* Compare r << 1 with b.  */
+  if (r_len > b_len)
+    goto increment_q;
+  {
+    size_t i;
+    for (i = b_len;;)
+      {
+        mp_limb_t r_i =
+          (i <= r_len && i > 0 ? r_ptr[i - 1] >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) : 0)
+          | (i < r_len ? r_ptr[i] << 1 : 0);
+        mp_limb_t b_i = (i < b_len ? b_ptr[i] : 0);
+        if (r_i > b_i)
+          goto increment_q;
+        if (r_i < b_i)
+          goto keep_q;
+        if (i == 0)
+          break;
+        i--;
+      }
+  }
+  if (q_len > 0 && ((q_ptr[0] & 1) != 0))
+    /* q is odd.  */
+    increment_q:
+    {
+      size_t i;
+      for (i = 0; i < q_len; i++)
+        if (++(q_ptr[i]) != 0)
+          goto keep_q;
+      q_ptr[q_len++] = 1;
+    }
+  keep_q:
+  if (tmp_roomptr != NULL)
+    free (tmp_roomptr);
+  q->limbs = q_ptr;
+  q->nlimbs = q_len;
+  return roomptr;
+}
+
+/* Convert a bignum a >= 0, multiplied with 10^extra_zeroes, to decimal
+   representation.
+   Destroys the contents of a.
+   Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high
+   order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case
+   of memory allocation failure.  */
+static char *
+convert_to_decimal (mpn_t a, size_t extra_zeroes)
+{
+  mp_limb_t *a_ptr = a.limbs;
+  size_t a_len = a.nlimbs;
+  /* 0.03345 is slightly larger than log(2)/(9*log(10)).  */
+  size_t c_len = 9 * ((size_t)(a_len * (GMP_LIMB_BITS * 0.03345f)) + 1);
+  /* We need extra_zeroes bytes for zeroes, followed by c_len bytes for the
+     digits of a, followed by 1 byte for the terminating NUL.  */
+  char *c_ptr = (char *) malloc (xsum (xsum (extra_zeroes, c_len), 1));
+  if (c_ptr != NULL)
+    {
+      char *d_ptr = c_ptr;
+      for (; extra_zeroes > 0; extra_zeroes--)
+        *d_ptr++ = '0';
+      while (a_len > 0)
+        {
+          /* Divide a by 10^9, in-place.  */
+          mp_limb_t remainder = 0;
+          mp_limb_t *ptr = a_ptr + a_len;
+          size_t count;
+          for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              mp_twolimb_t num =
+                ((mp_twolimb_t) remainder << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | *--ptr;
+              *ptr = num / 1000000000;
+              remainder = num % 1000000000;
+            }
+          /* Store the remainder as 9 decimal digits.  */
+          for (count = 9; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              *d_ptr++ = '0' + (remainder % 10);
+              remainder = remainder / 10;
+            }
+          /* Normalize a.  */
+          if (a_ptr[a_len - 1] == 0)
+            a_len--;
+        }
+      /* Remove leading zeroes.  */
+      while (d_ptr > c_ptr && d_ptr[-1] == '0')
+        d_ptr--;
+      /* But keep at least one zero.  */
+      if (d_ptr == c_ptr)
+        *d_ptr++ = '0';
+      /* Terminate the string.  */
+      *d_ptr = '\0';
+    }
+  return c_ptr;
+}
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0:
+   write x as x = 2^e * m, where m is a bignum.
+   Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory
+   allocation failure.  */
+static void *
+decode_long_double (long double x, int *ep, mpn_t *mp)
+{
+  mpn_t m;
+  int exp;
+  long double y;
+  size_t i;
+
+  /* Allocate memory for result.  */
+  m.nlimbs = (LDBL_MANT_BIT + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  m.limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (m.nlimbs * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+  if (m.limbs == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  /* Split into exponential part and mantissa.  */
+  y = frexpl (x, &exp);
+  if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+    abort ();
+  /* x = 2^exp * y = 2^(exp - LDBL_MANT_BIT) * (y * 2^LDBL_MANT_BIT), and the
+     latter is an integer.  */
+  /* Convert the mantissa (y * 2^LDBL_MANT_BIT) to a sequence of limbs.
+     I'm not sure whether it's safe to cast a 'long double' value between
+     2^31 and 2^32 to 'unsigned int', therefore play safe and cast only
+     'long double' values between 0 and 2^16 (to 'unsigned int' or 'int',
+     doesn't matter).  */
+#  if (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) != 0
+#   if (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) > GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2
+    {
+      mp_limb_t hi, lo;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (LDBL_MANT_BIT % (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2));
+      hi = (int) y;
+      y -= hi;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+        abort ();
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      lo = (int) y;
+      y -= lo;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo;
+    }
+#   else
+    {
+      mp_limb_t d;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+      d = (int) y;
+      y -= d;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = d;
+    }
+#   endif
+#  endif
+  for (i = LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS; i > 0; )
+    {
+      mp_limb_t hi, lo;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      hi = (int) y;
+      y -= hi;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+        abort ();
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      lo = (int) y;
+      y -= lo;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[--i] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo;
+    }
+#  if 0 /* On FreeBSD 6.1/x86, 'long double' numbers sometimes have excess
+           precision.  */
+  if (!(y == 0.0L))
+    abort ();
+#  endif
+  /* Normalise.  */
+  while (m.nlimbs > 0 && m.limbs[m.nlimbs - 1] == 0)
+    m.nlimbs--;
+  *mp = m;
+  *ep = exp - LDBL_MANT_BIT;
+  return m.limbs;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0:
+   write x as x = 2^e * m, where m is a bignum.
+   Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory
+   allocation failure.  */
+static void *
+decode_double (double x, int *ep, mpn_t *mp)
+{
+  mpn_t m;
+  int exp;
+  double y;
+  size_t i;
+
+  /* Allocate memory for result.  */
+  m.nlimbs = (DBL_MANT_BIT + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  m.limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (m.nlimbs * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+  if (m.limbs == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  /* Split into exponential part and mantissa.  */
+  y = frexp (x, &exp);
+  if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+    abort ();
+  /* x = 2^exp * y = 2^(exp - DBL_MANT_BIT) * (y * 2^DBL_MANT_BIT), and the
+     latter is an integer.  */
+  /* Convert the mantissa (y * 2^DBL_MANT_BIT) to a sequence of limbs.
+     I'm not sure whether it's safe to cast a 'double' value between
+     2^31 and 2^32 to 'unsigned int', therefore play safe and cast only
+     'double' values between 0 and 2^16 (to 'unsigned int' or 'int',
+     doesn't matter).  */
+#  if (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) != 0
+#   if (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) > GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2
+    {
+      mp_limb_t hi, lo;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (DBL_MANT_BIT % (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2));
+      hi = (int) y;
+      y -= hi;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+        abort ();
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      lo = (int) y;
+      y -= lo;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo;
+    }
+#   else
+    {
+      mp_limb_t d;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+      d = (int) y;
+      y -= d;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = d;
+    }
+#   endif
+#  endif
+  for (i = DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS; i > 0; )
+    {
+      mp_limb_t hi, lo;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      hi = (int) y;
+      y -= hi;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+        abort ();
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      lo = (int) y;
+      y -= lo;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[--i] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo;
+    }
+  if (!(y == 0.0))
+    abort ();
+  /* Normalise.  */
+  while (m.nlimbs > 0 && m.limbs[m.nlimbs - 1] == 0)
+    m.nlimbs--;
+  *mp = m;
+  *ep = exp - DBL_MANT_BIT;
+  return m.limbs;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* Assuming x = 2^e * m is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer:
+   Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n).
+   Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high
+   order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case
+   of memory allocation failure.  */
+static char *
+scale10_round_decimal_decoded (int e, mpn_t m, void *memory, int n)
+{
+  int s;
+  size_t extra_zeroes;
+  unsigned int abs_n;
+  unsigned int abs_s;
+  mp_limb_t *pow5_ptr;
+  size_t pow5_len;
+  unsigned int s_limbs;
+  unsigned int s_bits;
+  mpn_t pow5;
+  mpn_t z;
+  void *z_memory;
+  char *digits;
+
+  if (memory == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  /* x = 2^e * m, hence
+     y = round (2^e * 10^n * m) = round (2^(e+n) * 5^n * m)
+       = round (2^s * 5^n * m).  */
+  s = e + n;
+  extra_zeroes = 0;
+  /* Factor out a common power of 10 if possible.  */
+  if (s > 0 && n > 0)
+    {
+      extra_zeroes = (s < n ? s : n);
+      s -= extra_zeroes;
+      n -= extra_zeroes;
+    }
+  /* Here y = round (2^s * 5^n * m) * 10^extra_zeroes.
+     Before converting to decimal, we need to compute
+     z = round (2^s * 5^n * m).  */
+  /* Compute 5^|n|, possibly shifted by |s| bits if n and s have the same
+     sign.  2.322 is slightly larger than log(5)/log(2).  */
+  abs_n = (n >= 0 ? n : -n);
+  abs_s = (s >= 0 ? s : -s);
+  pow5_ptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (((int)(abs_n * (2.322f / GMP_LIMB_BITS)) + 1
+                                    + abs_s / GMP_LIMB_BITS + 1)
+                                   * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+  if (pow5_ptr == NULL)
+    {
+      free (memory);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  /* Initialize with 1.  */
+  pow5_ptr[0] = 1;
+  pow5_len = 1;
+  /* Multiply with 5^|n|.  */
+  if (abs_n > 0)
+    {
+      static mp_limb_t const small_pow5[13 + 1] =
+        {
+          1, 5, 25, 125, 625, 3125, 15625, 78125, 390625, 1953125, 9765625,
+          48828125, 244140625, 1220703125
+        };
+      unsigned int n13;
+      for (n13 = 0; n13 <= abs_n; n13 += 13)
+        {
+          mp_limb_t digit1 = small_pow5[n13 + 13 <= abs_n ? 13 : abs_n - n13];
+          size_t j;
+          mp_twolimb_t carry = 0;
+          for (j = 0; j < pow5_len; j++)
+            {
+              mp_limb_t digit2 = pow5_ptr[j];
+              carry += (mp_twolimb_t) digit1 * (mp_twolimb_t) digit2;
+              pow5_ptr[j] = (mp_limb_t) carry;
+              carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+            }
+          if (carry > 0)
+            pow5_ptr[pow5_len++] = (mp_limb_t) carry;
+        }
+    }
+  s_limbs = abs_s / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  s_bits = abs_s % GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  if (n >= 0 ? s >= 0 : s <= 0)
+    {
+      /* Multiply with 2^|s|.  */
+      if (s_bits > 0)
+        {
+          mp_limb_t *ptr = pow5_ptr;
+          mp_twolimb_t accu = 0;
+          size_t count;
+          for (count = pow5_len; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *ptr << s_bits;
+              *ptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+              accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+            }
+          if (accu > 0)
+            {
+              *ptr = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+              pow5_len++;
+            }
+        }
+      if (s_limbs > 0)
+        {
+          size_t count;
+          for (count = pow5_len; count > 0;)
+            {
+              count--;
+              pow5_ptr[s_limbs + count] = pow5_ptr[count];
+            }
+          for (count = s_limbs; count > 0;)
+            {
+              count--;
+              pow5_ptr[count] = 0;
+            }
+          pow5_len += s_limbs;
+        }
+      pow5.limbs = pow5_ptr;
+      pow5.nlimbs = pow5_len;
+      if (n >= 0)
+        {
+          /* Multiply m with pow5.  No division needed.  */
+          z_memory = multiply (m, pow5, &z);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Divide m by pow5 and round.  */
+          z_memory = divide (m, pow5, &z);
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      pow5.limbs = pow5_ptr;
+      pow5.nlimbs = pow5_len;
+      if (n >= 0)
+        {
+          /* n >= 0, s < 0.
+             Multiply m with pow5, then divide by 2^|s|.  */
+          mpn_t numerator;
+          mpn_t denominator;
+          void *tmp_memory;
+          tmp_memory = multiply (m, pow5, &numerator);
+          if (tmp_memory == NULL)
+            {
+              free (pow5_ptr);
+              free (memory);
+              return NULL;
+            }
+          /* Construct 2^|s|.  */
+          {
+            mp_limb_t *ptr = pow5_ptr + pow5_len;
+            size_t i;
+            for (i = 0; i < s_limbs; i++)
+              ptr[i] = 0;
+            ptr[s_limbs] = (mp_limb_t) 1 << s_bits;
+            denominator.limbs = ptr;
+            denominator.nlimbs = s_limbs + 1;
+          }
+          z_memory = divide (numerator, denominator, &z);
+          free (tmp_memory);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* n < 0, s > 0.
+             Multiply m with 2^s, then divide by pow5.  */
+          mpn_t numerator;
+          mp_limb_t *num_ptr;
+          num_ptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc ((m.nlimbs + s_limbs + 1)
+                                          * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+          if (num_ptr == NULL)
+            {
+              free (pow5_ptr);
+              free (memory);
+              return NULL;
+            }
+          {
+            mp_limb_t *destptr = num_ptr;
+            {
+              size_t i;
+              for (i = 0; i < s_limbs; i++)
+                *destptr++ = 0;
+            }
+            if (s_bits > 0)
+              {
+                const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = m.limbs;
+                mp_twolimb_t accu = 0;
+                size_t count;
+                for (count = m.nlimbs; count > 0; count--)
+                  {
+                    accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s_bits;
+                    *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+                    accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+                  }
+                if (accu > 0)
+                  *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = m.limbs;
+                size_t count;
+                for (count = m.nlimbs; count > 0; count--)
+                  *destptr++ = *sourceptr++;
+              }
+            numerator.limbs = num_ptr;
+            numerator.nlimbs = destptr - num_ptr;
+          }
+          z_memory = divide (numerator, pow5, &z);
+          free (num_ptr);
+        }
+    }
+  free (pow5_ptr);
+  free (memory);
+
+  /* Here y = round (x * 10^n) = z * 10^extra_zeroes.  */
+
+  if (z_memory == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  digits = convert_to_decimal (z, extra_zeroes);
+  free (z_memory);
+  return digits;
+}
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer:
+   Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n).
+   Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high
+   order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case
+   of memory allocation failure.  */
+static char *
+scale10_round_decimal_long_double (long double x, int n)
+{
+  int e IF_LINT(= 0);
+  mpn_t m;
+  void *memory = decode_long_double (x, &e, &m);
+  return scale10_round_decimal_decoded (e, m, memory, n);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer:
+   Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n).
+   Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high
+   order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case
+   of memory allocation failure.  */
+static char *
+scale10_round_decimal_double (double x, int n)
+{
+  int e IF_LINT(= 0);
+  mpn_t m;
+  void *memory = decode_double (x, &e, &m);
+  return scale10_round_decimal_decoded (e, m, memory, n);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and > 0:
+   Return an approximation for n with 10^n <= x < 10^(n+1).
+   The approximation is usually the right n, but may be off by 1 sometimes.  */
+static int
+floorlog10l (long double x)
+{
+  int exp;
+  long double y;
+  double z;
+  double l;
+
+  /* Split into exponential part and mantissa.  */
+  y = frexpl (x, &exp);
+  if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+    abort ();
+  if (y == 0.0L)
+    return INT_MIN;
+  if (y < 0.5L)
+    {
+      while (y < (1.0L / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2))))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2));
+          exp -= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 16)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << 16);
+          exp -= 16;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 8)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << 8);
+          exp -= 8;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 4)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << 4);
+          exp -= 4;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 2)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << 2);
+          exp -= 2;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 1)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << 1);
+          exp -= 1;
+        }
+    }
+  if (!(y >= 0.5L && y < 1.0L))
+    abort ();
+  /* Compute an approximation for l = log2(x) = exp + log2(y).  */
+  l = exp;
+  z = y;
+  if (z < 0.70710678118654752444)
+    {
+      z *= 1.4142135623730950488;
+      l -= 0.5;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.8408964152537145431)
+    {
+      z *= 1.1892071150027210667;
+      l -= 0.25;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.91700404320467123175)
+    {
+      z *= 1.0905077326652576592;
+      l -= 0.125;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.9576032806985736469)
+    {
+      z *= 1.0442737824274138403;
+      l -= 0.0625;
+    }
+  /* Now 0.95 <= z <= 1.01.  */
+  z = 1 - z;
+  /* log2(1-z) = 1/log(2) * (- z - z^2/2 - z^3/3 - z^4/4 - ...)
+     Four terms are enough to get an approximation with error < 10^-7.  */
+  l -= 1.4426950408889634074 * z * (1.0 + z * (0.5 + z * ((1.0 / 3) + z * 0.25)));
+  /* Finally multiply with log(2)/log(10), yields an approximation for
+     log10(x).  */
+  l *= 0.30102999566398119523;
+  /* Round down to the next integer.  */
+  return (int) l + (l < 0 ? -1 : 0);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and > 0:
+   Return an approximation for n with 10^n <= x < 10^(n+1).
+   The approximation is usually the right n, but may be off by 1 sometimes.  */
+static int
+floorlog10 (double x)
+{
+  int exp;
+  double y;
+  double z;
+  double l;
+
+  /* Split into exponential part and mantissa.  */
+  y = frexp (x, &exp);
+  if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+    abort ();
+  if (y == 0.0)
+    return INT_MIN;
+  if (y < 0.5)
+    {
+      while (y < (1.0 / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2))))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2));
+          exp -= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 16)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << 16);
+          exp -= 16;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 8)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << 8);
+          exp -= 8;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 4)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << 4);
+          exp -= 4;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 2)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << 2);
+          exp -= 2;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 1)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << 1);
+          exp -= 1;
+        }
+    }
+  if (!(y >= 0.5 && y < 1.0))
+    abort ();
+  /* Compute an approximation for l = log2(x) = exp + log2(y).  */
+  l = exp;
+  z = y;
+  if (z < 0.70710678118654752444)
+    {
+      z *= 1.4142135623730950488;
+      l -= 0.5;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.8408964152537145431)
+    {
+      z *= 1.1892071150027210667;
+      l -= 0.25;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.91700404320467123175)
+    {
+      z *= 1.0905077326652576592;
+      l -= 0.125;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.9576032806985736469)
+    {
+      z *= 1.0442737824274138403;
+      l -= 0.0625;
+    }
+  /* Now 0.95 <= z <= 1.01.  */
+  z = 1 - z;
+  /* log2(1-z) = 1/log(2) * (- z - z^2/2 - z^3/3 - z^4/4 - ...)
+     Four terms are enough to get an approximation with error < 10^-7.  */
+  l -= 1.4426950408889634074 * z * (1.0 + z * (0.5 + z * ((1.0 / 3) + z * 0.25)));
+  /* Finally multiply with log(2)/log(10), yields an approximation for
+     log10(x).  */
+  l *= 0.30102999566398119523;
+  /* Round down to the next integer.  */
+  return (int) l + (l < 0 ? -1 : 0);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* Tests whether a string of digits consists of exactly PRECISION zeroes and
+   a single '1' digit.  */
+static int
+is_borderline (const char *digits, size_t precision)
+{
+  for (; precision > 0; precision--, digits++)
+    if (*digits != '0')
+      return 0;
+  if (*digits != '1')
+    return 0;
+  digits++;
+  return *digits == '\0';
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF
+
+/* Use a different function name, to make it possible that the 'wchar_t'
+   parametrization and the 'char' parametrization get compiled in the same
+   translation unit.  */
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+#  define MAX_ROOM_NEEDED wmax_room_needed
+# else
+#  define MAX_ROOM_NEEDED max_room_needed
+# endif
+
+/* Returns the number of TCHAR_T units needed as temporary space for the result
+   of sprintf or SNPRINTF of a single conversion directive.  */
+static size_t
+MAX_ROOM_NEEDED (const arguments *ap, size_t arg_index, FCHAR_T conversion,
+                 arg_type type, int flags, size_t width, int has_precision,
+                 size_t precision, int pad_ourselves)
+{
+  size_t tmp_length;
+
+  switch (conversion)
+    {
+    case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      if (tmp_length < precision)
+        tmp_length = precision;
+      /* Multiply by 2, as an estimate for FLAG_GROUP.  */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, tmp_length);
+      /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign.  */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1);
+      break;
+
+    case 'o':
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      if (tmp_length < precision)
+        tmp_length = precision;
+      /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign.  */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1);
+      break;
+
+    case 'x': case 'X':
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      if (tmp_length < precision)
+        tmp_length = precision;
+      /* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form.  */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 2);
+      break;
+
+    case 'f': case 'F':
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP
+                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                          * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
+                         )
+          + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+          + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
+      else
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP
+                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                          * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
+                         )
+          + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+          + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
+      break;
+
+    case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+      tmp_length =
+        12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
+      break;
+
+    case 'a': case 'A':
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (LDBL_DIG
+                          * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (DBL_DIG
+                          * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      if (tmp_length < precision)
+        tmp_length = precision;
+      /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12);
+      break;
+
+    case 'c':
+# if HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR)
+        {
+          tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX;
+#  if ENABLE_WCHAR_FALLBACK
+          if (tmp_length < (sizeof (wchar_t) > 2 ? 10 : 6))
+            tmp_length = (sizeof (wchar_t) > 2 ? 10 : 6);
+#  endif
+        }
+      else
+# endif
+        tmp_length = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case 's':
+# if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING)
+        {
+#  if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+          /* ISO C says about %ls in fwprintf:
+               "If the precision is not specified or is greater than the size
+                of the array, the array shall contain a null wide character."
+             So if there is a precision, we must not use wcslen.  */
+          const wchar_t *arg = ap->arg[arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
+
+          if (has_precision)
+            tmp_length = local_wcsnlen (arg, precision);
+          else
+            tmp_length = local_wcslen (arg);
+#  else
+          /* ISO C says about %ls in fprintf:
+               "If a precision is specified, no more than that many bytes are
+                written (including shift sequences, if any), and the array
+                shall contain a null wide character if, to equal the multibyte
+                character sequence length given by the precision, the function
+                would need to access a wide character one past the end of the
+                array."
+             So if there is a precision, we must not use wcslen.  */
+          /* This case has already been handled separately in VASNPRINTF.  */
+          abort ();
+#  endif
+        }
+      else
+# endif
+        {
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+          /* ISO C says about %s in fwprintf:
+               "If the precision is not specified or is greater than the size
+                of the converted array, the converted array shall contain a
+                null wide character."
+             So if there is a precision, we must not use strlen.  */
+          /* This case has already been handled separately in VASNPRINTF.  */
+          abort ();
+# else
+          /* ISO C says about %s in fprintf:
+               "If the precision is not specified or greater than the size of
+                the array, the array shall contain a null character."
+             So if there is a precision, we must not use strlen.  */
+          const char *arg = ap->arg[arg_index].a.a_string;
+
+          if (has_precision)
+            tmp_length = local_strnlen (arg, precision);
+          else
+            tmp_length = strlen (arg);
+# endif
+        }
+      break;
+
+    case 'p':
+      tmp_length =
+        (unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT
+                        * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                       )
+          + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+          + 2; /* account for leading 0x */
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  if (!pad_ourselves)
+    {
+# if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+      /* Padding considers the number of characters, therefore the number of
+         elements after padding may be
+           > max (tmp_length, width)
+         but is certainly
+           <= tmp_length + width.  */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, width);
+# else
+      /* Padding considers the number of elements, says POSIX.  */
+      if (tmp_length < width)
+        tmp_length = width;
+# endif
+    }
+
+  tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
+
+  return tmp_length;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+DCHAR_T *
+VASNPRINTF (DCHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp,
+            const FCHAR_T *format, va_list args)
+{
+  DIRECTIVES d;
+  arguments a;
+
+  if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0)
+    /* errno is already set.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Frees the memory allocated by this function.  Preserves errno.  */
+#define CLEANUP() \
+  if (d.dir != d.direct_alloc_dir)                                      \
+    free (d.dir);                                                       \
+  if (a.arg != a.direct_alloc_arg)                                      \
+    free (a.arg);
+
+  if (PRINTF_FETCHARGS (args, &a) < 0)
+    {
+      CLEANUP ();
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t buf_neededlength;
+    TCHAR_T *buf;
+    TCHAR_T *buf_malloced;
+    const FCHAR_T *cp;
+    size_t i;
+    DIRECTIVE *dp;
+    /* Output string accumulator.  */
+    DCHAR_T *result;
+    size_t allocated;
+    size_t length;
+
+    /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to
+       sprintf or snprintf.  */
+    buf_neededlength =
+      xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6);
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+    if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+      {
+        buf = (TCHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+        buf_malloced = NULL;
+      }
+    else
+#endif
+      {
+        size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+        if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize))
+          goto out_of_memory_1;
+        buf = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize);
+        if (buf == NULL)
+          goto out_of_memory_1;
+        buf_malloced = buf;
+      }
+
+    if (resultbuf != NULL)
+      {
+        result = resultbuf;
+        allocated = *lengthp;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        result = NULL;
+        allocated = 0;
+      }
+    length = 0;
+    /* Invariants:
+       result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated.
+       If length > 0, then result != NULL.  */
+
+    /* Ensures that allocated >= needed.  Aborts through a jump to
+       out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big.  */
+#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION_ELSE(needed, oom_statement) \
+    if ((needed) > allocated)                                                \
+      {                                                                      \
+        size_t memory_size;                                                  \
+        DCHAR_T *memory;                                                     \
+                                                                             \
+        allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12);            \
+        if ((needed) > allocated)                                            \
+          allocated = (needed);                                              \
+        memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (DCHAR_T));                  \
+        if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))                                   \
+          oom_statement                                                      \
+        if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL)                           \
+          memory = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size);                         \
+        else                                                                 \
+          memory = (DCHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size);                \
+        if (memory == NULL)                                                  \
+          oom_statement                                                      \
+        if (result == resultbuf && length > 0)                               \
+          DCHAR_CPY (memory, result, length);                                \
+        result = memory;                                                     \
+      }
+#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \
+  ENSURE_ALLOCATION_ELSE((needed), goto out_of_memory; )
+
+    for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++)
+      {
+        if (cp != dp->dir_start)
+          {
+            size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp;
+            size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n);
+
+            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
+            /* This copies a piece of FCHAR_T[] into a DCHAR_T[].  Here we
+               need that the format string contains only ASCII characters
+               if FCHAR_T and DCHAR_T are not the same type.  */
+            if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (DCHAR_T))
+              {
+                DCHAR_CPY (result + length, (const DCHAR_T *) cp, n);
+                length = augmented_length;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                do
+                  result[length++] = *cp++;
+                while (--n > 0);
+              }
+          }
+        if (i == d.count)
+          break;
+
+        /* Execute a single directive.  */
+        if (dp->conversion == '%')
+          {
+            size_t augmented_length;
+
+            if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE))
+              abort ();
+            augmented_length = xsum (length, 1);
+            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
+            result[length] = '%';
+            length = augmented_length;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE))
+              abort ();
+
+            if (dp->conversion == 'n')
+              {
+                switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type)
+                  {
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  default:
+                    abort ();
+                  }
+              }
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+            /* The unistdio extensions.  */
+            else if (dp->conversion == 'U')
+              {
+                arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+                int has_width;
+                size_t width;
+                int has_precision;
+                size_t precision;
+
+                has_width = 0;
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        width = arg;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = -width;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+                    has_width = 1;
+                  }
+
+                has_precision = 0;
+                precision = 0;
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision
+                            were omitted."  */
+                        if (arg >= 0)
+                          {
+                            precision = arg;
+                            has_precision = 1;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                        precision = 0;
+                        while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                          precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        has_precision = 1;
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                switch (type)
+                  {
+                  case TYPE_U8_STRING:
+                    {
+                      const uint8_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u8_string;
+                      const uint8_t *arg_end;
+                      size_t characters;
+
+                      if (has_precision)
+                        {
+                          /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                            {
+                              int count = u8_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else if (has_width)
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string, and count the number of
+                             characters.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (;;)
+                            {
+                              int count = u8_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string.  */
+                          arg_end = arg + u8_strlen (arg);
+                          /* The number of characters doesn't matter.  */
+                          characters = 0;
+                        }
+
+                      if (characters < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+
+# if DCHAR_IS_UINT8_T
+                      {
+                        size_t n = arg_end - arg;
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                        DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n);
+                        length += n;
+                      }
+# else
+                      { /* Convert.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *converted = result + length;
+                        size_t converted_len = allocated - length;
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                        /* Convert from UTF-8 to locale encoding.  */
+                        converted =
+                          u8_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (),
+                                               iconveh_question_mark,
+                                               arg, arg_end - arg, NULL,
+                                               converted, &converted_len);
+#  else
+                        /* Convert from UTF-8 to UTF-16/UTF-32.  */
+                        converted =
+                          U8_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg,
+                                       converted, &converted_len);
+#  endif
+                        if (converted == NULL)
+                          {
+                            if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                              free (result);
+                            if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                              free (buf_malloced);
+                            CLEANUP ();
+                            return NULL;
+                          }
+                        if (converted != result + length)
+                          {
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION_ELSE (xsum (length, converted_len),
+                                                    { free (converted); goto out_of_memory; });
+                            DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len);
+                            free (converted);
+                          }
+                        length += converted_len;
+                      }
+# endif
+
+                      if (characters < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                  case TYPE_U16_STRING:
+                    {
+                      const uint16_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u16_string;
+                      const uint16_t *arg_end;
+                      size_t characters;
+
+                      if (has_precision)
+                        {
+                          /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                            {
+                              int count = u16_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else if (has_width)
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string, and count the number of
+                             characters.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (;;)
+                            {
+                              int count = u16_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string.  */
+                          arg_end = arg + u16_strlen (arg);
+                          /* The number of characters doesn't matter.  */
+                          characters = 0;
+                        }
+
+                      if (characters < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+
+# if DCHAR_IS_UINT16_T
+                      {
+                        size_t n = arg_end - arg;
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                        DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n);
+                        length += n;
+                      }
+# else
+                      { /* Convert.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *converted = result + length;
+                        size_t converted_len = allocated - length;
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                        /* Convert from UTF-16 to locale encoding.  */
+                        converted =
+                          u16_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (),
+                                                iconveh_question_mark,
+                                                arg, arg_end - arg, NULL,
+                                                converted, &converted_len);
+#  else
+                        /* Convert from UTF-16 to UTF-8/UTF-32.  */
+                        converted =
+                          U16_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg,
+                                        converted, &converted_len);
+#  endif
+                        if (converted == NULL)
+                          {
+                            if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                              free (result);
+                            if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                              free (buf_malloced);
+                            CLEANUP ();
+                            return NULL;
+                          }
+                        if (converted != result + length)
+                          {
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION_ELSE (xsum (length, converted_len),
+                                                    { free (converted); goto out_of_memory; });
+                            DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len);
+                            free (converted);
+                          }
+                        length += converted_len;
+                      }
+# endif
+
+                      if (characters < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                  case TYPE_U32_STRING:
+                    {
+                      const uint32_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u32_string;
+                      const uint32_t *arg_end;
+                      size_t characters;
+
+                      if (has_precision)
+                        {
+                          /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                            {
+                              int count = u32_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else if (has_width)
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string, and count the number of
+                             characters.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (;;)
+                            {
+                              int count = u32_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string.  */
+                          arg_end = arg + u32_strlen (arg);
+                          /* The number of characters doesn't matter.  */
+                          characters = 0;
+                        }
+
+                      if (characters < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+
+# if DCHAR_IS_UINT32_T
+                      {
+                        size_t n = arg_end - arg;
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                        DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n);
+                        length += n;
+                      }
+# else
+                      { /* Convert.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *converted = result + length;
+                        size_t converted_len = allocated - length;
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                        /* Convert from UTF-32 to locale encoding.  */
+                        converted =
+                          u32_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (),
+                                                iconveh_question_mark,
+                                                arg, arg_end - arg, NULL,
+                                                converted, &converted_len);
+#  else
+                        /* Convert from UTF-32 to UTF-8/UTF-16.  */
+                        converted =
+                          U32_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg,
+                                        converted, &converted_len);
+#  endif
+                        if (converted == NULL)
+                          {
+                            if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                              free (result);
+                            if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                              free (buf_malloced);
+                            CLEANUP ();
+                            return NULL;
+                          }
+                        if (converted != result + length)
+                          {
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION_ELSE (xsum (length, converted_len),
+                                                    { free (converted); goto out_of_memory; });
+                            DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len);
+                            free (converted);
+                          }
+                        length += converted_len;
+                      }
+# endif
+
+                      if (characters < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                  default:
+                    abort ();
+                  }
+              }
+#endif
+#if (!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF || (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_LS && !defined IN_LIBINTL) || ENABLE_WCHAR_FALLBACK) && HAVE_WCHAR_T
+            else if (dp->conversion == 's'
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                     && a.arg[dp->arg_index].type != TYPE_WIDE_STRING
+# else
+                     && a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING
+# endif
+                    )
+              {
+                /* The normal handling of the 's' directive below requires
+                   allocating a temporary buffer.  The determination of its
+                   length (tmp_length), in the case when a precision is
+                   specified, below requires a conversion between a char[]
+                   string and a wchar_t[] wide string.  It could be done, but
+                   we have no guarantee that the implementation of sprintf will
+                   use the exactly same algorithm.  Without this guarantee, it
+                   is possible to have buffer overrun bugs.  In order to avoid
+                   such bugs, we implement the entire processing of the 's'
+                   directive ourselves.  */
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+                int has_width;
+                size_t width;
+                int has_precision;
+                size_t precision;
+
+                has_width = 0;
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        width = arg;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = -width;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+                    has_width = 1;
+                  }
+
+                has_precision = 0;
+                precision = 6;
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision
+                            were omitted."  */
+                        if (arg >= 0)
+                          {
+                            precision = arg;
+                            has_precision = 1;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                        precision = 0;
+                        while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                          precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        has_precision = 1;
+                      }
+                  }
+
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                /* %s in vasnwprintf.  See the specification of fwprintf.  */
+                {
+                  const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string;
+                  const char *arg_end;
+                  size_t characters;
+
+                  if (has_precision)
+                    {
+                      /* Use only as many bytes as needed to produce PRECISION
+                         wide characters, from the left.  */
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      arg_end = arg;
+                      characters = 0;
+                      for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                        {
+                          int count;
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                          count = mbrlen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX, &state);
+#  else
+                          count = mblen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX);
+#  endif
+                          if (count == 0)
+                            /* Found the terminating NUL.  */
+                            break;
+                          if (count < 0)
+                            {
+                              /* Invalid or incomplete multibyte character.  */
+                              if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                free (result);
+                              if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                free (buf_malloced);
+                              CLEANUP ();
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                              return NULL;
+                            }
+                          arg_end += count;
+                          characters++;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  else if (has_width)
+                    {
+                      /* Use the entire string, and count the number of wide
+                         characters.  */
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      arg_end = arg;
+                      characters = 0;
+                      for (;;)
+                        {
+                          int count;
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                          count = mbrlen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX, &state);
+#  else
+                          count = mblen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX);
+#  endif
+                          if (count == 0)
+                            /* Found the terminating NUL.  */
+                            break;
+                          if (count < 0)
+                            {
+                              /* Invalid or incomplete multibyte character.  */
+                              if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                free (result);
+                              if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                free (buf_malloced);
+                              CLEANUP ();
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                              return NULL;
+                            }
+                          arg_end += count;
+                          characters++;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+                      /* Use the entire string.  */
+                      arg_end = arg + strlen (arg);
+                      /* The number of characters doesn't matter.  */
+                      characters = 0;
+                    }
+
+                  if (characters < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                    {
+                      size_t n = width - characters;
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                      DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                      length += n;
+                    }
+
+                  if (has_precision || has_width)
+                    {
+                      /* We know the number of wide characters in advance.  */
+                      size_t remaining;
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, characters));
+                      for (remaining = characters; remaining > 0; remaining--)
+                        {
+                          wchar_t wc;
+                          int count;
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                          count = mbrtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg, &state);
+#  else
+                          count = mbtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg);
+#  endif
+                          if (count <= 0)
+                            /* mbrtowc not consistent with mbrlen, or mbtowc
+                               not consistent with mblen.  */
+                            abort ();
+                          result[length++] = wc;
+                          arg += count;
+                        }
+                      if (!(arg == arg_end))
+                        abort ();
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      while (arg < arg_end)
+                        {
+                          wchar_t wc;
+                          int count;
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                          count = mbrtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg, &state);
+#  else
+                          count = mbtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg);
+#  endif
+                          if (count <= 0)
+                            /* mbrtowc not consistent with mbrlen, or mbtowc
+                               not consistent with mblen.  */
+                            abort ();
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
+                          result[length++] = wc;
+                          arg += count;
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                  if (characters < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                    {
+                      size_t n = width - characters;
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                      DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                      length += n;
+                    }
+                }
+# else
+                /* %ls in vasnprintf.  See the specification of fprintf.  */
+                {
+                  const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
+                  const wchar_t *arg_end;
+                  size_t characters;
+#  if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  /* This code assumes that TCHAR_T is 'char'.  */
+                  verify (sizeof (TCHAR_T) == 1);
+                  TCHAR_T *tmpsrc;
+                  DCHAR_T *tmpdst;
+                  size_t tmpdst_len;
+#  endif
+                  size_t w;
+
+                  if (has_precision)
+                    {
+                      /* Use only as many wide characters as needed to produce
+                         at most PRECISION bytes, from the left.  */
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      arg_end = arg;
+                      characters = 0;
+                      while (precision > 0)
+                        {
+                          char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                          int count;
+
+                          if (*arg_end == 0)
+                            /* Found the terminating null wide character.  */
+                            break;
+                          count = local_wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg_end, &state);
+                          if (count < 0)
+                            {
+                              /* Cannot convert.  */
+                              if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                free (result);
+                              if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                free (buf_malloced);
+                              CLEANUP ();
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                              return NULL;
+                            }
+                          if (precision < (unsigned int) count)
+                            break;
+                          arg_end++;
+                          characters += count;
+                          precision -= count;
+                        }
+                    }
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  else if (has_width)
+#  else
+                  else
+#  endif
+                    {
+                      /* Use the entire string, and count the number of
+                         bytes.  */
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      arg_end = arg;
+                      characters = 0;
+                      for (;;)
+                        {
+                          char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                          int count;
+
+                          if (*arg_end == 0)
+                            /* Found the terminating null wide character.  */
+                            break;
+                          count = local_wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg_end, &state);
+                          if (count < 0)
+                            {
+                              /* Cannot convert.  */
+                              if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                free (result);
+                              if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                free (buf_malloced);
+                              CLEANUP ();
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                              return NULL;
+                            }
+                          arg_end++;
+                          characters += count;
+                        }
+                    }
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  else
+                    {
+                      /* Use the entire string.  */
+                      arg_end = arg + local_wcslen (arg);
+                      /* The number of bytes doesn't matter.  */
+                      characters = 0;
+                    }
+#  endif
+
+#  if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  /* Convert the string into a piece of temporary memory.  */
+                  tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (characters * sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+                  if (tmpsrc == NULL)
+                    goto out_of_memory;
+                  {
+                    TCHAR_T *tmpptr = tmpsrc;
+                    size_t remaining;
+#   if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                    mbstate_t state;
+                    memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#   endif
+                    for (remaining = characters; remaining > 0; )
+                      {
+                        char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                        int count;
+
+                        if (*arg == 0)
+                          abort ();
+                        count = local_wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg, &state);
+                        if (count <= 0)
+                          /* Inconsistency.  */
+                          abort ();
+                        memcpy (tmpptr, cbuf, count);
+                        tmpptr += count;
+                        arg++;
+                        remaining -= count;
+                      }
+                    if (!(arg == arg_end))
+                      abort ();
+                  }
+
+                  /* Convert from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[].  */
+                  tmpdst =
+                    DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING (locale_charset (),
+                                              iconveh_question_mark,
+                                              tmpsrc, characters,
+                                              NULL,
+                                              NULL, &tmpdst_len);
+                  if (tmpdst == NULL)
+                    {
+                      free (tmpsrc);
+                      if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                        free (result);
+                      if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                        free (buf_malloced);
+                      CLEANUP ();
+                      return NULL;
+                    }
+                  free (tmpsrc);
+#  endif
+
+                  if (has_width)
+                    {
+#  if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                      /* Outside POSIX, it's preferable to compare the width
+                         against the number of _characters_ of the converted
+                         value.  */
+                      w = DCHAR_MBSNLEN (result + length, characters);
+#  else
+                      /* The width is compared against the number of _bytes_
+                         of the converted value, says POSIX.  */
+                      w = characters;
+#  endif
+                    }
+                  else
+                    /* w doesn't matter.  */
+                    w = 0;
+
+                  if (w < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                    {
+                      size_t n = width - w;
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                      DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                      length += n;
+                    }
+
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  if (has_precision || has_width)
+                    {
+                      /* We know the number of bytes in advance.  */
+                      size_t remaining;
+#   if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#   endif
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, characters));
+                      for (remaining = characters; remaining > 0; )
+                        {
+                          char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                          int count;
+
+                          if (*arg == 0)
+                            abort ();
+                          count = local_wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg, &state);
+                          if (count <= 0)
+                            /* Inconsistency.  */
+                            abort ();
+                          memcpy (result + length, cbuf, count);
+                          length += count;
+                          arg++;
+                          remaining -= count;
+                        }
+                      if (!(arg == arg_end))
+                        abort ();
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+#   if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#   endif
+                      while (arg < arg_end)
+                        {
+                          char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                          int count;
+
+                          if (*arg == 0)
+                            abort ();
+                          count = local_wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg, &state);
+                          if (count <= 0)
+                            {
+                              /* Cannot convert.  */
+                              if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                free (result);
+                              if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                free (buf_malloced);
+                              CLEANUP ();
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                              return NULL;
+                            }
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count));
+                          memcpy (result + length, cbuf, count);
+                          length += count;
+                          arg++;
+                        }
+                    }
+#  else
+                  ENSURE_ALLOCATION_ELSE (xsum (length, tmpdst_len),
+                                          { free (tmpdst); goto out_of_memory; });
+                  DCHAR_CPY (result + length, tmpdst, tmpdst_len);
+                  free (tmpdst);
+                  length += tmpdst_len;
+#  endif
+
+                  if (w < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                    {
+                      size_t n = width - w;
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                      DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                      length += n;
+                    }
+                }
+# endif
+              }
+#endif
+#if ENABLE_WCHAR_FALLBACK && HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+            else if (dp->conversion == 'c'
+                     && a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR)
+              {
+                /* Implement the 'lc' directive ourselves, in order to provide
+                   the fallback that avoids EILSEQ.  */
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+                int has_width;
+                size_t width;
+
+                has_width = 0;
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        width = arg;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = -width;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+                    has_width = 1;
+                  }
+
+                /* %lc in vasnprintf.  See the specification of fprintf.  */
+                {
+                  wchar_t arg = (wchar_t) a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char;
+                  size_t characters;
+# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  /* This code assumes that TCHAR_T is 'char'.  */
+                  verify (sizeof (TCHAR_T) == 1);
+                  TCHAR_T tmpsrc[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                  DCHAR_T *tmpdst;
+                  size_t tmpdst_len;
+# endif
+                  size_t w;
+
+# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  if (has_width)
+# endif
+                    {
+                      /* Count the number of bytes.  */
+                      characters = 0;
+                      if (arg != 0)
+                        {
+                          char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                          int count;
+# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                          mbstate_t state;
+                          memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+# endif
+
+                          count = local_wcrtomb (cbuf, arg, &state);
+                          if (count < 0)
+                            /* Inconsistency.  */
+                            abort ();
+                          characters = count;
+                        }
+                    }
+# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  else
+                    {
+                      /* The number of bytes doesn't matter.  */
+                      characters = 0;
+                    }
+# endif
+
+# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  /* Convert the string into a piece of temporary memory.  */
+                  if (characters > 0) /* implies arg != 0 */
+                    {
+                      char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                      int count;
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+
+                      count = local_wcrtomb (cbuf, arg, &state);
+                      if (count <= 0)
+                        /* Inconsistency.  */
+                        abort ();
+                      memcpy (tmpsrc, cbuf, count);
+                    }
+
+                  /* Convert from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[].  */
+                  tmpdst =
+                    DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING (locale_charset (),
+                                              iconveh_question_mark,
+                                              tmpsrc, characters,
+                                              NULL,
+                                              NULL, &tmpdst_len);
+                  if (tmpdst == NULL)
+                    {
+                      if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                        free (result);
+                      if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                        free (buf_malloced);
+                      CLEANUP ();
+                      return NULL;
+                    }
+# endif
+
+                  if (has_width)
+                    {
+# if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                      /* Outside POSIX, it's preferable to compare the width
+                         against the number of _characters_ of the converted
+                         value.  */
+                      w = DCHAR_MBSNLEN (result + length, characters);
+# else
+                      /* The width is compared against the number of _bytes_
+                         of the converted value, says POSIX.  */
+                      w = characters;
+# endif
+                    }
+                  else
+                    /* w doesn't matter.  */
+                    w = 0;
+
+                  if (w < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                    {
+                      size_t n = width - w;
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                      DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                      length += n;
+                    }
+
+# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  if (has_width)
+                    {
+                      /* We know the number of bytes in advance.  */
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, characters));
+                      if (characters > 0) /* implies arg != 0 */
+                        {
+                          int count;
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                          mbstate_t state;
+                          memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+
+                          count = local_wcrtomb (result + length, arg, &state);
+                          if (count <= 0)
+                            /* Inconsistency.  */
+                            abort ();
+                          length += count;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+                      if (arg != 0)
+                        {
+                          char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                          int count;
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                          mbstate_t state;
+                          memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+
+                          count = local_wcrtomb (cbuf, arg, &state);
+                          if (count <= 0)
+                            /* Inconsistency.  */
+                            abort ();
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count));
+                          memcpy (result + length, cbuf, count);
+                          length += count;
+                        }
+                    }
+# else
+                  ENSURE_ALLOCATION_ELSE (xsum (length, tmpdst_len),
+                                          { free (tmpdst); goto out_of_memory; });
+                  DCHAR_CPY (result + length, tmpdst, tmpdst_len);
+                  free (tmpdst);
+                  length += tmpdst_len;
+# endif
+
+                  if (w < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                    {
+                      size_t n = width - w;
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                      DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                      length += n;
+                    }
+                }
+              }
+#endif
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+            else if ((dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A')
+# if !(NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE))
+                     && (0
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+                         || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE
+#  endif
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                         || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE
+#  endif
+                        )
+# endif
+                    )
+              {
+                arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+                size_t width;
+                int has_precision;
+                size_t precision;
+                size_t tmp_length;
+                size_t count;
+                DCHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
+                DCHAR_T *tmp;
+                DCHAR_T *pad_ptr;
+                DCHAR_T *p;
+
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        width = arg;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = -width;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                has_precision = 0;
+                precision = 0;
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision
+                            were omitted."  */
+                        if (arg >= 0)
+                          {
+                            precision = arg;
+                            has_precision = 1;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                        precision = 0;
+                        while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                          precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        has_precision = 1;
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size.  */
+                if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+                  tmp_length =
+                    (unsigned int) ((LDBL_DIG + 1)
+                                    * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */
+                                   )
+                    + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                else
+                  tmp_length =
+                    (unsigned int) ((DBL_DIG + 1)
+                                    * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */
+                                   )
+                    + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                if (tmp_length < precision)
+                  tmp_length = precision;
+                /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */
+                tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12);
+
+                if (tmp_length < width)
+                  tmp_length = width;
+
+                tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
+
+                if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (DCHAR_T))
+                  tmp = tmpbuf;
+                else
+                  {
+                    size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+
+                    if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
+                      /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                    tmp = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
+                    if (tmp == NULL)
+                      /* Out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                  }
+
+                pad_ptr = NULL;
+                p = tmp;
+                if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+                  {
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                    long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
+
+                    if (isnanl (arg))
+                      {
+                        if (dp->conversion == 'A')
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N';
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n';
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        int sign = 0;
+                        DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+
+                        BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+
+                        if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0L or negative zero */
+                          {
+                            sign = -1;
+                            arg = -arg;
+                          }
+
+                        if (sign < 0)
+                          *p++ = '-';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                          *p++ = '+';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+
+                        if (arg > 0.0L && arg + arg == arg)
+                          {
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'A')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F';
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f';
+                              }
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            int exponent;
+                            long double mantissa;
+
+                            if (arg > 0.0L)
+                              mantissa = printf_frexpl (arg, &exponent);
+                            else
+                              {
+                                exponent = 0;
+                                mantissa = 0.0L;
+                              }
+
+                            if (has_precision
+                                && precision < (unsigned int) ((LDBL_DIG + 1) * 0.831) + 1)
+                              {
+                                /* Round the mantissa.  */
+                                long double tail = mantissa;
+                                size_t q;
+
+                                for (q = precision; ; q--)
+                                  {
+                                    int digit = (int) tail;
+                                    tail -= digit;
+                                    if (q == 0)
+                                      {
+                                        if (digit & 1 ? tail >= 0.5L : tail > 0.5L)
+                                          tail = 1 - tail;
+                                        else
+                                          tail = - tail;
+                                        break;
+                                      }
+                                    tail *= 16.0L;
+                                  }
+                                if (tail != 0.0L)
+                                  for (q = precision; q > 0; q--)
+                                    tail *= 0.0625L;
+                                mantissa += tail;
+                              }
+
+                            *p++ = '0';
+                            *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X';
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+                            {
+                              int digit;
+
+                              digit = (int) mantissa;
+                              mantissa -= digit;
+                              *p++ = '0' + digit;
+                              if ((flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                                  || mantissa > 0.0L || precision > 0)
+                                {
+                                  *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                  /* This loop terminates because we assume
+                                     that FLT_RADIX is a power of 2.  */
+                                  while (mantissa > 0.0L)
+                                    {
+                                      mantissa *= 16.0L;
+                                      digit = (int) mantissa;
+                                      mantissa -= digit;
+                                      *p++ = digit
+                                             + (digit < 10
+                                                ? '0'
+                                                : dp->conversion - 10);
+                                      if (precision > 0)
+                                        precision--;
+                                    }
+                                  while (precision > 0)
+                                    {
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                      precision--;
+                                    }
+                                }
+                              }
+                              *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P';
+#  if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                              {
+                                static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                  { '%', '+', 'd', '\0' };
+                                SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                              }
+                              while (*p != '\0')
+                                p++;
+#  else
+                              if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                {
+                                  sprintf ((char *) p, "%+d", exponent);
+                                  while (*p != '\0')
+                                    p++;
+                                }
+                              else
+                                {
+                                  char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                  const char *ep;
+                                  sprintf (expbuf, "%+d", exponent);
+                                  for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                    p++;
+                                }
+#  endif
+                          }
+
+                        END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                      }
+# else
+                    abort ();
+# endif
+                  }
+                else
+                  {
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+                    double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
+
+                    if (isnand (arg))
+                      {
+                        if (dp->conversion == 'A')
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N';
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n';
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        int sign = 0;
+
+                        if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0 or negative zero */
+                          {
+                            sign = -1;
+                            arg = -arg;
+                          }
+
+                        if (sign < 0)
+                          *p++ = '-';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                          *p++ = '+';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+
+                        if (arg > 0.0 && arg + arg == arg)
+                          {
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'A')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F';
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f';
+                              }
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            int exponent;
+                            double mantissa;
+
+                            if (arg > 0.0)
+                              mantissa = printf_frexp (arg, &exponent);
+                            else
+                              {
+                                exponent = 0;
+                                mantissa = 0.0;
+                              }
+
+                            if (has_precision
+                                && precision < (unsigned int) ((DBL_DIG + 1) * 0.831) + 1)
+                              {
+                                /* Round the mantissa.  */
+                                double tail = mantissa;
+                                size_t q;
+
+                                for (q = precision; ; q--)
+                                  {
+                                    int digit = (int) tail;
+                                    tail -= digit;
+                                    if (q == 0)
+                                      {
+                                        if (digit & 1 ? tail >= 0.5 : tail > 0.5)
+                                          tail = 1 - tail;
+                                        else
+                                          tail = - tail;
+                                        break;
+                                      }
+                                    tail *= 16.0;
+                                  }
+                                if (tail != 0.0)
+                                  for (q = precision; q > 0; q--)
+                                    tail *= 0.0625;
+                                mantissa += tail;
+                              }
+
+                            *p++ = '0';
+                            *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X';
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+                            {
+                              int digit;
+
+                              digit = (int) mantissa;
+                              mantissa -= digit;
+                              *p++ = '0' + digit;
+                              if ((flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                                  || mantissa > 0.0 || precision > 0)
+                                {
+                                  *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                  /* This loop terminates because we assume
+                                     that FLT_RADIX is a power of 2.  */
+                                  while (mantissa > 0.0)
+                                    {
+                                      mantissa *= 16.0;
+                                      digit = (int) mantissa;
+                                      mantissa -= digit;
+                                      *p++ = digit
+                                             + (digit < 10
+                                                ? '0'
+                                                : dp->conversion - 10);
+                                      if (precision > 0)
+                                        precision--;
+                                    }
+                                  while (precision > 0)
+                                    {
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                      precision--;
+                                    }
+                                }
+                              }
+                              *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P';
+#  if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                              {
+                                static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                  { '%', '+', 'd', '\0' };
+                                SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                              }
+                              while (*p != '\0')
+                                p++;
+#  else
+                              if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                {
+                                  sprintf ((char *) p, "%+d", exponent);
+                                  while (*p != '\0')
+                                    p++;
+                                }
+                              else
+                                {
+                                  char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                  const char *ep;
+                                  sprintf (expbuf, "%+d", exponent);
+                                  for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                    p++;
+                                }
+#  endif
+                          }
+                      }
+# else
+                    abort ();
+# endif
+                  }
+
+                /* The generated string now extends from tmp to p, with the
+                   zero padding insertion point being at pad_ptr.  */
+                count = p - tmp;
+
+                if (count < width)
+                  {
+                    size_t pad = width - count;
+                    DCHAR_T *end = p + pad;
+
+                    if (flags & FLAG_LEFT)
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with spaces on the right.  */
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+                      }
+                    else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL)
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with zeroes.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                        while (p > pad_ptr)
+                          *--q = *--p;
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = '0';
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with spaces on the left.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                        while (p > tmp)
+                          *--q = *--p;
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+                      }
+
+                    p = end;
+                  }
+
+                count = p - tmp;
+
+                if (count >= tmp_length)
+                  /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
+                     code above!  */
+                  abort ();
+
+                /* Make room for the result.  */
+                if (count >= allocated - length)
+                  {
+                    size_t n = xsum (length, count);
+
+                    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                  }
+
+                /* Append the result.  */
+                memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+                if (tmp != tmpbuf)
+                  free (tmp);
+                length += count;
+              }
+#endif
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+            else if ((dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F'
+                      || dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E'
+                      || dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G'
+                      || dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A')
+                     && (0
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+                         || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE
+# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+                         || (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE
+                             /* The systems (mingw) which produce wrong output
+                                for Inf, -Inf, and NaN also do so for -0.0.
+                                Therefore we treat this case here as well.  */
+                             && is_infinite_or_zero (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double))
+# endif
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                         || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE
+# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE
+                         || (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE
+                             /* Some systems produce wrong output for Inf,
+                                -Inf, and NaN.  Some systems in this category
+                                (IRIX 5.3) also do so for -0.0.  Therefore we
+                                treat this case here as well.  */
+                             && is_infinite_or_zerol (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble))
+# endif
+                        ))
+              {
+# if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE)
+                arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
+# endif
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+                size_t width;
+                size_t count;
+                int has_precision;
+                size_t precision;
+                size_t tmp_length;
+                DCHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
+                DCHAR_T *tmp;
+                DCHAR_T *pad_ptr;
+                DCHAR_T *p;
+
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        width = arg;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = -width;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                has_precision = 0;
+                precision = 0;
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision
+                            were omitted."  */
+                        if (arg >= 0)
+                          {
+                            precision = arg;
+                            has_precision = 1;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                        precision = 0;
+                        while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                          precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        has_precision = 1;
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                /* POSIX specifies the default precision to be 6 for %f, %F,
+                   %e, %E, but not for %g, %G.  Implementations appear to use
+                   the same default precision also for %g, %G.  But for %a, %A,
+                   the default precision is 0.  */
+                if (!has_precision)
+                  if (!(dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A'))
+                    precision = 6;
+
+                /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size.  */
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                tmp_length = (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE ? LDBL_DIG + 1 : DBL_DIG + 1);
+# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                tmp_length = (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE ? LDBL_DIG + 1 : 0);
+# elif NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                tmp_length = LDBL_DIG + 1;
+# elif NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+                tmp_length = DBL_DIG + 1;
+# else
+                tmp_length = 0;
+# endif
+                if (tmp_length < precision)
+                  tmp_length = precision;
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+                if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+#  endif
+                  if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                    {
+                      long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
+                      if (!(isnanl (arg) || arg + arg == arg))
+                        {
+                          /* arg is finite and nonzero.  */
+                          int exponent = floorlog10l (arg < 0 ? -arg : arg);
+                          if (exponent >= 0 && tmp_length < exponent + precision)
+                            tmp_length = exponent + precision;
+                        }
+                    }
+# endif
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE
+                if (type == TYPE_DOUBLE)
+#  endif
+                  if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                    {
+                      double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
+                      if (!(isnand (arg) || arg + arg == arg))
+                        {
+                          /* arg is finite and nonzero.  */
+                          int exponent = floorlog10 (arg < 0 ? -arg : arg);
+                          if (exponent >= 0 && tmp_length < exponent + precision)
+                            tmp_length = exponent + precision;
+                        }
+                    }
+# endif
+                /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */
+                tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12);
+
+                if (tmp_length < width)
+                  tmp_length = width;
+
+                tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
+
+                if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (DCHAR_T))
+                  tmp = tmpbuf;
+                else
+                  {
+                    size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+
+                    if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
+                      /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                    tmp = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
+                    if (tmp == NULL)
+                      /* Out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                  }
+
+                pad_ptr = NULL;
+                p = tmp;
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+                if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+#  endif
+                  {
+                    long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
+
+                    if (isnanl (arg))
+                      {
+                        if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z')
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N';
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n';
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        int sign = 0;
+                        DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+
+                        BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+
+                        if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0L or negative zero */
+                          {
+                            sign = -1;
+                            arg = -arg;
+                          }
+
+                        if (sign < 0)
+                          *p++ = '-';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                          *p++ = '+';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+
+                        if (arg > 0.0L && arg + arg == arg)
+                          {
+                            if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F';
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f';
+                              }
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                              {
+                                char *digits;
+                                size_t ndigits;
+
+                                digits =
+                                  scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg, precision);
+                                if (digits == NULL)
+                                  {
+                                    END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                                    goto out_of_memory;
+                                  }
+                                ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                if (ndigits > precision)
+                                  do
+                                    {
+                                      --ndigits;
+                                      *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                    }
+                                  while (ndigits > precision);
+                                else
+                                  *p++ = '0';
+                                /* Here ndigits <= precision.  */
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > ndigits; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                    while (ndigits > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        --ndigits;
+                                        *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                      }
+                                  }
+
+                                free (digits);
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E')
+                              {
+                                int exponent;
+
+                                if (arg == 0.0L)
+                                  {
+                                    exponent = 0;
+                                    *p++ = '0';
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                          *p++ = '0';
+                                      }
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  {
+                                    /* arg > 0.0L.  */
+                                    int adjusted;
+                                    char *digits;
+                                    size_t ndigits;
+
+                                    exponent = floorlog10l (arg);
+                                    adjusted = 0;
+                                    for (;;)
+                                      {
+                                        digits =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg,
+                                                                             (int)precision - exponent);
+                                        if (digits == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                        if (ndigits == precision + 1)
+                                          break;
+                                        if (ndigits < precision
+                                            || ndigits > precision + 2)
+                                          /* The exponent was not guessed
+                                             precisely enough.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        if (adjusted)
+                                          /* None of two values of exponent is
+                                             the right one.  Prevent an endless
+                                             loop.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        free (digits);
+                                        if (ndigits == precision)
+                                          exponent -= 1;
+                                        else
+                                          exponent += 1;
+                                        adjusted = 1;
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision+1.  */
+                                    if (is_borderline (digits, precision))
+                                      {
+                                        /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high
+                                           and a smaller exponent can be reached
+                                           by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x.  */
+                                        char *digits2 =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg,
+                                                                             (int)precision - exponent + 1);
+                                        if (digits2 == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        if (strlen (digits2) == precision + 1)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            digits = digits2;
+                                            exponent -= 1;
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          free (digits2);
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision+1.  */
+
+                                    *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        while (ndigits > 0)
+                                          {
+                                            --ndigits;
+                                            *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                          }
+                                      }
+
+                                    free (digits);
+                                  }
+
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+#   if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                {
+                                  static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                    { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' };
+                                  SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                }
+                                while (*p != '\0')
+                                  p++;
+#   else
+                                if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                  {
+                                    sprintf ((char *) p, "%+.2d", exponent);
+                                    while (*p != '\0')
+                                      p++;
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  {
+                                    char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                    const char *ep;
+                                    sprintf (expbuf, "%+.2d", exponent);
+                                    for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                      p++;
+                                  }
+#   endif
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G')
+                              {
+                                if (precision == 0)
+                                  precision = 1;
+                                /* precision >= 1.  */
+
+                                if (arg == 0.0L)
+                                  /* The exponent is 0, >= -4, < precision.
+                                     Use fixed-point notation.  */
+                                  {
+                                    size_t ndigits = precision;
+                                    /* Number of trailing zeroes that have to be
+                                       dropped.  */
+                                    size_t nzeroes =
+                                      (flags & FLAG_ALT ? 0 : precision - 1);
+
+                                    --ndigits;
+                                    *p++ = '0';
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                          {
+                                            --ndigits;
+                                            *p++ = '0';
+                                          }
+                                      }
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  {
+                                    /* arg > 0.0L.  */
+                                    int exponent;
+                                    int adjusted;
+                                    char *digits;
+                                    size_t ndigits;
+                                    size_t nzeroes;
+
+                                    exponent = floorlog10l (arg);
+                                    adjusted = 0;
+                                    for (;;)
+                                      {
+                                        digits =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg,
+                                                                             (int)(precision - 1) - exponent);
+                                        if (digits == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                        if (ndigits == precision)
+                                          break;
+                                        if (ndigits < precision - 1
+                                            || ndigits > precision + 1)
+                                          /* The exponent was not guessed
+                                             precisely enough.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        if (adjusted)
+                                          /* None of two values of exponent is
+                                             the right one.  Prevent an endless
+                                             loop.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        free (digits);
+                                        if (ndigits < precision)
+                                          exponent -= 1;
+                                        else
+                                          exponent += 1;
+                                        adjusted = 1;
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision.  */
+                                    if (is_borderline (digits, precision - 1))
+                                      {
+                                        /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high
+                                           and a smaller exponent can be reached
+                                           by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x.  */
+                                        char *digits2 =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg,
+                                                                             (int)(precision - 1) - exponent + 1);
+                                        if (digits2 == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        if (strlen (digits2) == precision)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            digits = digits2;
+                                            exponent -= 1;
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          free (digits2);
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision.  */
+
+                                    /* Determine the number of trailing zeroes
+                                       that have to be dropped.  */
+                                    nzeroes = 0;
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) == 0)
+                                      while (nzeroes < ndigits
+                                             && digits[nzeroes] == '0')
+                                        nzeroes++;
+
+                                    /* The exponent is now determined.  */
+                                    if (exponent >= -4
+                                        && exponent < (long)precision)
+                                      {
+                                        /* Fixed-point notation:
+                                           max(exponent,0)+1 digits, then the
+                                           decimal point, then the remaining
+                                           digits without trailing zeroes.  */
+                                        if (exponent >= 0)
+                                          {
+                                            size_t ecount = exponent + 1;
+                                            /* Note: count <= precision = ndigits.  */
+                                            for (; ecount > 0; ecount--)
+                                              *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                            if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                                while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                                  {
+                                                    --ndigits;
+                                                    *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                                  }
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          {
+                                            size_t ecount = -exponent - 1;
+                                            *p++ = '0';
+                                            *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                            for (; ecount > 0; ecount--)
+                                              *p++ = '0';
+                                            while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                --ndigits;
+                                                *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                      }
+                                    else
+                                      {
+                                        /* Exponential notation.  */
+                                        *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                        if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                          {
+                                            *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                            while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                --ndigits;
+                                                *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                        *p++ = dp->conversion - 'G' + 'E'; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+#   if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                        {
+                                          static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                            { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' };
+                                          SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                        }
+                                        while (*p != '\0')
+                                          p++;
+#   else
+                                        if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                          {
+                                            sprintf ((char *) p, "%+.2d", exponent);
+                                            while (*p != '\0')
+                                              p++;
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          {
+                                            char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                            const char *ep;
+                                            sprintf (expbuf, "%+.2d", exponent);
+                                            for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                              p++;
+                                          }
+#   endif
+                                      }
+
+                                    free (digits);
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else
+                              abort ();
+#  else
+                            /* arg is finite.  */
+                            if (!(arg == 0.0L))
+                              abort ();
+
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+                                *p++ = '+';
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if (flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                                  {
+                                    size_t ndigits =
+                                      (precision > 0 ? precision - 1 : 0);
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; ndigits > 0; --ndigits)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X';
+                                pad_ptr = p;
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P';
+                                *p++ = '+';
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                              }
+                            else
+                              abort ();
+#  endif
+                          }
+
+                        END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                      }
+                  }
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+                else
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+                  {
+                    double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
+
+                    if (isnand (arg))
+                      {
+                        if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z')
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N';
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n';
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        int sign = 0;
+
+                        if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0 or negative zero */
+                          {
+                            sign = -1;
+                            arg = -arg;
+                          }
+
+                        if (sign < 0)
+                          *p++ = '-';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                          *p++ = '+';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+
+                        if (arg > 0.0 && arg + arg == arg)
+                          {
+                            if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F';
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f';
+                              }
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                              {
+                                char *digits;
+                                size_t ndigits;
+
+                                digits =
+                                  scale10_round_decimal_double (arg, precision);
+                                if (digits == NULL)
+                                  goto out_of_memory;
+                                ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                if (ndigits > precision)
+                                  do
+                                    {
+                                      --ndigits;
+                                      *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                    }
+                                  while (ndigits > precision);
+                                else
+                                  *p++ = '0';
+                                /* Here ndigits <= precision.  */
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > ndigits; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                    while (ndigits > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        --ndigits;
+                                        *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                      }
+                                  }
+
+                                free (digits);
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E')
+                              {
+                                int exponent;
+
+                                if (arg == 0.0)
+                                  {
+                                    exponent = 0;
+                                    *p++ = '0';
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                          *p++ = '0';
+                                      }
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  {
+                                    /* arg > 0.0.  */
+                                    int adjusted;
+                                    char *digits;
+                                    size_t ndigits;
+
+                                    exponent = floorlog10 (arg);
+                                    adjusted = 0;
+                                    for (;;)
+                                      {
+                                        digits =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_double (arg,
+                                                                        (int)precision - exponent);
+                                        if (digits == NULL)
+                                          goto out_of_memory;
+                                        ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                        if (ndigits == precision + 1)
+                                          break;
+                                        if (ndigits < precision
+                                            || ndigits > precision + 2)
+                                          /* The exponent was not guessed
+                                             precisely enough.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        if (adjusted)
+                                          /* None of two values of exponent is
+                                             the right one.  Prevent an endless
+                                             loop.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        free (digits);
+                                        if (ndigits == precision)
+                                          exponent -= 1;
+                                        else
+                                          exponent += 1;
+                                        adjusted = 1;
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision+1.  */
+                                    if (is_borderline (digits, precision))
+                                      {
+                                        /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high
+                                           and a smaller exponent can be reached
+                                           by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x.  */
+                                        char *digits2 =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_double (arg,
+                                                                        (int)precision - exponent + 1);
+                                        if (digits2 == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        if (strlen (digits2) == precision + 1)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            digits = digits2;
+                                            exponent -= 1;
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          free (digits2);
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision+1.  */
+
+                                    *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        while (ndigits > 0)
+                                          {
+                                            --ndigits;
+                                            *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                          }
+                                      }
+
+                                    free (digits);
+                                  }
+
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+#   if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                {
+                                  static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                    /* Produce the same number of exponent digits
+                                       as the native printf implementation.  */
+#    if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                                    { '%', '+', '.', '3', 'd', '\0' };
+#    else
+                                    { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' };
+#    endif
+                                  SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                }
+                                while (*p != '\0')
+                                  p++;
+#   else
+                                {
+                                  static const char decimal_format[] =
+                                    /* Produce the same number of exponent digits
+                                       as the native printf implementation.  */
+#    if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                                    "%+.3d";
+#    else
+                                    "%+.2d";
+#    endif
+                                  if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                    {
+                                      sprintf ((char *) p, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                      while (*p != '\0')
+                                        p++;
+                                    }
+                                  else
+                                    {
+                                      char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                      const char *ep;
+                                      sprintf (expbuf, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                      for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                        p++;
+                                    }
+                                }
+#   endif
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G')
+                              {
+                                if (precision == 0)
+                                  precision = 1;
+                                /* precision >= 1.  */
+
+                                if (arg == 0.0)
+                                  /* The exponent is 0, >= -4, < precision.
+                                     Use fixed-point notation.  */
+                                  {
+                                    size_t ndigits = precision;
+                                    /* Number of trailing zeroes that have to be
+                                       dropped.  */
+                                    size_t nzeroes =
+                                      (flags & FLAG_ALT ? 0 : precision - 1);
+
+                                    --ndigits;
+                                    *p++ = '0';
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                          {
+                                            --ndigits;
+                                            *p++ = '0';
+                                          }
+                                      }
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  {
+                                    /* arg > 0.0.  */
+                                    int exponent;
+                                    int adjusted;
+                                    char *digits;
+                                    size_t ndigits;
+                                    size_t nzeroes;
+
+                                    exponent = floorlog10 (arg);
+                                    adjusted = 0;
+                                    for (;;)
+                                      {
+                                        digits =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_double (arg,
+                                                                        (int)(precision - 1) - exponent);
+                                        if (digits == NULL)
+                                          goto out_of_memory;
+                                        ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                        if (ndigits == precision)
+                                          break;
+                                        if (ndigits < precision - 1
+                                            || ndigits > precision + 1)
+                                          /* The exponent was not guessed
+                                             precisely enough.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        if (adjusted)
+                                          /* None of two values of exponent is
+                                             the right one.  Prevent an endless
+                                             loop.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        free (digits);
+                                        if (ndigits < precision)
+                                          exponent -= 1;
+                                        else
+                                          exponent += 1;
+                                        adjusted = 1;
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision.  */
+                                    if (is_borderline (digits, precision - 1))
+                                      {
+                                        /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high
+                                           and a smaller exponent can be reached
+                                           by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x.  */
+                                        char *digits2 =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_double (arg,
+                                                                        (int)(precision - 1) - exponent + 1);
+                                        if (digits2 == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        if (strlen (digits2) == precision)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            digits = digits2;
+                                            exponent -= 1;
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          free (digits2);
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision.  */
+
+                                    /* Determine the number of trailing zeroes
+                                       that have to be dropped.  */
+                                    nzeroes = 0;
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) == 0)
+                                      while (nzeroes < ndigits
+                                             && digits[nzeroes] == '0')
+                                        nzeroes++;
+
+                                    /* The exponent is now determined.  */
+                                    if (exponent >= -4
+                                        && exponent < (long)precision)
+                                      {
+                                        /* Fixed-point notation:
+                                           max(exponent,0)+1 digits, then the
+                                           decimal point, then the remaining
+                                           digits without trailing zeroes.  */
+                                        if (exponent >= 0)
+                                          {
+                                            size_t ecount = exponent + 1;
+                                            /* Note: ecount <= precision = ndigits.  */
+                                            for (; ecount > 0; ecount--)
+                                              *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                            if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                                while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                                  {
+                                                    --ndigits;
+                                                    *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                                  }
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          {
+                                            size_t ecount = -exponent - 1;
+                                            *p++ = '0';
+                                            *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                            for (; ecount > 0; ecount--)
+                                              *p++ = '0';
+                                            while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                --ndigits;
+                                                *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                      }
+                                    else
+                                      {
+                                        /* Exponential notation.  */
+                                        *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                        if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                          {
+                                            *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                            while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                --ndigits;
+                                                *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                        *p++ = dp->conversion - 'G' + 'E'; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+#   if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                        {
+                                          static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                            /* Produce the same number of exponent digits
+                                               as the native printf implementation.  */
+#    if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                                            { '%', '+', '.', '3', 'd', '\0' };
+#    else
+                                            { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' };
+#    endif
+                                          SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                        }
+                                        while (*p != '\0')
+                                          p++;
+#   else
+                                        {
+                                          static const char decimal_format[] =
+                                            /* Produce the same number of exponent digits
+                                               as the native printf implementation.  */
+#    if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                                            "%+.3d";
+#    else
+                                            "%+.2d";
+#    endif
+                                          if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                            {
+                                              sprintf ((char *) p, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                              while (*p != '\0')
+                                                p++;
+                                            }
+                                          else
+                                            {
+                                              char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                              const char *ep;
+                                              sprintf (expbuf, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                              for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                                p++;
+                                            }
+                                        }
+#   endif
+                                      }
+
+                                    free (digits);
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else
+                              abort ();
+#  else
+                            /* arg is finite.  */
+                            if (!(arg == 0.0))
+                              abort ();
+
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+                                *p++ = '+';
+                                /* Produce the same number of exponent digits as
+                                   the native printf implementation.  */
+#   if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                                *p++ = '0';
+#   endif
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if (flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                                  {
+                                    size_t ndigits =
+                                      (precision > 0 ? precision - 1 : 0);
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; ndigits > 0; --ndigits)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else
+                              abort ();
+#  endif
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+# endif
+
+                /* The generated string now extends from tmp to p, with the
+                   zero padding insertion point being at pad_ptr.  */
+                count = p - tmp;
+
+                if (count < width)
+                  {
+                    size_t pad = width - count;
+                    DCHAR_T *end = p + pad;
+
+                    if (flags & FLAG_LEFT)
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with spaces on the right.  */
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+                      }
+                    else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL)
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with zeroes.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                        while (p > pad_ptr)
+                          *--q = *--p;
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = '0';
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with spaces on the left.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                        while (p > tmp)
+                          *--q = *--p;
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+                      }
+
+                    p = end;
+                  }
+
+                count = p - tmp;
+
+                if (count >= tmp_length)
+                  /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
+                     code above!  */
+                  abort ();
+
+                /* Make room for the result.  */
+                if (count >= allocated - length)
+                  {
+                    size_t n = xsum (length, count);
+
+                    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                  }
+
+                /* Append the result.  */
+                memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+                if (tmp != tmpbuf)
+                  free (tmp);
+                length += count;
+              }
+#endif
+            else
+              {
+                arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                int has_width;
+#endif
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF || !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                size_t width;
+#endif
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                int has_precision;
+                size_t precision;
+#endif
+#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                int prec_ourselves;
+#else
+#               define prec_ourselves 0
+#endif
+#if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST
+#               define pad_ourselves 1
+#elif !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                int pad_ourselves;
+#else
+#               define pad_ourselves 0
+#endif
+                TCHAR_T *fbp;
+                unsigned int prefix_count;
+                int prefixes[2] IF_LINT (= { 0 });
+                int orig_errno;
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+                size_t tmp_length;
+                TCHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
+                TCHAR_T *tmp;
+#endif
+
+#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                has_width = 0;
+#endif
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF || !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        width = arg;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = -width;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                    has_width = 1;
+#endif
+                  }
+#endif
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                has_precision = 0;
+                precision = 6;
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision
+                            were omitted."  */
+                        if (arg >= 0)
+                          {
+                            precision = arg;
+                            has_precision = 1;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                        precision = 0;
+                        while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                          precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        has_precision = 1;
+                      }
+                  }
+#endif
+
+                /* Decide whether to handle the precision ourselves.  */
+#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                switch (dp->conversion)
+                  {
+                  case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
+                  case 'o':
+                  case 'x': case 'X': case 'p':
+                    prec_ourselves = has_precision && (precision > 0);
+                    break;
+                  default:
+                    prec_ourselves = 0;
+                    break;
+                  }
+#endif
+
+                /* Decide whether to perform the padding ourselves.  */
+#if !NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST && (!DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION)
+                switch (dp->conversion)
+                  {
+# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                  /* If we need conversion from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[], we need
+                     to perform the padding after this conversion.  Functions
+                     with unistdio extensions perform the padding based on
+                     character count rather than element count.  */
+                  case 'c': case 's':
+# endif
+# if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO
+                  case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+                  case 'a': case 'A':
+# endif
+                    pad_ourselves = 1;
+                    break;
+                  default:
+                    pad_ourselves = prec_ourselves;
+                    break;
+                  }
+#endif
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+                /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling
+                   sprintf.  */
+                tmp_length =
+                  MAX_ROOM_NEEDED (&a, dp->arg_index, dp->conversion, type,
+                                   flags, width, has_precision, precision,
+                                   pad_ourselves);
+
+                if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+                  tmp = tmpbuf;
+                else
+                  {
+                    size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+
+                    if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
+                      /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                    tmp = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
+                    if (tmp == NULL)
+                      /* Out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                  }
+#endif
+
+                /* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or
+                   sprintf.  */
+                fbp = buf;
+                *fbp++ = '%';
+#if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_GROUPING
+                /* The underlying implementation doesn't support the ' flag.
+                   Produce no grouping characters in this case; this is
+                   acceptable because the grouping is locale dependent.  */
+#else
+                if (flags & FLAG_GROUP)
+                  *fbp++ = '\'';
+#endif
+                if (flags & FLAG_LEFT)
+                  *fbp++ = '-';
+                if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                  *fbp++ = '+';
+                if (flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                  *fbp++ = ' ';
+                if (flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                  *fbp++ = '#';
+#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
+                if (flags & FLAG_LOCALIZED)
+                  *fbp++ = 'I';
+#endif
+                if (!pad_ourselves)
+                  {
+                    if (flags & FLAG_ZERO)
+                      *fbp++ = '0';
+                    if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                      {
+                        size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
+                        /* The width specification is known to consist only
+                           of standard ASCII characters.  */
+                        if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+                          {
+                            memcpy (fbp, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+                            fbp += n;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            const FCHAR_T *mp = dp->width_start;
+                            do
+                              *fbp++ = *mp++;
+                            while (--n > 0);
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+                if (!prec_ourselves)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                      {
+                        size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
+                        /* The precision specification is known to consist only
+                           of standard ASCII characters.  */
+                        if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+                          {
+                            memcpy (fbp, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+                            fbp += n;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            const FCHAR_T *mp = dp->precision_start;
+                            do
+                              *fbp++ = *mp++;
+                            while (--n > 0);
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                switch (type)
+                  {
+                  case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+                  case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                    *fbp++ = 'I';
+                    *fbp++ = '6';
+                    *fbp++ = '4';
+                    break;
+#else
+                    *fbp++ = 'l';
+#endif
+                    FALLTHROUGH;
+                  case TYPE_LONGINT:
+                  case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+                  case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+#endif
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                  case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+#endif
+                    *fbp++ = 'l';
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+                    *fbp++ = 'L';
+                    break;
+                  default:
+                    break;
+                  }
+#if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F
+                if (dp->conversion == 'F')
+                  *fbp = 'f';
+                else
+#endif
+                  *fbp = dp->conversion;
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+# if ((HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 && HAVE_SNPRINTF_TRUNCATION_C99)            \
+      || ((__GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 3))       \
+          && !defined __UCLIBC__)                                           \
+      || (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__)                            \
+      || defined __ANDROID__                                                \
+      || (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__))
+                /* On systems where we know that snprintf's return value
+                   conforms to ISO C 99 (HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99) and that
+                   snprintf always produces NUL-terminated strings
+                   (HAVE_SNPRINTF_TRUNCATION_C99), it is possible to avoid
+                   using %n.  And it is desirable to do so, because more and
+                   more platforms no longer support %n, for "security reasons".
+                   In particular, the following platforms:
+                     - On glibc2 systems from 2004-10-18 or newer, the use of
+                       %n in format strings in writable memory may crash the
+                       program (if compiled with _FORTIFY_SOURCE=2).
+                     - On Mac OS X 10.13 or newer, the use of %n in format
+                       strings in writable memory by default crashes the
+                       program.
+                     - On Android, starting on 2018-03-07, the use of %n in
+                       format strings produces a fatal error (see
+                       <https://android.googlesource.com/platform/bionic/+/41398d03b7e8e0dfb951660ae713e682e9fc0336>).
+                   On these platforms, HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 and
+                   HAVE_SNPRINTF_TRUNCATION_C99 are 1. We have listed them
+                   explicitly in the condition above, in case of cross-
+                   compilation (just to be sure).  */
+                /* On native Windows systems (such as mingw), we can avoid using
+                   %n because:
+                     - Although the gl_SNPRINTF_TRUNCATION_C99 test fails,
+                       snprintf does not write more than the specified number
+                       of bytes. (snprintf (buf, 3, "%d %d", 4567, 89) writes
+                       '4', '5', '6' into buf, not '4', '5', '\0'.)
+                     - Although the gl_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 test fails, snprintf
+                       allows us to recognize the case of an insufficient
+                       buffer size: it returns -1 in this case.
+                   On native Windows systems (such as mingw) where the OS is
+                   Windows Vista, the use of %n in format strings by default
+                   crashes the program. See
+                     <https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2007-06/msg00122.html> and
+                     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cpp/c-runtime-library/reference/set-printf-count-output>
+                   So we should avoid %n in this situation.  */
+                fbp[1] = '\0';
+# else           /* AIX <= 5.1, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris <= 9, BeOS */
+                fbp[1] = '%';
+                fbp[2] = 'n';
+                fbp[3] = '\0';
+# endif
+#else
+                fbp[1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+                /* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf.  */
+                prefix_count = 0;
+                if (!pad_ourselves && dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                  {
+                    if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                      abort ();
+                    prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                  }
+                if (!prec_ourselves && dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                  {
+                    if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                      abort ();
+                    prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                  }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                /* The SNPRINTF result is appended after result[0..length].
+                   The latter is an array of DCHAR_T; SNPRINTF appends an
+                   array of TCHAR_T to it.  This is possible because
+                   sizeof (TCHAR_T) divides sizeof (DCHAR_T) and
+                   alignof (TCHAR_T) <= alignof (DCHAR_T).  */
+# define TCHARS_PER_DCHAR (sizeof (DCHAR_T) / sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+                /* Ensure that maxlen below will be >= 2.  Needed on BeOS,
+                   where an snprintf() with maxlen==1 acts like sprintf().  */
+                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length,
+                                         (2 + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1)
+                                         / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR));
+                /* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count
+                   via %n.  */
+                *(TCHAR_T *) (result + length) = '\0';
+#endif
+
+                orig_errno = errno;
+
+                for (;;)
+                  {
+                    int count = -1;
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                    int retcount = 0;
+                    size_t maxlen = allocated - length;
+                    /* SNPRINTF can fail if its second argument is
+                       > INT_MAX.  */
+                    if (maxlen > INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR)
+                      maxlen = INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR;
+                    maxlen = maxlen * TCHARS_PER_DCHAR;
+# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
+                    switch (prefix_count)                                   \
+                      {                                                     \
+                      case 0:                                               \
+                        retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \
+                                             maxlen, buf,                   \
+                                             arg, &count);                  \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 1:                                               \
+                        retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \
+                                             maxlen, buf,                   \
+                                             prefixes[0], arg, &count);     \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 2:                                               \
+                        retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \
+                                             maxlen, buf,                   \
+                                             prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \
+                                             &count);                       \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      default:                                              \
+                        abort ();                                           \
+                      }
+#else
+# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
+                    switch (prefix_count)                                   \
+                      {                                                     \
+                      case 0:                                               \
+                        count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg);                    \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 1:                                               \
+                        count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg);       \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 2:                                               \
+                        count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\
+                                         arg);                              \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      default:                                              \
+                        abort ();                                           \
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    errno = 0;
+                    switch (type)
+                      {
+                      case TYPE_SCHAR:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_UCHAR:
+                        {
+                          unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_SHORT:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_USHORT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_INT:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_UINT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_LONGINT:
+                        {
+                          long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+                        {
+                          long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_DOUBLE:
+                        {
+                          double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+                        {
+                          long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_CHAR:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+                      case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+                        {
+                          wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#endif
+                      case TYPE_STRING:
+                        {
+                          const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                      case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+                        {
+                          const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#endif
+                      case TYPE_POINTER:
+                        {
+                          void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      default:
+                        abort ();
+                      }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                    /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf()
+                       are ISO C 99 compliant.  Determine the number of
+                       bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have
+                       produced.  */
+                    if (count >= 0)
+                      {
+                        /* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its
+                           result.  */
+                        if ((unsigned int) count < maxlen
+                            && ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length)) [count] != '\0')
+                          abort ();
+                        /* Portability hack.  */
+                        if (retcount > count)
+                          count = retcount;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n'
+                           directive.  */
+                        if (fbp[1] != '\0')
+                          {
+                            /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look
+                               at the snprintf() return value.  */
+                            fbp[1] = '\0';
+                            continue;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            /* Look at the snprintf() return value.  */
+                            if (retcount < 0)
+                              {
+# if !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || USE_MSVC__SNPRINTF
+                                /* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient:
+                                   It doesn't understand the '%n' directive,
+                                   *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length
+                                   that would have been required) when the
+                                   buffer is too small.
+                                   But a failure at this point can also come
+                                   from other reasons than a too small buffer,
+                                   such as an invalid wide string argument to
+                                   the %ls directive, or possibly an invalid
+                                   floating-point argument.  */
+                                size_t tmp_length =
+                                  MAX_ROOM_NEEDED (&a, dp->arg_index,
+                                                   dp->conversion, type, flags,
+                                                   width,
+                                                   has_precision,
+                                                   precision, pad_ourselves);
+
+                                if (maxlen < tmp_length)
+                                  {
+                                    /* Make more room.  But try to do through
+                                       this reallocation only once.  */
+                                    size_t bigger_need =
+                                      xsum (length,
+                                            xsum (tmp_length,
+                                                  TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1)
+                                            / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR);
+                                    /* And always grow proportionally.
+                                       (There may be several arguments, each
+                                       needing a little more room than the
+                                       previous one.)  */
+                                    size_t bigger_need2 =
+                                      xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12);
+                                    if (bigger_need < bigger_need2)
+                                      bigger_need = bigger_need2;
+                                    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need);
+                                    continue;
+                                  }
+# endif
+                              }
+                            else
+                              count = retcount;
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    /* Attempt to handle failure.  */
+                    if (count < 0)
+                      {
+                        /* SNPRINTF or sprintf failed.  Use the errno that it
+                           has set, if any.  */
+                        if (errno == 0)
+                          {
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'c' || dp->conversion == 's')
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                            else
+                              errno = EINVAL;
+                          }
+
+                        if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                          free (result);
+                        if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                          free (buf_malloced);
+                        CLEANUP ();
+
+                        return NULL;
+                      }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                    /* Handle overflow of the allocated buffer.
+                       If such an overflow occurs, a C99 compliant snprintf()
+                       returns a count >= maxlen.  However, a non-compliant
+                       snprintf() function returns only count = maxlen - 1.  To
+                       cover both cases, test whether count >= maxlen - 1.  */
+                    if ((unsigned int) count + 1 >= maxlen)
+                      {
+                        /* If maxlen already has attained its allowed maximum,
+                           allocating more memory will not increase maxlen.
+                           Instead of looping, bail out.  */
+                        if (maxlen == INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR)
+                          goto overflow;
+                        else
+                          {
+                            /* Need at least (count + 1) * sizeof (TCHAR_T)
+                               bytes.  (The +1 is for the trailing NUL.)
+                               But ask for (count + 2) * sizeof (TCHAR_T)
+                               bytes, so that in the next round, we likely get
+                                 maxlen > (unsigned int) count + 1
+                               and so we don't get here again.
+                               And allocate proportionally, to avoid looping
+                               eternally if snprintf() reports a too small
+                               count.  */
+                            size_t n =
+                              xmax (xsum (length,
+                                          ((unsigned int) count + 2
+                                           + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1)
+                                          / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR),
+                                    xtimes (allocated, 2));
+
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                            continue;
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                    if (prec_ourselves)
+                      {
+                        /* Handle the precision.  */
+                        TCHAR_T *prec_ptr =
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                          (TCHAR_T *) (result + length);
+# else
+                          tmp;
+# endif
+                        size_t prefix_count;
+                        size_t move;
+
+                        prefix_count = 0;
+                        /* Put the additional zeroes after the sign.  */
+                        if (count >= 1
+                            && (*prec_ptr == '-' || *prec_ptr == '+'
+                                || *prec_ptr == ' '))
+                          prefix_count = 1;
+                        /* Put the additional zeroes after the 0x prefix if
+                           (flags & FLAG_ALT) || (dp->conversion == 'p').  */
+                        else if (count >= 2
+                                 && prec_ptr[0] == '0'
+                                 && (prec_ptr[1] == 'x' || prec_ptr[1] == 'X'))
+                          prefix_count = 2;
+
+                        move = count - prefix_count;
+                        if (precision > move)
+                          {
+                            /* Insert zeroes.  */
+                            size_t insert = precision - move;
+                            TCHAR_T *prec_end;
+
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                            size_t n =
+                              xsum (length,
+                                    (count + insert + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1)
+                                    / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR);
+                            length += (count + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR;
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                            length -= (count + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR;
+                            prec_ptr = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length);
+# endif
+
+                            prec_end = prec_ptr + count;
+                            prec_ptr += prefix_count;
+
+                            while (prec_end > prec_ptr)
+                              {
+                                prec_end--;
+                                prec_end[insert] = prec_end[0];
+                              }
+
+                            prec_end += insert;
+                            do
+                              *--prec_end = '0';
+                            while (prec_end > prec_ptr);
+
+                            count += insert;
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+                    if (count >= tmp_length)
+                      /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
+                         code above!  */
+                      abort ();
+#endif
+
+#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                    /* Convert from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[].  */
+                    if (dp->conversion == 'c' || dp->conversion == 's')
+                      {
+                        /* type = TYPE_CHAR or TYPE_WIDE_CHAR or TYPE_STRING
+                           TYPE_WIDE_STRING.
+                           The result string is not certainly ASCII.  */
+                        const TCHAR_T *tmpsrc;
+                        DCHAR_T *tmpdst;
+                        size_t tmpdst_len;
+                        /* This code assumes that TCHAR_T is 'char'.  */
+                        verify (sizeof (TCHAR_T) == 1);
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                        tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length);
+# else
+                        tmpsrc = tmp;
+# endif
+                        tmpdst =
+                          DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING (locale_charset (),
+                                                    iconveh_question_mark,
+                                                    tmpsrc, count,
+                                                    NULL,
+                                                    NULL, &tmpdst_len);
+                        if (tmpdst == NULL)
+                          {
+                            if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                              free (result);
+                            if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                              free (buf_malloced);
+                            CLEANUP ();
+                            return NULL;
+                          }
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION_ELSE (xsum (length, tmpdst_len),
+                                                { free (tmpdst); goto out_of_memory; });
+                        DCHAR_CPY (result + length, tmpdst, tmpdst_len);
+                        free (tmpdst);
+                        count = tmpdst_len;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* The result string is ASCII.
+                           Simple 1:1 conversion.  */
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                        /* If sizeof (DCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T), it's a
+                           no-op conversion, in-place on the array starting
+                           at (result + length).  */
+                        if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) != sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+# endif
+                          {
+                            const TCHAR_T *tmpsrc;
+                            DCHAR_T *tmpdst;
+                            size_t n;
+
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                            if (result == resultbuf)
+                              {
+                                tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length);
+                                /* ENSURE_ALLOCATION will not move tmpsrc
+                                   (because it's part of resultbuf).  */
+                                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count));
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                /* ENSURE_ALLOCATION will move the array
+                                   (because it uses realloc().  */
+                                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count));
+                                tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length);
+                              }
+# else
+                            tmpsrc = tmp;
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count));
+# endif
+                            tmpdst = result + length;
+                            /* Copy backwards, because of overlapping.  */
+                            tmpsrc += count;
+                            tmpdst += count;
+                            for (n = count; n > 0; n--)
+                              *--tmpdst = *--tmpsrc;
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+#if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR && !USE_SNPRINTF
+                    /* Make room for the result.  */
+                    if (count > allocated - length)
+                      {
+                        /* Need at least count elements.  But allocate
+                           proportionally.  */
+                        size_t n =
+                          xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2));
+
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    /* Here count <= allocated - length.  */
+
+                    /* Perform padding.  */
+#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                    if (pad_ourselves && has_width)
+                      {
+                        size_t w;
+# if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                        /* Outside POSIX, it's preferable to compare the width
+                           against the number of _characters_ of the converted
+                           value.  */
+                        w = DCHAR_MBSNLEN (result + length, count);
+# else
+                        /* The width is compared against the number of _bytes_
+                           of the converted value, says POSIX.  */
+                        w = count;
+# endif
+                        if (w < width)
+                          {
+                            size_t pad = width - w;
+
+                            /* Make room for the result.  */
+                            if (xsum (count, pad) > allocated - length)
+                              {
+                                /* Need at least count + pad elements.  But
+                                   allocate proportionally.  */
+                                size_t n =
+                                  xmax (xsum3 (length, count, pad),
+                                        xtimes (allocated, 2));
+
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                                length += count;
+                                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                                length -= count;
+# else
+                                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+# endif
+                              }
+                            /* Here count + pad <= allocated - length.  */
+
+                            {
+# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || USE_SNPRINTF
+                              DCHAR_T * const rp = result + length;
+# else
+                              DCHAR_T * const rp = tmp;
+# endif
+                              DCHAR_T *p = rp + count;
+                              DCHAR_T *end = p + pad;
+                              DCHAR_T *pad_ptr;
+# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                              if (dp->conversion == 'c'
+                                  || dp->conversion == 's')
+                                /* No zero-padding for string directives.  */
+                                pad_ptr = NULL;
+                              else
+# endif
+                                {
+                                  pad_ptr = (*rp == '-' ? rp + 1 : rp);
+                                  /* No zero-padding of "inf" and "nan".  */
+                                  if ((*pad_ptr >= 'A' && *pad_ptr <= 'Z')
+                                      || (*pad_ptr >= 'a' && *pad_ptr <= 'z'))
+                                    pad_ptr = NULL;
+                                }
+                              /* The generated string now extends from rp to p,
+                                 with the zero padding insertion point being at
+                                 pad_ptr.  */
+
+                              count = count + pad; /* = end - rp */
+
+                              if (flags & FLAG_LEFT)
+                                {
+                                  /* Pad with spaces on the right.  */
+                                  for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                                    *p++ = ' ';
+                                }
+                              else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL)
+                                {
+                                  /* Pad with zeroes.  */
+                                  DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                                  while (p > pad_ptr)
+                                    *--q = *--p;
+                                  for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                                    *p++ = '0';
+                                }
+                              else
+                                {
+                                  /* Pad with spaces on the left.  */
+                                  DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                                  while (p > rp)
+                                    *--q = *--p;
+                                  for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                                    *p++ = ' ';
+                                }
+                            }
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    /* Here still count <= allocated - length.  */
+
+#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || USE_SNPRINTF
+                    /* The snprintf() result did fit.  */
+#else
+                    /* Append the sprintf() result.  */
+                    memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+#endif
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+                    if (tmp != tmpbuf)
+                      free (tmp);
+#endif
+
+#if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F
+                    if (dp->conversion == 'F')
+                      {
+                        /* Convert the %f result to upper case for %F.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *rp = result + length;
+                        size_t rc;
+                        for (rc = count; rc > 0; rc--, rp++)
+                          if (*rp >= 'a' && *rp <= 'z')
+                            *rp = *rp - 'a' + 'A';
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    length += count;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                errno = orig_errno;
+#undef pad_ourselves
+#undef prec_ourselves
+              }
+          }
+      }
+
+    /* Add the final NUL.  */
+    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
+    result[length] = '\0';
+
+    if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated)
+      {
+        /* Shrink the allocated memory if possible.  */
+        DCHAR_T *memory;
+
+        memory = (DCHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+        if (memory != NULL)
+          result = memory;
+      }
+
+    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+      free (buf_malloced);
+    CLEANUP ();
+    *lengthp = length;
+    /* Note that we can produce a big string of a length > INT_MAX.  POSIX
+       says that snprintf() fails with errno = EOVERFLOW in this case, but
+       that's only because snprintf() returns an 'int'.  This function does
+       not have this limitation.  */
+    return result;
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+  overflow:
+    if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+      free (result);
+    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+      free (buf_malloced);
+    CLEANUP ();
+    errno = EOVERFLOW;
+    return NULL;
+#endif
+
+  out_of_memory:
+    if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+      free (result);
+    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+      free (buf_malloced);
+  out_of_memory_1:
+    CLEANUP ();
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+#undef MAX_ROOM_NEEDED
+#undef TCHARS_PER_DCHAR
+#undef SNPRINTF
+#undef USE_SNPRINTF
+#undef DCHAR_SET
+#undef DCHAR_CPY
+#undef PRINTF_PARSE
+#undef DIRECTIVES
+#undef DIRECTIVE
+#undef DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+#undef TCHAR_T
+#undef DCHAR_T
+#undef FCHAR_T
+#undef VASNPRINTF
diff --git a/lib/vasnprintf.h b/lib/vasnprintf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27cf54c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/vasnprintf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
+#define _VASNPRINTF_H
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
+   You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
+   size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
+   If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
+   if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
+   number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL.  Upon error, set
+   errno and return NULL.
+
+   When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left
+   alone (with possibly modified contents).  This makes it possible to use
+   a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this:
+
+          char buf[100];
+          size_t len = sizeof (buf);
+          char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args);
+          if (output == NULL)
+            ... error handling ...;
+          else
+            {
+              ... use the output string ...;
+              if (output != buf)
+                free (output);
+            }
+  */
+#if REPLACE_VASNPRINTF
+# define asnprintf rpl_asnprintf
+# define vasnprintf rpl_vasnprintf
+#endif
+extern char * asnprintf (char *restrict resultbuf, size_t *lengthp,
+                         const char *format, ...)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 3, 4));
+extern char * vasnprintf (char *restrict resultbuf, size_t *lengthp,
+                          const char *format, va_list args)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 3, 0));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */
diff --git a/lib/vasprintf.c b/lib/vasprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..218275f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/vasprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef IN_LIBASPRINTF
+# include "vasprintf.h"
+#else
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+int
+vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  size_t length;
+  char *result = vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (length > INT_MAX)
+    {
+      free (result);
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  *resultp = result;
+  /* Return the number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL.  */
+  return length;
+}
diff --git a/lib/verify.h b/lib/verify.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07b2f48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/verify.h
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+/* Compile-time assert-like macros.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_VERIFY_H
+#define _GL_VERIFY_H
+
+
+/* Define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if _Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
+   works as per C11.  This is supported by GCC 4.6.0+ and by clang 4+.
+
+   Define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT1 to 1 if _Static_assert (R) works as
+   per C2x.  This is supported by GCC 9.1+.
+
+   Support compilers claiming conformance to the relevant standard,
+   and also support GCC when not pedantic.  If we were willing to slow
+   'configure' down we could also use it with other compilers, but
+   since this affects only the quality of diagnostics, why bother?  */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+# if (201112L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+      || (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
+          && (4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 <= __clang_major__)))
+#  define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT 1
+# endif
+# if (202000L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+      || (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ && 9 <= __GNUC__))
+#  define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT1 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* FreeBSD 9.1 <sys/cdefs.h>, included by <stddef.h> and lots of other
+   system headers, defines a conflicting _Static_assert that is no
+   better than ours; override it.  */
+#ifndef _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
+# include <stddef.h>
+# undef _Static_assert
+#endif
+
+/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero.  To
+   be portable, R should be an integer constant expression.  Unlike
+   assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
+
+   If _Static_assert works, verify (R) uses it directly.  Similarly,
+   _GL_VERIFY_TRUE works by packaging a _Static_assert inside a struct
+   that is an operand of sizeof.
+
+   The code below uses several ideas for C++ compilers, and for C
+   compilers that do not support _Static_assert:
+
+   * The first step is ((R) ? 1 : -1).  Given an expression R, of
+     integral or boolean or floating-point type, this yields an
+     expression of integral type, whose value is later verified to be
+     constant and nonnegative.
+
+   * Next this expression W is wrapped in a type
+     struct _gl_verify_type {
+       unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: W;
+     }.
+     If W is negative, this yields a compile-time error.  No compiler can
+     deal with a bit-field of negative size.
+
+     One might think that an array size check would have the same
+     effect, that is, that the type struct { unsigned int dummy[W]; }
+     would work as well.  However, inside a function, some compilers
+     (such as C++ compilers and GNU C) allow local parameters and
+     variables inside array size expressions.  With these compilers,
+     an array size check would not properly diagnose this misuse of
+     the verify macro:
+
+       void function (int n) { verify (n < 0); }
+
+   * For the verify macro, the struct _gl_verify_type will need to
+     somehow be embedded into a declaration.  To be portable, this
+     declaration must declare an object, a constant, a function, or a
+     typedef name.  If the declared entity uses the type directly,
+     such as in
+
+       struct dummy {...};
+       typedef struct {...} dummy;
+       extern struct {...} *dummy;
+       extern void dummy (struct {...} *);
+       extern struct {...} *dummy (void);
+
+     two uses of the verify macro would yield colliding declarations
+     if the entity names are not disambiguated.  A workaround is to
+     attach the current line number to the entity name:
+
+       #define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
+       #define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
+       extern struct {...} * _GL_CONCAT (dummy, __LINE__);
+
+     But this has the problem that two invocations of verify from
+     within the same macro would collide, since the __LINE__ value
+     would be the same for both invocations.  (The GCC __COUNTER__
+     macro solves this problem, but is not portable.)
+
+     A solution is to use the sizeof operator.  It yields a number,
+     getting rid of the identity of the type.  Declarations like
+
+       extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
+       extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
+
+     can be repeated.
+
+   * Should the implementation use a named struct or an unnamed struct?
+     Which of the following alternatives can be used?
+
+       extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
+       extern int dummy [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
+       extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
+       extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})]);
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
+
+     In the second and sixth case, the struct type is exported to the
+     outer scope; two such declarations therefore collide.  GCC warns
+     about the first, third, and fourth cases.  So the only remaining
+     possibility is the fifth case:
+
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
+
+   * GCC warns about duplicate declarations of the dummy function if
+     -Wredundant-decls is used.  GCC 4.3 and later have a builtin
+     __COUNTER__ macro that can let us generate unique identifiers for
+     each dummy function, to suppress this warning.
+
+   * This implementation exploits the fact that older versions of GCC,
+     which do not support _Static_assert, also do not warn about the
+     last declaration mentioned above.
+
+   * GCC warns if -Wnested-externs is enabled and 'verify' is used
+     within a function body; but inside a function, you can always
+     arrange to use verify_expr instead.
+
+   * In C++, any struct definition inside sizeof is invalid.
+     Use a template type to work around the problem.  */
+
+/* Concatenate two preprocessor tokens.  */
+#define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
+#define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
+
+/* _GL_COUNTER is an integer, preferably one that changes each time we
+   use it.  Use __COUNTER__ if it works, falling back on __LINE__
+   otherwise.  __LINE__ isn't perfect, but it's better than a
+   constant.  */
+#if defined __COUNTER__ && __COUNTER__ != __COUNTER__
+# define _GL_COUNTER __COUNTER__
+#else
+# define _GL_COUNTER __LINE__
+#endif
+
+/* Generate a symbol with the given prefix, making it unique if
+   possible.  */
+#define _GL_GENSYM(prefix) _GL_CONCAT (prefix, _GL_COUNTER)
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression
+   that returns 1.  If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably
+   with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC.  */
+
+#define _GL_VERIFY_TRUE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+   (!!sizeof (_GL_VERIFY_TYPE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)))
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type
+template <int w>
+  struct _gl_verify_type {
+    unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: w;
+  };
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type 1
+# endif
+# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+    _gl_verify_type<(R) ? 1 : -1>
+#elif defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
+# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+    struct {                                   \
+      _Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC);          \
+      int _gl_dummy;                          \
+    }
+#else
+# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+    struct { unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: (R) ? 1 : -1; }
+#endif
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
+   trailing ';'.  If R is false, fail at compile-time.
+
+   This macro requires three or more arguments but uses at most the first
+   two, so that the _Static_assert macro optionally defined below supports
+   both the C11 two-argument syntax and the C2x one-argument syntax.
+
+   Unfortunately, unlike C11, this implementation must appear as an
+   ordinary declaration, and cannot appear inside struct { ... }.  */
+
+#if 200410 <= __cpp_static_assert
+# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC, ...) static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
+#elif defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
+# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC, ...) _Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
+#else
+# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC, ...)                                \
+    extern int (*_GL_GENSYM (_gl_verify_function) (void))	       \
+      [_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)]
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H is defined if this code is copied into assert.h.  */
+#ifdef _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H
+# if !defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT1 && !defined _Static_assert
+#  define _Static_assert(...) \
+     _GL_VERIFY (__VA_ARGS__, "static assertion failed", -)
+# endif
+# if __cpp_static_assert < 201411 && !defined static_assert
+#  define static_assert _Static_assert /* C11 requires this #define.  */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @assert.h omit start@  */
+
+#if 3 < __GNUC__ + (3 < __GNUC_MINOR__ + (4 <= __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__))
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP 1
+#elif defined __has_builtin
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP __has_builtin (__builtin_trap)
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP 0
+#endif
+
+#if 4 < __GNUC__ + (5 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE 1
+#elif defined __has_builtin
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE __has_builtin (__builtin_unreachable)
+#else
+# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE 0
+#endif
+
+/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero.  To
+   be portable, R should be an integer constant expression.  Unlike
+   assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
+
+   There are two macros, since no single macro can be used in all
+   contexts in C.  verify_expr (R, E) is for scalar contexts, including
+   integer constant expression contexts.  verify (R) is for declaration
+   contexts, e.g., the top level.  */
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time.  Return the value of the
+   expression E.  */
+
+#define verify_expr(R, E) \
+   (_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_expr (" #R ", " #E ")") ? (E) : (E))
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
+   trailing ';'.  verify (R) acts like static_assert (R) except that
+   it is portable to C11/C++14 and earlier, it can issue better
+   diagnostics, and its name is shorter and may be more convenient.  */
+
+#ifdef __PGI
+/* PGI barfs if R is long.  */
+# define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (...)", -)
+#else
+# define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (" #R ")", -)
+#endif
+
+/* Assume that R always holds.  Behavior is undefined if R is false,
+   fails to evaluate, or has side effects.
+
+   'assume (R)' is a directive from the programmer telling the
+   compiler that R is true so the compiler needn't generate code to
+   test R.  This is why 'assume' is in verify.h: it's related to
+   static checking (in this case, static checking done by the
+   programmer), not dynamic checking.
+
+   'assume (R)' can affect compilation of all the code, not just code
+   that happens to be executed after the assume (R) is "executed".
+   For example, if the code mistakenly does 'assert (R); assume (R);'
+   the compiler is entitled to optimize away the 'assert (R)'.
+
+   Although assuming R can help a compiler generate better code or
+   diagnostics, performance can suffer if R uses hard-to-optimize
+   features such as function calls not inlined by the compiler.
+
+   Avoid Clang's __builtin_assume, as it breaks GNU Emacs master
+   as of 2020-08-23T21:09:49Z!eggert@cs.ucla.edu; see
+   <https://bugs.gnu.org/43152#71>.  It's not known whether this breakage
+   is a Clang bug or an Emacs bug; play it safe for now.  */
+
+#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE
+# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : __builtin_unreachable ())
+#elif 1200 <= _MSC_VER
+# define assume(R) __assume (R)
+#elif (defined GCC_LINT || defined lint) && _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP
+  /* Doing it this way helps various packages when configured with
+     --enable-gcc-warnings, which compiles with -Dlint.  It's nicer
+     when 'assume' silences warnings even with older GCCs.  */
+# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : __builtin_trap ())
+#else
+  /* Some tools grok NOTREACHED, e.g., Oracle Studio 12.6.  */
+# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : /*NOTREACHED*/ (void) 0)
+#endif
+
+/* @assert.h omit end@  */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/verror.c b/lib/verror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b08b31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/verror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* va_list error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "verror.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "xvasprintf.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* Print a message with 'vfprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ARGS)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.
+   Use the globals error_print_progname and error_message_count similarly
+   to error().  */
+void
+verror (int status, int errnum, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  verror_at_line (status, errnum, NULL, 0, format, args);
+}
+
+/* Print a message with 'vfprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ARGS)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.
+   If FNAME is not NULL, prepend the message with "FNAME:LINENO:".
+   Use the globals error_print_progname, error_message_count, and
+   error_one_per_line similarly to error_at_line().  */
+void
+verror_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file,
+                unsigned int line_number, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  char *message = xvasprintf (format, args);
+  if (message)
+    {
+      /* Until https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=2997 is fixed,
+         glibc violates GNU Coding Standards when the file argument to
+         error_at_line is NULL.  */
+      if (file)
+        error_at_line (status, errnum, file, line_number, "%s", message);
+      else
+        error (status, errnum, "%s", message);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* EOVERFLOW, EINVAL, and EILSEQ from xvasprintf are signs of
+         serious programmer errors.  */
+      error (0, errno, _("unable to display error message"));
+      abort ();
+    }
+  free (message);
+}
diff --git a/lib/verror.h b/lib/verror.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e52562c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/verror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Declaration for va_list error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _VERROR_H
+#define _VERROR_H 1
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* Get _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Print a message with 'vfprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ARGS)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.
+   Use the globals error_print_progname and error_message_count similarly
+   to error().  */
+
+extern void verror (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format,
+                    va_list __args)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 3, 0));
+
+/* Print a message with 'vfprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ARGS)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.
+   If FNAME is not NULL, prepend the message with "FNAME:LINENO:".
+   Use the globals error_print_progname, error_message_count, and
+   error_one_per_line similarly to error_at_line().  */
+
+extern void verror_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
+                            unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format,
+                            va_list __args)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 5, 0));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* verror.h */
diff --git a/lib/version-etc-fsf.c b/lib/version-etc-fsf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79ea256
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/version-etc-fsf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Variable with FSF copyright information, for version-etc.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+/* Default copyright goes to the FSF. */
+
+const char version_etc_copyright[] =
+  /* Do *not* mark this string for translation.  %s is a copyright
+     symbol suitable for this locale, and %d is the copyright
+     year.  */
+  "Copyright %s %d Free Software Foundation, Inc.";
diff --git a/lib/version-etc.c b/lib/version-etc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b27e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/version-etc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* Print --version and bug-reporting information in a consistent format.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+/* If you use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE's no-define option,
+   PACKAGE is not defined.  Use PACKAGE_TARNAME instead.  */
+#if ! defined PACKAGE && defined PACKAGE_TARNAME
+# define PACKAGE PACKAGE_TARNAME
+#endif
+
+enum { COPYRIGHT_YEAR = 2022 };
+
+/* The three functions below display the --version information the
+   standard way.
+
+   If COMMAND_NAME is NULL, the PACKAGE is assumed to be the name of
+   the program.  The formats are therefore:
+
+   PACKAGE VERSION
+
+   or
+
+   COMMAND_NAME (PACKAGE) VERSION.
+
+   The functions differ in the way they are passed author names. */
+
+/* Display the --version information the standard way.
+
+   Author names are given in the array AUTHORS. N_AUTHORS is the
+   number of elements in the array. */
+void
+version_etc_arn (FILE *stream,
+                 const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                 const char *version,
+                 const char * const * authors, size_t n_authors)
+{
+  if (command_name)
+    fprintf (stream, "%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+  else
+    fprintf (stream, "%s %s\n", package, version);
+
+#ifdef PACKAGE_PACKAGER
+# ifdef PACKAGE_PACKAGER_VERSION
+  fprintf (stream, _("Packaged by %s (%s)\n"), PACKAGE_PACKAGER,
+           PACKAGE_PACKAGER_VERSION);
+# else
+  fprintf (stream, _("Packaged by %s\n"), PACKAGE_PACKAGER);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  /* TRANSLATORS: Translate "(C)" to the copyright symbol
+     (C-in-a-circle), if this symbol is available in the user's
+     locale.  Otherwise, do not translate "(C)"; leave it as-is.  */
+  fprintf (stream, version_etc_copyright, _("(C)"), COPYRIGHT_YEAR);
+
+  fputs ("\n", stream);
+
+  /* TRANSLATORS: The %s placeholder is the web address of the GPL license.  */
+  fprintf (stream, _("\
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <%s>.\n\
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n\
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n\
+"),
+           "https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html");
+
+  fputs ("\n", stream);
+
+  switch (n_authors)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      /* No authors are given.  The caller should output authorship
+         info after calling this function.  */
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: %s denotes an author name.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s.\n"), authors[0]);
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s and %s.\n"), authors[0], authors[1]);
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, and %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2]);
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\nand %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3]);
+      break;
+    case 5:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, and %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4]);
+      break;
+    case 6:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, and %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4],
+               authors[5]);
+      break;
+    case 7:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, and %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4],
+               authors[5], authors[6]);
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("\
+Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, %s,\nand %s.\n"),
+                authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4],
+                authors[5], authors[6], authors[7]);
+      break;
+    case 9:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("\
+Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, %s,\n%s, and %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4],
+               authors[5], authors[6], authors[7], authors[8]);
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* 10 or more authors.  Use an abbreviation, since the human reader
+         will probably not want to read the entire list anyway.  */
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("\
+Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, and others.\n"),
+                authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4],
+                authors[5], authors[6], authors[7], authors[8]);
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Display the --version information the standard way.  See the initial
+   comment to this module, for more information.
+
+   Author names are given in the NULL-terminated array AUTHORS. */
+void
+version_etc_ar (FILE *stream,
+                const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                const char *version, const char * const * authors)
+{
+  size_t n_authors;
+
+  for (n_authors = 0; authors[n_authors]; n_authors++)
+    ;
+  version_etc_arn (stream, command_name, package, version, authors, n_authors);
+}
+
+/* Display the --version information the standard way.  See the initial
+   comment to this module, for more information.
+
+   Author names are given in the NULL-terminated va_list AUTHORS. */
+void
+version_etc_va (FILE *stream,
+                const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                const char *version, va_list authors)
+{
+  size_t n_authors;
+  const char *authtab[10];
+
+  for (n_authors = 0;
+       n_authors < 10
+         && (authtab[n_authors] = va_arg (authors, const char *)) != NULL;
+       n_authors++)
+    ;
+  version_etc_arn (stream, command_name, package, version,
+                   authtab, n_authors);
+}
+
+
+/* Display the --version information the standard way.
+
+   If COMMAND_NAME is NULL, the PACKAGE is assumed to be the name of
+   the program.  The formats are therefore:
+
+   PACKAGE VERSION
+
+   or
+
+   COMMAND_NAME (PACKAGE) VERSION.
+
+   The authors names are passed as separate arguments, with an additional
+   NULL argument at the end.  */
+void
+version_etc (FILE *stream,
+             const char *command_name, const char *package,
+             const char *version, /* const char *author1, ...*/ ...)
+{
+  va_list authors;
+
+  va_start (authors, version);
+  version_etc_va (stream, command_name, package, version, authors);
+  va_end (authors);
+}
+
+void
+emit_bug_reporting_address (void)
+{
+  fputs ("\n", stdout);
+  /* TRANSLATORS: The placeholder indicates the bug-reporting address
+     for this package.  Please add _another line_ saying
+     "Report translation bugs to <...>\n" with the address for translation
+     bugs (typically your translation team's web or email address).  */
+  printf (_("Report bugs to: %s\n"), PACKAGE_BUGREPORT);
+#ifdef PACKAGE_PACKAGER_BUG_REPORTS
+  printf (_("Report %s bugs to: %s\n"), PACKAGE_PACKAGER,
+          PACKAGE_PACKAGER_BUG_REPORTS);
+#endif
+#ifdef PACKAGE_URL
+  printf (_("%s home page: <%s>\n"), PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE_URL);
+#else
+  printf (_("%s home page: <%s>\n"),
+          PACKAGE_NAME, "https://www.gnu.org/software/" PACKAGE "/");
+#endif
+  printf (_("General help using GNU software: <%s>\n"),
+          "https://www.gnu.org/gethelp/");
+}
diff --git a/lib/version-etc.h b/lib/version-etc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6b4eef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/version-etc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Print --version and bug-reporting information in a consistent format.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2003, 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#ifndef VERSION_ETC_H
+# define VERSION_ETC_H 1
+
+# include <stdarg.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+# endif
+
+extern const char version_etc_copyright[];
+
+/* The three functions below display the --version information in the
+   standard way: command and package names, package version, followed
+   by a short GPLv3+ notice and a list of up to 10 author names.
+
+   If COMMAND_NAME is NULL, the PACKAGE is assumed to be the name of
+   the program.  The formats are therefore:
+
+   PACKAGE VERSION
+
+   or
+
+   COMMAND_NAME (PACKAGE) VERSION.
+
+   The functions differ in the way they are passed author names: */
+
+/* N_AUTHORS names are supplied in array AUTHORS.  */
+extern void version_etc_arn (FILE *stream,
+                             const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                             const char *version,
+                             const char * const * authors, size_t n_authors);
+
+/* Names are passed in the NULL-terminated array AUTHORS.  */
+extern void version_etc_ar (FILE *stream,
+                            const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                            const char *version, const char * const * authors);
+
+/* Names are passed in the NULL-terminated va_list.  */
+extern void version_etc_va (FILE *stream,
+                            const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                            const char *version, va_list authors);
+
+/* Names are passed as separate arguments, with an additional
+   NULL argument at the end.  */
+extern void version_etc (FILE *stream,
+                         const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                         const char *version,
+                         /* const char *author1, ..., NULL */ ...)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL ((0));
+
+/* Display the usual "Report bugs to" stanza.  */
+extern void emit_bug_reporting_address (void);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif /* VERSION_ETC_H */
diff --git a/lib/vfprintf.c b/lib/vfprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09dbf1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/vfprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Formatted output to a stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if 1
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "fseterr.h"
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+/* Print formatted output to the stream FP.
+   Return string length of formatted string.  On error, return a negative
+   value.  */
+int
+vfprintf (FILE *fp, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  char buf[2000];
+  char *output;
+  size_t len;
+  size_t lenbuf = sizeof (buf);
+
+  output = vasnprintf (buf, &lenbuf, format, args);
+  len = lenbuf;
+
+  if (!output)
+    {
+      fseterr (fp);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (fwrite (output, 1, len, fp) < len)
+    {
+      if (output != buf)
+        free (output);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (output != buf)
+    free (output);
+
+  if (len > INT_MAX)
+    {
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      fseterr (fp);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/lib/vprintf.c b/lib/vprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41e51a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/vprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Formatted output to a stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if 1
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* Print formatted output to standard output.
+   Return string length of formatted string.  On error, return a negative
+   value.  */
+int
+vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  return vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
+}
diff --git a/lib/w32sock.h b/lib/w32sock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17db3f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/w32sock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/* w32sock.h --- internal auxiliary functions for Windows socket functions
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paolo Bonzini */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Get O_RDWR and O_BINARY.  */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+/* Get _open_osfhandle().  */
+#include <io.h>
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle().  */
+#if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+#else
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+#define FD_TO_SOCKET(fd)   ((SOCKET) _get_osfhandle ((fd)))
+#define SOCKET_TO_FD(fh)   (_open_osfhandle ((intptr_t) (fh), O_RDWR | O_BINARY))
+
+static inline void
+set_winsock_errno (void)
+{
+  int err = WSAGetLastError ();
+
+  /* Map some WSAE* errors to the runtime library's error codes.  */
+  switch (err)
+    {
+    case WSA_INVALID_HANDLE:
+      errno = EBADF;
+      break;
+    case WSA_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY:
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      break;
+    case WSA_INVALID_PARAMETER:
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      break;
+    case WSAENAMETOOLONG:
+      errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+      break;
+    case WSAENOTEMPTY:
+      errno = ENOTEMPTY;
+      break;
+    case WSAEWOULDBLOCK:
+      errno = EWOULDBLOCK;
+      break;
+    case WSAEINPROGRESS:
+      errno = EINPROGRESS;
+      break;
+    case WSAEALREADY:
+      errno = EALREADY;
+      break;
+    case WSAENOTSOCK:
+      errno = ENOTSOCK;
+      break;
+    case WSAEDESTADDRREQ:
+      errno = EDESTADDRREQ;
+      break;
+    case WSAEMSGSIZE:
+      errno = EMSGSIZE;
+      break;
+    case WSAEPROTOTYPE:
+      errno = EPROTOTYPE;
+      break;
+    case WSAENOPROTOOPT:
+      errno = ENOPROTOOPT;
+      break;
+    case WSAEPROTONOSUPPORT:
+      errno = EPROTONOSUPPORT;
+      break;
+    case WSAEOPNOTSUPP:
+      errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
+      break;
+    case WSAEAFNOSUPPORT:
+      errno = EAFNOSUPPORT;
+      break;
+    case WSAEADDRINUSE:
+      errno = EADDRINUSE;
+      break;
+    case WSAEADDRNOTAVAIL:
+      errno = EADDRNOTAVAIL;
+      break;
+    case WSAENETDOWN:
+      errno = ENETDOWN;
+      break;
+    case WSAENETUNREACH:
+      errno = ENETUNREACH;
+      break;
+    case WSAENETRESET:
+      errno = ENETRESET;
+      break;
+    case WSAECONNABORTED:
+      errno = ECONNABORTED;
+      break;
+    case WSAECONNRESET:
+      errno = ECONNRESET;
+      break;
+    case WSAENOBUFS:
+      errno = ENOBUFS;
+      break;
+    case WSAEISCONN:
+      errno = EISCONN;
+      break;
+    case WSAENOTCONN:
+      errno = ENOTCONN;
+      break;
+    case WSAETIMEDOUT:
+      errno = ETIMEDOUT;
+      break;
+    case WSAECONNREFUSED:
+      errno = ECONNREFUSED;
+      break;
+    case WSAELOOP:
+      errno = ELOOP;
+      break;
+    case WSAEHOSTUNREACH:
+      errno = EHOSTUNREACH;
+      break;
+    default:
+      errno = (err > 10000 && err < 10025) ? err - 10000 : err;
+      break;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/warn-on-use.h b/lib/warn-on-use.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94f5b92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/warn-on-use.h
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/* A C macro for emitting warnings if a function is used.
+   Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "literal string") issues a declaration
+   for FUNCTION which will then trigger a compiler warning containing
+   the text of "literal string" anywhere that function is called, if
+   supported by the compiler.  If the compiler does not support this
+   feature, the macro expands to an unused extern declaration.
+
+   _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE ("literal string") expands to the
+   attribute used in _GL_WARN_ON_USE.  If the compiler does not support
+   this feature, it expands to empty.
+
+   These macros are useful for marking a function as a potential
+   portability trap, with the intent that "literal string" include
+   instructions on the replacement function that should be used
+   instead.
+   _GL_WARN_ON_USE is for functions with 'extern' linkage.
+   _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE is for functions with 'static' or 'inline'
+   linkage.
+
+   However, one of the reasons that a function is a portability trap is
+   if it has the wrong signature.  Declaring FUNCTION with a different
+   signature in C is a compilation error, so this macro must use the
+   same type as any existing declaration so that programs that avoid
+   the problematic FUNCTION do not fail to compile merely because they
+   included a header that poisoned the function.  But this implies that
+   _GL_WARN_ON_USE is only safe to use if FUNCTION is known to already
+   have a declaration.  Use of this macro implies that there must not
+   be any other macro hiding the declaration of FUNCTION; but
+   undefining FUNCTION first is part of the poisoning process anyway
+   (although for symbols that are provided only via a macro, the result
+   is a compilation error rather than a warning containing
+   "literal string").  Also note that in C++, it is only safe to use if
+   FUNCTION has no overloads.
+
+   For an example, it is possible to poison 'getline' by:
+   - adding a call to gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE([[#include <stdio.h>]],
+     [getline]) in configure.ac, which potentially defines
+     HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
+   - adding this code to a header that wraps the system <stdio.h>:
+     #undef getline
+     #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getline, "getline is required by POSIX 2008, but"
+       "not universally present; use the gnulib module getline");
+     #endif
+
+   It is not possible to directly poison global variables.  But it is
+   possible to write a wrapper accessor function, and poison that
+   (less common usage, like &environ, will cause a compilation error
+   rather than issue the nice warning, but the end result of informing
+   the developer about their portability problem is still achieved):
+     #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
+     static char ***
+     rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_environ, "environ is not always properly declared");
+     # undef environ
+     # define environ (*rpl_environ ())
+     #endif
+   or better (avoiding contradictory use of 'static' and 'extern'):
+     #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
+     static char ***
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE ("environ is not always properly declared")
+     rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; }
+     # undef environ
+     # define environ (*rpl_environ ())
+     #endif
+   */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message) \
+  __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __clang_major__ >= 4
+/* Another compiler attribute is available in clang.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C __typeof__ (function) function \
+  __attribute__ ((__diagnose_if__ (1, message, "warning")))
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message) \
+  __attribute__ ((__diagnose_if__ (1, message, "warning")))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C __typeof__ (function) function
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message)
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_ATTRIBUTE(message)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype_gcc, rettype_clang, parameters_and_attributes, "message")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "message"), except that in C++ mode the
+   function is declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type,
+   parameters, and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if !defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype_gcc,rettype_clang,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, msg)
+# else
+#  if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#   define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype_gcc,rettype_clang,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype_gcc function parameters_and_attributes \
+  __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+#  elif __clang_major__ >= 4
+/* Another compiler attribute is available in clang.  */
+#   define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype_gcc,rettype_clang,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype_clang function parameters_and_attributes \
+  __attribute__ ((__diagnose_if__ (1, msg, "warning")))
+#  elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#   define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype_gcc,rettype_clang,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype_gcc function parameters_and_attributes
+#  else /* Unsupported.  */
+#   define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype_gcc,rettype_clang,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/wchar.in.h b/lib/wchar.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7792e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/wchar.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1322 @@
+/* A substitute for ISO C99 <wchar.h>, for platforms that have issues.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <wchar.h> for platforms that have issues.
+ * <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/wchar.h.html>
+ *
+ * For now, this just ensures proper prerequisite inclusion order and
+ * the declaration of wcwidth().
+ */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if (((defined __need_mbstate_t || defined __need_wint_t)               \
+      && !defined __MINGW32__)                                          \
+     || (defined __hpux                                                 \
+         && ((defined _INTTYPES_INCLUDED                                \
+              && !defined _GL_FINISHED_INCLUDING_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H)     \
+             || defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_WCHAR_H))               \
+     || (defined __MINGW32__ && defined __STRING_H_SOURCED__)           \
+     || defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_WCHAR_H)
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - Inside glibc and uClibc header files, but not MinGW.
+   - On HP-UX 11.00 we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <wchar.h> -> <stdlib.h> -> <stdint.h>, and the latter includes <wchar.h>,
+     once indirectly <stdint.h> -> <sys/types.h> -> <inttypes.h> -> <wchar.h>
+     and once directly.  In both situations 'wint_t' is not yet defined,
+     therefore we cannot provide the function overrides; instead include only
+     the system's <wchar.h>.
+   - With MinGW 3.22, when <string.h> includes <wchar.h>, only some part of
+     <wchar.h> is actually processed, and that doesn't include 'mbstate_t'.
+   - On IRIX 6.5, similarly, we have an include <wchar.h> -> <wctype.h>, and
+     the latter includes <wchar.h>.  But here, we have no way to detect whether
+     <wctype.h> is completely included or is still being included.  */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_WCHAR_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCHAR_H
+
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_WCHAR_H
+
+#if @HAVE_FEATURES_H@
+# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__ */
+#endif
+
+/* In some builds of uClibc, <wchar.h> is nonexistent and wchar_t is defined
+   by <stddef.h>.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __UCLIBC__)
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Include the original <wchar.h> if it exists.
+   Some builds of uClibc lack it.  */
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_WCHAR_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_WCHAR_H@
+#endif
+
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_WCHAR_H
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCHAR_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCHAR_H
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
+   that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
+   function F.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (f, i)))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
+   can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  Cannot be used on inline functions.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (free, 1)
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC declares that the function returns a pointer to freshly
+   allocated memory.  */
+/* Applies to: functions.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) || defined __clang__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+
+/* Define wint_t and WEOF.  (Also done in wctype.in.h.)  */
+#if !@HAVE_WINT_T@ && !defined wint_t
+# define wint_t int
+# ifndef WEOF
+#  define WEOF -1
+# endif
+#else
+/* mingw and MSVC define wint_t as 'unsigned short' in <crtdefs.h> or
+   <stddef.h>.  This is too small: ISO C 99 section 7.24.1.(2) says that
+   wint_t must be "unchanged by default argument promotions".  Override it.  */
+# if @GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_wint_t
+#   if @HAVE_CRTDEFS_H@
+#    include <crtdefs.h>
+#   else
+#    include <stddef.h>
+#   endif
+typedef unsigned int rpl_wint_t;
+#   undef wint_t
+#   define wint_t rpl_wint_t
+#   define GNULIB_defined_wint_t 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifndef WEOF
+#  define WEOF ((wint_t) -1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Override mbstate_t if it is too small.
+   On IRIX 6.5, sizeof (mbstate_t) == 1, which is not sufficient for
+   implementing mbrtowc for encodings like UTF-8.
+   On AIX and MSVC, mbrtowc needs to be overridden, but mbstate_t exists and is
+   large enough and overriding it would cause problems in C++ mode.  */
+#if !(((defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__) || @HAVE_MBSINIT@) && @HAVE_MBRTOWC@) || @REPLACE_MBSTATE_T@
+# if !GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+#  if !(defined _AIX || defined _MSC_VER)
+typedef int rpl_mbstate_t;
+#   undef mbstate_t
+#   define mbstate_t rpl_mbstate_t
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Make _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE work, even though <stdlib.h> may not have
+   been included yet.  */
+#if @GNULIB_FREE_POSIX@
+# if (@REPLACE_FREE@ && !defined free \
+      && !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE))
+/* We can't do '#define free rpl_free' here.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C void rpl_free (void *);
+#  undef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (rpl_free, 1)
+# else
+#  if defined _MSC_VER
+_GL_EXTERN_C void __cdecl free (void *);
+#  else
+_GL_EXTERN_C void free (void *);
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# if defined _MSC_VER
+_GL_EXTERN_C void __cdecl free (void *);
+# else
+_GL_EXTERN_C void free (void *);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Convert a single-byte character to a wide character.  */
+#if @GNULIB_BTOWC@
+# if @REPLACE_BTOWC@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef btowc
+#   define btowc rpl_btowc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (btowc, wint_t, (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (btowc, wint_t, (int c));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_BTOWC@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (btowc, wint_t, (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the return type is 'unsigned short'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (btowc, wint_t, (int c));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (btowc);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef btowc
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_BTOWC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (btowc, "btowc is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module btowc for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Convert a wide character to a single-byte character.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCTOB@
+# if @REPLACE_WCTOB@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef wctob
+#   define wctob rpl_wctob
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wctob, int, (wint_t wc) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wctob, int, (wint_t wc));
+# else
+#  if !defined wctob && !@HAVE_DECL_WCTOB@
+/* wctob is provided by gnulib, or wctob exists but is not declared.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wctob, int, (wint_t wc) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wctob, int, (wint_t wc));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wctob);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wctob
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCTOB
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wctob, "wctob is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wctob for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Test whether *PS is in the initial state.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MBSINIT@
+# if @REPLACE_MBSINIT@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mbsinit
+#   define mbsinit rpl_mbsinit
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbsinit, int, (const mbstate_t *ps));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbsinit, int, (const mbstate_t *ps));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MBSINIT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbsinit, int, (const mbstate_t *ps));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbsinit, int, (const mbstate_t *ps));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbsinit);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mbsinit
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBSINIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbsinit, "mbsinit is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mbsinit for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Convert a multibyte character to a wide character.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MBRTOWC@
+# if @REPLACE_MBRTOWC@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mbrtowc
+#   define mbrtowc rpl_mbrtowc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbrtowc, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict pwc, const char *restrict s, size_t n,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbrtowc, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict pwc, const char *restrict s, size_t n,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MBRTOWC@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbrtowc, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict pwc, const char *restrict s, size_t n,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbrtowc, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict pwc, const char *restrict s, size_t n,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbrtowc);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mbrtowc
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBRTOWC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbrtowc, "mbrtowc is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mbrtowc for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Recognize a multibyte character.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MBRLEN@
+# if @REPLACE_MBRLEN@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mbrlen
+#   define mbrlen rpl_mbrlen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbrlen, size_t,
+                  (const char *restrict s, size_t n, mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbrlen, size_t,
+                  (const char *restrict s, size_t n, mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MBRLEN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbrlen, size_t,
+                  (const char *restrict s, size_t n, mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbrlen, size_t,
+                  (const char *restrict s, size_t n, mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbrlen);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mbrlen
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBRLEN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbrlen, "mbrlen is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mbrlen for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Convert a string to a wide string.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS@
+# if @REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mbsrtowcs
+#   define mbsrtowcs rpl_mbsrtowcs
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbsrtowcs, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const char **restrict srcp, size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbsrtowcs, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const char **restrict srcp, size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MBSRTOWCS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbsrtowcs, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const char **restrict srcp, size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbsrtowcs, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const char **restrict srcp, size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbsrtowcs);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mbsrtowcs
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBSRTOWCS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbsrtowcs, "mbsrtowcs is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mbsrtowcs for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Convert a string to a wide string.  */
+#if @GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS@
+# if @REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mbsnrtowcs
+#   define mbsnrtowcs rpl_mbsnrtowcs
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbsnrtowcs, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const char **restrict srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbsnrtowcs, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const char **restrict srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbsnrtowcs, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const char **restrict srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbsnrtowcs, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const char **restrict srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbsnrtowcs);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mbsnrtowcs
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBSNRTOWCS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbsnrtowcs, "mbsnrtowcs is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mbsnrtowcs for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Convert a wide character to a multibyte character.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCRTOMB@
+# if @REPLACE_WCRTOMB@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef wcrtomb
+#   define wcrtomb rpl_wcrtomb
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcrtomb, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcrtomb, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_WCRTOMB@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcrtomb, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcrtomb, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcrtomb);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcrtomb
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCRTOMB
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcrtomb, "wcrtomb is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcrtomb for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Convert a wide string to a string.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS@
+# if @REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef wcsrtombs
+#   define wcsrtombs rpl_wcsrtombs
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcsrtombs, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict dest, const wchar_t **restrict srcp,
+                   size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcsrtombs, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict dest, const wchar_t **restrict srcp,
+                   size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_WCSRTOMBS@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsrtombs, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict dest, const wchar_t **restrict srcp,
+                   size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsrtombs, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict dest, const wchar_t **restrict srcp,
+                   size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsrtombs);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsrtombs
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSRTOMBS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsrtombs, "wcsrtombs is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsrtombs for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Convert a wide string to a string.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS@
+# if @REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef wcsnrtombs
+#   define wcsnrtombs rpl_wcsnrtombs
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcsnrtombs, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t **restrict srcp, size_t srclen,
+                   size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcsnrtombs, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t **restrict srcp, size_t srclen,
+                   size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS@ || (defined __cplusplus && defined __sun)
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsnrtombs, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t **restrict srcp, size_t srclen,
+                   size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsnrtombs, size_t,
+                  (char *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t **restrict srcp, size_t srclen,
+                   size_t len,
+                   mbstate_t *restrict ps));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsnrtombs);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsnrtombs
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNRTOMBS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsnrtombs, "wcsnrtombs is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsnrtombs for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return the number of screen columns needed for WC.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCWIDTH@
+# if @REPLACE_WCWIDTH@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef wcwidth
+#   define wcwidth rpl_wcwidth
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcwidth, int, (wchar_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcwidth, int, (wchar_t));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH@
+/* wcwidth exists but is not declared.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcwidth, int, (wchar_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcwidth, int, (wchar_t));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcwidth);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcwidth
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCWIDTH
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcwidth, "wcwidth is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcwidth for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Search N wide characters of S for C.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WMEMCHR@
+# if !@HAVE_WMEMCHR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmemchr, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n)
+                                      _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" {
+         const wchar_t * std::wmemchr (const wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t);
+         wchar_t * std::wmemchr (wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t);
+       }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (wmemchr,
+                        wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t),
+                        const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wmemchr, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wmemchr, const wchar_t *,
+                   (const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n));
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmemchr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wmemchr
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMCHR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmemchr, "wmemchr is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wmemchr for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare N wide characters of S1 and S2.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WMEMCMP@
+# if !@HAVE_WMEMCMP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmemcmp, int,
+                  (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wmemcmp, int,
+                  (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmemcmp);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wmemcmp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMCMP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmemcmp, "wmemcmp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wmemcmp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Copy N wide characters of SRC to DEST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WMEMCPY@
+# if !@HAVE_WMEMCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmemcpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict src, size_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wmemcpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict src, size_t n));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmemcpy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wmemcpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmemcpy, "wmemcpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wmemcpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Copy N wide characters of SRC to DEST, guaranteeing correct behavior for
+   overlapping memory areas.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WMEMMOVE@
+# if !@HAVE_WMEMMOVE@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmemmove, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wmemmove, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmemmove);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wmemmove
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMMOVE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmemmove, "wmemmove is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wmemmove for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Copy N wide characters of SRC to DEST.
+   Return pointer to wide characters after the last written wide character.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WMEMPCPY@
+# if !@HAVE_WMEMPCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmempcpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict src, size_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wmempcpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict src, size_t n));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmempcpy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wmempcpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMPCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmempcpy, "wmempcpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wmempcpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set N wide characters of S to C.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WMEMSET@
+# if !@HAVE_WMEMSET@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmemset, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wmemset, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmemset);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wmemset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmemset, "wmemset is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wmemset for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return the number of wide characters in S.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSLEN@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSLEN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcslen, size_t, (const wchar_t *s) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcslen, size_t, (const wchar_t *s));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcslen);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcslen
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSLEN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcslen, "wcslen is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcslen for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return the number of wide characters in S, but at most MAXLEN.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSNLEN@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSNLEN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsnlen, size_t, (const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsnlen, size_t, (const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsnlen);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsnlen
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNLEN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsnlen, "wcsnlen is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsnlen for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Copy SRC to DEST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSCPY@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest, const wchar_t *restrict src));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest, const wchar_t *restrict src));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscpy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcscpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscpy, "wcscpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcscpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating L'\0' in DEST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCPCPY@
+# if !@HAVE_WCPCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcpcpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest, const wchar_t *restrict src));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcpcpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest, const wchar_t *restrict src));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcpcpy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcpcpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCPCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcpcpy, "wcpcpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcpcpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Copy no more than N wide characters of SRC to DEST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSNCPY@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSNCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsncpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict src, size_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsncpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict src, size_t n));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsncpy);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsncpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsncpy, "wcsncpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsncpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Copy no more than N characters of SRC to DEST, returning the address of
+   the last character written into DEST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCPNCPY@
+# if !@HAVE_WCPNCPY@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcpncpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict src, size_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcpncpy, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict src, size_t n));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcpncpy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcpncpy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCPNCPY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcpncpy, "wcpncpy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcpncpy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Append SRC onto DEST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSCAT@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSCAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscat, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest, const wchar_t *restrict src));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscat, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest, const wchar_t *restrict src));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscat);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcscat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscat, "wcscat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcscat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Append no more than N wide characters of SRC onto DEST.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSNCAT@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSNCAT@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsncat, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest, const wchar_t *restrict src,
+                   size_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsncat, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict dest, const wchar_t *restrict src,
+                   size_t n));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsncat);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsncat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNCAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsncat, "wcsncat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsncat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare S1 and S2.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSCMP@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSCMP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscmp, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2)
+                               _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscmp, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscmp);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcscmp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCMP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscmp, "wcscmp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcscmp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare no more than N wide characters of S1 and S2.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSNCMP@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSNCMP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsncmp, int,
+                  (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsncmp, int,
+                  (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsncmp);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsncmp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNCMP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsncmp, "wcsncmp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsncmp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSCASECMP@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSCASECMP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscasecmp, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscasecmp, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscasecmp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcscasecmp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCASECMP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscasecmp, "wcscasecmp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcscasecmp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare no more than N chars of S1 and S2, ignoring case.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSNCASECMP@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsncasecmp, int,
+                  (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsncasecmp, int,
+                  (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsncasecmp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsncasecmp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNCASECMP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsncasecmp, "wcsncasecmp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsncasecmp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare S1 and S2, both interpreted as appropriate to the LC_COLLATE
+   category of the current locale.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSCOLL@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSCOLL@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscoll, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscoll, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscoll);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcscoll
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCOLL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscoll, "wcscoll is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcscoll for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Transform S2 into array pointed to by S1 such that if wcscmp is applied
+   to two transformed strings the result is the as applying 'wcscoll' to the
+   original strings.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSXFRM@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSXFRM@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsxfrm, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict s1, const wchar_t *restrict s2, size_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsxfrm, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict s1, const wchar_t *restrict s2, size_t n));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsxfrm);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsxfrm
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSXFRM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsxfrm, "wcsxfrm is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsxfrm for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSDUP@
+# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef wcsdup
+#   define wcsdup _wcsdup
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (wcsdup, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *s));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_WCSDUP@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsdup, wchar_t *,
+                  (const wchar_t *s)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsdup, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *s));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsdup);
+#else
+# if __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined wcsdup
+/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate wcsdup with free or rpl_free.  */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsdup, wchar_t *,
+                  (const wchar_t *s)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+# endif
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+#  undef wcsdup
+#  if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSDUP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsdup, "wcsdup is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsdup for portability");
+#  endif
+# elif @GNULIB_MDA_WCSDUP@
+/* On native Windows, map 'wcsdup' to '_wcsdup', so that -loldnames is not
+   required.  In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
+   platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::wcsdup always.  */
+#  if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef wcsdup
+#    define wcsdup _wcsdup
+#   endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (wcsdup, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *s));
+#  else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsdup, wchar_t *,
+                  (const wchar_t *s)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE);
+#   if @HAVE_DECL_WCSDUP@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsdup, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *s));
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  if (defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__) || @HAVE_DECL_WCSDUP@
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsdup);
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of WC in WCS.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSCHR@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSCHR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcschr, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc)
+                                     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" {
+         const wchar_t * std::wcschr (const wchar_t *, wchar_t);
+         wchar_t * std::wcschr (wchar_t *, wchar_t);
+       }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (wcschr,
+                        wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t),
+                        const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcschr, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcschr, const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc));
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcschr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcschr
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCHR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcschr, "wcschr is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcschr for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Find the last occurrence of WC in WCS.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSRCHR@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSRCHR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsrchr, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc)
+                                      _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" {
+         const wchar_t * std::wcsrchr (const wchar_t *, wchar_t);
+         wchar_t * std::wcsrchr (wchar_t *, wchar_t);
+       }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (wcsrchr,
+                        wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t),
+                        const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcsrchr, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcsrchr, const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc));
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsrchr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsrchr
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSRCHR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsrchr, "wcsrchr is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsrchr for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return the length of the initial segmet of WCS which consists entirely
+   of wide characters not in REJECT.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSCSPN@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSCSPN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscspn, size_t, (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *reject)
+                                   _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscspn, size_t, (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *reject));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscspn);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcscspn
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCSPN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscspn, "wcscspn is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcscspn for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return the length of the initial segmet of WCS which consists entirely
+   of wide characters in ACCEPT.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSSPN@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSSPN@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsspn, size_t, (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *accept)
+                                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsspn, size_t, (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *accept));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsspn);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsspn
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSSPN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsspn, "wcsspn is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsspn for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Find the first occurrence in WCS of any character in ACCEPT.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSPBRK@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSPBRK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcspbrk, wchar_t *,
+                  (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *accept)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" {
+         const wchar_t * std::wcspbrk (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *);
+         wchar_t * std::wcspbrk (wchar_t *, const wchar_t *);
+       }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (wcspbrk,
+                        wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *),
+                        const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcspbrk, wchar_t *,
+                   (wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *accept));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcspbrk, const wchar_t *,
+                   (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *accept));
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcspbrk);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcspbrk
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSPBRK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcspbrk, "wcspbrk is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcspbrk for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSSTR@
+# if !@HAVE_WCSSTR@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsstr, wchar_t *,
+                  (const wchar_t *restrict haystack,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict needle)
+                  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+# endif
+  /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function:
+       extern "C++" {
+         const wchar_t * std::wcsstr (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *);
+         wchar_t * std::wcsstr (wchar_t *, const wchar_t *);
+       }  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (wcsstr,
+                        wchar_t *,
+                        (const wchar_t *restrict, const wchar_t *restrict),
+                        const wchar_t *,
+                        (const wchar_t *restrict, const wchar_t *restrict));
+# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \
+     && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcsstr, wchar_t *,
+                   (wchar_t *restrict haystack,
+                    const wchar_t *restrict needle));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcsstr, const wchar_t *,
+                   (const wchar_t *restrict haystack,
+                    const wchar_t *restrict needle));
+# elif __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsstr);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsstr
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSSTR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsstr, "wcsstr is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsstr for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Divide WCS into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSTOK@
+# if @REPLACE_WCSTOK@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef wcstok
+#   define wcstok rpl_wcstok
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcstok, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict wcs, const wchar_t *restrict delim,
+                   wchar_t **restrict ptr));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcstok, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict wcs, const wchar_t *restrict delim,
+                   wchar_t **restrict ptr));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_WCSTOK@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcstok, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict wcs, const wchar_t *restrict delim,
+                   wchar_t **restrict ptr));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcstok, wchar_t *,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict wcs, const wchar_t *restrict delim,
+                   wchar_t **restrict ptr));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcstok);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcstok
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSTOK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcstok, "wcstok is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcstok for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Determine number of column positions required for first N wide
+   characters (or fewer if S ends before this) in S.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSWIDTH@
+# if @REPLACE_WCSWIDTH@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef wcswidth
+#   define wcswidth rpl_wcswidth
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcswidth, int, (const wchar_t *s, size_t n)
+                                 _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcswidth, int, (const wchar_t *s, size_t n));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_WCSWIDTH@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcswidth, int, (const wchar_t *s, size_t n)
+                                 _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE);
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcswidth, int, (const wchar_t *s, size_t n));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcswidth);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcswidth
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSWIDTH
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcswidth, "wcswidth is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcswidth for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Convert *TP to a date and time wide string.  See
+   <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/wcsftime.html>.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCSFTIME@
+# if @REPLACE_WCSFTIME@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef wcsftime
+#   define wcsftime rpl_wcsftime
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcsftime, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict __buf, size_t __bufsize,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict __fmt,
+                   const struct tm *restrict __tp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcsftime, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict __buf, size_t __bufsize,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict __fmt,
+                   const struct tm *restrict __tp));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_WCSFTIME@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsftime, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict __buf, size_t __bufsize,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict __fmt,
+                   const struct tm *restrict __tp)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3, 4)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsftime, size_t,
+                  (wchar_t *restrict __buf, size_t __bufsize,
+                   const wchar_t *restrict __fmt,
+                   const struct tm *restrict __tp));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsftime);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcsftime
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSFTIME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsftime, "wcsftime is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wcsftime for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCHAR_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCHAR_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/wcrtomb.c b/lib/wcrtomb.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e14d802
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/wcrtomb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* Convert wide character to multibyte character.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+size_t
+wcrtomb (char *s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *ps)
+#undef wcrtomb
+{
+  /* This implementation of wcrtomb supports only stateless encodings.
+     ps must be in the initial state.  */
+  if (ps != NULL && !mbsinit (ps))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return (size_t)(-1);
+    }
+
+#if !HAVE_WCRTOMB                       /* IRIX 6.5 */ \
+    || WCRTOMB_RETVAL_BUG               /* Solaris 11.3, MSVC */ \
+    || WCRTOMB_C_LOCALE_BUG             /* Android */
+  if (s == NULL)
+    /* We know the NUL wide character corresponds to the NUL character.  */
+    return 1;
+  else
+#endif
+    {
+#if HAVE_WCRTOMB
+# if WCRTOMB_C_LOCALE_BUG               /* Android */
+      /* Implement consistently with mbrtowc(): through a 1:1 correspondence,
+         as in ISO-8859-1.  */
+      if (wc >= 0 && wc <= 0xff)
+        {
+          *s = (unsigned char) wc;
+          return 1;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          errno = EILSEQ;
+          return (size_t)(-1);
+        }
+# else
+      return wcrtomb (s, wc, ps);
+# endif
+#else                                   /* IRIX 6.5 */
+      /* Fallback for platforms that don't have wcrtomb().
+         Implement on top of wctomb().
+         This code is not multithread-safe.  */
+      int ret = wctomb (s, wc);
+
+      if (ret >= 0)
+        return ret;
+      else
+        {
+          errno = EILSEQ;
+          return (size_t)(-1);
+        }
+#endif
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/wcswidth-impl.h b/lib/wcswidth-impl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9da91a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/wcswidth-impl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Determine number of screen columns needed for a size-bounded wide string.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 1999.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+int
+wcswidth (const wchar_t *s, size_t n)
+{
+  int count = 0;
+  for (; n > 0; s++, n--)
+    {
+      wchar_t c = *s;
+      if (c == (wchar_t)'\0')
+        break;
+      {
+        int width = wcwidth (c);
+        if (width < 0)
+          goto found_nonprinting;
+        if (width > INT_MAX - count)
+          goto overflow;
+        count += width;
+      }
+    }
+  return count;
+
+ found_nonprinting:
+  return -1;
+
+ overflow:
+  return INT_MAX;
+}
diff --git a/lib/wcswidth.c b/lib/wcswidth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7125e27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/wcswidth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* Determine number of screen columns needed for a size-bounded wide string.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "wcswidth-impl.h"
diff --git a/lib/wctype-h.c b/lib/wctype-h.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1278143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/wctype-h.c
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Inline functions for <wctype.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Normally this would be wctype.c, but that name's already taken.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define _GL_WCTYPE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "wctype.h"
diff --git a/lib/wctype.in.h b/lib/wctype.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98cafee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/wctype.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,732 @@
+/* A substitute for ISO C99 <wctype.h>, for platforms that lack it.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible and Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <wctype.h> for platforms that lack it.
+ * <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/wctype.h.html>
+ *
+ * iswctype, towctrans, towlower, towupper, wctrans, wctype,
+ * wctrans_t, and wctype_t are not yet implemented.
+ */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if (defined __MINGW32__ && defined __CTYPE_H_SOURCED__)
+
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - With MinGW 3.22, when <ctype.h> includes <wctype.h>, only some part of
+     <wctype.h> is being processed, which doesn't include the idempotency
+     guard.   */
+
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_WCTYPE_H@
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCTYPE_H
+
+#if @HAVE_WINT_T@
+/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows (mingw, MSVC) have declarations of towupper, towlower, and
+   isw* functions in <ctype.h>, <wchar.h> as well as in <wctype.h>.  Include
+   <ctype.h>, <wchar.h> in advance to avoid rpl_ prefix being added to the
+   declarations.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <ctype.h>
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Include the original <wctype.h> if it exists.
+   BeOS 5 has the functions but no <wctype.h>.  */
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if @HAVE_WCTYPE_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_WCTYPE_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCTYPE_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCTYPE_H
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_WCTYPE_INLINE
+# define _GL_WCTYPE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+
+/* Solaris 2.6 <wctype.h> includes <widec.h> which includes <euc.h> which
+   #defines a number of identifiers in the application namespace.  Revert
+   these #defines.  */
+#ifdef __sun
+# undef multibyte
+# undef eucw1
+# undef eucw2
+# undef eucw3
+# undef scrw1
+# undef scrw2
+# undef scrw3
+#endif
+
+/* Define wint_t and WEOF.  (Also done in wchar.in.h.)  */
+#if !@HAVE_WINT_T@ && !defined wint_t
+# define wint_t int
+# ifndef WEOF
+#  define WEOF -1
+# endif
+#else
+/* mingw and MSVC define wint_t as 'unsigned short' in <crtdefs.h> or
+   <stddef.h>.  This is too small: ISO C 99 section 7.24.1.(2) says that
+   wint_t must be "unchanged by default argument promotions".  Override it.  */
+# if @GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T@
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_wint_t
+#   if @HAVE_CRTDEFS_H@
+#    include <crtdefs.h>
+#   else
+#    include <stddef.h>
+#   endif
+typedef unsigned int rpl_wint_t;
+#   undef wint_t
+#   define wint_t rpl_wint_t
+#   define GNULIB_defined_wint_t 1
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifndef WEOF
+#  define WEOF ((wint_t) -1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if !GNULIB_defined_wctype_functions
+
+/* FreeBSD 4.4 to 4.11 has <wctype.h> but lacks the functions.
+   Linux libc5 has <wctype.h> and the functions but they are broken.
+   mingw and MSVC have <wctype.h> and the functions but they take a wchar_t
+   as argument, not an rpl_wint_t.
+   Assume all 11 functions (all isw* except iswblank) are implemented the
+   same way, or not at all.  */
+# if ! @HAVE_ISWCNTRL@ || @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+
+#  if @GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T@ /* implies @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ */
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswalnum (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? iswalnum ((wchar_t) wc) : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswalpha (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? iswalpha ((wchar_t) wc) : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswblank (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? iswblank ((wchar_t) wc) : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswcntrl (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? iswcntrl ((wchar_t) wc) : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswdigit (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? wc >= '0' && wc <= '9' : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswgraph (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? iswgraph ((wchar_t) wc) : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswlower (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? iswlower ((wchar_t) wc) : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswprint (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? iswprint ((wchar_t) wc) : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswpunct (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? iswpunct ((wchar_t) wc) : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswspace (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? iswspace ((wchar_t) wc) : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswupper (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? iswupper ((wchar_t) wc) : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+rpl_iswxdigit (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc
+          ? (wc >= '0' && wc <= '9')
+            || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'F')
+          : 0);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE wint_t
+rpl_towlower (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? (wchar_t) towlower ((wchar_t) wc) : wc);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE wint_t
+rpl_towupper (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wchar_t) wc == wc ? (wchar_t) towupper ((wchar_t) wc) : wc);
+}
+
+#   if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#    undef iswalnum
+#    undef iswalpha
+#    undef iswblank
+#    undef iswcntrl
+#    undef iswdigit
+#    undef iswgraph
+#    undef iswlower
+#    undef iswprint
+#    undef iswpunct
+#    undef iswspace
+#    undef iswupper
+#    undef iswxdigit
+#    undef towlower
+#    undef towupper
+#    define iswalnum rpl_iswalnum
+#    define iswalpha rpl_iswalpha
+#    define iswblank rpl_iswblank
+#    define iswcntrl rpl_iswcntrl
+#    define iswdigit rpl_iswdigit
+#    define iswgraph rpl_iswgraph
+#    define iswlower rpl_iswlower
+#    define iswprint rpl_iswprint
+#    define iswpunct rpl_iswpunct
+#    define iswspace rpl_iswspace
+#    define iswupper rpl_iswupper
+#    define iswxdigit rpl_iswxdigit
+#    define towlower rpl_towlower
+#    define towupper rpl_towupper
+#   endif
+
+#  else
+
+/* IRIX 5.3 has macros but no functions, its isw* macros refer to an
+   undefined variable _ctmp_ and to <ctype.h> macros like _P, and they
+   refer to system functions like _iswctype that are not in the
+   standard C library.  Rather than try to get ancient buggy
+   implementations like this to work, just disable them.  */
+#   undef iswalnum
+#   undef iswalpha
+#   undef iswblank
+#   undef iswcntrl
+#   undef iswdigit
+#   undef iswgraph
+#   undef iswlower
+#   undef iswprint
+#   undef iswpunct
+#   undef iswspace
+#   undef iswupper
+#   undef iswxdigit
+#   undef towlower
+#   undef towupper
+
+/* Linux libc5 has <wctype.h> and the functions but they are broken.  */
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+#    if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#     define iswalnum rpl_iswalnum
+#     define iswalpha rpl_iswalpha
+#     define iswblank rpl_iswblank
+#     define iswcntrl rpl_iswcntrl
+#     define iswdigit rpl_iswdigit
+#     define iswgraph rpl_iswgraph
+#     define iswlower rpl_iswlower
+#     define iswprint rpl_iswprint
+#     define iswpunct rpl_iswpunct
+#     define iswspace rpl_iswspace
+#     define iswupper rpl_iswupper
+#     define iswxdigit rpl_iswxdigit
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#   if @REPLACE_TOWLOWER@
+#    if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#     define towlower rpl_towlower
+#     define towupper rpl_towupper
+#    endif
+#   endif
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+rpl_iswalnum
+#   else
+iswalnum
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wc >= '0' && wc <= '9')
+          || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'Z'));
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+rpl_iswalpha
+#   else
+iswalpha
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'Z';
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+rpl_iswblank
+#   else
+iswblank
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc == ' ' || wc == '\t';
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+rpl_iswcntrl
+#   else
+iswcntrl
+#   endif
+        (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wc & ~0x1f) == 0 || wc == 0x7f;
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWDIGIT@
+rpl_iswdigit
+#   else
+iswdigit
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= '0' && wc <= '9';
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+rpl_iswgraph
+#   else
+iswgraph
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= '!' && wc <= '~';
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+rpl_iswlower
+#   else
+iswlower
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= 'a' && wc <= 'z';
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+rpl_iswprint
+#   else
+iswprint
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= ' ' && wc <= '~';
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+rpl_iswpunct
+#   else
+iswpunct
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wc >= '!' && wc <= '~'
+          && !((wc >= '0' && wc <= '9')
+               || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'Z')));
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+rpl_iswspace
+#   else
+iswspace
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wc == ' ' || wc == '\t'
+          || wc == '\n' || wc == '\v' || wc == '\f' || wc == '\r');
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+rpl_iswupper
+#   else
+iswupper
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return wc >= 'A' && wc <= 'Z';
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWXDIGIT@
+rpl_iswxdigit
+#   else
+iswxdigit
+#   endif
+          (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return ((wc >= '0' && wc <= '9')
+          || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'F'));
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE wint_t
+#   if @REPLACE_TOWLOWER@
+rpl_towlower
+#   else
+towlower
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wc >= 'A' && wc <= 'Z' ? wc - 'A' + 'a' : wc);
+}
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE wint_t
+#   if @REPLACE_TOWLOWER@
+rpl_towupper
+#   else
+towupper
+#   endif
+         (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wc >= 'a' && wc <= 'z' ? wc - 'a' + 'A' : wc);
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+/* Only some of the functions are missing or broken.  */
+
+#  if @GNULIB_ISWBLANK@ && (! @HAVE_ISWBLANK@ || @REPLACE_ISWBLANK@)
+/* Only the iswblank function is missing.  */
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWBLANK@
+#    if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#     define iswblank rpl_iswblank
+#    endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iswblank, int, (wint_t wc));
+#   else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (iswblank, int, (wint_t wc));
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+#  if @GNULIB_ISWDIGIT@
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWDIGIT@
+#    if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#     undef iswdigit
+#     define iswdigit rpl_iswdigit
+#    endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iswdigit, int, (wint_t wc));
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+#  if @GNULIB_ISWXDIGIT@
+#   if @REPLACE_ISWXDIGIT@
+#    if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#     undef iswxdigit
+#     define iswxdigit rpl_iswxdigit
+#    endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iswxdigit, int, (wint_t wc));
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+# if defined __MINGW32__ && !@GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T@
+
+/* On native Windows, wchar_t is uint16_t, and wint_t is uint32_t.
+   The functions towlower and towupper are implemented in the MSVCRT library
+   to take a wchar_t argument and return a wchar_t result.  mingw declares
+   these functions to take a wint_t argument and return a wint_t result.
+   This means that:
+   1. When the user passes an argument outside the range 0x0000..0xFFFF, the
+      function will look only at the lower 16 bits.  This is allowed according
+      to POSIX.
+   2. The return value is returned in the lower 16 bits of the result register.
+      The upper 16 bits are random: whatever happened to be in that part of the
+      result register.  We need to fix this by adding a zero-extend from
+      wchar_t to wint_t after the call.  */
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE wint_t
+rpl_towlower (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wint_t) (wchar_t) towlower (wc);
+}
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define towlower rpl_towlower
+#  endif
+
+_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE wint_t
+rpl_towupper (wint_t wc)
+{
+  return (wint_t) (wchar_t) towupper (wc);
+}
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define towupper rpl_towupper
+#  endif
+
+# endif /* __MINGW32__ && !@GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T@ */
+
+# define GNULIB_defined_wctype_functions 1
+#endif
+
+#if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswalnum, int, (wint_t wc));
+#else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswalnum, int, (wint_t wc));
+#endif
+#if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswalpha, int, (wint_t wc));
+#else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswalpha, int, (wint_t wc));
+#endif
+#if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswcntrl, int, (wint_t wc));
+#else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswcntrl, int, (wint_t wc));
+#endif
+#if @GNULIB_ISWDIGIT@
+# if @REPLACE_ISWDIGIT@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswdigit, int, (wint_t wc));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswdigit, int, (wint_t wc));
+# endif
+#endif
+#if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswgraph, int, (wint_t wc));
+#else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswgraph, int, (wint_t wc));
+#endif
+#if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswlower, int, (wint_t wc));
+#else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswlower, int, (wint_t wc));
+#endif
+#if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswprint, int, (wint_t wc));
+#else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswprint, int, (wint_t wc));
+#endif
+#if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswpunct, int, (wint_t wc));
+#else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswpunct, int, (wint_t wc));
+#endif
+#if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswspace, int, (wint_t wc));
+#else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswspace, int, (wint_t wc));
+#endif
+#if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswupper, int, (wint_t wc));
+#else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswupper, int, (wint_t wc));
+#endif
+#if @GNULIB_ISWXDIGIT@
+# if @REPLACE_ISWXDIGIT@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswxdigit, int, (wint_t wc));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswxdigit, int, (wint_t wc));
+# endif
+#endif
+#if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswalnum);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswalpha);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswcntrl);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswdigit);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswgraph);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswlower);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswprint);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswpunct);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswspace);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswupper);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswxdigit);
+#endif
+
+#if @GNULIB_ISWBLANK@
+# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ || @REPLACE_ISWBLANK@
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswblank, int, (wint_t wc));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswblank, int, (wint_t wc));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswblank);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !@HAVE_WCTYPE_T@
+# if !GNULIB_defined_wctype_t
+typedef void * wctype_t;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_wctype_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Get a descriptor for a wide character property.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCTYPE@
+# if !@HAVE_WCTYPE_T@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wctype, wctype_t, (const char *name));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wctype, wctype_t, (const char *name));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wctype);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wctype
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCTYPE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wctype, "wctype is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wctype for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Test whether a wide character has a given property.
+   The argument WC must be either a wchar_t value or WEOF.
+   The argument DESC must have been returned by the wctype() function.  */
+#if @GNULIB_ISWCTYPE@
+# if @GNULIBHEADERS_OVERRIDE_WINT_T@
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef iswctype
+#   define iswctype rpl_iswctype
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iswctype, int, (wint_t wc, wctype_t desc));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswctype, int, (wint_t wc, wctype_t desc));
+# else
+#  if !@HAVE_WCTYPE_T@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (iswctype, int, (wint_t wc, wctype_t desc));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswctype, int, (wint_t wc, wctype_t desc));
+# endif
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswctype);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef iswctype
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISWCTYPE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (iswctype, "iswctype is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module iswctype for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @REPLACE_TOWLOWER@ || defined __MINGW32__
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (towlower, wint_t, (wint_t wc));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (towupper, wint_t, (wint_t wc));
+#else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (towlower, wint_t, (wint_t wc));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (towupper, wint_t, (wint_t wc));
+#endif
+#if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (towlower);
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (towupper);
+#endif
+
+#if !@HAVE_WCTRANS_T@
+# if !GNULIB_defined_wctrans_t
+typedef void * wctrans_t;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_wctrans_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Get a descriptor for a wide character case conversion.  */
+#if @GNULIB_WCTRANS@
+# if !@HAVE_WCTRANS_T@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wctrans, wctrans_t, (const char *name));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wctrans, wctrans_t, (const char *name));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wctrans);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wctrans
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCTRANS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wctrans, "wctrans is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module wctrans for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Perform a given case conversion on a wide character.
+   The argument WC must be either a wchar_t value or WEOF.
+   The argument DESC must have been returned by the wctrans() function.  */
+#if @GNULIB_TOWCTRANS@
+# if !@HAVE_WCTRANS_T@
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (towctrans, wint_t, (wint_t wc, wctrans_t desc));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (towctrans, wint_t, (wint_t wc, wctrans_t desc));
+# if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (towctrans);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef towctrans
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TOWCTRANS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (towctrans, "towctrans is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module towctrans for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCTYPE_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCTYPE_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/wcwidth.c b/lib/wcwidth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f99a0a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/wcwidth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a character.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+/* Get iswprint.  */
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#include "localcharset.h"
+#include "streq.h"
+#include "uniwidth.h"
+
+/* Returns 1 if the current locale is an UTF-8 locale, 0 otherwise.  */
+static inline int
+is_locale_utf8 (void)
+{
+  const char *encoding = locale_charset ();
+  return STREQ_OPT (encoding, "UTF-8", 'U', 'T', 'F', '-', '8', 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+#if GNULIB_WCHAR_SINGLE_LOCALE
+/* When we know that the locale does not change, provide a speedup by
+   caching the value of is_locale_utf8.  */
+static int cached_is_locale_utf8 = -1;
+static inline int
+is_locale_utf8_cached (void)
+{
+  if (cached_is_locale_utf8 < 0)
+    cached_is_locale_utf8 = is_locale_utf8 ();
+  return cached_is_locale_utf8;
+}
+#else
+/* By default, don't make assumptions, hence no caching.  */
+# define is_locale_utf8_cached is_locale_utf8
+#endif
+
+int
+wcwidth (wchar_t wc)
+#undef wcwidth
+{
+  /* In UTF-8 locales, use a Unicode aware width function.  */
+  if (is_locale_utf8_cached ())
+    {
+      /* We assume that in a UTF-8 locale, a wide character is the same as a
+         Unicode character.  */
+      return uc_width (wc, "UTF-8");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Otherwise, fall back to the system's wcwidth function.  */
+#if HAVE_WCWIDTH
+      return wcwidth (wc);
+#else
+      return wc == 0 ? 0 : iswprint (wc) ? 1 : -1;
+#endif
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/windows-cond.c b/lib/windows-cond.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1abb5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-cond.c
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+/* Condition variables (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Yoann Vandoorselaere <yoann@prelude-ids.org>, 2008,
+   and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "windows-cond.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#undef CreateEvent
+#define CreateEvent CreateEventA
+
+/* In this file, the waitqueues are implemented as linked lists.  */
+#define glwthread_waitqueue_t glwthread_linked_waitqueue_t
+
+/* All links of a circular list, except the anchor, are of this type, carrying
+   a payload.  */
+struct glwthread_waitqueue_element
+{
+  struct glwthread_waitqueue_link link; /* must be the first field! */
+  HANDLE event; /* Waiting thread, represented by an event.
+                   This field is immutable once initialized. */
+};
+
+static void
+glwthread_waitqueue_init (glwthread_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  wq->wq_list.wql_next = &wq->wq_list;
+  wq->wq_list.wql_prev = &wq->wq_list;
+}
+
+/* Enqueues the current thread, represented by an event, in a wait queue.
+   Returns NULL if an allocation failure occurs.  */
+static struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *
+glwthread_waitqueue_add (glwthread_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *elt;
+  HANDLE event;
+
+  /* Allocate the memory for the waitqueue element on the heap, not on the
+     thread's stack.  If the thread exits unexpectedly, we prefer to leak
+     some memory rather than to access unavailable memory and crash.  */
+  elt =
+    (struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *)
+    malloc (sizeof (struct glwthread_waitqueue_element));
+  if (elt == NULL)
+    /* No more memory.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Whether the created event is a manual-reset one or an auto-reset one,
+     does not matter, since we will wait on it only once.  */
+  event = CreateEvent (NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL);
+  if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      /* No way to allocate an event.  */
+      free (elt);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  elt->event = event;
+  /* Insert elt at the end of the circular list.  */
+  (elt->link.wql_prev = wq->wq_list.wql_prev)->wql_next = &elt->link;
+  (elt->link.wql_next = &wq->wq_list)->wql_prev = &elt->link;
+  return elt;
+}
+
+/* Removes the current thread, represented by a
+   'struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *', from a wait queue.
+   Returns true if is was found and removed, false if it was not present.  */
+static bool
+glwthread_waitqueue_remove (glwthread_waitqueue_t *wq,
+                            struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *elt)
+{
+  if (elt->link.wql_next != NULL && elt->link.wql_prev != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Remove elt from the circular list.  */
+      struct glwthread_waitqueue_link *prev = elt->link.wql_prev;
+      struct glwthread_waitqueue_link *next = elt->link.wql_next;
+      prev->wql_next = next;
+      next->wql_prev = prev;
+      elt->link.wql_next = NULL;
+      elt->link.wql_prev = NULL;
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+/* Notifies the first thread from a wait queue and dequeues it.  */
+static void
+glwthread_waitqueue_notify_first (glwthread_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  if (wq->wq_list.wql_next != &wq->wq_list)
+    {
+      struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *elt =
+        (struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *) wq->wq_list.wql_next;
+      struct glwthread_waitqueue_link *prev;
+      struct glwthread_waitqueue_link *next;
+
+      /* Remove elt from the circular list.  */
+      prev = &wq->wq_list; /* = elt->link.wql_prev; */
+      next = elt->link.wql_next;
+      prev->wql_next = next;
+      next->wql_prev = prev;
+      elt->link.wql_next = NULL;
+      elt->link.wql_prev = NULL;
+
+      SetEvent (elt->event);
+      /* After the SetEvent, this thread cannot access *elt any more, because
+         the woken-up thread will quickly call  free (elt).  */
+    }
+}
+
+/* Notifies all threads from a wait queue and dequeues them all.  */
+static void
+glwthread_waitqueue_notify_all (glwthread_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  struct glwthread_waitqueue_link *l;
+
+  for (l = wq->wq_list.wql_next; l != &wq->wq_list; )
+    {
+      struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *elt =
+        (struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *) l;
+      struct glwthread_waitqueue_link *prev;
+      struct glwthread_waitqueue_link *next;
+
+      /* Remove elt from the circular list.  */
+      prev = &wq->wq_list; /* = elt->link.wql_prev; */
+      next = elt->link.wql_next;
+      prev->wql_next = next;
+      next->wql_prev = prev;
+      elt->link.wql_next = NULL;
+      elt->link.wql_prev = NULL;
+
+      SetEvent (elt->event);
+      /* After the SetEvent, this thread cannot access *elt any more, because
+         the woken-up thread will quickly call  free (elt).  */
+
+      l = next;
+    }
+  if (!(wq->wq_list.wql_next == &wq->wq_list
+        && wq->wq_list.wql_prev == &wq->wq_list))
+    abort ();
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_cond_init (glwthread_cond_t *cond)
+{
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+  glwthread_waitqueue_init (&cond->waiters);
+
+  cond->guard.done = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_cond_wait (glwthread_cond_t *cond,
+                     void *mutex, int (*mutex_lock) (void *), int (*mutex_unlock) (void *))
+{
+  if (!cond->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&cond->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this condition variable.
+           Initialize it.  */
+        glwthread_cond_init (cond);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let cond->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&cond->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this condition variable.  */
+          while (!cond->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+
+  EnterCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+  {
+    struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *elt =
+      glwthread_waitqueue_add (&cond->waiters);
+    LeaveCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+    if (elt == NULL)
+      {
+        /* Allocation failure.  Weird.  */
+        return EAGAIN;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        HANDLE event = elt->event;
+        int err;
+        DWORD result;
+
+        /* Now release the mutex and let any other thread take it.  */
+        err = mutex_unlock (mutex);
+        if (err != 0)
+          {
+            EnterCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+            glwthread_waitqueue_remove (&cond->waiters, elt);
+            LeaveCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+            CloseHandle (event);
+            free (elt);
+            return err;
+          }
+        /* POSIX says:
+            "If another thread is able to acquire the mutex after the
+             about-to-block thread has released it, then a subsequent call to
+             pthread_cond_broadcast() or pthread_cond_signal() in that thread
+             shall behave as if it were issued after the about-to-block thread
+             has blocked."
+           This is fulfilled here, because the thread signalling is done
+           through SetEvent, not PulseEvent.  */
+        /* Wait until another thread signals this event.  */
+        result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
+        if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+          abort ();
+        CloseHandle (event);
+        free (elt);
+        /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
+           removed us from the waiters.  */
+        return mutex_lock (mutex);
+      }
+  }
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_cond_timedwait (glwthread_cond_t *cond,
+                          void *mutex, int (*mutex_lock) (void *), int (*mutex_unlock) (void *),
+                          const struct timespec *abstime)
+{
+  if (!cond->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&cond->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this condition variable.
+           Initialize it.  */
+        glwthread_cond_init (cond);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let cond->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&cond->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this condition variable.  */
+          while (!cond->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+
+  {
+    struct timeval currtime;
+
+    gettimeofday (&currtime, NULL);
+    if (currtime.tv_sec > abstime->tv_sec
+        || (currtime.tv_sec == abstime->tv_sec
+            && currtime.tv_usec * 1000 >= abstime->tv_nsec))
+      return ETIMEDOUT;
+
+    EnterCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+    {
+      struct glwthread_waitqueue_element *elt =
+        glwthread_waitqueue_add (&cond->waiters);
+      LeaveCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+      if (elt == NULL)
+        {
+          /* Allocation failure.  Weird.  */
+          return EAGAIN;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          HANDLE event = elt->event;
+          int err;
+          DWORD timeout;
+          DWORD result;
+
+          /* Now release the mutex and let any other thread take it.  */
+          err = mutex_unlock (mutex);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              EnterCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+              glwthread_waitqueue_remove (&cond->waiters, elt);
+              LeaveCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+              CloseHandle (event);
+              free (elt);
+              return err;
+            }
+          /* POSIX says:
+              "If another thread is able to acquire the mutex after the
+               about-to-block thread has released it, then a subsequent call to
+               pthread_cond_broadcast() or pthread_cond_signal() in that thread
+               shall behave as if it were issued after the about-to-block thread
+               has blocked."
+             This is fulfilled here, because the thread signalling is done
+             through SetEvent, not PulseEvent.  */
+          /* Wait until another thread signals this event or until the abstime
+             passes.  */
+          gettimeofday (&currtime, NULL);
+          if (currtime.tv_sec > abstime->tv_sec)
+            timeout = 0;
+          else
+            {
+              unsigned long seconds = abstime->tv_sec - currtime.tv_sec;
+              timeout = seconds * 1000;
+              if (timeout / 1000 != seconds) /* overflow? */
+                timeout = INFINITE;
+              else
+                {
+                  long milliseconds =
+                    abstime->tv_nsec / 1000000 - currtime.tv_usec / 1000;
+                  if (milliseconds >= 0)
+                    {
+                      timeout += milliseconds;
+                      if (timeout < milliseconds) /* overflow? */
+                        timeout = INFINITE;
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+                      if (timeout >= - milliseconds)
+                        timeout -= (- milliseconds);
+                      else
+                        timeout = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+          result = WaitForSingleObject (event, timeout);
+          if (result == WAIT_FAILED)
+            abort ();
+          if (result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+            {
+              EnterCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+              if (glwthread_waitqueue_remove (&cond->waiters, elt))
+                {
+                  /* The event was not signaled between the WaitForSingleObject
+                     call and the EnterCriticalSection call.  */
+                  if (!(WaitForSingleObject (event, 0) == WAIT_TIMEOUT))
+                    abort ();
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  /* The event was signaled between the WaitForSingleObject
+                     call and the EnterCriticalSection call.  */
+                  if (!(WaitForSingleObject (event, 0) == WAIT_OBJECT_0))
+                    abort ();
+                  /* Produce the right return value.  */
+                  result = WAIT_OBJECT_0;
+                }
+              LeaveCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* The thread which signalled the event already did the
+                 bookkeeping: removed us from the waiters.  */
+            }
+          CloseHandle (event);
+          free (elt);
+          /* Take the mutex again.  It does not matter whether this is done
+             before or after the bookkeeping for WAIT_TIMEOUT.  */
+          err = mutex_lock (mutex);
+          return (err ? err :
+                  result == WAIT_OBJECT_0 ? 0 :
+                  result == WAIT_TIMEOUT ? ETIMEDOUT :
+                  /* WAIT_FAILED shouldn't happen */ EAGAIN);
+        }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_cond_signal (glwthread_cond_t *cond)
+{
+  if (!cond->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+
+  EnterCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+  /* POSIX says:
+      "The pthread_cond_broadcast() and pthread_cond_signal() functions shall
+       have no effect if there are no threads currently blocked on cond."  */
+  if (cond->waiters.wq_list.wql_next != &cond->waiters.wq_list)
+    glwthread_waitqueue_notify_first (&cond->waiters);
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_cond_broadcast (glwthread_cond_t *cond)
+{
+  if (!cond->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+
+  EnterCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+  /* POSIX says:
+      "The pthread_cond_broadcast() and pthread_cond_signal() functions shall
+       have no effect if there are no threads currently blocked on cond."
+     glwthread_waitqueue_notify_all is a nop in this case.  */
+  glwthread_waitqueue_notify_all (&cond->waiters);
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_cond_destroy (glwthread_cond_t *cond)
+{
+  if (!cond->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  if (cond->waiters.wq_list.wql_next != &cond->waiters.wq_list)
+    return EBUSY;
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&cond->lock);
+  cond->guard.done = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/windows-cond.h b/lib/windows-cond.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9f515b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-cond.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* Condition variables (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Yoann Vandoorselaere <yoann@prelude-ids.org>, 2008.
+   Based on Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org> lock.h */
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS_COND_H
+#define _WINDOWS_COND_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "windows-initguard.h"
+
+#ifndef _glwthread_linked_waitqueue_link_defined
+#define _glwthread_linked_waitqueue_link_defined
+struct glwthread_waitqueue_link
+{
+  struct glwthread_waitqueue_link *wql_next;
+  struct glwthread_waitqueue_link *wql_prev;
+};
+#endif /* _glwthread_linked_waitqueue_link_defined */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          struct glwthread_waitqueue_link wq_list; /* circular list of waiting threads */
+        }
+        glwthread_linked_waitqueue_t;
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          glwthread_initguard_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          glwthread_linked_waitqueue_t waiters; /* waiting threads */
+        }
+        glwthread_cond_t;
+
+#define GLWTHREAD_COND_INIT { GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern int glwthread_cond_init (glwthread_cond_t *cond);
+/* Here, to cope with the various types of mutexes, the mutex is a 'void *', and
+   the caller needs to pass the corresponding *_lock and *_unlock functions.  */
+extern int glwthread_cond_wait (glwthread_cond_t *cond,
+                                void *mutex,
+                                int (*mutex_lock) (void *),
+                                int (*mutex_unlock) (void *));
+extern int glwthread_cond_timedwait (glwthread_cond_t *cond,
+                                     void *mutex,
+                                     int (*mutex_lock) (void *),
+                                     int (*mutex_unlock) (void *),
+                                     const struct timespec *abstime);
+extern int glwthread_cond_signal (glwthread_cond_t *cond);
+extern int glwthread_cond_broadcast (glwthread_cond_t *cond);
+extern int glwthread_cond_destroy (glwthread_cond_t *cond);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS_COND_H */
diff --git a/lib/windows-initguard.h b/lib/windows-initguard.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a29d7e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-initguard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* Init guards, somewhat like spinlocks (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS_INITGUARD_H
+#define _WINDOWS_INITGUARD_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#include <windows.h>
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          volatile int done;
+          volatile LONG started;
+        }
+        glwthread_initguard_t;
+
+#define GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT { 0, -1 }
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS_INITGUARD_H */
diff --git a/lib/windows-mutex.c b/lib/windows-mutex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28e429c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-mutex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* Plain mutexes (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "windows-mutex.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+void
+glwthread_mutex_init (glwthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  mutex->guard.done = 1;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_mutex_lock (glwthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&mutex->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this mutex.  Initialize it.  */
+        glwthread_mutex_init (mutex);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let mutex->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this mutex.  */
+          while (!mutex->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  EnterCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_mutex_trylock (glwthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&mutex->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this mutex.  Initialize it.  */
+        glwthread_mutex_init (mutex);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let mutex->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+          /* Let another thread finish initializing this mutex, and let it also
+             lock this mutex.  */
+          return EBUSY;
+        }
+    }
+  if (!TryEnterCriticalSection (&mutex->lock))
+    return EBUSY;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_mutex_unlock (glwthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_mutex_destroy (glwthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  mutex->guard.done = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/windows-mutex.h b/lib/windows-mutex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7aedfdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-mutex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* Plain mutexes (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS_MUTEX_H
+#define _WINDOWS_MUTEX_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include "windows-initguard.h"
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          glwthread_initguard_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        glwthread_mutex_t;
+
+#define GLWTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT { GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern void glwthread_mutex_init (glwthread_mutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_mutex_lock (glwthread_mutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_mutex_trylock (glwthread_mutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_mutex_unlock (glwthread_mutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_mutex_destroy (glwthread_mutex_t *mutex);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS_MUTEX_H */
diff --git a/lib/windows-once.c b/lib/windows-once.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..deea548
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-once.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Once-only control (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "windows-once.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+void
+glwthread_once (glwthread_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
+{
+  if (once_control->inited <= 0)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&once_control->started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to come to this once_control.  */
+          InitializeCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+          EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+          once_control->inited = 0;
+          initfunction ();
+          once_control->inited = 1;
+          LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let once_control->started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&once_control->started);
+          /* Some other thread has already started the initialization.
+             Yield the CPU while waiting for the other thread to finish
+             initializing and taking the lock.  */
+          while (once_control->inited < 0)
+            Sleep (0);
+          if (once_control->inited <= 0)
+            {
+              /* Take the lock.  This blocks until the other thread has
+                 finished calling the initfunction.  */
+              EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+              LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+              if (!(once_control->inited > 0))
+                abort ();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/windows-once.h b/lib/windows-once.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85534c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-once.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Once-only control (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS_ONCE_H
+#define _WINDOWS_ONCE_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#include <windows.h>
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          volatile int inited;
+          volatile LONG started;
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        glwthread_once_t;
+
+#define GLWTHREAD_ONCE_INIT { -1, -1 }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern void glwthread_once (glwthread_once_t *once_control,
+                            void (*initfunction) (void));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS_ONCE_H */
diff --git a/lib/windows-recmutex.c b/lib/windows-recmutex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8087ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-recmutex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* Plain recursive mutexes (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "windows-recmutex.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+void
+glwthread_recmutex_init (glwthread_recmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  mutex->owner = 0;
+  mutex->depth = 0;
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  mutex->guard.done = 1;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_recmutex_lock (glwthread_recmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&mutex->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this mutex.  Initialize it.  */
+        glwthread_recmutex_init (mutex);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let mutex->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this mutex.  */
+          while (!mutex->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  {
+    DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId ();
+    if (mutex->owner != self)
+      {
+        EnterCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+        mutex->owner = self;
+      }
+    if (++(mutex->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+      {
+        mutex->depth--;
+        return EAGAIN;
+      }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_recmutex_trylock (glwthread_recmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&mutex->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this mutex.  Initialize it.  */
+        glwthread_recmutex_init (mutex);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let mutex->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+          /* Let another thread finish initializing this mutex, and let it also
+             lock this mutex.  */
+          return EBUSY;
+        }
+    }
+  {
+    DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId ();
+    if (mutex->owner != self)
+      {
+        if (!TryEnterCriticalSection (&mutex->lock))
+          return EBUSY;
+        mutex->owner = self;
+      }
+    if (++(mutex->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+      {
+        mutex->depth--;
+        return EAGAIN;
+      }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_recmutex_unlock (glwthread_recmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (mutex->owner != GetCurrentThreadId ())
+    return EPERM;
+  if (mutex->depth == 0)
+    return EINVAL;
+  if (--(mutex->depth) == 0)
+    {
+      mutex->owner = 0;
+      LeaveCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_recmutex_destroy (glwthread_recmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (mutex->owner != 0)
+    return EBUSY;
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  mutex->guard.done = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/windows-recmutex.h b/lib/windows-recmutex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..746e75c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-recmutex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Plain recursive mutexes (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS_RECMUTEX_H
+#define _WINDOWS_RECMUTEX_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include "windows-initguard.h"
+
+/* The native Windows documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already
+   implements a recursive lock.  But we need not rely on it: It's easy to
+   implement a recursive lock without this assumption.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          glwthread_initguard_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          DWORD owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        glwthread_recmutex_t;
+
+#define GLWTHREAD_RECMUTEX_INIT { GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT, 0, 0 }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern void glwthread_recmutex_init (glwthread_recmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_recmutex_lock (glwthread_recmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_recmutex_trylock (glwthread_recmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_recmutex_unlock (glwthread_recmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_recmutex_destroy (glwthread_recmutex_t *mutex);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS_RECMUTEX_H */
diff --git a/lib/windows-rwlock.c b/lib/windows-rwlock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d186e03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-rwlock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/* Read-write locks (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "windows-rwlock.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#undef CreateEvent
+#define CreateEvent CreateEventA
+
+/* In this file, the waitqueues are implemented as circular arrays.  */
+#define glwthread_waitqueue_t glwthread_carray_waitqueue_t
+
+static void
+glwthread_waitqueue_init (glwthread_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  wq->array = NULL;
+  wq->count = 0;
+  wq->alloc = 0;
+  wq->offset = 0;
+}
+
+/* Enqueues the current thread, represented by an event, in a wait queue.
+   Returns INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE if an allocation failure occurs.  */
+static HANDLE
+glwthread_waitqueue_add (glwthread_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  HANDLE event;
+  unsigned int index;
+
+  if (wq->count == wq->alloc)
+    {
+      unsigned int new_alloc = 2 * wq->alloc + 1;
+      HANDLE *new_array =
+        (HANDLE *) realloc (wq->array, new_alloc * sizeof (HANDLE));
+      if (new_array == NULL)
+        /* No more memory.  */
+        return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+      /* Now is a good opportunity to rotate the array so that its contents
+         starts at offset 0.  */
+      if (wq->offset > 0)
+        {
+          unsigned int old_count = wq->count;
+          unsigned int old_alloc = wq->alloc;
+          unsigned int old_offset = wq->offset;
+          unsigned int i;
+          if (old_offset + old_count > old_alloc)
+            {
+              unsigned int limit = old_offset + old_count - old_alloc;
+              for (i = 0; i < limit; i++)
+                new_array[old_alloc + i] = new_array[i];
+            }
+          for (i = 0; i < old_count; i++)
+            new_array[i] = new_array[old_offset + i];
+          wq->offset = 0;
+        }
+      wq->array = new_array;
+      wq->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+  /* Whether the created event is a manual-reset one or an auto-reset one,
+     does not matter, since we will wait on it only once.  */
+  event = CreateEvent (NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL);
+  if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    /* No way to allocate an event.  */
+    return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+  index = wq->offset + wq->count;
+  if (index >= wq->alloc)
+    index -= wq->alloc;
+  wq->array[index] = event;
+  wq->count++;
+  return event;
+}
+
+/* Notifies the first thread from a wait queue and dequeues it.  */
+static void
+glwthread_waitqueue_notify_first (glwthread_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  SetEvent (wq->array[wq->offset + 0]);
+  wq->offset++;
+  wq->count--;
+  if (wq->count == 0 || wq->offset == wq->alloc)
+    wq->offset = 0;
+}
+
+/* Notifies all threads from a wait queue and dequeues them all.  */
+static void
+glwthread_waitqueue_notify_all (glwthread_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < wq->count; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned int index = wq->offset + i;
+      if (index >= wq->alloc)
+        index -= wq->alloc;
+      SetEvent (wq->array[index]);
+    }
+  wq->count = 0;
+  wq->offset = 0;
+}
+
+void
+glwthread_rwlock_init (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  glwthread_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_readers);
+  glwthread_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_writers);
+  lock->runcount = 0;
+  lock->guard.done = 1;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_rwlock_rdlock (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+        glwthread_rwlock_init (lock);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let lock->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&lock->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this lock.  */
+          while (!lock->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
+     field will not overflow, and whether no writer is waiting.  The latter
+     condition is because POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take
+     precedence over read locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+  if (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers.count == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+         waiting_readers.  */
+      HANDLE event = glwthread_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_readers);
+      if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+          DWORD result;
+          LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+          /* Wait until another thread signals this event.  */
+          result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
+          if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+            abort ();
+          CloseHandle (event);
+          /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
+             removed us from the waiting_readers, incremented lock->runcount.  */
+          if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
+            abort ();
+          return 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Allocation failure.  Weird.  */
+          do
+            {
+              LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+              Sleep (1);
+              EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+            }
+          while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0));
+        }
+    }
+  lock->runcount++;
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_rwlock_wrlock (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+        glwthread_rwlock_init (lock);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let lock->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&lock->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this lock.  */
+          while (!lock->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running.  */
+  if (!(lock->runcount == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+         waiting_writers.  */
+      HANDLE event = glwthread_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_writers);
+      if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+          DWORD result;
+          LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+          /* Wait until another thread signals this event.  */
+          result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
+          if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+            abort ();
+          CloseHandle (event);
+          /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
+             removed us from the waiting_writers, set lock->runcount = -1.  */
+          if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
+            abort ();
+          return 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Allocation failure.  Weird.  */
+          do
+            {
+              LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+              Sleep (1);
+              EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+            }
+          while (!(lock->runcount == 0));
+        }
+    }
+  lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_rwlock_tryrdlock (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+        glwthread_rwlock_init (lock);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let lock->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&lock->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this lock.  */
+          while (!lock->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  /* It's OK to wait for this critical section, because it is never taken for a
+     long time.  */
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
+     field will not overflow, and whether no writer is waiting.  The latter
+     condition is because POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take
+     precedence over read locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+  if (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers.count == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread would have to wait for a while.  Return instead.  */
+      LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+      return EBUSY;
+    }
+  lock->runcount++;
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_rwlock_trywrlock (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+        /* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+        glwthread_rwlock_init (lock);
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let lock->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&lock->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this lock.  */
+          while (!lock->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  /* It's OK to wait for this critical section, because it is never taken for a
+     long time.  */
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running.  */
+  if (!(lock->runcount == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread would have to wait for a while.  Return instead.  */
+      LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+      return EBUSY;
+    }
+  lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_rwlock_unlock (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  if (lock->runcount < 0)
+    {
+      /* Drop a writer lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
+        abort ();
+      lock->runcount = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Drop a reader lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
+        {
+          LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+          return EPERM;
+        }
+      lock->runcount--;
+    }
+  if (lock->runcount == 0)
+    {
+      /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
+         locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+      if (lock->waiting_writers.count > 0)
+        {
+          /* Wake up one of the waiting writers.  */
+          lock->runcount--;
+          glwthread_waitqueue_notify_first (&lock->waiting_writers);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Wake up all waiting readers.  */
+          lock->runcount += lock->waiting_readers.count;
+          glwthread_waitqueue_notify_all (&lock->waiting_readers);
+        }
+    }
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_rwlock_destroy (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  if (lock->runcount != 0)
+    return EBUSY;
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  if (lock->waiting_readers.array != NULL)
+    free (lock->waiting_readers.array);
+  if (lock->waiting_writers.array != NULL)
+    free (lock->waiting_writers.array);
+  lock->guard.done = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/windows-rwlock.h b/lib/windows-rwlock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65c5ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-rwlock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Read-write locks (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS_RWLOCK_H
+#define _WINDOWS_RWLOCK_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include "windows-initguard.h"
+
+/* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without
+   introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks.
+   Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */
+          unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */
+          unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */
+          unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */
+        }
+        glwthread_carray_waitqueue_t;
+typedef struct
+        {
+          glwthread_initguard_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          glwthread_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
+          glwthread_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
+          int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
+        }
+        glwthread_rwlock_t;
+
+#define GLWTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT { GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern void glwthread_rwlock_init (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glwthread_rwlock_rdlock (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glwthread_rwlock_wrlock (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glwthread_rwlock_tryrdlock (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glwthread_rwlock_trywrlock (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glwthread_rwlock_unlock (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glwthread_rwlock_destroy (glwthread_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS_RWLOCK_H */
diff --git a/lib/windows-thread.c b/lib/windows-thread.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ae1e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-thread.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/* Creating and controlling threads (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "windows-thread.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <process.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "windows-once.h"
+#include "windows-tls.h"
+
+/* The Thread-Local Storage (TLS) key that allows to access each thread's
+   'struct glwthread_thread_struct *' pointer.  */
+static DWORD self_key = (DWORD)-1;
+
+/* Initializes self_key.  This function must only be called once.  */
+static void
+do_init_self_key (void)
+{
+  self_key = TlsAlloc ();
+  /* If this fails, we're hosed.  */
+  if (self_key == (DWORD)-1)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+/* Initializes self_key.  */
+static void
+init_self_key (void)
+{
+  static glwthread_once_t once = GLWTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+  glwthread_once (&once, do_init_self_key);
+}
+
+/* This structure contains information about a thread.
+   It is stored in TLS under key self_key.  */
+struct glwthread_thread_struct
+{
+  /* Fields for managing the handle.  */
+  HANDLE volatile handle;
+  CRITICAL_SECTION handle_lock;
+  /* Fields for managing the exit value.  */
+  BOOL volatile detached;
+  void * volatile result;
+  /* Fields for managing the thread start.  */
+  void * (*func) (void *);
+  void *arg;
+};
+
+/* Return a real HANDLE object for the current thread.  */
+static HANDLE
+get_current_thread_handle (void)
+{
+  HANDLE this_handle;
+
+  /* GetCurrentThread() returns a pseudo-handle, i.e. only a symbolic
+     identifier, not a real handle.  */
+  if (!DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
+                        GetCurrentProcess (), &this_handle,
+                        0, FALSE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS))
+    abort ();
+  return this_handle;
+}
+
+glwthread_thread_t
+glwthread_thread_self (void)
+{
+  glwthread_thread_t thread;
+
+  if (self_key == (DWORD)-1)
+    init_self_key ();
+  thread = TlsGetValue (self_key);
+  if (thread == NULL)
+    {
+      /* This happens only in threads that have not been created through
+         glthread_create(), such as the main thread.  */
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          thread =
+            (struct glwthread_thread_struct *)
+            malloc (sizeof (struct glwthread_thread_struct));
+          if (thread != NULL)
+            break;
+          /* Memory allocation failed.  There is not much we can do.  Have to
+             busy-loop, waiting for the availability of memory.  */
+          Sleep (1);
+        }
+
+      thread->handle = get_current_thread_handle ();
+      InitializeCriticalSection (&thread->handle_lock);
+      thread->detached = FALSE; /* This can lead to a memory leak.  */
+      thread->result = NULL; /* just to be deterministic */
+      TlsSetValue (self_key, thread);
+    }
+  return thread;
+}
+
+/* The main function of a freshly creating thread.  It's a wrapper around
+   the FUNC and ARG arguments passed to glthread_create_func.  */
+static unsigned int WINAPI
+wrapper_func (void *varg)
+{
+  struct glwthread_thread_struct *thread =
+    (struct glwthread_thread_struct *) varg;
+
+  EnterCriticalSection (&thread->handle_lock);
+  /* Create a new handle for the thread only if the parent thread did not yet
+     fill in the handle.  */
+  if (thread->handle == NULL)
+    thread->handle = get_current_thread_handle ();
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&thread->handle_lock);
+
+  if (self_key == (DWORD)-1)
+    init_self_key ();
+  TlsSetValue (self_key, thread);
+
+  /* Run the thread.  Store the exit value if the thread was not terminated
+     otherwise.  */
+  thread->result = thread->func (thread->arg);
+
+  /* Process the TLS destructors.  */
+  glwthread_tls_process_destructors ();
+
+  if (thread->detached)
+    {
+      /* Clean up the thread, like thrd_join would do.  */
+      DeleteCriticalSection (&thread->handle_lock);
+      CloseHandle (thread->handle);
+      free (thread);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_thread_create (glwthread_thread_t *threadp, unsigned int attr,
+                         void * (*func) (void *), void *arg)
+{
+  struct glwthread_thread_struct *thread =
+    (struct glwthread_thread_struct *)
+    malloc (sizeof (struct glwthread_thread_struct));
+  if (thread == NULL)
+    return ENOMEM;
+  thread->handle = NULL;
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&thread->handle_lock);
+  thread->detached = (attr & GLWTHREAD_ATTR_DETACHED ? TRUE : FALSE);
+  thread->result = NULL; /* just to be deterministic */
+  thread->func = func;
+  thread->arg = arg;
+
+  {
+    unsigned int thread_id;
+    HANDLE thread_handle;
+
+    thread_handle = (HANDLE)
+      _beginthreadex (NULL, 100000, wrapper_func, thread, 0, &thread_id);
+      /* calls CreateThread with the same arguments */
+    if (thread_handle == NULL)
+      {
+        DeleteCriticalSection (&thread->handle_lock);
+        free (thread);
+        return EAGAIN;
+      }
+
+    EnterCriticalSection (&thread->handle_lock);
+    if (thread->handle == NULL)
+      thread->handle = thread_handle;
+    else
+      /* thread->handle was already set by the thread itself.  */
+      CloseHandle (thread_handle);
+    LeaveCriticalSection (&thread->handle_lock);
+
+    *threadp = thread;
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_thread_join (glwthread_thread_t thread, void **retvalp)
+{
+  if (thread == NULL)
+    return EINVAL;
+
+  if (thread == glwthread_thread_self ())
+    return EDEADLK;
+
+  if (thread->detached)
+    return EINVAL;
+
+  if (WaitForSingleObject (thread->handle, INFINITE) == WAIT_FAILED)
+    return EINVAL;
+
+  if (retvalp != NULL)
+    *retvalp = thread->result;
+
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&thread->handle_lock);
+  CloseHandle (thread->handle);
+  free (thread);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_thread_detach (glwthread_thread_t thread)
+{
+  if (thread == NULL)
+    return EINVAL;
+
+  if (thread->detached)
+    return EINVAL;
+
+  thread->detached = TRUE;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+glwthread_thread_exit (void *retval)
+{
+  glwthread_thread_t thread = glwthread_thread_self ();
+  thread->result = retval;
+  glwthread_tls_process_destructors ();
+  _endthreadex (0); /* calls ExitThread (0) */
+  abort ();
+}
diff --git a/lib/windows-thread.h b/lib/windows-thread.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7606977
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-thread.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Creating and controlling threads (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS_THREAD_H
+#define _WINDOWS_THREAD_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#include <windows.h>
+
+/* The glwthread_thread_t is a pointer to a structure in memory.
+   Why not the thread handle?  If it were the thread handle, it would be hard
+   to implement glwthread_thread_self() (since GetCurrentThread () returns a
+   pseudo-handle, DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentThread ()) returns a handle that
+   must be closed afterwards, and there is no function for quickly retrieving
+   a thread handle from its id).
+   Why not the thread id?  I tried it.  It did not work: Sometimes ids appeared
+   that did not belong to running threads, and glthread_join failed with ESRCH.
+ */
+typedef struct glwthread_thread_struct *glwthread_thread_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* attr is a bit mask, consisting of the following bits: */
+#define GLWTHREAD_ATTR_DETACHED 1
+extern int glwthread_thread_create (glwthread_thread_t *threadp,
+                                    unsigned int attr,
+                                    void * (*func) (void *), void *arg);
+extern int glwthread_thread_join (glwthread_thread_t thread, void **retvalp);
+extern int glwthread_thread_detach (glwthread_thread_t thread);
+extern glwthread_thread_t glwthread_thread_self (void);
+extern _Noreturn void glwthread_thread_exit (void *retval);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS_THREAD_H */
diff --git a/lib/windows-timedmutex.c b/lib/windows-timedmutex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c53be3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-timedmutex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/* Timed mutexes (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005, 2019.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "windows-timedmutex.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#undef CreateEvent
+#define CreateEvent CreateEventA
+
+int
+glwthread_timedmutex_init (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  /* Attempt to allocate an auto-reset event object.  */
+  /* CreateEvent
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/synchapi/nf-synchapi-createeventa> */
+  HANDLE event = CreateEvent (NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
+  if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    return EAGAIN;
+  mutex->event = event;
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  mutex->guard.done = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_timedmutex_lock (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&mutex->guard.started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to need this mutex.
+             Initialize it.  */
+          int err = glwthread_timedmutex_init (mutex);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              /* Undo increment.  */
+              InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let mutex->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this mutex.  */
+          while (!mutex->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  EnterCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_timedmutex_trylock (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&mutex->guard.started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to need this mutex.
+             Initialize it.  */
+          int err = glwthread_timedmutex_init (mutex);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              /* Undo increment.  */
+              InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let mutex->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+          /* Let another thread finish initializing this mutex, and let it also
+             lock this mutex.  */
+          return EBUSY;
+        }
+    }
+  if (!TryEnterCriticalSection (&mutex->lock))
+    return EBUSY;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_timedmutex_timedlock (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex,
+                                const struct timespec *abstime)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&mutex->guard.started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to need this mutex.
+             Initialize it.  */
+          int err = glwthread_timedmutex_init (mutex);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              /* Undo increment.  */
+              InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let mutex->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this mutex.  */
+          while (!mutex->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* POSIX says:
+      "Under no circumstance shall the function fail with a timeout if
+       the mutex can be locked immediately. The validity of the abstime
+       parameter need not be checked if the mutex can be locked
+       immediately."
+     Therefore start the loop with a TryEnterCriticalSection call.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (TryEnterCriticalSection (&mutex->lock))
+        break;
+
+      {
+        struct timeval currtime;
+        DWORD timeout;
+        DWORD result;
+
+        gettimeofday (&currtime, NULL);
+
+        /* Wait until another thread signals the event or until the
+           abstime passes.  */
+        if (currtime.tv_sec > abstime->tv_sec)
+          timeout = 0;
+        else
+          {
+            unsigned long seconds = abstime->tv_sec - currtime.tv_sec;
+            timeout = seconds * 1000;
+            if (timeout / 1000 != seconds) /* overflow? */
+              timeout = INFINITE;
+            else
+              {
+                long milliseconds =
+                  abstime->tv_nsec / 1000000 - currtime.tv_usec / 1000;
+                if (milliseconds >= 0)
+                  {
+                    timeout += milliseconds;
+                    if (timeout < milliseconds) /* overflow? */
+                      timeout = INFINITE;
+                  }
+                else
+                  {
+                    if (timeout >= - milliseconds)
+                      timeout -= (- milliseconds);
+                    else
+                      timeout = 0;
+                  }
+              }
+          }
+        if (timeout == 0)
+          return ETIMEDOUT;
+
+        /* WaitForSingleObject
+           <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/synchapi/nf-synchapi-waitforsingleobject> */
+        result = WaitForSingleObject (mutex->event, timeout);
+        if (result == WAIT_FAILED)
+          abort ();
+        if (result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+          return ETIMEDOUT;
+        /* Another thread has just unlocked the mutex.  We have good chances at
+           locking it now.  */
+      }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_timedmutex_unlock (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  /* Notify one of the threads that were waiting with a timeout.  */
+  /* SetEvent
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/synchapi/nf-synchapi-setevent> */
+  SetEvent (mutex->event);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_timedmutex_destroy (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    return EINVAL;
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  /* CloseHandle
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/handleapi/nf-handleapi-closehandle> */
+  CloseHandle (mutex->event);
+  mutex->guard.done = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/windows-timedmutex.h b/lib/windows-timedmutex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ab8984
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-timedmutex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Timed mutexes (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005, 2019.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS_TIMEDMUTEX_H
+#define _WINDOWS_TIMEDMUTEX_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "windows-initguard.h"
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          glwthread_initguard_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          HANDLE event;
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        glwthread_timedmutex_t;
+
+#define GLWTHREAD_TIMEDMUTEX_INIT { GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern int glwthread_timedmutex_init (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_timedmutex_lock (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_timedmutex_trylock (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_timedmutex_timedlock (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex,
+                                           const struct timespec *abstime);
+extern int glwthread_timedmutex_unlock (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_timedmutex_destroy (glwthread_timedmutex_t *mutex);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS_TIMEDMUTEX_H */
diff --git a/lib/windows-timedrecmutex.c b/lib/windows-timedrecmutex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1026d04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-timedrecmutex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* Timed recursive mutexes (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005, 2019.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "windows-timedrecmutex.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+#undef CreateEvent
+#define CreateEvent CreateEventA
+
+int
+glwthread_timedrecmutex_init (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  mutex->owner = 0;
+  mutex->depth = 0;
+  /* Attempt to allocate an auto-reset event object.  */
+  /* CreateEvent
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/synchapi/nf-synchapi-createeventa> */
+  HANDLE event = CreateEvent (NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
+  if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    return EAGAIN;
+  mutex->event = event;
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  mutex->guard.done = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_timedrecmutex_lock (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&mutex->guard.started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to need this mutex.
+             Initialize it.  */
+          int err = glwthread_timedrecmutex_init (mutex);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              /* Undo increment.  */
+              InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let mutex->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this mutex.  */
+          while (!mutex->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+  {
+    DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId ();
+    if (mutex->owner != self)
+      {
+        EnterCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+        mutex->owner = self;
+      }
+    if (++(mutex->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+      {
+        mutex->depth--;
+        return EAGAIN;
+      }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_timedrecmutex_trylock (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&mutex->guard.started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to need this mutex.
+             Initialize it.  */
+          int err = glwthread_timedrecmutex_init (mutex);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              /* Undo increment.  */
+              InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let mutex->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+          /* Let another thread finish initializing this mutex, and let it also
+             lock this mutex.  */
+          return EBUSY;
+        }
+    }
+  {
+    DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId ();
+    if (mutex->owner != self)
+      {
+        if (!TryEnterCriticalSection (&mutex->lock))
+          return EBUSY;
+        mutex->owner = self;
+      }
+    if (++(mutex->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+      {
+        mutex->depth--;
+        return EAGAIN;
+      }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_timedrecmutex_timedlock (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex,
+                                   const struct timespec *abstime)
+{
+  if (!mutex->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&mutex->guard.started) == 0)
+        {
+          /* This thread is the first one to need this mutex.
+             Initialize it.  */
+          int err = glwthread_timedrecmutex_init (mutex);
+          if (err != 0)
+            {
+              /* Undo increment.  */
+              InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+              return err;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Don't let mutex->guard.started grow and wrap around.  */
+          InterlockedDecrement (&mutex->guard.started);
+          /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+             initializing this mutex.  */
+          while (!mutex->guard.done)
+            Sleep (0);
+        }
+    }
+
+  {
+    DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId ();
+    if (mutex->owner != self)
+      {
+        /* POSIX says:
+            "Under no circumstance shall the function fail with a timeout if
+             the mutex can be locked immediately. The validity of the abstime
+             parameter need not be checked if the mutex can be locked
+             immediately."
+           Therefore start the loop with a TryEnterCriticalSection call.  */
+        for (;;)
+          {
+            if (TryEnterCriticalSection (&mutex->lock))
+              break;
+
+            {
+              struct timeval currtime;
+              DWORD timeout;
+              DWORD result;
+
+              gettimeofday (&currtime, NULL);
+
+              /* Wait until another thread signals the event or until the
+                 abstime passes.  */
+              if (currtime.tv_sec > abstime->tv_sec)
+                timeout = 0;
+              else
+                {
+                  unsigned long seconds = abstime->tv_sec - currtime.tv_sec;
+                  timeout = seconds * 1000;
+                  if (timeout / 1000 != seconds) /* overflow? */
+                    timeout = INFINITE;
+                  else
+                    {
+                      long milliseconds =
+                        abstime->tv_nsec / 1000000 - currtime.tv_usec / 1000;
+                      if (milliseconds >= 0)
+                        {
+                          timeout += milliseconds;
+                          if (timeout < milliseconds) /* overflow? */
+                            timeout = INFINITE;
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          if (timeout >= - milliseconds)
+                            timeout -= (- milliseconds);
+                          else
+                            timeout = 0;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+              if (timeout == 0)
+                return ETIMEDOUT;
+
+              /* WaitForSingleObject
+                 <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/synchapi/nf-synchapi-waitforsingleobject> */
+              result = WaitForSingleObject (mutex->event, timeout);
+              if (result == WAIT_FAILED)
+                abort ();
+              if (result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+                return ETIMEDOUT;
+              /* Another thread has just unlocked the mutex.  We have good chances at
+                 locking it now.  */
+            }
+          }
+        mutex->owner = self;
+      }
+    if (++(mutex->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+      {
+        mutex->depth--;
+        return EAGAIN;
+      }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_timedrecmutex_unlock (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (mutex->owner != GetCurrentThreadId ())
+    return EPERM;
+  if (mutex->depth == 0)
+    return EINVAL;
+  if (--(mutex->depth) == 0)
+    {
+      mutex->owner = 0;
+      LeaveCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+      /* Notify one of the threads that were waiting with a timeout.  */
+      /* SetEvent
+         <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/synchapi/nf-synchapi-setevent> */
+      SetEvent (mutex->event);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_timedrecmutex_destroy (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex)
+{
+  if (mutex->owner != 0)
+    return EBUSY;
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&mutex->lock);
+  /* CloseHandle
+     <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/api/handleapi/nf-handleapi-closehandle> */
+  CloseHandle (mutex->event);
+  mutex->guard.done = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/windows-timedrecmutex.h b/lib/windows-timedrecmutex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de2b6d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-timedrecmutex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Timed recursive mutexes (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005, 2019.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS_TIMEDRECMUTEX_H
+#define _WINDOWS_TIMEDRECMUTEX_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "windows-initguard.h"
+
+/* The native Windows documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already
+   implements a recursive lock.  But we need not rely on it: It's easy to
+   implement a recursive lock without this assumption.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          glwthread_initguard_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          DWORD owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+          HANDLE event;
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        glwthread_timedrecmutex_t;
+
+#define GLWTHREAD_TIMEDRECMUTEX_INIT { GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT, 0, 0 }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern int glwthread_timedrecmutex_init (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_timedrecmutex_lock (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_timedrecmutex_trylock (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_timedrecmutex_timedlock (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex,
+                                              const struct timespec *abstime);
+extern int glwthread_timedrecmutex_unlock (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex);
+extern int glwthread_timedrecmutex_destroy (glwthread_timedrecmutex_t *mutex);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS_TIMEDRECMUTEX_H */
diff --git a/lib/windows-tls.c b/lib/windows-tls.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b24a7d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-tls.c
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/* Thread-local storage (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "windows-tls.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "windows-once.h"
+
+void *
+glwthread_tls_get (glwthread_tls_key_t key)
+{
+  return TlsGetValue (key);
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_tls_set (glwthread_tls_key_t key, void *value)
+{
+  if (!TlsSetValue (key, value))
+    return EINVAL;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* The following variables keep track of TLS keys with non-NULL destructor.  */
+
+static glwthread_once_t dtor_table_init_once = GLWTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+
+static CRITICAL_SECTION dtor_table_lock;
+
+struct dtor { glwthread_tls_key_t key; void (*destructor) (void *); };
+
+/* The table of dtors.  */
+static struct dtor *dtor_table;
+/* Number of active entries in the dtor_table.  */
+static unsigned int dtors_count;
+/* Valid indices into dtor_table are 0..dtors_used-1.  */
+static unsigned int dtors_used;
+/* Allocation size of dtor_table.  */
+static unsigned int dtors_allocated;
+/* Invariant: 0 <= dtors_count <= dtors_used <= dtors_allocated.  */
+
+/* Number of threads that are currently processing destructors.  */
+static unsigned int dtor_processing_threads;
+
+static void
+dtor_table_initialize (void)
+{
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+  /* The other variables are already initialized to NULL or 0, respectively.  */
+}
+
+static void
+dtor_table_ensure_initialized (void)
+{
+  glwthread_once (&dtor_table_init_once, dtor_table_initialize);
+}
+
+/* Shrinks dtors_used down to dtors_count, by replacing inactive entries
+   with active ones.  */
+static void
+dtor_table_shrink_used (void)
+{
+  unsigned int i = 0;
+  unsigned int j = dtors_used;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      BOOL i_found = FALSE;
+      BOOL j_found = FALSE;
+      /* Find the next inactive entry, from the left.  */
+      for (; i < dtors_count;)
+        {
+          if (dtor_table[i].destructor == NULL)
+            {
+              i_found = TRUE;
+              break;
+            }
+          i++;
+        }
+
+      /* Find the next active entry, from the right.  */
+      for (; j > dtors_count;)
+        {
+          j--;
+          if (dtor_table[j].destructor != NULL)
+            {
+              j_found = TRUE;
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (i_found != j_found)
+        /* dtors_count was apparently wrong.  */
+        abort ();
+
+      if (!i_found)
+        break;
+
+      /* i_found and j_found are TRUE.  Swap the two entries.  */
+      dtor_table[i] = dtor_table[j];
+
+      i++;
+    }
+
+  dtors_used = dtors_count;
+}
+
+void
+glwthread_tls_process_destructors (void)
+{
+  unsigned int repeat;
+
+  dtor_table_ensure_initialized ();
+
+  EnterCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+  if (dtor_processing_threads == 0)
+    {
+      /* Now it's the appropriate time for shrinking dtors_used.  */
+      if (dtors_used > dtors_count)
+        dtor_table_shrink_used ();
+    }
+  dtor_processing_threads++;
+
+  for (repeat = GLWTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS; repeat > 0; repeat--)
+    {
+      unsigned int destructors_run = 0;
+
+      /* Iterate across dtor_table.  We don't need to make a copy of dtor_table,
+         because
+           * When another thread calls glwthread_tls_key_create with a non-NULL
+             destructor argument, this will possibly reallocate the dtor_table
+             array and increase dtors_allocated as well as dtors_used and
+             dtors_count, but it will not change dtors_used nor the contents of
+             the first dtors_used entries of dtor_table.
+           * When another thread calls glwthread_tls_key_delete, this will
+             possibly set some 'destructor' member to NULL, thus marking an
+             entry as inactive, but it will not otherwise change dtors_used nor
+             the contents of the first dtors_used entries of dtor_table.  */
+      unsigned int i_limit = dtors_used;
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < i_limit; i++)
+        {
+          struct dtor current = dtor_table[i];
+          if (current.destructor != NULL)
+            {
+              /* The current dtor has not been deleted yet.  */
+              void *current_value = glwthread_tls_get (current.key);
+              if (current_value != NULL)
+                {
+                  /* The current value is non-NULL.  Run the destructor.  */
+                  glwthread_tls_set (current.key, NULL);
+                  LeaveCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+                  current.destructor (current_value);
+                  EnterCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+                  destructors_run++;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* When all TLS values were already NULL, no further iterations are
+         needed.  */
+      if (destructors_run == 0)
+        break;
+    }
+
+  dtor_processing_threads--;
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_tls_key_create (glwthread_tls_key_t *keyp, void (*destructor) (void *))
+{
+  if (destructor != NULL)
+    {
+      dtor_table_ensure_initialized ();
+
+      EnterCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+      if (dtor_processing_threads == 0)
+        {
+          /* Now it's the appropriate time for shrinking dtors_used.  */
+          if (dtors_used > dtors_count)
+            dtor_table_shrink_used ();
+        }
+
+      while (dtors_used == dtors_allocated)
+        {
+          /* Need to grow the dtor_table.  */
+          unsigned int new_allocated = 2 * dtors_allocated + 1;
+          if (new_allocated < 7)
+            new_allocated = 7;
+          if (new_allocated <= dtors_allocated) /* overflow? */
+            new_allocated = UINT_MAX;
+
+          LeaveCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+          {
+            struct dtor *new_table =
+              (struct dtor *) malloc (new_allocated * sizeof (struct dtor));
+            if (new_table == NULL)
+              return ENOMEM;
+            EnterCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+            /* Attention! dtors_used, dtors_allocated may have changed!  */
+            if (dtors_used < new_allocated)
+              {
+                if (dtors_allocated < new_allocated)
+                  {
+                    /* The new_table is useful.  */
+                    memcpy (new_table, dtor_table,
+                            dtors_used * sizeof (struct dtor));
+                    dtor_table = new_table;
+                    dtors_allocated = new_allocated;
+                  }
+                else
+                  {
+                    /* The new_table is not useful, since another thread
+                       meanwhile allocated a drop_table that is at least
+                       as large.  */
+                    free (new_table);
+                  }
+                break;
+              }
+            /* The new_table is not useful, since other threads increased
+               dtors_used.  Free it any retry.  */
+            free (new_table);
+          }
+        }
+      /* Here dtors_used < dtors_allocated.  */
+      {
+        /* Allocate a new key.  */
+        glwthread_tls_key_t key = TlsAlloc ();
+        if (key == (DWORD)-1)
+          {
+            LeaveCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+            return EAGAIN;
+          }
+        /* Store the new dtor in the dtor_table, after all used entries.
+           Do not overwrite inactive entries with indices < dtors_used, in order
+           not to disturb glwthread_tls_process_destructors invocations that may
+           be executing in other threads.  */
+        dtor_table[dtors_used].key = key;
+        dtor_table[dtors_used].destructor = destructor;
+        dtors_used++;
+        dtors_count++;
+        LeaveCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+        *keyp = key;
+      }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Allocate a new key.  */
+      glwthread_tls_key_t key = TlsAlloc ();
+      if (key == (DWORD)-1)
+        return EAGAIN;
+      *keyp = key;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+glwthread_tls_key_delete (glwthread_tls_key_t key)
+{
+  /* Should the destructor be called for all threads that are currently running?
+     Probably not, because
+       - ISO C does not specify when the destructor is to be invoked at all.
+       - In POSIX, the destructor functions specified with pthread_key_create()
+         are invoked at thread exit.
+       - It would be hard to implement, because there are no primitives for
+         accessing thread-specific values from a different thread.  */
+  dtor_table_ensure_initialized ();
+
+  EnterCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+  if (dtor_processing_threads == 0)
+    {
+      /* Now it's the appropriate time for shrinking dtors_used.  */
+      if (dtors_used > dtors_count)
+        dtor_table_shrink_used ();
+      /* Here dtors_used == dtors_count.  */
+
+      /* Find the key in dtor_table.  */
+      {
+        unsigned int i_limit = dtors_used;
+        unsigned int i;
+
+        for (i = 0; i < i_limit; i++)
+          if (dtor_table[i].key == key)
+            {
+              if (i < dtors_used - 1)
+                /* Swap the entries i and dtors_used - 1.  */
+                dtor_table[i] = dtor_table[dtors_used - 1];
+              dtors_count = dtors_used = dtors_used - 1;
+              break;
+            }
+      }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Be careful not to disturb the glwthread_tls_process_destructors
+         invocations that are executing in other threads.  */
+      unsigned int i_limit = dtors_used;
+      unsigned int i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < i_limit; i++)
+        if (dtor_table[i].destructor != NULL /* skip inactive entries */
+            && dtor_table[i].key == key)
+          {
+            /* Mark this entry as inactive.  */
+            dtor_table[i].destructor = NULL;
+            dtors_count = dtors_count - 1;
+            break;
+          }
+    }
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&dtor_table_lock);
+  /* Now we have ensured that glwthread_tls_process_destructors will no longer
+     use this key.  */
+
+  if (!TlsFree (key))
+    return EINVAL;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/windows-tls.h b/lib/windows-tls.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d2de56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/windows-tls.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Thread-local storage (native Windows implementation).
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.  */
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS_TLS_H
+#define _WINDOWS_TLS_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#include <windows.h>
+
+typedef DWORD glwthread_tls_key_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern int glwthread_tls_key_create (glwthread_tls_key_t *keyp, void (*destructor) (void *));
+extern void *glwthread_tls_get (glwthread_tls_key_t key);
+extern int glwthread_tls_set (glwthread_tls_key_t key, void *value);
+extern int glwthread_tls_key_delete (glwthread_tls_key_t key);
+extern void glwthread_tls_process_destructors (void);
+#define GLWTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS 4
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _WINDOWS_TLS_H */
diff --git a/lib/wmemchr-impl.h b/lib/wmemchr-impl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f92a362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/wmemchr-impl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Search wide character array for a wide character.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 1999.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+wchar_t *
+wmemchr (const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n)
+{
+  for (; n > 0; s++, n--)
+    {
+      if (*s == c)
+        return (wchar_t *) s;
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/lib/wmemchr.c b/lib/wmemchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..127e1a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/wmemchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Search wide character array for a wide character.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include "wmemchr-impl.h"
diff --git a/lib/wmempcpy.c b/lib/wmempcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdfa913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/wmempcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Copy wide character array, return pointer after last written wide character.
+   Copyright (C) 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+/* Copy N wide characters of SRC to DEST.
+   Return pointer to wide characters after the last written wide character.  */
+wchar_t *
+wmempcpy (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
+{
+  return wmemcpy (dest, src, n) + n;
+}
diff --git a/lib/write-any-file.c b/lib/write-any-file.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da55240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/write-any-file.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* Determine whether we can write any file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "write-any-file.h"
+#include "priv-set.h"
+#include "root-uid.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Return true if we know that we can write any file, including
+   writing directories.  */
+
+bool
+can_write_any_file (void)
+{
+  static bool initialized;
+  static bool can_write;
+
+  if (! initialized)
+    {
+      bool can = false;
+#if defined PRIV_FILE_DAC_WRITE
+      can = (priv_set_ismember (PRIV_FILE_DAC_WRITE) == 1);
+#else
+      /* In traditional Unix, only root can unlink directories.  */
+      can = (geteuid () == ROOT_UID);
+#endif
+      can_write = can;
+      initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  return can_write;
+}
diff --git a/lib/write-any-file.h b/lib/write-any-file.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b229eb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/write-any-file.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Determine whether we can write any file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+bool can_write_any_file (void);
diff --git a/lib/write.c b/lib/write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcbc97c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* POSIX compatible write() function.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* On native Windows platforms, SIGPIPE does not exist.  When write() is
+   called on a pipe with no readers, WriteFile() fails with error
+   GetLastError() = ERROR_NO_DATA, and write() in consequence fails with
+   error EINVAL.  */
+
+#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <signal.h>
+# include <io.h>
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+#  include "msvc-inval.h"
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# else
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined.  */
+# undef GetNamedPipeHandleState
+# define GetNamedPipeHandleState GetNamedPipeHandleStateA
+
+# undef write
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static ssize_t
+write_nothrow (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
+{
+  ssize_t result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _write (fd, buf, count);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EBADF;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define write_nothrow _write
+# endif
+
+ssize_t
+rpl_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
+{
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      ssize_t ret = write_nothrow (fd, buf, count);
+
+      if (ret < 0)
+        {
+# if GNULIB_NONBLOCKING
+          if (errno == ENOSPC)
+            {
+              HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+              if (GetFileType (h) == FILE_TYPE_PIPE)
+                {
+                  /* h is a pipe or socket.  */
+                  DWORD state;
+                  if (GetNamedPipeHandleState (h, &state, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+                                               NULL, 0)
+                      && (state & PIPE_NOWAIT) != 0)
+                    {
+                      /* h is a pipe in non-blocking mode.
+                         We can get here in four situations:
+                           1. When the pipe buffer is full.
+                           2. When count <= pipe_buf_size and the number of
+                              free bytes in the pipe buffer is < count.
+                           3. When count > pipe_buf_size and the number of free
+                              bytes in the pipe buffer is > 0, < pipe_buf_size.
+                           4. When count > pipe_buf_size and the pipe buffer is
+                              entirely empty.
+                         The cases 1 and 2 are POSIX compliant.  In cases 3 and
+                         4 POSIX specifies that write() must split the request
+                         and succeed with a partial write.  We fix case 4.
+                         We don't fix case 3 because it is not essential for
+                         programs.  */
+                      DWORD out_size; /* size of the buffer for outgoing data */
+                      DWORD in_size;  /* size of the buffer for incoming data */
+                      if (GetNamedPipeInfo (h, NULL, &out_size, &in_size, NULL))
+                        {
+                          size_t reduced_count = count;
+                          /* In theory we need only one of out_size, in_size.
+                             But I don't know which of the two.  The description
+                             is ambiguous.  */
+                          if (out_size != 0 && out_size < reduced_count)
+                            reduced_count = out_size;
+                          if (in_size != 0 && in_size < reduced_count)
+                            reduced_count = in_size;
+                          if (reduced_count < count)
+                            {
+                              /* Attempt to write only the first part.  */
+                              count = reduced_count;
+                              continue;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      /* Change errno from ENOSPC to EAGAIN.  */
+                      errno = EAGAIN;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+          else
+# endif
+            {
+# if GNULIB_SIGPIPE
+              if (GetLastError () == ERROR_NO_DATA
+                  && GetFileType ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd))
+                     == FILE_TYPE_PIPE)
+                {
+                  /* Try to raise signal SIGPIPE.  */
+                  raise (SIGPIPE);
+                  /* If it is currently blocked or ignored, change errno from
+                     EINVAL to EPIPE.  */
+                  errno = EPIPE;
+                }
+# endif
+            }
+        }
+      return ret;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/xalignalloc.c b/lib/xalignalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66b682f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xalignalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* checked aligned memory allocation
+
+   Copyright 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "alignalloc.h"
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+void *
+xalignalloc (idx_t alignment, idx_t size)
+{
+  void *p = alignalloc (alignment, size);
+  if (!p)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xalloc-die.c b/lib/xalloc-die.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b947f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xalloc-die.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Report a memory allocation failure and exit.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-2000, 2002-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+void
+xalloc_die (void)
+{
+  error (exit_failure, 0, "%s", _("memory exhausted"));
+
+  /* _Noreturn cannot be given to error, since it may return if
+     its first argument is 0.  To help compilers understand the
+     xalloc_die does not return, call abort.  Also, the abort is a
+     safety feature if exit_failure is 0 (which shouldn't happen).  */
+  abort ();
+}
diff --git a/lib/xalloc-oversized.h b/lib/xalloc-oversized.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aefa6fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xalloc-oversized.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* xalloc-oversized.h -- memory allocation size checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-2000, 2003-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_
+#define XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* True if N * S does not fit into both ptrdiff_t and size_t.
+   N and S should be nonnegative and free of side effects.
+   This expands to a constant expression if N and S are both constants.
+   By gnulib convention, SIZE_MAX represents overflow in size_t
+   calculations, so the conservative size_t-based dividend to use here
+   is SIZE_MAX - 1.  */
+#define __xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
+  ((s) != 0 \
+   && ((size_t) (PTRDIFF_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? PTRDIFF_MAX : SIZE_MAX - 1) / (s) \
+       < (n)))
+
+/* Return 1 if and only if an array of N objects, each of size S,
+   cannot exist reliably because its total size in bytes would exceed
+   MIN (PTRDIFF_MAX, SIZE_MAX - 1).
+
+   N and S should be nonnegative and free of side effects.
+
+   Warning: (xalloc_oversized (N, S) ? NULL : malloc (N * S)) can
+   misbehave if N and S are both narrower than ptrdiff_t and size_t,
+   and can be rewritten as (xalloc_oversized (N, S) ?  NULL
+   : malloc (N * (size_t) S)).
+
+   This is a macro, not a function, so that it works even if an
+   argument exceeds MAX (PTRDIFF_MAX, SIZE_MAX).  */
+#if 7 <= __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && PTRDIFF_MAX < SIZE_MAX
+# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
+   __builtin_mul_overflow_p (n, s, (ptrdiff_t) 1)
+#elif (5 <= __GNUC__ && !defined __ICC && !__STRICT_ANSI__ \
+       && PTRDIFF_MAX < SIZE_MAX)
+# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
+   (__builtin_constant_p (n) && __builtin_constant_p (s) \
+    ? __xalloc_oversized (n, s) \
+    : ({ ptrdiff_t __xalloc_count; \
+         __builtin_mul_overflow (n, s, &__xalloc_count); }))
+
+/* Other compilers use integer division; this may be slower but is
+   more portable.  */
+#else
+# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) __xalloc_oversized (n, s)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/xalloc.h b/lib/xalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f4bf8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-2000, 2003-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_H_
+#define XALLOC_H_
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#if GNULIB_XALLOC
+# include "idx.h"
+# include "intprops.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef XALLOC_INLINE
+# define XALLOC_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#if GNULIB_XALLOC_DIE
+
+/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.
+   It must be defined by the application, either explicitly
+   or by using gnulib's xalloc-die module.  This is the
+   function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
+   memory allocation failure.  */
+/*extern*/ _Noreturn void xalloc_die (void);
+
+#endif /* GNULIB_XALLOC_DIE */
+
+#if GNULIB_XALLOC
+
+void *xmalloc (size_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *ximalloc (idx_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *xinmalloc (idx_t n, idx_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *xzalloc (size_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *xizalloc (idx_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *xicalloc (idx_t n, idx_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2));
+void *xirealloc (void *p, idx_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *xreallocarray (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2, 3));
+void *xireallocarray (void *p, idx_t n, idx_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2, 3)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *x2realloc (void *p, size_t *ps) /* superseded by xpalloc */
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s) /* superseded by xpalloc */
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *xpalloc (void *pa, idx_t *pn, idx_t n_incr_min, ptrdiff_t n_max, idx_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+void *ximemdup (void const *p, idx_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+char *ximemdup0 (void const *p, idx_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+char *xstrdup (char const *str)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+
+/* In the following macros, T must be an elementary or structure/union or
+   typedef'ed type, or a pointer to such a type.  To apply one of the
+   following macros to a function pointer or array type, you need to typedef
+   it first and use the typedef name.  */
+
+/* Allocate an object of type T dynamically, with error checking.  */
+/* extern t *XMALLOC (typename t); */
+# define XMALLOC(t) ((t *) xmalloc (sizeof (t)))
+
+/* Allocate memory for N elements of type T, with error checking.  */
+/* extern t *XNMALLOC (size_t n, typename t); */
+# define XNMALLOC(n, t) \
+    ((t *) (sizeof (t) == 1 ? xmalloc (n) : xnmalloc (n, sizeof (t))))
+
+/* Allocate an object of type T dynamically, with error checking,
+   and zero it.  */
+/* extern t *XZALLOC (typename t); */
+# define XZALLOC(t) ((t *) xzalloc (sizeof (t)))
+
+/* Allocate memory for N elements of type T, with error checking,
+   and zero it.  */
+/* extern t *XCALLOC (size_t n, typename t); */
+# define XCALLOC(n, t) \
+    ((t *) (sizeof (t) == 1 ? xzalloc (n) : xcalloc (n, sizeof (t))))
+
+
+/* Allocate an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory,
+   dynamically, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+void *xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1, 2)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+
+/* FIXME: Deprecate this in favor of xreallocarray?  */
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to an array of N
+   objects each of S bytes, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+XALLOC_INLINE void *xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2, 3));
+XALLOC_INLINE void *
+xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return xreallocarray (p, n, s);
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to a new buffer of N bytes.  This is like xmalloc,
+   except it returns char *.  */
+
+char *xcharalloc (size_t n)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+
+#endif /* GNULIB_XALLOC */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if GNULIB_XALLOC && defined __cplusplus
+
+/* C++ does not allow conversions from void * to other pointer types
+   without a cast.  Use templates to work around the problem when
+   possible.  */
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+xrealloc (T *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) xrealloc ((void *) p, s);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+xreallocarray (T *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) xreallocarray ((void *) p, n, s);
+}
+
+/* FIXME: Deprecate this in favor of xreallocarray?  */
+template <typename T> inline T *
+xnrealloc (T *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return xreallocarray (p, n, s);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+x2realloc (T *p, size_t *pn)
+{
+  return (T *) x2realloc ((void *) p, pn);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+x2nrealloc (T *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) x2nrealloc ((void *) p, pn, s);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+xmemdup (T const *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) xmemdup ((void const *) p, s);
+}
+
+#endif /* GNULIB_XALLOC && C++ */
+
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/xasprintf.c b/lib/xasprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01ad878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xasprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* vasprintf and asprintf with out-of-memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xvasprintf.h"
+
+char *
+xasprintf (const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char *result;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  result = xvasprintf (format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xbinary-io.c b/lib/xbinary-io.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdc89ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xbinary-io.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Binary mode I/O with checking
+   Copyright 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define XBINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "xbinary-io.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#if O_BINARY
+
+_Noreturn void
+xset_binary_mode_error (void)
+{
+  error (exit_failure, errno,
+         _("failed to set file descriptor text/binary mode"));
+  assume (false);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/xbinary-io.h b/lib/xbinary-io.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..144df9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xbinary-io.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Binary mode I/O with checking
+   Copyright 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _XBINARY_IO_H
+#define _XBINARY_IO_H
+
+#include "binary-io.h"
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef XBINARY_IO_INLINE
+# define XBINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#if O_BINARY
+extern _Noreturn void xset_binary_mode_error (void);
+#else
+XBINARY_IO_INLINE void xset_binary_mode_error (void) {}
+#endif
+
+/* Set the mode of FD to MODE, which should be either O_TEXT or O_BINARY.
+   Report an error and exit if this fails.  */
+
+XBINARY_IO_INLINE void
+xset_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
+{
+  if (set_binary_mode (fd, mode) < 0)
+    xset_binary_mode_error ();
+}
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _XBINARY_IO_H */
diff --git a/lib/xdectoimax.c b/lib/xdectoimax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4bb18f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xdectoimax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define __xdectoint xdectoimax
+#define __xnumtoint xnumtoimax
+#define __xdectoint_t intmax_t
+#define __xstrtol xstrtoimax
+#define __xdectoint_signed 1
+#include "xdectoint.c"
diff --git a/lib/xdectoint.c b/lib/xdectoint.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da53018
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xdectoint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* Convert decimal strings with bounds checking and exit on error.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2014-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xdectoint.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+#include "xstrtol.h"
+
+/* Parse numeric string N_STR of base BASE, and return the value.
+   Exit on parse error or if MIN or MAX are exceeded.
+   Strings can have multiplicative SUFFIXES if specified.
+   ERR is printed along with N_STR on error.  */
+
+__xdectoint_t
+__xnumtoint (char const *n_str, int base, __xdectoint_t min, __xdectoint_t max,
+             char const *suffixes, char const *err, int err_exit)
+{
+  strtol_error s_err;
+
+  __xdectoint_t tnum;
+  s_err = __xstrtol (n_str, NULL, base, &tnum, suffixes);
+
+  if (s_err == LONGINT_OK)
+    {
+      if (tnum < min || max < tnum)
+        {
+          s_err = LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+          /* Use have the INT range as a heuristic to distinguish
+             type overflow rather than other min/max limits.  */
+          if (tnum > INT_MAX / 2)
+            errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#if __xdectoint_signed
+          else if (tnum < INT_MIN / 2)
+            errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#endif
+          else
+            errno = ERANGE;
+        }
+    }
+  else if (s_err == LONGINT_OVERFLOW)
+    errno = EOVERFLOW;
+  else if (s_err == LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR_WITH_OVERFLOW)
+    errno = 0; /* Don't show ERANGE errors for invalid numbers.  */
+
+  if (s_err != LONGINT_OK)
+    {
+      /* EINVAL error message is redundant in this context.  */
+      error (err_exit ? err_exit : EXIT_FAILURE, errno == EINVAL ? 0 : errno,
+             "%s: %s", err, quote (n_str));
+      assume (false);
+    }
+
+  return tnum;
+}
+
+/* Parse decimal string N_STR, and return the value.
+   Exit on parse error or if MIN or MAX are exceeded.
+   Strings can have multiplicative SUFFIXES if specified.
+   ERR is printed along with N_STR on error.  */
+
+__xdectoint_t
+__xdectoint (char const *n_str, __xdectoint_t min, __xdectoint_t max,
+             char const *suffixes, char const *err, int err_exit)
+{
+  return __xnumtoint (n_str, 10, min, max, suffixes, err, err_exit);
+}
diff --git a/lib/xdectoint.h b/lib/xdectoint.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fce2fa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xdectoint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Convert decimal strings with bounds checking and exit on error.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2014-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef XDECTOINT_H_
+# define XDECTOINT_H_ 1
+
+# include <inttypes.h>
+
+# define _DECLARE_XDECTOINT(name, type) \
+  type name (char const *n_str, type min, type max, \
+             char const *suffixes, char const *err, int err_exit) \
+    _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1, 5));
+# define _DECLARE_XNUMTOINT(name, type) \
+  type name (char const *n_str, int base, type min, type max, \
+             char const *suffixes, char const *err, int err_exit) \
+    _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1, 6));
+
+_DECLARE_XDECTOINT (xdectoimax, intmax_t)
+_DECLARE_XDECTOINT (xdectoumax, uintmax_t)
+
+_DECLARE_XNUMTOINT (xnumtoimax, intmax_t)
+_DECLARE_XNUMTOINT (xnumtoumax, uintmax_t)
+
+#endif  /* not XDECTOINT_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/xdectoumax.c b/lib/xdectoumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..412ddf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xdectoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define __xdectoint xdectoumax
+#define __xnumtoint xnumtoumax
+#define __xdectoint_t uintmax_t
+#define __xstrtol xstrtoumax
+#define __xdectoint_signed 0
+#include "xdectoint.c"
diff --git a/lib/xfts.c b/lib/xfts.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74f089f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xfts.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* xfts.c -- a wrapper for fts_open
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "xfts.h"
+
+/* Fail with a proper diagnostic if fts_open fails.  */
+
+FTS *
+xfts_open (char * const *argv, int options,
+           int (*compar) (const FTSENT **, const FTSENT **))
+{
+  FTS *fts = fts_open (argv, options | FTS_CWDFD, compar);
+  if (fts == NULL)
+    {
+      /* This can fail in two ways: out of memory or with errno==EINVAL,
+         which indicates it was called with invalid bit_flags.  */
+      assert (errno != EINVAL);
+      xalloc_die ();
+    }
+
+  return fts;
+}
+
+/* When fts_read returns FTS_DC to indicate a directory cycle,
+   it may or may not indicate a real problem.  When a program like
+   chgrp performs a recursive traversal that requires traversing
+   symbolic links, it is *not* a problem.  However, when invoked
+   with "-P -R", it deserves a warning.  The fts_options member
+   records the options that control this aspect of fts's behavior,
+   so test that.  */
+bool
+cycle_warning_required (FTS const *fts, FTSENT const *ent)
+{
+#define ISSET(Fts,Opt) ((Fts)->fts_options & (Opt))
+  /* When dereferencing no symlinks, or when dereferencing only
+     those listed on the command line and we're not processing
+     a command-line argument, then a cycle is a serious problem. */
+  return ((ISSET (fts, FTS_PHYSICAL) && !ISSET (fts, FTS_COMFOLLOW))
+          || (ISSET (fts, FTS_PHYSICAL) && ISSET (fts, FTS_COMFOLLOW)
+              && ent->fts_level != FTS_ROOTLEVEL));
+}
diff --git a/lib/xfts.h b/lib/xfts.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b129aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xfts.h
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "fts_.h"
+
+FTS *
+xfts_open (char * const *, int options,
+           int (*) (const FTSENT **, const FTSENT **))
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (fts_close, 1)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((1)) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
+
+bool
+cycle_warning_required (FTS const *fts, FTSENT const *ent)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
diff --git a/lib/xgetaname-impl.h b/lib/xgetaname-impl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8366166
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xgetaname-impl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* xgetaname-impl.c -- common implementation of xgethostname and xgetdomainname
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1996, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the current host or domain name in malloc'd storage.
+   If malloc fails, exit.
+   Upon any other failure, return NULL and set errno.  */
+char *
+XGETANAME (void)
+{
+  char buf[100];
+  idx_t size = sizeof buf;
+  char *name = buf;
+  char *alloc = NULL;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* Use SIZE_1 here rather than SIZE to work around the bug in
+         SunOS 5.5's gethostname whereby it NUL-terminates HOSTNAME
+         even when the name is as long as the supplied buffer.  */
+      idx_t size_1 = size - 1;
+      name[size_1] = '\0';
+      errno = 0;
+      if (GETANAME (name, size_1) == 0)
+        {
+          /* Check whether the name was possibly truncated; POSIX does not
+             specify whether a truncated name is null-terminated.  */
+          idx_t actual_size = strlen (name) + 1;
+          if (actual_size < size_1)
+            return alloc ? alloc : ximemdup (name, actual_size);
+          errno = 0;
+        }
+      free (alloc);
+      if (errno != 0 && errno != ENAMETOOLONG && errno != EINVAL
+          /* macOS/Darwin does this when SIZE_1 is too small.  */
+          && errno != ENOMEM)
+        return NULL;
+      name = alloc = xpalloc (NULL, &size, 1, -1, 1);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/xgetcwd.c b/lib/xgetcwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..619c770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xgetcwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* xgetcwd.c -- return current directory with unlimited length
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xgetcwd.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the current directory, newly allocated.
+   Upon an out-of-memory error, call xalloc_die.
+   Upon any other type of error, return NULL with errno set.  */
+
+char *
+xgetcwd (void)
+{
+  char *cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0);
+  if (! cwd && errno == ENOMEM)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return cwd;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xgetcwd.h b/lib/xgetcwd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65f1635
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xgetcwd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* prototype for xgetcwd
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2001, 2003, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+extern char *xgetcwd (void)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
diff --git a/lib/xgetgroups.c b/lib/xgetgroups.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..192b288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xgetgroups.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* xgetgroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user or current process is in
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Extracted from coreutils' src/id.c. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "mgetgroups.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Like mgetgroups, but call xalloc_die on allocation failure.  */
+
+int
+xgetgroups (char const *username, gid_t gid, gid_t **groups)
+{
+  int result = mgetgroups (username, gid, groups);
+  if (result == -1 && errno == ENOMEM)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xgethostname.c b/lib/xgethostname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73f461f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xgethostname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* xgethostname.c -- return current hostname with unlimited length
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1996, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xgethostname.h"
+
+#define GETANAME gethostname
+#define XGETANAME xgethostname
+#include "xgetaname-impl.h"
diff --git a/lib/xgethostname.h b/lib/xgethostname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..591c068
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xgethostname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Return current hostname with unlimited length.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+char *xgethostname (void)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
diff --git a/lib/xmalloc.c b/lib/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..993c1ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-2000, 2002-2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define XALLOC_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include "ialloc.h"
+#include "intprops.h"
+#include "minmax.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static void * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+nonnull (void *p)
+{
+  if (!p)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Allocate S bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t s)
+{
+  return nonnull (malloc (s));
+}
+
+void *
+ximalloc (idx_t s)
+{
+  return nonnull (imalloc (s));
+}
+
+char *
+xcharalloc (size_t n)
+{
+  return XNMALLOC (n, char);
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to S bytes,
+   with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xrealloc (void *p, size_t s)
+{
+  void *r = realloc (p, s);
+  if (!r && (!p || s))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return r;
+}
+
+void *
+xirealloc (void *p, idx_t s)
+{
+  return nonnull (irealloc (p, s));
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to an array of N
+   objects each of S bytes, with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xreallocarray (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  void *r = reallocarray (p, n, s);
+  if (!r && (!p || (n && s)))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return r;
+}
+
+void *
+xireallocarray (void *p, idx_t n, idx_t s)
+{
+  return nonnull (ireallocarray (p, n, s));
+}
+
+/* Allocate an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory,
+   dynamically, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+void *
+xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return xreallocarray (NULL, n, s);
+}
+
+void *
+xinmalloc (idx_t n, idx_t s)
+{
+  return xireallocarray (NULL, n, s);
+}
+
+/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PS bytes; otherwise,
+   reallocate P so that it contains more than *PS bytes.  *PS must be
+   nonzero unless P is null.  Set *PS to the new block's size, and
+   return the pointer to the new block.  *PS is never set to zero, and
+   the returned pointer is never null.  */
+
+void *
+x2realloc (void *p, size_t *ps)
+{
+  return x2nrealloc (p, ps, 1);
+}
+
+/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN such objects;
+   otherwise, reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN objects
+   each of S bytes.  S must be nonzero.  Set *PN to the new number of
+   objects, and return the pointer to the new block.  *PN is never set
+   to zero, and the returned pointer is never null.
+
+   Repeated reallocations are guaranteed to make progress, either by
+   allocating an initial block with a nonzero size, or by allocating a
+   larger block.
+
+   In the following implementation, nonzero sizes are increased by a
+   factor of approximately 1.5 so that repeated reallocations have
+   O(N) overall cost rather than O(N**2) cost, but the
+   specification for this function does not guarantee that rate.
+
+   Here is an example of use:
+
+     int *p = NULL;
+     size_t used = 0;
+     size_t allocated = 0;
+
+     void
+     append_int (int value)
+       {
+         if (used == allocated)
+           p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated, sizeof *p);
+         p[used++] = value;
+       }
+
+   This causes x2nrealloc to allocate a block of some nonzero size the
+   first time it is called.
+
+   To have finer-grained control over the initial size, set *PN to a
+   nonzero value before calling this function with P == NULL.  For
+   example:
+
+     int *p = NULL;
+     size_t used = 0;
+     size_t allocated = 0;
+     size_t allocated1 = 1000;
+
+     void
+     append_int (int value)
+       {
+         if (used == allocated)
+           {
+             p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated1, sizeof *p);
+             allocated = allocated1;
+           }
+         p[used++] = value;
+       }
+
+   */
+
+void *
+x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
+{
+  size_t n = *pn;
+
+  if (! p)
+    {
+      if (! n)
+        {
+          /* The approximate size to use for initial small allocation
+             requests, when the invoking code specifies an old size of
+             zero.  This is the largest "small" request for the GNU C
+             library malloc.  */
+          enum { DEFAULT_MXFAST = 64 * sizeof (size_t) / 4 };
+
+          n = DEFAULT_MXFAST / s;
+          n += !n;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Set N = floor (1.5 * N) + 1 to make progress even if N == 0.  */
+      if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (n, (n >> 1) + 1, &n))
+        xalloc_die ();
+    }
+
+  p = xreallocarray (p, n, s);
+  *pn = n;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Grow PA, which points to an array of *PN items, and return the
+   location of the reallocated array, updating *PN to reflect its
+   new size.  The new array will contain at least N_INCR_MIN more
+   items, but will not contain more than N_MAX items total.
+   S is the size of each item, in bytes.
+
+   S and N_INCR_MIN must be positive.  *PN must be
+   nonnegative.  If N_MAX is -1, it is treated as if it were
+   infinity.
+
+   If PA is null, then allocate a new array instead of reallocating
+   the old one.
+
+   Thus, to grow an array A without saving its old contents, do
+   { free (A); A = xpalloc (NULL, &AITEMS, ...); }.  */
+
+void *
+xpalloc (void *pa, idx_t *pn, idx_t n_incr_min, ptrdiff_t n_max, idx_t s)
+{
+  idx_t n0 = *pn;
+
+  /* The approximate size to use for initial small allocation
+     requests.  This is the largest "small" request for the GNU C
+     library malloc.  */
+  enum { DEFAULT_MXFAST = 64 * sizeof (size_t) / 4 };
+
+  /* If the array is tiny, grow it to about (but no greater than)
+     DEFAULT_MXFAST bytes.  Otherwise, grow it by about 50%.
+     Adjust the growth according to three constraints: N_INCR_MIN,
+     N_MAX, and what the C language can represent safely.  */
+
+  idx_t n;
+  if (INT_ADD_WRAPV (n0, n0 >> 1, &n))
+    n = IDX_MAX;
+  if (0 <= n_max && n_max < n)
+    n = n_max;
+
+  /* NBYTES is of a type suitable for holding the count of bytes in an object.
+     This is typically idx_t, but it should be size_t on (theoretical?)
+     platforms where SIZE_MAX < IDX_MAX so xpalloc does not pass
+     values greater than SIZE_MAX to xrealloc.  */
+#if IDX_MAX <= SIZE_MAX
+  idx_t nbytes;
+#else
+  size_t nbytes;
+#endif
+  idx_t adjusted_nbytes
+    = (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (n, s, &nbytes)
+       ? MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX)
+       : nbytes < DEFAULT_MXFAST ? DEFAULT_MXFAST : 0);
+  if (adjusted_nbytes)
+    {
+      n = adjusted_nbytes / s;
+      nbytes = adjusted_nbytes - adjusted_nbytes % s;
+    }
+
+  if (! pa)
+    *pn = 0;
+  if (n - n0 < n_incr_min
+      && (INT_ADD_WRAPV (n0, n_incr_min, &n)
+          || (0 <= n_max && n_max < n)
+          || INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (n, s, &nbytes)))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  pa = xrealloc (pa, nbytes);
+  *pn = n;
+  return pa;
+}
+
+/* Allocate S bytes of zeroed memory dynamically, with error checking.
+   There's no need for xnzalloc (N, S), since it would be equivalent
+   to xcalloc (N, S).  */
+
+void *
+xzalloc (size_t s)
+{
+  return xcalloc (s, 1);
+}
+
+void *
+xizalloc (idx_t s)
+{
+  return xicalloc (s, 1);
+}
+
+/* Allocate zeroed memory for N elements of S bytes, with error
+   checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+void *
+xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return nonnull (calloc (n, s));
+}
+
+void *
+xicalloc (idx_t n, idx_t s)
+{
+  return nonnull (icalloc (n, s));
+}
+
+/* Clone an object P of size S, with error checking.  There's no need
+   for xnmemdup (P, N, S), since xmemdup (P, N * S) works without any
+   need for an arithmetic overflow check.  */
+
+void *
+xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return memcpy (xmalloc (s), p, s);
+}
+
+void *
+ximemdup (void const *p, idx_t s)
+{
+  return memcpy (ximalloc (s), p, s);
+}
+
+/* Clone an object P of size S, with error checking.  Append
+   a terminating NUL byte.  */
+
+char *
+ximemdup0 (void const *p, idx_t s)
+{
+  char *result = ximalloc (s + 1);
+  result[s] = 0;
+  return memcpy (result, p, s);
+}
+
+/* Clone STRING.  */
+
+char *
+xstrdup (char const *string)
+{
+  return xmemdup (string, strlen (string) + 1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/xmemcoll.c b/lib/xmemcoll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc5c621
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xmemcoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Locale-specific memory comparison.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Contributed by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "memcoll.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "xmemcoll.h"
+
+static void
+collate_error (int collation_errno,
+               char const *s1, size_t s1len,
+               char const *s2, size_t s2len)
+{
+  error (0, collation_errno, _("string comparison failed"));
+  error (0, 0, _("Set LC_ALL='C' to work around the problem."));
+  error (exit_failure, 0,
+         _("The strings compared were %s and %s."),
+         quotearg_n_style_mem (0, locale_quoting_style, s1, s1len),
+         quotearg_n_style_mem (1, locale_quoting_style, s2, s2len));
+}
+
+/* Compare S1 (with length S1LEN) and S2 (with length S2LEN) according
+   to the LC_COLLATE locale.  S1 and S2 do not overlap, and are not
+   adjacent.  Temporarily modify the bytes after S1 and S2, but
+   restore their original contents before returning.  Report an error
+   and exit if there is an error.  */
+
+int
+xmemcoll (char *s1, size_t s1len, char *s2, size_t s2len)
+{
+  int diff = memcoll (s1, s1len, s2, s2len);
+  int collation_errno = errno;
+  if (collation_errno)
+    collate_error (collation_errno, s1, s1len, s2, s2len);
+  return diff;
+}
+
+/* Compare S1 (a memory block of size S1SIZE, with a NUL as last byte)
+   and S2 (a memory block of size S2SIZE, with a NUL as last byte)
+   according to the LC_COLLATE locale.  S1SIZE and S2SIZE must be > 0.
+   Report an error and exit if there is an error.  */
+
+int
+xmemcoll0 (char const *s1, size_t s1size, char const *s2, size_t s2size)
+{
+  int diff = memcoll0 (s1, s1size, s2, s2size);
+  int collation_errno = errno;
+  if (collation_errno)
+    collate_error (collation_errno, s1, s1size - 1, s2, s2size - 1);
+  return diff;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xmemcoll.h b/lib/xmemcoll.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83b96c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xmemcoll.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Locale-specific memory comparison.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+int xmemcoll (char *restrict, size_t, char *restrict, size_t);
+int xmemcoll0 (char const *, size_t, char const *, size_t);
diff --git a/lib/xnanosleep.c b/lib/xnanosleep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aece6ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xnanosleep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* A variant of nanosleep that takes a 'double' argument and handles EINTR.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Mostly written (for sleep.c) by Paul Eggert.
+   Factored out (creating this file) by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xnanosleep.h"
+
+#include <intprops.h>
+#include <timespec.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Sleep until the time (call it WAKE_UP_TIME) specified as
+   SECONDS seconds after the time this function is called.
+   SECONDS must be non-negative.  If SECONDS is so large that
+   it is not representable as a 'struct timespec', then use
+   the maximum value for that interval.  Return -1 on failure
+   (setting errno), 0 on success.  */
+
+int
+xnanosleep (double seconds)
+{
+#if HAVE_PAUSE
+  if (1.0 + TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t) <= seconds)
+    {
+      do
+        pause ();
+      while (errno == EINTR);
+
+      /* pause failed (!); fall back on repeated nanosleep calls.  */
+    }
+#endif
+
+  struct timespec ts_sleep = dtotimespec (seconds);
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      /* Linux-2.6.8.1's nanosleep returns -1, but doesn't set errno
+         when resumed after being suspended.  Earlier versions would
+         set errno to EINTR.  nanosleep from linux-2.6.10, as well as
+         implementations by (all?) other vendors, doesn't return -1
+         in that case;  either it continues sleeping (if time remains)
+         or it returns zero (if the wake-up time has passed).
+
+         Gnulib's replacement nanosleep sometimes does not update
+         TS_SLEEP, and it is possible some kernels have a similar bug.
+         However, this merely causes xnanosleep to sleep longer than
+         necessary, which is not a correctness bug.  */
+      errno = 0;
+      if (nanosleep (&ts_sleep, &ts_sleep) == 0)
+        break;
+      if (errno != EINTR && errno != 0)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xnanosleep.h b/lib/xnanosleep.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e573616
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xnanosleep.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* A variant of nanosleep that takes a 'double' argument and handles EINTR.
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+int xnanosleep (double);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/xprintf.c b/lib/xprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e06488d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* printf wrappers that fail immediately for non-file-related errors
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xprintf.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+/* Just like printf, but call error if it fails without setting the
+   stream's error indicator.  */
+int
+xprintf (char const *restrict format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = xvprintf (format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Just like vprintf, but call error if it fails without setting the
+   stream's error indicator.  */
+int
+xvprintf (char const *restrict format, va_list args)
+{
+  int retval = vprintf (format, args);
+  if (retval < 0 && ! ferror (stdout))
+    error (exit_failure, errno, gettext ("cannot perform formatted output"));
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Just like fprintf, but call error if it fails without setting the
+   stream's error indicator.  */
+int
+xfprintf (FILE *restrict stream, char const *restrict format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = xvfprintf (stream, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Just like vfprintf, but call error if it fails without setting the
+   stream's error indicator.  */
+int
+xvfprintf (FILE *restrict stream, char const *restrict format, va_list args)
+{
+  int retval = vfprintf (stream, format, args);
+  if (retval < 0 && ! ferror (stream))
+    error (exit_failure, errno, gettext ("cannot perform formatted output"));
+
+  return retval;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xprintf.h b/lib/xprintf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d86fe0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xprintf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* printf wrappers that fail immediately for non-file-related errors
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _XPRINTF_H
+#define _XPRINTF_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+extern int xprintf (char const *restrict format, ...)
+#if GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 1, 2))
+#else
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM, 1, 2))
+#endif
+     ;
+
+extern int xvprintf (char const *restrict format, va_list args)
+#if GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 1, 0))
+#else
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM, 1, 0))
+#endif
+     ;
+
+extern int xfprintf (FILE *restrict stream, char const *restrict format, ...)
+#if GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 2, 3))
+#else
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM, 2, 3))
+#endif
+     ;
+
+extern int xvfprintf (FILE *restrict stream, char const *restrict format,
+                      va_list args)
+#if GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 2, 0))
+#else
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM, 2, 0))
+#endif
+     ;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/xreadlink.c b/lib/xreadlink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b496a52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xreadlink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* xreadlink.c -- readlink wrapper to return the link name in malloc'd storage
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
+   and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xreadlink.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "areadlink.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Call readlink to get the symbolic link value of FILENAME.
+   Return a pointer to that NUL-terminated string in malloc'd storage.
+   If readlink fails, return NULL and set errno.
+   If realloc fails, or if the link value is longer than SIZE_MAX :-),
+   give a diagnostic and exit.  */
+
+char *
+xreadlink (char const *filename)
+{
+  char *result = areadlink (filename);
+  if (result == NULL && errno == ENOMEM)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xreadlink.h b/lib/xreadlink.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f68502f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xreadlink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Reading symbolic links without size limitation.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>  */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+extern char *xreadlink (char const *filename)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+#if GNULIB_XREADLINKAT
+extern char *xreadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/xsize.c b/lib/xsize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..761e343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xsize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Checked size_t computations.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define XSIZE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "xsize.h"
diff --git a/lib/xsize.h b/lib/xsize.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bfa4c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xsize.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _XSIZE_H
+#define _XSIZE_H
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get SIZE_MAX.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get ATTRIBUTE_PURE.  */
+#include "attribute.h"
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef XSIZE_INLINE
+# define XSIZE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
+   type size_t. Example:
+      void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
+   These computations can lead to overflow.  When this happens, malloc()
+   returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
+   crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
+   To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
+   The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
+   malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
+   implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
+   or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
+   The example thus becomes:
+      size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
+      void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
+*/
+
+/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t.  */
+#define xcast_size_t(N) \
+  ((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check.  */
+XSIZE_INLINE size_t ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
+{
+  size_t sum = size1 + size2;
+  return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
+}
+
+/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check.  */
+XSIZE_INLINE size_t ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
+{
+  return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
+}
+
+/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check.  */
+XSIZE_INLINE size_t ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
+{
+  return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
+}
+
+/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check.  */
+XSIZE_INLINE size_t ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
+{
+  /* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
+     max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX.  */
+  return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
+}
+
+/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
+   The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
+   This is a macro, not a function, so that it works correctly even
+   when N is of a wider type and N > SIZE_MAX.  */
+#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
+  ((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Check for overflow.  */
+#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
+  ((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
+/* Check against overflow.  */
+#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
+  ((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _XSIZE_H */
diff --git a/lib/xstriconv.c b/lib/xstriconv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..939d195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstriconv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Charset conversion with out-of-memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xstriconv.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "striconv.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+
+int
+xmem_cd_iconv (const char *src, size_t srclen, iconv_t cd,
+               char **resultp, size_t *lengthp)
+{
+  int retval = mem_cd_iconv (src, srclen, cd, resultp, lengthp);
+
+  if (retval < 0 && errno == ENOMEM)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return retval;
+}
+
+char *
+xstr_cd_iconv (const char *src, iconv_t cd)
+{
+  char *result = str_cd_iconv (src, cd);
+
+  if (result == NULL && errno == ENOMEM)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+char *
+xstr_iconv (const char *src, const char *from_codeset, const char *to_codeset)
+{
+  char *result = str_iconv (src, from_codeset, to_codeset);
+
+  if (result == NULL && errno == ENOMEM)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xstriconv.h b/lib/xstriconv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3475270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstriconv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* Charset conversion with out-of-memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible and Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _XSTRICONV_H
+#define _XSTRICONV_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+#include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#if HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Convert an entire string from one encoding to another, using iconv.
+   The original string is at [SRC,...,SRC+SRCLEN-1].
+   The conversion descriptor is passed as CD.
+   *RESULTP and *LENGTH should initially be a scratch buffer and its size,
+   or *RESULTP can initially be NULL.
+   May erase the contents of the memory at *RESULTP.
+   Upon memory allocation failure, report the error and exit.
+   Return value: 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   If successful: The resulting string is stored in *RESULTP and its length
+   in *LENGTHP.  *RESULTP is set to a freshly allocated memory block, or is
+   unchanged if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary.  */
+extern int xmem_cd_iconv (const char *src, size_t srclen, iconv_t cd,
+                          char **resultp, size_t *lengthp);
+
+/* Convert an entire string from one encoding to another, using iconv.
+   The original string is the NUL-terminated string starting at SRC.
+   The conversion descriptor is passed as CD.  Both the "from" and the "to"
+   encoding must use a single NUL byte at the end of the string (i.e. not
+   UCS-2, UCS-4, UTF-16, UTF-32).
+   Allocate a malloced memory block for the result.
+   Upon memory allocation failure, report the error and exit.
+   Return value: the freshly allocated resulting NUL-terminated string if
+   successful, otherwise NULL and errno set.  */
+extern char * xstr_cd_iconv (const char *src, iconv_t cd)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+#endif
+
+/* Convert an entire string from one encoding to another, using iconv.
+   The original string is the NUL-terminated string starting at SRC.
+   Both the "from" and the "to" encoding must use a single NUL byte at the
+   end of the string (i.e. not UCS-2, UCS-4, UTF-16, UTF-32).
+   Allocate a malloced memory block for the result.
+   Upon memory allocation failure, report the error and exit.
+   Return value: the freshly allocated resulting NUL-terminated string if
+   successful, otherwise NULL and errno set.  */
+extern char * xstr_iconv (const char *src,
+                          const char *from_codeset, const char *to_codeset)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _XSTRICONV_H */
diff --git a/lib/xstrtod.c b/lib/xstrtod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f861fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* error-checking interface to strtod-like functions
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1999-2000, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xstrtod.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if LONG
+# define XSTRTOD xstrtold
+# define DOUBLE long double
+#else
+# define XSTRTOD xstrtod
+# define DOUBLE double
+#endif
+
+/* An interface to a string-to-floating-point conversion function that
+   encapsulates all the error checking one should usually perform.
+   Like strtod/strtold, but stores the conversion in *RESULT,
+   and returns true upon successful conversion.
+   CONVERT specifies the conversion function, e.g., strtod itself.  */
+
+bool
+XSTRTOD (char const *str, char const **ptr, DOUBLE *result,
+         DOUBLE (*convert) (char const *, char **))
+{
+  DOUBLE val;
+  char *terminator;
+  bool ok = true;
+
+  errno = 0;
+  val = convert (str, &terminator);
+
+  /* Having a non-zero terminator is an error only when PTR is NULL. */
+  if (terminator == str || (ptr == NULL && *terminator != '\0'))
+    ok = false;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Allow underflow (in which case CONVERT returns zero),
+         but flag overflow as an error.  The user can decide
+         to use the limits in RESULT upon ERANGE.  */
+      if (val != 0 && errno == ERANGE)
+        ok = false;
+    }
+
+  if (ptr != NULL)
+    *ptr = terminator;
+
+  *result = val;
+  return ok;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xstrtod.h b/lib/xstrtod.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78beefa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtod.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Error-checking interface to strtod-like functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef XSTRTOD_H
+# define XSTRTOD_H 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+bool xstrtod (const char *str, const char **ptr, double *result,
+              double (*convert) (char const *, char **));
+bool xstrtold (const char *str, const char **ptr, long double *result,
+               long double (*convert) (char const *, char **));
+
+#endif /* not XSTRTOD_H */
diff --git a/lib/xstrtoimax.c b/lib/xstrtoimax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f01d2d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtoimax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* A more useful interface to strtoimax.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define __strtol strtoimax
+#define __strtol_t intmax_t
+#define __xstrtol xstrtoimax
+#define STRTOL_T_MINIMUM INTMAX_MIN
+#define STRTOL_T_MAXIMUM INTMAX_MAX
+#define XSTRTOL_INCLUDE_INTTYPES_H 1
+#include "xstrtol.c"
diff --git a/lib/xstrtol-error.c b/lib/xstrtol-error.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f4d90e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtol-error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* A more useful interface to strtol.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 1998-1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "xstrtol-error.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
+
+/* Report an error for an invalid integer in an option argument.
+
+   ERR is the error code returned by one of the xstrto* functions.
+
+   Use OPT_IDX to decide whether to print the short option string "C"
+   or "-C" or a long option string derived from LONG_OPTION.  OPT_IDX
+   is -2 if the short option "C" was used, without any leading "-"; it
+   is -1 if the short option "-C" was used; otherwise it is an index
+   into LONG_OPTIONS, which should have a name preceded by two '-'
+   characters.
+
+   ARG is the option-argument containing the integer.
+
+   After reporting an error, exit with status EXIT_STATUS if it is
+   nonzero.  */
+
+static void
+xstrtol_error (enum strtol_error err,
+               int opt_idx, char c, struct option const *long_options,
+               char const *arg,
+               int exit_status)
+{
+  char const *hyphens = "--";
+  char const *msgid;
+  char const *option;
+  char option_buffer[2];
+
+  switch (err)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case LONGINT_INVALID:
+      msgid = N_("invalid %s%s argument '%s'");
+      break;
+
+    case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR:
+    case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR_WITH_OVERFLOW:
+      msgid = N_("invalid suffix in %s%s argument '%s'");
+      break;
+
+    case LONGINT_OVERFLOW:
+      msgid = N_("%s%s argument '%s' too large");
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (opt_idx < 0)
+    {
+      hyphens -= opt_idx;
+      option_buffer[0] = c;
+      option_buffer[1] = '\0';
+      option = option_buffer;
+    }
+  else
+    option = long_options[opt_idx].name;
+
+  error (exit_status, 0, gettext (msgid), hyphens, option, arg);
+}
+
+/* Like xstrtol_error, except exit with a failure status.  */
+
+void
+xstrtol_fatal (enum strtol_error err,
+               int opt_idx, char c, struct option const *long_options,
+               char const *arg)
+{
+  xstrtol_error (err, opt_idx, c, long_options, arg, exit_failure);
+  abort ();
+}
diff --git a/lib/xstrtol-error.h b/lib/xstrtol-error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5388437
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtol-error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Error reporting interface for xstrto* functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 1998-1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef XSTRTOL_ERROR_H_
+# define XSTRTOL_ERROR_H_ 1
+
+# include "xstrtol.h"
+
+# include <getopt.h>
+
+/* Report an error for an invalid integer in an option argument.
+
+   ERR is the error code returned by one of the xstrto* functions.
+
+   Use OPT_IDX to decide whether to print the short option string "C"
+   or "-C" or a long option string derived from LONG_OPTION.  OPT_IDX
+   is -2 if the short option "C" was used, without any leading "-"; it
+   is -1 if the short option "-C" was used; otherwise it is an index
+   into LONG_OPTIONS, which should have a name preceded by two '-'
+   characters.
+
+   ARG is the option-argument containing the integer.
+
+   After reporting an error, exit with a failure status.  */
+
+_Noreturn void xstrtol_fatal (enum strtol_error,
+                              int, char, struct option const *,
+                              char const *);
+
+#endif /* not XSTRTOL_ERROR_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/xstrtol.c b/lib/xstrtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0a692f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/* A more useful interface to strtol.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 1998-2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#ifndef __strtol
+# define __strtol strtol
+# define __strtol_t long int
+# define __xstrtol xstrtol
+# define STRTOL_T_MINIMUM LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_T_MAXIMUM LONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xstrtol.h"
+
+/* Some pre-ANSI implementations (e.g. SunOS 4)
+   need stderr defined if assertion checking is enabled.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if XSTRTOL_INCLUDE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "assure.h"
+#include "intprops.h"
+
+static strtol_error
+bkm_scale (__strtol_t *x, int scale_factor)
+{
+  __strtol_t scaled;
+  if (INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (*x, scale_factor, &scaled))
+    {
+      *x = *x < 0 ? TYPE_MINIMUM (__strtol_t) : TYPE_MAXIMUM (__strtol_t);
+      return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+    }
+
+  *x = scaled;
+
+  return LONGINT_OK;
+}
+
+static strtol_error
+bkm_scale_by_power (__strtol_t *x, int base, int power)
+{
+  strtol_error err = LONGINT_OK;
+  while (power--)
+    err |= bkm_scale (x, base);
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* FIXME: comment.  */
+
+strtol_error
+__xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
+           __strtol_t *val, const char *valid_suffixes)
+{
+  char *t_ptr;
+  char **p;
+  __strtol_t tmp;
+  strtol_error err = LONGINT_OK;
+
+  assure (0 <= strtol_base && strtol_base <= 36);
+
+  p = (ptr ? ptr : &t_ptr);
+
+  errno = 0;
+
+  if (! TYPE_SIGNED (__strtol_t))
+    {
+      const char *q = s;
+      unsigned char ch = *q;
+      while (isspace (ch))
+        ch = *++q;
+      if (ch == '-')
+        return LONGINT_INVALID;
+    }
+
+  tmp = __strtol (s, p, strtol_base);
+
+  if (*p == s)
+    {
+      /* If there is no number but there is a valid suffix, assume the
+         number is 1.  The string is invalid otherwise.  */
+      if (valid_suffixes && **p && strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
+        tmp = 1;
+      else
+        return LONGINT_INVALID;
+    }
+  else if (errno != 0)
+    {
+      if (errno != ERANGE)
+        return LONGINT_INVALID;
+      err = LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+    }
+
+  /* Let valid_suffixes == NULL mean "allow any suffix".  */
+  /* FIXME: update all callers except the ones that allow suffixes
+     after the number, changing last parameter NULL to "".  */
+  if (!valid_suffixes)
+    {
+      *val = tmp;
+      return err;
+    }
+
+  if (**p != '\0')
+    {
+      int base = 1024;
+      int suffixes = 1;
+      strtol_error overflow;
+
+      if (!strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
+        {
+          *val = tmp;
+          return err | LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+        }
+
+      switch (**p)
+        {
+        case 'E': case 'G': case 'g': case 'k': case 'K': case 'M': case 'm':
+        case 'P': case 'T': case 't': case 'Y': case 'Z':
+
+          /* The "valid suffix" '0' is a special flag meaning that
+             an optional second suffix is allowed, which can change
+             the base.  A suffix "B" (e.g. "100MB") stands for a power
+             of 1000, whereas a suffix "iB" (e.g. "100MiB") stands for
+             a power of 1024.  If no suffix (e.g. "100M"), assume
+             power-of-1024.  */
+
+          if (strchr (valid_suffixes, '0'))
+            switch (p[0][1])
+              {
+              case 'i':
+                if (p[0][2] == 'B')
+                  suffixes += 2;
+                break;
+
+              case 'B':
+              case 'D': /* 'D' is obsolescent */
+                base = 1000;
+                suffixes++;
+                break;
+              }
+        }
+
+      switch (**p)
+        {
+        case 'b':
+          overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 512);
+          break;
+
+        case 'B':
+          /* This obsolescent first suffix is distinct from the 'B'
+             second suffix above.  E.g., 'tar -L 1000B' means change
+             the tape after writing 1000 KiB of data.  */
+          overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 1024);
+          break;
+
+        case 'c':
+          overflow = LONGINT_OK;
+          break;
+
+        case 'E': /* exa or exbi */
+          overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 6);
+          break;
+
+        case 'G': /* giga or gibi */
+        case 'g': /* 'g' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
+          overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
+          break;
+
+        case 'k': /* kilo */
+        case 'K': /* kibi */
+          overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 1);
+          break;
+
+        case 'M': /* mega or mebi */
+        case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
+          overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
+          break;
+
+        case 'P': /* peta or pebi */
+          overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 5);
+          break;
+
+        case 'T': /* tera or tebi */
+        case 't': /* 't' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
+          overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
+          break;
+
+        case 'w':
+          overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 2);
+          break;
+
+        case 'Y': /* yotta or 2**80 */
+          overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 8);
+          break;
+
+        case 'Z': /* zetta or 2**70 */
+          overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 7);
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          *val = tmp;
+          return err | LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+        }
+
+      err |= overflow;
+      *p += suffixes;
+      if (**p)
+        err |= LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+    }
+
+  *val = tmp;
+  return err;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xstrtol.h b/lib/xstrtol.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0159a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* A more useful interface to strtol.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 1998-1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef XSTRTOL_H_
+# define XSTRTOL_H_ 1
+
+/* Get intmax_t, uintmax_t.  */
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+# ifndef _STRTOL_ERROR
+enum strtol_error
+  {
+    LONGINT_OK = 0,
+
+    /* These two values can be ORed together, to indicate that both
+       errors occurred.  */
+    LONGINT_OVERFLOW = 1,
+    LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR = 2,
+
+    LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR_WITH_OVERFLOW = (LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR
+                                                 | LONGINT_OVERFLOW),
+    LONGINT_INVALID = 4
+  };
+typedef enum strtol_error strtol_error;
+# endif
+
+# define _DECLARE_XSTRTOL(name, type) \
+  strtol_error name (const char *, char **, int, type *, const char *);
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtol, long int)
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoul, unsigned long int)
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoll, long long int)
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoull, unsigned long long int)
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoimax, intmax_t)
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoumax, uintmax_t)
+
+#endif /* not XSTRTOL_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/xstrtold.c b/lib/xstrtold.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eacdb2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtold.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Convert string to 'long double', with error checking.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define LONG 1
+#include "xstrtod.c"
diff --git a/lib/xstrtoul.c b/lib/xstrtoul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..368e815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtoul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Convert string to 'unsigned long', with error checking.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1994-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define __strtol strtoul
+#define __strtol_t unsigned long int
+#define __xstrtol xstrtoul
+#define STRTOL_T_MINIMUM 0
+#define STRTOL_T_MAXIMUM ULONG_MAX
+#include "xstrtol.c"
diff --git a/lib/xstrtoumax.c b/lib/xstrtoumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f4feb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xstrtoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* A more useful interface to strtoumax.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define __strtol strtoumax
+#define __strtol_t uintmax_t
+#define __xstrtol xstrtoumax
+#define STRTOL_T_MINIMUM 0
+#define STRTOL_T_MAXIMUM UINTMAX_MAX
+#define XSTRTOL_INCLUDE_INTTYPES_H 1
+#include "xstrtol.c"
diff --git a/lib/xtime.c b/lib/xtime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b64e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xtime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* xtime -- extended-resolution integer timestamps
+
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
+   or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define XTIME_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "xtime.h"
diff --git a/lib/xtime.h b/lib/xtime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b131d08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xtime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* xtime -- extended-resolution integer timestamps
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef XTIME_H_
+#define XTIME_H_ 1
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef XTIME_INLINE
+# define XTIME_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* xtime_t is a signed type used for timestamps.  It is an integer
+   type that is a count of nanoseconds.  */
+typedef long long int xtime_t;
+#define XTIME_PRECISION 1000000000
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Return an extended time value that contains S seconds and NS
+   nanoseconds.  S and NS should be nonnegative; otherwise, integer
+   overflow can occur even if the result is in range.  */
+XTIME_INLINE xtime_t
+xtime_make (xtime_t s, long int ns)
+{
+  return XTIME_PRECISION * s + ns;
+}
+
+/* The following functions split an extended time value:
+   T = XTIME_PRECISION * xtime_sec (T) + xtime_nsec (T)
+   with  0 <= xtime_nsec (T) < XTIME_PRECISION.  */
+
+/* Return the number of seconds in T, which must be nonnegative.  */
+XTIME_INLINE xtime_t
+xtime_nonnegative_sec (xtime_t t)
+{
+  return t / XTIME_PRECISION;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of seconds in T.  */
+XTIME_INLINE xtime_t
+xtime_sec (xtime_t t)
+{
+  return (t + (t < 0)) / XTIME_PRECISION - (t < 0);
+}
+
+/* Return the number of nanoseconds in T, which must be nonnegative.  */
+XTIME_INLINE long int
+xtime_nonnegative_nsec (xtime_t t)
+{
+  return t % XTIME_PRECISION;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of nanoseconds in T.  */
+XTIME_INLINE long int
+xtime_nsec (xtime_t t)
+{
+  long int ns = t % XTIME_PRECISION;
+  if (ns < 0)
+    ns += XTIME_PRECISION;
+  return ns;
+}
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/xvasprintf.c b/lib/xvasprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faca818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xvasprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* vasprintf and asprintf with out-of-memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xvasprintf.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Checked size_t computations.  */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+static char *
+xstrcat (size_t argcount, va_list args)
+{
+  char *result;
+  va_list ap;
+  size_t totalsize;
+  size_t i;
+  char *p;
+
+  /* Determine the total size.  */
+  totalsize = 0;
+  va_copy (ap, args);
+  for (i = argcount; i > 0; i--)
+    {
+      const char *next = va_arg (ap, const char *);
+      totalsize = xsum (totalsize, strlen (next));
+    }
+  va_end (ap);
+
+  /* Test for overflow in the summing pass above or in (totalsize + 1) below.
+     Also, don't return a string longer than INT_MAX, for consistency with
+     vasprintf().  */
+  if (totalsize == SIZE_MAX || totalsize > INT_MAX)
+    {
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate and fill the result string.  */
+  result = XNMALLOC (totalsize + 1, char);
+  p = result;
+  for (i = argcount; i > 0; i--)
+    {
+      const char *next = va_arg (args, const char *);
+      size_t len = strlen (next);
+      memcpy (p, next, len);
+      p += len;
+    }
+  *p = '\0';
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+char *
+xvasprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  char *result;
+
+  /* Recognize the special case format = "%s...%s".  It is a frequently used
+     idiom for string concatenation and needs to be fast.  We don't want to
+     have a separate function xstrcat() for this purpose.  */
+  {
+    size_t argcount = 0;
+    const char *f;
+
+    for (f = format;;)
+      {
+        if (*f == '\0')
+          /* Recognized the special case of string concatenation.  */
+          return xstrcat (argcount, args);
+        if (*f != '%')
+          break;
+        f++;
+        if (*f != 's')
+          break;
+        f++;
+        argcount++;
+      }
+  }
+
+  if (vasprintf (&result, format, args) < 0)
+    {
+      if (errno == ENOMEM)
+        xalloc_die ();
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/xvasprintf.h b/lib/xvasprintf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5d76fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/xvasprintf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* vasprintf and asprintf with out-of-memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _XVASPRINTF_H
+#define _XVASPRINTF_H
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* Get _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Get 'free'.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(),
+   and return it.  Upon [ENOMEM] memory allocation error, call xalloc_die.
+   On some other error
+     - [EOVERFLOW] resulting string length is > INT_MAX,
+     - [EINVAL] invalid format string,
+     - [EILSEQ] error during conversion between wide and multibyte characters,
+   return NULL.  */
+extern char *xasprintf (const char *format, ...)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 1, 2));
+extern char *xvasprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, 1, 0));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _XVASPRINTF_H */
diff --git a/lib/yesno.c b/lib/yesno.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..685f12b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/yesno.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* yesno.c -- read a yes/no response from stdin
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2001, 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "yesno.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Return true if we read an affirmative line from standard input.
+
+   Since this function uses stdin, it is suggested that the caller not
+   use STDIN_FILENO directly, and also that the line
+   atexit(close_stdin) be added to main().  */
+
+bool
+yesno (void)
+{
+  bool yes;
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+  char *response = NULL;
+  size_t response_size = 0;
+  ssize_t response_len = getline (&response, &response_size, stdin);
+
+  if (response_len <= 0)
+    yes = false;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Remove EOL if present as that's not part of the matched response,
+         and not matched by $ for example.  */
+      if (response[response_len - 1] == '\n')
+        response[response_len - 1] = '\0';
+      yes = (0 < rpmatch (response));
+    }
+
+  free (response);
+#else
+  /* Test against "^[yY]", hardcoded to avoid requiring getline,
+     regex, and rpmatch.  */
+  int c = getchar ();
+  yes = (c == 'y' || c == 'Y');
+  while (c != '\n' && c != EOF)
+    c = getchar ();
+#endif
+
+  return yes;
+}
diff --git a/lib/yesno.h b/lib/yesno.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1018d72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/yesno.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* declare yesno
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef YESNO_H_
+# define YESNO_H_
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+bool yesno (void);
+
+#endif